SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet 32-bit ARM(R) Cortex(R)-M4F MCUs with 1 Msps 12-bit ADC, QSPI, USB, Ethernet, and PTC Features Operating Conditions: * 1.71V to 3.63V, -40C to +125C, DC to 100 MHz * 1.71V to 3.63V, -40C to +105C, DC to 120 MHz * 1.71V to 3.63V, -40C to +85C, DC to 120 MHz Core: 120 MHz Arm Cortex-M4 * 403 CoreMark(R) at 120 MHz * 4 KB combined instruction cache and data cache * 8-Zone Memory Protection Unit (MPU) * Thumb(R)-2 instruction set * Embedded Trace Module (ETM) with instruction trace stream * Core Sight Embedded Trace Buffer (ETB) * Trace Port Interface Unit (TPIU) * Floating Point Unit (FPU) Memories * 1 MB/512 KB/256 KB in-system self-programmable Flash with: - Error Correction Code (ECC) - Dual bank with Read-While-Write (RWW) support - EEPROM hardware emulation * 128 KB, 192 KB, 256 KB SRAM main memory - 64 KB, 96 KB, 128 KB of Error Correction Code (ECC) RAM option * Up to 4 KB of Tightly Coupled Memory (TCM) * Up to 8 KB additional SRAM - Can be retained in backup mode * Eight 32-bit backup registers System * Power-on Reset (POR) and Brown-out detection (BOD) * Internal and external clock options * External Interrupt Controller (EIC) * 16 external interrupts * One non-maskable interrupt * Two-pin Serial Wire Debug (SWD) programming, test, and debugging interface Power Supply * Idle, Standby, Hibernate, Backup, and Off sleep modes * SleepWalking peripherals * Battery backup support * Embedded Buck/LDO regulator supporting on-the-fly selection (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet High-Performance Peripherals * 32-channel Direct Memory Access Controller (DMAC) - Built-in CRC with memory CRC generation/monitor hardware support * Up to two SD/MMC Host Controller (SDHC) - Up to 50 MHz operation - 4-bit or 1-bit interface - Compatibility with SD and SDHC memory card specification version 3.01 - Compatibility with SDIO specification version 3.0 - Compliant with JDEC specification, MMC memory cards V4.51 * One Quad I/O Serial Peripheral Interface (QSPI) - eXecute-In-Place (XIP) support - Dedicated AHB memory zone * One Ethernet MAC (SAM E53 and SAM E54) - 10/100 Mbps in MII and RMII with dedicated DMA (R) - IEEE 1588 Precision Time Protocol (PTP) support - IEEE 1588 Time Stamping Unit (TSU) support - IEEE802.3AZ energy efficiency support - Support for 802.1AS and 1588 precision clock synchronization protocol - Wake on LAN support * Up to two Controller Area Network (CAN) (that is., SAM E51 and SAM E54) - Support for CAN 2.0A/CAN 2.0B and CAN-FD (ISO 11898-1:2016) * One Full-Speed (12 Mbps) Universal Serial Bus (USB) 2.0 interface - Embedded host and device function - Eight endpoints - On-chip transceiver with integrated serial resistor System Peripherals * 32-channel Event System * Up to eight Serial Communication Interfaces (SERCOM), each configurable to operate as either: - USART with full-duplex and single-wire half-duplex configuration - ISO7816 - I2C up to 3.4 MHz - SPI - LIN master/slave - RS485 - SPI inter-byte space * Up to eight 16-bit Timers/Counters (TC) each configurable as: - 16-bit TC with two compare/capture channels - 8-bit TC with two compare/capture channels - 32-bit TC with two compare/capture channels, by pairing two TCs * Two 24-bit Timer/Counters for Control (TCC), with extended functions: - Up to six compare channels with optional complementary output - Generation of synchronized pulse width modulation (PWM) pattern across port pins - Deterministic fault protection, fast decay and configurable dead-time between complementary output - Dithering that increase resolution with up to 5 bit and reduce quantization error * Up to Three 16-bit Timer/Counters for Control (TCC) with extended functions: - Up to three compare channels with optional complementary output * 32-bit Real Time Counter (RTC) with clock/calendar function * Up to 5 wake-up pins with tamper detection and debouncing filter * Watchdog Timer (WDT) with Window mode (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 2 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet * * * * * * * * * * * CRC-32 generator One two-channel Inter-IC Sound Interface (I2S) Position Decoder (PDEC) Frequency meter (FREQM) Four Configurable Custom Logic (CCL) Dual 12-bit, 1 MSPS Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) with up to 16 channels each: - Differential and single-ended input - Automatic offset and gain error compensation - Oversampling and decimation in hardware to support 13-bit, 14-bit, 15-bit, or 16-bit resolution Dual 12-bit, 1 MSPS output Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC) Two Analog Comparators (AC) with Window Compare function Two temperature sensors Parallel Capture Controller (PCC) - Up to 14-bit parallel capture mode Peripheral Touch Controller (PTC) - Capacitive Touch buttons, sliders, and wheels - Wake-up on touch - Up to 32 self-capacitance and up to 256 mutual-capacitance channels Cryptography * One Advanced Encryption System (AES) with 256-bit key length and up to 2 MB/s data rate - Five confidential modes of operation (ECB, CBC, CFB, OFB, CTR) - Supports counter with CBC-MAC mode - Galois Counter Mode (GCM) * True Random Number Generator (TRNG) * Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) and associated Classical Public Key Cryptography Library (PUKCL) - RSA, DSA - Elliptic Curves Cryptography (ECC) ECC GF(2n), ECC GF(p) * Integrity Check Module (ICM) based on Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA1, SHA224, SHA256), DMA assisted Oscillators * 32.768 kHz crystal oscillator (XOSC32K) - Clock failure detection * Up to two 8 MHz to 48 MHz crystal oscillator (XOSC) - Clock failure detection * 32.768 kHz ultra low-power internal oscillator (OSCULP32K) * 48 MHz Digital Frequency Locked Loop (DFLL48M) * Two 96-200 MHz Fractional Digital Phased Locked Loop (FDPLL200M) I/O * Up to 99 programmable I/O pins Qualification * AEC-Q100 Grade 1 (-40C to 125C) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 3 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Packages Table 1.Package Types Parameter Package Type VQFN TQFP TFBGA WLCSP Pin Count 48 64 64 100 128 120 64 I/O Pins (up to) 37 51 51 81 99 90 51 Contact/Lead Pitch 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.5 0.4 Dimension 7x7x0.9 9x9x0.9 10x10x1.2 14x14x1.2 14x14x1.2 8x8x1.2 3.59x3.51x0.53 Note: All dimensions are in millimeter (mm) unless specified. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 4 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Table of Contents Features......................................................................................................................................................... 1 1. Configuration Summary........................................................................................................................ 17 2. Ordering Information............................................................................................................................. 19 3. Block Diagram.......................................................................................................................................20 3.1. 4. SAM D5x/E5x Block Diagram.....................................................................................................20 Pinout.................................................................................................................................................... 22 4.1. 4.2. 4.3. 4.4. 4.5. 4.6. 48-Pin VQFN Package............................................................................................................... 22 64-Pin TQFP and VQFN Package............................................................................................. 23 64-Pin WLCSP Package............................................................................................................ 24 100-Pin TQFP Package............................................................................................................. 25 120-ball TFBGA Package...........................................................................................................26 128-Pin TQFP Package............................................................................................................. 27 5. Signal Descriptions List.........................................................................................................................28 6. I/O Multiplexing and Considerations..................................................................................................... 32 6.1. 6.2. 7. Multiplexed Signals.................................................................................................................... 32 Other Functions..........................................................................................................................36 Power Supply and Start-Up Considerations..........................................................................................46 7.1. 7.2. 7.3. 7.4. Power Domain Overview............................................................................................................46 Power Supply Considerations.................................................................................................... 46 Power-Up................................................................................................................................... 48 Power-On Reset and Brown-Out Detector................................................................................. 49 8. Product Memory Mapping Overview..................................................................................................... 51 9. Memories.............................................................................................................................................. 53 9.1. 9.2. 9.3. 9.4. 9.5. 9.6. Embedded Memories................................................................................................................. 53 Physical Memory Map................................................................................................................ 53 SRAM Memory Configuration.....................................................................................................53 NVM User Page Mapping...........................................................................................................56 NVM Software Calibration Area Mapping...................................................................................57 Serial Number............................................................................................................................ 59 10. Processor and Architecture...................................................................................................................60 10.1. Cortex M4 Processor..................................................................................................................60 10.2. Nested Vector Interrupt Controller..............................................................................................63 10.3. High-Speed Bus System............................................................................................................ 74 11. CMCC - Cortex M Cache Controller......................................................................................................78 11.1. 11.2. 11.3. 11.4. Overview.................................................................................................................................... 78 Features..................................................................................................................................... 78 Block Diagram............................................................................................................................ 79 Signal Description...................................................................................................................... 80 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 5 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet 11.5. 11.6. 11.7. 11.8. 11.9. 11.10. Product Dependencies............................................................................................................... 80 Functional Description................................................................................................................80 DEBUG Mode.............................................................................................................................83 RAM Properties.......................................................................................................................... 83 Register Summary......................................................................................................................84 Register Description................................................................................................................... 84 12. DSU - Device Service Unit.................................................................................................................... 97 12.1. Overview.................................................................................................................................... 97 12.2. Features..................................................................................................................................... 97 12.3. Block Diagram............................................................................................................................ 97 12.4. Signal Description...................................................................................................................... 98 12.5. Product Dependencies............................................................................................................... 98 12.6. Debug Operation........................................................................................................................ 99 12.7. Chip Erase................................................................................................................................100 12.8. Programming............................................................................................................................101 12.9. Intellectual Property Protection................................................................................................ 101 12.10. Device Identification................................................................................................................. 102 12.11. Functional Description..............................................................................................................103 12.12. Register Summary................................................................................................................... 108 12.13. Register Description................................................................................................................. 110 13. Clock System...................................................................................................................................... 136 13.1. 13.2. 13.3. 13.4. 13.5. 13.6. 13.7. Clock Distribution..................................................................................................................... 136 Synchronous and Asynchronous Clocks..................................................................................137 Register Synchronization......................................................................................................... 138 Enabling a Peripheral............................................................................................................... 140 On Demand Clock Requests....................................................................................................140 Power Consumption vs. Speed................................................................................................ 141 Clocks after Reset.................................................................................................................... 141 14. GCLK - Generic Clock Controller........................................................................................................ 142 14.1. 14.2. 14.3. 14.4. 14.5. 14.6. 14.7. 14.8. Overview.................................................................................................................................. 142 Features................................................................................................................................... 142 Block Diagram.......................................................................................................................... 142 Signal Description.................................................................................................................... 143 Product Dependencies............................................................................................................. 143 Functional Description..............................................................................................................144 Register Summary....................................................................................................................149 Register Description................................................................................................................. 149 15. MCLK - Main Clock............................................................................................................................ 158 15.1. 15.2. 15.3. 15.4. 15.5. 15.6. 15.7. Overview.................................................................................................................................. 158 Features................................................................................................................................... 158 Block Diagram.......................................................................................................................... 158 Signal Description.................................................................................................................... 158 Product Dependencies............................................................................................................. 158 Functional Description..............................................................................................................160 Register Summary....................................................................................................................165 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 6 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet 15.8. Register Description................................................................................................................. 165 16. RSTC - Reset Controller.................................................................................................................... 182 16.1. 16.2. 16.3. 16.4. 16.5. 16.6. 16.7. 16.8. Overview.................................................................................................................................. 182 Features................................................................................................................................... 182 Block Diagram.......................................................................................................................... 182 Signal Description.................................................................................................................... 182 Product Dependencies............................................................................................................. 183 Functional Description..............................................................................................................183 Register Summary....................................................................................................................186 Register Description................................................................................................................. 186 17. RAMECC - RAM Error Correction Code (ECC)................................................................................. 189 17.1. 17.2. 17.3. 17.4. 17.5. 17.6. 17.7. 17.8. Overview.................................................................................................................................. 189 Features................................................................................................................................... 189 Block Diagram.......................................................................................................................... 189 Signal Description.................................................................................................................... 189 Product Dependencies............................................................................................................. 189 Functional Description..............................................................................................................191 Register Summary....................................................................................................................192 Register Description................................................................................................................. 192 18. PM - Power Manager......................................................................................................................... 199 18.1. 18.2. 18.3. 18.4. 18.5. 18.6. 18.7. 18.8. Overview.................................................................................................................................. 199 Features................................................................................................................................... 199 Block Diagram.......................................................................................................................... 199 Signal Description.................................................................................................................... 199 Product Dependencies............................................................................................................. 199 Functional Description..............................................................................................................200 Register Summary....................................................................................................................208 Register Description................................................................................................................. 208 19. SUPC - Supply Controller...................................................................................................................218 19.1. 19.2. 19.3. 19.4. 19.5. 19.6. 19.7. 19.8. Overview.................................................................................................................................. 218 Features................................................................................................................................... 218 Block Diagram.......................................................................................................................... 219 Signal Description.................................................................................................................... 219 Product Dependencies............................................................................................................. 219 Functional Description..............................................................................................................220 Register Summary....................................................................................................................227 Register Description................................................................................................................. 227 20. WDT - Watchdog Timer...................................................................................................................... 244 20.1. 20.2. 20.3. 20.4. 20.5. 20.6. Overview.................................................................................................................................. 244 Features................................................................................................................................... 244 Block Diagram.......................................................................................................................... 244 Signal Description.................................................................................................................... 245 Product Dependencies............................................................................................................. 245 Functional Description..............................................................................................................246 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 7 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet 20.7. Register Summary....................................................................................................................250 20.8. Register Description................................................................................................................. 250 21. RTC - Real-Time Counter...................................................................................................................259 21.1. Overview.................................................................................................................................. 259 21.2. Features................................................................................................................................... 259 21.3. Block Diagram.......................................................................................................................... 259 21.4. Signal Description.................................................................................................................... 260 21.5. Product Dependencies............................................................................................................. 260 21.6. Functional Description..............................................................................................................262 21.7. Register Summary - Mode 0 - 32-Bit Counter.......................................................................... 272 21.8. Register Description - Mode 0 - 32-Bit Counter....................................................................... 273 21.9. Register Summary - Mode 1 - 16-Bit Counter.......................................................................... 294 21.10. Register Description - Mode 1 - 16-Bit Counter....................................................................... 296 21.11. Register Summary - Mode 2 - Clock/Calendar.........................................................................317 21.12. Register Description - Mode 2 - Clock/Calendar......................................................................319 22. DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller......................................................................................... 340 22.1. Overview.................................................................................................................................. 340 22.2. Features................................................................................................................................... 340 22.3. Block Diagram.......................................................................................................................... 341 22.4. Signal Description.................................................................................................................... 342 22.5. Product Dependencies............................................................................................................. 342 22.6. Functional Description..............................................................................................................343 22.7. Register Summary....................................................................................................................365 22.8. Register Description................................................................................................................. 374 22.9. Register Summary - SRAM...................................................................................................... 402 22.10. Register Description - SRAM................................................................................................... 402 23. EIC - External Interrupt Controller...................................................................................................... 409 23.1. 23.2. 23.3. 23.4. 23.5. 23.6. 23.7. 23.8. Overview.................................................................................................................................. 409 Features................................................................................................................................... 409 Block Diagram.......................................................................................................................... 409 Signal Description.................................................................................................................... 409 Product Dependencies............................................................................................................. 410 Functional Description.............................................................................................................. 411 Register Summary....................................................................................................................417 Register Description................................................................................................................. 418 24. GMAC - Ethernet MAC........................................................................................................................432 24.1. 24.2. 24.3. 24.4. 24.5. 24.6. 24.7. 24.8. 24.9. Description............................................................................................................................... 432 Features................................................................................................................................... 432 Block Diagram.......................................................................................................................... 433 Signal Description.................................................................................................................... 433 Product Dependencies............................................................................................................. 434 Functional Description..............................................................................................................434 Programming Interface.............................................................................................................457 Register Summary....................................................................................................................461 Register Description................................................................................................................. 469 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 8 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet 25. NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller...................................................................................... 583 25.1. 25.2. 25.3. 25.4. 25.5. 25.6. 25.7. 25.8. Overview.................................................................................................................................. 583 Features................................................................................................................................... 583 Block Diagram.......................................................................................................................... 583 Signal Description.................................................................................................................... 584 Product Dependencies............................................................................................................. 584 Functional Description..............................................................................................................585 Register Summary....................................................................................................................603 Register Description................................................................................................................. 603 26. ICM - Integrity Check Monitor............................................................................................................. 625 26.1. 26.2. 26.3. 26.4. 26.5. 26.6. 26.7. 26.8. Overview.................................................................................................................................. 625 Features................................................................................................................................... 625 Block Diagram.......................................................................................................................... 626 Signal Description.................................................................................................................... 626 Product Dependencies............................................................................................................. 626 Functional Description..............................................................................................................627 Register Summary - ICM..........................................................................................................641 Register Description................................................................................................................. 642 27. PAC - Peripheral Access Controller.................................................................................................... 660 27.1. 27.2. 27.3. 27.4. 27.5. 27.6. 27.7. Overview.................................................................................................................................. 660 Features................................................................................................................................... 660 Block Diagram.......................................................................................................................... 660 Product Dependencies............................................................................................................. 660 Functional Description..............................................................................................................661 Register Summary....................................................................................................................665 Register Description................................................................................................................. 666 28. OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller......................................................................................................693 28.1. 28.2. 28.3. 28.4. 28.5. 28.6. 28.7. 28.8. Overview.................................................................................................................................. 693 Features................................................................................................................................... 693 Block Diagram.......................................................................................................................... 694 Signal Description.................................................................................................................... 694 Product Dependencies............................................................................................................. 694 Functional Description..............................................................................................................695 Register Summary....................................................................................................................707 Register Description................................................................................................................. 708 29. OSC32KCTRL - 32KHz Oscillators Controller................................................................................... 735 29.1. 29.2. 29.3. 29.4. 29.5. 29.6. 29.7. 29.8. Overview.................................................................................................................................. 735 Features................................................................................................................................... 735 Block Diagram.......................................................................................................................... 736 Signal Description.................................................................................................................... 736 Product Dependencies............................................................................................................. 736 Functional Description..............................................................................................................737 Register Summary....................................................................................................................742 Register Description................................................................................................................. 742 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 9 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet 30. FREQM - Frequency Meter................................................................................................................ 753 30.1. 30.2. 30.3. 30.4. 30.5. 30.6. 30.7. 30.8. Overview.................................................................................................................................. 753 Features................................................................................................................................... 753 Block Diagram.......................................................................................................................... 753 Signal Description.................................................................................................................... 753 Product Dependencies............................................................................................................. 753 Functional Description..............................................................................................................755 Register Summary....................................................................................................................758 Register Description................................................................................................................. 758 31. EVSYS - Event System...................................................................................................................... 768 31.1. 31.2. 31.3. 31.4. 31.5. 31.6. 31.7. Overview.................................................................................................................................. 768 Features................................................................................................................................... 768 Block Diagram.......................................................................................................................... 768 Product Dependencies............................................................................................................. 769 Functional Description..............................................................................................................770 Register Summary....................................................................................................................776 Register Description................................................................................................................. 780 32. PORT - I/O Pin Controller....................................................................................................................798 32.1. 32.2. 32.3. 32.4. 32.5. 32.6. 32.7. 32.8. Overview.................................................................................................................................. 798 Features................................................................................................................................... 798 Block Diagram.......................................................................................................................... 799 Signal Description.................................................................................................................... 799 Product Dependencies............................................................................................................. 799 Functional Description..............................................................................................................801 Register Summary....................................................................................................................806 Register Description................................................................................................................. 807 33. SERCOM - Serial Communication Interface...................................................................................... 825 33.1. 33.2. 33.3. 33.4. 33.5. 33.6. Overview.................................................................................................................................. 825 Features................................................................................................................................... 825 Block Diagram.......................................................................................................................... 826 Signal Description.................................................................................................................... 826 Product Dependencies............................................................................................................. 826 Functional Description..............................................................................................................828 34. SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asynchronous Receiver and Transmitter.............. 833 34.1. 34.2. 34.3. 34.4. 34.5. 34.6. 34.7. 34.8. Overview.................................................................................................................................. 833 USART Features...................................................................................................................... 833 Block Diagram.......................................................................................................................... 834 Signal Description.................................................................................................................... 834 Product Dependencies............................................................................................................. 834 Functional Description..............................................................................................................836 Register Summary....................................................................................................................850 Register Description................................................................................................................. 850 35. SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface....................................................................... 876 35.1. Overview.................................................................................................................................. 876 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 10 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet 35.2. 35.3. 35.4. 35.5. 35.6. 35.7. 35.8. Features................................................................................................................................... 876 Block Diagram.......................................................................................................................... 877 Signal Description.................................................................................................................... 877 Product Dependencies............................................................................................................. 877 Functional Description..............................................................................................................879 Register Summary....................................................................................................................888 Register Description................................................................................................................. 888 36. SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit...............................................................................................907 36.1. Overview.................................................................................................................................. 907 36.2. Features................................................................................................................................... 907 36.3. Block Diagram.......................................................................................................................... 908 36.4. Signal Description.................................................................................................................... 908 36.5. Product Dependencies............................................................................................................. 908 36.6. Functional Description..............................................................................................................910 36.7. Register Summary - I2C Slave.................................................................................................927 36.8. Register Description - I2C Slave...............................................................................................927 36.9. Register Summary - I2C Master...............................................................................................942 36.10. Register Description - I2C Master............................................................................................ 942 37. QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface............................................................................................. 961 37.1. 37.2. 37.3. 37.4. 37.5. 37.6. 37.7. 37.8. Overview.................................................................................................................................. 961 Features................................................................................................................................... 961 Block Diagram.......................................................................................................................... 962 Signal Description.................................................................................................................... 962 Product Dependencies............................................................................................................. 962 Functional Description..............................................................................................................964 Register Summary....................................................................................................................980 Register Description................................................................................................................. 981 38. USB - Universal Serial Bus.............................................................................................................. 1002 38.1. 38.2. 38.3. 38.4. 38.5. 38.6. 38.7. 38.8. Overview................................................................................................................................ 1002 Features................................................................................................................................. 1002 USB Block Diagram................................................................................................................1003 Signal Description.................................................................................................................. 1003 Product Dependencies........................................................................................................... 1003 Functional Description............................................................................................................1005 Register Summary..................................................................................................................1022 Register Description............................................................................................................... 1025 39. CAN - Control Area Network............................................................................................................. 1090 39.1. 39.2. 39.3. 39.4. 39.5. 39.6. 39.7. 39.8. Overview................................................................................................................................ 1090 Features................................................................................................................................. 1090 Block Diagram........................................................................................................................ 1090 Signal Description.................................................................................................................. 1091 Product Dependencies........................................................................................................... 1091 Functional Description............................................................................................................1092 Register Summary.................................................................................................................. 1111 Register Description................................................................................................................1114 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 11 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet 39.9. Message RAM........................................................................................................................ 1175 40. SD/MMC Host Controller (SDHC)..................................................................................................... 1184 40.1. 40.2. 40.3. 40.4. 40.5. 40.6. 40.7. 40.8. Overview.................................................................................................................................1184 Features................................................................................................................................. 1184 Block Diagrams...................................................................................................................... 1185 Signal Description...................................................................................................................1186 Product Dependencies........................................................................................................... 1186 Functional Description............................................................................................................ 1187 Register Summary..................................................................................................................1188 Register Description............................................................................................................... 1190 41. CCL - Configurable Custom Logic....................................................................................................1259 41.1. 41.2. 41.3. 41.4. 41.5. 41.6. 41.7. 41.8. Overview................................................................................................................................ 1259 Features................................................................................................................................. 1259 Block Diagram........................................................................................................................ 1260 Signal Description.................................................................................................................. 1260 Product Dependencies........................................................................................................... 1260 Functional Description............................................................................................................1261 Register Summary..................................................................................................................1272 Register Description............................................................................................................... 1272 42. AES - Advanced Encryption Standard............................................................................................. 1277 42.1. 42.2. 42.3. 42.4. 42.5. 42.6. 42.7. 42.8. Overview................................................................................................................................ 1277 Features................................................................................................................................. 1277 Block Diagram........................................................................................................................ 1278 Signal Description.................................................................................................................. 1279 Product Dependencies........................................................................................................... 1279 Functional Description............................................................................................................1280 Register Summary..................................................................................................................1288 Register Description............................................................................................................... 1290 43. Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC).................................................................................. 1306 43.1. Overview................................................................................................................................ 1306 43.2. Product Dependencies........................................................................................................... 1306 43.3. Functional Description............................................................................................................1307 44. TRNG - True Random Number Generator....................................................................................... 1419 44.1. 44.2. 44.3. 44.4. 44.5. 44.6. 44.7. 44.8. Overview................................................................................................................................ 1419 Features................................................................................................................................. 1419 Block Diagram........................................................................................................................ 1419 Signal Description.................................................................................................................. 1419 Product Dependencies........................................................................................................... 1419 Functional Description............................................................................................................1420 Register Summary..................................................................................................................1423 Register Description............................................................................................................... 1423 45. ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter................................................................................................... 1430 45.1. Overview................................................................................................................................ 1430 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 12 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet 45.2. 45.3. 45.4. 45.5. 45.6. 45.7. 45.8. Features................................................................................................................................. 1430 Block Diagram........................................................................................................................ 1431 Signal Description.................................................................................................................. 1431 Product Dependencies........................................................................................................... 1431 Functional Description............................................................................................................1433 Register Summary..................................................................................................................1448 Register Description............................................................................................................... 1449 46. AC - Analog Comparators................................................................................................................ 1480 46.1. 46.2. 46.3. 46.4. 46.5. 46.6. 46.7. 46.8. Overview................................................................................................................................ 1480 Features................................................................................................................................. 1480 Block Diagram........................................................................................................................ 1481 Signal Description.................................................................................................................. 1481 Product Dependencies........................................................................................................... 1481 Functional Description............................................................................................................1483 Register Summary..................................................................................................................1491 Register Description............................................................................................................... 1491 47. DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter................................................................................................... 1508 47.1. 47.2. 47.3. 47.4. 47.5. 47.6. 47.7. 47.8. Overview................................................................................................................................ 1508 Features................................................................................................................................. 1508 Block Diagram........................................................................................................................ 1508 Signal Description.................................................................................................................. 1508 Product Dependencies........................................................................................................... 1509 Functional Description............................................................................................................1510 Register Summary..................................................................................................................1519 Register Description............................................................................................................... 1519 48. TC - Timer/Counter...........................................................................................................................1544 48.1. 48.2. 48.3. 48.4. 48.5. 48.6. 48.7. Overview................................................................................................................................ 1544 Features................................................................................................................................. 1544 Block Diagram........................................................................................................................ 1545 Signal Description.................................................................................................................. 1545 Product Dependencies........................................................................................................... 1546 Functional Description............................................................................................................1547 Register Description............................................................................................................... 1561 49. TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications..................................................................................1621 49.1. 49.2. 49.3. 49.4. 49.5. 49.6. 49.7. 49.8. Overview................................................................................................................................ 1621 Features................................................................................................................................. 1621 Block Diagram........................................................................................................................ 1622 Signal Description.................................................................................................................. 1622 Product Dependencies........................................................................................................... 1622 Functional Description............................................................................................................1624 Register Summary..................................................................................................................1656 Register Description............................................................................................................... 1658 50. PTC - Peripheral Touch Controller.................................................................................................... 1696 50.1. Overview................................................................................................................................ 1696 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 13 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet 50.2. 50.3. 50.4. 50.5. 50.6. Features................................................................................................................................. 1696 Block Diagram........................................................................................................................ 1697 Signal Description.................................................................................................................. 1697 System Dependencies........................................................................................................... 1698 Functional Description............................................................................................................1699 51. I2S - Inter-IC Sound Controller..........................................................................................................1700 51.1. 51.2. 51.3. 51.4. 51.5. 51.6. 51.7. 51.8. 51.9. Overview................................................................................................................................ 1700 Features................................................................................................................................. 1700 Block Diagram........................................................................................................................ 1701 Signal Description.................................................................................................................. 1701 Product Dependencies........................................................................................................... 1702 Functional Description............................................................................................................1703 I2S Application Examples....................................................................................................... 1713 Register Summary..................................................................................................................1716 Register Description............................................................................................................... 1716 52. PCC - Parallel Capture Controller..................................................................................................... 1731 52.1. 52.2. 52.3. 52.4. 52.5. 52.6. 52.7. 52.8. Overview................................................................................................................................ 1731 Features................................................................................................................................. 1731 Block Diagram........................................................................................................................ 1731 Signal Description.................................................................................................................. 1731 Product Dependencies........................................................................................................... 1731 Functional Description............................................................................................................1733 Register Summary..................................................................................................................1739 Register Description............................................................................................................... 1739 53. PDEC - Position Decoder.................................................................................................................1749 53.1. 53.2. 53.3. 53.4. 53.5. 53.6. 53.7. 53.8. Overview................................................................................................................................ 1749 Features................................................................................................................................. 1749 Block Diagram........................................................................................................................ 1750 Signal Description.................................................................................................................. 1750 Product Dependencies........................................................................................................... 1750 Functional Description............................................................................................................1752 Register Summary..................................................................................................................1761 Register Description............................................................................................................... 1762 54. Electrical Characteristics at 85C......................................................................................................1785 54.1. Disclaimer...............................................................................................................................1785 54.2. Absolute Maximum Ratings....................................................................................................1785 54.3. General Operating Ratings.....................................................................................................1786 54.4. Injection Current..................................................................................................................... 1786 54.5. Supply Characteristics............................................................................................................1787 54.6. Maximum Clock Frequencies................................................................................................. 1787 54.7. Power Consumption............................................................................................................... 1788 54.8. Wake-Up Time........................................................................................................................1792 54.9. I/O Pin Characteristics............................................................................................................1793 54.10. Analog Characteristics........................................................................................................... 1794 54.11. PTC Characteristics............................................................................................................... 1807 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 14 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet 54.12. 54.13. 54.14. 54.15. NVM Characteristics.............................................................................................................. 1809 Oscillators Characteristics......................................................................................................1810 Timing Characteristics............................................................................................................1816 USB Characteristics............................................................................................................... 1832 55. Electrical Characteristics at 105C....................................................................................................1833 55.1. 55.2. 55.3. 55.4. 55.5. General Operating Ratings (105C)....................................................................................... 1833 Power Consumption (105C)..................................................................................................1833 Analog Characteristics (105C).............................................................................................. 1837 NVM Characteristics...............................................................................................................1847 Oscillators Characteristics (105C)........................................................................................ 1847 56. Electrical Characteristics at 125C....................................................................................................1850 56.1. 56.2. 56.3. 56.4. 56.5. 56.6. 56.7. 56.8. General Operating Ratings (125C)....................................................................................... 1850 Injection Current (125C)........................................................................................................1850 Maximum Clock Frequencies (125C)....................................................................................1850 Power Consumption (125C)..................................................................................................1851 Analog Characteristics (125C).............................................................................................. 1855 NVM Characteristics (125C)................................................................................................. 1865 Oscillators Characteristics (125C)........................................................................................ 1865 Timing Characteristics (125C).............................................................................................. 1867 57. AEC Q-100 Grade 1, 125C Electrical Characteristics..................................................................... 1868 58. Packaging Information...................................................................................................................... 1869 58.1. 58.2. 58.3. 58.4. Package Marking Information.................................................................................................1869 Thermal Considerations......................................................................................................... 1869 Package Drawings................................................................................................................. 1870 Soldering Profile..................................................................................................................... 1894 59. Schematic Checklist..........................................................................................................................1895 59.1. Introduction.............................................................................................................................1895 59.2. Power Supply......................................................................................................................... 1895 59.3. External Analog Reference Connections............................................................................... 1897 59.4. External Reset Circuit.............................................................................................................1900 59.5. Unused or Unconnected Pins.................................................................................................1901 59.6. Clocks and Crystal Oscillators................................................................................................1901 59.7. Programming and Debug Ports..............................................................................................1904 59.8. QSPI Interface........................................................................................................................1908 59.9. USB Interface......................................................................................................................... 1908 59.10. SDHC Interface...................................................................................................................... 1909 60. Conventions.......................................................................................................................................1911 60.1. 60.2. 60.3. 60.4. Numerical Notation................................................................................................................. 1911 Memory Size and Type...........................................................................................................1911 Frequency and Time...............................................................................................................1911 Registers and Bits.................................................................................................................. 1912 61. Acronyms and Abbreviations............................................................................................................ 1913 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 15 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet 62. Revision History................................................................................................................................ 1916 The Microchip Web Site........................................................................................................................... 1925 Customer Change Notification Service.................................................................................................... 1925 Customer Support.................................................................................................................................... 1925 Product Identification System...................................................................................................................1926 Microchip Devices Code Protection Feature............................................................................................ 1926 Legal Notice............................................................................................................................................. 1926 Trademarks.............................................................................................................................................. 1927 Quality Management System Certified by DNV....................................................................................... 1927 Worldwide Sales and Service...................................................................................................................1928 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 16 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Configuration Summary 1. Configuration Summary Table 1-1.SAM E53/E54 Family Features with Ethernet 512 TQFP, VQFN 128 TQFP 120 TFBGA 128 TQFP 192 SAME54N20 1024 256 SAME54N19 512 192 Public Key Cryptography (PUKCC) PTC (Mutual/Self-capacitance Channels) Tamper Pins Integrity Check Monitor TRNG AES Temperature Sensor DAC (Channels) ADC (Channels ADC0/ADC1) 3 N 64 Y 2/3 Y Y Y 32 4 Y Y Y Y 32 16 4 99 SAME54P19 Analog Comparators (Channels) I/O Pins 16/8 External Interrupt Lines 51 Frequency Measurement 10 Event System (Channels) 1 RTC 6/2 WDT 6 Position Decoder 256 5 CCL 1024 16/12 PCC (data size) SAME54P20 81 SDHC 128 14 DMA Channels 256 2 QSPI SAME53J18 8/2 I2S 192 8 USB 256 512 Security TC/Compare 1024 SAME53J19 TQFP TCC (24-bit/16-bit) SAME53J20 100 Analog SERCOM 192 CAN-FD 256 512 Ethernet Controller 1024 SAME53N19 Packages Data Memory (KB) SAME53N20 Device Pins Program Memory (KB) Peripherals Y 120 TFBGA 100 TQFP 8 8/2 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. 2 2 256/32 Y Y Y Y Y 16/16 14 5 81 Datasheet 16/12 DS60001507F-page 17 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Configuration Summary Table 1-2.SAM D51/E51 Family Features without Ethernet 512 TFBGA 128 TQFP 192 SAMD51N20 1024 256 SAMD51N19 512 192 SAMD51J20 1024 256 SAMD51J19 512 192 120 TFBGA 100 TQFP SAMD51J18 256 128 512 192 SAMD51G18 256 128 SAME51N20 1024 256 SAME51N19 512 192 SAME51J20 1024 256 SAME51J19 512 192 SAME51J18 256 128 SAME51G18 256 128 SAME51G19 512 192 2/3 14 Tamper Pins Integrity Check Monitor Public Key Cryptography (PUKCC) AES TRNG Temperature Sensor DAC (Channels) 16/16 PTC (Mutual/Self-capacitance Channels) 99 Analog Comparators (Channels) External Interrupt Lines Event System (Channels) Frequency Measurement RTC Position Decoder CCL DMA Channels 2 PCC (data size) SDHC USB QSPI I2S 8/2 Security 5 Y 81 16/12 51 16/8 256/32 N TQFP, 64 SAMD51G19 8 ADC (Channels ADC0/ADC1) TQFP 120 Analog I/O Pins 128 TCC (24-bit/16-bit) CAN-FD Packages Pins 256 SERCOM SAMD51P19 1024 TC/Compare SAMD51P20 Data Memory (KB) Device Program Memory (KB) Peripherals VQFN, 6/2 WLCSP 64 TQFP, VQFN 48 VQFN 100 TQFP 1 10 Y 4/2 8 2/1 N 8/2 Y 32 4 Y Y Y 32 16 4 1 10 37 16/4 1 14 81 16/12 51 16/8 37 16/4 2/3 64 TQFP, VQFN Y 6/2 VQFN 1 4/2 2 Y Y Y Y 121/22 2 5 3 10 2/1 121/22 Related Links 6.2.6 SERCOM I2C Configurations 6.2.9 GPIO Clusters (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Y 256/32 Y 6 48 3 6 Datasheet DS60001507F-page 18 2 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Ordering Information 2. Ordering Information Figure 2-1.Composition of the Ordering Numbers(1) SAM E54 N 19 A - A U T - EFP EFP = Extended Flash Performance(6) [no EFP] = Standard Flash Performance Product Family Package Carrier SAM = SMART ARM Microcontroller T = Tape and Reel [no letter T] = Tray Product Series D51 = Cortex-M4F + E51 = Cortex-M4F + E53 = Cortex-M4F + E54 = Cortex-M4F + + 2x CAN Advanced Feature Set (8) Advanced Feature Set + 2x CAN Advanced Feature Set + Ethernet Advanced Feature Set + Ethernet Package Grade U = -40C to +85C Matte Sn Plating (Industrial) N = -40C to +105C Matte Sn Plating (V Temp)(4) F = -40C to +125C Matte Sn Plating (Extended Temp) Z = -40C to +125C Matte Sn Plating (Extended Temp) (AEC-Q100 Qualified)(5) Pin Count G = 48 Pins J = 64 Pins N = 100 Pins P = 120/128 Pins Package Type A = TQFP CT = TFBGA M = VQFN (2,3) U = WLCSP Flash Memory Density 20 = 1 MB 19 = 512 KB 18 = 256 KB Device Variant A = Default Variant Note: 1. Not all combinations are valid. The available device part numbers are listed in Configuration Summary. 2. Devices in the WLCSP package include a factory programmed Bootloader. Contact your local Microchip sales office for additional information. 3. WLCSP package type is available only with the package Grade U and N. 4. Package Grade N is available with only package type U. 5. The AEC-Q100 Grade 1 qualified version is only offered in the TQFP, VQFN and BGA packages. The VQFN package will have wettable flanks. The TQFP, VQFN and BGA packages are assembled with gold bond wires.. 6. EFP is only available for package Grade U. 7. EFP is an ordering code extension and will not be printed onto the package marking (section 58.1: Package Marking Information). 8. E51G devices have only 1 instance of CAN. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 19 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Block Diagram 3. Block Diagram The actual configuration may vary with device memory and number of pins. Refer to the Configuration Summary for details. SAM D5x/E5x Block Diagram ETM CORESIGHT ETB 24bit SysTick Counter TPIU SWO TRACECLK TRACEDATA[3:0] CORTEX-M4 PROCESSOR Fmax 120MHz BACKUP SRAM MPU FPU I 256/192/128KB SRAM 1024/512/256KB NVM NVM CONTROLLER SRAM CONTROLLER DMA CONTROLLER Cache RAMECC D Cortex M Cache Controller SWCLK SWDIO SERIAL WIRE S S M M M DMA S 2x SDHC Host Controller S HIGH SPEED BUS MATRIX DMA S S M S S USB FS/LS HOST/DEVICE S DMA AHB-APB BRIDGE A AHB-APB BRIDGE D DMA PERIPHERAL ACCESS CONTROLLER POWER MANAGER AHB-APB BRIDGE C EVENT SYSTEM 4x SERCOM CS SCK DATA[3:0] PAD0 PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 TIMER / COUNTER 8 x Timer Counter FOR CONTROL WO0 WO1 2x TIMER / COUNTER 8 x Timer Counter WO0 WO1 XOSC48M 2x 16-CHANNEL 12-bit ADC 1MSPS 8 x Timer Counter DFLL48M FDPLL200M CFD XOSC48M DMA FDPLL200M PERIPHERAL TOUCH 8CONTROLLER x Timer Counter DMA XIN32 XOUT32 DUAL-CHANNEL 12-bit DAC Counter 1MSPS 8 x Timer OSC32K CONTROLLER CFD XOSC32K OSCULP32K DMA Inter-IC 8 x Timer Counter Sound Controller SUPPLY CONTROLLER BOD33 GCLK_IO[7..0] VREF DMA VREG Parallel Capture 8 x Controller Timer Counter GENERIC CLOCK CONTROLLER GTXEN GTXCK GTX[3:0] GTXER GRXER GRXCK GRX[3:0] GRXDV GCOL GCRS GMDIO GMDC DMA 2x CAN AES DMA INTEGRITY CHECK MONITOR 2x TIMER / COUNTER 8 x Timer Counter FOR CONTROL TX RX WO0 WO1 WO2 DMA TRUE RANDOM NUMBER GENERATOR AIN[15:0] VREFA VREFB VREFC PORT OSCILLATORS CONTROLLER XIN XOUT DMA DP DM SOF-1KHz QUAD-SPI DMA RESET CONTROLLER ETHERNET MAC DMA DMA CFD XIP MEMORY DMA MAIN CLOCKS CONTROLLER XIN XOUT AHB-APB BRIDGE B CD CMD WP CK DAT[3:0] PORT M DEVICE SERVICE UNIT PORT 3.1 VOUT[1:0] VREFA MCKn, n={0,1} SCKn, n={0,1} FSn, n={0,1} SDO SDI CLK DEN1 DEN2 DATA[13:0] DMA PUBLIC KEY CRYPTOGRAPHY CONTROLLER X/Y[31:0] PAD0 PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 WO0 WO1 WO7 2x TIMER / COUNTER 8 x Timer Counter POSITION DECODER WO0 WO1 QDI0 QDI1 QDI2 DMA 4x CCL 2x SERCOM DMA 2x TIMER / COUNTER 8 x Timer Counter FOR CONTROL 2 ANALOG COMPARATORS OUT IN[2:0] AIN[3:0] DMA WO0 WO1 2x TIMER / COUNTER 8 x Timer Counter PORT WATCHDOG TIMER DMA TAMPER[4:0] REAL-TIME COUNTER EXTINT[15..0] NMI EXTERNAL INTERRUPT CONTROLLER FREQUENCY METER PAD0 PAD1 PAD2 PAD3 DMA 2x SERCOM DMA WO0 WO1 2x TIMER / COUNTER 8 x Timer Counter Note: 1. Some products have different number of SERCOM instances, Timer/Counter instances, PTC signals and ADC signals. 2. The block diagram is representing SAM E54P. Refer to the Configuration Summary for the configuration of a given device. Related Links (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 20 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Block Diagram 1. Configuration Summary (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 21 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Pinout 4. Pinout 4.1 48-Pin VQFN Package 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 PB03 PB02 PA31 PA30 VDDIO VSW GND VDDCORE RESETN PA27 PB23 PB22 Figure 4-1.48-Pin VQFN(1) Package 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 VDDIO GND PA25 PA24 PA23 PA22 PA21 PA20 PA19 PA18 PA17 PA16 PA08 PA09 PA10 PA11 VDDIO GND PB10 PB11 PA12 PA13 PA14 PA15 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 PA00 PA01 PA02 PA03 GNDANA VDDANA PB08 PB09 PA04 PA05 PA06 PA07 Note: 1. It is recommended that the exposed pad be connected to ground in the PCB. Refer to the section 58.3 Package Drawings for further information. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 22 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Pinout 64-Pin TQFP and VQFN Package 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 PB03 PB02 PB01 PB00 PB31 PB30 PA31 PA30 VDDIO VSW GND VDDCORE RESETN PA27 PB23 PB22 Figure 4-2.64-Pin TQFP and VQFN (1) Package 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 VDDIO GND PA25 PA24 PA23 PA22 PA21 PA20 PB17 PB16 PA19 PA18 PA17 PA16 VDDIO GND 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 PA00 PA01 PA02 PA03 PB04 PB05 GNDANA VDDANA PB06 PB07 PB08 PB09 PA04 PA05 PA06 PA07 PA08 PA09 PA10 PA11 VDDIOB GND PB10 PB11 PB12 PB13 PB14 PB15 PA12 PA13 PA14 PA15 4.2 Note: 1. It is recommended that the exposed pad be connected to ground in the PCB. Refer to section 58.3 Package Drawings for further information. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 23 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Pinout 4.3 64-Pin WLCSP Package 1 2 3 4 5 6 A PA25 PB22 PB23 VDDCORE VSW PB30 B PA24 GND PA27 RESET VDDIO PB31 C PA22 PA23 VDDIO GND PA30 D PB17 PA20 PA21 PB16 PA31 E PA18 PA19 VDDIO VDDIOB GNDANA PB07 F PA17 PA12 GND GND PB08 G PA16 PA13 PB14 PB11 H PA14 PA15 PB15 PB13 7 8 PB00 PB02 PB01 PA00 PB03 PA02 PA01 PA03 PB04 PB05 PB06 VDDANA PA05 PA04 PB09 PA11 PA09 PA06 PA07 PB12 PB10 PA10 PA08 Top View OSCILLATOR / DIGITAL PIN REGULATED INPUT/OUPUT SUPPLY (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 24 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Pinout 100-Pin TQFP Package 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 PB03 PB02 PB01 PB00 PB31 PB30 PA31 PA30 VDDIO VSW GND VDDCORE RESETN PA27 PC28 PC27 PC26 PC25 PC24 PB25 PB24 PB23 PB22 VDDIO GND Figure 4-3.100-Pin TQFP Package 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 PA25 PA24 PA23 PA22 PA21 PA20 PB21 PB20 PB19 PB18 PB17 PB16 VDDIO GND PC21 PC20 PC19 PC18 PC17 PC16 PA19 PA18 PA17 PA16 VDDIO 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 PA00 PA01 PC00 PC01 PC02 PC03 PA02 PA03 PB04 PB05 GNDANA VDDANA PB06 PB07 PB08 PB09 PA04 PA05 PA06 PA07 PC05 PC06 PC07 GND VDDIOB PA08 PA09 PA10 PA11 VDDIOB GND PB10 PB11 PB12 PB13 PB14 PB15 GND VDDIO PC10 PC11 PC12 PC13 PC14 PC15 PA12 PA13 PA14 PA15 GND 4.4 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 25 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Pinout 4.5 120-ball TFBGA Package Figure 4-4.120-ball TFBGA Package 1 2 3 4 A PA00 PB02 PB00 PC30 B PA01 PB03 PB01 C 5 6 PB30 VSW 7 8 9 VDDCORE RESET PC27 PA30 PA27 PC28 10 11 12 PC26 PC24 PB28 13 14 15 PB26 PB23 PB22 PB25 PB24 PA25 PC00 PC01 PA23 PA24 D PC02 GNDIO0 PA22 PA21 E PA02 PC03 PA20 PB21 F PB04 PA03 GNDIO7 G PB05 PD00 H PD01 PB06 J PB07 K PC31 PB31 PA31 PC25 PB29 PB27 VDDIO5 PB20 PB19 VDDANA0 GNDIO5 PB18 PB17 GNDANA0 VDDIO4 PD21 PB16 PB08 GNDIO1 GNDIO4 PC23 PD20 PB09 PA04 VDDIOB1 VDDIO3 PC21 PC22 L PA05 PA06 PC19 PC20 M PA07 VDDANA1 PC17 PC18 N PC04 PC05 PA19 PC16 P PC06 PC07 PA09 PA11 PB11 PB13 PB15 PD09 PD11 PC10 PC13 PC15 PA13 PA17 PA18 R PA08 PB12 PB14 PD08 PD10 PD12 PC11 PC12 PC14 PA12 PA15 PA16 PA10 PB10 VDDIO7 VDDIOB2 VDDIO6 GNDIO2 GNDIO6 GNDIO3 PA14 Top View REGULATED INPUT/OUPUT SUPPLY OSCILLATOR / DIGITAL PIN (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 26 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Pinout 128-Pin TQFP Package 128 127 126 125 124 123 122 121 120 119 118 117 116 115 114 113 112 111 110 109 108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 PB03 PB02 PB01 PB00 PC31 PC30 PB31 PB30 PA31 PA30 VDDIO VSW GNDIO VDDCORE RESETN PA27 PC28 PC27 PC26 PC25 PC24 VDDIO GND PB29 PB28 PB27 PB26 PB25 PB24 PB23 PB22 VDDIO Figure 4-5.128-Pin TQFP Package 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 GND PA25 PA24 PA23 PA22 VDDIO GND PA21 PA20 PB21 PB20 PB19 PB18 PB17 PB16 PD21 PD20 VDDIO GND PC23 PC22 PC21 PC20 PC19 PC18 PC17 PC16 PA19 PA18 PA17 PA16 VDDIO 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 PA00 PA01 PC00 PC01 GND VDDANA PC02 PC03 PA02 PA03 PB04 PB05 PD00 GNDANA VDDANA PD01 PB06 PB07 PB08 PB09 PA04 PA05 PA06 PA07 GNDANA VDDANA PC04 PC05 PC06 PC07 GND VDDIOB PA08 PA09 PA10 PA11 VDDIOB GND PB10 PB11 PB12 PB13 PB14 PB15 GND VDDIO PD08 PD09 PD10 PD11 PD12 PC10 GND VDDIO PC11 PC12 PC13 PC14 PC15 PA12 PA13 PA14 PA15 GND 4.6 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 27 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Signal Descriptions List 5. Signal Descriptions List The following table gives details on signal names classified by peripheral. Table 5-1.Signal Descriptions List Signal Name Function Type Active Level Device Service Unit - DSU SWCLK SW Clock Digital SWDIO SW Bidirectional Data Digital RESETN Reset input Digital Low Trace Port Interface Unit - TPIU TRACEDATA[3:0] Trace Data Output Digital TRACECLK Trace Clock Digital SWO Serial Wire Output Digital Analog Comparators - AC CMP[1:0] AC Comparator Outputs Digital AIN[3:0] AC Analog Inputs Analog Analog Digital Converter - ADC AIN[15:0] ADC Analog Inputs Analog VREFA ADC Voltage External Reference A Analog VREFB ADC Voltage External Reference B Analog VREFC ADC Voltage External Reference C Analog Peripheral Touch Controller - PTC XY[31:0] PTC X/Y Input/Output Analog Digital Analog Converter - DAC VOUT[1:0] DAC Voltage output Analog VREFA DAC Voltage External Reference Analog External Interrupt Controller - EIC EXTINT[15:0] External Interrupts inputs Digital NMI External Non-Maskable Interrupt input Digital Generic Clock Generator - GCLK GCLK_IO[7:0] Generic Clock (source clock inputs or Digital generic clock generator output) Custom Control Logic - CCL IN[11:0] Logic Inputs Digital OUT[3:0] Logic Outputs Digital Supply Controller - SUPC (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 28 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Signal Descriptions List ...........continued Signal Name Function Type VBAT External battery supply Inputs Analog OUT[1:0] Logic Outputs Digital Reset input Digital Active Level Power Manager - PM RESETN Low Oscillators Control - OSCCTRL XOSCx - XIN Crystal or external clock Input Analog/Digital XOSCx - XOUT Crystal Output Analog 32KHz Oscillators Control - OSC32KCTRL XIN32 32KHz Crystal or external clock Input Analog/Digital XOUT32 32KHz Crystal Output Analog General Purpose I/O - PORT PA31 - PA30, PA27, PA25 - PA00 Parallel I/O Controller I/O Port A Digital PB31 - PB00 Parallel I/O Controller I/O Port B Digital PC31 - PC30, PC28 PC10, PC07 - PC00 Parallel I/O Controller I/O Port C Digital PD21-PD20, PD12 PD08, PD01 - PD00 Parallel I/O Controller I/O Port D Digital Real-Time Counter - RTC IN[4:0] Tamper / Wake / Active Layer Protection Input Digital OUT Active Layer Protection Output Digital Waveform Outputs/Capture Inputs Digital Waveform Outputs/Capture Inputs Digital Timer Counter - TCx WO[1:0] Timer Counter - TCCx WO[7:0] Position Decoder - PDEC QDI[2:0] PDEC Inputs Digital Parallel Capture Controller - PCC DEN1 Sensor Sync1 Digital DEN2 Sensor Sync2 Digital CLK Sensor Clock Digital DATA[13:0] Sensor Data Digital Serial Communication Interface - SERCOMx PAD[3:0] SERCOM Inputs/Outputs Pads Digital Quad Serial Peripheral Interface - QSPI (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 29 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Signal Descriptions List ...........continued Signal Name Function Type SCK Serial Clock Digital CS Chip Select Digital DATA[3:0] Data Input/Output Digital GTXEN Transmit Enable Digital GTXCK Transmit Clock or Reference Clock Digital GTX[3:0] Transmit Data Digital GTXER Transmit Coding Error Digital GRXER Receive Error Digital GRXCK Receive Clock Digital GRX[3:0] Receive Data Digital GRXDV Receive Data Valid Digital GCOL Collision Detect Digital GCRS Carrier Sense and Data Valid Digital GMDIO Management Data Input/Output Digital GMDC Management Data Clock Digital Active Level Ethernet MAC - GMAC Universal Serial Bus - USB DP DP for USB Digital DM DM for USB Digital SOF 1kHz USB Start of Frame Digital Control Area Network - CANx TX CAN Transmit Digital RX CAN Receive Digital Inter-IC Sound Controller - I2S MCK1, MCK0 Master Clock Digital SCK1, SCK0 Serial Clock Digital FS1, FS0 IS Word Select or TDM Frame Sync Digital SDO Serial Data Output for Transmit Serializer Digital SDI Serial Data Input for Receive Serializer Digital SD/MMC Host Controller - SDHCx CD SD Card / SDIO / e.MMC Card Detect CMD SD Card / SDIO / e.MMC Command/ Digital Response Line (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Digital Datasheet DS60001507F-page 30 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Signal Descriptions List ...........continued Signal Name Function Type WP SD Card Connector Write Protect Signal Digital CK SD Card / SDIO / e.MMC Clock Signal Digital DAT[3:0] SD Card / SDIO / e.MMC Data Lines Digital (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet Active Level DS60001507F-page 31 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I/O Multiplexing and Considerations 6. I/O Multiplexing and Considerations 6.1 Multiplexed Signals By default each pin is controlled by the PORT as a general purpose I/O, and alternatively it can be assigned a different peripheral functions. To enable a peripheral function on a pin, the Peripheral Multiplexer Enable bit in the Pin Configuration register corresponding to that pin (PINCFGn.PMUXEN, n = 0-31) in the PORT must be written to '1'. The selection of peripheral functions, A to N, is done by writing to the Peripheral Multiplexing Odd and Even bits in the Peripheral Multiplexing register (PMUXn.PMUXE/O) of the PORT. The table below describes the peripheral signals multiplexed to the PORT I/O pins. Important: Not all signals are available on all devices. Refer to the Configuration Summary for available peripherals. VQFN 48 TQFP/VQFN/WLCSP 64 TQFP 100 TFBGA 120 TQFP 128 Table 6-1.Multiplexed Peripheral Signals Pad Name A B EIC ANAREF ADC0 48 64/C6 100 B2 128 PB03 EIC/ EXTINT[ 3] ADC0/ AIN[15] - - - X21/Y21 - SERCO M5/ PAD[1] TC6/ WO[1] - - - - - - - - - 1 01/B8 1 A1 1 PA00 EIC/ EXTINT[ 0] - - - - - SERCO M1/ PAD[0] TC2/ WO[0] - - - - - - - - - 2 02/C8 2 B1 2 PA01 EIC/ EXTINT[ 1] - - - - - SERCO M1/ PAD[1] TC2/ WO[1] - - - - - - - - - 3 C1 3 PC00 EIC/ EXTINT[ 0] - ADC1/ AIN[10] - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4 C2 4 PC01 EIC/ EXTINT[ 1] - ADC1/ AIN[11] - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5 D1 7 PC02 EIC/ EXTINT[ 2] - ADC1/ AIN[4] - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6 E2 8 PC03 EIC/ EXTINT[ 3] - ADC1/ AIN[5] - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ADC1 AC DAC PTC C D E F G H J K L M N SERCO M SERCO M TC TCC TCC, PDEC QSPI, SDHC, CAN1, CAN0 USB, CORTEX _CM4 I I2S PCC GMAC GCLK, AC CCL 3 03/C7 7 E1 9 PA02 EIC/ EXTINT[ 2] ADC0/ AIN[0] - - DAC/ VOUT[0] 4 04/D6 8 F2 10 PA03 EIC/ ANAREF ADC0/ EXTINT[ /VREFA AIN[1] 3] - - - X0/Y0 - - - - - - - - - - - - 05/D7 9 F1 11 PB04 EIC/ EXTINT[ 4] - ADC1/ AIN[6] - - X22/Y22 - - - - - - - - - - - - 06/D8 10 G1 12 PB05 EIC/ EXTINT[ 5] - ADC1/ AIN[7] - - X23/Y23 - - - - - - - - - - - - - G2 13 PD00 EIC/ EXTINT[ 0] - ADC1/ AIN[14] - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - H1 16 PD01 EIC/ EXTINT[ 1] - ADC1/ AIN[15] - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 09/E7 13 H2 17 PB06 EIC/ EXTINT[ 6] - ADC1/ AIN[8] - - X24/Y24 - - - - - - - - - - - CCL/ IN[6] 10/E6 14 J1 18 PB07 EIC/ EXTINT[ 7] - ADC1/ AIN[9] - - X25/Y25 - - - - - - - - - - - CCL/ IN[7] 11/F5 15 J2 19 PB08 EIC/ EXTINT[ 8] ADC0/ AIN[2] ADC1/ AIN[0] - - X1/Y1 SERCO M4/ PAD[0] TC4/ WO[0] - - - - - - - - CCL/ IN[8] 7 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. - Datasheet DS60001507F-page 32 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I/O Multiplexing and Considerations VQFN 48 TQFP/VQFN/WLCSP 64 TQFP 100 TFBGA 120 TQFP 128 ...........continued Pad Name A B EIC ANAREF ADC0 8 12/F8 16 K1 20 PB09 EIC/ EXTINT[ 9] 9 13/F7 17 K2 21 PA04 EIC/ ANAREF ADC0/ EXTINT[ /VREFB AIN[4] 4] - AC/ AIN[0] - 10 14/F6 18 L1 22 PA05 EIC/ EXTINT[ 5] ADC0/ AIN[5] - AC/ AIN[1] DAC/ VOUT[1] 11 15/G7 19 L2 23 PA06 EIC/ ANAREF ADC0/ EXTINT[ /VREFC AIN[6] 6] - AC/ AIN[2] - X4/Y4 - SERCO M0/ PAD[2] TC1/ WO[0] - - - SDHC0/ SDCD - - - - CCL/ IN[2] 12 16/G8 20 M1 24 PA07 EIC/ EXTINT[ 7] ADC0/ AIN[7] - AC/ AIN[3] - X5/Y5 - SERCO M0/ PAD[3] TC1/ WO[1] - - - SDHC0/ SDWP - - - - CCL/ OUT[0] - N1 27 PC04 EIC/ EXTINT[ 4] - - - - SERCO M6/ PAD[0] - - TCC0/ WO[0] - - - - - - - - 21 N2 28 PC05 EIC/ EXTINT[ 5] - - - - SERCO M6/ PAD[1] - - - - - - - - - - - 22 P1 29 PC06 EIC/ EXTINT[ 6] - - - - SERCO M6/ PAD[2] - - - - - SDHC0/ SDCD - - - - - 23 P2 30 PC07 EIC/ EXTINT[ 9] - - - - SERCO M6/ PAD[3] - - - - - SDHC0/ SDWP - - - - - I2S/ MCK[0] ADC0/ AIN[3] C D E F G H J K L M N ADC1 AC DAC PTC SERCO M SERCO M TC TCC TCC, PDEC QSPI, SDHC, CAN1, CAN0 USB, CORTEX _CM4 I I2S PCC GMAC GCLK, AC CCL ADC1/ AIN[1] - - X2/Y2 - SERCO M4/ PAD[1] TC4/ WO[1] - - - - - - - - CCL/ OUT[2] X3/Y3 - SERCO M0/ PAD[0] TC0/ WO[0] - - - - - - - - CCL/ IN[0] - SERCO M0/ PAD[1] TC0/ WO[1] - - - - - - - - CCL/ IN[1] 13 17/H8 26 R1 33 PA08 EIC/NMI - ADC0/ AIN[8] ADC1/ AIN[2] - - X6/Y6 SERCO M0/ PAD[0] SERCO M2/ PAD[1] TC0/ WO[0] TCC0/ WO[0] TCC1/ WO[4] QSPI/ DATA[0] SDHC0/ SDCMD - - - CCL/ IN[3] 14 18/G6 27 P3 34 PA09 EIC/ EXTINT[ 9] ADC0/ AIN[9] ADC1/ AIN[3] - - X7/Y7 SERCO M0/ PAD[1] SERCO M2/ PAD[0] TC0/ WO[1] TCC0/ WO[1] TCC1/ WO[5] QSPI/ DATA[1] SDHC0/ I2S/FS[0] SDDAT[0 ] - - CCL/ IN[4] 15 19/H7 28 R2 35 PA10 EIC/ EXTINT[ 10] ADC0/ AIN[10] - - - X8/Y8 SERCO M0/ PAD[2] SERCO M2/ PAD[2] TC1/ WO[0] TCC0/ WO[2] TCC1/ WO[6] QSPI/ DATA[2] SDHC0/ I2S/ SDDAT[1 SCK[0] ] - - GCLK/ IO[4] CCL/ IN[5] 16 20/G5 29 P4 36 PA11 EIC/ EXTINT[ 11] ADC0/ AIN[11] - - - X9/Y9 SERCO M0/ PAD[3] SERCO M2/ PAD[3] TC1/ WO[1] TCC0/ WO[3] TCC1/ WO[7] QSPI/ DATA[3] SDHC0/ I2S/SDO SDDAT[2 ] - GCLK/ IO[5] CCL/ OUT[1] 19 23/H6 32 R3 39 PB10 EIC/ EXTINT[ 10] - - - - - SERCO M4/ PAD[2] TC5/ WO[0] TCC0/ WO[4] TCC1/ WO[0] QSPI/SC SDHC0/ I2S/SDI K SDDAT[3 ] - - GCLK/ IO[4] CCL/ IN[11] 20 24/G4 33 P5 40 PB11 EIC/ EXTINT[ 11] - - - - - SERCO M4/ PAD[3] TC5/ WO[1] TCC0/ WO[5] TCC1/ WO[1] QSPI/CS SDHC0/ SDCK I2S/FS[1] - - GCLK/ IO[5] CCL/ OUT[1] 25/H5 34 R4 41 PB12 EIC/ EXTINT[ 12] - - - - X26/Y26 SERCO M4/ PAD[0] - TC4/ WO[0] TCC3/ WO[0] TCC0/ WO[0] CAN1/TX SDHC0/ SDCD I2S/ SCK[1] - - GCLK/ IO[6] - 26/H4 35 P6 42 PB13 EIC/ EXTINT[ 13] - - - - X27/Y27 SERCO M4/ PAD[1] - TC4/ WO[1] TCC3/ WO[1] TCC0/ WO[1] CAN1/R X I2S/ MCK[1] - - GCLK/ IO[7] - 27/G3 36 R5 43 PB14 EIC/ EXTINT[ 14] - - - - X28/Y28 SERCO M4/ PAD[2] - TC5/ WO[0] TCC4/ WO[0] TCC0/ WO[2] CAN1/TX - - PCC/ DATA[8] GMAC/ GMDC GCLK/ IO[0] CCL/ IN[9] 28/H3 37 P7 44 PB15 EIC/ EXTINT[ 15] - - - - X29/Y29 SERCO M4/ PAD[3] - TC5/ WO[1] TCC4/ WO[1] TCC0/ WO[3] CAN1/R X - - PCC/ DATA[9] GMAC/ GMDIO GCLK/ IO[1] CCL/ IN[10] - R6 47 PD08 EIC/ EXTINT[ 3] - - - - SERCO M7/ PAD[0] SERCO M6/ PAD[1] - TCC0/ WO[1] - - - - - - - - - P8 48 PD09 EIC/ EXTINT[ 4] - - - - SERCO M7/ PAD[1] SERCO M6/ PAD[0] - TCC0/ WO[2] - - - - - - - - - R7 49 PD10 EIC/ EXTINT[ 5] - - - - SERCO M7/ PAD[2] SERCO M6/ PAD[2] - TCC0/ WO[3] - - - - - - - - - P9 50 PD11 EIC/ EXTINT[ 6] - - - - SERCO M7/ PAD[3] SERCO M6/ PAD[3] - TCC0/ WO[4] - - - - - - - - - R8 51 PD12 EIC/ EXTINT[ 7] - - - - - - - TCC0/ WO[5] - - - - - - - - 40 P10 52 PC10 EIC/ EXTINT[ 10] - - - - SERCO M6/ PAD[2] SERCO M7/ PAD[2] - TCC0/ WO[0] TCC1/ WO[4] - - - - - - - 41 R9 55 PC11 EIC/ EXTINT[ 11] - - - - SERCO M6/ PAD[3] SERCO M7/ PAD[3] - TCC0/ WO[1] TCC1/ WO[5] - - - - GMAC/ GMDC - - (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet SDHC0/ SDWP DS60001507F-page 33 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I/O Multiplexing and Considerations TQFP 128 TQFP 100 TQFP/VQFN/WLCSP 64 VQFN 48 ...........continued TFBGA 120 Pad Name A B EIC ANAREF ADC0 42 R10 43 C D E F G H J K L M N SERCO M SERCO M TC TCC TCC, PDEC QSPI, SDHC, CAN1, CAN0 USB, CORTEX _CM4 I2S PCC GMAC GCLK, AC CCL 56 PC12 EIC/ EXTINT[ 12] - SERCO M7/ PAD[0] SERCO M6/ PAD[1] - TCC0/ WO[2] TCC1/ WO[6] - - - PCC/ GMAC/ DATA[10] GMDIO - - P11 57 PC13 - - SERCO M7/ PAD[1] SERCO M6/ PAD[0] - TCC0/ WO[3] TCC1/ WO[7] - - - PCC/ DATA[11] - - 44 R11 58 - - - SERCO M7/ PAD[2] SERCO M6/ PAD[2] - TCC0/ WO[4] TCC1/ WO[0] - - - PCC/ GMAC/ DATA[12] GRX[3] - - 45 P12 - - - - SERCO M7/ PAD[3] SERCO M6/ PAD[3] - TCC0/ WO[5] TCC1/ WO[1] - - - PCC/ GMAC/ DATA[13] GRX[2] - - ADC1 AC DAC - - - EIC/ EXTINT[ 13] - - PC14 EIC/ EXTINT[ 14] - 59 PC15 EIC/ EXTINT[ 15] PTC I 21 29/F2 46 R12 60 PA12 EIC/ EXTINT[ 12] - - - - SERCO M2/ PAD[0] SERCO M4/ PAD[1] TC2/ WO[0] TCC0/ WO[6] TCC1/ WO[2] - SDHC0/ SDCD - PCC/ DEN1 GMAC/ GRX[1] AC/ CMP[0] - 22 30/G2 47 P13 61 PA13 EIC/ EXTINT[ 13] - - - - SERCO M2/ PAD[1] SERCO M4/ PAD[0] TC2/ WO[1] TCC0/ WO[7] TCC1/ WO[3] - SDHC0/ SDWP - PCC/ DEN2 GMAC/ GRX[0] AC/ CMP[1] - 23 31/H1 48 R13 62 PA14 EIC/ EXTINT[ 14] - - - - SERCO M2/ PAD[2] SERCO M4/ PAD[2] TC3/ WO[0] TCC2/ WO[0] TCC1/ WO[2] - - - PCC/CL K GMAC/ GTXCK GCLK/ IO[0] - 24 32/H2 49 R14 63 PA15 EIC/ EXTINT[ 15] - - - - SERCO M2/ PAD[3] SERCO M4/ PAD[3] TC3/ WO[1] TCC2/ WO[1] TCC1/ WO[3] - - - - GMAC/ GRXER GCLK/ IO[1] - 25 35/G1 52 R15 66 PA16 EIC/ EXTINT[ 0] - - - - X10/Y10 SERCO M1/ PAD[0] SERCO M3/ PAD[1] TC2/ WO[0] TCC1/ WO[0] TCC0/ WO[4] - - - PCC/ DATA[0] GMAC/ GCLK/ GCRS/ IO[2] GRXDV( 6) CCL/ IN[0] 26 36/F1 53 P14 67 PA17 EIC/ EXTINT[ 1] - - - - X11/Y11 SERCO M1/ PAD[1] SERCO M3/ PAD[0] TC2/ WO[1] TCC1/ WO[1] TCC0/ WO[5] - - - PCC/ DATA[1] GMAC/ GTXEN GCLK/ IO[3] CCL/ IN[1] 27 37/E1 54 P15 68 PA18 EIC/ EXTINT[ 2] - - - - X12/Y12 SERCO M1/ PAD[2] SERCO M3/ PAD[2] TC3/ WO[0] TCC1/ WO[2] TCC0/ WO[6] - - - PCC/ DATA[2] GMAC/ GTX[0] AC/ CMP[0] CCL/ IN[2] 28 38/E2 55 N14 69 PA19 EIC/ EXTINT[ 3] - - - - X13/Y13 SERCO M1/ PAD[3] SERCO M3/ PAD[3] TC3/ WO[1] TCC1/ WO[3] TCC0/ WO[7] - - - PCC/ DATA[3] GMAC/ GTX[1] AC/ CMP[1] CCL/ OUT[0] 56 N15 70 PC16 EIC/ EXTINT[ 0] - - - - SERCO M6/ PAD[0] SERCO M0/ PAD[1] - TCC0/ WO[0] PDEC/ QDI[0] - - - - GMAC/ GTX[2] - - 57 M14 71 PC17 EIC/ EXTINT[ 1] - - - - SERCO M6/ PAD[1] SERCO M0/ PAD[0] - TCC0/ WO[1] PDEC/ QDI[1] - - - - GMAC/ GTX[3] - - 58 M15 72 PC18 EIC/ EXTINT[ 2] - - - - SERCO M6/ PAD[2] SERCO M0/ PAD[2] - TCC0/ WO[2] PDEC/ QDI[2] - - - - GMAC/ GRXCK - - 59 L14 73 PC19 EIC/ EXTINT[ 3] - - - - SERCO M6/ PAD[3] SERCO M0/ PAD[3] - TCC0/ WO[3] - - - - - GMAC/ GTXER - - 60 L15 74 PC20 EIC/ EXTINT[ 4] - - - - - - - TCC0/ WO[4] - - SDHC1/ SDCD - - GMAC/ GRXDV - CCL/ IN[9] 61 K14 75 PC21 EIC/ EXTINT[ 5] - - - - - - - TCC0/ WO[5] - - SDHC1/ SDWP - - GMAC/ GCOL - CCL/ IN[10] - K15 76 PC22 EIC/ EXTINT[ 6] - - - - SERCO M1/ PAD[0] SERCO M3/ PAD[1] - TCC0/ WO[6] - - - - - GMAC/ GMDC - - - J14 77 PC23 EIC/ EXTINT[ 7] - - - - SERCO M1/ PAD[1] SERCO M3/ PAD[0] - TCC0/ WO[7] - - - - - GMAC/ GMDIO - - - J15 80 PD20 EIC/ EXTINT[ 10] - - - - SERCO M1/ PAD[2] SERCO M3/ PAD[2] - TCC1/ WO[0] - - SDHC1/ SDCD - - - - - - H14 81 PD21 EIC/ EXTINT[ 11] - - - - SERCO M1/ PAD[3] SERCO M3/ PAD[3] - TCC1/ WO[1] - - SDHC1/ SDWP - - - - - 39/D4 64 H15 82 PB16 EIC/ EXTINT[ 0] - - - - SERCO M5/ PAD[0] - TC6/ WO[0] TCC3/ WO[0] TCC0/ WO[4] - SDHC1/ SDCD I2S/ SCK[0] - - GCLK/ IO[2] CCL/ IN[11] 40/D1 65 G15 83 PB17 EIC/ EXTINT[ 1] - - - - SERCO M5/ PAD[1] - TC6/ WO[1] TCC3/ WO[1] TCC0/ WO[5] - SDHC1/ SDWP I2S/ MCK[0] - - GCLK/ IO[3] CCL/ OUT[3] 66 G14 84 PB18 EIC/ EXTINT[ 2] - - - - SERCO M5/ PAD[2] SERCO M7/ PAD[2] - TCC1/ WO[0] PDEC/ QDI[0] - SDHC1/ SDDAT[0 ] - - GCLK/ IO[4] - 67 F15 85 PB19 EIC/ EXTINT[ 3] - - - - SERCO M5/ PAD[3] SERCO M7/ PAD[3] - TCC1/ WO[1] PDEC/ QDI[1] - SDHC1/ SDDAT[1 ] - - GCLK/ IO[5] - (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 34 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I/O Multiplexing and Considerations TQFP 128 TQFP 100 TQFP/VQFN/WLCSP 64 VQFN 48 ...........continued TFBGA 120 Pad Name A B EIC ANAREF ADC0 68 F14 86 PB20 EIC/ EXTINT[ 4] 69 E15 87 PB21 C D E F G H SERCO M SERCO M TC TCC TCC, PDEC QSPI, SDHC, CAN1, CAN0 USB, CORTEX _CM4 - SERCO M3/ PAD[0] SERCO M7/ PAD[1] - TCC1/ WO[2] PDEC/ QDI[2] - - - SERCO M3/ PAD[1] SERCO M7/ PAD[0] - TCC1/ WO[3] - ADC1 AC DAC - - - EIC/ EXTINT[ 5] - - PTC I J K L M N I2S PCC GMAC GCLK, AC CCL SDHC1/ SDDAT[2 ] - - GCLK/ IO[6] - - SDHC1/ SDDAT[3 ] - - GCLK/ IO[7] - 29 41/D2 70 E14 88 PA20 EIC/ EXTINT[ 4] - - - - X14/Y14 SERCO M5/ PAD[2] SERCO M3/ PAD[2] TC7/ WO[0] TCC1/ WO[4] TCC0/ WO[0] - SDHC1/ SDCMD I2S/FS[0] PCC/ DATA[4] GMAC/ GMDC - - 30 42/D3 71 D15 89 PA21 EIC/ EXTINT[ 5] - - - - X15/Y15 SERCO M5/ PAD[3] SERCO M3/ PAD[3] TC7/ WO[1] TCC1/ WO[5] TCC0/ WO[1] - SDHC1/ SDCK I2S/SDO PCC/ DATA[5] GMAC/ GMDIO - - 31 43/C1 72 D14 92 PA22 EIC/ EXTINT[ 6] - - - - X16/Y16 SERCO M3/ PAD[0] SERCO M5/ PAD[1] TC4/ WO[0] TCC1/ WO[6] TCC0/ WO[2] - CAN0/TX I2S/SDI PCC/ DATA[6] - - CCL/ IN[6] 32 44/C2 73 C14 93 PA23 EIC/ EXTINT[ 7] - - - - X17/Y17 SERCO M3/ PAD[1] SERCO M5/ PAD[0] TC4/ WO[1] TCC1/ WO[7] TCC0/ WO[3] USB/ CAN0/R SOF_1K X HZ I2S/FS[1] PCC/ DATA[7] - - CCL/ IN[7] 33 45/B1 74 C15 94 PA24 EIC/ EXTINT[ 8] - - - - SERCO M3/ PAD[2] SERCO M5/ PAD[2] TC5/ WO[0] TCC2/ WO[2] PDEC/ QDI[0] USB/DM CAN0/TX - - - - CCL/ IN[8] 34 46/A1 75 B15 95 PA25 EIC/ EXTINT[ 9] - - - - SERCO M3/ PAD[3] SERCO M5/ PAD[3] TC5/ WO[1] - PDEC/ QDI[1] USB/DP - - - - CCL/ OUT[2] 37 49/A2 78 A15 98 PB22 EIC/ EXTINT[ 6] - - - - SERCO M1/ PAD[2] SERCO M5/ PAD[2] TC7/ WO[0] - PDEC/ QDI[2] USB/ SOF_1K HZ - - - GCLK/ IO[0] CCL/ IN[0] 38 50/A3 79 A14 99 PB23 EIC/ EXTINT[ 7] - - - - SERCO M1/ PAD[3] SERCO M5/ PAD[3] TC7/ WO[1] - PDEC/ QDI[0] - - - - - GCLK/ IO[1] CCL/ OUT[0] 80 B14 100 PB24 EIC/ EXTINT[ 8] - - - - SERCO M0/ PAD[0] SERCO M2/ PAD[1] - - PDEC/ QDI[1] - - - - - AC/ CMP[0] - 81 B13 101 PB25 EIC/ EXTINT[ 9] - - - - SERCO M0/ PAD[1] SERCO M2/ PAD[0] - - PDEC/ QDI[2] - - - - - AC/ CMP[1] - - A13 102 PB26 EIC/ EXTINT[ 12] - - - - SERCO M2/ PAD[0] SERCO M4/ PAD[1] - TCC1/ WO[2] - - - - - - - - - B12 103 PB27 EIC/ EXTINT[ 13] - - - - SERCO M2/ PAD[1] SERCO M4/ PAD[0] - TCC1/ WO[3] - - - - - - - - - A12 104 PB28 EIC/ EXTINT[ 14] - - - - SERCO M2/ PAD[2] SERCO M4/ PAD[2] - TCC1/ WO[4] - - - I2S/ SCK[1] - - - - - B11 105 PB29 EIC/ EXTINT[ 15] - - - - SERCO M2/ PAD[3] SERCO M4/ PAD[3] - TCC1/ WO[5] - - - I2S/ MCK[1] - - - - 82 A11 108 PC24 EIC/ EXTINT[ 8] - - - - SERCO M0/ PAD[2] SERCO M2/ PAD[2] - - - CORTEX _CM4/ TRACED ATA[3] - - - - - 83 B10 109 PC25 EIC/ EXTINT[ 9] - - - - SERCO M0/ PAD[3] SERCO M2/ PAD[3] - - - CORTEX _CM4/ TRACED ATA[2] - - - - - 84 A10 110 PC26 EIC/ EXTINT[ 10] - - - - - - - - - CORTEX _CM4/ TRACED ATA[1] - - - - - 85 A9 111 PC27 EIC/ EXTINT[ 11] - - - - SERCO M1/ PAD[0] - - - - CORTEX _CM4/ TRACEC LK - - - CORTEX CCL/ _M4/SW IN[4] O 86 B9 112 PC28 EIC/ EXTINT[ 12] - - - - SERCO M1/ PAD[1] - - - - CORTEX _CM4/ TRACED ATA[0] - - - - CCL/ IN[5] EIC/ EXTINT[ 11] - - - - X18/Y18 - - - - - - - - - GCLK/ IO[1] - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - CAN0/R X 39 51/B3 87 B8 113 PA27 40 52/B4 88 A8 114 RESET_ N 45 57/C5 93 B7 119 PA30 EIC/ EXTINT[ 14] - - - - X19/Y19 SERCO M7/ PAD[2] SERCO M1/ PAD[2] TC6/ WO[0] TCC2/ WO[0] - CORTEX _CM4/ SWCLK - - - GCLK/ IO[0] CCL/ IN[3] 46 58/D5 94 B6 120 PA31 EIC/ EXTINT[ 15] - - - - SERCO M7/ PAD[3] SERCO M1/ PAD[3] TC6/ WO[1] TCC2/ WO[1] - CORTEX _CM4/ SWDIO- - - - - CCL/ OUT[1] (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 35 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I/O Multiplexing and Considerations TQFP 100 TFBGA 120 TQFP 128 47 TQFP/VQFN/WLCSP 64 VQFN 48 ...........continued Pad Name A B EIC ANAREF ADC0 59/A6 95 A5 121 PB30 EIC/ EXTINT[ 14] - - - - SERCO M7/ PAD[0] SERCO M5/ PAD[1] TC0/ WO[0] TCC4/ WO[0] TCC0/ WO[6] CORTEX _CM4/S WO - - - - - 60/B6 96 B5 122 PB31 EIC/ EXTINT[ 15] - - - - SERCO M7/ PAD[1] SERCO M5/ PAD[0] TC0/ WO[1] TCC4/ WO[1] TCC0/ WO[7] - - - - - - - A4 123 PC30 EIC/ EXTINT[ 14] - ADC1/ AIN[12] - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - B4 124 PC31 EIC/ EXTINT[ 15] - ADC1/ AIN[13] - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 61/A7 97 A3 125 PB00 EIC/ EXTINT[ 0] ADC0/ AIN[12] - - - X30/Y30 - SERCO M5/ PAD[2] TC7/ WO[0] - - - - - - - - CCL/ IN[1] 62/B7 98 B3 126 PB01 EIC/ EXTINT[ 1] ADC0/ AIN[13] - - - X31/Y31 - SERCO M5/ PAD[3] TC7/ WO[1] - - - - - - - - CCL/ IN[2] 63/A8 99 A2 127 PB02 EIC/ EXTINT[ 2] ADC0/ AIN[14] - - - X20/Y20 - SERCO M5/ PAD[0] TC6/ WO[0] TCC2/ WO[2] - - - - - - - CCL/ OUT[0] ADC1 AC DAC PTC C D E F G H J K L M N SERCO M SERCO M TC TCC TCC, PDEC QSPI, SDHC, CAN1, CAN0 USB, CORTEX _CM4 I I2S PCC GMAC GCLK, AC CCL Note: 1. All analog pin functions are on the peripheral function B. The peripheral function B must be selected to disable the digital control of the pin. The AC has analog signals on the peripheral function B and digital signals on the peripheral function M. 2. The pins used by the SERCOM in I2C mode are listed in section SERCOM I2C Configurations. 3. The following High Sink pins have different properties than the regular pins: PA08, PA09, PA12, PA13, PA16, PA17, PA22, PA23, PD08, PD09. 4. Clusters of multiple GPIO pins are sharing the same supply pin. 5. When TRACE is used in single-wire debug mode, PC27 assumes the role of SWO. In other debug modes, PB30 assumes the SWO functionality. 6. GRXDV is available on PA16 for the 64-pin package only. Important: Not all signals are available on all devices. Refer to the Configuration Summary for available peripherals. Related Links 6.2.6 SERCOM I2C Configurations 6.2.9 GPIO Clusters 6.2 Other Functions 6.2.1 Oscillator Pinout The oscillators are not mapped to the normal PORT functions and their multiplexing is controlled by registers in the Oscillators Controller (OSCCTRL) and in the 32K Oscillators Controller (OSC32KCTRL). Table 6-2.Oscillator Pinout Oscillator Supply Signal I/O pin XOSC0 VDDIO XIN PA14 XOUT PA15 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 36 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I/O Multiplexing and Considerations ...........continued Oscillator Supply Signal I/O pin XOSC1 VDDIO XIN PB22 XOUT PB23 XIN32 PA00 XOUT32 PA01 XOSC32K VSWOUT Note: To guarantee the XOSC32K behavior in crystal mode, PC00 must be static. Table 6-3.XOSC32K Jitter Minimization 6.2.2 Package Pin Count Steady Signal Recommended 128 PB00, PB01, PB02, PB03, PC00, PC01 100 PB00, PB01, PB02, PB03, PC00, PC01 120 PB00, PB01, PB02, PB03, PC00, PC01 64 PB00,PB01,PB02,PB03, PA02,PA03 48 PB02, PB03,PA02,PA03 Serial Wire Debug Interface Pinout Only the SWCLK pin is mapped to the normal PORT functions. A debugger cold-plugging or hot-plugging detection will automatically switch the SWDIO port to the SWDIO function. Table 6-4.Serial Wire Debug Interface Pinout 6.2.3 Signal Supply I/O pin SWCLK VDDIO PA30 SWDIO VDDIO PA31 Trace Port Interface Unit Pinout The Embedded Trace Module (ETM) is leaning on Trace Port Interface Unit (TPIU) to export data out of the system. Table 6-5.Trace Port Interface Unit Pinout 6.2.4 Signal Supply I/O pin TRACE DATA[3] VDDIO PC24 TRACE DATA[2] VDDIO PC25 TRACE DATA[1] VDDIO PC26 TRACE DATA[0] VDDIO PC28 TRACE CLK VDDIO PC27 SWO VDDIO PB30, PC27 Supply Controller Pinout The outputs of the Supply Controller (SUPC) are not mapped to the normal PORT functions. They are controlled by registers in the SUPC. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 37 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I/O Multiplexing and Considerations Table 6-6.SUPC Pinout Signal I/O pin OUT0 PB01 OUT1 PB02 Note: If the RTC is enabled to use the pins shared with the SUPC, the RTC will have higher priority. 6.2.5 RTC Pinout The pins used for Tamper Detection by the Real Time Counter (RTC) are not mapped to the regular PORT functions. These pins and their multiplexing is controlled by register settings of the RTC. If many pins of the tamper detection feature is not used by the RTC, then the pin could be used for other I/O functions, by ensuring the corresponding TAMPCTRL.INACT function is disabled. Table 6-7.RTC Pinout RTC Signal I/O Pin IN0 PB00 IN1 PB02 IN2 PA02 IN3 PC00 IN4 PC01 OUT PB01 Important: If Supply Controller (SUPC) and RTC are configured to drive pin PB1 or pin PB2, then the RTC has priority. 6.2.6 SERCOM I2C Configurations The SAM D5x/E5x has up to eight instances of the serial communication interface (SERCOM) peripheral. All instances support USART, including RS485 and ISO7816, SPI and IC protocols. The following table lists the IC pins location. Table 6-8.SERCOM IC Pinout Package Pin Count Supply I/O pins with IC Support 128 VDDIOB PA08, PA09 VDDIO PA12, PA13, PA16, PA17, PA22, PA23, PD08, PD09 VDDIOB PA08, PA09 VDDIO PA12, PA13, PA16, PA17, PA22, PA23, PD08, PD09 VDDIOB PA08, PA09 VDDIO PA12, PA13, PA16, PA17, PA22, PA23 120 100 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 38 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I/O Multiplexing and Considerations ...........continued Package Pin Count Supply I/O pins with IC Support 64 VDDIOB PA08, PA09 VDDIO PA12, PA13, PA16, PA17, PA22, PA23 VDDIO PA08, PA09, PA12, PA13, PA16, PA17, PA22, PA23 48 6.2.7 TCC Configurations The SAM D5x/E5x has five instances of the Timer/Counter for Control applications (TCC) peripheral, TCC[4:0]. The following table lists the features for each TCC instance. Table 6-9.TCC Configuration Summary TCC# Channels (CC_NUM) Waveform Output (WO_NUM) Counter size Fault Dithering Output matrix Dead Time Insertion (DTI) SWAP Pattern generation 0 6 8 24-bit Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 1 4 8 24-bit Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 2 3 3 16-bit Yes - Yes - - - 3 2 2 16-bit Yes - - - - - 4 2 2 16-bit Yes - - - - - Note: The number of CC registers (CC_NUM) for each TCC corresponds to the number of compare/capture channels, so that a TCC can have more Waveform Outputs (WO_NUM) than CC registers. 6.2.8 IOSET Configurations The SAM D5x/E5x has multiple peripheral instances, mapped to different IO locations. Each peripheral IO location is called IOSET and for a given peripheral, signals from different IOSET cannot be mixed. For a given peripheral with two pads PAD0 and PAD1: * Valid: PAD0 and PAD1 in the same IOSETn. * Invalid: PAD0 in IOSETx and PAD1 in IOSETy. 6.2.8.1 SERCOM IOSET Configurations The following tables lists each IOSET Pins for each SERCOM instance. Table 6-10.SERCOM0 IO SET Configuration SERCOM Signal IOSET 1 PINs IOSET 2 PINs IOSET 3 PINs IOSET 4 PINs PAD0 PA08 PB24 PA04 PC17 PAD1 PA09 PB25 PA05 PC16 PAD2 PA10 PC24 PA06 PC18 PAD3 PA11 PC25 PA07 PC19 IOSET 3 PINs IOSET 4 PINs PC27 PA00 Table 6-11.SERCOM1 IO SET Configuration SERCOM Signal PAD0 IOSET 1 PINs IOSET 2 PINs PA16 PC22 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 39 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I/O Multiplexing and Considerations ...........continued SERCOM Signal IOSET 1 PINs IOSET 2 PINs IOSET 3 PINs IOSET 4 PINs PAD1 PA17 PC23 PC28 PA01 PAD2 PA18 PD20 PB22 PA30 PAD3 PA19 PD21 PB23 PA31 IOSET 3 PINs IOSET 4 PINs Table 6-12.SERCOM2 IO SET Configuration SERCOM Signal IOSET 1 PINs IOSET 2 PINs PAD0 PA12 PB26 PA09 PB25 PAD1 PA13 PB27 PA08 PB24 PAD2 PA14 PB28 PA10 PC24 PAD3 PA15 PB29 PA11 PC25 IOSET 3 PINs IOSET 4 PINs Table 6-13.SERCOM3 IO SET Configuration SERCOM Signal IOSET 1 PINs IOSET 2 PINs PAD0 PA22 PB20 PA17 PC23 PAD1 PA23 PB21 PA16 PC22 PAD2 PA24 PA20 PA18 PD20 PAD3 PA25 PA21 PA19 PD21 Table 6-14.SERCOM4 IO SET Configuration SERCOM Signal IOSET 1 PINs IOSET 2 PINs IOSET 3 PINs IOSET 4 PINs PAD0 PB12 PB08 PA13 PB27 PAD1 PB13 PB09 PA12 PB26 PAD2 PB14 PB10 PA14 PB28 PAD3 PB15 PB11 PA15 PB29 Table 6-15.SERCOM5 IO SET Configuration SERCOM Signal IOSET 1 PINs IOSET 2 PINs IOSET 3 PINs IOSET 4 PINs IOSET 5 PINs IOSET 6 PINs PAD0 PB16 PA23 PA23 PA23 PB31 PB02 PAD1 PB17 PA22 PA22 PA22 PB30 PB03 PAD2 PB18 PA20 PA24 PB22 PB00 PB00 PAD3 PB19 PA21 PA25 PB23 PB01 PB01 Table 6-16.SERCOM6 IO SET Configuration SERCOM Signal IOSET 1 PINs IOSET 2 PINs IOSET 3 PINs IOSET 4 PINs PAD0 PC16 PAD1 PAD2 PC04 PD09 PC13 PC13 PC17 PC05 PD08 PC12 PC12 PC18 PC06 PD10 PC14 PC10 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet IOSET 5 PINs DS60001507F-page 40 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I/O Multiplexing and Considerations ...........continued SERCOM Signal IOSET 1 PINs IOSET 2 PINs PAD3 PC19 PC07 IOSET 3 PINs IOSET 4 PINs PD11 PC15 IOSET 5 PINs PC11 Table 6-17.SERCOM7 IO SET Configuration SERCOM Signal 6.2.8.2 IOSET 1 PINs IOSET 2 PINs IOSET 3 PINs IOSET 4 PINs IOSET 5 PINs PAD0 PC12 PD08 PC12 PB21 PB30 PAD1 PC13 PD09 PC13 PB20 PB31 PAD2 PC14 PD10 PC10 PB18 PA30 PAD3 PC15 PD11 PC11 PB19 PA31 GMAC IOSET Configurations The following tables lists each IOSET pins for GMDIO and GMDC signals. All other GMAC signals can be used with all available IOSET configurations. Table 6-18.GMAC IO SET Configuration GMAC Signal 6.2.8.3 IOSET 1 PINs IOSET 2 PINs IOSET 3 PINs IOSET 4 PINs GMDC PB14 PC11 PC22 PA20 GMDIO PB15 PC12 PC23 PA21 IS Configurations The following tables lists each IOSET Pins for IS instance. Table 6-19.IS IO SET Configuration IS Signal 6.2.8.4 IOSET 1 PINs IOSET 2 PINs MCK0 PA08 PB17 FS0 PA09 PA20 SCK0 PA10 PB16 SDO PA11 PA21 SDI PB10 PA22 FS1 PB11 PA23 SCK1 PB12 PB28 MCK1 PB13 PB29 TC IOSET Configurations The following tables lists each IOSET Pins for each TC instance. Table 6-20.TC0 IOSET Configuration TC Signal IOSET 1 PINs IOSET 2 PINs WO0 PA04 PA08 PB30 WO1 PA05 PA09 PB31 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet IOSET 3 PINs DS60001507F-page 41 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I/O Multiplexing and Considerations Table 6-21.TC1 IOSET Configuration TC Signal IOSET 1 PINs IOSET 2 PINs WO0 PA06 PA10 WO1 PA07 PA11 Table 6-22.TC2 IOSET Configuration TC Signal IOSET 1 PINs IOSET 2 PINs IOSET 3 PINs WO0 PA00 PA12 PA16 WO1 PA01 PA13 PA17 Table 6-23.TC3 IOSET Configuration TC Signal IOSET 1 PINs IOSET 2 PINs WO0 PA14 PA18 WO1 PA15 PA19 Table 6-24.TC4 IOSET Configuration TC Signal IOSET 1 PINs IOSET 2 PINs IOSET 3 PINs WO0 PB08 PB12 PA22 WO1 PB09 PB13 PA23 IOSET 2 PINs IOSET 3 PINs Table 6-25.TC5 IOSET Configuration TC Signal IOSET 1 PINs WO0 PB10 PB14 PA24 WO1 PB11 PB15 PA25 IOSET 2 PINs IOSET 3 PINs Table 6-26.TC6 IOSET Configuration TC Signal IOSET 1 PINs WO0 PB16 PA30 PB02 WO1 PB03 PB17 PA31 IOSET 2 PINs IOSET 3 PINs Table 6-27.TC7 IOSET Configuration 6.2.8.5 TC Signal IOSET 1 PINs WO0 PA20 PB22 PB00 WO1 PA21 PB23 PB01 TCC IOSET Configurations The following tables lists each IOSET Pins for each TCC instance. Table 6-28.TCC0 IO SET Configuration TCC Signal WO0 IOSET 1 PINs PA08 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. IOSET 2 PINs IOSET 3 PINs PC04 PC10 IOSET 4 PINs PC16 Datasheet IOSET 5 PINs IOSET 6 PINs PB12 PA20 DS60001507F-page 42 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I/O Multiplexing and Considerations ...........continued TCC Signal IOSET 1 PINs IOSET 2 PINs IOSET 3 PINs IOSET 4 PINs IOSET 5 PINs IOSET 6 PINs WO1 PA09 PD08 PC11 PC17 PB13 PA21 WO2 PA10 PD09 PC12 PC18 PB14 PA22 WO3 PA11 PD10 PC13 PC19 PB15 PA23 WO4 PB10 PD11 PC14 PC20 PA16 PB16 WO5 PB11 PD12 PC15 PC21 PA17 PB17 WO6 PA12 PC22 PA18 PB30 N/A(1) N/A(1) WO7 PA13 PC23 PA19 PB31 N/A(1) N/A(1) Note: 1. The signal is available, but the edges are not aligned wrt. the other signals as specified. Table 6-29.TCC1 IO SET Configuration TCC Signal IOSET 1 PINs IOSET 2 PINs IOSET 3 PINs IOSET 4 PINs WO0 PA16 WO1 IOSET 5 PINs PD20 PB18 PB10 PC14 PA17 PD21 PB19 PB11 PC15 WO2 PA18 PB20 PB26 PA12 PA14 WO3 PA19 PB21 PB27 PA13 PA15 WO4 PA20 PB28 PA08 PC10 N/A(1) WO5 PA21 PB29 PA09 PC11 N/A(1) WO6 PA22 PA10 PC12 N/A(1) N/A(1) WO7 PA23 PA11 PC13 N/A(1) N/A(1) Note: 1. The signal is available, but the edges are not aligned wrt. the other signals as specified. Table 6-30.TCC2 IO SET Configuration TCC Signal IOSET 1 PINs IOSET 2 PINs WO0 PA14 PA30 WO1 PA15 PA31 WO2 PA24 PB02 Table 6-31.TCC3 IO SET Configuration TCC Signal IOSET 1 PINs IOSET 2 PINs WO0 PB12 PB16 WO1 PB13 PB17 Table 6-32.TCC4 IO SET Configuration TCC Signal IOSET 1 PINs WO0 PB14 PB30 WO1 PB15 PB31 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. IOSET 2 PINs Datasheet DS60001507F-page 43 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I/O Multiplexing and Considerations 6.2.8.6 PDEC IOSET Configurations The following tables lists each IOSET Pins for PDEC instance. Table 6-33.PDEC IO SET Configuration PDEC Signal 6.2.9 IOSET 1 PINs IOSET 2 PINs IOSET 3 PINs IOSET 4 PINs QDI[0] PC16 PB18 PA24 PB23 QDI[1] PC17 PB19 PA25 PB24 QDI[2] PC18 PB20 PB22 PB25 GPIO Clusters Table 6-34.GPIO Clusters (1,2) Package Cluster GPIO 128pins VDDIOB PA11, PA10, PA09, PA08 PB11, PB10 PC07, PC06, PC05, PC04 VDDIO PA31, PA30, PA27, PA25, PA24, PA23, PA22, PA21, PA20, PA19, PA18, PA17, PA16, PA15, PA14, PA13, PA12 PB31, PB30, PB29, PB28, PB27, PB26, PB25, PB24, PB23, PB22, PB21, PB20, PB19, PB18, PB17, PB16, PB15, PB14, PB13, PB12, PC31, PC30, PC28, PC27, PC26, PC25, PC24, PC23, PC22, PC21, PC20, PC19, PC18, PC17, PC16, PC15, PC14, PC13, PC12, PC11, PC10 PD21, PD20, PD12, PD11, PD10, PD09, PD08 VDDANA PA07, PA06, PA05, PA04, PA03, PA02 PB09, PB08, PB07, PB06, PB05, PB04 PC03, PC02 PD01, PD00 VSWOUT PA01, PA00 PB03, PB02, PB01, PB00 PC01, PC00 120pins VDDIOB PA11, PA10, PA09, PA08 PB11, PB10 PC07, PC06, PC05, PC04 VDDIO PA31, PA30, PA27, PA25, PA24, PA23, PA22, PA21, PA20, PA19, PA18, PA17, PA16, PA15, PA14, PA13, PA12 PB31, PB30, PB29, PB28, PB27, PB26, PB25, PB24, PB23, PB22, PB21, PB20, PB19, PB18, PB17, PB16, PB15, PB14, PB13, PB12, PC31, PC30, PC28, PC27, PC26, PC25, PC24, PC23, PC22, PC21, PC20, PC19, PC18, PC17, PC16, PC15, PC14, PC13, PC12, PC11, PC10 PD21, PD20, PD12, PD11, PD10, PD09, PD08 VDDANA PA07, PA06, PA05, PA04, PA03, PA02 PB09, PB08, PB07, PB06, PB05, PB04 PC03, PC02 PD01, PD00 VSWOUT PA01, PA00 PB03, PB02, PB01, PB00 PC01, PC00 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 44 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I/O Multiplexing and Considerations ...........continued Package Cluster GPIO 100pins VDDIOB PA11, PA10, PA09, PA08 PB11, PB10 PC07, PC06, PC05 VDDIO PA31, PA30, PA27, PA25, PA24, PA23, PA22, PA21, PA20, PA19, PA18, PA17, PA16, PA15, PA14, PA13, PA12 PB31, PB30, PB25, PB24, PB23, PB22, PB21, PB20, PB19, PB18, PB17, PB16, PB15, PB14, PB13, PB12, PB11, PB10 PC28, PC27, PC26, PC25, PC24, PC21, PC20, PC19, PC18, PC17, PC16, PC15, PC14, PC13, PC12, PC11, PC10 VDDANA PA07, PA06, PA05, PA04, PA03, PA02 PB09, PB08, PB07, PB06, PB05, PB04 PC03, PC02 VSWOUT PA01, PA00 PB03, PB02, PB01, PB00 PC01, PC00 64 Pins VDDIOB PA11, PA10, PA09, PA08 PB11, PB10 VDDIO PB12,PB13,PB14,PB15,PB16,PB17,PB30,PB31 PA12,PA13,PA16,PA17,PA18,PA19, PA20, PA21,PA22,PA23,PA24,PA25,PA27,PA30,PA31 PA14,PA15,PB22,PB23 48 pins VDDANA PA2,PA3,PB4,PB5,PB6,PB7,PB8,PB9,PA4,PA5,PA6,PA7 VSWOUT PB0,PB1,PB2,PB3,PA0,PA1 VDDIO PA8, PA9,PA10,PA11 PB10,PB11,PA12,PA13,PA14,PA15 PA16,PA17,PA18,P19,PA20,PA21,PA22,PA23,PA24,PA25 PB22,PB23 PA27 PA30, PA31 VDDANA PA2,PA3,PB8,PB9,PA4,PA5,PA6,PA7 VSWOUT PB2,PB3,PA0,PA1 Note: 1. The RESETN pin in all packages are connected to the VDDIO cluster. 2. For VDDIO,VDDIOB and VDDANA refer to Table 54-1. Absolute Maximum Ratings. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 45 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Power Supply and Start-Up ... 7. Power Supply and Start-Up Considerations 7.1 Power Domain Overview VDDIOB BAT (PB[3]) VDDANA PD[21:20] PC[31:10] PB[31:10] PD[12:8] PA[27:12] PA[31:30] VDDIO VSW GND VDDCORE GNDANA VDDANA Figure 7-1.Power Domain Block Diagram PA[11:8] VBAT PA[7:2] DAC PB[9:4] AC PC[3:2] VOLTAGE REGULATOR PB[11:10] PC[7:4] XOSCn VSWOUT BOD12 OSCULP32K VOLTAGE REGULATOR ADC0/1 PD[1:0] POR VDDIO VDDANA POR PC[1:0] BOD33 PB[2:0] XOSC32K VDDCORE PA[1:0] PTC POR VSW Digital Logic CPU, Peripherals RTC, PM, SUPC, RSTC DFLL48M VDDBU FDPLL200M 128KB 96KB 32KB 4KB 4KB SYSTEM BACKUP RAM RAM The SAM D5x/E5x power domains are not independent of each other: * * * * * VDDCORE, VDDIO and VDDIOB share GND, whereas VDDANA refers to GNDANA. VDDANA and VDDIO must share the main supply, VDD. VDDCORE pin is just an output for monitoring the internal voltage regulator. This is not an input for an external supply. VSWOUT, VSW and VDDBU are internal power domains. The VSW pin is for inductor connection to run the Main Voltage Regulator in switching mode. 7.2 Power Supply Considerations 7.2.1 Power Supplies The SAM D5x/E5x has the following power supply pins: * * * * * * VDDIO - Powers I/O lines, XOSCn and the internal regulator for VDDCORE. Voltage is 1.71V to 3.63V. VDDIOB - Powers I/O B lines. Voltage is 1.71V to 3.63V. VDDANA - Powers I/O lines, the Automatic Power Switch, ADC0/1, AC, DAC and PTC. Voltage is 1.71V to 3.63V. VBAT - Powers the Automatic Power Switch. Voltage is 1.71V to 3.63V VDDCORE - Serves as the internal voltage regulator output in linear mode, depending on the powering configuration. It powers the VSW core power domain and the VDDBU backup domain, memories, peripherals, DFLL48M, FDPLL200M, and RAMs. Voltage is 1.2V typical. The Automatic Power Switch is a configurable switch that selects between VDD and VBAT as supply for the internal output VSWOUT, see the figure in 7.1 Power Domain Overview. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 46 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Power Supply and Start-Up ... The same voltage must be applied to both VDDIO and VDDANA. In this data sheet, this common voltage applied to both VDDIO and VDDANA, is represented as VDD. VDDIOB voltage level must be equal or lower than VDDIO. The ground pins, GND, are common to VDDCORE, and VDDIO. The ground pin for VDDANA is GNDANA. For decoupling recommendations for the different power supplies, refer to the schematic checklist. Related Links 59. Schematic Checklist 6.2.9 GPIO Clusters 7.2.3 Typical Powering Schematic 7.2.2 Voltage Regulator The SAM D5x/E5x internal Main Voltage Regulator has three different modes: * * * Linear mode: This is the default mode when CPU and peripherals are running. It does not require an external inductor. Switching mode. This is the most power efficient mode when the CPU and peripherals are running. This mode can be selected by software on the fly. Shutdown mode. When the chip is in backup mode, the internal regulator is off, the VSW core power domain is OFF. The VDDBU backup domain is powered by the backup regulator (LPVREG). Note that the Voltage Regulator modes are controlled by the Power Manager. 7.2.3 Typical Powering Schematic The SAM D5x/E5x uses a single supply from 1.71V to 3.63V. The following figure shows the recommended power supply connection. Figure 7-2.Power Supply Connection for Linear Mode Only DEVICE Main Supply VDDANA VBAT (PB03) (1.71V -- 3.63V) VDDIO VSW VDDCORE GND GNDANA (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 47 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Power Supply and Start-Up ... Figure 7-3.Power Supply Connection for Switching/Linear Mode DEVICE Main Supply VBAT (PB03) VDDANA (1.71V -- 3.63V) VDDIO VSW VDDCORE GND GNDANA Figure 7-4.Power Supply Connection for Battery Backup DEVICE Main Supply VBAT (PB03) VDDANA (1.71V -- 3.63V) VDDIO VSW VDDCORE GND GNDANA 7.2.4 Power-Up Sequence 7.2.4.1 Supply Order VDDIO and VDDANA must have the same supply sequence, and must be connected together. Note that VDDIO supplies the XOSCn, so VDDIO must be present before the applicaion uses the XOSC feature. This is also applicable to all digital features present on pins supplied by VDDIO. VDDIOB must be present before the application uses features present on pins supplied by VDDIOB. 7.2.4.2 Minimum Rise Rate One integrated power-on reset (POR) circuits monitoring VDDANA requires a minimum rise rate. See 54.5 Supply Characteristics. 7.2.4.3 Maximum Rise Rate The rise rate of the power supplies must not exceed the values described in Electrical Characteristics. See 54.5 Supply Characteristics. 7.3 Power-Up This section summarizes the power-up sequence of the SAM D5x/E5x. The behavior after power-up is controlled by the Power Manager. Related Links (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 48 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Power Supply and Start-Up ... 18. PM - Power Manager 7.3.1 Starting of Internal Regulator After power-up, the device is set to its initial state and kept in Reset, until the power has stabilized throughout the device. The internal regulator provides VDDCORE. Once the external voltage VDDIO/VDDANA and VDDCORE reach a stable value, the internal Reset is released. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager 7.3.2 Starting of Clocks Once the power has stabilized and the internal Reset is released, the device will use a 48MHz clock by default. The clock source for this clock signal is DFLL48M, which is enabled after a reset by default. This is also the default time base for Generic Clock Generator 0. In turn, Generator 0 provides the main clock GCLK_MAIN which is used by the Main Clock module (MCLK). Some synchronous system clocks are active after Start-Up, allowing software execution. Refer to the "Clock Mask Registers" section in the MCLK-Main Clock documentation for the list of clocks that are running by default. Synchronous system clocks that are running receive the 48MHz clock from Generic Clock Generator 0. Other generic clocks are disabled. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager 7.3.3 I/O Pins After power-up, the I/O pins are tri-stated except: PA24, PA25 and PA30. Pins PA24, PA25 are configured in input pull-down mode. PA30 is configured in input pull up mode in order to serve as part of the debug interface. 7.3.4 Fetching of Initial Instructions After Reset has been released, the CPU starts fetching PC and SP values from the Reset address, 0x00000000. This points to the first executable address in the internal Flash memory. The code read from the internal Flash can be used to configure the clock system and clock sources. See the related peripheral documentation for details. Refer to the ARM Architecture Reference Manual for more information on CPU startup (http://www.arm.com). 7.4 Power-On Reset and Brown-Out Detector The SAM D5x/E5x embeds three features to monitor, warn and/or reset the device: * POR: Power-on Reset on the main supply VDD (VDDANA/VDDIO) and VSWOUT. * BOD33: Brown-out detector on VSWOUT/VBAT * Brown-out detector internal to the voltage regulator for VDDCORE. BOD12 is calibrated in production and its calibration parameters are stored in the NVM User Row. This data should not be changed if the User Row is written to in order to assure correct behavior. 7.4.1 Power-On Reset on VSWOUT VSWOUT is monitored by POR. Monitoring is always activated, including startup and all sleep modes. If VSWOUT goes below the threshold voltage, the entire chip is reset. 7.4.2 Power-On Reset on the main supply VDD (VDDANA/VDDIO) The Main supply VDD (VDDANA/VDDIO) is monitored by POR. Monitoring is always activated, including startup and all sleep modes. If VDD goes below the threshold voltage, all I/Os supplied by VDDIO are reset. 7.4.3 Brown-Out Detector on VSWOUT/VBAT BOD33 monitors VSWOUT or VBAT depending on configuration. Related Links (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 49 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Power Supply and Start-Up ... 19. SUPC - Supply Controller 7.4.4 Brown-Out Detector on VDDCORE Once the device has started up, BOD12 monitors the internal VDDCORE. Related Links 19. SUPC - Supply Controller (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 50 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Product Memory Mapping Overview 8. Product Memory Mapping Overview Figure 8-1.Product Mapping Global Memory Space 0x00000000 AHB-APB Bridge A Code 0x40000000 0x00000000 Internal Flash Code [Flash size] 0x20000000 SRAM 0x03000000 0x40000400 0x40000800 Reserved Reserved CMCC 0x40000C00 0x04000000 0x20040000 0x40001000 QSPI Undefined 0x40001400 0x05000000 0x40000000 0x40001800 Reserved Peripherals 0x40001C00 0x1FFFFFFF 0x48000000 SRAM Reserved 0x40002000 0x20000000 System RAM 0xE0000000 System 0x40002400 0x2003FFFF 0x40002800 0xFFFFFFFF 0x40002C00 0x40003000 System 0xE0000000 0xE000E000 0xE000F000 0xE00FF000 0xE0100000 0xFFFFFFFF AHB-APB 0x40000000 Reserved SCS Reserved ROMTable Reserved USB 0x41002000 0x41004000 0x40004000 0x40FFFFFF MCLK RSTC 0x42000000 OSC32KCTRL 0x42000400 SUPC 0x42000800 GCLK 0x42000C00 WDT 0x42001000 RTC 0x42001400 EIC 0x42001800 FREQM 0x42001C00 SERCOM0 0x42002000 SERCOM1 0x42002400 TC0 0x42002800 TC1 0x42002C00 Reserved 0x42003000 0x42000000 0x42003400 0x43000000 PORT 0x4100A000 DMAC 0x4100C000 0x42003800 0x4100E000 EVSYS 0x41010000 0x44000000 0x45000000 0x41018000 0x4101A000 0x4101C000 0x4101E000 0x41020000 0x41022000 0x41FFFFFF (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. TCC0 TCC1 0x43000800 0x43000C00 SDHC0 0x43001000 0x46000000 SDHC1 SERCOM3 0x41016000 0x43000000 0x43000400 SEEPROM Reserved SERCOM2 AHB-APB Bridge D Bridge D Reserved AHB-APB Bridge C OSCCTRL CMCC 0x41008000 0x41014000 Bridge B PM Bridge C 0x41006000 0x41012000 0x40003C00 0x41000000 DSU NVMCTRL 0x40003800 Bridge A AHB-APB Bridge B 0x41000000 0x40003400 PAC 0x43001400 0x43001800 0x47000000 Backup RAM 0x47FFFFFF 0x43001C00 0x43002000 TC2 0x43002400 TC3 0x43002800 Reserved 0x43002C00 RAMECC 0x43003000 Reserved 0x43FFFFFF Datasheet SERCOM4 0x42003C00 0x42FFFFFF CAN0 CAN1 GMAC TCC2 TCC3 TC4 TC5 PDEC AC AES TRNG ICM PUKCC QSPI CCL Reserved SERCOM5 SERCOM6 SERCOM7 TCC4 TC6 TC7 ADC0 ADC1 DAC I2S PCC Reserved DS60001507F-page 51 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Product Memory Mapping Overview Related Links 9. Memories (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 52 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Memories 9. Memories 9.1 Embedded Memories * * * 9.2 Internal high-speed Flash with Read-While-Write (RWW) capability on a section of the array Internal high-speed RAM, single-cycle access at full speed Internal backup RAM, single-cycle access at full speed Physical Memory Map The high-speed bus is implemented as a bus matrix. All high-speed bus addresses are fixed, and they are never remapped in any way, even during boot. The 32-bit physical address space is mapped as follows: Table 9-1.Physical Memory Map Size in KB (unless otherwise stated) SAMD51x20 SAME51x20 SAME53x20 SAME54x20 SAMD51x19 SAME51x19 SAME53x19 SAME54x19 SAMD51x18 SAME51x18 SAME53x18 0x00000000 1024 512 256 Embedded SRAM 0x20000000 256 192 128 Peripheral Bridge A 0x40000000 Peripheral Bridge B 0x41000000 Peripheral Bridge C 0x42000000 Peripheral Bridge D 0x43000000 Backup SRAM 0x47000000 8 NVM User Page 0x00804000 512 Bytes Memory Start Address Embedded Flash 16384 Bytes Note: 1. X = G, J, N or P. Refer to Ordering Information for available device part numbers. 9.2.1 Flash Memory Parameters A single page contains 512 Bytes, which is applicable to all the device part numbers listed in the Configuration Summary. Number of pages available in a device part number will vary depending on available maximum Flash memory size. Equation 9-1.Calculating Flash Memory = 9.3 SRAM Memory Configuration Retention Depending on the application and power budget needs, part of the system memory can be retained in Standby or Hibernate sleep modes. The amount of the SRAM retained in this mode is software selectable, by writing the RAMCFG bits in the Power Manager Standby Configuration register and Hibernate Configuration register respectively (STDBYCFG.RAMCFG and HIBCFG.RAMCFG). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 53 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Memories By default, the entire system memory section is retained, but no retention or bottom 32KB memory retention options are also available. Figure 9-1.Retention Options Full SRAM Size Full Memory Retention No Memory Retention 32 KB Retention 0x20000000 32 KB 0 KB RAM Error Correction For safety applications, the SAM D5x/E5x family embeds error correction codes (ECC) to detect and correct single bit errors, or to enable dual error detection for the system memory. The ECC is software selectable through the RAM ECCDIS bit in the NVM User Row. For additional information, refer to Table 9-2. When enabled, the top half system memory will be reserved to store the ECC, and will not be available for the application. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 54 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Memories Figure 9-2.Memory with RAM Error Correction SAME54x20 SAME54x19 256KB 192KB Error Correction Error Correction 128KB 96KB 32KB 0x20000000 0KB Note: If the ECC is used, full SRAM retention must be enabled. CoreSight ETB Connection When enabled, the bottom 32 KB system memory space is reserved for CoreSight ETB debug usage. The figure below shows an example where both ECC and CoreSight ETB are enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 55 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Memories Figure 9-3.Memory with ECC and CoreSight ETB SAME54x20 SAME54x19 256KB 192KB Error Correction Error Correction 128KB 96KB 32KB CoreSight ETB CoreSight ETB 0x20000000 9.4 0KB NVM User Page Mapping The NVM User Page can be read at address 0x00804000. The size of the NVM User Page is 512 Bytes. The first eight 32-bit words (32 Bytes) of the Non Volatile Memory (NVM) User Page contain calibration data that are automatically read at device power on. The remaining 480 Bytes can be used for storing custom parameters. To write the NVM User Page, refer to the NVMCTRL (Non-Volatile Memory Controller) documentation. When writing to the user pages, the new values do not get loaded by the other peripheral on the device until a device reset occurs. Note: Before erasing the NVM User Page, ensure that the first 32 Bytes are read to a buffer and later written back to the same area unless a configuration change is intended. Table 9-2.NVM User Page Mapping - Dedicated Entries Bit Pos. Name Usage Related Peripheral Register Default Values 0 BOD33 Disable BOD33 Disable at power-on. SUPC.BOD33 0x1 8:1 BOD33 Level BOD33 threshold level at power-on. SUPC.BOD33 0x1C 10:9 BOD33 Action BOD33 Action at power-on. SUPC.BOD33 0x1 14:11 BOD33 Hysteresis BOD33 Hysteresis configuration at power-on. SUPC.BOD33 0x2 25:15 BOD12 Calibration Parameters Factory settings - do not change.(1) 29:26 NVM BOOT NVM Bootloader Size 31:30 Reserved Factory settings - do not change. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. NVMCTRL Datasheet 0xF - DS60001507F-page 56 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Memories ...........continued Bit Pos. Name Usage Related Peripheral Register Default Values 35:32 SEESBLK Number of NVM Blocks composing a SmartEEPROM sector NVMCTRL 0x0 38:36 SEEPSZ SmartEEPROM Page Size NVMCTRL 0x0 39 RAM ECCDIS RAM ECC Disable RAMECC 0x1 47:40 Reserved Factory settings - do not change. 48 WDT Enable WDT Enable at power-on. WDT.CTRLA 0x0 49 WDT Always-On WDT Always-On at power-on. WDT.CTRLA 0x0 53:50 WDT Period WDT Period at power-on. WDT.CONFIG 0xB 57:54 WDT Window WDT Window mode time-out at power-on. WDT.CONFIG 0xB 61:58 WDT EWOFFSET WDT Early Warning Interrupt Time Offset at power-on. WDT.EWCTRL 0xB 62 WDT WEN WDT Timer Window Mode Enable at power-on. WDT.CTRLA 0x0 63 Reserved Factory settings - do not change. 95:64 NVM LOCKS NVM Region Lock Bits. NVMCTRL 0xFFFF FFFF 127:96 (fourth word) User page 159:128 Reserved Factory settings - do not change. Other User pages - CAUTION 1. - BOD12 is calibrated in production, and the calibration parameters must not be changed to ensure the correct device behavior. Related Links 25. NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller 19. SUPC - Supply Controller 19.8.5 BOD33 20. WDT - Watchdog Timer 20.8.1 CTRLA 20.8.2 CONFIG 20.8.3 EWCTRL 45.6.3.1 Device Temperature Measurement 9.5 NVM Software Calibration Area Mapping The NVM Software Calibration Area contains calibration data that are determined and written during production test. These calibration values should be read by the application software and written back to the corresponding register. The NVM Software Calibration Area can be read at address 0x00800080. The NVM Software Calibration Area can not be written. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 57 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Memories Table 9-3.NVM Software Calibration Area Mapping Bit Position Name Description Default Value 1:0 AC BIAS AC Comparator 0/1 Bias Scaling. To be written to the AC CALIB register. 0x1 4:2 ADC0 BIASCOMP Bias comparator scaling. To be written to the ADC0 CALIB register. 0x7 7:5 ADC0 BIASREFBUF Bias reference buffer scaling. To be written to the ADC0 CALIB 0x7 register. 10:8 ADC0 BIASR2R Bias rail-to-rail amplifier scaling. To be written to the ADC0 CALIB register. 0x7 15:11 Reserved - - 18:16 ADC1 BIASCOMP Bias comparator scaling. To be written to the ADC1 CALIB register. 0x7 21:19 ADC1 BIASREFBUF Bias reference buffer scaling. To be written to the ADC1 CALIB 0x7 register. 24:22 ADC1 BIASR2R Bias rail-to-rail amplifier scaling. To be written to the ADC1 CALIB register. 0x7 35:25 Reserved - - 36:32 USB TRANSN USB TRANSN calibration value. To be written to the USB PADCAL register. 0x09 41:37 USB TRANSP USB TRANSP calibration value. To be written to the USB PADCAL register. 0x19 44:42 USB TRIM USB TRIM calibration value. To be written to the USB PADCAL 0x6 register. The NVM Software Calibration Area for temperature calibration parameters can not be written. The NVM Software Calibration Area for temperature calibration parameters can be read at address 0x00800100. Table 9-4.NVM Software Calibration Area Mapping - Temperature Calibration Parameters Bit Position Name Description 7:0 TLI Integer part of calibration temperature TL 11:8 TLD Decimal part of calibration temperature TL 19:12 THI Integer part of calibration temperature TH 23:20 THD Decimal part of calibration temperature TH 39:24 Reserved Reserved for future use. 51:40 VPL Temperature calibration parameters. 63:52 VPH 75:63 VCL 87:76 VCH 127:88 Reserved Reserved for future use. Note: Engineering Sample devices have no valid temperature calibration parameters. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 58 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Memories 9.6 Serial Number Each device has a unique 128-bit serial number which is a concatenation of four 32-bit words contained at the following addresses: Word 0: 0x008061FC Word 1: 0x00806010 Word 2: 0x00806014 Word 3: 0x00806018 The uniqueness of the serial number is guaranteed only when using all 128 bits. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 59 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Processor and Architecture 10. Processor and Architecture 10.1 Cortex M4 Processor The ARM(R)CortexTM-M4 processor is a high performance 32-bit processor designed for the microcontroller market. It offers the following significant benefits to developers: * * * * * Outstanding processing performance combined with fast interrupt handling Enhanced system debug with extensive breakpoint and trace capabilities Efficient processor core, system and memories Ultra low-power consumption with integrated sleep modes Platform security robustness, with integrated memory protection unit (MPU). The implemented ARM Cortex-M4 is revision r0p1 For additional information, refer to http://www.arm.com The Cortex-M4 processor is built on a high-performance processor core with a 3-stage pipeline Harvard architecture, making it ideal for demanding embedded applications. The processor delivers exceptional power efficiency through an efficient instruction set and extensively optimized design, providing high-end processing hardware including IEEE 754-compliant single-precision floating-point computation, a range of single-cycle and SIMD multiplication and multiply-with-accumulate capabilities, saturating arithmetic and dedicated hardware division. To facilitate the design of cost-sensitive devices, the Cortex-M4 processor implements tightly-coupled system components that reduce processor area while significantly improving interrupt handling and system debug capabilities. The Cortex-M4 processor implements a version of the Thumb instruction set based on Thumb(R)-2 technology, ensuring high code density and reduced program memory requirements. The Cortex-M4 instruction set provides the exceptional performance expected of a modern 32-bit architecture, with the high code density of 8-bit and 16-bit microcontrollers. The Cortex-M4 processor closely integrates a configurable NVIC, to deliver industry-leading interrupt performance. The NVIC includes a Non-Maskable interrupt (NMI), and provides up to 8 interrupt priority levels. The tight integration of the processor core and NVIC provides fast execution of Interrupt Service Routines (ISRs), dramatically reducing the interrupt latency. This is achieved through the hardware stacking of registers, and the ability to suspend loadmultiple and store-multiple operations. Interrupt handlers do not require wrapping in assembler code, removing any code overhead from the ISRs. A tail-chain optimization also significantly reduces the overhead when switching from one ISR to another. To optimize low-power designs, the NVIC integrates with the sleep modes, that include a deep sleep function that enables the entire device to be rapidly powered down while still retaining program state. 10.1.1 System Level Interface The Cortex-M4 processor provides multiple interfaces using AMBA technology to provide high-speed, low-latency memory accesses. It supports unaligned data accesses and implements atomic bit manipulation that enables faster peripheral controls, system spinlocks and thread-safe Boolean data handling. The Cortex-M4 processor has a memory protection unit (MPU) that provides fine grain memory control, enabling applications to utilize multiple privilege levels, separating and protecting code, data and stack on a task-by-task basis. Such requirements are becoming critical in many embedded applications such as automotive. 10.1.2 Integrated Configurable Debug The Cortex-M4 processor implements a complete hardware debug solution. This provides high system visibility of the processor and memory through a 2-pin Serial Wire Debug (SWD) port that is ideal for microcontrollers and other small package devices. For system trace the processor integrates an Instrumentation Trace Macrocell (ITM) alongside data watchpoints and a profiling unit. The Embedded Trace Macrocell (ETM) delivers unrivaled instruction trace capture in an area far smaller than traditional trace units, enabling many low cost MCUs to implement full instruction trace for the first time. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 60 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Processor and Architecture To enable simple and cost-effective profiling of the system events these generate, a stream of software-generated messages, data trace, and profiling information is exported over three different ways: * * * Output off chip using the TPIU, through a single pin, called Serial Wire Viewer (SWV). Limited to ITM system trace Output off chip using the TPIU, through a 4-bit pin interface. Bandwidth is limited Internally stored in RAM, using the CoreSight ETB. Bandwidth is then optimal but capacity is limited The Flash Patch and Breakpoint Unit (FPB) provides up to 8 hardware breakpoint comparators that debuggers can use. The comparators in the FPB also provide remap functions of up to 8 words in the program code in the CODE memory region. This enables applications stored on a non-erasable, ROM-based microcontroller to be patched if a small programmable memory, for example flash, is available in the device. During initialization, the application in ROM detects, from the programmable memory, whether a patch is required. If a patch is required, the application programs the FPB to remap a number of addresses. When those addresses are accessed, the accesses are redirected to a remap table specified in the FPB configuration, which means the program in the non-modifiable ROM can be patched. 10.1.3 Cortex-M4 Processor Features and Configuration * * * * * * * * * Thumb(R) instruction set combines high code density with 32-bit performance IEEE 754-compliant single-precision Floating Point Unit (FPU) Integrated sleep modes for low power consumption Fast code execution permits slower processor clock or increases Sleep mode time Hardware division and fast digital-signal-processing orientated multiply accumulate Saturating arithmetic for signal processing Deterministic, high-performance interrupt handling for time-critical applications Memory Protection Unit (MPU) for safety-critical applications Extensive debug and trace capabilities: Serial Wire Debug and Serial Wire Trace reduce the number of pins required for debugging, tracing, and code profiling. Features Cortex-M4 Options SAM D5x/E5x Configuration Interrupts 1 to 240 138 Number of priority bits 3 to 8 3 = eight levels of priority Data endianness Little-endian or big-endian Little-endian SysTick Timer calibration value 0x80000000 MPU Present or Not present Present Debug support level 0 = No debug. No DAP, breakpoints, watchpoints, Flash 3 = Full debug plus DWT data patch, or halting debug. matching. 1 = Minimum debug. Two breakpoints, one watchpoint, no Flash patch. 2 = Full debug minus DWT data matching. 3 = Full debug plus DWT data matching. Trace support level 0 = No trace. No ETM, ITM or DWT triggers and counters. 1 = Standard trace. ITM and DWT triggers and counters, but no ETM. 2 = Full trace. ITM, TPIU, ETM, and DWT triggers and counters are present. HTM port is not present 2 = Full trace. Standard trace plus ETM. 3 = Full trace plus HTM port. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 61 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Processor and Architecture ...........continued 10.1.4 Features Cortex-M4 Options SAM D5x/E5x Configuration JTAG Present or Not present Not present Bit Banding Present or Not present Not present FPU Present or Not present Present Cortex-M4 Core Peripherals Nested Vectored The Nested Vector Interrupt Controller (NVIC) is an embedded interrupt controller that supports Interrupt low latency interrupt processing. Controller 10.1.5 System Control Block The System Control Block (SCB) is the programmers model interface to the processor. It provides system implementation information and system control, including configuration, control, and reporting of system exceptions. Refer to the Cortex-M4 Technical Reference Manual for details (http://www.arm.com). System Timer The system timer, SysTick, is a 24-bit count-down timer. Use this as a Real-Time Operating System (RTOS) tick timer or as a simple counter. The SysTick timer runs on the processor clock and it does not decrement when the processor is halted for debugging. Refer to the Cortex-M4 Technical Reference Manual for details (http://www.arm.com). Memory Protection Unit The Memory Protection Unit (MPU) improves system reliability by defining the memory attributes for different memory regions. It provides up to eight different regions, and an optional predefined background region. Refer to the Cortex-M4 Technical Reference Manual for details (http://www.arm.com). Floating-Point Unit The Floating Point Unit (FPU) provides IEEE 754-compliant operations on single-precision, 32bit, floating-point values. Refer to the Cortex-M4 Technical Reference Manual for details (http:// www.arm.com). Cortex-M4 Address Map Address Core Peripheral 0xE000E008-0xE000E00F System control block 0xE000E010-0xE000E01F System timer 0xE000E100-0xE000E4EF Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller 0xE000ED00-0xE000ED3F System control block 0xE000ED90-0xE000ED93 MPU Type Register 0xE000ED90-0xE000EDB8 Memory Protection Unit 0xE000EF00-0xE000EF03 Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller 0xE000EF30-0xE000EF44 Floating Point Unit Related Links 8. Product Memory Mapping Overview (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 62 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Processor and Architecture 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 10.2.1 Overview The Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC) in the SAM D5x/E5x family devices supports 138 interrupts with eight different priority levels. For more details, refer to the Cortex-M4 Technical Reference Manual (http:// www.arm.com). 10.2.2 Interrupt Line Mapping Each of the interrupt lines is connected to one peripheral instance, as shown in the table below. Each peripheral can have many interrupt flags, located in the peripheral's Interrupt Flag Status and Clear (INTFLAG) register. An interrupt flag is set when the interrupt condition occurs. Each interrupt in the peripheral can be individually enabled by writing a '1' to the corresponding bit in the peripheral's Interrupt Enable Set (INTENSET) register, and disabled by writing '1' to the corresponding bit in the peripheral's Interrupt Enable Clear (INTENCLR) register. An interrupt request is generated from the peripheral when the interrupt flag is set and the corresponding interrupt is enabled. Depending on their criticality, the interrupt requests for one peripheral are either ORed together on system level, generating one interrupt or directly connected to an NVIC interrupt lines. This is described in the table below. An interrupt request will set the corresponding interrupt pending bit in the NVIC interrupt pending registers (SETPEND/CLRPEND bits in ISPR/ICPR). For the NVIC to activate the interrupt, it must be enabled in the NVIC interrupt enable register (SETENA/CLRENA bits in ISER/ICER). The NVIC interrupt priority registers IPR0-IPR7 provide a priority field for each interrupt. Module Source Line EIC NMI - External Interrupt Control NMI NMI PM - Power Manager SLEEPRDY 0 MCLK - Main Clock CKRDY 1 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 63 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Processor and Architecture ...........continued Module Source Line OSCCTRL - Oscillators Control XOSCFAIL 0 2 XOSCRDY 0 XOSCFAIL 1 3 XOSCRDY 1 DFLLLOCKC 4 DFLLLOCKF DFLLOOB DFLLRCS DFLLRDY DPLLLCKF 0 5 DPLLLCKR 0 DPLLLDRTO 0 DPLLLTO 0 DPLLLCKF 1 6 DPLLLCKR 1 DPLLLDRTO 1 DPLLLTO 1 OSC32KCTRL - 32 kHz Oscillators Control XOSC32KFAIL 7 XOSC32KRDY SUPC - Supply Controller BOD33RDY 8 B33SRDY VCORERDY VREGRDY WDT - Watchdog Timer (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet BOD33DET 9 EW 10 DS60001507F-page 64 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Processor and Architecture ...........continued Module Source Line RTC - Real-Time Counter CMP A 0 11 CMP A 1 CMP A 2 CMP A 3 OVF A PER A 0 PER A 1 PER A 2 PER A 3 PER A 4 PER A 5 PER A 6 PER A 7 TAMPER A EIC - External Interrupt Controller FREQM - Frequency Meter (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet EXTINT 0 12 EXTINT 1 13 EXTINT 2 14 EXTINT 3 15 EXTINT 4 16 EXTINT 5 17 EXTINT 6 18 EXTINT 7 19 EXTINT 8 20 EXTINT 9 21 EXTINT 10 22 EXTINT 11 23 EXTINT 12 24 EXTINT 13 25 EXTINT 14 26 EXTINT 15 27 DONE 28 DS60001507F-page 65 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Processor and Architecture ...........continued Module Source Line NVMCTRL - Non-Volatile Memory Controller(1) 0 29 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 30 9 10 DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller SUSP 0 31 TCMPL 0 TERR 0 SUSP 1 32 TCMPL 1 TERR 1 SUSP 2 33 TCMPL 2 TERR 2 SUSP 3 34 TCMPL 3 TERR 3 SUSP 4..31 35 TCMPL 4..31 TERR 4..31 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 66 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Processor and Architecture ...........continued Module Source Line EVSYS - Event System Interface EVD 0 36 OVR 0 EVD 1 37 OVR 1 EVD 2 38 OVR 2 EVD 3 39 OVR 3 EVD 4..11 40 OVR 4..11 PAC - Peripheral Access Controller ERR 41 RAM ECC 0 45 1 SERCOM0 - Serial Communication Interface 0(1) 0 46 1 47 2 48 3 49 4 5 7 SERCOM1 - Serial Communication Interface 1(1) 0 50 1 51 2 52 3 53 4 5 7 SERCOM2 - Serial Communication Interface 2(1) 0 54 1 55 2 56 3 57 4 5 7 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 67 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Processor and Architecture ...........continued Module Source Line SERCOM3 - Serial Communication Interface 3(1) 0 58 1 59 2 60 3 61 4 5 7 SERCOM4 - Serial Communication Interface 4(1) 0 62 1 63 2 64 3 65 4 5 7 SERCOM5 - Serial Communication Interface 5(1) 0 66 1 67 2 68 3 69 4 5 7 SERCOM6 - Serial Communication Interface 6(1) 0 70 1 71 2 72 3 73 4 5 7 SERCOM7 - Serial Communication Interface 7(1) 0 74 1 75 2 76 3 77 4 5 7 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 68 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Processor and Architecture ...........continued Module Source Line CAN0 - Control Area Network 0 LINE 0 78 LINE 1 CAN1 - Control Area Network 1 LINE 0 79 LINE 1 USB - Universal Serial Bus EORSM DNRSM 80 EORST RST LPM DCONN LPMSUSP DDISC MSOF RAMACER RXSTP TXSTP 0..7 STALL0 STALL 0..7 STALL1 0..7 SUSPEND TRFAIL0 TRFAIL 0..7 TRFAIL1 PERR 0..7 UPRSM WAKEUP GMAC - Ethernet MAC SOF HSOF 81 TRCPT0 0..7 82 TRCPT1 0..7 83 GMAC 84 WOL (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 69 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Processor and Architecture ...........continued Module Source Line TCC0 - Timer Counter Control 0 CNT A 85 DFS A ERR A FAULTA A FAULTB A FAULT0 A FAULT1 A OVF TRG UFS A TCC1 - Timer Counter Control 1 MC 0 86 MC 1 87 MC 2 88 MC 3 89 MC 4 90 MC 5 91 CNT A 92 DFS A ERR A FAULTA A FAULTB A FAULT0 A FAULT1 A OVF TRG UFS A (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet MC 0 93 MC 1 94 MC 2 95 MC 3 96 DS60001507F-page 70 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Processor and Architecture ...........continued Module Source Line TCC2 - Timer Counter Control 2 CNT A 97 DFS A ERR A FAULTA A FAULTB A FAULT0 A FAULT1 A OVF TRG UFS A TCC3 - Timer Counter Control 3 MC 0 98 MC 1 99 MC 2 100 CNT A 101 DFS A ERR A FAULTA A FAULTB A FAULT0 A FAULT1 A OVF TRG UFS A (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet MC 0 102 MC 1 103 DS60001507F-page 71 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Processor and Architecture ...........continued Module Source Line TCC4 - Timer Counter Control 4 CNT A 104 DFS A ERR A FAULTA A FAULTB A FAULT0 A FAULT1 A OVF TRG UFS A TC0 - Basic Timer Counter 0 MC 0 105 MC 1 106 ERR A 107 MC 0 MC 1 OVF TC1 - Basic Timer Counter 1 ERR A 108 MC 0 MC 1 OVF TC2 - Basic Timer Counter 2 ERR A 109 MC 0 MC 1 OVF TC3 - Basic Timer Counter 3 ERR A 110 MC 0 MC 1 OVF TC4 - Basic Timer Counter 4 ERR A 111 MC 0 MC 1 OVF (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 72 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Processor and Architecture ...........continued Module Source Line TC5 - Basic Timer Counter 5 ERR A 112 MC 0 MC 1 OVF TC6 - Basic Timer Counter 6 ERR A 113 MC 0 MC 1 OVF TC7 - Basic Timer Counter 7 ERR A 114 MC 0 MC 1 OVF PDEC - Position Decoder DIR A 115 ERR A OVF VLC A ADC0 - Analog Digital Converter 0 MC 0 116 MC 1 117 OVERRUN 118 WINMON ADC1 - Analog Digital Converter 1 RESRDY 119 OVERRUN 120 WINMON AC - Analog Comparators RESRDY 121 COMP 0 122 COMP 1 WIN 0 DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter OVERRUN A 0 123 OVERRUN A 1 UNDERRUN A 0 UNDERRUN A 1 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet EMPTY 0 124 EMPTY 1 125 RESRDY 0 126 RESRDY 1 127 DS60001507F-page 73 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Processor and Architecture ...........continued Module Source Line I2S - Inter-IC Sound Interface RXOR 0 128 RXOR 1 RXRDY 0 RXRDY 1 TXRDY 0 TXRDY 1 TXUR 0 TXUR 1 PCC - Parallel Capture Controller PCC 129 AES - Advanced Encryption Standard ENCCMP 130 GFMCMP TRNG - True Random Generator IS0 131 ICM - Integrity Check Monitor ICM 132 PUKCC - Public-Key Cryptography Controller PUKCC 133 QSPI - Quad SPI interface QSPI 134 SDHC0 - SD/MMC Host Controller 0 SDHC0 135 TIMER SDHC1 - SD/MMC Host Controller 1 SDHC1 136 TIMER Note: 1. The integer number specified in the source refers to the respective bit position in the INTFLAG register of respective peripheral. Note: Lines not listed here are reserved. 10.3 High-Speed Bus System 10.3.1 Features High-Speed Bus Matrix has the following features: * * * * Symmetric crossbar bus switch implementation Allows concurrent accesses from different masters to different slaves 32-bit data bus Operation at a one-to-one clock frequency with the bus masters FlexRAM Memory has the following features: * * * Unified System Memory area Allows concurrent accesses from different masters Offers privileged accesses from specific masters (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 74 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Processor and Architecture Configuration Figure 10-1.Master-Slave Relations High-Speed Bus Matrix CM4S 0 CMCC 1 NVMCTRL0 NVMCTRL1 SEEPROM SRAM0 SRAM1 SRAM2 SRAM3 HSB-PB Bridge A HSB-PB Bridge B HSB-PB Bridge C HSB-PB Bridge D PUKCC SDHC0 SDHC1 QSPI BACKUPRAM High-Speed Bus SLAVES High-Speed Bus MASTERS 10.3.2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 DMAC DTWR 4 DMAC DTRD 5 ICM 6 DSU 7 Table 10-1.High Speed Bus Matrix Masters High-Speed Bus Matrix Masters Master ID CM4S - Cortex M4 Processor 0 CMCC - Cortex-M Cache Controller 1 DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller / Data Write Access 4 DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller / Data Read Access 5 ICM - Integrity Check Monitor 6 DSU - Device Service Unit 7 Table 10-2.High-Speed Bus Matrix Slaves High-Speed Bus Matrix Slaves Slave ID Internal Flash Memory 0, 1 Smart EEPROM 2 SRAM Port 0 - CM4 Access 3 SRAM Port 1 - DSU Access 4 SRAM Port 2 - DMAC Data-Write Access 5 SRAM Port 3 - DMAC Data-Read and ICM Access 6 AHB-APB Bridge A 7 AHB-APB Bridge B 8 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 75 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Processor and Architecture ...........continued 10.3.3 High-Speed Bus Matrix Slaves Slave ID AHB-APB Bridge C 9 AHB-APB Bridge D 10 PUKCC 11 SDHC0 12 SDHC1 13 QSPI 14 BACKUP RAM Memory 15 SRAM Quality of Service To ensure that masters with latency requirements get sufficient priority when accessing RAM, priority levels can be assigned to the masters for different types of access. The Quality of Service (QoS) level is independently selected for each master accessing the RAM. For any access to the RAM, the RAM also receives the QoS level. The QoS levels and their corresponding bit values for the QoS level configuration is shown in the table below. Table 10-3.Quality of Service Value Name Description 0x0 DISABLE Background (no sensitive operation) 0x1 LOW Sensitive Bandwidth 0x2 MEDIUM Sensitive Latency 0x3 HIGH Critical Latency If a master is configured with QoS level DISABLE (0x0) or LOW (0x1) there will be a minimum latency of one cycle for the RAM access. The priority order for concurrent accesses are decided by two factors. First, the QoS level for the master and second, a static priority given by the port ID. The lowest port ID has the highest static priority. See the tables below for details. The CPU QoS level can be written/read, using 32-bit access only, at address 0x4100C11C, bits [1:0]. Its reset value is 0x3. The ICM QoS level can be written/read, using 32-bit access only, at address 0x4100C128, bits [1:0]. Its reset value is 0x1. Refer to different master QOS control registers for configuring QoS for the other masters (DSU, DMAC, CAN, USB). Table 10-4.SRAM Port Connections QoS SRAM Port Connection Port ID Connection Type QoS default QoS CM4 - Cortex M4 Processor 0 Bus Matrix 0x4100C11C, bits[1:0](1) 0x3 DSU - Device Service Unit 1 Bus Matrix IP-CFG.LQOS 0x2 DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller - Data Access 2 (WR), 3 (RD) Bus Matrix IP-PRICTRL0.QOSn 0x2 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 76 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Processor and Architecture ...........continued SRAM Port Connection Port ID Connection Type QoS default QoS ICM - Integrity Check 3 Monitor Bus Matrix 0x4100C128, bits[1:0](1) 0x1 DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller - Fetch Access 4, 5 Direct IP-PRICTRL0.QOSn 0x2 DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller - WriteBack Access 6, 7 Direct IP-PRICTRL0.QOSn 0x2 SDHC0 - SD/MMC Host Controller 8 Direct STATIC-1 0x1 SDHC1 - SD/MMC Host Controller 9 Direct STATIC-1 0x1 CAN0 - Control Area Network 10 Direct IP-MRCFG.QOS 0x1 CAN1 - Control Area Network 11 Direct IP-MRCFG.QOS 0x1 GMAC - Ethernet MAC 12 Direct STATIC-2 0x2 USB - Universal 13 Serial Bus Configuration Access Direct IP-QOSCTRL.CQOS 0x3 USB - Universal Serial Bus - Data Access Direct IP-QOSCTRL.DQOS 0x3 13 Note: 1. Using 32-bit access only. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 77 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CMCC - Cortex M Cache Controller 11. 11.1 CMCC - Cortex M Cache Controller Overview The Cortex M Cache Controller provides an L1 cache to the Cortex M CPU. The CMCC sits transparently between the CPU and the cache leading to improved performance. The CMCC interfaces with the CPU through the AHB, and is connected to the APB bus interface for its configuration. 11.2 Features * * * * * * * * * * * Physically addressed and physically tagged L1 data and instruction cache set to 4 KB L1 cache line size set to 16 Bytes L1 cache integrates 32-bit bus master interface Unified 4-Way set associative cache architecture Lock-Down feature, which allows cached to be locked per way Write through cache operations, read allocate Configurable as data and instruction Tightly Coupled Memory (TCM) Round Robin victim selection policy Event Monitoring, with one programmable 32-bit counter Cache Interface includes cache maintenance operations registers (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 78 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CMCC - Cortex M Cache Controller 11.3 Block Diagram Figure 11-1.CMCC Block Diagram CM4F Cortex M Interface Cache Controller METADATA RAM RAM Interface APB interface DATA RAM Registers Interface TAG RAM Memory Interface High-Speed Bus Matrix Figure 11-2.CMCC Organization Line `n' Base Address + 0x00000000 WAY 0 Base Address + 0x00000400 WAY 1 Base Address + 0x00000800 Line 0 Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 ... ..... ....... Line 63 4 4 4 4 Bytes Bytes Bytes Bytes WAY 2 Base Address + 0x00000C00 WAY 3 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 79 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CMCC - Cortex M Cache Controller 11.4 Signal Description Not applicable. 11.5 Product Dependencies Not applicable. 11.5.1 I/O Lines Not applicable. 11.5.2 Power Management The CMCC will continue to function as long as the CPU is not sleeping and CMCC is enabled. 11.5.3 Clocks Not applicable. 11.5.4 DMA Not applicable. 11.5.5 Interrupts Not applicable. 11.5.6 Events Not applicable. 11.5.7 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in debug mode, the CMCC is halted. Any read access by the debugger in cached zones are not cached. 11.5.8 Register Access Protection Not applicable. 11.5.9 Analog Connections Not applicable. 11.6 Functional Description 11.6.1 Principle of Operation 11.6.2 Initialization and Normal Operation On reset, the cache controller data entries are all invalidated, and the cache is disabled. The cache is transparent to processor operations. The cache controller is activated through the use of its configuration registers. The configuration interface is memory mapped in the APB bus. Use the following sequence to enable the cache controller: * * 11.6.3 Verify that the CMCC is disabled, reading the value of the SR.CSTS. Enable the CMCC by writing '1' in CTRL.CEN. The MODULE is disabled by writing a '0' in CTRL.CEN. Change Cache Size It is possible to change the cache size by writing to the Cache Size Configured By Software bits in the Cache Configuration register (CFG.CSIZESW). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 80 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CMCC - Cortex M Cache Controller Use the following sequence to change the cache size: * * * * 11.6.4 Disable the CMCC controller by writing a zero to the Cache Controller Enable bit in the Cache Control register (CTRL.CEN=0). Check the Cache Controller Status bit in the Cache Status register to verify that the CMCC is successfully disabled (SR.CSTS=0). Change CFG.CSIZESW to its new value. Enable the CMCC by writing CTRL.CEN=1. Data Cache Disable The Instructions alone can be cached by disabling the Data cache, as described in the following steps: 1. 2. 3. 4. 11.6.5 Disable the cache controller by writing a `0' to CTRL.CEN. Check SR.CSTS to verify whether the CMCC is successfully disabled. Write CFG.DCDIS = 1. Enable the CMCC by writing CTRL.CEN = 1. Instruction Cache Disable The Data alone can be cached by disabling the Instruction cache, as described in the following steps: 1. 2. 3. 4. 11.6.6 Disable the cache controller by writing CTRL.CEN = 0. Check SR.CSTS to verify that the CMCC is successfully disabled. Write CFG.ICDIS = 1. Enable the CMCC by writing CTRL.CEN = 1. Cache Load and Lock It is possible to lock a specific way for code optimization by writing the Lock Way register (LCKWAY.LCKWAY). The locked way will not be updated by the CMCC as part of cache operations. The load and lock mechanism can be implemented to use cache memory in a deterministic way. Follow these steps to load and lock a way: 1. Disable cache controller by clearing the CTRL.CEN bit. 2. Invalidate the desired WAY line by line. This will reset the round robin algorithm of the invalidated line, that will become eligible for the next load operation. 3. Disable the Instruction cache, but keep the Data cache enabled. 4. Enable the cache by setting the CTRL.CEN bit. 5. Place the respective piece of code and/or data to the corresponding WAY due to simple LOAD operations. Loading the piece of code and/or data will force the cache to refill the previous invalidated line in the right way. No need to load all the bytes of the line, only the first byte. The cache will automatically refill the complete line. 6. Lock the specific WAY by setting LCKWAY.LCKWAY[3:0]. 7. Re-enable the instruction cache. The locked WAY is now loaded and ready to operate. The remaining WAYS can be used as I-cache or D-cache as required. 11.6.7 Tightly Coupled Memory Users can use a part of the cache as Tightly Coupled Memory (TCM). The cache size is determined by the Cache Size Configuration by Software bits in the Cache Configuration register (CFG.CSIZESW). The relation between cache and TCM is as given below: TCM size = maximum Cache size - configured Cache size. The TCM start address can be obtained from the product memory mapping. The cache memory starts first from the address followed by the TCM memory. Size of the Way is fixed and the number of ways varies according to the available size for the cache memory. For additional information, refer to the section Product Memory Mapping. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 81 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CMCC - Cortex M Cache Controller Table 11-1.TCM Sizes Max. Cache Configured Cache TCM Size 4 KB 4 KB 0 KB 4 KB 1 KB 3 KB 4 KB 2 KB 2 KB 4 KB 0 KB 4 KB The TCM is also accessible in its maximum size when the CMCC is disabled. The TCM does not need to be locked in order to operate. Note: Writing into the cache DATA RAM region through the CPU can overwrite the valid cache lines. This can result in data corruption when the cache controller is accessing the data for cache transactions. Access the DATA RAM region only after configuring it as TCM. 11.6.8 Cache Maintenance 11.6.8.1 Cache Invalidate by Line Operation When an invalidate by line command is issued, the CMCC resets the valid bit information of the decoded cache line. As the line is no longer valid, the replacement counter points to that line. * * * * Disable the cache controller by writing a zero to the Cache Controller Enable bit in the Cache Control register (CTRL.CEN). Check SR.CSTS to verify that the CMCC is successfully disabled. Perform an invalidate by line by writing the set {index,way} in the Cache Maintenance 1 register (MAINT1.INDEX, MAINT1.WAY). Enable the CMCC by writing a '1' to CTRL.CEN. 11.6.8.2 Cache Invalidate All Operation Use the following sequence to invalidate all cache entries. * * * * 11.6.9 Disable the cache controller by writing a zero to the Cache Enable bit in the Cache Control register (CTRL.CEN). Check SR.CSTS to verify that the CMCC is successfully disabled. Perform a full invalidate operation by writing a '1' to the Cache Controller Invalidate All bit in the Cache Maintenance 0 register (MAINT0.INVALL). Enable the CMCC by writing a '1' to CTRL.CEN. Cache Performance Monitoring The Cortex M cache controller includes a programmable monitor/32-bit counter. The monitor can be configured to count the number of clock cycles, the number of data hit or the number of instruction hit. It is important to know that the Cortex-M4 processor prefetches instructions ahead of execution. It performs only 32bit read access on the Instruction Bus, which means: * One arm instruction is fetched per bus access * Two thumb instructions are fetched per bus access As a consequence, two thumb instructions (e.g., NOP) need one bus access, which results in the HIT counter incrementing by 1. Use the following sequence to activate the counter: * Configure the monitor counter by writing the MCFG.MODE. - CYCLE_COUNT is used to increment the counter along with the program counter, to count the number of cycles. - IHIT_COUNT is the instruction Hit counter, which increments the counter when there is a hit for the instruction in the cache. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 82 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CMCC - Cortex M Cache Controller * * * 11.7 - DHIT_COUNT is the data Hit counter which increments the counter when there is a hit for the data in the cache. Enable the counter by writing a '1' to the Cache Controller Monitor Enable bit in the Cache Monitor Enable register (MEN.MENABLE). If required, reset the counter by writing a '1' to the Cache Controller Software Reset bit in the Cache Monitor Control register (MCTRL.SWRST). Check the value of the monitor counter by reading the MSR.EVENT_CNT bit field. DEBUG Mode In Debug mode, TAG and METADATA RAM blocks content is read/written through the AHB bus interface if the CMCC is disabled. When the CMCC is enabled, the TAG and METADATA RAM blocks are non readable. Debug access has the same R/W properties as the CPU access for the DATA RAM block. The TAG, METADATA and DATA RAM blocks' R/W properties are summarized in RAM Properties. Use the following sequence to perform read access with the Debugger to the three RAM blocks: * * * * Disable the cache controller by writing a zero to the Cache Controller Enable bit in the Cache Control register (CTRL.CEN). Check the Cache Controller Status bit in the Cache Status register (SR.CSTS) to verify that the CMCC is successfully disabled. Perform a read or write access through Debugger: - @ CMCC_AHB_ADDR for DATA RAM, - @ CMCC_AHB_ADDR_TAG for TAG RAM, - @ CMCC_AHB_ADDR_MTDATA for METADATA RAM. If a write access has been performed in the TAG, METADATA, or DATA RAM in the cache section, an invalid operation must be performed before re-enabling the CMCC. Related Links 11.8 RAM Properties 11.8 RAM Properties The following table shows the different access properties of the three RAM blocks, according the different modes described in the previous chapters. Table 11-2.Access to RAM Access Condition DATA RAM TAG RAM CPU access when CMCC DISABLED R/W no R/W - hardfault no R/W - hardfault CPU access when CMCC ENABLED CACHE section configured: R/W(1) no R/W - hardfault no R/W - hardfault TCM section configured: R/W Debugger access when CMCC DISABLED R/W Debugger access when CMCC ENABLED CACHE section configured: R/W(1) no R/W TCM section configured: R/W R/W METADATARAM R/W no R/W Note: 1. A write operation in this zone can corrupt the coherency of the cache. An invalidate operation may be needed. Related Links 11.7 DEBUG Mode (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 83 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CMCC - Cortex M Cache Controller 11.9 Register Summary Offset Name 0x00 TYPE 0x04 CFG 0x08 CTRL 0x0C SR 0x10 LCKWAY 0x14 ... 0x1F Reserved 0x20 0x24 0x28 0x2C 0x30 0x34 11.10 MAINT0 MAINT1 MCFG MEN MCTRL MSR Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 LCKDOWN 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 WAYNUM[1:0] RRP CLSIZE[2:0] LRUP CSIZESW[2:0] RANDP GCLK CSIZE[2:0] DCDIS ICDIS AP CEN CSTS LCKWAY[3:0] INVALL INDEX[3:0] INDEX[7:4] WAY[3:0] MODE[1:0] MENABLE SWRST EVENT_CNT[7:0] EVENT_CNT[15:8] EVENT_CNT[23:16] EVENT_CNT[31:24] Register Description (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 84 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CMCC - Cortex M Cache Controller 11.10.1 Cache Type Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit TYPE 0x00 0x000012D2 R 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 CLSIZE[2:0] R 1 11 10 8 R 0 R 0 9 CSIZE[2:0] R 1 R 0 4 RRP R 1 3 LRUP R 0 2 RANDP R 0 1 GCLK R 1 0 AP R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset R 0 7 LCKDOWN R 1 6 5 WAYNUM[1:0] R 1 R 0 Bits 13:11 - CLSIZE[2:0]Cache Line Size This field configures the Cache Line Size. Value Name 0x2 CLSIZE_16B 0x3-0x7 - Description Cache Line Size is 16 bytes Reserved Bits 10:8 - CSIZE[2:0]Cache Size This bit field configures the cache size. Value Name 0x0 CSIZE_1KB 0x1 CSIZE_2KB 0x2 CSIZE_4KB 0x3-0x7 - Description Cache Size is 1 KB Cache Size is 2 KB Cache Size is 4 KB Reserved Bit 7 - LCKDOWNLock Down Supported Writing a '0' to this bit disables the Lock Down feature. Writing a '1' to this bit enables the Lock Down feature. Value Description 0 Lock Down feature is not supported. 1 Lock Down feature is supported. Bits 6:5 - WAYNUM[1:0]Number of Way This bit field configures the mapping of the cache. Value Name 0x0 DMAPPED 0x1 ARCH2WAY 0x2 ARCH4WAY 0x3 ARCH8WAY (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Description Direct Mapped Cache 2-WAY set associative 4-WAY set associative 8-WAY set associative Datasheet DS60001507F-page 85 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CMCC - Cortex M Cache Controller Bit 4 - RRPRound Robin Policy Supported Writing a '0' to this bit disables Round Robin Policy. Writing a '1' to this bit enables Round Robin Policy. Value Description 0 Round Robin Policy is disabled. 1 Round Robin Policy is enabled. Bit 3 - LRUPLeast Recently Used Policy Supported Writing a '0' to this bit disables the Least Recently Used Policy Supported. Writing a '1' to this bit enables the Least Recently Used Policy Supported. Bit 2 - RANDPRandom Selection Policy Supported Writing a '0' to this bit disables the Random Selection Policy Supported. Writing a '1' to this bit enables the Random Selection Policy Supported. Bit 1 - GCLKDynamic Clock Gating Writing a '0' to this bit disables the Dynamic Clock Gating feature. Writing a '1' to this bit enables the Dynamic Clock Gating feature. Value Description 0 Dynamic Clock Gating is disabled. 1 Dynamic Clock Gating is enabled. Bit 0 - APAccess Port Access Allowed Writing a '0' to this bit disables the Access Port Access Allowed. Writing a '1' to this bit enables the Access Port Access Allowed. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 86 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CMCC - Cortex M Cache Controller 11.10.2 Cache Configuration Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit CFG 0x04 0x00000020 R/W 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 CSIZESW[2:0] R/W 1 4 3 2 DCDIS R/W 0 1 ICDIS R/W 0 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 6:4 - CSIZESW[2:0]Cache Size Configured by Software This field configures the cache size. Value Name Description 0x0 CONF_CSIZE_1KB The Cache Size is configured to 1KB 0x1 CONF_CSIZE_2KB The Cache Size is configured to 2KB 0x2 CONF_CSIZE_4KB The Cache Size is configured to 4KB 0x3 CONF_CSIZE_8KB The Cache Size is configured to 8KB 0x4 CONF_CSIZE_16KB The Cache Size is configured to 16KB 0x5 CONF_CSIZE_32KB The Cache Size is configured to 32KB 0x6 CONF_CSIZE_64KB The Cache Size is configured to 64KB 0x7 Reserved Bit 2 - DCDISData Cache Disable Writing a '0' to this bit enables data caching. Writing a '1' to this bit disables data caching. Value Description 0 Data caching is enabled. 1 Data caching is disabled. Bit 1 - ICDISInstruction Cache Disable Writing a '0' to this bit enables instruction caching. Writing a '1' to this bit disables instruction caching. Value Description 0 Instruction caching is enabled. 1 Instruction caching is disabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 87 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CMCC - Cortex M Cache Controller 11.10.3 Cache Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit CTRL 0x08 0x00000000 Write-only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CEN W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 0 - CENCache Controller Enable Writing a '0' to this bit disables the CMCC. Writing a '1' to this bit enables the CMCC. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 88 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CMCC - Cortex M Cache Controller 11.10.4 Cache Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit SR 0x0C 0x00000000 Read-only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CSTS R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 0 - CSTSCache Controller Status Writing to this bit has no effect. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 89 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CMCC - Cortex M Cache Controller 11.10.5 Cache Lock per Way Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit LCKWAY 0x10 0x00000000 Read/Write 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset R/W 0 1 LCKWAY[3:0] R/W R/W 0 0 0 R/W 0 Bits 3:0 - LCKWAY[3:0]Lockdown Way Register This field selects which way is locked. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 90 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CMCC - Cortex M Cache Controller 11.10.6 Cache Maintenance 0 Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit MAINT0 0x20 0x00000000 Write-only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 INVALL W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 0 - INVALLCache Controller Invalidate All Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit invalidates all cache entries. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 91 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CMCC - Cortex M Cache Controller 11.10.7 Cache Maintenance 1 Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 MAINT1 0x24 0x00000000 Write-only 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 17 16 9 8 WAY[3:0] Access Reset W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 19 18 15 14 13 12 11 10 Access Reset Bit INDEX[7:4] Access Reset Bit 7 6 5 4 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 3 2 1 0 INDEX[3:0] Access Reset W 0 W 0 Bits 31:28 - WAY[3:0]Invalidate Way Value Name Description 0x0 WAY0 Way 0 is selection for index invalidation 0x1 WAY1 Way 1 is selection for index invalidation 0x2 WAY2 Way 2 is selection for index invalidation 0x3 WAY3 Way 3 is selection for index invalidation 0x4-0xF Reserved Bits 11:4 - INDEX[7:0]Invalidate Index This field selects the index value for invalidation (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 92 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CMCC - Cortex M Cache Controller 11.10.8 Cache Monitor Configuration Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit MCFG 0x28 0x00000000 Read/Write 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 0 MODE[1:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 1:0 - MODE[1:0]Cache Controller Monitor Counter Mode This field selects the type of data monitored. Value Name Description 0x0 CYCLE_COUNT Cycle counter 0x1 IHIT_COUNT Instruction hit counter 0x2 DHIT_COUNT Data hit counter 0x3 Reserved (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 93 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CMCC - Cortex M Cache Controller 11.10.9 Cache Monitor Enable Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit MEN 0x2C 0x00000000 Read/Write 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 MENABLE R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 0 - MENABLECache Controller Monitor Enable Writing a '0' to this bit disables the monitor counter. Writing a '1' to this bit enables the monitor counter. Value Description 0 The Monitor counter is disabled. 1 The Monitor counter is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 94 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CMCC - Cortex M Cache Controller 11.10.10 Cache Monitor Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit MCTRL 0x30 0x00000000 Write-only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 SWRST W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 0 - SWRSTCache Controller Software Reset Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit resets the event counter register. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 95 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CMCC - Cortex M Cache Controller 11.10.11 Cache Monitor Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: MSR 0x34 0x00000000 Read-only Bit 31 30 29 Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 28 27 EVENT_CNT[31:24] R R 0 0 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 20 19 EVENT_CNT[23:16] R R 0 0 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 12 11 EVENT_CNT[15:8] R R 0 0 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 4 3 EVENT_CNT[7:0] R R 0 0 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - EVENT_CNT[31:0]Monitor Event Counter This field indicates the Monitor Event Counter value. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 96 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit 12. DSU - Device Service Unit 12.1 Overview The Device Service Unit (DSU) provides a means of detecting debugger probes. It enables the ARM Debug Access Port (DAP) to have control over multiplexed debug pads and CPU Reset. The DSU also provides system-level services to debug adapters in an ARM debug system. It implements a CoreSight Debug ROM that provides device identification as well as identification of other debug components within the system. Hence, it complies with the ARM Peripheral Identification specification. The DSU also provides system services to applications that need memory testing, as required for IEC60730 Class B compliance, for example. The DSU can be accessed simultaneously by a debugger and the CPU, as it is connected on the High-Speed Bus Matrix. For security reasons, some of the DSU features will be limited or unavailable when the device is protected by the NVMCTRL security bit. Related Links 25. NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller 12.2 Features * * * * * * * * 12.3 CPU Reset Extension Debugger Probe Detection (Cold- and Hot-Plugging) Chip-Erase Command and Status 32-Bit Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC32) of any Memory Accessible Through the Bus Matrix ARM(R) CoreSightTM Compliant Device Identification Two Debug Communications Channels with DMA Connection Debug Access Port Security Filter Onboard Memory Built-in Self-test (MBIST) Block Diagram Figure 12-1.DSU Block Diagram DSU RESET SWCLK debugger_present DEBUGGER PROBE INTERFACE DMA request cpu_reset_extension CPU DAP AHB-AP DAP SECURITY FILTER DBG DMA NVMCTRL S S CORESIGHT ROM PORT M CRC-32 SWDIO MBIST M HIGH-SPEED BUS MATRIX CHIP ERASE (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 97 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit 12.4 Signal Description The DSU uses three signals to function. Signal Name Type Description RESET Digital Input External Reset SWCLK Digital Input SW clock SWDIO Digital I/O SW bidirectional data pin Related Links 6. I/O Multiplexing and Considerations 12.5 Product Dependencies In order to use this peripheral, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described below. 12.5.1 I/O Lines The SWCLK pin is by default assigned to the DSU module to allow debugger probe detection and to stretch the CPU Reset phase. For more information, refer to 12.6.3 Debugger Probe Detection. The Hot-Plugging feature depends on the PORT configuration. If the SWCLK pin function is changed in the port or if the PORT_MUX is disabled, the HotPlugging feature is disabled until a power reset or an external Reset is performed. 12.5.2 Power Management The DSU will continue to operate in Idle mode. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager 12.5.3 Clocks The DSU bus clocks (CLK_DSU_APB and CLK_DSU_AHB) can be enabled and disabled by the Main Clock Controller. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager 15. MCLK - Main Clock 15.6.2.6 Peripheral Clock Masking 12.5.4 DMA The DMA request lines are connected to the DMA Controller (DMAC). In order to use DMA requests with this peripheral the DMAC must be configured first. Refer to DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller for details. Related Links 22. DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 12.5.5 Interrupts Not applicable. 12.5.6 Events Not applicable. 12.5.7 Register Access Protection Registers with write access can be optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC), except for the following: (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 98 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit * * Debug Communication Channel 0 register (DCC0) Debug Communication Channel 1 register (DCC1) Note: Optional write protection is indicated by the "PAC Write Protection" property in the register description. Write protection does not apply for accesses through an external debugger. Related Links 27. PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 12.5.8 Analog Connections Not applicable. 12.6 12.6.1 Debug Operation Principle of Operation The DSU provides basic services to allow on-chip debug using the ARM Debug Access Port and the ARM processor debug resources: * CPU Reset extension * Debugger probe detection For more details on the ARM debug components, refer to the ARM Debug Interface v5 Architecture Specification. 12.6.2 CPU Reset Extension "CPU Reset extension" refers to the extension of the Reset phase of the CPU core after the external Reset is released. This ensures that the CPU is not executing code at start-up while a debugger is connects to the system. The debugger is detected on a RESET release event when SWCLK is low. At start-up, SWCLK is internally pulled up to avoid false detection of a debugger if the SWCLK pin is left unconnected. When the CPU is held in the Reset extension phase, the CPU Reset Extension bit of the Status A register (STATUSA.CRSTEXT) is set. To release the CPU, write a '1' to STATUSA.CRSTEXT. STATUSA.CRSTEXT will then be set to '0'. Writing a '0' to STATUSA.CRSTEXT has no effect. For security reasons, it is not possible to release the CPU Reset extension when the device is protected by the NVMCTRL security bit. Trying to do so sets the Protection Error bit (PERR) of the Status A register (STATUSA.PERR). Figure 12-2.Typical CPU Reset Extension Set and Clear Timing Diagram SWCLK RESET DSU CRSTEXT Clear CPU reset extension CPU_STATE reset running Related Links 25. NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 99 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit 12.6.3 Debugger Probe Detection 12.6.3.1 Cold Plugging Cold-Plugging is the detection of a debugger when the system is in Reset. Cold-Plugging is detected when the CPU Reset extension is requested, as described above. 12.6.3.2 Hot Plugging Hot-Plugging is the detection of a debugger probe when the system is not in Reset. Hot-Plugging is not possible under Reset because the detector is reset when POR or RESET are asserted. Hot-Plugging is active when a SWCLK falling edge is detected. The SWCLK pad is multiplexed with other functions and the user must ensure that its default function is assigned to the debug system. If the SWCLK function is changed, the Hot-Plugging feature is disabled until a power reset or external Reset occurs. Availability of the Hot-Plugging feature can be read from the HotPlugging Enable bit of the Status B register (STATUSB.HPE). Figure 12-3.Hot-Plugging Detection Timing Diagram SWCLK RESET CPU_STATE reset running Hot-Plugging The presence of a debugger probe is detected when either Hot-Plugging or Cold-Plugging is detected. Once detected, the Debugger Present bit of the Status B register (STATUSB.DBGPRES) is set. For security reasons, HotPlugging is not available when the device is protected by the NVMCTRL security bit. This detection requires that pads are correctly powered. Thus, at cold start-up, this detection cannot be done until POR is released. If the device is protected, Cold-Plugging is the only way to detect a debugger probe, and so the external Reset timing must be longer than the POR timing. If external Reset is deasserted before POR release, the user must retry the procedure above until it gets connected to the device. Related Links 25. NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller 12.7 Chip Erase Chip erase consists of removing all sensitive information stored in the chip and clearing the NVMCTRL security bit. Therefore, all volatile memories and the Flash memory (including the EEPROM emulation area) will be erased. The Flash auxiliary rows, including the user row, will not be erased. When the device is protected, the debugger must first reset the device in order to be detected. This ensures that internal registers are reset after the Protected state is removed. The chip erase operation is triggered by writing a '1' to the chip erase bit in the Control register (CTRL.CE). This command will be discarded if the DSU is protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). Once issued, the module clears volatile memories prior to erasing the Flash array. To ensure that the chip erase operation is completed, check the Done bit of the Status A register (STATUSA.DONE). The chip erase operation depends on clocks and power management features that can be altered by the CPU. For that reason, it is recommended to issue a chip erase after a Cold-Plugging procedure to ensure that the device is in a known and Safe state. The recommended sequence is as follows: 1. Issue the Cold-Plugging procedure (refer to 12.6.3.1 Cold Plugging). The device then: 1.1. Detects the debugger probe. 1.2. Holds the CPU in Reset. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 100 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit 12.8 2. Issue the chip erase command by writing a '1' to CTRL.CE. The device then: 3. 2.1. Clears the system volatile memories. 2.2. Erases the whole Flash array (including the EEPROM emulation area, not including auxiliary rows). 2.3. Erases the lock row, removing the NVMCTRL security bit protection. Check for completion by polling STATUSA.DONE (read as '1' when completed). 4. Reset the device to let the NVMCTRL update the fuses. Programming Programming the Flash or RAM memories is only possible when the device is not protected by the NVMCTRL security bit. The programming procedure is as follows: 1. At power-up, RESET is driven low by a debugger. The on-chip regulator holds the system in a POR state until the input supply is above the POR threshold (refer to Power-on Reset (POR) characteristics). The system continues to be held in this Static state until the internally regulated supplies have reached a safe Operating state. 2. The PM starts, clocks are switched to the slow clock (Core Clock, System Clock, Flash Clock and any Bus Clocks that do not have clock gate control). Internal Resets are maintained due to the external Reset. 3. The debugger maintains a low level on SWCLK. RESET is released, resulting in a debugger Cold-Plugging procedure. 4. The debugger generates a clock signal on the SWCLK pin, the Debug Access Port (DAP) receives a clock. 5. The CPU remains in Reset due to the Cold-Plugging procedure; meanwhile, the rest of the system is released. 6. A chip erase is issued to ensure that the Flash is fully erased prior to programming. 7. Programming is available through the AHB-AP. 8. After the operation is completed, the chip can be restarted either by asserting RESET or toggling power. Make sure that the SWCLK pin is high when releasing RESET to prevent extending the CPU Reset. Related Links 25. NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller 12.9 Intellectual Property Protection Intellectual property protection consists of restricting access to internal memories from external tools when the device is protected, and this is accomplished by setting the NVMCTRL security bit. This Protected state can be removed by issuing a chip erase (refer to 12.7 Chip Erase). When the device is protected, read/write accesses using the AHB-AP are limited to the DSU address range and DSU commands are restricted. When issuing a chip erase, sensitive information is erased from volatile memory and Flash. The DSU implements a security filter that monitors the AHB transactions inside the DAP. If the device is protected, then AHB-AP read/write accesses outside the DSU external address range are discarded, causing an error response that sets the ARM AHB-AP sticky error bits (refer to the ARM Debug Interface v5 Architecture Specification on http:// www.arm.com). The DSU is intended to be accessed either: * Internally from the CPU, without any limitation, even when the device is protected * Externally from a debug adapter, with some restrictions when the device is protected For security reasons, DSU features have limitations when used from a debug adapter. To differentiate external accesses from internal ones, the first 0x100 bytes of the DSU register map has been mirrored at offset 0x100: * The first 0x100 bytes form the internal address range * The next 0x100 bytes form the external address range When the device is protected, the DAP can only issue MEM-AP accesses in the DSU range 0x0100-0x2000. The DSU Operating registers are located in the 0x0000-0x00FF area and remapped in 0x0100-0x01FF to differentiate accesses coming from a debugger and the CPU. If the device is protected and an access is issued in the region 0x0100-0x01FF, it is subject to security restrictions. For more information, refer to Table 12-1. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 101 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit Figure 12-4.APB Memory Mapping 0x0000 DSU operating registers Internal address range (cannot be accessed from debug tools when the device is protected by the NVMCTRL security bit) 0x00FF 0x0100 Mirrored DSU operating registers 0x01FF Empty External address range (can be accessed from debug tools with some restrictions) 0x1000 DSU CoreSight ROM 0x1FFF Some features not activated by APB transactions are not available when the device is protected: Table 12-1.Feature Availability Under Protection Features Availability When the Device is Protected CPU Reset Extension Yes Clear CPU Reset Extension No Debugger Cold-Plugging Yes Debugger Hot-Plugging No Related Links 25. NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller 12.10 Device Identification Device identification relies on the ARM CoreSight component identification scheme, which allows the chip to be identified as a SAM device implementing a DSU. The DSU contains identification registers to differentiate the device. 12.10.1 CoreSight Identification A system-level ARM(R) CoreSightTM ROM table is present in the device to identify the vendor and the chip identification method. Its address is provided in the MEM-AP BASE register inside the ARM Debug Access Port. The CoreSight ROM implements a 64-bit conceptual ID composed as follows from the PID0 to PID7 CoreSight ROM Table registers: (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 102 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit Figure 12-5.Conceptual 64-bit Peripheral ID Table 12-2.Conceptual 64-Bit Peripheral ID Bit Descriptions Field Size Description Location JEP-106 CC code 4 Continuation code: 0x0 PID4 JEP-106 ID code 7 Device ID: 0x1F PID1+PID2 4KB count 4 Indicates that the CoreSight component is a ROM: 0x0 PID4 RevAnd 4 Not used; read as 0 PID3 CUSMOD 4 Not used; read as 0 PID3 PARTNUM 12 Contains 0xCD0 to indicate that DSU is present PID0+PID1 REVISION 4 DSU revision (starts at 0x0 and increments by 1 at both major and minor PID2 revisions). Identifies DSU identification method variants. If 0x0, this indicates that device identification can be completed by reading the Device Identification register (DID) For more information, refer to the ARM Debug Interface Version 5 Architecture Specification. 12.10.2 Chip Identification Method The DSU DID register identifies the device by implementing the following information: * * * * 12.11 Processor identification Product family identification Product series identification Device select Functional Description 12.11.1 Principle of Operation The DSU provides memory services, such as CRC32 or MBIST that require almost the same interface. Hence, the Address, Length and Data registers (ADDR, LENGTH, DATA) are shared. These shared registers must be configured first; then a command can be issued by writing the Control register. When a command is ongoing, other commands are discarded until the current operation is completed. Hence, the user must wait for the STATUSA.DONE bit to be set prior to issuing another one. 12.11.2 Basic Operation 12.11.2.1 Initialization The module is enabled by enabling its clocks. For more details, refer to 12.5.3 Clocks. The DSU registers can be PAC write-protected. Related Links 27. PAC - Peripheral Access Controller (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 103 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit 12.11.2.2 Operation From a Debug Adapter Debug adapters should access the DSU registers in the external address range 0x100 - 0x2000. If the device is protected by the NVMCTRL security bit, accessing the first 0x100 bytes causes the system to return an error. Refer to 12.9 Intellectual Property Protection. Related Links 25. NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller 12.11.2.3 Operation From the CPU There are no restrictions when accessing DSU registers from the CPU. However, the user should access DSU registers in the internal address range (0x0 - 0x100) to avoid external security restrictions. Refer to 12.9 Intellectual Property Protection. 12.11.3 32-bit Cyclic Redundancy Check CRC32 The DSU unit provides support for calculating a cyclic redundancy check (CRC32) value for a memory area (including Flash and AHB RAM). When the CRC32 command is issued from: * The internal range, the CRC32 can be operated at any memory location * The external range, the CRC32 operation is restricted; DATA, ADDR, and LENGTH values are forced (see below) Table 12-3.AMOD Bit Descriptions when Operating CRC32 AMOD[1:0] Short name External range restrictions 0 ARRAY CRC32 is restricted to the full Flash array area (EEPROM emulation area not included) DATA forced to 0xFFFFFFFF before calculation (no seed) 1 EEPROM CRC32 of the whole EEPROM emulation area DATA forced to 0xFFFFFFFF before calculation (no seed) 2-3 Reserved The algorithm employed is the industry standard CRC32 algorithm using the generator polynomial 0xEDB88320 (reversed representation). 12.11.3.1 Starting CRC32 Calculation CRC32 calculation for a memory range is started after writing the start address into the Address register (ADDR) and the size of the memory range into the Length register (LENGTH). Both must be word-aligned. The initial value used for the CRC32 calculation must be written to the Data register (DATA). This value will usually be 0xFFFFFFFF, but can be, for example, the result of a previous CRC32 calculation if generating a common CRC32 of separate memory blocks. Once completed, the calculated CRC32 value can be read out of the Data register. The read value must be complemented to match standard CRC32 implementations or kept noninverted if used as starting point for subsequent CRC32 calculations. The actual test is started by writing a '1' in the 32-bit Cyclic Redundancy Check bit of the Control register (CTRL.CRC). A running CRC32 operation can be canceled by resetting the module (writing '1' to CTRL.SWRST). Related Links 25. NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller 12.11.3.2 Interpreting the Results The user should monitor the Status A register. When the operation is completed, STATUSA.DONE is set. Then the Bus Error bit of the Status A register (STATUSA.BERR) must be read to ensure that no bus error occurred. 12.11.4 Debug Communication Channels The Debug Communication Channels (DCCO and DCC1) consist of a pair of registers with associated handshake logic, accessible by both CPU and debugger even if the device is protected by the NVMCTRL security bit. The (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 104 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit registers can be used to exchange data between the CPU and the debugger, during run time as well as in Debug mode. This enables the user to build a custom debug protocol using only these registers. The DCC0 and DCC1 registers are accessible when the Protected state is active. When the device is protected, however, it is not possible to connect a debugger while the CPU is running (STATUSA.CRSTEXT is not writable and the CPU is held under Reset). Two Debug Communication Channel status bits in the Status B registers (STATUS.DCCDx) indicate whether a new value has been written in DCC0 or DCC1. These bits, DCC0D and DCC1D, are located in the STATUSB registers. They are automatically set on write and cleared on read. Note: The DCC0 and DCC1 registers are shared with the on-board memory testing logic (MBIST). Accordingly, DCC0 and DCC1 must not be used while performing MBIST operations. Related Links 25. NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller 12.11.5 Debug Communication Channels DMA connection The DCC0 and DCC1 registers can be used as a source or a destination of a DMA channel. The DSU generates one DMA request per Debug Communication Channels. The level of this DMA request is selectable writing the CFG.DCCDMALEVELx bit. Writing a 0 to this bit will configure the DMA request to trig on DCCx register empty. Writing a 1 to this bit will configure the DMA request to trig on DCCx register full. 12.11.6 Testing of On-Board Memories MBIST The DSU implements a feature for automatic testing of memory, also known as MBIST (memory built-in self test). This is primarily intended for production test of on-board memories. MBIST cannot be operated from the external address range when the device is protected by the NVMCTRL security bit. If an MBIST command is issued when the device is protected, a protection error is reported in the Protection Error bit in the Status A register (STATUSA.PERR). 1. Algorithm The algorithm used for testing is a type of March algorithm called "March LR". This algorithm is able to detect a wide range of memory defects, while still keeping a linear run time. The algorithm is: 1.1. Write entire memory to '0', in any order. 1.2. Bit by bit read '0', write '1', in descending order. 1.3. Bit by bit read '1', write '0', read '0', write '1', in ascending order. 1.4. Bit by bit read '1', write '0', in ascending order. 1.5. Bit by bit read '0', write '1', read '1', write '0', in ascending order. 1.6. Read '0' from entire memory, in ascending order. The specific implementation used as a run time which depends on the CPU clock frequency and the number of bytes tested in the RAM. The detected faults are: 2. - Address decoder faults - Stuck-at faults - Transition faults - Coupling faults - Linked Coupling faults Starting MBIST To test a memory, you need to write the start address of the memory to the ADDR.ADDR bit field, and the size of the memory into the Length register. For best test coverage, an entire physical memory block should be tested at once. It is possible to test only a subset of a memory, but the test coverage will then be somewhat lower. The actual test is started by writing a '1' to CTRL.MBIST. A running MBIST operation can be canceled by writing a '1' to CTRL.SWRST. 3. Interpreting the Results The tester should monitor the STATUSA register. When the operation is completed, STATUSA.DONE is set. There are two different modes: (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 105 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit 4. - ADDR.AMOD=0: exit-on-error (default) In this mode, the algorithm terminates either when a fault is detected or on successful completion. In both cases, STATUSA.DONE is set. If an error was detected, STATUSA.FAIL will be set. User then can read the DATA and ADDR registers to locate the fault. - ADDR.AMOD=1: pause-on-error In this mode, the MBIST algorithm is paused when an error is detected. In such a situation, only STATUSA.FAIL is asserted. The state machine waits for user to clear STATUSA.FAIL by writing a '1' in STATUSA.FAIL to resume. Prior to resuming, user can read the DATA and ADDR registers to locate the fault. Locating Faults If the test stops with STATUSA.FAIL set, one or more bits failed the test. The test stops at the first detected error. The position of the failing bit can be found by reading the following registers: - ADDR: Address of the word containing the failing bit - DATA: contains data to identify which bit failed, and during which phase of the test it failed. The DATA register will in this case contains the following bit groups: Figure 12-6.DATA bits Description When MBIST Operation Returns an Error Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 Bit 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 phase Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 0 1 bit_index * * bit_index: contains the bit number of the failing bit phase: indicates which phase of the test failed and the cause of the error, as listed in the following table. Table 12-4.MBIST Operation Phases Phase Test actions 0 Write all bits to zero. This phase cannot fail. 1 Read '0', write '1', increment address 2 Read '1', write '0' 3 Read '0', write '1', decrement address 4 Read '1', write '0', decrement address 5 Read '0', write '1' 6 Read '1', write '0', decrement address 7 Read all zeros. bit_index is not used Table 12-5.AMOD Bit Descriptions for MBIST AMOD[1:0] Description 0x0 Exit on Error (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 106 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit ...........continued AMOD[1:0] Description 0x1 Pause on Error 0x2, 0x3 Reserved Related Links 25. NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller 8. Product Memory Mapping Overview 12.11.7 System Services Availability when Accessed Externally and Device is Protected External access: Access performed in the DSU address offset 0x200-0x1FFF range. Internal access: Access performed in the DSU address offset 0x000-0x100 range. Table 12-6.Available Features when Operated From The External Address Range and Device is Protected Features Availability From The External Address Range and Device is Protected Chip erase command and status Yes CRC32 Yes, only full array or full EEPROM CoreSight Compliant Device identification Yes Debug communication channels Yes Testing of onboard memories (MBIST) No STATUSA.CRSTEXT clearing No (STATUSA.PERR is set when attempting to do so) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 107 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit 12.12 Register Summary Offset Name Bit Pos. 0x00 0x01 0x02 0x03 CTRL STATUSA STATUSB Reserved 7:0 7:0 7:0 0x04 ADDR 0x08 LENGTH 0x0C DATA 0x10 DCC0 0x14 DCC1 0x18 DID 0x1C CFG 0x20 ... 0xEF Reserved 0xF0 DCFG0 0xF4 DCFG1 0xF8 ... 0x0FFF Reserved 0x1000 0x1004 ENTRY0 ENTRY1 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 CELCK CE PERR HPE MBIST FAIL DCCD1 CRC BERR DCCD0 CRSTEXT DBGPRES ADDR[5:0] SWRST DONE PROT AMOD[1:0] ADDR[13:6] ADDR[21:14] ADDR[29:22] LENGTH[5:0] LENGTH[13:6] LENGTH[21:14] LENGTH[29:22] DATA[7:0] DATA[15:8] DATA[23:16] DATA[31:24] DATA[7:0] DATA[15:8] DATA[23:16] DATA[31:24] DATA[7:0] DATA[15:8] DATA[23:16] DATA[31:24] DEVSEL[7:0] DIE[3:0] REVISION[3:0] FAMILY[0] SERIES[5:0] PROCESSOR[3:0] ETBRAMEN FAMILY[4:1] DCCDMALEVEL[1:0] 7:0 DCFG[7:0] 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 DCFG[15:8] DCFG[23:16] DCFG[31:24] DCFG[7:0] DCFG[15:8] DCFG[23:16] DCFG[31:24] 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. LQOS[1:0] FMT EPRES FMT EPRES ADDOFF[3:0] ADDOFF[11:4] ADDOFF[19:12] ADDOFF[3:0] ADDOFF[11:4] ADDOFF[19:12] Datasheet DS60001507F-page 108 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit ...........continued Offset Name 0x1008 END 0x100C ... 0x1FCB Reserved 0x1FCC MEMTYPE 0x1FD0 PID4 0x1FD4 PID5 0x1FD8 PID6 0x1FDC PID7 0x1FE0 0x1FE4 0x1FE8 0x1FEC 0x1FF0 0x1FF4 0x1FF8 0x1FFC PID0 PID1 PID2 PID3 CID0 CID1 CID2 CID3 Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 END[7:0] END[15:8] 23:16 31:24 END[23:16] END[31:24] 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. SMEMP FKBC[3:0] JEPCC[3:0] PARTNBL[7:0] JEPIDCL[3:0] PARTNBH[3:0] REVISION[3:0] JEPU REVAND[3:0] JEPIDCH[2:0] CUSMOD[3:0] PREAMBLEB0[7:0] CCLASS[3:0] PREAMBLE[3:0] PREAMBLEB2[7:0] PREAMBLEB3[7:0] Datasheet DS60001507F-page 109 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit 12.13 Register Description Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16- and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Some registers are optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). Optional PAC write protection is denoted by the "PAC Write-Protection" property in each individual register description. For details, refer to 12.5.7 Register Access Protection. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 110 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit 12.13.1 Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 CTRL 0x0000 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 Access Reset 4 CE W 0 3 MBIST W 0 2 CRC W 0 1 0 SWRST W 0 Bit 4 - CEChip-Erase Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit starts the Chip-Erase operation. Bit 3 - MBISTMemory Built-In Self-Test Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit starts the memory BIST algorithm. Bit 2 - CRC32-bit Cyclic Redundancy Check Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit starts the cyclic redundancy check algorithm. Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit resets the module. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 111 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit 12.13.2 Status A Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 STATUSA 0x0001 0x00 PAC Write Protection 6 5 Access Reset 4 PERR R/W 0 3 FAIL R/W 0 2 BERR R/W 0 1 CRSTEXT R/W 0 0 DONE R/W 0 Bit 4 - PERRProtection Error Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Protection Error bit. This bit is set when a command that is not allowed in Protected state is issued. Bit 3 - FAILFailure Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Failure bit. This bit is set when a DSU operation failure is detected. Bit 2 - BERRBus Error Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Bus Error bit. This bit is set when a bus error is detected. Bit 1 - CRSTEXTCPU Reset Phase Extension Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the CPU Reset Phase Extension bit. This bit is set when a debug adapter Cold-Plugging is detected, which extends the CPU Reset phase. Bit 0 - DONEDone Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Done bit. This bit is set when a DSU operation is completed. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 112 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit 12.13.3 Status B Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 STATUSB 0x0002 0x0x PAC Write-Protection 6 Access Reset 5 CELCK R 0 4 HPE R 0 3 DCCD1 R 0 2 DCCD0 R 0 1 DBGPRES R x 0 PROT R x Bit 5 - CELCKChip Erase Locked Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit has no effect. This bit is set when Chip Erase is locked. This bit is cleared when Chip Erase is unlocked. Bit 4 - HPEHot-Plugging Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit has no effect. This bit is set when Hot-Plugging is enabled. This bit is cleared when Hot-Plugging is disabled. This is the case when the SWCLK function is changed. Only a power-reset or a external reset can set it again. Bits 2, 3 - DCCDDebug Communication Channel x Dirty Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit has no effect. This bit is set when DCC is written. This bit is cleared when DCC is read. Bit 1 - DBGPRESDebugger Present Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit has no effect. This bit is set when a debugger probe is detected. This bit is never cleared. Bit 0 - PROTProtected Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit has no effect. This bit is set at power-up when the device is protected. This bit is never cleared. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 113 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit 12.13.4 Address Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit ADDR 0x0004 0x00000000 PAC Write Protection 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 28 27 ADDR[29:22] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 4 3 2 1 20 19 ADDR[21:14] R/W R/W 0 0 12 ADDR[13:6] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 ADDR[5:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 0 AMOD[1:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:2 - ADDR[29:0]Address Initial word start address needed for memory operations. Bits 1:0 - AMOD[1:0]Access Mode The functionality of these bits is dependent on the operation mode. Bit description when operating CRC32: refer to 12.11.3 32-bit Cyclic Redundancy Check CRC32 Bit description when testing onboard memories (MBIST): refer to 12.11.6 Testing of On-Board Memories MBIST (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 114 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit 12.13.5 Length Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset LENGTH 0x0008 0x00000000 PAC Write Protection 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 R/W 0 R/W 0 28 27 LENGTH[29:22] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 20 19 LENGTH[21:14] R/W R/W 0 0 12 11 LENGTH[13:6] R/W R/W 0 0 4 LENGTH[5:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bits 31:2 - LENGTH[29:0]Length Length in words needed for memory operations. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 115 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit 12.13.6 Data Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit DATA 0x000C 0x00000000 PAC Write Protection 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 28 27 DATA[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 20 19 DATA[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 DATA[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 DATA[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - DATA[31:0]Data Memory operation initial value or result value. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 116 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit 12.13.7 Debug Communication Channel x Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit DCC 0x10 + n*0x04 [n=0..1] 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 28 27 DATA[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 20 19 DATA[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 DATA[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 DATA[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - DATA[31:0]Data Data register. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 117 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit 12.13.8 Device Identification Name: Offset: Property: DID 0x0018 PAC Write Protection The information in this register is related to the Ordering Information. Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 31 30 29 PROCESSOR[3:0] R R p p 28 R p R f 23 FAMILY[0] R f 22 20 19 15 14 R p 21 27 26 25 24 R f R f R f 18 17 16 FAMILY[4:1] SERIES[5:0] R s R s R s R s R s R s 13 12 11 8 R r 10 9 REVISION[3:0] R R r r R r 3 2 1 0 R x R x R x R x DIE[3:0] Access Reset R d R d R d R d Bit 7 6 5 4 DEVSEL[7:0] Access Reset R x R x R x R x Bits 31:28 - PROCESSOR[3:0]Processor The value of this field defines the processor used on the device. Bits 27:23 - FAMILY[4:0]Product Family The value of this field corresponds to the product family part of the ordering code. Bits 21:16 - SERIES[5:0]Product Series The value of this field corresponds to the product series part of the ordering code. Bits 15:12 - DIE[3:0]Die Number Identifies the die family. Bits 11:8 - REVISION[3:0]Revision Number Identifies the die revision number. Refer the product family silicon errata and data sheet clarification document for further information. Note: The device variant (last letter of the ordering number) is independent of the die revision (DSU.DID.REVISION): The device variant denotes functional differences, whereas the die revision marks evolution of the die. Bits 7:0 - DEVSEL[7:0]Device Selection This bit field identifies a device within a product family and product series. Related Links 2. Ordering Information (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 118 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit 12.13.9 Configuration Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit CFG 0x1C 0x00000002 PAC Write-Protection 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 ETBRAMEN R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 3 2 DCCDMALEVEL[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 1 0 LQOS[1:0] R/W 1 R/W 0 Bit 4 - ETBRAMENTrace Control ETB Ram Enable Writing a one to this bit will reserve the first 32KB of the RAM for the Trace ETB ram buffer. Refer to Memories / SRAM Memory Configuration section for details. Bits 3:2 - DCCDMALEVEL[1:0]DMA Trigger Level Value Description 0x0 DMA Trigger rises when DCC is empty. 0x1 DMA Trigger rises when DCC is full. 0x2 Reserved 0x3 Bits 1:0 - LQOS[1:0]Latency Quality Of Service These bits define the priority access during the memory access. Refer to SRAM Quality of Service. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 119 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit 12.13.10 Device Configuration Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 DCFG 0xF0 + n*0x04 [n=0..1] 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 0 0 0 0 19 18 17 16 0 0 0 0 11 10 9 8 0 0 0 0 3 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 DCFG[31:24] Access Reset 0 0 0 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 DCFG[23:16] Access Reset 0 0 0 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 DCFG[15:8] Access Reset 0 0 0 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 DCFG[7:0] Access Reset 0 0 0 0 Bits 31:0 - DCFG[31:0]Device Configuration (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 120 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit 12.13.11 CoreSight ROM Table Entry x Name: Offset: Reset: Property: ENTRY 0x1000 + n*0x04 [n=0..1] 0xxxxxx00x PAC Write-Protection Bit 31 30 29 28 27 ADDOFF[19:12] R R x x 26 25 24 Access Reset R x R x R x R x R x R x Bit 23 22 21 18 17 16 R x 20 19 ADDOFF[11:4] R R x x Access Reset R x R x R x R x R x Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 3 2 1 FMT R 1 0 EPRES R x ADDOFF[3:0] Access Reset R x R x R x R x Bit 7 6 5 4 Access Reset Bits 31:12 - ADDOFF[19:0]Address Offset The base address of the component, relative to the base address of this ROM table. Bit 1 - FMTFormat Always reads as '1', indicating a 32-bit ROM table. Bit 0 - EPRESEntry Present This bit indicates whether an entry is present at this location in the ROM table. This bit is set at power-up if the device is not protected indicating that the entry is not present. This bit is cleared at power-up if the device is not protected indicating that the entry is present. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 121 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit 12.13.12 CoreSight ROM Table End Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 END 0x1008 0x00000000 - 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 END[31:24] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 END[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 END[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 END[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - END[31:0]End Marker Indicates the end of the CoreSight ROM table entries. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 122 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit 12.13.13 CoreSight ROM Table Memory Type Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit MEMTYPE 0x1FCC 0x0000000x - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 SMEMP R x Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 0 - SMEMPSystem Memory Present This bit indicates whether system memory is present on the bus that connects to the ROM table. This bit is set at power-up if the device is not protected, indicating that the system memory is accessible from a debug adapter. This bit is cleared at power-up if the device is protected, indicating that the system memory is not accessible from a debug adapter. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 123 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit 12.13.14 Peripheral Identification 4 Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit PID4 0x1FD0 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit FKBC[3:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 JEPCC[3:0] R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 7:4 - FKBC[3:0]4KB Count These bits will always return zero when read, indicating that this debug component occupies one 4KB block. Bits 3:0 - JEPCC[3:0]JEP-106 Continuation Code These bits will always return zero when read. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 124 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit 12.13.15 Peripheral Identification 7 Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit PID7 0x1FDC 0x00000000 Read-Only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 125 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit 12.13.16 Peripheral Identification 6 Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit PID6 0x1FD8 0x00000000 Read-Only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 126 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit 12.13.17 Peripheral Identification 5 Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit PID5 0x1FD4 0x00000000 Read-Only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 127 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit 12.13.18 Peripheral Identification 0 Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit PID0 0x1FE0 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit PARTNBL[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 7:0 - PARTNBL[7:0]Part Number Low These bits will always return 0xD0 when read, indicating that this device implements a DSU module instance. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 128 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit 12.13.19 Peripheral Identification 1 Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit PID1 0x1FE4 0x000000FC - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 0 R 1 R 1 R 1 1 PARTNBH[3:0] R R 1 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit JEPIDCL[3:0] Access Reset R 1 R 1 R 0 Bits 7:4 - JEPIDCL[3:0]Low Part of the JEP-106 Identity Code These bits will always return 0xF when read (JEP-106 identity code is 0x1F). Bits 3:0 - PARTNBH[3:0]Part Number High These bits will always return 0xC when read, indicating that this device implements a DSU module instance. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 129 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit 12.13.20 Peripheral Identification 2 Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit PID2 0x1FE8 0x00000009 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 Bit 7 6 4 1 JEPIDCH[2:0] R 0 0 R 0 3 JEPU R 1 2 Access Reset 5 REVISION[3:0] R R 0 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 1 Bits 7:4 - REVISION[3:0]Revision Number Revision of the peripheral. Starts at 0x0 and increments by one at both major and minor revisions. Bit 3 - JEPUJEP-106 Identity Code is Used This bit will always return one when read, indicating that JEP-106 code is used. Bits 2:0 - JEPIDCH[2:0]JEP-106 Identity Code High These bits will always return 0x1 when read, (JEP-106 identity code is 0x1F). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 130 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit 12.13.21 Peripheral Identification 3 Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit PID3 0x1FEC 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit REVAND[3:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 CUSMOD[3:0] R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 7:4 - REVAND[3:0]Revision Number These bits will always return 0x0 when read. Bits 3:0 - CUSMOD[3:0]ARM CUSMOD These bits will always return 0x0 when read. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 131 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit 12.13.22 Component Identification 0 Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit CID0 0x1FF0 0x0000000D - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 Bit 7 6 5 2 1 0 Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 4 3 PREAMBLEB0[7:0] R R 0 1 R 1 R 0 R 1 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bits 7:0 - PREAMBLEB0[7:0]Preamble Byte 0 These bits will always return 0x0000000D when read. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 132 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit 12.13.23 Component Identification 1 Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit CID1 0x1FF4 0x00000010 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 0 R 0 R 1 R 0 2 1 PREAMBLE[3:0] R R 0 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit CCLASS[3:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 7:4 - CCLASS[3:0]Component Class These bits will always return 0x1 when read indicating that this ARM CoreSight component is ROM table (refer to the ARM Debug Interface v5 Architecture Specification at http://www.arm.com). Bits 3:0 - PREAMBLE[3:0]Preamble These bits will always return 0x00 when read. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 133 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit 12.13.24 Component Identification 2 Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit CID2 0x1FF8 0x00000005 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 Bit 7 6 5 2 1 0 Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 4 3 PREAMBLEB2[7:0] R R 0 0 R 1 R 0 R 1 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bits 7:0 - PREAMBLEB2[7:0]Preamble Byte 2 These bits will always return 0x00000005 when read. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 134 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DSU - Device Service Unit 12.13.25 Component Identification 3 Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit CID3 0x1FFC 0x000000B1 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 Bit 7 6 5 2 1 0 Access Reset R 1 R 0 R 1 4 3 PREAMBLEB3[7:0] R R 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 1 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bits 7:0 - PREAMBLEB3[7:0]Preamble Byte 3 These bits will always return 0x000000B1 when read. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 135 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Clock System 13. Clock System This chapter summarizes the clock distribution and terminology in the SAM D5x/E5x device. It does not explain every detail of its configuration. For in-depth documentation, see the respective peripherals descriptions and the Generic Clock documentation. Related Links 14. GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 15. MCLK - Main Clock Clock Distribution Figure 13-1.Clock Distribution MCLK GCLK_DFLL48M_REF GCLK_MAIN GCLK OSCCTRL XOSCn Syncronous Clock Controller GCLK Generator 0 Peripheral Channel 0 (DFLL48M Reference) GCLK Generator 1 Peripheral Channel [2:1] (FDPLL200M Reference) GCLK_DPLLn GCLK Generator x Peripheral Channel 3 (FDPLL200M lock ref) GCLK_DPLLn_32K DFLL48M GCLK_DPLLn GCLK_DPLLn_32K FDPLL200M OSCK32CTRL XOSC32K Peripheral Channel 4 32kHz 1kHz Peripheral 0 Generic Clocks OSCULP32K 32kHz Peripheral z Peripheral Channel y 1kHz CLK_RTC_OSC RTC CLK_WDT_OSC WDT CLK_ULP32K AHB/APB System Clocks 13.1 EIC Generic Clock USB GTXCK GRXCK CLK GMAC PCC The SAM D5x/E5x clock system consists of: * Clock sources, i.e. oscillators controlled by OSCCTRL and OSC32KCTRL - A clock source provides a time base that is used by other components, such as Generic Clock Generators. Example clock sources are the external crystal oscillator (XOSC) and the Digital Frequency Locked Loop (DFLL48M). * Generic Clock Controller (GCLK), which generates, controls and distributes the asynchronous clock consisting of: - Generic Clock Generators: These are programmable prescalers that can use any of the system clock sources as a time base. The Generic Clock Generator 0 generates the clock signal GCLK_MAIN, which is (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 136 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Clock System used by the Power Manager and the Main Clock (MCLK) module, which in turn generates synchronous clocks. - Generic Clocks: These are clock signals generated by Generic Clock Generators and output by the Peripheral Channels, and serve as clocks for the peripherals of the system. Multiple instances of a peripheral will typically have a separate Generic Clock for each instance. Generic Clock 0 serves as the clock source for the DFLL48M clock input (when multiplying another clock source). * Main Clock Controller (MCLK) - The MCLK generates and controls the synchronous clocks on the system. This includes the CPU, bus clocks (APB, AHB) as well as the synchronous (to the CPU) user interfaces of the peripherals. It contains clock masks that can turn on/off the user interface of a peripheral as well as prescalers for the CPU and bus clocks. The next figure shows an example where SERCOM0 is clocked by the DFLL48M in open loop mode. The DFLL48M is enabled, the Generic Clock Generator 1 uses the DFLL48M as its clock source and feeds into Peripheral Channel 7. The Generic Clock 7, also called GCLK_SERCOM0_CORE, is connected to SERCOM0. The SERCOM0 interface, clocked by CLK_SERCOM0_APB, has been unmasked in the APBC Mask register in the MCLK. Figure 13-2.Example of SERCOM Clock MCLK Syncronous Clock Controller OSCCTRL DFLL48M CLK_SERCOM0_APB GCLK Generic Clock Generator 1 Peripheral Channel 7 GCLK_SERCOM0_CORE SERCOM 0 To customize the clock distribution, refer to these registers and bit fields: * The source oscillator for a generic clock generator n is selected by writing to the Source bit field in the Generator Control n register (GCLK.GENCTRLn.SRC). * A Peripheral Channel m can be configured to use a specific Generic Clock Generator by writing to the Generic Clock Generator bit field in the respective Peripheral Channel m register (GCLK.PCHCTRLm.GEN) * The Peripheral Channel number, m, is fixed for a given peripheral. See the Mapping table in the description of GCLK.PCHCTRLm. * The AHB clocks are enabled and disabled by writing to the respective bit in the AHB Mask register (MCLK.AHBMASK). * The APB clocks are enabled and disabled by writing to the respective bit in the APB x Mask registers (MCLK.APBxMASK). Related Links 13.7 Clocks after Reset 13.2 Synchronous and Asynchronous Clocks As the CPU and the peripherals can be in different clock domains, i.e. they are clocked from different clock sources and/or with different clock speeds, some peripheral accesses by the CPU need to be synchronized. In this case the peripheral includes a Synchronization Busy (SYNCBUSY) register that can be used to check if a sync operation is in progress. For a general description, see 13.3 Register Synchronization. Some peripherals have specific properties described in their individual sub-chapter "Synchronization". In the datasheet, references to Synchronous Clocks are referring to the CPU and bus clocks (MCLK), while asynchronous clocks are generated by the Generic Clock Controller (GCLK). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 137 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Clock System Related Links 14.6.6 Synchronization 13.3 Register Synchronization 13.3.1 Overview All peripherals are composed of one digital bus interface connected to the APB or AHB bus and running from a corresponding clock in the Main Clock domain, and one peripheral core running from the peripheral Generic Clock (GCLK). Communication between these clock domains must be synchronized. This mechanism is implemented in hardware, so the synchronization process takes place even if the peripheral generic clock is running from the same clock source and on the same frequency as the bus interface. All registers in the bus interface are accessible without synchronization. All registers in the peripheral core are synchronized when written. Some registers in the peripheral core are synchronized when read. Each individual register description will have the properties "Read-Synchronized" and/or "Write-Synchronized" if a register is synchronized. As shown in the figure below, each register that requires synchronization has its individual synchronizer and its individual synchronization status bit in the Synchronization Busy register (SYNCBUSY). Note: For registers requiring both read- and write-synchronization, the corresponding bit in SYNCBUSY is shared. Figure 13-3.Register Synchronization Overview Synchronous Domain (CLK_APB) Asynchronous Domain (GCLK) Non Sync'd reg Sync Sync Read-Sync'd reg Read-only register Sync Periperal Bus Write-Sync'd reg Write-only register R/W-Sync'd reg Sync SYNCBUSY Write-Sync'd reg R/W register INTFLAG (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Read-only register Sync Non Sync'd reg R/W register Datasheet DS60001507F-page 138 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Clock System 13.3.2 General Write Synchronization Write-Synchronization is triggered by writing to a register in the peripheral clock domain (GCLK). The respective bit in the Synchronization Busy register (SYNCBUSY) will be set when the write-synchronization starts and cleared when the write-synchronization is complete. Refer also to 13.3.7 Synchronization Delay. When write-synchronization is ongoing for a register, any subsequent write attempts to this register will be discarded, and an error will be reported though the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). Example: REGA, REGB are 8-bit core registers. REGC is a 16-bit core register. Offset Register 0x00 REGA 0x01 REGB 0x02 REGC 0x03 Synchronization is per register, so multiple registers can be synchronized in parallel. Consequently, after REGA (8-bit access) was written, REGB (8-bit access) can be written immediately without error. REGC (16-bit access) can be written without affecting REGA or REGB. If REGC is written to in two consecutive 8-bit accesses without waiting for synchronization, the second write attempt will be discarded and an error is generated through the PAC. A 32-bit access to offset 0x00 will write all three registers. Note that REGA, REGB and REGC can be updated at different times because of independent write synchronization. 13.3.3 General Read Synchronization Read-synchronized registers are synchronized each time the register value is updated but the corresponding SYNCBUSY bits are not set. Reading a read-synchronized register does not start a new synchronization, it returns the last synchronized value. Note: The corresponding bits in SYNCBUSY will automatically be set when the device wakes up from sleep because read-synchronized registers need to be synchronized. Therefore reading a read-synchronized register before its corresponding SYNCBUSY bit is cleared will return the last synchronized value before sleep mode. However, if a register is also write-synchronized, any write access while the SYNCBUSY bit is set will be executed successfully. If concurrent read and write access is detected, the read is discarded and a new synchronization will start. 13.3.4 Completion of Synchronization In order to check if synchronization is complete, the user can either poll the relevant bits in SYNCBUSY or use the Synchronisation Ready interrupt (if available). The Synchronization Ready interrupt flag will be set when all ongoing synchronizations are complete, i.e. when all bits in SYNCBUSY are '0'. 13.3.5 Write Synchronization for CTRLA.ENABLE Setting the Enable bit in a module's Control A register (CTRLA.ENABLE) will trigger write-synchronization and set SYNCBUSY.ENABLE. CTRLA.ENABLE will read its new value immediately after being written. SYNCBUSY.ENABLE will be cleared by hardware when the operation is complete. The Synchronization Ready interrupt (if available) cannot be used to enable write-synchronization. 13.3.6 Write-Synchronization for Software Reset Bit Setting the Software Reset bit in CTRLA (CTRLA.SWRST=1) will trigger write-synchronization and set SYNCBUSY.SWRST. When writing a `1' to the CTRLA.SWRST bit it will immediately read as `1'. CTRL.SWRST and SYNCBUSY.SWRST will be cleared by hardware when the peripheral has been reset. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 139 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Clock System Writing a '0' to the CTRL.SWRST bit has no effect. The Ready interrupt (if available) cannot be used for Software Reset write-synchronization. Note: Not all peripherals have the SWRST bit in the respective CTRLA register. 13.3.7 Synchronization Delay The synchronization will delay write and read accesses by a certain amount. This delay D is within the range of: 5xPGCLK + 2xPAPB < D < 6xPGCLK + 3xPAPB Where PGCLK is the period of the generic clock and PAPB is the period of the peripheral bus clock. A normal peripheral bus register access duration is 2xPAPB. 13.4 Enabling a Peripheral In order to enable a peripheral that is clocked by a Generic Clock, the following parts of the system needs to be configured: * * * * 13.5 A running Clock Source A clock from the Generic Clock Generator must be configured to use one of the running Clock Sources, and the Generator must be enabled. The Peripheral Channel that provides the Generic Clock signal to the peripheral must be configured to use a running Generic Clock Generator, and the Generic Clock must be enabled. The user interface of the peripheral needs to be unmasked in the PM. If this is not done the peripheral registers will read all 0's and any writing attempts to the peripheral will be discarded. On Demand Clock Requests Figure 13-4.Clock Request Routing Clock request DFLL48M Generic Clock Generator ENABLE GENEN RUNSTDBY RUNSTDBY Clock request Generic Clock Periph. Channel Clock request Peripheral CLKEN ENABLE RUNSTDBY ONDEMAND All clock sources in the system can be run in an on-demand mode: the clock source is in a stopped state unless a peripheral is requesting the clock source. Clock requests propagate from the peripheral, via the GCLK, to the clock source. If one or more peripheral is using a clock source, the clock source will be started/kept running. As soon as the clock source is no longer needed and no peripheral has an active request, the clock source will be stopped until requested again. The clock request can reach the clock source only if the peripheral, the generic clock and the clock from the Generic Clock Generator in-between are enabled. The time taken from a clock request being asserted to the clock source being ready is dependent on the clock source startup time, clock source frequency as well as the divider used in the Generic Clock Generator. The total startup time Tstart from a clock request until the clock is available for the peripheral is between: Tstart_max = Clock source startup time + 2 x clock source periods + 2 x divided clock source periods Tstart_min = Clock source startup time + 1 x clock source period + 1 x divided clock source period The time between the last active clock request stopped and the clock is shut down, Tstop, is between: Tstop_min = 1 x divided clock source period + 1 x clock source period Tstop_max = 2 x divided clock source periods + 2 x clock source periods (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 140 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Clock System The On-Demand function can be disabled individually for each clock source by clearing the ONDEMAND bit located in each clock source controller. Consequently, the clock will always run whatever the clock request status is. This has the effect of removing the clock source startup time at the cost of power consumption. The clock request mechanism can be configured to work in standby mode by setting the RUNSDTBY bits of the modules, see Figure 13-4. 13.6 Power Consumption vs. Speed When targeting for either a low-power or a fast acting system, some considerations have to be taken into account due to the nature of the asynchronous clocking of the peripherals: If clocking a peripheral with a very low clock, the active power consumption of the peripheral will be lower. At the same time the synchronization to the synchronous (CPU) clock domain is dependent on the peripheral clock speed, and will take longer with a slower peripheral clock. This will cause worse response times and longer synchronization delays. 13.7 Clocks after Reset On any Reset the synchronous clocks start to their initial state: * * * DFLL48M is enabled and configured to run at 48MHz Generic Generator 0 uses DFLL48M as source and generates GCLK_MAIN CPU and BUS clocks are undivided On a Power-on Reset, the 32KHz clock sources are reset and the GCLK module starts to its initial state: * * All Generic Clock Generators are disabled except - Generator 0 is using DFLL48M at 48MHz as source and generates GCLK_MAIN All Peripheral Channels in GCLK are disabled. On a User Reset the GCLK module starts to its initial state, except for: * Generic Clocks that are write-locked, i.e., the according WRTLOCK is set to 1 prior to Reset Related Links 16. RSTC - Reset Controller (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 141 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 14. GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 14.1 Overview Depending on the application, peripherals may require specific clock frequencies to operate correctly. The Generic Clock controller (GCLK) features 12 Generic Clock Generators [11:0] that can provide a wide range of clock frequencies. Generators can be set to use different external and internal oscillators as source. The clock of each Generator can be divided. The outputs from the Generators are used as sources for the Peripheral Channels, which provide the Generic Clock (GCLK_PERIPH) to the peripheral modules, as shown in Figure 14-2. The number of Peripheral Clocks depends on how many peripherals the device has. Note: The Generator 0 is always the direct source of the GCLK_MAIN signal. 14.2 Features * * 14.3 Provides a device-defined, configurable number of Peripheral Channel clocks Wide frequency range: - Various clock sources - Embedded dividers Block Diagram The generation of Peripheral Clock signals (GCLK_PERIPH) and the Main Clock (GCLK_MAIN) can be seen in Device Clocking Diagram. Figure 14-1.Device Clocking Diagram GENERIC CLOCK CONTROLLER Generic Clock Generator OSCCTRL XOSC0 XOSC1 DFLL Peripheral Channel FDPLL0 FDPLL1 OSC32KCTRL XOSC32K GCLK_PERIPH Clock Divider & Masker Clock Gate PERIPHERAL OSCULP32K GCLK_IO GCLK_MAIN MCLK The GCLK block diagram is shown below: (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 142 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GCLK - Generic Clock Controller Figure 14-2.Generic Clock Controller Block Diagram Generic Clock Generator 0 Clock Sources Clock Divider & Masker GCLK_IO[0] (I/O input) GCLK_MAIN GCLKGEN[0] GCLK_IO[0] (I/O output) Peripheral Channel 0 Clock Gate GCLK_PERIPH[0] GCLK_IO[1] (I/O output) Generic Clock Generator 1 Clock Divider & Masker GCLK_IO[1] (I/O input) Peripheral Channel 1 GCLKGEN[1] Clock Gate GCLK_PERIPH[1] Generic Clock Generator n Clock Divider & Masker GCLK_IO[n] (I/O input) GCLK_IO[n] (I/O output) GCLKGEN[n] Peripheral Channel n Clock Gate GCLK_PERIPH[n] GCLKGEN[n:0] 14.4 Signal Description Table 14-1.GCLK Signal Description Signal Name Type Description GCLK_IO[7:0] Digital I/O Clock source for Generators when input Generic Clock signal when output Note: One signal can be mapped on several pins. Related Links 6. I/O Multiplexing and Considerations 14.5 Product Dependencies In order to use this peripheral, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described below. 14.5.1 I/O Lines Using the GCLK I/O lines requires the I/O pins to be configured. Related Links 32. PORT - I/O Pin Controller 14.5.2 Power Management The GCLK can operate in sleep modes, if required. Refer to the Sleep mode description in the Power Manager (PM) section. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager 14.5.3 Clocks The GCLK bus clock (CLK_GCLK_APB) can be enabled and disabled in the Main Clock Controller. Related Links (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 143 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 15.6.2.6 Peripheral Clock Masking 29. OSC32KCTRL - 32KHz Oscillators Controller 14.5.4 DMA Not applicable. 14.5.5 Interrupts Not applicable. 14.5.6 Events Not applicable. 14.5.7 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in debug mode the GCLK continues normal operation. If the GCLK is configured in a way that requires it to be periodically serviced by the CPU through interrupts or similar, improper operation or data loss may result during debugging. 14.5.8 Register Access Protection All registers with write access can be optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). Note: Optional write protection is indicated by the "PAC Write Protection" property in the register description. Write protection does not apply for accesses through an external debugger. Related Links 27. PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 14.5.9 Analog Connections Not applicable. 14.6 Functional Description 14.6.1 Principle of Operation The GCLK module is comprised of twelve Generic Clock Generators (Generators) sourcing up to 48 Peripheral Channels and the Main Clock signal CLK_MAIN. A clock source selected as input to a Generator can either be used directly, or it can be prescaled in the Generator. A generator output is used by one or more Peripheral Channels to provide a peripheral generic clock signal (GCLK_PERIPH) to the peripherals. 14.6.2 Basic Operation 14.6.2.1 Initialization Before a Generator is enabled, the corresponding clock source should be enabled. The Peripheral clock must be configured as outlined by the following steps: 1. The Generator must be enabled (GENCTRLn.GENEN=1) and the division factor must be set (GENTRLn.DIVSEL and GENCTRLn.DIV) by performing a single 32-bit write to the Generator Control register (GENCTRLn). 2. The Generic Clock for a peripheral must be configured by writing to the respective Peripheral Channel Control register (PCHCTRLm). The Generator used as the source for the Peripheral Clock must be written to the GEN bit field in the Peripheral Channel Control register (PCHCTRLm.GEN). Note: Each Generator n is configured by one dedicated register GENCTRLn. Note: Each Peripheral Channel m is configured by one dedicated register PCHCTRLm. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 144 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 14.6.2.2 Enabling, Disabling, and Resetting The GCLK module has no enable/disable bit to enable or disable the whole module. The GCLK is reset by setting the Software Reset bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.SWRST) to 1. All registers in the GCLK will be reset to their initial state, except for Peripheral Channels and associated Generators that have their Write Lock bit set to 1 (PCHCTRLm.WRTLOCK). For further details, refer to 14.6.3.4 Configuration Lock. 14.6.2.3 Generic Clock Generator Each Generator (GCLK_GEN) can be set to run from one of eight different clock sources except GCLK_GEN[1], which can be set to run from one of seven sources. GCLK_GEN[1] is the only Generator that can be selected as source to others Generators. Each generator GCLK_GEN[x] can be connected to one specific pin GCLK_IO[x]. A pin GCLK_IO[x] can be set either to act as source to GCLK_GEN[x] or to output the clock signal generated by GCLK_GEN[x]. The selected source can be divided. Each Generator can be enabled or disabled independently. Each GCLK_GEN clock signal can then be used as clock source for Peripheral Channels. Each Generator output is allocated to one or several Peripherals. GCLK_GEN[0] is used as GCLK_MAIN for the synchronous clock controller inside the Main Clock Controller. Refer to the Main Clock Controller description for details on the synchronous clock generation. Figure 14-3.Generic Clock Generator Related Links 15. MCLK - Main Clock 14.6.2.4 Enabling a Generator A Generator is enabled by writing a '1' to the Generator Enable bit in the Generator Control register (GENCTRLn.GENEN=1). 14.6.2.5 Disabling a Generator A Generator is disabled by writing a '0' to GENCTRLn.GENEN. When GENCTRLn.GENEN=0, the GCLK_GEN[n] clock is disabled and gated. 14.6.2.6 Selecting a Clock Source for the Generator Each Generator can individually select a clock source by setting the Source Select bit group in the Generator Control register (GENCTRLn.SRC). Changing from one clock source, for example A, to another clock source, B, can be done on the fly: If clock source B is not ready, the Generator will continue using clock source A. As soon as source B is ready, the Generator will switch to it. During the switching operation, the Generator maintains clock requests to both clock sources A and B, and will release source A as soon as the switch is done. The according bit in SYNCBUSY register (SYNCBUSY.GENCTRLn) will remain '1' until the switch operation is completed. The available clock sources are device dependent (usually the oscillators, RC oscillators, DPLL). Only Generator 1 can be used as a common source for all other generators. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 145 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 14.6.2.7 Changing the Clock Frequency The selected source for a Generator can be divided by writing a division value in the Division Factor bit field of the Generator Control register (GENCTRLn.DIV). How the actual division factor is calculated is depending on the Divide Selection bit (GENCTRLn.DIVSEL). If GENCTRLn.DIVSEL=0 and GENCTRLn.DIV is either 0 or 1, the output clock will be undivided. Note: The number of available DIV bits may vary from Generator to Generator. 14.6.2.8 Duty Cycle When dividing a clock with an odd division factor, the duty-cycle will not be 50/50. Setting the Improve Duty Cycle bit of the Generator Control register (GENCTRLn.IDC) will result in a 50/50 duty cycle. 14.6.2.9 External Clock The output clock (GCLK_GEN) of each Generator can be sent to I/O pins (GCLK_IO). If the Output Enable bit in the Generator Control register is set (GENCTRLn.OE = 1) and the generator is enabled (GENCTRLn.GENEN=1), the Generator requests its clock source and the GCLK_GEN clock is output to an I/O pin. Note: The I/O pin (GCLK/IO[n]) must first be configured as output by writing the corresponding PORT registers. If GENCTRLn.OE is 0, the according I/O pin is set to an Output Off Value, which is selected by GENCTRLn.OOV: If GENCTRLn.OOV is '0', the output clock will be low. If this bit is '1', the output clock will be high. In Standby mode, if the clock is output (GENCTRLn.OE=1), the clock on the I/O pin is frozen to the OOV value if the Run In Standby bit of the Generic Control register (GENCTRLn.RUNSTDBY) is zero. If GENCTRLn.RUNSTDBY is '1', the GCLKGEN clock is kept running and output to the I/O pin. Related Links 18.6.3.5 Power Domain Controller 14.6.3 Peripheral Clock Figure 14-4.Peripheral Clock 14.6.3.1 Enabling a Peripheral Clock Before a Peripheral Clock is enabled, one of the Generators must be enabled (GENCTRLn.GENEN) and selected as source for the Peripheral Channel by setting the Generator Selection bits in the Peripheral Channel Control register (PCHCTRL.GEN). Any available Generator can be selected as clock source for each Peripheral Channel. When a Generator has been selected, the peripheral clock is enabled by setting the Channel Enable bit in the Peripheral Channel Control register, PCHCTRLm.CHEN = 1. The PCHCTRLm.CHEN bit must be synchronized to the generic clock domain. PCHCTRLm.CHEN will continue to read as its previous state until the synchronization is complete. 14.6.3.2 Disabling a Peripheral Clock A Peripheral Clock is disabled by writing PCHCTRLm.CHEN=0. The PCHCTRLm.CHEN bit must be synchronized to the Generic Clock domain. PCHCTRLm.CHEN will stay in its previous state until the synchronization is complete. The Peripheral Clock is gated when disabled. Related Links (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 146 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 14.8.4 PCHCTRLm 14.6.3.3 Selecting the Clock Source for a Peripheral When changing a peripheral clock source by writing to PCHCTRLm.GEN, the peripheral clock must be disabled before re-enabling it with the new clock source setting. This prevents glitches during the transition: 1. Disable the Peripheral Channel by writing PCHCTRLm.CHEN=0 2. Assert that PCHCTRLm.CHEN reads '0' 3. Change the source of the Peripheral Channel by writing PCHCTRLm.GEN 4. Re-enable the Peripheral Channel by writing PCHCTRLm.CHEN=1 Related Links 14.8.4 PCHCTRLm 14.6.3.4 Configuration Lock The peripheral clock configuration can be locked for further write accesses by setting the Write Lock bit in the Peripheral Channel Control register PCHCTRLm.WRTLOCK=1). All writing to the PCHCTRLm register will be ignored. It can only be unlocked by a Power Reset. The Generator source of a locked Peripheral Channel will be locked, too: The corresponding GENCTRLn register is locked, and can be unlocked only by a Power Reset. There is one exception concerning the Generator 0. As it is used as GCLK_MAIN, it cannot be locked. It is reset by any Reset and will start up in a known configuration. The software reset (CTRLA.SWRST) can not unlock the registers. In case of an external Reset, the Generator source will be disabled. Even if the WRTLOCK bit is written to '1' the peripheral channels are disabled (PCHCTRLm.CHEN set to '0') until the Generator source is enabled again. Then, the PCHCTRLm.CHEN are set to '1' again. Related Links 14.8.1 CTRLA 14.6.4 Additional Features 14.6.4.1 Peripheral Clock Enable after Reset The Generic Clock Controller must be able to provide a generic clock to some specific peripherals after a Reset. That means that the configuration of the Generators and Peripheral Channels after Reset is device-dependent. Refer to GENCTRLn.SRC for details on GENCTRLn reset. Refer to PCHCTRLm.SRC for details on PCHCTRLm reset. 14.6.5 Sleep Mode Operation 14.6.5.1 SleepWalking The GCLK module supports the SleepWalking feature. If the system is in a sleep mode where the Generic Clocks are stopped, a peripheral that needs its clock in order to execute a process must request it from the Generic Clock Controller. The Generic Clock Controller receives this request, determines which Generic Clock Generator is involved and which clock source needs to be awakened. It then wakes up the respective clock source, enables the Generator and Peripheral Channel stages successively, and delivers the clock to the peripheral. The RUNSTDBY bit in the Generator Control register controls clock output to pin during standby sleep mode. If the bit is cleared, the Generator output is not available on pin. When set, the GCLK can continuously output the generator output to GCLK_IO. Refer to 14.6.2.9 External Clock for details. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager 14.6.5.2 Minimize Power Consumption in Standby The following table identifies when a Clock Generator is off in Standby Mode, minimizing the power consumption: (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 147 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GCLK - Generic Clock Controller Table 14-2.Clock Generator n Activity in Standby Mode Request for Clock n present GENCTRLn.RUNSTDBY GENCTRLn.OE Clock Generator n yes - - active no 1 1 active no 1 0 OFF no 0 1 OFF no 0 0 OFF 14.6.5.3 Entering Standby Mode There may occur a delay when the device is put into Standby, until the power is turned off. This delay is caused by running Clock Generators: if the Run in Standby bit in the Generator Control register (GENCTRLn.RUNSTDBY) is '0', GCLK must verify that the clock is turned of properly. The duration of this verification is frequency-dependent. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager 14.6.6 Synchronization Due to asynchronicity between the main clock domain and the peripheral clock domains, some registers need to be synchronized when written or read. An exception is the Channel Enable bit in the Peripheral Channel Control registers (PCHCTRLm.CHEN). When changing this bit, the bit value must be read-back to ensure the synchronization is complete and to assert glitch free internal operation. Note that changing the bit value under ongoing synchronization will not generate an error. The following registers are synchronized when written: * * Generic Clock Generator Control register (GENCTRLn) Control A register (CTRLA) Required write synchronization is denoted by the "Write-Synchronized" property in the register description. Related Links 14.8.1 CTRLA 14.8.4 PCHCTRLm (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 148 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 14.7 Register Summary Offset Name Bit Pos. 0x00 0x01 ... 0x03 CTRLA 7:0 Reserved 0x04 SYNCBUSY 0x08 ... 0x1F Reserved 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 GENCTRL0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 0x4C GENCTRL11 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 0x50 ... 0x7F Reserved 0x20 SWRST GENCTRL[5:0] SWRST GENCTRL[11:6] RUNSTDBY DIVSEL OE DIV[7:0] DIV[15:8] RUNSTDBY DIVSEL OE DIV[7:0] DIV[15:8] SRC[4:0] OOV IDC GENEN SRC[4:0] OOV IDC GENEN ... 0x80 WRTLOCK CHEN GEN[3:0] PCHCTRL0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 WRTLOCK CHEN GEN[3:0] PCHCTRL47 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 ... 0x013C 14.8 Register Description Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16- and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Some registers are optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). Optional PAC write protection is denoted by the "PAC Write-Protection" property in each individual register description. For details, refer to 14.5.8 Register Access Protection. Some registers are synchronized when read and/or written. Synchronization is denoted by the "Write-Synchronized" or the "Read-Synchronized" property in each individual register description. For details, refer to 14.6.6 Synchronization. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 149 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 14.8.1 Control A Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 CTRLA 0x00 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 0 SWRST R/W 0 Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Setting this bit to 1 will reset all registers in the GCLK to their initial state after a Power Reset, except for generic clocks and associated Generators that have their WRTLOCK bit in PCHCTRLm set to 1. Refer to GENCTRL Reset Value for details on GENCTRL register reset. Refer to PCHCTRL Reset Value for details on PCHCTRL register reset. Due to synchronization, there is a waiting period between setting CTRLA.SWRST and a completed Reset. CTRLA.SWRST and SYNCBUSY.SWRST will both be cleared when the reset is complete. Value Description 0 There is no Reset operation ongoing. 1 A Reset operation is ongoing. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 150 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 14.8.2 Synchronization Busy Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit SYNCBUSY 0x04 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 9 8 R 0 R 0 11 10 GENCTRL[11:6] R R 0 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 R 0 R 0 0 SWRST R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 7 6 Access Reset R 0 R 0 5 4 GENCTRL[5:0] R R 0 0 Bits 13:2 - GENCTRL[11:0]Generator Control n Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of the Generator Control n register (GENCTRLn) between clock domains is complete, or when clock switching operation is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of the Generator Control n register (GENCTRLn) between clock domains is started. Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of the CTRLA.SWRST register bit between clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of the CTRLA.SWRST register bit between clock domains is started. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 151 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 14.8.3 Generator Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: GENCTRLn 0x20 + n*0x04 [n=0..11] 0x00000106 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized GENCTRLn controls the settings of Generic Generator n (n=[11:0]). The reset value is 0x00000106 for Generator n=0, else 0x00000000 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 19 18 17 16 DIV[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 20 DIV[7:0] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 RUNSTDBY R/W 0 12 DIVSEL R/W 0 11 OE R/W 0 10 OOV R/W 0 9 IDC R/W 0 8 GENEN R/W 1 7 6 5 4 3 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 SRC[4:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bits 31:16 - DIV[15:0]Division Factor These bits represent a division value for the corresponding Generator. The actual division factor is dependent on the state of DIVSEL. The number of relevant DIV bits for each Generator can be seen in this table. Written bits outside of the specified range will be ignored. Table 14-3.Division Factor Bits Generic Clock Generator Division Factor Bits Maximum Division Factor Generator 0 Generator 1 Generator 2 - 11 8 division factor bits - DIV[7:0] 16 division factor bits - DIV[15:0] 8 division factor bits - DIV[7:0] 512 131072 512 Bit 13 - RUNSTDBYRun in Standby This bit is used to keep the Generator running in Standby as long as it is configured to output to a dedicated GCLK_IO pin. If GENCTRLn.OE is zero, this bit has no effect and the generator will only be running if a peripheral requires the clock. Value Description 0 The Generator is stopped in Standby and the GCLK_IO pin state (one or zero) will be dependent on the setting in GENCTRL.OOV. 1 The Generator is kept running and output to its dedicated GCLK_IO pin during Standby mode. Bit 12 - DIVSELDivide Selection This bit determines how the division factor of the clock source of the Generator will be calculated from DIV. If the clock source should not be divided, DIVSEL must be 0 and the GENCTRLn.DIV value must be either 0 or 1. Value Description 0 The Generator clock frequency equals the clock source frequency divided by GENCTRLn.DIV. 1 The Generator clock frequency equals the clock source frequency divided by 2^(N+1), where N is the Division Factor Bits for the selected generator (refer to GENCTRLn.DIV). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 152 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GCLK - Generic Clock Controller Bit 11 - OEOutput Enable This bit is used to output the Generator clock output to the corresponding pin (GCLK_IO), as long as GCLK_IO is not defined as the Generator source in the GENCTRLn.SRC bit field. Value Description 0 No Generator clock signal on pin GCLK_IO. 1 The Generator clock signal is output on the corresponding GCLK_IO, unless GCLK_IO is selected as a generator source in the GENCTRLn.SRC bit field. Bit 10 - OOVOutput Off Value This bit is used to control the clock output value on pin (GCLK_IO) when the Generator is turned off or the OE bit is zero, as long as GCLK_IO is not defined as the Generator source in the GENCTRLn.SRC bit field. Value Description 0 The GCLK_IO will be LOW when generator is turned off or when the OE bit is zero. 1 The GCLK_IO will be HIGH when generator is turned off or when the OE bit is zero. Bit 9 - IDCImprove Duty Cycle This bit is used to improve the duty cycle of the Generator output to 50/50 for odd division factors. Value Description 0 Generator output clock duty cycle is not balanced to 50/50 for odd division factors. 1 Generator output clock duty cycle is 50/50. Bit 8 - GENENGenerator Enable This bit is used to enable and disable the Generator. Value Description 0 Generator is disabled. 1 Generator is enabled. Bits 4:0 - SRC[4:0]Generator Clock Source Selection These bits select the Generator clock source, as shown in this table. Table 14-4.Generator Clock Source Selection Value Name Description 0x00 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x04 0x05 0x06 0x07 0x08 0x09-0x1F XOSC0 XOSC1 GCLK_IN GCLK_GEN1 OSCULP32K XOSC32K DFLL DPLL0 DPLL1 Reserved XOSC 0 oscillator output XOSC 1 oscillator output Generator input pad (GCLK_IO) Generic clock generator 1 output OSCULP32K oscillator output XOSC32K oscillator output DFLL oscillator output DPLL0 output DPLL1 output Reserved for future use A Power Reset will reset all GENCTRLn registers. the Reset values of the GENCTRLn registers are shown in table below. Table 14-5.GENCTRLn Reset Value after a Power Reset GCLK Generator Reset Value after a Power Reset 0 others 0x00000106 0x00000000 A User Reset will reset the associated GENCTRL register unless the Generator is the source of a locked Peripheral Channel (PCHCTRLm.WRTLOCK=1). The reset values of the GENCTRL register are as shown in the table below. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 153 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GCLK - Generic Clock Controller Table 14-6.GENCTRLn Reset Value after a User Reset GCLK Generator Reset Value after a User Reset 0 others 0x00000106 No change if the generator is used by a Peripheral Channel m with PCHCTRLm.WRTLOCK=1 else 0x00000000 Related Links 14.8.4 PCHCTRLm (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 154 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 14.8.4 Peripheral Channel Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: PCHCTRLm 0x80 + m*0x04 [m=0..47] 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection PCHTRLm controls the settings of Peripheral Channel number m (m=[47:0]). Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 WRTLOCK R/W 0 6 CHEN R/W 0 5 4 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset GEN[3:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit 7 - WRTLOCKWrite Lock After this bit is set to '1', further writes to the PCHCTRLm register will be discarded. The control register of the corresponding Generator n (GENCTRLn), as assigned in PCHCTRLm.GEN, will also be locked. It can only be unlocked by a Power Reset. Note that Generator 0 cannot be locked. Value Description 0 The Peripheral Channel register and the associated Generator register are not locked 1 The Peripheral Channel register and the associated Generator register are locked Bit 6 - CHENChannel Enable This bit is used to enable and disable a Peripheral Channel. Value Description 0 The Peripheral Channel is disabled 1 The Peripheral Channel is enabled Bits 3:0 - GEN[3:0]Generator Selection This bit field selects the Generator to be used as the source of a peripheral clock, as shown in the table below: Table 14-7.Generator Selection Value Description 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 0x4 0x5 0x6 Generic Clock Generator 0 Generic Clock Generator 1 Generic Clock Generator 2 Generic Clock Generator 3 Generic Clock Generator 4 Generic Clock Generator 5 Generic Clock Generator 6 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 155 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GCLK - Generic Clock Controller ...........continued Value Description 0x7 0x8 0x9 0xA 0xB Generic Clock Generator 7 Generic Clock Generator 8 Generic Clock Generator 9 Generic Clock Generator 10 Generic Clock Generator 11 Table 14-8.Reset Value after a User Reset or a Power Reset Reset PCHCTRLm.GEN PCHCTRLm.CHEN PCHCTRLm.WRTLOCK Power Reset User Reset 0x0 If WRTLOCK = 0 : 0x0 0x0 If WRTLOCK = 0 : 0x0 0x0 No change If WRTLOCK = 1: no change If WRTLOCK = 1: no change A Power Reset will reset all the PCHCTRLm registers. A User Reset will reset a PCHCTRL if WRTLOCK=0, or else, the content of that PCHCTRL remains unchanged. The PCHCTRL register Reset values are shown in the table below, PCHCTRLm Mapping. Table 14-9.PCHCTRLm Mapping index(m) Name Description 0 1 2 3 GCLK_OSCCTRL_DFLL48 GCLK_OSCCTRL_FDPLL0 GCLK_OSCCTRL_FDPLL1 GCLK_OSCCTRL_FDPLL0_32K GCLK_OSCCTRL_FDPLL1_32K GCLK_SDHC0_SLOW GCLK_SDHC1_SLOW GCLK_SERCOM[0..7]_SLOW GCLK_EIC GCLK_FREQM_MSR GCLK_FREQM_REF GCLK_SERCOM0_CORE GCLK_SERCOM1_CORE GCLK_TC0, GCLK_TC1 GCLK_USB GCLK_EVSYS[0..11] GCLK_SERCOM2_CORE GCLK_SERCOM3_CORE GCLK_TCC0, GCLK_TCC1 GCLK_TC2, GCLK_TC3 GCLK_CAN0 GCLK_CAN1 GCLK_TCC2, GCLK_TCC3 GCLK_TC4, GCLK_TC5 GCLK_PDEC GCLK_AC GCLK_CCL GCLK_SERCOM4_CORE GCLK_SERCOM5_CORE GCLK_SERCOM6_CORE GCLK_SERCOM7_CORE GCLK_TCC4 GCLK_TC6, GCLK_TC7 DFLL48 input clock source Reference clock for FDPLL0 Reference clock for FDPLL1 FDPLL0 32KHz clock for internal lock timer FDPLL1 32KHz clock for internal lock timer SDHC0 Slow SDHC1 Slow SERCOM[0..7] Slow EIC FREQM Measure FREQM Reference SERCOM0 Core SERCOM1 Core TC0, TC1 USB EVSYS[0..11] SERCOM2 Core SERCOM3 Core TCC0, TCC1 TC2, TC3 CAN0 CAN1 TCC2, TCC3 TC4, TC5 PDEC AC CCL SERCOM4 Core SERCOM5 Core SERCOM6 Core SERCOM7 Core TCC4 TC6, TC7 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 22:11 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 156 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GCLK - Generic Clock Controller ...........continued index(m) Name Description 40 41 42 44:43 45 46 47 GCLK_ADC0 GCLK_ADC1 GCLK_DAC GCLK_I2S GCLK_SDHC0 GCLK_SDHC1 GCLK_CM4_TRACE ADC0 ADC1 DAC I2S SDHC0 SDHC1 CM4 Trace (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 157 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet MCLK - Main Clock 15. MCLK - Main Clock 15.1 Overview The Main Clock (MCLK) controls the synchronous clock generation of the device. Using a clock provided by the Generic Clock Module (GCLK_MAIN), the Main Clock Controller provides synchronous system clocks to the CPU and the modules connected to the AHBx and the APBx bus. The synchronous system clocks are divided into a number of clock domains. Each clock domain can run at different frequencies, enabling the user to save power by running peripherals at a relatively low clock frequency, while maintaining high CPU performance or vice versa. In addition, the clock can be masked for individual modules, enabling the user to minimize power consumption. 15.2 Features * * * 15.3 Generates CPU, AHB, and APB system clocks - Clock source and division factor from GCLK - Clock prescaler with 1x to 128x division Safe run-time clock switching from GCLK Module-level clock gating through maskable peripheral clocks Block Diagram Figure 15-1.MCLK Block Diagram CLK_APBx GCLK GCLK_MAIN MAIN CLOCK CONTROLLER CLK_AHBx PERIPHERALS CLK_CPU CPU 15.4 Signal Description Not applicable. 15.5 Product Dependencies In order to use this peripheral, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described below. 15.5.1 I/O Lines Not applicable. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 158 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet MCLK - Main Clock 15.5.2 Power Management The MCLK will operate in all sleep modes if a synchronous clock is required in these modes. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager 15.5.3 Clocks The MCLK bus clock (CLK_MCLK_APB) can be enabled and disabled in the Main Clock module, and the default state of CLK_MCLK_APB can be found in the Peripheral Clock Masking section. If this clock is disabled, it can only be re-enabled by a reset. The Generic Clock GCLK_MAIN is required to generate the Main Clocks. GCLK_MAIN is configured in the Generic Clock Controller, and can be re-configured by the user if needed. Related Links 14. GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 15.5.3.1 Main Clock The main clock CLK_MAIN is the common source for the synchronous clocks. This is fed into the common 8-bit prescaler that is used to generate synchronous clocks to the CPU, AHBx, and APBx modules. 15.5.3.2 CPU Clock The CPU clock (CLK_CPU) is routed to the CPU. Halting the CPU clock inhibits the CPU from executing instructions. 15.5.3.3 APBx and AHBx Clock The APBx clocks (CLK_APBx) and the AHBx clocks (CLK_AHBx) are the root clock source used by modules requiring a clock on the APBx and the AHBx bus. These clocks are always synchronous to the CPU clock, and can run even when the CPU clock is turned off in sleep mode. A clock gater is inserted after the common APB clock to gate any APBx clock of a module on APBx bus, as well as the AHBx clock. 15.5.3.4 Clock Domains The device has these synchronous clock domains: * * High-Speed synchronous clock domain (HS Clock Domain). Frequency is fHS. CPU synchronous clock domain (CPU Clock Domain). Frequency is fCPU. See also the related links for the clock domain partitioning. 15.5.4 DMA Not applicable. 15.5.5 Interrupts The interrupt request line is connected to the Interrupt Controller. Using the MCLK interrupt requires the Interrupt Controller to be configured first. 15.5.6 Events Not applicable. 15.5.7 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in debug mode, the MCLK continues normal operation. In sleep mode, the clocks generated from the MCLK are kept running to allow the debugger accessing any module. As a consequence, power measurements are incorrect in debug mode. 15.5.8 Register Access Protection All registers with write access can be write-protected optionally by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC), except for the following registers: * Interrupt Flag register (INTFLAG) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 159 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet MCLK - Main Clock Optional write protection by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC) is denoted by the "PAC Write Protection" property in each individual register description. PAC write protection does not apply to accesses through an external debugger. Related Links 27. PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 15.5.9 Analog Connections Not applicable. 15.6 Functional Description 15.6.1 Principle of Operation The CLK_MAIN clock signal from the GCLK module is the source for the main clock, which in turn is the common root for the synchronous clocks for the CPU, APBx, and AHBx modules. The CLK_MAIN is divided by an 8-bit prescaler. Each of the derived clocks can run from any divided or undivided main clock, ensuring synchronous clock sources for each clock domain. The clock domain (CPU) can be changed on the fly to respond to variable load in the application. The clocks for each module in a clock domain can be masked individually to avoid power consumption in inactive modules. Depending on the sleep mode, some clock domains can be turned off. 15.6.2 Basic Operation 15.6.2.1 Initialization After a Reset, the default clock source of the CLK_MAIN clock (GCLK_MAIN) is started and calibrated before the CPU starts running. The GCLK_MAIN clock is selected as the main clock without any prescaler division. By default, only the necessary clocks are enabled. 15.6.2.2 Enabling, Disabling, and Resetting The MCLK module is always enabled and cannot be reset. 15.6.2.3 Selecting the Main Clock Source Refer to the Generic Clock Controller description for details on how to configure the clock source of the GCLK_MAIN clock. Related Links 14. GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 15.6.2.4 Selecting the Synchronous Clock Division Ratio The main clock GCLK_MAIN feeds an 8-bit prescaler, which can be used to generate the synchronous clocks. By default, the synchronous clocks run on the undivided main clock. The user can select a prescaler division for the CPU clock domain by writing the Division (DIV) bits in the CPU Clock Division register CPUDIV, resulting in a CPU clock domain frequency determined by this equation: = Frequencies must never exceed the specified maximum frequency for each clock domain given in the electrical characteristics specifications. If the application attempts to write forbidden values in CPUDIV register, register is written but these bad values are not used and a violation is reported to the PAC module. Division bits (DIV) can be written without halting or disabling peripheral modules. Writing DIV bits allows a new clock setting to be written to all synchronous clocks belonging to the corresponding clock domain at the same time. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 160 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet MCLK - Main Clock Figure 15-2.Synchronous Clock Selection and Prescaler Sleep Controller Sleep mode HS Clock Domain: fHS MASK Clock gate gate Clock CLK_APB_HS Clock gate Clock gate PERIPHERALS clk_apb_ipn clk_apb_ip1 clk_apb_ip0 HSDIV CPU Clock Domain: fCPU MASK Clock gate CLK_APB_CPU Clock gate clk_apb_ipn clk_apb_ip1 clk_apb_ip0 MASK Clock gate GCLK GCLK_MAIN Clock gate Prescaler PERIPHERALS gate Clock CLK_AHB_CPU Clock gate Clock gate clk_ahb_ipn clk_ahb_ip1 clk_ahb_ip0 CPU CLK_CPU CPUDIV Note: A FAST clock for QSPI (CLK_QSPI2X_AHB) is derived from high-speed synchronous fHS. Related Links 27. PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 15.6.2.5 Clock Ready Flag There is a slight delay between writing to CPUDIV until the new clock settings become effective. During this interval, the Clock Ready flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.CKRDY) will return zero when read. If CKRDY in the INTENSET register is set to '1', the Clock Ready interrupt will be triggered when the new clock setting is effective. The clock settings (CLKCFG) must not be re-written while INTFLAG. CKRDY reads '0'. The system may become unstable or hang, and a violation is reported to the PAC module. Related Links 27. PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 15.6.2.6 Peripheral Clock Masking It is possible to disable/enable the AHB or APB clock for a peripheral by writing the corresponding bit in the Clock Mask registers (APBxMASK) to '0'/'1'. The default state of the peripheral clocks is shown here. Table 15-1.Peripheral Clock Default State CPU Clock Domain Peripheral Clock Default State CLK_AC_APB Disabled CLK_ADC0_APB Enabled CLK_ADC1_APB Enabled CLK_AES_APB Disabled CLK_BRIDGE_A_AHB Enabled CLK_BRIDGE_B_AHB Enabled (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 161 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet MCLK - Main Clock ...........continued CPU Clock Domain Peripheral Clock Default State CLK_BRIDGE_C_AHB Enabled CLK_BRIDGE_D_AHB Enabled CLK_CAN0_AHB Enabled CLK_CAN1_AHB Enabled CLK_CMCC_AHB Enabled CLK_DMAC_AHB Enabled CLK_DSU_AHB Enabled CLK_EIC_APB Enabled CLK_EVSYS_APB Disabled CLK_FREQM_APB Disabled CLK_GCLK_APB Enabled CLK_GMAC_AHB Enabled CLK_GMAC_APB Disabled CLK_ICM_AHB Enabled CLK_I2S_AHB Disabled CLK_MCLK_APB Enabled CLK_NVMCTRL_AHB Enabled CLK_NVMCTRL_APB Enabled CLK_OSCCTRL_APB Enabled CLK_PAC_AHB Enabled CLK_PAC_APB Enabled CLK_PDEC_APB Disabled CLK_PORT_APB Enabled CLK_PTC_APB Enabled CLK_PUKCC_AHB Enabled CLK_QSPI_AHB Enabled CLK_QSPI2X_AHB Enabled CLK_SDHC0_AHB Enabled CLK_SDHC1_AHB Enabled CLK_SERCOM0_APB Disabled CLK_SERCOM1_APB Disabled CLK_SERCOM2_APB Disabled CLK_SERCOM3_APB Disabled CLK_SERCOM4_APB Disabled (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 162 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet MCLK - Main Clock ...........continued CPU Clock Domain Peripheral Clock Default State CLK_SERCOM5_APB Disabled CLK_SERCOM6_APB Disabled CLK_SERCOM7_APB Disabled CLK_TC0_APB Disabled CLK_TC1_APB Disabled CLK_TC2_APB Disabled CLK_TC3_APB Disabled CLK_TC4_APB Disabled CLK_TC5_APB Disabled CLK_TC6_APB Disabled CLK_TC7_APB Disabled CLK_TCC0_APB Disabled CLK_TCC1_APB Disabled CLK_TCC2_APB Disabled CLK_TCC3_APB Disabled CLK_TCC4_APB Disabled CLK_USB_AHB Enabled CLK_USB_APB Disabled CLK_WDT_APB Enabled CLK_DAC_APB Disabled CLK_DSU_APB Enabled CLK_CCL_APB Disabled CLK_QSPI_APB Enabled CLK_ICM_APB Disabled CLK_TRNG_APB Disabled Backup Clock Domain Peripheral Clock Default State CLK_OSC32KCTRL_APB Enabled CLK_PM_APB Enabled CLK_SUPC_APB Enabled CLK_RSTC_APB Enabled CLK_RTC_APB Enabled When the APB clock is not provided to a module, its registers cannot be read or written. The module can be reenabled later by writing the corresponding mask bit to '1'. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 163 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet MCLK - Main Clock A module may be connected to several clock domains (for instance, AHB and APB), in which case it will have several mask bits. Note that clocks should only be switched off if it is certain that the module will not be used: Switching off the clock for the NVM Controller (NVMCTRL) will cause a problem if the CPU needs to read from the Flash Memory. Switching off the clock to the MCLK module (which contains the mask registers) or the corresponding APBx bridge, will make it impossible to write the mask registers again. In this case, they can only be re-enabled by a system reset. 15.6.3 DMA Operation Not applicable. 15.6.4 Interrupts The peripheral has the following interrupt sources: * Clock Ready (CKRDY): indicates that CPU clocks are ready. This interrupt is a synchronous wake-up source. Each interrupt source has an interrupt flag associated with it. The interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear (INTFLAG) register is set when the interrupt condition occurs. Each interrupt can be enabled individually by writing a '1' to the corresponding enabling bit in the Interrupt Enable Set (INTENSET) register, and disabled by writing a '1' to the corresponding clearing bit in the Interrupt Enable Clear (INTENCLR) register. An interrupt request is generated when the interrupt flag is set and the corresponding interrupt is enabled. The interrupt request remains active until the interrupt flag is cleared, the interrupt is disabled or the peripheral is reset. An interrupt flag is cleared by writing a '1' to the corresponding bit in the INTFLAG register. Each peripheral can have one interrupt request line per interrupt source or one common interrupt request line for all the interrupt sources.If the peripheral has one common interrupt request line for all the interrupt sources, the user must read the INTFLAG register to determine which interrupt condition is present. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager 10.2.1 Overview 15.6.5 Events Not applicable. 15.6.6 Sleep Mode Operation In IDLE sleep mode, the MCLK is still running on the selected main clock. In STANDBY sleep mode, the MCLK is frozen if no synchronous clock is required. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 164 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet MCLK - Main Clock 15.7 Register Summary Offset Name Bit Pos. 0x00 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x04 0x05 0x06 ... 0x0F Reserved INTENCLR INTENSET INTFLAG HSDIV CPUDIV 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 DIV[7:0] DIV[7:0] Reserved 7:0 15:8 0x10 CKRDY CKRDY CKRDY AHBMASK 23:16 Reserved NVMCTRL SDHC0 GMAC NVMCTRL_C NVMCTRL_S ACHE MEEPROM Reserved QSPI DSU PAC HPB3 Reserved HPB2 USB HPB1 DMAC HPB0 CMCC QSPI_2X PUKCC ICM CAN1 CAN0 SDHC1 31:24 0x14 0x18 0x1C 0x20 15.8 APBAMASK APBBMASK APBCMASK APBDMASK OSCCTRL RSTC MCLK PM PAC TC0 OSC32KCTR L SERCOM1 SERCOM0 FREQM EIC RTC WDT TC2 PORT TCC1 TCC0 NVMCTRL SERCOM3 DSU SERCOM2 USB TC3 7:0 GCLK SUPC 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 TC1 EVSYS RAMECC PDEC ADC0 TC5 CCL TC4 QSPI TCC3 TC7 TC6 TCC4 TCC2 ICM GMAC TRNG AES AC SERCOM7 PCC SERCOM6 I2S SERCOM5 DAC SERCOM4 ADC1 Register Description Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16-, and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Some registers can be write-protected optionally by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). This is denoted by the property "PAC Write-Protection" in each individual register description. Refer to the 15.5.8 Register Access Protection for details. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 165 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet MCLK - Main Clock 15.8.1 Interrupt Enable Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENCLR 0x01 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to disable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Set (INTENSET) register. Bit 7 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 0 CKRDY R/W 0 Bit 0 - CKRDYClock Ready Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Clock Ready Interrupt Enable bit and the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Clock Ready interrupt is enabled and will generate an interrupt request when the Clock Ready Interrupt Flag is set. 1 The Clock Ready interrupt is disabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 166 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet MCLK - Main Clock 15.8.2 Interrupt Enable Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENSET 0x02 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to enable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Clear (INTENCLR) register. Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Access Reset 0 CKRDY R/W 0 Bit 0 - CKRDYClock Ready Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Clock Ready Interrupt Enable bit and enable the Clock Ready interrupt. Value Description 0 The Clock Ready interrupt is disabled. 1 The Clock Ready interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 167 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet MCLK - Main Clock 15.8.3 Interrupt Flag Status and Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 INTFLAG 0x03 0x01 - 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 0 CKRDY R/W 1 Bit 0 - CKRDYClock Ready This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to the flag. This flag is set when the synchronous CPU, APBx, and AHBx clocks have frequencies as indicated in the CLKCFG registers and will generate an interrupt if INTENCLR/SET.CKRDY is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Clock Ready interrupt flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 168 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet MCLK - Main Clock 15.8.4 High-Speed Clock Division Name: Offset: Reset: Bit 7 HSDIV 0x04 0x01 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 1 DIV[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 7:0 - DIV[7:0]HS Clock Division Factor These bits define the division ratio of the main clock prescaler related to the HS clock domain (HSDIV). Value Name Description 0x01 DIV1 Divide by 1 others Reserved (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 169 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet MCLK - Main Clock 15.8.5 CPU Clock Division Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 CPUDIV 0x05 0x01 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 1 DIV[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 7:0 - DIV[7:0]CPU Clock Division Factor These bits define the division ratio of the main clock prescaler related to the CPU clock domain (CPUDIV). To ensure correct operation, frequencies must be selected so that fHS fCPU (i.e. CPUDIV HSDIV). Frequencies must never exceed the specified maximum frequency for each clock domain. Value Name Description 0x01 DIV1 Divide by 1 0x02 DIV2 Divide by 2 0x04 DIV4 Divide by 4 0x08 DIV8 Divide by 8 0x10 DIV16 Divide by 16 0x20 DIV32 Divide by 32 0x40 DIV64 Divide by 64 0x80 DIV128 Divide by 128 others Reserved (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 170 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet MCLK - Main Clock 15.8.6 AHB Mask Name: Offset: Reset: Property: AHBMASK 0x10 0x00FFFFFF PAC Write-Protection Note: All "Reserved" bits should be set to 1. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 21 QSPI_2X 20 PUKCC 19 ICM 18 CAN1 17 CAN0 16 SDHC1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 Access Reset Bit 23 22 NVMCTRL_CA NVMCTRL_SM CHE EEPROM Access R/W R/W Reset 1 1 Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 15 SDHC0 R/W 1 14 GMAC R/W 1 13 QSPI R/W 1 12 PAC R/W 1 11 Reserved R/W 1 10 USB R/W 1 9 DMAC R/W 1 8 CMCC R/W 1 7 Reserved R/W 1 6 NVMCTRL R/W 1 5 Reserved R/W 1 4 DSU R/W 1 3 HPBn3 R/W 1 2 HPBn2 R/W 1 1 HPBn1 R/W 1 0 HPBn0 R/W 1 Bit 23 - NVMCTRL_CACHENVMCTRL_CACHE AHB Clock Enable Value Description 0 The AHB clock for the NVMCTRL_CACHE is stopped. 1 The AHB clock for the NVMCTRL_CACHE is enabled. Bit 22 - NVMCTRL_SMEEPROMNVMCTRL_SMEEPROM AHB Clock Enable Value Description 0 The AHB clock for the NVMCTRL_SMEEPROM is stopped. 1 The AHB clock for the NVMCTRL_SMEEPROM is enabled. Bit 21 - QSPI_2XQSPI_2X AHB Clock Enable Value Description 0 The AHB clock for the QSPI_2X is stopped. 1 The AHB clock for the QSPI_2X is enabled. Bit 20 - PUKCCPUKCC AHB Clock Enable Value Description 0 The AHB clock for the PUKCC is stopped. 1 The AHB clock for the PUKCC is enabled. Bit 19 - ICMICM AHB Clock Enable Value Description 0 The AHB clock for the ICM is stopped. 1 The AHB clock for the ICM is enabled. Bits 17, 18 - CANnCANn AHB Clock Enable (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 171 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet MCLK - Main Clock Value 0 1 Description The AHB clock for the CANn is stopped. The AHB clock for the CANn is enabled. Bits 15, 16 - SDHCnSDHCn AHB Clock Enable Value Description 0 The AHB clock for the SDHCn is stopped. 1 The AHB clock for the SDHCn is enabled. Bit 14 - GMACGMAC AHB Clock Enable Value Description 0 The AHB clock for the GMAC is stopped. 1 The AHB clock for the GMAC is enabled. Bit 13 - QSPIQSPI AHB Clock Enable Value Description 0 The AHB clock for the QSPI is stopped. 1 The AHB clock for the QSPI is enabled. Bit 12 - PACPAC AHB Clock Enable Value Description 0 The AHB clock for the PAC is stopped. 1 The AHB clock for the PAC is enabled. Bits 11,7,5 - ReservedReserved bits Reserved bits are unused and reserved for future use. For compatibility with future devices, always write reserved bits to their reset value. If no reset value is given, write 0. Bit 10 - USBUSB AHB Clock Enable Value Description 0 The AHB clock for the USB is stopped. 1 The AHB clock for the USB is enabled. Bit 9 - DMACDMAC AHB Clock Enable Value Description 0 The AHB clock for the DMAC is stopped. 1 The AHB clock for the DMAC is enabled. Bit 8 - CMCCCMCC AHB Clock Enable Value Description 0 The AHB clock for the CMCC is stopped. 1 The AHB clock for the CMCC is enabled. Bit 6 - NVMCTRLNVMCTRL AHB Clock Enable Value Description 0 The AHB clock for the NVMCTRL is stopped. 1 The AHB clock for the NVMCTRL is enabled. Bit 4 - DSUDSU AHB Clock Enable Value Description 0 The AHB clock for the DSU is stopped. 1 The AHB clock for the DSU is enabled. Bits 0, 1, 2, 3 - HPBnHPBn AHB Clock Enable Value Description 0 The AHB clock for the HPBn is stopped. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 172 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet MCLK - Main Clock Value 1 Description The AHB clock for the APBn is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 173 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet MCLK - Main Clock 15.8.7 APBA Mask Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit APBAMASK 0x14 0x000007FF PAC Write-Protection 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 TC1 R/W 0 14 TC0 R/W 0 13 SERCOM1 R/W 0 12 SERCOM0 R/W 0 11 FREQM R/W 0 10 EIC R/W 1 9 RTC R/W 1 8 WDT R/W 1 7 GCLK R/W 1 6 SUPC R/W 1 5 OSC32KCTRL R/W 1 4 OSCCTRL R/W 1 3 RSTC R/W 1 2 MCLK R/W 1 1 PM R/W 1 0 PAC R/W 1 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bits 14, 15 - TCnTCn APBA Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBA clock for the TCn is stopped. 1 The APBA clock for the TCn is enabled. Bits 12, 13 - SERCOMSERCOMn APBA Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBA clock for the SERCOMn is stopped. 1 The APBA clock for the SERCOMn is enabled. Bit 11 - FREQMFREQM APBA Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBA clock for the FREQM is stopped. 1 The APBA clock for the FREQM is enabled. Bit 10 - EICEIC APBA Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBA clock for the EIC is stopped. 1 The APBA clock for the EIC is enabled. Bit 9 - RTCRTC APBA Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBA clock for the RTC is stopped. 1 The APBA clock for the RTC is enabled. Bit 8 - WDTWDT APBA Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBA clock for the WDT is stopped. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 174 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet MCLK - Main Clock Value 1 Description The APBA clock for the WDT is enabled. Bit 7 - GCLKGCLK APBA Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBA clock for the GCLK is stopped. 1 The APBA clock for the GCLK is enabled. Bit 6 - SUPCSUPC APBA Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBA clock for the SUPC is stopped. 1 The APBA clock for the SUPC is enabled. Bit 5 - OSC32KCTRLOSC32KCTRL APBA Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBA clock for the OSC32KCTRL is stopped. 1 The APBA clock for the OSC32KCTRL is enabled. Bit 4 - OSCCTRLOSCCTRL APBA Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBA clock for the OSCCTRL is stopped. 1 The APBA clock for the OSCCTRL is enabled. Bit 3 - RSTCRSTC APBA Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBA clock for the RSTC is stopped. 1 The APBA clock for the RSTC is enabled. Bit 2 - MCLKMCLK APBA Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBA clock for the MCLK is stopped. 1 The APBA clock for the MCLK is enabled. Bit 1 - PMPM APBA Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBA clock for the PM is stopped. 1 The APBA clock for the PM is enabled. Bit 0 - PACPAC APBA Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBA clock for the PAC is stopped. 1 The APBA clock for the PAC is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 175 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet MCLK - Main Clock 15.8.8 APBB Mask Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit APBBMASK 0x18 0x00018056 PAC Write-Protection 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RAMECC R/W 1 15 14 TC3 R/W 0 13 TC2 R/W 0 12 TCC1 R/W 0 11 TCC0 R/W 0 10 SERCOM3 R/W 0 9 SERCOM2 R/W 0 8 7 EVSYS R/W 0 6 5 4 PORT R/W 1 3 2 NVMCTRL R/W 1 1 DSU R/W 1 0 USB R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 16 - RAMECCRAMECC APBB Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBB clock for the RAMECC is stopped. 1 The APBB clock for the RAMECC is enabled. Bits 13, 14 - TCnTCn APBB Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBB clock for the TCn is stopped. 1 The APBB clock for the TCn is enabled. Bits 11, 12 - TCCnTCCn APBB Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBB clock for the TCCn is stopped. 1 The APBB clock for the TCCn is enabled. Bits 9, 10 - SERCOMnSERCOMn APBB Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBB clock for the SERCOMn is stopped. 1 The APBB clock for the SERCOMn is enabled. Bit 7 - EVSYSEVSYS APBB Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBB clock for the EVSYS is stopped. 1 The APBB clock for the EVSYS is enabled. Bit 4 - PORTPORT APBB Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBB clock for the PORT is stopped. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 176 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet MCLK - Main Clock Value 1 Description The APBB clock for the PORT is enabled. Bit 2 - NVMCTRLNVMCTRL APBB Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBB clock for the NVMCTRL is stopped. 1 The APBB clock for the NVMCTRL is enabled. Bit 1 - DSUDSU APBB Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBB clock for the DSU is stopped. 1 The APBB clock for the DSU is enabled. Bit 0 - USBUSB APBB Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBB clock for the USB is stopped. 1 The APBB clock for the USB is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 177 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet MCLK - Main Clock 15.8.9 APBC Mask Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit APBCMASK 0x1C 0x00002000 PAC Write-Protection 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 CCL R/W 0 13 QSPI R/W 1 12 11 ICM R/W 0 10 TRNG R/W 0 9 AES R/W 0 8 AC R/W 0 7 PDEC R/W 0 6 TC5 R/W 0 5 TC4 R/W 1 4 TCC3 R/W 0 3 TCC2 R/W 0 2 GMAC R/W 1 1 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 14 - CCLCCL APBC Mask Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBC clock for the CCL is stopped. 1 The APBC clock for the CCL is enabled. Bit 13 - QSPIQSPI APBC Mask Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBC clock for the QSPI is stopped. 1 The APBC clock for the QSPI is enabled. Bit 11 - ICMICM APBC Mask Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBC clock for the ICM is stopped. 1 The APBC clock for the ICM is enabled. Bit 10 - TRNGTRNG APBC Mask Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBC clock for the TRNG is stopped. 1 The APBC clock for the TRNG is enabled. Bit 9 - AESAES APBC Mask Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBC clock for the AES is stopped. 1 The APBC clock for the AES is enabled. Bit 8 - ACAC APBC Mask Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBC clock for the AC is stopped. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 178 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet MCLK - Main Clock Value 1 Description The APBC clock for the AC is enabled. Bit 7 - PDECPDEC APBC Mask Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBC clock for the PDEC is stopped. 1 The APBC clock for the PDEC is enabled. Bits 5, 6 - TCnTCn APBC Mask Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBC clock for the TCn is stopped. 1 The APBC clock for the TCn is enabled. Bits 3, 4 - TCCnTCCn APBC Mask Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBC clock for the TCCn is stopped. 1 The APBC clock for the TCCn is enabled. Bit 2 - GMACGMAC APBC Mask Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBC clock for the GMAC is stopped. 1 The APBC clock for the GMAC is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 179 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet MCLK - Main Clock 15.8.10 APBD Mask Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit APBDMASK 0x20 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 PCC R/W 0 10 I2S R/W 0 9 DAC R 0 8 ADC1 R/W 0 7 ADC0 R/W 0 6 TC7 R/W 0 5 TC6 R/W 0 4 TCC4 R/W 0 3 SERCOM7 R/W 0 2 SERCOM6 R/W 0 1 SERCOM5 R/W 0 0 SERCOM4 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 11 - PCCPCC APBD Mask Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBD clock for the PCC is stopped. 1 The APBD clock for the PCC is enabled. Bit 10 - I2SI2S APBD Mask Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBD clock for the I2S is stopped. 1 The APBD clock for the I2S is enabled. Bit 9 - DACDAC APBD Mask Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBD clock for the DAC is stopped. 1 The APBD clock for the DAC is enabled. Bits 7, 8 - ADCnADCn APBD Mask Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBD clock for the ADCn is stopped. 1 The APBD clock for the ADCn is enabled. Bits 5, 6 - TCTCn APBD Mask Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBD clock for the TCn is stopped. 1 The APBD clock for the TCn is enabled. Bit 4 - TCC4TCC4 APBD Mask Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBD clock for the TCC4 is stopped. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 180 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet MCLK - Main Clock Value 1 Description The APBD clock for the TCC4 is enabled. Bits 0, 1, 2, 3 - SERCOMSERCOMn APBD Mask Clock Enable Value Description 0 The APBD clock for the SERCOMn is stopped. 1 The APBD clock for the SERCOMn is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 181 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RSTC - Reset Controller 16. RSTC - Reset Controller 16.1 Overview The Reset Controller (RSTC) manages the reset of the microcontroller. It issues a microcontroller reset, sets the device to its initial state and allows the reset source to be identified by software. 16.2 Features * * * 16.3 Reset the microcontroller and set it to an initial state according to the reset source Reset cause register for reading the reset source from the application code Multiple reset sources - Power supply reset sources: POR, BOD12, BOD33 - User reset sources: External reset (RESET), Watchdog reset, and System Reset Request - Backup exit sources: Real-Time Counter (RTC) and Battery Backup Power Switch (BBPS) Block Diagram Figure 16-1.Reset System RESET SOURCES RESET CONTROLLER BOD12 BOD33 RTC 32KHz clock sources WDT with ALWAYSON GCLK with WRTLOCK POR Debug Logic RESET WDT Other Modules CPU BACKUP EXIT RCAUSE BKUPEXIT RTC BBPS SUPC 16.4 Signal Description Signal Name Type Description RESET Digital input External reset One signal can be mapped on several pins. Related Links 6. I/O Multiplexing and Considerations (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 182 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RSTC - Reset Controller 16.5 Product Dependencies In order to use this peripheral, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described below. 16.5.1 I/O Lines Not applicable. 16.5.2 Power Management The Reset Controller module is always on. 16.5.3 Clocks The RSTC bus clock (CLK_RSTC_APB) can be enabled and disabled in the Main Clock Controller. Related Links 15. MCLK - Main Clock 15.6.2.6 Peripheral Clock Masking 16.5.4 DMA Not applicable. 16.5.5 Interrupts Not applicable. 16.5.6 Events Not applicable. 16.5.7 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in debug mode, the RSTC continues normal operation. 16.5.8 Register Access Protection All registers with write access can be optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). Note: Optional write protection is indicated by the "PAC Write Protection" property in the register description. Write protection does not apply for accesses through an external debugger. 16.5.9 Analog Connections Not applicable. 16.6 16.6.1 Functional Description Principle of Operation The Reset Controller collects the various Reset sources and generates Reset for the device. 16.6.2 Basic Operation 16.6.2.1 Initialization After a power-on Reset, the RSTC is enabled and the Reset Cause (RCAUSE) register indicates the POR source. 16.6.2.2 Enabling, Disabling, and Resetting The RSTC module is always enabled. 16.6.2.3 Reset Causes and Effects The latest Reset cause is available in RCAUSE register, and can be read during the application boot sequence in order to determine proper action. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 183 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RSTC - Reset Controller These are the groups of Reset sources: * * * Power supply Reset: Resets caused by an electrical issue. It covers POR and BODs Resets User Reset: Resets caused by the application. It covers external Resets, system Reset requests and watchdog Resets Backup reset: Resets caused by a Backup Mode exit condition The following table lists the parts of the device that are reset, depending on the Reset type. Table 16-1.Effects of the Different Reset Causes Power Supply Reset User Reset POR, BOD33, BOD12 External Reset WDT Reset, System Reset Request, NVM Reset RTC, OSC32KCTRL, RSTC Y N N GCLK with WRTLOCK Y N N Debug logic Y Y N Others Y Y Y The external Reset is generated when pulling the RESET pin low. The POR, BOD12, and BOD33 Reset sources are generated by their corresponding module in the Supply Controller Interface (SUPC). The WDT Reset is generated by the Watchdog Timer. The System Reset Request is a Reset generated by the CPU when asserting the SYSRESETREQ bit located in the Reset Control register of the CPU (for details refer to the ARM(R) CortexTM Technical Reference Manual on http:// www.arm.com). The NVM Reset is a Reset generated by the NVMCTRL when for example a BKSWRST command is performed (for details refer to NVMCTRL chapter). From Backup Mode, the chip can be waken-up upon these conditions: * * Battery Backup Power Switch (BBPS): generated by the SUPC controller when the 3.3V VDDIO is restored. Real-Time Counter interrupt. For details refer to the applicable INTFLAG in the RTC for details. If one of these conditions is triggered in Backup Mode, the RCAUSE.BACKUP bit is set and the Backup Exit Register (BKUPEXIT) is updated. Note: Refer to the Timing Characteristics section of the Electrical Characteristics chapter. Related Links 20. WDT - Watchdog Timer 19. SUPC - Supply Controller 19.6.3 Battery Backup Power Switch 16.6.3 Additional Features Not applicable. 16.6.4 DMA Operation Not applicable. 16.6.5 Interrupts Not applicable. 16.6.6 Events Not applicable. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 184 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RSTC - Reset Controller 16.6.7 Sleep Mode Operation The RSTC module is active in all sleep modes. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 185 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RSTC - Reset Controller 16.7 Register Summary Offset Name Bit Pos. 0x00 0x01 0x02 RCAUSE Reserved BKUPEXIT 7:0 BACKUP 7:0 HIB 16.8 SYST WDT EXT NVM BOD33 BOD12 BBPS RTC POR Register Description Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16- and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Some registers are optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). Optional PAC write protection is denoted by the "PAC Write-Protection" property in each individual register description. For details, refer to 16.5.8 Register Access Protection. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 186 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RSTC - Reset Controller 16.8.1 Reset Cause Name: Offset: Property: RCAUSE 0x00 - When a Reset occurs, the bit corresponding to the Reset source is set to '1' and all other bits are written to '0'. Bit Access Reset 7 BACKUP R x 6 SYST R x 5 WDT R x 4 EXT R x 3 NVM R x 2 BOD33 R x 1 BOD12 R x 0 POR R x Bit 7 - BACKUPBackup Reset This bit is set if either a Backup or Hibernate Reset has occurred. Refer to BKUPEXIT register to identify the source of the Backup Reset. Bit 6 - SYSTSystem Reset Request This bit is set if a System Reset Request has occurred. Refer to the Cortex processor documentation for more details. Bit 5 - WDTWatchdog Reset This bit is set if a Watchdog Timer Reset has occurred. Bit 4 - EXTExternal Reset This bit is set if an external Reset has occurred. Bit 3 - NVMNVM Reset This bit is set if an NVM Reset has occurred. Bit 2 - BOD33 Brown Out 33 Detector Reset This bit is set if a BOD33 Reset has occurred. Bit 1 - BOD12 Brown Out 12 Detector Reset This bit is set if a BOD12 Reset has occurred. Bit 0 - PORPower On Reset This bit is set if a POR has occurred. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 187 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RSTC - Reset Controller 16.8.2 Backup Exit Source Name: Offset: Property: BKUPEXIT 0x02 - When either a Hibernate ora Backup Reset occurs, the bit corresponding to the exit condition is set to '1', the other bits are written to '0'. In some specific cases, the RTC and BBPS bits can be set together, e.g. when the device leaves the battery Backup Mode caused by a BBPS condition, and a RTC event was generated during the Battery Backup Mode period. Bit Access Reset 7 HIB R x 6 5 4 3 2 BBPS R x 1 RTC R x 0 Bit 7 - HIBHibernate This bit is set if an Hibernate reset occurs. This bit is zero if a backup reset occurs. Bit 2 - BBPSBattery Backup Power Switch This bit is set if the Battery Backup Power Switch of the Supply Controller changes back from battery mode to main power mode. Bit 1 - RTCReal Timer Counter Interrupt This bit is set if an RTC interrupt flag is set in Backup Mode. Related Links 19. SUPC - Supply Controller 21. RTC - Real-Time Counter (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 188 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RAMECC - RAM Error Correction Code (ECC) 17. RAMECC - RAM Error Correction Code (ECC) 17.1 Overview Single bit error correction and dual bit error detection is available for RAM. 17.2 Features * * 17.3 Single bit correction and dual bit detection. Error Interrupt. Block Diagram Figure 17-1.RAMECC Block Diagram Write data ECC calculation 32 4x5 HADDR ERRADDR RAM Block 32 4x5 ECC logic ECCERR and ECCDUAL status ECCDIS 32 HRDATA 17.4 Signal Description Not applicable. 17.5 Product Dependencies In order to use this peripheral, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described below. 17.5.1 I/O Lines Not applicable. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 189 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RAMECC - RAM Error Correction Code (ECC) 17.5.2 Power Management The RAMECC will continue to operate in any sleep mode where the selected source clock is running. The RAMECC's interrupts can be used to wake up the device from sleep modes. Refer to the Power Manager chapter for details on the different sleep modes. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager 17.5.3 Clocks The RAMECC bus clock is provided by the Main Clock Controller (MCLK) through the AHB-APB B bridge. The clock is enabled and disabled by writing RAMECC bit the in the APB B Mask register (MCLK.APBBMASK.RAMECC). See the register description for the default state of the RAMECC bus clock. Related Links 15.6.2.6 Peripheral Clock Masking 17.5.4 DMA Not applicable. 17.5.5 Interrupts The interrupt request line is connected to the interrupt controller. Using the RAMECC interrupt(s) requires the interrupt controller to be configured first. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 17.5.6 Events Not applicable. Related Links 31. EVSYS - Event System 17.5.7 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in debug mode the RAMECC will correct and log ECC errors based on the table below. Table 17-1.ECC Debug Operation DBGCTRL.ECCELOG DBGCTRL.ECCDIS Description 0 0 ECC errors from debugger reads are corrected but not logged in INTFLAG. 1 0 ECC errors from debugger reads are corrected and logged in INTFLAG. X 1 ECC errors from debugger reads are not corrected or logged in INTFLAG. If the RAMECC is configured in a way that requires it to be periodically serviced by the CPU through interrupts or similar, improper operation or data loss may result during debugging. 17.5.8 Register Access Protection All registers with write-access are optionally write-protected by the peripheral access controller (PAC), except the following registers: * * Interrupt Flag Status and Clear (INTFLAG) register Status (STATUS) register. Write-protection is denoted by the Write-Protected property in the register description. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 190 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RAMECC - RAM Error Correction Code (ECC) Write-protection does not apply to accesses through an external debugger. Refer to the Peripheral Access Controller chapter for details. 17.5.9 Analog Connections Not applicable. 17.6 17.6.1 Functional Description Principle of Operation Error Correcting Code (ECC) is implemented to detect and correct errors that may arise in the RAM arrays. The ECC logic is capable of double error detection and single error correction per 8-bit byte. Upon single bit error detection, the Single Bit Error interrupt flag is raised (INTFLAG.SINGLEE). If a dual error is detected, the Dual Error interrupt flag (INTFLAG.DUALE) is raised. When the first error is detected, the ERRADDR register is frozen with the failing address and remains frozen until INTFLAG.DUALE and INTFLAG.SINGLEE are cleared. If a dual bit error occurs while INTFLAG.SINGLEE is set, the ERRADDR register is updated with the dual bit error information and INTFLAG.DUALE is also set. The INTFLAG.SINGLEE and INTFLAG.DUALE bits are both cleared on ERRADDR read. The block diagram shows the ECC interface. When ECC is disabled (CTRLA.ECCDIS=1), the ECC field in RAM is left unchanged on writes. On reads, ECC errors are not corrected or flagged. Related Links 17.3 Block Diagram 17.6.2 Interrupts The RAMECC has the following interrupt sources: * * Dual Bit Error (DUALE): Indicates that a dual bit error has been detected. Single Bit Error (SINGLEE): Indicates that a single bit error has been detected. Each interrupt source has an interrupt flag associated with it. The interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear (INTFLAG) register is set when the interrupt condition occurs. Each interrupt can be individually enabled by writing a '1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Set (INTENSET) register, and disabled by writing a '1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Clear (INTENCLR) register. An interrupt request is generated when the interrupt flag is set and the corresponding interrupt is enabled. The interrupt request remains active until the ERRADDR register is read, the interrupt is disabled, or the RAMECC is reset. All interrupt requests from the peripheral are ORed together on system level to generate one combined interrupt request to the NVIC. The user must read the INTFLAG register to determine which interrupt condition is present. Note: Interrupts must be globally enabled for interrupt requests to be generated. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 17.8.3 INTFLAG (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 191 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RAMECC - RAM Error Correction Code (ECC) 17.7 Register Summary Offset Name Bit Pos. 0x00 0x01 0x02 0x03 INTENCLR INTENSET INTFLAG STATUS 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 0x04 ERRADDR DUALE DUALE DUALE SINGLEE SINGLEE SINGLEE ECCDIS ERRADDR[7:0] ERRADDR[15:8] ERRADDR[16 ] 23:16 31:24 0x08 ... 0x0E 0x0F 17.8 Reserved DBGCTRL 7:0 ECCELOG ECCDIS Register Description Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16- and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Some registers are optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). Optional PAC write protection is denoted by the "PAC Write-Protection" property in each individual register description. For details, refer to 17.5.8 Register Access Protection. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 192 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RAMECC - RAM Error Correction Code (ECC) 17.8.1 Interrupt Enable Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENCLR 0x00 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to disable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Set (INTENSET) register. Bit 7 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 DUALE R/W 0 0 SINGLEE R/W 0 Bit 1 - DUALEDual Bit Error Interrupt Enable Clear Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Dual Bit Error Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Dual Bit Error interrupt. Value Description 0 The Dual Bit Error interrupt is disabled. 1 The Dual Bit Error interrupt is enabled. Bit 0 - SINGLEESingle Bit Error Interrupt Enable Clear Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Single Bit Error Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Single Bit Error interrupt. Value Description 0 The Single Bit Error interrupt is disabled. 1 The Single Bit Error interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 193 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RAMECC - RAM Error Correction Code (ECC) 17.8.2 Interrupt Enable Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENSET 0x01 0x00 Write-Protected This register allows the user to enable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Clear (INTENCLR) register. Bit 7 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 DUALE R/W 0 0 SINGLEE R/W 0 Bit 1 - DUALEDual Bit Error Interrupt Enable Set Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Dual Bit Error Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Dual Bit Error interrupt. Value Description 0 The Dual Bit Error interrupt is disabled. 1 The Dual Bit Error interrupt is enabled. Bit 0 - SINGLEESingle Bit Error Interrupt Enable Set Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Single Bit Error Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Single Bit Error interrupt. Value Description 0 The Single Bit Error interrupt is disabled. 1 The Single Bit Error interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 194 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RAMECC - RAM Error Correction Code (ECC) 17.8.3 Interrupt Flag Status and Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Bit 7 INTFLAG 0x02 0x00 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 DUALE R/W 0 0 SINGLEE R/W 0 Bit 1 - DUALEDual Bit ECC Error Interrupt This flag is set on the occurrence of a dual bit ECC error. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Reading the ECCADDR register will clear the Dual Bit Error interrupt flag. Value Description 0 No dual bit errors have been received since the last clear. 1 At least one dual bit error has occurred since the last clear. Bit 0 - SINGLEESingle Bit ECC Error Interrupt This flag is set on the occurrence of a single bit ECC error. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Reading the ECCADDR register will clear the Single Bit Error interrupt flag. Value Description 0 No errors have been received since the last clear. 1 At least one single bit error has occurred since the last clear. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 195 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RAMECC - RAM Error Correction Code (ECC) 17.8.4 Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 STATUS 0x03 0x00 Read Only, Write-Protected 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 0 ECCDIS R 0 Bit 0 - ECCDISECC Disable This bit is fuse updated at startup. When enabled, the calculated ECC is written to RAM along with data. ECC correction and detection is enabled for reads. Value Description 0 ECC detection and correction is enabled. 1 ECC detection and correction is disabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 196 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RAMECC - RAM Error Correction Code (ECC) 17.8.5 Error Address Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit ERRADDR 0x04 0x00000000 R 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 ERRADDR[16] Access Reset Bit Access Reset 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 11 ERRADDR[15:8] 10 9 8 Access Reset 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 3 ERRADDR[7:0] 2 1 0 Access Reset 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Bits 16:0 - ERRADDR[16:0]ECC Error Address The RAM address offset from RAM start that caused an ECC error. If a single bit error is followed by a dual bit error, this register will be updated with the address of the dual bit error, otherwise it stalls on the first error occurrence. This register will read as zero unless INTFLAG.SINGLEE and/or INTFLAG.DUALE are 1. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 197 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RAMECC - RAM Error Correction Code (ECC) 17.8.6 Debug Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 DBGCTRL 0x0F 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 ECCELOG R/W 0 0 ECCDIS R/W 0 Bit 1 - ECCELOGECC Error Log When DBGCTRL.ECCDIS=0, This bit controls whether ECC errors are logged in the INTFLAG register. When DBGCTRL.ECCDIS=1, this bit has no meaning. Value Description 0 ECC errors for debugger reads are not logged. 1 ECC errors for debugger reads are logged if DBGCTRL.ECCDIS=0. Bit 0 - ECCDISECC Disable By default, ECC errors during debugger reads are corrected and logged based on DBGCTRL.ECCELOG. Setting this bit will disable ECC correction and logging. Value Description 0 ECC errors are are corrected for debugger reads and logged based on DBGCTRL.ECCELOG. 1 ECC errors are masked for debugger reads. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 198 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PM - Power Manager 18. PM - Power Manager Related Links 39.6.9 Sleep Mode Operation 18.1 Overview The Power Manager (PM) controls the sleep modes and the power domain gating of the device. Various sleep modes are provided in order to fit power consumption requirements. This enables the PM to stop unused modules in order to save power. In active mode, the CPU is executing application code. When the device enters a sleep mode, program execution is stopped and some modules and clock domains are automatically switched off by the PM according to the sleep mode. The application code decides which sleep mode to enter and when. Interrupts from enabled peripherals and all enabled reset sources can restore the device from a sleep mode to active mode. The user manually controls which power domains will be turned on and off in standby, hibernate and backup sleep mode. In backup and hibernate mode, the PM allows retaining the state of the I/O lines, preventing I/O lines from toggling during wake-up. 18.2 Features * 18.3 Power management control - Sleep modes: Idle, Hibernate, Standby, Backup, and Off - SleepWalking available in standby mode. - I/O lines retention in Backup mode Block Diagram Figure 18-1.PM Block Diagram POWER MANAGER POWER DOMAIN CONTROLLER POWER LEVEL SWITCHES FOR POWER DOMAINS STDBYCFG MAIN CLOCK CONTROLLER 18.4 SLEEP MODE CONTROLLER SUPPLY CONTROLLER SLEEPCFG Signal Description Not applicable. 18.5 Product Dependencies In order to use this peripheral, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described below. 18.5.1 I/O Lines Not applicable. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 199 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PM - Power Manager 18.5.2 Clocks The PM bus clock (CLK_PM_APB) can be enabled and disabled in the Main Clock module. If this clock is disabled, it can only be re-enabled by a system reset. 18.5.3 DMA Not applicable. 18.5.4 Interrupts The interrupt request line is connected to the interrupt controller. Using the PM interrupt requires the interrupt controller to be configured first. 18.5.5 Events Not applicable. 18.5.6 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in debug mode, the PM continues normal operation. If standby sleep mode is requested by the system while in debug mode, the power domains are not turned off. As a consequence, power measurements while in debug mode are not relevant. If Hibernate or Backup sleep mode is requested by the system while in debug mode, the core domains are kept on, and the debug modules are kept running to allow the debugger to access internal registers. When exiting the hibernate or backup mode upon a reset condition, the core domains are reset except the debug logic, allowing users to keep using their current debug session. If OFF sleep mode is requested while in debug mode, the core domains are reset. Hot plugging in standby mode is supported. Hot plugging in Hibernate or backup mode or OFF mode is not supported as the DSU module is not powered. Cold plugging in Hibernate or backup or OFF mode is supported if the external reset duration is superior to the corresponding sleep mode wakeup time (See Electrical characteristic chapter). Backup wakeup time is less than 200us in typical case. This value can be higher if voltage scaling in SUPC is enabled. Refers to SUPC for details. 18.5.7 Register Access Protection Registers with write access can be write-protected optionally by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). PAC write protection is not available for the following registers: * Interrupt Flag register (INTFLAG). Refer to 18.8.5 INTFLAG for details Optional PAC write protection is denoted by the "PAC Write-Protection" property in each individual register description. Write-protection does not apply to accesses through an external debugger. 18.5.8 Analog Connections Not applicable. 18.6 Functional Description 18.6.1 Terminology The following is a list of terms used to describe the Power Managemement features of this microcontroller. 18.6.1.1 Power Domains Leaving aside the supply domains, such as VDDANA and VDDIO, the device is split into these power domains: PDCORESW, PDBACKUP, PDSYSRAM and PDBKUPRAM. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 200 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PM - Power Manager PDCORESW, PDSYSRAM and PDBKUPRAM are "switchable power domains". In Standby, Hibernate or Backup mode, these power domains can be turned OFF to save leakage consumption according to user configuration. * PDCORESW: contains the CPU and all the peripherals, except those located in the backup power domain. * PDBACKUP: contains the backup peripherals: OSC32KCTRL, SUPC, RSTC, RTC and the PM itself. * PDSYSRAM: contains the system RAM. It can be partially or fully turned OFF in Standby or Hibernate mode according to user configuration. * PDBKUPRAM: contains the backup RAM. It can be partially or fully turned OFF in Backup mode. 18.6.1.2 Sleep Modes The device can be set in a sleep mode. In sleep mode, the CPU is stopped and the peripherals are either active or idle, according to the sleep mode depth: * * * * * 18.6.2 Idle sleep mode: The CPU is stopped. Synchronous clocks are stopped except when requested. The logic is retained. Standby sleep mode: The CPU is stopped as well as the peripherals. The logic is retained, and power domain gating can be used to fully or partially turn off the PDSYSRAM power domain. Hibernate sleep mode: PDCORESW power domain is turned OFF. The backup power domain is kept powered to allow few features to run (RTC, 32KHz clock sources, and wake-up from external pins). The PDSYSRAM power domain can be retained according to software configuration. Backup sleep mode: Only the backup domain is kept powered to allow few features to run (RTC, 32KHz clock sources, and wake-up from external pins). The PDBKUPRAM power domain can be retained according to software configuration. Off sleep mode: The entire device is powered off. Principle of Operation In active mode, all clock domains and power domains are active, allowing software execution and peripheral operation. The PM Sleep Mode Controller allows to save power by choosing between different sleep modes depending on application requirements, see 18.6.3.3 Sleep Mode Controller. The PM Power Domain Controller allows to reduce the power consumption in standby mode even further. 18.6.3 Basic Operation 18.6.3.1 Initialization After a Power-on Reset (POR), the PM is enabled, the device is in Active mode. 18.6.3.2 Enabling, Disabling and Resetting The PM is always enabled and can not be reset. 18.6.3.3 Sleep Mode Controller A Sleep mode is entered by executing the Wait For Interrupt instruction (WFI). The Sleep Mode bits in the Sleep Configuration register (18.8.2 SLEEPCFG.SLEEPMODE) select the level of the sleep mode. Note: A small latency happens between the store instruction and actual writing of the SLEEPCFG.18.8.2 SLEEPCFG register due to bridges. Software must ensure that the 18.8.2 SLEEPCFG register reads the desired value before issuing a WFI instruction. Note: After power-up, the MAINVREG low power mode takes some time to stabilize. Once stabilized, the INTFLAG.SLEEPRDY bit is set. Before entering Standby, Hibernate or Backup mode, software must ensure that the INTFLAG.SLEEPRDY bit is set. Table 18-1.Sleep Mode Entry and Exit Table Mode Mode Entry Wake-Up Sources IDLE SLEEPCFG.SLEEPMODE = IDLE Synchronous (2) (APB, AHB), asynchronous (1) STANDBY SLEEPCFG.SLEEPMODE = STANDBY Synchronous (3), asynchronous (1) HIBERNATE SLEEPCFG.SLEEPMODE = HIBERNATE Hibernate reset detected by the RSTC (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 201 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PM - Power Manager ...........continued Mode Mode Entry Wake-Up Sources BACKUP SLEEPCFG.SLEEPMODE = BACKUP Backup reset detected by the RSTC OFF SLEEPCFG.SLEEPMODE = OFF External Reset Note: 1. Asynchronous: interrupt generated on generic clock, external clock, or external event. 2. Synchronous: interrupt generated on synchronous (APB or AHB) clock. 3. Synchronous interrupt only for peripherals configured to run in standby. Note: The type of wake-up sources (synchronous or asynchronous) is given in each module interrupt section. The sleep modes (idle, standby, hibernate, backup, and off) and their effect on the clocks activity, the regulator and the NVM state are described in the table and the sections below. Refer to 18.6.3.5 Power Domain Controller for the power domain gating effect. Table 18-2.Sleep Mode Overview Mode Active Main clock CPU AHBx and GCLK clocks APBx clock Run Oscillators ONDEMAND = 0 ONDEMAND = 1 Run(1) Regulator NVM Run Run Run Run if requested MAINVREG active IDLE Run Stop Stop(2) Run(1) Run Run if requested MAINVREG active STANDBY Stop Stop Stop(2) Stop(2) Run if requested or RUNSTDBY=1 Run if requested MAINVREG in low power mode Ultra Low power HIBERNATE Stop Stop Stop Stop Stop Stop MAINVREG in low power mode Ultra Low power+ BACKUP Stop Stop Stop Stop Stop Stop Backup regulator (LPVREG) OFF OFF Stop Stop Stop OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Note: 1. Running if requested by peripheral during SleepWalking 2. Running during SleepWalking 18.6.3.3.1 IDLE Mode IDLE mode allows power optimization with the fastest wake-up time. The CPU is stopped, and peripherals are still working. As in Active mode, the AHBx and APBx clocks for peripheral are still provided if requested. As the main clock source is still running, wake-up time is very fast. * * Entering Idle mode: The Idle mode is entered by executing the WFI instruction. Additionally, if the SLEEPONEXIT bit in the Cortex System Control register (SCR) is set, the Idle mode will be entered when the CPU exits the lowest priority ISR (Interrupt Service Routine, refer to the ARM Cortex documentation for details). This mechanism can be useful for applications that only require the processor to run when an interrupt occurs. Before entering the Idle mode, the user must select the Idle Sleep mode in the Sleep Configuration register (SLEEPCFG.SLEEPMODE=IDLE). Exiting Idle mode: The processor wakes the system up when it detects any non-masked interrupt with sufficient priority to cause exception entry. The system goes back to the Active mode. The CPU and affected modules are restarted. GCLK clocks, regulators and RAM are not affected by the Idle Sleep mode and operate in normal mode. 18.6.3.3.2 STANDBY Mode The STANDBY mode is the lowest power configuration while keeping the state of the logic and the content of the RAM. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 202 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PM - Power Manager In this mode, all clocks are stopped except those configured to be running sleepwalking tasks. The clocks can also be active on request or at all times, depending on their on-demand and run-in-standby settings. Either synchronous (CLK_APBx or CLK_AHBx) or generic (GCLK_x) clocks or both can be involved in sleepwalking tasks. This is the case when for example the SERCOM RUNSTDBY bit is written to '1'. * * Entering STANDBY mode: This mode is entered by executing the WFI instruction after writing the Sleep Mode bit in the Sleep Configuration register (18.8.2 SLEEPCFG.SLEEPMODE=STANDBY). The SLEEPONEXIT feature is also available as in IDLE mode. Exiting STANDBY mode: Any peripheral able to generate an asynchronous interrupt can wake up the system. For example, a peripheral running on a GCLK clock can trigger an interrupt. When the enabled asynchronous wake-up event occurs and the system is woken up, the device will either execute the interrupt service routine or continue the normal program execution according to the Priority Mask Register (PRIMASK) configuration of the CPU. Refer to the section about the Power Domain Controller for the RAM state. The regulator operates in low-power mode by default and switches automatically to the normal mode in case of a sleepwalking task requiring more power. It returns automatically to low power mode when the sleepwalking task is completed. Related Links 18.6.3.5 Power Domain Controller 18.6.3.3.3 Hibernate and Backup Mode Hibernate and Backup mode allow achieving the lowest power consumption aside from OFF. The device is entirely powered off except for the backup domain. All peripherals in backup domain are allowed to run, for example, the RTC can be clocked by a 32.768 kHz oscillator. All PM registers are retained except INTENCLR, INTENSET, INTFLAG, and SLEEPCFG registers. * * Entering Hibernate or Backup mode: This mode is entered by executing the WFI instruction after selecting the Hibernate or Backup mode by writing the Sleep Mode bits in the Sleep Configuration register (18.8.2 SLEEPCFG.SLEEPMODE=HIBERNATE or =BACKUP). Exiting Hibernate or Backup mode: is triggered when a Hibernate or Backup Reset is detected by the Reset Controller (RSTC). Note: In Hibernate mode, the MAINVREG (in low-power mode) regulator is used to allow powering the PDRAM power domain which can be fully retained according to software configuration. Note: In Backup mode, the backup regulator (LPVREG) is used, unless VREG.RUNBKUP = 1. When VREG.RUNBKUP is set, the Main regulator is used in backup mode. The PDBKUPRAM power domain can be fully retained according to software configuration. Refer to the 18.6.3.5 Power Domain Controller for the RAM state. 18.6.3.3.4 OFF Mode In Off mode, the device is entirely powered-off. * * Entering Off mode: This mode is entered by selecting the Off mode in the Sleep Configuration register by writing the Sleep Mode bits (SLEEPCFG.SLEEPMODE=OFF), and subsequent execution of the WFI instruction. Exiting Off mode: This mode is left by pulling the RESET pin low, or when a power Reset is done. 18.6.3.4 I/O Lines Retention in HIBERNATE or BACKUP Mode When entering HIBERNATE or BACKUP mode, the PORT is powered off but the pin configuration is retained. When the device exits the HIBERNATE or BACKUP mode, the I/O line configuration can either be released or stretched, based on the I/O Retention bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.IORET). * * If IORET=0 when exiting HIBERNATE or BACKUP mode, the I/O lines configuration is released and driven by the reset value of the PORT. If the IORET=1 when exiting HIBERNATE or BACKUP mode, the configuration of the I/O lines is retained until the IORET bit is written to 0. It allows the I/O lines to be retained until the application has programmed the PORT. 18.6.3.5 Power Domain Controller The Power Domain Controller provides several ways of how power domains are handled while the device is in standby, hibernate or backup mode: (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 203 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PM - Power Manager * * * * Standby mode: When entering standby mode, the PDSYSRAM power domain can be either fully or partially retained or be fully off according to STDBYCFG.RAMCFG bits. When running sleepwalking task, PDSYSRAM power domain is active whatever the STDBYCFG.RAMCFG bits are. Hibernate mode: When entering hibernate mode, the PDCORESW power domain is off. As in standby mode, the PDSYSRAM power domain can be selectively turned ON or OFF by using the HIBCFG.RAMCFG bits. PDBKUPRAM power domain can be either fully or partially retained or be fully off according to HIBCFG.BRAMCFG bits. If partial option is selected, only the lowest 4KBytes section is retained Backup mode: When entering backup mode, the PDCORESW and PDSYSRAM power domains are off. PDBACKUP is still active. As in hibernate mode, PDBKUPRAM power domain can be either fully or partially retained or be fully off according to BKUPCFG.BRAMCFG bits. OFF mode: When entering OFF mode, all the power domains are off. The table below illustrates the PDRAM state: Table 18-3.Sleep Mode versus PDSYSRAM Power Domain State Overview Power Domain State Sleep Mode STDBYCFG. RAMCFG HIBCFG.RAM PDCORESW CFG PDBACKUP PDSYSRAM Active N/A N/A active active active Idle N/A N/A active active active Standby with sleepwalking N/A N/A active active active Standby - case 1 RET N/A active active retained Standby - case 2 PARTIAL N/A active active 32K retained Standby - case 3 OFF N/A active active off Hibernate - case 1 N/A RET off active retained Hibernate - case 2 N/A PARTIAL off active 32K retained Hibernate - case 3 N/A OFF off active off Backup N/A N/A off active off Off N/A N/A off off off The table below illustrates the PDBKUPRAM state: Table 18-4.Sleep Mode versus PDBKUPRAM Power Domain State Overview Power Domain State Sleep Mode HIBCFG.BRA BKUPCFG.B MCFG RAMCFG PDCORESW PDBACKUP PDBKUPRAM Active N/A N/A active active active Idle N/A N/A active active active Standby N/A N/A active active retained Hibernate - case 1 RET N/A off active retained Hibernate - case 2 PARTIAL N/A off active 4KB retained (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 204 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PM - Power Manager ...........continued Power Domain State Sleep Mode HIBCFG.BRA BKUPCFG.B MCFG RAMCFG PDCORESW PDBACKUP PDBKUPRAM Hibernate - case 3 OFF N/A off active off Backup N/A RET off active retained Backup N/A PARTIAL off active 4KB retained Backup N/A OFF off active off Off N/A N/A off off off 18.6.3.6 Regulators, RAMs, and NVM State in Sleep Mode By default, in standby sleep mode and backup sleep mode, the RAMs, NVM, and regulators are automatically set in low-power mode in order to reduce power consumption: * * * The RAM is in low-power mode if the device is in standby mode. Non-Volatile Memory - the NVM is automatically set in low power mode in these conditions: - When the device is in standby sleep mode and the NVM is not accessed. This behavior can be changed by software by configuring the SLEEPPRM bit group of the CTRLB register in the NVMCTRL peripheral. - When the device is in idle sleep mode and the NVM is not accessed. This behavior can be changed by software by configuring the SLEEPPRM bit group of the CTRLB register in the NVMCTRL peripheral. Regulators: by default, in standby sleep mode, the PM analyzes the device activity to use either the main or the low-power voltage regulator to supply the VDDCORE. GCLK clocks, regulators and RAM are not affected in idle sleep mode and will operate as normal. Table 18-5.Regulators, RAMs, and NVM state in Sleep Mode Sleep Mode SRAM Mode NVM Regulators VDDCORE VDDBU main ULP Active normal normal on on on Idle auto(1) on on on on Standby - case 1 normal auto(1) auto(2) on on on on Standby - case 2 low power low power auto(2) Standby - case 3 low power low power auto(2) on on Standby - case 4 low power low power off on on Backup off off off off on OFF off off off off off Note: 1. auto: by default, NVM is in low-power mode if not accessed. 2. auto: by default, the main voltage regulator is on if GCLK, APBx, or AHBx clock is running during SleepWalking. Related Links 18.6.3.5 Power Domain Controller (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 205 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PM - Power Manager 18.6.4 Advanced Features 18.6.4.1 SleepWalking SleepWalking is the capability for a device to temporarily wake up clocks for a peripheral to perform a task without waking up the CPU from STANDBY sleep mode. At the end of the sleepwalking task, the device can either be woken p by an interrupt (from a peripheral involved in SleepWalking) or enter again into STANDBY sleep mode. In this device, SleepWalking is supported only on GCLK clocks by using the on-demand clock principle of the clock sources. In standby, when SleepWalking is ongoing: * * All the power domains are turned ON including PDRAM power domain. The MAINVREG regulator used to execute the sleepwalking task is the selected regulator used in active mode (LDO or Buck converter). Low power mode of the MAINVREG is not activated during sleepwalking. These are illustrated in the figure below. Figure 18-2.Operating Conditions and SleepWalking Regulator modes Sleep modes RESET RESET SUPC. VREG.SEL ACTIVE IRQ RESET RESET ACTIVE IDLE SleepWalking STANDBY HIBERNATE BACKUP OFF Sleep Mode Sleep Mode IRQ ACTIVE ACTIVE ACTIVE BUCK LDO IRQ System RAM Backup RAM PDCORESW LDO BUCK LDO (low power mode) LDO (low power mode) BUCK (low power mode) ACTIVE SELECTABLE 0/32KB/FULL Retention ACTIVE ACTIVE ACTIVE ACTIVE ACTIVE BUCK (low power mode) OFF OFF LPVREG Regulators are OFF OFF SELECTABLE 0/4/8KB Retention OFF 18.6.4.2 Wake-Up Time As shown in the figure below, total wake-up time depends on: * * * * Latency due to Power Domain Gating: Usually, wake-up time is measured with the assumption that the power domains are already in active state. When using Power Domain Gating, changing a power domain from OFF to active state will take a certain time, refer to Electrical Characteristics. If all power domains were already in active state in standby sleep mode, this latency is zero. Latency due to Regulator effect: As example, if the device is in standby sleep mode using the main voltage regulator (MAINVREG) in low power mode, the voltage level is lower than the one used in active mode. When the device wakes up, it takes a certain amount of time for the main regulator to transition to the voltage level corresponding to active mode, causing additional wake-up time. Latency due to the CPU clock source wake-up time. Latency due to the NVM memory access. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 206 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PM - Power Manager Note: NVM and MAINVREG latencies can be reduced by setting the Fast Wake-Up bits in the Standby Configuration register (STDBYCFG.FASTWKUP). Figure 18-3.Total Wake-up Time from Standby Sleep Mode 1: latency due to power domain gating 2: latency due to regulator wakeup time 3: latency due to clock source wakeup time 4: latency due to flash memory code access PDRAM VDDCORE IRQ from module OFF active active 1 Main regulator Normal mode Main regulator Low Power mode 2 Main regulator Normal mode 3 CLK_CPU ON OFF WFI instruction CPU state run ON 3 interrupt handler standby sleep mode run Related Links 18.6.1.1 Power Domains 18.6.5 DMA Operation Not applicable. 18.6.6 Interrupts The peripheral has the following interrupt sources: * Sleep Mode Entry Ready (SLEEPRDY): indicates that the device is ready to enter standby, hibernate or backup sleep mode. This interrupt is a synchronous wake-up source. Each interrupt source has an interrupt flag associated with it. The interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear (INTFLAG) register is set when the interrupt condition occurs. Each interrupt can be individually enabled by writing a '1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Set (INTENSET) register, and disabled by writing a '1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Clear (INTENCLR) register. An interrupt request is generated when the interrupt flag is set and the corresponding interrupt is enabled. The interrupt request remains active until the interrupt flag is cleared, the interrupt is disabled or the peripheral is reset. An interrupt flag is cleared by writing a '1' to the corresponding bit in the INTFLAG register. Each peripheral can have one interrupt request line per interrupt source or one common interrupt request line for all the interrupt sources. If the peripheral has one common interrupt request line for all the interrupt sources, the user must read the INTFLAG register to determine which interrupt condition is present. 18.6.7 Events Not applicable. 18.6.8 Sleep Mode Operation The Power Manager is always active. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 207 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PM - Power Manager 18.7 Register Summary Offset Name Bit Pos. 0x00 0x01 0x02 ... 0x03 0x04 0x05 0x06 0x07 0x08 0x09 0x0A 0x0B 0x0C CTRLA SLEEPCFG 7:0 7:0 18.8 IORET SLEEPMODE[2:0] Reserved INTENCLR INTENSET INTFLAG Reserved STDBYCFG HIBCFG BKUPCFG Reserved PWSAKDLY 7:0 7:0 7:0 SLEEPRDY SLEEPRDY SLEEPRDY 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 FASTWKUP[1:0] BRAMCFG[1:0] IGNACK RAMCFG[1:0] RAMCFG[1:0] BRAMCFG[1:0] DLYVAL[6:0] Register Description Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16- and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Some registers are optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). Optional PAC write protection is denoted by the "PAC Write-Protection" property in each individual register description. For details, refer to Register Access Protection section. Related Links 18.5.7 Register Access Protection (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 208 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PM - Power Manager 18.8.1 Control A Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 CTRLA 0x00 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 IORET R/W 0 1 0 Bit 2 - IORETI/O Retention Note: This bit is not reset by a hibernate or backup reset. When the IORET feature is used, the debugger access to the chip will not be allowed until the IORET bit is cleared after waking up from hibernate or backup sleep. When the IORET is set in active mode, the PORT can still be controlled by peripherals and the PORT registers. It is only when the device wakes up from hibernate or backup sleep mode that the IORET= 1 will prevent the PORT from being controlled by the peripherals or PORT registers. POR and BOD33 resets can clear the IORET bit. Value 0 1 Description After waking up from Hibernate or Backup mode, I/O lines are not held. After waking up from Hibernate or Backup mode, I/O lines are held until IORET is written to 0. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 209 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PM - Power Manager 18.8.2 Sleep Configuration Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit SLEEPCFG 0x01 0x02 PAC Write-Protection 7 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 R/W 0 1 SLEEPMODE[2:0] R/W 0 0 R/W 0 Bits 2:0 - SLEEPMODE[2:0]Sleep Mode Note: A small latency happens between the store instruction and actual writing of the SLEEPCFG register due to bridges. Software has to make sure the SLEEPCFG register reads the wanted value before issuing WFI instruction. Value Name Definition 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 0x4 0x5 0x6 0x7 Reserved Reserved IDLE Reserved STANDBY HIBERNATE BACKUP OFF CPU, AHBx, and APBx clocks are OFF Reserved All Clocks are OFF Backup domain is ON as well as some PDRAMs Only Backup domain is powered ON All power domains are powered OFF (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 210 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PM - Power Manager 18.8.3 Interrupt Enable Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENCLR 0x04 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to disable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Set (INTENSET) register. Bit 7 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 0 SLEEPRDY W 0 Bit 0 - SLEEPRDYSleep Mode Entry Ready Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Sleep Mode Entry Ready Interrupt Enable bit and the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Sleep Mode Entry Ready interrupt is disabled. 1 The Sleep Mode Entry Ready interrupt is enabled and will generate an interrupt request when the Sleep Mode Entry Ready Interrupt Flag is set. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 211 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PM - Power Manager 18.8.4 Interrupt Enable Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENSET 0x05 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to enable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Clear (INTENCLR) register. Bit 7 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 0 SLEEPRDY R/W 0 Bit 0 - SLEEPRDYSleep Mode Entry Ready Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Sleep Mode Entry Ready Interrupt Enable bit and enable the Sleep Mode Entry Ready interrupt. Value Description 0 The Sleep Mode Entry Ready interrupt is disabled. 1 The Sleep Mode Entry Ready interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 212 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PM - Power Manager 18.8.5 Interrupt Flag Status and Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 INTFLAG 0x06 0x00 - 6 5 4 3 2 1 Access Reset 0 SLEEPRDY R/W 0 Bit 0 - SLEEPRDYSleep Mode Entry Ready This flag is set when the main very low power mode is ready and will generate an interrupt if INTENCLR/ SET.SLEEPRDY is '1'. See this Note for details. Writing a '1' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Performance Ready interrupt flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 213 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PM - Power Manager 18.8.6 Hibernate Configuration Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 HIBCFG 0x09 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 Access Reset 5 4 3 2 BRAMCFG[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 1 0 RAMCFG[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bits 3:2 - BRAMCFG[1:0]Backup RAM Configuration Value Name Description 0x0 RET In hibernate mode, all the backup RAM is retained. 0x1 PARTIAL In hibernate mode, only the first 4Kbytes of the backup RAM is retained. 0x2 OFF In hibernate mode, all the backup RAM is turned OFF. 0x3 Reserved Reserved. Bits 1:0 - RAMCFG[1:0]RAM Configuration Value Name Description 0x0 RET In hibernate mode, all the system RAM is retained. 0x1 PARTIAL In hibernate mode, only the first 32Kbytes of the system RAM is retained. 0x2 OFF In hibernate mode, all the system RAM is turned OFF. 0x3 Reserved Reserved. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 214 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PM - Power Manager 18.8.7 Standby Configuration Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 STDBYCFG 0x08 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 Access Reset 5 4 FASTWKUP[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 3 2 1 0 RAMCFG[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bits 5:4 - FASTWKUP[1:0]Fast Wakeup Value Name Description 0x0 NO Fast Wakeup is disabled. 0x1 NVM Fast Wakeup is enabled on NVM. 0x2 MAINVREG Fast Wakeup is enabled on the main voltage regulator (MAINVREG). 0x3 BOTH Fast Wakeup is enabled on both NVM and MAINVREG.. Bits 1:0 - RAMCFG[1:0]RAM Configuration Value Name Description 0x0 RET In standby mode, all the system RAM is retained. 0x1 PARTIAL In standby mode, only the first 32Kbytes of the system RAM is retained. 0x2 OFF In standby mode, all the system RAM is turned OFF. 0x3 Reserved Reserved. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 215 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PM - Power Manager 18.8.8 Backup Configuration Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 BKUPCFG 0x0A 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 0 BRAMCFG[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bits 1:0 - BRAMCFG[1:0]Backup RAM Configuration Value Name Description 0x0 RET In backup mode, all the backup RAM is retained. 0x1 PARTIAL In backup mode, only the first 4Kbytes of the backup RAM is retained. 0x2 OFF In backup mode, all the backup RAM is turned OFF. 0x3 Reserved Reserved. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 216 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PM - Power Manager 18.8.9 Global Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset 7 IGNACK R 0 PWSAKDLY 0xC [ID-00000a2f] 0x00 - 6 5 4 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 DLYVAL[6:0] R 0 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 - IGNACK Ignore Acknowledge signal Value Description 0 Power Switch acknowledge signal is taken into account when entering/exiting retention mode. According to the DLYVAL field, a supplementary delay is also added (from 0 to 127 digital ring oscillator period). 1 Power Switch acknowledge signal is ignored when entering/exiting retention mode, and is replaced by a overflow counter signal clocked on internal digital ring oscillator. The overflow counter is programmable by using the DLYVAL field. Bits 6:0 - DLYVAL[6:0]Delay value Value of the counter overflow. See the IGNACK bit description to get more details. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 217 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SUPC - Supply Controller 19. SUPC - Supply Controller 19.1 Overview The Supply Controller (SUPC) manages the voltage reference, power supply and supply monitoring of the device. It is also able to control two output pins. The SUPC controls the voltage regulators for the core (VDDCORE) and backup (VDDBU) domains. It sets the voltage regulators according to the sleep modes, or the user configuration. In active mode, the voltage regulators can be selected on the fly between LDO (low-dropout) type regulator or Buck converter. The SUPC supports connection of a battery backup to the VBAT power pin. It includes functionality that enables automatic power switching between main power and battery backup power. This ensures power to the backup domain when the main battery or power source is unavailable. The SUPC embeds two Brown-Out Detectors. BOD33 monitors the voltage applied to the device (VDD or VBAT) and BOD12 monitors the internal voltage to the core (VDDCORE). The BOD33 can monitor the supply voltage continuously (continuous mode) or periodically (sampling mode), in normal or low power mode. The SUPC generates also a selectable reference voltage and a voltage dependent on the temperature which can be used by analog modules like the ADC. 19.2 Features * * * * * * Voltage Regulator System - Main voltage regulator: LDO or Buck Converter in Active, Standby or Hibernate mode (MAINVREG) - Low-Power voltage regulator in Backup mode (LPVREG) - Controlled VDDCORE voltage slope when changing VDDCORE Battery Backup Power Switch - Automatic switching from main power to battery backup power * Automatic entry to backup mode when switched to battery backup power - Automatic switching from battery backup power to main power * Automatic exit from backup mode when switched back to main power * Stay in backup mode when switched back to main power Voltage Reference System - Reference voltage for ADC and DAC - Temperature sensor 3.3V Brown-Out Detector (BOD33) - Programmable threshold - Threshold value loaded from NVM User Row at startup - Triggers resets, interrupts, or Battery Backup Power Switch. Action loaded from NVM User Row - Operating modes: * Continuous mode * Low power and sampled mode for low power applications with programmable sample frequency - Hysteresis value from Flash User Calibration - Monitor VDD or VBAT 1.2V Brown-Out Detector (BOD12) Output pins - Pin toggling on RTC event (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 218 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SUPC - Supply Controller 19.3 Block Diagram Figure 19-1.SUPC Block Diagram VDD VBAT Wakeup from RTC OUT[1:0] BKOUT Battery Backup Power Switch Backup Regulator (LPVREG) BOD33 BOD33 BOD12 BOD12 MAINVREG LDO VDDCORE VREG Buck Converter sleep mode Core domain PM temperature sensor VREF 19.4 VREF reference voltage Signal Description Signal Name Type Description OUT[1:0] Digital Output SUPC Outputs One signal can be mapped on several pins. Related Links 6. I/O Multiplexing and Considerations 19.5 Product Dependencies In order to use this peripheral, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described below. 19.5.1 I/O Lines I/O lines are configured by SUPC when the SUPC output (signal OUT) is enabled. The I/O lines need no user configuration. 19.5.2 Power Management The SUPC can operate in all sleep modes except backup sleep mode. BOD33 and Battery backup Power Switch can operate in backup mode. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 219 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SUPC - Supply Controller 19.5.3 Clocks The SUPC bus clock (CLK_SUPC_APB) can be enabled and disabled in the Main Clock module. A 32KHz clock, asynchronous to the user interface clock (CLK_SUPC_APB), is required to run BOD33 and in sampled mode. Due to this asynchronicity, writing to certain registers will require synchronization between the clock domains. Refer to 19.6.7 Synchronization for further details. Related Links 29. OSC32KCTRL - 32KHz Oscillators Controller 15.6.2.6 Peripheral Clock Masking 19.5.4 DMA Not applicable. 19.5.5 Interrupts The interrupt request lines are connected to the interrupt controller. Using the SUPC interrupts requires the interrupt controller to be configured first. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 19.5.6 Events Not applicable. 19.5.7 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in debug mode, the SUPC continues normal operation. If the SUPC is configured in a way that requires it to be periodically serviced by the CPU through interrupts or similar, improper operation or data loss may result during debugging. If a cold plug-in is detected by the system, BOD33 and BOD12 will use the factory calibration setting instead of the user calibration. In hot plug-in, the BODs resets keep running. 19.5.8 Register Access Protection Registers with write access can be write-protected optionally by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). Note: Not all registers with write access can be write-protected. PAC write protection is not available for the following registers: * Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG) Optional PAC write protection is denoted by the "PAC Write-Protection" property in each individual register description. Related Links 27. PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 19.5.9 Analog Connections Not applicable. 19.6 Functional Description 19.6.1 Voltage Regulator System Operation 19.6.1.1 Enabling, Disabling, and Resetting The LDO main voltage regulator is enabled after a power-reset. The main voltage regulator output supply level is automatically defined by the sleep mode selected in the Power Manager module. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 220 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SUPC - Supply Controller 19.6.1.2 Initialization After a power-reset, the LDO voltage regulator supplying VDDCORE is enabled. 19.6.1.3 Selecting a Voltage Regulator In Active mode, the type of the main voltage regulator supplying VDDCORE can be switched on the fly. The two alternatives are a LDO regulator and a Buck converter. The main voltage regulator switching sequences are as follows: * * * The user changes the value of the Voltage Regulator Selection bit in the Voltage Regulator System Control register (VREG.SEL) The start of the switching sequence is indicated by clearing the Voltage Regulator Ready bit in the STATUS register (STATUS.VREGRDY=0) Once the switching sequence is completed, STATUS.VREGRDY will read '1' The Voltage Regulator Ready (VREGRDY) interrupt can also be used to detect a zero-to-one transition of the STATUS.VREGRDY bit. 19.6.1.4 Voltage Scaling Control The VDDCORE supply will change under certain circumstances: * When a Sleep mode (Standby, Hibernate, Backup) is entered or exited * When a sleepwalking task is requested in Standby Sleep mode To prevent high peak current on the main power supply and to have a smooth transition of VDDCORE, the Voltage Scaling Period field in VREG (VREG.VSPER) can be controlled: VDDCORE is changed by a typical 5 mV of the selected voltage scaling period (2VSPER) * T until the target voltage is reached. The smooth transition of VDDCORE is enabled/disabled by setting/clearing the Voltage Scaling Enable bit in VREG (VREG.VSEN). The following waveform shows an example of exiting the Standby Sleep mode. The STATUS.VCORERDY bit is set to '1' as soon as the VDDCORE voltage has reached the target voltage. During voltage transition, STATUS.VCORERDY will read '0'. The Voltage Ready interrupt (VCORERDY) can be used to detect a 0-to-1 transition of STATUS.VCORERDY, see also 19.5.5 Interrupts. When entering the Standby, Hibernate, or Backup Sleep mode, and when no sleepwalking task is requested, the VDDCORE Voltage scaling control is not used. This means that the voltage scale rise rate control (smooth transition) operates only when the device exits from sleep modes, and when the device is already in standby sleep mode and sleep walking is requested. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 221 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SUPC - Supply Controller 19.6.1.5 Sleep Mode Operation In Standby and Hibernate mode, the main voltage regulator (MAINVREG) operates in low power mode. In backup mode, the low-power voltage regulator (LPVREG) is used to supply VDDCORE. 19.6.2 Voltage Reference System Operation The reference voltages are generated by a functional block DETREF inside of the SUPC. DETREF is providing a fixed-voltage source, BANDGAP=1.1V, and a variable voltage, VREF. 19.6.2.1 Initialization The voltage reference output and the temperature sensor are disabled after any Reset. 19.6.2.2 Enabling, Disabling, and Resetting The voltage reference output is enabled/disabled by setting/clearing the Voltage Reference Output Enable bit in the Voltage Reference register (VREF.VREFOE). The temperature sensor is enabled/disabled by setting/clearing the Temperature Sensor Enable bit in the Voltage Reference register (VREF.TSEN). Note: When VREF.ONDEMAND=0, it is not recommended to enable both voltage reference output and temperature sensor at the same time - only the voltage reference output will be present at both ADC inputs. 19.6.2.3 Selecting a Voltage Reference The Voltage Reference Selection bit field in the VREF register (VREF.SEL) selects the voltage of VREF to be applied to analog modules, e.g. the ADC. 19.6.2.4 Sleep Mode Operation The Voltage Reference output and the Temperature Sensor output behavior during sleep mode can be configured using the Run in Standby bit and the On Demand bit in the Voltage Reference register (VREF.RUNSTDBY, VREF.ONDEMAND), see the following table: Table 19-1.VREF Sleep Mode Operation VREF.ONDEMAND VREF.RUNSTDBY Voltage Reference Sleep behavior 19.6.3 - - Disable 0 0 Always run in all sleep modes except standby sleep mode 0 1 Always run in all sleep modes including standby sleep mode 1 0 Only run if requested by the ADC, in all sleep modes except standby sleep mode 1 1 Only run if requested by the ADC, in all sleep modes including standby sleep mode Battery Backup Power Switch 19.6.3.1 Initialization The Battery Backup Power Switch (BBPS) is disabled at power-up, and the backup domain is supplied by main power. 19.6.3.2 Automatic Battery Backup Power Switch The supply of the backup domain can be switched automatically to VBAT supply pin by the Battery Backup Power Switch when the BOD33 detects that the VDD supply is below the VDD threshold level (BOD33.LEVEL). It is switched back to VDD supply pin when the BOD33 detects that VDD is above the VDD threshold level (BOD33.LEVEL). To enable this feature, the following configuration is required: BOD33.ACTION=BKUP. 19.6.3.3 Sleep Mode Operation The Battery Backup Power Switch is not stopped in any sleep mode. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 222 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SUPC - Supply Controller 19.6.3.3.1 Entering Battery Backup Mode Entering backup mode can be triggered by either: * * Wait-for-interrupt (WFI) instruction. BOD33 detection: When the BOD33 detects loss of Main Power, the Backup Domain will be powered by battery and the device will enter the backup mode. For this trigger, the following register configuration is required: BOD33.ACTION=BKUP. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager 19.6.3.3.2 Leaving Battery Backup Mode Leaving backup mode is triggered by the RSTC when a Backup Mode Exit condition occurs. See RSTC module for details. * * 19.6.4 BOD33 exit condition: When the BOD33 detects Main Power is restored and BOD33.ACTION=BKUP: - When BBPS.WAKEEN=1, the device will leave backup mode and wake up. - When BBPS.WAKEEN=0, the backup domain will be powered by Main Power, but the device will stay in backup mode. For other exit condition (RTC): The device is kept in battery-powered backup mode until Main Power is restored to supply the device. Then, the backup domain will be powered by Main Power. Output Pins The SUPC can drive two outputs. By writing a '1' to the corresponding Output Enable bit in the Backup Output Control register (BKOUT.EN), the OUTx pin is driven by the SUPC. The OUT pin can be set by writing a '1' to the corresponding Set Output bit in the Backup Output Control register (BKOUT.SETx). The OUT pin can be cleared by writing a '1' to the corresponding CLR bit (BKOUT.CLRx). If a RTC Toggle Enable bit is written to '1' (BKOUT.RTCTGLx), the corresponding OUTx pin will toggle when an RTC event occurs. 19.6.5 Brown-Out Detectors 19.6.5.1 Initialization Before a Brown-Out Detector (BOD33) is enabled, it must be configured, as outlined by the following: * Set the BOD threshold level (BOD33.LEVEL) * Set the configuration in Active, Standby, Hibernate, and Backup modes (BOD33.ACTION, BOD33.STDBYCFG, BOD33.BKUP, BOD33.RUNHIB, and BOD33.RUNBKUP) * Set the prescaling value if the BOD will run in sampling mode (BOD33.PSEL) * Set the action and hysteresis (BOD33.ACTION and BOD33.HYST) The BOD33 register is Enable-Protected, meaning that they can only be written when the BOD is disabled (BOD33.ENABLE=0 and STATUS.B33SRDY=0). As long as the Enable bit is '1', any writes to Enable-Protected registers will be discarded, and an APB error will be generated. The Enable bits are not Enable-Protected. 19.6.5.2 Enabling, Disabling, and Resetting After power or user reset, the BOD33 and BOD12 register values are loaded from the NVM User Page. The BOD33 is enabled by writing a '1' to the Enable bit in the BOD control register (BOD33.ENABLE). The BOD33 is disabled by writing a '0' to the BOD33.ENABLE. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager 9.4 NVM User Page Mapping 19.6.5.3 3.3V Brown-Out Detector (BOD33) The 3.3V Brown-Out Detector (BOD33) is able to monitor either the VDD or the VBAT supply and compares the voltage with the brown-out threshold levels. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 223 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SUPC - Supply Controller In all mode except battery backup mode, the BOD33 compares the VDD voltage with the brown-out threshold level. This level is set in the BOD33 Level field in the BOD33 register (BOD33.LEVEL). When VDD crosses below the brown-out threshold level, the BOD33 can generate either an interrupt,or a Reset, or an Automatic Battery Backup Power Switch, depending on the BOD33 Action bit field (BOD33.ACTION). In battery backup mode, the BOD33 monitors both the VBAT and VDD supplies alternatively. When VBAT crosses below the backup brown-out threshold level (BOD33.VBATLEVEL), the BOD33 generates a Power Supply Reset. When VDD crosses above the brown-out threshold level (BOD33.LEVEL), the device will leave battery backup mode and will wakeup from backup mode if the BBPS.WAKEEN bit is set. The BOD33 detection status can be read from the BOD33 Detection bit in the Status register (STATUS.BOD33DET). At start-up or at Power-On Reset (POR), the BOD33 register values are loaded from the NVM User Row. Related Links 9.4 NVM User Page Mapping 19.6.5.3.1 BOD33 Sampling Mode The Sampling Mode is a low-power mode where the BOD33 is being repeatedly enabled on a sampling clock's ticks. The BOD33 will monitor the supply voltage (VDD or VBAT) for a short period of time and then go to a low-power disabled state until the next sampling clock tick. Sampling mode is enabled in Backup or Hibernate mode by writing to the BOD33 bits (BOD33.BKUPCFG = 1 or BOD33.HIBCFG = 1). The frequency of the clock ticks (Fclksampling) is controlled by the Prescaler Select bit groups in the BOD33 register (BOD33.PSEL). = 2 PSEL+1 The prescaler signal (Fclkprescaler) is a 32 kHz clock, output by the 32 kHz Ultra Low-Power Oscillator OSCULP32K. Note: If (BOD33.PSEL) is 0, sampling mode is disabled. As the sampling clock is different from the APB clock domain, synchronization among the clocks is necessary. See 19.6.7 Synchronization for additional information. Related Links 9.4 NVM User Page Mapping 19.6.5.3.2 BOD33 Low Power Mode BOD33 Low Power mode is automatically enabled in Backup or Hibernate sleep mode. BOD33 Low Power mode can be enabled in Standby sleep mode by writting to '1' the BOD33.STDBYCFG bit. Related Links 9.4 NVM User Page Mapping 19.6.5.3.3 BOD33 Hysteresis A hysteresis on the trigger threshold of a BOD will reduce the sensitivity to ripples on the monitored voltage: instead of switching RESET at each crossing of VBOD, the thresholds for switching RESET on and off are separated (VBODand VBOD+, respectively). Figure 19-2.BOD Hysteresis Principle Hysteresis OFF: VDD VBOD RESET Hysteresis ON: (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 224 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SUPC - Supply Controller VDD VBOD+ VBOD- RESET Enabling the BOD33 hysteresis by writing the Hysteresis bit field in the BOD33 register (BOD33.HYST) to a non-null value will add hysteresis to the BOD33 threshold level. The hysteresis functionality can be used in Sampling Mode. Related Links 9.4 NVM User Page Mapping 19.6.5.3.4 Standby Sleep Mode The BOD33 can be used in standby mode if the BOD is enabled and the Run in Standby bit is written to '1' (BOD33.RUNSTDBY). It is set in Low Power mode if the BOD33.STDBYCFG bit is written to '1'. Related Links 9.4 NVM User Page Mapping 19.6.5.3.5 Backup and Hibernate sleep Modes To enable the BOD33 in Backup or Hibernate sleep mode, the Run in Backup or Hibernate sleep mode bits in the BOD33 register (BOD33.RUNBKUP, BOD33.RUNHIB) must be written to '1'. The BOD33 is automatically set in BOD33 Ultra Low-Power mode. Additionnaly, the BOD33 will operate in Sampling mode if the BOD33.PSEL bit is non-null. In this state, the voltage monitored by BOD33 is always the supply of the backup domain, i.e. VDD or VBAT. Related Links 9.4 NVM User Page Mapping 19.6.5.4 1.2V Brown-Out Detector (BOD12) The BOD12 is calibrated in production and its calibration configuration is stored in the NVM User Row. This configuration must not be changed to assure the correct behavior of the BOD12. The BOD12 generates a reset when 1.2V crosses below the preset brown-out level. The BOD12 is always disabled in Standby, Hibernate, and Backup Sleep modes. Related Links 9.4 NVM User Page Mapping 19.6.6 Interrupts The SUPC has the following interrupt sources, which are either synchronous or asynchronous wake-up sources: * * * * * VDDCORE Voltage Ready (VCORERDY), asynchronous Voltage Regulator Ready (VREGRDY) asynchronous BOD33 Ready (BOD33RDY), synchronous BOD33 Detection (BOD33DET), asynchronous BOD33 Synchronization Ready (B33SRDY), synchronous Each interrupt source has an interrupt flag associated with it. The interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG) is set when the interrupt condition occurs. Each interrupt can be individually enabled by writing a '1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET), and disabled by writing a '1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Clear register (INTENCLR). An interrupt request is generated when the interrupt flag is set and the corresponding interrupt is enabled. The interrupt request remains active until either the interrupt flag is cleared, the interrupt is disabled, or the SUPC is reset. See the INTFLAG register for details on how to clear interrupt flags. The user must read the INTFLAG register to determine which interrupt condition is present. Note: Interrupts must be globally enabled for interrupt requests to be generated. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 225 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SUPC - Supply Controller 19.6.7 Synchronization The prescaler counters that are used to trigger brown-out detections operate asynchronously from the peripheral bus. As a consequence, the BOD33 Enable bit (BOD33.ENABLE) need synchronization when written. The Write-Synchronization of the Enable bit is triggered by writing a '1' to the Enable bit of the BOD33 Control register. The Synchronization Ready bit (STATUS.B33SRDY) in the STATUS register will be cleared when the WriteSynchronization starts, and set again when the Write-Synchronization is complete. Writing to the same register while the Write-Synchronization is ongoing (STATUS.B33SRDY is '0') will generate a PAC error without stalling the APB bus. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 226 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SUPC - Supply Controller 19.7 Register Summary Offset Name 0x00 INTENCLR 0x04 INTENSET 0x08 INTFLAG 0x0C STATUS 0x10 BOD33 0x14 ... 0x17 Reserved 0x18 0x1C 0x20 VREG VREF BBPS 0x24 BKOUT 0x28 BKIN 19.8 Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 RUNBKUP RUNHIB RUNSTDBY PSEL[2:0] STDBYCFG B33SRDY VCORERDY BOD33DET BOD33RDY VREGRDY B33SRDY VCORERDY BOD33DET BOD33RDY VREGRDY B33SRDY VCORERDY BOD33DET BOD33RDY VREGRDY B33SRDY VCORERDY BOD33DET BOD33RDY VREGRDY ACTION[1:0] ENABLE HYST[3:0] LEVEL[7:0] VBATLEVEL[7:0] RUNBKUP SEL ENABLE VREFOE VSPER[2:0] TSEN VSEN ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY TSSEL SEL[3:0] WAKEEN CONF EN1 EN0 CLR1 SET1 RTCTGL1 BKIN1 CLR0 SET0 RTCTGL0 BKIN0 Register Description Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16-, and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Some registers are optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). PAC Write-protection is denoted by the "PAC Write-Protection" property in each individual register description. Refer to 19.5.8 Register Access Protection for details. Some registers require synchronization when read and/or written. Synchronization is denoted by the "WriteSynchronized" or the "Read-Synchronized" property in each individual register description. Refer to 19.6.7 Synchronization for details. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 227 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SUPC - Supply Controller 19.8.1 Interrupt Enable Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENCLR 0x00 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to disable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET). Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 VCORERDY R/W 0 9 8 VREGRDY R/W 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 B33SRDY R/W 0 1 BOD33DET R/W 0 0 BOD33RDY R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 10 - VCORERDYVDDCORE Voltage Ready Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the VDDCORE Ready Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the VDDCORE Ready interrupt. Value Description 0 The VDDCORE Ready interrupt is disabled. 1 The VDDCORE Ready interrupt is enabled and an interrupt request will be generated when the VCORERDY Interrupt Flag is set. Bit 8 - VREGRDYVoltage Regulator Ready Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Voltage Regulator Ready Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Voltage Regulator Ready interrupt. Value Description 0 The Voltage Regulator Ready interrupt is disabled. 1 The Voltage Regulator Ready interrupt is enabled and an interrupt request will be generated when the Voltage Regulator Ready Interrupt Flag is set. Bit 2 - B33SRDY BOD33 Synchronization Ready Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the BOD33 Synchronization Ready Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the BOD33 Synchronization Ready interrupt. Value Description 0 The BOD33 Synchronization Ready interrupt is disabled. 1 The BOD33 Synchronization Ready interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the BOD33 Synchronization Ready Interrupt flag is set. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 228 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SUPC - Supply Controller Bit 1 - BOD33DET BOD33 Detection Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the BOD33 Detection Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the BOD33 Detection interrupt. Value Description 0 The BOD33 Detection interrupt is disabled. 1 The BOD33 Detection interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the BOD33 Detection Interrupt flag is set. Bit 0 - BOD33RDY BOD33 Ready Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the BOD33 Ready Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the BOD33 Ready interrupt. Value Description 0 The BOD33 Ready interrupt is disabled. 1 The BOD33 Ready interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the BOD33 Ready Interrupt flag is set. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 229 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SUPC - Supply Controller 19.8.2 Interrupt Enable Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENSET 0x04 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to disable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Clear register (INTENCLR). Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 VCORERDY R/W 0 9 8 VREGRDY R/W 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 B33SRDY R/W 0 1 BOD33DET R/W 0 0 BOD33RDY R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 10 - VCORERDYVDDCORE Voltage Ready Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the VDDCORE Ready Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the VDDCORE Ready interrupt. Value Description 0 The VDDCORE Ready interrupt is disabled. 1 The VDDCORE Ready interrupt is enabled and an interrupt request will be generated when the VCORERDY Interrupt Flag is set. Bit 8 - VREGRDYVoltage Regulator Ready Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Voltage Regulator Ready Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Voltage Regulator Ready interrupt. Value Description 0 The Voltage Regulator Ready interrupt is disabled. 1 The Voltage Regulator Ready interrupt is enabled and an interrupt request will be generated when the Voltage Regulator Ready Interrupt Flag is set. Bit 2 - B33SRDY BOD33 Synchronization Ready Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the BOD33 Synchronization Ready Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the BOD33 Synchronization Ready interrupt. Value Description 0 The BOD33 Synchronization Ready interrupt is disabled. 1 The BOD33 Synchronization Ready interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the BOD33 Synchronization Ready Interrupt flag is set. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 230 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SUPC - Supply Controller Bit 1 - BOD33DET BOD33 Detection Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the BOD33 Detection Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the BOD33 Detection interrupt. Value Description 0 The BOD33 Detection interrupt is disabled. 1 The BOD33 Detection interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the BOD33 Detection Interrupt flag is set. Bit 0 - BOD33RDY BOD33 Ready Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the BOD33 Ready Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the BOD33 Ready interrupt. Value Description 0 The BOD33 Ready interrupt is disabled. 1 The BOD33 Ready interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the BOD33 Ready Interrupt flag is set. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 231 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SUPC - Supply Controller 19.8.3 Interrupt Flag Status and Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTFLAG 0x08 0x0000010X - In the reset value: X= determined from NVM User Row (0xX=0bx00y) Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 VCORERDY R/W 0 9 8 VREGRDY R/W 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 B33SRDY R/W 0 1 BOD33DET R/W 0 0 BOD33RDY R/W y Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 10 - VCORERDYVDDCORE Voltage Ready This flag is cleared by writing a '1 to it. This flag is set on a zero-to-one transition of the VDDCORE Ready bit in the Status register (STATUS.VCORERDY) and will generate an interrupt request if INTENSET.VCORERDY=1. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the VCORERDY interrupt flag. Bit 8 - VREGRDYVoltage Regulator Ready This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This flag is set on a zero-to-one transition of the Voltage Regulator Ready bit in the Status register (STATUS.VREGRDY) and will generate an interrupt request if INTENSET.VREGRDY=1. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the VREGRDY interrupt flag. Bit 2 - B33SRDY BOD33 Synchronization Ready This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This flag is set on a zero-to-one transition of the BOD33 Synchronization Ready bit in the Status register (STATUS.B33SRDY) and will generate an interrupt request if INTENSET.B33SRDY=1. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the BOD33 Synchronization Ready interrupt flag. Bit 1 - BOD33DET BOD33 Detection This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This flag is set on a zero-to-one transition of the BOD33 Detection bit in the Status register (STATUS.BOD33DET) and will generate an interrupt request if INTENSET.BOD33DET=1. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the BOD33 Detection interrupt flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 232 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SUPC - Supply Controller Bit 0 - BOD33RDY BOD33 Ready This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This flag is set on a zero-to-one transition of the BOD33 Ready bit in the Status register (STATUS.BOD33RDY) and will generate an interrupt request if INTENSET.BOD33RDY=1. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the BOD33 Ready interrupt flag. The BOD33 can be enabled. Related Links 9.4 NVM User Page Mapping (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 233 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SUPC - Supply Controller 19.8.4 Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit STATUS 0x0C Determined from NVM User Row - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 VCORERDY R 1 9 8 VREGRDY R 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 B33SRDY R 1 1 BOD33DET R 0 0 BOD33RDY R y Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 10 - VCORERDYVDDCORE Voltage Ready Value Description 0 the VDDCORE voltage is not as expected. 1 the VDDCORE voltage is the target voltage. Bit 8 - VREGRDYVoltage Regulator Ready Value Description 0 The selected voltage regulator in VREG.SEL is not ready. 1 The voltage regulator selected in VREG.SEL is ready and the core domain is supplied by this voltage regulator. Bit 2 - B33SRDY BOD33 Synchronization Ready Value Description 0 BOD33 synchronization is ongoing. 1 BOD33 synchronization is complete. Bit 1 - BOD33DET BOD33 Detection Value Description 0 No BOD33 detection. 1 BOD33 has detected that the I/O power supply is going below the BOD33 reference value. Bit 0 - BOD33RDY BOD33 Ready The BOD33 can be enabled at start-up from NVM User Row. Value Description 0 BOD33 is not ready. 1 BOD33 is ready. Related Links 9.4 NVM User Page Mapping (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 234 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SUPC - Supply Controller 19.8.5 3.3V Brown-Out Detector (BOD33) Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit BOD33 0x10 Determined from NVM User Row Write-Synchronized, PAC Write-Protection 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 28 27 VBATLEVEL[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 20 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 19 18 17 16 R/W x R/W x 9 8 R/W x R/W x 1 ENABLE R/W z 0 LEVEL[7:0] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W x R/W x R/W x R/W x 15 14 12 11 10 R/W 0 13 PSEL[2:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W x 6 RUNHIB R/W 0 5 RUNSTDBY R/W 0 4 STDBYCFG R/W 0 3 Access Reset Bit Access Reset 7 RUNBKUP R/W 0 HYST[3:0] R/W x 2 ACTION[1:0] R/W R/W y y Bits 31:24 - VBATLEVEL[7:0] BOD33 Threshold Level on VBAT This field sets the triggering voltage threshold for the BOD33 when the BOD33 monitors VBAT in battery backup sleep mode. This field is not synchronized. Bits 23:16 - LEVEL[7:0] BOD33 Threshold Level on VDD This field sets the triggering voltage threshold for the BOD33 when the BOD33 monitors VDD. If an hysteresis value is programmed (BOD33.HYST), this field corresponds to the lower threshold (VBOD-). These bits are loaded from NVM User Row at start-up. This field is not synchronized. The VBOD- input voltage can be calculated as follows: VBOD- = 1.5 + LEVEL[7:0) x VBOD33LEVEL_STEP And the upper threshold (VBOD+) is then: VBOD+ = VBOD- + N x VBOD33HYST_STEP, With N=0 to 15 according to HYST[3:0] value and VBOD33HYST_STEP = VBOD33LEVEL_STEP, (refer to Bits 11:8 - HYST[3:0]: BOD33 Hysteresis voltage value on VDD). At the upper side of Level[7:0] values depending on the Hysteresis value chosen with HYST[3:0], the VBOD+ level reaches an overflow, i.e., for HYST[3:0] = 2 the hysteresis is 2 x VBOD33HYST_STEP = 12 mV up to position 253 and position 254 to 255 above must not be used. Bits 14:12 - PSEL[2:0]Prescaler Select Selects the prescaler divide-by output for the BOD33 sampling mode available in hibernate, backup or battery backup mode. The input clock comes from the OSCULP32K 32KHz output. Value Name Description 0x0 NODIV Not divided: Sampling mode is OFF. 0x1 DIV4 Divide clock by 4 0x2 DIV8 Divide clock by 8 0x3 DIV16 Divide clock by 16 0x4 DIV32 Divide clock by 32 0x5 DIV64 Divide clock by 64 0x6 DIV128 Divide clock by 128 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 235 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SUPC - Supply Controller Value 0x7 Name DIV256 Description Divide clock by 256 Bits 11:8 - HYST[3:0] BOD33 Hysteresis Voltage Value on VDD This field sets the hysteresis voltage value related to "BOD33 Threshold Level on VDD" field when the BOD33 monitors VDD. These bits are loaded from NVM User Row at start-up. This field is not synchronized. Value Description 0 No hysteresis. N Hysteresis value is set to N*HYST_STEP. See the Electrical Characteristics section for the HYST_STEP voltage level. Bit 7 - RUNBKUP BOD33 Configuration in Backup Sleep Mode This field is not synchronized. Value Description 0 In backup sleep mode, the BOD33 is disabled. 1 In backup sleep mode, the BOD33 is enabled and configured in sampling mode. Bit 6 - RUNHIB BOD33 Configuration in Hibernate Sleep Mode This field is not synchronized. Value Description 0 In hibernate sleep mode, the BOD33 is disabled. 1 In hibernate sleep mode, the BOD33 is enabled and configured in sampling mode. Bit 5 - RUNSTDBYRun in Standby This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 In standby sleep mode, the BOD33 is disabled. 1 In standby sleep mode, the BOD33 is enabled. Bit 4 - STDBYCFG BOD33 Configuration in Standby Sleep Mode If the RUNSTDBY bit is set to '1', the STDBYCFG bit sets the BOD33 configuration in standby sleep mode. This field is not synchronized. Value Description 0 In standby sleep mode, the BOD33 is enabled and configured in normal mode. 1 In standby sleep mode, the BOD33 is enabled and configured in low power mode. Bits 3:2 - ACTION[1:0] BOD33 Action These bits are used to select the BOD33 action when the supply voltage crosses below the BOD33 threshold. These bits are loaded from NVM User Row at start-up. This field is not synchronized. Value Name 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 NONE RESET INT BKUP- Description No action The BOD33 generates a reset The BOD33 generates an interrupt The BOD33 puts the device in battery backup sleep mode. Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable This bit is loaded from NVM User Row at start-up. This bit is not enable-protected. Value Description 0 BOD33 is disabled. 1 BOD33 is enabled. Related Links (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 236 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SUPC - Supply Controller 9.4 NVM User Page Mapping (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 237 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SUPC - Supply Controller 19.8.6 Voltage Regulator System (VREG) Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 VREG 0x18 0x00000002 PAC Write-Protection 30 29 28 27 Access Reset Bit 26 R/W 0 25 VSPER[2:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 VSEN R/W 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 RUNBKUP R/W 0 6 5 4 3 2 SEL R/W 0 1 ENABLE R/W 1 0 Access Reset Bit 24 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bits 26:24 - VSPER[2:0]Voltage Scaling Period This bitfield defines the time between the voltage steps when the VDDCORE voltage scaling is enabled. The time is (2VSPER) * T, where T is an internal period (typ 250 ns). Bit 16 - VSENVoltage Scaling Enable Value Description 0 The voltage scaling is disabled. 1 The voltage scaling is enabled. Bit 7 - RUNBKUPRun in Backup This bit controls how the main voltage regulator behaves in backup sleep mode. Value Description 0 The main voltage regulator is halted during backup sleep mode. 1 The main voltage regulator is not stopped during backup sleep mode. Bit 2 - SELVoltage Regulator Selection This bit is loaded from NVM User Row at start-up. Refer to NVM User Row Mapping section for more details. Value Description 0 The main voltage regulator is a LDO voltage regulator. 1 The main voltage regulator is a buck converter. Bit 1 - ENABLEMust be set to 1. Related Links 9.4 NVM User Page Mapping (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 238 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SUPC - Supply Controller 19.8.7 Voltage References System (VREF) Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit VREF 0x1C 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection 31 30 29 28 27 26 23 22 21 20 19 18 25 24 17 16 Access Reset Bit SEL[3:0] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 ONDEMAND R/W 0 6 RUNSTDBY R/W 0 5 4 3 TSSEL R/W 0 2 VREFOE R/W 0 1 TSEN R/W 0 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bits 19:16 - SEL[3:0]Voltage Reference Selection These bits select the Voltage Reference for the ADC/DAC. Value Name Description 0x0 1V0 1.0V voltage reference typical value 0x1 1V1 1.1V voltage reference typical value 0x2 1V2 1.2V voltage reference typical value 0x3 1V25 1.25V voltage reference typical value 0x4 2V0 2.0V voltage reference typical value 0x5 2V2 2.2V voltage reference typical value 0x6 2V4 2.4V voltage reference typical value 0x7 2V5 2.5V voltage reference typical value Others Reserved Bit 7 - ONDEMANDOn Demand Control The On Demand operation mode allows to enable or disable the voltage reference depending on peripheral requests. Value Description 0 The voltage reference is always on, if enabled. 1 The voltage reference is enabled when a peripheral is requesting it. The voltage reference is disabled if no peripheral is requesting it. Bit 6 - RUNSTDBYRun In Standby The bit controls how the voltage reference behaves during standby sleep mode. Value Description 0 The voltage reference is halted during standby sleep mode. 1 The voltage reference is not stopped in standby sleep mode. If VREF.ONDEMAND=1, the voltage reference will be running when a peripheral is requesting it. If VREF.ONDEMAND=0, the voltage reference will always be running in standby sleep mode. Bit 3 - TSSELTemperature Sensor Channel Selection (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 239 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SUPC - Supply Controller Value 0 1 Description The Temperature Sensor PTAT channel is selected. The Temperature Sensor CTAT channel is selected. Bit 2 - VREFOEVoltage Reference Output Enable Value Description 0 The Voltage Reference output (INTREF) is not available as an ADC input channel. 1 The Voltage Reference output (INTREF) is routed to an ADC input channel. Bit 1 - TSENTemperature Sensor Enable Value Description 0 Temperature Sensor is disabled. 1 Temperature Sensor is enabled and routed to an ADC input channel. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 240 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SUPC - Supply Controller 19.8.8 Battery Backup Power Switch (BBPS) Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit BBPS 0x20 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 WAKEEN R/W 0 1 0 CONF R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 2 - WAKEENWake Enable Value Description 0 The device is not woken up when switched from battery backup power to Main Power. 1 The device is woken up when switched from battery backup power to Main Power. Bit 0 - CONFBattery Backup Power Switch Configuration Value Name Description 0x0 BOD33 The power switch is handled by the BOD33 according to the BOD33.ACTION bit field. 0x1 FORCED In backup sleep mode, the backup domain is always supplied by Battery Backup Power. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 241 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SUPC - Supply Controller 19.8.9 Backup Output (BKOUT) Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit BKOUT 0x24 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 RTCTGL1 R/W 0 24 RTCTGL0 R/W 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 SET1 W 0 16 SET0 W 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 CLR1 W 0 8 CLR0 W 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 EN1 R/W 0 0 EN0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bits 24, 25 - RTCTGLRTC Toggle Output Value Description 0 The output will not toggle on RTC event. 1 The output will toggle on RTC event. Bits 16, 17 - SETSet Output Writing a '0' to a bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to a bit will set the corresponding output. Reading this bit returns '0'. Bits 8, 9 - CLRClear Output Writing a '0' to a bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to a bit will clear the corresponding output. Reading this bit returns '0'. Bits 0, 1 - ENEnable Output Value Description 0 The output is not enabled. 1 The output is enabled and driven by the SUPC. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 242 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SUPC - Supply Controller 19.8.10 Backup Input (BKIN) Value Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit BKIN 0x28 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 BKIN1 R 0 0 BKIN0 R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bits 0, 1 - BKINBackup Input Value These bits are cleared when the corresponding backup I/O pin detects a logical low level on the input pin or when the backup I/O is not enabled. These bits are set when the corresponding backup I/O pin detects a logical high level on the input pin when the backup I/O is enabled. Value Name Description BKIN[0] OUT[0] If BKOUT.EN[0]=1, BKIN[0] will give the input value of the OUT[0] pin BKIN[1] OUT[1] If BKOUT.EN[1]=1, BKIN[1] will give the input value of the OUT[1] pin (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 243 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet WDT - Watchdog Timer 20. WDT - Watchdog Timer 20.1 Overview The Watchdog Timer (WDT) is a system function for monitoring correct program operation. It makes it possible to recover from error situations such as runaway or deadlocked code. The WDT is configured to a predefined time-out period, and is constantly running when enabled. If the WDT is not cleared within the time-out period, it will issue a system reset. An early-warning interrupt is available to indicate an upcoming watchdog time-out condition. The window mode makes it possible to define a time slot (or window) inside the total time-out period during which the WDT must be cleared. If the WDT is cleared outside this window, either too early or too late, a system reset will be issued. Compared to the normal mode, this can also catch situations where a code error causes the WDT to be cleared frequently. When enabled, the WDT will run in active mode and any sleep modes, except Hibernate, Backup and OFF sleep mode. It is asynchronous and runs from a CPU-independent clock source. The WDT will continue operation and issue a system reset or interrupt even if the main clocks fail. 20.2 Features * * * * * * 20.3 Issues a system reset if the Watchdog Timer is not cleared before its time-out period Early Warning interrupt generation Asynchronous operation from dedicated oscillator Two types of operation - Normal - Window mode Selectable time-out periods - From 8 cycles to 16,384 cycles in Normal mode - From 16 cycles to 32,768 cycles in Window mode Always-On capability Block Diagram Figure 20-1.WDT Block Diagram 0xA5 0 CLEAR OSC32KCTRL CLK_WDT_OSC COUNT PER/WINDOWS/EWOFFSET Early Warning Interrupt Reset (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 244 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet WDT - Watchdog Timer 20.4 Signal Description Not applicable. 20.5 Product Dependencies In order to use this peripheral, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described below. 20.5.1 I/O Lines Not applicable. 20.5.2 Power Management The WDT can continue to operate in any sleep modes where the selected source clock is running. The WDT interrupts can be used to wake up the device from sleep modes. The events can trigger other operations in the system without exiting sleep modes. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager 20.5.3 Clocks The WDT bus clock (CLK_WDT_APB) can be enabled and disabled (masked) in the Main Clock module (MCLK). A 1.024 kHz oscillator clock (CLK_WDT_OSC) is required to clock the WDT internal counter. The CLK_WDT_OSC CLOCK is sourced from the clock of the internal Ultra Low-Power Oscillator (OSCULP32K). Due to ultra low-power design, the oscillator is not accurate, hence the exact time-out period may vary from deviceto-device. This variation must be considered when designing software that uses the WDT to ensure that the time-out periods used are valid for all devices. The counter clock CLK_WDT_OSC is asynchronous to the bus clock (CLK_WDT_APB). Due to this asynchronicity, writing to certain registers will require synchronization between the clock domains. Refer to 20.6.7 Synchronization for further details. Related Links 15.6.2.6 Peripheral Clock Masking 29. OSC32KCTRL - 32KHz Oscillators Controller 20.5.4 DMA Not applicable. 20.5.5 Interrupts The interrupt request line is connected to the interrupt controller. Using the WDT interrupt(s) requires the interrupt controller to be configured first. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 20.5.6 Events Not applicable. 20.5.7 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in debug mode the WDT will halt normal operation. 20.5.8 Register Access Protection All registers with write access can be write-protected optionally by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC), except for the following registers: (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 245 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet WDT - Watchdog Timer * Interrupt Flag Status and Clear (INTFLAG) register Optional write protection by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC) is denoted by the "PAC Write Protection" property in each individual register description. PAC write protection does not apply to accesses through an external debugger. 20.5.9 Analog Connections Not applicable. 20.6 Functional Description 20.6.1 Principle of Operation The Watchdog Timer (WDT) is a system for monitoring correct program operation, making it possible to recover from error situations such as runaway code, by issuing a Reset. When enabled, the WDT is a constantly running timer that is configured to a predefined time-out period. Before the end of the time-out period, the WDT should be set back, or else, a system Reset is issued. The WDT has two modes of operation, Normal mode and Window mode. Both modes offer the option of Early Warning interrupt generation. The description for each of the basic modes is given below. The settings in the Control A register (CTRLA) and the Interrupt Enable register (handled by INTENCLR/INTENSET) determine the mode of operation: Table 20-1.WDT Operating Modes 20.6.2 CTRLA.ENABLE CTRLA.WEN Interrupt Enable Mode 0 x x Stopped 1 0 0 Normal mode 1 0 1 Normal mode with Early Warning interrupt 1 1 0 Window mode 1 1 1 Window mode with Early Warning interrupt Basic Operation 20.6.2.1 Initialization The following bits are enable-protected, meaning that they can only be written when the WDT is disabled (CTRLA.ENABLE=0): * * * Control A register (CTRLA), except the Enable bit (CTRLA.ENABLE) Configuration register (CONFIG) Early Warning Interrupt Control register (EWCTRL) Enable-protected bits in the CTRLA register can be written at the same time as CTRLA.ENABLE is written to '1', but not at the same time as CTRLA.ENABLE is written to '0'. The WDT can be configured only while the WDT is disabled. The WDT is configured by defining the required TimeOut Period bits in the Configuration register (CONFIG.PER). If Window mode operation is desired, the Window Enable bit in the Control A register must be set (CTRLA.WEN=1) and the Window Period bits in the Configuration register (CONFIG.WINDOW) must be defined. Enable-protection is denoted by the "Enable-Protected" property in the register description. 20.6.2.2 Configurable Reset Values After a Power-on Reset, some registers will be loaded with initial values from the NVM User Row. This includes the following bits and bit groups: * Enable bit in the Control A register, CTRLA.ENABLE (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 246 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet WDT - Watchdog Timer * * * * * Always-On bit in the Control A register, CTRLA.ALWAYSON Watchdog Timer Windows Mode Enable bit in the Control A register, CTRLA.WEN Watchdog Timer Windows Mode Time-Out Period bits in the Configuration register, CONFIG.WINDOW Time-Out Period bits in the Configuration register, CONFIG.PER Early Warning Interrupt Time Offset bits in the Early Warning Interrupt Control register, EWCTRL.EWOFFSET 20.6.2.3 Enabling, Disabling, and Resetting The WDT is enabled by writing a '1' to the Enable bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.ENABLE). The WDT is disabled by writing a '0' to CTRLA.ENABLE. The WDT can be disabled only if the Always-On bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.ALWAYSON) is '0'. 20.6.2.4 Normal Mode In Normal mode operation, the length of a time-out period is configured in CONFIG.PER. The WDT is enabled by writing a '1' to the Enable bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.ENABLE). Once enabled, the WDT will issue a system reset if a time-out occurs. This can be prevented by clearing the WDT at any time during the time-out period. The WDT is cleared and a new WDT time-out period is started by writing 0xA5 to the Clear register (CLEAR). Writing any other value than 0xA5 to CLEAR will issue an immediate system reset. There are 12 possible WDT time-out (TOWDT) periods, selectable from 8ms to 16s. By default, the early warning interrupt is disabled. If it is desired, the Early Warning Interrupt Enable bit in the Interrupt Enable register (INTENSET.EW) must be written to '1'. The Early Warning Interrupt is disabled again by writing a '1' to the Early Warning Interrupt bit in the Interrupt Enable Clear register (INTENCLR.EW). If the Early Warning Interrupt is enabled, an interrupt is generated prior to a WDT time-out condition. In Normal mode, the Early Warning Offset bits in the Early Warning Interrupt Control register, EWCTRL.EWOFFSET, define the time when the early warning interrupt occurs. The Normal mode operation is illustrated in the figure Normal-Mode Operation. Figure 20-2.Normal-Mode Operation WDT Count Timely WDT Clear PER[3:0] = 1 WDT Timeout System Reset EWOFFSET[3:0] = 0 Early Warning Interrupt t[ms] 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 TOWDT 20.6.2.5 Window Mode In Window mode operation, the WDT uses two different time specifications: the WDT can only be cleared by writing 0xA5 to the CLEAR register after the closed window time-out period (TOWDTW), during the subsequent Normal timeout period (TOWDT). If the WDT is cleared before the time window opens (before TOWDTW is over), the WDT will issue a system reset. Both parameters TOWDTW and TOWDT are periods in a range from 8ms to 16s, so the total duration of the WDT timeout period is the sum of the two parameters. The closed window period is defined by the Window Period bits in the Configuration register (CONFIG.WINDOW), and the open window period is defined by the Period bits in the Configuration register (CONFIG.PER). By default, the Early Warning interrupt is disabled. If it is desired, the Early Warning Interrupt Enable bit in the Interrupt Enable register (INTENSET.EW) must be written to '1'. The Early Warning Interrupt is disabled again by writing a '1' to the Early Warning Interrupt bit in the Interrupt Enable Clear (INTENCLR.EW) register. If the Early Warning interrupt is enabled in Window mode, the interrupt is generated at the start of the open window period, i.e. after TOWDTW. The Window mode operation is illustrated in figure Window-Mode Operation. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 247 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet WDT - Watchdog Timer Figure 20-3.Window-Mode Operation WDT Count Timely WDT Clear PER[3:0] = 0 Open WDT Timeout Early WDT Clear WINDOW[3:0] = 0 Closed Early Warning Interrupt System Reset t[ms] 5 10 15 20 TOWDTW 20.6.3 25 30 35 TOWDT DMA Operation Not applicable. 20.6.4 Interrupts The WDT has the following interrupt source: * Early Warning (EW): Indicates that the counter is approaching the time-out condition. - This interrupt is an asynchronous wake-up source. Each interrupt source has an interrupt flag associated with it. The interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear (INTFLAG) register is set when the interrupt condition occurs. Each interrupt can be individually enabled by writing a '1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Set (INTENSET) register, and disabled by writing a '1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Clear (INTENCLR) register. An interrupt request is generated when the interrupt flag is set and the corresponding interrupt is enabled. The interrupt request remains active until the interrupt flag is cleared, the interrupt is disabled, or the WDT is reset. See the 20.8.6 INTFLAG register description for details on how to clear interrupt flags. All interrupt requests from the peripheral are ORed together on system level to generate one combined interrupt request to the NVIC. The user must read the INTFLAG register to determine which interrupt condition is present. Note: Interrupts must be globally enabled for interrupt requests to be generated. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 18. PM - Power Manager 20.6.5 Events Not applicable. 20.6.6 Sleep Mode Operation The WDT will continue to operate in any sleep mode where the source clock is active except backup mode. The WDT interrupts can be used to wake up the device from a sleep mode. An interrupt request will be generated after the wake-up if the Interrupt Controller is configured accordingly. Otherwise the CPU will wake up directly, without triggering an interrupt. In this case, the CPU will continue executing from the instruction following the entry into sleep. Related Links 20.8.1 CTRLA 20.6.7 Synchronization Due to asynchronicity between the main clock domain and the peripheral clock domains, some registers need to be synchronized when written or read. The following registers are synchronized when written: * Enable bit in Control A register (CTRLA.ENABLE) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 248 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet WDT - Watchdog Timer * * * Window Enable bit in Control A register (CTRLA.WEN) Always-On bit in control Control A (CTRLA.ALWAYSON) Watchdog Clear register (CLEAR) Required write synchronization is denoted by the "Write-Synchronized" property in the register description. Required read synchronization is denoted by the "Read-Synchronized" property in the register description. 20.6.8 Additional Features 20.6.8.1 Always-On Mode The Always-On mode is enabled by setting the Always-On bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.ALWAYSON=1). When the Always-On mode is enabled, the WDT runs continuously, regardless of the state of CTRLA.ENABLE. Once written, the Always-On bit can only be cleared by a power-on reset. The Configuration (CONFIG) and Early Warning Control (EWCTRL) registers are read-only registers while the CTRLA.ALWAYSON bit is set. Thus, the time period configuration bits (CONFIG.PER, CONFIG.WINDOW, EWCTRL.EWOFFSET) of the WDT cannot be changed. Enabling or disabling Window mode operation by writing the Window Enable bit (CTRLA.WEN) is allowed while in Always-On mode, but note that CONFIG.PER cannot be changed. The Interrupt Clear and Interrupt Set registers are accessible in the Always-On mode. The Early Warning interrupt can still be enabled or disabled while in the Always-On mode, but note that EWCTRL.EWOFFSET cannot be changed. Table WDT Operating Modes With Always-On shows the operation of the WDT for CTRLA.ALWAYSON=1. Table 20-2.WDT Operating Modes With Always-On WEN Interrupt Enable Mode 0 0 Always-on and normal mode 0 1 Always-on and normal mode with Early Warning interrupt 1 0 Always-on and window mode 1 1 Always-on and window mode with Early Warning interrupt 20.6.8.2 Early Warning The Early Warning interrupt notifies that the WDT is approaching its time-out condition. The Early Warning interrupt behaves differently in Normal mode and in Window mode. In Normal mode, the Early Warning interrupt generation is defined by the Early Warning Offset in the Early Warning Control register (EWCTRL.EWOFFSET). The Early Warning Offset bits define the number of CLK_WDT_OSC clocks before the interrupt is generated, relative to the start of the watchdog time-out period. The user must take caution when programming the Early Warning Offset bits. If these bits define an Early Warning interrupt generation time greater than the watchdog time-out period, the watchdog time-out system reset is generated prior to the Early Warning interrupt. Consequently, the Early Warning interrupt will never be generated. In window mode, the Early Warning interrupt is generated at the start of the open window period. In a typical application where the system is in sleep mode, the Early Warning interrupt can be used to wake up and clear the Watchdog Timer, after which the system can perform other tasks or return to sleep mode. If the WDT is operating in Normal mode with CONFIG.PER = 0x2 and EWCTRL.EWOFFSET = 0x1, the Early Warning interrupt is generated 16 CLK_WDT_OSC clock cycles after the start of the time-out period. The time-out system reset is generated 32 CLK_WDT_OSC clock cycles after the start of the watchdog time-out period. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 249 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet WDT - Watchdog Timer 20.7 Register Summary Offset Name Bit Pos. 0x00 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x04 0x05 0x06 0x07 CTRLA CONFIG EWCTRL Reserved INTENCLR INTENSET INTFLAG Reserved 7:0 7:0 7:0 0x08 SYNCBUSY 0x0C CLEAR 20.8 ALWAYSON WEN ENABLE PER[3:0] EWOFFSET[3:0] WINDOW[3:0] 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 EW EW EW CLEAR ALWAYSON WEN ENABLE CLEAR[7:0] Register Description Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16- and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Some registers are optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). Optional PAC write protection is denoted by the "PAC Write-Protection" property in each individual register description. For details, refer to 20.5.8 Register Access Protection. Some registers are synchronized when read and/or written. Synchronization is denoted by the "Write-Synchronized" or the "Read-Synchronized" property in each individual register description. For details, refer to 20.6.7 Synchronization. Some registers are enable-protected, meaning they can only be written when the peripheral is disabled. Enableprotection is denoted by the "Enable-Protected" property in each individual register description. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 250 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet WDT - Watchdog Timer 20.8.1 Control A Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset 7 ALWAYSON R/W x CTRLA 0x00 x initially determined from NVM User Row after reset PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized 6 5 4 3 2 WEN R/W x 1 ENABLE R/W x 0 Bit 7 - ALWAYSONAlways-On This bit allows the WDT to run continuously. After being set, this bit cannot be written to '0', and the WDT will remain enabled until a power-on Reset is received. When this bit is '1', the Control A register (CTRLA), the Configuration register (CONFIG) and the Early Warning Control register (EWCTRL) will be read-only, and any writes to these registers are not allowed. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. This bit is not Enable-Protected. This bit is loaded from NVM User Row at start-up. Value Description 0 The WDT is enabled and disabled through the ENABLE bit. 1 The WDT is enabled and can only be disabled by a power-on reset (POR). Bit 2 - WENWatchdog Timer Window Mode Enable This bit enables Window mode. It can only be written if the peripheral is disabled unless CTRLA.ALWAYSON=1. The initial value of this bit is loaded from Flash Calibration. This bit is loaded from NVM User Row at startup. Value Description 0 Window mode is disabled (normal operation). 1 Window mode is enabled. Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable This bit enables or disables the WDT. It can only be written if CTRLA.ALWAYSON=0. Due to synchronization, there is delay between writing CTRLA.ENABLE until the peripheral is enabled/disabled. The value written to CTRLA.ENABLE will read back immediately, and the Enable bit in the Synchronization Busy register (SYNCBUSY.ENABLE) will be set. SYNCBUSY.ENABLE will be cleared when the operation is complete. This bit is not Enable-Protected. This bit is loaded from NVM User Row at startup. Value Description 0 The WDT is disabled. 1 The WDT is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 251 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet WDT - Watchdog Timer 20.8.2 Configuration Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset 7 R/W x CONFIG 0x01 x initially determined from NVM User Row after reset PAC Write-Protection 6 5 WINDOW[3:0] R/W R/W x x 4 3 2 1 0 R/W x R/W x PER[3:0] R/W x R/W x R/W x Bits 7:4 - WINDOW[3:0]Window Mode Time-Out Period In Window mode, these bits determine the watchdog closed window period as a number of cycles of the 1.024kHz CLK_WDT_OSC clock. These bits are loaded from NVM User Row at start-up. Value Name Description 0x0 CYC8 8 clock cycles 0x1 CYC16 16 clock cycles 0x2 CYC32 32 clock cycles 0x3 CYC64 64 clock cycles 0x4 CYC128 128 clock cycles 0x5 CYC256 256 clock cycles 0x6 CYC512 512 clock cycles 0x7 CYC1024 1024 clock cycles 0x8 CYC2048 2048 clock cycles 0x9 CYC4096 4096 clock cycles 0xA CYC8192 8192 clock cycles 0xB CYC16384 16384 clock cycles 0xC-0xF Reserved Reserved Bits 3:0 - PER[3:0] Time-Out Period These bits determine the watchdog time-out period as a number of 1.024kHz CLK_WDTOSC clock cycles. In Window mode operation, these bits define the open window period. These bits are loaded from NVM User Row at startup. Value Name Description 0x0 CYC8 8 clock cycles 0x1 CYC16 16 clock cycles 0x2 CYC32 32 clock cycles 0x3 CYC64 64 clock cycles 0x4 CYC128 128 clock cycles 0x5 CYC256 256 clock cycles 0x6 CYC512 512 clock cycles 0x7 CYC1024 1024 clock cycles 0x8 CYC2048 2048 clock cycles 0x9 CYC4096 4096 clock cycles 0xA CYC8192 8192 clock cycles 0xB CYC16384 16384 clock cycles 0xC Reserved 0xF (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 252 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet WDT - Watchdog Timer 20.8.3 Early Warning Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 EWCTRL 0x02 x initially determined from NVM User Row after reset PAC Write-Protection 6 Access Reset 5 4 3 R/W x 2 1 EWOFFSET[3:0] R/W R/W x x 0 R/W x Bits 3:0 - EWOFFSET[3:0]Early Warning Interrupt Time Offset These bits determine the number of GCLK_WDT clock cycles between the start of the watchdog time-out period and the generation of the Early Warning interrupt. These bits are loaded from NVM User Row at start-up. Value Name Description 0x0 CYC8 8 clock cycles 0x1 CYC16 16 clock cycles 0x2 CYC32 32 clock cycles 0x3 CYC64 64 clock cycles 0x4 CYC128 128 clock cycles 0x5 CYC256 256 clock cycles 0x6 CYC512 512 clock cycles 0x7 CYC1024 1024 clock cycles 0x8 CYC2048 2048 clock cycles 0x9 CYC4096 4096 clock cycles 0xA CYC8192 8192 clock cycles 0xB Reserved Reserved 0xF (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 253 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet WDT - Watchdog Timer 20.8.4 Interrupt Enable Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENCLR 0x04 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to disable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Set (INTENSET) register. Bit 7 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 0 EW R/W 0 Bit 0 - EWEarly Warning Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Early Warning Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Early Warning interrupt. Value Description 0 The Early Warning interrupt is disabled. 1 The Early Warning interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 254 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet WDT - Watchdog Timer 20.8.5 Interrupt Enable Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENSET 0x05 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to enable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Clear (INTENCLR) register. Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Access Reset 0 EW R/W 0 Bit 0 - EWEarly Warning Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit sets the Early Warning Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Early Warning interrupt. Value Description 0 The Early Warning interrupt is disabled. 1 The Early Warning interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 255 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet WDT - Watchdog Timer 20.8.6 Interrupt Flag Status and Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 INTFLAG 0x06 0x00 N/A 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 0 EW R/W 0 Bit 0 - EWEarly Warning This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This flag is set when an Early Warning interrupt occurs, as defined by the EWOFFSET bit group in EWCTRL. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Early Warning interrupt flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 256 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet WDT - Watchdog Timer 20.8.7 Synchronization Busy Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit SYNCBUSY 0x08 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 CLEAR R 0 3 ALWAYSON R 0 2 WEN R 0 1 ENABLE R 0 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 4 - CLEARClear Synchronization Busy Value Description 0 Write synchronization of the CLEAR register is complete. 1 Write synchronization of the CLEAR register is ongoing. Bit 3 - ALWAYSONAlways-On Synchronization Busy Value Description 0 Write synchronization of the CTRLA.ALWAYSON bit is complete. 1 Write synchronization of the CTRLA.ALWAYSON bit is ongoing. Bit 2 - WENWindow Enable Synchronization Busy Value Description 0 Write synchronization of the CTRLA.WEN bit is complete. 1 Write synchronization of the CTRLA.WEN bit is ongoing. Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable Synchronization Busy Value Description 0 Write synchronization of the CTRLA.ENABLE bit is complete. 1 Write synchronization of the CTRLA.ENABLE bit is ongoing. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 257 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet WDT - Watchdog Timer 20.8.8 Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 CLEAR 0x0C 0x00 Write-Synchronized 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 CLEAR[7:0] Access Reset W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 Bits 7:0 - CLEAR[7:0]Watchdog Clear In Normal mode, writing 0xA5 to this register during the watchdog time-out period will clear the Watchdog Timer and the watchdog time-out period is restarted. In Window mode, any writing attempt to this register before the time-out period started (i.e., during TOWDTW) will issue an immediate system Reset. Writing 0xA5 during the time-out period TOWDT will clear the Watchdog Timer and the complete time-out sequence (first TOWDTW then TOWDT) is restarted. In both modes, writing any other value than 0xA5 will issue an immediate system Reset. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 258 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21. RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.1 Overview The Real-Time Counter (RTC) is a 32-bit counter with a 10-bit programmable prescaler that typically runs continuously to keep track of time. The RTC can wake up the device from sleep modes using the alarm/compare wake up, periodic wake up, or overflow wake up mechanisms, or from the wake inputs. The RTC can generate periodic peripheral events from outputs of the prescaler, as well as alarm/compare interrupts and peripheral events, which can trigger at any counter value. Additionally, the timer can trigger an overflow interrupt and peripheral event, and can be reset on the occurrence of an alarm/compare match. This allows periodic interrupts and peripheral events at very long and accurate intervals. The 10-bit programmable prescaler can scale down the clock source. By this, a wide range of resolutions and timeout periods can be configured. With a 32.768kHz clock source, the minimum counter tick interval is 30.5s, and timeout periods can range up to 36 hours. For a counter tick interval of 1s, the maximum time-out period is more than 136 years. 21.2 Features * * * * * * * * * 21.3 32-bit counter with 10-bit prescaler Multiple clock sources 32-bit or 16-bit counter mode Two 32-bit or four 16-bit compare values Clock/Calendar mode - Time in seconds, minutes, and hours (12/24) - Date in day of month, month, and year - Leap year correction Digital prescaler correction/tuning for increased accuracy Overflow, alarm/compare match and prescaler interrupts and events - Optional clear on alarm/compare match 8 backup registers with retention capability Tamper Detection - Timestamp on event or up to 5 inputs with debouncing - Active layer protection Block Diagram Figure 21-1.RTC Block Diagram (Mode 0 -- 32-Bit Counter) 0x00000000 MATCHCLR OSC32KCTRL CLK_RTC_OSC PRESCALER CLK_RTC_CNT OVF COUNT = Periodic Events CMPn COMPn (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 259 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter Figure 21-2.RTC Block Diagram (Mode 1 -- 16-Bit Counter) 0x0000 OSC32KCTRL CLK_RTC_OSC PRESCALER Periodic Events CLK_RTC_CNT COUNT PER = OVF = CMPn COMPn Figure 21-3.RTC Block Diagram (Mode 2 -- Clock/Calendar) 0x00000000 MATCHCLR OSC32KCTRL CLK_RTC_OSC PRESCALER Periodic Events CLK_RTC_CNT OVF CLOCK = MASKn ALARMn ALARMn Related Links 21.6.2.3 32-Bit Counter (Mode 0) 21.6.2.4 16-Bit Counter (Mode 1) 21.6.2.5 Clock/Calendar (Mode 2) 21.6.8.5 Tamper Detection 21.4 Signal Description Table 21-1.Signal Description Signal Description Type INn [n=0..4] Tamper Detection Input Digital input OUT Tamper Detection Output Digital output One signal can be mapped to one of several pins. Related Links 6. I/O Multiplexing and Considerations 21.5 Product Dependencies In order to use this peripheral, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described below. 21.5.1 I/O Lines For more information on I/O configurations, refer to the "RTC Pinout" section. Related Links: I/O Multiplexing and Considerations (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 260 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.5.2 Power Management The RTC will continue to operate in any sleep mode where the selected source clock is running. The RTC interrupts can be used to wake up the device from sleep modes. Events connected to the event system can trigger other operations in the system without exiting sleep modes. Refer to the Power Manager for details on the different sleep modes. The RTC will be reset only at power-on (POR) or by setting the Software Reset bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.SWRST=1). Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager 21.5.3 Clocks The RTC bus clock (CLK_RTC_APB) can be enabled and disabled in the Main Clock module MCLK, and the default state of CLK_RTC_APB can be found in Peripheral Clock Masking section. A 32KHz or 1KHz oscillator clock (CLK_RTC_OSC) is required to clock the RTC. This clock must be configured and enabled in the 32KHz oscillator controller (OSC32KCTRL) before using the RTC. This oscillator clock is asynchronous to the bus clock (CLK_RTC_APB). Due to this asynchronicity, writing to certain registers will require synchronization between the clock domains. Refer to 21.6.7 Synchronization for further details. Related Links 29. OSC32KCTRL - 32KHz Oscillators Controller 15.6.2.6 Peripheral Clock Masking 21.5.4 DMA The DMA request lines (or line if only one request) are connected to the DMA Controller (DMAC). Using the RTC DMA requests requires the DMA Controller to be configured first. Related Links 22. DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 21.5.5 Interrupts The interrupt request line is connected to the Interrupt Controller. Using the RTC interrupt requires the Interrupt Controller to be configured first. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 21.5.6 Events The events are connected to the Event System. Related Links 31. EVSYS - Event System 21.5.7 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in debug mode the RTC will halt normal operation. The RTC can be forced to continue operation during debugging. Refer to 21.8.7 DBGCTRL for details. 21.5.8 Register Access Protection All registers with write-access are optionally write-protected by the peripheral access controller (PAC), except the following registers: * Interrupt Flag Status and Clear (INTFLAG) register Write-protection is denoted by the "PAC Write-Protection" property in the register description. Write-protection does not apply to accesses through an external debugger. Refer to the PAC - Peripheral Access Controller for details. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 261 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter Related Links 27. PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 21.5.9 Analog Connections A 32.768kHz crystal can be connected to the XIN32 and XOUT32 pins, along with any required load capacitors. See the Electrical Characteristics Chapters for details on recommended crystal characteristics and load capacitors. 21.6 21.6.1 Functional Description Principle of Operation The RTC keeps track of time in the system and enables periodic events, as well as interrupts and events at a specified time. The RTC consists of a 10-bit prescaler that feeds a 32-bit counter. The actual format of the 32-bit counter depends on the RTC operating mode. The RTC can function in one of these modes: * Mode 0 - COUNT32: RTC serves as 32-bit counter * Mode 1 - COUNT16: RTC serves as 16-bit counter * Mode 2 - CLOCK: RTC serves as clock/calendar with alarm functionality 21.6.2 Basic Operation 21.6.2.1 Initialization The following bits are enable-protected, meaning that they can only be written when the RTC is disabled (CTRLA.ENABLE=0): * * * * Operating Mode bits in the Control A register (CTRLA.MODE) Prescaler bits in the Control A register (CTRLA.PRESCALER) Clear on Match bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.MATCHCLR) Clock Representation bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.CLKREP) The following registers are enable-protected: * * * Control B register (CTRLB) Event Control register (EVCTRL) Tamper Control register (TAMPCTRL) Enable-protected bits and registers can be changed only when the RTC is disabled (CTRLA.ENABLE=0). If the RTC is enabled (CTRLA.ENABLE=1), these operations are necessary: first write CTRLA.ENABLE=0 and check whether the write synchronization has finished, then change the desired bit field value. Enable-protected bits in CTRLA register can be written at the same time as CTRLA.ENABLE is written to '1', but not at the same time as CTRLA.ENABLE is written to '0'. Enable-protection is denoted by the "Enable-Protected" property in the register description. The RTC prescaler divides the source clock for the RTC counter. Note: In Clock/Calendar mode, the prescaler must be configured to provide a 1Hz clock to the counter for correct operation. The frequency of the RTC clock (CLK_RTC_CNT) is given by the following formula: CLK_RTC_CNT = CLK_RTC_OSC 2PRESCALER The frequency of the oscillator clock, CLK_RTC_OSC, is given by fCLK_RTC_OSC, and fCLK_RTC_CNT is the frequency of the internal prescaled RTC clock, CLK_RTC_CNT. 21.6.2.2 Enabling, Disabling, and Resetting The RTC is enabled by setting the Enable bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.ENABLE=1). The RTC is disabled by writing CTRLA.ENABLE=0. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 262 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter The RTC is reset by setting the Software Reset bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.SWRST=1). All registers in the RTC, except DEBUG, will be reset to their initial state, and the RTC will be disabled. The RTC must be disabled before resetting it. 21.6.2.3 32-Bit Counter (Mode 0) When the RTC Operating Mode bits in the Control A register (CTRLA.MODE) are written to 0x0, the counter operates in 32-bit Counter mode. The block diagram of this mode is shown in Figure 21-1. When the RTC is enabled, the counter will increment on every 0-to-1 transition of CLK_RTC_CNT. The counter will increment until it reaches the top value of 0xFFFFFFFF, and then wrap to 0x00000000. This sets the Overflow Interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.OVF). The RTC counter value can be read from or written to the Counter Value register (COUNT) in 32-bit format. The counter value is continuously compared with the 32-bit Compare registers (COMPn, n=0-1). When a compare match occurs, the Compare n Interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.CMPn) is set on the next 0-to-1 transition of CLK_RTC_CNT. If the Clear on Match bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.MATCHCLR) is '1', the counter is cleared on the next counter cycle when a compare match with COMPn occurs. This allows the RTC to generate periodic interrupts or events with longer periods than the prescaler events. Note that when CTRLA.MATCHCLR is '1', INTFLAG.CMPn and INTFLAG.OVF will both be set simultaneously on a compare match with COMPn. 21.6.2.4 16-Bit Counter (Mode 1) When the RTC Operating Mode bits in the Control A register (CTRLA.MODE) are written to 0x1, the counter operates in 16-bit Counter mode as shown in Figure 21-2. When the RTC is enabled, the counter will increment on every 0to-1 transition of CLK_RTC_CNT. In 16-bit Counter mode, the 16-bit Period register (PER) holds the maximum value of the counter. The counter will increment until it reaches the PER value, and then wrap to 0x0000. This sets the Overflow Interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.OVF). The RTC counter value can be read from or written to the Counter Value register (COUNT) in 16-bit format. The counter value is continuously compared with the 16-bit Compare registers (COMPn, n=0..). When a compare match occurs, the Compare n Interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.CMPn, n=0..) is set on the next 0-to-1 transition of CLK_RTC_CNT. 21.6.2.5 Clock/Calendar (Mode 2) When the RTC Operating Mode bits in the Control A register (CTRLA.MODE) are written to 0x2, the counter operates in Clock/Calendar mode, as shown in Figure 21-3. When the RTC is enabled, the counter will increment on every 0to-1 transition of CLK_RTC_CNT. The selected clock source and RTC prescaler must be configured to provide a 1Hz clock to the counter for correct operation in this mode. The time and date can be read from or written to the Clock Value register (CLOCK) in a 32-bit time/date format. Time is represented as: * * * Seconds Minutes Hours Hours can be represented in either 12- or 24-hour format, selected by the Clock Representation bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.CLKREP). This bit can be changed only while the RTC is disabled. The date is represented in this form: * * * Day as the numeric day of the month (starting at 1) Month as the numeric month of the year (1 = January, 2 = February, etc.) Year as a value from 0x00 to 0x3F. This value must be added to a user-defined reference year. The reference year must be a leap year (2016, 2020 etc). Example: the year value 0x2D, added to a reference year 2016, represents the year 2061. The RTC will increment until it reaches the top value of 23:59:59 December 31 of year value 0x3F, and then wrap to 00:00:00 January 1 of year value 0x00. This will set the Overflow Interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear registers (INTFLAG.OVF). The clock value is continuously compared with the 32-bit Alarm registers (ALARMn, n=0-1). When an alarm match occurs, the Alarm n Interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear registers (INTFLAG.ALARMn, n=0..1) is set (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 263 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter on the next 0-to-1 transition of CLK_RTC_CNT. E.g. For a 1Hz clock counter, it means the Alarm 0 Interrupt flag is set with a delay of 1s after the occurrence of alarm match. A valid alarm match depends on the setting of the Alarm Mask Selection bits in the Alarm n Mask register (MASKn.SEL). These bits determine which time/date fields of the clock and alarm values are valid for comparison and which are ignored. If the Clear on Match bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.MATCHCLR) is set, the counter is cleared on the next counter cycle when an alarm match with ALARMn occurs. This allows the RTC to generate periodic interrupts or events with longer periods than it would be possible with the prescaler events only (see 21.6.8.1 Periodic Intervals). Note: When CTRLA.MATCHCLR is 1, INTFLAG.ALARM0 and INTFLAG.OVF will both be set simultaneously on an alarm match with ALARMn. 21.6.3 DMA Operation The RTC generates the following DMA request: * Tamper (TAMPER): The request is set on capture of the timestamp. The request is cleared when the Timestamp register is read. If the CPU accesses the registers which are source for DMA request set/clear condition, the DMA request can be lost or the DMA transfer can be corrupted, if enabled. 21.6.4 Interrupts The RTC has the following interrupt sources: * * * * * Overflow (OVF): Indicates that the counter has reached its top value and wrapped to zero. Tamper (TAMPER): Indicates detection of valid signal on a tamper input pin or tamper event input. Compare (CMPn): Indicates a match between the counter value and the compare register. Alarm (ALARMn): Indicates a match between the clock value and the alarm register. Period n (PERn): The corresponding bit in the prescaler has toggled. Refer to 21.6.8.1 Periodic Intervals for details. Each interrupt source has an interrupt flag associated with it. The interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear (INTFLAG) register is set when the interrupt condition occurs. Each interrupt can be individually enabled by setting the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET=1), and disabled by setting the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Clear register (INTENCLR=1). An interrupt request is generated when the interrupt flag is raised and the corresponding interrupt is enabled. The interrupt request remains active until either the interrupt flag is cleared, the interrupt is disabled or the RTC is reset. See the description of the INTFLAG registers for details on how to clear interrupt flags. All interrupt requests from the peripheral are ORed together on system level to generate one combined interrupt request to the NVIC. Refer to the Nested Vector Interrupt Controller for details. The user must read the INTFLAG register to determine which interrupt condition is present. Note: Interrupts must be globally enabled for interrupt requests to be generated. Refer to the Nested Vector Interrupt Controller for details. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 21.6.5 Events The RTC can generate the following output events: * * * * * * Overflow (OVF): Generated when the counter has reached its top value and wrapped to zero. Tamper (TAMPER): Generated on detection of valid signal on a tamper input pin or tamper event input. Compare (CMPn): Indicates a match between the counter value and the compare register. Alarm (ALARM): Indicates a match between the clock value and the alarm register. Period n (PERn): The corresponding bit in the prescaler has toggled. Refer to 21.6.8.1 Periodic Intervals for details. Periodic Daily (PERD): Generated when the COUNT/CLOCK has incremented at a fixed period of time. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 264 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter Setting the Event Output bit in the Event Control Register (EVCTRL.xxxEO=1) enables the corresponding output event. Writing a zero to this bit disables the corresponding output event. Refer to the EVSYS - Event System for details on configuring the event system. The RTC can take the following actions on an input event: * Tamper (TAMPEVT): Capture the RTC counter to the timestamp register. See Tamper Detection. Writing a one to an Event Input bit into the Event Control register (EVCTRL.xxxEI) enables the corresponding action on input event. Writing a zero to this bit disables the corresponding action on input event. Related Links 31. EVSYS - Event System 21.6.6 Sleep Mode Operation The RTC will continue to operate in any sleep mode where the source clock is active. The RTC interrupts can be used to wake up the device from a sleep mode. RTC events can trigger other operations in the system without exiting the sleep mode. An interrupt request will be generated after the wake-up if the Interrupt Controller is configured accordingly. Otherwise the CPU will wake up directly, without triggering any interrupt. In this case, the CPU will continue executing right from the first instruction that followed the entry into sleep. The periodic events can also wake up the CPU through the interrupt function of the Event System. In this case, the event must be enabled and connected to an event channel with its interrupt enabled. See Event System for more information. 21.6.7 Synchronization Due to asynchronicity between the main clock domain and the peripheral clock domains, some registers need to be synchronized when written or read. The following bits are synchronized when written: * * * * Software Reset bit in Control A register, CTRLA.SWRST Enable bit in Control A register, CTRLA.ENABLE Count Read Synchronization bit in Control A register (CTRLA.COUNTSYNC) Clock Read Synchronization bit in Control A register (CTRLA.COUNTSYNC) The following registers are synchronized when written: * * * * * * * * Counter Value register, COUNT Clock Value register, CLOCK Counter Period register, PER Compare n Value registers, COMPn Alarm n Value registers, ALARMn Frequency Correction register, FREQCORR Alarm n Mask register, MASKn The General Purpose n registers (GPn) The following registers are synchronized when read: * * * The Counter Value register, COUNT, if the Counter Read Sync Enable bit in CTRLA (CTRLA.COUNTSYNC) is '1' The Clock Value register, CLOCK, if the Clock Read Sync Enable bit in CTRLA (CTRLA.CLOCKSYNC) is '1' The Timestamp Value register (TIMESTAMP) Required write synchronization is denoted by the "Write-Synchronized" property in the register description. Required read synchronization is denoted by the "Read-Synchronized" property in the register description. Related Links 13.3 Register Synchronization (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 265 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.6.8 Additional Features 21.6.8.1 Periodic Intervals The RTC prescaler can generate interrupts and events at periodic intervals, allowing flexible system tick creation. Any of the upper eight bits of the prescaler (bits 2 to 9) can be the source of an interrupt/event. When one of the eight Periodic Event Output bits in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.PEREO[n=0..7]) is '1', an event is generated on the 0-to-1 transition of the related bit in the prescaler, resulting in a periodic event frequency of: PERIODIC(n) = CLK_RTC_OSC 2n+3 fCLK_RTC_OSC is the frequency of the internal prescaler clock CLK_RTC_OSC, and n is the position of the EVCTRL.PEREOn bit. For example, PER0 will generate an event every eight CLK_RTC_OSC cycles, PER1 every 16 cycles, etc. This is shown in the figure below. Periodic events are independent of the prescaler setting used by the RTC counter, except if CTRLA.PRESCALER is zero. Then, no periodic events will be generated. Figure 21-4.Example Periodic Events CLK_RTC_OSC PER0 PER1 PER2 PER3 21.6.8.2 Frequency Correction The RTC Frequency Correction module employs periodic counter corrections to compensate for a too-slow or toofast oscillator. Frequency correction requires that CTRLA.PRESCALER is greater than 1. The digital correction circuit adds or subtracts cycles from the RTC prescaler to adjust the frequency in approximately 1ppm steps. Digital correction is achieved by adding or skipping a single count in the prescaler once every 8192 CLK_RTC_OSC cycles. The Value bit group in the Frequency Correction register (FREQCORR.VALUE) determines the number of times the adjustment is applied over 128 of these periods. The resulting correction is as follows: Correctioninppm = FREQCORR.VALUE 106ppm 8192 128 This results in a resolution of 0.95367ppm. The Sign bit in the Frequency Correction register (FREQCORR.SIGN) determines the direction of the correction. A positive value will add counts and increase the period (reducing the frequency), and a negative value will reduce counts per period (speeding up the frequency). Digital correction also affects the generation of the periodic events from the prescaler. When the correction is applied at the end of the correction cycle period, the interval between the previous periodic event and the next occurrence may also be shortened or lengthened depending on the correction value. 21.6.8.3 Backup Registers The RTC includes eight Backup registers (BKUPn). These registers maintain their content in Backup sleep mode. They can be used to store user-defined values. If more user-defined data must be stored than the eight Backup registers can hold, the General Purpose registers (GPn) can be used. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager 21.6.8.4 General Purpose Registers The RTC includes four General Purpose registers (GPn). These registers are reset only when the RTC is reset or when tamper detection occurs while CTRLA.GPTRST=1, and remain powered while the RTC is powered. They can be used to store user-defined values while other parts of the system are powered off. The general purpose registers 2*n and 2*n+1 are enabled by writing a '1' to the General Purpose Enable bit n in the Control B register (CTRLB.GPnEN). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 266 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter The GP registers share internal resources with the COMPARE/ALARM features. Each COMPARE/ALARM register have a separate read buffer and write buffer. When the general purpose feature is enabled the even GP uses the read buffer while the odd GP uses the write buffer. When the COMPARE/ALARM register is written, the write buffer hold temporarily the COMPARE/ALARM value until the synchronisation is complete (bit SYNCBUSY.COMPn going to 0). After the write is completed the write buffer can be used as a odd general purpose register whithout affecting the COMPARE/ALARM function. If the COMPARE/ALARM function is not used, the read buffer can be used as an even general purpose register. In this case writing the even GP will temporarirely use the write buffer until the synchronisation is complete (bit SYNCBUSY.GPn going to 0). Thus an even GP must be written before writing the odd GP. Changing or writing an even GP needs to temporarily save the value of the odd GP. Before using an even GP, the associated COMPARE/ALARM feature must be disabled by writing a '1' to the General Purpose Enable bit in the Control B register (CTRLB.GPnEN). To re-enable the compare/alarm, CTRLB.GPnEN must be written to zero and the associated COMPn/ALARMn must be written with the correct value. An example procedure to write the general purpose registers GP0 and GP1 is: 1. Wait for any ongoing write to COMP0 to complete (SYNCBUSY.COMP0 = 0). If the RTC is operating in Mode 1, wait for any ongoing write to COMP1 to complete as well (SYNCBUSY.COMP1 = 0). 2. Write CTRLB.GP0EN = 1 if GP0 is needed. 3. Write GP0 if needed. 4. Wait for any ongoing write to GP0 to complete (SYNCBUSY.GP0 = 0). Note that GP1 will also show as busy when GP0 is busy. 5. Write GP1 if needed. The following table provides the correspondence of General Purpose Registers and the COMPARE/ALARM read or write buffer in all RTC modes. Table 21-2.General Purpose Registers Versus Compare/Alarm Registers: n in 0, 2, 4, 6... Register Mode 0 GPn GPn+1 Mode 1 Mode 2 Write Before COMPn/2 write buffer (COMPn , COMPn +1) write buffer ALARMn/2 write buffer GPn+1 COMPn/2 read buffer (COMPn , COMPn +1) read buffer ALARMn/2 read buffer - 21.6.8.5 Tamper Detection The RTC provides five tamper channels that can be used for tamper detection. The action of each tamper channel is configured using the Input n Action bits in the Tamper Control register (TAMPCTRL.INnACT): * Off: Detection for tamper channel n is disabled. * Wake: A transition on INn input (tamper channel n) matching TAMPCTRL.TAMPLVLn will be detected and the tamper interrupt flag (INTFLAG.TAMPER) will be set. The RTC value will not be captured in the TIMESTAMP register. * Capture: A transition on INn input (tamper channel n) matching TAMPCTRL.TAMPLVLn will be detected and the tamper interrupt flag (INTFLAG.TAMPER) will be set. The RTC value will be captured in the TIMESTAMP register. * Active Layer Protection: A mismatch of an internal RTC signal routed between INn and OUTn pins will be detected and the tamper interrupt flag (INTFLAG.TAMPER) will be set. The RTC value will be captured in the TIMESTAMP register. In order to determine which tamper source caused a tamper event, the Tamper ID register (TAMPID) provides the detection status of each tamper channel. These bits remain active until cleared by software. A single interrupt request (TAMPER) is available for all tamper channels. The RTC also supports an input event (TAMPEVT) for generating a tamper condition within the Event System. The tamper input event is enabled by the Tamper Input Event Enable bit in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.TAMPEVTEI). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 267 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter Up to five polarity external inputs (INn) can be used for tamper detection. The polarity for each input is selected with the Tamper Level bits in the Tamper Control register (TAMPCTRL.TAMPLVLn). Separate debouncers are embedded for each external input. The debouncer for each input is enabled/disabled with the Debounce Enable bits in the Tamper Control register (TAMPCTRL.DEBNCn). The debouncer configuration is fixed for all inputs as set by the Control B register (CTRLB). The debouncing period duration is configurable using the Debounce Frequency field in the Control B register (CTRLB.DEBF). The period is set for all debouncers (i.e., the duration cannot be adjusted separately for each debouncer). When TAMPCTRL.DEBNCn = 0, INn is detected asynchronously. See Figure 21-5 for an example. When TAMPCTRL.DEBNCn = 1, the detection time depends on whether the debouncer operates synchronously or asynchronously, and whether majority detection is enabled or not. Refer to the table below for more details. Synchronous versus asynchronous stability debouncing is configured by the Debounce Asynchronous Enable bit in the Control B register (CTRLB.DEBASYNC): * Synchronous (CTRLB.DEBASYNC = 0): INn is synchronized in two CLK_RTC periods and then must remain stable for four CLK_RTC_DEB periods before a valid detection occurs. See Figure 21-6 for an example. * Asynchronous (CTRLB.DEBASYNC = 1): The first edge on INn is detected. Further detection is blanked until INn remains stable for four CLK_RTC_DEB periods. See Figure 21-7 for an example. Majority debouncing is configured by the Debounce Majority Enable bit in the Control B register (CTRLB.DEBMAJ). INn must be valid for two out of three CLK_RTC_DEB periods. See Figure 21-8 for an example. Table 21-3.Debouncer Configuration TAMPCTRL. DEBNCn CTRLB. DEBMAJ CTRLB. DEBASYNC Description 0 X X Detect edge on INn with no debouncing. Every edge detected is immediately triggered. 1 0 0 Detect edge on INn with synchronous stability debouncing. Edge detected is only triggered when INn is stable for 4 consecutive CLK_RTC_DEB periods. 1 0 1 Detect edge on INn with asynchronous stability debouncing. First detected edge is triggered immediately. All subsequent detected edges are ignored until INn is stable for 4 consecutive CLK_RTC_DEB periods. 1 1 X Detect edge on INn with majority debouncing. Pin INn is sampled for 3 consecutive CLK_RTC_DEB periods. Signal level is determined by majority-rule (LLL, LLH, LHL, HLL = '0' and LHH, HLH, HHL, HHH = '1'). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 268 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter Figure 21-5.Edge Detection with Debouncer Disabled CLK_RTC CLK_RTC_DEB IN NE PE NE PE NE PE OUT TAMLVL=0 CLK_RTC CLK_RTC_DEB IN NE PE NE PE NE PE OUT TAMLVL=1 Figure 21-6.Edge Detection with Synchronous Stability Debouncing CLK_RTC CLK_RTC_DEB IN NE PE NE PE NE PE Whenever an edge is detected, input must be stable for 4 consecutive CLK_RTC_DEB in order for edge to be considered valid OUT TAMLVL=0 CLK_RTC CLK_RTC_DEB IN NE PE NE PE NE PE Whenever an edge is detected, input must be stable for 4 consecutive CLK_RTC_DEB in order for edge to be considered valid OUT TAMLVL=1 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 269 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter Figure 21-7.Edge Detection with Asynchronous Stability Debouncing CLK_RTC CLK_RTC_DEB IN PE NE PE NE PE NE Once a new edge is detected, ignore subsequent edges until input is stable for 4 consecutive CLK_RTC_DEB OUT TAMLVL=0 CLK_RTC CLK_RTC_DEB IN PE NE PE NE PE NE Once a new edge is detected, ignore subsequent edges until input is stable for 4 consecutive CLK_RTC_DEB OUT TAMLVL=1 Figure 21-8.Edge Detection with Majority Debouncing CLK_RTC CLK_RTC_DEB IN PE NE PE NE PE NE IN shift 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 IN shift 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 IN shift 2 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 MAJORITY3 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1-to-0 transition OUT TAMLVL=0 CLK_RTC CLK_RTC_DEB IN PE NE PE NE PE NE IN shift 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 IN shift 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 IN shift 2 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 MAJORITY3 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0-to-1 transition OUT TAMLVL=1 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 270 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter Related Links 21.3 Block Diagram 21.6.8.5.1 Timestamp 21.6.8.5.2 Active Layer Protection 21.6.8.5.1 Timestamp As part of tamper detection the RTC can capture the counter value (COUNT/CLOCK) into the TIMESTAMP register. Three CLK_RTC periods are required to detect the tampering condition and capture the value. The TIMESTAMP value can be read once the Tamper flag in the Interrupt Flag register (INTFLAG.TAMPER) is set. If the DMA Enable bit in the Control B register (CTRLB.DMAEN) is `1', a DMA request will be triggered by the timestamp. In order to determine which tamper source caused a capture, the Tamper ID register (TAMPID) provides the detection status of each tamper channel and the tamper input event. A DMA transfer can then read both TIMESTAMP and TAMPID in succession. A new timestamp value cannot be captured until the Tamper flag is cleared, either by reading the timestamp or by writing a `1' to INTFLAG.TAMPER. If several tamper conditions occur in a short window before the flag is cleared, only the first timestamp may be logged. However, the detection of each tamper will still be recorded in TAMPID. The Tamper Input Event (TAMPEVT) will always perform a timestamp capture. To capture on the external inputs (INn), the corresponding Input Action field in the Tamper Control register (TAMPCTRL.INnACT) must be written to `1'. If an input is set for wake functionality it does not capture the timestamp; however the Tamper flag and TAMPID will still be updated. Note: Once the value from the TIMESTAMP register is read, the INTFLAG.TAMPER bit must be cleared. The next value from this register should be read only after the INTFLAG.TAMPER bit is set again. Related Links 21.6.8.5 Tamper Detection 21.6.8.5.2 Active Layer Protection The RTC provides a mean of detecting broken traces on the PCB , also known as Active layer Protection. In this mode, a generated internal RTC signal can be directly routed over critical components on the board using RTC OUT output pin to one of the RTC INn input pins. A tamper condition is detected if there is a mismatch on the generated RTC signal. The Active Layer Protection mode and the generation of the RTC signal is enabled by setting the RTCOUT bit in the Control B register (CTRLB.RTCOUT). Enabling active layer protection requires the following steps: * Enable the RTC prescaler output by writing a one to the RTC Out bit in the Control B register (CTRLB.RTCOUT). The I/O pins must also be configured to correctly route the signal to the external pins. * Select the frequency of the output signal by configuring the RTC Active Layer Frequency field in the Control B register (CTRLB.ACTF). CLK_RTC GCLK_RTC_OUT = CTRLB.ACTF+1 2 * Enable the tamper input n (INn) in active layer mode by writing 3 to the corresponding Input Action field in the Tamper Control register (TAMPCTRL.INnACT). When active layer protection is enabled and INn and OUTn pin are used, the value of INn is sampled on the falling edge of CLK_RTC and compared to the expected value of OUTn. Therefore up to one half of a CLK_RTC period is available for propagation delay through the trace. * Select Active Layer Monitoring Source (TrustRAM or INn/OUTn tamper pins) using ALSIn bit of TAMPCTRLB register * Enable Active Layer Protection by setting CTRLB.RTCOUT bit. Related Links 21.6.8.5 Tamper Detection (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 271 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.7 Register Summary - Mode 0 - 32-Bit Counter Offset Name 0x00 CTRLA 0x02 CTRLB 0x04 EVCTRL 0x08 INTENCLR 0x0A INTENSET 0x0C INTFLAG 0x0E 0x0F DBGCTRL Reserved 0x10 SYNCBUSY 0x14 0x15 ... 0x17 FREQCORR Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 MATCHCLR COUNTSYNC DMAEN GPTRST RTCOUT MODE[1:0] PEREO7 OVFEO PEREO6 TAMPEREO PER7 OVF PER7 OVF PER7 OVF ENABLE PRESCALER[3:0] GP2EN DEBF[2:0] PEREO2 PEREO1 CMPEO1 BKTRST DEBASYNC ACTF[2:0] PEREO5 PEREO4 PEREO3 PER6 TAMPER PER6 TAMPER PER6 TAMPER PER5 PER4 PER3 PER2 PER5 PER4 PER3 PER2 PER5 PER4 PER3 PER2 COMP1 COMP0 COUNT GP3 DEBMAJ SWRST GP0EN PEREO0 CMPEO0 TAMPEVEI PER1 CMP1 PER1 CMP1 PER1 CMP1 PER0 CMP0 PER0 CMP0 PER0 CMP0 DBGRUN FREQCORR ENABLE SWRST GP2 GP1 GP0 COUNTSYNC SIGN VALUE[6:0] Reserved 0x18 COUNT 0x1C ... 0x1F Reserved 0x20 COMP0 0x24 COMP1 0x28 ... 0x3F Reserved 0x40 GP0 0x44 GP1 0x48 GP2 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 COUNT[7:0] COUNT[15:8] COUNT[23:16] COUNT[31:24] 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 COMP[7:0] COMP[15:8] COMP[23:16] COMP[31:24] COMP[7:0] COMP[15:8] COMP[23:16] COMP[31:24] 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 GP[7:0] GP[15:8] GP[23:16] GP[31:24] GP[7:0] GP[15:8] GP[23:16] GP[31:24] GP[7:0] GP[15:8] GP[23:16] GP[31:24] (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 272 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter ...........continued Offset Name 0x4C GP3 0x50 ... 0x5F Reserved 0x60 TAMPCTRL 0x64 TIMESTAMP 0x68 0x6C ... 0x7F TAMPID 7:0 15:8 GP[7:0] GP[15:8] 23:16 31:24 GP[23:16] GP[31:24] 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 IN3ACT[1:0] IN2ACT[1:0] IN1ACT[1:0] TAMLVL4 TAMLVL3 DEBNC4 DEBNC3 COUNT[7:0] COUNT[15:8] COUNT[23:16] COUNT[31:24] TAMPID4 TAMPID3 TAMLVL2 DEBNC2 IN0ACT[1:0] IN4ACT[1:0] TAMLVL1 TAMLVL0 DEBNC1 DEBNC0 TAMPID2 TAMPID1 TAMPID0 TAMPEVT Reserved 0x80 BKUP0 0x84 BKUP1 0x88 BKUP2 0x8C BKUP3 0x90 BKUP4 0x94 BKUP5 0x98 BKUP6 0x9C BKUP7 21.8 Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 BKUP[7:0] BKUP[15:8] BKUP[23:16] BKUP[31:24] BKUP[7:0] BKUP[15:8] BKUP[23:16] BKUP[31:24] BKUP[7:0] BKUP[15:8] BKUP[23:16] BKUP[31:24] BKUP[7:0] BKUP[15:8] BKUP[23:16] BKUP[31:24] BKUP[7:0] BKUP[15:8] BKUP[23:16] BKUP[31:24] BKUP[7:0] BKUP[15:8] BKUP[23:16] BKUP[31:24] BKUP[7:0] BKUP[15:8] BKUP[23:16] BKUP[31:24] BKUP[7:0] BKUP[15:8] BKUP[23:16] BKUP[31:24] Register Description - Mode 0 - 32-Bit Counter This Register Description section is valid if the RTC is in COUNT32 mode (CTRLA.MODE=0). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 273 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16-, and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Some registers require synchronization when read and/or written. Synchronization is denoted by the "ReadSynchronized" and/or "Write-Synchronized" property in each individual register description. Optional write protection by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC) is denoted by the "PAC Write Protection" property in each individual register description. Some registers are enable-protected, meaning they can only be written when the module is disabled. Enable protection is denoted by the "Enable-Protected" property in each individual register description. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 274 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.8.1 Control A in COUNT32 mode (CTRLA.MODE=0) Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 15 COUNTSYNC Access R/W Reset 0 Bit Access Reset 7 MATCHCLR R/W 0 CTRLA 0x00 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected, Write-Synchronized 14 GPTRST R/W 0 13 BKTRST R/W 0 12 6 5 4 11 10 9 PRESCALER[3:0] R/W R/W 0 0 R/W 0 3 2 MODE[1:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 1 ENABLE R/W 0 8 R/W 0 0 SWRST R/W 0 Bit 15 - COUNTSYNCCOUNT Read Synchronization Enable The COUNT register requires synchronization when reading. Disabling the synchronization will prevent reading valid values from the COUNT register. This bit is not enable-protected. Value Description 0 COUNT read synchronization is disabled 1 COUNT read synchronization is enabled Bit 14 - GPTRSTGP Registers Reset On Tamper Enable Only GP registers enabled by the CTRLB.GPnEN bits are affected. This bit can be written only when the peripheral is disabled. This bit is not synchronized. Bit 13 - BKTRSTBKUP Registers Reset On Tamper Enable All BKUPn registers are affected. This bit can be written only when the peripheral is disabled. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 BKUPn registers will not reset when a tamper condition occurs. 1 BKUPn registers will reset when a tamper condition occurs. Bits 11:8 - PRESCALER[3:0]Prescaler These bits define the prescaling factor for the RTC clock source (GCLK_RTC) to generate the counter clock (CLK_RTC_CNT). Periodic events and interrupts are not available when the prescaler is off. These bits are not synchronized. Value Name Description 0x0 OFF CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/1 0x1 DIV1 CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/1 0x2 DIV2 CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/2 0x3 DIV4 CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/4 0x4 DIV8 CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/8 0x5 DIV16 CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/16 0x6 DIV32 CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/32 0x7 DIV64 CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/64 0x8 DIV128 CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/128 0x9 DIV256 CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/256 0xA DIV512 CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/512 0xB DIV1024 CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/1024 0xC-0xF Reserved (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 275 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter Bit 7 - MATCHCLRClear on Match This bit defines if the counter is cleared or not on a match. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 The counter is not cleared on a Compare/Alarm 0 match 1 The counter is cleared on a Compare/Alarm 0 match Bits 3:2 - MODE[1:0]Operating Mode This bit group defines the operating mode of the RTC. This bit is not synchronized. Value Name Description 0x0 COUNT32 Mode 0: 32-bit counter 0x1 COUNT16 Mode 1: 16-bit counter 0x2 CLOCK Mode 2: Clock/calendar 0x3 Reserved Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable Due to synchronization there is a delay between writing CTRLA.ENABLE and until the peripheral is enabled/disabled. The value written to CTRLA.ENABLE will read back immediately and the Enable bit in the Synchronization Busy register (SYNCBUSY.ENABLE) will be set. SYNCBUSY.ENABLE will be cleared when the operation is complete. Value Description 0 The peripheral is disabled 1 The peripheral is enabled Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit resets all registers in the RTC (except DBGCTRL) to their initial state, and the RTC will be disabled. Writing a '1' to CTRLA.SWRST will always take precedence, meaning that all other writes in the same write-operation will be discarded. Due to synchronization there is a delay between writing CTRLA.SWRST and until the reset is complete. CTRLA.SWRST will be cleared when the reset is complete. Value Description 0 There is not reset operation ongoing 1 The reset operation is ongoing (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 276 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.8.2 Control B in COUNT32 mode (CTRLA.MODE=0) Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 15 Access Reset Bit Access Reset 7 DMAEN R/W 0 CTRLB 0x02 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 14 R/W 0 13 ACTF[2:0] R/W 0 12 R/W 0 6 RTCOUT R/W 0 5 DEBASYNC R/W 0 4 DEBMAJ R/W 0 11 10 R/W 0 3 2 9 DEBF[2:0] R/W 0 8 R/W 0 1 GP2EN R/W 0 0 GP0EN R/W 0 Bits 14:12 - ACTF[2:0]Active Layer Frequency These bits define the prescaling factor for the RTC clock output (OUT) used during active layer protection in terms of the CLK_RTC. Value Name Description 0x0 DIV2 CLK_RTC_OUT = CLK_RTC / 2 0x1 DIV4 CLK_RTC_OUT = CLK_RTC / 4 0x2 DIV8 CLK_RTC_OUT = CLK_RTC / 8 0x3 DIV16 CLK_RTC_OUT = CLK_RTC / 16 0x4 DIV32 CLK_RTC_OUT = CLK_RTC / 32 0x5 DIV64 CLK_RTC_OUT = CLK_RTC / 64 0x6 DIV128 CLK_RTC_OUT = CLK_RTC / 128 0x7 DIV256 CLK_RTC_OUT = CLK_RTC / 256 Bits 10:8 - DEBF[2:0]Debounce Frequency These bits define the prescaling factor for the input debouncers in terms of the CLK_RTC. Value Name Description 0x0 DIV2 CLK_RTC_DEB = CLK_RTC / 2 0x1 DIV4 CLK_RTC_DEB = CLK_RTC / 4 0x2 DIV8 CLK_RTC_DEB = CLK_RTC / 8 0x3 DIV16 CLK_RTC_DEB = CLK_RTC / 16 0x4 DIV32 CLK_RTC_DEB = CLK_RTC / 32 0x5 DIV64 CLK_RTC_DEB = CLK_RTC / 64 0x6 DIV128 CLK_RTC_DEB = CLK_RTC / 128 0x7 DIV256 CLK_RTC_DEB = CLK_RTC / 256 Bit 7 - DMAENDMA Enable The RTC can trigger a DMA request when the timestamp is ready in the TIMESTAMP register. Value Description 0 Tamper DMA request is disabled. Reading TIMESTAMP has no effect on INTFLAG.TAMPER. 1 Tamper DMA request is enabled. Reading TIMESTAMP will clear INTFLAG.TAMPER. Bit 6 - RTCOUTRTC Output Enable Value Description 0 The RTC active layer output is disabled. 1 The RTC active layer output is enabled. Bit 5 - DEBASYNCDebouncer Asynchronous Enable (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 277 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter Value 0 1 Description The tamper input debouncers operate synchronously. The tamper input debouncers operate asynchronously. Bit 4 - DEBMAJDebouncer Majority Enable Value Description 0 The tamper input debouncers match three equal values. 1 The tamper input debouncers match majority two of three values. Bit 1 - GP2ENGeneral Purpose 2 Enable Value Description 0 COMP1 compare function enabled. GP2/GP3 disabled. 1 COMP1 compare function disabled. GP2/GP3 enabled. Bit 0 - GP0ENGeneral Purpose 0 Enable Value Description 0 COMP0 compare function enabled. GP0/GP1 disabled. 1 COMP0 compare function disabled. GP0/GP1 enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 278 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.8.3 Event Control in COUNT32 mode (CTRLA.MODE=0) Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit EVCTRL 0x04 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 TAMPEVEI R/W 0 15 OVFEO R/W 0 14 TAMPEREO R/W 0 13 12 11 10 9 CMPEO1 R/W 0 8 CMPEO0 R/W 0 7 PEREO7 R/W 0 6 PEREO6 R/W 0 5 PEREO5 R/W 0 4 PEREO4 R/W 0 3 PEREO3 R/W 0 2 PEREO2 R/W 0 1 PEREO1 R/W 0 0 PEREO0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 16 - TAMPEVEITamper Event Input Enable Value Description 0 Tamper event input is disabled and incoming events will be ignored. 1 Tamper event input is enabled and incoming events will capture the COUNT value. Bit 15 - OVFEOOverflow Event Output Enable Value Description 0 Overflow event is disabled and will not be generated. 1 Overflow event is enabled and will be generated for every overflow. Bit 14 - TAMPEREOTamper Event Output Enable Value Description 0 Tamper event output is disabled and will not be generated. 1 Tamper event output is enabled and will be generated for every tamper input. Bits 8, 9 - CMPEOnCompare n Event Output Enable [n = 1..0] Value Description 0 Compare n event is disabled and will not be generated. 1 Compare n event is enabled and will be generated for every compare match. Bits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 - PEREOnPeriodic Interval n Event Output Enable [n = 7..0] Value Description 0 Periodic Interval n event is disabled and will not be generated. 1 Periodic Interval n event is enabled and will be generated. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 279 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.8.4 Interrupt Enable Clear in COUNT32 mode (CTRLA.MODE=0) Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENCLR 0x08 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to disable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Set (INTENSET) register. Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 15 OVF R/W 0 14 TAMPER R/W 0 13 12 11 10 9 CMP1 R/W 0 8 CMP0 R/W 0 7 PER7 R/W 0 6 PER6 R/W 0 5 PER5 R/W 0 4 PER4 R/W 0 3 PER3 R/W 0 2 PER2 R/W 0 1 PER1 R/W 0 0 PER0 R/W 0 Bit 15 - OVFOverflow Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Overflow Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Overflow interrupt. Value Description 0 The Overflow interrupt is disabled. 1 The Overflow interrupt is enabled. Bit 14 - TAMPERTamper Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this but will clear the Tamper Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Tamper interrupt. Value Description 0 The Tamper interrupt is disabled. 1 The Tamper interrupt is enabled. Bits 8, 9 - CMPnCompare n Interrupt Enable [n = 1..0] Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Compare n Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Compare n interrupt. Value Description 0 The Compare n interrupt is disabled 1 The Compare n interrupt is enabled. Bits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 - PERnPeriodic Interval n Interrupt Enable [n = 7..0] Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Periodic Interval n Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Periodic Interval n interrupt. Value Description 0 Periodic Interval n interrupt is disabled. 1 Periodic Interval n interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 280 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.8.5 Interrupt Enable Set in COUNT32 mode (CTRLA.MODE=0) Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENSET 0x0A 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to enable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Clear (INTENCLR) register. Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 15 OVF R/W 0 14 TAMPER R/W 0 13 12 11 10 9 CMP1 R/W 0 8 CMP0 R/W 0 7 PER7 R/W 0 6 PER6 R/W 0 5 PER5 R/W 0 4 PER4 R/W 0 3 PER3 R/W 0 2 PER2 R/W 0 1 PER1 R/W 0 0 PER0 R/W 0 Bit 15 - OVFOverflow Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Overflow Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Overflow interrupt. Value Description 0 The Overflow interrupt is disabled. 1 The Overflow interrupt is enabled. Bit 14 - TAMPERTamper Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Tamper Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Tamper interrupt. Value Description 0 The Tamper interrupt is disabled. 1 The Tamper interrupt is enabled. Bits 8, 9 - CMPnCompare n Interrupt Enable [n = 1..0] Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Compare n Interrupt Enable bit, which and enables the Compare n interrupt. Value Description 0 The Compare n interrupt is disabled. 1 The Compare n interrupt is enabled. Bits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 - PERnPeriodic Interval n Interrupt Enable [n = 7..0] Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Periodic Interval n Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Periodic Interval n interrupt. Value Description 0 Periodic Interval n interrupt is disabled. 1 Periodic Interval n interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 281 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.8.6 Interrupt Flag Status and Clear in COUNT32 mode (CTRLA.MODE=0) Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset INTFLAG 0x0C 0x0000 - 15 OVF R/W 0 14 TAMPER R/W 0 13 12 11 10 9 CMP1 R/W 0 8 CMP0 R/W 0 7 PER7 R/W 0 6 PER6 R/W 0 5 PER5 R/W 0 4 PER4 R/W 0 3 PER3 R/W 0 2 PER2 R/W 0 1 PER1 R/W 0 0 PER0 R/W 0 Bit 15 - OVFOverflow This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to the flag. This flag is set on the next CLK_RTC_CNT cycle after an overflow condition occurs, and an interrupt request will be generated if INTENCLR/SET.OVF is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Overflow interrupt flag. Bit 14 - TAMPERTamper event This flag is set after a damper condition occurs, and an interrupt request will be generated if INTENCLR.TAMPER/ INTENSET.TAMPER is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Tamper interrupt flag. Bits 8, 9 - CMPnCompare n [n = 1..0] This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to the flag. This flag is set on the next CLK_RTC_CNT cycle after a match with the compare condition, and an interrupt request will be generated if INTENCLR/SET.COMPn is one. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Compare n interrupt flag. Bits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 - PERnPeriodic Interval n [n = 7..0] This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to the flag. This flag is set on the 0-to-1 transition of prescaler bit [n+2], and an interrupt request will be generated if INTENCLR/ SET.PERn is one. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Periodic Interval n interrupt flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 282 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.8.7 Debug Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 DBGCTRL 0x0E 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 2 1 Access Reset 0 DBGRUN R/W 0 Bit 0 - DBGRUNDebug Run This bit is not reset by a software reset. This bit controls the functionality when the CPU is halted by an external debugger. Value Description 0 The RTC is halted when the CPU is halted by an external debugger. 1 The RTC continues normal operation when the CPU is halted by an external debugger. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 283 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.8.8 Synchronization Busy in COUNT32 mode (CTRLA.MODE=0) Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit SYNCBUSY 0x10 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 GP3 R 0 18 GP2 R 0 17 GP1 R 0 16 GP0 R 0 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 6 COMP1 R 0 5 COMP0 R 0 4 3 COUNT R 0 2 FREQCORR R 0 1 ENABLE R 0 0 SWRST R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 15 COUNTSYNC Access R Reset 0 Bit Access Reset 7 Bits 16, 17, 18, 19 - GPnGeneral Purpose n Synchronization Busy Status Value Description 0 Write synchronization for GPn register is complete. 1 Write synchronization for GPn register is ongoing. Bit 15 - COUNTSYNCCount Read Sync Enable Synchronization Busy Status Value Description 0 Write synchronization for CTRLA.COUNTSYNC bit is complete. 1 Write synchronization for CTRLA.COUNTSYNC bit is ongoing. Bits 5, 6 - COMPnCompare n Synchronization Busy Status [n = 1..0] Value Description 0 Write synchronization for COMPx register is complete. 1 Write synchronization for COMPx register is ongoing. Bit 3 - COUNTCount Value Synchronization Busy Status Value Description 0 Read/write synchronization for COUNT register is complete. 1 Read/write synchronization for COUNT register is ongoing. Bit 2 - FREQCORRFrequency Correction Synchronization Busy Status Value Description 0 Write synchronization for FREQCORR register is complete. 1 Write synchronization for FREQCORR register is ongoing. Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable Synchronization Busy Status Value Description 0 Write synchronization for CTRLA.ENABLE bit is complete. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 284 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter Value 1 Description Write synchronization for CTRLA.ENABLE bit is ongoing. Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Synchronization Busy Status Value Description 0 Write synchronization for CTRLA.SWRST bit is complete. 1 Write synchronization for CTRLA.SWRST bit is ongoing. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 285 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.8.9 Frequency Correction Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset 7 SIGN R/W 0 FREQCORR 0x14 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized 6 5 4 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 VALUE[6:0] R/W 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit 7 - SIGNCorrection Sign Value Description 0 The correction value is positive, i.e., frequency will be decreased. 1 The correction value is negative, i.e., frequency will be increased. Bits 6:0 - VALUE[6:0]Correction Value These bits define the amount of correction applied to the RTC prescaler. Value Description 0 Correction is disabled and the RTC frequency is unchanged. 1 - 127 The RTC frequency is adjusted according to the value. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 286 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.8.10 Counter Value in COUNT32 mode (CTRLA.MODE=0) Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset COUNT 0x18 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized, Read-Synchronized 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 28 27 COUNT[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 20 19 COUNT[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 11 COUNT[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 3 COUNT[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - COUNT[31:0]Counter Value These bits define the value of the 32-bit RTC counter in mode 0. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 287 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.8.11 Compare n Value in COUNT32 mode (CTRLA.MODE=0) Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit COMP 0x20 + n*0x04 [n=0..1] 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 28 27 COMP[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 20 19 COMP[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 11 COMP[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 COMP[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - COMP[31:0]Compare Value The 32-bit value of COMPn is continuously compared with the 32-bit COUNT value. When a match occurs, the Compare n interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.CMPn) is set on the next counter cycle, and the counter value is cleared if CTRLA.MATCHCLR is one. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 288 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.8.12 General Purpose n Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 GPn 0x40 + n*0x04 [n=0..3] 0x00000000 - 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 19 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 GP[31:24] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 20 GP[23:16] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 GP[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 GP[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - GP[31:0]General Purpose These bits are for user-defined general purpose use, see 21.6.8.4 General Purpose Registers. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 289 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.8.13 Tamper Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit TAMPCTRL 0x60 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 31 30 29 28 DEBNC4 27 DEBNC3 26 DEBNC2 25 DEBNC1 24 DEBNC0 0 0 0 0 0 20 TAMLVL4 19 TAMLVL3 18 TAMLVL2 17 TAMLVL1 16 TAMLVL0 0 0 0 0 0 12 11 10 9 Access Reset Bit 23 22 21 Access Reset Bit 15 14 13 8 IN4ACT[1:0] Access Reset 0 Bit 7 6 5 IN3ACT[1:0] Access Reset 0 4 3 IN2ACT[1:0] 0 0 2 1 IN1ACT[1:0] 0 0 0 0 IN0ACT[1:0] 0 0 0 Bits 24, 25, 26, 27, 28 - DEBNCDebounce Enable of Tamper Input INn Note: Debounce feature does not apply to the Active Layer Protection mode (TAMPCTRL.INACT = ACTL). Value 0 1 Description Debouncing is disabled for Tamper input INn Debouncing is enabled for Tamper input INn Bits 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 - TAMLVLTamper Level Select of Tamper Input INn Note: Tamper Level feature does not apply to the Active Layer Protection mode (TAMPCTRL.INACT = ACTL). Value 0 1 Description A falling edge condition will be detected on Tamper input INn. A rising edge condition will be detected on Tamper input INn. Bits 0:1, 2:3, 4:5, 6:7, 8:9 - INACTTamper Channel n Action These bits determine the action taken by Tamper Channel n. Value Name Description 0x0 OFF Off (Disabled) 0x1 WAKE Wake and set Tamper flag 0x2 CAPTURE Capture timestamp and set Tamper flag 0x3 ACTL Compare RTC signal routed between INn and OUT pins . When a mismatch occurs, capture timestamp and set Tamper flag (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 290 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.8.14 Timestamp Name: Offset: Reset: Property: TIMESTAMP 0x64 0x0 Read-Only Bit 31 30 29 Access Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit 23 22 21 Access Reset RO 0 RO 0 Bit 15 Access Reset Bit 28 27 COUNT[31:24] RO RO 0 0 26 25 24 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 18 17 16 RO 0 20 19 COUNT[23:16] RO RO 0 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 14 13 12 10 9 8 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 6 5 3 2 1 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 11 COUNT[15:8] RO RO 0 0 4 COUNT[7:0] Access Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bits 31:0 - COUNT[31:0]Count Timestamp Value The 32-bit value of COUNT is captured by the TIMESTAMP when a tamper condition occurs (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 291 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.8.15 Tamper ID Name: Offset: Reset: Bit Access Reset Bit TAMPID 0x68 0x00000000 31 TAMPEVT R/W 0 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 TAMPID4 R/W 0 3 TAMPID3 R/W 0 2 TAMPID2 R/W 0 1 TAMPID1 R/W 0 0 TAMPID0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 31 - TAMPEVTTamper Event Detected Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the tamper detection bit. Value Description 0 A tamper input event has not been detected 1 A tamper input event has been detected Bits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 - TAMPIDTamper on Channel n Detected Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the tamper detection bit. Value Description 0 A tamper condition has not been detected on Channel n 1 A tamper condition has been detected on Channel n (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 292 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.8.16 Backup n Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit BKUP 0x80 + n*0x04 [n=0..7] 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 28 27 BKUP[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 20 19 BKUP[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 BKUP[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 BKUP[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - BKUP[31:0]Backup These bits are user-defined for general purpose use in the Backup domain. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 293 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.9 Register Summary - Mode 1 - 16-Bit Counter Offset Name 0x00 CTRLA 0x02 CTRLB 0x04 EVCTRL 0x08 INTENCLR 0x0A INTENSET 0x0C INTFLAG 0x0E 0x0F DBGCTRL Reserved 0x10 SYNCBUSY 0x14 0x15 ... 0x17 FREQCORR 0x18 COUNT 0x1A ... 0x1B Reserved 0x1C PER 0x1E ... 0x1F Reserved 0x20 COMP0 0x22 COMP1 0x24 COMP2 0x26 COMP3 0x28 ... 0x3F Reserved Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 MODE[1:0] COUNTSYNC DMAEN GPTRST RTCOUT PEREO7 OVFEO PEREO6 TAMPEREO PER7 OVF PER7 OVF PER7 OVF COMP2 COUNTSYNC ENABLE PRESCALER[3:0] GP2EN DEBF[2:0] PEREO2 PEREO1 CMPEO2 CMPEO1 SWRST BKTRST DEBASYNC ACTF[2:0] PEREO5 PEREO4 PEREO3 CMPEO3 PER6 TAMPER PER6 TAMPER PER6 TAMPER PER5 PER4 PER5 PER4 PER5 PER4 PER3 CMP3 PER3 CMP3 PER3 CMP3 PER2 CMP2 PER2 CMP2 PER2 CMP2 PER1 CMP1 PER1 CMP1 PER1 CMP1 PER0 CMP0 PER0 CMP0 PER0 CMP0 DBGRUN COMP1 COMP0 PER COUNT FREQCORR ENABLE GP3 GP2 GP1 SWRST COMP3 GP0 DEBMAJ SIGN GP0EN PEREO0 CMPEO0 TAMPEVEI VALUE[6:0] Reserved 0x40 GP0 0x44 GP1 7:0 15:8 COUNT[7:0] COUNT[15:8] 7:0 15:8 PER[7:0] PER[15:8] 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 COMP[7:0] COMP[15:8] COMP[7:0] COMP[15:8] COMP[7:0] COMP[15:8] COMP[7:0] COMP[15:8] 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 GP[7:0] GP[15:8] GP[23:16] GP[31:24] GP[7:0] GP[15:8] GP[23:16] GP[31:24] (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 294 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter ...........continued Offset Name 0x48 GP2 0x4C GP3 0x50 ... 0x5F Reserved 0x60 TAMPCTRL 0x64 TIMESTAMP 0x68 0x6C ... 0x7F TAMPID Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 GP[7:0] GP[15:8] 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 GP[23:16] GP[31:24] GP[7:0] GP[15:8] GP[23:16] GP[31:24] 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 IN3ACT[1:0] IN2ACT[1:0] IN1ACT[1:0] TAMLVL4 TAMLVL3 DEBNC4 DEBNC3 COUNT[7:0] COUNT[15:8] TAMLVL2 DEBNC2 IN0ACT[1:0] IN4ACT[1:0] TAMLVL1 TAMLVL0 DEBNC1 DEBNC0 TAMPID4 TAMPID2 TAMPID1 TAMPID3 TAMPID0 TAMPEVT Reserved 0x80 BKUP0 0x84 BKUP1 0x88 BKUP2 0x8C BKUP3 0x90 BKUP4 0x94 BKUP5 0x98 BKUP6 0x9C BKUP7 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. BKUP[7:0] BKUP[15:8] BKUP[23:16] BKUP[31:24] BKUP[7:0] BKUP[15:8] BKUP[23:16] BKUP[31:24] BKUP[7:0] BKUP[15:8] BKUP[23:16] BKUP[31:24] BKUP[7:0] BKUP[15:8] BKUP[23:16] BKUP[31:24] BKUP[7:0] BKUP[15:8] BKUP[23:16] BKUP[31:24] BKUP[7:0] BKUP[15:8] BKUP[23:16] BKUP[31:24] BKUP[7:0] BKUP[15:8] BKUP[23:16] BKUP[31:24] BKUP[7:0] BKUP[15:8] BKUP[23:16] BKUP[31:24] Datasheet DS60001507F-page 295 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.10 Register Description - Mode 1 - 16-Bit Counter This Register Description section is valid if the RTC is in COUNT16 mode (CTRLA.MODE=1). Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16-, and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Some registers require synchronization when read and/or written. Synchronization is denoted by the "ReadSynchronized" and/or "Write-Synchronized" property in each individual register description. Optional write protection by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC) is denoted by the "PAC Write Protection" property in each individual register description. Some registers are enable-protected, meaning they can only be written when the module is disabled. Enable protection is denoted by the "Enable-Protected" property in each individual register description. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 296 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.10.1 Control A in COUNT16 mode (CTRLA.MODE=1) Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 15 COUNTSYNC Access R/W Reset 0 Bit 7 CTRLA 0x00 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected, Write-Synchronized 14 GPTRST R/W 0 13 BKTRST R/W 0 12 6 5 4 11 10 9 PRESCALER[3:0] R/W R/W 0 0 R/W 0 3 2 MODE[1:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 1 ENABLE R/W 0 8 R/W 0 0 SWRST R/W 0 Bit 15 - COUNTSYNCCOUNT Read Synchronization Enable The COUNT register requires synchronization when reading. Disabling the synchronization will prevent reading valid values from the COUNT register. This bit is not enable-protected. Value Description 0 COUNT read synchronization is disabled 1 COUNT read synchronization is enabled Bit 14 - GPTRSTGP Registers Reset On Tamper Enable Only GP registers enabled by the CTRLB.GPnEN bits are affected. This bit can be written only when the peripheral is disabled. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 GPn registers will not reset when a tamper condition occurs. 1 GPn registers will reset when a tamper condition occurs. Bit 13 - BKTRSTBKUP Registers Reset On Tamper Enable All BKUPn registers are affected. This bit can be written only when the peripheral is disabled. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 BKUPn registers will not reset when a tamper condition occurs. 1 BKUPn registers will reset when a tamper condition occurs. Bits 11:8 - PRESCALER[3:0]Prescaler These bits define the prescaling factor for the RTC clock source (GCLK_RTC) to generate the counter clock (CLK_RTC_CNT). Periodic events and interrupts are not available when the prescaler is off. These bits are not synchronized. Value Name Description 0x0 OFF CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/1 0x1 DIV1 CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/1 0x2 DIV2 CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/2 0x3 DIV4 CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/4 0x4 DIV8 CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/8 0x5 DIV16 CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/16 0x6 DIV32 CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/32 0x7 DIV64 CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/64 0x8 DIV128 CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/128 0x9 DIV256 CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/256 0xA DIV512 CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/512 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 297 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter Value 0xB 0xC-0xF Name DIV1024 - Description CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/1024 Reserved Bits 3:2 - MODE[1:0]Operating Mode This field defines the operating mode of the RTC. This bit is not synchronized. Value Name Description 0x0 COUNT32 Mode 0: 32-bit counter 0x1 COUNT16 Mode 1: 16-bit counter 0x2 CLOCK Mode 2: Clock/calendar 0x3 Reserved Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable Due to synchronization there is delay from writing CTRLA.ENABLE until the peripheral is enabled/disabled. The value written to CTRLA.ENABLE will read back immediately and the Enable bit in the Synchronization Busy register (SYNCBUSY.ENABLE) will be set. SYNCBUSY.ENABLE will be cleared when the operation is complete. Value Description 0 The peripheral is disabled 1 The peripheral is enabled Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit resets all registers in the RTC (except DBGCTRL) to their initial state, and the RTC will be disabled. Writing a '1' to CTRLA.SWRST will always take precedence, meaning that all other writes in the same write-operation will be discarded. Due to synchronization there is a delay from writing CTRLA.SWRST until the reset is complete. CTRLA.SWRST will be cleared when the reset is complete. Value Description 0 There is not reset operation ongoing 1 The reset operation is ongoing (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 298 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.10.2 Control B in COUNT16 mode (CTRLA.MODE=1) Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 15 Access Reset Bit Access Reset 7 DMAEN R/W 0 CTRLB 0x02 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 14 R/W 0 13 ACTF[2:0] R/W 0 12 R/W 0 6 RTCOUT R/W 0 5 DEBASYNC R/W 0 4 DEBMAJ R/W 0 11 10 R/W 0 3 2 9 DEBF[2:0] R/W 0 8 R/W 0 1 GP2EN R/W 0 0 GP0EN R/W 0 Bits 14:12 - ACTF[2:0]Active Layer Frequency These bits define the prescaling factor for the RTC clock output (OUT) used during active layer protection in terms of the CLK_RTC. Value Name Description 0x0 DIV2 CLK_RTC_OUT = CLK_RTC / 2 0x1 DIV4 CLK_RTC_OUT = CLK_RTC / 4 0x2 DIV8 CLK_RTC_OUT = CLK_RTC / 8 0x3 DIV16 CLK_RTC_OUT = CLK_RTC / 16 0x4 DIV32 CLK_RTC_OUT = CLK_RTC / 32 0x5 DIV64 CLK_RTC_OUT = CLK_RTC / 64 0x6 DIV128 CLK_RTC_OUT = CLK_RTC / 128 0x7 DIV256 CLK_RTC_OUT = CLK_RTC / 256 Bits 10:8 - DEBF[2:0]Debounce Frequency These bits define the prescaling factor for the input debouncers in terms of the CLK_RTC. Value Name Description 0x0 DIV2 CLK_RTC_DEB = CLK_RTC / 2 0x1 DIV4 CLK_RTC_DEB = CLK_RTC / 4 0x2 DIV8 CLK_RTC_DEB = CLK_RTC / 8 0x3 DIV16 CLK_RTC_DEB = CLK_RTC / 16 0x4 DIV32 CLK_RTC_DEB = CLK_RTC / 32 0x5 DIV64 CLK_RTC_DEB = CLK_RTC / 64 0x6 DIV128 CLK_RTC_DEB = CLK_RTC / 128 0x7 DIV256 CLK_RTC_DEB = CLK_RTC / 256 Bit 7 - DMAENDMA Enable The RTC can trigger a DMA request when the timestamp is ready in the TIMESTAMP register. Value Description 0 Tamper DMA request is disabled. Reading TIMESTAMP has no effect on INTFLAG.TAMPER. 1 Tamper DMA request is enabled. Reading TIMESTAMP will clear INTFLAG.TAMPER. Bit 6 - RTCOUTRTC Output Enable Value Description 0 The RTC active layer output is disabled. 1 The RTC active layer output is enabled. Bit 5 - DEBASYNCDebouncer Asynchronous Enable (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 299 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter Value 0 1 Description The tamper input debouncers operate synchronously. The tamper input debouncers operate asynchronously. Bit 4 - DEBMAJDebouncer Majority Enable Value Description 0 The tamper input debouncers match three equal values. 1 The tamper input debouncers match majority two of three values. Bit 1 - GP2ENGeneral Purpose 2 Enable Value Description 0 COMP1 compare function enabled. GP2/GP3 disabled. 1 COMP1 compare function disabled. GP2/GP3 enabled. Bit 0 - GP0ENGeneral Purpose 0 Enable Value Description 0 COMP0 compare function enabled. GP0/GP1 disabled. 1 COMP0 compare function disabled. GP0/GP1 enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 300 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.10.3 Event Control in COUNT16 mode (CTRLA.MODE=1) Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit EVCTRL 0x04 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 TAMPEVEI R/W 0 15 OVFEO R/W 0 14 TAMPEREO R/W 0 13 12 11 CMPEO3 R/W 0 10 CMPEO2 R/W 0 9 CMPEO1 R/W 0 8 CMPEO0 R/W 0 7 PEREO7 R/W 0 6 PEREO6 R/W 0 5 PEREO5 R/W 0 4 PEREO4 R/W 0 3 PEREO3 R/W 0 2 PEREO2 R/W 0 1 PEREO1 R/W 0 0 PEREO0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 16 - TAMPEVEITamper Event Input Enable Value Description 0 Tamper event input is disabled, and incoming events will be ignored 1 Tamper event input is enabled, and incoming events will capture the COUNT value Bit 15 - OVFEOOverflow Event Output Enable Value Description 0 Overflow event is disabled and will not be generated. 1 Overflow event is enabled and will be generated for every overflow. Bit 14 - TAMPEREOTamper Event Output Enable Value Description 0 Tamper event output is disabled, and will not be generated. 1 Tamper event output is enabled, and will be generated for every tamper input. Bits 8, 9, 10, 11 - CMPEOnCompare n Event Output Enable [n = 3..0] Value Description 0 Compare n event is disabled and will not be generated. 1 Compare n event is enabled and will be generated for every compare match. Bits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 - PEREOnPeriodic Interval n Event Output Enable [n = 7..0] Value Description 0 Periodic Interval n event is disabled and will not be generated. 1 Periodic Interval n event is enabled and will be generated. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 301 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.10.4 Interrupt Enable Clear in COUNT16 mode (CTRLA.MODE=1) Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENCLR 0x08 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to disable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Set (INTENSET) register. Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 15 OVF R/W 0 14 TAMPER R/W 0 13 12 11 CMP3 R/W 0 10 CMP2 R/W 0 9 CMP1 R/W 0 8 CMP0 R/W 0 7 PER7 R/W 0 6 PER6 R/W 0 5 PER5 R/W 0 4 PER4 R/W 0 3 PER3 R/W 0 2 PER2 R/W 0 1 PER1 R/W 0 0 PER0 R/W 0 Bit 15 - OVFOverflow Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Overflow Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Overflow interrupt. Value Description 0 The Overflow interrupt is disabled. 1 The Overflow interrupt is enabled. Bit 14 - TAMPERTamper Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Tamper Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Tamper interrupt. Value Description 0 The Tamper interrupt is disabled. 1 The Tamper interrupt is enabled. Bits 8, 9, 10, 11 - CMPnCompare n Interrupt Enable [n = 3..0] Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Compare n Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Compare n interrupt. Value Description 0 The Compare n interrupt is disabled. 1 The Compare n interrupt is enabled. Bits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 - PERnPeriodic Interval n Interrupt Enable [n = 7..0] Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Periodic Interval n Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Periodic Interval n interrupt. Value Description 0 Periodic Interval n interrupt is disabled. 1 Periodic Interval n interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 302 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.10.5 Interrupt Enable Set in COUNT16 mode (CTRLA.MODE=1) Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENSET 0x0A 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to enable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Clear (INTENCLR) register. Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 15 OVF R/W 0 14 TAMPER R/W 0 13 12 11 CMP3 R/W 0 10 CMP2 R/W 0 9 CMP1 R/W 0 8 CMP0 R/W 0 7 PER7 R/W 0 6 PER6 R/W 0 5 PER5 R/W 0 4 PER4 R/W 0 3 PER3 R/W 0 2 PER2 R/W 0 1 PER1 R/W 0 0 PER0 R/W 0 Bit 15 - OVFOverflow Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Overflow Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Overflow interrupt. Value Description 0 The Overflow interrupt is disabled. 1 The Overflow interrupt is enabled. Bit 14 - TAMPERTamper Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Tamper Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Tamper interrupt. Value Description 0 The Tamper interrupt is disabled. 1 The Tamper interrupt is enabled. Bits 8, 9, 10, 11 - CMPnCompare n Interrupt Enable [n = 3..0] Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Compare n Interrupt Enable bit, which and enables the Compare n interrupt. Value Description 0 The Compare n interrupt is disabled. 1 The Compare n interrupt is enabled. Bits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 - PERnPeriodic Interval n Interrupt Enable [n = 7..0] Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Periodic Interval n Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Periodic Interval n interrupt. Value Description 0 Periodic Interval n interrupt is disabled. 1 Periodic Interval n interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 303 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.10.6 Interrupt Flag Status and Clear in COUNT16 mode (CTRLA.MODE=1) Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset INTFLAG 0x0C 0x0000 - 15 OVF R/W 0 14 TAMPER R/W 0 13 12 11 CMP3 R/W 0 10 CMP2 R/W 0 9 CMP1 R/W 0 8 CMP0 R/W 0 7 PER7 R/W 0 6 PER6 R/W 0 5 PER5 R/W 0 4 PER4 R/W 0 3 PER3 R/W 0 2 PER2 R/W 0 1 PER1 R/W 0 0 PER0 R/W 0 Bit 15 - OVFOverflow This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to the flag. This flag is set on the next CLK_RTC_CNT cycle after an overflow condition occurs, and an interrupt request will be generated if INTENCLR/SET.OVF is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Overflow interrupt flag. Bit 14 - TAMPERTamper This flag is set after a tamper condition occurs, and an interrupt request will be generated if INTENCLR.TAMPER/ INTENSET.TAMPER is one. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit clears the Tamper interrupt flag. Bits 8, 9, 10, 11 - CMPnCompare n [n = 3..0] This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to the flag. This flag is set on the next CLK_RTC_CNT cycle after a match with the compare condition, and an interrupt request will be generated if INTENCLR/SET.COMPn is one. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Compare n interrupt flag. Bits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 - PERnPeriodic Interval n [n = 7..0] This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to the flag. This flag is set on the 0-to-1 transition of prescaler bit [n+2], and an interrupt request will be generated if INTENCLR/ SET.PERx is one. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Periodic Interval n interrupt flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 304 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.10.7 Debug Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 DBGCTRL 0x0E 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 2 1 Access Reset 0 DBGRUN R/W 0 Bit 0 - DBGRUNDebug Run This bit is not reset by a software reset. This bit controls the functionality when the CPU is halted by an external debugger. Value Description 0 The RTC is halted when the CPU is halted by an external debugger. 1 The RTC continues normal operation when the CPU is halted by an external debugger. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 305 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.10.8 Synchronization Busy in COUNT16 mode (CTRLA.MODE=1) Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit SYNCBUSY 0x10 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 GP3 R 0 18 GP2 R 0 17 GP1 R 0 16 GP0 R 0 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 COMP3 R 0 6 COMP1 R 0 5 COMP0 R 0 4 PER R 0 3 COUNT R 0 2 FREQCORR R 0 1 ENABLE R 0 0 SWRST R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 15 COUNTSYNC Access R Reset 0 Bit Access Reset 7 COMP2 R 0 Bits 16, 17, 18, 19 - GPnGeneral Purpose n Synchronization Busy Status Value Description 0 Write synchronization for GPn register is complete. 1 Write synchronization for GPn register is ongoing. Bit 15 - COUNTSYNCCount Read Sync Enable Synchronization Busy Status Value Description 0 Write synchronization for CTRLA.COUNTSYNC bit is complete. 1 Write synchronization for CTRLA.COUNTSYNC bit is ongoing. Bits 5, 6, 7, 8 - COMPnCompare n Synchronization Busy Status [n = 3..0] Value Description 0 Write synchronization for COMPn register is complete. 1 Write synchronization for COMPn register is ongoing. Bit 4 - PERPeriod Synchronization Busy Status Value Description 0 Write synchronization for PER register is complete. 1 Write synchronization for PER register is ongoing. Bit 3 - COUNTCount Value Synchronization Busy Status Value Description 0 Read/write synchronization for COUNT register is complete. 1 Read/write synchronization for COUNT register is ongoing. Bit 2 - FREQCORRFrequency Correction Synchronization Busy Status Value Description 0 Write synchronization for FREQCORR register is complete. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 306 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter Value 1 Description Write synchronization for FREQCORR register is ongoing. Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable Synchronization Busy Status Value Description 0 Write synchronization for CTRLA.ENABLE bit is complete. 1 Write synchronization for CTRLA.ENABLE bit is ongoing. Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Synchronization Busy Status Value Description 0 Write synchronization for CTRLA.SWRST bit is complete. 1 Write synchronization for CTRLA.SWRST bit is ongoing. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 307 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.10.9 Frequency Correction Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset 7 SIGN R/W 0 FREQCORR 0x14 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized 6 5 4 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 VALUE[6:0] R/W 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit 7 - SIGNCorrection Sign Value Description 0 The correction value is positive, i.e., frequency will be decreased. 1 The correction value is negative, i.e., frequency will be increased. Bits 6:0 - VALUE[6:0]Correction Value These bits define the amount of correction applied to the RTC prescaler. Value Description 0 Correction is disabled and the RTC frequency is unchanged. 1 - 127 The RTC frequency is adjusted according to the value. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 308 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.10.10 Counter Value in COUNT16 mode (CTRLA.MODE=1) Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset COUNT 0x18 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized, Read-Synchronized 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 12 11 COUNT[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 3 COUNT[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 15:0 - COUNT[15:0]Counter Value These bits define the value of the 16-bit RTC counter in COUNT16 mode (CTRLA.MODE=1). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 309 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.10.11 Counter Period in COUNT16 mode (CTRLA.MODE=1) Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 15 PER 0x1C 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 PER[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 PER[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 15:0 - PER[15:0]Counter Period These bits define the value of the 16-bit RTC period in COUNT16 mode (CTRLA.MODE=1). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 310 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.10.12 Compare n Value in COUNT16 mode (CTRLA.MODE=1) Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit COMP 0x20 + n*0x02 [n=0..3] 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 12 11 COMP[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 COMP[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 15:0 - COMP[15:0]Compare Value The 16-bit value of COMPn is continuously compared with the 16-bit COUNT value. When a match occurs, the Compare n interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.CMPn) is set on the next counter cycle. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 311 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.10.13 General Purpose n Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 GPn 0x40 + n*0x04 [n=0..3] 0x00000000 - 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 19 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 GP[31:24] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 20 GP[23:16] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 GP[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 GP[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - GP[31:0]General Purpose These bits are for user-defined general purpose use, see 21.6.8.4 General Purpose Registers. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 312 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.10.14 Tamper Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit TAMPCTRL 0x60 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 31 30 29 28 DEBNC4 27 DEBNC3 26 DEBNC2 25 DEBNC1 24 DEBNC0 0 0 0 0 0 20 TAMLVL4 19 TAMLVL3 18 TAMLVL2 17 TAMLVL1 16 TAMLVL0 0 0 0 0 0 12 11 10 9 Access Reset Bit 23 22 21 Access Reset Bit 15 14 13 8 IN4ACT[1:0] Access Reset 0 Bit 7 6 5 IN3ACT[1:0] Access Reset 0 4 3 IN2ACT[1:0] 0 0 2 1 IN1ACT[1:0] 0 0 0 0 IN0ACT[1:0] 0 0 0 Bits 24, 25, 26, 27, 28 - DEBNCDebounce Enable of Tamper Input INn Note: Debounce feature does not apply to the Active Layer Protection mode (TAMPCTRL.INACT = ACTL). Value 0 1 Description Debouncing is disabled for Tamper input INn Debouncing is enabled for Tamper input INn Bits 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 - TAMLVLTamper Level Select of Tamper Input INn Note: Tamper Level feature does not apply to the Active Layer Protection mode (TAMPCTRL.INACT = ACTL). Value 0 1 Description A falling edge condition will be detected on Tamper input INn. A rising edge condition will be detected on Tamper input INn. Bits 0:1, 2:3, 4:5, 6:7, 8:9 - INACTTamper Channel n Action These bits determine the action taken by Tamper Channel n. Value Name Description 0x0 OFF Off (Disabled) 0x1 WAKE Wake and set Tamper flag 0x2 CAPTURE Capture timestamp and set Tamper flag 0x3 ACTL Compare RTC signal routed between INn and OUT pins . When a mismatch occurs, capture timestamp and set Tamper flag (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 313 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.10.15 Timestamp Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit TIMESTAMP 0x64 0x0000 Read-Only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit COUNT[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 COUNT[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 15:0 - COUNT[15:0]Count Timestamp Value The 16-bit value of COUNT is captured by the TIMESTAMP when a tamper condition occurs. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 314 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.10.16 Tamper ID Name: Offset: Reset: Bit Access Reset Bit TAMPID 0x68 0x00000000 31 TAMPEVT R/W 0 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 TAMPID4 R/W 0 3 TAMPID3 R/W 0 2 TAMPID2 R/W 0 1 TAMPID1 R/W 0 0 TAMPID0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 31 - TAMPEVTTamper Event Detected Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the tamper detection bit. Value Description 0 A tamper input event has not been detected 1 A tamper input event has been detected Bits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 - TAMPIDTamper on Channel n Detected Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the tamper detection bit. Value Description 0 A tamper condition has not been detected on Channel n 1 A tamper condition has been detected on Channel n (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 315 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.10.17 Backup n Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit BKUP 0x80 + n*0x04 [n=0..7] 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 28 27 BKUP[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 20 19 BKUP[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 BKUP[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 BKUP[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - BKUP[31:0]Backup These bits are user-defined for general purpose use in the Backup domain. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 316 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.11 Register Summary - Mode 2 - Clock/Calendar Offset Name 0x00 CTRLA 0x02 CTRLB 0x04 EVCTRL 0x08 INTENCLR 0x0A INTENSET 0x0C INTFLAG 0x0E 0x0F DBGCTRL Reserved 0x10 SYNCBUSY 0x14 0x15 ... 0x17 FREQCORR 0x18 0x1C ... 0x1F 0x20 0x24 0x25 ... 0x27 0x28 0x2C 0x2D ... 0x3F Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 MATCHCLR CLOCKSYNC DMAEN CLKREP GPTRST RTCOUT PEREO7 OVFEO PEREO6 TAMPEREO PER7 OVF PER7 OVF PER7 OVF MODE[1:0] ENABLE PRESCALER[3:0] GP2EN DEBF[2:0] PEREO2 PEREO1 ALARMEO1 BKTRST DEBASYNC ACTF[2:0] PEREO5 PEREO4 PEREO3 PER6 TAMPER PER6 TAMPER PER6 TAMPER PER5 PER4 PER3 PER2 PER5 PER4 PER3 PER2 PER5 PER4 PER3 PER2 ALARM1 ALARM0 MASK1 CLOCK MASK0 GP3 CLOCKSYNC DEBMAJ SIGN SWRST GP0EN PEREO0 ALARMEO0 TAMPEVEI PER1 ALARM1 PER1 ALARM1 PER1 ALARM1 PER0 ALARM0 PER0 ALARM0 PER0 ALARM0 DBGRUN FREQCORR ENABLE SWRST GP2 GP1 GP0 VALUE[6:0] Reserved CLOCK 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 MINUTE[1:0] 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 MINUTE[1:0] 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 MINUTE[1:0] SECOND[5:0] HOUR[3:0] MINUTE[5:2] MONTH[1:0] DAY[4:0] HOUR[4] MONTH[3:2] YEAR[5:0] Reserved ALARM0 MASK0 SECOND[5:0] HOUR[3:0] MINUTE[5:2] MONTH[1:0] DAY[4:0] YEAR[5:0] HOUR[4] MONTH[3:2] SEL[2:0] Reserved ALARM1 MASK1 SECOND[5:0] HOUR[3:0] MINUTE[5:2] MONTH[1:0] DAY[4:0] YEAR[5:0] HOUR[4] MONTH[3:2] SEL[2:0] Reserved 0x40 GP0 0x44 GP1 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. GP[7:0] GP[15:8] GP[23:16] GP[31:24] GP[7:0] GP[15:8] GP[23:16] GP[31:24] Datasheet DS60001507F-page 317 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter ...........continued Offset Name 0x48 GP2 0x4C GP3 0x50 ... 0x5F Reserved 0x60 0x64 0x68 0x6C ... 0x7F TAMPCTRL TIMESTAMP TAMPID Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 GP[7:0] GP[15:8] 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 GP[23:16] GP[31:24] GP[7:0] GP[15:8] GP[23:16] GP[31:24] 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 IN3ACT[1:0] IN2ACT[1:0] IN1ACT[1:0] TAMLVL4 DEBNC4 MINUTE[1:0] HOUR[3:0] MONTH[1:0] YEAR[5:0] TAMPID4 IN0ACT[1:0] IN4ACT[1:0] TAMLVL1 TAMLVL0 DEBNC1 DEBNC0 TAMLVL3 TAMLVL2 DEBNC3 DEBNC2 SECOND[5:0] MINUTE[5:2] DAY[4:0] TAMPID3 TAMPID2 HOUR[4] MONTH[3:2] TAMPID1 TAMPID0 TAMPEVT Reserved 0x80 BKUP0 0x84 BKUP1 0x88 BKUP2 0x8C BKUP3 0x90 BKUP4 0x94 BKUP5 0x98 BKUP6 0x9C BKUP7 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. BKUP[7:0] BKUP[15:8] BKUP[23:16] BKUP[31:24] BKUP[7:0] BKUP[15:8] BKUP[23:16] BKUP[31:24] BKUP[7:0] BKUP[15:8] BKUP[23:16] BKUP[31:24] BKUP[7:0] BKUP[15:8] BKUP[23:16] BKUP[31:24] BKUP[7:0] BKUP[15:8] BKUP[23:16] BKUP[31:24] BKUP[7:0] BKUP[15:8] BKUP[23:16] BKUP[31:24] BKUP[7:0] BKUP[15:8] BKUP[23:16] BKUP[31:24] BKUP[7:0] BKUP[15:8] BKUP[23:16] BKUP[31:24] Datasheet DS60001507F-page 318 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.12 Register Description - Mode 2 - Clock/Calendar This Register Description section is valid if the RTC is in Clock/Calendar mode (CTRLA.MODE=2). Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16-, and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Some registers require synchronization when read and/or written. Synchronization is denoted by the "ReadSynchronized" and/or "Write-Synchronized" property in each individual register description. Optional write protection by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC) is denoted by the "PAC Write Protection" property in each individual register description. Some registers are enable-protected, meaning they can only be written when the module is disabled. Enable protection is denoted by the "Enable-Protected" property in each individual register description. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 319 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.12.1 Control A in Clock/Calendar mode (CTRLA.MODE=2) Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 15 CLOCKSYNC Access R/W Reset 0 Bit Access Reset 7 MATCHCLR R/W 0 CTRLA 0x00 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected, Write-Synchronized 14 GPTRST R/W 0 13 BKTRST R/W 0 12 6 CLKREP R/W 0 5 4 11 10 9 PRESCALER[3:0] R/W R/W 0 0 R/W 0 3 2 MODE[1:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 1 ENABLE R/W 0 8 R/W 0 0 SWRST R/W 0 Bit 15 - CLOCKSYNCCLOCK Read Synchronization Enable The CLOCK register requires synchronization when reading. Disabling the synchronization will prevent reading valid values from the CLOCK register. This bit is not enable-protected. Value Description 0 CLOCK read synchronization is disabled 1 CLOCK read synchronization is enabled Bit 14 - GPTRSTGP Registers Reset On Tamper Enable Only GP registers enabled by the CTRLB.GPnEN bits are affected. This bit can be written only when the peripheral is disabled. This bit is not synchronized. Bit 13 - BKTRSTBKUP Registers Reset On Tamper Enable All BKUPn registers are affected. This bit can be written only when the peripheral is disabled. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 BKUPn registers will not reset when a tamper condition occurs. 1 BKUPn registers will reset when a tamper condition occurs. Bits 11:8 - PRESCALER[3:0]Prescaler These bits define the prescaling factor for the RTC clock source (GCLK_RTC) to generate the counter clock (CLK_RTC_CNT). Periodic events and interrupts are not available when the prescaler is off. These bits are not synchronized. Value Name Description 0x0 OFF CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/1 0x1 DIV1 CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/1 0x2 DIV2 CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/2 0x3 DIV4 CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/4 0x4 DIV8 CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/8 0x5 DIV16 CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/16 0x6 DIV32 CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/32 0x7 DIV64 CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/64 0x8 DIV128 CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/128 0x9 DIV256 CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/256 0xA DIV512 CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/512 0xB DIV1024 CLK_RTC_CNT = GCLK_RTC/1024 0xC-0xF Reserved (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 320 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter Bit 7 - MATCHCLRClear on Match This bit is valid only in Mode 0 (COUNT32) and Mode 2 (CLOCK). This bit can be written only when the peripheral is disabled. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 The counter is not cleared on a Compare/Alarm 0 match 1 The counter is cleared on a Compare/Alarm 0 match Bit 6 - CLKREPClock Representation This bit is valid only in Mode 2 and determines how the hours are represented in the Clock Value (CLOCK) register. This bit can be written only when the peripheral is disabled. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 24 Hour 1 12 Hour (AM/PM) Bits 3:2 - MODE[1:0]Operating Mode This field defines the operating mode of the RTC. This bit is not synchronized. Value Name Description 0x0 COUNT32 Mode 0: 32-bit counter 0x1 COUNT16 Mode 1: 16-bit counter 0x2 CLOCK Mode 2: Clock/calendar 0x3 Reserved Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable Due to synchronization there is delay from writing CTRLA.ENABLE until the peripheral is enabled/disabled. The value written to CTRLA.ENABLE will read back immediately and the Enable bit in the Synchronization Busy register (SYNCBUSY.ENABLE) will be set. SYNCBUSY.ENABLE will be cleared when the operation is complete. Value Description 0 The peripheral is disabled 1 The peripheral is enabled Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit resets all registers in the RTC, except DBGCTRL, to their initial state, and the RTC will be disabled. Writing a '1' to CTRLA.SWRST will always take precedence, meaning that all other writes in the same write-operation will be discarded. Due to synchronization there is a delay from writing CTRLA.SWRST until the reset is complete. CTRLA.SWRST will be cleared when the reset is complete. Value Description 0 There is not reset operation ongoing 1 The reset operation is ongoing (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 321 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.12.2 Control B in Clock/Calendar mode (CTRLA.MODE=2) Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 15 Access Reset Bit Access Reset 7 DMAEN R/W 0 CTRLB 0x2 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 14 R/W 0 13 ACTF[2:0] R/W 0 12 R/W 0 6 RTCOUT R/W 0 5 DEBASYNC R/W 0 4 DEBMAJ R/W 0 11 10 R/W 0 3 2 9 DEBF[2:0] R/W 0 8 R/W 0 1 GP2EN R/W 0 0 GP0EN R/W 0 Bits 14:12 - ACTF[2:0]Active Layer Frequency These bits define the prescaling factor for the RTC clock output (OUT) used during active layer protection in terms of the CLK_RTC. Value Name Description 0x0 DIV2 CLK_RTC_OUT = CLK_RTC / 2 0x1 DIV4 CLK_RTC_OUT = CLK_RTC / 4 0x2 DIV8 CLK_RTC_OUT = CLK_RTC / 8 0x3 DIV16 CLK_RTC_OUT = CLK_RTC / 16 0x4 DIV32 CLK_RTC_OUT = CLK_RTC / 32 0x5 DIV64 CLK_RTC_OUT = CLK_RTC / 64 0x6 DIV128 CLK_RTC_OUT = CLK_RTC / 128 0x7 DIV256 CLK_RTC_OUT = CLK_RTC / 256 Bits 10:8 - DEBF[2:0]Debounce Frequency These bits define the prescaling factor for the input debouncers in terms of the CLK_RTC. Value Name Description 0x0 DIV2 CLK_RTC_DEB = CLK_RTC / 2 0x1 DIV4 CLK_RTC_DEB = CLK_RTC / 4 0x2 DIV8 CLK_RTC_DEB = CLK_RTC / 8 0x3 DIV16 CLK_RTC_DEB = CLK_RTC / 16 0x4 DIV32 CLK_RTC_DEB = CLK_RTC / 32 0x5 DIV64 CLK_RTC_DEB = CLK_RTC / 64 0x6 DIV128 CLK_RTC_DEB = CLK_RTC / 128 0x7 DIV256 CLK_RTC_DEB = CLK_RTC / 256 Bit 7 - DMAENDMA Enable The RTC can trigger a DMA request when the timestamp is ready in the TIMESTAMP register. Value Description 0 Tamper DMA request is disabled. Reading TIMESTAMP has no effect on INTFLAG.TAMPER. 1 Tamper DMA request is enabled. Reading TIMESTAMP will clear INTFLAG.TAMPER. Bit 6 - RTCOUTRTC Out Enable Value Description 0 The RTC active layer output is disabled. 1 The RTC active layer output is enabled. Bit 5 - DEBASYNCDebouncer Asynchronous Enable (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 322 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter Value 0 1 Description The tamper input debouncers operate synchronously. The tamper input debouncers operate asynchronously. Bit 4 - DEBMAJDebouncer Majority Enable Value Description 0 The tamper input debouncers match three equal values. 1 The tamper input debouncers match majority two of three values. Bit 1 - GP2ENGeneral Purpose 2 Enable Value Description 0 COMP1 compare function enabled. GP2/GP3 disabled. 1 COMP1 compare function disabled. GP2/GP3 enabled. Bit 0 - GP0ENGeneral Purpose 0 Enable Value Description 0 COMP0 compare function enabled. GP0 disabled. 1 COMP0 compare function disabled. GP0 enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 323 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.12.3 Event Control in Clock/Calendar mode (CTRLA.MODE=2) Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit EVCTRL 0x04 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 TAMPEVEI R/W 0 15 OVFEO R/W 0 14 TAMPEREO R/W 0 13 12 11 10 9 ALARMEO1 R/W 0 8 ALARMEO0 R/W 0 7 PEREO7 R/W 0 6 PEREO6 R/W 0 5 PEREO5 R/W 0 4 PEREO4 R/W 0 3 PEREO3 R/W 0 2 PEREO2 R/W 0 1 PEREO1 R/W 0 0 PEREO0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 16 - TAMPEVEITamper Event Input Enable Value Description 0 Tamper event input is disabled, and incoming events will be ignored. 1 Tamper event input is enabled, and all incoming events will capture the CLOCK value. Bit 15 - OVFEOOverflow Event Output Enable Value Description 0 Overflow event is disabled and will not be generated. 1 Overflow event is enabled and will be generated for every overflow. Bit 14 - TAMPEREOTamper Event Output Enable Value Description 0 Tamper event output is disabled, and will not be generated 1 Tamper event output is enabled, and will be generated for every tamper input. Bits 8, 9 - ALARMEOnAlarm n Event Output Enable [n = 1..0] Value Description 0 Alarm n event is disabled and will not be generated. 1 Alarm n event is enabled and will be generated for every compare match. Bits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 - PEREOnPeriodic Interval n Event Output Enable [n = 7..0] Value Description 0 Periodic Interval n event is disabled and will not be generated. 1 Periodic Interval n event is enabled and will be generated. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 324 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.12.4 Interrupt Enable Clear in Clock/Calendar mode (CTRLA.MODE=2) Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENCLR 0x08 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to disable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Set (INTENSET) register. Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 15 OVF R/W 0 14 TAMPER R/W 0 13 12 11 10 9 ALARM1 R/W 0 8 ALARM0 R/W 0 7 PER7 R/W 0 6 PER6 R/W 0 5 PER5 R/W 0 4 PER4 R/W 0 3 PER3 R/W 0 2 PER2 R/W 0 1 PER1 R/W 0 0 PER0 R/W 0 Bit 15 - OVFOverflow Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Overflow Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Overflow interrupt. Value Description 0 The Overflow interrupt is disabled. 1 The Overflow interrupt is enabled. Bit 14 - TAMPERTamper Interrupt Enable Bits 8, 9 - ALARMnAlarm n Interrupt Enable [n = 1..0] Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Alarm n Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Alarm n interrupt. Value Description 0 The Alarm n interrupt is disabled. 1 The Alarm n interrupt is enabled. Bits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 - PERnPeriodic Interval n Interrupt Enable [n = 7..0] Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Periodic Interval n Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Periodic Interval n interrupt. Value Description 0 Periodic Interval n interrupt is disabled. 1 Periodic Interval n interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 325 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.12.5 Interrupt Enable Set in Clock/Calendar mode (CTRLA.MODE=2) Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENSET 0x0A 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to enable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Clear (INTENCLR) register. Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 15 OVF R/W 0 14 TAMPER R/W 0 13 12 11 10 9 ALARM1 R/W 0 8 ALARM0 R/W 0 7 PER7 R/W 0 6 PER6 R/W 0 5 PER5 R/W 0 4 PER4 R/W 0 3 PER3 R/W 0 2 PER2 R/W 0 1 PER1 R/W 0 0 PER0 R/W 0 Bit 15 - OVFOverflow Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Overflow Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Overflow interrupt. Value Description 0 The Overflow interrupt is disabled. 1 The Overflow interrupt is enabled. Bit 14 - TAMPERTamper Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Tamper Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Tamper interrupt. Value Description 0 The Tamper interrupt it disabled. 1 The Tamper interrupt is enabled. Bits 8, 9 - ALARMnAlarm n Interrupt Enable [n = 1..0] Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Alarm n Interrupt Enable bit, which and enables the Alarm n interrupt. Value Description 0 The Alarm n interrupt is disabled. 1 The Alarm n interrupt is enabled. Bits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 - PERnPeriodic Interval n Interrupt Enable [n = 7..0] Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Periodic Interval n Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Periodic Interval n interrupt. Value Description 0 Periodic Interval n interrupt is disabled. 1 Periodic Interval n interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 326 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.12.6 Interrupt Flag Status and Clear in Clock/Calendar mode (CTRLA.MODE=2) Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset INTFLAG 0x0C 0x0000 - 15 OVF R/W 0 14 TAMPER R/W 0 13 12 11 10 9 ALARM1 R/W 0 8 ALARM0 R/W 0 7 PER7 R/W 0 6 PER6 R/W 0 5 PER5 R/W 0 4 PER4 R/W 0 3 PER3 R/W 0 2 PER2 R/W 0 1 PER1 R/W 0 0 PER0 R/W 0 Bit 15 - OVFOverflow This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to the flag. This flag is set on the next CLK_RTC_CNT cycle after an overflow condition occurs, and an interrupt request will be generated if INTENCLR/SET.OVF is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Overflow interrupt flag. Bit 14 - TAMPERTamper This flag is set after a tamper condition occurs, and an interrupt request will be generated if INTENCLR.TAMPER/ INTENSET.TAMPER is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Tamper interrupt flag. Bits 8, 9 - ALARMnAlarm n [n = 1..0] This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to the flag. This flag is set on the next CLK_RTC_CNT cycle after a match with the compare condition, and an interrupt request will be generated if INTENCLR/SET.ALARMn is one. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Alarm n interrupt flag. Bits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 - PERnPeriodic Interval n [n = 7..0] This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to the flag. This flag is set on the 0-to-1 transition of prescaler bit [n+2], and an interrupt request will be generated if INTENCLR/ SET.PERx is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Periodic Interval n interrupt flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 327 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.12.7 Debug Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 DBGCTRL 0x0E 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 2 1 Access Reset 0 DBGRUN R/W 0 Bit 0 - DBGRUNDebug Run This bit is not reset by a software reset. This bit controls the functionality when the CPU is halted by an external debugger. Value Description 0 The RTC is halted when the CPU is halted by an external debugger. 1 The RTC continues normal operation when the CPU is halted by an external debugger. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 328 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.12.8 Synchronization Busy in Clock/Calendar mode (CTRLA.MODE=2) Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit SYNCBUSY 0x10 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 GP3 R 0 18 GP2 R 0 17 GP1 R 0 16 GP0 R 0 14 13 12 MASK1 R 0 11 MASK0 R 0 10 9 8 6 ALARM1 R 0 5 ALARM0 R 0 4 3 CLOCK R 0 2 FREQCORR R 0 1 ENABLE R 0 0 SWRST R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 15 CLOCKSYNC Access R Reset 0 Bit Access Reset 7 Bits 16, 17, 18, 19 - GPnGeneral Purpose n Synchronization Busy Status Value Description 0 Write synchronization for GPn register is complete. 1 Write synchronization for GPn register is ongoing. Bit 15 - CLOCKSYNCClock Read Sync Enable Synchronization Busy Status Value Description 0 Write synchronization for CTRLA.CLOCKSYNC bit is complete. 1 Write synchronization for CTRLA.CLOCKSYNC bit is ongoing. Bits 11, 12 - MASKnMask n Synchronization Busy Status [n = 1..0] Value Description 0 Write synchronization for MASKx register is complete. 1 Write synchronization for MASKx register is ongoing. Bits 5, 6 - ALARMnAlarm n Synchronization Busy Status [n = 1..0] Value Description 0 Write synchronization for ALARMx register is complete. 1 Write synchronization for ALARMx register is ongoing. Bit 3 - CLOCKClock Register Synchronization Busy Status Value Description 0 Read/write synchronization for CLOCK register is complete. 1 Read/write synchronization for CLOCK register is ongoing. Bit 2 - FREQCORRFrequency Correction Synchronization Busy Status Value Description 0 Write synchronization for FREQCORR register is complete. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 329 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter Value 1 Description Write synchronization for FREQCORR register is ongoing. Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable Synchronization Busy Status Value Description 0 Write synchronization for CTRLA.ENABLE bit is complete. 1 Write synchronization for CTRLA.ENABLE bit is ongoing. Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Synchronization Busy Status Value Description 0 Write synchronization for CTRLA.SWRST bit is complete. 1 Write synchronization for CTRLA.SWRST bit is ongoing. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 330 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.12.9 Frequency Correction Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset 7 SIGN R/W 0 FREQCORR 0x14 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized 6 5 4 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 VALUE[6:0] R/W 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit 7 - SIGNCorrection Sign Value Description 0 The correction value is positive, i.e., frequency will be decreased. 1 The correction value is negative, i.e., frequency will be increased. Bits 6:0 - VALUE[6:0]Correction Value These bits define the amount of correction applied to the RTC prescaler. Value Description 0 Correction is disabled and the RTC frequency is unchanged. 1 - 127 The RTC frequency is adjusted according to the value. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 331 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.12.10 Clock Value in Clock/Calendar mode (CTRLA.MODE=2) Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 CLOCK 0x18 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized, Read-Synchronized 30 29 28 27 26 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 21 20 18 17 R/W 0 R/W 0 19 DAY[4:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 13 12 11 10 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 5 4 3 R/W 0 R/W 0 YEAR[5:0] Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 MONTH[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 15 14 HOUR[3:0] Access Reset Bit Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 MINUTE[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 25 24 MONTH[3:2] R/W R/W 0 0 9 MINUTE[5:2] R/W R/W 0 0 2 SECOND[5:0] R/W R/W 0 0 16 HOUR[4] R/W 0 8 R/W 0 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:26 - YEAR[5:0]Year The year offset with respect to the reference year (defined in software). The year is considered a leap year if YEAR[1:0] is zero. Bits 25:22 - MONTH[3:0]Month 1 - January 2 - February ... 12 - December Bits 21:17 - DAY[4:0]Day Day starts at 1 and ends at 28, 29, 30, or 31, depending on the month and year. Bits 16:12 - HOUR[4:0]Hour When CTRLA.CLKREP=0, the Hour bit group is in 24-hour format, with values 0-23. When CTRLA.CLKREP=1, HOUR[3:0] has values 1-12, and HOUR[4] represents AM (0) or PM (1). Bits 11:6 - MINUTE[5:0]Minute 0 - 59 Bits 5:0 - SECOND[5:0]Second 0 - 59 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 332 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.12.11 Alarm n Value in Clock/Calendar mode (CTRLA.MODE=2) Name: Offset: Reset: Property: ALARM 0x20 + n*0x08 [n=0..1] 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized The 32-bit value of ALARMn is continuously compared with the 32-bit CLOCK value, based on the masking set by MASKn.SEL. When a match occurs, the Alarm n interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.ALARMn) is set on the next counter cycle, and the counter is cleared if CTRLA.MATCHCLR is '1'. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 21 20 18 17 R/W 0 R/W 0 19 DAY[4:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 13 12 11 10 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 5 4 3 R/W 0 R/W 0 YEAR[5:0] Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 MONTH[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 15 14 HOUR[3:0] Access Reset Bit Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 MINUTE[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 25 24 MONTH[3:2] R/W R/W 0 0 9 MINUTE[5:2] R/W R/W 0 0 2 SECOND[5:0] R/W R/W 0 0 16 HOUR[4] R/W 0 8 R/W 0 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:26 - YEAR[5:0]Year The alarm year. Years are only matched if MASKn.SEL is 6 Bits 25:22 - MONTH[3:0]Month The alarm month. Months are matched only if MASKn.SEL is greater than 4. Bits 21:17 - DAY[4:0]Day The alarm day. Days are matched only if MASKn.SEL is greater than 3. Bits 16:12 - HOUR[4:0]Hour The alarm hour. Hours are matched only if MASKn.SEL is greater than 2. Bits 11:6 - MINUTE[5:0]Minute The alarm minute. Minutes are matched only if MASKn.SEL is greater than 1. Bits 5:0 - SECOND[5:0]Second The alarm second. Seconds are matched only if MASKn.SEL is greater than 0. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 333 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.12.12 Alarm n Mask in Clock/Calendar mode (CTRLA.MODE=2) Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 MASK 0x24 + n*0x08 [n=0..1] 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 R/W 0 1 SEL[2:0] R/W 0 0 R/W 0 Bits 2:0 - SEL[2:0]Alarm Mask Selection These bits define which bit groups of Alarm n are valid. Value Name Description 0x0 OFF Alarm Disabled 0x1 SS Match seconds only 0x2 MMSS Match seconds and minutes only 0x3 HHMMSS Match seconds, minutes, and hours only 0x4 DDHHMMSS Match seconds, minutes, hours, and days only 0x5 MMDDHHMMSS Match seconds, minutes, hours, days, and months only 0x6 YYMMDDHHMMSS Match seconds, minutes, hours, days, months, and years 0x7 Reserved (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 334 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.12.13 General Purpose n Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 GPn 0x40 + n*0x04 [n=0..3] 0x00000000 - 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 19 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 GP[31:24] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 20 GP[23:16] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 GP[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 GP[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - GP[31:0]General Purpose These bits are for user-defined general purpose use, see 21.6.8.4 General Purpose Registers. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 335 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.12.14 Tamper Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit TAMPCTRL 0x60 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 31 30 29 28 DEBNC4 27 DEBNC3 26 DEBNC2 25 DEBNC1 24 DEBNC0 0 0 0 0 0 20 TAMLVL4 19 TAMLVL3 18 TAMLVL2 17 TAMLVL1 16 TAMLVL0 0 0 0 0 0 12 11 10 9 Access Reset Bit 23 22 21 Access Reset Bit 15 14 13 8 IN4ACT[1:0] Access Reset 0 Bit 7 6 5 IN3ACT[1:0] Access Reset 0 4 3 IN2ACT[1:0] 0 0 2 1 IN1ACT[1:0] 0 0 0 0 IN0ACT[1:0] 0 0 0 Bits 24, 25, 26, 27, 28 - DEBNCDebounce Enable of Tamper Input INn Note: Debounce feature does not apply to the Active Layer Protection mode (TAMPCTRL.INACT = ACTL). Value 0 1 Description Debouncing is disabled for Tamper input INn Debouncing is enabled for Tamper input INn Bits 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 - TAMLVLTamper Level Select of Tamper Input INn Note: Tamper Level feature does not apply to the Active Layer Protection mode (TAMPCTRL.INACT = ACTL). Value 0 1 Description A falling edge condition will be detected on Tamper input INn. A rising edge condition will be detected on Tamper input INn. Bits 0:1, 2:3, 4:5, 6:7, 8:9 - INACTTamper Channel n Action These bits determine the action taken by Tamper Channel n. Value Name Description 0x0 OFF Off (Disabled) 0x1 WAKE Wake and set Tamper flag 0x2 CAPTURE Capture timestamp and set Tamper flag 0x3 ACTL Compare RTC signal routed between INn and OUT pins . When a mismatch occurs, capture timestamp and set Tamper flag (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 336 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.12.15 Timestamp Value Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit TIMESTAMP 0x64 0 R 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 YEAR[5:0] Access Reset R 0 Bit 23 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 22 21 20 18 17 R 0 R 0 19 DAY[4:0] R 0 R 0 R 0 16 HOUR[4] R 0 13 12 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 MONTH[1:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 HOUR[3:0] Access Reset R 0 Bit 7 MINUTE[5:2] R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 6 5 4 3 MINUTE[1:0] Access Reset R 0 24 MONTH[3:2] SECOND[5:0] R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:26 - YEAR[5:0]Year The year value is captured by the TIMESTAMP when a tamper condition occurs. Bits 25:22 - MONTH[3:0]Month The month value is captured by the TIMESTAMP when a tamper condition occurs. Bits 21:17 - DAY[4:0]Day The day value is captured by the TIMESTAMP when a tamper condition occurs. Bits 16:12 - HOUR[4:0]Hour The hour value is captured by the TIMESTAMP when a tamper condition occurs. Bits 11:6 - MINUTE[5:0]Minute The minute value is captured by the TIMESTAMP when a tamper condition occurs. Bits 5:0 - SECOND[5:0]Second The second value is captured by the TIMESTAMP when a tamper condition occurs. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 337 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.12.16 Tamper ID Name: Offset: Reset: Bit Access Reset Bit TAMPID 0x68 0x00000000 31 TAMPEVT R/W 0 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 TAMPID4 R/W 0 3 TAMPID3 R/W 0 2 TAMPID2 R/W 0 1 TAMPID1 R/W 0 0 TAMPID0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 31 - TAMPEVTTamper Event Detected Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the tamper detection bit. Value Description 0 A tamper input event has not been detected 1 A tamper input event has been detected Bits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 - TAMPIDTamper on Channel n Detected Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the tamper detection bit. Value Description 0 A tamper condition has not been detected on Channel n 1 A tamper condition has been detected on Channel n (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 338 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet RTC - Real-Time Counter 21.12.17 Backup n Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit BKUP 0x80 + n*0x04 [n=0..7] 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 28 27 BKUP[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 20 19 BKUP[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 BKUP[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 BKUP[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - BKUP[31:0]Backup These bits are user-defined for general purpose use in the Backup domain. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 339 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22. DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.1 Overview The Direct Memory Access Controller (DMAC) contains both a Direct Memory Access engine and a Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) engine. The DMAC can transfer data between memories and peripherals, and thus offload these tasks from the CPU. It enables high data transfer rates with minimum CPU intervention, and frees up CPU time. With access to all peripherals, the DMAC can handle automatic transfer of data between communication modules. The DMA part of the DMAC has several DMA channels which all can receive different types of transfer triggers to generate transfer requests from the DMA channels to the arbiter, see also the Block Diagram. The arbiter will grant one DMA channel at a time to act as the active channel. When an active channel has been granted, the fetch engine of the DMAC will fetch a transfer descriptor from the SRAM and store it in the internal memory of the active channel, which will execute the data transmission. An ongoing data transfer of an active channel can be interrupted by a higher prioritized DMA channel. The DMAC will write back the updated transfer descriptor from the internal memory of the active channel to SRAM, and grant the higher prioritized channel to start transfer as the new active channel. Once a DMA channel is done with its transfer, interrupts and events can be generated optionally. The DMAC has four bus interfaces: * * * * The data transfer bus is used for performing the actual DMA transfer. The AHB/APB Bridge bus is used when writing and reading the I/O registers of the DMAC. The descriptor fetch bus is used by the fetch engine to fetch transfer descriptors before data transfer can be started or continued. The write-back bus is used to write the transfer descriptor back to SRAM. All buses are AHB master interfaces but the AHB/APB Bridge bus, which is an APB slave interface. Burst transfer options, buffered active channel to pre-fetch descriptors and advance quality of service features ensure low-latency transfers for high-speed peripherals or high-speed operations. The CRC engine can be used by software to detect an accidental error in the transferred data and to take corrective action, such as requesting the data to be sent again or simply not using the incorrect data. 22.2 Features * * * * Data transfer from: - Peripheral to peripheral - Peripheral to memory - Memory to peripheral - Memory to memory Transfer trigger sources - Software - Events from Event System - Dedicated requests from peripherals SRAM based transfer descriptors - Single transfer using one descriptor - Multi-buffer or circular buffer modes by linking multiple descriptors Up to 32channels - Enable 32 independent transfers - Automatic descriptor fetch for each channel - Suspend/resume operation support for each channel (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 340 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller * * * * * * * * Block Diagram Figure 22-1.DMAC Block Diagram CPU Optional SRAM M HIGH SPEED BUS MATRIX S M Data Transfer Data Transfer Write-back M S Event System S Peripheral AHB/APB Bridge DMAC Internal Architecture Master Interface DMA Channels Fifo Channel n n AHB/APB Bridge Fetch Engine Event Input / Ack Event Output Write-Back Buffer Request / Ack Transfer Control Descriptor Descriptor Fetch 22.3 Flexible arbitration scheme - 4 configurable priority levels for each channel - Fixed or round-robin priority scheme within each priority level From 1 to 256KB data transfer in a single block transfer Multiple addressing modes - Static - Configurable increment scheme Optional interrupt generation - On block transfer complete - On error detection - On channel suspend 8 event inputs - One event input for each of the 8 least significant DMA channels - Can be selected to trigger normal transfers, periodic transfers or conditional transfers - Can be selected to suspend or resume channel operation 4 event outputs - One output event for each of the 4 least significant DMA channels - Selectable generation on AHB, block, or transaction transfer complete Error management supported by write-back function - Dedicated Write-Back memory section for each channel to store ongoing descriptor transfer CRC polynomial software selectable to - CRC-16 (CRC-CCITT) - CRC-32 (IEEE(R) 802.3) Channel 0 Arbiter Active Channel Pre-Fetch Channel CRC Engine (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet Interrupts DS60001507F-page 341 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.4 Signal Description Not applicable. 22.5 Product Dependencies In order to use this peripheral, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described below. 22.5.1 I/O Lines Not applicable. 22.5.2 Power Management The DMAC will continue to operate in any Sleep mode where the selected source clock is running. The DMAC's interrupts can be used to wake-up the device from Sleep modes. Events connected to the event system can trigger other operations in the system without exiting Sleep modes. On hardware or software Reset, all registers are set to their Reset value. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager 22.5.3 Clocks An AHB clock (CLK_DMAC_AHB) is required to clock the DMAC. This clock can be configured in the Main Clock peripheral (MCLK) before using the DMAC, and the default state of CLK_DMAC_AHB can be found in the MCLK.AHBMASK register. Related Links 15.6.2.6 Peripheral Clock Masking 22.5.4 DMA Not applicable. 22.5.5 Interrupts The interrupt request line is connected to the interrupt controller. Using the DMAC interrupt requires the interrupt controller to be configured first. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 22.5.6 Events The events are connected to the event system. 22.5.7 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in Debug mode the DMAC will halt normal operation. The DMAC can be forced to continue operation during debugging. Refer to 22.8.6 DBGCTRL for details. 22.5.8 Register Access Protection All registers with write access can be write-protected optionally by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC), except for the following registers: * * Interrupt Pending register (INTPEND) Channel Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (CHINTFLAG) Optional write protection by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC) is denoted by the "PAC Write Protection" property in each individual register description. PAC write protection does not apply to accesses through an external debugger. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 342 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.5.9 Analog Connections Not applicable. 22.6 Functional Description 22.6.1 Principle of Operation The DMAC consists of a DMA module and a CRC module. 22.6.1.1 DMA The DMAC can transfer data between memories and peripherals without interaction from the CPU. The data transferred by the DMAC are called transactions, and these transactions can be split into smaller data transfers. The following figure shows the relationship between the different transfer sizes: Figure 22-2.DMA Transfer Sizes Link Enabled Beat transfer * * * Link Enabled Burst transfer Link Enabled Block transfer DMA transaction Beat transfer: The size of one data transfer bus access, and the size is selected by writing the Beat Size bit group in the Block Transfer Control register (BTCTRL.BEATSIZE) Block transfer: The amount of data one transfer descriptor can transfer, and the amount can range from 1 to 64k beats. A block transfer can be interrupted. Transaction: The DMAC can link several transfer descriptors by having the first descriptor pointing to the second and so forth, as shown in the figure above. A DMA transaction is the complete transfer of all blocks within a linked list. A transfer descriptor describes how a block transfer should be carried out by the DMAC, and it must remain in SRAM. For further details on the transfer descriptor refer to 22.6.2.3 Transfer Descriptors. The figure above shows several block transfers linked together, which are called linked descriptors. For further information about linked descriptors, refer to 22.6.3.1 Linked Descriptors. A DMA transfer is initiated by an incoming transfer trigger on one of the DMA channels. This trigger can be configured to be either a software trigger, an event trigger, or one of the dedicated peripheral triggers. The transfer trigger will result in a DMA transfer request from the specific channel to the arbiter. If there are several DMA channels with pending transfer requests, the arbiter chooses which channel is granted access to become the active channel. The DMA channel granted access as the active channel will carry out the transaction as configured in the transfer descriptor. A current transaction can be interrupted by a higher prioritized channel, but will resume the block transfer when the according DMA channel is granted access as the active channel again. For each beat transfer, an optional output event can be generated. For each block transfer, optional interrupts and an optional output event can be generated. When a transaction is completed, dependent of the configuration, the DMA channel will either be suspended or disabled. 22.6.1.2 CRC The internal CRC engine supports two commonly used CRC polynomials: CRC-16 (CRC-CCITT) and CRC-32 (IEEE 802.3). It can be used on a selectable DMA channel, or on the I/O interface. Refer to 22.6.3.8 CRC Operation for details. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 343 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.6.2 Basic Operation 22.6.2.1 Initialization DMAC Initialization Before DMAC is enabled, it must be configured as defined below: * * * The SRAM address of where the descriptor memory section is located must be written to the Description Base Address (BASEADDR) register. The SRAM address of where the write-back section should be located must be written to the Write-Back Memory Base Address (WRBADDR) register. Priority level x of the arbiter can be enabled by setting the Priority Level x Enable bit in the Control register (CTRL.LVLENx=1) DMA Channel Initialization Before a DMA channel is enabled, the DMA channel and the corresponding first transfer descriptor must be configured, as defined below: * * DMA Channel Configuration: - The channel number of the DMA channel to configure must be written to the Channel Control A (CHCTRLA) register. - Trigger action must be selected by writing the Trigger Action bit field in the Channel Control A (CHCTRLA.TRIGACT) register. - Trigger source must be selected by writing the Trigger Source bit field in the Channel Control A (CHCTRLA.TRIGSRC) register. Transfer Descriptor - The size of each access of the data transfer bus must be selected by writing the Beat Size bit group in the Block Transfer Control (BTCTRL.BEATSIZE) register. - The transfer descriptor must be made valid by writing a one to the Valid bit in the Block Transfer Control (BTCTRL.VALID) register. - Number of beats in the block transfer must be selected by writing the Block Transfer Count (BTCNT) register. - Source address for the block transfer must be selected by writing the Block Transfer Source Address (SRCADDR) register. - Destination address for the block transfer must be selected by writing the Block Transfer Destination Address (DSTADDR) register. CRC Calculation If CRC calculation is needed, the CRC engine must be configured before it is enabled, as described below: * * * The CRC input source must selected by writing the CRC Input Source bit group in the CRC Control (CRCCTRL.CRCSRC) register. The type of CRC calculation must be selected by writing the CRC Polynomial Type bit group in the CRC Control (CRCCTRL.CRCPOLY) register. If I/O is selected as input source, the beat size must be selected by writing the CRC Beat Size bit group in the CRC Control (CRCCTRL.CRCBEATSIZE) register. Register Properties The following DMAC registers are enable-protected, that is, they can only be written when the DMAC is disabled (CTRL.DMAENABLE=0): * * The Descriptor Base Memory Address (BASEADDR) register The Write-Back Memory Base Address (WRBADDR) register The following DMAC bit is enable-protected, that is, it can only be written when the DMAC and CRC are disabled (CTRL.DMAENABLE=0 and CRCCTRL.CRCSRC=0): (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 344 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller * The Software Reset bit in the Control (CTRL.SWRST) register The following DMA channel bit is enable-protected, meaning that it can only be written when the corresponding DMA channel is disabled: * The Channel Software Reset bit in the Channel Control A (CHCTRLA.SWRST) register The following CRC registers are enable-protected, that is, they can only be written when the CRC is disabled (CRCCTRL.CRCSRC=0): * * The CRC Control (CRCCTRL) register CRC Checksum (CRCCHKSUM) register Enable-protection is denoted by the `Enable-Protected' property in the register description. 22.6.2.2 Enabling, Disabling, and Resetting The DMAC is enabled by writing the DMA Enable bit in the Control (CTRL.DMAENABLE) register to '1'. The DMAC is disabled by writing a '0' to the CTRL.DMAENABLE register. A DMA channel is enabled by writing the Enable bit in the Channel Control A register (CHCTRLA.ENABLE) to '1', after the corresponding channel ID to the channel is configured. A DMA channel is disabled by writing a '0' to CHCTRLAn.ENABLE. The CRC is enabled by writing a value to the CRC Source bits in the Control register (CRCCTRL.CRCSRC). The CRC is disabled by writing a '0' to CRCCTRL.CRCSRC. The DMAC is reset by writing a '1' to the Software Reset bit in the Control register (CTRL.SWRST) while the DMAC and CRC are disabled. All registers in the DMAC except DBGCTRL will be reset to their initial state. A DMA channel is reset by writing a '1' to the Software Reset bit in the Channel Control A register (CHCTRLAn.SWRST), after the corresponding channel is configured. The channel registers will be reset to their initial state. The corresponding DMA channel must be disabled in order for the Reset to take effect. 22.6.2.3 Transfer Descriptors The transfer descriptors, together with the channel configurations, decide how a block transfer should be executed. Before a DMA channel is enabled (CHCTRLA.ENABLE is written to one) and receives a transfer trigger, its first transfer descriptor must be initialized and valid (BTCTRL.VALID). The first transfer descriptor describes the first block transfer of a transaction. All transfer descriptors must reside in SRAM. The addresses stored in the Descriptor Memory Section Base Address (BASEADDR) and Write-Back Memory Section Base Address (WRBADDR) registers tell the DMAC where to find the descriptor memory section and the write-back memory section. The descriptor memory section is where the DMAC expects to find the first transfer descriptors for all DMA channels. As BASEADDR points only to the first transfer descriptor of channel `0' (see figure below). All first transfer descriptors must be stored in a contiguous memory section, where the transfer descriptors must be ordered according to their channel number. For further details on linked descriptors, refer to 22.6.3.1 Linked Descriptors. The write-back memory section is where the DMAC stores the transfer descriptors for the ongoing block transfers. WRBADDR points to the ongoing transfer descriptor of channel `0'. All ongoing transfer descriptors are stored in a contiguous memory section where the transfer descriptors are ordered according to their channel number. The figure below shows an example of linked descriptors on DMA channel `0'. For additional information on linked descriptors, refer to the 22.6.3.1 Linked Descriptors. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 345 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller Figure 22-3.Memory Sections 0x00000000 DSTADDR DESCADDR Channel 0 - Last Descriptor SRCADDR BTCNT BTCTRL DESCADDR DSTADDR DESCADDR Channel 0 - Descriptor n-1 SRCADDR BTCNT BTCTRL Descriptor Section Channel n - First Descriptor DESCADDR BASEADDR Channel 2 - First Descriptor Channel 1 - First Descriptor Channel 0 - First Descriptor DSTADDR SRCADDR BTCNT BTCTRL Write-Back Section Channel n Ongoing Descriptor WRBADDR Channel 2 Ongoing Descriptor Channel 1 Ongoing Descriptor Channel 0 Ongoing Descriptor Undefined Undefined Undefined Undefined Undefined Device Memory Space The size of the descriptor and write-back memory sections are dependent on the number of the most significant enabled DMA channel m, as shown below: = 128bits + 1 For memory optimization, it is recommended to use the less significant DMA channels, if not all channels are required. The descriptor and write-back memory sections can either be two separate memory sections, or they can share a memory section (BASEADDR=WRBADDR). The benefit of having them in two separate sections, is that the same transaction for a channel can be repeated without having to modify the first transfer descriptor. In addition, the latency from fetching the first descriptor of a transaction to the first burst transfer is executed, is reduced. 22.6.2.4 Arbitration If a DMA channel is enabled and not suspended when it receives a transfer trigger, it will send a transfer request to the arbiter. When the arbiter receives the transfer request it will include the DMA channel in the queue of channels having pending transfers, and the corresponding Pending Channel x bit in the Pending Channels registers (PENDCH.PENDCHx) will be set. Depending on the arbitration scheme, the arbiter will choose which DMA channel will be the next active channel. The next transfer descriptor will be fetched from SRAM memory and stored internally in the Pre-Fetch Channel. The active channel is the DMA channel being granted access to perform its next burst transfer. When the Active Channel has completed a burst transfer, the descriptor stored in the Pre-Fetch Channel is transferred to the Active Channel and a new burst will take place. When the descriptor stored in the Pre-Fetch Channel is transferred to the Active Channel, the corresponding PENDCH.PENDCHx will be cleared. In the same way, depending on trigger action settings and if the upcoming burst (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 346 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller transfer is the first for the transfer request or not, the corresponding Busy Channel x bit in the Busy Channels register (BUSYCH.BUSYCHx), will either be set or remain '1'. When the channel has performed its granted burst transfer(s) it will be either fed into the queue of channels with pending transfers, set to be waiting for a new transfer trigger, suspended, or disabled. This depends on the channel and block transfer configuration. If the DMA channel is set to wait for a new transfer trigger, suspended or disabled, the corresponding BUSYCH.BUSYCHx will be cleared. If a DMA channel is suspended while it has a pending transfer, it will be removed from the queue of pending channels, but the corresponding PENDCH.PENDCHx will remain set. The status will also be indicated in CHINTFLAGn.SUSP. When the same DMA channel is resumed, it will be added to the queue of pending channels again. If a DMA channel gets disabled (CHCTRLA.ENABLE=0) while it has a pending transfer, it will be removed from the queue of pending channels, and the corresponding PENDCH.PENDCHx will be cleared. Figure 22-4.Arbiter Overview Channel Pending Arbiter Priority decoder Channel Suspend Channel 0 Channel Priority Level Channel Burst Done Channel Number Empty Channel Pending Pre-Fetch Channel Channel Suspend Channel N Channel Priority Level Level Enable CTRL.LVLENx ACTIVE.LVLEXx PRICTRLx.LVLPRI Burst Done Channel Burst Done Active Channel Master Interface Burst Transfer Priority Levels When a channel level is pending or the channel is transferring data, the corresponding Level Executing bit is set in the Active Channel and Levels register (ACTIVE.LVLEXx). Each DMA channel supports up to4-level priority scheme. The number of supported priority levels will differ from one device family to another. The priority level for a channel is configured by writing to the Channel Arbitration Level bit group in the Channel Priority Level register (CHPRILVL.PRILVL). As long as all priority levels are enabled, a channel with a higher priority level number will have priority over a channel with a lower priority level number. A priority level is enabled by writing the Priority Level x Enable bit in the Control register (CTRL.LVLENx) to '1', for the corresponding level. Within each priority level, the DMAC's arbiter can be configured to prioritize statically or dynamically. For the arbiter to perform static arbitration within a priority level, the Level X Round-Robin Scheduling Enable bit in the Priority Control x register (PRICTRL0.RRLVLENx) has to be written to '0'. When static arbitration is enabled (PRICTRL0.RRLVLENx is '0'), the arbiter will prioritize a low channel number over a high channel number as shown in Static Priority Scheduling. When using the static scheme, there is a risk of high channel numbers never being granted access as the active channel. This can be avoided using a dynamic arbitration scheme. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 347 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller Figure 22-5.Static Priority Scheduling Lowest Channel Channel 0 Highest Priority . . . Channel x Channel x+1 . . . Highest Channel Lowest Priority Channel N The dynamic arbitration scheme in the DMAC is round-robin. Round-robin arbitration is enabled by writing PRICTRL0.RRLVLEN to '1', for a given priority level x. With the round-robin scheme, the channel number of the last channel being granted access will have the lowest priority the next time the arbiter has to grant access to a channel within the same priority level, as shown in Figure 22-6. The channel number of the last channel being granted access as the active channel is stored in the Level x Channel Priority Number bit group in the Priority Control 0 register (PRICTRL0.LVLPRIx) for the corresponding priority level. Figure 22-6.Dynamic (Round-Robin) Priority Scheduling Channel x last acknowledge request Channel (x+1) last acknowledge request Channel 0 Channel 0 . . . Channel x Lowest Priority Channel x Channel x+1 Highest Priority Channel x+1 Lowest Priority Channel x+2 Highest Priority . . . Channel N Channel N 22.6.2.5 Data Transmission Before the DMAC can perform a data transmission, a DMA channel has to be configured and enabled, its corresponding transfer descriptor has to be initialized, and the arbiter has to grant the DMA channel access as the active channel. Once the arbiter has granted a DMA channel access as the active channel (refer to DMA Block Diagram section) the transfer descriptor for the DMA channel will be fetched from SRAM using the fetch bus, and stored in the internal memory for the active channel. For a new block transfer, the transfer descriptor will be fetched from the descriptor memory section (BASEADDR); For an ongoing block transfer, the descriptor will be fetched from the write-back memory section (WRBADDR). By using the data transfer bus, the DMAC will read the data from the current source (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 348 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller address and write it to the current destination address. For further details on how the current source and destination addresses are calculated, refer to the section on Addressing. The arbitration procedure is performed after each burst transfer. If the current DMA channel is granted access again, the block transfer counter (BTCNT) of the internal transfer descriptor will be decremented by the number of beats in a burst transfer, the optional output event Beat will be generated if configured and enabled, and the active channel will perform a new burst transfer. If a different DMA channel than the current active channel is granted access, the block transfer counter value will be written to the write-back section before the transfer descriptor of the newly granted DMA channel is fetched into the internal memory of the active channel. When a block transfer has come to its end (BTCNT is zero), the Valid bit in the Block Transfer Control register will be cleared (BTCTRL.VALID=0) before the entire transfer descriptor is written to the write-back memory. The optional interrupts, Channel Transfer Complete and Channel Suspend, and the optional output event Block, will be generated if configured and enabled. After the last block transfer in a transaction, the Next Descriptor Address register (DESCADDR) will hold the value 0x00000000, and the DMA channel will either be suspended or disabled, depending on the configuration in the Block Action bit group in the Block Transfer Control register (BTCTRL.BLOCKACT). If the transaction has further block transfers pending, DESCADDR will hold the SRAM address to the next transfer descriptor to be fetched. The DMAC will fetch the next descriptor into the internal memory of the active channel and write its content to the write-back section for the channel, before the arbiter gets to choose the next active channel. Related Links 22.3 Block Diagram 22.6.2.6 Transfer Triggers and Actions A DMA transfer through a DMA channel can be started only when a DMA transfer request is detected, and the DMA channel has been granted access to the DMA. A transfer request can be triggered from software, from a peripheral, or from an event. There are dedicated Trigger Source selections for each DMA Channel n Control A (CHCTRLAn.TRIGSRC). The trigger actions are available in the Trigger Action bit group in the Channel n Control A register (CHCTRLAn.TRIGACT). By default, a trigger generates a request for a block transfer operation. If a single descriptor is defined for a channel, the channel is automatically disabled when a block transfer has been completed. If a list of linked descriptors is defined for a channel, the channel is automatically disabled when the last descriptor in the list is executed. As long as the list still has descriptors to execute, the channel will be waiting for the next block transfer trigger. When enabled again, the channel will wait for the next block transfer trigger. The trigger actions can also be configured to generate a request for a burst transfer (CHCTRLAn.TRIGACT=0x2) or transaction transfer (CHCTRLAn.TRIGACT=0x3) instead of a block transfer (CHCTRLAn.TRIGACT=0x0). The following figure shows an example where triggers are used with two linked block descriptors. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 349 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller Figure 22-7.Trigger Action and Transfers Beat Trigger Action CHENn Trigger Lost Trigger PENDCHn BUSYCHn Block Transfer Block Transfer Data Transfer BEAT BEAT BEAT BEAT BEAT BEAT Block Trigger Action CHENn Trigger Lost Trigger PENDCHn BUSYCHn Block Transfer Block Transfer Data Transfer BEAT BEAT BEAT BEAT BEAT BEAT BEAT BEAT BEAT BEAT Transaction Trigger Action CHENn Trigger Lost Trigger PENDCHn BUSYCHn Block Transfer Block Transfer Data Transfer BEAT BEAT If the trigger source generates a transfer request for a channel during an ongoing transfer, the new transfer request will be kept pending (CHSTATUSn.PEND=1), and the new transfer can start after the ongoing one is done. Only one pending transfer can be kept per channel. If the trigger source generates more transfer requests while one is already pending, the additional ones will be lost. All channels pending status flags are also available in the Pending Channels register (PENDCH). When the transfer starts, the corresponding Channel Busy status flag is set in Channel n Status register (CHSTATUSn.BUSY). When the trigger action is complete, the Channel Busy status flag is cleared. All channel busy status flags are also available in the Busy Channels register (BUSYCH) in DMAC. 22.6.2.7 Addressing Each block transfer needs to have both a source address and a destination address defined. The source address is set by writing the Transfer Source Address (SRCADDR) register, the destination address is set by writing the Transfer Destination Address (SRCADDR) register. The addressing of this DMAC module can be static or incremental, for either source or destination of a block transfer, or both. Incrementation for the source address of a block transfer is enabled by writing the Source Address Incrementation Enable bit in the Block Transfer Control register (BTCTRL.SRCINC=1). The step size of the incrementation is configurable and can be chosen by writing the Step Selection bit in the Block Transfer Control register (BTCTRL.STEPSEL=1) and writing the desired step size in the Address Increment Step Size bit group in the Block Transfer Control register (BTCTRL.STEPSIZE). If BTCTRL.STEPSEL=0, the step size for the source incrementation will be the size of one beat. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 350 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller When source address incrementation is configured (BTCTRL.SRCINC=1), SRCADDR is calculated as follows: If BTCTRL.STEPSEL=1: SRCADDR = SRCADDR + + 1 2STEPSIZE If BTCTRL.STEPSEL=0: SRCADDR = SRCADDR + + 1 * * * * SRCADDRSTART is the source address of the first beat transfer in the block transfer BTCNT is the initial number of beats remaining in the block transfer BEATSIZE is the configured number of bytes in a beat STEPSIZE is the configured number of beats for each incrementation The following figure shows an example where DMA channel 0 is configured to increment the source address by one beat after each beat transfer (BTCTRL.SRCINC=1), and DMA channel 1 is configured to increment the source address by two beats (BTCTRL.SRCINC=1, BTCTRL.STEPSEL=1, and BTCTRL.STEPSIZE=0x1). As the destination address for both channels are peripherals, destination incrementation is disabled (BTCTRL.DSTINC=0). Figure 22-8.Source Address Increment SRC Data Buffer a b c d e f Incrementation for the destination address of a block transfer is enabled by setting the Destination Address Incrementation Enable bit in the Block Transfer Control register (BTCTRL.DSTINC=1). The step size of the incrementation is configurable by clearing BTCTRL.STEPSEL=0 and writing BTCTRL.STEPSIZE to the desired step size. If BTCTRL.STEPSEL=1, the step size for the destination incrementation will be the size of one beat. When the destination address incrementation is configured (BTCTRL.DSTINC=1), DSTADDR must be set and calculated as follows: = + * + 1 * 2 = + * + 1 * * * * where BTCTRL.STEPSEL is zero where BTCTRL.STEPSEL is one DSTADDRSTART is the destination address of the first beat transfer in the block transfer BTCNT is the initial number of beats remaining in the block transfer BEATSIZE is the configured number of bytes in a beat STEPSIZE is the configured number of beats for each incrementation The following figure shows an example where DMA channel 0 is configured to increment destination address by one beat (BTCTRL.DSTINC=1) and DMA channel 1 is configured to increment destination address by two beats (BTCTRL.DSTINC=1, BTCTRL.STEPSEL=0, and BTCTRL.STEPSIZE=0x1). As the source address for both channels are peripherals, source incrementation is disabled (BTCTRL.SRCINC=0). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 351 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller Figure 22-9.Destination Address Increment DST Data Buffer a b c d 22.6.2.8 Internal FIFO To improve the bandwidth, the DMAC can support FIFO operation. When single-beat burst configuration is selected (CHCTRALx.BURSTLEN = SINGLE), the channel waits until the FIFO can transmit or accept a single beat transfer before it requests a bus access to write to the destination address. In all other cases, the channel waits until the FIFO threshold is reached before it requests a bus access to write to the destination address. The threshold is configurable and can be set by writing the THRESHOLD bits in the Channel x Control A register. If the DMAC completes the read operations before the threshold is reached, the write to the destination is automatically enabled. If the FIFO is empty and the read from source is ongoing, the DMA will wait again until the FIFO threshold is reached before it requests a bus access to write the destination. 22.6.2.9 Error Handling If a bus error is received from an AHB slave during a DMA data transfer, the corresponding active channel is disabled and the corresponding Channel Transfer Error Interrupt flag in the Channel Interrupt Status and Clear register (CHINTFLAG.TERR) is set. If enabled, the optional transfer error interrupt is generated. The transfer counter will not be decremented and its current value is written-back in the write-back memory section before the channel is disabled. When the DMAC fetches an invalid descriptor (BTCTRL.VALID=0) or when the channel is resumed and the DMA fetches the next descriptor with null address (DESCADDR=0x00000000), the corresponding channel operation is suspended, the Channel Suspend Interrupt Flag in the Channel Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (CHINTFLAG.SUSP) is set, and the Channel Fetch Error bit in the Channel Status register (CHSTATUS.FERR) is set. If enabled, the optional suspend interrupt is generated. 22.6.3 Additional Features 22.6.3.1 Linked Descriptors A transaction can consist of either a single block transfer or of several block transfers. When a transaction consists of several block transfers it is done with the help of linked descriptors. Figure 22-3 illustrates how linked descriptors work. When the first block transfer is completed on DMA channel 0, the DMAC fetches the next transfer descriptor, which is pointed to by the value stored in the Next Descriptor Address (DESCADDR) register of the first transfer descriptor. Fetching the next transfer descriptor (DESCADDR) is continued until the last transfer descriptor. When the block transfer for the last transfer descriptor is executed and DESCADDR=0x00000000, the transaction is terminated. For further details on how the next descriptor is fetched from SRAM, refer to section 22.6.2.5 Data Transmission. 22.6.3.1.1 Adding Descriptor to the End of a List To add a new descriptor at the end of the descriptor list, create the descriptor in SRAM, with DESCADDR=0x00000000 indicating that it is the new last descriptor in the list, and modify the DESCADDR value of the current last descriptor to the address of the newly created descriptor. 22.6.3.1.2 Modifying a Descriptor in a List In order to add descriptors to a linked list, the following actions must be performed: (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 352 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Enable the Suspend interrupt for the DMA channel. Enable the DMA channel. Reserve memory space in SRAM to configure a new descriptor. Configure the new descriptor: - Set the next descriptor address (DESCADDR) - Set the destination address (DSTADDR) - Set the source address (SRCADDR) - Configure the block transfer control (BTCTRL) including * Optionally enable the suspend block action * Set the descriptor VALID bit Clear the VALID bit for the existing list and for the descriptor which has to be updated. Read DESCADDR from the write-back memory. - If the DMA has not already fetched the descriptor that requires changes (i.e., DESCADDR is wrong): * Update the DESCADDR location of the descriptor from the list * Optionally clear the suspend block action * Set the descriptor VALID bit to '1' * Optionally enable the Resume Software command - If the DMA is executing the same descriptor as the one that requires changes: * Set the Channel Suspend Software command and wait for the suspend interrupt * Update the next descriptor address (DESCRADDR) in the write-back memory * Clear the interrupt sources and set the Resume Software command * Update the DESCADDR location of the descriptor from the list * Optionally clear the suspend block action * Set the descriptor VALID bit to '1' 7. Go to step 4 if needed. 22.6.3.1.3 Adding a Descriptor Between Existing Descriptors To insert a new descriptor 'C' between two existing descriptors ('A' and 'B'), the descriptor currently executed by the DMA must be identified. 1. 2. If DMA is executing descriptor B, descriptor C cannot be inserted. If DMA has not started to execute descriptor A, follow the steps: 2.1. Set the descriptor A VALID bit to '0'. 2.2. 2.3. 2.4. 3. Set the DESCADDR value of descriptor A to point to descriptor C instead of descriptor B. Set the DESCADDR value of descriptor C to point to descriptor B. Set the descriptor A VALID bit to '1'. If DMA is executing descriptor A: 3.1. Apply the software suspend command to the channel and 3.2. Perform steps 2.1 through 2.4. 3.3. Apply the software resume command to the channel. 22.6.3.2 Transfer Quality of Service Each priority level group has dedicated quality of service settings. The setting can be written in the corresponding Quality of Service bit group in the Priority Control x register (PRICTRL0.QOSn). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 353 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller Figure 22-10.Quality of Service Transfer Trigger Channel 0 Transfer Trigger Channel 1 Fetch Operation CH0 CH1 Data Transfer Quality of Service Value ( QOS CH0 < QOS CH1) CH0 Active CH0 QOS CH0 CH1 Active CH1 Active CH0 QOS CH1 QOS CH0 Active CH1 QOS CH1 When a channel is stored in the Pre-Fetch or Active Channel, the corresponding PRICTRLx.QOS bits value is stored in the respective channel. As shown in Quality of Service, the DMAC will select the highest QOS value between Active and Pre-Fetch channels. This value will apply to all DMAC buses. 22.6.3.3 Channel Suspend The channel operation can be suspended at any time by software by writing a '1' to the Suspend command in the Command bit field of Channel Control B register (CHCTRLB.CMD). After the ongoing burst transfer is completed, the channel operation is suspended and the suspend command is automatically cleared. When suspended, the Channel Suspend Interrupt flag in the Channel Interrupt Status and Clear register is set (CHINTFLAG.SUSP=1) and the optional suspend interrupt is generated. By configuring the block action to suspend by writing Block Action bit group in the Block Transfer Control register (BTCTRL.BLOCKACT is 0x2 or 0x3), the DMA channel will be suspended after it has completed a block transfer. The DMA channel will be kept enabled and will be able to receive transfer triggers, but it will be removed from the arbitration scheme. If an invalid transfer descriptor (BTCTRL.VALID=0) is fetched from SRAM, the DMA channel will be suspended, and the Channel Fetch Error bit in the Channel Status register(CHASTATUS.FERR) will be set. Note: Only enabled DMA channels can be suspended. If a channel is disabled when it is attempted to be suspended, the internal suspend command will be ignored. For more details on transfer descriptors, refer to section 22.6.2.3 Transfer Descriptors. 22.6.3.4 Channel Resume and Next Suspend Skip A channel operation can be resumed by software by setting the Resume command in the Command bit field of the Channel Control B register (CHCTRLB.CMD). If the channel is already suspended, the channel operation resumes from where it previously stopped when the Resume command is detected. When the Resume command is issued before the channel is suspended, the next suspend action is skipped and the channel continues the normal operation. Figure 22-11.Channel Suspend/Resume Operation CHENn Memory Descriptor Fetch Transfer Descriptor 2 (suspend enabled) Descriptor 1 (suspend enabled) Descriptor 0 (suspend disabled) Block Transfer 0 Block Transfer 1 Channel suspended Block Transfer 2 Descriptor 3 (last) Block Transfer 3 Resume Command Suspend skipped 22.6.3.5 Event Input Actions The event input actions are available only on the least significant DMA channels. For details on channels with event input support, refer to the Event System documentation. Before using event input actions, the event controller must be configured first according to the following table, and the Channel Event Input Enable bit in the Channel Event Control register (CHEVCTRL.EVIE) must be written to '1'. Refer also to 22.6.6 Events. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 354 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller Table 22-1.Event Input Action Action CHEVCTRL.EVACT CHCTRLA.TRIGSRC None NOACT - Normal Transfer TRIG DISABLE Conditional Transfer on Strobe TRIG Any peripheral Conditional Transfer CTRIG Conditional Block Transfer CBLOCK Channel Suspend SUSPEND Channel Resume RESUME Skip Next Block Suspend SSKIP Increase priority INCPRI Normal Transfer The event input is used to trigger a beat or burst transfer on peripherals. The event is acknowledged as soon as the event is received. When received, both the Channel Pending status bit in the Channel Status register (CHSTATUS.PEND) and the corresponding Channel n bit in the Pending Channels register (PENDCH.PENDCHn) are set. If the event is received while the channel is pending, the event trigger is lost. The figure below shows an example where beat transfers are enabled by internal events. Figure 22-12.Burst Event Trigger Action Peripheral Trigger Trigger Lost Event PENDCHn BUSYCHn Block Transfer Data Transfer BURST Block Transfer BURST BURST BURST BURST BURST Conditional Transfer on Strobe The event input is used to trigger a transfer on peripherals with pending transfer requests. This event action is intended to be used with peripheral triggers, e.g., for timed communication protocols or periodic transfers between peripherals: only when the peripheral trigger coincides with the occurrence of a (possibly cyclic) event the transfer is issued. The event is acknowledged as soon as the event is received. The peripheral trigger request is stored internally when the previous trigger action is completed (i.e., the channel is not pending) and when an active event is received. If the peripheral trigger is active, the DMA will wait for an event before the peripheral trigger is internally registered. When both event and peripheral transfer trigger are active, both CHSTATUS.PEND and PENDCH.PENDCHn are set. A software trigger will now trigger a transfer. The figure below shows an example where the peripheral beat transfer is started by a conditional strobe event action. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 355 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller Figure 22-13.Periodic Event with Burst Peripheral Triggers Trigger Lost Trigger Lost Event Peripheral Trigger PENDCHn Block Transfer Data Transfer BURST Conditional Transfer The event input is used to trigger a conditional transfer on peripherals with pending transfer requests. As example, this type of event can be used for peripheral-to-peripheral transfers, where one peripheral is the source of event and the second peripheral is the source of the trigger. Each peripheral trigger is stored internally when the event is received. When the peripheral trigger is stored internally, the Channel Pending status bit is set (CHSTATUS.PEND), the respective Pending Channel n Bit in the Pending Channels register is set (PENDCH.PENDCHn), and the event is acknowledged. A software trigger will now trigger a transfer. The figure below shows an example where conditional event is enabled with peripheral beat trigger requests. Figure 22-14.Conditional Event with Burst Peripheral Triggers Event Peripheral Trigger PENDCHn Data Transfer Block Transfer BURST BURST Conditional Block Transfer The event input is used to trigger a conditional block transfer on peripherals. Before starting transfers within a block, an event must be received. When received, the event is acknowledged when the block transfer is completed. A software trigger will trigger a transfer. The figure below shows an example where conditional event block transfer is started with peripheral beat trigger requests. Figure 22-15.Conditional Block Transfer with Burst Peripheral Triggers Event Peripheral Trigger PENDCHn Block Transfer Block Transfer Data Transfer (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. BURST BURST Datasheet BURST BURST DS60001507F-page 356 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller Channel Suspend The event input is used to suspend an ongoing channel operation. The event is acknowledged when the current AHB access is completed. For further details on Channel Suspend, refer to 22.6.3.3 Channel Suspend. Channel Resume The event input is used to resume a suspended channel operation. The event is acknowledged as soon as the event is received and the Channel Suspend Interrupt Flag (CHINTFLAG.SUSP) is cleared. For further details refer to 22.6.3.3 Channel Suspend. Skip Next Block Suspend This event can be used to skip the next block suspend action. If the channel is suspended before the event rises, the channel operation is resumed and the event is acknowledged. If the event rises before a suspend block action is detected, the event is kept until the next block suspend detection. When the block transfer is completed, the channel continues the operation (not suspended) and the event is acknowledged. Increase priority This event can be used to increase a channel priority and to request higher quality of service (QOS), when critical transfers must be done. When the event is detected, the channel will have the highest priority and the output Quality of Service value is internally forced to the maximum value. The event is acknowledged when the trigger action execution is completed. When acknowledged, the channel will recover its initial priority level and quality of service settings. 22.6.3.6 Event Output Selection The event output selections are available only for channels supporting event outputs. The Channel Event Output Enable can be set in the corresponding Channel n Event Control register (CHEVCTRL.EVOE). The Event Output Mode bits in Channel n Event Control register (CHEVCTRL.EVOMODE) selects the event type the channel should generate. The transfer events (CHEVCTRL.EVOMODE = DEFAULT) are strobe events and their duration is one CLK_DMAC_AHB clock period. The transfer event type selection is available in each Descriptor Block Control location (BTCTRL.EVOSEL). Block or burst event output generation is supported. The trigger action event (CHEVCTRL.EVOMODE = TRIGACT) is a level, active while the trigger action execution is not completed. Block event output When the block event output is selected, an event strobe is generated when the block transfer is completed. The pulse width of a block event output from a channel is one AHB clock cycle. It is also possible to use this event type to generate an event when the transaction is complete. For this type of application, the block event selection must be set in the last transfer descriptor only, as shown below. Figure 22-16.Block Event Output Generation Block Transfer Data Transfer BURST Block Transfer BURST BURST BURST Event Output Burst event output When the burst event output is selected, an event strobe is generated when each burst transfer within the corresponding block is completed. The pulse width of a burst event output from a channel is one AHB clock cycle. The figure below shows an example where the burst event output is set in the second descriptor of a linked list. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 357 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller Figure 22-17.Burst Event Output Generation Block Transfer Data Transfer Block Transfer BURST BURST BURST BURST Event Output Trigger action event output When the trigger action event output is selected, an event level is generated. Then event output is set when the transfer trigger occurred, and cleared when the corresponding trigger action is completed. The figure below shows an example for each trigger action type. Figure 22-18.Trigger Action Event Output Generation Burst Trigger Action Event Output Transfer Trigger Block Transfer Data Transfer BURST BURST BURST Event Output Block Trigger Action Event Output Transfer Trigger Block Transfer Data Transfer BURST Block Transfer BURST BURST BURST Event Output Transaction Trigger Action Event Output Transfer Trigger Block Transfer Data Transfer BURST Block Transfer BURST BURST BURST Event Output 22.6.3.7 Aborting Transfers Transfers on any channel can be aborted gracefully by software by disabling the corresponding DMA channel. It is also possible to abort all ongoing or pending transfers by disabling the DMAC. When a DMA channel disable request or DMAC disable request is detected: * * Ongoing transfers of the active channel will be disabled when the ongoing beat transfer is completed and the write-back memory section is updated. This prevents transfer corruption before the channel is disabled. All other enabled channels will be disabled in the next clock cycle. The corresponding Channel Enable bit in the Channel Control A register is cleared (CHCTRLA.ENABLE=0) when the channel is disabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 358 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller The corresponding DMAC Enable bit in the Control register is cleared (CTRL.DMAENABLE=0) when the entire DMAC module is disabled. 22.6.3.8 CRC Operation A Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) is an error detection technique used to find errors in data. It is commonly used to determine whether the data during a transmission, or data present in data and program memories has been corrupted or not. A CRC takes a data stream or a block of data as input and generates a 16- or 32-bit output that can be appended to the data and used as a checksum. When the data is received, the device or application repeats the calculation: If the new CRC result does not match the one calculated earlier, the block contains a data error. The application will then detect this and may take a corrective action, such as requesting the data to be sent again or simply not using the incorrect data. The CRC engine in DMAC supports two commonly used CRC polynomials: CRC-16 (CRC-CCITT) and CRC-32 (IEEE 802.3). Typically, applying CRC-n (CRC-16 or CRC-32) to a data block of arbitrary length will detect any single alteration that is n bits in length, and will detect the fraction 1-2-n of all longer error bursts. * * CRC-16: - Polynomial: x16+ x12+ x5+ 1 - Hex value: 0x1021 CRC-32: - Polynomial: x32+x26+ x23+ x22+x16+ x12+ x11+ x10+ x8+ x7+ x5+ x4+ x2+ x + 1 - Hex value: 0x04C11DB7 The data source for the CRC engine can either be one of the DMA channels or the APB bus interface, and must be selected by writing to the CRC Input Source bits in the CRC Control register (CRCCTRL.CRCSRC). The CRC engine then takes data input from the selected source and generates a checksum based on these data. The checksum is available in the CRC Checksum register (CRCCHKSUM). When CRC-32 polynomial is used, the final checksum read is bit reversed and complemented, as shown in Figure 22-19. The CRC polynomial is selected by writing to the CRC Polynomial Type bit in the CRC Control register (CRCCTRL.CRCPOLY), the default is CRC-16. The CRC engine operates on byte only. When the DMA is used as data source for the CRC engine, the DMA channel beat size setting will be used. When used with APB bus interface, the application must select the CRC Beat Size bit field of CRC Control register (CRCCTRL.CRCBEATSIZE). 8-, 16-, or 32-bit bus transfer access type is supported. The corresponding number of bytes will be written in the CRCDATAIN register and the CRC engine will operate on the input data in a byte by byte manner. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 359 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller Figure 22-19.CRC Generator Block Diagram DMAC Channels CRCDATAIN CRCCTRL 8 16 8 CRC-16 32 CRC-32 crc32 CHECKSUM bit-reverse + complement Checksum read CRC on DMA data CRC-16 or CRC-32 calculations can be performed on data passing through any DMA channel. Once a DMA channel is selected as the source, the CRC engine will continuously generate the CRC on the data passing through the DMA channel. The checksum is available for readout once the DMA transaction is completed or aborted. A CRC can also be generated on SRAM, Flash, or I/O memory by passing these data through a DMA channel. If the latter is done, the destination register for the DMA data can be the data input (CRCDATAIN) register in the CRC engine. CRC using the I/O interface Before using the CRC engine with the I/O interface, the application must set the CRC Beat Size bits in the CRC Control register (CRCCTRL.CRCBEATSIZE). 8/16/32-bit bus transfer type can be selected. CRC can be performed on any data by loading them into the CRC engine using the CPU and writing the data to the CRCDATAIN register. Using this method, an arbitrary number of bytes can be written to the register by the CPU, and CRC is done continuously for each byte. This means if a 32-bit data is written to the CRCDATAIN register the CRC engine takes four cycles to calculate the CRC. The CRC complete is signaled by a set CRCBUSY bit in the CRCSTATUS register. New data can be written only when CRCBUSY flag is not set. 22.6.3.9 Memory CRC Generation When enabled, it is possible to automatically calculate a memory block checksum. When the channel is enabled and the descriptor is fetched, the CRC Checksum register (CRCCHKSUM) is reloaded with the initial checksum value (CHKINIT) stored in the Block Transfer Destination Address register (DSTADDR). The DMA read and calculate the checksum over the data from the source address.When the checksum calculation is completed, the CRC value is stored in the CRC Checksum register (CRCCHKSUM), the Transfer Complete interrupt flag is set (CHINTFLAGn.TCMPL) and optional interrupt is generated. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 360 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller If linked descriptor is in the list (DESCADDR !=0), the DMA will fetch the next descriptor and CRC calculation continues as described above. When the last list descriptor is executed, the channel is automatically disabled. In order to enable the memory CRC generation, the following actions must be performed: 1. 2. 3. 4. The CRC module must be set to be used with a DMA channel (CRCCTRL.CRCSRC) Reserve memory space addresses to configure a descriptor or a list of descriptors Configure each descriptor: - Set the next descriptor address (DESCADDR) - Set the destination address with the initial checksum value (DSTADDR = CHKINIT) in the first descriptior in a list - Set the transfer source address (SRCADDR) - Set the block transfer count (BTCNT) - Set the memory CRC generation operation mode (CRCCTRL.CRCMODE = CRCGEN) - Enable optional interrupts Enable the corresponding DMA channel (CHCTRLAn.ENABLE) The figure below shows the CRC computation slots and descriptor configuration when single or linked-descriptors transfers are enabled. Figure 22-20.CRC Computation with Single Linked Transfers List with Single Descriptor List with Multiple Linked Descriptors Source Memory 0x0 0x2 0x4 0x8 0xc Data ` 0' Data ` 1 ' BTCTRL BTCNT = N SRCADDR = ADDR 1 0x0 0x2 DESCADDR= 0x00000000 ADDR1 BTCTRL BTCNT = N 0x4 SRCADDR = ADDR 1 0x8 CHKINIT 0xc DESCADDR = next desc Desc of this buffer CHKINIT Data ` 0' Data ` 1 ' Transfer start address: ADDR1 - N Descriptor 0 Desc of this buffer Data ` N-1' outside CRC Computation Transfer start address: ADDR1 - N Descriptor 0 Source Memory Data ` N-1' outside ADDR1 Data ` N' Data ` N+ 1 ' 0x4 SRCADDR = ADDR 2 0x8 DON'T CARE 0xc Desc of this buffer DESCADDR= 0x00000000 Notes : Figures assumes that STEPSIZE is 0 (X1) T o ease understanding (buffer base address is SRCADDR minus BTCNT `items'). ADDR2 CRC Computation Transfer start address: ADDR2 - M Descriptor n (last) 0x0 BTCTRL 0x2 BTCNT = M Data ` M-1' outside 22.6.3.10 Memory CRC Monitor When enabled, it is possible to continuously check a a memory block data integrity by calculating and checking the CRC checksum. The expected CRC checksum value must be located in the last memory block location, as shown in the table below: (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 361 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller CRCCTRL.CRCPOLY CRCCTRL.CRCBEATSIZE Last Memory Block Byte Locations Value (MSB Byte First) CHECKSUM Result CRC-16 0x00000000 Byte Expected CRC[7:0] Half-word Expected CRC[15:8] Word 0x00 0x00 Expected CRC[7:0] Expected CRC[15:8] CRC-32 Byte Expected CRC[31:24] Half-word Expected CRC[23:16] Word Expected CRC[15:8] CRC Magic Number (0x2144DF1C) Expected CRC[7:0] When the channel is enabled and the descriptor is fetched, the CRC Checksum register (CRCCHKSUM) is reloaded with the initial checksum value (CHKINIT), stored in the DSTADDR location of the first descriptor. The DMA read and calculate the checksum over the entire data from the source address.When the checksum calculation is completed the DMA read the last beat from the memory, the calculated CRC value from the CRC Checksum register is compared to zero or CRC magic number, depending on CRC polynomial selection. If the CHECKSUM does not match the comparison value the DMA channel is disabled, and both and the CRC Error bit in the Channel n Status register (CHSTATUSn.CRCERR) and Transfer Error interrupt flag (CHINTFLAGn.TERR) are set. If enabled, the Transfer Error interrupt is generated. If the calculated checksum value matches the compare value, the Transfer Complete interrupt flag (CHINTFLAGn.TCMPL) is set, optional interrupt is generated and the DMA will perform the following actions, depending on the descriptor list settings: * * If the list has only one descriptor, the DMA will re-fetch the descriptor If the current descriptor is the last descriptor from the list, the DMA will fetch the first descriptor from the list When the fetch is completed, the DMA restarts the operations described above when new triggers are detected. In order to enable the memory CRC monitor, the following actions must be performed: 1. 2. 3. 4. The CRC module must be set to be used with a DMA channel (CRCCTRL.CRCSRC) Reserve memory space addresses to configure a descriptor or a list of descriptors Configure each descriptor - Set the next descriptor address (DESCADDR) - In the first list descriptor, set the destination address with the initial checksum value (DSTADDR = CHKINIT) - Set the transfer source address (SRCADDR) - Set the block transfer count (BTCNT) - Set the memory CRC monitor operation mode (CRCCTRL.CRCMODE = CRCMON) - Enable optional interrupts Enable the corresponding DMA channel (CHCTRLAn.ENABLE) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 362 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller Figure 22-21.CRC Computation and Check with Single or Linked Transfers List with Single Descriptor List with Multiple Linked Descriptors Source Memory Data ` 0' 0x4 0x8 0xc BTCTRL BTCNT = N SRCADDR = ADDR 1 0x0 Desc of this buffer CHKINIT DESCADDR= 0x00000000 0x2 CRC Computation 0x2 Data ` 0' Transfer start address: ADDR1 - N Descriptor 0 Data ` 1 ' Data ` 1 ' BTCTRL BTCNT = N 0x4 SRCADDR = ADDR 1 0x8 CHKINIT 0xc DESCADDR = next desc address Desc of this buffer CRC Computation Transfer start address: ADDR1 - N Descriptor 0 0x0 Source Memory Data ` N-2 ' Data ` N-1' Expected CRC ADDR1 outside outside ADDR1 Data ` N' Transfer start address: ADDR2 - M Descriptor n (last) 0x0 BTCTRL 0x2 BTCNT = M SRCADDR = ADDR 2 0x8 DON'T CARE 0xc Desc of this buffer DESCADDR= 0x00000000 CRC Computation 0x4 Data ` N+ 1 ' Data ` M-2 ' Expected CRC Notes : Figures assumes that STEPSIZE is 0 (X1). T o ease understanding, buffer base address is SRCADDR minus BTCNT `items'. 22.6.4 ADDR2 outside DMA Operation Not applicable. 22.6.5 Interrupts The DMAC channels have the following interrupt sources: * * * Transfer Complete (TCMPL): Indicates that a block transfer is completed on the corresponding channel. Refer to 22.6.2.5 Data Transmission for details. Transfer Error (TERR): Indicates that a bus error has occurred during a burst transfer, or that an invalid descriptor has been fetched. Refer to 22.6.2.9 Error Handling for details. Channel Suspend (SUSP): Indicates that the corresponding channel has been suspended. Refer to 22.6.3.3 Channel Suspend and 22.6.2.5 Data Transmission for details. Each interrupt source has an Interrupt flag associated with it. The Interrupt flag in the Channel Interrupt Flag Status and Clear (CHINTFLAG) register is set when the Interrupt condition occurs. Each interrupt can be individually enabled by setting the corresponding bit in the Channel Interrupt Enable Set register (CHINTENSET=1), and disabled by setting the corresponding bit in the Channel Interrupt Enable Clear register (CHINTENCLR=1). An interrupt request is generated when the Interrupt flag is set and the corresponding interrupt is enabled. The interrupt request remains active until the Interrupt flag is cleared, the interrupt is disabled, the DMAC is reset or the corresponding DMA channel is reset. See CHINTFLAG for details on how to clear Interrupt flags. All interrupt requests are ORed together on system level to generate one combined interrupt request to the NVIC. The user must read the Channel Interrupt Status (INTSTATUS) register to identify the channels with pending interrupts and must read the Channel Interrupt Flag Status and Clear (CHINTFLAG) register to determine which Interrupt condition is present for the corresponding channel. It is also possible to read the Interrupt Pending register (INTPEND), which provides the lowest channel number with pending interrupt and the respective Interrupt flags. Note: Interrupts must be globally enabled for interrupt requests to be generated. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 363 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.6.6 Events The DMAC can generate the following output events: * Channel (CH): Generated when a block transfer for a given channel has been completed, or when a beat transfer within a block transfer for a given channel has been completed. Refer to Event Output Selection for details. Setting the Channel Event Output Enable bit (CHEVCTRLx.EVOE = 1) enables the corresponding output event configured in the Event Output Selection bit group in the Block Transfer Control register (BTCTRL.EVOSEL). Clearing CHEVCTRLx.EVOE = 0 disables the corresponding output event. The DMAC can take the following actions on an input event: * * * * * * * Transfer and Periodic Transfer Trigger (TRIG): normal transfer or periodic transfers on peripherals are enabled Conditional Transfer Trigger (CTRIG): conditional transfers on peripherals are enabled Conditional Block Transfer Trigger (CBLOCK): conditional block transfers on peripherals are enabled Channel Suspend Operation (SUSPEND): suspend a channel operation Channel Resume Operation (RESUME): resume a suspended channel operation Skip Next Block Suspend Action (SSKIP): skip the next block suspend transfer condition Increase Priority (INCPRI): increase channel priority Setting the Channel Event Input Enable bit (CHEVCTRLx.EVIE = 1) enables the corresponding action on input event. Clearing this bit disables the corresponding action on input event. Note that several actions can be enabled for incoming events. If several events are connected to the peripheral, any enabled action will be taken for any of the incoming events. For further details on event input actions, refer to Event Input Actions. Note: Event input and outputs are not available for every channel. Refer to the Features section for more information. Related Links 31. EVSYS - Event System 22.6.3.6 Event Output Selection 22.6.3.5 Event Input Actions 22.6.7 Sleep Mode Operation 22.6.8 Synchronization Not applicable. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 364 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.7 Register Summary Offset Name 0x00 CTRL 0x02 CRCCTRL 0x04 CRCDATAIN 0x08 CRCCHKSUM 0x0C 0x0D 0x0E ... 0x0F CRCSTATUS DBGCTRL 0x10 Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 LVLEN3 LVLEN2 CRCPOLY[1:0] CRCSRC[5:0] CRCDATAIN[7:0] CRCDATAIN[15:8] CRCDATAIN[23:16] CRCDATAIN[31:24] CRCCHKSUM[7:0] CRCCHKSUM[15:8] CRCCHKSUM[23:16] CRCCHKSUM[31:24] CRCERR CRCMODE[1:0] DMAENABLE SWRST LVLEN1 LVLEN0 CRCBEATSIZE[1:0] CRCZERO CRCBUSY DBGRUN TCMPL TERR PENDCH1 PENDCH9 PENDCH17 PENDCH25 LVLEX1 PENDCH0 PENDCH8 PENDCH16 PENDCH24 LVLEX0 Reserved SWTRIGCTRL 0x14 PRICTRL0 0x18 ... 0x1F Reserved 0x20 INTPEND 0x22 ... 0x23 Reserved 0x24 INTSTATUS 0x28 BUSYCH 0x2C PENDCH 0x30 ACTIVE 0x34 BASEADDR 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 RRLVLEN0 RRLVLEN1 RRLVLEN2 RRLVLEN3 7:0 15:8 PEND 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 SWTRIG[7:0] SWTRIG[15:8] SWTRIG[23:16] SWTRIG[31:24] PENDCH7 PENDCH15 PENDCH23 PENDCH31 QOS00[1:0] QOS01[1:0] QOS02[1:0] QOS03[1:0] BUSY PENDCH6 PENDCH14 PENDCH22 PENDCH30 LVLPRI0[4:0] LVLPRI1[4:0] LVLPRI2[4:0] LVLPRI3[4:0] FERR CRCERR PENDCH5 PENDCH13 PENDCH21 PENDCH29 CHINT[7:0] CHINT[15:8] CHINT[23:16] CHINT[31:24] BUSYCH[7:0] BUSYCH[15:8] BUSYCH[23:16] BUSYCH[31:24] PENDCH4 PENDCH3 PENDCH12 PENDCH11 PENDCH20 PENDCH19 PENDCH28 PENDCH27 LVLEX3 ABUSY (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. ID[4:0] SUSP PENDCH2 PENDCH10 PENDCH18 PENDCH26 LVLEX2 ID[4:0] BTCNT[7:0] BTCNT[15:8] BASEADDR[7:0] BASEADDR[15:8] BASEADDR[23:16] BASEADDR[31:24] Datasheet DS60001507F-page 365 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller ...........continued Offset Name 0x38 WRBADDR 0x3C ... 0x3F Reserved 0x40 CHCTRLA0 0x44 0x45 0x46 0x47 ... 0x4B 0x4C 0x4D 0x4E 0x4F CHCTRLB0 CHPRILVL0 CHEVCTRL0 Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 WRBADDR[7:0] WRBADDR[15:8] 23:16 31:24 WRBADDR[23:16] WRBADDR[31:24] 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 RUNSTDBY ENABLE SWRST TRIGSRC[7:0] TRIGACT[1:0] THRESHOLD[1:0] EVOE EVIE BURSTLEN[3:0] CMD[1:0] PRILVL[1:0] EVACT[2:0] EVOMODE[1:0] Reserved CHINTENCLR0 CHINTENSET0 CHINTFLAG0 CHSTATUS0 0x50 CHCTRLA1 0x54 0x55 0x56 0x57 ... 0x5B 0x5C 0x5D 0x5E 0x5F CHCTRLB1 CHPRILVL1 CHEVCTRL1 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 CRCERR SUSP SUSP SUSP FERR RUNSTDBY TRIGSRC[7:0] TRIGACT[1:0] THRESHOLD[1:0] EVOE EVIE TCMPL TCMPL TCMPL BUSY ENABLE TERR TERR TERR PEND SWRST BURSTLEN[3:0] CMD[1:0] PRILVL[1:0] EVACT[2:0] EVOMODE[1:0] Reserved CHINTENCLR1 CHINTENSET1 CHINTFLAG1 CHSTATUS1 0x60 CHCTRLA2 0x64 0x65 0x66 0x67 ... 0x6B 0x6C 0x6D 0x6E 0x6F CHCTRLB2 CHPRILVL2 CHEVCTRL2 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 CRCERR SUSP SUSP SUSP FERR RUNSTDBY TRIGSRC[7:0] TRIGACT[1:0] THRESHOLD[1:0] EVOE EVIE TCMPL TCMPL TCMPL BUSY ENABLE TERR TERR TERR PEND SWRST BURSTLEN[3:0] CMD[1:0] PRILVL[1:0] EVACT[2:0] EVOMODE[1:0] Reserved CHINTENCLR2 CHINTENSET2 CHINTFLAG2 CHSTATUS2 0x70 CHCTRLA3 0x74 0x75 0x76 0x77 ... 0x7B CHCTRLB3 CHPRILVL3 CHEVCTRL3 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 CRCERR RUNSTDBY TRIGSRC[7:0] TRIGACT[1:0] THRESHOLD[1:0] EVOE EVIE EVOMODE[1:0] SUSP SUSP SUSP FERR TCMPL TCMPL TCMPL BUSY ENABLE TERR TERR TERR PEND SWRST BURSTLEN[3:0] CMD[1:0] PRILVL[1:0] EVACT[2:0] Reserved (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 366 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller ...........continued Offset Name Bit Pos. 0x7C 0x7D CHINTENCLR3 CHINTENSET3 7:0 7:0 0x7E 0x7F CHINTFLAG3 CHSTATUS3 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 0x80 CHCTRLA4 0x84 0x85 0x86 0x87 ... 0x8B 0x8C 0x8D 0x8E 0x8F CHCTRLB4 CHPRILVL4 CHEVCTRL4 CRCERR SUSP SUSP TCMPL TCMPL TERR TERR SUSP FERR TCMPL BUSY ENABLE TERR PEND SWRST RUNSTDBY TRIGSRC[7:0] TRIGACT[1:0] THRESHOLD[1:0] EVOE EVIE BURSTLEN[3:0] CMD[1:0] PRILVL[1:0] EVACT[2:0] EVOMODE[1:0] Reserved CHINTENCLR4 CHINTENSET4 CHINTFLAG4 CHSTATUS4 0x90 CHCTRLA5 0x94 0x95 0x96 0x97 ... 0x9B 0x9C 0x9D 0x9E 0x9F CHCTRLB5 CHPRILVL5 CHEVCTRL5 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 CRCERR SUSP SUSP SUSP FERR RUNSTDBY TRIGSRC[7:0] TRIGACT[1:0] THRESHOLD[1:0] EVOE EVIE TCMPL TCMPL TCMPL BUSY ENABLE TERR TERR TERR PEND SWRST BURSTLEN[3:0] CMD[1:0] PRILVL[1:0] EVACT[2:0] EVOMODE[1:0] Reserved CHINTENCLR5 CHINTENSET5 CHINTFLAG5 CHSTATUS5 0xA0 CHCTRLA6 0xA4 0xA5 0xA6 0xA7 ... 0xAB 0xAC 0xAD 0xAE 0xAF CHCTRLB6 CHPRILVL6 CHEVCTRL6 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 CRCERR SUSP SUSP SUSP FERR RUNSTDBY TRIGSRC[7:0] TRIGACT[1:0] THRESHOLD[1:0] EVOE EVIE TCMPL TCMPL TCMPL BUSY ENABLE TERR TERR TERR PEND SWRST BURSTLEN[3:0] CMD[1:0] PRILVL[1:0] EVACT[2:0] EVOMODE[1:0] Reserved CHINTENCLR6 CHINTENSET6 CHINTFLAG6 CHSTATUS6 0xB0 CHCTRLA7 0xB4 0xB5 0xB6 0xB7 ... 0xBB 0xBC 0xBD 0xBE CHCTRLB7 CHPRILVL7 CHEVCTRL7 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 CRCERR SUSP SUSP SUSP FERR RUNSTDBY TRIGSRC[7:0] TRIGACT[1:0] THRESHOLD[1:0] EVOE EVIE TCMPL TCMPL TCMPL BUSY ENABLE TERR TERR TERR PEND SWRST BURSTLEN[3:0] CMD[1:0] PRILVL[1:0] EVACT[2:0] EVOMODE[1:0] Reserved CHINTENCLR7 CHINTENSET7 CHINTFLAG7 7:0 7:0 7:0 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. SUSP SUSP SUSP Datasheet TCMPL TCMPL TCMPL TERR TERR TERR DS60001507F-page 367 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller ...........continued Offset Name Bit Pos. 0xBF CHSTATUS7 7:0 7:0 0xC0 CHCTRLA8 0xC4 0xC5 0xC6 0xC7 ... 0xCB 0xCC 0xCD 0xCE 0xCF CHCTRLB8 CHPRILVL8 CHEVCTRL8 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 CRCERR FERR RUNSTDBY TRIGSRC[7:0] TRIGACT[1:0] THRESHOLD[1:0] EVOE EVIE BUSY ENABLE PEND SWRST BURSTLEN[3:0] CMD[1:0] PRILVL[1:0] EVACT[2:0] EVOMODE[1:0] Reserved CHINTENCLR8 CHINTENSET8 CHINTFLAG8 CHSTATUS8 0xD0 CHCTRLA9 0xD4 0xD5 0xD6 0xD7 ... 0xDB 0xDC 0xDD 0xDE 0xDF CHCTRLB9 CHPRILVL9 CHEVCTRL9 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 CRCERR SUSP SUSP SUSP FERR RUNSTDBY TRIGSRC[7:0] TRIGACT[1:0] THRESHOLD[1:0] EVOE EVIE TCMPL TCMPL TCMPL BUSY ENABLE TERR TERR TERR PEND SWRST BURSTLEN[3:0] CMD[1:0] PRILVL[1:0] EVACT[2:0] EVOMODE[1:0] Reserved CHINTENCLR9 CHINTENSET9 CHINTFLAG9 CHSTATUS9 0xE0 CHCTRLA10 0xE4 0xE5 0xE6 0xE7 ... 0xEB 0xEC 0xED 0xEE 0xEF CHCTRLB10 CHPRILVL10 CHEVCTRL10 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 CRCERR SUSP SUSP SUSP FERR RUNSTDBY TRIGSRC[7:0] TRIGACT[1:0] THRESHOLD[1:0] EVOE EVIE TCMPL TCMPL TCMPL BUSY ENABLE TERR TERR TERR PEND SWRST BURSTLEN[3:0] CMD[1:0] PRILVL[1:0] EVACT[2:0] EVOMODE[1:0] Reserved CHINTENCLR10 CHINTENSET10 CHINTFLAG10 CHSTATUS10 0xF0 CHCTRLA11 0xF4 0xF5 0xF6 0xF7 ... 0xFB 0xFC 0xFD 0xFE 0xFF CHCTRLB11 CHPRILVL11 CHEVCTRL11 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 CRCERR SUSP SUSP SUSP FERR RUNSTDBY TRIGSRC[7:0] TRIGACT[1:0] THRESHOLD[1:0] EVOE EVIE TCMPL TCMPL TCMPL BUSY ENABLE TERR TERR TERR PEND SWRST BURSTLEN[3:0] CMD[1:0] PRILVL[1:0] EVACT[2:0] EVOMODE[1:0] Reserved CHINTENCLR11 CHINTENSET11 CHINTFLAG11 CHSTATUS11 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. CRCERR Datasheet SUSP SUSP SUSP FERR TCMPL TCMPL TCMPL BUSY TERR TERR TERR PEND DS60001507F-page 368 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller ...........continued Offset Name 0x0100 CHCTRLA12 0x0104 0x0105 0x0106 0x0107 ... 0x010B 0x010C 0x010D 0x010E 0x010F CHCTRLB12 CHPRILVL12 CHEVCTRL12 Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 RUNSTDBY ENABLE SWRST TRIGSRC[7:0] TRIGACT[1:0] THRESHOLD[1:0] EVOE EVIE BURSTLEN[3:0] CMD[1:0] PRILVL[1:0] EVACT[2:0] EVOMODE[1:0] Reserved CHINTENCLR12 CHINTENSET12 CHINTFLAG12 CHSTATUS12 0x0110 CHCTRLA13 0x0114 0x0115 0x0116 0x0117 ... 0x011B 0x011C 0x011D 0x011E 0x011F CHCTRLB13 CHPRILVL13 CHEVCTRL13 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 CRCERR SUSP SUSP SUSP FERR RUNSTDBY TRIGSRC[7:0] TRIGACT[1:0] THRESHOLD[1:0] EVOE EVIE TCMPL TCMPL TCMPL BUSY ENABLE TERR TERR TERR PEND SWRST BURSTLEN[3:0] CMD[1:0] PRILVL[1:0] EVACT[2:0] EVOMODE[1:0] Reserved CHINTENCLR13 CHINTENSET13 CHINTFLAG13 CHSTATUS13 0x0120 CHCTRLA14 0x0124 0x0125 0x0126 0x0127 ... 0x012B 0x012C 0x012D 0x012E 0x012F CHCTRLB14 CHPRILVL14 CHEVCTRL14 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 CRCERR SUSP SUSP SUSP FERR RUNSTDBY TRIGSRC[7:0] TRIGACT[1:0] THRESHOLD[1:0] EVOE EVIE TCMPL TCMPL TCMPL BUSY ENABLE TERR TERR TERR PEND SWRST BURSTLEN[3:0] CMD[1:0] PRILVL[1:0] EVACT[2:0] EVOMODE[1:0] Reserved CHINTENCLR14 CHINTENSET14 CHINTFLAG14 CHSTATUS14 0x0130 CHCTRLA15 0x0134 0x0135 0x0136 0x0137 ... 0x013B 0x013C 0x013D 0x013E 0x013F CHCTRLB15 CHPRILVL15 CHEVCTRL15 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 CRCERR SUSP SUSP SUSP FERR RUNSTDBY TRIGSRC[7:0] TRIGACT[1:0] THRESHOLD[1:0] EVOE EVIE TCMPL TCMPL TCMPL BUSY ENABLE TERR TERR TERR PEND SWRST BURSTLEN[3:0] CMD[1:0] PRILVL[1:0] EVACT[2:0] EVOMODE[1:0] Reserved CHINTENCLR15 CHINTENSET15 CHINTFLAG15 CHSTATUS15 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. CRCERR Datasheet SUSP SUSP SUSP FERR TCMPL TCMPL TCMPL BUSY TERR TERR TERR PEND DS60001507F-page 369 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller ...........continued Offset Name 0x0140 CHCTRLA16 0x0144 0x0145 0x0146 0x0147 ... 0x014B 0x014C 0x014D 0x014E 0x014F CHCTRLB16 CHPRILVL16 CHEVCTRL16 Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 RUNSTDBY ENABLE SWRST TRIGSRC[7:0] TRIGACT[1:0] THRESHOLD[1:0] EVOE EVIE BURSTLEN[3:0] CMD[1:0] PRILVL[1:0] EVACT[2:0] EVOMODE[1:0] Reserved CHINTENCLR16 CHINTENSET16 CHINTFLAG16 CHSTATUS16 0x0150 CHCTRLA17 0x0154 0x0155 0x0156 0x0157 ... 0x015B 0x015C 0x015D 0x015E 0x015F CHCTRLB17 CHPRILVL17 CHEVCTRL17 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 CRCERR SUSP SUSP SUSP FERR RUNSTDBY TRIGSRC[7:0] TRIGACT[1:0] THRESHOLD[1:0] EVOE EVIE TCMPL TCMPL TCMPL BUSY ENABLE TERR TERR TERR PEND SWRST BURSTLEN[3:0] CMD[1:0] PRILVL[1:0] EVACT[2:0] EVOMODE[1:0] Reserved CHINTENCLR17 CHINTENSET17 CHINTFLAG17 CHSTATUS17 0x0160 CHCTRLA18 0x0164 0x0165 0x0166 0x0167 ... 0x016B 0x016C 0x016D 0x016E 0x016F CHCTRLB18 CHPRILVL18 CHEVCTRL18 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 CRCERR SUSP SUSP SUSP FERR RUNSTDBY TRIGSRC[7:0] TRIGACT[1:0] THRESHOLD[1:0] EVOE EVIE TCMPL TCMPL TCMPL BUSY ENABLE TERR TERR TERR PEND SWRST BURSTLEN[3:0] CMD[1:0] PRILVL[1:0] EVACT[2:0] EVOMODE[1:0] Reserved CHINTENCLR18 CHINTENSET18 CHINTFLAG18 CHSTATUS18 0x0170 CHCTRLA19 0x0174 0x0175 0x0176 0x0177 ... 0x017B 0x017C 0x017D 0x017E 0x017F CHCTRLB19 CHPRILVL19 CHEVCTRL19 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 CRCERR SUSP SUSP SUSP FERR RUNSTDBY TRIGSRC[7:0] TRIGACT[1:0] THRESHOLD[1:0] EVOE EVIE TCMPL TCMPL TCMPL BUSY ENABLE TERR TERR TERR PEND SWRST BURSTLEN[3:0] CMD[1:0] PRILVL[1:0] EVACT[2:0] EVOMODE[1:0] Reserved CHINTENCLR19 CHINTENSET19 CHINTFLAG19 CHSTATUS19 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. CRCERR Datasheet SUSP SUSP SUSP FERR TCMPL TCMPL TCMPL BUSY TERR TERR TERR PEND DS60001507F-page 370 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller ...........continued Offset Name 0x0180 CHCTRLA20 0x0184 0x0185 0x0186 0x0187 ... 0x018B 0x018C 0x018D 0x018E 0x018F CHCTRLB20 CHPRILVL20 CHEVCTRL20 Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 RUNSTDBY ENABLE SWRST TRIGSRC[7:0] TRIGACT[1:0] THRESHOLD[1:0] EVOE EVIE BURSTLEN[3:0] CMD[1:0] PRILVL[1:0] EVACT[2:0] EVOMODE[1:0] Reserved CHINTENCLR20 CHINTENSET20 CHINTFLAG20 CHSTATUS20 0x0190 CHCTRLA21 0x0194 0x0195 0x0196 0x0197 ... 0x019B 0x019C 0x019D 0x019E 0x019F CHCTRLB21 CHPRILVL21 CHEVCTRL21 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 CRCERR SUSP SUSP SUSP FERR RUNSTDBY TRIGSRC[7:0] TRIGACT[1:0] THRESHOLD[1:0] EVOE EVIE TCMPL TCMPL TCMPL BUSY ENABLE TERR TERR TERR PEND SWRST BURSTLEN[3:0] CMD[1:0] PRILVL[1:0] EVACT[2:0] EVOMODE[1:0] Reserved CHINTENCLR21 CHINTENSET21 CHINTFLAG21 CHSTATUS21 0x01A0 CHCTRLA22 0x01A4 0x01A5 0x01A6 0x01A7 ... 0x01AB 0x01AC 0x01AD 0x01AE 0x01AF CHCTRLB22 CHPRILVL22 CHEVCTRL22 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 CRCERR SUSP SUSP SUSP FERR RUNSTDBY TRIGSRC[7:0] TRIGACT[1:0] THRESHOLD[1:0] EVOE EVIE TCMPL TCMPL TCMPL BUSY ENABLE TERR TERR TERR PEND SWRST BURSTLEN[3:0] CMD[1:0] PRILVL[1:0] EVACT[2:0] EVOMODE[1:0] Reserved CHINTENCLR22 CHINTENSET22 CHINTFLAG22 CHSTATUS22 0x01B0 CHCTRLA23 0x01B4 0x01B5 0x01B6 0x01B7 ... 0x01BB 0x01BC 0x01BD 0x01BE 0x01BF CHCTRLB23 CHPRILVL23 CHEVCTRL23 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 CRCERR SUSP SUSP SUSP FERR RUNSTDBY TRIGSRC[7:0] TRIGACT[1:0] THRESHOLD[1:0] EVOE EVIE TCMPL TCMPL TCMPL BUSY ENABLE TERR TERR TERR PEND SWRST BURSTLEN[3:0] CMD[1:0] PRILVL[1:0] EVACT[2:0] EVOMODE[1:0] Reserved CHINTENCLR23 CHINTENSET23 CHINTFLAG23 CHSTATUS23 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. CRCERR Datasheet SUSP SUSP SUSP FERR TCMPL TCMPL TCMPL BUSY TERR TERR TERR PEND DS60001507F-page 371 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller ...........continued Offset Name 0x01C0 CHCTRLA24 0x01C4 0x01C5 0x01C6 0x01C7 ... 0x01CB 0x01CC 0x01CD 0x01CE 0x01CF CHCTRLB24 CHPRILVL24 CHEVCTRL24 Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 RUNSTDBY ENABLE SWRST TRIGSRC[7:0] TRIGACT[1:0] THRESHOLD[1:0] EVOE EVIE BURSTLEN[3:0] CMD[1:0] PRILVL[1:0] EVACT[2:0] EVOMODE[1:0] Reserved CHINTENCLR24 CHINTENSET24 CHINTFLAG24 CHSTATUS24 0x01D0 CHCTRLA25 0x01D4 0x01D5 0x01D6 0x01D7 ... 0x01DB 0x01DC 0x01DD 0x01DE 0x01DF CHCTRLB25 CHPRILVL25 CHEVCTRL25 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 CRCERR SUSP SUSP SUSP FERR RUNSTDBY TRIGSRC[7:0] TRIGACT[1:0] THRESHOLD[1:0] EVOE EVIE TCMPL TCMPL TCMPL BUSY ENABLE TERR TERR TERR PEND SWRST BURSTLEN[3:0] CMD[1:0] PRILVL[1:0] EVACT[2:0] EVOMODE[1:0] Reserved CHINTENCLR25 CHINTENSET25 CHINTFLAG25 CHSTATUS25 0x01E0 CHCTRLA26 0x01E4 0x01E5 0x01E6 0x01E7 ... 0x01EB 0x01EC 0x01ED 0x01EE 0x01EF CHCTRLB26 CHPRILVL26 CHEVCTRL26 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 CRCERR SUSP SUSP SUSP FERR RUNSTDBY TRIGSRC[7:0] TRIGACT[1:0] THRESHOLD[1:0] EVOE EVIE TCMPL TCMPL TCMPL BUSY ENABLE TERR TERR TERR PEND SWRST BURSTLEN[3:0] CMD[1:0] PRILVL[1:0] EVACT[2:0] EVOMODE[1:0] Reserved CHINTENCLR26 CHINTENSET26 CHINTFLAG26 CHSTATUS26 0x01F0 CHCTRLA27 0x01F4 0x01F5 0x01F6 0x01F7 ... 0x01FB 0x01FC 0x01FD 0x01FE 0x01FF CHCTRLB27 CHPRILVL27 CHEVCTRL27 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 CRCERR SUSP SUSP SUSP FERR RUNSTDBY TRIGSRC[7:0] TRIGACT[1:0] THRESHOLD[1:0] EVOE EVIE TCMPL TCMPL TCMPL BUSY ENABLE TERR TERR TERR PEND SWRST BURSTLEN[3:0] CMD[1:0] PRILVL[1:0] EVACT[2:0] EVOMODE[1:0] Reserved CHINTENCLR27 CHINTENSET27 CHINTFLAG27 CHSTATUS27 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. CRCERR Datasheet SUSP SUSP SUSP FERR TCMPL TCMPL TCMPL BUSY TERR TERR TERR PEND DS60001507F-page 372 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller ...........continued Offset Name 0x0200 CHCTRLA28 0x0204 0x0205 0x0206 0x0207 ... 0x020B 0x020C 0x020D 0x020E 0x020F CHCTRLB28 CHPRILVL28 CHEVCTRL28 Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 RUNSTDBY ENABLE SWRST TRIGSRC[7:0] TRIGACT[1:0] THRESHOLD[1:0] EVOE EVIE BURSTLEN[3:0] CMD[1:0] PRILVL[1:0] EVACT[2:0] EVOMODE[1:0] Reserved CHINTENCLR28 CHINTENSET28 CHINTFLAG28 CHSTATUS28 0x0210 CHCTRLA29 0x0214 0x0215 0x0216 0x0217 ... 0x021B 0x021C 0x021D 0x021E 0x021F CHCTRLB29 CHPRILVL29 CHEVCTRL29 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 CRCERR SUSP SUSP SUSP FERR RUNSTDBY TRIGSRC[7:0] TRIGACT[1:0] THRESHOLD[1:0] EVOE EVIE TCMPL TCMPL TCMPL BUSY ENABLE TERR TERR TERR PEND SWRST BURSTLEN[3:0] CMD[1:0] PRILVL[1:0] EVACT[2:0] EVOMODE[1:0] Reserved CHINTENCLR29 CHINTENSET29 CHINTFLAG29 CHSTATUS29 0x0220 CHCTRLA30 0x0224 0x0225 0x0226 0x0227 ... 0x022B 0x022C 0x022D 0x022E 0x022F CHCTRLB30 CHPRILVL30 CHEVCTRL30 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 CRCERR SUSP SUSP SUSP FERR RUNSTDBY TRIGSRC[7:0] TRIGACT[1:0] THRESHOLD[1:0] EVOE EVIE TCMPL TCMPL TCMPL BUSY ENABLE TERR TERR TERR PEND SWRST BURSTLEN[3:0] CMD[1:0] PRILVL[1:0] EVACT[2:0] EVOMODE[1:0] Reserved CHINTENCLR30 CHINTENSET30 CHINTFLAG30 CHSTATUS30 0x0230 CHCTRLA31 0x0234 0x0235 0x0236 0x0237 ... 0x023B 0x023C 0x023D 0x023E 0x023F CHCTRLB31 CHPRILVL31 CHEVCTRL31 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 CRCERR SUSP SUSP SUSP FERR RUNSTDBY TRIGSRC[7:0] TRIGACT[1:0] THRESHOLD[1:0] EVOE EVIE TCMPL TCMPL TCMPL BUSY ENABLE TERR TERR TERR PEND SWRST BURSTLEN[3:0] CMD[1:0] PRILVL[1:0] EVACT[2:0] EVOMODE[1:0] Reserved CHINTENCLR31 CHINTENSET31 CHINTFLAG31 CHSTATUS31 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. CRCERR Datasheet SUSP SUSP SUSP FERR TCMPL TCMPL TCMPL BUSY TERR TERR TERR PEND DS60001507F-page 373 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.8 Register Description Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16- and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Some registers are optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). Optional PAC write protection is denoted by the "PAC Write-Protection" property in each individual register description. For details, refer to 22.5.8 Register Access Protection. Some registers are enable-protected, meaning they can only be written when the peripheral is disabled. Enableprotection is denoted by the "Enable-Protected" property in each individual register description. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 374 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.8.1 Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit CTRL 0x00 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 15 14 13 12 11 LVLEN3 R/W 0 10 LVLEN2 R/W 0 9 LVLEN1 R/W 0 8 LVLEN0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 DMAENABLE R/W 0 0 SWRST R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bits 8, 9, 10, 11 - LVLENxPriority Level x Enable When this bit is set, all requests with the corresponding level will be fed into the arbiter block. When cleared, all requests with the corresponding level will be ignored. For details on arbitration schemes, refer to the Arbitration section. These bits are not enable-protected. Value Description 0 Transfer requests for Priority level x will not be handled. 1 Transfer requests for Priority level x will be handled. Bit 1 - DMAENABLEDMA Enable Setting this bit will enable the DMA module. Writing a '0' to this bit will disable the DMA module. When writing a '0' during an ongoing transfer, the bit will not be cleared until the internal data transfer buffer is empty and the DMA transfer is aborted. The internal data transfer buffer will be empty once the ongoing burst transfer is completed. This bit is not enable-protected. Value Description 0 The peripheral is disabled. 1 The peripheral is enabled. Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit when the DMAC module is disabled (DMAENABLE bit set to "0"), resets all registers in the DMAC (except DBGCTRL) to their initial state. If either the DMAC or CRC module is enabled, the Reset request will be ignored and the DMAC will return an access error. Value Description 0 There is no Reset operation ongoing. 1 A Reset operation is ongoing. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 375 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.8.2 CRC Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit CRCCTRL 0x02 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 15 14 CRCMODE[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 7 6 Access Reset 13 12 R/W 0 R/W 0 5 4 11 10 CRCSRC[5:0] R/W R/W 0 0 3 2 CRCPOLY[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 1 0 CRCBEATSIZE[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bits 15:14 - CRCMODE[1:0]CRC Operating Mode These bits define the block transfer mode. Value Name Description 0x0 DEFAULT Default operating mode 0x1 Reserved 0x2 CRCMON Memory CRC monitor operating mode 0x3 CRCGEN Memory CRC generation operating mode Bits 13:8 - CRCSRC[5:0]CRC Input Source These bits select the input source for generating the CRC. The selected source is locked until either the CRC generation is completed or the CRC module is disabled. This means the CRCSRC cannot be modified when the CRC operation is ongoing. The lock is signaled by the CRCBUSY status bit. CRC generation complete is generated and signaled from the selected source when used with the DMA channel. Value Name Description 0x00 NOACT No action 0x01 IO I/O interface 0x02 Reserved 0x1F 0x20 CH0 DMA channel 0 0x21 CH1 DMA channel 1 0x22 CH2 DMA channel 2 0x23 CH3 DMA channel 3 0x24 CH4 DMA channel 4 0x25 CH5 DMA channel 5 0x26 CH6 DMA channel 6 0x27 CH7 DMA channel 7 0x28 CH8 DMA channel 8 0x29 CH9 DMA channel 9 0x2A CH10 DMA channel 10 0x2B CH11 DMA channel 11 0x2C CH12 DMA channel 12 0x2D CH13 DMA channel 13 0x2E CH14 DMA channel 14 0x2F CH15 DMA channel 15 0x30 CH16 DMA channel 16 0x31 CH17 DMA channel 17 0x32 CH18 DMA channel 18 0x33 CH19 DMA channel 19 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 376 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller Value 0x34 0x35 0x36 0x37 0x38 0x39 0x3A 0x3B 0x3C 0x3D 0x3E 0x3F Name CH20 CH21 CH22 CH23 CH24 CH25 CH26 CH27 CH28 CH29 CH30 CH31 Description DMA channel 20 DMA channel 21 DMA channel 22 DMA channel 23 DMA channel 24 DMA channel 25 DMA channel 26 DMA channel 27 DMA channel 28 DMA channel 29 DMA channel 30 DMA channel 31 Bits 3:2 - CRCPOLY[1:0]CRC Polynomial Type These bits select the CRC polynomial type. Value Name Description 0x0 CRC16 CRC-16 (CRC-CCITT) 0x1 CRC32 CRC32 (IEEE 802.3) 0x2-0x3 Reserved Bits 1:0 - CRCBEATSIZE[1:0]CRC Beat Size These bits define the size of the data transfer for each bus access when the CRC is used with I/O interface. Value Name Description 0x0 BYTE 8-bit bus transfer 0x1 HWORD 16-bit bus transfer 0x2 WORD 32-bit bus transfer 0x3 Reserved (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 377 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.8.3 CRC Data Input Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset CRCDATAIN 0x04 0x00000000 PAC Write Protection 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 28 27 CRCDATAIN[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 20 19 CRCDATAIN[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 11 CRCDATAIN[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 3 CRCDATAIN[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - CRCDATAIN[31:0]CRC Data Input These bits store the data for which the CRC checksum is computed. A new CRC checksum is ready (CRCBEAT+ 1) clock cycles after the CRCDATAIN register is written. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 378 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.8.4 CRC Checksum Name: Offset: Reset: Property: CRCCHKSUM 0x08 0x00000000 PAC Write Protection, Enable-Protected The CRCCHKSUM represents the 16- or 32-bit checksum value and the generated CRC. The register is reset to zero by default, but it is possible to reset all bits to one by writing the CRCCHKSUM register directly. It is possible to write this register only when the CRC module is disabled. If CRC-32 is selected and the CRC Status Busy flag is cleared (i.e., CRC generation is completed or aborted), the bit reversed (bit 31 is swapped with bit 0, bit 30 with bit 1, etc.) and complemented result will be read from CRCCHKSUM. If CRC-16 is selected or the CRC Status Busy flag is set (i.e., CRC generation is ongoing), CRCCHKSUM will contain the actual content. Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 28 27 CRCCHKSUM[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 20 19 CRCCHKSUM[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 11 CRCCHKSUM[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 3 CRCCHKSUM[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - CRCCHKSUM[31:0]CRC Checksum These bits store the generated CRC result. The 16 MSB bits are always read zero when CRC-16 is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 379 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.8.5 CRC Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 CRCSTATUS 0x0C 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 CRCERR R 0 1 CRCZERO R 0 0 CRCBUSY R/W 0 Bit 2 - CRCERRCRC Error This bit is read '1' when the memory CRC monitor detects data corruption. Bit 1 - CRCZEROCRC Zero This bit is cleared when a new CRC source is selected. This bit is set when the CRC generation is complete and the CRC Checksum is zero. Bit 0 - CRCBUSYCRC Module Busy When used with an I/O interface (CRCCTRL.CRCSRC=0x1): * This bit is cleared by writing a '1' to it * This bit is set when the CRC Data Input (CRCDATAIN) register is written * Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the CRC Module Busy bit * Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect When used with a DMA channel (CRCCTRL.CRCSRC=0x20..,0x3F): * This bit is cleared when the corresponding DMA channel is disabled * This bit is set when the corresponding DMA channel is enabled * Writing a '1' to this bit has no effect * Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 380 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.8.6 Debug Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 DBGCTRL 0x0D 0x00 PAC Write Protection 6 5 4 3 2 1 Access Reset 0 DBGRUN R/W 0 Bit 0 - DBGRUNDebug Run This bit is not reset by a Software Reset. This bit controls the functionality when the CPU is halted by an external debugger. Value Description 0 The DMAC is halted when the CPU is halted by an external debugger. 1 The DMAC continues normal operation when the CPU is halted by an external debugger. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 381 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.8.7 Software Trigger Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset SWTRIGCTRL 0x10 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 28 27 SWTRIG[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 20 19 SWTRIG[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 11 SWTRIG[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 3 SWTRIG[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - SWTRIG[31:0]Channel n Software Trigger [n = 31..0] This bit is cleared when the Channel Pending bit in the Channel Status register (CHSTATUS.PEND) for the corresponding channel is either set, or by writing a '1' to it. This bit is set if CHSTATUS.PEND is already '1' when writing a '1' to that bit. Writing a '0' to this bit will clear the bit. Writing a '1' to this bit will generate a DMA software trigger on channel x, if CHSTATUS.PEND=0 for channel x. CHSTATUS.PEND will be set and SWTRIGn will remain cleared. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 382 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.8.8 Priority Control 0 Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 31 RRLVLEN3 R/W 0 23 RRLVLEN2 R/W 0 15 RRLVLEN1 R/W 0 7 RRLVLEN0 R/W 0 PRICTRL0 0x14 0x40404040 PAC Write-Protection 30 29 28 27 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 21 20 19 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 13 12 11 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 5 4 3 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 QOS03[1:0] R/W 1 22 QOS02[1:0] R/W 1 14 QOS01[1:0] R/W 1 6 QOS00[1:0] R/W 1 26 LVLPRI3[4:0] R/W 0 18 LVLPRI2[4:0] R/W 0 10 LVLPRI1[4:0] R/W 0 2 LVLPRI0[4:0] R/W 0 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 7, 15, 23, 31 - RRLVLENLevel Round-Robin Scheduling Enable For details on arbitration schemes, refer to 22.6.2.4 Arbitration. Value Description 0 Static arbitration scheme for channels with level 0 priority. 1 Round-robin arbitration scheme for channels with level 0 priority. Bits 5:6, 13:14, 21:22, 29:30 - QOSLevel Quality of Service 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 DISABLE Background (no sensitive operation) LOW Sensitive to bandwidth MEDIUM Sensitive to latency Critical Latency Bits 0:4, 8:12, 16:20, 24:28 - LVLPRILevel Channel Priority Number When round-robin arbitration is enabled (PRICTRL0.RRLVLEN0=1) for priority level 0, this register holds the channel number of the last DMA channel being granted access as the active channel with priority level 0. When static arbitration is enabled (PRICTRL0.RRLVLEN0=0) for priority level 0, and the value of this bit group is nonzero, it will not affect the static priority scheme. This bit group is not reset when round-robin arbitration gets disabled (PRICTRL0.RRLVLEN0 written to '0'). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 383 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.8.9 Interrupt Pending Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTPEND 0x20 0x0000 - This register allows the user to identify the lowest DMA channel with pending interrupt. An interrupt that handles several channels should consult the INTPEND register to find out which channel number has priority (ignoring/filtering each channel that has its own interrupt line). An interrupt dedicated to only one channel must not use the INTPEND register. Bit Access Reset Bit 15 PEND R 0 14 BUSY R 0 13 FERR R 0 12 CRCERR R/W 0 11 10 SUSP R/W 0 9 TCMPL R/W 0 8 TERR R/W 0 7 6 5 4 3 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 ID[4:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit 15 - PENDPending This bit will read '1' when the channel selected by Channel ID field (ID) is pending. Bit 14 - BUSYBusy This bit will read '1' when the channel selected by Channel ID field (ID) is busy. Bit 13 - FERRFetch Error This bit will read '1' when the channel selected by Channel ID field (ID) fetched an invalid descriptor. Bit 12 - CRCERRCRC Error This bit will read '1' when the channel selected by Channel ID field (ID) has a CRC Error Status Flag bit set, and is set when the CRC monitor detects data corruption. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear it. It will also clear the corresponding flag in the Channel n Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (CHINTFLAGn), where n is determined by the Channel ID bit field (ID). Bit 10 - SUSPChannel Suspend This bit will read '1' when the channel selected by Channel ID field (ID) has pending Suspend interrupt. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear it. It will also clear the corresponding flag in the Channel n Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (CHINTFLAGn), where n is determined by the Channel ID bit field (ID). Bit 9 - TCMPLTransfer Complete This bit will read '1' when the channel selected by Channel ID field (ID) has pending Transfer Complete interrupt. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear it. It will also clear the corresponding flag in the Channel n Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (CHINTFLAGn), where n is determined by the Channel ID bit field (ID). Bit 8 - TERRTransfer Error This bit will read '1' when the channel selected by Channel ID field (ID) has pending Transfer Error interrupt. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear it. It will also clear the corresponding flag in the Channel n Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (CHINTFLAGn), where n is determined by the Channel ID bit field (ID). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 384 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller Bits 4:0 - ID[4:0]Channel ID These bits store the lowest channel number with pending interrupts. The number is valid if Suspend (SUSP), Transfer Complete (TCMPL) or Transfer Error (TERR) bits are set. The Channel ID field is refreshed when a new channel (with channel number less than the current one) with pending interrupts is detected, or when the application clears the corresponding channel interrupt sources. When no pending channels interrupts are available, these bits will always return zero value when read. When the bits are written, indirect access to the corresponding Channel Interrupt Flag register is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 385 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.8.10 Interrupt Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 INTSTATUS 0x24 0x00000000 - 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 CHINT[31:24] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 CHINT[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 CHINT[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 CHINT[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - CHINT[31:0]Channel n Pending Interrupt [n=31..0] This bit is set when Channel n has a pending interrupt/the interrupt request is received. This bit is cleared when the corresponding Channel n interrupts are disabled or the interrupts sources are cleared. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 386 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.8.11 Busy Channels Name: Offset: Reset: Property: BUSYCH 0x28 0x00000000 - Bit 31 30 29 28 27 BUSYCH[31:24] R R 0 0 26 25 24 Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 19 BUSYCH[23:16] R R 0 0 18 17 16 Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 10 9 8 R 0 12 11 BUSYCH[15:8] R R 0 0 Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 BUSYCH[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - BUSYCH[31:0]Busy Channel n [x=31..0] This bit is cleared when the channel trigger action for DMA channel n is complete, when a bus error for DMA channel n is detected, or when DMA channel n is disabled. This bit is set when DMA channel n starts a DMA transfer. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 387 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.8.12 Pending Channels Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset PENDCH 0x2C 0x00000000 - 31 PENDCH31 R 0 30 PENDCH30 R 0 29 PENDCH29 R 0 28 PENDCH28 R 0 27 PENDCH27 R 0 26 PENDCH26 R 0 25 PENDCH25 R 0 24 PENDCH24 R 0 23 PENDCH23 R 0 22 PENDCH22 R 0 21 PENDCH21 R 0 20 PENDCH20 R 0 19 PENDCH19 R 0 18 PENDCH18 R 0 17 PENDCH17 R 0 16 PENDCH16 R 0 15 PENDCH15 R 0 14 PENDCH14 R 0 13 PENDCH13 R 0 12 PENDCH12 R 0 11 PENDCH11 R 0 10 PENDCH10 R 0 9 PENDCH9 R 0 8 PENDCH8 R 0 7 PENDCH7 R 0 6 PENDCH6 R 0 5 PENDCH5 R 0 4 PENDCH4 R 0 3 PENDCH3 R 0 2 PENDCH2 R 0 1 PENDCH1 R 0 0 PENDCH0 R 0 Bits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31 - PENDCHPending Channel n [n=31..0] This bit is cleared when trigger execution defined by channel trigger action settings for DMA channel n is started, when a bus error for DMA channel n is detected or when DMA channel n is disabled. For details on trigger action settings, refer to CHCTRLB.TRIGACT. This bit is set when a transfer is pending on DMA channel n. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 388 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.8.13 Active Channel and Levels Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 ACTIVE 0x30 0x00000000 - 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 BTCNT[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 BTCNT[7:0] Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 15 ABUSY R 0 14 13 12 11 9 8 R 0 R 0 10 ID[4:0] R 0 R 0 R 0 7 6 4 3 LVLEX3 R 0 2 LVLEX2 R 0 1 LVLEX1 R 0 0 LVLEX0 R 0 Access Reset 5 Bits 31:16 - BTCNT[15:0]Active Channel Block Transfer Count These bits hold the 16-bit block transfer count of the ongoing transfer. This value is stored in the active channel and written back in the corresponding Write-Back channel memory location when the arbiter grants a new channel access. The value is valid only when the active channel Active Busy flag (ABUSY) is set. Bit 15 - ABUSYActive Channel Busy This bit is cleared when the active transfer count is written back in the write-back memory section. This bit is set when the next descriptor transfer count is read from the write-back memory section. Bits 12:8 - ID[4:0]Active Channel ID These bits hold the channel index currently stored in the active channel registers. The value is updated each time the arbiter grants a new channel transfer access request. Bits 0, 1, 2, 3 - LVLEXxLevel x Channel Trigger Request Executing [x=3..0] This bit is set when a level-x channel trigger request is executing or pending. This bit is cleared when no request is pending or being executed. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 389 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.8.14 Descriptor Memory Section Base Address Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset BASEADDR 0x34 0x00000000 PAC Write Protection, Enable-Protected 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 28 27 BASEADDR[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 20 19 BASEADDR[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 11 BASEADDR[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 3 BASEADDR[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - BASEADDR[31:0]Descriptor Memory Base Address These bits store the Descriptor memory section base address. The value must be 128-bit aligned. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 390 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.8.15 Write-Back Memory Section Base Address Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset WRBADDR 0x38 0x00000000 PAC Write Protection, Enable-Protected 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 28 27 WRBADDR[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 20 19 WRBADDR[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 11 WRBADDR[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 3 WRBADDR[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - WRBADDR[31:0]Write-Back Memory Base Address These bits store the Write-Back memory base address. The value must be 128-bit aligned. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 391 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.8.16 Channel Control A Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 CHCTRLA 0x40 + n*0x10 [n=0..31] 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 30 Access Reset Bit 23 22 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 RUNSTDBY R/W 0 5 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 29 28 THRESHOLD[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 21 20 TRIGACT[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 27 R/W 0 19 12 11 TRIGSRC[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 4 3 26 25 BURSTLEN[3:0] R/W R/W 0 0 24 R/W 0 18 17 16 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 1 ENABLE R/W 0 0 SWRST R/W 0 Bits 29:28 - THRESHOLD[1:0]FIFO Threshold These bits define the threshold from which the DMA starts to write to the destination. These bits have no effect in the case of single beat transfers. These bits are not enable-protected. Value Name Description 0x0 1BEAT Destination write starts after each beat source addess read 0x1 2BEATS Destination write starts after 2-beats source address read 0x2 4BEATS Destination write starts after 4-beats source address read 0x3 8BEATS Destination write starts after 8-beats source address read Bits 27:24 - BURSTLEN[3:0]Burst Length These bits define the burst mode. These bits are not enable-protected. Value Name 0x0 SINGLE 0x1 2BEAT 0x2 3BEAT 0x3 4BEAT 0x4 5BEAT 0x5 6BEAT 0x6 7BEAT 0x7 8BEAT 0x8 9BEAT 0x9 10BEAT 0xA 11BEAT 0xB 12BEAT 0xC 13BEAT 0xD 14BEAT (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Description Single-beat burst 2-beats burst length 3-beats burst length 4-beats burst length 5-beats burst length 6-beats burst length 7-beats burst length 8-beats burst length 9-beats burst length 10-beats burst length 11-beats burst length 12-beats burst length 13-beats burst length 14-beats burst length Datasheet DS60001507F-page 392 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller Value 0xE 0xF Name 15BEAT 16BEAT Description 15-beats burst length 16-beats burst length Bits 21:20 - TRIGACT[1:0]Trigger Action These bits define the trigger action used for a transfer. These bits are not enable-protected. Value Name Description 0x0 BLOCK One trigger required for each block transfer 0x1 Reserved 0x2 BURST One trigger required for each burst transfer 0x3 TRANSACTION One trigger required for each transaction Bits 15:8 - TRIGSRC[7:0]Trigger Source These bits define the peripheral that will be the source of a trigger. Index Instance Channel Presentation 0x00 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x04 0x05 0x06 0x07 0x08 0x09 0x0A 0x0B 0x0C 0x0D 0x0E 0x0F 0x10 0x11 0x12 0x13 0x14 0x15 0x16 0x1C - 0x17 0x1D 0x21- 0x1E 0x22 0x25 - 0x23 0x26 0x28 - 0x27 0x29 0x2B - 0x2A 0x2C 0x2E - 0x2D 0x2F 0x31 - 0x30 0x32 0x34 - 0x33 0x35 DISABLE RTC DSU DSU SERCOM0 SERCOM0 SERCOM1 SERCOM1 SERCOM2 SERCOM2 SERCOM3 SERCOM3 SERCOM4 SERCOM4 SERCOM5 SERCOM5 SERCOM6 SERCOM6 SERCOM7 SERCOM7 CAN0 CAN1 TCC0 TCC0 TCC1 TCC1 TCC2 TCC2 TCC3 TCC3 TCC4 TCC4 TC0 TC0 TC1 TC1 TC2 TC2 TC3 TIMESTAMP DCC0 DCC1 RX TX RX TX RX TX RX TX RX TX RX TX RX TX RX TX DEBUG DEBUG OVF MC OVF MC OVF MC OVF MC OVF MC OVF MC OVF MC OVF MC OVF Only software/event triggers DMA RTC timestamp trigger DMAC ID for DCC0 register DMAC ID for DCC1 register Index of DMA RX trigger Index of DMA TX trigger Index of DMA RX trigger Index of DMA TX trigger Index of DMA RX trigger Index of DMA TX trigger Index of DMA RX trigger Index of DMA TX trigger Index of DMA RX trigger Index of DMA TX trigger Index of DMA RX trigger Index of DMA TX trigger Index of DMA RX trigger Index of DMA TX trigger Index of DMA RX trigger Index of DMA TX trigger DMA CAN Debug Req DMA CAN Debug Req DMA overflow/underflow/retrigger trigger Indexes of DMA Match/Compare triggers DMA overflow/underflow/retrigger trigger Indexes of DMA Match/Compare triggers DMA overflow/underflow/retrigger trigger Indexes of DMA Match/Compare triggers DMA overflow/underflow/retrigger trigger Indexes of DMA Match/Compare triggers DMA overflow/underflow/retrigger trigger Indexes of DMA Match/Compare triggers Indexes of DMA Overflow trigger Indexes of DMA Match/Compare triggers Indexes of DMA Overflow trigger Indexes of DMA Match/Compare triggers Indexes of DMA Overflow trigger Indexes of DMA Match/Compare triggers Indexes of DMA Overflow trigger (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 393 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller ...........continued Index Instance Channel Presentation 0x37 - 0x36 0x38 0x3A - 0x39 0x3B 0x3D:0x3C 0x3E 0x40 - 0x3F 0x41 0x43 - 0x41 0x44 0x45 0x46 0x47 0x49 - 0x48 0x4B - 0x4A 0x4D - 0x4C 0x4F - 0x4E 0x50 0x51 0x52 0x53 0x54 TC3 TC4 TC4 TC5 TC5 TC6 TC6 TC7 TC7 ADC0 ADC0 ADC1 ADC1 DAC DAC I2S I2S PCC AES AES QSPI QSPI MC OVF MC OVF MC OVF MC OVF MC RESRDY SEQ RESRDY SEQ EMPTY RESRDY RX TX RX WR RD RX TX Indexes of DMA Match/Compare triggers Indexes of DMA Overflow trigger Indexes of DMA Match/Compare triggers Indexes of DMA Overflow trigger Indexes of DMA Match/Compare triggers Indexes of DMA Overflow trigger Indexes of DMA Match/Compare triggers Indexes of DMA Overflow trigger Indexes of DMA Match/Compare triggers index of DMA RESRDY trigger Index of DMA SEQ trigger Index of DMA RESRDY trigger Index of DMA SEQ trigger DMA DAC Empty Req DMA DAC Result Ready Req Indexes of DMA RX triggers Indexes of DMA TX triggers Indexes of PCC RX trigger DMA DATA Write trigger DMA DATA Read trigger Indexes of QSPI RX trigger Indexes of QSPI TX trigger Bit 6 - RUNSTDBYChannel run in standby This bit is used to keep the DMAC channel running in standby mode. This bit is not enable-protected. Value Description 0 The DMAC channel is halted in standby. 1 The DMAC channel continues to run in standby. Bit 1 - ENABLEChannel Enable Writing a '0' to this bit during an ongoing transfer, the bit will not be cleared until the internal data transfer buffer is empty and the DMA transfer is aborted. The internal data transfer buffer will be empty once the ongoing burst transfer is completed. Writing a '1' to this bit will enable the DMA channel. This bit is not enable-protected. Value Description 0 DMA channel is disabled. 1 DMA channel is enabled. Bit 0 - SWRSTChannel Software Reset Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit resets the channel registers to their initial state. The bit can be set when the channel is disabled (ENABLE=0). Writing a '1' to this bit will be ignored as long as ENABLE=1. This bit is automatically cleared when the reset is completed. Value Description 0 There is no reset operation ongoing. 1 The reset operation is ongoing. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 394 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.8.17 Channel Control B Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 CHCTRLB 0x44 + n*0x10 [n=0..31] 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CMD[1:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 1:0 - CMD[1:0]Software Command These bits define the software commands. Refer to 22.6.3.3 Channel Suspend and 22.6.3.4 Channel Resume and Next Suspend Skip. These bits are not enable-protected. CMD[1:0] Name Description 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 NOACT SUSPEND RESUME - No action Channel suspend operation Channel resume operation Reserved (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 395 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.8.18 Channel Priority Level Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 CHPRILVL 0x45 + n*0x10 [n=0..31] 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 PRILVL[1:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 1:0 - PRILVL[1:0]Channel Priority Level These bits define the priority level used for the DMA channel. The available levels are shown below, where a high level has priority over a low level. These bits are not enable-protected. Value Name Description 0x0 LVL0 Channel Priority Level 0 (Lowest Level) 0x1 LVL1 Channel Priority Level 1 0x2 LVL2 Channel Priority Level 2 0x3 LVL3 Channel Priority Level 3 (Highest Level) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 396 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.8.19 Channel Event Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset 7 EVOE R/W 0 CHEVCTRL 0x46 + n*0x10 [n=0..31] 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 6 EVIE R/W 0 5 4 EVOMODE[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 3 2 R/W 0 1 EVACT[2:0] R/W 0 0 R/W 0 Bit 7 - EVOEChannel Event Output Enable This bit indicates if the Channel event generation is enabled. The event will be generated for every condition defined in the Channel Event Output Selection bits (CHEVCTRL.EVOMODE). Value Description 0 Channel event generation is disabled. 1 Channel event generation is enabled. Bit 6 - EVIEChannel Event Input Enable Value Description 0 Channel event action will not be executed on any incoming event. 1 Channel event action will be executed on any incoming event. Bits 5:4 - EVOMODE[1:0]Channel Event Output Mode These bits define the channel event output selection. For details on event output generation, refer to 22.6.3.6 Event Output Selection. Value Name Description 0x0 DEFAULT Block event output selection. Refer to BTCTRL.EVOSEL for available selections. 0x1 TRIGACT Ongoing trigger action 0x2-0x3 Reserved Bits 2:0 - EVACT[2:0]Channel Event Input Action These bits define the event input action. The action is executed only if the corresponding EVIE bit in the CHEVCTRL register of the channel is set. For details on event actions, refer to 22.6.3.5 Event Input Actions. These bits are available only for channels with event input support. Value Name Description 0x0 NOACT No action 0x1 TRIG Transfer and periodic transfer trigger 0x2 CTRIG Conditional transfer trigger 0x3 CBLOCK Conditional block transfer 0x4 SUSPEND Channel suspend operation 0x5 RESUME Channel resume operation 0x6 SSKIP Skip next block suspend action 0x7 INCPRI Increase priority (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 397 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.8.20 Channel Interrupt Enable Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: CHINTENCLR 0x4C + n*0x10 [n=0..31] 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to disable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Channel Interrupt Enable Set (CHINTENSET) register. Bit 7 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 SUSP R/W 0 1 TCMPL R/W 0 0 TERR R/W 0 Bit 2 - SUSPChannel Suspend Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Channel Suspend Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Channel Suspend interrupt. Value Description 0 The Channel Suspend interrupt is disabled. 1 The Channel Suspend interrupt is enabled. Bit 1 - TCMPLChannel Transfer Complete Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Channel Transfer Complete Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Channel Transfer Complete interrupt. Value Description 0 The Channel Transfer Complete interrupt is disabled. When block action is set to none, the TCMPL flag will not be set when a block transfer is completed. 1 The Channel Transfer Complete interrupt is enabled. Bit 0 - TERRChannel Transfer Error Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Channel Transfer Error Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Channel Transfer Error interrupt. Value Description 0 The Channel Transfer Error interrupt is disabled. 1 The Channel Transfer Error interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 398 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.8.21 Channel Interrupt Enable Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: CHINTENSET 0x4D + n*0x10 [n=0..31] 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to enable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Channel Interrupt Enable Clear (CHINTENCLR) register. Bit 7 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 SUSP R/W 0 1 TCMPL R/W 0 0 TERR R/W 0 Bit 2 - SUSPChannel Suspend Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Channel Suspend Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Channel Suspend interrupt. Value Description 0 The Channel Suspend interrupt is disabled. 1 The Channel Suspend interrupt is enabled. Bit 1 - TCMPLChannel Transfer Complete Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Channel Transfer Complete Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Channel Transfer Complete interrupt. Value Description 0 The Channel Transfer Complete interrupt is disabled. 1 The Channel Transfer Complete interrupt is enabled. Bit 0 - TERRChannel Transfer Error Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Channel Transfer Error Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Channel Transfer Error interrupt. Value Description 0 The Channel Transfer Error interrupt is disabled. 1 The Channel Transfer Error interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 399 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.8.22 Channel Interrupt Flag Status and Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 CHINTFLAG 0x4E + n*0x10 [n=0..31] 0x00 - 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 SUSP R/W 0 1 TCMPL R/W 0 0 TERR R/W 0 Bit 2 - SUSPChannel Suspend This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This flag is set when a block transfer with suspend block action is completed, when a software suspend command is executed, when a suspend event is received or when an invalid descriptor is fetched by the DMA. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Channel Suspend interrupt flag for the corresponding channel. For details on available software commands, refer to CHCTRLB.CMD. For details on available event input actions, refer to CHCTRLB.EVACT. For details on available block actions, refer to BTCTRL.BLOCKACT. Bit 1 - TCMPLChannel Transfer Complete This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This flag is set when a block transfer is completed and the corresponding interrupt block action is enabled. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Transfer Complete interrupt flag for the corresponding channel. Bit 0 - TERRChannel Transfer Error This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This flag is set when a bus error is detected during a beat transfer or when the DMAC fetches an invalid descriptor. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Transfer Error interrupt flag for the corresponding channel. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 400 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.8.23 Channel Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 CHSTATUS 0x4F + n*0x10 [n=0..31] 0x00 - 6 Access Reset 5 4 3 CRCERR R/W 0 2 FERR R 0 1 BUSY R 0 0 PEND R 0 Bit 3 - CRCERRChannel CRC Error This bit is set when the CRC monitor detects data corruption. This bit is cleared bu writing '1' to it, or by clearing the CRC Error bit in the INTPEND register (INTPEND.CRCERR). Bit 2 - FERRChannel Fetch Error This bit is cleared when a software resume command is executed. This bit is set when an invalid descriptor is fetched. Bit 1 - BUSYChannel Busy This bit is cleared when the channel trigger action is completed, when a bus error is detected or when the channel is disabled. This bit is set when the DMA channel starts a DMA transfer. Bit 0 - PENDChannel Pending This bit is cleared when the channel trigger action is started, when a bus error is detected or when the channel is disabled. For details on trigger action settings, refer to CHCTRLB.TRIGACT. This bit is set when a transfer is pending on the DMA channel, as soon as the transfer request is received. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 401 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.9 Register Summary - SRAM Offset Name 0x00 BTCTRL 0x02 BTCNT 0x04 SRCADDR 0x08 DSTADDR 0x0C DESCADDR 22.10 Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 STEPSIZE[2:0] BLOCKACT[1:0] STEPSEL DSTINC BTCNT[7:0] BTCNT[15:8] SRCADDR[7:0] SRCADDR[15:8] SRCADDR[23:16] SRCADDR[31:24] DSTADDR[7:0] DSTADDR[15:8] DSTADDR[23:16] DSTADDR[31:24] DESCADDR[7:0] DESCADDR[15:8] DESCADDR[23:16] DESCADDR[31:24] EVOSEL[1:0] VALID SRCINC BEATSIZE[1:0] Register Description - SRAM Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16- and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Some registers are optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). Optional PAC write protection is denoted by the "PAC Write-Protection" property in each individual register description. For details, refer to 22.5.8 Register Access Protection. Some registers are enable-protected, meaning they can only be written when the peripheral is disabled. Enableprotection is denoted by the "Enable-Protected" property in each individual register description. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 402 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.10.1 Block Transfer Control Name: Offset: Property: BTCTRL 0x00 - The BTCTRL register offset is relative to (BASEADDR or WRBADDR) + Channel Number * 0x10 Bit 15 14 STEPSIZE[2:0] 13 6 5 12 STEPSEL 11 DSTINC 10 SRCINC 9 2 1 8 BEATSIZE[1:0] Access Reset Bit 7 4 3 BLOCKACT[1:0] EVOSEL[1:0] 0 VALID Access Reset Bits 15:13 - STEPSIZE[2:0]Address Increment Step Size These bits select the address increment step size. The setting apply to source or destination address, depending on STEPSEL setting. Value Name Description 0x0 X1 Next ADDR = ADDR + (Beat size in byte) * 1 0x1 X2 Next ADDR = ADDR + (Beat size in byte) * 2 0x2 X4 Next ADDR = ADDR + (Beat size in byte) * 4 0x3 X8 Next ADDR = ADDR + (Beat size in byte) * 8 0x4 X16 Next ADDR = ADDR + (Beat size in byte) * 16 0x5 X32 Next ADDR = ADDR + (Beat size in byte) * 32 0x6 X64 Next ADDR = ADDR + (Beat size in byte) * 64 0x7 X128 Next ADDR = ADDR + (Beat size in byte) * 128 Bit 12 - STEPSELStep Selection This bit selects if source or destination addresses are using the step size settings. Value Name Description 0x0 DST Step size settings apply to the destination address 0x1 SRC Step size settings apply to the source address Bit 11 - DSTINCDestination Address Increment Enable Writing a '0' to this bit will disable the destination address incrementation. The address will be kept fixed during the data transfer. Writing a '1' to this bit will enable the destination address incrementation. By default, the destination address is incremented by 1. If the STEPSEL bit is cleared, flexible step-size settings are available in the STEPSIZE register. Value Description 0 The Destination Address Increment is disabled 1 The Destination Address Increment is enabled Bit 10 - SRCINCSource Address Increment Enable Writing a '0' to this bit will disable the source address incrementation. The address will be kept fixed during the data transfer. Writing a '1' to this bit will enable the source address incrementation. By default, the source address is incremented by 1. If the STEPSEL bit is set, flexible step-size settings are available in the STEPSIZE register. Value Description 0 The Source Address Increment is disabled 1 The Source Address Increment is enabled (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 403 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller Bits 9:8 - BEATSIZE[1:0]Beat Size These bits define the size of one beat. A beat is the size of one data transfer bus access, and the setting apply to both read and write accesses. Value Name Description 0x0 BYTE 8-bit bus transfer 0x1 HWORD 16-bit bus transfer 0x2 WORD 32-bit bus transfer other Reserved Bits 4:3 - BLOCKACT[1:0]Block Action These bits define what actions the DMAC should take after a block transfer has completed. BLOCKACT[1:0] Name 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 Description NOACT INT Channel will be disabled if it is the last block transfer in the transaction Channel will be disabled if it is the last block transfer in the transaction and block interrupt SUSPEND Channel suspend operation is completed BOTH Both channel suspend operation and block interrupt Bits 2:1 - EVOSEL[1:0]Event Output Selection These bits define the event output selection. EVOSEL[1:0] Name Description 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 DISABLE BLOCK Event generation disabled Event strobe when block transfer complete Reserved Event strobe when beat transfer complete BEAT Bit 0 - VALIDDescriptor Valid Writing a '0' to this bit in the Descriptor or Write-Back memory will suspend the DMA channel operation when fetching the corresponding descriptor. The bit is automatically cleared in the Write-Back memory section when channel is aborted, when an error is detected during the block transfer, or when the block transfer is completed. Value Description 0 The descriptor is not valid 1 The descriptor is valid (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 404 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.10.2 Block Transfer Count Name: Offset: Property: BTCNT 0x02 - The BTCNT register offset is relative to (BASEADDR or WRBADDR) + Channel Number * 0x10 Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 3 2 1 0 BTCNT[15:8] Access Reset Bit 7 6 5 4 BTCNT[7:0] Access Reset Bits 15:0 - BTCNT[15:0]Block Transfer Count This bit group holds the 16-bit block transfer count. During a transfer, the internal counter value is decremented by one after each beat transfer. The internal counter is written to the corresponding write-back memory section for the DMA channel when the DMA channel loses priority, is suspended or gets disabled. The DMA channel can be disabled by a complete transfer, a transfer error or by software. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 405 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.10.3 Block Transfer Source Address Name: Offset: Property: SRCADDR 0x04 - The SRCADDR register offset is relative to (BASEADDR or WRBADDR) + Channel Number * 0x10 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 SRCADDR[31:24] 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 SRCADDR[23:16] 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 SRCADDR[15:8] 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 SRCADDR[7:0] 2 1 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bits 31:0 - SRCADDR[31:0]Transfer Source Address This bit group holds the source address corresponding to the last beat transfer address in the block transfer. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 406 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.10.4 Block Transfer Destination Address Name: Offset: Property: DSTADDR 0x08 - The DSTADDR register offset is relative to (BASEADDR or WRBADDR) + Channel Number * 0x10 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 DSTADDR[31:24] 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 DSTADDR[23:16] 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 DSTADDR[15:8] 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 2 1 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 3 DSTADDR[7:0] Access Reset Bits 31:0 - DSTADDR[31:0]Transfer Destination Address This bit group holds the destination address corresponding to the last beat transfer address in the block transfer. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 407 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 22.10.5 Next Descriptor Address Name: Offset: Property: DESCADDR 0x0C - The DESCADDR register offset is relative to (BASEADDR or WRBADDR) + Channel Number * 0x10 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 DESCADDR[31:24] 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 DESCADDR[23:16] 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 DESCADDR[15:8] 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 DESCADDR[7:0] 2 1 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bits 31:0 - DESCADDR[31:0]Next Descriptor Address This bit group holds the SRAM address of the next descriptor. The value must be 128-bit aligned. If the value of this SRAM register is 0x00000000, the transaction will be terminated when the DMAC tries to load the next transfer descriptor. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 408 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EIC - External Interrupt Controller 23. EIC - External Interrupt Controller 23.1 Overview The External Interrupt Controller (EIC) allows external pins to be configured as interrupt lines. Each interrupt line can be individually masked and can generate an interrupt on rising, falling, both edges, or on high or low levels. Each external pin has a configurable filter to remove spikes. Also, each external pin can be configured to be asynchronous in order to wake-up the device from Sleep modes where all clocks have been disabled. External pins can generate an event. A separate Non-Maskable Interrupt (NMI) is supported. It has properties similar to the other external interrupts, but is connected to the NMI request of the CPU, enabling it to interrupt any other Interrupt mode. 23.2 Features * * * * * * * * * 23.3 Up to 16 external pins (EXTINTx), plus one non-maskable pin (NMI) Dedicated, Individually Maskable Interrupt for Each Pin Interrupt on Rising, Falling, or Both Edges Synchronous or Asynchronous Edge Detection mode Interrupt pin Debouncing Interrupt on High or Low Levels Asynchronous Interrupts for Sleep Modes Without Clock Filtering of External Pins Event Generation from EXTINTx Block Diagram Figure 23-1.EIC Block Diagram FILTENx SENSEx[2:0] Interrupt EXTINTx Filter Edge/Level Detection Wake Event NMIFILTEN NMI Edge/Level Detection Wake 23.4 inwake_extint evt_extint NMISENSE[2:0] Interrupt Filter intreq_extint intreq_nmi inwake_nmi Signal Description Signal Name Type Description EXTINT[15..0] Digital Input External interrupt pin (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 409 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EIC - External Interrupt Controller ...........continued Signal Name Type Description NMI Digital Input Non-maskable interrupt pin One signal may be available on several pins. 23.5 Product Dependencies In order to use this peripheral, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described below. 23.5.1 I/O Lines Using the EIC's I/O lines requires the I/O pins to be configured. Related Links 32. PORT - I/O Pin Controller 23.5.2 Power Management All interrupts are available down to STANDBY Sleep mode, but the EIC can be configured to automatically mask some interrupts in order to prevent device wake-up. The EIC will continue to operate in any Sleep mode where the selected source clock is running. The EIC's interrupts can be used to wake up the device from Sleep modes. Events connected to the Event System can trigger other operations in the system without exiting Sleep modes. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager 23.5.3 Clocks The EIC bus clock (CLK_EIC_APB) can be enabled and disabled by the Main Clock Controller, the default state of CLK_EIC_APB can be found in the Peripheral Clock Masking section. Some optional functions need a peripheral clock, which can either be a generic clock (GCLK_EIC, for wider frequency selection) or a Ultra Low-Power 32 KHz clock (CLK_ULP32K, for highest power efficiency). One of the clock sources must be configured and enabled before using the peripheral: GCLK_EIC is configured and enabled in the Generic Clock Controller. CLK_ULP32K is provided by the internal Ultra Low-Power (OSCULP32K) Oscillator in the OSC32KCTRL module. Both GCLK_EIC and CLK_ULP32K are asynchronous to the user interface clock (CLK_EIC_APB). Due to this asynchronicity, writes to certain registers will require synchronization between the clock domains. Refer to Synchronization for further details. Related Links 15. MCLK - Main Clock 15.6.2.6 Peripheral Clock Masking 14. GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 29. OSC32KCTRL - 32KHz Oscillators Controller 23.5.4 DMA Not applicable. 23.5.5 Interrupts There are several interrupt request lines, at least one for the external interrupts (EXTINT) and one for Non-Maskable Interrupt (NMI). The EXTINT interrupt request line is connected to the interrupt controller. Using the EIC interrupt requires the interrupt controller to be configured first. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 410 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EIC - External Interrupt Controller The NMI interrupt request line is connected to the interrupt controller, but does not require the interrupt to be configured. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 23.5.6 Events The events are connected to the Event System. Using the events requires the Event System to be configured first. Related Links 31. EVSYS - Event System 23.5.7 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in Debug mode, the EIC continues normal operation. If the EIC is configured in a way that requires it to be periodically serviced by the CPU through interrupts or similar, improper operation or data loss may result during debugging. 23.5.8 Register Access Protection All registers with write access can be write-protected optionally by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC), except for the following registers: * * Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG) Non-Maskable Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (NMIFLAG) Optional write protection by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC) is denoted by the "PAC Write Protection" property in each individual register description. PAC write protection does not apply to accesses through an external debugger. Related Links 27. PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 23.5.9 Analog Connections Not applicable. 23.6 Functional Description 23.6.1 Principle of Operation The EIC detects edge or level condition to generate interrupts to the CPU interrupt controller or events to the Event System. Each external interrupt pin (EXTINT) can be filtered using majority vote filtering, clocked by GCLK_EIC or by CLK_ULP32K. Related Links 23.6.3 External Pin Processing 23.6.2 Basic Operation 23.6.2.1 Initialization The EIC must be initialized in the following order: 1. 2. 3. Enable CLK_EIC_APB If required, configure the NMI by writing the Non-Maskable Interrupt Control register (NMICTRL) Enable GCLK_EIC or CLK_ULP32K when one of the following configuration is selected: - the NMI uses edge detection or filtering. - one EXTINT uses filtering. - one EXTINT uses synchronous edge detection. - one EXTINT uses debouncing. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 411 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EIC - External Interrupt Controller GCLK_EIC is used when a frequency higher than 32KHz is required for filtering. 4. 5. 6. 7. CLK_ULP32K is recommended when power consumption is the priority. For CLK_ULP32K write a '1' to the Clock Selection bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.CKSEL). Configure the EIC input sense and filtering by writing the Configuration n register (CONFIG). Optionally, enable the asynchronous mode. Optionally, enable the debouncer mode. Enable the EIC by writing a `1' to CTRLA.ENABLE. The following bits are enable-protected, meaning that it can only be written when the EIC is disabled (CTRLA.ENABLE=0): * Clock Selection bit in Control A register (CTRLA.CKSEL) The following registers are enable-protected: * * * * * Event Control register (EVCTRL) Configuration n register (CONFIG). External Interrupt Asynchronous Mode register (23.8.9 ASYNCH) Debouncer Enable register (23.8.11 DEBOUNCEN) Debounce Prescaler register (23.8.12 DPRESCALER) Enable-protected bits in the CTRLA register can be written at the same time when setting CTRLA.ENABLE to '1', but not at the same time as CTRLA.ENABLE is being cleared. Enable-protection is denoted by the "Enable-Protected" property in the register description. Related Links 23.8.10 CONFIG 23.6.2.2 Enabling, Disabling, and Resetting The EIC is enabled by writing a '1' the Enable bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.ENABLE). The EIC is disabled by writing CTRLA.ENABLE to '0'. The EIC is reset by setting the Software Reset bit in the Control register (CTRLA.SWRST). All registers in the EIC will be reset to their initial state, and the EIC will be disabled. Refer to the CTRLA register description for details. 23.6.3 External Pin Processing Each external pin can be configured to generate an interrupt/event on edge detection (rising, falling or both edges) or level detection (high or low). The sense of external interrupt pins is configured by writing the Input Sense x bits in the Config n register (CONFIG.SENSEx). The corresponding interrupt flag (INTFLAG.EXTINT[x]) in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (23.8.8 INTFLAG) is set when the interrupt condition is met. When the interrupt flag has been cleared in edge-sensitive mode, INTFLAG.EXTINT[x] will only be set if a new interrupt condition is met. In level-sensitive mode, when interrupt has been cleared, INTFLAG.EXTINT[x] will be set immediately if the EXTINTx pin still matches the interrupt condition. Each external pin can be filtered by a majority vote filtering, clocked by GCLK_EIC or CLK_ULP32K. Filtering is enabled if bit Filter Enable x in the Configuration n register (CONFIG.FILTENx) is written to '1'. The majority vote filter samples the external pin three times with GCLK_EIC or CLK_ULP32K and outputs the value when two or more samples are equal. Table 23-1.Majority Vote Filter Samples [0, 1, 2] Filter Output [0,0,0] 0 [0,0,1] 0 [0,1,0] 0 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 412 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EIC - External Interrupt Controller ...........continued Samples [0, 1, 2] Filter Output [0,1,1] 1 [1,0,0] 0 [1,0,1] 1 [1,1,0] 1 [1,1,1] 1 When an external interrupt is configured for level detection and when filtering is disabled, detection is done asynchronously. Level detection and asynchronous edge detection does not require GCLK_EIC or CLK_ULP32K, but interrupt and events can still be generated. If filtering or synchronous edge detection or debouncing is enabled, the EIC automatically requests GCLK_EIC or CLK_ULP32K to operate. The selection between these two clocks is done by writing the Clock Selection bits in the Control A register (CTRLA.CKSEL). GCLK_EIC must be enabled in the GCLK module. In these modes the external pin is sampled at the EIC clock rate, thus pulses with duration lower than two EIC clock periods may not be properly detected. Figure 23-2.Interrupt Detection Latency by modes (Rising Edge) GCLK_EIC CLK_EIC_APB EXTINTx intreq_extint[x] (level detection / no filter) No interrupt intreq_extint[x] (level detection / filter) intreq_extint[x] (edge detection / no filter) No interrupt intreq_extint[x] (edge detection / filter) clear INTFLAG.EXTINT[x] The detection latency depends on the detection mode. Table 23-2.Detection Latency Detection mode Latency (worst case) Level without filter Five CLK_EIC_APB periods Level with filter Four GCLK_EIC/CLK_ULP32K periods + five CLK_EIC_APB periods Edge without filter Four GCLK_EIC/CLK_ULP32K periods + five CLK_EIC_APB periods Edge with filter Six GCLK_EIC/CLK_ULP32K periods + five CLK_EIC_APB periods Related Links 14. GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 23.8.10 CONFIG 23.6.4 Additional Features 23.6.4.1 Non-Maskable Interrupt (NMI) The non-maskable interrupt pin can also generate an interrupt on edge or level detection, but it is configured with the dedicated NMI Control register (NMICTRL). To select the sense for NMI, write to the NMISENSE bit group in the NMI Control register (NMICTRL.NMISENSE). NMI filtering is enabled by writing a '1' to the NMI Filter Enable bit (NMICTRL.NMIFILTEN). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 413 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EIC - External Interrupt Controller If edge detection or filtering is required, enable GCLK_EIC or CLK_ULP32K. NMI detection is enabled only by the NMICTRL.NMISENSE value, and the EIC is not required to be enabled. When an NMI is detected, the Non-maskable Interrupt flag in the NMI Flag Status and Clear register is set (NMIFLAG.NMI). NMI interrupt generation is always enabled, and NMIFLAG.NMI generates an interrupt request when set. 23.6.4.2 Asynchronous Edge Detection Mode (No Debouncing) The EXTINT edge detection can be operated synchronously or asynchronously, selected by the Asynchronous Control Mode bit for external pin x in the External Interrupt Asynchronous Mode register (ASYNCH.ASYNCH[x]). The EIC edge detection is operated synchronously when the Asynchronous Control Mode bit (ASYNCH.ASYNCH[x]) is '0' (default value). It is operated asynchronously when ASYNCH.ASYNCH[x] is written to '1'. In Synchronous Edge Detection Mode, the external interrupt (EXTINT) or the non-maskable interrupt (NMI) pins are sampled using the EIC clock as defined by the Clock Selection bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.CKSEL). The External Interrupt flag (INTFLAG.EXTINT[x]) or Non-Maskable Interrupt flag (NMIFLAG.NMI) is set when the last sampled state of the pin differs from the previously sampled state. In this mode, the EIC clock is required. The Synchronous Edge Detection Mode can be used in Idle and Standby sleep modes. In Asynchronous Edge Detection Mode, the external interrupt (EXTINT) pins or the non-maskable interrupt (NMI) pins set the External Interrupt flag or Non-Maskable Interrupt flag (INTFLAG.EXTINT[x] or NMIFLAG) directly. In this mode, the EIC clock is not requested. The asynchronous edge detection mode can be used in Idle and Standby sleep modes. 23.6.4.3 Interrupt Pin Debouncing The external interrupt pin (EXTINT) edge detection can use a debouncer to improve input noise immunity. When selected, the debouncer can work in the synchronous mode or the asynchronous mode, depending on the configuration of the ASYNCH.ASYNCH[x] bit for the pin. The debouncer uses the EIC clock as defined by the bit CTRLA.CKSEL to clock the debouncing circuitry. The debouncing time frame is set with the debouncer prescaler DPRESCALER.DPRESCALERn, which provides the low frequency clock tick that is used to reject higher frequency signals. The debouncing mode for pin EXTINT x can be selected only if the Sense bits in the Configuration y register (CONFIGy.SENSEx) are set to RISE, FALL or BOTH. If the debouncing mode for pin EXTINT x is selected, the filter mode for that pin (CONFIGy.FILTENx) can not be selected. The debouncer manages an internal "valid pin state" that depends on the external interrupt (EXTINT) pin transitions, the debouncing mode and the debouncer prescaler frequency. The valid pin state reflects the pin value after debouncing. The external interrupt pin (EXTINT) is sampled continously on EIC clock. The sampled value is evaluated on each low frequency clock tick to detect a transitional edge when the sampled value is different of the current valid pin state. The sampled value is evaluated on each EIC clock when DPRESCALER.TICKON=0 or on each low frequency clock tick when DPRESCALER.TICKON=1, to detect a bounce when the sampled value is equal to the current valid pin state. Transitional edge detection increments the transition counter of the EXTINT pin, while bounce detection resets the transition counter. The transition counter must exceed the transition count threshold as defined by the DPRESCALER.STATESn bitfield. In the synchronous mode the threshold is 4 when DPRESCALER.STATESn=0 or 8 when DPRESCALER.STATESn=1. In the asynchronous mode the threshold is 4. The valid pin state for the pins can be accessed by reading the register PINSTATE for both synchronous or asynchronous debouncing mode. Synchronous edge detection In this mode the external interrupt (EXTINT) pin is sampled continously on EIC clock. 1. 2. 3. 4. A pin edge transition will be validated when the sampled value is consistently different of the current valid pin state for 4 (or 8 depending on bit DPRESCALER.STATESn) consecutive ticks of the low frequency clock. Any pin sample, at the low frequency clock tick rate, with a value opposite to the current valid pin state will increment the transition counter. Any pin sample, at EIC clock rate (when DPRESCALER.TICKON=0) or the low frequency clock tick (when DPRESCALER.TICKON=1), with a value identical to the current valid pin state will return the transition counter to zero. When the transition counter meets the count threshold, the pin edge transition is validated and the pin state PINSTATE.PINSTATE[x] is changed to the detected level. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 414 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EIC - External Interrupt Controller 5. The external interrupt flag (INTFLAG.EXTINT[x]) is set when the pin state PINSTATE.PINSTATE[x] is changed. Figure 23-3.EXTINT Pin Synchronous Debouncing (Rising Edge) CLK_EIC CLK_PRESCALER EXTINTx PIN_STATE INTGLAG LOW HIGH TRANSITION Set INTFLAG In the synchronous edge detection mode, the EIC clock is required. The synchronous edge detection mode can be used in Idle and Standby sleep modes. Asynchronous edge detection In this mode, the external interrupt (EXTINT) pin directly drives an asynchronous edges detector which triggers any rising or falling edge on the pin: 1. Any edge detected that indicates a transition from the current valid pin state will immediately set the valid pin state PINSTATE.PINSTATE[x] to the detected level. 2. The external interrupt flag (INTFLAG.EXTINT[x] is immediately changed. 3. The edge detector will then be idle until no other rising or falling edge transition is detected during 4 consecutive ticks of the low frequency clock. 4. Any rising or falling edge transition detected during the idle state will return the transition counter to 0. 5. After 4 consecutive ticks of the low frequency clock without bounce detected, the edge detector is ready for a new detection. Figure 23-4.EXTINT Pin Asynchronous Debouncing (Rising Edge) CLK_EIC CLK_PRESCALER EXTINTx PIN_STATE INTGLAG LOW TRANSITION HIGH Set INTFLAG In this mode, the EIC clock is requested. The asynchronous edge detection mode can be used in Idle and Standby sleep modes. 23.6.5 DMA Operation Not applicable. 23.6.6 Interrupts The EIC has the following interrupt sources: * * External interrupt pins (EXTINTx). See 23.6.2 Basic Operation. Non-maskable interrupt pin (NMI). See 23.6.4 Additional Features. Each interrupt source has an associated Interrupt flag. The interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG) is set when an Interrupt condition occurs (NMIFLAG for NMI). Each interrupt, except NMI, can be individually enabled by setting the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET=1), and disabled by setting the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Clear register (INTENCLR=1). An interrupt request is generated when the interrupt flag is set and the corresponding interrupt is enabled. The interrupt request remains active until the interrupt flag is cleared, the interrupt is disabled, or the EIC is reset. See the INTFLAG register for details on how to clear Interrupt flags. The EIC has one interrupt request line for each external (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 415 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EIC - External Interrupt Controller interrupt (EXTINTx) and one line for NMI. The user must read the INTFLAG (or NMIFLAG) register to determine which Interrupt condition is present. Note: 1. Interrupts must be globally enabled for interrupt requests to be generated. 2. If an external interrupts (EXTINT) is common on two or more I/O pins, only one will be active (the first one programmed). Related Links 10. Processor and Architecture 23.6.7 Events The EIC can generate the following output events: * External event from pin (EXTINTx). Setting an Event Output Control register (EVCTRL.EXTINTEO) enables the corresponding output event. Clearing this bit disables the corresponding output event. Refer to Event System for details on configuring the Event System. When the condition on pin EXTINTx matches the configuration in the CONFIGn register, the corresponding event is generated, if enabled. Related Links 31. EVSYS - Event System 23.6.8 Sleep Mode Operation In sleep modes, an EXTINTx pin can wake up the device if the corresponding condition matches the configuration in the CONFIG register, and the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Set register (23.8.7 INTENSET) is written to '1'. Figure 23-5.Wake-up Operation Example (High-Level Detection, No Filter, Interrupt Enable Set) CLK_EIC_APB EXTINTx intwake_extint[x] intreq_extint[x] wake from sleep mode clear INTFLAG.EXTINT[x] Related Links 23.8.10 CONFIG 23.6.9 Synchronization Due to asynchronicity between the main clock domain and the peripheral clock domains, some registers need to be synchronized when written or read. The following bits are synchronized when written: * * Software Reset bit in control register (CTRLA.SWRST) Enable bit in control register (CTRLA.ENABLE) Required write synchronization is denoted by the "Write-Synchronized" property in the register description. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 416 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EIC - External Interrupt Controller 23.7 Register Summary Offset Name Bit Pos. 0x00 0x01 CTRLA NMICTRL 0x02 NMIFLAG 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 0x04 SYNCBUSY 0x08 EVCTRL 0x0C INTENCLR 0x10 INTENSET 0x14 INTFLAG 0x18 ASYNCH 0x1C CONFIG0 0x20 CONFIG1 0x24 ... 0x2F Reserved 0x30 0x34 0x38 DEBOUNCEN DPRESCALER PINSTATE 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 CKSEL NMIASYNCH NMIFILTEN ENABLE NMISENSE[2:0] SWRST NMI ENABLE SWRST EXTINTEO[7:0] EXTINTEO[15:8] EXTINT[7:0] EXTINT[15:8] EXTINT[7:0] EXTINT[15:8] EXTINT[7:0] EXTINT[15:8] ASYNCH[7:0] ASYNCH[15:8] FILTEN1 FILTEN3 FILTEN5 FILTEN7 FILTEN1 FILTEN3 FILTEN5 FILTEN7 SENSE1[2:0] SENSE3[2:0] SENSE5[2:0] SENSE7[2:0] SENSE1[2:0] SENSE3[2:0] SENSE5[2:0] SENSE7[2:0] FILTEN0 FILTEN2 FILTEN4 FILTEN6 FILTEN0 FILTEN2 FILTEN4 FILTEN6 SENSE0[2:0] SENSE2[2:0] SENSE4[2:0] SENSE6[2:0] SENSE0[2:0] SENSE2[2:0] SENSE4[2:0] SENSE6[2:0] DEBOUNCEN[7:0] DEBOUNCEN[15:8] STATES1 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. PRESCALER1[2:0] STATES0 PRESCALER0[2:0] TICKON PINSTATE[7:0] PINSTATE[15:8] Datasheet DS60001507F-page 417 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EIC - External Interrupt Controller 23.8 Register Description Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16-, and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Some registers require synchronization when read and/or written. Synchronization is denoted by the "ReadSynchronized" and/or "Write-Synchronized" property in each individual register description. Some registers are enable-protected, meaning they can only be written when the module is disabled. Enable protection is denoted by the "Enable-Protected" property in each individual register description. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 418 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EIC - External Interrupt Controller 23.8.1 Control A Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 CTRLA 0x00 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized 6 Access Reset 5 4 CKSEL RW 0 3 2 1 ENABLE RW 0 0 SWRST W 0 Bit 4 - CKSELClock Selection The EIC can be clocked either by GCLK_EIC (when a frequency higher than 32KHz is required for filtering) or by CLK_ULP32K (when power consumption is the priority). This bit is not Write-Synchronized. Value Description 0 The EIC is clocked by GCLK_EIC. 1 The EIC is clocked by CLK_ULP32K. Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable Due to synchronization there is a delay between writing to CTRLA.ENABLE until the peripheral is enabled/disabled. The value written to CTRLA.ENABLE will read back immediately and the Enable bit in the Synchronization Busy register will be set (SYNCBUSY.ENABLE=1). SYNCBUSY.ENABLE will be cleared when the operation is complete. This bit is not Enable-Protected. This bit is Write-Synchronized. Value Description 0 The EIC is disabled. 1 The EIC is enabled. Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit resets all registers in the EIC to their initial state, and the EIC will be disabled. Writing a '1' to CTRLA.SWRST will always take precedence, meaning that all other writes in the same write operation will be discarded. Due to synchronization there is a delay from writing CTRLA.SWRST until the Reset is complete. CTRLA.SWRST and SYNCBUSY.SWRST will both be cleared when the Reset is complete. This bit is not Enable-Protected. This bit is Write-Synchronized. Value Description 0 There is no ongoing reset operation. 1 The reset operation is ongoing. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 419 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EIC - External Interrupt Controller 23.8.2 Non-Maskable Interrupt Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 NMICTRL 0x01 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 Access Reset 5 4 NMIASYNCH R/W 0 3 NMIFILTEN R/W 0 2 R/W 0 1 NMISENSE[2:0] R/W 0 0 R/W 0 Bit 4 - NMIASYNCHAsynchronous Edge Detection Mode The NMI edge detection can be operated synchronously or asynchronously to the EIC clock. Value Description 0 The NMI edge detection is synchronously operated. 1 The NMI edge detection is asynchronously operated. Bit 3 - NMIFILTENNon-Maskable Interrupt Filter Enable Value Description 0 NMI filter is disabled. 1 NMI filter is enabled. Bits 2:0 - NMISENSE[2:0]Non-Maskable Interrupt Sense Configuration These bits define on which edge or level the NMI triggers. Value Name Description 0x0 NONE No detection 0x1 RISE Rising-edge detection 0x2 FALL Falling-edge detection 0x3 BOTH Both-edge detection 0x4 HIGH High-level detection 0x5 LOW Low-level detection 0x6 Reserved 0x7 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 420 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EIC - External Interrupt Controller 23.8.3 Non-Maskable Interrupt Flag Status and Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Bit NMIFLAG 0x02 0x0000 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 NMI RW 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 0 - NMINon-Maskable Interrupt This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This flag is set when the NMI pin matches the NMI sense configuration, and will generate an interrupt request. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 421 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EIC - External Interrupt Controller 23.8.4 Synchronization Busy Name: Offset: Reset: Bit SYNCBUSY 0x04 0x00000000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 ENABLE R 0 0 SWRST R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable Synchronization Busy Status Value Description 0 Write synchronization for CTRLA.ENABLE bit is complete. 1 Write synchronization for CTRLA.ENABLE bit is ongoing. Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Synchronization Busy Status Value Description 0 Write synchronization for CTRLA.SWRST bit is complete. 1 Write synchronization for CTRLA.SWRST bit is ongoing. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 422 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EIC - External Interrupt Controller 23.8.5 Event Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit EVCTRL 0x08 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 12 11 EXTINTEO[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 3 EXTINTEO[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bits 15:0 - EXTINTEO[15:0]External Interrupt Event Output Enable The bit x of EXTINTEO enables the event associated with the EXTINTx pin. Value Description 0 Event from pin EXTINTx is disabled. 1 Event from pin EXTINTx is enabled and will be generated when EXTINTx pin matches the external interrupt sensing configuration. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 423 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EIC - External Interrupt Controller 23.8.6 Interrupt Enable Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENCLR 0x0C 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to disable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET). Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 11 EXTINT[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 3 EXTINT[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bits 15:0 - EXTINT[15:0]External Interrupt Enable The bit x of EXTINT disables the interrupt associated with the EXTINTx pin. Writing a '0' to bit x has no effect. Writing a '1' to bit x will clear the External Interrupt Enable bit x, which disables the external interrupt EXTINTx. Value Description 0 The external interrupt x is disabled. 1 The external interrupt x is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 424 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EIC - External Interrupt Controller 23.8.7 Interrupt Enable Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENSET 0x10 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to enable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Clear (INTENCLR) register. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 11 EXTINT[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 3 EXTINT[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bits 15:0 - EXTINT[15:0]External Interrupt Enable The bit x of EXTINT enables the interrupt associated with the EXTINTx pin. Writing a '0' to bit x has no effect. Writing a '1' to bit x will set the External Interrupt Enable bit x, which enables the external interrupt EXTINTx. Value Description 0 The external interrupt x is disabled. 1 The external interrupt x is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 425 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EIC - External Interrupt Controller 23.8.8 Interrupt Flag Status and Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit INTFLAG 0x14 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 11 EXTINT[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 3 EXTINT[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bits 15:0 - EXTINT[15:0]External Interrupt The flag bit x is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This flag is set when EXTINTx pin matches the external interrupt sense configuration and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.EXTINT[x] is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the External Interrupt x flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 426 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EIC - External Interrupt Controller 23.8.9 External Interrupt Asynchronous Mode Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit ASYNCH 0x18 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Bit 15 14 13 10 9 8 Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 12 11 ASYNCH[15:8] RW RW 0 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 7 6 5 2 1 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 4 3 ASYNCH[7:0] RW RW 0 0 Bits 15:0 - ASYNCH[15:0]Asynchronous Edge Detection Mode The bit x of ASYNCH set the Asynchronous Edge Detection Mode for the interrupt associated with the EXTINTx pin. Value Description 0 The EXTINT x edge detection is synchronously operated. 1 The EXTINT x edge detection is asynchronously operated. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 427 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EIC - External Interrupt Controller 23.8.10 External Interrupt Sense Configuration n Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 31 FILTEN7 RW 0 23 FILTEN5 RW 0 15 FILTEN3 RW 0 7 FILTEN1 RW 0 CONFIG 0x1C + n*0x04 [n=0..1] 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 30 RW 0 22 RW 0 14 RW 0 6 RW 0 29 SENSE7[2:0] RW 0 21 SENSE5[2:0] RW 0 13 SENSE3[2:0] RW 0 5 SENSE1[2:0] RW 0 28 RW 0 20 RW 0 12 RW 0 4 RW 0 27 FILTEN6 RW 0 19 FILTEN4 RW 0 11 FILTEN2 RW 0 3 FILTEN0 RW 0 26 RW 0 18 RW 0 10 RW 0 2 RW 0 25 SENSE6[2:0] RW 0 17 SENSE4[2:0] RW 0 9 SENSE2[2:0] RW 0 1 SENSE0[2:0] RW 0 24 RW 0 16 RW 0 8 RW 0 0 RW 0 Bits 3, 7, 11, 15, 19, 23, 27, 31 - FILTENxFilter Enable x [x=7..0] Note: The filter must be disabled if the asynchronous detection is enabled. Value 0 1 Description Filter is disabled for EXTINT[n*8+x] input. Filter is enabled for EXTINT[n*8+x] input. Bits 0:2, 4:6, 8:10, 12:14, 16:18, 20:22, 24:26, 28:30 - SENSExInput Sense Configuration x [x=7..0] These bits define on which edge or level the interrupt or event for EXTINT[n*8+x] will be generated. Value Name Description 0x0 NONE No detection 0x1 RISE Rising-edge detection 0x2 FALL Falling-edge detection 0x3 BOTH Both-edge detection 0x4 HIGH High-level detection 0x5 LOW Low-level detection 0x6 Reserved 0x7 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 428 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EIC - External Interrupt Controller 23.8.11 Debouncer Enable Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit DEBOUNCEN 0x30 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Bit 15 14 13 10 9 8 Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 12 11 DEBOUNCEN[15:8] RW RW 0 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 7 6 5 2 1 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 4 3 DEBOUNCEN[7:0] RW RW 0 0 Bits 15:0 - DEBOUNCEN[15:0]Debouncer Enable The bit x of DEBOUNCEN set the Debounce mode for the interrupt associated with the EXTINTx pin. Value Description 0 The EXTINT x edge input is not debounced. 1 The EXTINT x edge input is debounced. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 429 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EIC - External Interrupt Controller 23.8.12 Debouncer Prescaler Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit DPRESCALER 0x34 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 TICKON RW 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 STATES1 RW 0 6 5 PRESCALER1[2:0] RW 0 4 3 STATES0 RW 0 2 1 PRESCALER0[2:0] RW 0 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bit 16 - TICKONPin Sampler frequency selection This bit selects the clock used for the sampling of bounce during transition detection. Value Description 0 The bounce sampler is using GCLK_EIC. 1 The bounce sampler is using the low frequency clock. Bits 3, 7 - STATESxDebouncer number of states x This bit selects the number of samples by the debouncer low frequency clock needed to validate a transition from current pin state to next pin state in synchronous debouncing mode for pins EXTINT[7+(8x):8x]. Value Description 0 The number of low frequency samples is 3. 1 The number of low frequency samples is 7. Bits 0:2, 4:6 - PRESCALERxDebouncer Prescaler x These bits select the debouncer low frequency clock for pins EXTINT[7+(8x):8x]. Value Name Description 0x0 F/2 EIC clock divided by 2 0x1 F/4 EIC clock divided by 4 0x2 F/8 EIC clock divided by 8 0x3 F/16 EIC clock divided by 16 0x4 F/32 EIC clock divided by 32 0x5 F/64 EIC clock divided by 64 0x6 F/128 EIC clock divided by 128 0x7 F/256 EIC clock divided by 256 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 430 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EIC - External Interrupt Controller 23.8.13 Pin State Name: Offset: Reset: Bit PINSTATE 0x38 0x00000000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Bit 15 14 13 10 9 8 Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 12 11 PINSTATE[15:8] R R 0 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 2 1 0 Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset 3 PINSTATE[7:0] R R 0 0 Bits 15:0 - PINSTATE[15:0]Pin State These bits return the valid pin state of the debounced external interrupt pin EXTINTx. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 431 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24. GMAC - Ethernet MAC The description and registers of this peripheral are using the 'GMAC' designation although the device does not support Gigabit Ethernet functionality. 24.1 Description The Ethernet Media Access Controller (GMAC) module implements a 10/100 Mbps Ethernet MAC, compatible with the IEEE 802.3 standard. The GMAC can operate in either half or full duplex mode at all supported speeds. 24.2 Features * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Compatible with IEEE Standard 802.3 10, 100 Mbps operation Full and half duplex operation at all supported speeds of operation Statistics Counter Registers for RMON/MIB MII/RMII interface to the physical layer Integrated physical coding Direct memory access (DMA) interface to external memory Programmable burst length and endianism for DMA Interrupt generation to signal receive and transmit completion, errors or other events Automatic pad and cyclic redundancy check (CRC) generation on transmitted frames Automatic discard of frames received with errors Receive and transmit IP, TCP and UDP checksum offload. Both IPv4 and IPv6 packet types supported Address checking logic for four specific 48-bit addresses, four type IDs, promiscuous mode, hash matching of unicast and multicast destination addresses and Wake-on-LAN Management Data Input/Output (MDIO) interface for physical layer management Support for jumbo frames up to 10240 Bytes Full duplex flow control with recognition of incoming pause frames and hardware generation of transmitted pause frames Half duplex flow control by forcing collisions on incoming frames Support for 802.1Q VLAN tagging with recognition of incoming VLAN and priority tagged frames Programmable Inter Packet Gap (IPG) Stretch Recognition of IEEE 1588 PTP frames IEEE 1588 time stamp unit (TSU) and TSU event generation Support for 802.1AS timing and synchronization Supports 802.1Qav traffic shaping on two highest priority queues Support for 802.3az Energy Efficient Ethernet (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 432 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.3 Block Diagram Figure 24-1.Block Diagram Status & Statistic Registers Register Interface APB MDIO Control Registers AHB DMA Interface AHB MAC Transmitter FIFO Interface Media Interface MAC Receiver Frame Filtering Packet Buffer Memories 24.4 Signal Description The GMAC includes the following signal interfaces: * * * * * MII, RMII to an external PHY MDIO interface for external PHY management Slave APB interface for accessing GMAC registers Master AHB interface for memory access GTSUCOMP signal for TSU timer count value comparison Table 24-1.GMAC Connections in Different Modes Signal Name Function MII RMII GTXCK Transmit Clock or Reference Clock TXCK REFCK GTXEN Transmit Enable TXEN TXEN GTX[3..0] Transmit Data TXD[3:0] TXD[1:0] GTXER Transmit Coding Error TXER Not Used GRXCK Receive Clock RXCK Not Used GRXDV Receive Data Valid RXDV CRSDV GRX[3..0] Receive Data RXD[3:0] RXD[1:0] GRXER Receive Error RXER RXER GCRS Carrier Sense and Data Valid CRS Not Used GCOL Collision Detect COL Not Used GMDC Management Data Clock MDC MDC GMDIO Management Data Input/Output MDIO MDIO (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 433 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC * 24.5 Product Dependencies 24.5.1 I/O Lines Using the GMAC I/O lines requires the I/O pins to be configured using the port configuration (PORT). Related Links 6. I/O Multiplexing and Considerations 32. PORT - I/O Pin Controller 24.5.2 Power Management The GMAC continues to operate in IDLE and Standby sleep modes if REF_CLK or GRXCK is running. All GMAC interrupts can be used to wake up the device from IDLE sleep mode. In Standby sleep mode, only the WOL interrupt can wake up the CPU, and the corresponding ISR flags will not be set. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager 24.5.3 Clocks The GMAC peripheral relies on a system clock from the Main Clock Controller (MCLK) for register access and GMAC MCK. In MII mode, the actual Transmit or Reference Clock (GTXCK) and Receive Clock (GRXCK) are external signals. In RMII mode, the actual Reference Clock (REF_CLK) are external signals. The respective pins are configured in the PORT peripheral. Related Links 6. I/O Multiplexing and Considerations 32. PORT - I/O Pin Controller 24.5.4 Interrupt Sources The GMAC interrupt line is connected to the interrupt controller. Using the GMAC interrupt requires to configure the interrupt controller first. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 24.5.5 Events The event GMAC Timestamp Comparison is connected to the Event System. Related Links 31. EVSYS - Event System 24.6 Functional Description 24.6.1 Media Access Controller The Transmit Block of the Media Access Controller (MAC) takes data from FIFO, adds preamble, checks and adds padding and frame check sequence (FCS). Both half duplex and full duplex Ethernet modes of operation are supported. When operating in half duplex mode, the MAC Transmit Block generates data according to the Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detect (CSMA/CD) protocol. The start of transmission is deferred if Carrier Sense (CRS) is (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 434 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC active. If Collision (COL) is detected during transmission, a jam sequence is asserted and the transmission is retried after a random back off. The CRS and COL signals have no effect in full duplex mode. The Receive Block of the MAC checks for valid preamble, FCS, alignment and length, and presents received frames to the MAC address checking block and FIFO. Software can configure the GMAC to receive jumbo frames of up to 10240 Bytes. It can optionally strip CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check) from the received frame before transferring it to FIFO. The Address Checker recognizes four specific 48-bit addresses, can recognize four different types of ID values, and contains a 64-bit Hash register for matching multicast and unicast addresses as required. It can recognize the broadcast address all-'1' (0xFFFFFFFFFFFF) and copy all frames. The MAC can also reject all frames that are not VLAN tagged, and recognize Wake on LAN events. The MAC Receive Block supports offloading of IP, TCP and UDP checksum calculations (both IPv4 and IPv6 packet types supported), and can automatically discard bad checksum frames. 24.6.2 IEEE 1588 Time Stamp Unit The IEEE 1588 time stamp unit (TSU) is implemented as a 94-bit timer. * * * The 48 upper bits [93:46] of the timer count seconds and are accessible in the GMAC 1588 Timer Seconds High Register" (TSH) and GMAC 1588 Timer Seconds Low Register (TSL). The 30 lower bits [45:16] of the timer count nanoseconds and are accessible in the GMAC 1588 Timer Nanoseconds Register (TN). The lowest 16 bits [15:0] of the timer count sub-nanoseconds. The 46 lower bits roll over when they have counted to 1s. The timer increments by a programmable period (to approximately 15.2fs resolution) with each MCK period and can also be adjusted in 1ns resolution (incremented or decremented) through APB register accesses. 24.6.3 AHB Direct Memory Access Interface The GMAC DMA controller is connected to the MAC FIFO interface and provides a scatter-gather type capability for packet data storage. The DMA implements packet buffering where dual-port memories are used to buffer multiple frames. 24.6.3.1 Packet Buffer DMA * * * * * * * * Easier to guarantee maximum line rate due to the ability to store multiple frames in the packet buffer, where the number of frames is limited by the amount of packet buffer memory and Ethernet frame size Full store and forward, or partial store and forward programmable options (partial store will cater for shorter latency requirements) Support for Transmit TCP/IP checksum offload Support for priority queuing When a collision on the line occurs during transmission, the packet will be automatically replayed directly from the packet buffer memory rather than having to re-fetch through the AHB (full store and forward ONLY) Received erroneous packets are automatically dropped before any of the packet is presented to the AHB (full store and forward ONLY), thus reducing AHB activity Supports manual RX packet flush capabilities Optional RX packet flush when there is lack of AHB resource 24.6.3.2 Partial Store and Forward Using Packet Buffer DMA The DMA uses SRAM-based packet buffers, and can be programmed into a low latency mode, known as Partial Store and Forward. This mode allows for a reduced latency as the full packet is not buffered before forwarding. Note: This option is only available when the device is configured for full duplex operation. This feature is enabled via the programmable TX and RX Partial Store and Forward registers (TPSF and RPSF). When the transmit Partial Store and Forward mode is activated, the transmitter will only begin to forward the packet to the MAC when there is enough packet data stored in the packet buffer. Likewise, when the receive Partial Store and Forward mode is activated, the receiver will only begin to forward the packet to the AHB when enough packet data is stored in the packet buffer. The amount of packet data required to activate the forwarding process is programmable via watermark registers. These registers are located at the same address as the partial store and forward enable bits. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 435 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC Note: The minimum operational value for the TX partial store and forward watermark is 20. There is no operational limit for the RX partial store and forward watermark. Enabling Partial Store and Forward is a useful means to reduce latency, but there are performance implications. The GMAC DMA uses separate transmit and receive lists of buffer descriptors, with each descriptor describing a buffer area in memory. This allows Ethernet packets to be broken up and scattered around the AHB memory space. 24.6.3.3 Receive AHB Buffers Received frames, optionally including FCS, are written to receive AHB buffers stored in memory. The receive buffer depth is programmable in the range of 64 Bytes to 16 KBytes through the DMA Configuration register (DCFGR), with the default being 128 Bytes. The start location for each receive AHB buffer is stored in memory in a list of receive buffer descriptors at an address location pointed to by the receive buffer queue pointer. The base address for the receive buffer queue pointer is configured in software using the Receive Buffer Queue Base Address register (RBQB). Each list entry consists of two words. The first is the address of the receive AHB buffer and the second the receive status. If the length of a receive frame exceeds the AHB buffer length, the status word for the used buffer is written with zeroes except for the "Start of Frame" bit, which is always set for the first buffer in a frame. Bit zero of the address field is written to 1 to show that the buffer has been used. The receive buffer manager then reads the location of the next receive AHB buffer and fills that with the next part of the received frame data. AHB buffers are filled until the frame is complete and the final buffer descriptor status word contains the complete frame status. See the following table for details of the receive buffer descriptor list. Table 24-2.Receive Buffer Descriptor Entry Bit Function Word 0 31:2 Address of beginning of buffer 1 Wrap--marks last descriptor in receive buffer descriptor list. 0 Ownership--needs to be zero for the GMAC to write data to the receive buffer. The GMAC sets this to one once it has successfully written a frame to memory. Software has to clear this bit before the buffer can be used again. Word 1 31 Global all ones broadcast address detected 30 Multicast hash match 29 Unicast hash match 28 - 27 Specific Address Register match found, bit 25 and bit 26 indicate which Specific Address Register causes the match. 26:25 Specific Address Register match. Encoded as follows: 00: Specific Address Register 1 match 01: Specific Address Register 2 match 10: Specific Address Register 3 match 11: Specific Address Register 4 match If more than one specific address is matched only one is indicated with priority 4 down to 1. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 436 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC ...........continued Bit Function 24 This bit has a different meaning depending on whether RX checksum offloading is enabled. With RX checksum offloading disabled: (bit 24 clear in Network Configuration Register) Type ID register match found, bit 22 and bit 23 indicate which type ID register causes the match. With RX checksum offloading enabled: (bit 24 set in Network Configuration Register) 0: The frame was not SNAP encoded and/or had a VLAN tag with the Canonical Format Indicator (CFI) bit set. 1: The frame was SNAP encoded and had either no VLAN tag or a VLAN tag with the CFI bit not set. 23:22 This bit has a different meaning depending on whether RX checksum offloading is enabled. With RX checksum offloading disabled: (bit 24 clear in Network Configuration) Type ID register match. Encoded as follows: 00: Type ID register 1 match 01: Type ID register 2 match 10: Type ID register 3 match 11: Type ID register 4 match If more than one Type ID is matched only one is indicated with priority 4 down to 1. With RX checksum offloading enabled: (bit 24 set in Network Configuration Register) 00: Neither the IP header checksum nor the TCP/UDP checksum was checked. 01: The IP header checksum was checked and was correct. Neither the TCP nor UDP checksum was checked. 10: Both the IP header and TCP checksum were checked and were correct. 11: Both the IP header and UDP checksum were checked and were correct. 21 VLAN tag detected--type ID of 0x8100. For packets incorporating the stacked VLAN processing feature, this bit will be set if the second VLAN tag has a type ID of 0x8100 20 Priority tag detected--type ID of 0x8100 and null VLAN identifier. For packets incorporating the stacked VLAN processing feature, this bit will be set if the second VLAN tag has a type ID of 0x8100 and a null VLAN identifier. 19:17 VLAN priority--only valid if bit 21 is set. 16 Canonical format indicator (CFI) bit (only valid if bit 21 is set). 15 End of frame--when set the buffer contains the end of a frame. If end of frame is not set, then the only valid status bit is start of frame (bit 14). 14 Start of frame--when set the buffer contains the start of a frame. If both bits 15 and 14 are set, the buffer contains a whole frame. 13 This bit has a different meaning depending on whether jumbo frames and ignore FCS modes are enabled. If neither mode is enabled this bit will be zero. With jumbo frame mode enabled: (bit 3 set in Network Configuration Register) Additional bit for length of frame (bit[13]), that is concatenated with bits[12:0] With ignore FCS mode enabled and jumbo frames disabled: (bit 26 set in Network Configuration Register and bit 3 clear in Network Configuration Register) This indicates per frame FCS status as follows: 0: Frame had good FCS 1: Frame had bad FCS, but was copied to memory as ignore FCS enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 437 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC ...........continued Bit Function 12:0 These bits represent the length of the received frame which may or may not include FCS depending on whether FCS discard mode is enabled. With FCS discard mode disabled: (bit 17 clear in Network Configuration Register) Least significant 12 bits for length of frame including FCS. If jumbo frames are enabled, these 12 bits are concatenated with bit[13] of the descriptor above. With FCS discard mode enabled: (bit 17 set in Network Configuration Register) Least significant 12 bits for length of frame excluding FCS. If jumbo frames are enabled, these 12 bits are concatenated with bit[13] of the descriptor above. Each receive AHB buffer start location is a word address. The start of the first AHB buffer in a frame can be offset by up to three Bytes, depending on the value written to bits 14 and 15 of the Network Configuration register (NCFGR). If the start location of the AHB buffer is offset, the available length of the first AHB buffer is reduced by the corresponding number of Bytes. To receive frames, the AHB buffer descriptors must be initialized by writing an appropriate address to bits 31:2 in the first word of each list entry. Bit 0 must be written with zero. Bit 1 is the wrap bit and indicates the last entry in the buffer descriptor list. The start location of the receive buffer descriptor list must be written with the receive buffer queue base address before reception is enabled (receive enable in the Network Control register NCR). Once reception is enabled, any writes to the Receive Buffer Queue Base Address register (RBQB) are ignored. When read, it will return the current pointer position in the descriptor list, though this is only valid and stable when receive is disabled. If the filter block indicates that a frame should be copied to memory, the receive data DMA operation starts writing data into the receive buffer. If an error occurs, the buffer is recovered. An internal counter within the GMAC represents the receive buffer queue pointer and it is not visible through the CPU interface. The receive buffer queue pointer increments by two words after each buffer has been used. It re-initializes to the receive buffer queue base address if any descriptor has its wrap bit set. As receive AHB buffers are used, the receive AHB buffer manager sets bit zero of the first word of the descriptor to logic one indicating the AHB buffer has been used. Software should search through the "used" bits in the AHB buffer descriptors to find out how many frames have been received, checking the start of frame and end of frame bits. When the DMA is configured in the packet buffer Partial Store And Forward mode, received frames are written out to the AHB buffers as soon as enough frame data exists in the packet buffer. For both cases, this may mean several full AHB buffers are used before some error conditions can be detected. If a receive error is detected the receive buffer currently being written will be recovered. Previous buffers will not be recovered. As an example, when receiving frames with cyclic redundancy check (CRC) errors or excessive length, it is possible that a frame fragment might be stored in a sequence of AHB receive buffers. Software can detect this by looking for start of frame bit set in a buffer following a buffer with no end of frame bit set. To function properly, a 10/100 Ethernet system should have no excessive length frames or frames greater than 128 Bytes with CRC errors. Collision fragments will be less than 128 Bytes long, therefore it will be a rare occurrence to find a frame fragment in a receive AHB buffer, when using the default value of 128 Bytes for the receive buffers size. When in packet buffer full store and forward mode, only good received frames are written out of the DMA, so no fragments will exist in the AHB buffers due to MAC receiver errors. There is still the possibility of fragments due to DMA errors, for example used bit read on the second buffer of a multi-buffer frame. If bit zero of the receive buffer descriptor is already set when the receive buffer manager reads the location of the receive AHB buffer, the buffer has been already used and cannot be used again until software has processed the frame and cleared bit zero. In this case, the "buffer not available" bit in the receive status register is set and an interrupt triggered. The receive resource error statistics register is also incremented. When the DMA is configured in the packet buffer full store and forward mode, the user can optionally select whether received frames should be automatically discarded when no AHB buffer resource is available. This feature is selected (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 438 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC via the DMA Discard Receive Packets bit in the DMA Configuration register (DCFGR.DDRP). By default, the received frames are not automatically discarded. If this feature is off, then received packets will remain to be stored in the SRAM-based packet buffer until AHB buffer resource next becomes available. This may lead to an eventual packet buffer overflow if packets continue to be received when bit zero (used bit) of the receive buffer descriptor remains set. Note: After a used bit has been read, the receive buffer manager will re-read the location of the receive buffer descriptor every time a new packet is received. When the DMA is not configured in the packet buffer full store and forward mode and a used bit is read, the frame currently being received will be automatically discarded. When the DMA is configured in the packet buffer full store and forward mode, a receive overrun condition occurs when the receive SRAM-based packet buffer is full, or because HRESP was not OK. In all other modes, a receive overrun condition occurs when either the AHB bus was not granted quickly enough, or because HRESP was not OK, or because a new frame has been detected by the receive block, but the status update or write back for the previous frame has not yet finished. For a receive overrun condition, the receive overrun interrupt is asserted and the buffer currently being written is recovered. The next frame that is received whose address is recognized reuses the buffer. In any packet buffer mode, writing a '1' to the Flush Next Package bit in the NCR register (NCR.FNP) will force a packet from the external SRAM-based receive packet buffer to be flushed. This feature is only acted upon when the RX DMA is not currently writing packet data out to AHB, i.e., it is in an IDLE state. If the RX DMA is active, NCR.FNP=1 is ignored. 24.6.3.4 Transmit AHB Buffers Frames to transmit are stored in one or more transmit AHB buffers. Transmit frames can be between 1 and 16384 Bytes long, so it is possible to transmit frames longer than the maximum length specified in the IEEE 802.3 standard. It should be noted that zero length AHB buffers are allowed and that the maximum number of buffers permitted for each transmit frame is 128. The start location for each transmit AHB buffer is stored in memory in a list of transmit buffer descriptors at a location pointed to by the transmit buffer queue pointer. The base address for this queue pointer is set in software using the Transmit Buffer Queue Base Address register. Each list entry consists of two words. The first is the Byte address of the transmit buffer and the second containing the transmit control and status. For the packet buffer DMA, the start location for each AHB buffer is a Byte address, the bottom bits of the address being used to offset the start of the data from the data-word boundary (i.e., bits 2,1 and 0 are used to offset the address for 64-bit data paths). Frames can be transmitted with or without automatic Cyclic Redundancy Checksum (CRC) generation. If CRC is automatically generated, pad will also be automatically generated to take frames to a minimum length of 64 Bytes. When CRC is not automatically generated (as defined in word 1 of the transmit buffer descriptor), the frame is assumed to be at least 64 Bytes long and pad is not generated. An entry in the transmit buffer descriptor list is described in this table: Table 24-3.Transmit Buffer Descriptor Entry Bit Function Word 0 31:0 Byte address of buffer Word 1 31 Used--must be zero for the GMAC to read data to the transmit buffer. The GMAC sets this to one for the first buffer of a frame once it has been successfully transmitted. Software must clear this bit before the buffer can be used again. 30 Wrap--marks last descriptor in transmit buffer descriptor list. This can be set for any buffer within the frame. 29 Retry limit exceeded, transmit error detected 28 Reserved. 27 Transmit frame corruption due to AHB error--set if an error occurs while midway through reading transmit frame from the AHB, including HRESP errors and buffers exhausted mid frame (if the buffers run out during transmission of a frame then transmission stops, FCS shall be bad and GTXER asserted). Also set if single frame is too large for configured packet buffer memory size. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 439 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC ...........continued Bit Function 26 Late collision, transmit error detected. 25:23 Reserved 22:20 Transmit IP/TCP/UDP checksum generation offload errors: 000: No Error. 001: The Packet was identified as a VLAN type, but the header was not fully complete, or had an error in it. 010: The Packet was identified as a SNAP type, but the header was not fully complete, or had an error in it. 011: The Packet was not of an IP type, or the IP packet was invalidly short, or the IP was not of type IPv4/ IPv6. 100: The Packet was not identified as VLAN, SNAP or IP. 101: Non supported packet fragmentation occurred. For IPv4 packets, the IP checksum was generated and inserted. 110: Packet type detected was not TCP or UDP. TCP/UDP checksum was therefore not generated. For IPv4 packets, the IP checksum was generated and inserted. 111: A premature end of packet was detected and the TCP/UDP checksum could not be generated. 19:17 Reserved 16 No CRC to be appended by MAC. When set, this implies that the data in the buffers already contains a valid CRC, hence no CRC or padding is to be appended to the current frame by the MAC. This control bit must be set for the first buffer in a frame and will be ignored for the subsequent buffers of a frame. Note that this bit must be clear when using the transmit IP/TCP/UDP checksum generation offload, otherwise checksum generation and substitution will not occur. 15 Last buffer, when set this bit will indicate the last buffer in the current frame has been reached. 14 Reserved 13:0 Length of buffer To transmit frames, the buffer descriptors must be initialized by writing an appropriate Byte address to bits [31:0] of the first word of each descriptor list entry. The second word of the transmit buffer descriptor is initialized with control information that indicates the length of the frame, whether or not the MAC is to append CRC and whether the buffer is the last buffer in the frame. After transmission the status bits are written back to the second word of the first buffer along with the used bit. Bit 31 is the used bit which must be zero when the control word is read if transmission is to take place. It is written to '1' once the frame has been transmitted. Bits[29:20] indicate various transmit error conditions. Bit 30 is the wrap bit which can be set for any buffer within a frame. If no wrap bit is encountered the queue pointer continues to increment. The Transmit Buffer Queue Base Address register can only be updated while transmission is disabled or halted; otherwise any attempted write will be ignored. When transmission is halted the transmit buffer queue pointer will maintain its value. Therefore when transmission is restarted the next descriptor read from the queue will be from immediately after the last successfully transmitted frame. As long as transmit is disabled by writing a '0' to the Transmit Enable bit in the Network Control register (NCR.TXEN), the transmit buffer queue pointer resets to point to the address indicated by the Transmit Buffer Queue Base Address register (TBQB). Note: Disabling receive does not have the same effect on the receive buffer queue pointer. Once the transmit queue is initialized, transmit is activated by writing a '1' to the Start Transmission bit of the Network Control register (NCR.TSTART). Transmit is halted when a buffer descriptor with its used bit set is read, a transmit error occurs, or by writing to the Transmit Halt bit of the Network Control register (NCR.THALT). Transmission is suspended if a pause frame is received while the Transmit Pause Frame bit is '1' in the Network Configuration register (NCR.TXPF). Rewriting the Start bit (NCR.TSTART) while transmission is active is allowed. This is (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 440 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC implemented by the Transmit Go variable which is readable in the Transmit Status register (TSR.TXGO). The TXGO variable is reset when: * * * * Transmit is disabled. A buffer descriptor with its ownership bit set is read. Bit 10, THALT, of the Network Control register is written. There is a transmit error such as too many retries or a transmit underrun. To set TXGO, write a '1' to NCR.TSTART. Transmit halt does not take effect until any ongoing transmit finishes. If the DMA is configured for packet buffer Partial Store and Forward mode and a collision occurs during transmission of a multi-buffer frame, transmission will automatically restart from the first buffer of the frame. For packet buffer mode, the entire contents of the frame are read into the transmit packet buffer memory, so the retry attempt will be replayed directly from the packet buffer memory rather than having to re-fetch through the AHB. If a used bit is read midway through transmission of a multi-buffer frame, this is treated as a transmit error. Transmission stops, GTXER is asserted and the FCS will be bad. If transmission stops due to a transmit error or a used bit being read, transmission restarts from the first buffer descriptor of the frame being transmitted when the transmit start bit is rewritten. 24.6.3.5 DMA Bursting on the AHB The DMA will always use SINGLE, or INCR type AHB accesses for buffer management operations. When performing data transfers, the AHB burst length is selected by the Fixed Burst Length for DMA Data Operations bit field in the DMA Configuration register (DCFGR.FBLDO) so that either SINGLEor fixed length incrementing bursts (INCR4, INCR8 or INCR16) are used where possible: When there is enough space and enough data to be transferred, the programmed fixed length bursts will be used. If there is not enough data or space available, for example when at the beginning or the end of a buffer, SINGLE type accesses are used. Also SINGLE type accesses are used at 1024 Byte boundaries, so that the 1 KByte boundaries are not burst over as per AHB requirements. The DMA will not terminate a fixed length burst early, unless an error condition occurs on the AHB or if receive or transmit are disabled in the Network Control register (NCR). 24.6.3.6 DMA Packet Buffer The DMA uses packet buffers for both transmit and receive paths. This mode allows multiple packets to be buffered in both transmit and receive directions. This allows the DMA to withstand far greater access latencies on the AHB and make more efficient use of the AHB bandwidth. There are two modes of operation--Full Store and Forward and Partial Store and Forward. As described above, the DMA can be programmed into a low latency mode, known as Partial Store and Forward. For further details of this mode, see the related Links. When the DMA is in full store and forward mode, full packets are buffered which provides the possibility to: * * * Discard packets with error on the receive path before they are partially written out of the DMA, thus saving AHB bus bandwidth and driver processing overhead, Retry collided transmit frames from the buffer, thus saving AHB bus bandwidth, Implement transmit IP/TCP/UDP checksum generation offload. With the packet buffers included, the structure of the GMAC data paths is shown in this image: (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 441 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC Figure 24-2.Data Paths with Packet Buffers Included TX GMII MAC Transmitter TX Packet Buffer DPSRAM TX Packet Buffer APB Register Interface TX DMA Status and Statistic Registers AHB AHB DMA RX DMA MDIO Control Interface RX Packet Buffer DPSRAM RX Packet Buffer RX GMII MAC Receiver Ethernet MAC Frame Filtering 24.6.3.7 Transmit Packet Buffer The transmitter packet buffer will continue attempting to fetch frame data from the AHB system memory until the packet buffer itself is full, at which point it will attempt to maintain its full level. To accommodate the status and statistics associated with each frame, three words per packet (or two if the GMAC is configured in 64-bit data path mode) are reserved at the end of the packet data. If the packet is bad and requires to be dropped, the status and statistics are the only information held on that packet. Storing the status in the DPRAM is required in order to decouple the DMA interface of the buffer from the MAC interface, to update the MAC status/ statistics and to generate interrupts in the order in which the packets that they represent were fetched from the AHB memory. If any errors occur on the AHB while reading the transmit frame, the fetching of packet data from AHB memory is halted. The MAC transmitter will continue to fetch packet data, thereby emptying the packet buffer and allowing any good (non-erroneous) frames to be transmitted successfully. Once these have been fully transmitted, the status/ statistics for the erroneous frame will be updated and software will be informed via an interrupt that an AHB error occurred. This way, the error is reported in the correct packet order. The transmit packet buffer will only attempt to read more frame data from the AHB when space is available in the packet buffer memory. If space is not available it must wait until the a packet fetched by the MAC completes transmission and is subsequently removed from the packet buffer memory. Note: If full store and forward mode is active and if a single frame is fetched that is too large for the packet buffer memory, the frame is flushed and the DMA halted with an error status. This is because a complete frame must be written into the packet buffer before transmission can begin, and therefore the minimum packet buffer memory size should be chosen to satisfy the maximum frame to be transmitted in the application. In full store and forward mode, once the complete transmit frame is written into the packet buffer memory, a trigger is sent across to the MAC transmitter, which will then begin reading the frame from the packet buffer memory. Since the whole frame is present and stable in the packet buffer memory an underflow of the transmitter is not possible. The frame is kept in the packet buffer until notification is received from the MAC that the frame data has either been successfully transmitted or can no longer be retransmitted (too many retries in half duplex mode). When this (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 442 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC notification is received the frame is flushed from memory to make room for a new frame to be fetched from AHB system memory. In Partial Store and Forward mode, a trigger is sent across to the MAC transmitter as soon as sufficient packet data is available, which will then begin fetching the frame from the packet buffer memory. If, after this point, the MAC transmitter is able to fetch data from the packet buffer faster than the AHB DMA can fill it, an underflow of the transmitter is possible. In this case, the transmission is terminated early, and the packet buffer is completely flushed. Transmission can only be restarted by writing a '1' to the Transmit Start bit in the Network Control register (NCR.TSTART). In half duplex mode, the frame is kept in the packet buffer until notification is received from the MAC that the frame data has either been successfully transmitted or can no longer be retransmitted (too many retries in half duplex mode). When this notification is received the frame is flushed from memory to make room for a new frame to be fetched from AHB system memory. In full duplex mode, the frame is removed from the packet buffer on the fly. Other than underflow, the only MAC related errors that can occur are due to collisions during half duplex transmissions. When a collision occurs the frame still exists in the packet buffer memory so can be retried directly from there. After sixteen failed transmit attempts, the frame will be flushed from the packet buffer. 24.6.3.8 Receive Packet Buffer The receive packet buffer stores frames from the MAC receiver along with their status and statistics. Frames with errors are flushed from the packet buffer memory, while good frames are pushed onto the DMA AHB interface. The receiver packet buffer monitors the FIFO write interface from the MAC receiver and translates the FIFO pushes into packet buffer writes. At the end of the received frame the status and statistics are buffered so that the information can be used when the frame is read out. When programmed in full store and forward mode and the frame has an error, the frame data is immediately flushed from the packet buffer memory allowing subsequent frames to utilize the freed up space. The status and statistics for bad frames are still used to update the GMAC registers. To accommodate the status and statistics associated with each frame, three words per packet (or two if configured in 64-bit datapath mode) are reserved at the end of the packet data. If the packet is bad and requires to be dropped, the status and statistics are the only information held on that packet. The receiver packet buffer will also detect a full condition so that an overflow condition can be detected. If this occurs, subsequent packets are dropped and an RX overflow interrupt is raised. For full store and forward, the DMA only begins packet fetches once the status and statistics for a frame are available. If the frame has a bad status due to a frame error, the status and statistics are passed on to the GMAC registers. If the frame has a good status, the information is used to read the frame from the packet buffer memory and burst onto the AHB using the DMA buffer management protocol. Once the last frame data has been transferred to the packet buffer, the status and statistics are updated to the GMAC registers. If Partial Store and Forward mode is active, the DMA will begin fetching the packet data before the status is available. As soon as the status becomes available, the DMA will fetch this information as soon as possible before continuing to fetch the remainder of the frame. Once the last frame data has been transferred to the packet buffer, the status and statistics are updated to the GMAC registers. 24.6.4 MAC Transmit Block The MAC transmitter can operate in either half duplex or full duplex mode and transmits frames in accordance with the Ethernet IEEE 802.3 standard. In half duplex mode, the CSMA/CD protocol of the IEEE 802.3 specification is followed. A small input buffer receives data through the FIFO interface which will extract data in 32-bit form. All subsequent processing prior to the final output is performed in bytes. Transmit data can be output using the MII interface. Frame assembly starts by adding preamble and the start frame delimiter. Data is taken from the transmit FIFO interface a word at a time. If necessary, padding is added to take the frame length to 60 bytes. CRC is calculated using an order 32-bit polynomial. This is inverted and appended to the end of the frame taking the frame length to a minimum of 64 bytes. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 443 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC If the no CRC bit is set in the second word of the last buffer descriptor of a transmit frame, neither pad nor CRC are appended. The no CRC bit can also be set through the FIFO interface. In full duplex mode (at all data rates), frames are transmitted immediately. Back to back frames are transmitted at least 96 bit times apart to guarantee the interframe gap. In half duplex mode, the transmitter checks carrier sense. If asserted, the transmitter waits for the signal to become inactive, and then starts transmission after the interframe gap of 96 bit times. If the collision signal is asserted during transmission, the transmitter will transmit a jam sequence of 32 bits taken from the data register and then retry transmission after the back off time has elapsed. If the collision occurs during either the preamble or Start Frame Delimiter (SFD), then these fields will be completed prior to generation of the jam sequence. The back off time is based on an XOR of the 10 least significant bits of the data coming from the transmit FIFO interface and a 10-bit pseudo random number generator. The number of bits used depends on the number of collisions seen. After the first collision 1 bit is used, then the second 2 bits and so on up to the maximum of 10 bits. All 10 bits are used above ten collisions. An error will be indicated and no further attempts will be made if 16 consecutive attempts cause collision. This operation is compliant with the description in Clause 4.2.3.2.5 of the IEEE 802.3 standard which refers to the truncated binary exponential back off algorithm. In 10/100 mode, both collisions and late collisions are treated identically, and back off and retry will be performed up to 16 times. This condition is reported in the transmit buffer descriptor word 1 (late collision, bit 26) and also in the Transmit Status register (late collision, bit 7). An interrupt can also be generated (if enabled) when this exception occurs, and bit 5 in the Interrupt Status register will be set. In all modes of operation, if the transmit DMA underruns, a bad CRC is automatically appended using the same mechanism as jam insertion and the GTXER signal is asserted. For a properly configured system this should never happen and also it is impossible if configured to use the DMA with packet buffers, as the complete frame is buffered in local packet buffer memory. By setting when bit 28 is set in the Network Configuration register, the Inter Packet Gap (IPG) may be stretched beyond 96 bits depending on the length of the previously transmitted frame and the value written to the IPG Stretch register (IPGS). The least significant 8 bits of the IPG Stretch register multiply the previous frame length (including preamble). The next significant 8 bits (+1 so as not to get a divide by zero) divide the frame length to generate the IPG. IPG stretch only works in full duplex mode and when bit 28 is set in the Network Configuration register. The IPG Stretch register cannot be used to shrink the IPG below 96 bits. If the back pressure bit is set in the Network Control register, or if the HDFC configuration bit is set in the UR register (10M or 100M half duplex mode), the transmit block transmits 64 bits of data, which can consist of 16 nibbles of 1011 or in bit rate mode 64 1s, whenever it sees an incoming frame to force a collision. This provides a way of implementing flow control in half duplex mode. 24.6.5 MAC Receive Block All processing within the MAC receive block is implemented using a 16-bit data path. The MAC receive block checks for valid preamble, FCS, alignment and length, presents received frames to the FIFO interface and stores the frame destination address for use by the address checking block. If, during the frame reception, the frame is found to be too long, a bad frame indication is sent to the FIFO interface. The receiver logic ceases to send data to memory as soon as this condition occurs. At end of frame reception the receive block indicates to the DMA block whether the frame is good or bad. The DMA block will recover the current receive buffer if the frame was bad. Ethernet frames are normally stored in DMA memory complete with the FCS. Setting the FCS remove bit in the network configuration (bit 17) causes frames to be stored without their corresponding FCS. The reported frame length field is reduced by four bytes to reflect this operation. The receive block signals to the register block to increment the alignment, CRC (FCS), short frame, long frame, jabber or receive symbol errors when any of these exception conditions occur. If bit 26 is set in the network configuration, CRC errors will be ignored and CRC errored frames will not be discarded, though the Frame Check Sequence Errors statistic register will still be incremented. Additionally, if not enabled for jumbo frames mode, then bit[13] of the receiver descriptor word 1 will be updated to indicate the FCS validity for the particular frame. This is useful for applications such as EtherCAT whereby individual frames with FCS errors must be identified. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 444 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC Received frames can be checked for length field error by setting the length field error frame discard bit of the Network Configuration register (bit-16). When this bit is set, the receiver compares a frame's measured length with the length field (bytes 13 and 14) extracted from the frame. The frame is discarded if the measured length is shorter. This checking procedure is for received frames between 64 bytes and 1518 bytes in length. Each discarded frame is counted in the 10-bit length field error statistics register. Frames where the length field is greater than or equal to 0x0600 hex will not be checked. 24.6.6 Checksum Offload for IP, TCP and UDP The GMAC can be programmed to perform IP, TCP and UDP checksum offloading in both receive and transmit directions, which is enabled by setting bit 24 in the Network Configuration register for receive and bit 11 in the DMA Configuration register for transmit. IPv4 packets contain a 16-bit checksum field, which is the 16-bit 1's complement of the 1's complement sum of all 16bit words in the header. TCP and UDP packets contain a 16-bit checksum field, which is the 16-bit 1's complement of the 1's complement sum of all 16-bit words in the header, the data and a conceptual IP pseudo header. To calculate these checksums in software requires each byte of the packet to be processed. For TCP and UDP this can use a large amount of processing power. Offloading the checksum calculation to hardware can result in significant performance improvements. For IP, TCP or UDP checksum offload to be useful, the operating system containing the protocol stack must be aware that this offload is available so that it can make use of the fact that the hardware can either generate or verify the checksum. 24.6.6.1 Receiver Checksum Offload When receive checksum offloading is enabled in the GMAC Network Configuration Register (NCFGR.RXCOEN), the IPv4 header checksum is checked as per RFC 791, where the packet meets the following criteria: * * * * If present, the VLAN header must be four octets long and the CFI bit must not be set. Encapsulation must be RFC 894 Ethernet Type Encoding or RFC 1042 SNAP Encoding. IPv4 packet IP header is of a valid length The GMAC also checks the TCP checksum as per RFC 793, or the UDP checksum as per RFC 768, if the following criteria are met: * * * * IPv4 or IPv6 packet Good IP header checksum (if IPv4) No IP fragmentation TCP or UDP packet When an IP, TCP or UDP frame is received, the receive buffer descriptor gives an indication if the GMAC was able to verify the checksums. There is also an indication if the frame had SNAP encapsulation. These indication bits will replace the type ID match indication bits when the receive checksum offload is enabled. For details of these indication bits refer to "Receive Buffer Descriptor Entry". If any of the checksums are verified as incorrect by the GMAC, the packet is discarded and the appropriate statistics counter incremented. 24.6.6.2 Transmitter Checksum Offload The transmitter checksum offload is only available if the full store and forward mode is enabled. This is because the complete frame to be transmitted must be read into the packet buffer memory before the checksum can be calculated and written back into the headers at the beginning of the frame. Transmitter checksum offload is enabled by setting bit [11] in the DMA Configuration register. When enabled, it will monitor the frame as it is written into the transmitter packet buffer memory to automatically detect the protocol of the frame. Protocol support is identical to the receiver checksum offload. For transmit checksum generation and substitution to occur, the protocol of the frame must be recognized and the frame must be provided without the FCS field, by making sure that bit [16] of the transmit descriptor word 1 is clear. If the frame data already had the FCS field, this would be corrupted by the substitution of the new checksum fields. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 445 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC If these conditions are met, the transmit checksum offload engine will calculate the IP, TCP and UDP checksums as appropriate. Once the full packet is completely written into packet buffer memory, the checksums will be valid and the relevant DPRAM locations will be updated for the new checksum fields as per standard IP/TCP and UDP packet structures. If the transmitter checksum engine is prevented from generating the relevant checksums, bits [22:20] of the transmitter DMA writeback status will be updated to identify the reason for the error. Note that the frame will still be transmitted but without the checksum substitution, as typically the reason that the substitution did not occur was that the protocol was not recognized. 24.6.7 MAC Filtering Block The filter block determines which frames should be written to the FIFO interface and on to the DMA. Whether a frame is passed depends on what is enabled in the Network Configuration register, the state of the external matching pins, the contents of the specific address, type and Hash registers and the frame's destination address and type field. If bit 25 of the Network Configuration register is not set, a frame will not be copied to memory if the GMAC is transmitting in half duplex mode at the time a destination address is received. Ethernet frames are transmitted a byte at a time, least significant bit first. The first six bytes (48 bits) of an Ethernet frame make up the destination address. The first bit of the destination address, which is the LSB of the first byte of the frame, is the group or individual bit. This is one for multicast addresses and zero for unicast. The all ones address is the broadcast address and a special case of multicast. The GMAC supports recognition of four specific addresses. Each specific address requires two registers, Specific Address register Bottom and Specific Address register Top. Specific Address register Bottom stores the first four bytes of the destination address and Specific Address register Top contains the last two bytes. The addresses stored can be specific, group, local or universal. The destination address of received frames is compared against the data stored in the Specific Address registers once they have been activated. The addresses are deactivated at reset or when their corresponding Specific Address register Bottom is written. They are activated when Specific Address register Top is written. If a receive frame address matches an active address, the frame is written to the FIFO interface and on to DMA memory. Frames may be filtered using the type ID field for matching. Four type ID registers exist in the register address space and each can be enabled for matching by writing a one to the MSB (bit 31) of the respective register. When a frame is received, the matching is implemented as an OR function of the various types of match. The contents of each type ID register (when enabled) are compared against the length/type ID of the frame being received (e.g., bytes 13 and 14 in non-VLAN and non-SNAP encapsulated frames) and copied to memory if a match is found. The encoded type ID match bits (Word 0, Bit 22 and Bit 23) in the receive buffer descriptor status are set indicating which type ID register generated the match, if the receive checksum offload is disabled. The reset state of the type ID registers is zero, hence each is initially disabled. The following example illustrates the use of the address and type ID match registers for a MAC address of 21:43:65:87:A9:CB: Preamble 55 SFD D5 DA (Octet 0 - LSB) 21 DA (Octet 1) 43 DA (Octet 2) 65 DA (Octet 3) 87 DA (Octet 4) A9 DA (Octet 5 - MSB) CB SA (LSB) 00 (see Note) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 446 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC SA 00(see Note) SA 00(see Note) SA 00(see Note) SA 00(see Note) SA (MSB) 00(see Note) Type ID (MSB) 43 Type ID (LSB) 21 Note: Contains the address of the transmitting device. The previous sequence shows the beginning of an Ethernet frame. Byte order of transmission is from top to bottom, as shown. For a successful match to specific address 1, the following address matching registers must be set up: Specific Address 1 Bottom register (SAB1) (Address 0x088) 0x87654321 Specific Address 1 Top register (SAT1) (Address 0x08C) 0x0000CBA9 For a successful match to the type ID, the following Type ID Match 1 register must be set up: Type ID Match 1 register (TIDM1) (Address 0x0A8) 0x80004321 24.6.8 Broadcast Address Frames with the broadcast address of 0xFFFFFFFFFFFF are stored to memory only if the 'no broadcast' bit in the Network Configuration register is set to zero. 24.6.9 Hash Addressing The hash address register is 64 bits long and takes up two locations in the memory map. The least significant bits are stored in Hash Register Bottom and the most significant bits in Hash Register Top. The unicast hash enable and the multicast hash enable bits in the Network Configuration register enable the reception of hash matched frames. The destination address is reduced to a 6-bit index into the 64-bit Hash register using the following hash function: The hash function is an XOR of every sixth bit of the destination address. hash_index[05] = da[05] ^ da[11] ^ da[17] ^ da[23] ^ da[29] ^ da[35] ^ da[41] ^ da[47] hash_index[04] = da[04] ^ da[10] ^ da[16] ^ da[22] ^ da[28] ^ da[34] ^ da[40] ^ da[46] hash_index[03] = da[03] ^ da[09] ^ da[15] ^ da[21] ^ da[27] ^ da[33] ^ da[39] ^ da[45] hash_index[02] = da[02] ^ da[08] ^ da[14] ^ da[20] ^ da[26] ^ da[32] ^ da[38] ^ da[44] hash_index[01] = da[01] ^ da[07] ^ da[13] ^ da[19] ^ da[25] ^ da[31] ^ da[37] ^ da[43] hash_index[00] = da[00] ^ da[06] ^ da[12] ^ da[18] ^ da[24] ^ da[30] ^ da[36] ^ da[42] da[0] represents the least significant bit of the first byte received, that is, the multicast/unicast indicator, and da[47] represents the most significant bit of the last byte received. If the hash index points to a bit that is set in the Hash register then the frame will be matched according to whether the frame is multicast or unicast. A multicast match will be signaled if the multicast hash enable bit is set, da[0] is logic 1 and the hash index points to a bit set in the Hash register. A unicast match will be signaled if the unicast hash enable bit is set, da[0] is logic 0 and the hash index points to a bit set in the Hash register. To receive all multicast frames, the Hash register should be set with all ones and the multicast hash enable bit should be set in the Network Configuration register. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 447 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.6.10 Copy all Frames (Promiscuous Mode) If the Copy All Frames bit is set in the Network Configuration register then all frames (except those that are too long, too short, have FCS errors or have GRXER asserted during reception) will be copied to memory. Frames with FCS errors will be copied if bit 26 is set in the Network Configuration register. 24.6.11 Disable Copy of Pause Frames Pause frames can be prevented from being written to memory by setting the disable copying of pause frames control bit 23 in the Network Configuration register. When set, pause frames are not copied to memory regardless of the Copy All Frames bit, whether a hash match is found, a type ID match is identified or if a destination address match is found. 24.6.12 VLAN Support The following table describes an Ethernet encoded 802.1Q VLAN tag. Table 24-4.802.1Q VLAN Tag TPID (Tag Protocol Identifier) 16 bits TCI (Tag Control Information) 16 bits 0x8100 First 3 bits priority, then CFI bit, last 12 bits VID The VLAN tag is inserted at the 13th byte of the frame adding an extra four bytes to the frame. To support these extra four bytes, the GMAC can accept frame lengths up to 1536 bytes by setting bit 8 in the Network Configuration register. If the VID (VLAN identifier) is null (0x000) this indicates a priority-tagged frame. The following bits in the receive buffer descriptor status word give information about VLAN tagged frames:* * * * Bit 21 set if receive frame is VLAN tagged (i.e., type ID of 0x8100). Bit 20 set if receive frame is priority tagged (i.e., type ID of 0x8100 and null VID). (If bit 20 is set, bit 21 will be set also.) Bit 19, 18 and 17 set to priority if bit 21 is set. Bit 16 set to CFI if bit 21 is set. The GMAC can be configured to reject all frames except VLAN tagged frames by setting the discard non-VLAN frames bit in the Network Configuration register. 24.6.13 Wake on LAN Support The receive block supports Wake on LAN by detecting the following events on incoming receive frames: * * * * Magic packet Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) request to the device IP address Specific address 1 filter match Multicast hash filter match These events can be individually enabled through bits [19:16] of the Wake on LAN register. Also, for Wake on LAN detection to occur, receive enable must be set in the Network Control register, however a receive buffer does not have to be available. In case of an ARP request, specific address 1 or multicast filter events will occur even if the frame is errored. For magic packet events, the frame must be correctly formed and error free. A magic packet event is detected if all of the following are true: * * * * * Magic packet events are enabled through bit 16 of the Wake on LAN register The frame's destination address matches specific address 1 The frame is correctly formed with no errors The frame contains at least 6 bytes of 0xFF for synchronization There are 16 repetitions of the contents of Specific Address 1 register immediately following the synchronization An ARP request event is detected if all of the following are true: (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 448 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC * * * * * * ARP request events are enabled through bit 17 of the Wake on LAN register Broadcasts are allowed by bit 5 in the Network Configuration register The frame has a broadcast destination address (bytes 1 to 6) The frame has a type ID field of 0x0806 (bytes 13 and 14) The frame has an ARP operation field of 0x0001 (bytes 21 and 22) The least significant 16 bits of the frame's ARP target protocol address (bytes 41 and 42) match the value programmed in bits[15:0] of the Wake on LAN register The decoding of the ARP fields adjusts automatically if a VLAN tag is detected within the frame. The reserved value of 0x0000 for the Wake on LAN target address value will not cause an ARP request event, even if matched by the frame. A specific address 1 filter match event will occur if all of the following are true: * * Specific address 1 events are enabled through bit 18 of the Wake on LAN register The frame's destination address matches the value programmed in the Specific Address 1 registers A multicast filter match event will occur if all of the following are true: * * * * Multicast hash events are enabled through bit 19 of the Wake on LAN register Multicast hash filtering is enabled through bit 6 of the Network Configuration register The frame destination address matches against the multicast hash filter The frame destination address is not a broadcast 24.6.14 IEEE 1588 Support IEEE 1588 is a standard for precision time synchronization in local area networks. It works with the exchange of special Precision Time Protocol (PTP) frames. The PTP messages can be transported over IEEE 802.3/Ethernet, over Internet Protocol Version 4 or over Internet Protocol Version 6 as described in the annex of IEEE P1588.D2.1. GMAC output pins indicate the message time-stamp point (asserted on the start packet delimiter and de-asserted at end of frame) for all frames and the passage of PTP event frames (asserted when a PTP event frame is detected and de-asserted at end of frame). IEEE 802.1AS is a subset of IEEE 1588. One difference is that IEEE 802.1AS uses the Ethernet multicast address 0180C200000E for sync frame recognition whereas IEEE 1588 does not. GMAC is designed to recognize sync frames with both IEEE 802.1AS and IEEE 1588 addresses and so can support both 1588 and 802.1AS frame recognition simultaneously. Synchronization between master and slave clocks is a two stage process. First, the offset between the master and slave clocks is corrected by the master sending a sync frame to the slave with a follow up frame containing the exact time the sync frame was sent. Hardware assist modules at the master and slave side detect exactly when the sync frame was sent by the master and received by the slave. The slave then corrects its clock to match the master clock. Second, the transmission delay between the master and slave is corrected. The slave sends a delay request frame to the master which sends a delay response frame in reply. Hardware assist modules at the master and slave side detect exactly when the delay request frame was sent by the slave and received by the master. The slave will now have enough information to adjust its clock to account for delay. For example, if the slave was assuming zero delay, the actual delay will be half the difference between the transmit and receive time of the delay request frame (assuming equal transmit and receive times) because the slave clock will be lagging the master clock by the delay time already. The time-stamp is taken when the message time-stamp point passes the clock time-stamp point. This can generate an interrupt if enabled (IER). However, MAC Filtering configuration is needed to actually `copy' the message to memory. For Ethernet, the message time-stamp point is the SFD and the clock time-stamp point is the MII interface. (The IEEE 1588 specification refers to sync and delay_req messages as event messages as these require timestamping. These events are captured in the registers TSSx, EFTx and EFRx, respectively. Follow up, delay response and management messages do not require time-stamping and are referred to as general messages.) 1588 version 2 defines two additional PTP event messages. These are the peer delay request (Pdelay_Req) and peer delay response (Pdelay_Resp) messages. These events are captured in the registers PEFTx and PEFRx, respectively. These messages are used to calculate the delay on a link. Nodes at both ends of a link send both types (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 449 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC of frames (regardless of whether they contain a master or slave clock). The Pdelay_Resp message contains the time at which a Pdelay_Req was received and is itself an event message. The time at which a Pdelay_Resp message is received is returned in a Pdelay_Resp_Follow_Up message. 1588 version 2 introduces transparent clocks of which there are two kinds, peer-to-peer (P2P) and end-to-end (E2E). Transparent clocks measure the transit time of event messages through a bridge and amend a correction field within the message to allow for the transit time. P2P transparent clocks additionally correct for the delay in the receive path of the link using the information gathered from the peer delay frames. With P2P transparent clocks delay_req messages are not used to measure link delay. This simplifies the protocol and makes larger systems more stable. The GMAC recognizes four different encapsulations for PTP event messages: 1. 1588 version 1 (UDP/IPv4 multicast) 2. 1588 version 2 (UDP/IPv4 multicast) 3. 1588 version 2 (UDP/IPv6 multicast) 4. 1588 version 2 (Ethernet multicast) Table 24-5.Example of Sync Frame in 1588 Version 1 Format Frame Segment Value Preamble/SFD 55555555555555D5 DA (Octets 0-5) -- SA (Octets 6-11) -- Type (Octets 12-13) 0800 IP stuff (Octets 14-22) -- UDP (Octet 23) 11 IP stuff (Octets 24-29) -- IP DA (Octets 30-32) E00001 IP DA (Octet 33) 81 or 82 or 83 or 84 Source IP port (Octets 34-35) -- Dest IP port (Octets 36-37) 013F Other stuff (Octets 38-42) -- Version PTP (Octet 43) 01 Other stuff (Octets 44-73) -- Control (Octet 74) 00 Other stuff (Octets 75-168) -- Table 24-6.Example of Delay Request Frame in 1588 Version 1 Format Frame Segment Value Preamble/SFD 55555555555555D5 DA (Octets 0-5) -- SA (Octets 6-11) -- Type (Octets 12-13) 0800 IP stuff (Octets 14-22) -- UDP (Octet 23) 11 IP stuff (Octets 24-29) -- (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 450 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC ...........continued Frame Segment Value IP DA (Octets 30-32) E00001 IP DA (Octet 33) 81 or 82 or 83 or 84 Source IP port (Octets 34-35) -- Dest IP port (Octets 36-37) 013F Other stuff (Octets 38-42) -- Version PTP (Octet 43) 01 Other stuff (Octets 44-73) -- Control (Octet 74) 01 Other stuff (Octets 75-168) -- For 1588 version 1 messages, sync and delay request frames are indicated by the GMAC if the frame type field indicates TCP/IP, UDP protocol is indicated, the destination IP address is 224.0.1.129/130/131 or 132, the destination UDP port is 319 and the control field is correct. The control field is 0x00 for sync frames and 0x01 for delay request frames. For 1588 version 2 messages, the type of frame is determined by looking at the message type field in the first byte of the PTP frame. Whether a frame is version 1 or version 2 can be determined by looking at the version PTP field in the second byte of both version 1 and version 2 PTP frames. In version 2 messages sync frames have a message type value of 0x0, delay_req have 0x1, Pdelay_Req have 0x2 and Pdelay_Resp have 0x3. Table 24-7.Example of Sync Frame in 1588 Version 2 (UDP/IPv4) Format Frame Segment Value Preamble/SFD 55555555555555D5 DA (Octets 0-5) -- SA (Octets 6-11) -- Type (Octets 12-13) 0800 IP stuff (Octets 14-22) -- UDP (Octet 23) 11 IP stuff (Octets 24-29) -- IP DA (Octets 30-33) E0000181 Source IP port (Octets 34-35) -- Dest IP port (Octets 36-37) 013F Other stuff (Octets 38-41) -- Message type (Octet 42) 00 Version PTP (Octet 43) 02 Table 24-8.Example of Pdelay_Req Frame in 1588 Version 2 (UDP/IPv4) Format Frame Segment Value Preamble/SFD 55555555555555D5 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 451 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC ...........continued Frame Segment Value DA (Octets 0-5) -- SA (Octets 6-11) -- Type (Octets 12-13) 0800 IP stuff (Octets 14-22) -- UDP (Octet 23) 11 IP stuff (Octets 24-29) -- IP DA (Octets 30-33) E000006B Source IP port (Octets 34-35) -- Dest IP port (Octets 36-37) 013F Other stuff (Octets 38-41) -- Message type (Octet 42) 02 Version PTP (Octet 43) 02 Table 24-9.Example of Sync Frame in 1588 Version 2 (UDP/IPv6) Format Frame Segment Value Preamble/SFD 55555555555555D5 DA (Octets 0-5) -- SA (Octets 6-11) -- Type (Octets 12-13) 86dd IP stuff (Octets 14-19) -- UDP (Octet 20) 11 IP stuff (Octets 21-37) -- IP DA (Octets 38-53) FF0X00000000018 Source IP port (Octets 54-55) -- Dest IP port (Octets 56-57) 013F Other stuff (Octets 58-61) -- Message type (Octet 62) 00 Other stuff (Octets 63-93) -- Version PTP (Octet 94) 02 Table 24-10.Example of Pdelay_Resp Frame in 1588 Version 2 (UDP/IPv6) Format Frame Segment Value Preamble/SFD 55555555555555D5 DA (Octets 0-5) -- SA (Octets 6-11) -- Type (Octets 12-13) 86dd (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 452 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC ...........continued Frame Segment Value IP stuff (Octets 14-19) -- UDP (Octet 20) 11 IP stuff (Octets 21-37) -- IP DA (Octets 38-53) FF0200000000006B Source IP port (Octets 54-55) -- Dest IP port (Octets 56-57) 013F Other stuff (Octets 58-61) -- Message type (Octet 62) 03 Other stuff (Octets 63-93) -- Version PTP (Octet 94) 02 For the multicast address 011B19000000 sync and delay request frames are recognized depending on the message type field, 00 for sync and 01 for delay request. Table 24-11.Example of Sync Frame in 1588 Version 2 (Ethernet Multicast) Format Frame Segment Value Preamble/SFD 55555555555555D5 DA (Octets 0-5) 011B19000000 SA (Octets 6-11) -- Type (Octets 12-13) 88F7 Message type (Octet 14) 00 Version PTP (Octet 15) 02 Pdelay request frames need a special multicast address so they can pass through ports blocked by the spanning tree protocol. For the multicast address 0180C200000E sync, Pdelay_Req and Pdelay_Resp frames are recognized depending on the message type field, 00 for sync, 02 for pdelay request and 03 for pdelay response. Table 24-12.Example of Pdelay_Req Frame in 1588 Version 2 (Ethernet Multicast) Format Frame Segment Value Preamble/SFD 55555555555555D5 DA (Octets 0-5) 0180C200000E SA (Octets 6-11) -- Type (Octets 12-13) 88F7 Message type (Octet 14) 00 Version PTP (Octet 15) 02 24.6.15 Time Stamp Unit Overview The TSU consists of a timer and registers to capture the time at which PTP event frames cross the message timestamp point. An interrupt is issued when a capture register is updated. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 453 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC The 1588 time stamp unit (TSU) is implemented as a 94-bit timer. * * * The 48 upper bits [93:46] of the timer count seconds and are accessible in the GMAC 1588 Timer Seconds High Register" (TSH) and GMAC 1588 Timer Seconds Low Register (TSL). The 30 lower bits [45:16] of the timer count nanoseconds and are accessible in the GMAC 1588 Timer Nanoseconds Register (TN). The lowest 16 bits [15:0] of the timer count sub-nanoseconds. The 46 lower bits roll over when they have counted to 1s. An interrupt is generated when the seconds increment. The timer increments by a programmable period (to approximately 15.2fs resolution) with each MCK period. The timer value can be read, written and adjusted with 1ns resolution (incremented or decremented) through the APB interface. Timer Adjustment The amount by which the timer increments each clock cycle is controlled by the Timer Increment register (TI). Bits [7:0] are the default increment value in nanoseconds. Additional 16 bits of sub-nanosecond resolution are available using the Timer Increment Sub-Nanoseconds register (TISUBN). If the rest of the register is written with zero, the timer increments by the value in [7:0], plus the value of the TISUBN for each clock cycle. The TISUBN allows a resolution of approximately 15fs. Bits [15:8] of the increment register are the alternative increment value in nanoseconds, and bits [23:16] are the number of increments after which the alternative increment value is used. If [23:16] are zero the alternative increment value will never be used. Taking the example of 10.2MHz, there are 102 cycles every 10s or 51 cycles every 5s. So a timer with a 10.2MHz clock source is constructed by incrementing by 98ns for fifty cycles and then incrementing by 100ns (98ns x 50 + 100ns = 5000ns). This is programmed by writing the value 0x00326462 to the Timer Increment register (TI). In a second example, a 49.8 MHz clock source requires 20ns for 248 cycles, followed by an increment of 40ns (20ns x 248 + 40ns = 5000ns). This is programmed by writing the value 0x00F82814 to the TI register. The Number of Increments bit field in the TI register is 8 bit in size, so frequencies up to 50MHz are supported with 200kHz resolution. Without the alternative increment field the period of the clock would be limited to an integer number of nanoseconds, resulting in supported clock frequencies of 8, 10, 20, 25, 40, 50, 100, 125, 200 and 250 MHz. There are eight additional 80-bit registers that capture the time at which PTP event frames are transmitted and received. An interrupt is issued when these registers are updated. The TSU timer count value can be compared to a programmable comparison value. For the comparison, the 48 bits of the seconds value and the upper 22 bits of the nanoseconds value are used. A signal (GTSUCOMP) is output from the core to indicate when the TSU timer count value is equal to the comparison value stored in the TSU timer comparison value registers (GMAC.NSC, GMAC.SCL, and GMAC.SCH). An interrupt can also be generated (if enabled) when the TSU timer count value and comparison value are equal, mapped to bit 29 of the interrupt status register. 24.6.16 MAC 802.3 Pause Frame Support Note: Refer to the Clause 31, and Annex 31A and 31B of the IEEE standard 802.3 for a full description of MAC 802.3 pause operation. The following table shows the start of a MAC 802.3 pause frame. Table 24-13.Start of an 802.3 Pause Frame Address Destination Source 0x0180C2000001 6 bytes (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Type (MAC Control Frame) Pause Opcode Time 0x8808 0x0001 2 bytes Datasheet DS60001507F-page 454 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC The GMAC supports both hardware controlled pause of the transmitter, upon reception of a pause frame, and hardware generated pause frame transmission. 24.6.16.1 802.3 Pause Frame Reception The bit 13 of the Network Configuration register is the pause enable control for reception. If this bit is set, transmission will pause if a non zero pause quantum frame is received. If a valid pause frame is received, then the Pause Time register is updated with the new frame's pause time, regardless of whether a previous pause frame is active or not. An interrupt (either bit 12 or bit 13 of the Interrupt Status register) is triggered when a pause frame is received, but only if the interrupt has been enabled (bit 12 and bit 13 of the Interrupt Mask register). Pause frames received with non zero quantum are indicated through the interrupt bit 12 of the Interrupt Status register. Pause frames received with zero quantum are indicated on bit 13 of the Interrupt Status register. Once the Pause Time register is loaded and the frame currently being transmitted has been sent, no new frames are transmitted until the pause time reaches zero. The loading of a new pause time, and hence the pausing of transmission, only occurs when the GMAC is configured for full duplex operation. If the GMAC is configured for half duplex there will be no transmission pause, but the pause frame received interrupt will still be triggered. A valid pause frame is defined as having a destination address that matches either the address stored in Specific Address register `1' or if it matches the reserved address of 0x0180C2000001. It must also have the MAC control frame type ID of 0x8808 and have the pause opcode of 0x0001. Pause frames that have frame check sequence (FCS) or other errors will be treated as invalid and will be discarded. Valid pause frames received will increment the pause frames received statistic register. The pause time register decrements every 512 bit times once the transmission has stopped. For test purposes, the retry test bit can be set (bit 12 in the Network Configuration register) which causes the Pause Time register to decrement every GTXCK cycle once transmission has stopped. The interrupt (bit 13 in the Interrupt Status register) is asserted whenever the Pause Time register decrements to zero (assuming it has been enabled by bit 13 in the Interrupt Mask register). This interrupt is also set when a zero quantum pause frame is received. 24.6.16.2 802.3 Pause Frame Transmission Automatic transmission of pause frames is supported through the transmit pause frame bits of the Network Control register. If either bit 11 or bit 12 of the Network Control register is written with logic 1, an 802.3 pause frame will be transmitted, providing full duplex is selected in the Network Configuration register and the transmit block is enabled in the Network Control register. Pause frame transmission will happen immediately if transmit is inactive or if transmit is active between the current frame and the next frame due to be transmitted. Transmitted pause frames comprise the following: * * * * * * * A destination address of 01-80-C2-00-00-01 A source address taken from Specific Address register 1 A type ID of 88-08 (MAC control frame) A pause opcode of 00-01 A pause quantum register Fill of 00 to take the frame to minimum frame length Valid FCS The pause quantum used in the generated frame will depend on the trigger source for the frame as follows: * * If bit 11 is written with a '1', the pause quantum will be taken from the Transmit Pause Quantum register. The Transmit Pause Quantum register resets to a value of 0xFFFF giving maximum pause quantum as default. If bit 12 is written with a '1', the pause quantum will be zero. After transmission, a pause frame transmitted interrupt will be generated (bit 14 of the Interrupt Status register) and the only statistics register that will be incremented will be the Pause Frames Transmitted register. Pause frames can also be transmitted by the MAC using normal frame transmission methods. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 455 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.6.17 Energy Efficient Ethernet Support Features * Energy Efficient Ethernet according to IEEE 802.3az * A system's transmit path can enter a low power mode if there is nothing to transmit. * A PHY can detect whether its link partner's transmit path is in low power mode, and configure its own receive path to enter low power mode. * Link remains up during lower power mode and no frames are dropped. * Asymmetric, one direction can be in low power mode while the other is transmitting normally. * LPI (Low Power Idle) signaling is used to control entry and exit to and from low power modes. Note: LPI signaling can only take place if both sides have indicated support for it through auto-negotiation. Operation * * * * * * * * Low power control is done at the MII (reconciliation sublayer). As an architectural convenience in writing the 802.3az it is assumed that transmission is deferred by asserting carrier sense - in practice it will not be done this way. This system will know when it has nothing to transmit and only enter low power mode when it is not transmitting. LPI should not be requested unless the link has been up for at least one second. LPI is signaled on the MII transmit path by asserting 0x01 on txd with tx_en low and tx_er high. A PHY on seeing LPI requested on the MII will send the sleep signal before going quiet. After going quiet it will periodically emit refresh signals. The sleep, quiet and refresh periods are defined in 802.3az, Table 78-2. LPI mode ends by transmitting normal idle for the wake time. There is a default time for this but it can be adjusted in software using the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) described in 802.3az, Clause 79. LPI is indicated at the receive side when sleep and refresh signaling has been detected. 24.6.18 802.1Qav Support - Credit-based Shaping A credit-based shaping algorithm is available on the two highest priority queues and is defined in the standard 802.1Qav: Forwarding and Queuing Enhancements for Time-Sensitive Streams. This allows traffic on these queues to be limited and to allow other queues to transmit. Traffic shaping is enabled via the CBS (Credit Based Shaping) Control register. This enables a counter which stores the amount of transmit 'credit', measured in bytes that a particular queue has. A queue may only transmit if it has non-negative credit. If a queue has data to send, but is held off from doing as another queue is transmitting, then credit will accumulate in the credit counter at the rate defined in the IdleSlope register (CBSISQx) for that queue. portTransmitRate is the transmission rate, in bits per second, that the underlying MAC service that supports transmission through the Port provides. The value of this parameter is determined by the operation of the MAC. IdleSlope is the rate of change of increasing credit when waiting to transmit and must be less than the value of the portTransmitRate. IdleSlope is the rate of change of credit when waiting to transmit and must be less than the value of the portTransmitRate. The max value of IdleSlope (or sendSlope) is (portTransmitRate / bits_per_MII_Clock). In case of 100 Mbps, maximum IdleSlope = (100 Mbps / 4) = 0x17D7840. When this queue is transmitting the credit counter is decremented at the rate of sendSlope which is defined as (portTransmitRate - IdleSlope). A queue can accumulate negative credit when transmitting which will hold off any other transfers from that queue until credit returns to a non-negative value. No transfers are halted when a queue's credit becomes negative; it will accumulate negative credit until the transfer completes. The highest priority queue always has priority regardless of which queue has the most credit. 24.6.19 PHY Interface Different PHY interfaces are supported by the Ethernet MAC: * * MII RMII (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 456 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC The MII interface is provided for 10/100 operation and uses txd[3:0] and rxd[3:0]. The RMII interface is provided for 10/100 operation and uses txd[1:0] and rxd[1:0]. 24.6.20 10/100 Operation The 10/100 Mbps speed bit in the Network Configuration register is used to select between 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps. 24.6.21 Jumbo Frames The jumbo frames enable bit in the Network Configuration register allows the GMAC, in its default configuration, to receive jumbo frames up to 10240 bytes in size. This operation does not form part of the IEEE 802.3 specification and is normally disabled. When jumbo frames are enabled, frames received with a frame size greater than 10240 bytes are discarded. 24.7 Programming Interface 24.7.1 Initialization 24.7.1.1 Configuration Initialization of the GMAC configuration (e.g., loop back mode, frequency ratios) must be done while the transmit and receive circuits are disabled. See the description of the Network Control register and Network Configuration register earlier in this document. To change loop back mode, the following sequence of operations must be followed: 1. 2. 3. Write to Network Control register to disable transmit and receive circuits. Write to Network Control register to change loop back mode. Write to Network Control register to re-enable transmit or receive circuits. Note: These writes to the Network Control register cannot be combined in any way. 24.7.1.2 Receive Buffer List Receive data is written to areas of data (i.e., buffers) in system memory. These buffers are listed in another data structure that also resides in main memory. This data structure (receive buffer queue) is a sequence of descriptor entries as defined in Table 1-6 "Receive Buffer Descriptor Entry". The Receive Buffer Queue Pointer register points to this data structure. Figure 24-3.Receive Buffer List Receive Buffer 0 Receive Buffer Queue Pointer (MAC Register) Receive Buffer 1 Receive Buffer N Receive Buffer Descriptor List (In memory) (In memory) To create the list of buffers: 1. 2. 3. Allocate a number (N) of buffers of X bytes in system memory, where X is the DMA buffer length programmed in the DMA Configuration register. Allocate an area 8N bytes for the receive buffer descriptor list in system memory and create N entries in this list. Mark all entries in this list as owned by GMAC, i.e., bit 0 of word 0 set to 0. Mark the last descriptor in the queue with the wrap bit (bit 1 in word 0 set to 1). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 457 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 4. 5. Write address of receive buffer descriptor list and control information to GMAC register receive buffer queue pointer The receive circuits can then be enabled by writing to the address recognition registers and the Network Control register. 24.7.1.3 Transmit Buffer List Transmit data is read from areas of data (the buffers) in system memory. These buffers are listed in another data structure that also resides in main memory. This data structure (Transmit Buffer Queue) is a sequence of descriptor entries as defined in Table 1-7 "Transmit Buffer Descriptor Entry". The Transmit Buffer Queue Pointer register points to this data structure. To create this list of buffers: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Allocate a number (N) of buffers of between 1 and 2047 bytes of data to be transmitted in system memory. Up to 128 buffers per frame are allowed. Allocate an area 8N bytes for the transmit buffer descriptor list in system memory and create N entries in this list. Mark all entries in this list as owned by GMAC, i.e., bit 31 of word 1 set to 0. Mark the last descriptor in the queue with the wrap bit (bit 30 in word 1 set to 1). Write address of transmit buffer descriptor list and control information to GMAC register transmit buffer queue pointer. The transmit circuits can then be enabled by writing to the Network Control register. 24.7.1.4 Address Matching The GMAC register pair hash address and the four Specific Address register pairs must be written with the required values. Each register pair comprises of a bottom register and top register, with the bottom register being written first. The address matching is disabled for a particular register pair after the bottom register has been written and reenabled when the top register is written. Each register pair may be written at any time, regardless of whether the receive circuits are enabled or disabled. As an example, to set Specific Address register 1 to recognize destination address 21:43:65:87:A9:CB, the following values are written to Specific Address register 1 bottom and Specific Address register 1 top: * * Specific Address register 1 bottom bits 31:0 (0x98): 0x8765_4321. Specific Address register 1 top bits 31:0 (0x9C): 0x0000_CBA9. 24.7.1.5 PHY Maintenance The PHY Maintenance register is implemented as a shift register. Writing to the register starts a shift operation which is signalled as complete when bit two is set in the Network Status register (about 2000 MCK cycles later when bits 18:16 are set to 010 in the Network Configuration register). An interrupt is generated as this bit is set. During this time, the MSB of the register is output on the MDIO pin and the LSB updated from the MDIO pin with each Management Data Clock (MDC) cycle. This causes the transmission of a PHY management frame on MDIO. See section 22.2.4.5 of the IEEE 802.3 standard. Reading during the shift operation will return the current contents of the shift register. At the end of the management operation the bits will have shifted back to their original locations. For a read operation the data bits are updated with data read from the PHY. It is important to write the correct values to the register to ensure a valid PHY management frame is produced. The Management Data Clock (MDC) should not toggle faster than 2.5 MHz (minimum period of 400 ns), as defined by the IEEE 802.3 standard. MDC is generated by dividing down MCK. Three bits in the Network Configuration register determine by how much MCK should be divided to produce MDC. 24.7.1.6 Interrupts There are 18 interrupt conditions that are detected within the GMAC. The conditions are ORed to make a single interrupt. Depending on the overall system design this may be passed through a further level of interrupt collection (interrupt controller). On receipt of the interrupt signal, the CPU enters the interrupt handler. Refer to the device interrupt controller documentation to identify that it is the GMAC that is generating the interrupt. To ascertain which interrupt, read the Interrupt Status register. Note that in the default configuration this register will clear itself after being read, though this may be configured to be write-one-to-clear if desired. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 458 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC At reset all interrupts are disabled. To enable an interrupt, write to Interrupt Enable register with the pertinent interrupt bit set to 1. To disable an interrupt, write to Interrupt Disable register with the pertinent interrupt bit set to 1. To check whether an interrupt is enabled or disabled, read Interrupt Mask register. If the bit is set to 1, the interrupt is disabled. 24.7.1.7 Transmitting Frames The procedure to set up a frame for transmission is the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Enable transmit in the Network Control register. Allocate an area of system memory for transmit data. This does not have to be contiguous, varying byte lengths can be used if they conclude on byte borders. Set-up the transmit buffer list by writing buffer addresses to word zero of the transmit buffer descriptor entries and control and length to word one. Write data for transmission into the buffers pointed to by the descriptors. Write the address of the first buffer descriptor to transmit buffer descriptor queue pointer. Enable appropriate interrupts. Write to the transmit start bit (TSTART) in the Network Control register. 24.7.1.8 Receiving Frames When a frame is received and the receive circuits are enabled, the GMAC checks the address and, in the following cases, the frame is written to system memory: * * * * * If it matches one of the four Specific Address registers. If it matches one of the four type ID registers. If it matches the hash address function. If it is a broadcast address (0xFFFFFFFFFFFF) and broadcasts are allowed. If the GMAC is configured to "copy all frames". The register receive buffer queue pointer points to the next entry in the receive buffer descriptor list and the GMAC uses this as the address in system memory to write the frame to. Once the frame has been completely and successfully received and written to system memory, the GMAC then updates the receive buffer descriptor entry (see Table 1-6 "Receive Buffer Descriptor Entry") with the reason for the address match and marks the area as being owned by software. Once this is complete, a receive complete interrupt is set. Software is then responsible for copying the data to the application area and releasing the buffer (by writing the ownership bit back to 0). If the GMAC is unable to write the data at a rate to match the incoming frame, then a receive overrun interrupt is set. If there is no receive buffer available, i.e., the next buffer is still owned by software, a receive buffer not available interrupt is set. If the frame is not successfully received, a statistics register is incremented and the frame is discarded without informing software. 24.7.2 Statistics Registers Statistics registers are described in the User Interface beginning with Section 1.8.48 "GMAC Octets Transmitted Low Register" and ending with Section 1.8.92 "GMAC UDP Checksum Errors Register". The statistics register block begins at 0x100 and runs to 0x1B0, and comprises the registers listed below. Octets Transmitted Low Register Broadcast Frames Received Register Octets Transmitted High Register Multicast Frames Received Register Frames Transmitted Register Pause Frames Received Register Broadcast Frames Transmitted Register 64 Byte Frames Received Register Multicast Frames Transmitted Register 65 to 127 Byte Frames Received Register Pause Frames Transmitted Register 128 to 255 Byte Frames Received Register 64 Byte Frames Transmitted Register 256 to 511 Byte Frames Received Register 65 to 127 Byte Frames Transmitted Register 512 to 1023 Byte Frames Received Register (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 459 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 128 to 255 Byte Frames Transmitted Register 1024 to 1518 Byte Frames Received Register 256 to 511 Byte Frames Transmitted Register 1519 to Maximum Byte Frames Received Register 512 to 1023 Byte Frames Transmitted Register Undersize Frames Received Register 1024 to 1518 Byte Frames Transmitted Register Oversize Frames Received Register Greater Than 1518 Byte Frames Transmitted Register Jabbers Received Register Transmit Underruns Register Frame Check Sequence Errors Register Single Collision Frames Register Length Field Frame Errors Register Multiple Collision Frames Register Receive Symbol Errors Register Excessive Collisions Register Alignment Errors Register Late Collisions Register Receive Resource Errors Register Deferred Transmission Frames Register Receive Overrun Register Carrier Sense Errors Register IP Header Checksum Errors Register Octets Received Low Register TCP Checksum Errors Register Octets Received High Register UDP Checksum Errors Register Frames Received Register These registers reset to zero on a read and stick at all ones when they count to their maximum value. They should be read frequently enough to prevent loss of data. The receive statistics registers are only incremented when the receive enable bit (RXEN) is set in the Network Control register. Once a statistics register has been read, it is automatically cleared. When reading the Octets Transmitted and Octets Received registers, bits 31:0 should be read prior to bits 47:32 to ensure reliable operation. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 460 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.8 Register Summary Offset Name 0x00 NCR 0x04 0x08 NCFGR NSR 0x0C UR 0x10 DCFGR 0x14 TSR 0x18 RBQB 0x1C TBQB 0x20 RSR 0x24 0x28 0x2C 0x30 0x34 ISR IER IDR IMR MAN Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 WESTAT SRTSM INCSTAT CLRSTAT UNIHEN MTIHEN NBC RXBUFO[1:0] PEN DCPF DBW[1:0] IRXER RXBP MPE TXZQPF TXEN TXPF LPI RXEN THALT FNP LBL TSTART TXPBPF CAF RTY JFRAME DNVLAN FD IRXFCS IDLE RFCS EFRHD MDIO CLK[2:0] IPGSEN BP ENPBPR SPD MAXFS LFERD RXCOEN MII ESPA ESMA TXCOEN DRBS[7:0] UND TXCOMP TFC TXGO FBLDO[4:0] TXPBMS RXBMS[1:0] RLE COL DDRP UBR HRESP RXOVR REC BNA RXUBR ROVR DRQFR SRI RXUBR ROVR DRQFR SRI RXUBR ROVR DRQFR SRI RXUBR ROVR DRQFR SRI RCOMP MFS PDRSFT RCOMP PDRQFT MFS PDRSFT RCOMP PDRQFT MFS PDRSFT RCOMP PDRQFT MFS PDRSFT PDRQFT ADDR[5:0] ADDR[13:6] ADDR[21:14] ADDR[29:22] ADDR[5:0] ADDR[13:6] ADDR[21:14] ADDR[29:22] HNO TCOMP PDRSFR TFC PFTR PDRQFR TCOMP EXINT PDRSFR TFC PFTR PDRQFR TCOMP EXINT PDRSFR TFC PFTR PDRQFR TCOMP EXINT PDRSFR TFC PFTR PDRQFR PHYA[0] WZO (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. CLTTO RLEX PTZ SFT TSUCMP RLEX PTZ SFT TSUCMP RLEX PTZ SFT TSUCMP RLEX PTZ SFT TSUCMP TUR TXUBR PFNZ HRESP DRQFT SFR WOL TUR TXUBR PFNZ HRESP DRQFT SFR WOL TUR TXUBR PFNZ HRESP DRQFT SFR WOL RXLPISBC TUR TXUBR PFNZ HRESP DRQFT SFR WOL DATA[7:0] DATA[15:8] REGA[4:0] OP[1:0] Datasheet WTN[1:0] PHYA[4:1] DS60001507F-page 461 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC ...........continued Offset Name 0x38 RPQ 0x3C TPQ 0x40 TPSF 0x44 RPSF 0x48 RJFML 0x4C ... 0x7F Reserved 0x80 HRB 0x84 HRT 0x88 SAB0 0x8C SAT0 0x90 SAB1 0x94 SAT1 0x98 SAB2 0x9C SAT2 0xA0 SAB3 Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 RPQ[7:0] RPQ[15:8] TPQ[7:0] TPQ[15:8] TPB1ADR[7:0] TPB1ADR[11:8] ENTXP RPB1ADR[7:0] RPB1ADR[11:8] ENRXP 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. FML[7:0] FML[13:8] ADDR[7:0] ADDR[15:8] ADDR[23:16] ADDR[31:24] ADDR[7:0] ADDR[15:8] ADDR[23:16] ADDR[31:24] ADDR[7:0] ADDR[15:8] ADDR[23:16] ADDR[31:24] ADDR[7:0] ADDR[15:8] ADDR[7:0] ADDR[15:8] ADDR[23:16] ADDR[31:24] ADDR[7:0] ADDR[15:8] ADDR[7:0] ADDR[15:8] ADDR[23:16] ADDR[31:24] ADDR[7:0] ADDR[15:8] ADDR[7:0] ADDR[15:8] ADDR[23:16] ADDR[31:24] Datasheet DS60001507F-page 462 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC ...........continued Offset Name 0xA4 SAT3 0xA8 0xAC 0xB0 0xB4 TIDM0 TIDM1 TIDM2 TIDM3 0xB8 WOL 0xBC IPGS 0xC0 0xC4 ... 0xC7 SVLAN 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 ADDR[7:0] ADDR[15:8] TID[7:0] TID[15:8] ENIDn TID[7:0] TID[15:8] ENIDn TID[7:0] TID[15:8] ENIDn TID[7:0] TID[15:8] ENIDn IP[7:0] IP[15:8] MTI SA1 ARP MAG FL[7:0] FL[15:8] VLAN_TYPE[7:0] VLAN_TYPE[15:8] ESVLAN Reserved 0xC8 SAMB1 0xCC SAMT1 0xD0 ... 0xDB Reserved 0xDC Bit Pos. NSC 0xE0 SCL 0xE4 SCH 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 ADDR[7:0] ADDR[15:8] ADDR[23:16] ADDR[31:24] ADDR[7:0] ADDR[15:8] 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 NANOSEC[7:0] NANOSEC[15:8] (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. NANOSEC[20:16] SEC[7:0] SEC[15:8] SEC[23:16] SEC[31:24] SEC[7:0] SEC[15:8] Datasheet DS60001507F-page 463 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC ...........continued Offset Name 0xE8 EFTSH 0xEC EFRSH 0xF0 PEFTSH 0xF4 PEFRSH 0xF8 ... 0xFF Reserved 0x0100 OTLO 0x0104 OTHI 0x0108 FT 0x010C BCFT 0x0110 MFT 0x0114 PFT 0x0118 BFT64 0x011C TBFT127 0x0120 TBFT255 0x0124 TBFT511 Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. RUD[7:0] RUD[15:8] RUD[7:0] RUD[15:8] RUD[7:0] RUD[15:8] RUD[7:0] RUD[15:8] TXO[7:0] TXO[15:8] TXO[23:16] TXO[31:24] TXO[7:0] TXO[15:8] FTX[7:0] FTX[15:8] FTX[23:16] FTX[31:24] BFTX[7:0] BFTX[15:8] BFTX[23:16] BFTX[31:24] MFTX[7:0] MFTX[15:8] MFTX[23:16] MFTX[31:24] PFTX[7:0] PFTX[15:8] NFTX[7:0] NFTX[15:8] NFTX[23:16] NFTX[31:24] NFTX[7:0] NFTX[15:8] NFTX[23:16] NFTX[31:24] NFTX[7:0] NFTX[15:8] NFTX[23:16] NFTX[31:24] NFTX[7:0] NFTX[15:8] NFTX[23:16] NFTX[31:24] Datasheet DS60001507F-page 464 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC ...........continued Offset Name 0x0128 TBFT1023 0x012C TBFT1518 0x0130 GTBFT1518 0x0134 TUR 0x0138 SCF 0x013C MCF 0x0140 EC 0x0144 LC 0x0148 DTF 0x014C CSE 0x0150 ORLO 0x0154 ORHI 0x0158 FR 0x015C BCFR Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 NFTX[7:0] NFTX[15:8] 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 NFTX[23:16] NFTX[31:24] NFTX[7:0] NFTX[15:8] NFTX[23:16] NFTX[31:24] NFTX[7:0] NFTX[15:8] NFTX[23:16] NFTX[31:24] TXUNR[7:0] (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. TXUNR[9:8] SCOL[7:0] SCOL[15:8] SCOL[17:16] MCOL[7:0] MCOL[15:8] MCOL[17:16] XCOL[7:0] XCOL[9:8] LCOL[7:0] LCOL[9:8] DEFT[7:0] DEFT[15:8] DEFT[17:16] CSR[7:0] CSR[9:8] RXO[7:0] RXO[15:8] RXO[23:16] RXO[31:24] RXO[7:0] RXO[15:8] FRX[7:0] FRX[15:8] FRX[23:16] FRX[31:24] BFRX[7:0] BFRX[15:8] BFRX[23:16] BFRX[31:24] Datasheet DS60001507F-page 465 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC ...........continued Offset Name 0x0160 MFR 0x0164 PFR 0x0168 BFR64 0x016C TBFR127 0x0170 TBFR255 0x0174 TBFR511 0x0178 TBFR1023 0x017C TBFR1518 0x0180 TMXBFR 0x0184 UFR 0x0188 OFR 0x018C JR 0x0190 FCSE 0x0194 LFFE Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 MFRX[7:0] MFRX[15:8] 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 MFRX[23:16] MFRX[31:24] PFRX[7:0] PFRX[15:8] (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. NFRX[7:0] NFRX[15:8] NFRX[23:16] NFRX[31:24] NFRX[7:0] NFRX[15:8] NFRX[23:16] NFRX[31:24] NFRX[7:0] NFRX[15:8] NFRX[23:16] NFRX[31:24] NFRX[7:0] NFRX[15:8] NFRX[23:16] NFRX[31:24] NFRX[7:0] NFRX[15:8] NFRX[23:16] NFRX[31:24] NFRX[7:0] NFRX[15:8] NFRX[23:16] NFRX[31:24] NFRX[7:0] NFRX[15:8] NFRX[23:16] NFRX[31:24] UFRX[7:0] UFRX[9:8] OFRX[7:0] OFRX[9:8] JRX[7:0] JRX[9:8] FCKR[7:0] FCKR[9:8] LFER[7:0] LFER[9:8] Datasheet DS60001507F-page 466 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC ...........continued Offset Name 0x0198 RSE 0x019C AE 0x01A0 RRE 0x01A4 ROE 0x01A8 IHCE 0x01AC TCE 0x01B0 UCE 0x01B4 ... 0x01BB Reserved 0x01BC TISUBN 0x01C0 TSH 0x01C4 ... 0x01C7 Reserved 0x01C8 TSSSL 0x01CC TSSN 0x01D0 TSL 0x01D4 TN Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 RXSE[7:0] RXSE[9:8] AER[7:0] AER[9:8] RXRER[7:0] RXRER[15:8] RXRER[17:16] RXOVR[7:0] RXOVR[9:8] HCKER[7:0] TCKER[7:0] UCKER[7:0] 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 LSBTIR[7:0] LSBTIR[15:8] 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 VTS[7:0] VTS[15:8] VTS[23:16] VTS[31:24] VTN[7:0] VTN[15:8] VTN[23:16] (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. TCS[7:0] TCS[15:8] VTN[29:24] TCS[7:0] TCS[15:8] TCS[23:16] TCS[31:24] TNS[7:0] TNS[15:8] TNS[23:16] TNS[29:24] Datasheet DS60001507F-page 467 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC ...........continued Offset Name 0x01D8 TA 0x01DC TI 0x01E0 EFTSL 0x01E4 EFTN 0x01E8 EFRSL 0x01EC EFRN 0x01F0 PEFTSL 0x01F4 PEFTN 0x01F8 PEFRSL 0x01FC PEFRN 0x0200 ... 0x026F 0x0270 0x0274 0x0278 0x027C Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 ITDT[7:0] ITDT[15:8] ITDT[23:16] ADJ ITDT[29:24] CNS[7:0] ACNS[7:0] NIT[7:0] RUD[7:0] RUD[15:8] RUD[23:16] RUD[31:24] RUD[7:0] RUD[15:8] RUD[23:16] RUD[29:24] RUD[7:0] RUD[15:8] RUD[23:16] RUD[31:24] RUD[7:0] RUD[15:8] RUD[23:16] RUD[29:24] RUD[7:0] RUD[15:8] RUD[23:16] RUD[31:24] RUD[7:0] RUD[15:8] RUD[23:16] RUD[29:24] RUD[7:0] RUD[15:8] RUD[23:16] RUD[31:24] RUD[7:0] RUD[15:8] RUD[23:16] RUD[29:24] Reserved RLPITR RLPITI TLPITR TLPITI 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. RLPITR[7:0] RLPITR[15:8] RLPITI[7:0] RLPITI[15:8] RLPITI[23:16] TLPITR[7:0] TLPITR[15:8] RLPITI[7:0] RLPITI[15:8] RLPITI[23:16] Datasheet DS60001507F-page 468 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9 Register Description (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 469 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.1 GMAC Network Control Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit NCR 0x000 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 LPI R/W 0 18 FNP R/W 0 17 TXPBPF R/W 0 16 ENPBPR R/W 0 15 SRTSM R/W 0 14 13 12 TXZQPF R/W 0 11 TXPF R/W 0 10 THALT R/W 0 9 TSTART R/W 0 8 BP R/W 0 7 WESTAT R/W 0 6 INCSTAT R/W 0 5 CLRSTAT R/W 0 4 MPE R/W 0 3 TXEN R/W 0 2 RXEN R/W 0 1 LBL R/W 0 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 19 - LPILow Power Idle Enable Writing a '1' to this bit will enable low power idle (LPI) transmission, immediately transmitted on txd and tx_er. Bit 18 - FNPFlush Next Packet Writing a '1' to this bit will flush the next packet from the external RX DPRAM. Flushing the next packet will only take effect if the DMA is not currently writing a packet already stored in the DPRAM to memory. Bit 17 - TXPBPFTransmit PFC Priority-based Pause Frame Takes the values stored in the Transmit PFC Pause Register. Bit 16 - ENPBPREnable PFC Priority-based Pause Reception Writing a '1' to this bit enables PFC Priority Based Pause Reception capabilities, enabling PFC negotiation and recognition of priority-based pause frames. Value Description 0 Normal operation 1 PFC Priority-based Pause frames are recognized Bit 15 - SRTSMStore Receive Time Stamp to Memory Writing a '1' to this bit causes the CRC of every received frame to be replaced with the value of the nanoseconds field of the 1588 timer that was captured as the receive frame passed the message time stamp point. Value Description 0 Normal operation 1 All received frames' CRC is replaced with a time stamp Bit 12 - TXZQPFTransmit Zero Quantum Pause Frame Writing a '1' to this bit causes a pause frame with zero quantum to be transmitted. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 470 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC Bit 11 - TXPFTransmit Pause Frame Writing one to this bit causes a pause frame to be transmitted. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Bit 10 - THALTTransmit Halt Writing a '1' to this bit halts transmission as soon as any ongoing frame transmission ends. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Bit 9 - TSTARTStart Transmission Writing a '1' to this bit starts transmission. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Bit 8 - BPBack Pressure In 10M or 100M half duplex mode, writing a '1' to this bit forces collisions on all received frames. Ignored in gigabit half duplex mode. Value Description 0 Frame collisions are not forced 1 Frame collisions are forced in 10M and 100M half duplex mode Bit 7 - WESTATWrite Enable for Statistics Registers Writing a '1' to this bit makes the statistics registers writable for functional test purposes. Value Description 0 Statistics Registers are write-protected 1 Statistics Registers are write-enabled Bit 6 - INCSTATIncrement Statistics Registers Writing a '1' to this bit increments all Statistics Registers by one for test purposes. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. This bit will always read '0'. Bit 5 - CLRSTATClear Statistics Registers Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Statistics Registers. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. This bit will always read '0'. Bit 4 - MPEManagement Port Enable Writing a '1' to this bit enables the Management Port. Writing a '0' to this bit disables the Management Port, and forces MDIO to high impedance state and MDC to low impedance. Value Description 0 Management Port is disabled 1 Management Port is enabled Bit 3 - TXENTransmit Enable Writing a '1' to this bit enables the GMAC transmitter to send data. Writing a '0' to this bit stops transmission immediately, the transmit pipeline and control registers is cleared, and the Transmit Queue Pointer Register will be set to point to the start of the transmit descriptor list. Value Description 0 Transmit is disabled 1 Transmit is enabled Bit 2 - RXENReceive Enable Writing a '1' to this bit enables the GMAC to receive data. Writing a '0' to this bit stops frame reception immediately, and the receive pipeline is cleared. The Receive Queue Pointer Register is not affected. Value Description 0 Receive is disabled (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 471 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC Value 1 Description Receive is enabled Bit 1 - LBLLoop Back Local Writing '1' to this bit connects GTX to GRX, GTXEN to GRXDV, and forces full duplex mode. GRXCK and GTXCK may malfunction as the GMAC is switched into and out of internal loop back. It is important that receive and transmit circuits have already been disabled when making the switch into and out of internal loop back. Value Description 0 Loop back local is disabled 1 Loop back local is enabled (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 472 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.2 GMAC Network Configuration Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 30 IRXER R/W 0 29 RXBP R/W 0 28 IPGSEN R/W 0 27 26 IRXFCS R/W 0 25 EFRHD R/W 0 24 RXCOEN R/W 0 23 DCPF R/W 0 22 21 20 18 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 19 CLK[2:0] R/W 1 R/W 0 17 RFCS R/W 0 16 LFERD R/W 0 14 RXBUFO[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 13 PEN R/W 0 12 RTY R/W 0 11 10 9 8 MAXFS R/W 0 5 NBC R/W 0 4 CAF R/W 0 3 JFRAME R/W 0 2 DNVLAN R/W 0 1 FD R/W 0 0 SPD R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset NCFGR 0x004 0x00080000 R/W DBW[1:0] 15 7 UNIHEN R/W 0 6 MTIHEN R/W 0 Bit 30 - IRXERIgnore IPG GRXER When this bit is written to '1', the Receive Error signal (GRXER) has no effect on the GMAC operation when Receive Data Valid signal (GRXDV) is low. Bit 29 - RXBPReceive Bad Preamble When written to '1', frames with non-standard preamble are not rejected. Bit 28 - IPGSENIP Stretch Enable Writing a '1' to this bit allows the transmit IPG to increase above 96 bit times, depending on the previous frame length using the IPG Stretch Register. Bit 26 - IRXFCSIgnore RX FCS For normal operation this bit must be written to zero. When this bit is written to '1', frames with FCS/CRC errors will not be rejected. FCS error statistics will still be collected for frames with bad FCS, and FCS status will be recorded in the DMA descriptor of the frame. Bit 25 - EFRHDEnable Frames Received in half-duplex Writing a '1' to this bit enables frames to be received in half-duplex mode while transmitting. Bit 24 - RXCOENReceive Checksum Offload Enable Writing a '1' to this bit enables the receive checksum engine, and frames with bad IP, TCP or UDP checksums are discarded. Bit 23 - DCPFDisable Copy of Pause Frames Writing a '1' to this bit prevents valid pause frames from being copied to memory. Pause frames are not copied regardless of the state of the Copy All Frames (CAF) bit, whether a hash match is found or whether a type ID match is identified. If a destination address match is found, the pause frame will be copied to memory. Note that valid pause frames received will still increment pause statistics and pause the transmission of frames, as required. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 473 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC Bits 22:21 - DBW[1:0]Data Bus Width The default value for this register is 64 bits. Value Name Description 0 DBW32 32-bit data bus width 1 DBW64 64-bit data bus width Bits 20:18 - CLK[2:0]MDC Clock Division These bits must be set according to MCK speed, and determine the number MCK will be divided by to generate Management Data Clock (MDC). For conformance with the 802.3 specification, MDC must not exceed 2.5MHz. Note: MDC is only active during MDIO read and write operations. Value 0 1 2 3 4 5 Name MCK_8 MCK_16 MCK_32 MCK_48 MCK_64 MCK_96 Description MCK divided by 8 (MCK up to 20MHz) MCK divided by 16 (MCK up to 40MHz) MCK divided by 32 (MCK up to 80MHz) MCK divided by 48 (MCK up to 120MHz) MCK divided by 64 (MCK up to 160MHz) MCK divided by 96 (MCK up to 240MHz) Bit 17 - RFCSRemove FCS Writing this bit to '1' will cause received frames to be written to memory without their frame check sequence (last 4 bytes). The indicated frame length will be reduced by four bytes in this mode. Bit 16 - LFERDLength Field Error Frame Discard Writing a '1' to this bit discards frames with a measured length shorter than the extracted length field (as indicated by bytes 13 and 14 in a non-VLAN tagged frame). This only applies to frames with a length field less than 0x0600. Bits 15:14 - RXBUFO[1:0]Receive Buffer Offset These bits determine the number of bytes by which the received data is offset from the start of the receive buffer. Bit 13 - PENPause Enable When written to '1', transmission will pause if a non-zero 802.3 classic pause frame is received and PFC has not been negotiated. Bit 12 - RTYRetry Test This bit must be written to '0' for normal operation. When writing a '1' to this bit, the back-off between collisions will always be one slot time. This setting helps testing the too many retries condition. This setting is also useful for pause frame tests by reducing the pause counter's decrement time from "512 bit times" to "every GRXCK cycle". Bit 8 - MAXFS1536 Maximum Frame Size Writing a '1' to this bit increases the maximum accepted frame size to 1536 bytes in length. When written to '0', any frame above 1518 bytes in length is rejected. Bit 7 - UNIHENUnicast Hash Enable When writing a '1' to this bit, unicast frames will be accepted when the 6-bit hash function of the destination address points to a bit that is set in the Hash Register. Writing a '0' to this bit disables unicast hashing. Bit 6 - MTIHENMulticast Hash Enable When writing a '1' to this bit, multicast frames will be accepted when the 6-bit hash function of the destination address points to a bit that is set in the Hash Register. Writing a '0' to this bit disables multicast hashing. Bit 5 - NBCNo Broadcast Writing a '1' to this bit will reject frames addressed to the broadcast address 0xFFFFFFFFFFFF (all '1'). Writing a '0' to this bit allows broadcasting to 0xFFFFFFFFFFFF. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 474 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC Bit 4 - CAFCopy All Frames When writing a '1' to this bit, all valid frames will be accepted. Bit 3 - JFRAMEJumbo Frame Size Writing a '1' to this bit enables jumbo frames of up to 10240 bytes to be accepted. The default length is 10240 bytes. Bit 2 - DNVLANDiscard Non-VLAN Frames Writing a '1' to this bit allows only VLAN-tagged frames to pass to the address matching logic. Writing a '0' to this bit allows both VLAN_tagged and untagged frames to pass to the address matching logic. Bit 1 - FDFull Duplex Writing a '1' enables full duplex operation, so the transmit block ignores the state of collision and carrier sense and allows receive while transmitting. Writing a '0' disables full duplex operation. Bit 0 - SPDSpeed Writing a '1' selects 100Mbps operation. Writing a '0' to this bit selects 10Mbps operation. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 475 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.3 GMAC Network Status Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit NSR 0x008 0x00000004 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 IDLE R 1 1 MDIO R 0 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 2 - IDLEPHY Management Logic Idle The PHY management logic is idle (i.e., has completed). Bit 1 - MDIOMDIO Input Status Returns status of the MDIO pin. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 476 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.4 GMAC User Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit UR 0x00C 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 MII R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 0 - MIIReduced MII Mode Value Description 0 RMII mode is selected 1 MII mode is selected (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 477 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.5 GMAC DMA Configuration Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 DCFGR 0x010 0x00020004 Read/Write 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 DDRP Access Reset Bit 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 0 DRBS[7:0] Access Reset 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Bit 15 14 13 12 11 TXCOEN 10 TXPBMS 9 0 0 0 0 4 3 2 FBLDO[4:0] 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset 7 ESPA 6 ESMA 0 0 5 8 RXBMS[1:0] Bit 24 - DDRPDMA Discard Receive Packets A write to this bit is ignored if the DMA is not configured in the packet buffer full store and forward mode. Value Description 0 Received packets are stored in the SRAM based packet buffer until next AHB buffer resource becomes available. 1 Receive packets from the receiver packet buffer memory are automatically discarded when no AHB resource is available. Bits 23:16 - DRBS[7:0]DMA Receive Buffer Size These bits defined by these bits determines the size of buffer to use in main AHB system memory when writing received data. The value is defined in multiples of 64 bytes. For example: * 0x02: 128 bytes * 0x18: 1536 bytes (1 x max length frame/buffer) * 0xA0: 10240 bytes (1 x 10K jumbo frame/buffer) WARNING Do not write 0x00 to this bit field. Value Description 0x00 Reserved 0x01-0xF 1..255 x 64 byte buffer F Bit 11 - TXCOENTransmitter Checksum Generation Offload Enable Transmitter IP, TCP and UDP checksum generation offload enable. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 478 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC Value 0 1 Description Frame data is unaffected. The transmitter checksum generation engine calculates and substitutes checksums for transmit frames. Bit 10 - TXPBMSTransmitter Packet Buffer Memory Size Select When written to zero, the amount of memory used for the transmit packet buffer is reduced by 50%. This reduces the amount of memory used by the GMAC. It is important to write this bit to '1' if the full configured physical memory is available. The value in parentheses represents the size that would result for the default maximum configured memory size of 4KBytes. Value Description 0 Top address bits not used. (2KByte used.) 1 Full configured addressable space (4KBytes) used. Bits 9:8 - RXBMS[1:0]Receiver Packet Buffer Memory Size Select The default receive packet buffer size is FULL=RECEIVE_BUFFER_SIZE Kbytes. The table below shows how to configure this memory to FULL, HALF, QUARTER or EIGHTH of the default size. Value Name Description 0 EIGHTH RECEIVE_BUFFER_SIZE/8 Kbyte Memory Size 1 QUARTER RECEIVE_BUFFER_SIZE/4 Kbytes Memory Size 2 HALF RECEIVE_BUFFER_SIZE/2 Kbytes Memory Size 3 FULL RECEIVE_BUFFER_SIZE Kbytes Memory Size Bit 7 - ESPAEndian Swap Mode Enable for Packet Data Accesses Value Description 0 Little endian mode for AHB transfers selected. 1 Big endian mode for AHB transfers selected. Bit 6 - ESMAEndian Swap Mode Enable for Management Descriptor Accesses Value Description 0 Little endian mode for AHB transfers selected. 1 Big endian mode for AHB transfers selected. Bits 4:0 - FBLDO[4:0]Fixed Burst Length for DMA Data Operations Selects the burst length to attempt to use on the AHB when transferring frame data. Not used for DMA management operations and only used where space and data size allow. Otherwise SINGLE type AHB transfers are used. One-hot priority encoding enforced automatically on register writes as follows. `x' represents don't care. Value Name Description 0 Reserved 1 SINGLE 00001: Always use SINGLE AHB bursts 2 Reserved 4 INCR4 001xx: Attempt to use INCR4 AHB bursts (Default) 8 INCR8 01xxx: Attempt to use INCR8 AHB bursts 16 INCR16 1xxxx: Attempt to use INCR16 AHB bursts (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 479 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.6 GMAC Transmit Status Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit TSR 0x014 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 HRESP R/W 0 7 6 UND R/W 0 5 TXCOMP R/W 0 4 TFC R/W 0 3 TXGO R/W 0 2 RLE R/W 0 1 COL R/W 0 0 UBR R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 8 - HRESPHRESP Not OK Set when the DMA block sees HRESP not OK. This bit is cleared by writing a '1' to it. Bit 6 - UNDTransmit Underrun This bit is set if the transmitter was forced to terminate the transmission of a frame due to further data being unavailable. This bit is also set if a transmitter status write back has not completed when another status write back is attempted. When using the DMA interface configured for internal FIFO mode, this bit is also set when the transmit DMA has written the SOP data into the FIFO and either the AHB bus was not granted in time for further data, or an AHB not OK response was returned, or a used bit was read. This bit is cleared by writing a '1' to it. Bit 5 - TXCOMPTransmit Complete Set when a frame has been transmitted. This bit is cleared by writing a '1' to it. Bit 4 - TFCTransmit Frame Corruption Due to AHB Error This bit is set when an error occurs during reading transmit frame from the AHB. Error causes include HRESP errors and buffers exhausted mid frame. (If the buffers run out during transmission of a frame then transmission stops, FCS shall be bad and GTXER asserted). In DMA packet buffer mode, this bit is also set if a single frame is too large for the configured packet buffer memory size. This bit is cleared by writing a '1' to it. Bit 3 - TXGOTransmit Go This bit is '1' when transmit is active. When using the DMA interface this bit represents the TXGO variable as specified in the transmit buffer description. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 480 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC Bit 2 - RLERetry Limit Exceeded This bit is cleared by writing a '1' to it. Bit 1 - COLCollision Occurred When operating in 10/100Mbps mode, this bit is set by the assertion of either a collision or a late collision. This bit is cleared by writing a '1' to it. Bit 0 - UBRUsed Bit Read This bit is set when a transmit buffer descriptor is read with its used bit set. This bit is cleared by writing a '1' to it. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 481 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.7 GMAC Receive Buffer Queue Base Address Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: RBQB 0x018 0x00000000 Read/Write This register holds the start address of the receive buffer queue (receive buffers descriptor list). The receive buffer queue base address must be initialized before receive is enabled through bit 2 of the Network Control Register. Once reception is enabled, any write to the Receive Buffer Queue Base Address Register is ignored. Reading this register returns the location of the descriptor currently being accessed. This value increments as buffers are used. Software should not use this register for determining where to remove received frames from the queue as it constantly changes as new frames are received. Software should instead work its way through the buffer descriptor queue checking the "used" bits. In terms of AMBA AHB operation, the descriptors are read from memory using a single 32-bit AHB access. The descriptors should be aligned at 32-bit boundaries and the descriptors are written to using two individual non sequential accesses. Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 28 27 ADDR[29:22] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 4 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 20 19 ADDR[21:14] R/W R/W 0 0 12 ADDR[13:6] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 ADDR[5:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:2 - ADDR[29:0]Receive Buffer Queue Base Address Written with the address of the start of the receive queue. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 482 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.8 GMAC Transmit Buffer Queue Base Address Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: TBQB 0x01C 0x00000000 - This register holds the start address of the transmit buffer queue (transmit buffers descriptor list). The Transmit Buffer Queue Base Address Register must be initialized before transmit is started through bit 9 of the Network Control Register. Once transmission has started, any write to the Transmit Buffer Queue Base Address Register is illegal and therefore ignored. Note that due to clock boundary synchronization, it takes a maximum of four MCK cycles from the writing of the transmit start bit before the transmitter is active. Writing to the Transmit Buffer Queue Base Address Register during this time may produce unpredictable results. Reading this register returns the location of the descriptor currently being accessed. Since the DMA handles two frames at once, this may not necessarily be pointing to the current frame being transmitted. In terms of AMBA AHB operation, the descriptors are written to memory using a single 32-bit AHB access. The descriptors should be aligned at 32-bit boundaries and the descriptors are read from memory using two individual non sequential accesses. Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 28 27 ADDR[29:22] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 4 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 20 19 ADDR[21:14] R/W R/W 0 0 12 ADDR[13:6] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 ADDR[5:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:2 - ADDR[29:0]Transmit Buffer Queue Base Address Written with the address of the start of the transmit queue. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 483 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.9 GMAC Receive Status Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: RSR 0x020 0x00000000 - This register, when read, provides receive status details. Once read, individual bits may be cleared by writing a '1' to them. It is not possible to set a bit to '1' by writing to this register. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 HNO R/W 0 2 RXOVR R/W 0 1 REC R/W 0 0 BNA R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 3 - HNOHRESP Not OK This bit is set when the DMA block sees HRESP not OK. This bit is cleared by writing a '1' to it. Bit 2 - RXOVRReceive Overrun This bit is set if the receive status was not taken at the end of the frame. The buffer will be recovered if an overrun occurs. This bit is cleared by writing a '1' to it. Bit 1 - RECFrame Received This bit is set to when one or more frames have been received and placed in memory. This bit is cleared by writing a '1' to it. Bit 0 - BNABuffer Not Available When this bit is set, an attempt was made to get a new buffer and the pointer indicated that it was owned by the processor. The DMA will re-read the pointer each time an end of frame is received until a valid pointer is found. This bit is set following each descriptor read attempt that fails, even if consecutive pointers are unsuccessful and software has in the mean time cleared the status flag. This bit is cleared by writing a '1' to it. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 484 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.10 GMAC Interrupt Status Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: ISR 0x024 0x00000000 - This register indicates the source of the interrupt. An interrupt source must be enabled in the mask register first so the corresponding bits of this register will be set and the GMAC interrupt signal will be asserted in the system. Bit 31 30 29 TSUCMP W 0 28 WOL R 0 27 26 SRI R 0 25 PDRSFT R 0 24 PDRQFT R 0 23 PDRSFR R 0 22 PDRQFR R 0 21 SFT R 0 20 DRQFT R 0 19 SFR R 0 18 DRQFR R 0 17 16 15 14 PFTR R 0 13 PTZ R 0 12 PFNZ R 0 11 HRESP R 0 10 ROVR R 0 9 8 7 TCOMP R 0 6 TFC R 0 5 RLEX R 0 4 TUR R 0 3 TXUBR R 0 2 RXUBR R 0 1 RCOMP R 0 0 MFS R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 29 - TSUCMPTSU Timer Comparison Indicates TSU times count and comparison value are equal. Bit 28 - WOLWake On LAN WOL interrupt. Indicates a WOL message has been received. Bit 26 - SRITSU Seconds Register Increment Indicates the register has incremented. Cleared on read. Bit 25 - PDRSFTPDelay Response Frame Transmitted Indicates a PTP pdelay_resp frame has been transmitted. Cleared on read. Bit 24 - PDRQFTPDelay Request Frame Transmitted Indicates a PTP pdelay_req frame has been transmitted. Cleared on read. Bit 23 - PDRSFRPDelay Response Frame Received Indicates a PTP pdelay_resp frame has been received. Cleared on read. Bit 22 - PDRQFRPDelay Request Frame Received Indicates a PTP pdelay_req frame has been received. Cleared on read. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 485 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC Bit 21 - SFTPTP Sync Frame Transmitted Indicates a PTP sync frame has been transmitted. Cleared on read. Bit 20 - DRQFTPTP Delay Request Frame Transmitted Indicates a PTP delay_req frame has been transmitted. Cleared on read. Bit 19 - SFRPTP Sync Frame Received Indicates a PTP sync frame has been received. Cleared on read. Bit 18 - DRQFRPTP Delay Request Frame Received Indicates a PTP delay_req frame has been received. Cleared on read. Bit 14 - PFTRPause Frame Transmitted Indicates a pause frame has been successfully transmitted after being initiated from the Network Control Register. Cleared on read. Bit 13 - PTZPause Time Zero Set when either the Pause Time Register at address 0x38 decrements to zero, or when a valid pause frame is received with a zero pause quantum field. Cleared on read. Bit 12 - PFNZPause Frame with Non-zero Pause Quantum Received Indicates a valid pause has been received that has a non-zero pause quantum field. Cleared on read. Bit 11 - HRESPHRESP Not OK Set when the DMA block sees HRESP not OK. Cleared on read. Bit 10 - ROVRReceive Overrun Set when the receive overrun status bit is set. Cleared on read. Bit 7 - TCOMPTransmit Complete Set when a frame has been transmitted. Cleared on read. Bit 6 - TFCTransmit Frame Corruption Due to AHB Error Transmit frame corruption due to AHB error. Set if an error occurs during reading a transmit frame from the AHB, including HRESP errors and buffers exhausted mid frame. Bit 5 - RLEX Retry Limit Exceeded Retry Limit Exceeded Transmit error. Cleared on read. Bit 4 - TURTransmit Underrun This interrupt is set if the transmitter was forced to terminate an ongoing frame transmission due to further data being unavailable. This interrupt is also set if a transmitter status write back has not completed when another status write back is attempted. This interrupt is also set when the transmit DMA has written the SOP data into the FIFO and either the AHB bus was not granted in time for further data, or because an AHB not OK response was returned, or because the used bit was read. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 486 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC Bit 3 - TXUBRTX Used Bit Read Set when a transmit buffer descriptor is read with its used bit set. Cleared on read. Bit 2 - RXUBRRX Used Bit Read Set when a receive buffer descriptor is read with its used bit set. Cleared on read. Bit 1 - RCOMPReceive Complete A frame has been stored in memory. Cleared on read. Bit 0 - MFSManagement Frame Sent The PHY Maintenance Register has completed its operation. Cleared on read. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 487 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.11 GMAC Interrupt Enable Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: IER 0x028 - Write-only This register is write-only and will always return zero. The following values are valid for all listed bit names of this register: 0: No effect. 1: Enables the corresponding interrupt. Bit 31 30 29 TSUCMP W - 28 WOL W - 27 26 SRI W - 25 PDRSFT W - 24 PDRQFT W - 23 PDRSFR W - 22 PDRQFR W - 21 SFT W - 20 DRQFT W - 19 SFR W - 18 DRQFR W - 17 16 15 EXINT W - 14 PFTR W - 13 PTZ W - 12 PFNZ W - 11 HRESP W - 10 ROVR W - 9 8 7 TCOMP W - 6 TFC W - 5 RLEX W - 4 TUR W - 3 TXUBR W - 2 RXUBR W - 1 RCOMP W - 0 MFS W - Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 29 - TSUCMPTSU Timer Comparison Bit 28 - WOLWake On LAN Bit 26 - SRITSU Seconds Register Increment Bit 25 - PDRSFTPDelay Response Frame Transmitted Bit 24 - PDRQFTPDelay Request Frame Transmitted Bit 23 - PDRSFRPDelay Response Frame Received Bit 22 - PDRQFRPDelay Request Frame Received Bit 21 - SFTPTP Sync Frame Transmitted Bit 20 - DRQFTPTP Delay Request Frame Transmitted Bit 19 - SFRPTP Sync Frame Received Bit 18 - DRQFRPTP Delay Request Frame Received Bit 15 - EXINTExternal Interrupt (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 488 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC Bit 14 - PFTRPause Frame Transmitted Bit 13 - PTZPause Time Zero Bit 12 - PFNZPause Frame with Non-zero Pause Quantum Received Bit 11 - HRESPHRESP Not OK Bit 10 - ROVRReceive Overrun Bit 7 - TCOMPTransmit Complete Bit 6 - TFCTransmit Frame Corruption Due to AHB Error Bit 5 - RLEXRetry Limit Exceeded or Late Collision Bit 4 - TURTransmit Underrun Bit 3 - TXUBRTX Used Bit Read Bit 2 - RXUBRRX Used Bit Read Bit 1 - RCOMPReceive Complete Bit 0 - MFSManagement Frame Sent . Cleared on read. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 489 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.12 GMAC Interrupt Disable Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: IDR 0x02C - Write-only This register is write-only and will always return zero. The following values are valid for all listed bit names of this register: 0: No effect. 1: Disables the corresponding interrupt. Bit 31 30 29 TSUCMP W - 28 WOL W - 27 RXLPISBC R - 26 SRI W - 25 PDRSFT W - 24 PDRQFT W - 23 PDRSFR W - 22 PDRQFR W - 21 SFT W - 20 DRQFT W - 19 SFR W - 18 DRQFR W - 17 16 15 EXINT W - 14 PFTR W - 13 PTZ W - 12 PFNZ W - 11 HRESP W - 10 ROVR W - 9 8 7 TCOMP W - 6 TFC W - 5 RLEX W - 4 TUR W - 3 TXUBR W - 2 RXUBR W - 1 RCOMP W - 0 MFS W - Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 29 - TSUCMPTSU Timer Comparison Bit 28 - WOLWake On LAN Bit 27 - RXLPISBCReceive LPI indication Status Bit Change Receive LPI indication status bit change. Cleared on read. Bit 26 - SRITSU Seconds Register Increment Bit 25 - PDRSFTPDelay Response Frame Transmitted Bit 24 - PDRQFTPDelay Request Frame Transmitted Bit 23 - PDRSFRPDelay Response Frame Received Bit 22 - PDRQFRPDelay Request Frame Received Bit 21 - SFTPTP Sync Frame Transmitted Bit 20 - DRQFTPTP Delay Request Frame Transmitted Bit 19 - SFRPTP Sync Frame Received (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 490 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC Bit 18 - DRQFRPTP Delay Request Frame Received Bit 15 - EXINTExternal Interrupt Bit 14 - PFTRPause Frame Transmitted Bit 13 - PTZPause Time Zero Bit 12 - PFNZPause Frame with Non-zero Pause Quantum Received Bit 11 - HRESPHRESP Not OK Bit 10 - ROVRReceive Overrun Bit 7 - TCOMPTransmit Complete Bit 6 - TFCTransmit Frame Corruption Due to AHB Error Bit 5 - RLEXRetry Limit Exceeded or Late Collision Bit 4 - TURTransmit Underrun Bit 3 - TXUBRTX Used Bit Read Bit 2 - RXUBRRX Used Bit Read Bit 1 - RCOMPReceive Complete Bit 0 - MFSManagement Frame Sent (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 491 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.13 GMAC Interrupt Mask Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: IMR 0x030 0x07FFFFFF - This register is a read-only register indicating which interrupts are masked. All bits are set at Reset and can be reset individually by writing to the Interrupt Enable Register (IER), or set individually by writing to the Interrupt Disable Register (IDR). For test purposes there is a write-only function to this register that allows the bits in the Interrupt Status Register to be set or cleared, regardless of the state of the mask register. A write to this register directly affects the state of the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Status Register, causing an interrupt to be generated if a 1 is written. The following values are valid for all listed bit names of this register when read: 0: The corresponding interrupt is enabled. 1: The corresponding interrupt is not enabled. Bit 31 30 29 TSUCMP W 0 28 WOL R 0 27 26 SRI R 1 25 PDRSFT R 1 24 PDRQFT R 1 23 PDRSFR R 1 22 PDRQFR R 1 21 SFT R 1 20 DRQFT R 1 19 SFR R 1 18 DRQFR R 1 17 16 15 EXINT R 1 14 PFTR R 1 13 PTZ R 1 12 PFNZ R 1 11 HRESP R 1 10 ROVR R 1 9 8 7 TCOMP R 1 6 TFC R 1 5 RLEX R 1 4 TUR R 1 3 TXUBR R 1 2 RXUBR R 1 1 RCOMP R 1 0 MFS R 1 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 29 - TSUCMPTSU Timer Comparison Indicates TSU times count and comparison value are equal. Bit 28 - WOLWake On LAN WOL interrupt. Indicates a WOL message has been received. Bit 26 - SRITSU Seconds Register Increment Indicates the register has incremented. Cleared on read. Bit 25 - PDRSFTPDelay Response Frame Transmitted Bit 24 - PDRQFTPDelay Request Frame Transmitted Bit 23 - PDRSFRPDelay Response Frame Received Bit 22 - PDRQFRPDelay Request Frame Received (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 492 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC Bit 21 - SFTPTP Sync Frame Transmitted Bit 20 - DRQFTPTP Delay Request Frame Transmitted Bit 19 - SFRPTP Sync Frame Received Bit 18 - DRQFRPTP Delay Request Frame Received Bit 15 - EXINTExternal Interrupt Bit 14 - PFTRPause Frame Transmitted Bit 13 - PTZPause Time Zero Bit 12 - PFNZPause Frame with Non-zero Pause Quantum Received Bit 11 - HRESPHRESP Not OK Bit 10 - ROVRReceive Overrun Bit 7 - TCOMPTransmit Complete Bit 6 - TFCTransmit Frame Corruption Due to AHB Error Bit 5 - RLEX Retry Limit Exceeded Bit 4 - TURTransmit Underrun Bit 3 - TXUBRTX Used Bit Read Bit 2 - RXUBRRX Used Bit Read Bit 1 - RCOMPReceive Complete Bit 0 - MFSManagement Frame Sent (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 493 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.14 GMAC PHY Maintenance Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: MAN 0x034 0x00000000 Read/Write This register is a shift register. Writing to it starts a shift operation which is signaled completed when bit 2 is set in the Network Status Register (NSR). It takes about 2000 MCK cycles to complete, when MDC is set for MCK divide by 32 in the Network Configuration Register. An interrupt is generated upon completion. During this time, the MSB of the register is output on the MDIO pin and the LSB updated from the MDIO pin with each MDC cycle. This causes transmission of a PHY management frame on MDIO. Refer also to section 22.2.4.5 of the IEEE 802.3 standard. Reading during the shift operation returns the current contents of the shift register. At the end of management operation, the bits will have shifted back to their original locations. For a read operation, the data bits are updated with data read from the PHY. It is important to write the correct values to the register to ensure a valid PHY management frame is produced. The MDIO interface can read IEEE 802.3 clause 45 PHYs, as well as clause 22 PHYs. To read clause 45 PHYs, bit 30 should be written with a '0' rather than a '1'. To write clause 45 PHYs, bits 31:28 should be written as 0x1: PHY Access Clause 22 Clause 45 Bit Value WZO CLTTO OP[1] OP[0] Read 0 1 1 0 Write 0 1 0 1 Read 0 0 1 1 Write 0 0 0 1 Read + Address 0 0 1 0 For a description of MDC generation, see also the 'GMAC Network Configuration Register' (NCR) description. Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 31 WZO R/W 0 30 CLTTO R/W 0 29 28 27 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 PHYA[0] R/W 0 22 21 19 R/W 0 R/W 0 20 REGA[4:0] R/W 0 18 17 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 OP[1:0] PHYA[4:1] 16 WTN[1:0] DATA[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 DATA[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit 31 - WZOWrite ZERO Must be written to '0'. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 494 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC Value 0 1 Description Mandatory Reserved Bit 30 - CLTTOClause 22 Operation Value Description 0 Clause 45 operation 1 Clause 22 operation Bits 29:28 - OP[1:0]Operation Value Description 01 Write 10 Read Other Reseved Bits 27:23 - PHYA[4:0]PHY Address Bits 22:18 - REGA[4:0]Register Address Specifies the register in the PHY to access. Bits 17:16 - WTN[1:0]Write Ten Must be written to '10'. Value Description 10 Mandatory Other Reserved Bits 15:0 - DATA[15:0]PHY Data For a write operation, this field is written with the data to be written to the PHY. After a read operation, this field contains the data read from the PHY. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 495 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.15 GMAC Receive Pause Quantum Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit RPQ 0x038 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit RPQ[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 RPQ[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 15:0 - RPQ[15:0]Received Pause Quantum Stores the current value of the Receive Pause Quantum Register which is decremented every 512 bit times. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 496 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.16 GMAC Transmit Pause Quantum Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit TPQ 0x03C 0x0000FFFF - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 3 2 1 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit TPQ[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 7 6 5 4 TPQ[7:0] Access Reset R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 Bits 15:0 - TPQ[15:0]Transmit Pause Quantum Written with the pause quantum value for pause frame transmission. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 497 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.17 GMAC TX Partial Store and Forward Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit TPSF 0x040 0x00000FFF - 31 ENTXP R/W 0 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset R/W 1 7 6 5 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 4 3 TPB1ADR[7:0] R/W R/W 1 1 10 9 TPB1ADR[11:8] R/W R/W 1 1 8 R/W 1 2 1 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 Bit 31 - ENTXPEnable TX Partial Store and Forward Operation Bits 11:0 - TPB1ADR[11:0]Transmit Partial Store and Forward Address Watermark value. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 498 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.18 GMAC RX Partial Store and Forward Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit RPSF 0x044 0x00000FFF - 31 ENRXP R 0 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset R/W 1 7 6 5 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 4 3 RPB1ADR[7:0] R/W R/W 1 1 10 9 RPB1ADR[11:8] R/W R/W 1 1 8 R/W 1 2 1 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 Bit 31 - ENRXPEnable RX Partial Store and Forward Operation Bits 11:0 - RPB1ADR[11:0]Receive Partial Store and Forward Address Watermark value. Reset = 1. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 499 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.19 GMAC RX Jumbo Frame Max Length Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit RJFML 0x048 0x00003FFF - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 3 2 1 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit FML[13:8] Access Reset Bit 7 6 R/W 1 R/W 1 5 4 FML[7:0] Access Reset R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 Bits 13:0 - FML[13:0]Frame Max Length Rx jumbo frame maximum length. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 500 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.20 GMAC Hash Register Bottom Name: Offset: Reset: Property: HRB 0x080 0x00000000 Read/Write The unicast hash enable (UNIHEN) and the multicast hash enable (MITIHEN) bits in the Network Configuration Register (NCFGR) enable the reception of hash matched frames. Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 28 27 ADDR[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 20 19 ADDR[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 ADDR[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 ADDR[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - ADDR[31:0]Hash Address The first 32 bits of the Hash Address Register. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 501 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.21 GMAC Hash Register Top Name: Offset: Reset: Property: HRT 0x084 0x00000000 Read/Write The Unicast Hash Enable (UNIHEN) and the Multicast Hash Enable (MITIHEN) bits in the Network Configuration Register (NCFGR) enable the reception of hash matched frames. Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 28 27 ADDR[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 20 19 ADDR[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 ADDR[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 ADDR[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - ADDR[31:0]Hash Address Bits 63 to 32 of the Hash Address Register. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 502 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.22 GMAC Specific Address n Bottom Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: SAB 0x88 + n*0x08 [n=0..3] 0x00000000 - The addresses stored in the Specific Address Registers are deactivated at reset or when their corresponding Specific Address Register Bottom is written. They are activated when Specific Address Register Top is written. Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 28 27 ADDR[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 20 19 ADDR[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 ADDR[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 ADDR[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - ADDR[31:0]Specific Address n Least significant 32 bits of the destination address, that is, bits 31:0. Bit zero indicates whether the address is multicast or unicast and corresponds to the least significant bit of the first byte received. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 503 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.23 GMAC Specific Address n Top Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: SAT 0x8C + n*0x08 [n=0..3] 0x00000000 - The addresses stored in the Specific Address Registers are deactivated at reset or when their corresponding Specific Address Register Bottom is written. They are activated when Specific Address Register Top is written. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit ADDR[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 ADDR[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 15:0 - ADDR[15:0]Specific Address n The most significant bits of the destination address, that is, bits 47:32. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 504 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.24 GMAC Type ID Match n Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit TIDM 0xA8 + n*0x04 [n=0..3] 0x00000000 - 31 ENIDn R/W 0 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit TID[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 TID[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit 31 - ENIDnEnable Copying of TID Matched Frames Value Description 0 TID n is not part of the comparison match. 1 TID n is processed for the comparison match. Bits 15:0 - TID[15:0]Type ID Match n For use in comparisons with received frames type ID/length frames. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 505 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.25 GMAC Wake on LAN Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit WOL 0x0B8 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 MTI R/W 0 18 SA1 R/W 0 17 ARP R/W 0 16 MAG R/W 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit IP[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 IP[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit 19 - MTIMulticast Hash Event Enable Value Description 0 Wake on LAN multicast hash Event disabled 1 Wake on LAN multicast hash Event enabled Bit 18 - SA1Specific Address Register 1 Event Enable Value Description 0 Wake on Specific Address Register 1 Event disabled 1 Wake on Specific Address Register 1 Event enabled Bit 17 - ARPARP Request Event Enable Value Description 0 Wake on LAN ARP request Event disabled 1 Wake on LAN ARP request Event enabled Bit 16 - MAGMagic Packet Event Enable Value Description 0 Wake on LAN magic packet Event disabled 1 Wake on LAN magic packet Event enabled Bits 15:0 - IP[15:0]ARP Request IP Address Wake on LAN ARP request IP address. Written to define the 16 least significant bits of the target IP address that is matched to generate a Wake on LAN event. Value Description 0x0000 No Event generated, even if matched by the received frame. 0x0001-0 Wake on LAN Event generated for matching LSB of the target IP address. xFFFF (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 506 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.26 GMAC IPG Stretch Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit IPGS 0x0BC 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit FL[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 FL[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 15:0 - FL[15:0]Frame Length Bits FL[7:0] are multiplied with the previously transmitted frame length (including preamble), and divided by FL[7:0] FL[15:8]+1 (adding 1 to prevent division by zero). RESULT = F[15+8]+1 If RESULT > 96 and the IP Stretch Enable bit in the Network Configuration Register (NCFGR.IPGSEN) is written to '1', RESULT is used for the transmit inter-packet-gap. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 507 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.27 GMAC Stacked VLAN Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 ESVLAN SVLAN 0x0C0 0x00000000 - 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 20 19 18 17 16 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset 0 Bit 23 22 21 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 12 11 VLAN_TYPE[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 3 VLAN_TYPE[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bit 31 - ESVLANEnable Stacked VLAN Processing Mode 0: Disable the stacked VLAN processing mode 1: Enable the stacked VLAN processing mode Value Description 0 Stacked VLAN Processing disabled 1 Stacked VLAN Processing enabled Bits 15:0 - VLAN_TYPE[15:0]User Defined VLAN_TYPE Field When Stacked VLAN is enabled (ESVLAN=1), the first VLAN tag in a received frame will only be accepted if the VLAN type field is equal to this user defined VLAN_TYPE, OR equal to the standard VLAN type (0x8100). Note: The second VLAN tag of a Stacked VLAN packet will only be matched correctly if its VLAN_TYPE field equals 0x8100. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 508 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.28 GMAC Specific Address 1 Mask Bottom Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit SAMB1 0x0C8 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 28 27 ADDR[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 20 19 ADDR[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 ADDR[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 ADDR[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - ADDR[31:0]Specific Address 1 Mask Setting a bit to '1' masks the corresponding bit in the Specific Address 1 Bottom register (SAB1). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 509 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.29 GMAC Specific Address Mask 1 Top Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit SAMT1 0x0CC 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit ADDR[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 ADDR[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 15:0 - ADDR[15:0]Specific Address 1 Mask Setting a bit to '1' masks the corresponding bit in the Specific Address 1 register SAT1. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 510 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.30 GMAC 1588 Timer Nanosecond Comparison Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit NSC 0x0DC 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 NANOSEC[20:16] R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 12 11 NANOSEC[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 3 NANOSEC[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bits 20:0 - NANOSEC[20:0]1588 Timer Nanosecond Comparison Value Value is compared to the bits [45:24] of the TSU timer count value (upper 21 bits of nanosecond value). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 511 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.31 GMAC 1588 Timer Second Comparison Low Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 SCL 0x0E0 0x00000000 - 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 19 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 SEC[31:24] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 20 SEC[23:16] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 SEC[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 SEC[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - SEC[31:0]1588 Timer Second Comparison Value Value is compared to seconds value bits [31:0] of the TSU timer count value. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 512 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.32 GMAC 1588 Timer Second Comparison High Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit SCH 0x0E4 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit SEC[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 SEC[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 15:0 - SEC[15:0]1588 Timer Second Comparison Value Value is compared to the top 16 bits (most significant 16 bits [47:32] of seconds value) of the TSU timer count value. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 513 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.33 GMAC PTP Event Frame Transmitted Seconds High Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit EFTSH 0x0E8 0x00000000 Read-only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit RUD[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 RUD[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 15:0 - RUD[15:0]Register Update The register is updated with the value that the IEEE 1588 timer seconds register held when the SFD of a PTP transmit primary event crosses the MII interface. An interrupt is issued when the register is updated. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 514 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.34 GMAC PTP Event Frame Received Seconds High Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit EFRSH 0x0EC 0x00000000 Read-only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit RUD[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 RUD[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 15:0 - RUD[15:0]Register Update The register is updated with the value that the IEEE 1588 timer seconds register held when the SFD of a PTP transmit primary event crosses the MII interface. An interrupt is issued when the register is updated. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 515 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.35 GMAC PTP Peer Event Frame Transmitted Seconds High Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit PEFTSH 0x0F0 0x00000000 Read-Only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit RUD[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 RUD[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 15:0 - RUD[15:0]Register Update The register is updated with the value that the IEEE 1588 timer seconds register held when the SFD of a PTP transmit peer event crosses the MII interface. An interrupt is issued when the register is updated. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 516 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.36 GMAC PTP Peer Event Frame Received Seconds High Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit PEFRSH 0x0F4 0x00000000 Read-Only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit RUD[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 RUD[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 15:0 - RUD[15:0]Register Update The register is updated with the value that the 1588 timer seconds register held when the SFD of a PTP transmit peer event crosses the MII interface. An interrupt is issued when the register is updated. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 517 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.37 GMAC Octets Transmitted Low Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: OTLO 0x100 0x00000000 Read-Only When reading the Octets Transmitted and Octets Received Registers, bits [31:0] should be read prior to bits [47:32] to ensure reliable operation. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 TXO[31:24] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 TXO[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 TXO[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 TXO[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - TXO[31:0]Transmitted Octets Transmitted octets in valid frames of any type without errors, bits [31:0]. This counter is 48-bits, and is read through two registers. This count does not include octets from automatically generated pause frames. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 518 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.38 GMAC Octets Transmitted High Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: OTHI 0x104 0x00000000 Read-Only When reading the Octets Transmitted and Octets Received Registers, bits [31:0] should be read prior to bits [47:32] to ensure reliable operation. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit TXO[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 TXO[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 15:0 - TXO[15:0]Transmitted Octets Transmitted octets in valid frames of any type without errors, bits [47:32]. This counter is 48-bits, and is read through two registers. This count does not include octets from automatically generated pause frames. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 519 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.39 GMAC Frames Transmitted Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 FT 0x108 0x00000000 Read-only 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 FTX[31:24] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 FTX[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 FTX[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 FTX[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - FTX[31:0]Frames Transmitted without Error Frames transmitted without error. This register counts the number of frames successfully transmitted, i.e., no underrun and not too many retries. Excludes pause frames. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 520 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.40 GMAC Broadcast Frames Transmitted Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 BCFT 0x10C 0x00000000 Read-only 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 BFTX[31:24] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 BFTX[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 BFTX[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 BFTX[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - BFTX[31:0]Broadcast Frames Transmitted without Error This register counts the number of broadcast frames successfully transmitted without error, i.e., no underrun and not too many retries. Excludes pause frames. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 521 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.41 GMAC Multicast Frames Transmitted Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 MFT 0x110 0x00000000 Read-Only 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 MFTX[31:24] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 MFTX[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 MFTX[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 MFTX[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - MFTX[31:0]Multicast Frames Transmitted without Error This register counts the number of multicast frames successfully transmitted without error, i.e., no underrun and not too many retries. Excludes pause frames. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 522 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.42 GMAC Pause Frames Transmitted Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit PFT 0x114 0x00000000 Read-Only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit PFTX[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 PFTX[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 15:0 - PFTX[15:0]Pause Frames Transmitted Register This register counts the number of pause frames transmitted. Only pause frames triggered by the register interface or through the external pause pins are counted as pause frames. Pause frames received through the FIFO interface are counted in the frames transmitted counter. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 523 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.43 GMAC 64 Byte Frames Transmitted Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 BFT64 0x118 0x00000000 Read-only 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 NFTX[31:24] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 NFTX[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 NFTX[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 NFTX[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - NFTX[31:0]64 Byte Frames Transmitted without Error This register counts the number of 64 byte frames successfully transmitted without error, i.e., no underrun and not too many retries. Excludes pause frames. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 524 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.44 GMAC 65 to 127 Byte Frames Transmitted Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 TBFT127 0x11C 0x00000000 Read-Only 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 NFTX[31:24] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 NFTX[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 NFTX[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 NFTX[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - NFTX[31:0]65 to 127 Byte Frames Transmitted without Error This register counts the number of 65 to 127 byte frames successfully transmitted without error, i.e., no underrun and not too many retries. Excludes pause frames. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 525 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.45 GMAC 128 to 255 Byte Frames Transmitted Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 TBFT255 0x120 0x00000000 Read-Only 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 NFTX[31:24] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 NFTX[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 NFTX[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 NFTX[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - NFTX[31:0]128 to 255 Byte Frames Transmitted without Error This register counts the number of 128 to 255 byte frames successfully transmitted without error, i.e., no underrun and not too many retries. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 526 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.46 GMAC 256 to 511 Byte Frames Transmitted Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 TBFT511 0x124 0x00000000 Read-Only 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 NFTX[31:24] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 NFTX[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 NFTX[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 NFTX[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - NFTX[31:0]256 to 511 Byte Frames Transmitted without Error This register counts the number of 256 to 511 byte frames successfully transmitted without error, i.e., no underrun and not too many retries. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 527 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.47 GMAC 512 to 1023 Byte Frames Transmitted Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 TBFT1023 0x128 0x00000000 Read-Only 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 NFTX[31:24] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 NFTX[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 NFTX[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 NFTX[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - NFTX[31:0]512 to 1023 Byte Frames Transmitted without Error This register counts the number of 512 to 1023 byte frames successfully transmitted without error, i.e., no underrun and not too many retries. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 528 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.48 GMAC 1024 to 1518 Byte Frames Transmitted Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 TBFT1518 0x12C 0x00000000 Read-Only 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 NFTX[31:24] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 NFTX[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 NFTX[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 NFTX[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - NFTX[31:0]1024 to 1518 Byte Frames Transmitted without Error This register counts the number of 1024 to 1518 byte frames successfully transmitted without error, i.e., no underrun and not too many retries. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 529 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.49 GMAC Greater Than 1518 Byte Frames Transmitted Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 GTBFT1518 0x130 0x00000000 Read-only 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 NFTX[31:24] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 NFTX[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 NFTX[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 NFTX[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - NFTX[31:0]Greater than 1518 Byte Frames Transmitted without Error This register counts the number of 1518 or above byte frames successfully transmitted without error i.e., no underrun and not too many retries. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 530 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.50 GMAC Transmit Underruns Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit TUR 0x134 0x00000000 Read-Only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 8 TXUNR[9:8] Access Reset Bit 7 6 5 4 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 TXUNR[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 9:0 - TXUNR[9:0]Transmit Underruns This register counts the number of frames not transmitted due to a transmit underrun. If this register is incremented then no other statistics register is incremented. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 531 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.51 GMAC Single Collision Frames Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit SCF 0x138 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 24 Access Reset Bit 16 SCOL[17:16] Access Reset Bit 15 14 13 12 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 SCOL[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 SCOL[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 17:0 - SCOL[17:0]Single Collision This register counts the number of frames experiencing a single collision before being successfully transmitted i.e., no underrun. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 532 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.52 GMAC Multiple Collision Frames Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit MCF 0x13C 0x00000000 Read-Only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 24 Access Reset Bit 16 MCOL[17:16] Access Reset Bit 15 14 13 12 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 MCOL[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 MCOL[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 17:0 - MCOL[17:0]Multiple Collision This register counts the number of frames experiencing between two and fifteen collisions prior to being successfully transmitted, i.e., no underrun and not too many retries. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 533 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.53 GMAC Excessive Collisions Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit EC 0x140 0x00000000 Read-only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 8 XCOL[9:8] Access Reset Bit 7 6 5 4 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 XCOL[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 9:0 - XCOL[9:0]Excessive Collisions This register counts the number of frames that failed to be transmitted because they experienced 16 collisions. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 534 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.54 GMAC Late Collisions Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit LC 0x144 0x00000000 Read-Only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 8 LCOL[9:8] Access Reset Bit 7 6 5 4 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 LCOL[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 9:0 - LCOL[9:0]Late Collisions This register counts the number of late collisions occurring after the slot time (512 bits) has expired. In 10/100 mode, late collisions are counted twice i.e., both as a collision and a late collision. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 535 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.55 GMAC Deferred Transmission Frames Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit DTF 0x148 0x00000000 Read-only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 24 Access Reset Bit 16 DEFT[17:16] Access Reset Bit 15 14 13 12 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 DEFT[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 DEFT[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 17:0 - DEFT[17:0]Deferred Transmission This register counts the number of frames experiencing deferral due to carrier sense being active on their first attempt at transmission. Frames involved in any collision are not counted nor are frames that experienced a transmit underrun. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 536 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.56 GMAC Carrier Sense Errors Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit CSE 0x14C 0x00000000 Read-only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 8 CSR[9:8] Access Reset Bit 7 6 5 4 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 CSR[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 9:0 - CSR[9:0]Carrier Sense Error This register counts the number of frames transmitted with carrier sense was not seen during transmission or where carrier sense was de-asserted after being asserted in a transmit frame without collision (no underrun). Only incremented in half duplex mode. The only effect of a carrier sense error is to increment this register. The behavior of the other statistics registers is unaffected by the detection of a carrier sense error. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 537 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.57 GMAC Octets Received Low Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: ORLO 0x150 0x00000000 Read-Only When reading the Octets Transmitted and Octets Received Registers, bits [31:0] should be read prior to bits [47:32] to ensure reliable operation. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 RXO[31:24] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 RXO[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 RXO[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 RXO[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - RXO[31:0]Received Octets Received octets in frame without errors [31:0]. The number of octets received in valid frames of any type. This counter is 48-bits and is read through two registers. This count does not include octets from pause frames, and is only incremented if the frame is successfully filtered and copied to memory. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 538 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.58 GMAC Octets Received High Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: ORHI 0x154 0x00000000 Read-only When reading the Octets Transmitted and Octets Received Registers, bits 31:0 should be read prior to bits 47:32 to ensure reliable operation. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit RXO[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 RXO[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 15:0 - RXO[15:0]Received Octets Received octets in frame without errors [47:32]. The number of octets received in valid frames of any type. This counter is 48-bits and is read through two registers. This count does not include octets from pause frames, and is only incremented if the frame is successfully filtered and copied to memory. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 539 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.59 GMAC Frames Received Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 FR 0x158 0x00000000 Read-only 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 FRX[31:24] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 FRX[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 FRX[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 FRX[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - FRX[31:0]Frames Received without Error This bit field counts the number of frames successfully received, excluding pause frames. It is only incremented if the frame is successfully filtered and copied to memory. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 540 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.60 GMAC Broadcast Frames Received Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 BCFR 0x15C 0x00000000 Read-only 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 BFRX[31:24] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 BFRX[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 BFRX[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 BFRX[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - BFRX[31:0]Broadcast Frames Received without Error Broadcast frames received without error. This bit field counts the number of broadcast frames successfully received. This excludes pause frames, and is only incremented if the frame is successfully filtered and copied to memory. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 541 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.61 GMAC Multicast Frames Received Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 MFR 0x160 0x00000000 Read-only 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 MFRX[31:24] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 MFRX[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 MFRX[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 MFRX[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - MFRX[31:0]Multicast Frames Received without Error This register counts the number of multicast frames successfully received without error, excluding pause frames, and is only incremented if the frame is successfully filtered and copied to memory. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 542 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.62 GMAC Pause Frames Received Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit PFR 0x164 0x00000000 Read-Only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit PFRX[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 PFRX[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 15:0 - PFRX[15:0]Pause Frames Received Register This register counts the number of pause frames received without error. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 543 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.63 GMAC 64 Byte Frames Received Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 BFR64 0x168 0x00000000 Read-only 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 NFRX[31:24] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 NFRX[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 NFRX[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 NFRX[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - NFRX[31:0]64 Byte Frames Received without Error This bit field counts the number of 64 byte frames successfully received without error. Excludes pause frames, and is only incremented if the frame is successfully filtered and copied to memory. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 544 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.64 GMAC 65 to 127 Byte Frames Received Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 TBFR127 0x16C 0x00000000 Read-Only 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 NFRX[31:24] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 NFRX[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 NFRX[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 NFRX[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - NFRX[31:0]65 to 127 Byte Frames Received without Error This bit field counts the number of 65 to 127 byte frames successfully received without error. Excludes pause frames, and is only incremented if the frame is successfully filtered and copied to memory. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 545 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.65 GMAC 128 to 255 Byte Frames Received Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 TBFR255 0x170 0x00000000 Read-Only 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 NFRX[31:24] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 NFRX[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 NFRX[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 NFRX[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - NFRX[31:0]128 to 255 Byte Frames Received without Error This bit field counts the number of 128 to 255 byte frames successfully received without error. Excludes pause frames, and is only incremented if the frame is successfully filtered and copied to memory. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 546 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.66 GMAC 256 to 511 Byte Frames Received Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 TBFR511 0x174 0x00000000 Read-Only 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 NFRX[31:24] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 NFRX[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 NFRX[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 NFRX[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - NFRX[31:0]256 to 511 Byte Frames Received without Error This bit fields counts the number of 256 to 511 byte frames successfully received without error. Excludes pause frames, and is only incremented if the frame is successfully filtered and copied to memory. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 547 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.67 GMAC 512 to 1023 Byte Frames Received Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 TBFR1023 0x178 0x00000000 Read-Only 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 NFRX[31:24] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 NFRX[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 NFRX[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 NFRX[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - NFRX[31:0]512 to 1023 Byte Frames Received without Error This bit field counts the number of 512 to 1023 byte frames successfully received without error. Excludes pause frames, and is only incremented if the frame is successfully filtered and copied to memory. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 548 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.68 GMAC 1024 to 1518 Byte Frames Received Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 TBFR1518 0x17C 0x00000000 Read-Only 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 NFRX[31:24] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 NFRX[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 NFRX[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 NFRX[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - NFRX[31:0]1024 to 1518 Byte Frames Received without Error This bit field counts the number of 1024 to 1518 byte frames successfully received without error, i.e., no underrun and not too many retries. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 549 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.69 GMAC 1519 to Maximum Byte Frames Received Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 TMXBFR 0x180 0x00000000 Read-Only 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 NFRX[31:24] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 NFRX[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 NFRX[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 NFRX[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - NFRX[31:0]1519 to Maximum Byte Frames Received without Error This bit field counts the number of 1519 Byte or above frames successfully received without error. Maximum frame size is determined by the Maximum Frame Size bit (MAXFS, 1536 Bytes) or Jumbo Frame Size bit (JFRAME, 10240 Bytes) in the Network Configuration Register (NCFGR). Excludes pause frames, and is only incremented if the frame is successfully filtered and copied to memory. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 550 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.70 GMAC Undersized Frames Received Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit UFR 0x184 0x00000000 Read-Only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 8 UFRX[9:8] Access Reset Bit 7 6 5 4 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 UFRX[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 9:0 - UFRX[9:0]Undersize Frames Received This bit field counts the number of frames received less than 64 bytes in length (10/100 mode, full duplex) that do not have either a CRC error or an alignment error. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 551 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.71 GMAC Oversized Frames Received Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit OFR 0x188 0x00000000 Read-Only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 8 OFRX[9:8] Access Reset Bit 7 6 5 4 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 OFRX[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 9:0 - OFRX[9:0]Oversized Frames Received This pit field counts the number of frames received exceeding 1518 Bytes in length (1536 Bytes if NCFGR.MAXFS is written to '1') but do not have either a CRC error, an alignment error, nor a receive symbol error. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 552 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.72 GMAC Jabbers Received Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit JR 0x18C 0x00000000 Read-Only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 8 JRX[9:8] Access Reset Bit 7 6 5 4 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 JRX[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 9:0 - JRX[9:0]Jabbers Received This bit field counts the number of frames received exceeding 1518 Bytes in length (1536 Bytes if NCFGR.MAXFS is written to '1') and have either a CRC error, an alignment error or a receive symbol error. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 553 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.73 GMAC Frame Check Sequence Errors Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit FCSE 0x190 0x00000000 Read-only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 8 FCKR[9:8] Access Reset Bit 7 6 5 4 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 FCKR[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 9:0 - FCKR[9:0]Frame Check Sequence Errors The register counts frames that are an integral number of bytes, have bad CRC and are between 64 and 1518 bytes in length (1536 Bytes if NCFGR.MAXFS is written to '1'). This register is also incremented if a symbol error is detected and the frame is of valid length and has an integral number of bytes. This register is incremented for a frame with bad FCS, regardless of whether it is copied to memory due to ignore FCS mode (enabled by writing NCFGR.IRXFCS=1). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 554 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.74 GMAC Length Field Frame Errors Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit LFFE 0x194 0x00000000 Read-Only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 8 LFER[9:8] Access Reset Bit 7 6 5 4 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 LFER[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 9:0 - LFER[9:0]Length Field Frame Errors This bit field counts the number of frames received that have a measured length shorter than that extracted from the length field (Bytes 13 and 14). This condition is only counted if the value of the length field is less than 0x0600, the frame is not of excessive length and checking is enabled by writing a '1' to the Length Field Error Frame Discard bit in the Network Configuration Register (GMAC_NCFGR.LFERD). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 555 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.75 GMAC Receive Symbol Errors Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit RSE 0x198 0x00000000 Read-only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 8 RXSE[9:8] Access Reset Bit 7 6 5 4 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 RXSE[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 9:0 - RXSE[9:0]Receive Symbol Errors This bit field counts the number of frames that had GRXER asserted during reception. For 10/100 mode symbol errors are counted regardless of frame length checks. Receive symbol errors will also be counted as an FCS or alignment error if the frame is between 64 and 1518 Bytes (1536 Bytes if NCFGR.MAXFS=1). If the frame is larger it will be recorded as a jabber error. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 556 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.76 GMAC Alignment Errors Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit AE 0x19C 0x00000000 Read-only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 8 AER[9:8] Access Reset Bit 7 6 5 4 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 AER[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 9:0 - AER[9:0]Alignment Errors This bit field counts the frames that are not an integral number of bytes long and have bad CRC when their length is truncated to an integral number of Bytes and are between 64 and 1518 Bytes in length (1536 if NCFGR.MAXFS=1). This register is also incremented if a symbol error is detected and the frame is of valid length and does not have an integral number of bytes. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 557 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.77 GMAC Receive Resource Errors Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit RRE 0x1A0 0x00000000 Read-Only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RXRER[17:16] R R 0 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit RXRER[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 RXRER[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 17:0 - RXRER[17:0]Receive Resource Errors This bit field counts frames that are not an integral number of bytes long and have bad CRC when their length is truncated to an integral number of Bytes and are between 64 and 1518 Bytes in length (1536 if NCFGR.MAXFS=1). This bit field is also incremented if a symbol error is detected and the frame is of valid length and does not have an integral number of Bytes. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 558 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.78 GMAC Receive Overruns Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit ROE 0x1A4 0x00000000 Read-Only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 8 RXOVR[9:8] Access Reset Bit 7 6 5 4 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 RXOVR[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 9:0 - RXOVR[9:0]Receive Overruns This bit field counts the number of frames that are address recognized but were not copied to memory due to a receive overrun. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 559 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.79 GMAC IP Header Checksum Errors Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit IHCE 0x1A8 0x00000000 Read-only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit HCKER[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 7:0 - HCKER[7:0]IP Header Checksum Errors This register counts the number of frames discarded due to an incorrect IP header checksum, but are between 64 and 1518 Bytes (1536 Bytes if GMAC_NCFGR.MAXFS=1) and do not have a CRC error, an alignment error, nor a symbol error. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 560 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.80 GMAC TCP Checksum Errors Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit TCE 0x1AC 0x00000000 Read-Only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit TCKER[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 7:0 - TCKER[7:0]TCP Checksum Errors This register counts the number of frames discarded due to an incorrect TCP checksum, but are between 64 and 1518 Bytes (1536 Bytes if NCFGR.MAXFS=1) and do not have a CRC error, an alignment error, nor a symbol error. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 561 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.81 GMAC UDP Checksum Errors Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit UCE 0x1B0 0x00000000 Read-Only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit UCKER[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 7:0 - UCKER[7:0]UDP Checksum Errors This register counts the number of frames discarded due to an incorrect UDP checksum, but are between 64 and 1518 Bytes (1536 Bytes if NCFGR.MAXFS=1) and do not have a CRC error, an alignment error, nor a symbol error. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 562 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.82 GMAC 1588 Timer Increment Sub-nanoseconds Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit TISUBN 0x1BC 0x00000000 Read/Write 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 11 LSBTIR[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 3 LSBTIR[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bits 15:0 - LSBTIR[15:0]Lower Significant Bits of Timer Increment Register Lower significant bits of Timer Increment Register [15:0], giving a 24-bit timer_increment counter. These bits are the sub-ns value which the 1588 timer will be incremented each clock cycle. Bit n = 2(n-16) ns giving a resolution of approximately 15.2E-15 sec. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 563 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.83 GMAC 1588 Timer Seconds High Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit TSH 0x1C0 0x00000000 Read/Write 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit TCS[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 TCS[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 15:0 - TCS[15:0]Timer Count in Seconds This register is writable. It increments by 1 when the IEEE 1588 nanoseconds counter counts to one second. It may also be incremented when the Timer Adjust Register is written. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 564 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.84 GMAC 1588 Timer Seconds Low Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 TSL 0x1D0 0x00000000 Read/Write 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 19 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 TCS[31:24] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 20 TCS[23:16] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 TCS[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 TCS[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - TCS[31:0]Timer Count in Seconds This register is writable. It increments by 1 when the IEEE 1588 nanoseconds counter counts to one second. It may also be incremented when the Timer Adjust Register is written. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 565 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.85 1588 Timer Sync Strobe Seconds [31:0] Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 TSSSL 0x1C8 0x00000000 Read/Write 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 19 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 VTS[31:24] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 20 VTS[23:16] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 VTS[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 VTS[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - VTS[31:0]Value of Timer Seconds Register Capture This register is writable. It increments by 1 when the IEEE 1588 nanoseconds counter counts to one second. It may also be incremented when the Timer Adjust Register is written. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 566 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.86 GMAC 1588 Timer Sync Strobe Nanoseconds Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 TSSN 0x1CC 0x00000000 Read/Write 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 19 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 VTN[29:24] Access Reset Bit 23 22 R/W 0 R/W 0 21 20 VTN[23:16] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 VTN[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 VTN[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 29:0 - VTN[29:0]Value Timer Nanoseconds Register Capture This register is writable. It increments by 1 when the IEEE 1588 nanoseconds counter counts to one second. It may also be incremented when the Timer Adjust Register is written. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 567 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.87 GMAC 1588 Timer Nanoseconds Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 TN 0x1D4 0x00000000 Read/Write 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 19 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 TNS[29:24] Access Reset Bit 23 22 R/W 0 R/W 0 21 20 TNS[23:16] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 TNS[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 TNS[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 29:0 - TNS[29:0]Timer Count in Nanoseconds This register is writable. It can also be adjusted by writes to the IEEE 1588 Timer Adjust Register. It increments by the value of the IEEE 1588 Timer Increment Register each clock cycle. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 568 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.88 GMAC 1588 Timer Adjust Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit TA 0x1D8 0x00000000 Write-Only 31 ADJ W 0 30 23 22 29 28 27 26 25 24 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 19 18 17 16 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 11 10 9 8 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 3 2 1 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 ITDT[29:24] W 0 W 0 21 20 ITDT[23:16] Access Reset W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 ITDT[15:8] Access Reset W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 ITDT[7:0] Access Reset W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 Bit 31 - ADJAdjust 1588 Timer Write as '1' to subtract from the 1588 timer. Write as '0' to add to it. Bits 29:0 - ITDT[29:0]Increment/Decrement The number of nanoseconds to increment or decrement the IEEE 1588 Timer Nanoseconds Register. If necessary, the IEEE 1588 Seconds Register will be incremented or decremented. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 569 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.89 GMAC IEEE 1588 Timer Increment Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit TI 0x1DC 0x00000000 Read/Write 31 30 29 28 23 22 21 20 27 26 25 24 19 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit NIT[7:0] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 ACNS[7:0] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 CNS[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 23:16 - NIT[7:0]Number of Increments The number of increments after which the alternative increment is used. Bits 15:8 - ACNS[7:0]Alternative Count Nanoseconds Alternative count of nanoseconds by which the 1588 Timer Nanoseconds Register will be incremented each clock cycle. Bits 7:0 - CNS[7:0]Count Nanoseconds A count of nanoseconds by which the IEEE 1588 Timer Nanoseconds Register will be incremented each clock cycle. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 570 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.90 GMAC PTP Event Frame Transmitted Seconds Low Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 EFTSL 0x1E0 0x00000000 Read-only 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 RUD[31:24] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 RUD[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 RUD[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 RUD[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - RUD[31:0]Register Update The register is updated with the value that the IEEE 1588 Timer Seconds Register holds when the SFD of a PTP transmit primary event crosses the MII interface. An interrupt is issued when the register is updated. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 571 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.91 GMAC PTP Event Frame Transmitted Nanoseconds Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 EFTN 0x1E4 0x00000000 Read-only 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 RUD[29:24] Access Reset Bit 23 22 R 0 R 0 21 20 RUD[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 RUD[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 RUD[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 29:0 - RUD[29:0]Register Update The register is updated with the value that the IEEE 1588 Timer Nanoseconds Register holds when the SFD of a PTP transmit primary event crosses the MII interface. An interrupt is issued when the bit field is updated. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 572 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.92 GMAC PTP Event Frame Received Seconds Low Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 EFRSL 0x1E8 0x00000000 Read-only 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 RUD[31:24] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 RUD[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 RUD[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 RUD[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - RUD[31:0]Register Update The register is updated with the value that the IEEE 1588 Timer Seconds Register holds when the SFD of a PTP receive primary event crosses the MII interface. An interrupt is issued when the register is updated. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 573 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.93 GMAC PTP Event Frame Received Nanoseconds Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 EFRN 0x1EC 0x00000000 Read-only 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 RUD[29:24] Access Reset Bit 23 22 R 0 R 0 21 20 RUD[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 RUD[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 RUD[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 29:0 - RUD[29:0]Register Update The register is updated with the value that the IEEE 1588 Timer Nanoseconds Register holds when the SFD of a PTP receive primary event crosses the MII interface. An interrupt is issued when the register is updated. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 574 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.94 GMAC PTP Peer Event Frame Transmitted Seconds Low Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 PEFTSL 0x1F0 0x00000000 Read-Only 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 RUD[31:24] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 RUD[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 RUD[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 RUD[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - RUD[31:0]Register Update The register is updated with the value that the IEEE 1588 Timer Seconds Register holds when the SFD of a PTP transmit peer event crosses the MII interface. An interrupt is issued when the register is updated. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 575 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.95 GMAC PTP Peer Event Frame Transmitted Nanoseconds Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 PEFTN 0x1F4 0x00000000 Read-Only 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 RUD[29:24] Access Reset Bit 23 22 R 0 R 0 21 20 RUD[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 RUD[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 RUD[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 29:0 - RUD[29:0]Register Update The register is updated with the value that the 1588 Timer Nanoseconds Register holds when the SFD of a PTP transmit peer event crosses the MII interface. An interrupt is issued when the register is updated. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 576 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.96 GMAC PTP Peer Event Frame Received Seconds Low Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 PEFRSL 0x1F8 0x00000000 Read-Only 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 RUD[31:24] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 RUD[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 RUD[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 RUD[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - RUD[31:0]Register Update The register is updated with the value that the IEEE 1588 Timer Seconds Register holds when the SFD of a PTP receive primary event crosses the MII interface. An interrupt is issued when the register is updated. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 577 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.97 GMAC PTP Peer Event Frame Received Nanoseconds Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 PEFRN 0x1FC 0x00000000 Read-Only 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 RUD[29:24] Access Reset Bit 23 22 R 0 R 0 21 20 RUD[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 RUD[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 RUD[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 29:0 - RUD[29:0]Register Update The register is updated with the value that the IEEE 1588 Timer Nanoseconds Register holds when the SFD of a PTP receive primary event crosses the MII interface. An interrupt is issued when the register is updated. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 578 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.98 Received LPI Transitions Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit RLPITR 0x270 0x00000000 Read-Only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit RLPITR[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 RLPITR[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 15:0 - RLPITR[15:0]Received LPI Transitions The value of this bit field is a counter of transitions from receiving normal idle to receiving low power idle. Cleared on read. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 579 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.99 Received LPI Time Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit RLPITI 0x274 0x00000000 Read-Only 31 30 29 28 23 22 21 20 27 26 25 24 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Access Reset Bit RLPITI[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 RLPITI[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 RLPITI[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 23:0 - RLPITI[23:0]Received LPI Time The value of this bit field increments once every 16 AHB clock cycles when the Low Power Idle Enable bit in the Network Configuration Register (NCR.LPI) is written to '1'. Cleared on read. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 580 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.100 Transmit LPI Transitions Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit TLPITR 0x278 0x00000000 Read-Only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit TLPITR[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 TLPITR[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 15:0 - TLPITR[15:0]Transmit LPI Transitions A count of the number of times the Low Power Idle Enable bit in the Network Configuration Register (NCR.LPI) goes from '0' to '1'. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 581 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet GMAC - Ethernet MAC 24.9.101 Transmit LPI Time Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit TLPITI 0x27C 0x00000000 Read-Only 31 30 29 28 23 22 21 20 27 26 25 24 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Access Reset Bit RLPITI[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 RLPITI[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 RLPITI[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 23:0 - RLPITI[23:0]Transmit LPI Time The value of this bit field increments once every 16 AHB clock cycles when the Low Power Idle Enable bit in the Network Configuration Register (NCR.LPI) is written to '1'. Cleared on read. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 582 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller 25. NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller 25.1 Overview Non-volatile memory (NVM) is a reprogrammable flash memory that retains program and data storage, even when powered off. The NVM Controller (NVMCTRL) embeds two banks; one bank can be read while the other is programmed (RWW). It is connected to the AHB and APB bus interfaces for system access to the NVM block. The AHB interfaces are used for reads and writes to the NVM block, while the APB interface is used for commands and configuration. Features * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 25.3 Two 32-bit AHB interfaces for reads and writes in the NVM main address space SmartEEPROM (integrated EEPROM emulation algorithm) Read while write (Any bank can be read while programming the other one) All NVM sections are memory mapped to the AHB, including calibration and system configuration 32-bit APB interface for commands and control Programmable wait states for read optimization 32 regions can be individually protected or unprotected Additional protection for boot loader Supports device protection through a security bit Interface to Power Manager to power-down flash blocks while in sleep modes Can optionally wake up on exit from sleep or on first access Single line cache per AHB interface Dual bank for safer application upgrade Error Correction Code (ECC) Block Diagram Figure 25-1.Block Diagram NVMCTRL AHB0 AHB1 AHB2 APB NVM Block Cache line 0 Cache line 1 SmartEEPROM PAGE BUFFER AHBMUX 25.2 BANKA NVM Interface Command and Control (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. BANKB Datasheet DS60001507F-page 583 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller 25.4 Signal Description Not applicable. 25.5 Product Dependencies In order to use this peripheral, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described in the following sections. 25.5.1 Power Management The NVMCTRL will continue to operate in any sleep mode where the selected source clock is running. The NVMCTRL interrupts can be used to wake up the device from sleep modes. The NVM block can be put into a low-power mode either automatically when the Power Manager enters standby mode, or when the SPRM command is issued. The NVMCTRL can wake-up when the Power Manager leaves sleep mode or on AHB access or when a command requires the NVM to be active. This is based on the Control A register (CTRLA) PRM bit setting. Read the CTRLA register description for more details. NVM wake-up time can be traded with static power consumption depending on the PM STDBYCFG.FASTWKUP setting. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager 25.5.2 Clocks Two synchronous clocks are used by the NVMCTRL. One is provided by the AHB bus (CLK_NVMCTRL_AHB) and the other is provided by the APB bus (CLK_NVMCTRL_APB). When changing the AHB bus frequency, the user must ensure that the NVM Controller is configured with the proper number of wait states. Refer to the Electrical Characteristics for the exact number of wait states to be used for a particular frequency range. Automatic wait state generation can be use by setting the Auto Wait State bit in the Control A register (NVMCTRL.CTRLA.AUTOWS). Alternatively a custom programmable number of wait states can be set by writing the NVM Read Wait State bits (NVMCTRL.CTRLA.RWS) to optimize performance. Related Links 25.8.1 CTRLA 25.5.3 DMA The NVMCTRL supports AHB burst transfers. It is possible to write the page buffer in sequence without AHB rearbitration in case of concurrent AHB writes to the page buffer to guarantee data integrity. 25.5.4 Interrupts The NVM Controller interrupt request line is connected to the interrupt controller. Using the NVMCTRL interrupt requires the interrupt controller to be programmed first. 25.5.5 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in debug mode, the ECC feature of the NVMCTRL will correct and log ECC errors based on the table below. Table 25-1.ECC Debug Operation DBGCTRL.ECCELOG DBGCTRL.ECCDIS DBGCTRL.ECCDIS 0 0 ECC errors from debugger reads are corrected, but not logged in INTFLAG. 1 0 ECC errors from debugger reads are corrected and logged in INTFLAG. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 584 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller ...........continued DBGCTRL.ECCELOG DBGCTRL.ECCDIS DBGCTRL.ECCDIS X 1 ECC errors from debugger reads are neither corrected nor logged in INTFLAG. Reading the SmartEEPROM configured in buffered mode with a debugger is intrusive, since the pagebuffer must be flushed when the read is performed in a page under modification. Access to the NVM block can be protected by the security bit. In this case, the NVM block will not be accessible. See the section on the NVMCTRL 25.6.10 Security Bit for details. 25.5.6 Register Access Protection All registers with write-access are optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC), except the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG). Optional write protection by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC) is denoted by the "PAC Write Protection" property in each individual register description. Related Links 27. PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 25.5.7 Analog Connections Not applicable. 25.6 Functional Description 25.6.1 Principle of Operation The NVM Controller is a slave on the AHB (AHB0, AHB1 and AHB2) and APB buses. It responds to commands, read requests and write requests, based on user configuration. AHB0 and AHB1 allow access to the NVM main address space, the auxiliarry space and the page buffer. AHB2 provides access to the SmartEEPROM interface that indirecly accesses the reserved area in the NVM for EEPROM emulation. 25.6.1.1 Initialization After power-up, the NVM Controller goes through a power-up sequence. During this time, access to the NVM Controller from the AHB bus is halted. Upon power-up completion, the NVM Controller is operational without any need for user configuration. 25.6.1.2 Software Reset Software reset is triggered by the SWRST command, and does the following: * * * NVM (physical memory) reset Device power-up sequence (redo the device calibration) Reset all APB configuration registers (and status) Note: STATUS.READY goes low when the SWRST command starts to execute. STATUS.READY goes high when the SWRST command has completed. Any AHB0/1/2 access is stalled until the command has completed. 25.6.2 Memory Organization Memory space is divided in two: * * The main address space where 2 physical NVM banks (BANKA and BANKB) are mapped. The auxiliary space which contains: - The User page (USER) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 585 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller - The calibration page (CB) - Factory and signature pages (FS) BANKA and BANKB can be swapped in the address space. For more information, see Memory Bank Swapping. Refer to the Physical Memory Map for memory sizes and addresses for each device. BANKA, BANKB and AUX pages have different erase and write granularities, see the table below. Table 25-2.Erase and Write granularity Erase Granularity Write Granularity BANKA Block Quad-Word or Page BANKB Block Quad-Word or Page AUX Page Quad-Word The NVM is organized into two banks, each bank is organized into blocks, where each block contains sixteen pages. The lower blocks in the NVM main address space can be allocated as a boot loader section by using the BOOTPROT fuses, and the upper rows can be allocated to EEPROM. The NVM memory is separated into six parts: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. CB space Contains factory calibration and system configuration information. - Address; 0x00800000 - Size: 1 page - Property: Read-Only FS space Contains the factory signature information. - Address; 0x00806000 - Size: 4 pages - Property: Read-Only. USER space Contains user defined startup configuration. The first word is reserved, and used during the NVMCTRL startup to automatically configure the device. - Address: 0x00804000 - Size: 1 page - Property: Read-Write Main address space The main address space is divided into 32 equally sized regions. Each region can be protected against write or erase operation. The 32-bit RUNLOCK register reflects the protection of each region. This register is automatically updated after power-up with the region lock user fuse data; To lock or unlock a region, the LR or UR commmands can be issued. - Address: 0x00000000 - Size: PARAM.NVMP pages. - Property: Read-Write Bootloader space The bootloader section starts at the beginning of the main address space; Its size is defined by the BOOTPROT[3:0] fuse. It is protected against write or erase operations, except if STATUS.BPDIS is set. Issuing a write or erase command at an address inside the BOOTPROT section sets STATUS.PROGE and STATUS.LOCKE. STATUS.BPDIS can be set by issuing the Set BOOTPROT Disable command (SBPDIS). It is cleared by issuing the Clear BOOTPROT Disable command (CBPDIS). This allows to program an new bootloader without changing the user page and issuing a new NVMCTRL startup sequence to reload the user configuration. The BOOTPROT section is not erased during a Chip-Erase operation even if STATUS.BPDIS is high. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 586 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller 6. - Address: 0x00000000 - Size: (15 - STATUS.BOOTPROT) x 8192 - Property: Read-Only. SmartEEPROM raw data space The SmartEEPROM algorithm emulates an EEPROM with a portion of the NVM main. Smart- EEPROM raw data is mapped at the end of the main address space. SmartEEPROM allocated space in the main address space is not accessible from AHB0/1. Any AHB access throws a hardfault exception. Any command issued with ADDR pointing in the SmartEEPPROM space is discarded, INTFLAG.DONE and INTFLAG.ADDRE are set in this case. - Address: PARAM.NVMP*512-2*SEESTAT.SBLK*8192 - Size: 2*SEESTAT.SBLK*8192 - Property: Not readable, not writeable Each section has different protection status, refer to the table below. Table 25-3.Protection status Section/Operation Write protection Erase protection Chip-Erase protection Bootloader Yes Yes Yes SmartEEPROM Configurable Configurable No Main Array Configurable Configurable No Related Links 9.2 Physical Memory Map 12. DSU - Device Service Unit 25.6.3 Memory Bank Swapping The two physical banks BANKA and BANKB are mapped in the NVM main address space and can be swapped. If STATUS.AFIRST contains '1', then BANKA is mapped to the NVM main address space Base Address, otherwise it is BANKB. The start address of BANKA & BANKB depends on STATUS.AFIRST and on the size of the Flash. Refer to the Physical Memory Map for memory sizes and addresses for each device. Related Links 9.2 Physical Memory Map 25.6.4 AHBMUX Arbitration The AHBMUX arbitrates concurrent AHB0, AHB1 and SmartEEPROM accesses using a fixed priority scheme: * * * AHB0 has the highest priority AHB1 has priority over SmartEEPROM AHB2 has the lowest priority However, once a transfer has been accepted the AHB data phase must complete, meaning that a transaction can be stalled by a previously granted access with a lower priority. This can occur in Automatic Wait State mode or in Fixed Wait State mode when the Wait state is greater than zero. AHBMUX doesn't rearbitrate AHB burst transactions. This is useful in case of concurrent write transfers to the page buffer. If used in conjunction with the automatic write features (ADW, AQW, APW) and if the burst transfer size is a multiple of the automatic write size, several masters can write the NVM without implementing any software semaphore checks. It is possible to force the rearbitration in case of burst transfers, as follows: * * on AHB0: by writing a `1' to CTRLA.AHBNS0 on AHB1: by writing a `1' to CTRLA.AHBNS1 Related Links (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 587 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller 10.3 High-Speed Bus System 25.6.5 Region Lock Bits The NVM main address space is accessible through the AHB0 or AHB1 interfaces, and grouped into 32 equally sized regions regardless of BOOTPROT or SmartEEPROM settings. The region size is dependent on the flash memory size, and is given in the table below. Each region has a dedicated lock bit preventing writing and erasing pages in the region. After production, all regions will be unlocked. Table 25-4.Region Size Memory Size [KB] Region Size [KB] 1024 32 512 16 256 8 To lock or unlock a region, the Lock Region and Unlock Region commands are provided. Writing one of these commands will temporarily lock/unlock the region containing the address loaded in the ADDR register. ADDR can be written by software, or the automatically loaded value from a AHB write operation can be used. The new setting will stay in effect until the next reset, or the setting can be changed again using the lock and unlock commands. The current status of the lock can be determined by reading the RUNLOCK register. To change the default lock/unlock setting for a region, the user page must be written. Writing to the auxiliary space will take effect after the next reset. Therefore, a boot of the device is needed for changes in the lock/unlock setting to take effect. Refer to the Physical Memory Map for calibration and auxiliary space address mapping. Related Links 9.2 Physical Memory Map 25.6.6 Command and Data Interface The NVM Controller is addressable from the APB bus, while the NVM main address space is addressable from the AHB bus. Read and automatic page write operations are performed by addressing the NVM main address space directly, while other operations such as manual page writes and block erase must be performed by issuing commands through the NVM Controller. To issue a command, the CTRLB.CMD bits must be written along with the CTRLB.CMDEX value. STATUS.READY is cleared when a command is issued and set when it has completed. Any command written while STATUS.READY is low will be ignored causing INTFLAG.PROGE to rise. Refer to CTRLB register description for more details. Invalid commands are discarded and will set INTFLAG.PROGE and INTFLAG.DONE when issued. The CTRLA register must be used to control the power reduction mode, read wait states and the write mode. Commands that require an address use the ADDR register as an argument. ADDR APB write access is locked by the NVMCTRL while being used internally. For instance if a write operation is started by the NVMCTRL, an APB write is discarded so that the write operation is performed at the correct address. The discarded APB write is signaled by rising INTFLAG.ADDRE. Commands that needs an address will fail if issued while INTFLAG.ADDRE is set, such failure is signaled by rising INTFLAG.PROGE. The APB ADDR register is updated upon: * * APB writes to the ADDR register address AHB writes to the page buffer ADDR APB writes are discarded and report an INTFLAG.ADDRE error in the following cases: * * * * When written from APB while a command is reading it. ADDR APB write access while writing the page buffer (AHB write): ADDR is written upon AHB writes and must stay valid until the page buffer has been written and also until automatic write command has been issued to the command interface when in automatic write mode (WMODE configured as ADW or AQW or AP). ADDR APB write access while the command interface reads it. A command is executed at an illegal address (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 588 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller All commands that require an address are discarded when INTFLAG.ADDRE is set. INTFLAG.PROGE is set in this case. INTFLAG.ADDRE must be cleared before issuing such commands. 25.6.6.1 NVM Read Reading from the NVM main address space is performed via the AHB bus by addressing the NVM main address space or auxiliary address space directly. Read data is available after the number of read wait states has passed as configured in NVMCTRL.CTRLA.RWS. The number of cycles data are delayed to the AHB bus is determined by the read wait states. It is not possible to read two banks at the same time. In case of simultaneous read operations, transactions are arbitrated by the internal matrix. Arbitration scheme is fixed priority, AHB0 has the highest priority, AHB1 has priority over AHB2. In case of conflict, AHB interfaces with lower priority are stalled. Reading in a bank stalls the bus when it is being programmed or erased except when the suspend feature is used. Reading in a bank does not stall the bus when the other bank is being programmed or erased. Related Links 25.6.6.4 Suspend/Resume 25.6.6.2 NVM Write The entire NVM main address space except the BOOTPROT section can be erased by a debugger Chip Erase command. Alternatively, blocks or pages can be individually erased using the Erase Page (EP) or Erase Block (EB) depending on the targeted address space. The NVM can be programmed using the Write Page (WP) or Write Quad Word (WQW) commands depending on the targeted address space. AHB writes automatically update the ADDR register. ADDR is write locked by the NVMCTRL until the pagebuffer write completes or until the appropriate write command has been passed to the command interface when in automatic write mode. Write commands are not supported in all address spaces, see the table below. These commands are detailed further in this section. Table 25-5.Supported commands per address space WP WQW X X Main Address Space User Page Address Space X EP EB X X Issuing an unsupported command on an address space sets the PROGE interrupt flag. After programming the NVM main array, the region that the page resides in can be locked to prevent spurious write or erase sequences. Locking is performed on a per-region basis, and so locking a region locks all pages inside the region. Data to be written to the NVM block is written through AHB and stored in an internal buffer called the page buffer. If the NVMCTRL is busy processing a write command (STATUS.READY=0) then the AHB bus is stalled upon an AHB write until the ongoing command completes. Writing the page buffer is allowed during a block erase operation. The page buffer contains the same number of bytes as an NVM page. Writes to the page buffer must be 32 bits. 16-bit or 8-bit writes to the page buffer is not allowed, and will cause a PAC error. Internally, writes to the page buffer are on a 64-bit basis through the page buffer load data registers (PBLDATA[1] and PBLDATA[0]). The PBLDATA register is a holding register for writes to the same 64-bit page buffer section. Data within a 64-bit section can be written in any order. Crossing a 64- bit boundary will reset the PBLDATA register to all ones. The following example assumes startup from reset where the current address is 0 and PBLDATA is all ones. Only 64 bits of the page buffer are written at a time, but 128 bits are shown for reference. Sequential 32-bit write example: * * 32-bit 0x1 written to address 0 - Page buffer[127:0] = {0xFFFFFFFF_FFFFFFFF, PBLDATA[63:32], 0x00000001} - PBLDATA[63:0] = {PBLDATA[63:32], 0x00000001} 32-bit 0x2 written to address 1 - Page buffer[127:0] = {0xFFFFFFFF_FFFFFFFF, 0x00000002, PBLDATA[31:0] (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 589 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller * - PBLDATA[63:0] = 0x00000002, PBLDATA[31:0]} 32-bit 0x3 written to address 2 (crosses 64-bit boundary) - Page buffer[127:0] = 0xFFFFFFFF_00000003_00000002_00000001 - PBLDATA[63:0] = 0xFFFFFFFF_00000003 Random access writes to 32-bit words within the page buffer will overwrite the opposite word within the same 64-bit section with ones. In the following example, notice that 0x00000001 is overwritten with 0xFFFFFFFF from the third write due to the 64-bit boundary crossing. Only 64 bits of the page buffer are written at a time, but 128 bits are shown for reference. Random access 32-bit AHB write example: * * * 32-bit 0x1 written to address 2 - Page buffer[127:0] = 0xFFFFFFFF_00000001_FFFFFFFF_FFFFFFFF - PBLDATA[63:0] = 0xFFFFFFFF_00000001 32-bit 0x2 written to address 1 - Page buffer[127:0] = 0xFFFFFFFF_00000001_00000002_FFFFFFFF - PBLDATA[63:0] = 0x00000002_FFFFFFFF 32-bit 0x3 written to address 3 - Page buffer[127:0] = 0x00000003_FFFFFFFF_00000002_FFFFFFFF - PBLDATA[63:0] = 0x00000003_0xFFFFFFFF BANKA and BANKB share the same page buffer. Writing to the NVM block via the AHB bus is buffered in the page buffer. For each AHB bus write, the address is stored in the ADDR register. After the page buffer has been loaded with the required number of bytes, the page can be written to the addressed location by setting CMD to Write Page to write the NVM main array and setting the key value to CMDEX. The LOAD bit in the STATUS register indicates whether the page buffer has been loaded or not. Before writing the page to memory, the accessed block must be erased. Several write modes are supported and configured through CTRLA.WMODE. * Manual (MAN): This is the default configuration. Because the address is automatically stored in ADDR during AHB write operations, the last given address will be present in the ADDR register. There is no need to load the ADDR register manually, unless a different page in memory is to be written. A write should be issued before writing to a different page. * Automatic Write With Double Word Granularity (ADW): Automatically writes data with double-word granularity. In this case the WQW command is triggered at the quad-word addressed by ADDR when the last word in a double-word aligned block is written. The other double-word inside the page buffer must be all one. STATUS.READY goes low during the NVM write operation. INTFLAG.DONE flag is set upon completion. * Automatic Write With Quad Word Granularity (AQW): Automatically writes data with quad-word granularity. In this case the WQW command is triggered at the quad-word addressed by ADDR when the last word in a quad-word aligned block is written. STATUS.READY goes low during the NVM write operation. INTFLAG.DONE flag is set upon completion. * Automatic Write With Page Granularity (AP) Automatically writes data with page granularity. In this case the WP command is triggered at the page addressed by ADDR when the last word in a page aligned block is written. STATUS.READY goes low during the NVM write operation. INTFLAG.DONE flag is set upon completion. These write modes are supported for writes in the main address space and in the USER page. The USER page doesn't support write page, if the AP mode is selected writes in the USER page will be done in AQW mode. This avoids to change WMODE by software while mixing writes in the main address space and in the USER page. Procedure for Manual Page Writes (WMODE=MAN) The block to be written must be erased before the write command is given. * Write to the page buffer by addressing the NVM main address space directly (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 590 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller * * Write the page buffer to memory: - CMD=WP (and CMDEX) to write the full content of the page buffer into the NVM at the page pointed by ADDR - CMD=WQW (and CMDEX) to write into the NVM the page buffer quad word pointed by ADDR The READY bit in the STATUS register will be low while programming is in progress, and access through the AHB in the same bank will be stalled. Procedure for Automatic Writes (WMODE=ADW or AQW or APW) The block to be written must be erased before the last write to the page buffer is performed. The internal write operation will begin when the second word is written for WMODE = ADW, when the fourth word is written for WMODE = AQW, and when the last word of the page is written for WMODE = APW. Note that partially written pages must be written with a manual write. If the command interface is already processing a command, the AHB is stalled until the automatic write command is taken. Therefore it is possible to chain write commands without polling STATUS.READY. For applications that must not stall the AHB bus the automatic write must be used carefully: STATUS.READY must be checked after each double-word or quad-word or page buffer write depending on WMODE before chaining with a new write to avoid stalling the bus. * * Write to the page buffer by addressing the NVM main address space directly. - When the word location in the page buffer is written, the double word or quad word or page is automatically written to NVM main address space. STATUS.READY will be zero while programming is in progress and access through the AHB will be stalled. NVM Write Example (Manual Write mode) 1. Configure manual write for the NVM using WMODE (NVMCTRL.CTRLA). 2. Make sure the NVM is ready to accept a new command (NVMCTRL.STATUS). 3. Clear page buffer ( NVMCTRL.CTRLB). 4. Make sure NVM is ready to accept a new command (NVMCTRL.STATUS). 5. Clear the DONE Flag (NVMCTRL.INTFLAG). 6. Write data to page buffer with 32-bit accesses at the needed address. 7. Perform page write (NVMCTRL.CTRLB). 8. Make sure NVM is ready to accept a new command (NVMCTRL.STATUS). 9. Clear the DONE Flag (NVMCTRL.INTFLAG). 25.6.6.3 Read While Write (RWW) This feature makes it possible to program and read the NVM simultaneously without stalling the AHB bus independantly from any cache consideration. The basic principle is that NVM is made of two banks, one can be read while the other is programmed. Limitations: * * * It is not possible to read both banks simultaneously, reads will be prioritized and issued in series. It is not possible to program or erase both banks simultaneously, a new command will be accepted only after the completion of the previous one, otherwise the new command is ignored and INTFLAG.PROGE is set. RWW is not possible when reading or programming auxilliary pages, any read will result in an AHB stall and the command interface doesn't accept any command until completion of the previous one. 25.6.6.4 Suspend/Resume This feature can be enabled by writing a `1' to CTRLA.SUSPEN. Any modify operation, such as write or erase can be suspended even those triggered by the SmartEEPROM. When enabled, the following commands are suspended by a NVM read request: * * EB WP If a read occurs while executing one of the command listed above, the NVMCTRL will follow the following steps: 1. Send a suspend command to the NVM. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 591 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller 2. 3. 4. Wait for the NVM to be ready. Read the NVM. The NVMCTRL will persist in this step when a new read request occurs, or else proceed. Resume the suspended operation. A suspend operation will set INTFLAG.SUSP. To clear it write a `1' to INTFLAG.SUSP. The NVM suspended state is reflected in STATUS.SUSP. Limitations: * * * Suspend is not possible for a read in the page being programmed. Suspend is not possible for a read in a sector (128KB) containing a block under erase. It is not possible to enter power reduction mode when a command is suspended. 25.6.6.5 Page Buffer The page buffer is automatically cleared to all-ones after any page write operation (WP or WQW command). If a partial page has been written and it is desired to clear the contents of the page buffer, the Page Buffer Clear (PBC) command can be used. The status of the page buffer is given by STATUS.LOAD. This bit indicates that the NVM page buffer has been loaded with one or more words. Immediately after an NVM load has been performed, this flag is set, and it remains set until a WP or WQW or a PBC command is given. The Page Buffer cannot be written while a write command is executing in the NVM. Trying to do so stalls the AHB bus. To avoid stalling the AHB bus, STATUS.READY can by polled prior to issue a write command. Clearing the page buffer also clears to all ones the PBLDATA0 and PBLDATA1. 25.6.6.6 Erase Before a page can be written, it must be erased. The erase granularity depend on the address space (block or page). The Erase Block/Page command can be used to erase the desired block or page in the NVM main address space. Erasing the block/page sets all bits to `1'. If the block/page resides in a region that is locked, the erase will not be performed and the Lock Error bit in the INTFLAG register (INTFLAG.LOCKE) will be set. INTFLAG.PROGE will also be set since the command didn't complete. The Erase Page command can be issued on the USER page in the auxiliary space. The procedure for an Erase Block/Page command is as follows: * * Write the address of the block/page to erase to ADDR. Any address within the block/page can be used. Issue an Erase Block/Page command. The page buffer can be written while an erase page or erase block is being performed. 25.6.6.7 Lock and Unlock Region The commands LR and UR are used to lock and unlock regions. These commands only update the RUNLOCK register but not the corresponding field in the user page. Related Links 25.6.5 Region Lock Bits 25.8.2 CTRLB 25.6.6.8 Power Reduction Mode The NVM implements a power reduction mode which cuts its static power consumption. If a command or a AHB access is issued the NVM is woken-up. The AHB access or the command are processed after the NVM wake-up time. The wake-up time can be reduced by enabling the PM fast wake-up feature, this is configured through the PM STDBYCFG register. The NVM Power Reduction Mode is entered depending on the CTRLA.PRM mode: * MANUAL: - Power Reduction Mode entering conditions: * SPRM command - Power Reduction Mode leaving conditions: * AHB access (read or write) * CPRM or any other command (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 592 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller * * SEMIAUTO: - Power Reduction Mode entering conditions: * SPRM command * System enters standby mode * AHB access completes while in standby mode * Any command completes while in standby mode - Power Reduction Mode leaving conditions: * AHB access (read or write) * CPRM or any other command FULLAUTO: - Power Reduction Mode entering conditions: * SPRM command * System enters standby mode * AHB access completes while in standby mode * Any command completes while in standby mode - Power Reduction Mode leaving conditions: * AHB access (read or write) * CPRM or any other command * When the system leaves the standby mode STATUS.READY is high when the NVM is in Power Reduction Mode indicating that the module can accept a command. STATUS.PRM is high when the NVM is in Power Reduction Mode. Note: It is not possible to enter power reduction mode when a command is suspended. Automatic power reduction entry is postponed until the command resumes and completes. The SPRM command is discarded when STATUS.SUSP is high and INTFLAG.PROGE is set. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager 18.8.7 STDBYCFG 25.6.7 Safe Flash Update Using Dual Banks This feature enables a firmware to execute from the NVM and at the same time program the Flash with a new version of itself. The new firmware has to be programmed in BANKB if STATUS.AFIRST=1, or BANKA otherwise. After programming is completed one can issue the BKSWRST command to swap the banks and to reset the device. The information of which BANK is mapped to the NVM main address space base address is self contained in the NVM using a special fuse that can be programmed or erased individually. This fuse is managed by the BKSWRST command. STATUS.AFIRST reflects the status of this fuse after Reset. The BKSWRST command is atomic meaning that no fetch in the NVM can occur while executing this command. This command executes with the following steps: 1. 2. 3. 4. Stall AHB interfaces. If PARAM.SEE is `1' and 0<SEESTAT.SBLK<11, the NVMCTRL starts to reallocate the SmartEEPROM data to the first bank. Active SEES remains the same at the end of the reallocation. Is STATUS.AFIRST=1: program the AFIRST fuse (new value=0) otherwise erase it (new value=1) Resets the device, After reset, RSTC RCAUSE indicates that the reset was triggered by the NVMCTRL. After Reset the new firmware is executed from the last programmed bank. If the SmartEEPROM is configured, the size of the the reserved space in flash must not exceed the bank size. In other words 2*SEESTAT.SBLK.8192 must be lower than half the NVM size in Bytes. In situations where both the banks contain separate applications (or an application in one bank and a bootloader in the other bank), both the banks must have Flash area reserved for SmartEEPROM. This means that the usable area for code in each bank is "Size of the Bank", that is, the size of the Flash configured for the SmartEEPROM using SBLK Fuse. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 593 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller 25.6.8 SmartEEPROM 25.6.8.1 Principle of Operation The SmartEEPROM feature is provided through the AHB2 interface and makes a portion of the NVM appear like a RAM. 8-bit, 16-bit, 32-bit access is supported. The SmartEEPROM concept relies on the following NVM physical property: It is always possible to write a '0' in a NVM word, even if this word has been previously programmed - but it is not possible to write a '1' to a bit already programmed (holding a '0'). The algorithm consists of virtually mapping physical portions of the NVM to logical addresses with an indirection mechanism. A physical page is assigned to a virtual page address and is kept as long as no bit has to be flipped from '0' to '1', as this operation requires a full block erase. In case such a transition is required, a new physical page is assigned to the modified virtual page (placed in the Flash area reserved for the SmartEEPROM). Writing the virtual page affects the cycling endurance of the SmartEEPROM. A region can overlap the SmartEEPROM region (depending on the allocated space for the SmartEEPROM), but SmartEEPROM is independent of the Region Lock Bits. If NVMCTRL.STATUS.AFIRST contains '1', BANKA is mapped to the NVM main address space base address (0x0000). In this case, SmartEEPROM will be in BANKB. Conversely, when BANKB is mapped to the NVM main address space base address, SmartEEPROM will be in BANKA. Thus, the CPU is not halted when accessing the SmartEEPROM. 25.6.8.2 Address Spaces The SmartEEPROM address space is divided in two distinct areas: * * DATA - Starts at offset 0x0 - Size is 512B, 1KB, 2KB, 4KB, 8KB, 16KB, 32KB, 64KB depending on SEESTAT.PSZ and SEESTAT.SBLK (refer to "SmartEEPROM virtual size") - This area is write protected if SEESTAT.LOCK is set. SEESTAT.LOCK is non volatile. - Commands LSEE and USEE respectively lock and unlock the SmartEEPROM. REGISTER: - Starts at offset 0x10000 - Size is 20B - This area is write protected if either * SEESTAT.LOCK is set (non-volatile) * SEESTAT.RLOCK is set (volatile). Commands LSEER and USEER respectively lock and unlock the SmartEEPROM register address space. As a consequence both SEESTAT.LOCK and SEESTAT.RLOCK must be low to write the SmartEEPROM register address space. Related Links 25.6.8.4 SmartEEPROM Virtual Size 25.6.8.3 Data Structures The SmartEEPROM algorithm relies on two virtual sectors (SEES) physically located in the last blocks of: * * BANKB if STATUS.AFIRST=1 BANKA if STATUS.AFIRST=0 Only one SEES is active at a time, the other must be erased, ready for data reallocation. The current active SEES is indicated in SEESTAT.ASEES: * * 0: SEES0 is active 1: SEES1 is active (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 594 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller SEESTAT.ASEES is loaded after Reset from a special fuse in the NVM which can be programmed or erased individually. This fuse can be set by issuing the ASEES1 command or cleared by issuing the ASEES0 command. SEESTAT.ASEES reflects this change immediately. The maximum number of virtual pages is limited to 128. A page allocation consists of assigning a SEEP to a virtual page for the first time. A page reallocation consists of assigning a new SEEP to an already existing virtual page. In both cases the selected virtual page index and the next available page are written. The SEEP size (PSZ) is configurable. The number of blocks allocated per SEES is configurable. 25.6.8.4 SmartEEPROM Virtual Size The SmartEEPROM interface virtual size is the maximum amount of data that can be stored in it. This defines the maximum size of this interface. Trying to read or write outside the boundaries throws an hardfault exception. The SBLK bits indicate the number of blocks allocated per SmartEEPROM virtual sector. The SmartEEPROM raw data resides in the upper blocks of the NVM main address space but is not accessible through AHB0 nor AHB1. The SmartEEPROM interface maximum size depends on SEESTAT.PSZ and SEESTAT.SBLK: Table 25-6.SmartEEPROM Virtual Size in Bytes SEESTAT.PSZ: SEESTAT.SBLK 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 512 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 512 1024 2048 4096 4096 4096 4096 4096 2 512 1024 2048 4096 8192 8192 8192 8192 3 512 1024 2048 4096 8192 16384 16384 16384 4 512 1024 2048 4096 8192 16384 16384 16384 5 512 1024 2048 4096 8192 16384 32768 32768 6 512 1024 2048 4096 8192 16384 32768 32768 7 512 1024 2048 4096 8192 16384 32768 32768 8 512 1024 2048 4096 8192 16384 32768 32768 9 512 1024 2048 4096 8192 16384 32768 65536 10 512 1024 2048 4096 8192 16384 32768 65536 * * * The italic cells indicate sub-optimal configurations, unnecessary blocks are allocated. The bold cells indicate optimal valid configurations with the maximum number of SEEP depending on SEESTAT.PSZ and SEESTAT.SBLK (see the table below). Other cells indicate valid configurations with the maximum number of SEEP depending on SEESTAT.PSZ and SEESTAT.SBLK. Table 25-7.Maximum Number of SEEP depending on SEESTAT.PSZ and SEESTAT.SBLK SEESTAT.PSZ: SEESTAT.SBLK 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 512 0 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1 144 144 144 144 95 47 23 11 2 144 144 144 144 144 111 55 27 3 144 144 144 144 144 144 87 43 4 144 144 144 144 144 144 119 59 5 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 75 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 595 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller ...........continued SEESTAT.PSZ: SEESTAT.SBLK 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 512 6 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 91 7 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 107 8 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 123 9 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 139 10 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 25.6.8.5 SmartEEPROM wear leveling The wear leveling factor is the minimum ratio per which the access frequency to a physical flash cell is divided when the maximum number of SEEP in a SEES is reached. This maximum number is depends on the SEESTAT.PSZ and SEESTAT.SBLK user configuration. As there are two SEES the wear leveling is two times the maximum SEEP number. Table 25-8.Wear leveling depending on SEESTAT.PSZ and SEESTAT.SBLK SEESTAT. PSZ: SEESTAT. SBLK 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 512 0 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1 288 288 288 288 190 94 46 22 2 288 288 288 288 288 222 110 54 3 288 288 288 288 288 288 174 86 4 288 288 288 288 288 288 238 118 5 288 288 288 288 288 288 238 150 6 288 288 288 288 288 288 238 182 7 288 288 288 288 288 288 238 214 8 288 288 288 288 288 288 238 246 9 288 288 288 288 288 288 238 278 10 288 288 288 288 288 288 238 288 25.6.8.6 Writing and Reading the SmartEEPROM SEESTAT.LOCK must be `0'; otherwise, writes are discarded and a hardfault exception is thrown. SmartEEPROM write access can be locked with the LSEE command and unlocked with the USEE command. 1. Configure SBLK and PSZ fuses to define the SmartEEPROM total size and size of each page. 2. Define a pointer to the SmartEEPROM area. It can be used for 8-, 16- or 32-bit access. volatile uint8_t *SmartEEPROM8 = (uint8_t *) SEEPROM_ADDR; volatile uint16_t *SmartEEPROM16 = (uint16_t *) SEEPROM_ADDR; volatile uint32_t *SmartEEPROM32 = (uint32_t *) SEEPROM_ADDR; 3. Wait until SmartEEPROM is busy. while (NVMCTRL->SEESTAT.bit.BUSY); 4. 5. Write to the EEPROM like writing a RAM location. Perform an 8-, 16- or 32-bit write. If automatic reallocation is disabled with SEECFG.APRDIS, check the SEESFULL interrupt flag to ensure that the active SmartEEPROM sector is not full. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 596 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller 6. To read back the content, read the location using the defined pointer. uint8_t eep_data_8 = 0; while (NVMCTRL->SEESTAT.bit.BUSY); eep_data_8 = SmartEEPROM8[0]; There are two NVM pagebuffer management modes available, selected by writing the SEECFG.WMODE bit field: * UNBUFFERED (default): WP command triggered after any pagebuffer update * BUFFERED: WP command triggered only in case of NVM page crossing. This mode increases the NVM wearleveling but is more sensitive to power loss. SEESTAT.LOAD is high when the pagebuffer contains unwritten data. When SEECFG.WMODE selects the buffered mode, the page buffer can contain unwritten SmartEEPROM data. This is reflected by SEESTAT.LOAD. To flush the SmartEEPROM data inside the page buffer, issue the SEEFLUSH command. INTFLAG.SEEWRC indicates when a AHB write to the SmartEEPROM has completed: 1. 2. Unbuffered mode: AHB write has completed, NVM is programmed with correct values except if INTFLAG.SEESOVF was thrown. Buffered mode: AHB write has completed, - if SEESTAT.LOAD = 0: NVM is programmed with correct values, except if INTFLAG.SEESOVF was thrown. - otherwise; new data is in the page buffer, but is not yet programmed in the NVM. 25.6.8.7 SmartEEPROM Sector Reallocation The SEES reallocation is performed by default in hardware when the the next available page in the master index reaches the maximum SEEP number. Automatic reallocation can be disabled by writing a one in SEECFG.APRDIS. The sector reallocation can also be trigged manually by issuing the SEERALOC command. The SEES reallocation process consists of: * * * Erase the non active sector. Copying the active sector valid data to the other sector, old data is filtered. Swap ASEES either by issuing the ASEES1 command if SEESTAT.ASEES is reading `0' or by issuing the ASEES0 command if SEESTAT.ASEES is read as `1'. This process is by default automatically handled by hardware, and indicated by the SEESTAT.BUSY flag. If in buffered mode, the page buffer must be flushed before triggering a reallocation; otherwise, the content of the pagebuffer would be lost. Note: The BKSWRST command triggers automatically the reallocation algorithm which operates as described above except copy is done in the same active sector but in the first bank. This operation is atomic, meaning that no modify operation can be issued in the mean time. As the total size of the whole SEEP exceeds the SmartEEPROM virtual size for a given configuration there is always free SEEP to replace existing data. In the case all addresses have been written, after sector reallocation the number of free SEEP is given in the following table. Table 25-9.Minimum number of free SEEP after sector reallocation SEESTAT. PSZ: SEESTAT. SBLK 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 512 0 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1 16 16 16 16 31 15 7 3 2 16 16 16 16 16 47 23 11 3 16 16 16 16 16 16 23 11 4 16 16 16 16 16 16 55 27 5 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 11 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 597 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller ...........continued 25.6.9 SEESTAT. PSZ: SEESTAT. SBLK 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 512 6 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 27 7 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 43 8 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 59 9 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 11 10 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 NVM User Configuration The NVM user configuration resides in the auxiliary space. Refer to the Physical Memory Map and Product Mapping of the device for calibration and auxiliary space address mapping. The NVM user configuration is: * * * * * The boot loader size. The bootloader resides in the main array starting at offset zero. The allocated boot loader section is protected against erase or write operations including the chip erase operation. The SmartEEPROM number of blocks per SEES (SBLK bits). This configuration is loaded after a reset into SEESTAT.SBLK bits. The SmartEEPROM virtual page size (PSZ bits). This configuration is loaded after a reset into SEESTAT.PSZ bits. The region lock bits (reflected in the RUNLOCK register) The SmartEEPROM RUNLOCK bit (reflected in SEESTAT.LOCK) Table 25-10.Boot Loader Size BOOTPROT [3:0] Rows Protected by BOOTPROT Boot Loader Size in KBytes 15 None 0 14 1 8 13 2 16 12 3 24 11 4 32 10 5 40 9 6 48 8 7 56 7 8 64 6 9 72 5 10 80 4 11 88 3 12 96 2 13 104 1 14 112 0 15 120 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 598 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller Table 25-11.SmartEEPROM Allocated Space SBLK[4:0] Total Blocks Bytes 10 20 163840 9 18 147456 8 16 131072 7 14 114688 6 12 98304 5 10 81920 4 8 65536 3 6 49152 2 4 32768 1 2 16384 0 0 0 Table 25-12.SmartEEPROM Virtual Page Size PSZ[2:0] Page Size 7 512 6 256 5 128 4 64 3 32 2 16 1 8 0 4 Related Links 9.2 Physical Memory Map 8. Product Memory Mapping Overview 25.6.10 Security Bit The security bit allows the entire chip to be locked from external access for code security. Related Links 12. DSU - Device Service Unit 25.6.10.1 Security Bit Set Procedure 1. 2. 3. Issue the Set Security Bit command (SSB) This command changes the NVM security bits. The device shadow registers are not changed at that point. If a debugger was connected, it will still have access to the device after issuing this command (DSU.STATUSB.PROT will still read `0'). Check NVMNCTRL.INTFLAG.PROGE and NVMNCTRL.INTFLAG.DONE. Reset the NVMCTRL peripheral or the device. To reflect the NVM security bits' state correctly, the NVMCTRL needs to replay the start-up procedure. This is done by issuing a SWRST command or by resetting the device. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 599 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller Related Links 12. DSU - Device Service Unit 25.6.10.2 Security Bit Clear Procedure The only way to clear the security bit is through a debugger Chip Erase command. The NVM security bit is cleared after all internal volatile and NVM have been cleared. The device protection status is updated at the end of the command meaning that no reset is necessary. Related Links 12. DSU - Device Service Unit 25.6.11 Line Cache NVM reads 128-bit at a time. AHB0 and AHB1 interfaces implement each a 128-bit cache line.This reduces the device power consumption when reading continuous data and improves system performance when wait states are required. Line cache are enabled by default and can be individually disabled per AHB interface by writing a one in the CACHEDIS[0] or CACHEDIS[1] bit in the CTRLA register (CTRLA.CACHEDIS[1:0]). Refer to CTRLA register description for more details. Commands affecting NVM content automatically invalidate cache lines. 25.6.12 Error Correction Code (ECC) Error Correcting Code (ECC) is implemented to detect and correct errors that may arise in the NVM array. ECC is by default enabled and cannot be disabled by the user. 25.6.12.1 Block Diagram Figure 25-2.ECC Diagram PBLDATA[63:0] ECC calculation 8 64 HADDR ECCERR.ADDR NVM Block 144 64 64 8 ECC logic 8 ECC logic INTFLAG.ECCERR ECCERR.TYPEH 64 INTFLAG.ECCERR ECCERR.TYPEL 64 MATRIX 128 CACHE LINE AHB0 32 128 CACHE LINE AHB1 SmartEEPROM 32 Note that the ECC correction is disabled when access is performed by the SmartEEPROM interface. 25.6.12.2 ECC Error Detection The NVM physical block fetches 128-bit quad-word and ECC checking is performed on a 64-bit basis independently on the low and high double-words. Therefore two ECC decoders operate in parallel. An ECC failure may be present (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 600 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller in any of the four words from the NVM, not necessarily the word that is addressed on the bus. Any ECC error in a double-word will be reported the first time the quad-word access. The ECC logic in the read data path is capable of double error detection and single error correction on the fly per 64-bit double-word. Upon detection: * * * * INTFLAG ECC error flags are updated: - The ECC single error interrupt flag is raised (INTFLAG.ECCSE) in case of single error - The ECC dual error interrupt flag is raised (INTFLAG.ECCDE) in case of dual error ECCERR.ADDR is updated with the faulty quad-word byte address in the main address space. ECCERR.TYPEL is updated with the error type (NONE, SINGLE, DUAL) detected on the low 64-bit double word. ECCERR.TYPEH is updated with the error type (NONE, SINGLE, DUAL) detected on the high 64-bit double word. INTFLAG.ECCSE and INTFLAG.ECCDE are automatically cleared when ECCERR is read. ECCERR.TYPEL and ECCERR.TYPEH are reset to the NONE value when ECCERR is read. If an error occurs while reading ECCERR, the previous error information is sent to the APB and ECCERR is updated with the next error information. If a single-error has been detected and INTFLAG.ECCSE or INTFLAG.ECCDE is not clear: * * Any incoming single-errors is ignored First incoming dual-error overrides ECCERR.ADDR, ECCERR.TYPEL and ECCERR.TYPEH If a dual-error has been detected and INTFLAG.ECCDE is not clear: * * incoming single-errors are ignored incoming dual-errors are ignored ECCERR.ADDR is always quad-word aligned. If jumping to a word that is not quad-word aligned, e.g. jumping to address 0x100C, INTFLAG.ECCDE and INTFLAG.ECCSE are updated according to the types of detected errors, and ECCERR.ADDR will read 0x1000, irrespective of whether the ECC error was in address 0x1000, 0x1004, 0x1008, or 0x100C. 25.6.13 Reset During Operation Program or erase operations must not be interrupted. The content of a block or a page is unpredictable in case of reset during either an erase or a write operation. To reduce the risk of having a BOD reset due to a power loss one can monitor the external voltage before issuing any program or erase operation. The user can also prefer the WQW command instead of the WP command as a short command is more likely to complete successfully than a long one with a given external decoupling capacitor. In case of reset during a write or erase operation the impacted block must be erased before being read or programmed as its content is unknown. 25.6.14 Chip Erase The Chip Erase operation is system-wide, and issued through the DSU. Chip-Erase procedure: 1. 2. 3. 4. Volatile memories are cleared and NVM array is erased simultaneously (except the BOOTPROT section) Special individual fuses are set as follow: - If no BOOTPROT section is defined then NVMCTRL STATUS.AFIRST=1 otherwise it is left unchanged - NVMCTRL SEESTAT.ASEES=1 - NVMCTRL SEESTAT.LOCK=0 - DSU STATUSB.CELCK=0 Security bit is cleared provided no internal error has been detected in the previous steps - If all internal NVM verify operations succeeded: goto 4 - otherwise set DSU.STATUSA.DONE and DSU.STATUSA.FAIL and exit. DSU STATUSB.PROT is cleared, system is no more protected (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 601 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller Note: CB, FS, USER pages (in the auxiliary address space) and the section allocated as a boot loader using BOOTPROT are not affected by the Chip-Erase operation. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 602 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller 25.7 Register Summary Offset Name Bit Pos. 0x00 CTRLA 7:0 15:8 0x02 ... 0x03 Reserved 0x04 CTRLB 0x06 ... 0x07 Reserved 0x08 PARAM 0x0C INTENCLR 0x0E INTENSET 0x10 INTFLAG 0x12 STATUS 0x14 ADDR 0x18 RUNLOCK 0x1C PBLDATAn0 0x20 PBLDATAn1 0x24 ECCERR 0x28 0x29 0x2A 0x2B DBGCTRL Reserved SEECFG Reserved 0x2C 25.8 SEESTAT PRM[1:0] CACHEDIS1 CACHEDIS0 WMODE[1:0] AHBNS1 AHBNS0 SUSPEN 7:0 15:8 CMD[6:0] CMDEX[7:0] 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 NVMP[7:0] NVMP[15:8] AUTOWS RWS[3:0] PSZ[2:0] SEE SUSP NVME ECCDE ECCSE LOCKE SUSP NVME ECCDE ECCSE LOCKE SUSP NVME ECCDE ECCSE LOCKE BPDIS AFIRST SUSP DONE SEESFULL DONE SEESFULL DONE SEESFULL READY ADDR[7:0] ADDR[15:8] ADDR[23:16] RUNLOCK[7:0] RUNLOCK[15:8] RUNLOCK[23:16] RUNLOCK[31:24] DATA[7:0] DATA[15:8] DATA[23:16] DATA[31:24] DATA[7:0] DATA[15:8] DATA[23:16] DATA[31:24] ADDR[7:0] ADDR[15:8] ADDR[23:16] TYPEH[1:0] TYPEL[1:0] 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 PROGE ADDRE SEEWRC SEESOVF PROGE ADDRE SEEWRC SEESOVF PROGE ADDRE SEEWRC SEESOVF LOAD PRM BOOTPROT[3:0] RLOCK LOCK ECCELOG ECCDIS APRDIS WMODE BUSY LOAD SBLK[3:0] PSZ[2:0] ASEES Register Description Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16-, and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 603 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller Some registers require synchronization when read and/or written. Synchronization is denoted by the "ReadSynchronized" and/or "Write-Synchronized" property in each individual register description. Some registers are enable-protected, meaning they can only be written when the module is disabled. Enable protection is denoted by the "Enable-Protected" property in each individual register description. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 604 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller 25.8.1 Control A Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit CTRLA 0x0 0x0004 PAC Write-Protection 15 CACHEDIS1 R/W 0 14 CACHEDIS0 R/W 0 13 AHBNS1 R/W 0 7 6 5 PRM[1:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 12 AHBNS0 R/W 0 4 WMODE[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 11 10 9 8 RWS[3:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 SUSPEN R/W 0 2 AUTOWS R/W 1 1 0 Bit 15 - CACHEDIS1AHB1 Cache Disable AHB1 interface cache disable. 0: cache line is enabled 1: cache line is disabled Cache lines are automatically invalidated when a write or erase operation is started in the NVM. Bit 14 - CACHEDIS0AHB0 Cache Disable AHB0 interface cache disable. 0: cache line is enabled 1: cache line is disabled Cache lines are automatically invalidated when a write or erase operation is started in the NVM. Bit 13 - AHBNS1Force AHB1 access to Non-Sequential This bit forces AHB1 communication to be non-sequential. Value Description 0 AHB sequential accesses remain sequential. 1 AHB sequential accesses are forced to non-sequential, therefore forcing rearbitration for each access. Bit 12 - AHBNS0Force AHB0 access to Non-Sequential This bit forces AHB0 communication to be non-sequential. Value Description 0 AHB sequential accesses remain sequential. 1 AHB sequential accesses are forced to non-sequential, therefore forcing rearbitration for each access. Bits 11:8 - RWS[3:0]NVM Read Wait States These bits give the number of wait states for a read operation when AUTOWS=0. Zero indicates zero wait states, one indicates one wait state, etc., up to 15 wait states. This register is initialized to 0 wait states. Software can change this value based on the NVM access time and system frequency. Bits 7:6 - PRM[1:0]Power Reduction Mode during Sleep Indicates the power reduction mode during sleep. Value Name Description 0x0 SEMIAUTO NVM block enters low-power mode when entering standby mode. NVM block enters lowpower mode when SPRM command is issued. NVM block exits low-power mode upon first access. 0x1 FULLAUTO NVM block enters low-power mode when entering standby mode. NVM block enters lowpower mode when SPRM command is issued. NVM block exits low-power mode when system is not in standby mode. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 605 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller Value 0x2 0x3 Name MANUAL Description Reserved NVM block does not enter low-power mode when entering standby mode. NVM block enters low-power mode when SPRM command is issued. NVM block exits low-power mode upon first access. Bits 5:4 - WMODE[1:0]Write Mode Write commands can be generated automatically when crossing address boundaries while writing to the NVM. Boundaries depend on the settings below. Value Name Description 0x0 MAN Manual Write 0x1 ADW Automatic Double Word Write 0x2 AQW Automatic Quad Word 0x3 AP Automatic Page Write Bit 3 - SUSPENSuspend Enable 0: The write and erase suspend resume feature is disabled. 1: A write or erase operation can be suspended in case of a read in the same bank. Bit 2 - AUTOWSAuto Wait State Enable 0: Automatic wait state generation is disabled. The number of wait states used is given by CTRLA.RWS bits. 1: Automatic wait state generation is enabled. The number of wait states used is automatically detected therefore the module can operate at any frequency up to the device maximum frequency. A minimum of one cycle latency is induced. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 606 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller 25.8.2 Control B Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset CTRLB 0x04 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection 15 14 13 12 11 CMDEX[7:0] PAC WritePAC WriteProtection Protection 0 0 PAC WriteProtection 0 PAC WriteProtection 0 PAC WriteProtection 0 7 6 5 4 W 0 W 0 W 0 3 CMD[6:0] W 0 10 9 8 PAC WriteProtection 0 PAC WriteProtection 0 PAC WriteProtection 0 2 1 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 Bits 15:8 - CMDEX[7:0]Command Execution This bit group should be written with the key value 0xA5 to enable the command written to CMD to be executed. If the bit group is written with a different key value, the write is not performed and INTFLAG.PROGE is set. PROGE is also set if the a previously written command is not complete. The key value must be written at the same time as CMD. If a command is issued through the APB bus on the same cycle as an AHB bus access, the AHB bus access will be given priority. The command will then be executed when the NVM block and the AHB bus are idle. STATUS.READY must be one when the command is issued. INTFLAG.DONE is set when the command completes. Value Name Description 0xA5 KEY Execution Key Other Reserved Bits 6:0 - CMD[6:0]Command These bits define the command to be executed when the CMDEX key is written. Value Name Description 0x0 EP Erase Page - Only supported in the User page in the auxiliary space. 0x1 EB Erase Block - Erases the block addressed by the ADDR register, not supported in the user page 0x2 Reserved 0x3 WP Write Page - Writes the contents of the page buffer to the page addressed by the ADDR register, not supported in the user page 0x4 WQW Write Quad Word - Writes a 128-bit word at the location addressed by the ADDR register. 0x5-0xF Reserved 0x10 SWRST Software Reset - Power-Cycle the NVM memory and replay the device automatic calibration procedure and resets the module configuration registers 0x11 LR Lock Region - Locks the region containing the address location in the ADDR register until next reset. 0x12 UR Unlock Region - Unlocks the region containing the address location in the ADDR register until next reset. 0x13 SPRM Sets the power reduction mode. 0x14 CPRM Clears the power reduction mode. 0x15 PBC Page Buffer Clear - Clears the page buffer. 0x16 SSB Set Security Bit 0x17 BKSWRST Bank swap and system reset, if SmartEEPROM is used also reallocate its data into the opposite BANK 0x18 CELCK Chip Erase Lock - DSU.CTRL.CE command is not available 0x19 CEULCK Chip Erase Unlock - DSU.CTRL.CE command is available (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 607 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller Value 0x1A Name SBPDIS 0x1B 0x1C-0x2 F 0x30 0x31 0x32 0x33 0x34 0x35 0x36 0x37 0x38-0x7 F CBPDIS ASEES0 ASEES1 SEERALOC SEEFLUSH LSEE USEE LSEER USEER Description Sets STATUS.BPDIS, Boot loader protection is discarded until CBPDIS is issued or next start-up sequence Clears STATUS.BPDIS, Boot loader protection is not discarded Reserved Configure SmartEEPROM to use Sector 0 Configure SmartEEPROM to use Sector 1 Starts SmartEEPROM sector reallocation algorithm Flush SmartEEPROM data when in buffered mode Lock access to SmartEEPROM data from any means Unlock access to SmartEEPROM data Lock access to the SmartEEPROM Register Address Space (above 64KB) Unock access to the SmartEEPROM Register Address Space (above 64KB) Reserved (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 608 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller 25.8.3 NVM Parameter Name: Offset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit PARAM 0x08 - 31 SEE R 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 16 R 17 PSZ[2:0] R 11 10 9 8 R R R R 3 2 1 0 R R R R Access Reset Bit 15 14 13 12 R NVMP[15:8] Access Reset R R R R Bit 7 6 5 4 NVMP[7:0] Access Reset R R R R Bit 31 - SEESmartEEPROM Supported 0: No SmartEEPROM support 1: SmartEEPROM is supported. Bits 18:16 - PSZ[2:0]Page Size Indicates the page size. Not all device families will provide all the page sizes indicated in the table. Value Name Description 0x0 8 8 bytes 0x1 16 16 bytes 0x2 32 32 bytes 0x3 64 64 bytes 0x4 128 128 bytes 0x5 256 256 bytes 0x6 512 512 bytes 0x7 1024 1024 bytes Bits 15:0 - NVMP[15:0]NVM Pages Indicates the number of pages in the NVM main address space (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 609 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller 25.8.4 Interrupt Enable Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit INTENCLR 0x0C 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection 15 14 13 12 11 10 SEEWRC R/W 0 9 SEESOVF R/W 0 8 SEESFULL R/W 0 7 SUSP R/W 0 6 NVME R/W 0 5 ECCDE R/W 0 4 ECCSE R/W 0 3 LOCKE R/W 0 2 PROGE R/W 0 1 ADDRE R/W 0 0 DONE R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 10 - SEEWRCSEE Write Completed Interrupt Clear Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the SEEWRC interrupt enable. This bit will read as the current value of the SEEWRC interrupt enable. Bit 9 - SEESOVFActive SEES Overflow Interrupt Clear Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the SEESOVF interrupt enable. This bit will read as the current value of the SEESOVF interrupt enable. Bit 8 - SEESFULLActive SEES Full Interrupt Clear Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the SEESFULL interrupt enable. This bit will read as the current value of the SEESFULL interrupt enable. Bit 7 - SUSPSuspended Write Or Erase Interrupt Clear Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the SUSP interrupt enable. This bit will read as the current value of the SUSP interrupt enable. Bit 6 - NVMENVM Error Interrupt Clear Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the NVME interrupt enable. This bit will read as the current value of the NVME interrupt enable. Bit 5 - ECCDEECC Dual Error Interrupt Clear Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the ECCDE interrupt enable. This bit will read as the current value of the ECCDE interrupt enable. Bit 4 - ECCSEECC Single Error Interrupt Clear Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the ECCSE interrupt enable. This bit will read as the current value of the ECCSE interrupt enable. Bit 3 - LOCKELock Error Interrupt Clear Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the LOCKE interrupt enable. This bit will read as the current value of the LOCKE interrupt enable. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 610 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller Bit 2 - PROGEProgramming Error Interrupt Clear Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the PROGE interrupt enable. This bit will read as the current value of the PROGE interrupt enable. Bit 1 - ADDREAddress Error Interrupt Clear Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the ADDRE interrupt enable. This bit will read as the current value of the ADDRE interrupt enable. Bit 0 - DONECommand Done Interrupt Clear Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the DONE interrupt enable. This bit will read as the current value of the DONE interrupt enable. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 611 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller 25.8.5 Interrupt Enable Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit INTENSET 0x0E 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection 15 14 13 12 11 10 SEEWRC R/W 0 9 SEESOVF R/W 0 8 SEESFULL R/W 0 7 SUSP R/W 0 6 NVME R/W 0 5 ECCDE R/W 0 4 ECCSE R/W 0 3 LOCKE R/W 0 2 PROGE R/W 0 1 ADDRE R/W 0 0 DONE R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 10 - SEEWRCSEE Write Completed Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit sets the SEEWRC interrupt enable. This bit will read as the current value of the SEEWRC interrupt enable. Bit 9 - SEESOVFActive SEES Overflow Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit sets the SEESOVF interrupt enable. This bit will read as the current value of the SEESOVF interrupt enable. Bit 8 - SEESFULLActive SEES Full Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit sets the SEESFULL interrupt enable. This bit will read as the current value of the SEESFULL interrupt enable. Bit 7 - SUSPSuspended Write Or Erase Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit sets the SUSP interrupt enable. This bit will read as the current value of the SUSP interrupt enable. Bit 6 - NVMENVM Error Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit sets the NVME interrupt enable. This bit will read as the current value of the NVME interrupt enable. Bit 5 - ECCDEECC Dual Error Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit sets the ECCDE interrupt enable. This bit will read as the current value of the ECCDE interrupt enable. Bit 4 - ECCSEECC Single Error Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit sets the ECCSE interrupt enable. This bit will read as the current value of the ECCSE interrupt enable. Bit 3 - LOCKELock Error Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit sets the LOCKE interrupt enable. This bit will read as the current value of the LOCKE interrupt enable. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 612 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller Bit 2 - PROGEProgramming Error Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit sets the PROGE interrupt enable. This bit will read as the current value of the PROGE interrupt enable. Bit 1 - ADDREAddress Error Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit sets the ADDRE interrupt enable. This bit will read as the current value of the ADDRE interrupt enable. Bit 0 - DONECommand Done Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit sets the DONE interrupt enable. This bit will read as the current value of the DONE interrupt enable. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 613 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller 25.8.6 Interrupt Flag Status and Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit INTFLAG 0x10 0x0000 - 15 14 13 12 11 10 SEEWRC R/W 0 9 SEESOVF R/W 0 8 SEESFULL R/W 0 7 SUSP R/W 0 6 NVME R/W 0 5 ECCDE R 0 4 ECCSE R 0 3 LOCKE R/W 0 2 PROGE R/W 0 1 ADDRE R/W 0 0 DONE R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 10 - SEEWRCSEE Write Completed * Unbuffered mode: 0: AHB write is pending. * 1: AHB write has completed, and NVM is programmed with correct values. Buffered mode: 0: AHB write is pending. 1: AHB write has completed. If SEESTAT.LOAD=0, then the NVM is programmed with correct values. If SEESTAT.LOAD=1, then data is still pending in the Page Buffer. Bit 9 - SEESOVFActive SEES Overflow 0: No SEES overflow have been detected since the last clear. 1: At least SEES overflow has been detected since the last clear. This bit can be cleared by writing a one to its bit location. Bit 8 - SEESFULLActive SEES Full 0: The active SEES is not full 1: The active SEES is Full, meaning that the next write will fail if the active sector is not reallocated. This bit can be cleared by writing a one to its bit location. Bit 7 - SUSPSuspended Write Or Erase Operation 0: No write/suspend has occurred since the last clear. 1: A write or erase operation has been suspended since the last clear. This bit can be cleared by writing a one to its bit location. Bit 6 - NVMENVM Error 0: No NVM errors have been received since the last clear. 1: At least one NVM error has occurred since the last clear. This bit can be cleared by writing a one to its bit location. Bit 5 - ECCDEECC Dual Error 0: No ECC dual errors have been received since the last ECCERR register read. 1: At least one ECC error has occurred since the last ECCERR register read. This bit is cleared when the ECCERR register is read. Bit 4 - ECCSEECC Single Error 0: No ECC single errors have been received since the last ECCERR register read. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 614 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller 1: At least one ECC error has occurred since the last ECCERR register read. This bit is cleared when the ECCERR register is read. Bit 3 - LOCKELock Error 0: No LOCK errors have been received since the last clear. 1: At least one LOCK error has occurred since the last clear. This bit can be cleared by writing a one to its bit location. Bit 2 - PROGEProgramming Error 0: No PROG errors have been received since the last clear. 1: At least one PROG error has occurred since the last clear. This bit can be cleared by writing a one to its bit location. Bit 1 - ADDREAddress Error 0: No ADDRE error has been detected since the last clear. 1: At least one ADDRE error has been detected since the last clear. This bit can be cleared by writing a one to its bit location. Bit 0 - DONECommand Done 0: The NVM controller has not completed any command since the last clear. 1: At least one command has completed since the last clear. This bit can be cleared by writing a one to its bit location. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 615 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller 25.8.7 Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 15 STATUS 0x12 0x0000 Read-Only 14 13 12 11 Access Reset Bit R 0 7 6 Access Reset 5 BPDIS R 0 4 AFIRST R 1 3 SUSP R 0 10 9 BOOTPROT[3:0] R R 0 0 2 LOAD R 0 1 PRM R 0 8 R x 0 READY R 0 Bits 11:8 - BOOTPROT[3:0]Boot Loader Protection Size This bitfield is loaded from the USER page during the device startup. Defines the size of the BOOTPROT region which is protected against write or erase or Chip-Erase operations. This size is given by the following formula (15-BOOTPROT)*8KB. Bit 5 - BPDISBoot Loader Protection Disable 0: Boot loader protection is not discarded. 1: Boot loader protection against modify operations is discarded until CBPDIS is issued or next start-up sequence except for Chip-Erase. Bit 4 - AFIRSTBANKA First 0: Start address of bank B is mapped at 0x0000_0000. 1: Start address of bank A is mapped at 0x0000_0000. Bit 3 - SUSPNVM Write Or Erase Operation Is Suspended 0: The NVM controller is not in suspended state. 1: The NVM controller is in suspended state. Bit 2 - LOADNVM Page Buffer Active Loading This bit indicates that the NVM page buffer has been loaded with one or more words. Immediately after an NVM load has been performed, this flag is set, and it remains set until a Write Page (WP), Write Quad Word (WQW) or a page buffer clear (PBCLR) command is given. Bit 1 - PRMPower Reduction Mode This bit indicates the current NVM power reduction state. The NVM block can be set in power reduction mode in two ways: through the command interface or automatically when entering sleep with CTRLA.PRM set accordingly. PRM can be cleared in three ways: through AHB access to the NVM block, through the command interface (SPRM and CPRM) or when exiting sleep with CTRLA.PRM set accordingly. 0: NVM is not in power reduction mode 1: NVM is in power reduction mode. Bit 0 - READYReady to accept a command 0: The NVM controller is busy programming or erasing. 1: The NVM controller is ready to accept a new command. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 616 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller 25.8.8 Address Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit ADDR 0x14 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection 31 30 29 28 23 22 21 20 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 27 26 25 24 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 19 ADDR[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 ADDR[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 ADDR[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 23:0 - ADDR[23:0]NVM Address ADDR drives the hardware address to the NVM when a command is executed using CMDEX. It is a Byte address. This register is also automatically updated when writing to the page buffer or when writing the SmartEEPROM. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 617 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller 25.8.9 Lock Section Name: Offset: Reset: Property: RUNLOCK 0x18 0xXXXXXXXX - Bit 31 30 29 Access Reset R x R x R x Bit 23 22 21 Access Reset R x R x R x Bit 15 14 13 Access Reset R x R x R x Bit 7 6 5 Access Reset R x R x R x 28 27 RUNLOCK[31:24] R R x x 26 25 24 R x R x R x 20 19 RUNLOCK[23:16] R R x x 18 17 16 R x R x R x 12 11 RUNLOCK[15:8] R R x x 10 9 8 R x R x R x 4 3 RUNLOCK[7:0] R R x x 2 1 0 R x R x R x Bits 31:0 - RUNLOCK[31:0]Region Un-Lock Bits In order to set or clear these bits, the CMD register must be used. 0: The corresponding region is locked. 1: The corresponding region is not locked. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 618 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller 25.8.10 Page Buffer Load Data x Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 PBLDATAn 0x1C + n*0x04 [n=0..1] 0xFFFFFFFF - 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 1 DATA[31:24] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 DATA[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 DATA[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 DATA[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - DATA[31:0]Page Buffer Data (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 619 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller 25.8.11 ECC Error Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: ECCERR 0x24 0x00000000 - This register tracks errors on the NVM read path. ECC error tracking is active until an error is detected. It is still active in case of single error but no dual error. In this case only a dual error can override this register status as a dual error is more critical than a single error. Error tracking resumes as soon as this register is read. Bit 31 30 29 TYPEH[1:0] 28 27 26 25 24 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 TYPEL[1:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 ADDR[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 ADDR[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 ADDR[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:30 - TYPEH[1:0]High Double-Word Error Type Indicates the type of error detected on the NVM 64-bit most significant read word. It is reset to None when this register is read except if an error occurs in the same cycle. Value Name Description 0x0 None No Error Detected Since Last Read 0x1 Single At Least One Single Error Detected Since last Read 0x2 Dual At Least One Dual Error Detected Since Last Read 0x3 Reserved Bits 29:28 - TYPEL[1:0]Low Double-Word Error Type Indicates the type of error detected on the NVM 64-bit less significant read word. It is reset to None when this register is read except if an error occurs in the same cycle. Value Name Description 0x0 None No Error Detected Since Last Read 0x1 Single At Least One Single Error Detected Since last Read 0x2 Dual At Least One Dual Error Detected Since Last Read 0x3 Reserved Bits 23:0 - ADDR[23:0]Error Address Indicates the Byte address of the last detected error. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 620 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller 25.8.12 Debug Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 DBGCTRL 0x28 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 2 Access Reset 1 ECCELOG R/W 0 0 ECCDIS R/W 0 Bit 1 - ECCELOGDebugger ECC Error Tracking Mode 0: ECC errors detected during a read initiated by a debugger are not logged. 1: ECC errors detected during a read initiated by a debugger are logged. Bit 0 - ECCDISDebugger ECC Read Disable Value Description 0 ECC errors for debugger reads are corrected and logged in INTFLAG 1 ECC errors for debugger reads are not corrected or logged in INTFLAG (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 621 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller 25.8.13 SmartEEPROM Configuration Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 SEECFG 0x2A 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 APRDIS R/W 0 0 WMODE R/W 0 Bit 1 - APRDISAutomatic Page Reallocation Disable 0: enables the Automatic page Reallocation. 1: disables the Automatic page Reallocation. Bit 0 - WMODEWrite Mode Indicates the type of bufferization used. Value Name Description 0x0 UNBUFFERED A NVM write command is issued after each write in the pagebuffer 0x1 BUFFERED A NVM write command is issued when a write to a new page is requested (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 622 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller 25.8.14 SmartEEPROM Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit SEESTAT 0x2C 0x00000000 Read-Only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 PSZ[2:0] R 0 16 9 8 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit R 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 R x SBLK[3:0] Access Reset Bit 7 6 Access Reset 5 4 RLOCK R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R x 3 LOCK R x 2 BUSY R 0 1 LOAD R 0 0 ASEES R x Bits 18:16 - PSZ[2:0]SmartEEPROM Page Size This bit field is automatically loaded from the user page during startup. Indicates the page size. Not all device families will provide all the page sizes indicated in the table. Bits 11:8 - SBLK[3:0]Blocks Number In a Sector This bit field is automatically loaded from the user page during startup. Indicates the number of blocks allocated to a SEES. Bit 4 - RLOCKRLOCK SmartEEPROM Write Access To Register Address Space Is Locked Bit 3 - LOCKSmartEEPROM Section Locked This bit field is automatically loaded from the user page during startup. Access to the SmartEEPROM data is locked. Writes to AHB2 throws hardfault exceptions. 0: SmartEEPROM access is not locked 1: SmartEEPROM access is locked Bit 2 - BUSYBusy 0: SmartEEPROM is ready. 1: SmartEEPROM is busy processing a read or a write operation. Bit 1 - LOADPage Buffer Loaded 0: SmartEEPROM has not left unwritten data in the page buffer. 1: SmartEEPROM has left unwritten data in the page buffer. Bit 0 - ASEESActive SmartEEPROM Sector This bit field is automatically loaded during startup from a special fuse in the NVM. Indicates the active SEES 0: SEES0 is active (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 623 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet NVMCTRL - Nonvolatile Memory Controller 1: SEES1 is active (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 624 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor 26. ICM - Integrity Check Monitor 26.1 Overview The Integrity Check Monitor (ICM) is a DMA controller that performs hash calculation over multiple memory regions through the use of transfer descriptors located in memory (ICM Descriptor Area). The Hash function is based on the Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA). The ICM controller integrates two modes of operation. The first one is used to hash a list of memory regions and save the digests to memory (ICM Hash Area). The second operation mode is an active monitoring of the memory. In that mode, the hash function is evaluated and compared to the digest located at a predefined memory address (ICM Hash Area). If a mismatch occurs, an interrupt is raised. 26.2 Features * * * * * * * DMA AHB master interface Supports monitoring of up to four non-contiguous memory regions Supports block gathering through the use of linked list Supports Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA1, SHA224, SHA256) Compliant with FIPS Publication 180-2 Configurable processing period: - When SHA1 algorithm is processed, the run-time period is either 85 or 209 clock cycles. - When SHA256 or SHA224 algorithm is processed, the run-time period is either 72 or 194 clock cycles. Programmable bus burden (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 625 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor 26.3 Block Diagram Figure 26-1.Integrity Check Monitor Block Diagram APB Host Interface Configuration Registers SHA Hash Engine Context Registers Monitoring FSM Integrity Scheduler Master DMA Interface Bus Layer 26.4 Signal Description Not applicable. 26.5 Product Dependencies In order to use this peripheral, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described below. 26.5.1 Power Management The ICM will run only when the source clocks are running, i.e. when the CPU is in Active mode. 26.5.2 Clocks The ICM bus clocks (CLK_ICM_AHB and CLK_ICM_APB) can be enabled and disabled in the Main Clock module (MCLK) by writing the respective bit in the mask registers (MCLK.AHBMASK.ICM and MCLK.APBCMASK.ICM). The default states of CLK_ICM_AHB and CLK_ICM_APB are given by the reset values of the respective mask registers. Related Links 15.7 Register Summary 26.5.3 DMA Not applicable. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 626 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor 26.5.4 Interrupts The ICM has an interrupt line connected to the Interrupt Controller. Handling the ICM interrupt requires programming the interrupt controller before configuring the ICM. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 26.5.5 Events Not applicable. 26.5.6 Debug Operation Not applicable. 26.6 Functional Description 26.6.1 Overview The Integrity Check Monitor (ICM) is a DMA controller that performs SHA-based memory hashing over memory regions. As shown in the Block Diagram, it integrates a DMA interface, a Monitoring Finite State Machine (FSM), an integrity scheduler, a set of context registers, a SHA engine, an interface for configuration and status registers. The SHA engine requires a message padded according to FIPS180-4 specification when used as a SHA calculation unit only. Otherwise, if the ICM is used as integrated check for memory content, the padding is not mandatory. The SHA module produces an N-bit message digest each time a block is read and a processing period ends. N is 160 for SHA1, 224 for SHA224, 256 for SHA256. When the ICM module is enabled, it sequentially retrieves a circular list of region descriptors from the memory (Main List described in Figure 26-2). Up to four regions may be monitored. Each region descriptor is composed of four words indicating the layout of the memory region (see also Example in 26.6.3 Region Descriptor Structure). It also contains the hashing engine configuration on a per region basis. As soon as the descriptor is loaded from the memory and context registers are updated with the data structure, the hashing operation starts. A programmable number of blocks (see TRSIZE field of the RCTRL structure member) is transferred from the memory to the SHA engine. When the desired number of blocks have been transferred, the digest is either moved to memory (Write Back function) or compared with a digest reference located in the system memory (Compare function). If a digest mismatch occurs, an interrupt is triggered if unmasked. The ICM module passes through the region descriptor list until the end of the list marked by an End of List bit set to one. To continuously monitor the list of regions, the WRAP bit must be set to one in the last data structure. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 627 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor Figure 26-2.ICM Region Descriptor and Hash Areas Main List infinite loop when wrap bit is set WRAP=1 End of Region N Region N Descriptor ICM Descriptor Area - Contiguous Read-only Memory Secondary List End of Region 1 List WRAP=0 Region 1 Descriptor End of Region 0 WRAP=0 Region 0 Descriptor Region N Hash ICM Hash Area Contiguous Read-write once Memory Region 1 Hash Region 0 Hash Each region descriptor supports gathering of data through the use of the Secondary List. Unlike the Main List, the Secondary List cannot modify the configuration attributes of the region. When the end of the Secondary List has been encountered, the ICM returns to the Main List. Memory integrity monitoring can be considered as a background service and the mandatory bandwidth shall be very limited. In order to limit the ICM memory bandwidth, use the BBC field of the CFG register to control ICM memory load. Figure 26-3.Region Descriptor Main List Region 3 Descriptor Region 2 Descriptor Optional Region 0 Secondary List Region 1 Descriptor ICMDSCR Region 0 Descriptor End of Region 0 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. 0x00C Region NEXT 0x00C Region NEXT 0x008 Region CTRL 0x008 Region CTRL 0x004 Region CFG 0x004 Unused 0x000 Region ADDR 0x000 Region ADDR Datasheet DS60001507F-page 628 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor 26.6.2 ICM Hash Area The ICM Hash Area is a contiguous area of system memory that the controller and the processor can access. The physical location is configured in the ICM hash area start address register. This address is a multiple of 128 bytes. If the CDWBN bit of the context register is cleared (i.e., Write Back activated), the ICM controller performs a digest write operation at the following starting location: *(HASH) + (RID<<5), where RID is the current region context identifier. If the CDWBN bit of the context register is set (i.e., Digest Comparison activated), the ICM controller performs a digest read operation at the same address. 26.6.2.1 Message Digest Example Considering the following 512 bits message (example given in FIPS 180-4): "61626380000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 000000000000000000000000000000000018" The message is written to memory in a Little Endian (LE) system architecture. Memory Address Address Offset / Byte Lane 0x3 / 31:24 0x2 / 23:16 0x1 / 15:8 0x0 / 7:0 0x000 80 63 62 61 0x004-0x038 00 00 00 00 0x03C 18 00 00 00 The digest is stored at the memory location pointed at by the ICM_HASH pointer with a Region Offset. Memory Address Address Offset / Byte Lane 0x3 / 31:24 0x2 / 23:16 0x1 / 15:8 0x0 / 7:0 0x000 36 3e 99 a9 0x004 6a 81 06 47 0x008 71 25 3e ba 0x00C 6c c2 50 78 0x010 9d d8 d0 9c Memory Address Address Offset / Byte Lane 0x3 / 31:24 0x2 / 23:16 0x1 / 15:8 0x0 / 7:0 0x000 22 7d 09 23 0x004 22 d8 05 34 0x008 77 a4 42 86 0x00C b3 55 a2 bd 0x010 e4 bc ad 2a 0x014 f7 b3 a0 bd 0x018 a7 9d 6c e3 Memory Address Address Offset / Byte Lane 0x3 / 31:24 0x2 / 23:16 0x1 / 15:8 0x0 / 7:0 0x000 bf 16 78 ba 0x004 ea cf 01 8f (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 629 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor ...........continued Memory Address Address Offset / Byte Lane 0x3 / 31:24 0x2 / 23:16 0x1 / 15:8 0x0 / 7:0 0x008 de 40 41 41 0x00C 23 22 ae 5d 0x010 a3 61 03 b0 0x014 9c 7a 17 96 0x018 61 ff 10 b4 0x01C ad 15 00 f2 Considering the following 1024 bits message (example given in FIPS 180-4): "6162638000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000018" The message is written to memory in a Little Endian (LE) system architecture. Memory Address 26.6.3 Address Offset / Byte Lane 0x3 / 31:24 0x2 / 23:16 0x1 / 15:8 0x0 / 7:0 0x000 80 63 62 61 0x004-0x078 00 00 00 00 0x07C 18 00 00 00 Region Descriptor Structure The ICM Region Descriptor Area is a contiguous area of system memory that the controller and the processor can access. When the ICM controller is activated, the controller performs a descriptor fetch operation at the DSCR address. If the Main List contains more than one descriptor (i.e., more than one region is to be moderated), the fetch address is DSCR + RID<<4 where RID is the region identifier. Table 26-1.Region Descriptor Structure (Main List) Offset Structure Member Name DSCR+0x00+RID*(0x10) ICM Region Start Address RADDR DSCR+0x04+RID*(0x10) ICM Region Configuration RCFG DSCR+0x08+RID*(0x10) ICM Region Control RCTRL DSCR+0x0C+RID*(0x10) ICM Region Next Address RNEXT Example 26-1.ICM Monitoring of 3 Memory Data Blocks (Defined as 2 Regions) The following figure shows the mandatory ICM settings to monitor three memory data blocks of the system memory (defined as two regions) with one region being not contiguous (two separate areas) and one contiguous memory area. For each said region, the SHA algorithm may be independently selected (different for each region). The wrap allows continuous monitoring. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 630 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor Figure 26-4.Example - Monitoring of 3 Memory Data Blocks (Defined as 2 Regions) Size of region1 block (S1) R S eg Bl ing ion oc le 1 k Da ta System Memory, data areas System Memory, region descriptor structure wrap=1 effect NEXT=0 @r1d Size of region0 block 1 (S0B1) R D egi at on a Bl 0 oc k 1 3 2 @r0db1 R D egi at on a Bl 0 oc k 0 Size of region0 block 0 (S0B0) S1 wrap=1, etc @md+20 @md+16 @r1d 1 3 @md+28 @md+24 @md+12 @md+8 NEXT=@sd S0B0 wrap=0, etc @r0db0 @md+4 @md NEXT=0 S0B1 @sd+12 @sd+8 don't care @sd+4 @sd Region 1 Single Descriptor Region 0 Main Descriptor 1 2 @r0db1 Region 0 Second Descriptor @r0db0 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 631 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor 26.6.3.1 Region Descriptor Structure Overview Offset Name Bit Pos. 7:0 0x00 0x04 0x08 RADDR0 RCFG0 RCTRL0 0x0C RADDR1 0x0C RNEXT0 0x10 0x14 RCFG1 RCTRL1 0x18 RADDR2 0x18 RNEXT1 0x1C 0x20 RCFG2 RCTRL2 0x24 RADDR3 0x24 RNEXT2 0x28 RCFG3 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 RADDR[7:0] WCIEN BEIEN DMIEN ALGO[2:0] RADDR[15:8] RADDR[23:16] RADDR[31:24] RHIEN EOM PROCDLY WRAP SUIEN CDWBN ECIEN EOM PROCDLY WRAP SUIEN CDWBN ECIEN EOM PROCDLY WRAP SUIEN CDWBN ECIEN EOM PROCDLY WRAP SUIEN CDWBN ECIEN TRSIZE[7:0] TRSIZE[15:8] RADDR[7:0] RADDR[15:8] RADDR[23:16] RADDR[31:24] WCIEN BEIEN DMIEN ALGO[2:0] RHIEN TRSIZE[7:0] TRSIZE[15:8] RADDR[7:0] RADDR[15:8] RADDR[23:16] RADDR[31:24] WCIEN BEIEN DMIEN ALGO[2:0] RHIEN TRSIZE[7:0] TRSIZE[15:8] RADDR[7:0] RADDR[15:8] RADDR[23:16] RADDR[31:24] WCIEN (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. BEIEN DMIEN ALGO[2:0] RHIEN Datasheet DS60001507F-page 632 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor ...........continued Offset Name 0x2C RCTRL3 0x30 RNEXT3 Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. TRSIZE[7:0] TRSIZE[15:8] Datasheet DS60001507F-page 633 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor 26.6.3.1.1 Region Start Address Structure Member Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset RADDR 0x00 + n*0x0C [n=0..3] 0x00000000 Read/Write 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 28 27 RADDR[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 20 19 RADDR[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 11 RADDR[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 3 RADDR[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - RADDR[31:0]Region Start Address This field indicates the first byte address of the region (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 634 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor 26.6.3.1.2 Region Configuration Structure Member Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit RCFG 0x04 + n*0x0C [n=0..3] 0x00000000 Read/Write 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 ALGO[2:0] 12 11 0 0 0 10 PROCDLY R/W 0 9 SUIEN R/W 1 8 ECIEN R/W 1 6 BEIEN R/W 1 5 DMIEN R/W 1 4 RHIEN R/W 1 3 2 EOM R/W 0 1 WRAP R/W 0 0 CDWBN R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 7 WCIEN R/W 1 Bits 14:12 - ALGO[2:0]User SHA Algorithm Value Name Description 0 SHA1 SHA1 algorithm processed 1 SHA256 SHA256 algorithm processed 4 SHA224 SHA224 algorithm processed Other Reserved Bit 10 - PROCDLYProcessing Delay For a given SHA algorithm, the runtime period has two possible lengths: Table 26-2.SHA Processing Runtime Periods Algorithm SHORTEST [number of cycles] LONGEST [number of cycles] SHA1 SHA224 SHA256 85 72 72 209 194 194 Value 0 1 Name SHORTEST LONGEST Description SHA processing runtime is the shortest one SHA processing runtime is the longest one Bit 9 - SUIENMonitoring Status Updated Condition Interrupt Enable 0: The RSU flag is set when the corresponding descriptor is loaded from memory to ICM. 1: The RSU flag remains cleared even if the condition is met. Bit 8 - ECIENEnd Bit Condition Interrupt Enable 0: The REC flag is set when the descriptor having the EOM bit set is processed. 1: The REC flag remains cleared even if the setting condition is met. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 635 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor Bit 7 - WCIENWrap Condition Interrupt Disable 0: The RWC flag is set when the WRAP 1: The RWC flag remains cleared even if the setting condition is met. Bit 6 - BEIENBus Error Interrupt Disable 0: The flag is set when an error is reported on the system bus by the bus MATRIX. 1: The flag remains cleared even if the setting condition is met. Bit 5 - DMIENDigest Mismatch Interrupt Disable 0: The RBE flag is set when the hash value just calculated from the processed region dffers from expected hash value. 1: The RBE flag remains cleared even if the setting condition is met. Bit 4 - RHIENRegion Hash Completed Interrupt Disable 0: The RHC flag is set when the field NEXT = 0 in a descriptor of the main or second list. 1: The RHC flag remains cleared even if the setting condition is met. Bit 2 - EOMEnd of Monitoring 0: The current descriptor does not terminate the monitoring. 1: The current descriptor terminates the Main List. WRAP bit value has no effect. Bit 1 - WRAPWrap Command 0: The next region descriptor address loaded is the current region identifier descriptor address incremented by 0x10. 1: The next region descriptor address loaded is DSCR. Bit 0 - CDWBNCompare Digest or Write Back Digest 0: The digest is written to the Hash area. 1: The digest value is compared to the digest stored in the Hash area. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 636 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor 26.6.3.1.3 Region Control Structure Member Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit RCTRL 0x08 + n*0x0C [n=0..3] 0x00000000 R/W 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 11 TRSIZE[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 3 TRSIZE[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bits 15:0 - TRSIZE[15:0]Transfer Size for the Current Chunk of Data (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 637 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor 26.6.3.1.4 Region Next Address Structure Member Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit RNEXT 0x0C + n*0x0C [n=0..3] 0x00000000 Read/Write 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 26.6.4 Using ICM as an SHA Engine The ICM can be configured to only calculate a SHA1, SHA224, SHA256 digest value. 26.6.4.1 Settings for Simple SHA Calculation The start address of the system memory containing the data to hash must be configured in the transfer descriptor of the DMA embedded in the ICM. The transfer descriptor is a system memory area integer multiple of 4 x 32-bit word and the start address of the descriptor must be configured in DSCR (the start address must be aligned on 64-bytes; six LSB must be cleared). If the data to hash is already padded according to SHA standards, only a single descriptor is required, and the EOM bit of RCFGn must be written to 1. If the data to hash does not contain a padding area, it is possible to define the padding area in another system memory location, the ICM can be configured to automatically jump from a memory area to another one by writing the descriptor register RNEXT with a value that differs from 0. Writing the RNEXT register with the start address of the padding area forces the ICM to concatenate both areas, thus providing the SHA result from the start address of the hash area configured in HASH. Whether the system memory is configured as a single or multiple data block area, the bits CDWBN and WRAP must be cleared in the region descriptor structure member RCFGn. The bits WBDIS, EOMDIS, SLBDIS must be cleared in CFG. Write the bits RHIEN and ECIEN in the Region Configuration Structure Member (RCFGn) to `0': * The flag RHC[i], i being the region index, is set (if RHIEN is `0') when the hash result is available at address defined in HASH. * The flag REC[i], i being the region index, is set (if ECIEN is `0') when the hash result is available at the address defined in HASH. An interrupt is generated if the bit RHC[i] is written to `1' in the IER (if RHC[i] is set in RCTRL of region i) or if the bit REC[i] is written to 1 in the IER (if REC[i] is set in RCTRL of region i). 26.6.4.2 Processing Period The SHA engine processing period can be configured by writing to the Region Configuration Structure Member register (RCFGn). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 638 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor The short processing period allows to allocate bandwidth to the SHA module whereas the long processing period allocates more bandwidth on the system bus to other applications. In SHA mode, the shortest processing period is 85 clock cycles + 2 clock cycles for start command synchronization. The longest period is 209 clock cycles + 2 clock cycles. In SHA256 and SHA224 modes, the shortest processing period is 72 clock cycles + 2 clock cycles for start command synchronization. The longest period is 194 clock cycles + 2 clock cycles. 26.6.5 ICM Automatic Monitoring Mode The ASCD bit of the CFG register is used to activate the ICM Automatic Mode. When CFG.ASCD is set, the ICM performs the following actions: * * 26.6.6 The ICM controller passes through the Main List once with CDWBN bit in RCFGn at 0 (i.e., Write Back activated) and EOM bit in the RCFGn context register at 0. When RCFGn.WRAP=1, the ICM controller enters active monitoring, with CDWBN bit in context register now set, and EOM bit in context register cleared. Writing to the CDWBN and EOM bits in RCFGn has no effect. ICM Configuration Parameters Transfer Type Single Region Contiguous list of blocks Main List RCFG RNEXT CDWBN WRAP EOM NEXT 1 item 0 0 1 0 The Main List contains only one descriptor. The Secondary List is empty for that descriptor. The digest is computed and saved to memory. 1 item 0 0 1 Secondary List address of the current region identifier The Main List contains only one descriptor. The Secondary List describes the layout of the noncontiguous region. 1 item 1 1 0 0 When the hash computation is terminated, the digest is compared with the one saved in memory. Digest written to memory Monitoring disabled Non-contiguous list of blocks Digest written to memory Monitoring disabled Contiguous list of blocks Digest comparison enabled Monitoring enabled (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet Comments DS60001507F-page 639 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor ...........continued Transfer Type Multiple Regions Main List RCFG CDWBN WRAP EOM NEXT Contiguous list of blocks Digest written to memory Monitoring disabled More than one item 0 0 1 for the last, 0 otherwise 0 ICM passes through the list once. Contiguous list of blocks More than one item 1 1 for the last, 0 otherwise 0 0 ICM performs active monitoring of the regions. If a mismatch occurs, an interrupt is raised. Non-contiguous list of blocks Digest is written to memory Monitoring is disabled More than one item 0 0 1 Secondary List address ICM performs hashing and saves digests to the Hash area. Non-contiguous list of blocks Digest comparison is enabled More than one item 1 1 0 Secondary List address ICM performs data gathering on a per region basis. Digest comparison is enabled RNEXT Comments Monitoring is enabled Monitoring is enabled 26.6.7 Security Features When an undefined register access occurs, the URAD bit in the Interrupt Status Register (ISR) is set if unmasked. Its source is then reported in the Undefined Access Status Register (UASR). Only the first undefined register access is available through the UASR.URAT field. Several kinds of unspecified register accesses can occur: * * * * * Unspecified structure member set to one detected when the descriptor is loaded Configuration register (CFG) modified during active monitoring Descriptor register (DSCR) modified during active monitoring Hash register (HASH) modified during active monitoring Write-only register read access The URAD bit and the URAT field can only be reset by writing a 1 to the CTRL.SWRST bit. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 640 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor 26.7 Register Summary - ICM Offset Name 0x00 CFG 0x04 CTRL 0x08 SR 0x0C ... 0x0F Reserved 0x10 0x14 0x18 0x1C IER IDR IMR ISR 0x20 UASR 0x24 ... 0x2F Reserved 0x30 DSCR 0x34 HASH 0x38 UIHVALx0 0x3C UIHVALx1 Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 BBC[3:0] UALGO[2:0] 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 SLBDIS UIHASH EOMDIS DUALBUFF REHASH[3:0] RMEN[3:0] SWRST DISABLE RMDIS[3:0] RMDIS[3:0] RAWRMDIS[3:0] RDM[3:0] RWC[3:0] RSU[3:0] RHC[3:0] RBE[3:0] REC[3:0] RDM[3:0] RWC[3:0] RSU[3:0] RHC[3:0] RBE[3:0] REC[3:0] RDM[3:0] RWC[3:0] RSU[3:0] RHC[3:0] RBE[3:0] REC[3:0] RDM[3:0] RWC[3:0] RSU[3:0] RHC[3:0] RBE[3:0] REC[3:0] WBDIS ASCD ENABLE ENABLE URAD URAD URAD URAD URAT[2:0] DASA[1:0] DASA[9:2] DASA[17:10] DASA[25:18] HASA[0] (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. HASA[8:1] HASA[16:9] HASA[24:17] VAL[7:0] VAL[15:8] VAL[23:16] VAL[31:24] VAL[7:0] VAL[15:8] VAL[23:16] VAL[31:24] Datasheet DS60001507F-page 641 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor ...........continued Offset Name 0x40 UIHVALx2 0x44 UIHVALx3 0x48 UIHVALx4 0x4C UIHVALx5 0x50 UIHVALx6 0x54 UIHVALx7 26.8 Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 VAL[7:0] VAL[15:8] 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 VAL[23:16] VAL[31:24] VAL[7:0] VAL[15:8] VAL[23:16] VAL[31:24] VAL[7:0] VAL[15:8] VAL[23:16] VAL[31:24] VAL[7:0] VAL[15:8] VAL[23:16] VAL[31:24] VAL[7:0] VAL[15:8] VAL[23:16] VAL[31:24] VAL[7:0] VAL[15:8] VAL[23:16] VAL[31:24] Register Description Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16- and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Some registers are optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). Optional PAC write protection is denoted by the "PAC Write-Protection" property in each individual register description. For details, refer to 22.5.8 Register Access Protection. Some registers are enable-protected, meaning they can only be written when the peripheral is disabled. Enableprotection is denoted by the "Enable-Protected" property in each individual register description. Related Links 26.6.3 Region Descriptor Structure (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 642 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor 26.8.1 Configuration Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit CFG 0x00 0x0 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Bit 15 14 UALGO[2:0] 13 12 UIHASH 11 10 9 DUALBUFF Access Reset 0 0 0 0 0 8 ASCD R/W 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 R/W 0 R/W 0 1 EOMDIS R/W 0 0 WBDIS R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset 3 BBC[3:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 2 SLBDIS R/W 0 Bits 15:13 - UALGO[2:0]User SHA Algorithm Value Name Description 0 SHA1 SHA1 algorithm processed 1 SHA256 SHA256 algorithm processed 4 SHA224 SHA224 algorithm processed Other Reserved Bit 12 - UIHASHUser Initial Hash Value Value Description 0 The secure hash standard provides the initial hash value. 1 The initial hash value is programmable. Field UALGO provides the SHA algorithm. The ALGO field of the RCFGn structure member has no effect. Bit 9 - DUALBUFFDual Input Buffer Value Description 0 Dual Input buffer mode is disabled. 1 Dual Input buffer mode is enabled (Better performances, higher bandwidth required on system bus). Bit 8 - ASCDAutomatic Switch To Compare Digest Value Description 0 Automatic mode is disabled. 1 When this mode is enabled, the ICM controller automatically switches to active monitoring after the first Main List pass. Both CDWBN and WBDIS bits have no effect. A '1' must be written to the End of Monitoring bit in the Region Configuration register (RCFG.EOM) to terminate the monitoring. Bits 7:4 - BBC[3:0]Bus Burden Control This field is used to control the burden of the ICM system bus. The number of system clock cycles between the end of the current processing and the next block transfer is set to 2BBC. Up to 32768 cycles can be inserted. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 643 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor Bit 2 - SLBDISSecondary List Branching Disable Value Description 0 Branching to the Secondary List is permitted. 1 Branching to the Secondary List is forbidden. The NEXT field of the RNEXT structure member has no effect and is always considered as zero. Bit 1 - EOMDISEnd of Monitoring Disable Value Description 0 End of Monitoring is permitted. 1 End of Monitoring is forbidden. The EOM bit of the RCFG structure member has no effect. Bit 0 - WBDISWrite Back Disable 1: When the Automatic Switch to Compare Digest bit of this register (CFG.ASCD) is written to '1', this bit value has no effect. Value Description 0 Write Back Operations are permitted. 1 Write Back Operations are forbidden: Context register CDWBN bit is internally set to '1' and cannot be modified by a linked list element. The CDWBN bit of the RCFG structure member has no effect. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 644 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor 26.8.2 Control Register Name: Offset: Property: Bit CTRL 0x04 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit RMEN[3:0] Access Reset W W Bit 7 6 RMDIS[3:0] W W W W W W 5 4 3 W W 2 SWRST W 1 DISABLE W 0 0 ENABLE W 0 REHASH[3:0] Access Reset W W Bits 15:12 - RMEN[3:0]Region Monitoring Enable Value Description 0 No effect. 1 When bit RMEN[i] is written to '1', the monitoring of region with identifier i is activated. Bits 11:8 - RMDIS[3:0]Region Monitoring Disable Value Description 0 No effect. 1 When REHASH[i] is written to '1', Region i digest is re-computed. This bit is only available when region monitoring is disabled. Bits 7:4 - REHASH[3:0]Recompute Internal Hash Value Description 0 No effect. 1 When REHASH[i] is written to '1', Region i digest is re-computed. This bit is only available when region monitoring is disabled. Bit 2 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Value Description 0 No effect. 1 Resets the ICM controller. Bit 1 - DISABLEECM Disable Value Description 0 No effect. 1 The ICM controller is disabled. If a region is activated, the region is terminated. Bit 0 - ENABLEICM Enable Value Description 0 No effect. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 645 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor Value 1 Description The ICM controller is activated. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 646 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor 26.8.3 Status Register Name: Offset: Property: Bit SR 0x08 Read-Only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 8 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 10 9 RAWRMDIS[3:0] R R 0 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 RMDIS[3:0] Access Reset 1 R 0 0 ENABLE R 0 Bits 15:12 - RMDIS[3:0]Region Monitoring Disabled Status Value Description 0 Region i is being monitored (occurs after integrity check value has been calculated and written to Hash area). 1 Region i is not being monitored. Bits 11:8 - RAWRMDIS[3:0]Region Monitoring Disabled Raw Status Value Description 0 Region i monitoring has been activated by writing a 1 in RMEN[i] of CTRL 1 Region i monitoring has been deactivated by writing a 1 in RMDIS[i] of CTRL Bit 0 - ENABLEICM Controller Enable Register Value Description 0 ICM controller is disabled. 1 ICM controller is activated. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 647 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor 26.8.4 Interrupt Enable Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit IER 0x10 0x00000000 Write-Only 31 30 23 22 29 28 27 26 21 20 19 18 25 24 URAD W 0 17 16 W 0 W 0 9 8 W 0 W 0 1 0 W 0 W 0 Access Reset Bit RSU[3:0] Access Reset W 0 W 0 Bit 15 14 REC[3:0] W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 13 12 11 10 RWC[3:0] Access Reset W 0 W 0 Bit 7 6 RBE[3:0] W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 5 4 3 2 RDM[3:0] Access Reset W 0 W 0 RHC[3:0] W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 Bit 24 - URADUndefined Register Access Detection Interrupt Enable 0: No effect 1: The Undefined Register Access interrupt is enabled. Bits 23:20 - RSU[3:0]Region Status Updated Interrupt Enable 0: No effect 1: When RSU[i] is written to `1', the region i Status Updated interrupt is enabled. Bits 19:16 - REC[3:0]Region End bit Condition Detected Interrupt Enable 0: No effect 1: When REC[i] is written to `1', the region i End bit Condition interrupt is enabled. Bits 15:12 - RWC[3:0]Region Wrap Condition detected Interrupt Enable 0: No effect 1: When RWC[i] is written to `1', the Region i Wrap Condition interrupt is enabled. Bits 11:8 - RBE[3:0]Region Bus Error Interrupt Enable Value Description 0 No effect. 1 When RBE[i] is written to '1', the Region i Bus Error interrupt is enabled. Bits 7:4 - RDM[3:0]Region Digest Mismatch Interrupt Enable Value Description 0 No effect. 1 When RDM[i] is written to '1', the Region i Digest Mismatch interrupt is enabled. Bits 3:0 - RHC[3:0]Region Hash Completed Interrupt Enable Value Description 0 No effect. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 648 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor Value 1 Description When RHC[i] is written to '1', the Region i Hash Completed interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 649 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor 26.8.5 Interrupt Disable Register Name: Offset: Property: Bit IDR 0x14 Write-Only 31 30 23 22 29 28 27 26 21 20 19 18 25 24 URAD W 17 16 W W 9 8 W W 1 0 W W Access Reset Bit RSU[3:0] Access Reset W W Bit 15 14 REC[3:0] W W W W 13 12 11 10 RWC[3:0] Access Reset W W Bit 7 6 RBE[3:0] W W W W 5 4 3 2 RDM[3:0] Access Reset W W RHC[3:0] W W W W Bit 24 - URADUndefined Register Access Detection Interrupt Disable Value Description 0 No effect. 1 Undefined Register Access Detection interrupt is disabled. Bits 23:20 - RSU[3:0]Region Status Updated Interrupt Disable Value Description 0 No effect. 1 When RSU[i] is written to '1', the region i Status Updated interrupt is disabled. Bits 19:16 - REC[3:0]Region End bit Condition detected Interrupt Disable Value Description 0 No effect. 1 When REC[i] is written to '1', the region i End bit Condition interrupt is disabled. Bits 15:12 - RWC[3:0]Region Wrap Condition Detected Interrupt Disable Value Description 0 No effect. 1 When RWC[i] is written to '1', the Region i Wrap Condition interrupt is disabled. Bits 11:8 - RBE[3:0]Region Bus Error Interrupt Disable Value Description 0 No effect. 1 When RBE[i] is written to '1', the Region i Bus Error interrupt is disabled. Bits 7:4 - RDM[3:0]Region Digest Mismatch Interrupt Disable Value Description 0 No effect. 1 When RDM[i] is written to '1', the Region i Digest Mismatch interrupt is disabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 650 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor Bits 3:0 - RHC[3:0]Region Hash Completed Interrupt Disable Value Description 0 No effect. 1 When RHC[i] is written to '1', the Region i Hash Completed interrupt is disabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 651 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor 26.8.6 Interrupt Mask Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit IMR 0x18 0x00000000 Read-Only 31 30 23 22 29 28 27 26 21 20 19 18 25 24 URAD R 0 17 16 R 0 R 0 9 8 R 0 R 0 1 0 R 0 R 0 Access Reset Bit RSU[3:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 REC[3:0] R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 13 12 11 10 RWC[3:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 RBE[3:0] R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 5 4 3 2 RDM[3:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 RHC[3:0] R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 24 - URADUndefined Register Access Detection Interrupt Mask Value Description 0 The interrupt is disabled. 1 The interrupt is enabled. Bits 23:20 - RSU[3:0]Region Status Updated Interrupt Mask Value Description 0 When RSU[i] is reading '0', the interrupt is disabled for region i. 1 When RSU[i] is reading '1', the interrupt is enabled for region i. Bits 19:16 - REC[3:0]Region End bit Condition Detected Interrupt Mask Value Description 0 When REC[i] is reading '0', the interrupt is disabled for region i. 1 When REC[i] is reading '1', the interrupt is enabled for region i. Bits 15:12 - RWC[3:0]Region Wrap Condition Detected Interrupt Mask Value Description 0 When RWC[i] is reading '0', the interrupt is disabled for region i. 1 When RWC[i] is reading '1', the interrupt is enabled for region i. Bits 11:8 - RBE[3:0]Region Bus Error Interrupt Mask Value Description 0 When RBE[i] is reading '0', the interrupt is disabled for region i. 1 When RBE[i] is reading '1', the interrupt is enabled for region i. Bits 7:4 - RDM[3:0]Region Digest Mismatch Interrupt Mask Value Description 0 When RDM[i] is reading '0', the interrupt is disabled for region i. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 652 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor Value 1 Description When RDM[i] is reading '1', the interrupt is enabled for region i. Bits 3:0 - RHC[3:0]Region Hash Completed Interrupt Mask Value Description 0 When RHC[i] is reading '0', the interrupt is disabled for region i. 1 When RHC[i] is reading '1', the interrupt is enabled for region i. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 653 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor 26.8.7 Interrupt Status Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit ISR 0x1C 0x0 Read-Only 31 30 23 22 29 28 27 26 21 20 19 18 25 24 URAD R 0 17 16 R 0 R 0 9 8 R 0 R 0 1 0 R 0 R 0 Access Reset Bit RSU[3:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 REC[3:0] R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 13 12 11 10 RWC[3:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 RBE[3:0] R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 5 4 3 2 RDM[3:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 RHC[3:0] R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 24 - URADUndefined Register Access Detection Status The URAD bit is only reset by the SWRST bit in the CTRL register. The Undefined Register Access Trace bit field in the Undefined Access Status Register (UASR.URAT) indicates the unspecified access type. Value Description 0 No undefined register access has been detected since the last SWRST. 1 At least one undefined register access has been detected since the last SWRST. Bits 23:20 - RSU[3:0]Region Status Updated Detected RSU[i] is set when a region status updated condition is detected. Bits 19:16 - REC[3:0]Region End bit Condition Detected REC[i] is set when an end bit condition is detected. Bits 15:12 - RWC[3:0]Region Wrap Condition Detected RWC[i] is set when a wrap condition is detected. Bits 11:8 - RBE[3:0]Region Bus Error RBE[i] is set when a bus error is detected while hashing memory region i. Bits 7:4 - RDM[3:0]Region Digest Mismatch RDM[i] is set when there is a digest comparison mismatch between the hash value of region i and the reference value located in the Hash Area. Bits 3:0 - RHC[3:0]Region Hash Completed RHC[i] is set when the ICM has completed the region with identifier i. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 654 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor 26.8.8 Undefined Access Status Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit UASR 0x20 0x0 Read-Only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 URAT[2:0] R 0 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset R 0 R 0 Bits 2:0 - URAT[2:0]Undefined Register Access Trace Only the first Undefined Register Access Trace is available through the URAT field. The URAT field is only reset by the Software Reset bit in the Control register (CTRL.SWRST). Value Name Description 0 UNSPEC_STRUCT_MEMBER Unspecified structure member set to '1' detected when the descriptor is loaded. 1 ICM_CFG_MODIFIED CFG modified during active monitoring. 2 ICM_DSCR_MODIFIED DSCR modified during active monitoring. 3 ICM_HASH_MODIFIED HASH modified during active monitoring 4 READ_ACCESS Write-only register read access Only the first Undefined Register Access Trace is available through the URAT field. The URAT field is only reset by the SWRST bit in the CTRL register. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 655 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor 26.8.9 Descriptor Area Start Address Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit DSCR 0x30 0x0 - 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 28 27 DASA[25:18] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 20 19 DASA[17:10] R/W R/W 0 0 12 DASA[9:2] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 7 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 DASA[1:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:6 - DASA[25:0]Descriptor Area Start Address The start address is a multiple of the total size of the data structure (64 bytes). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 656 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor 26.8.10 Hash Area Start Address Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit HASH 0x34 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 28 27 HASA[24:17] R/W R/W 0 0 20 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 19 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 HASA[16:9] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 HASA[8:1] Access Reset Bit Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 HASA[0] R/W 0 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bits 31:7 - HASA[24:0]Hash Area Start Address This field points at the Hash memory location. The address must be a multiple of 128 bytes. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 657 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor 26.8.11 User Initial Hash Value Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit UIHVALx 0x38 + x*0x04 [x=0..7] 0 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 19 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 VAL[31:24] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 20 VAL[23:16] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 VAL[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 VAL[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - VAL[31:0]Initial Hash Value When UIHASH bit of CFG register is set, the Initial Hash Value is user-programmable. To meet the desired standard, use the following example values. For UIHVAL0 field: Example Comment 0x67452301 0xC1059ED8 0x6A09E667 SHA1 algorithm SHA224 algorithm SHA256 algorithm For UIHVAL1 field: Example Comment 0xEFCDAB89 0x367CD507 0xBB67AE85 SHA1 algorithm SHA224 algorithm SHA256 algorithm For UIHVAL2 field: Example Comment 0x98BADCFE 0x3070DD17 0x3C6EF372 SHA1 algorithm SHA224 algorithm SHA256 algorithm For UIHVAL3 field: Example Comment 0x10325476 0xF70E5939 SHA1 algorithm SHA224 algorithm (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 658 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ICM - Integrity Check Monitor ...........continued Example Comment 0xA54FF53A SHA256 algorithm For UIHVAL4 field: Example Comment 0xC3D2E1F0 0xFFC00B31 0x510E527F SHA1 algorithm SHA224 algorithm SHA256 algorithm For UIHVAL5 field: Example Comment 0x68581511 0x9B05688C SHA224 algorithm SHA256 algorithm For UIHVAL6 field: Example Comment 0x64F98FA7 0x1F83D9AB SHA224 algorithm SHA256 algorithm For UIHVAL7 field: Example Comment 0xBEFA4FA4 0x5BE0CD19 SHA224 algorithm SHA256 algorithm Example of Initial Value for SHA-1 Algorithm Register Address 0x000 UIHVAL0 0x004 UIHVAL1 0x008 UIHVAL2 0x00C UIHVAL3 0x010 UIHVAL4 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Address Offset / Byte Lane 0x3 / 31:24 0x2 / 23:16 0x1 / 15:8 0x0 / 7:0 01 89 fe 76 f0 23 ab dc 54 e1 45 cd ba 32 d2 67 ef 98 10 c3 Datasheet DS60001507F-page 659 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 27. PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 27.1 Overview The Peripheral Access Controller provides an interface for the locking and unlocking of peripheral registers within the device. It reports all violations that could happen when accessing a peripheral: write protected access, illegal access, enable protected access, access when clock synchronization or software reset is on-going. These errors are reported in a unique interrupt flag for a peripheral. The PAC module also reports errors occurring at the slave bus level, when an access to a non-existing address is detected. 27.2 Features * 27.3 Manages write protection access and reports access errors for the peripheral modules or bridges. Block Diagram Figure 27-1.PAC Block Diagram PAC IRQ Slave ERROR SLAVEs INTFLAG APB Peripheral ERROR PERIPHERAL m BUSn WRITE CONTROL PAC CONTROL PERIPHERAL 0 Peripheral ERROR PERIPHERAL m BUS0 WRITE CONTROL 27.4 PERIPHERAL 0 Product Dependencies In order to use this peripheral, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described below. 27.4.1 IO Lines Not applicable. 27.4.2 Power Management The PAC can continue to operate in any Sleep mode where the selected source clock is running. The PAC interrupts can be used to wake up the device from Sleep modes. The events can trigger other operations in the system without exiting sleep modes. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 660 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 27.4.3 Clocks The PAC bus clock (CLK_PAC_APB) can be enabled and disabled in the Main Clock module. The default state of CLK_PAC_APB can be found in the related links. Related Links 15. MCLK - Main Clock 15.6.2.6 Peripheral Clock Masking 27.4.4 DMA Not applicable. 27.4.5 Interrupts The interrupt request line is connected to the Interrupt Controller. Using the PAC interrupt requires the Interrupt Controller to be configured first. Table 27-1.Interrupt Lines Instances NVIC Line PAC ERR Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 27.4.6 Events The events are connected to the Event System, which may need configuration. Related Links 31. EVSYS - Event System 27.4.7 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in Debug mode, write protection of all peripherals is disabled and the PAC continues normal operation. 27.4.8 Register Access Protection All registers with write access can be write-protected optionally by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC), except for the following registers: * * * Write Control (WRCTRL) register AHB Slave Bus Interrupt Flag Status and Clear (INTFLAGAHB) register Peripheral Interrupt Flag Status and Clear n (INTFLAG A/B/C...) registers Optional write protection by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC) is denoted by the "PAC Write Protection" property in each individual register description. PAC write protection does not apply to accesses through an external debugger. 27.5 Functional Description 27.5.1 Principle of Operation The Peripheral Access Control module allows the user to set a write protection on peripheral modules and generate an interrupt in case of a peripheral access violation. The peripheral's protection can be set, cleared or locked at the user discretion. A set of Interrupt Flag and Status registers informs the user on the status of the violation in the peripherals. In addition, slaves bus errors can be also reported in the cases where reserved area is accessed by the application. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 661 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 27.5.2 Basic Operation 27.5.2.1 Initialization, Enabling and Resetting The PAC is always enabled after reset. Only a hardware reset will reset the PAC module. 27.5.2.2 Operations The PAC module allows the user to set, clear or lock the write protection status of all peripherals on all Peripheral Bridges. If a peripheral register violation occurs, the Peripheral Interrupt Flag n registers (INTFLAGn) are updated to inform the user on the status of the violation in the peripherals connected to the Peripheral Bridge n (n = A,B,C ...). The corresponding Peripheral Write Control Status n register (STATUSn) gives the state of the write protection for all peripherals connected to the corresponding Peripheral Bridge n. Refer to 27.5.2.3 Peripheral Access Errors for details. The PAC module also report the errors occurring at slave bus level when an access to reserved area is detected. AHB Slave Bus Interrupt Flag register (INTFLAGAHB) informs the user on the status of the violation in the corresponding slave. Refer to the 27.5.2.6 AHB Slave Bus Errors for details. 27.5.2.3 Peripheral Access Errors The following events will generate a Peripheral Access Error: * * * Protected write: To avoid unexpected writes to a peripheral's registers, each peripheral can be write protected. Only the registers denoted as "PAC Write-Protection" in the module's datasheet can be protected. If a peripheral is not write protected, write data accesses are performed normally. If a peripheral is write protected and if a write access is attempted, data will not be written and peripheral returns an access error. The corresponding interrupt flag bit in the INTFLAGn register will be set. Illegal access: Access to an unimplemented register within the module. Synchronized write error: For write-synchronized registers an error will be reported if the register is written while a synchronization is ongoing. When any of the INTFLAGn registers bit are set, an interrupt will be requested if the PAC interrupt enable bit is set. Related Links 13.3 Register Synchronization 27.5.2.4 Write Access Protection Management Peripheral access control can be enabled or disabled by writing to the WRCTRL register. The data written to the WRCTRL register is composed of two fields; WRCTRL.PERID and WRCTRL.KEY. The WRCTRL.PERID is an unique identifier corresponding to a peripheral. The WRCTRL.KEY is a key value that defines the operation to be done on the control access bit. These operations can be "clear protection", "set protection" and "set and lock protection bit". The "clear protection" operation will remove the write access protection for the peripheral selected by WRCTRL.PERID. Write accesses are allowed for the registers in this peripheral. The "set protection" operation will set the write access protection for the peripheral selected by WRCTRL.PERID. Write accesses are not allowed for the registers with write protection property in this peripheral. The "set and lock protection" operation will set the write access protection for the peripheral selected by WRCTRL.PERID and locks the access rights of the selected peripheral registers. The write access protection will only be cleared by a hardware reset. The peripheral access control status can be read from the corresponding STATUSn register. 27.5.2.5 Write Access Protection Management Errors Only word-wise writes to the WRCTRL register will effectively change the access protection. Other type of accesses will have no effect and will cause a PAC write access error. This error is reported in the INTFLAGn.PAC bit corresponding to the PAC module. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 662 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PAC - Peripheral Access Controller PAC also offers an additional safety feature for correct program execution with an interrupt generated on double write clear protection or double write set protection. If a peripheral is write protected and a subsequent set protection operation is detected then the PAC returns an error, and similarly for a double clear protection operation. In addition, an error is generated when writing a "set and lock" protection to a write-protected peripheral or when a write access is done to a locked set protection. This can be used to ensure that the application follows the intended program flow by always following a write protect with an unprotect and conversely. However in applications where a write protected peripheral is used in several contexts, e.g. interrupt, care should be taken so that either the interrupt can not happen while the main application or other interrupt levels manipulates the write protection status or when the interrupt handler needs to unprotect the peripheral based on the current protection status by reading the STATUS register. The errors generated while accessing the PAC module registers (eg. key error, double protect error...) will set the INTFLAGn.PAC flag. 27.5.2.6 AHB Slave Bus Errors The PAC module reports errors occurring at the AHB Slave bus level. These errors are generated when an access is performed at an address where no slave (bridge or peripheral) is mapped . These errors are reported in the corresponding bits of the INTFLAGAHB register. 27.5.2.7 Generating Events The PAC module can also generate an event when any of the Interrupt Flag registers bit are set. To enable the PAC event generation, the control bit EVCTRL.ERREO must be set a '1'. 27.5.3 DMA Operation Not applicable. 27.5.4 Interrupts The PAC has the following interrupt source: * Error (ERR): Indicates that a peripheral access violation occurred in one of the peripherals controlled by the PAC module, or a bridge error occurred in one of the bridges reported by the PAC - This interrupt is a synchronous wake-up source. Each interrupt source has an interrupt flag associated with it. The interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear (INTFLAGAHB and INTFLAGn) registers is set when the interrupt condition occurs. Each interrupt can be individually enabled by writing a '1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Set (INTENSET) register, and disabled by writing a '1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Clear (INTENCLR) register. An interrupt request is generated when the interrupt flag is set and the corresponding interrupt is enabled. The interrupt request remains active until the interrupt flag is cleared, the interrupt is disabled, or the PAC is reset. All interrupt requests from the peripheral are ORed together on system level to generate one combined interrupt request to the NVIC. The user must read the INTFLAGAHB and INTFLAGn registers to determine which interrupt condition is present. Note that interrupts must be globally enabled for interrupt requests to be generated. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 27.5.5 Events The PAC can generate the following output event: * Error (ERR): Generated when one of the interrupt flag registers bits is set Writing a '1' to an Event Output bit in the Event Control Register (EVCTRL.ERREO) enables the corresponding output event. Writing a '0' to this bit disables the corresponding output event. 27.5.6 Sleep Mode Operation In Sleep mode, the PAC is kept enabled if an available bus master (CPU, DMA) is running. The PAC will continue to catch access errors from the module and generate interrupts or events. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 663 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 27.5.7 Synchronization Not applicable. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 664 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 27.6 Register Summary Offset Name 0x00 WRCTRL 0x04 0x05 ... 0x07 0x08 0x09 0x0A ... 0x0F EVCTRL Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 0x14 0x18 0x1C INTENCLR INTENSET 7:0 7:0 INTFLAGAHB INTFLAGA INTFLAGB INTFLAGC INTFLAGD 0x24 ... 0x33 Reserved 0x38 0x3C 0x40 ERR ERR Reserved 0x20 0x34 ERREO Reserved 7:0 0x10 PERID[7:0] PERID[15:8] KEY[7:0] STATUSA STATUSB STATUSC STATUSD HPB0 15:8 23:16 31:24 RAMDMACIC RAMDMAWR RAMPPPDSU RAMCM4S M QSPI SDHC1 SDHC0 PUKCC NVMCTRL2 NVMCTRL1 NVMCTRL0 HPB3 HPB2 HPB1 OSCCTRL RSTC MCLK PM PAC TC0 OSC32KCTR L SERCOM1 SERCOM0 FREQM EIC RTC WDT DMAC TC2 PORT TCC1 CMCC TCC0 NVMCTRL SERCOM3 DSU SERCOM2 USB TC3 7:0 GCLK SUPC 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 TC1 EVSYS RAMECC PDEC TC5 CCL TC4 QSPI TCC3 PUKCC TCC2 ICM GMAC TRNG CAN1 AES CAN0 ADC0 TC7 TC6 TCC4 SERCOM7 PCC SERCOM6 I2S SERCOM5 DAC SERCOM4 ADC1 7:0 GCLK SUPC OSCCTRL RSTC MCLK PM 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 TC1 TC0 OSC32KCTR L SERCOM1 SERCOM0 FREQM EIC TC3 DMAC TC2 PORT TCC1 CMCC TCC0 NVMCTRL SERCOM3 EVSYS PAC WDT DSU SERCOM2 USB RAMECC PDEC TC5 CCL TC4 QSPI TCC3 PUKCC TCC2 ICM GMAC TRNG CAN1 AES CAN0 AC ADC0 TC7 TC6 TCC4 SERCOM7 PCC SERCOM6 I2S SERCOM5 DAC SERCOM4 ADC1 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 665 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 27.7 Register Description Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16- and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Some registers are optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). Optional PAC write protection is denoted by the "PAC Write-Protection" property in each individual register description. For details, refer to the related links. Related Links 13.3 Register Synchronization (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 666 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 27.7.1 Write Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit WRCTRL 0x00 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 23 22 21 20 27 26 25 24 19 18 17 16 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 11 10 9 8 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 3 2 1 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Access Reset Bit KEY[7:0] Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 PERID[15:8] Access Reset Bit RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 7 6 5 4 PERID[7:0] Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bits 23:16 - KEY[7:0]Peripheral Access Control Key These bits define the peripheral access control key: Value Name Description 0x0 OFF No action 0x1 CLEAR Clear the peripheral write control 0x2 SET Set the peripheral write control 0x3 LOCK Set and lock the peripheral write control until the next hardware reset Bits 15:0 - PERID[15:0]Peripheral Identifier The PERID represents the peripheral whose control is changed using the WRCTRL.KEY. The Peripheral Identifier is calculated following formula: = 32*BridgeNumber+N Where BridgeNumber represents the Peripheral Bridge Number (0 for Peripheral Bridge A, 1 for Peripheral Bridge B, etc). N represents the peripheral index from the respective Bridge Number: Table 27-2.PERID Values Periph. Bridge Name BridgeNumber PERID Values A B C D E 0 1 2 3 4 0+N 32+N 64+N 96+N 128+N (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 667 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 27.7.2 Event Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 EVCTRL 0x04 0x00 - 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 0 ERREO RW 0 Bit 0 - ERREOPeripheral Access Error Event Output This bit indicates if the Peripheral Access Error Event Output is enabled or disabled. When enabled, an event will be generated when one of the interrupt flag registers bits (INTFLAGAHB, INTFLAGn) is set: Value Description 0 Peripheral Access Error Event Output is disabled. 1 Peripheral Access Error Event Output is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 668 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 27.7.3 Interrupt Enable Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENCLR 0x08 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to disable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET). Bit 7 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 0 ERR RW 0 Bit 0 - ERRPeripheral Access Error Interrupt Disable This bit indicates that the Peripheral Access Error Interrupt is enabled and an interrupt request will be generated when one of the interrupt flag registers bits (INTFLAGAHB, INTFLAGn) is set: Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Peripheral Access Error interrupt Enable bit and disables the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 Peripheral Access Error interrupt is disabled. 1 Peripheral Access Error interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 669 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 27.7.4 Interrupt Enable Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENSET 0x09 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to enable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENCLR). Bit 7 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 0 ERR RW 0 Bit 0 - ERRPeripheral Access Error Interrupt Enable This bit indicates that the Peripheral Access Error Interrupt is enabled and an interrupt request will be generated when one of the interrupt flag registers bits (INTFLAGAHB, INTFLAGn) is set: Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Peripheral Access Error interrupt Enable bit and enables the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 Peripheral Access Error interrupt is disabled. 1 Peripheral Access Error interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 670 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 27.7.5 Bridge Interrupt Flag Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTFLAGAHB 0x10 0x00000000 - These flags are cleared by writing a '1' to the corresponding bit. These flags are set when an access error is detected by the corresponding AHB slave, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 QSPI RW 0 13 SDHC1 RW 0 12 SDHC0 RW 0 11 PUKCC RW 0 10 HPB3 RW 0 9 HPB2 RW 0 8 HPB1 RW 0 4 RAMPPPDSU RW 0 3 RAMCM4S RW 0 2 NVMCTRL2 RW 0 1 NVMCTRL1 RW 0 0 NVMCTRL0 RW 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 7 HPB0 RW 0 6 5 RAMDMACICM RAMDMAWR RW RW 0 0 Bit 14 - QSPIInterrupt Flag for QSPI This flag is set when an access error is detected by the QSPI AHB slave, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the QSPI interrupt flag. Bit 13 - SDHC1Interrupt Flag for SDHC1 This flag is set when an access error is detected by the SDHC1 AHB slave, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the SDHC1 interrupt flag. Bit 12 - SDHC0Interrupt Flag for SDHC0 This flag is set when an access error is detected by the SDHC0 AHB slave, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the SDHC0 interrupt flag. Bit 11 - PUKCCInterrupt Flag for PUKCC This flag is set when an access error is detected by the PUKCC AHB slave, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the PUKCC interrupt flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 671 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PAC - Peripheral Access Controller Bit 10 - HPB3Interrupt Flag for HPB3 This flag is set when an access error is detected by the HPB3 AHB slave, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the HPB3 interrupt flag. Bit 9 - HPB2Interrupt Flag for HPB2 This flag is set when an access error is detected by the HPB2 AHB slave, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the HPB2 interrupt flag. Bit 8 - HPB1Interrupt Flag for HPB1 This flag is set when an access error is detected by the HPB1 AHB slave, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the HPB1 interrupt flag. Bit 7 - HPB0Interrupt Flag for HPB0 This flag is set when an access error is detected by the HPB0 AHB slave, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the HPB0 interrupt flag. Bit 6 - RAMDMACICMInterrupt Flag for RAMDMACICM This flag is set when an access error is detected by the RAMDMACICM AHB slave, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the RAMDMACICM interrupt flag. Bit 5 - RAMDMAWRInterrupt Flag for RAMDMAWR This flag is set when an access error is detected by the RAMDMAWR AHB slave, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the RAMDMAWR interrupt flag. Bit 4 - RAMPPPDSUInterrupt Flag for RAMPPPDSU: This flag is set when an access error is detected by the RAMPPPDSU AHB slave, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the RAMPPPDSU interrupt flag. Bit 3 - RAMCM4SInterrupt Flag for RAMCM4S This flag is set when an access error is detected by the RAMCM4S AHB slave, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the RAMCM4S interrupt flag. Bit 2 - NVMCTRL2Interrupt Flag for NVMCTRL2 This flag is set when an access error is detected by the NVMCTRL2 AHB slave, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the NVMCTRL2 interrupt flag. Bit 1 - NVMCTRL1Interrupt Flag for NVMCTRL1 This flag is set when an access error is detected by the NVMCTRL1 AHB slave, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' has no effect. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 672 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PAC - Peripheral Access Controller Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the NVMCTRL1 interrupt flag. Bit 0 - NVMCTRL0Interrupt Flag for NVMCTRL0 This flag is set when an access error is detected by the NVMCTRL0 AHB slave, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the NVMCTRL0 interrupt flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 673 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 27.7.6 Peripheral Interrupt Flag Status - Bridge A Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTFLAGA 0x14 0x00000000 - These flags are set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the peripheral associated with the respective INTFLAGx bit, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to these bits will clear the corresponding INTFLAGx interrupt flag. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 TC1 RW 0 14 TC0 RW 0 13 SERCOM1 RW 0 12 SERCOM0 RW 0 11 FREQM RW 0 10 EIC RW 0 9 RTC RW 0 8 WDT RW 0 7 GCLK RW 0 6 SUPC RW 0 5 OSC32KCTRL RW 0 4 OSCCTRL RW 0 3 RSTC RW 0 2 MCLK RW 0 1 PM RW 0 0 PAC RW 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 15 - TC1Interrupt Flag for TC1 This bit is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the TC1, and will generate an interrupt request if SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the flag. Bit 14 - TC0Interrupt Flag for TC0 This bit is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the TC0, and will generate an interrupt request if SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the flag. Bit 13 - SERCOM1Interrupt Flag for SERCOM1 This bit is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the SERCOM1, and will generate an interrupt request if SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the flag. Bit 12 - SERCOM0Interrupt Flag for SERCOM0 This bit is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the SERCOM0, and will generate an interrupt request if SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 674 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PAC - Peripheral Access Controller Bit 11 - FREQMInterrupt Flag for FREQM This bit is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the FREQM, and will generate an interrupt request if SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the flag. Bit 10 - EICInterrupt Flag for EIC This bit is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the EIC, and will generate an interrupt request if SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the flag. Bit 9 - RTCInterrupt Flag for RTC This bit is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the RTC, and will generate an interrupt request if SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the flag. Bit 8 - WDTInterrupt Flag for WDT This bit is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the WDT, and will generate an interrupt request if SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the flag. Bit 7 - GCLKInterrupt Flag for GCLK This bit is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the GCLK, and will generate an interrupt request if SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the flag. Bit 6 - SUPCInterrupt Flag for SUPC This bit is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the SUPC, and will generate an interrupt request if SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the flag. Bit 5 - OSC32KCTRLInterrupt Flag for OSC32KCTRL This bit is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the OSC32KCTRL, and will generate an interrupt request if SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the flag. Bit 4 - OSCCTRLInterrupt Flag for OSCCTRL This bit is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the OSCCTRL, and will generate an interrupt request if SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the flag. Bit 3 - RSTCInterrupt Flag for RSTC This bit is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the RSTC, and will generate an interrupt request if SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the flag. Bit 2 - MCLKInterrupt Flag for MCLK This bit is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the MCLK, and will generate an interrupt request if SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 675 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PAC - Peripheral Access Controller Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the flag. Bit 1 - PMInterrupt Flag for PM This bit is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the PM, and will generate an interrupt request if SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the flag. Bit 0 - PACInterrupt Flag for PAC This bit is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the PAC, and will generate an interrupt request if SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 676 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 27.7.7 Peripheral Interrupt Flag Status - Bridge B Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTFLAGB 0x18 0x00000000 - These flags are set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the peripheral associated with the respective INTFLAGx bit, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to these bits will clear the corresponding INTFLAGx interrupt flag. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RAMECC RW 0 15 14 TC3 RW 0 13 TC2 RW 0 12 TCC1 RW 0 11 TCC0 RW 0 10 SERCOM3 RW 0 9 SERCOM2 RW 0 8 7 EVSYS RW 0 6 5 DMAC RW 0 4 PORT RW 0 3 CMCC RW 0 2 NVMCTRL RW 0 1 DSU RW 0 0 USB RW 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 16 - RAMECCInterrupt Flag for RAMECC This flag is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the RAMECC, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the RAMECC interrupt flag. Bit 14 - TC3Interrupt Flag for TC3 This flag is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the TC3, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the TC3 interrupt flag. Bit 13 - TC2Interrupt Flag for TC2 This flag is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the TC2, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the TC2 interrupt flag. Bit 12 - TCC1Interrupt Flag for TCC1 This flag is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the TCC1, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the TCC1 interrupt flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 677 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PAC - Peripheral Access Controller Bit 11 - TCC0Interrupt Flag for TCC0 This flag is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the TCC0, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the TCC0 interrupt flag. Bit 10 - SERCOM3Interrupt Flag for SERCOM3 This flag is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the SERCOM3, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the SERCOM3 interrupt flag. Bit 9 - SERCOM2Interrupt Flag for SERCOM2 This flag is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the SERCOM2, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the SERCOM2 interrupt flag. Bit 7 - EVSYSInterrupt Flag for EVSYS This flag is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the EVSYS, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the EVSYS interrupt flag. Bit 5 - DMACInterrupt Flag for DMAC This flag is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the DMAC, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the DMAC interrupt flag. Bit 4 - PORTInterrupt Flag for PORT This flag is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the PORT, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the PORT interrupt flag. Bit 3 - CMCCInterrupt Flag for CMCC This flag is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the CMCC, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the CMCC interrupt flag. Bit 2 - NVMCTRLInterrupt Flag for NVMCTRL This flag is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the NVMCTRL, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the NVMCTRL interrupt flag. Bit 1 - DSUInterrupt Flag for DSU This flag is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the DSU, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the DSU interrupt flag. Bit 0 - USBInterrupt Flag for USB This flag is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the USB, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 678 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PAC - Peripheral Access Controller Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the USB interrupt flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 679 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 27.7.8 Peripheral Interrupt Flag Status - Bridge C Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTFLAGC 0x1C 0x00000000 - These flags are set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the peripheral associated with the respective INTFLAGx bit, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to these bits will clear the corresponding INTFLAGx interrupt flag. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 CCL RW 0 13 QSPI RW 0 12 PUKCC RW 0 11 ICM RW 0 10 TRNG RW 0 9 AES RW 0 8 7 PDEC RW 0 6 TC5 RW 0 5 TC4 RW 0 4 TCC3 RW 0 3 TCC2 RW 0 2 GMAC RW 0 1 CAN1 RW 0 0 CAN0 RW 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 14 - CCLInterrupt Flag for CCL This flags is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the peripheral associated with the CCL, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the CCL interrupt flag. Bit 13 - QSPIInterrupt Flag for QSPI This flags is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the peripheral associated with the QSPI, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the QSPI interrupt flag. Bit 12 - PUKCCInterrupt Flag for PUKCC This flags is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the peripheral associated with the PUKCC, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the PUKCC interrupt flag. Bit 11 - ICMInterrupt Flag for ICM This flags is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the peripheral associated with the ICM, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the ICM interrupt flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 680 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PAC - Peripheral Access Controller Bit 10 - TRNGInterrupt Flag for TRNG This flags is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the peripheral associated with the TRNG, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the TRNG interrupt flag. Bit 9 - AESInterrupt Flag for AES This flags is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the peripheral associated with the AES, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the AES interrupt flag. Bit 7 - PDECInterrupt Flag for PDEC This flags is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the peripheral associated with the PDEC, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the PDEC interrupt flag. Bit 6 - TC5Interrupt Flag for TC5 This flags is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the peripheral associated with the TC5, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the TC5 interrupt flag. Bit 5 - TC4Interrupt Flag for TC4 This flags is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the peripheral associated with the TC4, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the TC4 interrupt flag. Bit 4 - TCC3Interrupt Flag for TCC3 This flags is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the peripheral associated with the TCC3, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the TCC3 interrupt flag. Bit 3 - TCC2Interrupt Flag for TCC2 This flags is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the peripheral associated with the TCC2, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the TCC2 interrupt flag. Bit 2 - GMACInterrupt Flag for GMAC This flags is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the peripheral associated with the GMAC, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the GMAC interrupt flag. Bit 1 - CAN1Interrupt Flag for CAN1 This flags is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the peripheral associated with the CAN1, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the CAN1 interrupt flag. Bit 0 - CAN0Interrupt Flag for CAN0 This flags is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the peripheral associated with the CAN0, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 681 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PAC - Peripheral Access Controller Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the CAN0 interrupt flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 682 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 27.7.9 Peripheral Interrupt Flag Status - Bridge D Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTFLAGD 0x20 0x00000000 - These flags are set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the peripheral associated with the respective INTFLAGx bit, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to these bits will clear the corresponding INTFLAGx interrupt flag. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 PCC RW 0 10 I2S RW 0 9 DAC RW 0 8 ADC1 RW 0 7 ADC0 RW 0 6 TC7 RW 0 5 TC6 RW 0 4 TCC4 RW 0 3 SERCOM7 RW 0 2 SERCOM6 RW 0 1 SERCOM5 RW 0 0 SERCOM4 RW 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 11 - PCCInterrupt Flag for PCC This flag is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the PCC, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to these bits will clear the PCC interrupt flag. Bit 10 - I2SInterrupt Flag for I2S This flag is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the I2S, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to these bits will clear the I2S interrupt flag. Bit 9 - DACInterrupt Flag for DAC This flag is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the DAC, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to these bits will clear the DAC interrupt flag. Bit 8 - ADC1Interrupt Flag for ADC1 This flag is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the ADC1, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to these bits will clear the ADC1 interrupt flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 683 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PAC - Peripheral Access Controller Bit 7 - ADC0Interrupt Flag for ADC0 This flag is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the ADC0, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to these bits will clear the ADC0 interrupt flag. Bit 6 - TC7Interrupt Flag for TC7 This flag is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the TC6, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to these bits will clear the TC7 interrupt flag. Bit 5 - TC6Interrupt Flag for TC6 This flag is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the TC6, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to these bits will clear the TC6 interrupt flag. Bit 4 - TCC4Interrupt Flag for TCC4 This flag is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the TCC4, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to these bits will clear the TCC4 interrupt flag. Bit 3 - SERCOM7Interrupt Flag for SERCOM7 This flag is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the SERCOM7, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to these bits will clear the SERCOM7 interrupt flag. Bit 2 - SERCOM6Interrupt Flag for SERCOM6 This flag is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the SERCOM6, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to these bits will clear the SERCOM6 interrupt flag. Bit 1 - SERCOM5Interrupt Flag for SERCOM5 This flag is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the SERCOM5, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to these bits will clear the SERCOM5 interrupt flag. Bit 0 - SERCOM4Interrupt Flag for SERCOM4 This flag is set when a Peripheral Access Error occurs while accessing the SERCOM4, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.ERR is '1'. Writing a '0' to these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to these bits will clear the SERCOM4 interrupt flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 684 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 27.7.10 Peripheral Write Protection Status A Name: Offset: Reset: Property: STATUSA 0x34 0x00010000 PAC Write-Protection Writing to this register has no effect. Reading STATUS register returns peripheral write protection status: Bit Value Description 0 Peripheral is not write protected. 1 Peripheral is write protected. 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 TC1 R 0 14 TC0 R 0 13 SERCOM1 R 0 12 SERCOM0 R 0 11 FREQM R 0 10 EIC R 0 9 8 WDT R 0 7 GCLK R 0 6 SUPC R 0 5 OSC32KCTRL R 0 4 OSCCTRL R 0 3 RSTC R 0 2 MCLK R 0 1 PM R 0 0 PAC R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 15 - TC1TC1 APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 TC1 is not write protected 1 TC1 is write protected Bit 14 - TC0TC0 APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 TC0 is not write protected 1 TC0 is write protected Bit 13 - SERCOM1SERCOM1 APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 SERCOM1 is not write protected 1 SERCOM1 is write protected Bit 12 - SERCOM0SERCOM0 APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 SERCOM0 is not write protected 1 SERCOM0 is write protected Bit 11 - FREQMFREQM APB Protect Enable (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 685 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PAC - Peripheral Access Controller Value 0 1 Description FREQM is not write protected FREQM is write protected Bit 10 - EICEIC APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 EIC is not write protected 1 EIC is write protected Bit 8 - WDTWDT APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 WDT is not write protected 1 WDT is write protected Bit 7 - GCLKGCLK APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 GCLK is not write protected 1 GCLK is write protected Bit 6 - SUPCSUPC APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 SUPC is not write protected 1 SUPC is write protected Bit 5 - OSC32KCTRLOSC32KCTRL APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 OSC32KCTRL is not write protected 1 OSC32KCTRL is write protected Bit 4 - OSCCTRLOSCCTRL APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 OSCCTRL is not write protected 1 OSCCTRL is write protected Bit 3 - RSTCRSTC APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 RSTC is not write protected 1 RSTC is write protected Bit 2 - MCLKMCLK APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 MCLK is not write protected 1 MCLK is write protected Bit 1 - PMPM APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 PM is not write protected 1 PM is write protected Bit 0 - PACPAC APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 PAC is not write protected 1 PAC is write protected (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 686 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 27.7.11 Peripheral Write Protection Status - Bridge B Name: Offset: Reset: Property: STATUSB 0x38 0x00000002 PAC Write-Protection Writing to this register has no effect. Reading STATUS register returns peripheral write protection status: Bit Value Description 0 Peripheral is not write protected. 1 Peripheral is write protected. 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RAMECC R 0 15 14 TC3 R 0 13 TC2 R 0 12 TCC1 R 0 11 TCC0 R 0 10 SERCOM3 R 0 9 SERCOM2 R 0 8 7 EVSYS R 0 6 5 DMAC R 0 4 PORT R 0 3 CMCC R 0 2 NVMCTRL R 0 1 DSU R 1 0 USB R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 16 - RAMECCRAMECC APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 RAMECC peripheral is not write protected 1 RAMECC peripheral is write protected Bit 14 - TC3TC3 APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 TC3 peripheral is not write protected 1 TC3 peripheral is write protected Bit 13 - TC2TC2 APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 TC2 peripheral is not write protected 1 TC2 peripheral is write protected Bit 12 - TCC1TCC1 APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 TCC1 peripheral is not write protected 1 TCC1 peripheral is write protected Bit 11 - TCC0TCC0 APB Protect Enable (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 687 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PAC - Peripheral Access Controller Value 0 1 Description TCC0 peripheral is not write protected TCC0 peripheral is write protected Bit 10 - SERCOM3SERCOM3 APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 SERCOM3 peripheral is not write protected 1 SERCOM3 peripheral is write protected Bit 9 - SERCOM2SERCOM2 APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 SERCOM2 peripheral is not write protected 1 SERCOM2 peripheral is write protected Bit 7 - EVSYSEVSYS APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 EVSYS peripheral is not write protected 1 EVSYS peripheral is write protected Bit 5 - DMACDMAC APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 DMAC peripheral is not write protected 1 DMAC peripheral is write protected Bit 4 - PORTPORT APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 PORT peripheral is not write protected 1 PORT peripheral is write protected Bit 3 - CMCCCMCC APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 CMCC peripheral is not write protected 1 CMCC peripheral is write protected Bit 2 - NVMCTRLNVMCTRL APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 NVMCTRL peripheral is not write protected 1 NVMCTRL peripheral is write protected Bit 1 - DSUDSU APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 DSU peripheral is not write protected 1 DSU peripheral is write protected Bit 0 - USBUSB APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 USB peripheral is not write protected 1 USB peripheral is write protected (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 688 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 27.7.12 Peripheral Write Protection Status - Bridge C Name: Offset: Reset: Property: STATUSC 0x3C 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection Writing to this register has no effect. Reading STATUS register returns peripheral write protection status: Bit Value Description 0 Peripheral is not write protected. 1 Peripheral is write protected. 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 CCL R 0 13 QSPI R 0 12 PUKCC R 0 11 ICM R 0 10 TRNG R 0 9 AES R 0 8 AC R 0 7 PDEC R 0 6 TC5 R 0 5 TC4 R 0 4 TCC3 R 0 3 TCC2 R 0 2 GMAC R 0 1 CAN1 R 0 0 CAN0 R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 14 - CCLCCL APB Protection Enable Value Description 0 Peripheral is not write protected 1 Peripheral is write protected Bit 13 - QSPIQSPI APB Protection Enable Value Description 0 Peripheral is not write protected 1 Peripheral is write protected Bit 12 - PUKCCPUKCC APB Protection Enable Value Description 0 Peripheral is not write protected 1 Peripheral is write protected Bit 11 - ICMICM APB Protection Enable Value Description 0 Peripheral is not write protected 1 Peripheral is write protected Bit 10 - TRNGTRNG APB Protection Enable (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 689 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PAC - Peripheral Access Controller Value 0 1 Description Peripheral is not write protected Peripheral is write protected Bit 9 - AESAES APB Protection Enable Value Description 0 Peripheral is not write protected 1 Peripheral is write protected Bit 8 - ACAC APB Protection Enable Value Description 0 Peripheral is not write protected 1 Peripheral is write protected Bit 7 - PDECPDEC APB Protection Enable Value Description 0 Peripheral is not write protected 1 Peripheral is write protected Bit 6 - TC5TC5 APB Protection Enable Value Description 0 Peripheral is not write protected 1 Peripheral is write protected Bit 5 - TC4TC4 APB Protection Enable Value Description 0 Peripheral is not write protected 1 Peripheral is write protected Bit 4 - TCC3TCC3 APB Protection Enable Value Description 0 Peripheral is not write protected 1 Peripheral is write protected Bit 3 - TCC2TCC2 APB Protection Enable Value Description 0 Peripheral is not write protected 1 Peripheral is write protected Bit 2 - GMACGMAC APB Protection Enable Value Description 0 Peripheral is not write protected 1 Peripheral is write protected Bit 1 - CAN1CAN1 APB Protection Enable Value Description 0 Peripheral is not write protected 1 Peripheral is write protected Bit 0 - CAN0CAN0 APB Protection Enable Value Description 0 Peripheral is not write protected 1 Peripheral is write protected (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 690 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 27.7.13 Peripheral Write Protection Status - Bridge D Name: Offset: Reset: Property: STATUSD 0x40 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Read-Only Writing to this register has no effect. Reading STATUS register returns peripheral write protection status: Bit Value Description 0 Peripheral is not write protected. 1 Peripheral is write protected. 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 PCC R 0 10 I2S R 0 9 DAC R 0 8 ADC1 R 0 7 ADC0 R 0 6 TC7 R 0 5 TC6 R 0 4 TCC4 R 0 3 SERCOM7 R 0 2 SERCOM6 R 0 1 SERCOM5 R 0 0 SERCOM4 R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 11 - PCCPCC APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 PCC is not write protected 1 PCC is write protected Bit 10 - I2SI2S APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 I2S is not write protected 1 I2S is write protected Bit 9 - DACDAC APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 DAC is not write protected 1 DAC is write protected Bit 8 - ADC1ADC1 APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 ADC1 is not write protected 1 ADC1 is write protected Bit 7 - ADC0ADC0 APB Protect Enable (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 691 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PAC - Peripheral Access Controller Value 0 1 Description ADC0 is not write protected ADC0 is write protected Bit 6 - TC7TC7 APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 TC7 is not write protected 1 TC7 is write protected Bit 5 - TC6TC6 APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 TC6 is not write protected 1 TC6 is write protected Bit 4 - TCC4TCC4 APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 TCC4 is not write protected 1 TCC4 is write protected Bit 3 - SERCOM7SERCOM7 APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 SERCOM7 is not write protected 1 SERCOM7 is write protected Bit 2 - SERCOM6SERCOM6 APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 SERCOM6 is not write protected 1 SERCOM6 is write protected Bit 1 - SERCOM5SERCOM5 APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 SERCOM5 is not write protected 1 SERCOM5 is write protected Bit 0 - SERCOM4SERCOM4 APB Protect Enable Value Description 0 SERCOM4 is not write protected 1 SERCOM4 is write protected (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 692 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller 28. OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller 28.1 Overview The Oscillators Controller (OSCCTRL) provides a user interface to the XOSCn, DFLL48M, and two FDPLL200M. Through the interface registers, it is possible to enable, disable, calibrate, and monitor the oscillators. The status of all oscillators are collected in the Status register (STATUS). They can additionally trigger interrupts upon status changes via the INTENSET, INTENCLR, and INTFLAG registers. 28.2 Features * * * Digital Frequency-Locked Loop (DFLL48M) - Internal oscillator with no external components - 48 MHz output frequency - Operates stand-alone as a high-frequency programmable oscillator in Open Loop mode - Operates as an accurate frequency multiplier against a known frequency in Closed Loop mode Two 8-48 MHz Crystal Oscillators (XOSCn) - Tunable gain control - Programmable start-up time - Crystal or external input clock on XIN I/O - Clock failure detection with safe clock switch - Clock failure event output Two Digital Phase-Locked Loop (DPLLn) - 96 MHz to 200 MHz output frequency from a 32 kHz to 3.2 MHz reference clock - Two DPLLs, each with four selectable reference clocks - Adjustable digital filter for jitter optimization - Adjustable DCO filter for a 4-stages differential ring oscillator - Fractional part used to achieve 1/32th of reference clock step - Embedded test mode controller (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 693 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller 28.3 Block Diagram Figure 28-1.OSCCTRL Block Diagram XOUT[1:0] XIN[1:0] 2 OSCCTRL 2 CFD Event0 CLK_XOSC0 XOSC CFD CLK_XOSC1 XOSC CFD CLK_DFLL48M OSCILLATORS CONTROL CFD Event1 DFLL48M CLK_DPLL0 FDPLL200M CLK_DPLL1 FDPLL200M STATUS INTERRUPTS GENERATOR 28.4 Interrupts Signal Description Signal Description Type XIN[1:0] Multipurpose Crystal Oscillator or external clock generator input Analog input XOUT[1:0] Multipurpose Crystal Oscillator output Analog output The I/O lines are automatically selected when XOSCn is enabled. 28.5 Product Dependencies In order to use this peripheral, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described below. 28.5.1 I/O Lines I/O lines are configured by OSCCTRL when XOSCn is enabled, and need no user configuration. 28.5.2 Power Management The OSCCTRL can continue to operate in any sleep mode where the selected source clock is running. The OSCCTRL interrupts can be used to wake up the device from sleep modes. The events can trigger other operations in the system without exiting sleep modes. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager 28.5.3 Clocks The OSCCTRL gathers controls for all device oscillators and provides clock sources to the Generic Clock Controller (GCLK). The available clock sources are: XOSCn, DFLL48M, and FDPLL200Mn. The DFLL48M requires a reference clock (GCLK_DFLL48M_REF) from the GCLK. The control logic uses the oscillator output, which is also asynchronous to the user interface clock (CLK_OSCCTRL_APB). Due to this (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 694 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller asynchronicity, writes to certain registers will require synchronization between the clock domains. Refer to Synchronization for further details. The FDPLL200Mn require a reference clock (GCLK_DPLL) for the FDPLL output. When the optional lock timer timeout function is used, a 32KHz reference clock (GCLK_DPLL_32K) is also required. Both reference clocks can either stem from the GCLK and/or from external oscillators. 28.5.4 DMA Not applicable. 28.5.5 Interrupts The interrupt request line is connected to the Interrupt Controller. Using the OSCCTRL interrupts requires the interrupt controller to be configured first. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 28.5.6 Events The events of this peripheral are connected to the Event System. Related Links 31. EVSYS - Event System 28.5.7 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in debug mode the OSCCTRL continues normal operation. If the OSCCTRL is configured in a way that requires it to be periodically serviced by the CPU through interrupts or similar, improper operation or data loss may result during debugging. 28.5.8 Register Access Protection All registers with write access can be write-protected optionally by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC), except for the following registers: * Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG) Note: Optional write protection is indicated by the "PAC Write Protection" property in the register description. Write protection does not apply for accesses through an external debugger. 28.5.9 Analog Connections The 8-48 MHz crystal must be connected between the XIN and XOUT pins, along with any required load capacitors. Note: Refer to the Electrical Characteristics for more information about load capacitors. 28.6 28.6.1 Functional Description Principle of Operation XOSC, DFLL48M, and DPLL200M are configured via OSCCTRL control registers. Through this interface, the oscillators are enabled, disabled, or have their calibration values updated. The Status register gathers different status signals coming from the oscillators controlled by the OSCCTRL. The status signals can be used to generate system interrupts, and in some cases wake up the system from Sleep mode, provided the corresponding interrupt is enabled. 28.6.2 External Multipurpose Crystal Oscillator (XOSCn) Operation The XOSCn can operate in two different modes: * * External clock, with an external clock signal connected to the XIN pin Crystal oscillator, with an external 8-48 MHz crystal (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 695 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller The XOSCn can be used as a clock source for generic clock generators. This is configured by the Generic Clock Controller. At reset, the XOSCn is disabled, and the XINn/XOUTn pins can be used as General Purpose I/O (GPIO) pins or by other peripherals in the system. When XOSCn is enabled, the operating mode determines the GPIO usage. When in crystal oscillator mode, the XINn and XOUTn pins are controlled by the OSCCTRL, and GPIO functions are overridden on both pins. When in external clock mode, only the XINn pins will be overridden and controlled by the OSCCTRL, while the XOUTn pins can still be used as GPIO pins. The XOSCn is enabled by writing a '1' to the Enable bit in the External Multipurpose Crystal Oscillator Control register (XOSCCTRLn.ENABLE). To enable XOSCn as an external crystal oscillator, the XTAL Enable bit (XOSCCTRLn.XTALEN) must written to '1'. If XOSCCTRLn.XTALEN is zero, the external clock input on XIN will be enabled. When in crystal oscillator mode (XOSCCTRLn.XTALEN=1), the External Multipurpose Crystal Oscillator Current Control (XOSCCTRLn.IPTAT, XOSCCTRLn.IMULT) must be set to match the external crystal oscillator frequency. If the External Multipurpose Crystal Oscillator Enable Amplitude Loop Control (XOSCCTRLn.ENALC) is '1', the oscillator amplitude will be automatically adjusted, and in most cases result in lower power consumption. The bias current of the Crystal Oscillator can be adjusted to the desired value for a proper oscillation by setting the bit fields XOSCCTRLn.IPTAT and XOSCCTRLn.IMULT. See the recommended setting in table Table 28-7. The low buffer gain is used to adjust the oscillator's amplitude in automatic loop control (XOSCCTRLn.ENALC=1). The default value of LOWBUFGAIN=0 should be used to allow operating with a low amplitude oscillator. The setting LOWBUFGAIN=1 can be used to to solve stability issues. If set, the oscillator's amplitude is increased by a factor of approximately 2. The XOSCn will behave differently in different sleep modes, based on the settings of XOSCCTRLn.RUNSTDBY, XOSCCTRLn.ONDEMAND, and XOSCCTRLn.ENABLE Table 28-1.XOSC Sleep Behavior XOSCCTRLn.RUNSTD BY XOSCCTRLn.ONDEM AND XOSCTRLn.ENABLE Sleep Behavior - - 0 Disabled 0 0 1 Always run in Idle Sleep modes. Run in Standby Sleep mode if requested by a peripheral. 0 1 1 Only run in Idle or Standby Sleep modes if requested by a peripheral. 1 0 1 Always run in Idle and Standby Sleep modes. 1 1 1 Only run in Idle or Standby Sleep modes if requested by a peripheral. After a hard reset, or when waking up from a sleep mode where the XOSCn was disabled, the XOSCn will need a certain amount of time to stabilize on the correct frequency. This start-up time can be configured by changing the Oscillator Start-Up Time bit group (XOSCCTRLn.STARTUP) in the External Multipurpose Crystal Oscillator Control register. During the start-up time, the oscillator output is masked to ensure that no unstable clock propagates to the digital logic. The External Multipurpose Crystal Oscillator Ready bit in the Status register (STATUS.XOSCRDYn) is set when the external clock or crystal oscillator is stable and ready to be used as a clock source. An interrupt is generated on a zero-to-one transition on STATUS.XOSCRDYn if the External Multipurpose Crystal Oscillator Ready bit in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET.XOSCRDYn) is set. Related Links 14. GCLK - Generic Clock Controller (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 696 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller 28.6.3 Clock Failure Detection Operation The Clock Failure Detector (CFD) allows the user to monitor the external clock or crystal oscillator clock signal provided by the External Multipurpose Crystal Oscillator (XOSCn). It detects failing operation of the XOSCn clock, and allows to switch to a safe clock in case of clock failure. The user can also switch from the safe clock to the XOSCn clock in case of clock recovery. The safe clock is derived from the DFLL48M with a configurable prescaler. This allows to configure the safe clock in order to fulfill the operative conditions of the microcontroller. The CFD operation is automatically suspended when the XOSCn clock is not requested in ONDEMAND mode or halted in STANDBY. The user interface registers allow to enable, disable and configure the CFD. The Status register gives status on failure and clock switch conditions. The Clock Failure Detector can optionally trigger an interrupt or an event when a failure is detected. Clock Failure Detection At reset, the CFD is disabled. The CFD does not monitor the XOSCn clock when the oscillator is disabled (XOSCCTRLn.ENABLE = 0). Before starting the CFD operation, the user must start and enable the safe clock source (DFLL48M). To start the CFD operation, the user must write a one to the CFD Enable bit in the External Oscillator Control register (XOSCCTRLn.CFDEN). After the start or restart of the XOSCn, the CFD does not detect failure until the start-up time, as configured by the Oscillator Start-Up Time (XOSCCTRLn.STARTUP) in the External Multipurpose Crystal Oscillator Control register, is elapsed. Once the XOSCn Start-Up Time is elapsed, the XOSCn clock is constantly monitored. During a period of 4 safe clocks , the CFD watches for a clock activity from the XOSCn. There must be one rising and one falling XOSCn clock edges during a 4 safe clock periods to meet a non failure status. If no activity is detected, the failure status is asserted. The Clock Failure status bit in the Status register (STATUS.CLKFAILn) is set. The Clock Failure interrupt flag bit in the Interrupt Flag register (INTFLAG.CLKFAILn) is set. If the CLKFAILn bit in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET.CLKFAILn) is set, an interrupt is generated . An output event is generated as well, if the Event Output enable bit in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.CFDEOn) is set. The XOSCn clock continues to be monitored after a clock failure. The Clock Failure status bit in the Status register (STATUS.CLKFAILn) reflects the current XOSCn clock activity. Clock Switch When a clock failure is detected, the XOSCn clock is replaced by the safe clock in order to maintain an active clock during the XOSCn clock failure. The safe clock source is the DFLL48M oscillator clock. The safe clock source can be downscaled with a configurable prescaler to ensure that the safe clock frequency does not exceed the operating conditions selected by the application. When the XOSCn clock is switched to the safe clock, the Clock Switch bit (STATUS.CLKSWn) in the Status register is set. When the CFD has switched to the safe clock, the XOSCn is not disabled. The application must take the necessary actions to disable the oscillator N. The application must also take the necessary actions to configure the system clocks to continue normal operations. In the case the application can recover the XOSCn , it can switch back to the XOSCn clock by writing a one to Switch Back bit (XOSCCTRLn.SWBCK) in the External Oscillator Control register. Once the XOSCn clock is switched back, the Switch Back bit (XOSCCTRLn.SWBCK) is cleared by the hardware. Prescaler The CFD has an internal configurable prescaler (XOSCCTRLn.CFDPRESC) to generate the safe clock from the DFLL48M clock. The prescaler size allows to scale down the DFLL48M clock such that the safe clock is not higher than the XOSCn clock frequency monitored by the CFD. The frequency divider is 2^CFDPRESC where CFDPRESC range from 0 to 15. Example: for an external crystal oscillator at 8 mHz and the DFLL48M internal oscillator configured to generate a 48 mHz clock, the prescaler should select a downscale value above 6 (48/8), eg. 8, thus CFDPRESC=3. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 697 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller Event If the Event Output enable bit in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.CFDEOn) is set, the CFD clock failure will be output on the Event Output. When the CFD is switched to the safe clock, the CFD clock failure will not be output on the Event Output. Sleep Mode The CFD is halted depending on configuration of the XOSCn and the peripheral clock request. For further details, refer to the Sleep Behavior table above. The CFD interrupt can be used to wake up the device from sleep modes. 28.6.4 Digital Frequency Locked Loop (DFLL48M) Operation The DFLL48M can operate in both open-loop mode and closed-loop mode. In closed-loop mode, a low-frequency clock with high accuracy should be used as the reference clock to get high accuracy on the output clock (CLK_DFLL48M). The DFLL48M can be used as a source for the generic clock generators. Related Links 14. GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 28.6.4.1 Basic Operation Operating modes The DFLL48M will behave differently in different sleep modes based on the settings of DFLLCTRLA.RUNSTDBY, DFLLCTRLA.ONDEMAND and DFLLCTRLA.ENABLE, as shown in the following table. Table 28-2.DFLL48M Sleep Behavior DFLLCTRLA.RUNSTDBY DFLLCTRLA.ONDEMAND DFLLCTRLA.ENABLE Sleep Behavior - - 0 Disabled 0 0 1 Always run in Idle Sleep modes. Run in Standby Sleep mode if requested by a peripheral. 0 1 1 Only run in Idle or Standby Sleep modes if requested by a peripheral. 1 0 1 Always run in Idle and Standby Sleep modes. 1 1 1 Only run in Idle or Standby Sleep modes if requested by a peripheral. The DFLL48M is used as a clock source for the generic clock generators, as described in the GCLK chapter. The DFLL48M is factory-calibrated for 48MHz. Registers DFLLVAL.COARSE and DFLLVAL.FINE store frequency calibration after reset. Open-Loop Operation After any reset, the open-loop mode is selected. When operating in open-loop mode, the output frequency of the DFLL48M will be determined by the values written to the DFLL Coarse Value bit group and the DFLL Fine Value bit group (DFLLVAL.COARSE and DFLLVAL.FINE) in the DFLL Value register. It is possible to change the values of DFLLVAL.COARSE and DFLLVAL.FINE and thereby the output frequency of the DFLL48M output clock, CLK_DFLL48M, while the DFLL48M is enabled and in use. CLK_DFLL48M is ready to be used when STATUS.DFLLRDY is set after enabling the DFLL48M. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 698 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller Closed-Loop Operation In closed-loop operation, the output frequency is continuously regulated against a reference clock. Once the multiplication factor is set, the oscillator fine tuning is automatically adjusted. The DFLL48M must be correctly configured before closed-loop operation can be enabled. After enabling the DFLL48M, it must be configured in the following way: 1. 2. 3. 4. Enable and select a reference clock (CLK_DFLL48M_REF). CLK_DFLL48M_REF is Generic Clock Channel 0 (DFLL48M_Reference). Refer to GCLK for details. Select the maximum step size allowed in finding the Coarse and Fine values by writing the appropriate values to the DFLL Coarse Maximum Step and DFLL Fine Maximum Step bit groups (DFLLMUL.CSTEP and DFLLMUL. FSTEP) in the DFLL Multiplier register. A small step size will ensure low overshoot on the output frequency, but will typically result in longer lock times. A high value might give a large overshoot, but will typically provide faster locking. DFLLMUL.CSTEP and DFLLMUL.FSTEP should not be higher than 50% of the maximum value of DFLLVAL.COARSE and DFLLVAL.FINE, respectively. Select the multiplication factor in the DFLL Multiply Factor bit group (DFLLMUL.MUL) in the DFLL Multiplier register. Care must be taken when choosing DFLLMUL.MUL so that the output frequency does not exceed the maximum frequency of the device. If the target frequency is below the minimum frequency of the DFLL48M, the output frequency will be equal to the DFLL minimum frequency. Start the closed loop mode by writing a one to the DFLL Mode Selection bit (DFLLCTRLA.MODE) in the DFLL Control register. The frequency of CLK_DFLL48M (Fclkdfll48m) is given by: clkdfll48m = DFLLMUL.MUL x clkdfll48mref where Fclkdfll48mref is the frequency of the reference clock (CLK_DFLL48M_REF). DFLLVAL.COARSE and DFLLVAL.FINE are read-only in closed-loop mode, and are controlled by the frequency tuner to meet user specified frequency. In closed-loop mode, the value in DFLLVAL.COARSE is used by the frequency tuner as a starting point for Coarse. Writing DFLLVAL.COARSE to a value close to the final value before entering closed-loop mode will reduce the time needed to get a lock on Coarse. Frequency Locking The locking of the frequency in closed-loop mode is divided into two stages. In the first, coarse stage, the control logic quickly finds the correct value for DFLLVAL.COARSE and sets the output frequency to a value close to the correct frequency. On coarse lock, the DFLL Locked on Coarse Value bit (STATUS.DFLLLOCKC) in the Status register will be set. In the second, fine stage, the control logic tunes the value in DFLLVAL.FINE so that the output frequency is very close to the desired frequency. On fine lock, the DFLL Locked on Fine Value bit (STATUS.DFLLLOCKF) in the Status register will be set. If the the ByPass Lock bit (DFLLCTRLB.BPLCKC) in the DFLL Control register is set, the coarse stage is by-passed, the DFLLVAL.COARSE keeps it's value and the DFLL Coarse Value bit (STATUS.DFLLLOCKC) is immediately set. Interrupts are generated by both STATUS.DFLLLOCKC and STATUS.DFLLLOCKF if INTENSET.DFLLOCKC or INTENSET.DFLLOCKF are written to '1'. CLK_DFLL48M is ready to be used when the DFLL Ready bit (STATUS.DFLLRDY) in the Status register is set, but the accuracy of the output frequency depends on which locks are set. For lock times, refer to the Electrical Characteristics. Frequency Error Measurement The ratio between CLK_DFLL48M_REF and CLK48M_DFLL is measured automatically when the DFLL48M is in closed loop mode. The difference between this ratio and the value in DFLLMUL.MUL is stored in the DFLL Multiplication Ratio Difference bit group (DFLLVAL.DIFF) in the DFLL Value register. The relative error on CLK_DFLL48M compared to the target frequency is calculated as follows: ERROR = DIFF MUL (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 699 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller Drift Compensation If the Stable DFLL Frequency bit (DFLLCTRLB.STABLE) in the DFLL Control register is zero, the frequency tuner will automatically compensate for drift in the CLK_DFLL48M without losing either of the locks. This means that DFLLVAL.FINE can change after every measurement of CLK_DFLL48M. If the DFLLVAL.FINE value overflows or underflows due to large drift in temperature and/or voltage, the DFLL Out Of Bounds bit (STATUS.DFLLOOB) in the Status register will be set. After an Out of Bounds error condition, the user must rewrite DFLLMUL.MUL to ensure correct CLK_DFLL48M frequency. An interrupt is generated on a zero-to-one transition on STATUS.DFLLOOB if the DFLL Out Of Bounds bit (INTENSET.DFLLOOB) in the Interrupt Enable Set register is set. This interrupt will also be set if the tuner is not able to lock on the correct Coarse value. If the Stable DFLL Frequency bit (DFLLCTRLB.STABLE) in the DFLL Control register is one, the DFLLVAL.COARSE and DFLLVAL.FINE values will stay constant after the lock. The user can check for a possible drift by reading the frequency error in the DFLL Multiplication Ratio Difference bit group (DFLLVAL.DIFF). Reference Clock Stop Detection If CLK_DFLL48M_REF stops or is running at a very low frequency (slower than CLK_DFLL48M/(2 * MULMAX)), the DFLL Reference Clock Stopped bit (STATUS.DFLLRCS) in the Status register will be set. Detecting a stopped reference clock can take a long time, on the order of 217 CLK_DFLL48M cycles. When the reference clock is stopped, the DFLL48M will operate as if in open-loop mode. Closed-loop mode operation will automatically resume if the CLK_DFLL48M_REF is restarted. An interrupt is generated on a zero-to-one transition on STATUS.DFLLRCS if the DFLL Reference Clock Stopped bit (INTENSET.DFLLRCS) in the Interrupt Enable Set register is set. Related Links 9.4 NVM User Page Mapping 14. GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 28.6.4.2 Additional Features Dealing with Delay in the DFLL in Closed-Loop Mode The time from selecting a new CLK_DFLL48M frequency until this frequency is output by the DFLL48M can be up to several microseconds. If the value in DFLLMUL.MUL is small, this can lead to instability in the DFLL48M locking mechanism, which can prevent the DFLL48M from achieving locks. To avoid this, a chill cycle, during which the CLK_DFLL48M frequency is not measured, can be enabled. The chill cycle is enabled by default, but can be disabled by writing a one to the DFLL Chill Cycle Disable bit (DFLLCTRLB.CCDIS) in the DFLL Control register. Enabling chill cycles might double the lock time. Another solution to this problem consists of using less strict lock requirements. This is called Quick Lock (QL), which is also enabled by default, but it can be disabled by writing a one to the Quick Lock Disable bit (DFLLCTRLB.QLDIS) in the DFLL Control register. The Quick Lock might lead to a larger spread in the output frequency than chill cycles, but the average output frequency is the same. USB Clock Recovery Mode USB Clock Recovery mode can be used to create the 48MHz USB clock from the USB Start Of Frame (SOF). This mode is enabled by writing a '1' to both the USB Clock Recovery Mode bit and the Mode bit in DFLL Control register (DFLLCTRLB.USBCRM and DFLLCTRLB.MODE). In USB Clock Recovery mode, the status bits of the DFLL in OSCCTRL.STATUS are determined by the USB bus activity, and have no valid meaning. The SOF signal from USB device will be used as reference clock (CLK_DFLL_REF), ignoring the selected generic clock reference. When the USB device is connected, a SOF will be sent every 1ms, thus DFLLVAL.MUX bits should be written to 0xBB80 to obtain a 48MHz clock. In USB clock recovery mode, the DFLLCTRLB.BPLCKC bit state is ignored, and the value stored in the DFLLVAL.COARSE will be used as final Coarse value. The COARSE value for a calibrated 48 MHz frequency is loaded from NVM after any system reset and may vary in operating modes different of the USB Clock Recovery Mode. The initial COARSE value can be saved and restored by the software if necessary. The locking procedure will also go instantaneously to the fine lock search. The DFLLCTRLB.QLDIS bit must be cleared and DFLLCTRLB.CCDIS should be set to speed up the lock phase. The DFLLCTRLB.STABLE bit state is ignored, an auto jitter reduction mechanism is used instead. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 700 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller Wake from Sleep Modes DFLL48M can optionally reset its lock bits when it is disabled. This is configured by the Lose Lock After Wake bit (DFLLCTRLB.LLAW) in the DFLL Control register. If DFLLCTRLB.LLAW is zero, the DFLL48M will be re-enabled and start running with the same configuration as before being disabled, even if the reference clock is not available. The locks will not be lost. Thus it is important that the user checks that the DFLL48M has reached the COARSE and FINE lock stage before entering a sleep mode. When the reference clock has restarted, the Fine tracking will quickly compensate for any frequency drift during sleep if DFLLCTRLB.STABLE is zero. If DFLLCTRLB.LLAW is one when disabling the DFLL48M, the DFLL48M will lose all its locks, and needs to regain these through the full lock sequence. Wait for Lock DFLL48M can optionally control the issued clock. This is configured by the Wait For Lock bit (DFLLCTRLB.WAITLOCK) in the DFLL Control register. If DFLLCTRLB.WAITLOCK is zero, the DFLL48M will issue a clock immediately after the ready bit (STATUS.DFLLRDY) has risen. If DFLLCTRLB.WAITLOCK is one, the DFLL48M will issue a clock immediately after the fine lock bit (STATUS.DFLLCKF) has risen. Using the wait for lock feature allows a better accuracy of the issued DFLL48M clock, conversely it increases the startup time of the DFLL48M clock. Accuracy There are two main factors that determine the accuracy of Fclkdfll48m. These can be tuned to obtain maximum accuracy when fine lock is achieved. * * 28.6.5 Fine resolution: The frequency step between two Fine values. The accuracy of the reference clock. Digital Phase Locked Loop (DPLL) Operation The task of the DPLL is to maintain coherence between the input (reference) signal and the respective output frequency CLK_DPLL through phase comparison. The DPLL controller supports four independent sources of reference clocks: * * * XOSC32K: This clock is provided by the 32K External Crystal Oscillator (XOSC32K). XOSC0 and XOSC1: These clocks are provided by the External Multipurpose Crystal Oscillator (XOSC). GCLK: This clock is provided by the Generic Clock Controller. When the controller is enabled, the relationship between the reference clock frequency and the output clock frequency is as shown below: CLK_DPLLn = CKR x LDR + 1 + Where: LDRFRAC 32 fCLK_DPLLn is the frequency of the DPLL output clock, LDR is the loop divider ratio integer part and LDRFRAC is the loop divider ratio fractional part, fCKR is the frequency of the selected reference clock. Figure 28-2.DPLL Block Diagram XIN32 XOUT32 XOSC32K DPLLCTRLB.FILTER DPLLCTRLB.DIV XIN XOUT XOSCn DIVIDER CKR GCLK_DPLL TDC DIGITAL FILTER RATIO DPLLCTRLB.REFCLK DCO CG CLK_DPLL CK DPLLRATIO When the controller is disabled, the output clock is low. If the Loop Divider Ratio Fractional part bit field in the DPLL Ratio register (DPLLRATIO.LDRFRAC) is zero, the DPLL works in Integer mode. Otherwise, the fractional mode is activated. The fractional part has a negative impact on the jitter of the DPLL. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 701 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller For example (Integer mode only): Assuming fCKR = 32 kHz and fCLK_DPLLn = 112 MHz, the multiplication ratio is 3500. It means that LDR must be set to 3499. For example (Fractional mode): Assuming fCKR = 32 kHz and fCLK_DPPLn = 112.003000 MHz, the multiplication ratio is 3500.9375 (3500 + 3/32). Thus LDR is set to 3499 and LDRFRAC to 3. Related Links 14. GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 29. OSC32KCTRL - 32KHz Oscillators Controller 28.6.5.1 Basic Operation Initialization, Enabling, Disabling, and Resetting The DPLLCn is enabled by writing a `1' to the Enable bit in the Control register (DPLLnCTRLA.ENABLE). The DPLLCn is disabled by writing a `0' to DPLLnCTRLA.ENABLE. The DPLLnSYNCBUSY.ENABLE is set when the DPLLnCTRLA.ENABLE bit is modified. It is cleared when the DPLLCn output clock CLK_DPLLn has sampled the bit at the high level, or cleared when the output clock is no longer running (for disable operation). Figure 28-3.Enable synchronization busy operation CLK_APB_OSCCTRL ENABLE CK SYNCBUSY.ENABLE The frequency of the DPLLCn output clock CLK_DPLLn is stable when the module is enabled and when the LOCK bit is set. When DPLLnCTRLB.LTIME is different from 0, a user defined lock time is used to validate the lock operation. In that case the lock time is constant. If DPLLnCTRLB.LTIME is zero, the lock signal is linked with the status bit of the DPLLCn (DPLLnSTATUS.LOCK), the lock time vary depending on the filter selection and final target frequency. When DPLLnCTRLB.WUF is set the wake up fast mode is activated. In that mode the clock gating cell is enabled at the end of the startup time. At that time the final frequency is not stable as it is still the acquisition period, but it allows to save hundreds of microseconds. After the first acquisition, DPLLnCTRLB.LBYPASS indicates if the Lock signal is discarded from the control of the clock gater (CG) generating the output clock CLK_DPLLn. Table 28-3.CLK_DPLLn behavior from startup to first edge detection. WUF LTIME CLK_DPLLn Behavior 0 0 Normal Mode: First Edge when lock is asserted 0 Not Equal To Zero Lock Timer Timeout mode: First Edge when the timer down-counts to 0. 1 X Wake Up Fast Mode: First Edge when CK is active (startup time) Table 28-4.CLK_DPLLn behavior after First Edge detection. LBYPASS CLK_DPLLn Behavior 0 Normal Mode: the CLK_DPLLn is turned off when lock signal is low. 1 Lock Bypass Mode: the CLK_DPLLn is always running, lock is irrelevant. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 702 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller Figure 28-4.CK and CLK_DPLL output from DPLL off mode to running mode CKR ENABLE CK CLK_DPLL LOCK t startup_time t lock_time CK STABLE Figure 28-5.CK and CLK_DPLL output from DPLL off mode to running mode when wake up fast is activated CKR ENABLE CK CLK_DPLL LOCK t startup_time t lock_time CK STABLE Figure 28-6.CK and CLK_DPLL output from running mode to DPLLC off mode. CKR ENABLE CK CLK_DPLL LOCK Operating modes The DPLLn will behave differently in different sleep modes based on the settings of DPLLnCTRLA.RUNSTDBY, DPLLnCTRLA.ONDEMAND and DPLLnCTRLA.ENABLE. Table 28-5.DPLL Sleep Behavior DPLLCTRLA.RUNSTDBY DPLLCTRLA.ONDEMAND DPLLCTRLA.ENABLE Sleep Behavior - - 0 Disabled 0 0 1 Always run in Idle Sleep modes. Run in Standby Sleep mode if requested by a peripheral. 0 1 1 Only run in Idle or Standby Sleep modes if requested by a peripheral. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 703 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller ...........continued DPLLCTRLA.RUNSTDBY DPLLCTRLA.ONDEMAND DPLLCTRLA.ENABLE Sleep Behavior 1 0 1 Always run in Idle and Standby Sleep modes. 1 1 1 Only run in Idle or Standby Sleep modes if requested by a peripheral. Reference Clock Switching When a software operation requires reference clock switching, the normal operation is to disable the DPLLn, modify the DPLLnCTRLB.REFCLK to select the desired reference source and activate the DPLLn again. The CLK_DPLLn output clock is ready when DPLLnSTATUS.CLKRDY bit is set. XOSC Reference Clock Divider DPLLnCTRLB.DIV[10:0] bits are used to set the XOSC clock division factor and can be calculated with following formula: XOSC 2 x DIV + 1 For more information, refer to DPLLnCTRLB. DIV = Loop Divider Ratio Updates The DPLLn Controller supports on-the-fly update of the DPLLnRATIO register, so it is allowed to modify the loop divider ratio and the loop divider ratio fractional part when the DPLLn is enabled. Ensure the following conditions, or else the on-the-fly updating of the divider ratio will fail: * DPLLnCTRLB.LBYPASS must be '0' (normal mode). * DPLLnCTRLB.LTIME must not be 0x0, which is the default value. * A DPLLn 32KHz clock (GCLK_DPLLn_32K) is configured in the GCLK peripheral as the internal lock timer. Write DPLLnRATIO.LDR[12:0] bits to set the integer part of the frequency multiplier, and write DPLLnRATIO.LDRFRAC[4:0] bits to set the fractional part of the frequency multiplier. Due to synchronization there is a delay between writing to DPLLnRATIO.LDRFRAC[4:0] or DPLLnRATIO.LDR[12:0] and the effect on the DPLLn output clock. The value written DPLLnRATIO.LDRFAC[4:0] or DPLLnRATIO.LDR[12:0] will be read back immediately, and the DPLLRATIO bit in the synchronization busy register DPLLnSYNCBUSY.DPLLRATIO, will be set. DPLLnSYNCBUSY.DPLLRATIO will be cleared when the operation is completed.STATUS.DPLLnLDRTO is set when the DPLLnRATIO register has been modified and the DPLLn analog cell has successfully sampled the updated value. At that time the DPLLnSTATUS.LOCK bit is cleared and set again by hardware when the output frequency reached a stable state. Note that if only the fractional part of loop divider ratio (DPLLnRATIO.LDRFRAC) is updated, the lock status (DPLLnSTATUS.LOCK) will not be cleared. Figure 28-7.RATIOCTRL register update operation CKR LDR LDRFRAC mult0 mult1 CK CLK_DPLL LOCK LOCKL (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 704 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller Digital Filter Selection The digital filter selection can be changed from the filter selection register DPLLnCTRLB.FILTER. The DPLL digital filter coefficients are automatically adjusted in order to provide a good compromise between stability and jitter. For more information, refer to DPLLnCTRLB. Sigma-Delta DCO Filter Selection The sigma-delta DAC low pass filter can be controlled and adjusted from the DCO filter selection register DPLLnCTRLB.DCOFILTER[2:0]. For more information, refer to DPLLnCTRLB. Related Links 14. GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 28.6.6 DMA Operation Not applicable. 28.6.7 Interrupts The OSCCTRL has the following interrupt sources: * * * * * * * XOSCRDY - Multipurpose Crystal Oscillator Ready: A 0-to-1" transition on the STATUS.XOSCRDY bit is detected CLKFAIL - Clock Failure . A "0-to-1" transition on the STATUS.CLKFAIL bit is detected. DFLLRDY - DFLL48m Ready: A "0-to-1" transition on the STATUS.DFLLRDY bit is detected DPLLnLOCKR - DPLLn Lock Rise: A "0-to-1" transition on the STATUS.DPLLnLOCKR bit is detected DPLLnLOCKF - DPLLn Lock Fall: A "0-to-1" transition on the STATUS.DPLLnLOCKF bit is detected DPLLnLTTO - DPLLn Lock Timer Time-out: A "0-to-1" transition on the STATUS.DPLLnLTTO bit is detected DPLLnLDRTO - DPLLn Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete. A "0-to-1" transition on the STATUS.DPLLnLDRTO bit is detected Each interrupt source has an interrupt flag associated with it. The interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG) is set when the interrupt condition occurs. Each interrupt can be individually enabled by writing a one to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET), and disabled by writing a one to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Clear register (INTENCLR). An interrupt request is generated when the interrupt flag is set and the corresponding interrupt is enabled. The interrupt request remains active until the interrupt flag is cleared, the interrupt is disabled or the OSCCTRL is reset. INTFLAG register for details on how to clear interrupt flags. The OSCCTRL has one common interrupt request line for all the interrupt sources. The user must read the INTFLAG register to determine which interrupt condition is present. Note that interrupts must be globally enabled for interrupt requests to be generated. 28.6.8 Events The CFD can generate the following output event: * Clock Failure (CLKFAIL): Generated when the Clock Failure status bit is set in the Status register (STATUS.CLKFAIL). The CFD event is not generated when the Clock Switch bit (STATUS.CLKSW) in the Status register is set. Writing a '1' to an Event Output bit in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.CFDEO) enables the CFD output event. Writing a '0' to this bit disables the CFD output event. Refer to the Event System chapter for details on configuring the event system. 28.6.9 Synchronization Due to the multiple clock domains, some registers in the DFLL48M must be synchronized when accessed. A register can require: * * * Synchronization when written Synchronization when read No synchronization (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 705 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller When executing an operation that requires synchronization, the relevant synchronization bit in the Synchronization Busy register (DFLLSYNC) will be set immediately, and cleared when synchronization is complete. The following registers need synchronization: * * * * ENABLE bit in DFLLCTRLA register - write-synchronized DFLLCTRLB register - read-synchronized DFLLVAL register - read- and write-synchronized DFLLMUL register - write-synchronized Due to the multiple clock domains (XOSC32K, XOSC, GCLK and CK), some registers in the DPLL must be synchronized when accessed. A register can require: * * Synchronization when written No synchronization When executing an operation that requires synchronization, the relevant synchronization bit in the Synchronization Busy register (DPLLnSYNCBUSY) will be set immediately, and cleared when synchronization is complete. The following bits need synchronization when written: * * Enable bit in control register A (DPLLnCTRLA.ENABLE) DPLLn Ratio register (DPLLnRATIO) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 706 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller 28.7 Register Summary Offset Name Bit Pos. 0x00 0x01 ... 0x03 EVCTRL 7:0 INTENCLR 0x08 INTENSET 0x0C INTFLAG 0x10 STATUS XOSCCTRL0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 0x18 0x1C 0x1D ... 0x1F 0x20 0x21 ... 0x23 CFDEO0 XOSCRDY1 DFLLOOB DPLL0LCKF DPLL1LCKF XOSCRDY1 DFLLOOB DPLL0LCKF DPLL1LCKF XOSCRDY1 DFLLOOB DPLL0LCKF DPLL1LCKF XOSCRDY1 DFLLOOB DPLL0LCKF DPLL1LCKF ENABLE XOSCRDY0 DFLLRDY DPLL0LCKR DPLL1LCKR XOSCRDY0 DFLLRDY DPLL0LCKR DPLL1LCKR XOSCRDY0 DFLLRDY DPLL0LCKR DPLL1LCKR XOSCRDY0 DFLLRDY DPLL0LCKR DPLL1LCKR Reserved 0x04 0x14 CFDEO1 XOSCCTRL1 DFLLCTRLA 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 DFLLRCS DFLLRCS XOSCFAIL1 DFLLLCKC DPLL0LDRTO DPLL1LDRTO XOSCFAIL1 DFLLLCKC DPLL0LDRTO DPLL1LDRTO DFLLRCS DFLLLCKC DPLL0LDRTO DPLL1LDRTO XOSCCKSW1 XOSCCKSW0 XOSCFAIL1 DFLLRCS DFLLLCKC DPLL0LDRTO DPLL1LDRTO ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY ENALC IMULT[3:0] IPTAT[1:0] STARTUP[3:0] SWBEN CFDPRESC[3:0] XTALEN ENABLE ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY ENALC XOSCFAIL0 DFLLLCKF DPLL0LTO DPLL1LTO XOSCFAIL0 DFLLLCKF DPLL0LTO DPLL1LTO XOSCFAIL DFLLLCKF DPLL0LTO DPLL1LTO XOSCFAIL0 DFLLLCKF DPLL0TO DPLL1TO XTALEN IMULT[3:0] IPTAT[1:0] STARTUP[3:0] SWBEN CFDPRESC[3:0] ENABLE ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY LOWBUFGAI N CFDEN LOWBUFGAI N CFDEN Reserved DFLLCTRLB 7:0 WAITLOCK BPLCKC QLDIS CCDIS USBCRM LLAW STABLE DFLLCTRLB ENABLE MODE Reserved 0x24 DFLLVAL 0x28 DFLLMUL 0x2C 0x2D ... 0x2F 0x30 0x31 ... 0x33 DFLLSYNC 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 FINE[7:0] COARSE[5:0] DIFF[7:0] DIFF[15:8] MUL[7:0] MUL[15:8] FSTEP[7:0] CSTEP[5:0] DFLLMUL DFLLVAL Reserved DPLL0CTRLA 7:0 ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY ENABLE Reserved (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 707 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller ...........continued Offset Name 0x34 DPLL0RATIO 0x38 0x3C DPLL0CTRLB DPLL0SYNCBUSY 0x40 DPLL0STATUS 0x44 0x45 ... 0x47 DPLL1CTRLA 0x48 0x4C 0x50 0x54 28.8 Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 LDR[7:0] LDR[12:8] LDRFRAC[4:0] DCOEN REFCLK[2:0] DCOFILTER[2:0] WUF LBYPASS DIV[7:0] FILTER[3:0] LTIME[2:0] DPLLRATIO DIV[10:8] ENABLE CLKRDY ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY LOCK ENABLE Reserved DPLL1RATIO DPLL1CTRLB DPLL1SYNCBUSY DPLL1STATUS 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 LDR[7:0] LDR[12:8] LDRFRAC[4:0] DCOEN REFCLK[2:0] DCOFILTER[2:0] WUF LBYPASS DIV[7:0] FILTER[3:0] LTIME[2:0] DPLLRATIO DIV[10:8] ENABLE CLKRDY LOCK Register Description Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16-, and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Some registers are optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). Write-protection is denoted by the "PAC Write-Protection" property in each individual register description. Refer to the 28.5.8 Register Access Protection section and the PAC - Peripheral Access Controller chapter for details. Some registers require synchronization when read and/or written. Synchronization is denoted by the "ReadSynchronized" or "Write-Synchronized" property in each individual register description. Refer to the section on Synchronization for details. Related Links 28.6.9 Synchronization (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 708 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller 28.8.1 Event Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: EVCTRL 0x00 0x00 PAC Write-Protection Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 1 CFDEO1 R/W 0 0 CFDEO0 R/W 0 Bits 0, 1 - CFDEOClock n Failure Detector Event Output Enable [n=0,1] This bit indicates whether the XOSC Clock Failure detector event output is enabled or not and an output event will be generated when the XOSC Clock Failure detector detects a clock failure. 0: Clock Failure detector event output is disabled and an event will not be generated. 1: Clock Failure detector event output is enabled and an event will be generated. To prevent false event generation, the bit CFDEOn must be set or cleared only when the XOSCn is disabled (XOSCCTRLn.ENABLE=0). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 709 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller 28.8.2 Interrupt Enable Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENCLR 0x04 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to disable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET). Bit 31 30 29 28 27 DPLL1LDRTO R/W 0 26 DPLL1LTO R/W 0 25 DPLL1LCKF R/W 0 24 DPLL1LCKR R/W 0 23 22 21 20 19 DPLL0LDRTO R/W 0 18 DPLL0LTO R/W 0 17 DPLL0LCKF R/W 0 16 DPLL0LCKR R/W 0 15 14 13 12 DFLLRCS R/W 0 11 DFLLLCKC R/W 0 10 DFLLLCKF R/W 0 9 DFLLOOB R/W 0 8 DFLLRDY R/W 0 7 6 5 4 3 XOSCFAIL1 R/W 0 2 XOSCFAIL0 R/W 0 1 XOSCRDY1 R/W 0 0 XOSCRDY0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 27 - DPLL1LDRTODPLL1 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete Interrupt Enable 0: The DPLL1 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete interrupt is disabled. 1: The DPLL1 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the DPLL1 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete Interrupt flag is set. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the DPLL1 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the DPLL1 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete interrupt. Bit 26 - DPLL1LTODPLL1 Lock Timeout Interrupt Enable 0: The DPLL1 Lock Timeout interrupt is disabled. 1: The DPLL1 Lock Timeout interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the DPLL1 Lock Timeout Interrupt flag is set. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the DPLL1 Lock Timeout Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the DPLL1 Lock Timeout interrupt. Bit 25 - DPLL1LCKFDPLL1 Lock Fall Interrupt Enable 0: The DPLL1 Lock Fall interrupt is disabled. 1: The DPLL1 Lock Fall interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the DPLL1 Lock Fall Interrupt flag is set. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the DPLL1 Lock Fall Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the DPLL1 Lock Fall interrupt. Bit 24 - DPLL1LCKRDPLL1 Lock Rise Interrupt Enable 0: The DPLL1 Lock Rise interrupt is disabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 710 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller 1: The DPLL1 Lock Rise interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the DPLL1 Lock Rise Interrupt flag is set. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the DPLL1 Lock Rise Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the DPLL1 Lock Rise interrupt. Bit 19 - DPLL0LDRTODPLL0 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete Interrupt Enable 0: The DPLL0 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete interrupt is disabled. 1: The DPLL0 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the DPLL0 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete Interrupt flag is set. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the DPLL0 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the DPLL0 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete interrupt. Bit 18 - DPLL0LTODPLL0 Lock Timeout Interrupt Enable 0: The DPLL0 Lock Timeout interrupt is disabled. 1: The DPLL0 Lock Timeout interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the DPLL0 Lock Timeout Interrupt flag is set. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the DPLL0 Lock Timeout Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the DPLL0 Lock Timeout interrupt. Bit 17 - DPLL0LCKFDPLL0 Lock Fall Interrupt Enable 0: The DPLL0 Lock Fall interrupt is disabled. 1: The DPLL0 Lock Fall interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the DPLL0 Lock Fall Interrupt flag is set. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the DPLL0 Lock Fall Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the DPLL0 Lock Fall interrupt. Bit 16 - DPLL0LCKRDPLL0 Lock Rise Interrupt Enable 0: The DPLL0 Lock Rise interrupt is disabled. 1: The DPLL0 Lock Rise interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the DPLL0 Lock Rise Interrupt flag is set. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the DPLL0 Lock Rise Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the DPLL0 Lock Rise interrupt. Bit 12 - DFLLRCSDFLL Reference Clock Stopped Interrupt Enable 0: The DFLL Reference Clock Stopped interrupt is disabled. 1: The DFLL Reference Clock Stopped interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the DFLL Reference Clock Stopped Interrupt flag is set. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the DFLL Reference Clock Stopped Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the DFLL Reference Clock Stopped interrupt. Bit 11 - DFLLLCKCDFLL Lock Coarse Interrupt Enable 0: The DFLL Lock Coarse interrupt is disabled. 1: The DFLL Lock Coarse interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the DFLL Lock Coarse Interrupt flag is set. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the DFLL Lock Coarse Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the DFLL Lock Coarse interrupt. Bit 10 - DFLLLCKFDFLL Lock Fine Interrupt Enable 0: The DFLL Lock Fine interrupt is disabled. 1: The DFLL Lock Fine interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the DFLL Lock Fine Interrupt flag is set. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 711 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the DFLL Lock Fine Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the DFLL Lock Fine interrupt. Bit 9 - DFLLOOBDFLL Out Of Bounds Interrupt Enable 0: The DFLL Out Of Bounds interrupt is disabled. 1: The DFLL Out Of Bounds interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the DFLL Out Of Bounds Interrupt flag is set. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the DFLL Out Of Bounds Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the DFLL Out Of Bounds interrupt. Bit 8 - DFLLRDYDFLL Ready Interrupt Enable 0: The DFLL Ready interrupt is disabled. 1: The DFLL Ready interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the DFLL Ready Interrupt flag is set. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the DFLL Ready Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the DFLL Ready interrupt. Bits 2, 3 - XOSCFAILXOSC n Clock Failure Interrupt Enable 0: The XOSC n Clock Failure interrupt is disabled. 1: The XOSC0 Clock Failure interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the XOSC0 Clock Failure Interrupt flag is set. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the XOSC n Clock Failure Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the XOSC n Clock Failure interrupt. Bits 0, 1 - XOSCRDYXOSC n Ready Interrupt Enable 0: The XOSC n Ready interrupt is disabled. 1: The XOSC0 Ready interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the XOSC n Ready Interrupt flag is set. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the XOSC n Ready Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the XOSC n Ready interrupt. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 712 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller 28.8.3 Interrupt Enable Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENSET 0x08 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to enable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Clear register (INTENCLR). Bit 31 30 29 28 27 DPLL1LDRTO R/W 0 26 DPLL1LTO R/W 0 25 DPLL1LCKF R/W 0 24 DPLL1LCKR R/W 0 23 22 21 20 19 DPLL0LDRTO R/W 0 18 DPLL0LTO R/W 0 17 DPLL0LCKF R/W 0 16 DPLL0LCKR R/W 0 15 14 13 12 DFLLRCS R/W 0 11 DFLLLCKC R/W 0 10 DFLLLCKF R/W 0 9 DFLLOOB R/W 0 8 DFLLRDY R/W 0 7 6 5 4 3 XOSCFAIL1 R/W 0 2 XOSCFAIL0 R/W 0 1 XOSCRDY1 R/W 0 0 XOSCRDY0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 27 - DPLL1LDRTODPLL1 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete Interrupt Enable 0: The DPLL1 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete interrupt is disabled. 1: The DPLL1 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the DPLL1 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete Interrupt flag is set. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the DPLL1 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the DPLL1 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete interrupt. Bit 26 - DPLL1LTODPLL1 Lock Timeout Interrupt Enable 0: The DPLL1 Lock Timeout interrupt is disabled. 1: The DPLL1 Lock Timeout interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the DPLL1 Lock Timeout Interrupt flag is set. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the DPLL1 Lock Timeout Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the DPLL1 Lock Timeout interrupt. Bit 25 - DPLL1LCKFDPLL1 Lock Fall Interrupt Enable 0: The DPLL1 Lock Fall interrupt is disabled. 1: The DPLL1 Lock Fall interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the DPLL1 Lock Fall Interrupt flag is set. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the DPLL1 Lock Fall Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the DPLL1 Lock Fall interrupt. Bit 24 - DPLL1LCKRDPLL1 Lock Rise Interrupt Enable 0: The DPLL1 Lock Rise interrupt is disabled. 1: The DPLL1 Lock Rise interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the DPLL1 Lock Rise Interrupt flag is set. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 713 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the DPLL1 Lock Rise Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the DPLL1 Lock Rise interrupt. Bit 19 - DPLL0LDRTODPLL0 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete Interrupt Enable 0: The DPLL0 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete interrupt is disabled. 1: The DPLL0 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the DPLL0 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete Interrupt flag is set. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the DPLL0 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the DPLL0 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete interrupt. Bit 18 - DPLL0LTODPLL0 Lock Timeout Interrupt Enable 0: The DPLL0 Lock Timeout interrupt is disabled. 1: The DPLL0 Lock Timeout interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the DPLL0 Lock Timeout Interrupt flag is set. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the DPLL0 Lock Timeout Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the DPLL0 Lock Timeout interrupt. Bit 17 - DPLL0LCKFDPLL0 Lock Fall Interrupt Enable 0: The DPLL0 Lock Fall interrupt is disabled. 1: The DPLL0 Lock Fall interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the DPLL0 Lock Fall Interrupt flag is set. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the DPLL0 Lock Fall Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the DPLL0 Lock Fall interrupt. Bit 16 - DPLL0LCKRDPLL0 Lock Rise Interrupt Enable 0: The DPLL0 Lock Rise interrupt is disabled. 1: The DPLL0 Lock Rise interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the DPLL0 Lock Rise Interrupt flag is set. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the DPLL0 Lock Rise Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the DPLL0 Lock Rise interrupt. Bit 12 - DFLLRCSDFLL Reference Clock Stopped Interrupt Enable 0: The DFLL Reference Clock Stopped interrupt is disabled. 1: The DFLL Reference Clock Stopped interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the DFLL Reference Clock Stopped Interrupt flag is set. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the DFLL Reference Clock Stopped Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the DFLL Reference Clock Stopped interrupt. Bit 11 - DFLLLCKCDFLL Lock Coarse Interrupt Enable 0: The DFLL Lock Coarse interrupt is disabled. 1: The DFLL Lock Coarse interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the DFLL Lock Coarse Interrupt flag is set. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the DFLL Lock Coarse Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the DFLL Lock Coarse interrupt. Bit 10 - DFLLLCKFDFLL Lock Fine Interrupt Enable 0: The DFLL Lock Fine interrupt is disabled. 1: The DFLL Lock Fine interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the DFLL Lock Fine Interrupt flag is set. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the DFLL Lock Fine Interrupt Disable/Enable bit, disable the DFLL Lock Fine interrupt and set the corresponding interrupt request. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 714 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller Bit 9 - DFLLOOBDFLL Out Of Bounds Interrupt Enable 0: The DFLL Out Of Bounds interrupt is disabled. 1: The DFLL Out Of Bounds interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the DFLL Out Of Bounds Interrupt flag is set. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the DFLL Out Of Bounds Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the DFLL Out Of Bounds interrupt. Bit 8 - DFLLRDYDFLL Ready Interrupt Enable 0: The DFLL Ready interrupt is disabled. 1: The DFLL Ready interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the DFLL Ready Interrupt flag is set. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the DFLL Ready Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the DFLL Ready interrupt. Bits 2, 3 - XOSCFAILXOSCn Clock Failure Interrupt Enable 0: The XOSCn Clock Failure interrupt is disabled. 1: The XOSCn Clock Failure interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the XOSCn Clock Failure Interrupt flag is set. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the XOSCn Clock Failure Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the XOSCn Clock Failure interrupt. Bits 0, 1 - XOSCRDYXOSCn Ready Interrupt Enable 0: The XOSCn Ready interrupt is disabled. 1: The XOSCn Ready interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the XOSC0 Ready Interrupt flag is set. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the XOSCn Ready Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the XOSCn Ready interrupt. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 715 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller 28.8.4 Interrupt Flag Status and Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Bit INTFLAG 0x0C 0x00000000 31 30 29 28 27 DPLL1LDRTO R/W 0 26 DPLL1LTO R/W 0 25 DPLL1LCKF R/W 0 24 DPLL1LCKR R/W 0 23 22 21 20 19 DPLL0LDRTO R/W 0 18 DPLL0LTO R/W 0 17 DPLL0LCKF R/W 0 16 DPLL0LCKR R/W 0 15 14 13 12 DFLLRCS R/W 0 11 DFLLLCKC R/W 0 10 DFLLLCKF R/W 0 9 DFLLOOB R/W 0 8 DFLLRDY R/W 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 XOSCFAIL R/W 0 1 XOSCRDY1 R/W 0 0 XOSCRDY0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 27 - DPLL1LDRTODPLL1 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This flag is set on a zero-to-one transition of the DPLL1 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete bit in the Status register (STATUS.DPLL1LDRTO) and will generate an interrupt request if INTENSET.DPLL1LDRTO is '1'. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the DPLL1 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete interrupt flag. Bit 26 - DPLL1LTODPLL1 Lock Timeout This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This flag is set on a zero-to-one transition of the DPLL1 Lock Timeout bit in the Status register (STATUS. DPLL1LTO) and will generate an interrupt request if INTENSET.DPLL1LTO is '1'. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the DPLL1 Lock Timeout interrupt flag. Bit 25 - DPLL1LCKFDPLL1 Lock Fall This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This flag is set on a zero-to-one transition of the DPLL1 Lock Fall bit in the Status register (STATUS.DPLL1LCKF) and will generate an interrupt request if INTENSET.DPLL1LCKF is '1'. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the DPLL1 Lock Fall interrupt flag. Bit 24 - DPLL1LCKRDPLL1 Lock Rise This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This flag is set on a zero-to-one transition of the DPLL1 Lock Rise bit in the Status register (STATUS. DPLL1LCKR) and will generate an interrupt request if INTENSET.DPLL1LCKR is '1'. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the DPLL1 Lock Rise interrupt flag. Bit 19 - DPLL0LDRTODPLL0 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 716 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller This flag is set on a zero-to-one transition of the DPLL0 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete bit in the Status register (STATUS.DPLL0LDRTO) and will generate an interrupt request if INTENSET.DPLL0LDRTO is '1'. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the DPLL0 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete interrupt flag. Bit 18 - DPLL0LTODPLL0 Lock Timeout This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This flag is set on a zero-to-one transition of the DPLL0 Lock Timeout bit in the Status register (STATUS. DPLL0LTO) and will generate an interrupt request if INTENSET.DPLL0LTO is '1'. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the DPLL0 Lock Timeout interrupt flag. Bit 17 - DPLL0LCKFDPLL0 Lock Fall This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This flag is set on a zero-to-one transition of the DPLL0 Lock Fall bit in the Status register (STATUS.DPLL0LCKF) and will generate an interrupt request if INTENSET.DPLL0LCKF is '1'. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the DPLL0 Lock Fall interrupt flag. Bit 16 - DPLL0LCKRDPLL0 Lock Rise This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This flag is set on a zero-to-one transition of the DPLL0 Lock Rise bit in the Status register (STATUS. DPLL0LCKR) and will generate an interrupt request if INTENSET.DPLL0LCKR is '1'. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the DPLL0 Lock Rise interrupt flag. Bit 12 - DFLLRCSDFLL Reference Clock Stopped This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This flag is set on a zero-to-one transition of the DFLL Reference Clock Stopped bit in the Status register (STATUS. DFLLRCS) and will generate an interrupt request if INTENSET.DFLLRCS is '1'. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the DFLL Reference Clock Stopped interrupt flag. Bit 11 - DFLLLCKCDFLL Lock Coarse This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This flag is set on a zero-to-one transition of the DFLL Lock Coarse bit in the Status register (STATUS.DFLLLCKC) and will generate an interrupt request if INTENSET.DFLLLCKC is '1'. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the DFLL Lock Coarse interrupt flag. Bit 10 - DFLLLCKFDFLL Lock Fine This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This flag is set on a zero-to-one transition of the DFLL Lock Fine bit in the Status register (STATUS.DFLLLCKF) and will generate an interrupt request if INTENSET.DFLLLCKF is '1'. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the DFLL Lock Fine interrupt flag. Bit 9 - DFLLOOBDFLL Out Of Bounds This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This flag is set on a zero-to-one transition of the DFLL Out Of Bounds bit in the Status register (STATUS.DFLLOOB) and will generate an interrupt request if INTENSET.DFLLOOB is '1'. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the DFLL Out Of Bounds interrupt flag. Bit 8 - DFLLRDYDFLL Ready This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This flag is set on a zero-to-one transition of the DFLL Ready bit in the Status register (STATUS.DFLLRDY) and will generate an interrupt request if INTENSET.DFLLRDY is '1'. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 717 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the DFLL Ready interrupt flag. Bit 2 - XOSCFAILXOSCn Clock Failure This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This flag is set on a zero-to-one transition of the XOSCn Clock Failure bit in the Status register (STATUS.XOSCFAILn) and will generate an interrupt request if INTENSET.XOSCFAILn is '1'. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the XOSCn Clock Failure interrupt flag. Bits 0, 1 - XOSCRDYXOSCn Ready This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This flag is set on a zero-to-one transition of the XOSC0 Ready bit in the Status register (STATUS.XOSCRDYn) and will generate an interrupt request if INTENSET.XOSCRDYn is '1'. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the XOSCn Ready interrupt flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 718 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller 28.8.5 Status Name: Offset: Reset: Bit STATUS 0x10 0x00000000 31 30 29 28 27 DPLL1LDRTO R 0 26 DPLL1TO R 0 25 DPLL1LCKF R 0 24 DPLL1LCKR R 0 23 22 21 20 19 DPLL0LDRTO R 0 18 DPLL0TO R 0 17 DPLL0LCKF R 0 16 DPLL0LCKR R 0 15 14 13 12 DFLLRCS R 0 11 DFLLLCKC R 0 10 DFLLLCKF R 0 9 DFLLOOB R 0 8 DFLLRDY R 0 7 6 3 XOSCFAIL1 R 0 2 XOSCFAIL0 R 0 1 XOSCRDY1 R 0 0 XOSCRDY0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 5 4 XOSCCKSW1 XOSCCKSW0 R R 0 0 Bit 27 - DPLL1LDRTODPLL1 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete 0: DPLL1 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete not detected. 1: DPLL1 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete detected. Bit 26 - DPLL1TODPLL1 Lock Timeout 0: DPLL1 Lock time-out not detected. 1: DPLL1 Lock time-out detected. Bit 25 - DPLL1LCKFDPLL1 Lock Fall 0: DPLL1 Lock fall edge not detected. 1: DPLL1 Lock fall edge detected. Bit 24 - DPLL1LCKRDPLL1 Lock Rise 0: DPLL1 Lock rise edge not detected. 1: DPLL1 Lock rise edge detected. Bit 19 - DPLL0LDRTODPLL0 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete 0: DPLL0 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete not detected. 1: DPLL0 Loop Divider Ratio Update Complete detected. Bit 18 - DPLL0TODPLL0 Lock Timeout 0: DPLL0 Lock time-out not detected. 1: DPLL0 Lock time-out detected. Bit 17 - DPLL0LCKFDPLL0 Lock Fall 0: DPLL0 Lock fall edge not detected. 1: DPLL0 Lock fall edge detected. Bit 16 - DPLL0LCKRDPLL0 Lock Rise 0: DPLL0 Lock rise edge not detected. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 719 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller 1: DPLL0 Lock rise edge detected. Bit 12 - DFLLRCSDFLL Reference Clock Stopped 0: DFLL reference clock is running. 1: DFLL reference clock has stopped. Bit 11 - DFLLLCKCDFLL Lock Coarse 0: No DFLL coarse lock detected. 1: DFLL coarse lock detected. Bit 10 - DFLLLCKFDFLL Lock Fine 0: No DFLL fine lock detected. 1: DFLL fine lock detected. Bit 9 - DFLLOOBDFLL Out Of Bounds 0: No DFLL Out Of Bounds detected. 1: DFLL Out Of Bounds detected. Bit 8 - DFLLRDYDFLL Ready 0: DFLL is not ready. 1: DFLL is stable and ready to be used as a clock source. Bit 5 - XOSCCKSW1XOSC1 Clock Switch 0: XOSC1 is not switched and provides the external clock or crystal oscillator clock. 1: XOSC is switched and provides the safe clock. Bit 4 - XOSCCKSW0XOSC0 Clock Switch 0: XOSC0 is not switched and provides the external clock or crystal oscillator clock. 1: XOSC0 is switched and provides the safe clock. Bit 3 - XOSCFAIL1XOSC1 Clock Failure 0: XOSC1 failure not detected. 1: XOSC1 failure detected. Bit 2 - XOSCFAIL0XOSC0 Clock Failure 0: XOSC0 failure not detected. 1: XOSC0 failure detected. Bit 1 - XOSCRDY1XOSC1 Ready 0: XOSC1 is not ready. 1: XOSC1 is stable and ready to be used as a clock source. Bit 0 - XOSCRDY0XOSC0 Ready 0: XOSC0 is not ready. 1: XOSC0 is stable and ready to be used as a clock source. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 720 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller 28.8.6 External Multipurpose Crystal Oscillator Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit XOSCCTRL 0x14 + n*0x04 [n=0..1] 0x00000080 PAC Write-Protection 31 30 29 28 27 Access Reset R/W 0 Bit 23 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset R/W 0 22 21 STARTUP[3:0] R/W R/W 0 0 14 20 26 25 CFDPRESC[3:0] R/W R/W 0 0 19 18 11 10 R/W 0 13 12 R/W 0 17 SWBEN R/W 0 16 CFDEN R/W 0 9 8 LOWBUFGAIN R/W 0 15 ENALC R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 ONDEMAND R/W 1 6 RUNSTDBY R/W 0 5 4 3 2 XTALEN R/W 0 1 ENABLE R/W 0 IMULT[3:0] 24 IPTAT[1:0] 0 Bits 27:24 - CFDPRESC[3:0]Clock Failure Detector Prescaler These bits select the prescaler for the clock failure detector. The DFLL48 oscillator is used to clock the CFD prescaler. The CFD safe clock frequency is the DFLL48 frequency divided by 2^CFDPRESC. Bits 23:20 - STARTUP[3:0]Start-Up Time These bits select start-up time for the oscillator XOSCn according to the table below. The OSCULP32K oscillator is used to clock the start-up counter. Table 28-6.Start-UpTime for External Multipurpose Crystal Oscillator STARTUP[3:0] Number of OSCULP32K Clock Cycles Number of XOSC Clock Cycles Approximate Equivalent Time( 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 0x4 0x5 0x6 0x7 0x8 0x9 0xA 0xB 0xC 0xD 0xE 0xF 1 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 512 1024 2048 4096 8192 16384 32768 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 31s 61s 122s 244s 488s 977s 1953s 3906s 7813s 15625s 31250s 62500s 125000s 250000s 500000s 1000000s (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 721 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller Bit 17 - SWBENXosc Clock Switch Enable This bit controls the XOSCn output clock switch back to the external clock or crystal oscillator in case of clock recovery : 0: The clock switch back is disabled. 1: The clock switch back is enabled. This bit is reset once the XOSCn output clock is switched back to the external clock or crystal oscillator. Bit 16 - CFDENClock Failure Detector Enable This bit controls the XOSCn clock failure detector : 0: the Clock Failure Detector is disabled. 1: the Clock Failure Detector is enabled. Bit 15 - ENALCAutomatic Loop Control Enable This bit controls the XOSCn automatic loop control : 0: the automatic loop control is disabled. 1: the automatic loop control is enabled. Oscillator's amplitude will be automatically adjusted during Crystal Oscillator operation. Bits 14:11 - IMULT[3:0]Oscillator Current Multiplier These bits select the current multiplier for the oscillator XOSCn, given in table External Multipurpose Crystal Oscillator Current Settings. Bits 10:9 - IPTAT[1:0]Oscillator Current Reference These bits select the current reference for the oscillator XOSCn, given in table below. Table 28-7.External Multipurpose Crystal Oscillator Current Settings Current Setting Frequency Range >24MHz to 48MHz >16MHz to 24MHz >8MHz to 16MHz 8MHz IMULT[3:0] IPTAT[1:0] 6 5 4 3 3 3 3 2 For relatively small CLOAD in a frequency range, the setting for the lower frequency range can be used to preserve current consumption. Bit 8 - LOWBUFGAINLow Buffer Gain Enable 0: The low buffer gain of oscillator XOSCn is disabled. 1: The low buffer gain of oscillator XOSCn is enabled. When XOSCCTRLn.ENALC=0 this bit has no effect. When XOSCCTRLn.ENALC=1, this bit is used to adjust the oscillator's amplitude in automatic loop control. The default value of LOWBUFGAIN=0 should be used to allow operating with a low amplitude oscillator. Use this setting except to solve stability issues. Setting LOWBUFGAIN=1 will increase the oscillator's amplitude by a factor of approximately 2. Use this setting to solve stability issues. Bit 7 - ONDEMANDOn Demand Control The On Demand operation mode allows the oscillator XOSCn to be enabled or disabled, depending on peripheral clock requests. If On Demand is set, the oscillator will be running only when requested by a peripheral and enabled (XOSCCTRLn. ENABLE=1). If there is no peripheral requesting the oscillator's clock source, the oscillator will be in a disabled state. If On Demand is cleared, the oscillator will always be running when enabled (XOSCCTRLn.ENABLE=1). In standby sleep mode, the On Demand operation is still active. 0: The oscillator is always on. 1: The oscillator is running when a peripheral is requesting the oscillator to be used as a clock source. The oscillator is not running if no peripheral is requesting the clock source. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 722 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller Bit 6 - RUNSTDBYRun in Standby This bit controls how the XOSCn behaves during standby sleep mode: 0: The XOSCn is not running in standby sleep mode if no peripheral requests the clock. 1: The XOSCn is running in standby sleep mode. If ONDEMAND is one, the XOSCn will be running when a peripheral is requesting the clock. If ONDEMAND is zero, the clock source will always be running in standby sleep mode. Bit 2 - XTALENCrystal Oscillator Enable This bit controls the connections between the I/O pads and the external clock or crystal oscillator XOSCn: 0: External clock connected on XIN. XOUT can be used as general-purpose I/O. 1: Crystal connected to XIN/XOUT. Bit 1 - ENABLEOscillator Enable 0: The oscillator XOSCn is disabled. 1: The oscillator XOSCn is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 723 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller 28.8.7 DFLL48M Control A Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset 7 ONDEMAND R/W 1 DFLLCTRLA 0x1C 0x82 PAC Write-Protection 6 RUNSTDBY R/W 0 5 4 3 2 1 ENABLE R/W 1 0 Bit 7 - ONDEMANDOn Demand Control The On Demand operation mode allows the DFLL to be enabled or disabled depending on peripheral clock requests. If On Demand is set, the DFLL will only be running when requested by a peripheral and enabled (DFLLTRLA. ENABLE=1). If there is no peripheral requesting the DFLL's clock source, the DFLL will be in a disabled state. If On Demand is disabled the DFLL will always be running when enabled (DFLLTRLA.ENABLE=1). In standby sleep mode, the On Demand operation is still active. 0: The DFLL is always on. 1: The DFLL is running when a peripheral is requesting the DFLL to be used as a clock source. The DFLL is not running if no peripheral is requesting the clock source. Bit 6 - RUNSTDBYRun in Standby This bit controls how the DFLL behaves during standby sleep mode: 0: The DFLL is not running in standby sleep mode if no peripheral requests the clock. 1: The DFLL is running in standby sleep mode. If ONDEMAND is one, the DFLL will be running when a peripheral is requesting the clock. If ONDEMAND is zero, the clock source will always be running in standby sleep mode. Bit 1 - ENABLEDFLL Enable 0: The DFLL oscillator is disabled. 1: The DFLL oscillator is enabled. Note: This bit is write-synchronized: Due to synchronization, there is delay from updating the register until the peripheral is enabled/disabled. The value written to DFLLCTRLA.ENABLE will read back immediately after written. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 724 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller 28.8.8 DFLL48M Control B Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset 7 WAITLOCK R/W 0 DFLLCTRLB 0x20 0x00 Read-Synchronized 6 BPLCKC R/W 0 5 QLDIS R/W 0 4 CCDIS R/W 0 3 USBCRM R/W 0 2 LLAW R/W 0 1 STABLE R/W 0 0 MODE R/W 0 Bit 7 - WAITLOCKWait Lock This bit controls the DFLL output clock, depending on lock status: 0: Output clock before the DFLL is locked. 1: Output clock when DFLL is locked (Fine lock). Bit 6 - BPLCKCBypass Coarse Lock This bit controls the coarse lock procedure: 0: Bypass coarse lock is disabled. 1: Bypass coarse lock is enabled. Bit 5 - QLDISQuick Lock Disable 0: Quick Lock is enabled. 1: Quick Lock is disabled. Bit 4 - CCDISChill Cycle Disable 0: Chill Cycle is enabled. 1: Chill Cycle is disabled. Bit 3 - USBCRMUSB Clock Recovery Mode 0: USB Clock Recovery Mode is disabled. 1: USB Clock Recovery Mode is enabled. Bit 2 - LLAWLose Lock After Wake 0: Locks will not be lost after waking up from sleep modes if the DFLL clock has been stopped. 1: Locks will be lost after waking up from sleep modes if the DFLL clock has been stopped. Bit 1 - STABLEStable DFLL Frequency 0: FINE calibration tracks changes in output frequency. 1: FINE calibration register value will be fixed after a fine lock. Bit 0 - MODEOperating Mode Selection 0: The DFLL operates in open-loop operation. 1: The DFLL operates in closed-loop operation. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 725 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller 28.8.9 DFLL48M Value Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 DFLLVAL 0x24 0x0000XXXX PAC Write-Protection, Read-Synchronized, Write-Synchronized 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R x 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W x 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W x DIFF[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 DIFF[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 Access Reset Bit R 0 12 COARSE[5:0] R/W R/W 0 0 5 4 FINE[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:16 - DIFF[15:0]Multiplication Ratio Difference In closed-loop mode (DFLLCTRLB.MODE is written to one), this bit group indicates the difference between the ideal number of DFLL cycles and the counted number of cycles. This value is not updated in open-loop mode, and should be considered invalid in that case. Bits 15:10 - COARSE[5:0]Coarse Value Set the value of the Coarse Calibration register. In closed-loop mode, this field is read-only. The DFLL48M is factory-calibrated for 48MHz. Register DFLLVAL.COARSE stores the coarse frequency calibration after reset. Bits 7:0 - FINE[7:0]Fine Value Set the value of the Fine Calibration register. In closed-loop mode, this field is read-only. The DFLL48M is factory-calibrated for 48MHz. Register DFLLVAL.FINE stores the coarse frequency calibration after reset. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 726 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller 28.8.10 DFLL48M Multiplier Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 DFLLMUL 0x28 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 19 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 CSTEP[5:0] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 20 FSTEP[7:0] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 MUL[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 MUL[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:26 - CSTEP[5:0]Coarse Maximum Step This bit group indicates the maximum step size allowed during coarse adjustment in closed-loop mode. When adjusting to a new frequency, the expected output frequency overshoot depends on this step size. Bits 23:16 - FSTEP[7:0]Fine Maximum Step This bit group indicates the maximum step size allowed during fine adjustment in closed-loop mode. When adjusting to a new frequency, the expected output frequency overshoot depends on this step size. Bits 15:0 - MUL[15:0]DFLL Multiply Factor This field determines the ratio of the CLK_DFLL output frequency to the CLK_DFLL_REF input frequency. Writing to the MUL bits will cause locks to be lost and the fine calibration value to be reset to its midpoint. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 727 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller 28.8.11 DFLL48M Synchronization Name: Offset: Reset: Bit 7 DFLLSYNC 0x2C 0x00 6 Access Reset 5 4 DFLLMUL R 0 3 DFLLVAL R 0 2 DFLLCTRLB R 0 1 ENABLE R 0 0 Bit 4 - DFLLMULDFLLMUL Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of DFLLMUL register between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of DFLLMUL register between clock domains is started. The DFLLMUL synchronization only applies for write operations. Bit 3 - DFLLVALDFLLVAL Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of DFLLVAL register between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of DFLLVAL register between clock domains is started. The DFLLVAL synchronization applies for read and write operations. Bit 2 - DFLLCTRLBDFLLCTRLB Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of DFLLCTRLB register between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of DFLLCTRLB register between clock domains is started. The DFLLCTRLB synchronization only applies for write operations. Bit 1 - ENABLEENABLE Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of ENABLE register bit between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of ENABLE register bit between clock domains is started. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 728 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller 28.8.12 DPLL Control A Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset 7 ONDEMAND R/W 1 DPLLCTRLA 0x30 + n*0x14 [n=0..1] 0x80 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized(ENABLE), Enable-Protected (ONDEMAND, RUNSTDBY) 6 RUNSTDBY R/W 0 5 4 3 2 1 ENABLE R/W 0 0 Bit 7 - ONDEMANDOn Demand Control The On Demand operation mode allows the DPLLn to be enabled or disabled, depending on peripheral clock requests. If On Demand is set, the DPLLn will be running only when requested by a peripheral and enabled (DPLLnCTRLA. ENABLE=1). If there is no peripheral requesting the DPLLn's clock source, the DPLLn will be in a disabled state. If On Demand is cleared, the DPLLn will always be running when enabled (DPLLnCTRLA.ENABLE=1). In standby sleep mode, the On Demand operation is still active. 0: The DPLLn is always running. 1: The DPLLn is running when a peripheral is requesting the DPLLn to be used as a clock source. The DPLLn is not running if no peripheral is requesting the clock source. Bit 6 - RUNSTDBYRun in Standby This bit controls how the DPLLn behaves during standby sleep mode: 0: The DPLLn is not running in standby sleep mode if no peripheral requests the clock. 1: The DPLLn is running in standby sleep mode. If ONDEMAND is one, the DPLLn will be running when a peripheral is requesting the clock. If ONDEMAND is zero, the clock source will always be running in standby sleep mode. Bit 1 - ENABLEDPLL Enable 0: The DPLLn is disabled. 1: The DPLLn is enabled. The software operation of enabling or disabling the DPLLn takes a few clock cycles, so the DPLLnSYNCBUSY. ENABLE status bit indicates when the DPLLn is successfully enabled or disabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 729 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller 28.8.13 DPLL Ratio Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: DPLLRATIO 0x34 + n*0x14 [n=0..1] 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized Refer to the Synchronization section in the Clock System Overview chapter for details on the functionality of this register. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 LDRFRAC[4:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 12 11 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 15 14 13 Access Reset Bit 7 6 5 4 9 8 R/W 0 10 LDR[12:8] R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 LDR[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 20:16 - LDRFRAC[4:0]Loop Divider Ratio Fractional Part Write these bits to set the fractional part of the frequency multiplier. Due to synchronization there is a delay between writing to DPLLnRATIO.LDRFRAC[4:0] and the effect on the DPLLn output clock. The value written DPLLnRATIO.LDRFRAC[4:0] will be read back immediately and the DPLLRATIO bit in the synchronization busy register, DPLLnSYNCBUSY.DPLLRATIO, will be set. DPLLnSYNCBUSY.DPLLRATIO will be cleared when the operation is completed. Bits 12:0 - LDR[12:0]Loop Divider Ratio Write these bits to set the integer part of the frequency multiplier. The value written DPLLnRATIO.LDR[3:0] will be read back immediately and the DPLLRATIO bit in the synchronization busy register, DPLLnSYNCBUSY.DPLLRATIO, will be set. DPLLnSYNCBUSY.DPLLRATIO will be cleared when the operation is completed. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 730 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller 28.8.14 DPLL Control B Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit DPLLCTRLB 0x38 + n*0x14 [n=0..1] 0x00000020 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 31 30 29 28 27 R/W 0 25 DIV[10:8] R/W 0 R/W 0 19 18 17 16 Access Reset Bit 23 22 21 20 26 24 DIV[7:0] Access Reset Bit Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 DCOEN R/W 0 14 13 DCOFILTER[2:0] R/W 0 12 11 LBYPASS R/W 0 10 8 R/W 0 9 LTIME[2:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit 7 Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 6 REFCLK[2:0] R/W 0 5 R/W 0 4 WUF R/W 0 R/W 1 FILTER[3:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 26:16 - DIV[10:0]Clock Divider These bits are used to set the XOSC clock division factor and can be calculated with following formula: XOSC DIV = 2 x DIV + 1 Bit 15 - DCOENDCO Filter Enable 0: Disable DCO filter controller. Sigma-Delta DAC is automatically set the PLL itself. 1: Enable DCO filter controller. DCOFILTER[2:0] is used to select sigma-delta DAC filter bandwidth. Bits 14:12 - DCOFILTER[2:0]Sigma-Delta DCO Filter Selection These bits select the DPLLn sigma-delta DCO filter type, as shown in the table below: Table 28-8.Sigma-delta DCO Filter selection DCOFILTER[2:0] Capacitor (pF) Bandwidth Fn (MHz) 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 0x4 0x5 0x6 0x7 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 3.21 1.6 1.1 0.8 0.64 0.55 0.45 0.4 Bit 11 - LBYPASSLock Bypass Bits 10:8 - LTIME[2:0]Lock Time Write these bits to select the lock time-out value, as shown in the figure below: (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 731 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller Value 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 0x4 0x5 0x6 0x7 Name Default Reserved Reserved Reserved 800US 900US 1MS 1P1MS Description No time-out. Automatic lock. Time-out if no lock within 800 us Time-out if no lock within 900 us Time-out if no lock within 1 ms Time-out if no lock within 1.1 ms Bits 7:5 - REFCLK[2:0]Reference Clock Selection Write these bits to select the DPLLn clock reference, as shown in the table below: Value Name Description 0x0 GCLK Dedicated GCLK clock reference 0x1 XOSC32 XOSC32K clock reference (default) 0x2 XOSC0 XOSC0 clock reference 0x3 XOSC1 XOSC1 clock reference Other Reserved Bit 4 - WUFWake Up Fast 0: DPLLn clock is output after startup and lock time. 1: DPLLn clock is output after startup time. Bits 3:0 - FILTER[3:0]Proportional Integral Filter Selection These bits select the DPLLn digital filter type, as shown in the table below: Table 28-9.Proportional Integral Filter selection FILTER[3:0] PLL Bandwidth (fn) Damping Factor 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 0x4 0x5 0x6 0x7 0x8 0x9 0xA 0xB 0xC 0xD 0xE 0xF 92.7 kHz 131 kHz 46.4 kHz 65.6 kHz 131 kHz 185 kHz 65.6 kHz 92.7 kHz 46.4 kHz 65.6 kHz 23.2 kHz 32.8 kHz 65.6 kHz 92.7 kHz 32.8 kHz 46.4 kHz 0.76 1.08 0.38 0.54 0.56 0.79 0.28 0.39 1.49 2.11 0.75 1.06 1.07 1.51 0.53 0.75 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 732 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller 28.8.15 DPLL Synchronization Busy Name: Offset: Reset: Bit DPLLSYNCBUSY 0x3C + n*0x14 [n=0..1] 0x00000000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 DPLLRATIO R 0 1 ENABLE R 0 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 2 - DPLLRATIODPLL Loop Divider Ratio Synchronization Status 0: The DPLLRATIO register has been synchronized. 1: The DPLLRATIO register value has changed and its synchronization is in progress. Bit 1 - ENABLEDPLL Enable Synchronization Status 0: The DPLLnCTRLA.ENABLE bit has been synchronized. 1: The DPLLnCTRLA.ENABLE bit value has changed and its synchronization is in progress. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 733 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSCCTRL - Oscillators Controller 28.8.16 DPLL Status Name: Offset: Reset: Bit DPLLSTATUS 0x40 + n*0x14 [n=0..1] 0x00000000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 CLKRDY R 0 0 LOCK R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 1 - CLKRDYDPLL Clock Ready 0: The DPLLn output clock is off. 1: The DPLLn output clock in on. Bit 0 - LOCKDPLL Lock Status 0: The DPLLn Lock signal is cleared, when the DPLLn is disabled or when the DPLLn is trying to reach the target frequency. 1: The DPLLn Lock signal is asserted when the desired frequency is reached. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 734 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSC32KCTRL - 32KHz Oscillators Controller 29. 29.1 OSC32KCTRL - 32KHz Oscillators Controller Overview The 32KHz Oscillators Controller (OSC32KCTRL) provides a user interface to the 32.768kHz oscillators: XOSC32K and OSCULP32K. The OSC32KCTRL sub-peripherals can be enabled, disabled, calibrated, and monitored through interface registers. All sub-peripheral statuses are collected in the Status register (STATUS). They can additionally trigger interrupts upon status changes through the INTENSET, INTENCLR, and INTFLAG registers. 29.2 Features * * * * 32.768kHz Crystal Oscillator (XOSC32K) - Programmable start-up time - Crystal or external input clock on XIN32 I/O - Clock failure detection with safe clock switch - Clock failure event output 32.768kHz Ultra Low-Power Internal Oscillator (OSCULP32K) - Ultra low-power, always-on oscillator - Frequency fine tuning Calibration value loaded from Flash factory calibration at Reset 1.024 kHz clock outputs available (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 735 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSC32KCTRL - 32KHz Oscillators Controller 29.3 Block Diagram XOUT32 XIN32 OSC32KCTRL 32K OSCILLATORS CONTROL CFD Event CFD CFD CLK_XOSC32K XOSC32K CLK_RTC RTCCTRL CLK_OSCULP32K OSCULP32K STATUS INTERRUPTS 29.4 Interrupts Signal Description Signal Description Type XIN32 Analog Input 32.768 kHz Crystal Oscillator or external clock input XOUT32 Analog Output 32.768 kHz Crystal Oscillator output The I/O lines are automatically selected when XOSC32K is enabled. Note: The signal of the external crystal oscillator may affect the jitter of neighboring pads. 29.5 Product Dependencies In order to use this peripheral, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described below. 29.5.1 I/O Lines I/O lines are configured by OSC32KCTRL when XOSC32K is enabled, and need no user configuration. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 736 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSC32KCTRL - 32KHz Oscillators Controller 29.5.2 Power Management The OSC32KCTRL will continue to operate in any sleep mode where a 32KHz oscillator is running as source clock. The OSC32KCTRL interrupts can be used to wake up the device from sleep modes. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager 29.5.3 Clocks The OSC32KCTRL gathers controls for all 32KHz oscillators and provides clock sources to the Generic Clock Controller (GCLK), Real-Time Counter (RTC), and Watchdog Timer (WDT). The available clock sources are: XOSC32K and OSCULP32K. The OSC32KCTRL bus clock (CLK_OSC32KCTRL_APB) can be enabled and disabled in the Main Clock module (MCLK). 29.5.4 Interrupts The interrupt request lines are connected to the interrupt controller. Using the OSC32KCTRL interrupts requires the interrupt controller to be configured first. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 29.5.5 Events The events of this peripheral are connected to the Event System. Related Links 31. EVSYS - Event System 29.5.6 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in debug mode, OSC32KCTRL will continue normal operation. If OSC32KCTRL is configured in a way that requires it to be periodically serviced by the CPU through interrupts or similar, improper operation or data loss may result during debugging. 29.5.7 Register Access Protection All registers with write access can be write-protected optionally by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC), except for the following registers: * Interrupt Flag Status and Clear (INTFLAG) register Optional write protection by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC) is denoted by the "PAC Write Protection" property in each individual register description. PAC write protection does not apply to accesses through an external debugger. Related Links 27. PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 29.5.8 Analog Connections The external 32.768kHz crystal must be connected between the XIN32 and XOUT32 pins, along with any required load capacitors. For details on recommended oscillator characteristics and capacitor load, refer to the related links. 29.6 29.6.1 Functional Description Principle of Operation XOSC32K and OSCULP32K are configured via OSC32KCTRL control registers. Through this interface, the subperipherals are enabled, disabled, or have their calibration values updated. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 737 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSC32KCTRL - 32KHz Oscillators Controller The STATUS register gathers different status signals coming from the sub-peripherals of OSC32KCTRL. The status signals can be used to generate system interrupts, and in some cases wake up the system from standby mode, provided the corresponding interrupt is enabled. 29.6.2 32 kHz External Crystal Oscillator (XOSC32K) Operation The XOSC32K can operate in two different modes: * * External clock, with an external clock signal connected to XIN32 Crystal oscillator, with an external 32.768 kHz crystal connected between XIN32 and XOUT32 At reset, the XOSC32K is disabled, and the XIN32/XOUT32 pins can either be used as General Purpose I/O (GPIO) pins or by other peripherals in the system. When XOSC32K is enabled, the operating mode determines the GPIO usage. When in crystal oscillator mode, the XIN32 and XOUT32 pins are controlled by the OSC32KCTRL, and GPIO functions are overridden on both pins. When in external clock mode, only the XIN32 pin will be overridden and controlled by the OSC32KCTRL, while the XOUT32 pin can still be used as a GPIO pin. Enabling, Disabling The XOSC32K is enabled by writing a '1' to the Enable bit in the 32 kHz External Crystal Oscillator Control register (XOSC32K.ENABLE = 1). The XOSC32K is disabled by writing a '0' to the Enable bit in the 32 kHz External Crystal Oscillator Control register (XOSC32K.ENABLE = 0). Mode Selection To enable the XOSC32K in Crystal Oscillator mode, the XTALEN bit in the 32 kHz External Crystal Oscillator Control register must be written (XOSC32K.XTALEN = 1). If XOSC32K.XTALEN is '0', the External Clock Input mode will be enabled. Gain Selection When a crystal oscillator is selected, a controllable gain is provided. Writing to the Control Gain Mode bit field (XOSC32K.CGM) will select a gain setting appropriate for the desired trade-off between low power and high speed. 32KHz and 1KHz Output The XOSC32K 32.768 kHz output is enabled by setting the 32 kHz Output Enable bit in the 32 kHz External Crystal Oscillator Control register (XOSC32K.EN32K=1). The XOSC32K also has a 1.024 kHz clock output. This is enabled by setting the 1 kHz Output Enable bit in the 32 kHz External Crystal Oscillator Control register (XOSC32K.EN1K = 1). Configuration Lock It is also possible to lock the XOSC32K configuration by setting the Write Lock bit in the 32 kHz External Crystal Oscillator Control register (XOSC32K.WRTLOCK=1). If set, the XOSC32K configuration is locked until a Power-On Reset (POR) is detected. The XOSC32K will behave differently in different sleep modes based on the settings of XOSC32K.RUNSTDBY, XOSC32K.ONDEMAND, and XOSC32K.ENABLE. If XOSC32KCTRL.ENABLE = 0, the XOSC32K will be always stopped. For XOS32KCTRL.ENABLE = 1, this table is valid: Table 29-1.XOSC32K Sleep Behavior CPU Mode XOSC32K. XOSC32K. Sleep Behavior of XOSC32K and CFD RUNSTDBY ONDEMAND Active or Idle - 0 Always run Active or Idle - 1 Run if requested by peripheral Standby 1 0 Always run Standby 1 1 Run if requested by peripheral Standby 0 - Run if requested by peripheral As a crystal oscillator usually requires a very long start-up time, the 32KHz External Crystal Oscillator will keep running across resets when XOSC32K.ONDEMAND=0, except for power-on reset (POR). After a reset or when waking up from a sleep mode where the XOSC32K was disabled, the XOSC32K will need a certain amount of time to stabilize on the correct frequency. This start-up time can be configured by changing the Oscillator Start-Up Time bit (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 738 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSC32KCTRL - 32KHz Oscillators Controller group (XOSC32K.STARTUP) in the 32 kHz External Crystal Oscillator Control register. During the start-up time, the oscillator output is masked to ensure that no unstable clock propagates to the digital logic. Once the external clock or crystal oscillator is stable and ready to be used as a clock source, the XOSC32K Ready bit in the Status register is set (STATUS.XOSC32KRDY=1). The transition of STATUS.XOSC32KRDY from '0' to '1' generates an interrupt if the XOSC32K Ready bit in the Interrupt Enable Set register is set (INTENSET.XOSC32KRDY=1). The XOSC32K can be used as a source for Generic Clock Generators (GCLK) or for the Real-Time Counter (RTC). Before enabling the GCLK or the RTC module, the corresponding oscillator output must be enabled (XOSC32K.EN32K or XOSC32K.EN1K) in order to ensure proper operation. In the same way, the GCLK or RTC modules must be disabled before the clock selection is changed. For details on RTC clock configuration, refer also to 29.6.6 Real-Time Counter Clock Selection. Related Links 14. GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 21. RTC - Real-Time Counter 29.6.3 Clock Failure Detection Operation The Clock Failure Detector (CFD) allows the user to monitor the external clock or crystal oscillator signal provided by the external oscillator (XOSC32K). The CFD detects failing operation of the XOSC32K clock with reduced latency, and allows to switch to a safe clock source in case of clock failure. The user can also switch from the safe clock back to XOSC32K in case of recovery. The safe clock is derived from the OSCULP32K oscillator with a configurable prescaler. This allows to configure the safe clock in order to fulfill the operative conditions of the microcontroller. In sleep modes, CFD operation is automatically disabled when the external oscillator is not requested to run by a peripheral. See the Sleep Behavior table above when this is the case. The user interface registers allow to enable, disable, and configure the CFD. The Status register provides status flags on failure and clock switch conditions. The CFD can optionally trigger an interrupt or an event when a failure is detected. Clock Failure Detection The CFD is reset only at power-on (POR). The CFD does not monitor the XOSC32K clock when the oscillator is disabled (XOSC32K.ENABLE=0). Before starting CFD operation, the user must start and enable the safe clock source (OSCULP32K oscillator). CFD operation is started by writing a '1' to the CFD Enable bit in the External Oscillator Control register (CFDCTRL.CFDEN). After starting or restarting the XOSC32K, the CFD does not detect failure until the start-up time has elapsed. The start-up time is configured by the Oscillator Start-Up Time in the External Multipurpose Crystal Oscillator Control register (XOSC32K.STARTUP). Once the XOSC32K Start-Up Time is elapsed, the XOSC32K clock is constantly monitored. During a period of 4 safe clocks (monitor period), the CFD watches for a clock activity from the XOSC32K. There must be at least one rising and one falling XOSC32K clock edge during 4 safe clock periods to meet non-failure conditions. If no or insufficient activity is detected, the failure status is asserted: The Clock Failure Detector status bit in the Status register (STATUS.XOSC32KFAIL) and the Clock Failure Detector interrupt flag bit in the Interrupt Flag register (INTFLAG.XOSC32KFAIL) are set. If the XOSC32KFAIL bit in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET.XOSC32KFAIL) is set, an interrupt is generated as well. If the Event Output enable bit in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.CFDEO) is set, an output event is generated, too. After a clock failure was issued the monitoring of the XOSC32K clock is continued, and the Clock Failure Detector status bit in the Status register (STATUS.XOSC32KFAIL) reflects the current XOSC32K activity. Clock Switch When a clock failure is detected, the XOSC32K clock is replaced by the safe clock in order to maintain an active clock during the XOSC32K clock failure. The safe clock source is the OSCULP32K oscillator clock. Both 32KHz and 1KHz outputs of the XOSC32K are replaced by the respective OSCULP32K 32KHz and 1KHz outputs. The safe clock source can be scaled down by a configurable prescaler to ensure that the safe clock frequency does not exceed the operating conditions selected by the application. When the XOSC32K clock is switched to the safe clock, the Clock Switch bit in the Status register (STATUS.XOSC32KSW) is set. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 739 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSC32KCTRL - 32KHz Oscillators Controller When the CFD has switched to the safe clock, the XOSC32K is not disabled. If desired, the application must take the necessary actions to disable the oscillator. The application must also take the necessary actions to configure the system clocks to continue normal operations. In the case the application can recover the XOSC32K, the application can switch back to the XOSC32K clock by writing a '1' to Switch Back Enable bit in the Clock Failure Control register (CFDCTRL.SWBACK). Once the XOSC32K clock is switched back, the Switch Back bit (CFDCTRL.SWBACK) is cleared by hardware. Prescaler The CFD has an internal configurable prescaler to generate the safe clock from the OSCULP32K oscillator. The prescaler size allows to scale down the OSCULP32K oscillator so the safe clock frequency is not higher than the XOSC32K clock frequency monitored by the CFD. The maximum division factor is 2. The prescaler is applied on both outputs (32KHz and 1KHz) of the safe clock. Example 29-1.Example For an external crystal oscillator at 32KHz and the OSCULP32K frequency is 32KHz, the XOSC32K.CFDPRESC should be set to 0 for a safe clock of equal frequency. Event If the Event Output Enable bit in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.CFDEO) is set, the CFD clock failure will be output on the Event Output. When the CFD is switched to the safe clock, the CFD clock failure will not be output on the Event Output. Sleep Mode The CFD is halted depending on configuration of the XOSC32K and the peripheral clock request. For further details, refer to the Sleep Behavior table above. The CFD interrupt can be used to wake up the device from sleep modes. 29.6.4 32 kHz Ultra Low-Power Internal Oscillator (OSCULP32K) Operation The OSCULP32K provides a tunable, low-speed, and ultra low-power clock source. The OSCULP32K is factorycalibrated under typical voltage and temperature conditions. The OSCULP32K is enabled by default after a Power-on Reset (POR), and will always run except during POR. The frequency of the OSCULP32K Oscillator is controlled by the value in the Calibration bits in the 32 kHz Ultra LowPower Internal Oscillator Control register (OSCULP32K.CALIB). This data is used to compensate for process variations. OSCULP32K.CALIB is automatically loaded from Flash Factory Calibration during start-up. The calibration value can be overridden by the user by writing to OSCULP32K.CALIB. Users can lock the OSCULP32K configuration by setting the Write Lock bit in the 32 kHz Ultra Low-Power Internal Oscillator Control register (OSCULP32K.WRTLOCK = 1). If set, the OSCULP32K configuration is locked until POR is detected. The OSCULP32K can be used as a source for Generic Clock Generators (GCLK) or for the Real-Time Counter (RTC). To ensure proper operation, the GCLK or RTC modules must be disabled before the clock selection is changed. Related Links 21. RTC - Real-Time Counter 29.6.6 Real-Time Counter Clock Selection 14. GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 29.6.5 Watchdog Timer Clock Selection The Watchdog Timer (WDT) uses the internal 1.024kHz OSCULP32K output clock. This clock is running all the time and internally enabled when requested by the WDT module. Related Links 20. WDT - Watchdog Timer (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 740 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSC32KCTRL - 32KHz Oscillators Controller 29.6.6 Real-Time Counter Clock Selection Before enabling the RTC module, the RTC clock must be selected first. All oscillator outputs are valid as RTC clock. The selection is done in the RTC Control register (RTCCTRL). To ensure a proper operation, it is highly recommended to disable the RTC module first, before the RTC clock source selection is changed. Related Links 21. RTC - Real-Time Counter 29.6.7 Interrupts The OSC32KCTRL has the following interrupt sources: * * XOSC32KRDY - 32KHz Crystal Oscillator Ready: A 0-to-1 transition on the STATUS.XOSC32KRDY bit is detected XOSC32KFAIL - Clock Failure Detector: A 0-to-1 transition on the STATUS.XOSC32KFAIL bit is detected All these interrupts are synchronous wake-up source. Each interrupt source has an interrupt flag associated with it. The interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG) is set when the interrupt condition occurs. Each interrupt can be enabled individually by setting the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET), and disabled by setting the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Clear register (INTENCLR). An interrupt request is generated when the interrupt flag is set and the corresponding interrupt is enabled. The interrupt request remains active until the interrupt flag is cleared, the interrupt is disabled or the OSC32KCTRL is reset. See the INTFLAG register for details on how to clear interrupt flags. The OSC32KCTRL has one common interrupt request line for all the interrupt sources. The user must read the INTFLAG register to determine which interrupt condition is present. Refer to the INTFLAG register for details. Note: Interrupts must be globally enabled for interrupt requests to be generated. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 29.6.8 Events The CFD can generate the following output event: * Clock Failure Detector (XOSC32KFAIL): Generated when the Clock Failure Detector status bit is set in the Status register (STATUS.XOSC32KFAIL). The CFD event is not generated when the Clock Switch bit (STATUS.SWBACK) in the Status register is set. Writing a '1' to an Event Output bit in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.CFDEO) enables the CFD output event. Writing a '0' to this bit disables the CFD output event. Refer to the Event System chapter for details on configuring the event system. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 741 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSC32KCTRL - 32KHz Oscillators Controller 29.7 Offset Register Summary Name Bit Pos. 7:0 0x00 INTENCLR INTENSET INTFLAG STATUS 0x10 0x11 ... 0x13 RTCCTRL 0x14 XOSC32K 0x16 0x17 0x18 ... 0x1B CFDCTRL EVCTRL 0x1C 29.8 XOSC32KRD Y XOSC32KFAI L XOSC32KRD Y XOSC32KFAI L XOSC32KRD Y 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 0x0C XOSC32KFAI L 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 0x08 XOSC32KRD Y 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 0x04 XOSC32KFAI L XOSC32KSW 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 RTCSEL[2:0] Reserved 7:0 15:8 7:0 7:0 ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY CGM[1:0] EN1K WRTLOCK EN32K XTALEN ENABLE STARTUP[2:0] CFDPRESC SWBACK CFDEN CFDEO Reserved OSCULP32K 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 EN1K CALIB[5:0] WRTLOCK EN32K Register Description Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16-, and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. All registers with write-access can be write-protected optionally by the peripheral access controller (PAC). Optional Write-Protection by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC) is denoted by the "PAC Write-Protection" property in the register description. Write-protection does not apply to accesses through an external debugger. Related Links 27. PAC - Peripheral Access Controller (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 742 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSC32KCTRL - 32KHz Oscillators Controller 29.8.1 Interrupt Enable Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENCLR 0x00 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to disable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET). Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 XOSC32KFAIL R/W 0 1 0 XOSC32KRDY R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 2 - XOSC32KFAILXOSC32K Clock Failure Detector Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the XOSC32K Clock Failure Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the XOSC32K Clock Failure interrupt. Value Description 0 The XOSC32K Clock Failure Detection is disabled. 1 The XOSC32K Clock Failure Detection is enabled. An interrupt request will be generated when the XOSC32K Clock Failure Detection interrupt flag is set. Bit 0 - XOSC32KRDYXOSC32K Ready Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the XOSC32K Ready Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the XOSC32K Ready interrupt. Value Description 0 The XOSC32K Ready interrupt is disabled. 1 The XOSC32K Ready interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 743 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSC32KCTRL - 32KHz Oscillators Controller 29.8.2 Interrupt Enable Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENSET 0x04 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to disable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Clear register (INTENCLR). Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 XOSC32KFAIL R/W 0 1 0 XOSC32KRDY R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 2 - XOSC32KFAILXOSC32K Clock Failure Detector Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the XOSC32K Clock Failure Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the XOSC32K Clock Failure interrupt. Value Description 0 The XOSC32K Clock Failure Detection is disabled. 1 The XOSC32K Clock Failure Detection is enabled. An interrupt request will be generated when the XOSC32K Clock Failure Detection interrupt flag is set. Bit 0 - XOSC32KRDYXOSC32K Ready Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the XOSC32K Ready Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the XOSC32K Ready interrupt. Value Description 0 The XOSC32K Ready interrupt is disabled. 1 The XOSC32K Ready interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 744 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSC32KCTRL - 32KHz Oscillators Controller 29.8.3 Interrupt Flag Status and Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit INTFLAG 0x08 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 XOSC32KFAIL R/W 0 1 0 XOSC32KRDY R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 2 - XOSC32KFAILXOSC32K Clock Failure Detector This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This flag is set on a zero-to-one transition of the XOSC32K Clock Failure Detection bit in the Status register (STATUS.XOSC32KFAIL) and will generate an interrupt request if INTENSET.XOSC32KFAIL is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the XOSC32K Clock Failure Detection flag. Bit 0 - XOSC32KRDYXOSC32K Ready This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This flag is set by a zero-to-one transition of the XOSC32K Ready bit in the Status register (STATUS.XOSC32KRDY), and will generate an interrupt request if INTENSET.XOSC32KRDY=1. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the XOSC32K Ready interrupt flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 745 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSC32KCTRL - 32KHz Oscillators Controller 29.8.4 Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit STATUS 0x0C 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 1 0 XOSC32KRDY R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 3 2 XOSC32KSW XOSC32KFAIL R R 0 0 Access Reset Bit 3 - XOSC32KSWXOSC32K Clock Switch Value Description 0 XOSC32K is not switched and provided the crystal oscillator. 1 XOSC32K is switched to be provided by the safe clock. Bit 2 - XOSC32KFAILXOSC32K Clock Failure Detector Value Description 0 XOSC32K is passing failure detection. 1 XOSC32K is not passing failure detection. Bit 0 - XOSC32KRDYXOSC32K Ready Value Description 0 XOSC32K is not ready. 1 XOSC32K is stable and ready to be used as a clock source. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 746 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSC32KCTRL - 32KHz Oscillators Controller 29.8.5 RTC Clock Selection Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 RTCCTRL 0x10 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 R/W 0 1 RTCSEL[2:0] R/W 0 0 R/W 0 Bits 2:0 - RTCSEL[2:0]RTC Clock Selection These bits select the source for the RTC. Value Name Description 0x0 ULP1K 1.024kHz from 32KHz internal ULP oscillator 0x1 ULP32K 32.768kHz from 32KHz internal ULP oscillator 0x2, 0x3 Reserved 0x4 XOSC1K 1.024kHz from 32KHz external oscillator 0x5 XOSC32K 32.768kHz from 32KHz external crystal oscillator 0x6 Reserved 0x7 Reserved (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 747 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSC32KCTRL - 32KHz Oscillators Controller 29.8.6 32KHz External Crystal Oscillator (XOSC32K) Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 15 XOSC32K 0x14 0x2080 PAC Write-Protection 14 13 CGM[1:0] Access Reset Bit Access Reset 7 ONDEMAND R/W 1 R/W 0 R/W 1 6 RUNSTDBY R/W 0 5 12 WRTLOCK R/W 0 11 4 EN1K R/W 0 3 EN32K R/W 0 10 R/W 0 9 STARTUP[2:0] R/W 0 2 XTALEN R/W 0 1 ENABLE R/W 0 8 R/W 0 0 Bits 14:13 - CGM[1:0]Control Gain Mode These bits control the gain of the external crystal oscillator. Value Name Description 0x1 XT Standard mode 0x2 HS High Speed mode Bit 12 - WRTLOCKWrite Lock This bit locks the XOSC32K register for future writes, effectively freezing the XOSC32K configuration. Value Description 0 The XOSC32K configuration is not locked. 1 The XOSC32K configuration is locked. Bits 10:8 - STARTUP[2:0]Oscillator Start-Up Time These bits select the start-up time for the oscillator. The OSCULP32K oscillator is used to clock the start-up counter. Table 29-2.Start-Up Time for 32KHz External Crystal Oscillator STARTUP[2:0] Number of OSCULP32K Clock Cycles Number of XOSC32K Clock Cycles Approximate Equivalent Time [ms] 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 0x4 0x5 0x6 0x7 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - 62.592 125.092 500.092 1000.0092 2000.0092 4000.0092 8000.0092 Reserved 2048 4096 16384 32768 65536 131072 262144 - Note: 1. Actual Start-Up time is 1 OSCULP32K cycle + 3 XOSC32K cycles. 2. The given time assumes an XTAL frequency of 32.768kHz. Bit 7 - ONDEMANDOn Demand Control This bit controls how the XOSC32K behaves when a peripheral clock request is detected. For details, refer to Table 29-1. Bit 6 - RUNSTDBYRun in Standby This bit controls how the XOSC32K behaves during standby sleep mode. For details, refer to Table 29-1. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 748 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSC32KCTRL - 32KHz Oscillators Controller Bit 4 - EN1K1KHz Output Enable Value Description 0 The 1KHz output is disabled. 1 The 1KHz output is enabled. Bit 3 - EN32K32KHz Output Enable Value Description 0 The 32KHz output is disabled. 1 The 32KHz output is enabled. Bit 2 - XTALENCrystal Oscillator Enable This bit controls the connections between the I/O pads and the external clock or crystal oscillator. Value Description 0 External clock connected on XIN32. XOUT32 can be used as general-purpose I/O. 1 Crystal connected to XIN32/XOUT32. Bit 1 - ENABLEOscillator Enable Value Description 0 The oscillator is disabled. 1 The oscillator is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 749 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSC32KCTRL - 32KHz Oscillators Controller 29.8.7 Clock Failure Detector Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 CFDCTRL 0x16 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 CFDPRESC R/W 0 1 SWBACK R/W 0 0 CFDEN R/W 0 Bit 2 - CFDPRESCClock Failure Detector Prescaler This bit selects the prescaler for the Clock Failure Detector. Value Description 0 The CFD safe clock frequency is the OSCULP32K frequency 1 The CFD safe clock frequency is the OSCULP32K frequency divided by 2 Bit 1 - SWBACKClock Switch Back This bit clontrols the XOSC32K output switch back to the external clock or crystal scillator in case of clock recovery. Value Description 0 The clock switch is disabled. 1 The clock switch is enabled. This bit is reset when the XOSC32K output is switched back to the external clock or crystal oscillator. Bit 0 - CFDENClock Failure Detector Enable This bit selects the Clock Failure Detector state. Value Description 0 The CFD is disabled. 1 The CFD is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 750 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSC32KCTRL - 32KHz Oscillators Controller 29.8.8 Event Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 EVCTRL 0x17 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 0 CFDEO R/W 0 Bit 0 - CFDEOClock Failure Detector Event Out Enable This bit controls whether the Clock Failure Detector event output is enabled and an event will be generated when the CFD detects a clock failure. Value Description 0 Clock Failure Detector Event output is disabled, no event will be generated. 1 Clock Failure Detector Event output is enabled, an event will be generated. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 751 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet OSC32KCTRL - 32KHz Oscillators Controller 29.8.9 32KHz Ultra Low Power Internal Oscillator (OSCULP32K) Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit OSCULP32K 0x1C 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 WRTLOCK R/W 0 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit CALIB[5:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W x 5 4 3 2 EN1K R/W 1 1 EN32K R/W 1 0 Access Reset Bit 15 - WRTLOCKWrite Lock This bit locks the OSCULP32K register for future writes to fix the OSCULP32K configuration. Value Description 0 The OSCULP32K configuration is not locked. 1 The OSCULP32K configuration is locked. Bits 13:8 - CALIB[5:0]Oscillator Calibration These bits control the oscillator calibration. These bits are loaded from Flash Calibration at startup. Bit 2 - EN1K1kHz Output Enable Value Description 0 The 1kHz output is disabled 1 The 1kHz output is enabled. Bit 1 - EN32K Value Description 0 The 32kHz output is disabled. 1 The 32kHz output is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 752 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet FREQM - Frequency Meter 30. FREQM - Frequency Meter 30.1 Overview The Frequency Meter (FREQM) can be used to accurately measure the frequency of a clock by comparing it to a known reference clock. 30.2 Features * * * * 30.3 Ratio can be measured with 24-bit accuracy Accurately measures the frequency of an input clock with respect to a reference clock Reference clock can be selected from the available GCLK_FREQM_REF sources Measured clock can be selected from the available GCLK_FREQM_MSR sources Block Diagram Figure 30-1.FREQM Block Diagram GCLK_FREQM_MSR CLK_MSR EN COUNTER VALUE START GCLK_FREQM_REF CLK_REF ENABLE 30.4 TIMER DONE REFNUM INTFLAG EN Signal Description Not applicable. 30.5 Product Dependencies In order to use this peripheral, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described below. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 753 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet FREQM - Frequency Meter 30.5.1 I/O Lines The GCLK I/O lines (GCLK_IO[7:0]) can be used as measurement or reference clock sources. This requires the I/O pins to be configured. 30.5.2 Power Management The FREQM will continue to operate in idle sleep mode where the selected source clock is running. The FREQM's interrupts can be used to wake up the device from idle sleep mode. Refer to the Power Manager chapter for details on the different sleep modes. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager 30.5.3 Clocks The clock for the FREQM bus interface (CLK_APB_FREQM) is enabled and disabled by the Main Clock Controller, the default state of CLK_APB_FREQM can be found in Peripheral Clock Masking. Two generic clocks are used by the FREQM: Reference Clock (GCLK_FREQM_REF) and Measurement Clock (GCLK_FREQM_MSR). GCLK_FREQM_REF is required to clock the internal reference timer, which acts as the frequency reference. GCLK_FREQM_MSR is required to clock a ripple counter for frequency measurement. These clocks must be configured and enabled in the generic clock controller before using the FREQM. Related Links 15. MCLK - Main Clock 15.6.2.6 Peripheral Clock Masking 14. GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 30.5.4 DMA Not applicable. 30.5.5 Interrupts The interrupt request line is connected to the interrupt controller. Using FREQM interrupt requires the interrupt controller to be configured first. Related Links 10.2.2 Interrupt Line Mapping 30.5.6 Events Not applicable 30.5.7 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in debug mode the FREQM continues its normal operation. The FREQM cannot be halted when the CPU is halted in debug mode. If the FREQM is configured in a way that requires it to be periodically serviced by the CPU, improper operation or data loss may result during debugging. 30.5.8 Register Access Protection All registers with write access can be write-protected optionally by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC), except the following registers: * * * Control B register (CTRLB) Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG) Status register (STATUS) Optional write protection by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC) is denoted by the "PAC Write Protection" property in each individual register description. Write-protection does not apply to accesses through an external debugger. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 754 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet FREQM - Frequency Meter Related Links 27. PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 30.6 30.6.1 Functional Description Principle of Operation FREQM counts the number of periods of the measured clock (GCLK_FREQM_MSR) with respect to the reference clock (GCLK_FREQM_REF). The measurement is done for a period of REFNUM/fCLK_REF and stored in the Value register (VALUE.VALUE). REFNUM is the number of Reference clock cycles selected in the Configuration A register (CFGA.REFNUM). The frequency of the measured clock, CLK_MSR, is calculated by 30.6.2 CLK_MSR = VALUE REFNUM CLK_REF Basic Operation 30.6.2.1 Initialization Before enabling FREQM, the device and peripheral must be configured: * Each of the generic clocks (GCLK_FREQM_REF and GCLK_FREQM_MSR) must be configured and enabled. * Important: The reference clock must be slower than the measurement clock. * Write the number of Reference clock cycles for which the measurement is to be done in the Configuration A register (CFGA.REFNUM). This must be a non-zero number. The following register is enable-protected, meaning that it can only be written when the FREQM is disabled (CTRLA.ENABLE=0): * Configuration A register (CFGA) Enable-protection is denoted by the "Enable-Protected" property in the register description. Related Links 14. GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 30.6.2.2 Enabling, Disabling and Resetting The FREQM is enabled by writing a '1' to the Enable bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.ENABLE). The peripheral is disabled by writing CTRLA.ENABLE=0. The FREQM is reset by writing a '1' to the Software Reset bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.SWRST). On software reset, all registers in the FREQM will be reset to their initial state, and the FREQM will be disabled. Then ENABLE and SWRST bits are write-synchronized. Related Links 30.6.7 Synchronization 30.6.2.3 Measurement In the Configuration A register, the Number of Reference Clock Cycles field (CFGA.REFNUM) selects the duration of the measurement. The measurement is given in number of GCLK_FREQM_REF periods. Note: The REFNUM field must be written before the FREQM is enabled. After the FREQM is enabled, writing a '1' to the START bit in the Control B register (CTRLB.START) starts the measurement. The BUSY bit in Status register (STATUS.BUSY) is set when the measurement starts, and cleared when the measurement is complete. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 755 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet FREQM - Frequency Meter There is also an interrupt request for Measurement Done: When the Measurement Done bit in Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET.DONE) is '1' and a measurement is finished, the Measurement Done bit in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.DONE) will be set and an interrupt request is generated. The result of the measurement can be read from the Value register (VALUE.VALUE). The frequency of the measured clock GCLK_FREQM_MSR is then: CLK_MSR = VALUE REFNUM CLK_REF Note: In order to make sure the measurement result (VALUE.VALUE[23:0]) is valid, the overflow status (STATUS.OVF) should be checked. In case an overflow condition occurred, indicated by the Overflow bit in the STATUS register (STATUS.OVF), either the number of reference clock cycles must be reduced (CFGA.REFNUM), or a faster reference clock must be configured. Once the configuration is adjusted, clear the overflow status by writing a '1' to STATUS.OVF. Then another measurement can be started by writing a '1' to CTRLB.START. 30.6.3 DMA Operation Not applicable. 30.6.4 Interrupts The FREQM has one interrupt source: * DONE: A frequency measurement is done. The interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear (30.8.6 INTFLAG) register is set when the interrupt condition occurs. The interrupt can be enabled by writing a '1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Set (30.8.5 INTENSET) register, and disabled by writing a '1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Clear (30.8.4 INTENCLR) register. An interrupt request is generated when the interrupt flag is set and the corresponding interrupt is enabled. The interrupt request remains active until the interrupt flag is cleared, the interrupt is disabled, or the FREQM is reset. See 30.8.6 INTFLAG for details on how to clear interrupt flags. All interrupt requests from the peripheral are ORed together on system level to generate one combined interrupt request to the NVIC. The user must read the 30.8.6 INTFLAG register to determine which interrupt condition is present. This interrupt is a synchronous wake-up source. Note that interrupts must be globally enabled for interrupt requests to be generated. 30.6.5 Events Not applicable. 30.6.6 Sleep Mode Operation The FREQM will continue to operate in idle sleep mode where the selected source clock is running. The FREQM's interrupts can be used to wake up the device from idle sleep mode. For lowest chip power consumption in sleep modes, FREQM should be disabled before entering a sleep mode. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager 30.6.7 Synchronization Due to asynchronicity between the main clock domain and the peripheral clock domains, some registers need to be synchronized when written or read. The following bits and registers are write-synchronized: * * Software Reset bit in Control A register (CTRLA.SWRST) Enable bit in Control A register (CTRLA.ENABLE) Required write synchronization is denoted by the "Write-Synchronized" property in the register description. Related Links (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 756 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet FREQM - Frequency Meter 13.3 Register Synchronization (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 757 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet FREQM - Frequency Meter 30.7 Register Summary Offset Name Bit Pos. 0x00 0x01 CTRLA CTRLB 0x02 CFGA 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 0x04 ... 0x07 0x08 0x09 0x0A 0x0B INTENCLR INTENSET INTFLAG STATUS 0x0C SYNCBUSY 0x10 30.8 ENABLE SWRST START REFNUM[7:0] Reserved VALUE 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 OVF ENABLE DONE DONE DONE BUSY SWRST VALUE[7:0] VALUE[15:8] VALUE[23:16] Register Description Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16-, and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Some registers require synchronization when read and/or written. Synchronization is denoted by the "ReadSynchronized" and/or "Write-Synchronized" property in each individual register description. Some registers are enable-protected, meaning they can only be written when the module is disabled. Enable protection is denoted by the "Enable-Protected" property in each individual register description. Some registers are optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). Optional PAC write protection is denoted by the "PAC Write-Protection" property in each individual register description. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 758 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet FREQM - Frequency Meter 30.8.1 Control A Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 CTRLA 0x00 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 ENABLE R/W 0 0 SWRST R/W 0 Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable Due to synchronization there is delay from writing CTRLA.ENABLE until the peripheral is enabled/disabled. The value written to CTRLA.ENABLE will read back immediately and the ENABLE bit in the Synchronization Busy register (SYNCBUSY.ENABLE) will be set. SYNCBUSY.ENABLE will be cleared when the operation is complete. This bit is not enable-protected. Value Description 0 The peripheral is disabled. 1 The peripheral is enabled. Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit resets all registers in the FREQM to their initial state, and the FREQM will be disabled. Writing a '1' to this bit will always take precedence, meaning that all other writes in the same write-operation will be discarded. Due to synchronization there is a delay from writing CTRLA.SWRST until the Reset is complete. CTRLA.SWRST and SYNCBUSY.SWRST will both be cleared when the Reset is complete. This bit is not enable-protected. Value Description 0 There is no ongoing Reset operation. 1 The Reset operation is ongoing. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 759 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet FREQM - Frequency Meter 30.8.2 Control B Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 CTRLB 0x01 0x00 - 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 0 START W 0 Bit 0 - STARTStart Measurement Value Description 0 Writing a '0' has no effect. 1 Writing a '1' starts a measurement. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 760 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet FREQM - Frequency Meter 30.8.3 Configuration A Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit CFGA 0x02 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-protected 15 14 13 12 7 6 5 4 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset 3 REFNUM[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bits 7:0 - REFNUM[7:0]Number of Reference Clock Cycles Selects the duration of a measurement in number of CLK_FREQM_REF cycles. This must be a non-zero value, i.e. 0x01 (one cycle) to 0xFF (255 cycles). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 761 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet FREQM - Frequency Meter 30.8.4 Interrupt Enable Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 INTENCLR 0x08 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 0 DONE R/W 0 Bit 0 - DONEMeasurement Done Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Measurement Done Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Measurement Done interrupt. Value Description 0 The Measurement Done interrupt is disabled. 1 The Measurement Done interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 762 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet FREQM - Frequency Meter 30.8.5 Interrupt Enable Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 INTENSET 0x09 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 0 DONE R/W 0 Bit 0 - DONEMeasurement Done Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Measurement Done Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Measurement Done interrupt. Value Description 0 The Measurement Done interrupt is disabled. 1 The Measurement Done interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 763 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet FREQM - Frequency Meter 30.8.6 Interrupt Flag Status and Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 INTFLAG 0x0A 0x00 - 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 0 DONE R/W 0 Bit 0 - DONEMesurement Done This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This flag is set when the STATUS.BUSY bit has a one-to-zero transition. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the DONE interrupt flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 764 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet FREQM - Frequency Meter 30.8.7 Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 STATUS 0x0B 0x00 - 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 OVF R/W 0 0 BUSY R 0 Bit 1 - OVFSticky Count Value Overflow This bit is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This bit is set when an overflow condition occurs to the value counter. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the OVF status. Bit 0 - BUSYFREQM Status Value Description 0 No ongoing frequency measurement. 1 Frequency measurement is ongoing. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 765 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet FREQM - Frequency Meter 30.8.8 Synchronization Busy Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit SYNCBUSY 0x0C 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 ENABLE R 0 0 SWRST R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable This bit is cleared when the synchronization of CTRLA.ENABLE is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of CTRLA.ENABLE is started. Bit 0 - SWRSTSynchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of CTRLA.SWRST is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of CTRLA.SWRST is started. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 766 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet FREQM - Frequency Meter 30.8.9 Value Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit VALUE 0x10 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 Bit 23 22 21 18 17 16 Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 20 19 VALUE[23:16] R R 0 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Access Reset VALUE[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 VALUE[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 23:0 - VALUE[23:0]Measurement Value Result from measurement. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 767 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EVSYS - Event System 31. 31.1 EVSYS - Event System Overview The Event System (EVSYS) allows autonomous, low-latency and configurable communication between peripherals. Several peripherals can be configured to generate and/or respond to signals known as events. The exact condition to generate an event, or the action taken upon receiving an event, is specific to each peripheral. Peripherals that respond to events are called event users. Peripherals that generate events are called event generators. A peripheral can have one or more event generators and can have one or more event users. Communication is made without CPU intervention and without consuming system resources such as bus or RAM bandwidth. This reduces the load on the CPU and other system resources, compared to a traditional interrupt-based system. 31.2 Features * * * * * * * * * 31.3 32 configurable event channels: - All channels can be connected to any event generator - All channels provide a pure asynchronous path - 12 channels (CHANNEL0 to CHANNEL11) provide a resynchronized or synchronous path using their dedicated generic clock (GCLK_EVSYS_CHANNEL_n) 119 event generators. 67 event users. Configurable edge detector. Peripherals can be event generators, event users, or both. SleepWalking and interrupt for operation in sleep modes. Software event generation. Each event user can choose which channel to respond to. Optional Static or Round-Robin interrupt priority arbitration. Block Diagram Figure 31-1.Event System Block Diagram Clock Request [n:0] Event Channel n Event Channel 1 USER m+1 USER m Event Channel 0 Asynchronous Path USERm.CHANNEL CHANNEL0.PATH SleepWalking Detector Synchronized Path Edge Detector PERIPHERAL0 Channel_EVT_n EVT D Q To Peripheral x R EVT ACK PERIPHERAL x Channel_EVT_0 Q D Q D Q D Peripheral x Event Acknowledge Resynchronized Path R CHANNEL0.EVGEN SWEVT.CHANNEL0 CHANNEL0.EDGSEL D Q D Q D Q R R R R R GCLK_EVSYS_0 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 768 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EVSYS - Event System 31.4 Product Dependencies In order to use this peripheral, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described below. 31.4.1 I/O Lines Not applicable. 31.4.2 Power Management The EVSYS can be used to wake up the CPU from all sleep modes (except BACKUP and OFF Mode), even if the clock used by the EVSYS channel and the EVSYS bus clock are disabled. Refer to the PM - Power Manager for details on the different sleep modes. Although the clock for the EVSYS is stopped, the device still can wake up the EVSYS clock. Some event generators can generate an event when their clocks are stopped. The generic clock for the channel (GCLK_EVSYS_CHANNEL_n) will be restarted if that channel uses a synchronized path or a resynchronized path. It does not need to wake the system from sleep. Important: This generic clock only applies to channels which can be configured as synchronous or resynchronized. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager 31.4.3 Clocks The EVSYS bus clock (CLK_EVSYS_APB) can be enabled and disabled in the Main Clock module, and the default state of CLK_EVSYS_APB can be found in Peripheral Clock Masking. Each EVSYS channel which can be configured as synchronous or resynchronized has a dedicated generic clock (GCLK_EVSYS_CHANNEL_n). These are used for event detection and propagation for each channel. These clocks must be configured and enabled in the generic clock controller before using the EVSYS. Refer to GCLK - Generic Clock Controller for details. Important: Only EVSYS channel 0 to 11 can be configured as synchronous or resynchronized. Related Links 15.6.2.6 Peripheral Clock Masking 14. GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 31.4.4 DMA Not applicable. 31.4.5 Interrupts The interrupt request line is connected to the interrupt controller. Using the EVSYS interrupts requires the interrupt controller to be configured first. Refer to Nested Vector Interrupt Controller for details. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 31.4.6 Events Not applicable. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 769 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EVSYS - Event System 31.4.7 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in Debug mode, this peripheral will continue normal operation. If the peripheral is configured to require periodical service by the CPU through interrupts or similar, improper operation or data loss may result during debugging. This peripheral can be forced to halt operation during debugging. 31.4.8 Register Access Protection Registers with write access can be optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC), except for the following: * * Channel Pending Interrupt (INTPEND) Channel n Interrupt Flag Status and Clear (CHINTFLAGn) Note: Optional write protection is indicated by the "PAC Write Protection" property in the register description. Write protection does not apply for accesses through an external debugger. 31.4.9 Analog Connections Not applicable. 31.5 Functional Description 31.5.1 Principle of Operation The Event System consists of several channels which route the internal events from peripherals (generators) to other internal peripherals or I/O pins (users). Each event generator can be selected as source for multiple channels, but a channel cannot be set to use multiple event generators at the same time. A channel path can be configured in asynchronous, synchronous or resynchronized mode of operation. The mode of operation must be selected based on the requirements of the application. When using synchronous or resynchronized path, the Event System includes options to transfer events to users when rising, falling or both edges are detected on event generators. For further details, refer to the Channel Path section of this chapter. Related Links 31.5.2.6 Channel Path 31.5.2 Basic Operation 31.5.2.1 Initialization Before enabling event routing within the system, the Event Users Multiplexer and Event Channels must be selected in the Event System (EVSYS), and the two peripherals that generate and use the event have to be configured. The recommended sequence is: 1. In the event generator peripheral, enable output of event by writing a '1' to the respective Event Output Enable bit ("EO") in the peripheral's Event Control register (e.g., TCC.EVCTRL.MCEO1, AC.EVCTRL.WINEO0, RTC.EVCTRL.OVFEO). 2. Configure the EVSYS: 2.1. Configure the Event User multiplexer by writing the respective EVSYS.USERm register, see also 31.5.2.3 User Multiplexer Setup. 2.2. Configure the Event Channel by writing the respective EVSYS.CHANNELn register, see also 31.5.2.4 Event System Channel. 3. Configure the action to be executed by the event user peripheral by writing to the Event Action bits (EVACT) in the respective Event control register (e.g., TC.EVCTRL.EVACT, PDEC.EVCTRL.EVACT). Note: not all peripherals require this step. 4. In the event user peripheral, enable event input by writing a '1' to the respective Event Input Enable bit ("EI") in the peripheral's Event Control register (e.g., AC.EVCTRL.IVEI0, ADC.EVCTRL.STARTEI). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 770 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EVSYS - Event System 31.5.2.2 Enabling, Disabling, and Resetting The EVSYS is always enabled. The EVSYS is reset by writing a `1' to the Software Reset bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.SWRST). All registers in the EVSYS will be reset to their initial state and all ongoing events will be canceled. Refer to CTRLA.SWRST register for details. 31.5.2.3 User Multiplexer Setup The user multiplexer defines the channel to be connected to which event user. Each user multiplexer is dedicated to one event user. A user multiplexer receives all event channels output and must be configured to select one of these channels, as shown in Block Diagram section. The channel is selected with the Channel bit group in the User register (USERm.CHANNEL). The user multiplexer must always be configured before the channel. A list of all user multiplexers is found in the User (USERm) register description. Related Links 31.3 Block Diagram 31.5.2.4 Event System Channel An event channel can select one event from a list of event generators. Depending on configuration, the selected event could be synchronized, resynchronized or asynchronously sent to the users. When synchronization or resynchronization is required, the channel includes an internal edge detector, allowing the Event System to generate internal events when rising, falling or both edges are detected on the selected event generator. An event channel is able to generate internal events for the specific software commands. A channel block diagram is shown in Block Diagram section. Related Links 31.3 Block Diagram 31.5.2.5 Event Generators Each event channel can receive the events form all event generators. All event generators are listed in the Event Generator bit field in the Channel n register (CHANNELn.EVGEN). For details on event generation, refer to the corresponding module chapter. The channel event generator is selected by the Event Generator bit group in the Channel register (CHANNELn.EVGEN). By default, the channels are not connected to any event generators (ie, CHANNELn.EVGEN = 0) 31.5.2.6 Channel Path There are different ways to propagate the event from an event generator: * * * Asynchronous path Synchronous path Resynchronized path The path is decided by writing to the Path Selection bit group of the Channel register (CHANNELn.PATH). Asynchronous Path When using the asynchronous path, the events are propagated from the event generator to the event user without intervention from the Event System. The GCLK for this channel (GCLK_EVSYS_CHANNEL_n) is not mandatory, meaning that an event will be propagated to the user without any clock latency. When the asynchronous path is selected, the channel cannot generate any interrupts, and the Channel x Status register (CHSTATUSx) is always zero. The edge detection is not required and must be disabled by software. Each peripheral event user has to select which event edge must trigger internal actions. For further details, refer to each peripheral chapter description. Synchronous Path The synchronous path should be used when the event generator and the event channel share the same generator for the generic clock. If they do not share the same clock, a logic change from the event generator to the event channel might not be detected in the channel, which means that the event will not be propagated to the event user. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 771 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EVSYS - Event System When using the synchronous path, the channel is able to generate interrupts. The channel status bits in the Channel Status register (CHSTATUS) are also updated and available for use. Resynchronized Path The resynchronized path are used when the event generator and the event channel do not share the same generator for the generic clock. When the resynchronized path is used, resynchronization of the event from the event generator is done in the channel. When the resynchronized path is used, the channel is able to generate interrupts. The channel status bits in the Channel Status register (CHSTATUS) are also updated and available for use. 31.5.2.7 Edge Detection When synchronous or resynchronized paths are used, edge detection must be enabled. The event system can execute edge detection in three different ways: * * * Generate an event only on the rising edge Generate an event only on the falling edge Generate an event on rising and falling edges. Edge detection is selected by writing to the Edge Selection bit group of the Channel register (CHANNELn.EDGSEL). 31.5.2.8 Event Latency An event from an event generator is propagated to an event user with different latency, depending on event channel configuration. * * * Asynchronous Path: The maximum routing latency of an external event is related to the internal signal routing and it is device dependent. Synchronous Path: The maximum routing latency of an external event is one GCLK_EVSYS_CHANNEL_n clock cycle. Resynchronized Path: The maximum routing latency of an external event is three GCLK_EVSYS_CHANNEL_n clock cycles. The maximum propagation latency of a user event to the peripheral clock core domain is three peripheral clock cycles. The event generators, event channel and event user clocks ratio must be selected in relation with the internal event latency constraints. Events propagation or event actions in peripherals may be lost if the clock setup violates the internal latencies. 31.5.2.9 The Overrun Channel n Interrupt The Overrun Channel n Interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (CHINTFLAGn.OVR) will be set, and the optional interrupt will be generated in the following cases: * * One or more event users on channel n is not ready when there is a new event An event occurs when the previous event on channel m has not been handled by all event users connected to that channel The flag will only be set when using synchronous or resynchronized paths. In the case of asynchronous path, the CHINTFLAGn.OVR is always read as zero. 31.5.2.10 The Event Detected Channel n Interrupt The Event Detected Channel n Interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (CHINTFLAGn.EVD) is set when an event coming from the event generator configured on channel n is detected. The flag will only be set when using a synchronous or resynchronized path. In the case of an asynchronous path, the CHINTFLAGn.EVD is always zero. 31.5.2.11 Channel Status The Channel Status register (CHSTATUS) shows the status of the channels when using a synchronous or resynchronized path. There are two different status bits in CHSTATUS for each of the available channels: * The CHSTATUSn.BUSYCH bit will be set when an event on the corresponding channel n has not been handled by all event users connected to that channel. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 772 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EVSYS - Event System * The CHSTATUSn.RDYUSR bit will be set when all event users connected to the corresponding channel are ready to handle incoming events on that channel. 31.5.2.12 Software Event A software event can be initiated on a channel by writing a '1' to the Software Event bit in the Channel register (CHANNELm.SWEVT). Then the software event can be serviced as any event generator; i.e., when the bit is set to `1', an event will be generated on the respective channel. 31.5.2.13 Interrupt Status and Interrupts Arbitration The Interrupt Status register stores all channels with pending interrupts, as shown below. Figure 31-2.Interrupt Status Register 31 30 1 0 INTSTATUS CHINTFLAG31.OVR CHINTENSET31.OVR CHINTFLAG31.EVD CHINTENSET31.EVD CHINTFLAG0.OVR CHINTENSET0.OVR CHINTFLAG0.EVD CHINTENSET0.EVD The Event System can arbitrate between all channels with pending interrupts. The arbiter can be configured to prioritize statically or dynamically the incoming events. The priority is evaluated each time a new channel has an interrupt pending, or an interrupt has been cleared. The Channel Pending Interrupt register (INTPEND) will provide the channel number with the highest interrupt priority, and the corresponding channel interrupt flags and status bits. By default, static arbitration is enabled (PRICTRL.RRENx is '0'), the arbiter will prioritize a low channel number over a high channel number as shown below. When using the status scheme, there is a risk of high channel numbers never being granted access by the arbiter. This can be avoided using a dynamic arbitration scheme. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 773 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EVSYS - Event System Figure 31-3.Static Priority Lowest Channel Channel 0 Highest Priority . . . Channel x Channel x+1 . . . Highest Channel Lowest Priority Channel N The dynamic arbitration scheme available in the Event System is round-robin. Round-robin arbitration is enabled by writing PRICTRL.RREN to one. With the round-robin scheme, the channel number of the last channel being granted access will have the lowest priority the next time the arbiter has to grant access to a channel, as shown below. The channel number of the last channel being granted access, will be stored in the Channel Priority Number bit group in the Priority Control register (PRICTRL.PRI). Figure 31-4.Round-Robin Scheduling Channel x last acknowledge request Channel (x+1) last acknowledge request Channel 0 Channel 0 . . . Channel x Lowest Priority Channel x Channel x+1 Highest Priority Channel x+1 Lowest Priority Channel x+2 Highest Priority . . . Channel N Channel N The Channel Pending Interrupt register (INTPEND) also offers the possibility to indirectly clear the interrupt flags of a specific channel. Writing a flag to one in this register, will clear the corresponding interrupt flag of the channel specified by the INTPEND.ID bits. 31.5.3 Interrupts The EVSYS has the following interrupt sources for each channel: (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 774 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EVSYS - Event System * * Overrun Channel n interrupt (OVR) Event Detected Channel n interrupt (EVD) These interrupts events are asynchronous wake-up sources. Each interrupt source has an interrupt flag associated with it. The interrupt flag in the corresponding Channel n Interrupt Flag Status and Clear (CHINTFLAG) register is set when the interrupt condition occurs. Note: Interrupts must be globally enabled to allow the generation of interrupt requests. Each interrupt can be individually enabled by writing a '1' to the corresponding bit in the Channel n Interrupt Enable Set (CHINTENSET) register, and disabled by writing a '1' to the corresponding bit in the Channel n Interrupt Enable Clear (CHINTENCLR) register. An interrupt request is generated when the interrupt flag is set and the corresponding interrupt is enabled. The interrupt request remains active until the interrupt flag is cleared, the interrupt is disabled or the Event System is reset. All interrupt requests are ORed together on system level to generate one combined interrupt request to the NVIC. The user must read the Channel Interrupt Status (INTSTATUS) register to identify the channels with pending interrupts, and must read the Channel n Interrupt Flag Status and Clear (CHINTFLAG) register to determine which interrupt condition is present for the corresponding channel. It is also possible to read the Interrupt Pending register (INTPEND), which provides the highest priority channel with pending interrupt and the respective interrupt flags. 31.5.4 Sleep Mode Operation The Event System can generate interrupts to wake up the device from IDLE or STANDBY sleep mode. To be able to run in standby, the Run in Standby bit in the Channel register (CHANNELn.RUNSTDBY) must be set to '1'. When the Generic Clock On Demand bit in Channel register (CHANNELn.ONDEMAND) is set to '1' and the event generator is detected, the event channel will request its clock (GCLK_EVSYS_CHANNEL_n). The event latency for a resynchronized channel path will increase by two GCLK_EVSYS_CHANNEL_n clock (i.e., up to five GCLK_EVSYS_CHANNEL_n clock cycles). A channel will behave differently in different sleep modes regarding to CHANNELn.RUNSTDBY and CHANNELn.ONDEMAND: Table 31-1.Event Channel Sleep Behavior CHANNELn.PATH CHANNELn. ONDEMAND CHANNELn. RUNSTDBY ASYNC 0 0 Only run in IDLE sleep modes if an event must be propagated. Disabled in STANDBY sleep mode. SYNC/RESYNC 0 1 Run in both IDLE and STANDBY sleep modes. SYNC/RESYNC 1 0 Only run in IDLE sleep modes if an event must be propagated. Disabled in STANDBY sleep mode. Two GCLK_EVSYS_n latency added in RESYNC path before the event is propagated internally. SYNC/RESYNC 1 1 Run in both IDLE and STANDBY sleep modes. Two GCLK_EVSYS_n latency added in RESYNC path before the event is propagated internally. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Sleep Behavior Datasheet DS60001507F-page 775 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EVSYS - Event System 31.6 Register Summary Offset Name Bit Pos. 0x00 0x01 ... 0x03 CTRLA 7:0 Reserved 0x04 SWEVT 0x08 0x09 ... 0x0F PRICTRL INTPEND 0x12 ... 0x13 Reserved 0x18 0x1C 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 CHANNEL7 CHANNEL6 CHANNEL5 CHANNEL4 CHANNEL3 CHANNEL2 CHANNEL1 CHANNEL0 CHANNEL15 CHANNEL14 CHANNEL13 CHANNEL12 CHANNEL11 CHANNEL10 CHANNEL9 CHANNEL8 CHANNEL23 CHANNEL22 CHANNEL21 CHANNEL20 CHANNEL19 CHANNEL18 CHANNEL17 CHANNEL16 CHANNEL31 CHANNEL30 CHANNEL29 CHANNEL28 CHANNEL27 CHANNEL26 CHANNEL25 CHANNEL24 RREN PRI[4:0] Reserved 0x10 0x14 SWRST INTSTATUS BUSYCH READYUSR 0x20 CHANNEL0 0x24 0x25 0x26 0x27 CHINTENCLR0 CHINTENSET0 CHINTFLAG0 CHSTATUS0 0x28 CHANNEL1 0x2C 0x2D 0x2E 0x2F CHINTENCLR1 CHINTENSET1 CHINTFLAG1 CHSTATUS1 0x30 CHANNEL2 0x34 0x35 0x36 0x37 CHINTENCLR2 CHINTENSET2 CHINTFLAG2 CHSTATUS2 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 ID[4:0] BUSY READY CHINT7 CHINT6 CHINT5 CHINT4 BUSYCHx7 BUSYCHx6 BUSYCHx5 BUSYCHx4 CHINT3 CHINT11 CHINT2 CHINT10 BUSYCHx3 BUSYCHx2 BUSYCHx11 BUSYCHx10 EVD OVR CHINT1 CHINT9 CHINT0 CHINT8 BUSYCHx1 BUSYCHx9 BUSYCHx0 BUSYCHx8 READYUSR7 READYUSR6 READYUSR5 READYUSR4 READYUSR3 READYUSR2 READYUSR1 READYUSR0 READYUSR1 READYUSR1 READYUSR9 READYUSR8 1 0 EVGEN[7:0] ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY EDGSEL[1:0] PATH[1:0] EVD EVD EVD BUSYCH OVR OVR OVR RDYUSR EVGEN[7:0] ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY EDGSEL[1:0] PATH[1:0] EVD EVD EVD BUSYCH OVR OVR OVR RDYUSR EVGEN[7:0] ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. EDGSEL[1:0] PATH[1:0] EVD EVD EVD BUSYCH Datasheet OVR OVR OVR RDYUSR DS60001507F-page 776 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EVSYS - Event System ...........continued Offset Name 0x38 CHANNEL3 0x3C 0x3D 0x3E 0x3F CHINTENCLR3 CHINTENSET3 CHINTFLAG3 CHSTATUS3 0x40 CHANNEL4 0x44 0x45 0x46 0x47 CHINTENCLR4 CHINTENSET4 CHINTFLAG4 CHSTATUS4 0x48 CHANNEL5 0x4C 0x4D 0x4E 0x4F CHINTENCLR5 CHINTENSET5 CHINTFLAG5 CHSTATUS5 0x50 CHANNEL6 0x54 0x55 0x56 0x57 CHINTENCLR6 CHINTENSET6 CHINTFLAG6 CHSTATUS6 0x58 CHANNEL7 0x5C 0x5D 0x5E 0x5F CHINTENCLR7 CHINTENSET7 CHINTFLAG7 CHSTATUS7 0x60 CHANNEL8 0x64 0x65 0x66 0x67 CHINTENCLR8 CHINTENSET8 CHINTFLAG8 CHSTATUS8 0x68 CHANNEL9 0x6C 0x6D 0x6E 0x6F CHINTENCLR9 CHINTENSET9 CHINTFLAG9 CHSTATUS9 Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 EVGEN[7:0] ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY EDGSEL[1:0] PATH[1:0] EVD EVD EVD BUSYCH OVR OVR OVR RDYUSR EVGEN[7:0] ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY EDGSEL[1:0] PATH[1:0] EVD EVD EVD BUSYCH OVR OVR OVR RDYUSR EVGEN[7:0] ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY EDGSEL[1:0] PATH[1:0] EVD EVD EVD BUSYCH OVR OVR OVR RDYUSR EVGEN[7:0] ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY EDGSEL[1:0] PATH[1:0] EVD EVD EVD BUSYCH OVR OVR OVR RDYUSR EVGEN[7:0] ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY EDGSEL[1:0] PATH[1:0] EVD EVD EVD BUSYCH OVR OVR OVR RDYUSR EVGEN[7:0] ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY EDGSEL[1:0] PATH[1:0] EVD EVD EVD BUSYCH OVR OVR OVR RDYUSR EVGEN[7:0] ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. EDGSEL[1:0] PATH[1:0] EVD EVD EVD BUSYCH Datasheet OVR OVR OVR RDYUSR DS60001507F-page 777 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EVSYS - Event System ...........continued Offset Name 0x70 CHANNEL10 0x74 0x75 0x76 0x77 CHINTENCLR10 CHINTENSET10 CHINTFLAG10 CHSTATUS10 0x78 CHANNEL11 0x7C 0x7D 0x7E 0x7F CHINTENCLR11 CHINTENSET11 CHINTFLAG11 CHSTATUS11 0x80 CHANNEL12 0x84 ... 0x87 Reserved 0x88 CHANNEL13 0x8C ... 0x8F Reserved 0x90 CHANNEL14 0x94 ... 0x97 Reserved 0x98 CHANNEL15 0x9C ... 0x9F Reserved 0xA0 CHANNEL16 0xA4 ... 0xA7 Reserved 0xA8 CHANNEL17 0xAC ... 0xAF Reserved Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 EVGEN[7:0] ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY EDGSEL[1:0] PATH[1:0] EVD EVD EVD BUSYCH OVR OVR OVR RDYUSR EVGEN[7:0] ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY EDGSEL[1:0] PATH[1:0] EVD EVD EVD BUSYCH OVR OVR OVR RDYUSR EVGEN[7:0] ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY EDGSEL[1:0] PATH[1:0] EDGSEL[1:0] PATH[1:0] EDGSEL[1:0] PATH[1:0] EDGSEL[1:0] PATH[1:0] EDGSEL[1:0] PATH[1:0] EDGSEL[1:0] PATH[1:0] EVGEN[7:0] ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY EVGEN[7:0] ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY EVGEN[7:0] ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY EVGEN[7:0] ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY EVGEN[7:0] ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 778 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EVSYS - Event System ...........continued Offset Name 0xB0 CHANNEL18 0xB4 ... 0xB7 Reserved 0xB8 CHANNEL19 0xBC ... 0xBF Reserved 0xC0 CHANNEL20 0xC4 ... 0xC7 Reserved 0xC8 CHANNEL21 0xCC ... 0xCF Reserved 0xD0 CHANNEL22 0xD4 ... 0xD7 Reserved 0xD8 CHANNEL23 0xDC ... 0xDF Reserved 0xE0 CHANNEL24 0xE4 ... 0xE7 Reserved 0xE8 CHANNEL25 0xEC ... 0xEF Reserved Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 EVGEN[7:0] ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY EDGSEL[1:0] PATH[1:0] EDGSEL[1:0] PATH[1:0] EDGSEL[1:0] PATH[1:0] EDGSEL[1:0] PATH[1:0] EDGSEL[1:0] PATH[1:0] EDGSEL[1:0] PATH[1:0] EDGSEL[1:0] PATH[1:0] EDGSEL[1:0] PATH[1:0] 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 EVGEN[7:0] ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY EVGEN[7:0] ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY EVGEN[7:0] ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY EVGEN[7:0] ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY EVGEN[7:0] ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY EVGEN[7:0] ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY EVGEN[7:0] ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 779 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EVSYS - Event System ...........continued Offset Name 0xF0 CHANNEL26 0xF4 ... 0xF7 Reserved 0xF8 CHANNEL27 0xFC ... 0xFF Reserved 0x0100 CHANNEL28 0x0104 ... 0x0107 Reserved 0x0108 CHANNEL29 0x010C ... 0x010F Reserved 0x0110 CHANNEL30 0x0114 ... 0x0117 Reserved 0x0118 CHANNEL31 0x011C ... 0x011F Reserved 0x0120 Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 EVGEN[7:0] ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY EDGSEL[1:0] PATH[1:0] EDGSEL[1:0] PATH[1:0] EDGSEL[1:0] PATH[1:0] EDGSEL[1:0] PATH[1:0] EDGSEL[1:0] PATH[1:0] EDGSEL[1:0] PATH[1:0] 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 EVGEN[7:0] ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY EVGEN[7:0] ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY EVGEN[7:0] ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY EVGEN[7:0] ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY EVGEN[7:0] ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY CHANNEL[7:0] USER0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 CHANNEL[7:0] USER66 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 ... 0x0228 31.7 Register Description Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16-, and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Optional write protection by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC) is denoted by the "PAC Write Protection" property in each individual register description. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 780 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EVSYS - Event System Refer to Register Access Protection and PAC - Peripheral Access Controller. Related Links 27. PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 31.4.8 Register Access Protection (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 781 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EVSYS - Event System 31.7.1 Control A Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 CTRLA 0x00 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 0 SWRST W 0 Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit resets all registers in the EVSYS to their initial state. It will always take precedence, meaning that all other writes in the same write-operation will be discarded. Note: Before applying a Software Reset it is recommended to disable the event generators. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 782 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EVSYS - Event System 31.7.2 Software Event Name: Offset: Reset: Property: 31 CHANNEL31 Access W Reset 0 SWEVT 0x04 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection Bit 30 CHANNEL30 W 0 29 CHANNEL29 W 0 28 CHANNEL28 W 0 27 CHANNEL27 W 0 26 CHANNEL26 W 0 25 CHANNEL25 W 0 24 CHANNEL24 W 0 Bit 22 CHANNEL22 W 0 21 CHANNEL21 W 0 20 CHANNEL20 W 0 19 CHANNEL19 W 0 18 CHANNEL18 W 0 17 CHANNEL17 W 0 16 CHANNEL16 W 0 Bit 14 CHANNEL14 W 0 13 CHANNEL13 W 0 12 CHANNEL12 W 0 11 CHANNEL11 W 0 10 CHANNEL10 W 0 9 CHANNEL9 W 0 8 CHANNEL8 W 0 6 CHANNEL6 W 0 5 CHANNEL5 W 0 4 CHANNEL4 W 0 3 CHANNEL3 W 0 2 CHANNEL2 W 0 1 CHANNEL1 W 0 0 CHANNEL0 W 0 23 CHANNEL23 Access W Reset 0 15 CHANNEL15 Access W Reset 0 Bit Access Reset 7 CHANNEL7 W 0 Bits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31 - CHANNELxChannel x Software Selection [x=0..7] Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will trigger a software event for channel x. These bits always return '0' when read. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 783 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EVSYS - Event System 31.7.3 Priority Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset 7 RREN RW 0 PRICTRL 0x08 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 RW 0 RW 0 2 PRI[4:0] RW 0 1 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bit 7 - RRENRound-Robin Scheduling Enable For details on scheduling schemes, refer to Interrupt Status and Interrupts Arbitration Value Description 0 Static scheduling scheme for channels with level priority 1 Round-robin scheduling scheme for channels with level priority Bits 4:0 - PRI[4:0]Channel Priority Number When round-robin arbitration is enabled (PRICTRL.RREN=1) for priority level, this register holds the channel number of the last EVSYS channel being granted access as the active channel with priority level. The value of this bit group is updated each time the INTPEND or any of CHINTFLAG registers are written. When static arbitration is enabled (PRICTRL.RREN=0) for priority level, and the value of this bit group is nonzero, it will not affect the static priority scheme. This bit group is not reset when round-robin scheduling gets disabled (PRICTRL.RREN written to zero). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 784 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EVSYS - Event System 31.7.4 Channel Pending Interrupt Name: Offset: Reset: INTPEND 0x10 0x4000 An interrupt that handles several channels should consult the INTPEND register to find out which channel number has priority (ignoring/filtering each channel that has its own interrupt line). An interrupt dedicated to only one channel must not use the INTPEND register. Bit Access Reset Bit 15 BUSY R 0 14 READY R 1 13 12 11 10 9 EVD RW 0 8 OVR RW 0 7 6 5 4 3 1 0 RW 0 RW 0 2 ID[4:0] RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Access Reset Bit 15 - BUSYBusy This bit is read '1' when the event on a channel selected by Channel ID field (ID) has not been handled by all the event users connected to this channel. Bit 14 - READYReady This bit is read '1' when all event users connected to the channel selected by Channel ID field (ID) are ready to handle incoming events on this channel. Bit 9 - EVDChannel Event Detected This flag is set on the next CLK_EVSYS_APB cycle when an event is being propagated through the channel, and an interrupt request will be generated if CHINTENCLR/SET.EVD is '1'. When the event channel path is asynchronous, the EVD bit will not be set. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear it. It will also clear the corresponding flag in the Channel n Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (CHINTFLAGn) of this peripheral, where n is determined by the Channel ID bit field (ID) in this register. Bit 8 - OVRChannel Overrun This flag is set on the next CLK_EVSYS cycle after an overrun channel condition occurs, and an interrupt request will be generated if CHINTENCLR/SET.OVRx is '1'. There are two possible overrun channel conditions: * One or more of the event users on channel selected by Channel ID field (ID) are not ready when a new event occurs * An event happens when the previous event on channel selected by Channel ID field (ID) has not yet been handled by all event users When the event channel path is asynchronous, the OVR interrupt flag will not be set. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear it. It will also clear the corresponding flag in the Channel n Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (CHINTFLAGn) of this peripheral, where n is determined by the Channel ID bit field (ID) in this register. Bits 4:0 - ID[4:0]Channel ID These bits store the channel number of the highest priority. When the bits are written, indirect access to the corresponding Channel Interrupt Flag register is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 785 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EVSYS - Event System 31.7.5 Interrupt Status Name: Offset: Reset: Bit INTSTATUS 0x14 0x00000000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 CHINT11 R 0 10 CHINT10 R 0 9 CHINT9 R 0 8 CHINT8 R 0 7 CHINT7 R 0 6 CHINT6 R 0 5 CHINT5 R 0 4 CHINT4 R 0 3 CHINT3 R 0 2 CHINT2 R 0 1 CHINT1 R 0 0 CHINT0 R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 - CHINTChannel x Pending Interrupt This bit is set when Channel x has a pending interrupt. This bit is cleared when the corresponding Channel x interrupts are disabled, or the source interrupt sources are cleared. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 786 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EVSYS - Event System 31.7.6 Busy Channels Name: Offset: Reset: Bit BUSYCH 0x18 0x00000000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 BUSYCHx11 R 0 10 BUSYCHx10 R 0 9 BUSYCHx9 R 0 8 BUSYCHx8 R 0 7 BUSYCHx7 R 0 6 BUSYCHx6 R 0 5 BUSYCHx5 R 0 4 BUSYCHx4 R 0 3 BUSYCHx3 R 0 2 BUSYCHx2 R 0 1 BUSYCHx1 R 0 0 BUSYCHx0 R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 - BUSYCHxBusy Channel x This bit is set if an event occurs on channel x has not been handled by all event users connected to channel x. This bit is cleared when channel x is idle. When the event channel x path is asynchronous, this bit is always read '0'. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 787 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EVSYS - Event System 31.7.7 Ready Users Name: Offset: Reset: READYUSR 0x1C 111111111111 Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 Access Reset R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 Bit 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Access Reset R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 Bit 15 14 13 12 Access Reset R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 6 READYUSR6 R 1 5 READYUSR5 R 1 4 READYUSR4 R 1 Bit 7 READYUSR7 Access R Reset 1 11 10 9 READYUSR11 READYUSR10 READYUSR9 R R R 1 1 1 8 READYUSR8 R 1 3 READYUSR3 R 1 0 READYUSR0 R 1 2 READYUSR2 R 1 1 READYUSR1 R 1 Bits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 - READYUSRReady User for Channel n This bit is set when all event users connected to channel n are ready to handle incoming events on channel n. This bit is cleared when at least one of the event users connected to the channel is not ready. When the event channel n path is asynchronous, this bit is always read zero. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 788 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EVSYS - Event System 31.7.8 Channel n Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: CHANNEL 0x20 + n*0x08 [n=0..31] 0x00008000 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to configure channel n. To write to this register, do a single, 32-bit write of all the configuration data. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 ONDEMAND RW 1 14 RUNSTDBY RW 0 13 12 11 10 EDGSEL[1:0] RW RW 0 0 9 7 6 5 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 4 8 PATH[1:0] RW 0 RW 0 3 2 1 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 EVGEN[7:0] Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bit 15 - ONDEMANDGeneric Clock On Demand Value Description 0 Generic clock for a channel is always on, if the channel is configured and generic clock source is enabled. 1 Generic clock is requested on demand while an event is handled Bit 14 - RUNSTDBYRun in Standby This bit is used to define the behavior during standby sleep mode. Value Description 0 The channel is disabled in standby sleep mode. 1 The channel is not stopped in standby sleep mode and depends on the CHANNEL.ONDEMAND bit. Bits 11:10 - EDGSEL[1:0]Edge Detection Selection These bits set the type of edge detection to be used on the channel. These bits must be written to zero when using the asynchronous path. Value Name Description 0x0 NO_EVT_OUTPUT No event output when using the resynchronized or synchronous path 0x1 RISING_EDGE Event detection only on the rising edge of the signal from the event generator 0x2 FALLING_EDGE Event detection only on the falling edge of the signal from the event generator 0x3 BOTH_EDGES Event detection on rising and falling edges of the signal from the event generator Bits 9:8 - PATH[1:0]Path Selection These bits are used to choose which path will be used by the selected channel. Note: The path choice can be limited by the channel source, see the table in 31.7.13 USERm. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 789 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EVSYS - Event System Important: Only EVSYS channel 0 to 11 can be configured as synchronous or resynchronized. Value 0x0 0x1 0x2 Other Name SYNCHRONOUS RESYNCHRONIZED ASYNCHRONOUS - Description Synchronous path Resynchronized path Asynchronous path Reserved Bits 7:0 - EVGEN[7:0]Event Generator Selection These bits are used to choose the event generator to connect to the selected channel. Value Name Description 0x00 0x01 - 0x02 0x03 0x04 - 0x0B 0x0C - 0x0F 0x10 0x11 0x12 - 0x21 0x22 - 0x25 0x26 0x27 0x28 0x29 0x2A 0x2B 0x2C - 0x31 0x32 0x33 0x34 0x35 - 0x38 0x39 0x3A 0x3B 0x3C - 0x3E 0x3F 0x40 0x41 0x42 - 0x43 0x44 0x45 0x46 0x47 - 0x48 0x49 0x4A - 0x4B 0x4C 0x4D - 0x4E 0x4F 0x50 - 0x51 0x52 0x53 - 0x54 0x55 NONE OSCCTRL_XOSC_FAILx OSC32KCTRL_XOSC32K_FAIL RTC_PERx RTC_CMP RTC_TAMPER RTC_OVF EIC_EXTINT DMAC_CH PAC_ACCERR Reserved Reserved TCC0_OVF TCC0_TRG TCC0_CNT TCC0_MCx TCC1_OVF TCC1_TRG TCC1_CNT TCC1_MCx TCC2_OVF TCC2_TRG TCC2_CNT TCC2_MCx TCC3_OVF TCC3_TRG TCC3_CNT TCC3_MCx TCC4_OVF TCC4_TRG TCC4_CNT TCC4_MCx TC0_OVF TC0_MCx TC1_OVF TC1_MCx TC2_OVF TC2_MCx TC3_OVF TC3_MCx TC4_OVF No event generator selected XOSC fail detection x=0..1 XOSC32K fail detection RTC period x=0..7 RTC comparison x=0..3 RTC tamper detection RTC overflow EIC external interrupt x=0..15 DMA channel x=0..3 PAC Acc. error TCC0 Overflow TCC0 Trigger Event TCC0 Counter TCC0 Match/Compare x=0..5 TCC1 Overflow TCC1 Trigger Event TCC1 Counter TCC1 Match/Compare x=0..3 TCC2 Overflow TCC2 Trigger Event TCC2 Counter TCC2 Match/Compare x=0..2 TCC3 Overflow TCC3 Trigger Event TCC3 Counter TCC3 Match/Compare x=0..1 TCC4 Overflow TCC4 Trigger Event TCC4 Counter TCC4 Match/Compare x=0..1 TC0 Overflow TC0 Match/Compare x=0..1 TC1 Overflow TC1 Match/Compare x=0..1 TC2 Overflow TC2 Match/Compare x=0..1 TC3 Overflow TC3 Match/Compare x=0..1 TC4 Overflow (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 790 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EVSYS - Event System ...........continued Value Name Description 0x56 - 0x57 0x58 0x59 - 0x5A 0x5B 0x5C - 0x5D 0x5E 0x5F - 0x60 0x61 0x62 0x63 0x64 0x65 - 0x66 0x67 0x68 0x69 0x6A 0x6B - 0x6C 0x6D 0x6E - 0x6F 0x70 - 0x71 0x72 0x73 0x74 - 0x77 TC4_MCx TC5_OVF TC5_MCx TC6_OVF TC6_MCx TC7_OVF TC7_MCx PDEC_OVF PDEC_ERR PDEC_DIR PDEC_VLC PDEC_MCx ADC0_RESRDY ADC0_WINMON ADC1_RESRDY ADC1_WINMON AC_COMPx AC_WIN DAC_EMPTYx DAC_RESRDYx GMAC_TSU_CMP TRNG_READY CCL_LUTOUT TC4 Match/Compare x=0..1 TC5 Overflow TC5 Match/Compare x=0..1 TC6 Overflow TC6 Match/Compare x=0..1 TC7 Overflow TC7 Match/Compare x=0..1 PDEC Overflow PDEC Error PDEC Direction PDEC VLC PDEC MCx x=0..1 ADC0 RESRDY ADC0 Window Monitor ADC1 RESRDY ADC1 Window Monitor AC Comparator, x=0..1 AC0 Window DAC empty, x=0..1 DAC RSRDY, x=0..1 GMAC Timestamp CMP TRNG ready CCL LUTOUT (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 791 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EVSYS - Event System 31.7.9 Channel n Interrupt Enable Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 CHINTENCLR 0x24 + n*0x08 [n=0..11] 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 EVD RW 0 0 OVR RW 0 Bit 1 - EVDChannel Event Detected Interrupt Disable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Event Detected Channel Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Event Detected Channel interrupt. Value Description 0 The Event Detected Channel interrupt is disabled. 1 The Event Detected Channel interrupt is enabled. Bit 0 - OVRChannel Overrun Interrupt Disable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Overrun Channel Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Overrun Channel interrupt. Value Description 0 The Overrun Channel interrupt is disabled. 1 The Overrun Channel interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 792 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EVSYS - Event System 31.7.10 Channel n Interrupt Enable Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 CHINTENSET 0x25 + n*0x08 [n=0..11] 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 EVD RW 0 0 OVR RW 0 Bit 1 - EVDChannel Event Detected Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Event Detected Channel Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Event Detected Channel interrupt. Value Description 0 The Event Detected Channel interrupt is disabled. 1 The Event Detected Channel interrupt is enabled. Bit 0 - OVRChannel Overrun Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Overrun Channel Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Overrun Channel interrupt. Value Description 0 The Overrun Channel interrupt is disabled. 1 The Overrun Channel interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 793 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EVSYS - Event System 31.7.11 Channel n Interrupt Flag Status and Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Bit 7 CHINTFLAG 0x26 + n*0x08 [n=0..11] 0x00 6 5 4 3 2 Access Reset 1 EVD RW 0 0 OVR RW 0 Bit 1 - EVDChannel Event Detected This flag is set on the next CLK_EVSYS_APB cycle when an event is being propagated through the channel, and an interrupt request will be generated if CHINTENCLR/SET.EVD is '1'. When the event channel path is asynchronous, the EVD interrupt flag will not be set. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Event Detected Channel interrupt flag. Bit 0 - OVRChannel Overrun This flag is set on the next CLK_EVSYS cycle after an overrun channel condition occurs, and an interrupt request will be generated if CHINTENCLR/SET.OVRx is '1'. There are two possible overrun channel conditions: * One or more of the event users on the channel are not ready when a new event occurs. * An event happens when the previous event on channel has not yet been handled by all event users. When the event channel path is asynchronous, the OVR interrupt flag will not be set. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Overrun Channel interrupt flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 794 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EVSYS - Event System 31.7.12 Channel n Status Name: Offset: Reset: Bit 7 CHSTATUSn 0x27 + n*0x08 [n=0..11] 0x01 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 BUSYCH R 0 0 RDYUSR R 0 Bit 1 - BUSYCHBusy Channel This bit is cleared when channel is idle. This bit is set if an event on channel has not been handled by all event users connected to channel. When the event channel path is asynchronous, this bit is always read '0'. Bit 0 - RDYUSRReady User This bit is cleared when at least one of the event users connected to the channel is not ready. This bit is set when all event users connected to channel are ready to handle incoming events on the channel. When the event channel path is asynchronous, this bit is always read zero. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 795 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EVSYS - Event System 31.7.13 Event User m Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit USERm 0x0120 + m*0x04 [m=0..66] 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 3 CHANNEL[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bits 7:0 - CHANNEL[7:0]Channel Event Selection These bits select channel n to connect to the event user m. The following table lists all of the Event Users and the associated 'm' value to determine which USERm register to define the desired Event Channel. Note: A value x of this bit field selects channel n = x-1. Table 31-2.User Multiplexer Number m USERm User Multiplexer Description Path Type(1) m=0 m = 1..4 m = 5..12 m = 13 m = 14 m = 15 m = 16 m = 17..18 m = 19..24 m = 25..26 m = 27..30 m = 31..32 m = 33..35 m = 36..37 m = 38..39 m = 40..41 m = 42..43 m = 44..51 m = 52..54 m = 55 m = 56 RTC_TAMPER PORT_EV0..3 DMAC_CH0..7 CM4_TRACE_START CM4_TRACE_STOP CM4_TRACE_TRIG TCC0 EV0..1 TCC0 MC0..5 TCC1 EV0..1 TCC1 MC0..3 TCC2 EV0..1 TCC2 MC0..2 TCC3 EV0..1 TCC3 MC0..1 TCC4 EV0..1 TCC4 MC0..1 TC0..7 EVU PDEC_EVU 0..2 ADC0 START ADC0 SYNC RTC Tamper PORT Event 0..3 Channel 0..7 Reserved CM4 trace start CM4 trace stop CM4 trace trigger TCC0 EVx TCC0 MCx TCC1 EVx TCC1 MCx TCC2 EVx TCC2 MCx TCC3 EVx TCC3 MCx TCC4 EVx TCC4 MCx TC0..7 EVU PDEC EVU x ADC0 start conversion Flush ADC0 A A S, R S, R S, R S, R A, S, R A, S, R A, S, R A, S, R A, S, R A, S, R A, S, R A, S, R A, S, R A, S, R A, S, R A, S, R A, S, R A, S, R (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 796 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet EVSYS - Event System ...........continued USERm User Multiplexer Description Path Type(1) m = 57 m = 58 m = 59..60 m = 61..62 m = 63..66 others ADC1 START ADC1 SYNC AC_SOC 0..1 DAC_START0..1 CCL_LUTIN 0..3 Reserved ADC1 start conversion Flush ADC1 AC SOC x DAC0..1 start conversion CCL input - A, S, R A, S, R A A A - Note: 1. A = Asynchronous path, S = Synchronous path, R = Resynchronized path Value 0x00 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x04 0x05 0x06 0x07 0x08 0x09 0x0A 0x0B 0x0C 0x0D 0x0E 0x0F 0x10 0x11 0x12 0x13 0x14 0x15 0x16 0x17 0x18 0x19 0x1A 0x1B 0x1C 0x1D 0x1E 0x1F 0x20 other Description No channel selected Channel 0 selected Channel 1 selected Channel 2 selected Channel 3 selected Channel 4 selected Channel 5 selected Channel 6 selected Channel 7 selected Channel 8 selected Channel 9 selected Channel 10 selected Channel 11 selected Channel 12 selected Channel 13 selected Channel 14 selected Channel 15 selected Channel 16 selected Channel 17 selected Channel 18 selected Channel 19 selected Channel 20 selected Channel 21 selected Channel 22 selected Channel 23 selected Channel 24 selected Channel 25 selected Channel 26 selected Channel 27 selected Channel 28 selected Channel 29 selected Channel 30 selected Channel 31 selected Reserved (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 797 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PORT - I/O Pin Controller 32. PORT - I/O Pin Controller 32.1 Overview The I/O Pin Controller (PORT) controls the I/O pins of the device. The I/O pins are organized in a series of groups, collectively referred to as a PORT group. Each PORT group can have up to 32 pins that can be configured and controlled individually or as a group. The number of PORT groups on a device may depend on the package or number of pins. Each pin may either be used for general purpose I/O under direct application control or be assigned to an embedded device peripheral. When used for general purpose I/O, each pin can be configured as input or output, with a highly configurable driver and pull settings. All I/O pins have true read-modify-write functionality when used for general purpose I/O. The direction or the output value of one or more pins may be changed (set, Reset or toggled) explicitly without unintentionally changing the state of any other pins in the same port group by a single, atomic 8-, 16- or 32-bit write. The PORT is connected to the high-speed bus matrix through an AHB/APB bridge. 32.2 Features * * * * * * Selectable Input and Output Configuration for Each Individual Pin Software-controlled Multiplexing of Peripheral Functions on I/O Pins Flexible Pin Configuration Through a Dedicated Pin Configuration Register Configurable Output Driver and Pull Settings: - Totem-pole (push-pull) - Pull configuration - Driver strength Configurable Input Buffer and Pull Settings: - Internal pull-up or pull-down - Input sampling criteria - Input buffer can be disabled if not needed for lower power consumption - Read-Modify-Write support for output value (OUTCLR/OUTSET/OUTGL) and pin direction (DIRCLR/ DIRSET/DIRTGL) Input Event: - Up to four input event pins for each PORT group - SET/CLEAR/TOGGLE event actions for each event input on output value of a pin - Can be output to pin (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 798 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PORT - I/O Pin Controller 32.3 Block Diagram Figure 32-1.PORT Block Diagram PORT Peripheral Mux Select Control Status Port Line Bundles IP Line Bundles PORTMUX and Pad Line Bundles I/O PADS Analog Pad Connections PERIPHERALS Digital Controls of Analog Blocks 32.4 ANALOG BLOCKS Signal Description Table 32-1.Signal Description for PORT Signal name Type Description Pxy Digital I/O General purpose I/O pin y in group x Refer to the I/O Multiplexing and Considerations for details on the pin mapping for this peripheral. One signal can be mapped on several pins. Related Links 6. I/O Multiplexing and Considerations 32.5 Product Dependencies In order to use this peripheral, other parts of the system must be configured correctly as follows. 32.5.1 I/O Lines The I/O lines of the PORT are mapped to pins of the physical device. The following naming scheme is used: Each line bundle with up to 32 lines is assigned an identifier 'xy', with letter x=A, B, C... and two-digit number y=00, 01, ...31. Examples: A24, C03. PORT pins are labeled 'Pxy' accordingly, for example PA24, PC03. This identifies each pin in the device uniquely. Each pin may be controlled by one or more peripheral multiplexer settings, which allows the pad to be routed internally to a dedicated peripheral function. When the setting is enabled, the selected peripheral has control over the Output state of the pad, as well as the ability to read the current Physical Pad state. Refer to I/O Multiplexing and Considerations for details. Device-specific configurations may cause some lines (and the corresponding Pxy pin) not to be implemented. Related Links (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 799 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PORT - I/O Pin Controller 6. I/O Multiplexing and Considerations 32.5.2 Power Management During Reset, all PORT lines are configured as inputs with input buffers, output buffers and pull disabled. When the device is set to the BACKUP sleep mode, even if the PORT configuration registers and input synchronizers will lose their contents (these will not be restored when PORT is powered up again), the latches in the pads will keep their current configuration, such as the output value and pull settings. Refer to the Power Manager documentation for more features related to the I/O lines configuration in and out of BACKUP mode. The PORT peripheral will continue operating in any Sleep mode where its source clock is running. Related Links 18.6.3.4 I/O Lines Retention in HIBERNATE or BACKUP Mode 32.5.3 Clocks The PORT bus clock (CLK_PORT_APB) can be enabled and disabled in the Main Clock module, and the default state of CLK_PORT_APB can be found in the Peripheral Clock Masking section in MCLK - Main Clock. The PORT requires an APB clock, which may be divided from the CPU main clock and allows the CPU to access the registers of PORT through the high-speed matrix and the AHB/APB bridge. One clock cycle latency can be observed on the APB access in case of concurrent PORT accesses. Related Links 15. MCLK - Main Clock 32.5.4 DMA Not applicable. 32.5.5 Interrupts Not applicable. 32.5.6 Events The events of this peripheral are connected to the Event System. The output of an event to a pin through PORT is always asynchronous. This must be configured in the Event System by writing ASYNCHRONOUS to the Path Selection bits in the respective Channel n Control register of the Event System (EVSYS.CHANNELn.PATH). Related Links 31. EVSYS - Event System 32.5.7 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in Debug mode, this peripheral will continue normal operation. 32.5.8 Register Access Protection All registers with write access can be optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). Note: Optional write protection is indicated by the "PAC Write Protection" property in the register description. Write protection does not apply for accesses through an external debugger. Related Links 27. PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 32.5.9 Analog Connections Analog functions are connected directly between the analog blocks and the I/O pads using analog buses. However, selecting an analog peripheral function for a given pin will disable the corresponding digital features of the pad. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 800 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PORT - I/O Pin Controller 32.6 Functional Description Figure 32-2.Overview of the PORT PORT PAD PULLEN PULLENx DRIVE DRIVEx Pull Resistor PG OUT OUTx PAD APB Bus VDD OE DIRx NG INEN INENx IN INx Q D R Q D R Synchronizer Input to Other Modules 32.6.1 Analog Input/Output Principle of Operation Each PORT group of up to 32 pins is controlled by the registers in PORT, as described in the figure. These registers in PORT are duplicated for each PORT group, with increasing base addresses. The number of PORT groups may depend on the package/number of pins. Figure 32-3.Overview of the peripheral functions multiplexing PORTMUX PORT bit y Port y PINCFG PMUXEN Port y Data+Config Port y PMUX[3:0] Port y Peripheral Mux Enable Port y Line Bundle 0 Port y PMUX Select Pad y PAD y Line Bundle Periph Signal 0 0 Periph Signal 1 1 1 Peripheral Signals to be muxed to Pad y Periph Signal 15 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. 15 Datasheet DS60001507F-page 801 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PORT - I/O Pin Controller The I/O pins of the device are controlled by PORT peripheral registers. Each port pin has a corresponding bit in the Data Direction (DIR) and Data Output Value (OUT) registers to enable that pin as an output and to define the Output state. The direction of each pin in a PORT group is configured by the DIR register. If a bit in DIR is set to '1', the corresponding pin is configured as an output pin. If a bit in DIR is set to '0', the corresponding pin is configured as an input pin. When the direction is set as output, the corresponding bit in the OUT register will set the level of the pin. If bit y in OUT is written to '1', pin y is driven HIGH. If bit y in OUT is written to '0', pin y is driven LOW. Pin configuration can be set by Pin Configuration (PINCFGy) registers, with y=00, 01, ..31 representing the bit position. The Data Input Value (IN) is set as the input value of a port pin with resynchronization to the PORT clock. To reduce power consumption, these input synchronizers can be clocked only when system requires reading the input value, as specified in the SAMPLING field of the Control register (CTRL). The value of the pin can always be read, whether the pin is configured as input or output. If the Input Enable bit in the Pin Configuration registers (PINCFGy.INEN) is '0', the input value will not be sampled. In PORT, the Peripheral Multiplexer Enable bit in the PINCFGy register (PINCFGy.PMUXEN) can be written to '1' to enable the connection between peripheral functions and individual I/O pins. The Peripheral Multiplexing n (PMUXn) registers select the peripheral function for the corresponding pin. This will override the connection between the PORT and that I/O pin, and connect the selected peripheral signal to the particular I/O pin instead of the PORT line bundle. 32.6.2 Basic Operation 32.6.2.1 Initialization After reset, all standard function device I/O pads are connected to the PORT with outputs tri-stated and input buffers disabled, even if there is no clock running. However, specific pins, such as those used for connection to a debugger, may be configured differently, as required by their special function. 32.6.2.2 Operation Each I/O pin Pxy can be controlled by the registers in PORT. Each PORT group x has its own set of PORT registers, with a base address at byte address (PORT + 0x80 * group index) (A corresponds to group index 0, B to 1, etc...). Within that set of registers, the pin index is y, from 0 to 31. Refer to I/O Multiplexing and Considerations for details on available pin configuration and PORT groups. Configuring Pins as Output To use pin Pxy as an output, write bit y of the DIR register to '1'. This can also be done by writing bit y in the DIRSET register to '1' - this will avoid disturbing the configuration of other pins in that group. The y bit in the OUT register must be written to the desired output value. Similarly, writing an OUTSET bit to '1' will set the corresponding bit in the OUT register to '1'. Writing a bit in OUTCLR to '1' will set that bit in OUT to zero. Writing a bit in OUTTGL to '1' will toggle that bit in OUT. Configuring Pins as Input To use pin Pxy as an input, bit y in the DIR register must be written to '0'. This can also be done by writing bit y in the DIRCLR register to '1' - this will avoid disturbing the configuration of other pins in that group. The input value can be read from bit y in register IN as soon as the INEN bit in the Pin Configuration register (PINCFGy.INEN) is written to '1'. By default, the input synchronizer is clocked only when an input read is requested. This will delay the read operation by two cycles of the PORT clock. To remove the delay, the input synchronizers for each PORT group of eight pins can be configured to be always active, but this will increase power consumption. This is enabled by writing '1' to the corresponding SAMPLINGn bit field of the CTRL register, see CTRL.SAMPLING for details. Using Alternative Peripheral Functions To use pin Pxy as one of the available peripheral functions, the corresponding PMUXEN bit of the PINCFGy register must be '1'. The PINCFGy register for pin Pxy is at byte offset (PINCFG0 + y). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 802 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PORT - I/O Pin Controller The peripheral function can be selected by setting the PMUXO or PMUXE in the PMUXn register. The PMUXO/ PMUXE is at byte offset PMUX0 + (y/2). The chosen peripheral must also be configured and enabled. Related Links 6. I/O Multiplexing and Considerations 32.6.3 I/O Pin Configuration The Pin Configuration register (PINCFGy) is used for additional I/O pin configuration. A pin can be set in a totem-pole or pull configuration. As pull configuration is done through the Pin Configuration register, all intermediate PORT states during switching of pin direction and pin values are avoided. The I/O pin configurations are described further in this chapter, and summarized in Table 32-2. 32.6.3.1 Pin Configurations Summary Table 32-2.Pin Configurations Summary DIR INEN PULLEN OUT Configuration 0 0 0 X Reset or analog I/O: all digital disabled 0 0 1 0 Pull-down; input disabled 0 0 1 1 Pull-up; input disabled 0 1 0 X Input 0 1 1 0 Input with pull-down 0 1 1 1 Input with pull-up 1 0 X X Output; input disabled 1 1 X X Output; input enabled 32.6.3.2 Input Configuration Figure 32-4.I/O configuration - Standard Input PULLEN PULLEN INEN DIR 0 1 0 PULLEN INEN DIR 1 1 0 DIR OUT IN INEN Figure 32-5.I/O Configuration - Input with Pull PULLEN DIR OUT IN INEN Note: When pull is enabled, the pull value is defined by the OUT value. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 803 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PORT - I/O Pin Controller 32.6.3.3 Totem-Pole Output When configured for totem-pole (push-pull) output, the pin is driven low or high according to the corresponding bit setting in the OUT register. In this configuration there is no current limitation for sink or source other than what the pin is capable of. If the pin is configured for input, the pin will float if no external pull is connected. Note: Enabling the output driver will automatically disable pull. Figure 32-6.I/O Configuration - Totem-Pole Output with Disabled Input PULLEN PULLEN INEN DIR 0 0 1 PULLEN INEN DIR 0 1 1 PULLEN INEN DIR 1 0 0 DIR OUT IN INEN Figure 32-7.I/O Configuration - Totem-Pole Output with Enabled Input PULLEN DIR OUT IN INEN Figure 32-8.I/O Configuration - Output with Pull PULLEN DIR OUT IN INEN 32.6.3.4 Digital Functionality Disabled Neither Input nor Output functionality are enabled. Figure 32-9.I/O Configuration - Reset or Analog I/O: Digital Output, Input and Pull Disabled PULLEN PULLEN INEN DIR 0 0 0 DIR OUT IN INEN (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 804 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PORT - I/O Pin Controller 32.6.4 Events The PORT allows input events to control individual I/O pins. These input events are generated by the EVSYS module and can originate from a different clock domain than the PORT module. The PORT can perform the following actions: * * * * Output (OUT): I/O pin will be set when the incoming event has a high level ('1') and cleared when the incoming event has a low-level ('0'). Set (SET): I/O pin will be set when an incoming event is detected. Clear (CLR): I/O pin will be cleared when an incoming event is detected. Toggle (TGL): I/O pin will toggle when an incoming event is detected. The event is output to pin without any internal latency. For SET, CLEAR and TOGGLE event actions, the action will be executed up to three clock cycles after a rising edge. The event actions can be configured with the Event Action m bit group in the Event Input Control register( EVCTRL.EVACTm). Writing a '1' to a PORT Event Enable Input m of the Event Control register (EVCTRL.PORTEIm) enables the corresponding action on input event. Writing '0' to this bit disables the corresponding action on input event. Note that several actions can be enabled for incoming events. If several events are connected to the peripheral, any enabled action will be taken for any of the incoming events. Refer to EVSYS - Event System. for details on configuring the Event System. Each event input can address one and only one I/O pin at a time. The selection of the pin is indicated by the PORT Event Pin Identifier of the Event Input Control register (EVCTR.PIDn). On the other hand, one I/O pin can be addressed by up to four different input events. To avoid action conflict on the output value of the register (OUT) of this particular I/O pin, only one action is performed according to the table below. Note that this truth table can be applied to any SET/CLR/TGL configuration from two to four active input events. Table 32-3.Priority on Simultaneous SET/CLR/TGL Event Actions EVACT0 EVACT1 EVACT2 EVACT3 Executed Event Action SET SET SET SET SET CLR CLR CLR CLR CLR All Other Combinations TGL Be careful when the event is output to pin. Due to the fact the events are received asynchronously, the I/O pin may have unpredictable levels, depending on the timing of when the events are received. When several events are output to the same pin, the lowest event line will get the access. All other events will be ignored. Related Links 31. EVSYS - Event System 32.6.5 PORT Access Priority The PORT is accessed by different systems: * * The ARM(R) CPU through the high-speed matrix and the AHB/APB bridge (APB) EVSYS through four asynchronous input events The following priority is adopted: 1. 2. APB EVSYS input events, except for events with EVCTRL.EVACTn=OUT, where the output pin directly follows the event input signal, independently of the OUT register value. For input events that require different actions on the same I/O pin, refer to 32.6.4 Events. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 805 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PORT - I/O Pin Controller 32.7 Register Summary The I/O pins are assembled in pin groups with up to 32 pins. Group 0 consists of the PA pins, and group 1 is for the PB pins, etc. Each pin group has its own PORT registers, with a 0x80 address spacing. For example, the register address offset for the Data Direction (DIR) register for group 0 (PA00 to PA31) is 0x00, and the register address offset for the DIR register for group 1 (PB00 to PB31) is 0x80. Offset Name Bit Pos. 0x2C EVCTRL 0x30 ... 0x3F 0x40 PMUX0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 PMUX15 PINCFG0 7:0 7:0 0x00 DIR 0x04 DIRCLR 0x08 DIRSET 0x0C DIRTGL 0x10 OUT 0x14 OUTCLR 0x18 OUTSET 0x1C OUTTGL 0x20 IN 0x24 CTRL 0x28 WRCONFIG DIR[7:0] DIR[15:8] DIR[23:16] DIR[31:24] DIRCLR[7:0] DIRCLR[15:8] DIRCLR[23:16] DIRCLR[31:24] DIRSET[7:0] DIRSET[15:8] DIRSET[23:16] DIRSET[31:24] DIRTGL[7:0] DIRTGL[15:8] DIRTGL[23:16] DIRTGL[31:24] OUT[7:0] OUT[15:8] OUT[23:16] OUT[31:24] OUTCLR[7:0] OUTCLR[15:8] OUTCLR[23:16] OUTCLR[31:24] OUTSET[7:0] OUTSET[15:8] OUTSET[23:16] OUTSET[31:24] OUTTGL[7:0] OUTTGL[15:8] OUTTGL[23:16] OUTTGL[31:24] IN[7:0] IN[15:8] IN[23:16] IN[31:24] SAMPLING[7:0] SAMPLING[15:8] SAMPLING[23:16] SAMPLING[31:24] PINMASK[7:0] PINMASK[15:8] HWSEL PORTEIx PORTEIx PORTEIx PORTEIx (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. DRVSTR WRPINCFG EVACTx[1:0] EVACTx[1:0] EVACTx[1:0] EVACTx[1:0] PMUXO[3:0] WRPMUX PMUXO[3:0] DRVSTR PULLEN INEN PMUX[3:0] PIDx[4:0] PIDx[4:0] PIDx[4:0] PIDx[4:0] PMUXE[3:0] PMUXE[3:0] PULLEN INEN Datasheet PMUXEN PMUXEN DS60001507F-page 806 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PORT - I/O Pin Controller ...........continued Offset Name Bit Pos. ... 0x5F PINCFG31 7:0 32.8 DRVSTR PULLEN INEN PMUXEN Register Description Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16- and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Some registers are optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). Optional PAC write protection is denoted by the "PAC Write-Protection" property in each individual register description. For details, refer to 32.5.8 Register Access Protection. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 807 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PORT - I/O Pin Controller 32.8.1 Data Direction Name: Offset: Reset: Property: DIR 0x00 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to configure one or more I/O pins as an input or output. This register can be manipulated without doing a read-modify-write operation by using the Data Direction Toggle (DIRTGL), Data Direction Clear (DIRCLR) and Data Direction Set (DIRSET) registers. Tip: The I/O pins are assembled in pin groups ("PORT groups") with up to 32 pins. Group 0 consists of the PA pins, group 1 is for the PB pins, etc. Each pin group has its own PORT registers, with a 0x80 address spacing. For example, the register address offset for the Data Direction (DIR) register for group 0 (PA00 to PA31) is 0x00, and the register address offset for the DIR register for group 1 (PB00 to PB31) is 0x80. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 19 18 17 16 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 11 10 9 8 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 3 2 1 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 DIR[31:24] Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 DIR[23:16] Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 DIR[15:8] Access Reset Bit RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 7 6 5 4 DIR[7:0] Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bits 31:0 - DIR[31:0]Port Data Direction These bits set the data direction for the individual I/O pins in the PORT group. Value Description 0 The corresponding I/O pin in the PORT group is configured as an input. 1 The corresponding I/O pin in the PORT group is configured as an output. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 808 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PORT - I/O Pin Controller 32.8.2 Data Direction Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: DIRCLR 0x04 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to set one or more I/O pins as an input, without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Data Direction (DIR), Data Direction Toggle (DIRTGL) and Data Direction Set (DIRSET) registers. Tip: The I/O pins are assembled in pin groups ("PORT groups") with up to 32 pins. Group 0 consists of the PA pins, group 1 is for the PB pins, etc. Each pin group has its own PORT registers, with a 0x80 address spacing. For example, the register address offset for the Data Direction (DIR) register for group 0 (PA00 to PA31) is 0x00, and the register address offset for the DIR register for group 1 (PB00 to PB31) is 0x80. Bit 31 30 29 Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bit 23 22 21 Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bit 15 14 13 Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 7 6 5 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bit Access Reset 28 27 DIRCLR[31:24] RW RW 0 0 20 19 DIRCLR[23:16] RW RW 0 0 12 11 DIRCLR[15:8] RW RW 0 0 4 3 DIRCLR[7:0] RW RW 0 0 26 25 24 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 18 17 16 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 10 9 8 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 2 1 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bits 31:0 - DIRCLR[31:0]Port Data Direction Clear Writing a '0' to a bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to a bit will clear the corresponding bit in the DIR register, which configures the I/O pin as an input. Value Description 0 The corresponding I/O pin in the PORT group will keep its configuration. 1 The corresponding I/O pin in the PORT group is configured as input. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 809 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PORT - I/O Pin Controller 32.8.3 Data Direction Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: DIRSET 0x08 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to set one or more I/O pins as an output, without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Data Direction (DIR), Data Direction Toggle (DIRTGL) and Data Direction Clear (DIRCLR) registers. Tip: The I/O pins are assembled in pin groups ("PORT groups") with up to 32 pins. Group 0 consists of the PA pins, group 1 is for the PB pins, etc. Each pin group has its own PORT registers, with a 0x80 address spacing. For example, the register address offset for the Data Direction (DIR) register for group 0 (PA00 to PA31) is 0x00, and the register address offset for the DIR register for group 1 (PB00 to PB31) is 0x80. Bit 31 30 29 Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bit 23 22 21 Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 Bit 15 Access Reset Bit 28 27 DIRSET[31:24] RW RW 0 0 26 25 24 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 18 17 16 RW 0 20 19 DIRSET[23:16] RW RW 0 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 14 13 12 10 9 8 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 7 6 5 3 2 1 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 11 DIRSET[15:8] RW RW 0 0 4 DIRSET[7:0] Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bits 31:0 - DIRSET[31:0]Port Data Direction Set Writing '0' to a bit has no effect. Writing '1' to a bit will set the corresponding bit in the DIR register, which configures the I/O pin as an output. Value Description 0 The corresponding I/O pin in the PORT group will keep its configuration. 1 The corresponding I/O pin in the PORT group is configured as an output. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 810 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PORT - I/O Pin Controller 32.8.4 Data Direction Toggle Name: Offset: Reset: Property: DIRTGL 0x0C 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to toggle the direction of one or more I/O pins, without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Data Direction (DIR), Data Direction Set (DIRSET) and Data Direction Clear (DIRCLR) registers. Tip: The I/O pins are assembled in pin groups ("PORT groups") with up to 32 pins. Group 0 consists of the PA pins, group 1 is for the PB pins, etc. Each pin group has its own PORT registers, with a 0x80 address spacing. For example, the register address offset for the Data Direction (DIR) register for group 0 (PA00 to PA31) is 0x00, and the register address offset for the DIR register for group 1 (PB00 to PB31) is 0x80. Bit 31 30 29 Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bit 23 22 21 Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 Bit 15 Access Reset Bit 28 27 DIRTGL[31:24] RW RW 0 0 26 25 24 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 18 17 16 RW 0 20 19 DIRTGL[23:16] RW RW 0 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 14 13 12 10 9 8 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 7 6 5 3 2 1 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 11 DIRTGL[15:8] RW RW 0 0 4 DIRTGL[7:0] Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bits 31:0 - DIRTGL[31:0]Port Data Direction Toggle Writing '0' to a bit has no effect. Writing '1' to a bit will toggle the corresponding bit in the DIR register, which reverses the direction of the I/O pin. Value Description 0 The corresponding I/O pin in the PORT group will keep its configuration. 1 The direction of the corresponding I/O pin is toggled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 811 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PORT - I/O Pin Controller 32.8.5 Data Output Value Name: Offset: Reset: Property: OUT 0x10 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection This register sets the data output drive value for the individual I/O pins in the PORT. This register can be manipulated without doing a read-modify-write operation by using the Data Output Value Clear (OUTCLR), Data Output Value Set (OUTSET), and Data Output Value Toggle (OUTTGL) registers. Tip: The I/O pins are assembled in pin groups ("PORT groups") with up to 32 pins. Group 0 consists of the PA pins, group 1 is for the PB pins, etc. Each pin group has its own PORT registers, with a 0x80 address spacing. For example, the register address offset for the Data Direction (DIR) register for group 0 (PA00 to PA31) is 0x00, and the register address offset for the DIR register for group 1 (PB00 to PB31) is 0x80. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 19 18 17 16 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 11 10 9 8 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 3 2 1 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 OUT[31:24] Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 OUT[23:16] Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 OUT[15:8] Access Reset Bit RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 7 6 5 4 OUT[7:0] Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bits 31:0 - OUT[31:0]PORT Data Output Value For pins configured as outputs via the Data Direction register (DIR), these bits set the logical output drive level. For pins configured as inputs via the Data Direction register (DIR) and with pull enabled via the Pull Enable bit in the Pin Configuration register (PINCFG.PULLEN), these bits will set the input pull direction. Value Description 0 The I/O pin output is driven low, or the input is connected to an internal pull-down. 1 The I/O pin output is driven high, or the input is connected to an internal pull-up. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 812 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PORT - I/O Pin Controller 32.8.6 Data Output Value Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: OUTCLR 0x14 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to set one or more output I/O pin drive levels low, without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Data Output Value (OUT), Data Output Value Toggle (OUTTGL) and Data Output Value Set (OUTSET) registers. Tip: The I/O pins are assembled in pin groups ("PORT groups") with up to 32 pins. Group 0 consists of the PA pins, group 1 is for the PB pins, etc. Each pin group has its own PORT registers, with a 0x80 address spacing. For example, the register address offset for the Data Direction (DIR) register for group 0 (PA00 to PA31) is 0x00, and the register address offset for the DIR register for group 1 (PB00 to PB31) is 0x80. Bit 31 30 29 Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bit 23 22 21 Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bit 15 14 13 Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 7 6 5 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bit Access Reset 28 27 OUTCLR[31:24] RW RW 0 0 20 19 OUTCLR[23:16] RW RW 0 0 12 11 OUTCLR[15:8] RW RW 0 0 4 3 OUTCLR[7:0] RW RW 0 0 26 25 24 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 18 17 16 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 10 9 8 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 2 1 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bits 31:0 - OUTCLR[31:0]PORT Data Output Value Clear Writing '0' to a bit has no effect. Writing '1' to a bit will clear the corresponding bit in the OUT register. Pins configured as outputs via the Data Direction register (DIR) will be set to low output drive level. Pins configured as inputs via DIR and with pull enabled via the Pull Enable bit in the Pin Configuration register (PINCFG.PULLEN) will set the input pull direction to an internal pull-down. Value Description 0 The corresponding I/O pin in the PORT group will keep its configuration. 1 The corresponding I/O pin output is driven low, or the input is connected to an internal pull-down. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 813 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PORT - I/O Pin Controller 32.8.7 Data Output Value Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: OUTSET 0x18 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to set one or more output I/O pin drive levels high, without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Data Output Value (OUT), Data Output Value Toggle (OUTTGL) and Data Output Value Clear (OUTCLR) registers. Tip: The I/O pins are assembled in pin groups ("PORT groups") with up to 32 pins. Group 0 consists of the PA pins, group 1 is for the PB pins, etc. Each pin group has its own PORT registers, with a 0x80 address spacing. For example, the register address offset for the Data Direction (DIR) register for group 0 (PA00 to PA31) is 0x00, and the register address offset for the DIR register for group 1 (PB00 to PB31) is 0x80. Bit 31 30 29 Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bit 23 22 21 Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bit 15 14 13 Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 7 6 5 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bit Access Reset 28 27 OUTSET[31:24] RW RW 0 0 20 19 OUTSET[23:16] RW RW 0 0 12 11 OUTSET[15:8] RW RW 0 0 4 3 OUTSET[7:0] RW RW 0 0 26 25 24 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 18 17 16 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 10 9 8 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 2 1 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bits 31:0 - OUTSET[31:0]PORT Data Output Value Set Writing '0' to a bit has no effect. Writing '1' to a bit will set the corresponding bit in the OUT register, which sets the output drive level high for I/O pins configured as outputs via the Data Direction register (DIR). For pins configured as inputs via Data Direction register (DIR) with pull enabled via the Pull Enable register (PULLEN), these bits will set the input pull direction to an internal pull-up. Value Description 0 The corresponding I/O pin in the group will keep its configuration. 1 The corresponding I/O pin output is driven high, or the input is connected to an internal pull-up. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 814 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PORT - I/O Pin Controller 32.8.8 Data Output Value Toggle Name: Offset: Reset: Property: OUTTGL 0x1C 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to toggle the drive level of one or more output I/O pins, without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Data Output Value (OUT), Data Output Value Set (OUTSET) and Data Output Value Clear (OUTCLR) registers. Tip: The I/O pins are assembled in pin groups ("PORT groups") with up to 32 pins. Group 0 consists of the PA pins, group 1 is for the PB pins, etc. Each pin group has its own PORT registers, with a 0x80 address spacing. For example, the register address offset for the Data Direction (DIR) register for group 0 (PA00 to PA31) is 0x00, and the register address offset for the DIR register for group 1 (PB00 to PB31) is 0x80. Bit 31 30 29 Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bit 23 22 21 Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bit 15 14 13 Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 7 6 5 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bit Access Reset 28 27 OUTTGL[31:24] RW RW 0 0 20 19 OUTTGL[23:16] RW RW 0 0 12 11 OUTTGL[15:8] RW RW 0 0 4 3 OUTTGL[7:0] RW RW 0 0 26 25 24 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 18 17 16 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 10 9 8 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 2 1 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bits 31:0 - OUTTGL[31:0]PORT Data Output Value Toggle Writing '0' to a bit has no effect. Writing '1' to a bit will toggle the corresponding bit in the OUT register, which inverts the output drive level for I/O pins configured as outputs via the Data Direction register (DIR). For pins configured as inputs via Data Direction register (DIR) with pull enabled via the Pull Enable register (PULLEN), these bits will toggle the input pull direction. Value Description 0 The corresponding I/O pin in the PORT group will keep its configuration. 1 The corresponding OUT bit value is toggled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 815 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PORT - I/O Pin Controller 32.8.9 Data Input Value Name: Offset: Reset: Property: IN 0x20 0x00000000 - Tip: The I/O pins are assembled in pin groups ("PORT groups") with up to 32 pins. Group 0 consists of the PA pins, group 1 is for the PB pins, etc. Each pin group has its own PORT registers, with a 0x80 address spacing. For example, the register address offset for the Data Direction (DIR) register for group 0 (PA00 to PA31) is 0x00, and the register address offset for the DIR register for group 1 (PB00 to PB31) is 0x80. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 IN[31:24] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 IN[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 IN[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 IN[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - IN[31:0]PORT Data Input Value These bits are cleared when the corresponding I/O pin input sampler detects a logical low level on the input pin. These bits are set when the corresponding I/O pin input sampler detects a logical high level on the input pin. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 816 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PORT - I/O Pin Controller 32.8.10 Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: CTRL 0x24 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection Tip: The I/O pins are assembled in pin groups ("PORT groups") with up to 32 pins. Group 0 consists of the PA pins, group 1 is for the PB pins, etc. Each pin group has its own PORT registers, with a 0x80 address spacing. For example, the register address offset for the Data Direction (DIR) register for group 0 (PA00 to PA31) is 0x00, and the register address offset for the DIR register for group 1 (PB00 to PB31) is 0x80. Bit 31 30 29 Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bit 23 22 21 Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bit 15 14 13 Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 7 6 5 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bit Access Reset 28 27 SAMPLING[31:24] RW RW 0 0 20 19 SAMPLING[23:16] RW RW 0 0 12 11 SAMPLING[15:8] RW RW 0 0 4 3 SAMPLING[7:0] RW RW 0 0 26 25 24 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 18 17 16 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 10 9 8 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 2 1 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bits 31:0 - SAMPLING[31:0]Input Sampling Mode Configures the input sampling functionality of the I/O pin input samplers, for pins configured as inputs via the Data Direction register (DIR). The input samplers are enabled and disabled in sub-groups of eight. Thus if any pins within a byte request continuous sampling, all pins in that eight pin sub-group will be continuously sampled. Value Description 0 On demand sampling of I/O pin is enabled. 1 Continuous sampling of I/O pin is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 817 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PORT - I/O Pin Controller 32.8.11 Write Configuration Name: Offset: Reset: Property: WRCONFIG 0x28 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Only Tip: The I/O pins are assembled in pin groups ("PORT groups") with up to 32 pins. Group 0 consists of the PA pins, group 1 is for the PB pins, etc. Each pin group has its own PORT registers, with a 0x80 address spacing. For example, the register address offset for the Data Direction (DIR) register for group 0 (PA00 to PA31) is 0x00, and the register address offset for the DIR register for group 1 (PB00 to PB31) is 0x80. This Write-only register is used to configure several pins simultaneously with the same configuration and/or peripheral multiplexing. In order to avoid side effect of non-atomic access, 8-bit or 16-bit writes to this register will have no effect. Reading this register always returns zero. Bit 31 HWSEL W 0 30 WRPINCFG W 0 29 28 WRPMUX W 0 27 W 0 23 22 DRVSTR W 0 21 20 19 Bit 15 14 13 Access Reset W 0 W 0 Bit 7 Access Reset W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset 26 25 24 W 0 W 0 W 0 18 PULLEN W 0 17 INEN W 0 16 PMUXEN W 0 10 9 8 W 0 12 11 PINMASK[15:8] W W 0 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 6 5 4 2 1 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 PMUX[3:0] 3 PINMASK[7:0] W W 0 0 Bit 31 - HWSELHalf-Word Select This bit selects the half-word field of a 32-PORT group to be reconfigured in the atomic write operation. This bit will always read as zero. Value Description 0 The lower 16 pins of the PORT group will be configured. 1 The upper 16 pins of the PORT group will be configured. Bit 30 - WRPINCFGWrite PINCFG This bit determines whether the atomic write operation will update the Pin Configuration register (PINCFGy) or not for all pins selected by the WRCONFIG.PINMASK and WRCONFIG.HWSEL bits. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit updates the configuration of the selected pins with the written WRCONFIG.DRVSTR, WRCONFIG.PULLEN, WRCONFIG.INEN, WRCONFIG.PMUXEN, and WRCONFIG.PINMASK values. This bit will always read as zero. Value Description 0 The PINCFGy registers of the selected pins will not be updated. 1 The PINCFGy registers of the selected pins will be updated. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 818 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PORT - I/O Pin Controller Bit 28 - WRPMUXWrite PMUX This bit determines whether the atomic write operation will update the Peripheral Multiplexing register (PMUXn) or not for all pins selected by the WRCONFIG.PINMASK and WRCONFIG.HWSEL bits. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit updates the pin multiplexer configuration of the selected pins with the written WRCONFIG. PMUX value. This bit will always read as zero. Value Description 0 The PMUXn registers of the selected pins will not be updated. 1 The PMUXn registers of the selected pins will be updated. Bits 27:24 - PMUX[3:0]Peripheral Multiplexing These bits determine the new value written to the Peripheral Multiplexing register (PMUXn) for all pins selected by the WRCONFIG.PINMASK and WRCONFIG.HWSEL bits, when the WRCONFIG.WRPMUX bit is set. These bits will always read as zero. Bit 22 - DRVSTROutput Driver Strength Selection This bit determines the new value written to PINCFGy.DRVSTR for all pins selected by the WRCONFIG.PINMASK and WRCONFIG.HWSEL bits, when the WRCONFIG.WRPINCFG bit is set. This bit will always read as zero. Bit 18 - PULLENPull Enable This bit determines the new value written to PINCFGy.PULLEN for all pins selected by the WRCONFIG.PINMASK and WRCONFIG.HWSEL bits, when the WRCONFIG.WRPINCFG bit is set. This bit will always read as zero. Bit 17 - INENInput Enable This bit determines the new value written to PINCFGy.INEN for all pins selected by the WRCONFIG.PINMASK and WRCONFIG.HWSEL bits, when the WRCONFIG.WRPINCFG bit is set. This bit will always read as zero. Bit 16 - PMUXENPeripheral Multiplexer Enable This bit determines the new value written to PINCFGy.PMUXEN for all pins selected by the WRCONFIG.PINMASK and WRCONFIG.HWSEL bits, when the WRCONFIG.WRPINCFG bit is set. This bit will always read as zero. Bits 15:0 - PINMASK[15:0]Pin Mask for Multiple Pin Configuration These bits select the pins to be configured within the half-word group selected by the WRCONFIG.HWSEL bit. These bits will always read as zero. Value Description 0 The configuration of the corresponding I/O pin in the half-word group will be left unchanged. 1 The configuration of the corresponding I/O pin in the half-word PORT group will be updated. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 819 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PORT - I/O Pin Controller 32.8.12 Event Input Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: EVCTRL 0x2C 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection Tip: The I/O pins are assembled in pin groups ("PORT groups") with up to 32 pins. Group 0 consists of the PA pins, group 1 is for the PB pins, etc. Each pin group has its own PORT registers, with a 0x80 address spacing. For example, the register address offset for the Data Direction (DIR) register for group 0 (PA00 to PA31) is 0x00, and the register address offset for the DIR register for group 1 (PB00 to PB31) is 0x80. There are up to four input event pins for each PORT group. Each byte of this register addresses one Event input pin. Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 31 PORTEIx RW 0 29 EVACTx[1:0] RW RW 0 0 28 27 RW 0 RW 0 23 PORTEIx RW 0 22 21 EVACTx[1:0] RW RW 0 0 20 19 RW 0 RW 0 15 PORTEIx RW 0 14 12 11 RW 0 RW 0 4 3 RW 0 RW 0 7 PORTEIx RW 0 30 13 EVACTx[1:0] RW RW 0 0 6 5 EVACTx[1:0] RW RW 0 0 26 PIDx[4:0] RW 0 18 PIDx[4:0] RW 0 10 PIDx[4:0] RW 0 2 PIDx[4:0] RW 0 25 24 RW 0 RW 0 17 16 RW 0 RW 0 9 8 RW 0 RW 0 1 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bits 31,23,15,7 - PORTEIxPORT Event Input Enable x [x = 3..0] Value Description 0 The event action x (EVACTx) will not be triggered on any incoming event. 1 The event action x (EVACTx) will be triggered on any incoming event. Bits 30:29, 22:21,14:13,6:5 - EVACTxPORT Event Action x [x = 3..0] These bits define the event action the PORT will perform on event input x. See also Table 32-4. Bits 28:24,20:16,12:8,4:0 - PIDxPORT Event Pin Identifier x [x = 3..0] These bits define the I/O pin on which the event action will be performed, according to Table 32-5. Table 32-4.PORT Event x Action ( x = [3..0] ) Value Name Description 0x0 OUT 0x1 0x2 0x3 SET CLR TGL Output register of pin will be set to level of event. Set output register of pin on event. Clear output register of pin on event. Toggle output register of pin on event. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 820 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PORT - I/O Pin Controller Table 32-5.PORT Event x Pin Identifier ( x = [3..0] ) Value Name Description 0x0 PIN0 0x1 PIN1 ... 0x31 ... PIN31 Event action to be executed on PIN 0. Event action to be executed on PIN 1. ... Event action to be executed on PIN 31. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 821 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PORT - I/O Pin Controller 32.8.13 Peripheral Multiplexing n Name: Offset: Reset: Property: PMUX 0x30 + n*0x01 [n=0..15] 0x00 PAC Write-Protection Tip: The I/O pins are assembled in pin groups ("PORT groups") with up to 32 pins. Group 0 consists of the PA pins, group 1 is for the PB pins, etc. Each pin group has its own PORT registers, with a 0x80 address spacing. For example, the register address offset for the Data Direction (DIR) register for group 0 (PA00 to PA31) is 0x00, and the register address offset for the DIR register for group 1 (PB00 to PB31) is 0x80. There are up to 16 Peripheral Multiplexing registers in each group, one for every set of two subsequent I/O lines. The n denotes the number of the set of I/O lines. Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 PMUXO[3:0] Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 1 0 RW 0 RW 0 PMUXE[3:0] RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bits 7:4 - PMUXO[3:0]Peripheral Multiplexing for Odd-Numbered Pin These bits select the peripheral function for odd-numbered pins (2*n + 1) of a PORT group, if the corresponding PINCFGy.PMUXEN bit is '1'. Not all possible values for this selection may be valid. For more details, refer to the I/O Multiplexing and Considerations. PMUXO[3:0] Name 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 0x4 0x5 0x6 0x7 0x8 0x9 0xA 0xB 0xC 0xD 0xE-0xF A B C D E F G H I J K L M N - Description Peripheral function A selected Peripheral function B selected Peripheral function C selected Peripheral function D selected Peripheral function E selected Peripheral function F selected Peripheral function G selected Peripheral function H selected Peripheral function I selected Peripheral function J selected Peripheral function K selected Peripheral function L selected Peripheral function M selected Peripheral function N selected Reserved Bits 3:0 - PMUXE[3:0]Peripheral Multiplexing for Even-Numbered Pin These bits select the peripheral function for even-numbered pins (2*n) of a PORT group, if the corresponding PINCFGy.PMUXEN bit is '1'. Not all possible values for this selection may be valid. For more details, refer to the I/O Multiplexing and Considerations. PMUXE[3:0] Name 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 A B C D (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Description Peripheral function A selected Peripheral function B selected Peripheral function C selected Peripheral function D selected Datasheet DS60001507F-page 822 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PORT - I/O Pin Controller ...........continued PMUXE[3:0] Name 0x4 0x5 0x6 0x7 0x8 0x9 0xA 0xB 0xC 0xD 0xE-0xF E F G H I J K L M N - Description Peripheral function E selected Peripheral function F selected Peripheral function G selected Peripheral function H selected Peripheral function I selected Peripheral function J selected Peripheral function K selected Peripheral function L selected Peripheral function M selected Peripheral function N selected Reserved Related Links 6. I/O Multiplexing and Considerations (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 823 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PORT - I/O Pin Controller 32.8.14 Pin Configuration Name: Offset: Reset: Property: PINCFG 0x40 + n*0x01 [n=0..31] 0x00 PAC Write-Protection Tip: The I/O pins are assembled in pin groups ("PORT groups") with up to 32 pins. Group 0 consists of the PA pins, group 1 is for the PB pins, etc. Each pin group has its own PORT registers, with a 0x80 address spacing. For example, the register address offset for the Data Direction (DIR) register for group 0 (PA00 to PA31) is 0x00, and the register address offset for the DIR register for group 1 (PB00 to PB31) is 0x80. There are up to 32 Pin Configuration registers in each PORT group, one for each I/O line. Bit Access Reset 7 6 DRVSTR RW 0 5 4 3 2 PULLEN RW 0 1 INEN RW 0 0 PMUXEN RW 0 Bit 6 - DRVSTROutput Driver Strength Selection This bit controls the output driver strength of an I/O pin configured as an output. Value Description 0 Pin drive strength is set to normal drive strength. 1 Pin drive strength is set to stronger drive strength. Bit 2 - PULLENPull Enable This bit enables the internal pull-up or pull-down resistor of an I/O pin configured as an input. Value Description 0 Internal pull resistor is disabled, and the input is in a high-impedance configuration. 1 Internal pull resistor is enabled, and the input is driven to a defined logic level in the absence of external input. Bit 1 - INENInput Enable This bit controls the input buffer of an I/O pin configured as either an input or output. Writing a zero to this bit disables the input buffer completely, preventing read-back of the Physical Pin state when the pin is configured as either an input or output. Value Description 0 Input buffer for the I/O pin is disabled, and the input value will not be sampled. 1 Input buffer for the I/O pin is enabled, and the input value will be sampled when required. Bit 0 - PMUXENPeripheral Multiplexer Enable This bit enables or disables the peripheral multiplexer selection set in the Peripheral Multiplexing register (PMUXn) to enable or disable alternative peripheral control over an I/O pin direction and output drive value. Writing a zero to this bit allows the PORT to control the pad direction via the Data Direction register (DIR) and output drive value via the Data Output Value register (OUT). The peripheral multiplexer value in PMUXn is ignored. Writing '1' to this bit enables the peripheral selection in PMUXn to control the pad. In this configuration, the Physical Pin state may still be read from the Data Input Value register (IN) if PINCFGn.INEN is set. Value Description 0 The peripheral multiplexer selection is disabled, and the PORT registers control the direction and output drive value. 1 The peripheral multiplexer selection is enabled, and the selected peripheral function controls the direction and output drive value. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 824 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM - Serial Communication Interface 33. SERCOM - Serial Communication Interface 33.1 Overview There are up to eight instances of the Serial Communication interface (SERCOM) peripheral. A SERCOM can be configured to support a number of modes: I2C, SPI, and USART. When an instance of SERCOM is configured and enabled, all of the resources of that SERCOM instance will be dedicated to the selected mode. The SERCOM serial engine consists of a transmitter and receiver, baud-rate generator and address matching functionality. It can use the internal generic clock or an external clock. Using an external clock allows the SERCOM to be operated in all Sleep modes. Related Links 34. SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asynchronous Receiver and Transmitter 35. SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface 36. SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 6.2.6 SERCOM I2C Configurations 33.2 Features * Interface for Configuring into one of the Following: * * * * * * - Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) two-wire serial interface - System Management Bus (SMBusTM) compatible - Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) - Universal Synchronous/Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (USART) Single Transmit Buffer and Double Receive Buffer Baud-rate Generator Address Match/mask Logic Operational in all Sleep modes with an External Clock Source Can be used with DMA 32-bit Extension for Better System Bus Utilization See the Related Links for full feature lists of the interface configurations. Related Links 34. SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asynchronous Receiver and Transmitter 35. SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface 36. SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 6.2.6 SERCOM I2C Configurations (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 825 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM - Serial Communication Interface 33.3 Block Diagram Figure 33-1.SERCOM Block Diagram SERCOM Register Interface CONTROL/STATUS Mode Specific BAUD/ADDR TX/RX DATA Serial Engine Mode n Mode 1 Transmitter Baud Rate Generator Mode 0 Receiver 33.4 PAD[3:0] Address Match Signal Description See the respective SERCOM mode chapters for details. Related Links 34. SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asynchronous Receiver and Transmitter 35. SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface 36. SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 33.5 Product Dependencies In order to use this peripheral, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described below. 33.5.1 I/O Lines Using the SERCOM I/O lines requires the I/O pins to be configured using port configuration (PORT). The SERCOM has four internal pads, PAD[3:0], and the signals from I2C, SPI and USART are routed through these SERCOM pads through a multiplexer. The configuration of the multiplexer is available from the different SERCOM modes. Refer to the mode specific chapters for additional information. Related Links 34. SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asynchronous Receiver and Transmitter 35. SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface 36. SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 32. PORT - I/O Pin Controller 34.3 Block Diagram 33.5.2 Power Management The SERCOM can operate in any Sleep mode provided the selected clock source is running. SERCOM interrupts can be configured to wake the device from sleep modes. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 826 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM - Serial Communication Interface 33.5.3 Clocks The SERCOM bus clock (CLK_SERCOMx_APB) can be enabled and disabled in the Main Clock Controller. Refer to Peripheral Clock Masking for details and default status of this clock. The SERCOM uses two generic clocks: GCLK_SERCOMx_CORE and GCLK_SERCOMx_SLOW. The core clock (GCLK_SERCOMx_CORE) is required to clock the SERCOM while working as a master. The slow clock (GCLK_SERCOMx_SLOW) is only required for certain functions. See specific mode chapters for details. These clocks must be configured and enabled in the Generic Clock Controller (GCLK) before using the SERCOM. The generic clocks are asynchronous to the user interface clock (CLK_SERCOMx_APB). Due to this asynchronicity, writing to certain registers will require synchronization between the clock domains. Refer to 33.6.8 Synchronization for details. Related Links 14. GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 15. MCLK - Main Clock 33.5.4 DMA The DMA request lines are connected to the DMA Controller (DMAC). The DMAC must be configured before the SERCOM DMA requests are used. Related Links 22. DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 33.5.5 Interrupts The interrupt request line is connected to the Interrupt Controller (NVIC). The NVIC must be configured before the SERCOM interrupts are used. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 33.5.6 Events Not applicable. 33.5.7 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in Debug mode, this peripheral will continue normal operation. If the peripheral is configured to require periodical service by the CPU through interrupts or similar, improper operation or data loss may result during debugging. This peripheral can be forced to halt operation during debugging - refer to the Debug Control (DBGCTRL) register for details. 33.5.8 Register Access Protection All registers with write access can be write-protected optionally by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC), except for the following registers: * * * * Interrupt Flag Clear and Status register (INTFLAG) Status register (STATUS) Data register (DATA) Address register (ADDR) Optional write protection by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC) is denoted by the "PAC Write Protection" property in each individual register description. PAC write protection does not apply to accesses through an external debugger. Related Links 27. PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 33.5.9 Analog Connections Not applicable. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 827 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM - Serial Communication Interface 33.6 33.6.1 Functional Description Principle of Operation The basic structure of the SERCOM serial engine is shown in Figure 33-2. Labels in capital letters are synchronous to the system clock and accessible by the CPU; labels in lowercase letters can be configured to run on the GCLK_SERCOMx_CORE clock or an external clock. Figure 33-2.SERCOM Serial Engine Address Match Transmitter BAUD Selectable Internal Clk (GCLK) Ext Clk TX DATA ADDR/ADDRMASK Baud Rate Generator 1/- /2- /16 TX Shift Register Receiver RX Shift Register Equal Status Baud Rate Generator RX Buffer STATUS RX DATA The transmitter consists of a single write buffer and a Shift register. The receiver consists of a one-level (I2C), two-level (USART, SPI) receive buffer and a Shift register. The baud-rate generator is capable of running on the GCLK_SERCOMx_CORE clock or an external clock. Address matching logic is included for SPI and I2C operation. 33.6.2 Basic Operation 33.6.2.1 Initialization The SERCOM must be configured to the desired mode by writing the Operating Mode bits in the Control A register (CTRLA.MODE). Refer to table SERCOM Modes for details. Table 33-1.SERCOM Modes CTRLA.MODE Description 0x0 USART with external clock 0x1 USART with internal clock 0x2 SPI in slave operation 0x3 SPI in master operation 0x4 I2C slave operation 0x5 I2C master operation 0x6-0x7 Reserved For further initialization information, see the respective SERCOM mode chapters: (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 828 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM - Serial Communication Interface Related Links 34. SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asynchronous Receiver and Transmitter 35. SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface 36. SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 33.6.2.2 Enabling, Disabling, and Resetting This peripheral is enabled by writing '1' to the Enable bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.ENABLE), and disabled by writing '0' to it. Writing `1' to the Software Reset bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.SWRST) will reset all registers of this peripheral to their initial states, except the DBGCTRL register, and the peripheral is disabled. Refer to the CTRLA register description for details. 33.6.2.3 Clock Generation - Baud-Rate Generator The baud-rate generator, as shown in Figure 33-3, generates internal clocks for asynchronous and synchronous communication. The output frequency (fBAUD) is determined by the Baud register (BAUD) setting and the baud reference frequency (fref). The baud reference clock is the serial engine clock, and it can be internal or external. For asynchronous communication, the /16 (divide-by-16) output is used when transmitting, whereas the /1 (divideby-1) output is used while receiving. For synchronous communication, the /2 (divide-by-2) output is used. This functionality is automatically configured, depending on the selected operating mode. Figure 33-3.Baud Rate Generator Selectable Internal Clk (GCLK) Baud Rate Generator 1 Ext Clk fref 0 Base Period /2 /1 CTRLA.MODE[0] /8 /2 /16 0 Tx Clk 1 1 CTRLA.MODE 0 1 Clock Recovery Rx Clk 0 Table 33-2 contains equations for the baud rate (in bits per second) and the BAUD register value for each operating mode. For asynchronous operation, there is one mode: arithmetic mode, the BAUD register value is 16 bits (0 to 65,535).fractional mode, the BAUD register value is 13 bits, while the fractional adjustment is 3 bits. In this mode the BAUD setting must be greater than or equal to 1. For synchronous operation, the BAUD register value is 8 bits (0 to 255). Table 33-2.Baud Rate Equations Operating Mode Asynchronous Arithmetic Asynchronous Fractional Condition 16 S (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Baud Rate (Bits Per Second) = = 1- 65536 16 S + 8 Datasheet BAUD Register Value Calculation = 65536 1 - 16 = - 8 DS60001507F-page 829 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM - Serial Communication Interface ...........continued Operating Mode Condition Synchronous Baud Rate (Bits Per Second) 2 = 2 + 1 S - Number of samples per bit, which can be 16, 8, or 3. BAUD Register Value Calculation = -1 2 The Asynchronous Fractional option is used for auto-baud detection. The baud rate error is represented by the following formula: Error = 1 - ExpectedBaudRate ActualBaudRate 33.6.2.3.1 Asynchronous Arithmetic Mode BAUD Value Selection The formula given for fBAUD calculates the average frequency over 65536 fref cycles. Although the BAUD register can be set to any value between 0 and 65536, the actual average frequency of fBAUD over a single frame is more granular. The BAUD register values that will affect the average frequency over a single frame lead to an integer increase in the cycles per frame (CPF) = where * * + D represent the data bits per frame S represent the sum of start and first stop bits, if present. Table 33-3 shows the BAUD register value versus baud frequency fBAUD at a serial engine frequency of 48 MHz. This assumes a D value of 8 bits and an S value of 2 bits (10 bits, including start and stop bits). Table 33-3.BAUD Register Value vs. Baud Frequency 33.6.3 BAUD Register Value Serial Engine CPF fBAUD at 100MHz Serial Engine Frequency (fREF) 0 - 406 161 6.211 MHz 407 - 808 162 6.211 MHz 809 - 1205 163 6.173 MHz ... ... ... 65206 31775 31.47 kHz 65207 31872 31.38 kHz 65208 31969 31.28 kHz Additional Features 33.6.3.1 Address Match and Mask The SERCOM address match and mask feature is capable of matching either one address, two unique addresses, or a range of addresses with a mask, based on the mode selected. The match uses seven or eight bits, depending on the mode. 33.6.3.1.1 Address With Mask An address written to the Address bits in the Address register (ADDR.ADDR), and a mask written to the Address Mask bits in the Address register (ADDR.ADDRMASK) will yield an address match. All bits that are masked are not included in the match. Note that writing the ADDR.ADDRMASK to 'all zeros' will match a single unique address, while writing ADDR.ADDRMASK to 'all ones' will result in all addresses being accepted. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 830 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM - Serial Communication Interface Figure 33-4.Address With Mask ADDR ADDRMASK == Match rx shift register 33.6.3.1.2 Two Unique Addresses The two addresses written to ADDR and ADDRMASK will cause a match. Figure 33-5.Two Unique Addresses ADDR == Match rx shift register == ADDRMASK 33.6.3.1.3 Address Range The range of addresses between and including ADDR.ADDR and ADDR.ADDRMASK will cause a match. ADDR.ADDR and ADDR.ADDRMASK can be set to any two addresses, with ADDR.ADDR acting as the upper limit and ADDR.ADDRMASK acting as the lower limit. Figure 33-6.Address Range ADDRMASK 33.6.4 rx shift register ADDR == Match DMA Operation The available DMA interrupts and their depend on the operation mode of the SERCOM peripheral. Refer to the Functional Description sections of the respective SERCOM mode. Related Links 34. SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asynchronous Receiver and Transmitter 35. SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface 36. SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 33.6.5 Interrupts Interrupt sources are mode specific. See the respective SERCOM mode chapters for details. Each interrupt source has its own Interrupt flag. The Interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG) will be set when the Interrupt condition is met. Each interrupt can be individually enabled by writing '1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET), and disabled by writing '1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Clear register (INTENCLR). An interrupt request is generated when the Interrupt flag is set and the corresponding interrupt is enabled. The interrupt request remains active until either the Interrupt flag is cleared, the interrupt is disabled, or the SERCOM is reset. For details on clearing Interrupt flags, refer to the INTFLAG register description. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 831 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM - Serial Communication Interface The value of INTFLAG indicates which Interrupt condition occurred. The user must read the INTFLAG register to determine which Interrupt condition is present. Note: Interrupts must be globally enabled for interrupt requests. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 33.6.6 Events Not applicable. 33.6.7 Sleep Mode Operation The peripheral can operate in any Sleep mode where the selected serial clock is running. This clock can be external or generated by the internal baud-rate generator. The SERCOM interrupts can be used to wake-up the device from Sleep modes. Refer to the different SERCOM mode chapters for details. 33.6.8 Synchronization Due to asynchronicity between the main clock domain and the peripheral clock domains, some registers need to be synchronized when written or read. Required write synchronization is denoted by the "Write-Synchronized" property in the register description. Required read synchronization is denoted by the "Read-Synchronized" property in the register description. Related Links 13.3 Register Synchronization (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 832 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... 34. SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asynchronous Receiver and Transmitter 34.1 Overview The Universal Synchronous and Asynchronous Receiver and Transmitter (USART) is one of the available modes in the Serial Communication Interface (SERCOM). The USART uses the SERCOM transmitter and receiver, see 34.3 Block Diagram. Labels in uppercase letters are synchronous to CLK_SERCOMx_APB and accessible for CPU. Labels in lowercase letters can be programmed to run on the internal generic clock or an external clock. The transmitter consists of a single write buffer, a Shift register, and control logic for different frame formats. The write buffer support data transmission without any delay between frames. The receiver consists of a two-level receive buffer and a Shift register. Status information of the received data is available for error checking. Data and clock recovery units ensure robust synchronization and noise filtering during asynchronous data reception. Related Links 33. SERCOM - Serial Communication Interface 34.2 USART Features * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Full-duplex Operation Asynchronous (with Clock Reconstruction) or Synchronous Operation Internal or External Clock source for Asynchronous and Synchronous Operation Baud-rate Generator Supports Serial Frames with 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 Data bits and 1 or 2 Stop bits Odd or Even Parity Generation and Parity Check Selectable LSB- or MSB-first Data Transfer Buffer Overflow and Frame Error Detection Noise Filtering, Including False Start bit Detection and Digital Low-pass Filter Collision Detection Can Operate in all Sleep modes Operation at Speeds up to Half the System Clock for Internally Generated Clocks Operation at Speeds up to the System Clock for Externally Generated Clocks RTS and CTS Flow Control IrDA Modulation and Demodulation up to 115.2kbps LIN Master Support LIN Slave Support - Auto-baud and break character detection ISO 7816 T=0 or T=1 protocols for Smart Card Interfacing RS485 Support Start-of-frame detection Two-Level Receive Buffer Can work with DMA 32-bit Extension for Better System Bus Utilization Related Links 33.2 Features (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 833 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... 34.3 Block Diagram Figure 34-1.USART Block Diagram BAUD GCLK (internal) TX DATA Baud Rate Generator /1 - /2 - /16 CTRLA.MODE TX Shift Register TxD RX Shift Register RxD XCK CTRLA.MODE 34.4 Status RX Buffer STATUS RX DATA Signal Description Table 34-1.SERCOM USART Signals Signal Name Type Description PAD[3:0] Digital I/O General SERCOM pins One signal can be mapped to one of several pins. Related Links 6. I/O Multiplexing and Considerations 34.5 Product Dependencies In order to use this peripheral, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described below. 34.5.1 I/O Lines Using the USART's I/O lines requires the I/O pins to be configured using the I/O Pin Controller (PORT). When the SERCOM is used in USART mode, the SERCOM controls the direction and value of the I/O pins according to the table below. If the receiver or transmitter is disabled, these pins can be used for other purposes. Table 34-2.USART Pin Configuration Pin Pin Configuration TxD Output RxD Input XCK Output or input The combined configuration of PORT and the Transmit Data Pinout and Receive Data Pinout bit fields in the Control A register (CTRLA.TXPO and CTRLA.RXPO, respectively) will define the physical position of the USART signals in Table 34-2. Related Links (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 834 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... 32. PORT - I/O Pin Controller 34.5.2 Power Management This peripheral can continue to operate in any Sleep mode where its source clock is running. The interrupts can wake-up the device from Sleep modes. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager 34.5.3 Clocks The SERCOM bus clock (CLK_SERCOMx_APB) can be enabled and disabled in the Main Clock Controller. Refer to Peripheral Clock Masking for details and default status of this clock. A generic clock (GCLK_SERCOMx_CORE) is required to clock the SERCOMx_CORE. This clock must be configured and enabled in the Generic Clock Controller before using the SERCOMx_CORE. Refer to GCLK - Generic Clock Controller for details. This generic clock is asynchronous to the bus clock (CLK_SERCOMx_APB). Therefore, writing to certain registers will require synchronization to the clock domains. Refer to Synchronization for further details. Related Links 15.6.2.6 Peripheral Clock Masking 34.6.6 Synchronization 14. GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 34.5.4 DMA The DMA request lines are connected to the DMA Controller (DMAC). In order to use DMA requests with this peripheral the DMAC must be configured first. Refer to DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller for details. Related Links 22. DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 34.5.5 Interrupts The interrupt request line is connected to the Interrupt Controller. In order to use interrupt requests of this peripheral, the Interrupt Controller (NVIC) must be configured first. Refer to Nested Vector Interrupt Controller for details. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 34.5.6 Events Not applicable. 34.5.7 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in Debug mode, this peripheral will continue normal operation. If the peripheral is configured to require periodical service by the CPU through interrupts or similar, improper operation or data loss may result during debugging. This peripheral can be forced to halt operation during debugging - refer to the Debug Control (DBGCTRL) register for details. Related Links 34.8.14 DBGCTRL 34.5.8 Register Access Protection Registers with write access can be write-protected optionally by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). PAC write protection is not available for the following registers: * * * Interrupt Flag Clear and Status register (INTFLAG) Status register (STATUS) Data register (DATA) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 835 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... Optional PAC write protection is denoted by the "PAC Write-Protection" property in each individual register description. Write-protection does not apply to accesses through an external debugger. Related Links 27. PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 34.5.9 Analog Connections Not applicable. 34.6 Functional Description 34.6.1 Principle of Operation The USART uses the following lines for data transfer: * * * RxD for receiving TxD for transmitting XCK for the transmission clock in synchronous operation USART data transfer is frame based. A serial frame consists of: * * * * 1 start bit From 5 to 9 data bits (MSB or LSB first) No, even or odd parity bit 1 or 2 stop bits A frame starts with the Start bit followed by one character of Data bits. If enabled, the parity bit is inserted after the Data bits and before the first Stop bit. After the stop bit(s) of a frame, either the next frame can follow immediately, or the communication line can return to the Idle (high) state. The figure below illustrates the possible frame formats. Brackets denote optional bits. Figure 34-2.Frame Formats Frame (IDLE) St St 0 1 3 4 [5] [6] [7] [8] [P] Sp1 [Sp2] [St/IDL] Start bit. Signal is always low. n, [n] Data bits. 0 to [5..9] [P] Parity bit. Either odd or even. Sp, [Sp] IDLE 34.6.2 2 Stop bit. Signal is always high. No frame is transferred on the communication line. Signal is always high in this state. Basic Operation 34.6.2.1 Initialization The following registers are enable-protected, meaning they can only be written when the USART is disabled (CTRL.ENABLE=0): * * Control A register (CTRLA), except the Enable (ENABLE) and Software Reset (SWRST) bits. Control B register (CTRLB), except the Receiver Enable (RXEN) and Transmitter Enable (TXEN) bits. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 836 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... * Baud register (BAUD) When the USART is enabled or is being enabled (CTRLA.ENABLE=1), any writing attempt to these registers will be discarded. If the peripheral is being disabled, writing to these registers will be executed after disabling is completed. Enable-protection is denoted by the "Enable-Protection" property in the register description. Before the USART is enabled, it must be configured by these steps: 1. Select either external (0x0) or internal clock (0x1) by writing the Operating Mode value in the CTRLA register (CTRLA.MODE). 2. Select either Asynchronous (0) or Synchronous (1) Communication mode by writing the Communication Mode bit in the CTRLA register (CTRLA.CMODE). 3. Select pin for receive data by writing the Receive Data Pinout value in the CTRLA register (CTRLA.RXPO). 4. Select pads for the transmitter and external clock by writing the Transmit Data Pinout bit in the CTRLA register (CTRLA.TXPO). 5. Configure the Character Size field in the CTRLB register (CTRLB.CHSIZE) for character size. 6. Set the Data Order bit in the CTRLA register (CTRLA.DORD) to determine MSB- or LSB-first data transmission. 7. To use parity mode: 7.1. Enable Parity mode by writing 0x1 to the Frame Format field in the CTRLA register (CTRLA.FORM). 7.2. Configure the Parity Mode bit in the CTRLB register (CTRLB.PMODE) for even or odd parity. 8. Configure the number of stop bits in the Stop Bit Mode bit in the CTRLB register (CTRLB.SBMODE). 9. When using an internal clock, write the Baud register (BAUD) to generate the desired baud rate. 10. Enable the transmitter and receiver by writing '1' to the Receiver Enable and Transmitter Enable bits in the CTRLB register (CTRLB.RXEN and CTRLB.TXEN). 34.6.2.2 Enabling, Disabling, and Resetting This peripheral is enabled by writing '1' to the Enable bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.ENABLE), and disabled by writing '0' to it. Writing `1' to the Software Reset bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.SWRST) will reset all registers of this peripheral to their initial states, except the DBGCTRL register, and the peripheral is disabled. Refer to the CTRLA register description for details. 34.6.2.3 Clock Generation and Selection For both Synchronous and Asynchronous modes, the clock used for shifting and sampling data can be generated internally by the SERCOM baud-rate generator or supplied externally through the XCK line. The Synchronous mode is selected by writing a '1' to the Communication Mode bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.CMODE), the Asynchronous mode is selected by writing a zero to CTRLA.CMODE. The internal clock source is selected by writing 0x1 to the Operation Mode bit field in the Control A register (CTRLA.MODE), the external clock source is selected by writing 0x0 to CTRLA.MODE. The SERCOM baud-rate generator is configured as in the figure below. In Asynchronous mode (CTRLA.CMODE=0), the 16-bit Baud register value is used. In Synchronous mode (CTRLA.CMODE=1), the eight LSBs of the Baud register are used. Refer to Clock Generation - Baud-Rate Generator for details on configuring the baud rate. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 837 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... Figure 34-3.Clock Generation XCKInternal Clk (GCLK) Baud Rate Generator 1 0 Base Period /2 /1 CTRLA.MODE[0] /8 /2 /16 0 Tx Clk 1 1 0 XCK CTRLA.CMODE 1 Rx Clk 0 Related Links 33.6.2.3 Clock Generation - Baud-Rate Generator 33.6.2.3.1 Asynchronous Arithmetic Mode BAUD Value Selection 34.6.2.3.1 Synchronous Clock Operation In Synchronous mode, the CTRLA.MODE bit field determines whether the transmission clock line (XCK) serves either as input or output. The dependency between clock edges, data sampling, and data change is the same for internal and external clocks. Data input on the RxD pin is sampled at the opposite XCK clock edge when data is driven on the TxD pin. The Clock Polarity bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.CPOL) selects which XCK clock edge is used for RxD sampling, and which is used for TxD change: When CTRLA.CPOL is '0', the data will be changed on the rising edge of XCK, and sampled on the falling edge of XCK. When CTRLA.CPOL is '1', the data will be changed on the falling edge of XCK, and sampled on the rising edge of XCK. Figure 34-4.Synchronous Mode XCK Timing Change XCK CTRLA.CPOL=1 RxD / TxD Change Sample XCK CTRLA.CPOL=0 RxD / TxD Sample When the clock is provided through XCK (CTRLA.MODE=0x0), the Shift registers operate directly on the XCK clock. This means that XCK is not synchronized with the system clock and, therefore, can operate at frequencies up to the system frequency. 34.6.2.4 Data Register The USART Transmit Data register (TxDATA) and USART Receive Data register (RxDATA) share the same I/O address, referred to as the Data register (DATA). Writing the DATA register will update the TxDATA register. Reading the DATA register will return the contents of the RxDATA register. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 838 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... 34.6.2.5 Data Transmission Data transmission is initiated by writing the data to be sent into the DATA register. Then, the data in TxDATA will be moved to the Shift register when the Shift register is empty and ready to send a new frame. After the Shift register is loaded with data, the data frame will be transmitted. When the entire data frame including Stop bit(s) has been transmitted and no new data was written to DATA, the Transmit Complete Interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.TXC) will be set, and the optional interrupt will be generated. The Data Register Empty flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.DRE) indicates that the register is empty and ready for new data. The DATA register should only be written to when INTFLAG.DRE is set. 34.6.2.5.1 Disabling the Transmitter The transmitter is disabled by writing '0' to the Transmitter Enable bit in the CTRLB register (CTRLB.TXEN). Disabling the transmitter will complete only after any ongoing and pending transmissions are completed, i.e., there is no data in the Transmit Shift register and TxDATA to transmit. 34.6.2.6 Data Reception The receiver accepts data when a valid Start bit is detected. Each bit following the Start bit will be sampled according to the baud rate or XCK clock, and shifted into the receive Shift register until the first Stop bit of a frame is received. The second Stop bit will be ignored by the receiver. When the first Stop bit is received and a complete serial frame is present in the Receive Shift register, the contents of the Shift register will be moved into the two-level receive buffer. Then, the Receive Complete Interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.RXC) will be set, and the optional interrupt will be generated. The received data can be read from the DATA register when the Receive Complete Interrupt flag is set. 34.6.2.6.1 Disabling the Receiver Writing '0' to the Receiver Enable bit in the CTRLB register (CTRLB.RXEN) will disable the receiver, flush the twolevel receive buffer, and data from ongoing receptions will be lost. 34.6.2.6.2 Error Bits The USART receiver has three error bits in the Status (STATUS) register: Frame Error (FERR), Buffer Overflow (BUFOVF), and Parity Error (PERR). Once an error happens, the corresponding error bit will be set until it is cleared by writing `1' to it. These bits are also cleared automatically when the receiver is disabled. There are two methods for buffer overflow notification, selected by the Immediate Buffer Overflow Notification bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.IBON): When CTRLA.IBON=1, STATUS.BUFOVF is raised immediately upon buffer overflow. Software can then empty the receive FIFO by reading RxDATA, until the Receiver Complete Interrupt flag (INTFLAG.RXC) is cleared. When CTRLA.IBON=0, the Buffer Overflow condition is attending data through the receive FIFO. After the received data is read, STATUS.BUFOVF will be set along with INTFLAG.RXC. 34.6.2.6.3 Asynchronous Data Reception The USART includes a clock recovery and data recovery unit for handling asynchronous data reception. The clock recovery logic can synchronize the incoming asynchronous serial frames at the RxD pin to the internally generated baud-rate clock. The data recovery logic samples and applies a low-pass filter to each incoming bit, thereby improving the noise immunity of the receiver. 34.6.2.6.4 Asynchronous Operational Range The operational range of the asynchronous reception depends on the accuracy of the internal baud-rate clock, the rate of the incoming frames, and the frame size (in number of bits). In addition, the operational range of the receiver is depending on the difference between the received bit rate and the internally generated baud rate. If the baud rate of an external transmitter is too high or too low compared to the internally generated baud rate, the receiver will not be able to synchronize the frames to the start bit. There are two possible sources for a mismatch in baud rate: First, the reference clock will always have some minor instability. Second, the baud-rate generator cannot always do an exact division of the reference clock frequency to (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 839 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... get the baud rate desired. In this case, the BAUD register value should be set to give the lowest possible error. Refer to Clock Generation - Baud-Rate Generator for details. Recommended maximum receiver baud-rate errors for various character sizes are shown in the table below. Table 34-3.Asynchronous Receiver Error for 16-fold Oversampling D (Data bits+Parity) RSLOW [%] RFAST [%] Max. total error [%] Recommended max. Rx error [%] 5 94.12 107.69 +5.88/-7.69 2.5 6 94.92 106.67 +5.08/-6.67 2.0 7 95.52 105.88 +4.48/-5.88 2.0 8 96.00 105.26 +4.00/-5.26 2.0 9 96.39 104.76 +3.61/-4.76 1.5 10 96.70 104.35 +3.30/-4.35 1.5 The following equations calculate the ratio of the incoming data rate and internal receiver baud rate: SLOW = * * * * * * + 1 - 1 + + , FAST = + 2 + 1 + RSLOW is the ratio of the slowest incoming data rate that can be accepted in relation to the receiver baud rate RFAST is the ratio of the fastest incoming data rate that can be accepted in relation to the receiver baud rate D is the sum of character size and parity size (D = 5 to 10 bits) S is the number of samples per bit (S = 16, 8 or 3) SF is the first sample number used for majority voting (SF = 7, 3, or 2) when CTRLA.SAMPA=0. SM is the middle sample number used for majority voting (SM = 8, 4, or 2) when CTRLA.SAMPA=0. The recommended maximum Rx Error assumes that the receiver and transmitter equally divide the maximum total error. Its connection to the SERCOM Receiver error acceptance is depicted in this figure: Figure 34-5.USART Rx Error Calculation SERCOM Receiver error acceptance from RSLOW and RFAST formulas Error Max (%) + + offset error Baud Generator depends on BAUD register value Clock source error + Recommended max. Rx Error (%) Baud Rate Error Min (%) The recommendation values in the table above accommodate errors of the clock source and the baud generator. The following figure gives an example for a baud rate of 3Mbps: (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 840 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... Figure 34-6.USART Rx Error Calculation Example SERCOM Receiver error acceptance sampling = x16 data bits = 10 parity = 0 start bit = stop bit = 1 + No baud generator offset error Accepted Receiver Error + + Fbaud(2Mbps) = 32MHz *1(BAUD=0) /16 Transmitter Error* Error Max 3.3% Error Max 3.3% Error Max 3.0% Baud Rate 2Mbps Error Min -4.05% Error Min -4.35% Error Min -4.35% security margin *Transmitter Error depends on the external transmitter used in the application. It is advised that it is within the Recommended max. Rx Error (+/-1.5% in this example). Larger Transmitter Errors are acceptable but must lie within the Accepted Receiver Error. Recommended max. Rx Error +/-1.5% (example) Related Links 33.6.2.3 Clock Generation - Baud-Rate Generator 33.6.2.3.1 Asynchronous Arithmetic Mode BAUD Value Selection 34.6.3 Additional Features 34.6.3.1 Parity Even or odd parity can be selected for error checking by writing 0x1 to the Frame Format bit field in the Control A register (CTRLA.FORM). If even parity is selected (CTRLB.PMODE=0), the Parity bit of an outgoing frame is '1' if the data contains an odd number of bits that are '1', making the total number of '1' even. If odd parity is selected (CTRLB.PMODE=1), the Parity bit of an outgoing frame is '1' if the data contains an even number of bits that are '0', making the total number of '1' odd. When parity checking is enabled, the parity checker calculates the parity of the data bits in incoming frames and compares the result with the Parity bit of the corresponding frame. If a parity error is detected, the Parity Error bit in the Status register (STATUS.PERR) is set. 34.6.3.2 Hardware Handshaking The USART features an out-of-band hardware handshaking flow control mechanism, implemented by connecting the RTS and CTS pins with the remote device, as shown in the figure below. Figure 34-7.Connection with a Remote Device for Hardware Handshaking USART Remote Device TXD RXD RXD TXD CTS RTS CTS RTS Hardware handshaking is only available in the following configuration: * * * USART with internal clock (CTRLA.MODE=1), Asynchronous mode (CTRLA.CMODE=0), and Flow control pinout (CTRLA.TXPO=2). When the receiver is disabled or the receive FIFO is full, the receiver will drive the RTS pin high. This notifies the remote device to stop transfer after the ongoing transmission. Enabling and disabling the receiver by writing to CTRLB.RXEN will set/clear the RTS pin after a synchronization delay. When the receive FIFO goes full, RTS will be set immediately and the frame being received will be stored in the Shift register until the receive FIFO is no longer full. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 841 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... Figure 34-8.Receiver Behavior when Operating with Hardware Handshaking RXD RXEN RTS Rx FIFO Full The current CTS Status is in the STATUS register (STATUS.CTS). Character transmission will start only if STATUS.CTS=0. When CTS is set, the transmitter will complete the ongoing transmission and stop transmitting. Figure 34-9.Transmitter Behavior when Operating with Hardware Handshaking CTS TXD 34.6.3.3 IrDA Modulation and Demodulation Transmission and reception can be encoded IrDA compliant up to 115.2 kb/s. IrDA modulation and demodulation work in the following configuration: * * * IrDA encoding enabled (CTRLB.ENC=1), Asynchronous mode (CTRLA.CMODE=0), and 16x sample rate (CTRLA.SAMPR[0]=0). During transmission, each low bit is transmitted as a high pulse. The pulse width is 3/16 of the baud rate period, as illustrated in the figure below. Figure 34-10.IrDA Transmit Encoding 1 baud clock TXD IrDA encoded TXD 3/16 baud clock The reception decoder has two main functions. The first is to synchronize the incoming data to the IrDA baud rate counter. Synchronization is performed at the start of each zero pulse. The second main function is to decode incoming Rx data. If a pulse width meets the minimum length set by configuration (RXPL.RXPL), it is accepted. When the baud rate counter reaches its middle value (1/2 bit length), it is transferred to the receiver. Note: Note that the polarity of the transmitter and receiver are opposite: During transmission, a '0' bit is transmitted as a '1' pulse. During reception, an accepted '0' pulse is received as a '0' bit. Example: The figure below illustrates reception where RXPL.RXPL is set to 19. This indicates that the pulse width should be at least 20 SE clock cycles. When using BAUD=0xE666 or 160 SE cycles per bit, this corresponds to 2/16 baud clock as minimum pulse width required. In this case the first bit is accepted as a '0', the second bit is a '1', and the third bit is also a '1'. A low pulse is rejected since it does not meet the minimum requirement of 2/16 baud clock. Figure 34-11.IrDA Receive Decoding Baud clock 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 IrDA encoded RXD RXD 20 SE clock cycles (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 842 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... 34.6.3.4 Break Character Detection and Auto-Baud/LIN Slave Break character detection and auto-baud are available in this configuration: * * * Auto-baud frame format (CTRLA.FORM = 0x04 or 0x05), Asynchronous mode (CTRLA.CMODE = 0), and 16x sample rate using fractional baud rate generation (CTRLA.SAMPR = 1). The USART uses a break detection threshold of greater than 11 nominal bit times at the configured baud rate. At any time, if more than 11 consecutive dominant bits are detected on the bus, the USART detects a Break Field. When a break field has been detected, the Receive Break Interrupt Flag (INTFLAG.RXBRK) is set and the USART expects the sync field character to be 0x55. This field is used to update the actual baud rate in order to stay synchronized. If the received sync character is not 0x55, then the Inconsistent Sync Field error flag (STATUS.ISF) is set along with the Error Interrupt Flag (INTFLAG.ERROR), and the baud rate is unchanged. The auto-baud follows the LIN format. All LIN Frames start with a Break Field followed by a Sync Field. Figure 34-12.LIN Break and Sync Fields Break Field Sync Field 8 bit times After a break field is detected and the Start bit of the sync field is detected, a counter is started. The counter is then incremented for the next 8 bit times of the sync field. At the end of these 8 bit times, the counter is stopped. At this moment, the 13 Most Significant bits of the counter (value divided by 8) give the new clock divider (BAUD.BAUD), and the 3 Least Significant bits of this value (the remainder) give the new Fractional Part (BAUD.FP). When the sync field has been received, the clock divider (BAUD.BAUD) and the Fractional Part (BAUD.FP) are updated after a synchronization delay. After the break and sync fields are received, multiple characters of data can be received. 34.6.3.5 LIN Master LIN master is available with the following configuration: * * * LIN master format (CTRLA.FORM = 0x02) Asynchronous mode (CTRLA.CMODE = 0) 16x sample rate using fractional baud rate generation (CTRLA.SAMPR = 1) LIN frames start with a header transmitted by the master. The header consists of the break, sync, and identifier fields. After the master transmits the header, the addressed slave will respond with 1-8 bytes of data plus checksum. Figure 34-13.LIN Frame Format TxD RxD Header Break Sync ID Slave response 1-8 Data bytes Checksum Using the LIN command field (CTRLB.LINCMD), the complete header can be automatically transmitted, or software can control transmission of the various header components. When CTRLB.LINCMD=0x1, software controls transmission of the LIN header. In this case, software uses the following sequence. * * * * CTRLB.LINCMD is written to 0x1. DATA register written to 0x00. This triggers transmission of the break field by hardware. Note that writing the DATA register with any other value will also result in the transmission of the break field by hardware. DATA register written to 0x55. The 0x55 value (sync) is transmitted. DATA register written to the identifier. The identifier is transmitted. When CTRLB.LINCMD=0x2, hardware controls transmission of the LIN header. In this case, software uses the following sequence. * * CTRLB.LINCMD is written to 0x2. DATA register written to the identifier. This triggers transmission of the complete header by hardware. First the break field is transmitted. Next, the sync field is transmitted, and finally the identifier is transmitted. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 843 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... In LIN master mode, the length of the break field is programmable using the break length field (CTRLC.BRKLEN). When the LIN header command is used (CTRLB.LINCMD=0x2), the delay between the break and sync fields, in addition to the delay between the sync and ID fields are configurable using the header delay field (CTRLC.HDRDLY). When manual transmission is used (CTRLB.LINCMD=0x1), software controls the delay between break and sync. Figure 34-14.LIN Header Generation Configurable Break Field Length LIN Header Sync Field Identifier Field Configurable delay using CTRLC.HDRDLY After header transmission is complete, the slave responds with 1-8 data bytes plus checksum. 34.6.3.6 RS485 RS485 is available with the following configuration: * USART frame format (CTRLA.FORM = 0x00 or 0x01) * RS485 pinout (CTRLA.TXPO=0x3). The RS485 feature enables control of an external line driver as shown in the figure below. While operating in RS485 mode, the transmit enable pin (TE) is driven high when the transmitter is active. Figure 34-15.RS485 Bus Connection USART RXD Differential Bus TXD TE The TE pin will remain high for the complete frame including stop bit(s). If a Guard Time is programmed in the Control C register (CTRLC.GTIME), the line will remain driven after the last character completion. The following figure shows a transfer with one stop bit and CTRLC.GTIME=3. Figure 34-16.Example of TE Drive with Guard Time Start Data Stop GTIME=3 TXD TE The Transmit Complete interrupt flag (INTFLAG.TXC) will be raised after the guard time is complete and TE goes low. 34.6.3.7 ISO 7816 for Smart Card Interfacing The SERCOM USART features an ISO/IEC 7816-compatible operating mode. This mode permits interfacing with smart cards and Security Access Modules (SAM) communicating through an ISO 7816 link. Both T=0 and T=1 protocols defined by the ISO 7816 specification are supported. ISO 7816 is available with the following configuration: * ISO 7816 format (CTRLA.FORM = 0x07) * Inverse transmission and reception (CTRLA.RXINV=1 and CTRLA.TXINV=1) * Single bidirectional data line (CTRLA.TXPO and CTRLA.RXPO configured to use the same data pin) * Even parity (CTRLB.PMODE=0) * 8-bit character size (CTRLB.CHSIZE=0) * T=0 (CTRLA.CMODE=1) or T=1 (CTRLA.CMODE=0) ISO 7816 is a half duplex communication on a single bidirectional line. The USART connects to a smart card as shown below. The output is only driven when the USART is transmitting. The USART is considered as the master of the communication as it generates the clock. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 844 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... Figure 34-17.Connection of a Smart Card to the SERCOM USART SERCOM USART CLK SCK Smart Card I/O TXD/RXD ISO 7816 characters are specified as 8 bits with even parity. The USART must be configured accordingly. The USART cannot operate concurrently in both receiver and transmitter modes as the communication is unidirectional. It has to be configured according to the required mode by enabling or disabling either the receiver or the transmitter as desired. Enabling both the receiver and the transmitter at the same time in ISO 7816 mode may lead to unpredictable results. The ISO 7816 specification defines an inverse transmission format. Data bits of the character must be transmitted on the I/O line at their negative value (CTRLA.RXINV=1 and CTRLA.TXINV=1). Protocol T=0 In T=0 protocol, a character is made up of: * one start bit, * eight data bits, * one parity bit * and one guard time, which lasts two bit times. To transmit data in ISO7816, T=0 protocol mode, the USART is configured in CTRLA.CMODE =1 communication mode. The transmitter shifts out the bits and does not drive the I/O line during the guard time. Additional guard time can be added by programming the Guard Time (CTRLC.GTIME). If no parity error is detected, the I/O line remains during the guard time and the transmitter can continue with the transmission of the next character, as shown in the figure below. Figure 34-18.T=0 Protocol without Parity Error SCK I/O Start Bit D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 P Guard Guard Time1 Time2 Next Start Bit If a parity error is detected by the receiver, it drives the I/O line to 0 during the guard time, as shown in the next figure. This error bit is also named NACK, for Non Acknowledge. In this case, the character lasts 1 bit time more, as the guard time length is the same and is added to the error bit time, which lasts 1 bit time. Figure 34-19.T=0 Protocol with Parity Error SCK I/O Error Start Bit D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 P Guard Time1 Guard Time2 Start Bit D0 D1 Repetition When the USART is the receiver and it detects a parity error, the parity error bit in the Status Register (STATUS.PERR) is set and the character is not written to the receive FIFO. Receive Error Counter The receiver also records the total number of errors (receiver parity errors and NACKs from the remote transmitter) up to a maximum of 255. This can be read in the Receive Error Count (RXERRCNT) register. RXERRCNT is automatically cleared on read. Receive NACK Inhibit The receiver can also be configured to inhibit error generation. This can be achieved by setting the Inhibit Not Acknowledge (CTRLC.INACK) bit. If CTRLC.INACK is 1, no error signal is driven on the I/O line even if a parity error is detected. Moreover, if CTRLC.INACK is set, the erroneous received character is stored in the receive FIFO, and (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 845 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... the STATUS.PERR bit is set. Inhibit not acknowledge (CTRLC.INACK) takes priority over disable successive receive NACK (CTRLC.DSNACK). Transmit Character Repetition When the USART is transmitting a character and gets a NACK, it can automatically repeat the character before moving on to the next character. Repetition is enabled by writing the Maximum Iterations register (CTRLC.MAXITER) to a non-zero value. The USART repeats the character the number of times specified in CTRLC.MAXITER. When the USART repetition number reaches the programmed value in CTRLC.MAXITER, the STATUS.ITER bit is set and the internal iteration counter is reset. If the repetition of the character is acknowledged by the receiver before the maximum iteration is reached, the repetitions are stopped and the iteration counter is cleared. Disable Successive Receive NACK The receiver can limit the number of successive NACKs sent back to the remote transmitter. This is programmed by setting the Disable Successive NACK bit (CTRLC.DSNACK). The maximum number of NACKs transmitted is programmed in the CTRLC.MAXITER field. As soon as the maximum is reached, the character is considered as correct, an acknowledge is sent on the line, the STATUS.ITER bit is set and the internal iteration counter is reset. Protocol T=1 To transmit data in ISO7816, T=1 protocol mode, the USART is configured in CTRLA.CMODE =0 communication mode with one or two stop bits. After the stop bits are sent, the transmitter does not drive the I/O line. Parity is generated when transmitting and checked when receiving. Parity error detection sets the STATUS.PERR bit, and the erroneous character is written to the receive FIFO. When using T=1 protocol, the receiver does not signal errors on the I/O line and the transmitter does not retransmit. 34.6.3.8 Collision Detection When the receiver and transmitter are connected either through pin configuration or externally, transmit collision can be detected after selecting the Collision Detection Enable bit in the CTRLB register (CTRLB.COLDEN=1). To detect collision, the receiver and transmitter must be enabled (CTRLB.RXEN=1 and CTRLB.TXEN=1). Collision detection is performed for each bit transmitted by comparing the received value with the transmit value, as shown in the figure below. While the transmitter is idle (no transmission in progress), characters can be received on RxD without triggering a collision. Figure 34-20.Collision Checking 8-bit character, single stop bit TXD RXD Collision checked The next figure shows the conditions for a collision detection. In this case, the Start bit and the first Data bit are received with the same value as transmitted. The second received Data bit is found to be different than the transmitted bit at the detection point, which indicates a collision. Figure 34-21.Collision Detected Collision checked and ok Tri-state TXD RXD TXEN Collision detected When a collision is detected, the USART follows this sequence: 1. Abort the current transfer. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 846 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... 2. 3. 4. 5. Flush the transmit buffer. Disable transmitter (CTRLB.TXEN=0) - This is done after a synchronization delay. The CTRLB Synchronization Busy bit (SYNCBUSY.CTRLB) will be set until this is complete. - After disabling, the TxD pin will be tri-stated. Set the Collision Detected bit (STATUS.COLL) along with the Error Interrupt Flag (INTFLAG.ERROR). Set the Transmit Complete Interrupt Flag (INTFLAG.TXC), since the transmit buffer no longer contains data. After a collision, software must manually enable the transmitter again before continuing, after assuring that the CTRLB Synchronization Busy bit (SYNCBUSY.CTRLB) is not set. 34.6.3.9 Loop-Back Mode For Loop-Back mode, configure the Receive Data Pinout (CTRLA.RXPO) and Transmit Data Pinout (CTRLA.TXPO) to use the same data pins for transmit and receive. The loop-back is through the pad, so the signal is also available externally. 34.6.3.10 Start-of-Frame Detection The USART start-of-frame detector can wake-up the CPU when it detects a Start bit. In Standby Sleep mode, the internal fast start-up oscillator must be selected as the GCLK_SERCOMx_CORE source. When a 1-to-0 transition is detected on RxD, the 8 MHz Internal Oscillator is powered up and the USART clock is enabled. After start-up, the rest of the data frame can be received, provided that the baud rate is slow enough in relation to the fast start-up internal oscillator start-up time. Refer to the Electrical Characteristics chapters for details. The start-up time of this oscillator varies with supply voltage and temperature. The USART start-of-frame detection works both in Asynchronous and Synchronous modes. It is enabled by writing `1' to the Start of Frame Detection Enable bit in the Control B register (CTRLB.SFDE). If the Receive Start Interrupt Enable bit in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET.RXS) is set, the Receive Start interrupt is generated immediately when a start is detected. When using start-of-frame detection without the Receive Start interrupt, start detection will force the 8 MHz internal oscillator and USART clock active while the frame is being received. In this case, the CPU will not wake up until the receive complete interrupt is generated. 34.6.3.11 Sample Adjustment In Asynchronous mode (CTRLA.CMODE=0), three samples in the middle are used to determine the value based on majority voting. The three samples used for voting can be selected using the Sample Adjustment bit field in Control A register (CTRLA.SAMPA). When CTRLA.SAMPA=0, samples 7-8-9 are used for 16x oversampling, and samples 3-4-5 are used for 8x oversampling. 34.6.3.12 32-bit Extension For better system bus utilization, 32-bit data receive and transmit can be enabled separately by writing to the Data 32-bit bit field in the Control C register (CTRLC.DATA32B). When enabled, writes and/or reads to the DATA register are 32 bit in size. If frames are not multiples of 4 Bytes, the length counter (LENGTH.LEN) and length enable (LENGTH.LENEN) must be configured before data transfer begins, LENGTH.LEN must be enabled only when CTRLC.DATA32B is enabled. The figure below shows the order of transmit and receive when using 32-bit extension. Bytes are transmitted or received, and stored in order from 0 to 3. Only 8-bit and smaller character sizes are supported. If the character size is less than 8 bits, characters will still be 8-bit aligned within the 32-bit APB write or read. The unused bits within each byte will be zero for received data and unused for transmit data. Figure 34-22.32-bit Extension Ordering APB Write/Read Bit Position BYTE3 BYTE2 BYTE1 BYTE0 0 31 A receive transaction using 32-bit extension is in the next figure. The Receive Complete flag (INTFLAG.RXC) is raised every four received Bytes. For transmit transactions, the Data Register Empty flag (INTFLAG.DRE) is raised instead of INTFLAG.RXC. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 847 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... Figure 34-23.32-bit Extension Receive Operation RXC interrupt Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 S W Data Length Configuration When the Data Length Enable bit field in the Length register (LENGTH.LENEN) is written to 0x1 or 0x2, the Data Length bit (LENGTH.LEN) determines the number of characters to be transmitted or received from 1 to 255. Note: There is one internal length counter that can be used for either transmit (LENGTH.LENEN=0x1) or receive (LENGTH.LENEN=0x2), but not for both simultaneously. The LENGTH register must be written before the frame begins. If LENGTH.LEN is not a multiple of 4 Bytes, the final INTFLAG.RXC/DRE interrupt will be raised when the last byte is received/sent. The internal length counter is reset when LENGTH.LEN is reached or when LENGTH.LENEN is written to 0x0. Writing the LENGTH register while a frame is in progress will produce unpredictable results. If LENGTH.LENEN is not set and a frame is not a multiple of 4 Bytes, the remainder may be lost. Attempting to use the length counter for transmit and receive at the same time will produce unpredictable results. 34.6.4 DMA, Interrupts and Events Table 34-4.Module Request for SERCOM USART Condition Request DMA Interrupt Event Data Register Empty (DRE) Yes (request cleared when data is written) Yes NA Receive Complete (RXC) Yes (request cleared when data is read) Yes Transmit Complete (TXC) NA Yes Receive Start (RXS) NA Yes Clear to Send Input Change (CTSIC) NA Yes Receive Break (RXBRK) NA Yes Error (ERROR) NA Yes 34.6.4.1 DMA Operation The USART generates the following DMA requests: * * Data received (RX): The request is set when data is available in the receive FIFO. The request is cleared when DATA is read. Data transmit (TX): The request is set when the transmit buffer (TX DATA) is empty. The request is cleared when DATA is written. 34.6.4.2 Interrupts The USART has the following interrupt sources. These are asynchronous interrupts, and can wake-up the device from any Sleep mode: * * * * * Data Register Empty (DRE) Receive Complete (RXC) Transmit Complete (TXC) Receive Start (RXS) Clear to Send Input Change (CTSIC) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 848 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... * * Received Break (RXBRK) Error (ERROR) Each interrupt source has its own Interrupt flag. The Interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG) will be set when the Interrupt condition is met. Each interrupt can be individually enabled by writing '1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET), and disabled by writing '1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Clear register (INTENCLR). An interrupt request is generated when the Interrupt flag is set and if the corresponding interrupt is enabled. The interrupt request remains active until either the Interrupt flag is cleared, the interrupt is disabled, or the USART is reset. For details on clearing Interrupt flags, refer to the INTFLAG register description. The value of INTFLAG indicates which interrupt is executed. Note that interrupts must be globally enabled for interrupt requests. Refer to Nested Vector Interrupt Controller for details. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 34.6.4.3 Events Not applicable. 34.6.5 Sleep Mode Operation The behavior in Sleep mode is depending on the clock source and the Run In Standby bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.RUNSTDBY): * Internal clocking, CTRLA.RUNSTDBY=1: GCLK_SERCOMx_CORE can be enabled in all Sleep modes. Any interrupt can wake-up the device. * External clocking, CTRLA.RUNSTDBY=1: The Receive Complete interrupt(s) can wake-up the device. * Internal clocking, CTRLA.RUNSTDBY=0: Internal clock will be disabled, after any ongoing transfer was completed. The Receive Complete interrupt(s) can wake-up the device. * External clocking, CTRLA.RUNSTDBY=0: External clock will be disconnected, after any ongoing transfer was completed. All reception will be dropped. 34.6.6 Synchronization Due to asynchronicity between the main clock domain and the peripheral clock domains, some registers need to be synchronized when written or read. The following bits are synchronized when written: * * * * Software Reset bit in the CTRLA register (CTRLA.SWRST) Enable bit in the CTRLA register (CTRLA.ENABLE) Receiver Enable bit in the CTRLB register (CTRLB.RXEN) Transmitter Enable bit in the Control B register (CTRLB.TXEN) Note: CTRLB.RXEN is write-synchronized somewhat differently. See also 34.8.2 CTRLB for details. Required write synchronization is denoted by the "Write-Synchronized" property in the register description. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 849 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... 34.7 Register Summary Offset Name 0x00 CTRLA 0x04 CTRLB 0x08 CTRLC 0x0C BAUD 0x0E 0x0F ... 0x13 0x14 0x15 0x16 0x17 0x18 0x19 RXPL INTENCLR Reserved INTENSET Reserved INTFLAG Reserved 0x1A STATUS 0x1C SYNCBUSY 0x20 0x21 RXERRCNT Reserved 0x22 LENGTH 0x24 ... 0x27 Reserved 0x28 0x2C ... 0x2F 0x30 34.8 Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 7:0 RUNSTDBY MODE[2:0] 7:0 ERROR RXBRK CTSIC RXS RXC TXC DRE 7:0 ERROR RXBRK CTSIC RXS RXC TXC DRE 7:0 ERROR RXBRK CTSIC RXS RXC TXC DRE 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 ITER COLL ISF CTS BUFOVF FERR PERR LENGTH RXERRCNT CTRLB ENABLE SWRST SAMPR[2:0] SAMPA[1:0] DORD SBMODE ENABLE SWRST TXINV IBON TXPO[1:0] FORM[3:0] CHSIZE[2:0] ENC SFDE COLDEN RXEN TXEN LINCMD[1:0] GTIME[2:0] HDRDLY[1:0] BRKLEN[1:0] DSNACK INACK DATA32B[1:0] RXINV RXPO[1:0] CPOL CMODE PMODE MAXITER[2:0] BAUD[7:0] BAUD[15:8] RXPL[7:0] Reserved DATA TXE RXERRCNT[7:0] 7:0 15:8 LEN[7:0] 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 DATA[7:0] DATA[15:8] DATA[23:16] DATA[31:24] LENEN[1:0] Reserved DBGCTRL 7:0 DBGSTOP Register Description Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16-, and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Some registers require synchronization when read and/or written. Synchronization is denoted by the "ReadSynchronized" and/or "Write-Synchronized" property in each individual register description. Optional write protection by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC) is denoted by the "PAC Write Protection" property in each individual register description. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 850 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... Some registers are enable-protected, meaning they can only be written when the module is disabled. Enable protection is denoted by the "Enable-Protected" property in each individual register description. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 851 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... 34.8.1 Control A Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 Access Reset Bit 29 CPOL R/W 0 28 CMODE R/W 0 R/W 0 21 20 19 22 SAMPA[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bit 15 Access Reset Access Reset 30 DORD R/W 0 23 Access Reset Bit CTRLA 0x00 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected R/W 0 7 RUNSTDBY R/W 0 27 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 FORM[3:0] RXPO[1:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 13 12 11 4 3 MODE[2:0] R/W 0 14 SAMPR[2:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 6 5 16 TXPO[1:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 10 RXINV R/W 0 9 TXINV R/W 0 8 IBON R/W 0 2 1 ENABLE R/W 0 0 SWRST R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit 30 - DORDData Order This bit selects the data order when a character is shifted out from the Data register. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 MSB is transmitted first. 1 LSB is transmitted first. Bit 29 - CPOLClock Polarity This bit selects the relationship between data output change and data input sampling in synchronous mode. This bit is not synchronized. CPOL TxD Change RxD Sample 0x0 0x1 Rising XCK edge Falling XCK edge Falling XCK edge Rising XCK edge Bit 28 - CMODECommunication Mode This bit selects asynchronous or synchronous communication. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 Asynchronous communication. 1 Synchronous communication. Bits 27:24 - FORM[3:0]Frame Format These bits define the frame format. These bits are not synchronized. FORM[3:0] Description 0x0 0x1 USART frame USART frame with parity (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 852 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... ...........continued FORM[3:0] Description 0x2 0x3 0x4 0x5 0x6 0x7 0x8-0xF LIN Master - Break and sync generation. See LIN Command (CTRLB.LINCMD). Reserved Auto-baud (LIN Slave) - break detection and auto-baud. Auto-baud - break detection and auto-baud with parity Reserved ISO 7816 Reserved Bits 23:22 - SAMPA[1:0]Sample Adjustment These bits define the sample adjustment. These bits are not synchronized. SAMPA[1:0] 16x Over-sampling (CTRLA.SAMPR=0 or 1) 8x Over-sampling (CTRLA.SAMPR=2 or 3) 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 7-8-9 9-10-11 11-12-13 13-14-15 3-4-5 4-5-6 5-6-7 6-7-8 Bits 21:20 - RXPO[1:0]Receive Data Pinout These bits define the receive data (RxD) pin configuration. These bits are not synchronized. RXPO[1:0] Name Description 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 PAD[0] PAD[1] PAD[2] PAD[3] SERCOM PAD[0] is used for data reception SERCOM PAD[1] is used for data reception SERCOM PAD[2] is used for data reception SERCOM PAD[3] is used for data reception Bits 17:16 - TXPO[1:0]Transmit Data Pinout These bits define the transmit data (TxD) and XCK pin configurations. This bit is not synchronized. TXPO TxD Pin Location XCK Pin Location (When Applicable) RTS/TE CTS 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 SERCOM PAD[0] Reserved SERCOM PAD[0] SERCOM_PAD[0] SERCOM PAD[1] N/A N/A N/A SERCOM_PAD[1] SERCOM PAD[2] SERCOM_PAD[2] SERCOM PAD[3] N/A Bits 15:13 - SAMPR[2:0]Sample Rate These bits select the sample rate. These bits are not synchronized. SAMPR[2:0] Description 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 0x4 0x5-0x7 16x over-sampling using arithmetic baud rate generation. 16x over-sampling using fractional baud rate generation. 8x over-sampling using arithmetic baud rate generation. 8x over-sampling using fractional baud rate generation. 3x over-sampling using arithmetic baud rate generation. Reserved Bit 10 - RXINVReceive Data Invert This bit controls whether the receive data (RxD) is inverted or not. Note: Start, parity and stop bit(s) are unchanged. When enabled, parity is calculated on the inverted data. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 853 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... Value 0 1 Description RxD is not inverted. RxD is inverted. Bit 9 - TXINVTransmit Data Invert This bit controls whether the transmit data (TxD) is inverted or not. Note: Start, parity and stop bit(s) are unchanged. When enabled, parity is calculated on the inverted data. Value 0 1 Description TxD is not inverted. TxD is inverted. Bit 8 - IBONImmediate Buffer Overflow Notification This bit controls when the buffer overflow status bit (STATUS.BUFOVF) is asserted when a buffer overflow occurs. Value Description 0 STATUS.BUFOVF is asserted when it occurs in the data stream. 1 STATUS.BUFOVF is asserted immediately upon buffer overflow. Bit 7 - RUNSTDBYRun In Standby This bit defines the functionality in standby sleep mode. This bit is not synchronized. RUNSTDBY External Clock Internal Clock 0x0 Generic clock is disabled when ongoing transfer is finished. The device will not wake up on Transfer Complete interrupt unless the appropriate ONDEMAND bits are set in the clocking chain. Generic clock is enabled in all sleep modes. Any interrupt can wake up the device. 0x1 External clock is disconnected when ongoing transfer is finished. All reception is dropped. Wake on Receive Complete interrupt. Bits 4:2 - MODE[2:0]Operating Mode These bits select the USART serial communication interface of the SERCOM. These bits are not synchronized. Value Description 0x0 USART with external clock 0x1 USART with internal clock Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable Due to synchronization, there is delay from writing CTRLA.ENABLE until the peripheral is enabled/disabled. The value written to CTRLA.ENABLE will read back immediately and the Enable Synchronization Busy bit in the Synchronization Busy register (SYNCBUSY.ENABLE) will be set. SYNCBUSY.ENABLE is cleared when the operation is complete. This bit is not enable-protected. Value Description 0 The peripheral is disabled or being disabled. 1 The peripheral is enabled or being enabled. Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit resets all registers in the SERCOM, except DBGCTRL, to their initial state, and the SERCOM will be disabled. Writing '1' to CTRLA.SWRST will always take precedence, meaning that all other writes in the same write-operation will be discarded. Any register write access during the ongoing reset will result in an APB error. Reading any register will return the reset value of the register. Due to synchronization, there is a delay from writing CTRLA.SWRST until the reset is complete. CTRLA.SWRST and SYNCBUSY.SWRST will both be cleared when the reset is complete. This bit is not enable-protected. Value Description 0 There is no reset operation ongoing. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 854 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... Value 1 Description The reset operation is ongoing. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 855 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... 34.8.2 Control B Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit CTRLB 0x04 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected, Write-Synchronized 31 30 29 28 27 26 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 RXEN R/W 0 16 TXEN R/W 0 15 14 13 PMODE R/W 0 12 11 10 ENC R/W 0 9 SFDE R/W 0 8 COLDEN R/W 0 7 6 SBMODE R/W 0 5 4 3 2 1 CHSIZE[2:0] R/W 0 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset R/W 0 25 24 LINCMD[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 R/W 0 Bits 25:24 - LINCMD[1:0]LIN Command These bits define the LIN header transmission control. This field is only valid in LIN master mode (CTRLA.FORM= LIN Master). These are strobe bits and will always read back as zero. These bits are not enable-protected. Value Description 0x0 Normal USART transmission. 0x1 Break field is transmitted when DATA is written. 0x2 Break, sync and identifier are automatically transmitted when DATA is written with the identifier. 0x3 Reserved Bit 17 - RXENReceiver Enable Writing '0' to this bit will disable the USART receiver. Disabling the receiver will flush the receive buffer and clear the FERR, PERR and BUFOVF bits in the STATUS register. Writing '1' to CTRLB.RXEN when the USART is disabled will set CTRLB.RXEN immediately. When the USART is enabled, CTRLB.RXEN will be cleared, and SYNCBUSY.CTRLB will be set and remain set until the receiver is enabled. When the receiver is enabled, CTRLB.RXEN will read back as '1'. Writing '1' to CTRLB.RXEN when the USART is enabled will set SYNCBUSY.CTRLB, which will remain set until the receiver is enabled, and CTRLB.RXEN will read back as '1'. This bit is not enable-protected. Value Description 0 The receiver is disabled or being enabled. 1 The receiver is enabled or will be enabled when the USART is enabled. Bit 16 - TXENTransmitter Enable Writing '0' to this bit will disable the USART transmitter. Disabling the transmitter will not become effective until ongoing and pending transmissions are completed. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 856 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... Writing '1' to CTRLB.TXEN when the USART is disabled will set CTRLB.TXEN immediately. When the USART is enabled, CTRLB.TXEN will be cleared, and SYNCBUSY.CTRLB will be set and remain set until the transmitter is enabled. When the transmitter is enabled, CTRLB.TXEN will read back as '1'. Writing '1' to CTRLB.TXEN when the USART is enabled will set SYNCBUSY.CTRLB, which will remain set until the transmitter is enabled, and CTRLB.TXEN will read back as '1'. This bit is not enable-protected. Value Description 0 The transmitter is disabled or being enabled. 1 The transmitter is enabled or will be enabled when the USART is enabled. Bit 13 - PMODEParity Mode This bit selects the type of parity used when parity is enabled (CTRLA.FORM is '1'). The transmitter will automatically generate and send the parity of the transmitted data bits within each frame. The receiver will generate a parity value for the incoming data and parity bit, compare it to the parity mode and, if a mismatch is detected, STATUS.PERR will be set. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 Even parity. 1 Odd parity. Bit 10 - ENCEncoding Format This bit selects the data encoding format. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 Data is not encoded. 1 Data is IrDA encoded. Bit 9 - SFDEStart of Frame Detection Enable This bit controls whether the start-of-frame detector will wake up the device when a start bit is detected on the RxD line. This bit is not synchronized. SFDE INTENSET.RXS INTENSET.RXC Description 0 1 1 X 0 0 X 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 Start-of-frame detection disabled. Reserved Start-of-frame detection enabled. RXC wakes up the device from all sleep modes. Start-of-frame detection enabled. RXS wakes up the device from all sleep modes. Start-of-frame detection enabled. Both RXC and RXS wake up the device from all sleep modes. Bit 8 - COLDENCollision Detection Enable This bit enables collision detection. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 Collision detection is not enabled. 1 Collision detection is enabled. Bit 6 - SBMODEStop Bit Mode This bit selects the number of stop bits transmitted. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 One stop bit. 1 Two stop bits. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 857 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... Bits 2:0 - CHSIZE[2:0]Character Size These bits select the number of bits in a character. These bits are not synchronized. CHSIZE[2:0] Description 0x0 0x1 0x2-0x4 0x5 0x6 0x7 8 bits 9 bits Reserved 5 bits 6 bits 7 bits (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 858 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... 34.8.3 Control C Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit CTRLC 0x08 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 31 30 29 28 27 26 23 22 20 19 18 R/W 0 21 MAXITER[2:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 7 6 5 4 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 11 10 HDRDLY[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Access Reset Bit 3 Access Reset 2 R/W 0 25 24 DATA32B[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 17 DSNACK R/W 0 16 INACK R/W 0 9 8 BRKLEN[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 1 GTIME[2:0] R/W 0 0 R/W 0 Bits 25:24 - DATA32B[1:0]Data 32 Bit These bits configure 32-bit Extension for read and write transactions to the DATA register. When disabled, access is according to CTRLB.CHSIZE. Value Description 0x0 DATA reads (for received data) and writes (for transmit data) according to CTRLB.CHSIZE. 0x1 DATA reads according to CTRLB.CHSIZE. 0x2 DATA writes using 32-bit Extension. DATA reads using 32-bit Extension. 0x3 DATA writes according to CTRLB.CHSIZE. DATA reads and writes using 32-bit Extension. Bits 22:20 - MAXITER[2:0]Maximum Iterations These bits define the maximum number of retransmit iterations. These bits also define the successive NACKs sent to the remote transmitter when CTRLC.DSNACK is set. This field is only valid when using ISO7816 T=0 mode (CTRLA.MODE=0x7 and CTRLA.CMODE=0). Bit 17 - DSNACKDisable Successive Not Acknowledge This bit controls how many times NACK will be sent on parity error reception. This bit is only valid in ISO7816 T=0 mode and when CTRLC.INACK=0. Value Description 0 NACK is sent on the ISO line for every parity error received. 1 Successive parity errors are counted up to the value specified in CTRLC.MAXITER. These parity errors generate a NACK on the ISO line. As soon as this value is reached, no additional NACK is sent on the ISO line. Bit 16 - INACKInhibit Not Acknowledge This bit controls whether a NACK is transmitted when a parity error is received. This bit is only valid in ISO7816 T=0 mode. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 859 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... Value 0 1 Description NACK is transmitted when a parity error is received. NACK is not transmitted when a parity error is received. Bits 11:10 - HDRDLY[1:0]LIN Master Header Delay These bits define the delay between break and sync transmission in addition to the delay between the sync and identifier (ID) fields when in LIN master mode (CTRLA.FORM=0x2). This field is only valid when using the LIN header command (CTRLB.LINCMD=0x2). Value Description 0x0 Delay between break and sync transmission is 1 bit time. 0x1 Delay between sync and ID transmission is 1 bit time. Delay between break and sync transmission is 4 bit time. 0x2 Delay between sync and ID transmission is 4 bit time. Delay between break and sync transmission is 8 bit time. 0x3 Delay between sync and ID transmission is 4 bit time. Delay between break and sync transmission is 14 bit time. Delay between sync and ID transmission is 4 bit time. Bits 9:8 - BRKLEN[1:0]LIN Master Break Length These bits define the length of the break field transmitted when in LIN master mode (CTRLA.FORM=0x2). Value Description 0x0 Break field transmission is 13 bit times 0x1 Break field transmission is 17 bit times 0x2 Break field transmission is 21 bit times 0x3 Break field transmission is 26 bit times Bits 2:0 - GTIME[2:0]Guard Time These bits define the guard time when using RS485 mode (CTRLA.FORM=0x0 or CTRLA.FORM=0x1, and CTRLA.TXPO=0x3) or ISO7816 mode (CTRLA.FORM=0x7). For RS485 mode, the guard time is programmable from 0-7 bit times and defines the time that the transmit enable pin (TE) remains high after the last stop bit is transmitted and there is no remaining data to be transmitted. For ISO7816 T=0 mode, the guard time is programmable from 2-9 bit times and defines the guard time between each transmitted byte. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 860 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... 34.8.4 Baud Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 15 BAUD 0x0C 0x0000 Enable-Protected, PAC Write-Protection 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 BAUD[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 BAUD[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 15:0 - BAUD[15:0]Baud Value Arithmetic Baud Rate Generation (CTRLA.SAMPR[0]=0): These bits control the clock generation, as described in the SERCOM Baud Rate section. If Fractional Baud Rate Generation (CTRLA.SAMPR[0]=1) bit positions 15 to 13 are replaced by FP[2:0] Fractional Part: * Bits 15:13 - FP[2:0]: Fractional Part * These bits control the clock generation, as described in the SERCOM Clock Generation - Baud-Rate Generator section. Bits 12:0 - BAUD[12:0]: Baud Value These bits control the clock generation, as described in the SERCOM Clock Generation - Baud-Rate Generator section. Related Links 33.6.2.3 Clock Generation - Baud-Rate Generator 33.6.2.3.1 Asynchronous Arithmetic Mode BAUD Value Selection (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 861 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... 34.8.5 Receive Pulse Length Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 RXPL 0x0E 0x00 Enable-Protected, PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RXPL[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 7:0 - RXPL[7:0]Receive Pulse Length When the encoding format is set to IrDA (CTRLB.ENC=1), these bits control the minimum pulse length that is required for a pulse to be accepted by the IrDA receiver with regards to the serial engine clock period . RXPL + 2 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 862 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... 34.8.6 Interrupt Enable Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENCLR 0x14 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to disable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET). Bit Access Reset 7 ERROR R/W 0 6 5 RXBRK R/W 0 4 CTSIC R/W 0 3 RXS R/W 0 2 RXC R/W 0 1 TXC R/W 0 0 DRE R/W 0 Bit 7 - ERRORError Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear the Error Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Error interrupt. Value Description 0 Error interrupt is disabled. 1 Error interrupt is enabled. Bit 5 - RXBRKReceive Break Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear the Receive Break Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Receive Break interrupt. Value Description 0 Receive Break interrupt is disabled. 1 Receive Break interrupt is enabled. Bit 4 - CTSICClear to Send Input Change Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear the Clear To Send Input Change Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Clear To Send Input Change interrupt. Value Description 0 Clear To Send Input Change interrupt is disabled. 1 Clear To Send Input Change interrupt is enabled. Bit 3 - RXSReceive Start Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear the Receive Start Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Receive Start interrupt. Value Description 0 Receive Start interrupt is disabled. 1 Receive Start interrupt is enabled. Bit 2 - RXCReceive Complete Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear the Receive Complete Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Receive Complete interrupt. Value Description 0 Receive Complete interrupt is disabled. 1 Receive Complete interrupt is enabled. Bit 1 - TXCTransmit Complete Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear the Transmit Complete Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Receive Complete interrupt. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 863 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... Value 0 1 Description Transmit Complete interrupt is disabled. Transmit Complete interrupt is enabled. Bit 0 - DREData Register Empty Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear the Data Register Empty Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Data Register Empty interrupt. Value Description 0 Data Register Empty interrupt is disabled. 1 Data Register Empty interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 864 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... 34.8.7 Interrupt Enable Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENSET 0x16 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to disable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Clear register (INTENCLR). Bit Access Reset 7 ERROR R/W 0 6 5 RXBRK R/W 0 4 CTSIC R/W 0 3 RXS R/W 0 2 RXC R/W 0 1 TXC R/W 0 0 DRE R/W 0 Bit 7 - ERRORError Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will set the Error Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Error interrupt. Value Description 0 Error interrupt is disabled. 1 Error interrupt is enabled. Bit 5 - RXBRKReceive Break Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will set the Receive Break Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Receive Break interrupt. Value Description 0 Receive Break interrupt is disabled. 1 Receive Break interrupt is enabled. Bit 4 - CTSICClear to Send Input Change Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will set the Clear To Send Input Change Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Clear To Send Input Change interrupt. Value Description 0 Clear To Send Input Change interrupt is disabled. 1 Clear To Send Input Change interrupt is enabled. Bit 3 - RXSReceive Start Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will set the Receive Start Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Receive Start interrupt. Value Description 0 Receive Start interrupt is disabled. 1 Receive Start interrupt is enabled. Bit 2 - RXCReceive Complete Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will set the Receive Complete Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Receive Complete interrupt. Value Description 0 Receive Complete interrupt is disabled. 1 Receive Complete interrupt is enabled. Bit 1 - TXCTransmit Complete Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will set the Transmit Complete Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Transmit Complete interrupt. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 865 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... Value 0 1 Description Transmit Complete interrupt is disabled. Transmit Complete interrupt is enabled. Bit 0 - DREData Register Empty Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will set the Data Register Empty Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Data Register Empty interrupt. Value Description 0 Data Register Empty interrupt is disabled. 1 Data Register Empty interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 866 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... 34.8.8 Interrupt Flag Status and Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset 7 ERROR R/W 0 INTFLAG 0x18 0x00 - 6 5 RXBRK R/W 0 4 CTSIC R/W 0 3 RXS R/W 0 2 RXC R 0 1 TXC R/W 0 0 DRE R 0 Bit 7 - ERRORError This flag is cleared by writing '1' to it. This bit is set when any error is detected. Errors that will set this flag have corresponding status flags in the STATUS register. Errors that will set this flag are COLL, ISF, BUFOVF, FERR, and PERR.Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear the flag. Bit 5 - RXBRKReceive Break This flag is cleared by writing '1' to it. This flag is set when auto-baud is enabled (CTRLA.FORM) and a break character is received. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear the flag. Bit 4 - CTSICClear to Send Input Change This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This flag is set when a change is detected on the CTS pin. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear the flag. Bit 3 - RXSReceive Start This flag is cleared by writing '1' to it. This flag is set when a Start condition is detected on the RxD line and start-of-frame detection is enabled (CTRLB.SFDE is '1'). Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear the Receive Start Interrupt flag. Bit 2 - RXCReceive Complete This flag is cleared by reading the Data register (DATA) or by disabling the receiver. This flag is set when there are unread data in DATA. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit has no effect. Bit 1 - TXCTransmit Complete This flag is cleared by writing '1' to it or by writing new data to DATA. This flag is set when the entire frame in the Transmit Shift register has been shifted out and there are no new data in DATA. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear the flag. Bit 0 - DREData Register Empty This flag is cleared by writing new data to DATA. This flag is set when DATA is empty and ready to be written. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit has no effect. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 867 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... 34.8.9 Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit STATUS 0x1A 0x0000 - 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 ITER R/W 0 6 TXE R/W 0 5 COLL R/W 0 4 ISF R/W 0 3 CTS R 0 2 BUFOVF R/W 0 1 FERR R/W 0 0 PERR R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 7 - ITERMaximum Number of Repetitions Reached This bit is set when the maximum number of NACK repetitions or retransmissions is met in ISO7816 T=0 mode. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear it. Bit 6 - TXETransmitter Empty When CTRLA.FORM is set to LIN Master mode, this bit is set when any ongoing transmission is complete and TxDATA is empty. When CTRLA.FORM is not set to LIN Master mode, this bit will always read back as zero. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear it. Bit 5 - COLLCollision Detected This bit is cleared by writing '1' to the bit or by disabling the receiver. This bit is set when collision detection is enabled (CTRLB.COLDEN) and a collision is detected. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear it. Bit 4 - ISFInconsistent Sync Field This bit is cleared by writing '1' to the bit or by disabling the receiver. This bit is set when the frame format is set to auto-baud (CTRLA.FORM) and a sync field not equal to 0x55 is received. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear it. Bit 3 - CTSClear to Send This bit indicates the current level of the CTS pin when flow control is enabled (CTRLA.TXPO). Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit has no effect. Bit 2 - BUFOVFBuffer Overflow Reading this bit before reading the Data register will indicate the error status of the next character to be read. This bit is cleared by writing '1' to the bit or by disabling the receiver. This bit is set when a buffer overflow condition is detected. A buffer overflow occurs when the receive buffer is full, there is a new character waiting in the receive shift register and a new start bit is detected. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear it. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 868 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... Bit 1 - FERRFrame Error Reading this bit before reading the Data register will indicate the error status of the next character to be read. This bit is cleared by writing '1' to the bit or by disabling the receiver. This bit is set if the received character had a frame error, i.e., when the first stop bit is zero. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear it. Bit 0 - PERRParity Error Reading this bit before reading the Data register will indicate the error status of the next character to be read. This bit is cleared by writing '1' to the bit or by disabling the receiver. This bit is set if parity checking is enabled (CTRLA.FORM is 0x1, 0x5, or 0x7) and a parity error is detected. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear it. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 869 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... 34.8.10 Synchronization Busy Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit SYNCBUSY 0x1C 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 LENGTH R 0 3 RXERRCNT R 0 2 CTRLB R 0 1 ENABLE R 0 0 SWRST R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 4 - LENGTHLENGTH Synchronization Busy Writing to the LENGTH register requires synchronization. When writing to LENGTH, SYNCBUSY.LENGTH will be set until synchronization is complete. If the LENGTH register is written to while SYNCBUSY.LENGTH is asserted, an APB error is generated. Value Description 0 LENGTH synchronization is not busy. 1 LENGTH synchronization is busy. Bit 3 - RXERRCNTReceive Error Count Synchronization Busy The RXERRCNT register is automatically synchronized to the APB domain upon error. When returning from sleep, this bit will be raised until the new value is available to be read. Value Description 0 RXERRCNT synchronization is not busy. 1 RXERRCNT synchronization is busy. Bit 2 - CTRLBCTRLB Synchronization Busy Writing to the CTRLB register when the SERCOM is enabled requires synchronization. When writing to CTRLB the SYNCBUSY.CTRLB bit will be set until synchronization is complete. If CTRLB is written while SYNCBUSY.CTRLB is asserted, an APB error will be generated. Value Description 0 CTRLB synchronization is not busy. 1 CTRLB synchronization is busy. Bit 1 - ENABLESERCOM Enable Synchronization Busy Enabling and disabling the SERCOM (CTRLA.ENABLE) requires synchronization. When written, the SYNCBUSY.ENABLE bit will be set until synchronization is complete. Value Description 0 Enable synchronization is not busy. 1 Enable synchronization is busy. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 870 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Synchronization Busy Resetting the SERCOM (CTRLA.SWRST) requires synchronization. When written, the SYNCBUSY.SWRST bit will be set until synchronization is complete. Value Description 0 SWRST synchronization is not busy. 1 SWRST synchronization is busy. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 871 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... 34.8.11 Receive Error Count Name: Offset: Reset: Property: RXERRCNT 0x20 0x00 Read-Synchronized Bit 7 6 5 Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 4 3 RXERRCNT[7:0] R R 0 0 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 7:0 - RXERRCNT[7:0]Receive Error Count This register records the total number of parity errors and NACK errors combined in ISO7816 mode (CTRLA.FORM=0x7). This register is automatically cleared on read. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 872 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... 34.8.12 Length Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 15 LENGTH 0x22 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 LENEN[1:0] Access Reset Bit 7 6 5 4 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 LEN[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 9:8 - LENEN[1:0]Data Length Enable In 32-bit Extension mode, this bit field configures the length counter either for transmit or receive transactions. Value Description 0x0 Length counter disabled 0x1 Length counter enabled for transmit 0x2 Length counter enabled for receive 0x3 Reserved Bits 7:0 - LEN[7:0]Data Length In 32-bit Extension mode, this bit field configures the data length after which the flags INTFLAG.RXC or INTFLAG.DRE are raised. Value Description 0x00 Reserved if LENEN=0x1 or LENEN=0x2 0x01-0xF Data Length F (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 873 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... 34.8.13 Data Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit DATA 0x28 0x0000 - 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 28 27 DATA[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 20 19 DATA[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 DATA[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 DATA[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - DATA[31:0]Data Reading these bits will return the contents of the Receive Data register. The register should be read only when the Receive Complete Interrupt Flag bit in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.RXC) is set. The status bits in STATUS should be read before reading the DATA value in order to get any corresponding error. Writing these bits will write the Transmit Data register. This register should be written only when the Data Register Empty Interrupt Flag bit in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.DRE) is set. Reads and writes are 32-bit or CTLB.CHSIZE based on the CTRLC.DATA32B setting. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 874 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM USART - SERCOM Synchronous and Asyn... 34.8.14 Debug Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 DBGCTRL 0x30 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 0 DBGSTOP R/W 0 Bit 0 - DBGSTOPDebug Stop Mode This bit controls the baud-rate generator functionality when the CPU is halted by an external debugger. Value Description 0 The baud-rate generator continues normal operation when the CPU is halted by an external debugger. 1 The baud-rate generator is halted when the CPU is halted by an external debugger. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 875 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface 35. 35.1 SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface Overview The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is one of the available modes in the Serial Communication Interface (SERCOM). The SPI uses the SERCOM transmitter and receiver configured as shown in 35.3 Block Diagram. Each side, master and slave, depicts a separate SPI containing a Shift register, a transmit buffer and a two-level receive buffer. In addition, the SPI master uses the SERCOM baud-rate generator, while the SPI slave can use the SERCOM address match logic. Labels in capital letters are synchronous to CLK_SERCOMx_APB and accessible by the CPU, while labels in lowercase letters are synchronous to the SCK clock. Related Links 33. SERCOM - Serial Communication Interface 35.2 Features SERCOM SPI includes the following features: * * * * * * * * * 1. Full-duplex, four-wire interface (MISO, MOSI, SCK, SS) One-level transmit buffer, two-level receive buffer Supports all four SPI modes of operation Single data direction operation allows alternate function on MISO or MOSI pin Selectable LSB- or MSB-first data transfer Can be used with DMA 32-bit Extension for better system bus utilization Master operation: - Serial clock speed, fSCK=1/tSCK(1) - 8-bit clock generator - Hardware controlled SS - Optional inter-character spacing Slave Operation: - Serial clock speed, fSCK=1/tSSCK(1) - Optional 8-bit address match operation - Operation in all sleep modes - Wake on SS transition For tSCK and tSSCK values, refer to SPI Timing Characteristics. Related Links 33. SERCOM - Serial Communication Interface 33.2 Features (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 876 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface 35.3 Block Diagram Figure 35-1.Full-Duplex SPI Master Slave Interconnection Master BAUD Slave Tx DATA Tx DATA ADDR/ADDRMASK SCK _SS baud rate generator shift register MISO shift register MOSI 35.4 rx buffer rx buffer Rx DATA Rx DATA == Address Match Signal Description Table 35-1.SERCOM SPI Signals Signal Name Type Description PAD[3:0] Digital I/O General SERCOM pins One signal can be mapped to one of several pins. Related Links 6. I/O Multiplexing and Considerations 35.5 Product Dependencies In order to use this peripheral, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described below. 35.5.1 I/O Lines In order to use the SERCOM's I/O lines, the I/O pins must be configured using the IO Pin Controller (PORT). When the SERCOM is configured for SPI operation, the SERCOM controls the direction and value of the I/O pins according to the table below. Both PORT Control bits PINCFGn.PULLEN and PINCFGn.DRVSTR are still effective. If the receiver is disabled, the data input pin can be used for other purposes. In Master mode, the Slave Select line (SS) is hardware controlled when the Master Slave Select Enable bit in the Control B register (CTRLB.MSSEN) is '1'. Table 35-2.SPI Pin Configuration Pin Master SPI Slave SPI MOSI Output Input MISO Input Output SCK Output Input SS Output (CTRLB.MSSEN=1) Input The combined configuration of PORT, the Data In Pinout and the Data Out Pinout bit groups in the Control A register (CTRLA.DIPO and CTRLA.DOPO) define the physical position of the SPI signals in the table above. Related Links 32. PORT - I/O Pin Controller (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 877 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface 35.5.2 Power Management This peripheral can continue to operate in any Sleep mode where its source clock is running. The interrupts can wake-up the device from Sleep modes. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager 35.5.3 Clocks The SERCOM bus clock (CLK_SERCOMx_APB) can be enabled and disabled in the Main Clock Controller. Refer to Peripheral Clock Masking for details and default status of this clock. A generic clock (GCLK_SERCOMx_CORE) is required to clock the SPI. This clock must be configured and enabled in the Generic Clock Controller before using the SPI. This generic clock is asynchronous to the bus clock (CLK_SERCOMx_APB). Therefore, writes to certain registers will require synchronization to the clock domains. Related Links 14. GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 15.6.2.6 Peripheral Clock Masking 35.6.6 Synchronization 35.5.4 DMA The DMA request lines are connected to the DMA Controller (DMAC). In order to use DMA requests with this peripheral the DMAC must be configured first. Refer to DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller for details. Related Links 22. DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 35.5.5 Interrupts The interrupt request line is connected to the Interrupt Controller. In order to use interrupt requests of this peripheral, the Interrupt Controller (NVIC) must be configured first. Refer to Nested Vector Interrupt Controller for details. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 35.5.6 Events Not applicable. 35.5.7 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in Debug mode, this peripheral will continue normal operation. If the peripheral is configured to require periodical service by the CPU through interrupts or similar, improper operation or data loss may result during debugging. This peripheral can be forced to halt operation during debugging - refer to the Debug Control (DBGCTRL) register for details. 35.5.8 Register Access Protection Registers with write access can be write-protected optionally by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). PAC write protection is not available for the following registers: * * * Interrupt Flag Clear and Status register (INTFLAG) Status register (STATUS) Data register (DATA) Optional PAC write protection is denoted by the "PAC Write-Protection" property in each individual register description. Write-protection does not apply to accesses through an external debugger. Related Links (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 878 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface 27. PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 35.5.9 Analog Connections Not applicable. 35.6 Functional Description 35.6.1 Principle of Operation The SPI is a high-speed synchronous data transfer interface. It allows high-speed communication between the device and peripheral devices. The SPI can operate as master or slave. As master, the SPI initiates and controls all data transactions. The SPI is single buffered for transmitting and double buffered for receiving. When transmitting data, the Data register can be loaded with the next character to be transmitted during the current transmission. When receiving, the data is transferred to the two-level receive buffer, and the receiver is ready for a new character. The SPI transaction format is shown in SPI Transaction Format. Each transaction can contain one or more characters. The character size is configurable, and can be either 8 or 9 bits. Figure 35-2.SPI Transaction Format Transaction Character MOSI/MISO Character 0 Character 1 Character 2 _SS The SPI master must pull the slave select line (SS) of the desired slave low to initiate a transaction. The master and slave prepare data to send via their respective Shift registers, and the master generates the serial clock on the SCK line. Data are always shifted from master to slave on the Master Output Slave Input line (MOSI); data is shifted from slave to master on the Master Input Slave Output line (MISO). Each time character is shifted out from the master, a character will be shifted out from the slave simultaneously. To signal the end of a transaction, the master will pull the SS line high 35.6.2 Basic Operation 35.6.2.1 Initialization The following registers are enable-protected, meaning that they can only be written when the SPI is disabled (CTRL.ENABLE=0): * * * * Control A register (CTRLA), except Enable (CTRLA.ENABLE) and Software Reset (CTRLA.SWRST) Control B register (CTRLB), except Receiver Enable (CTRLB.RXEN) Baud register (BAUD) Address register (ADDR) When the SPI is enabled or is being enabled (CTRLA.ENABLE=1), any writing to these registers will be discarded. When the SPI is being disabled, writing to these registers will be completed after the disabling. Enable-protection is denoted by the Enable-Protection property in the register description. Initialize the SPI by following these steps: 1. Select SPI mode in master/slave operation in the Operating Mode bit group in the CTRLA register (CTRLA.MODE= 0x2 or 0x3 ). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 879 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Select Transfer mode for the Clock Polarity bit and the Clock Phase bit in the CTRLA register (CTRLA.CPOL and CTRLA.CPHA) if desired. Select the Frame Format value in the CTRLA register (CTRLA.FORM). Configure the Data In Pinout field in the Control A register (CTRLA.DIPO) for SERCOM pads of the receiver. Configure the Data Out Pinout bit group in the Control A register (CTRLA.DOPO) for SERCOM pads of the transmitter. Select the Character Size value in the CTRLB register (CTRLB.CHSIZE). Write the Data Order bit in the CTRLA register (CTRLA.DORD) for data direction. If the SPI is used in Master mode: 8.1. Select the desired baud rate by writing to the Baud register (BAUD). 8.2. If Hardware SS control is required, write '1' to the Master Slave Select Enable bit in CTRLB register (CTRLB.MSSEN). Enable the receiver by writing the Receiver Enable bit in the CTRLB register (CTRLB.RXEN=1). 35.6.2.2 Enabling, Disabling, and Resetting This peripheral is enabled by writing '1' to the Enable bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.ENABLE), and disabled by writing '0' to it. Writing `1' to the Software Reset bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.SWRST) will reset all registers of this peripheral to their initial states, except the DBGCTRL register, and the peripheral is disabled. Refer to the CTRLA register description for details. 35.6.2.3 Clock Generation In the SPI master operation (CTRLA.MODE=0x3), the serial clock (SCK) is generated internally by the SERCOM Baud Rate Generator (BRG). In SPI mode, the BRG is set to Synchronous mode. The 8-bit Baud register (BAUD) value is used for generating SCK and clocking the Shift register. Refer to Clock Generation - Baud-Rate Generator for more details. In SPI slave operation (CTRLA.MODE is 0x2), the clock is provided by an external master on the SCK pin. This clock is used to clock the SPI Shift register. Related Links 33.6.2.3 Clock Generation - Baud-Rate Generator 35.6.2.4 Data Register The SPI Transmit Data register (TxDATA) and SPI Receive Data register (RxDATA) share the same I/O address, referred to as the SPI Data register (DATA). Writing DATA register will update the Transmit Data register. Reading the DATA register will return the contents of the Receive Data register. 35.6.2.5 SPI Transfer Modes There are four combinations of SCK phase and polarity to transfer serial data. The SPI Data Transfer modes are shown in SPI Transfer Modes (Table) and SPI Transfer Modes (Figure). SCK phase is configured by the Clock Phase bit in the CTRLA register (CTRLA.CPHA). SCK polarity is programmed by the Clock Polarity bit in the CTRLA register (CTRLA.CPOL). Data bits are shifted out and latched in on opposite edges of the SCK signal. This ensures sufficient time for the data signals to stabilize. Table 35-3.SPI Transfer Modes Mode CPOL CPHA Leading Edge Trailing Edge 0 0 0 Rising, sample Falling, setup 1 0 1 Rising, setup Falling, sample 2 1 0 Falling, sample Rising, setup 3 1 1 Falling, setup Rising, sample (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 880 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface Note: Leading edge is the first clock edge in a clock cycle. Trailing edge is the second clock edge in a clock cycle. Figure 35-3.SPI Transfer Modes Mode 0 Mode 2 SAMPLE I MOSI/MISO CHANGE 0 MOSI PIN CHANGE 0 MISO PIN SS MSB first (DORD = 0) MSB LSB first (DORD = 1) LSB Bit 6 Bit 1 Bit 5 Bit 2 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 2 Bit 5 Bit 1 Bit 6 LSB MSB Mode 1 Mode 3 SAMPLE I MOSI/MISO CHANGE 0 MOSI PIN CHANGE 0 MISO PIN SS MSB first (DORD = 0) LSB first (DORD = 1) MSB LSB Bit 6 Bit 1 Bit 5 Bit 2 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 2 Bit 5 Bit 1 Bit 6 LSB MSB 35.6.2.6 Transferring Data 35.6.2.6.1 Master In Master mode (CTRLA.MODE=0x3), when Master Slave Enable Select (CTRLB.MSSEN) is `1', hardware will control the SS line. When Master Slave Select Enable (CTRLB.MSSEN) is '0', the SS line must be configured as an output. SS can be assigned to any general purpose I/O pin. When the SPI is ready for a data transaction, software must pull the SS line low. When writing a character to the Data register (DATA), the character will be transferred to the Shift register. Once the content of TxDATA has been transferred to the Shift register, the Data Register Empty flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.DRE) will be set. And a new character can be written to DATA. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 881 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface Each time one character is shifted out from the master, another character will be shifted in from the slave simultaneously. If the receiver is enabled (CTRLA.RXEN=1), the contents of the Shift register will be transferred to the two-level receive buffer. The transfer takes place in the same clock cycle as the last data bit is shifted in. And the Receive Complete Interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.RXC) will be set. The received data can be retrieved by reading DATA. When the last character has been transmitted and there is no valid data in DATA, the Transmit Complete Interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.TXC) will be set. When the transaction is finished, the master must pull the SS line high to notify the slave. If Master Slave Select Enable (CTRLB.MSSEN) is set to '0', the software must pull the SS line high. 35.6.2.6.2 Slave In Slave mode (CTRLA.MODE=0x2), the SPI interface will remain inactive with the MISO line tri-stated as long as the SS pin is pulled high. Software may update the contents of DATA at any time as long as the Data Register Empty flag in the Interrupt Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.DRE) is set. When SS is pulled low and SCK is running, the slave will sample and shift out data according to the Transaction mode set. When the content of TxDATA has been loaded into the Shift register, INTFLAG.DRE will be set, and new data can be written to DATA. Similar to the master, the slave will receive one character for each character transmitted. A character will be transferred into the two-level receive buffer within the same clock cycle its last data bit is received. The received character can be retrieved from DATA when the Receive Complete interrupt flag (INTFLAG.RXC) is set. When the master pulls the SS line high, the transaction is done and the Transmit Complete Interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.TXC) will be set. After DATA is written it takes up to three SCK clock cycles until the content of DATA is ready to be loaded into the Shift register on the next character boundary. As a consequence, the first character transferred in a SPI transaction will not be the content of DATA. This can be avoided by using the preloading feature. Refer to 35.6.3.2 Preloading of the Slave Shift Register. When transmitting several characters in one SPI transaction, the data has to be written into DATA register with at least three SCK clock cycles left in the current character transmission. If this criteria is not met, the previously received character will be transmitted. Once the DATA register is empty, it takes three CLK_SERCOM_APB cycles for INTFLAG.DRE to be set. 35.6.2.7 Receiver Error Bit The SPI receiver has one error bit: the Buffer Overflow bit (BUFOVF), which can be read from the Status register (STATUS). Once an error happens, the bit will stay set until it is cleared by writing '1' to it. The bit is also automatically cleared when the receiver is disabled. There are two methods for buffer overflow notification, selected by the immediate Buffer Overflow Notification bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.IBON): If CTRLA.IBON=1, STATUS.BUFOVF is raised immediately upon buffer overflow. Software can then empty the receive FIFO by reading RxDATA until the receiver complete Interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.RXC) goes low. If CTRLA.IBON=0, the Buffer Overflow condition travels with data through the receive FIFO. After the received data is read, STATUS.BUFOVF and INTFLAG.ERROR will be set along with INTFLAG.RXC, and RxDATA will be zero. 35.6.3 Additional Features 35.6.3.1 Address Recognition When the SPI is configured for slave operation (CTRLA.MODE=0x2) with address recognition (CTRLA.FORM is 0x2), the SERCOM address recognition logic is enabled: the first character in a transaction is checked for an address match. If there is a match, the Receive Complete Interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.RXC) is set, the MISO output is enabled, and the transaction is processed. If the device is in Sleep mode, an address match can wake-up the device in order to process the transaction. If there is no match, the complete transaction is ignored. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 882 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface If a 9-bit frame format is selected, only the lower 8 bits of the Shift register are checked against the Address register (ADDR). Preload must be disabled (CTRLB.PLOADEN=0) in order to use this mode. Related Links 33.6.3.1 Address Match and Mask 35.6.3.2 Preloading of the Slave Shift Register When starting a transaction, the slave will first transmit the contents of the shift register before loading new data from DATA. The first character sent can be either the reset value of the shift register (if this is the first transmission since the last reset) or the last character in the previous transmission. Preloading can be used to preload data into the shift register while SS is high: this eliminates sending a dummy character when starting a transaction. If the shift register is not preloaded, the current contents of the shift register will be shifted out. Only one data character will be preloaded into the shift register while the synchronized SS signal is high. If the next character is written to DATA before SS is pulled low, the second character will be stored in DATA until transfer begins. For proper preloading, sufficient time must elapse between SS going low and the first SCK sampling edge, as in Timing Using Preloading. See also the Electrical Characteristics chapters for timing details. Preloading is enabled by writing '1' to the Slave Data Preload Enable bit in the CTRLB register (CTRLB.PLOADEN). Figure 35-4.Timing Using Preloading Required _SS-to-SCK time using PRELOADEN _SS _SS synchronized to system domain SCK Synchronization to system domain MISO to SCK setup time 35.6.3.3 Master with Several Slaves Master with multiple slaves in parallel is only available when Master Slave Select Enable (CTRLB.MSSEN) is set to zero and hardware SS control is disabled. If the bus consists of several SPI slaves, an SPI master can use general purpose I/O pins to control the SS line to each of the slaves on the bus, as shown in Multiple Slaves in Parallel. In this configuration, the single selected SPI slave will drive the tri-state MISO line. Figure 35-5.Multiple Slaves in Parallel shift register MOSI MISO SCK MOSI MISO SCK _SS[0] _SS shift register SPI Slave 0 SPI Master MOSI MISO SCK _SS[n-1] _SS (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet shift register SPI Slave n-1 DS60001507F-page 883 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface Another configuration is multiple slaves in series, as in Multiple Slaves in Series. In this configuration, all n attached slaves are connected in series. A common SS line is provided to all slaves, enabling them simultaneously. The master must shift n characters for a complete transaction. Depending on the Master Slave Select Enable bit (CTRLB.MSSEN), the SS line can be controlled either by hardware or user software and normal GPIO. Figure 35-6.Multiple Slaves in Series shift register SPI Master MOSI MISO SCK _SS MOSI MISO SCK _SS shift register MOSI shift register MISO SCK _SS SPI Slave 0 SPI Slave n-1 35.6.3.4 Loop-Back Mode For Loop-back mode, configure the Data In Pinout (CTRLA.DIPO) and Data Out Pinout (CTRLA.DOPO) to use the same data pins for transmit and receive. The loop-back is through the pad, so the signal is also available externally. 35.6.3.5 Hardware Controlled SS In Master mode, a single SS chip select can be controlled by hardware by writing the Master Slave Select Enable (CTRLB.MSSEN) bit to '1'. In this mode, the SS pin is driven low for a minimum of one baud cycle before transmission begins, and stays low for a minimum of one baud cycle after transmission completes. If back-to-back frames are transmitted, the SS pin will always be driven high for a minimum of one baud cycle between frames. In Hardware Controlled SS, the time T is between one and two baud cycles depending on the SPI Transfer mode. Figure 35-7.Hardware Controlled SS T T T T T _SS SCK T = 1 to 2 baud cycles When CTRLB.MSSEN=0, the SS pin(s) is/are controlled by user software and normal GPIO. 35.6.3.6 Slave Select Low Detection In Slave mode, the SPI can wake the CPU when the slave select (SS) goes low. When the Slave Select Low Detect is enabled (CTRLB.SSDE=1), a high-to-low transition will set the Slave Select Low Interrupt flag (INTFLAG.SSL) and the device will wake-up if applicable. 35.6.3.7 Master Inter-Character Spacing When configured as master, inter-character spacing can be increased by writing a non-zero value to the InterCharacter Spacing bit field in the Control C register (CTRLC.ICSPACE). When non-zero, CTRLC.ICSPACE represents the minimum number of baud cycles that the SCK clock line does not toggle and the next character is stalled. The figure gives an example for CTRLC.ICSPACE=4; In this case, the SCK is inactive for 4 baud cycles. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 884 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface Figure 35-8.Four Cycle Inter-Character Spacing Example T T T T SCK T = 1 baud cycle 35.6.3.8 32-bit Extension For better system bus utilization, 32-bit data receive and transmit can be enabled by writing to the Data 32-bit bit field in the Control C register (CTRLC.DATA32B=1). When enabled, write and read transaction to/from the DATA register are 32 bit in size. If frames are not multiples of 4 Bytes, the Length Counter (LENGTH.LEN) and Length Enable (LENGTH.LENEN) must be configured before data transfer begins. LENGTH.LEN must be enabled only when CTRLC.DATA32B is enabled. The figure below shows the order of transmit and receive when using 32-bit mode. Bytes are transmitted or received and stored in order from 0 to 3. Only 8-bit character size is supported. Figure 35-9.32-bit Extension Byte Ordering APB Write/Read BYTE3 BYTE2 BYTE1 BYTE0 31 Bit Position 0 32-bit Extension Slave Operation The figure below shows a transaction with 32-bit Extension enabled (CTRLC.DATA32B=1). When address recognition is enabled (CTRLA.FORM=0x2) and there is an address match, the address is loaded into the FIFO as Byte zero and data begins with Byte 1. INTFLAGS.RXC will then be raised for every 4 Bytes transferred. For transmit, there is a 32-bit holding buffer in the core domain. Once DATA has been registered in the core domain, INTFLAG.DRE will be raised, so that the next 32 bits can be written to the DATA register. Figure 35-10.32-bit Extension Slave Operation RXC interrupt RXC interrupt ADDRESS S W Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 S W When utilizing the length counter, the LENGTH register must be written before the frame begins. If the frame length while SS is low is not a multiple of LENGTH.LEN Bytes, the Length Error Status bit (STATUS.LENERR) is raised. If LENGTH.LEN is not a multiple of 4 Bytes, the final INTFLAG.RXC interrupt will be raised when the last Byte is received. The length count is based on the received Bytes, or the number of clocks if the receiver is not enabled. If pre-loading is disabled and DATA is written to for transmit before SCK starts, transmitted data will be delayed by one Byte, but the length counter will still increment for the first (empty) Byte transmission. When the counter reaches LENGTH.LEN, the internal length counter, Rx Byte counter, and Tx Byte counter are reset. If multiple lengths are to be transmitted, INTFLAG.TXC must go high before writing DATA for subsequent lengths. If there is a Length Error (STATUS.LENERR), the remaining Bytes in the length will be transmitted at the beginning of the next frame. If this is not desired, the SERCOM must be disabled and re-enabled in order to flush the Tx and Rx pipelines. Writing the LENGTH register while a frame is in progress will produce unpredictable results. If LENGTH.LENEN is not configured and a frame is not a multiple of 4 Bytes (while SS is low), the remainder will be transmitted in the next frame. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 885 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface 32-bit Extension Master Operation When using the SPI configured as Master, the Length and the Length Enable bit fields (LENGTH.LEN and LENGTH.LENEN) must be written before the frame begins. When LENGTH.LENEN is written to '1', the value of LENGTH.LEN determines the number of data bytes in the transaction from 1 to 255. For receive data, INTFLAG.RXC is raised every 4 Bytes received. If LENGTH.LEN is not a multiple of 4 Bytes, the final INTFLAG.RXC is set when the final byte is received. For transmit, there is a holding buffer for the 32-bit data in the core domain. Once DATA has been registered in the core domain, INTFLAG.DRE will be raised so that the next 32 bits can be written to the DATA register. If multiple lengths are to be transmitted, INTFLAG.TXC must go high before writing DATA for subsequent lengths. 35.6.4 DMA, Interrupts, and Events Table 35-4.Module Request for SERCOM SPI Condition Request DMA Interrupt Event Data Register Empty (DRE) Yes (request cleared when data is written) Yes NA Receive Complete (RXC) Yes (request cleared when data is read) Yes Transmit Complete (TXC) NA Yes Slave Select low (SSL) NA Yes Error (ERROR) NA Yes 35.6.4.1 DMA Operation The SPI generates the following DMA requests: * * Data received (RX): The request is set when data is available in the receive FIFO. The request is cleared when DATA is read. Data transmit (TX): The request is set when the transmit buffer (TX DATA) is empty. The request is cleared when DATA is written. 35.6.4.2 Interrupts The SPI has the following interrupt sources. These are asynchronous interrupts, and can wake-up the device from any Sleep mode: * * * * * Data Register Empty (DRE) Receive Complete (RXC) Transmit Complete (TXC) Slave Select Low (SSL) Error (ERROR) Each interrupt source has its own Interrupt flag. The Interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG) will be set when the Interrupt condition is met. Each interrupt can be individually enabled by writing '1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET), and disabled by writing '1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Clear register (INTENCLR). An interrupt request is generated when the Interrupt flag is set and if the corresponding interrupt is enabled. The interrupt request remains active until either the Interrupt flag is cleared, the interrupt is disabled, or the SPI is reset. For details on clearing Interrupt flags, refer to the INTFLAG register description. The value of INTFLAG indicates which interrupt is executed. Note that interrupts must be globally enabled for interrupt requests. Refer to Nested Vector Interrupt Controller for details. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 886 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface 35.6.4.3 Events Not applicable. 35.6.5 Sleep Mode Operation The behavior in Sleep mode is depending on the master/slave configuration and the Run In Standby bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.RUNSTDBY): * * * * 35.6.6 Master operation, CTRLA.RUNSTDBY=1: The peripheral clock GCLK_SERCOMx_CORE will continue to run in Idle Sleep mode and in Standby Sleep mode. Any interrupt can wake-up the device. Master operation, CTRLA.RUNSTDBY=0: GLK_SERCOMx_CORE will be disabled after the ongoing transaction is finished. Any interrupt can wake up the device. Slave operation, CTRLA.RUNSTDBY=1: The Receive Complete interrupt can wake-up the device. Slave operation, CTRLA.RUNSTDBY=0: All reception will be dropped, including the ongoing transaction. Synchronization Due to asynchronicity between the main clock domain and the peripheral clock domains, some registers need to be synchronized when written or read. The following bits are synchronized when written: * * * Software Reset bit in the CTRLA register (CTRLA.SWRST) Enable bit in the CTRLA register (CTRLA.ENABLE) Receiver Enable bit in the CTRLB register (CTRLB.RXEN) Note: CTRLB.RXEN is write-synchronized somewhat differently. See also CTRLB register for details. Required write synchronization is denoted by the "Write-Synchronized" property in the register description. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 887 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface 35.7 Register Summary Offset Name 0x00 CTRLA 0x04 CTRLB 0x08 CTRLC 0x0C 0x0D ... 0x13 0x14 0x15 0x16 0x17 0x18 0x19 BAUD INTENCLR Reserved INTENSET Reserved INTFLAG Reserved 0x1A STATUS SYNCBUSY 0x20 ... 0x21 Reserved 0x22 LENGTH 0x28 0x2C ... 0x2F 0x30 35.8 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 RUNSTDBY 7:0 ERROR SSL RXC TXC DRE 7:0 ERROR SSL RXC TXC DRE 7:0 ERROR SSL RXC TXC DRE ENABLE SWRST DORD PLOADEN AMODE[1:0] MODE[2:0] ENABLE SWRST IBON DOPO[1:0] DIPO[1:0] CPOL CPHA FORM[3:0] CHSIZE[2:0] SSDE RXEN MSSEN ICSPACE[5:0] DATA32B BAUD[7:0] Reserved 0x1C 0x24 Bit Pos. ADDR DATA 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 BUFOVF LENERR LENGTH CTRLB LEN[7:0] LENEN ADDR[7:0] ADDRMASK[7:0] DATA[7:0] DATA[15:8] DATA[23:16] DATA[31:24] Reserved DBGCTRL 7:0 DBGSTOP Register Description Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16-, and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Some registers require synchronization when read and/or written. Synchronization is denoted by the "ReadSynchronized" and/or "Write-Synchronized" property in each individual register description. Refer to 35.6.6 Synchronization (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 888 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface Some registers are enable-protected, meaning they can only be written when the module is disabled. Enable protection is denoted by the "Enable-Protected" property in each individual register description. Optional write protection by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC) is denoted by the "PAC Write Protection" property in each individual register description. Refer to 35.5.8 Register Access Protection. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 889 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface 35.8.1 Control A Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit CTRLA 0x00 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected, Write-Synchronized 31 Access Reset Bit 23 30 DORD R/W 0 29 CPOL R/W 0 22 21 28 CPHA R/W 0 27 R/W 0 20 19 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 FORM[3:0] DIPO[1:0] Access Reset Bit 16 DOPO[1:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 IBON R/W 0 7 RUNSTDBY R/W 0 6 5 4 3 MODE[2:0] R/W 0 2 1 ENABLE R/W 0 0 SWRST R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit 30 - DORDData Order This bit selects the data order when a character is shifted out from the Shift register. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 MSB is transferred first. 1 LSB is transferred first. Bit 29 - CPOLClock Polarity In combination with the Clock Phase bit (CPHA), this bit determines the SPI Transfer mode. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 SCK is low when idle. The leading edge of a clock cycle is a rising edge, while the trailing edge is a falling edge. 1 SCK is high when idle. The leading edge of a clock cycle is a falling edge, while the trailing edge is a rising edge. Bit 28 - CPHAClock Phase In combination with the Clock Polarity bit (CPOL), this bit determines the SPI Transfer mode. This bit is not synchronized. Mode CPOL CPHA Leading Edge Trailing Edge 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 Rising, sample Rising, change Falling, sample Falling, change Falling, change Falling, sample Rising, change Rising, sample Value 0 1 Description The data is sampled on a leading SCK edge and changed on a trailing SCK edge. The data is sampled on a trailing SCK edge and changed on a leading SCK edge. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 890 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface Bits 27:24 - FORM[3:0]Frame Format This bit field selects the various frame formats supported by the SPI in Slave mode. When the 'SPI frame with address' format is selected, the first byte received is checked against the ADDR register. FORM[3:0] Name Description 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3-0xF SPI SPI_ADDR - SPI frame Reserved SPI frame with address Reserved Bits 21:20 - DIPO[1:0]Data In Pinout These bits define the Data In (DI) pad configurations. In master operation, DI is MISO. In slave operation, DI is MOSI. These bits are not synchronized. DIPO[1:0] Name Description 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 PAD[0] PAD[1] PAD[2] PAD[3] SERCOM PAD[0] is used as data input SERCOM PAD[1] is used as data input SERCOM PAD[2] is used as data input SERCOM PAD[3] is used as data input Bits 17:16 - DOPO[1:0]Data Out Pinout This bit defines the available pad configurations for Data Out (DO) and the Serial Clock (SCK). In slave operation, the Slave Select (SS) line is controlled by DOPO, while in master operation the SS line is controlled by the port configuration. In master operation, DO is MOSI. In slave operation, DO is MISO. These bits are not synchronized. DOPO DO 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 SCK Slave SS PAD[0] PAD[1] PAD[2] Reserved PAD[3] PAD[1] PAD[2] Reserved Master SS PAD[2] Master SS pin when MSSEN = 1 otherwise System configuration PAD[2] Master SS pin when MSSEN = 1 otherwise System configuration Bit 8 - IBONImmediate Buffer Overflow Notification This bit controls when the Buffer Overflow Status bit (STATUS.BUFOVF) is set when a buffer overflow occurs. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 STATUS.BUFOVF is set when it occurs in the data stream. 1 STATUS.BUFOVF is set immediately upon buffer overflow. Bit 7 - RUNSTDBYRun In Standby This bit defines the functionality in Standby Sleep mode. These bits are not synchronized. RUNSTDBY Slave Master 0x0 Disabled. All reception is dropped, including the ongoing transaction. Ongoing transaction continues, wake on Receive Complete interrupt. Generic clock is disabled when ongoing transaction is finished. All interrupts can wake-up the device. Generic clock is enabled while in sleep modes. All interrupts can wake-up the device. 0x1 Bits 4:2 - MODE[2:0]Operating Mode These bits must be written to 0x2 or 0x3 to select the SPI of the SERCOM. 0x2: SPI slave operation 0x3: SPI master operation (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 891 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface These bits are not synchronized. Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable Due to synchronization, there is delay from writing CTRLA.ENABLE until the peripheral is enabled/disabled. The value written to CTRL.ENABLE will read back immediately and the Synchronization Enable Busy bit in the Synchronization Busy register (SYNCBUSY.ENABLE) will be set. SYNCBUSY.ENABLE is cleared when the operation is complete. This bit is not enable-protected. Value Description 0 The peripheral is disabled or being disabled. 1 The peripheral is enabled or being enabled. Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit resets all registers in the SERCOM, except DBGCTRL, to their initial state, and the SERCOM will be disabled. Writing ''1' to CTRL.SWRST will always take precedence, meaning that all other writes in the same write-operation will be discarded. Any register write access during the ongoing Reset will result in an APB error. Reading any register will return the Reset value of the register. Due to synchronization, there is a delay from writing CTRLA.SWRST until the Reset is complete. CTRLA.SWRST and SYNCBUSY. SWRST will both be cleared when the Reset is complete. This bit is not enable-protected. Value Description 0 There is no Reset operation ongoing. 1 The Reset operation is ongoing. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 892 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface 35.8.2 Control B Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit CTRLB 0x04 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected, Write-Synchronized 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 RXEN R/W 0 16 13 MSSEN R/W 0 12 11 10 9 SSDE R/W 0 8 5 4 3 2 1 CHSIZE[2:0] R/W 0 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 15 14 AMODE[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Access Reset Bit 7 Access Reset 6 PLOADEN R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit 17 - RXENReceiver Enable Writing '0' to this bit will disable the SPI receiver immediately. The receive buffer will be flushed, data from ongoing receptions will be lost and STATUS.BUFOVF will be cleared. Writing '1' to CTRLB.RXEN when the SPI is disabled will set CTRLB.RXEN immediately. When the SPI is enabled, CTRLB.RXEN will be cleared, SYNCBUSY.CTRLB will be set and remain set until the receiver is enabled. When the receiver is enabled CTRLB.RXEN will read back as '1'. Writing '1' to CTRLB.RXEN when the SPI is enabled will set SYNCBUSY.CTRLB, which will remain set until the receiver is enabled, and CTRLB.RXEN will read back as '1'. This bit is not enable-protected. Value Description 0 The receiver is disabled or being enabled. 1 The receiver is enabled or it will be enabled when SPI is enabled. Bits 15:14 - AMODE[1:0]Address Mode These bits set the Slave Addressing mode when the frame format (CTRLA.FORM) with address is used. They are unused in Master mode. AMODE[1:0] Name 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 Description MASK ADDRMASK is used as a mask to the ADDR register 2_ADDRS The slave responds to the two unique addresses in ADDR and ADDRMASK RANGE The slave responds to the range of addresses between and including ADDR and ADDRMASK. ADDR is the upper limit Reserved Bit 13 - MSSENMaster Slave Select Enable This bit enables hardware Slave Select (SS) control. Value Description 0 Hardware SS control is disabled. 1 Hardware SS control is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 893 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface Bit 9 - SSDESlave Select Low Detect Enable This bit enables wake-up when the Slave Select (SS) pin transitions from high to low. Value Description 0 SS low detector is disabled. 1 SS low detector is enabled. Bit 6 - PLOADENSlave Data Preload Enable Setting this bit will enable preloading of the Slave Shift register when there is no transfer in progress. If the SS line is high when DATA is written, it will be transferred immediately to the Shift register. Bits 2:0 - CHSIZE[2:0]Character Size CHSIZE[2:0] Name Description 0x0 0x1 0x2-0x7 8BIT 9BIT - 8 bits 9 bits Reserved (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 894 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface 35.8.3 Control C Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit CTRLC 0x08 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 DATA32B R/W 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 2 ICSPACE[5:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bit 24 - DATA32BData 32 Bit This bit enables 32-bit Extension for read and write transactions to the DATA register. When disabled, access is according to CTRLB.CHSIZE. Value Description 0 Transactions from and to DATA register are 8-bit 1 Transactions from and to DATA register are 32-bit Bits 5:0 - ICSPACE[5:0]Inter-Character Spacing When non-zero, CTRLC.ICSPACE selects the minimum number of baud cycles the SCK line will not toggle between characters. Value Description 0x00 Inter-Character Spacing is disabled 0x01-0x3 The minimum Inter-Character Spacing F (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 895 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface 35.8.4 Baud Rate Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 BAUD 0x0C 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 BAUD[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 7:0 - BAUD[7:0]Baud Register These bits control the clock generation, as described in the SERCOM Clock Generation - Baud-Rate Generator. Related Links 33.6.2.3 Clock Generation - Baud-Rate Generator (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 896 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface 35.8.5 Interrupt Enable Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENCLR 0x14 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to disable an interrupt without read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET). Bit Access Reset 7 ERROR R/W 0 6 5 4 3 SSL R/W 0 2 RXC R/W 0 1 TXC R/W 0 0 DRE R/W 0 Bit 7 - ERRORError Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear the Error Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Error interrupt. Value Description 0 Error interrupt is disabled. 1 Error interrupt is enabled. Bit 3 - SSLSlave Select Low Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear the Slave Select Low Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Slave Select Low interrupt. Value Description 0 Slave Select Low interrupt is disabled. 1 Slave Select Low interrupt is enabled. Bit 2 - RXCReceive Complete Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear the Receive Complete Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Receive Complete interrupt. Value Description 0 Receive Complete interrupt is disabled. 1 Receive Complete interrupt is enabled. Bit 1 - TXCTransmit Complete Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear the Transmit Complete Interrupt Enable bit, which disable the Transmit Complete interrupt. Value Description 0 Transmit Complete interrupt is disabled. 1 Transmit Complete interrupt is enabled. Bit 0 - DREData Register Empty Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear the Data Register Empty Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Data Register Empty interrupt. Value Description 0 Data Register Empty interrupt is disabled. 1 Data Register Empty interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 897 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface 35.8.6 Interrupt Enable Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENSET 0x16 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to disable an interrupt without read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Clear register (INTENCLR). Bit Access Reset 7 ERROR R/W 0 6 5 4 3 SSL R/W 0 2 RXC R/W 0 1 TXC R/W 0 0 DRE R/W 0 Bit 7 - ERRORError Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will set the Error Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Error interrupt. Value Description 0 Error interrupt is disabled. 1 Error interrupt is enabled. Bit 3 - SSLSlave Select Low Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will set the Slave Select Low Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Slave Select Low interrupt. Value Description 0 Slave Select Low interrupt is disabled. 1 Slave Select Low interrupt is enabled. Bit 2 - RXCReceive Complete Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will set the Receive Complete Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Receive Complete interrupt. Value Description 0 Receive Complete interrupt is disabled. 1 Receive Complete interrupt is enabled. Bit 1 - TXCTransmit Complete Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will set the Transmit Complete Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Transmit Complete interrupt. Value Description 0 Transmit Complete interrupt is disabled. 1 Transmit Complete interrupt is enabled. Bit 0 - DREData Register Empty Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will set the Data Register Empty Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Data Register Empty interrupt. Value Description 0 Data Register Empty interrupt is disabled. 1 Data Register Empty interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 898 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface 35.8.7 Interrupt Flag Status and Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset 7 ERROR R/W 0 INTFLAG 0x18 0x00 - 6 5 4 3 SSL R/W 0 2 RXC R 0 1 TXC R/W 0 0 DRE R 0 Bit 7 - ERRORError This flag is cleared by writing '1' to it. This bit is set when any error is detected. Errors that will set this flag have corresponding Status flags in the STATUS register. The BUFOVF error and the LENERR error will set this Interrupt flag. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear the flag. Bit 3 - SSLSlave Select Low This flag is cleared by writing '1' to it. This bit is set when a high to low transition is detected on the _SS pin in Slave mode and Slave Select Low Detect (CTRLB.SSDE) is enabled. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear the flag. Bit 2 - RXCReceive Complete This flag is cleared by reading the Data (DATA) register or by disabling the receiver. This flag is set when there are unread data in the receive buffer. If address matching is enabled, the first data received in a transaction will be an address. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit has no effect. Bit 1 - TXCTransmit Complete This flag is cleared by writing '1' to it or by writing new data to DATA. In Master mode, this flag is set when the data have been shifted out and there are no new data in DATA. In Slave mode, this flag is set when the _SS pin is pulled high. If address matching is enabled, this flag is only set if the transaction was initiated with an address match. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear the flag. Bit 0 - DREData Register Empty This flag is cleared by writing new data to DATA. This flag is set when DATA is empty and ready for new data to transmit. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit has no effect. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 899 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface 35.8.8 Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit STATUS 0x1A 0x0000 - 15 14 13 12 11 LENERR R/W 0 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 BUFOVF R/W 0 1 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 11 - LENERRTransaction Length Error This bit is set in slave mode when the length counter is enabled (LENGTH.LENEN=1) and the transfer length while SS is low is not a multiple of LENGTH.LEN. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear it. Value Description 0 No Length Error has occurred. 1 A Length Error has occurred. Bit 2 - BUFOVFBuffer Overflow Reading this bit before reading DATA will indicate the error status of the next character to be read. This bit is cleared by writing '1' to the bit or by disabling the receiver. This bit is set when a Buffer Overflow condition is detected. See also CTRLA.IBON for overflow handling. When set, the corresponding RxDATA will be zero. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear it. Value Description 0 No Buffer Overflow has occurred. 1 A Buffer Overflow has occurred. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 900 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface 35.8.9 Synchronization Busy Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit SYNCBUSY 0x1C 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 LENGTH R 0 3 2 CTRLB R 0 1 ENABLE R 0 0 SWRST R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 4 - LENGTHLENGTH Synchronization Busy Writing to the LENGTH register requires synchronization. When writing to LENGTH, SYNCBUSY.LENGTH will be set until synchronization is complete. If the LENGTH register is written to while SYNCBUSY.LENGTH is asserted, an APB error is generated. Note: In slave mode, the clock is only running during data transfer, so SYNCBUSY.LENGTH will remain asserted until the next data transfer begins. Value 0 1 Description LENGTH synchronization is not busy. LENGTH synchronization is busy. Bit 2 - CTRLBCTRLB Synchronization Busy Writing to the CTRLB when the SERCOM is enabled requires synchronization. Ongoing synchronization is indicated by SYNCBUSY.CTRLB=1 until synchronization is complete. If CTRLB is written while SYNCBUSY.CTRLB=1, an APB error will be generated. Value Description 0 CTRLB synchronization is not busy. 1 CTRLB synchronization is busy. Bit 1 - ENABLESERCOM Enable Synchronization Busy Enabling and disabling the SERCOM (CTRLA.ENABLE) requires synchronization. Ongoing synchronization is indicated by SYNCBUSY.ENABLE=1 until synchronization is complete. Value Description 0 Enable synchronization is not busy. 1 Enable synchronization is busy. Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Synchronization Busy Resetting the SERCOM (CTRLA.SWRST) requires synchronization. Ongoing synchronization is indicated by SYNCBUSY.SWRST=1 until synchronization is complete. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 901 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface Value 0 1 Description SWRST synchronization is not busy. SWRST synchronization is busy. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 902 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface 35.8.10 Length Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit LENGTH 0x22 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized 15 14 13 12 7 6 5 4 11 10 9 8 LENEN R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit LEN[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit 8 - LENENData Length Enable In 32-bit Extension mode, this bit field enables the length counter. Value Description 0 Length counter disabled 1 Length counter enabled Bits 7:0 - LEN[7:0]Data Length In 32-bit Extension mode, this bit field configures the data length after which the flags INTFLAG.RCX or INTFLAG.DRE are raised. Value Description 0x00 Reserved if LENEN=0x1 0x01-0xF Data Length F (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 903 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface 35.8.11 Address Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit ADDR 0x24 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 31 30 29 28 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 7 6 5 4 27 26 25 24 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 20 19 ADDRMASK[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Access Reset Bit ADDR[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 23:16 - ADDRMASK[7:0]Address Mask These bits hold the address mask when the transaction format with address is used (CTRLA.FORM, CTRLB.AMODE). Bits 7:0 - ADDR[7:0]Address These bits hold the address when the transaction format with address is used (CTRLA.FORM, CTRLB.AMODE). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 904 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface 35.8.12 Data Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit DATA 0x28 0x0000 - 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 28 27 DATA[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 20 19 DATA[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 DATA[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 DATA[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - DATA[31:0]Data Reading these bits will return the contents of the receive data buffer. The register should be read only when the Receive Complete Interrupt Flag bit in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.RXC) is set. Writing these bits will write the transmit data buffer. This register should be written only when the Data Register Empty Interrupt Flag bit in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.DRE) is set. Reads and writes are 32-bit or CTLB.CHSIZE based on the CTRLC.DATA32B setting. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 905 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM SPI - SERCOM Serial Peripheral Interface 35.8.13 Debug Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 DBGCTRL 0x30 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 0 DBGSTOP R/W 0 Bit 0 - DBGSTOPDebug Stop Mode This bit controls the functionality when the CPU is halted by an external debugger. Value Description 0 The baud-rate generator continues normal operation when the CPU is halted by an external debugger. 1 The baud-rate generator is halted when the CPU is halted by an external debugger. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 906 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 36. SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 36.1 Overview The Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) interface is one of the available modes in the Serial Communication Interface (SERCOM). The I2C interface uses the SERCOM transmitter and receiver configured as shown in Figure 36-1. Labels in capital letters are registers accessible by the CPU, while lowercase labels are internal to the SERCOM. A SERCOM instance can be configured to be either an I2C master or an I2C slave. Both master and slave have an interface containing a Shift register, a transmit buffer and a receive buffer. In addition, the I2C master uses the SERCOM baud-rate generator, while the I2C slave uses the SERCOM address match logic. Related Links 33. SERCOM - Serial Communication Interface 36.2 Features SERCOM I2C includes the following features: * * * * * * * * * * Master or Slave Operation Can be used with DMA Philips I2C Compatible SMBus Compatible PMBusTM Compatible Support of 100 kHz and 400 kHz, 1 MHz and 3.4 MHz I2C mode 32-bit Data Extension for better system bus utilization 4-Wire Operation Supported Physical nterface includes: - Slew-rate limited outputs - Filtered inputs Slave Operation: - Operation in all Sleep modes - Wake-up on address match - 7-bit and 10-bit Address match in hardware for: - * Unique address and/or 7-bit general call address * Address range * Two unique addresses can be used with DMA Related Links 33.2 Features (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 907 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 36.3 Block Diagram Figure 36-1.I2C Single-Master Single-Slave Interconnection Master BAUD TxDATA TxDATA 0 baud rate generator Slave SCL SCL hold low 0 SCL hold low shift register shift register 0 SDA 0 RxDATA 36.4 ADDR/ADDRMASK RxDATA == Signal Description Signal Name Type Description PAD[0] Digital I/O SDA PAD[1] Digital I/O SCL PAD[2] Digital I/O SDA_OUT (4-wire operation) PAD[3] Digital I/O SCL_OUT (4-wire operation) One signal can be mapped on several pins. Not all the pins are I2C pins. Refer to SERCOM I2C Configurations table for additional information. Related Links 6. I/O Multiplexing and Considerations 6.2.6 SERCOM I2C Configurations 36.6.3.3 4-Wire Mode 36.5 Product Dependencies In order to use this peripheral, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described below. 36.5.1 I/O Lines In order to use the I/O lines of this peripheral, the I/O pins must be configured using the I/O Pin Controller (PORT). When the SERCOM is used in I2C mode, the SERCOM controls the direction and value of the I/O pins. In I2C mode pull-up resistors are disabled. External pull-up resistors are required for proper function. Related Links 32. PORT - I/O Pin Controller 36.5.2 Power Management This peripheral can continue to operate in any Sleep mode where its source clock is running. The interrupts can wake-up the device from Sleep modes. Related Links (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 908 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 18. PM - Power Manager 36.5.3 Clocks The SERCOM bus clock (CLK_SERCOMx_APB) can be enabled and disabled in the Main Clock Controller. Refer to Peripheral Clock Masking for details and default status of this clock. Two generic clocks are used by SERCOM, GCLK_SERCOMx_CORE and GCLK_SERCOM_SLOW. The core clock (GCLK_SERCOMx_CORE) can clock the I2C when working as a master. The slow clock (GCLK_SERCOM_SLOW) is required only for certain functions, e.g. SMBus timing. These two clocks must be configured and enabled in the Generic Clock Controller (GCLK) before using the I2C. These generic clocks are asynchronous to the bus clock (CLK_SERCOMx_APB). Due to this asynchronicity, writes to certain registers will require synchronization between the clock domains. Refer to 36.6.6 Synchronization for further details. Related Links 14. GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 15.6.2.6 Peripheral Clock Masking 18. PM - Power Manager 36.5.4 DMA The DMA request lines are connected to the DMA Controller (DMAC). In order to use DMA requests with this peripheral the DMAC must be configured first. Refer to DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller for details. Related Links 22. DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 36.5.5 Interrupts The interrupt request line is connected to the Interrupt Controller. In order to use interrupt requests of this peripheral, the Interrupt Controller (NVIC) must be configured first. Refer to Nested Vector Interrupt Controller for details. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 36.5.6 Events Not applicable. 36.5.7 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in Debug mode, this peripheral will continue normal operation. If the peripheral is configured to require periodical service by the CPU through interrupts or similar, improper operation or data loss may result during debugging. This peripheral can be forced to halt operation during debugging - refer to the Debug Control (DBGCTRL) register for details. 36.5.8 Register Access Protection Registers with write access can be write-protected optionally by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). PAC write protection is not available for the following registers: * * * * Interrupt Flag Clear and Status register (INTFLAG) Status register (STATUS) Data register (DATA) Address register (ADDR) Optional PAC write protection is denoted by the "PAC Write-Protection" property in each individual register description. Write-protection does not apply to accesses through an external debugger. Related Links 27. PAC - Peripheral Access Controller (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 909 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 36.5.9 Analog Connections Not applicable. 36.6 Functional Description 36.6.1 Principle of Operation The I2C interface uses two physical lines for communication: * Serial Data Line (SDA) for data transfer * Serial Clock Line (SCL) for the bus clock A transaction starts with the I2C master sending the Start condition, followed by a 7-bit address and a direction bit (read or write to/from the slave). The addressed I2C slave will then Acknowledge (ACK) the address, and data packet transactions can begin. Every 9bit data packet consists of 8 data bits followed by a one-bit reply indicating whether the data was acknowledged or not. If a data packet is Not Acknowledged (NACK), whether by the I2C slave or master, the I2C master takes action by either terminating the transaction by sending the Stop condition, or by sending a repeated start to transfer more data. The figure below illustrates the possible transaction formats and Transaction Diagram Symbols explains the transaction symbols. These symbols will be used in the following descriptions. Figure 36-2.Transaction Diagram Symbols Bus Driver Special Bus Conditions Master driving bus S START condition Slave driving bus Sr repeated START condition Either Master or Slave driving bus P STOP condition Data Package Direction R Acknowledge Master Read A '0' '1' W Acknowledge (ACK) A Master Write '1' '0' (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Not Acknowledge (NACK) Datasheet DS60001507F-page 910 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit Figure 36-3.Basic I2C Transaction Diagram SDA SCL 6..0 S ADDRESS S ADDRESS 7..0 R/W R/W ACK A DATA DATA 7..0 ACK A DATA ACK/NACK DATA A/A P P Direction Address Packet Data Packet #0 Data Packet #1 Transaction 36.6.2 Basic Operation 36.6.2.1 Initialization The following registers are enable-protected, meaning they can be written only when the I2C interface is disabled (CTRLA.ENABLE is `0'): * Control A register (CTRLA), except Enable (CTRLA.ENABLE) and Software Reset (CTRLA.SWRST) bits * Control B register (CTRLB), except Acknowledge Action (CTRLB.ACKACT) and Command (CTRLB.CMD) bits * Baud register (BAUD) * Address register (ADDR) in slave operation. When the I2C is enabled or is being enabled (CTRLA.ENABLE=1), writing to these registers will be discarded. If the I2C is being disabled, writing to these registers will be completed after the disabling. Enable-protection is denoted by the "Enable-Protection" property in the register description. Before the I2C is enabled it must be configured as outlined by the following steps: 1. Select I2C Master or Slave mode by writing 0x4 (Slave mode) or 0x5 (Master mode) to the Operating Mode bits in the CTRLA register (CTRLA.MODE). 2. If desired, select the SDA Hold Time value in the CTRLA register (CTRLA.SDAHOLD). 3. In Slave mode, the minimum slave setup time for the SDA can be selected in the SDA Setup Time bit group in the Control C register (CTRLC.SDASETUP). 4. If desired, enable smart operation by setting the Smart Mode Enable bit in the CTRLB register (CTRLB.SMEN). 5. If desired, enable SCL low time-out by setting the SCL Low Time-Out bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.LOWTOUT). 6. In Master mode: 6.1. Select the inactive bus time-out in the Inactive Time-Out bit group in the CTRLA register (CTRLA.INACTOUT). 6.2. Write the Baud Rate register (BAUD) to generate the desired baud rate. In Slave mode: 6.1. Configure the address match configuration by writing the Address Mode value in the CTRLB register (CTRLB.AMODE). 6.2. Set the Address and Address Mask value in the Address register (ADDR.ADDR and ADDR.ADDRMASK) according to the address configuration. 36.6.2.2 Enabling, Disabling, and Resetting This peripheral is enabled by writing '1' to the Enable bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.ENABLE), and disabled by writing '0' to it. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 911 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit Writing `1' to the Software Reset bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.SWRST) will reset all registers of this peripheral to their initial states, except the DBGCTRL register, and the peripheral is disabled. 36.6.2.3 I2C Bus State Logic The Bus state logic includes several logic blocks that continuously monitor the activity on the I2C bus lines in all Sleep modes with running GCLK_SERCOM_x clocks. The start and stop detectors and the bit counter are all essential in the process of determining the current Bus state. The Bus state is determined according to Bus State Diagram. Software can get the current Bus state by reading the Master Bus State bits in the Status register (STATUS.BUSSTATE). The value of STATUS.BUSSTATE in the figure is shown in binary. Figure 36-4.Bus State Diagram RESET UNKNOWN (0b00) Timeout or Stop Condition Start Condition IDLE (0b01) Timeout or Stop Condition BUSY (0b11) Write ADDR to generate Start Condition OWNER (0b10) Lost Arbitration Repeated Start Condition Stop Condition Write ADDR to generate Repeated Start Condition The Bus state machine is active when the I 2C master is enabled. I2C After the master has been enabled, the Bus state is UNKNOWN (0b00). From the UNKNOWN state, the bus will transition to IDLE (0b01) by either: * Forcing by writing 0b01 to STATUS.BUSSTATE * A Stop condition is detected on the bus * If the inactive bus time-out is configured for SMBus compatibility (CTRLA.INACTOUT) and a time-out occurs. Note: Once a known Bus state is established, the Bus state logic will not re-enter the UNKNOWN state. When the bus is IDLE it is ready for a new transaction. If a Start condition is issued on the bus by another I2C master in a multi-master setup, the bus becomes BUSY (0b11). The bus will re-enter IDLE either when a Stop condition is detected, or when a time-out occurs (inactive bus time-out needs to be configured). If a Start condition is generated internally by writing the Address bit group in the Address register (ADDR.ADDR) while IDLE, the OWNER state (0b10) is entered. If the complete transaction was performed without interference, i.e., arbitration was not lost, the I2C master can issue a Stop condition, which will change the Bus state back to IDLE. However, if a packet collision is detected while in OWNER state, the arbitration is assumed lost and the Bus state becomes BUSY until a Stop condition is detected. A repeated Start condition will change the Bus state only if arbitration is lost while issuing a repeated start. Note: Violating the protocol may cause the I2C to hang. If this happens it is possible to recover from this state by a software Reset (CTRLA.SWRST='1'). Related Links (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 912 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 36.10.1 CTRLA 36.6.2.4 I2C Master Operation The I2C master is byte-oriented and interrupt based. The number of interrupts generated is kept at a minimum by automatic handling of most incidents. The software driver complexity and code size are reduced by auto-triggering of operations, and a Special Smart mode, which can be enabled by the Smart Mode Enable bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.SMEN). The I2C master has two interrupt strategies. When SCL Stretch Mode (CTRLA.SCLSM) is '0', SCL is stretched before or after the Acknowledge bit . In this mode the I2C master operates according to Master Behavioral Diagram (SCLSM=0). The circles labeled "Mn" (M1, M2..) indicate the nodes the bus logic can jump to, based on software or hardware interaction. This diagram is used as reference for the description of the I2C master operation throughout the document. Figure 36-5.I2C Master Behavioral Diagram (SCLSM=0) APPLICATION Master Bus INTERRUPT + SCL HOLD M1 M2 BUSY P M3 IDLE S M4 ADDRESS Wait for IDLE SW SW R/W A SW P SW Sr W A M1 BUSY R/W BUSY M2 IDLE M3 BUSY DATA SW A/A Slave Bus INTERRUPT + SCL HOLD SW Software interaction SW The master provides data on the bus A A/A Addressed slave provides data on the bus BUSY P A/A Sr IDLE M4 M2 M3 A/A R A DATA In the second strategy (CTRLA.SCLSM=1), interrupts only occur after the ACK bit, as in Master Behavioral Diagram (SCLSM=1). This strategy can be used when it is not necessary to check DATA before acknowledging. Note: I2C High-speed (Hs) mode requires CTRLA.SCLSM=1. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 913 M4 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit Figure 36-6. I2C Master Behavioral Diagram (SCLSM=1) APPLICATION Master Bus INTERRUPT + SCL HOLD M1 M2 BUSY P M3 IDLE S M4 ADDRESS Wait for IDLE SW R/W BUSY SW R/W A SW P SW Sr W A M1 BUSY M2 IDLE M3 BUSY DATA SW A/A Slave Bus INTERRUPT + SCL HOLD SW Software interaction SW BUSY The master provides data on the bus P IDLE M4 M2 Addressed slave provides data on the bus Sr R A M3 DATA A/A 36.6.2.4.1 Master Clock Generation The SERCOM peripheral supports several I2C bidirectional modes: * Standard mode (Sm) up to 100 kHz * Fast mode (Fm) up to 400 kHz * Fast mode Plus (Fm+) up to 1 MHz * High-speed mode (Hs) up to 3.4 MHz The Master clock configuration for Sm, Fm, and Fm+ are described in Clock Generation (Standard-Mode, Fast-Mode, and Fast-Mode Plus). For Hs, refer to Master Clock Generation (High-Speed Mode). Clock Generation (Standard-Mode, Fast-Mode, and Fast-Mode Plus) In I2C Sm, Fm, and Fm+ mode, the Master clock (SCL) frequency is determined as described in this section: The low (TLOW) and high (THIGH) times are determined by the Baud Rate register (BAUD), while the rise (TRISE) and fall (TFALL) times are determined by the bus topology. Because of the wired-AND logic of the bus, TFALL will be considered as part of TLOW. Likewise, TRISE will be in a state between TLOW and THIGH until a high state has been detected. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 914 M4 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit Figure 36-7.SCL Timing TRISE P S Sr TLOW SCL THIGH TFALL TBUF SDA TSU;STO THD;STA TSU;STA The following parameters are timed using the SCL low time period TLOW. This comes from the Master Baud Rate Low bit group in the Baud Rate register (BAUD.BAUDLOW). When BAUD.BAUDLOW=0, or the Master Baud Rate bit group in the Baud Rate register (BAUD.BAUD) determines it. * TLOW - Low period of SCL clock * TSU;STO - Set-up time for stop condition * TBUF - Bus free time between stop and start conditions * THD;STA - Hold time (repeated) start condition * TSU;STA - Set-up time for repeated start condition * THIGH is timed using the SCL high time count from BAUD.BAUD * TRISE is determined by the bus impedance; for internal pull-ups. * TFALL is determined by the open-drain current limit and bus impedance; can typically be regarded as zero. The SCL frequency is given by: SCL = 1 LOW + HIGH + RISE SCL = GCLK 10 + 2 + GCLK RISE SCL = GCLK 10 + + + GCLK RISE When BAUD.BAUDLOW is zero, the BAUD.BAUD value is used to time both SCL high and SCL low. In this case the following formula will give the SCL frequency: When BAUD.BAUDLOW is non-zero, the following formula determines the SCL frequency: The following formulas can determine the SCL TLOW and THIGH times: LOW = HIGH = + 5 GCLK + 5 GCLK Note: The I2C standard Fm+ (Fast-mode plus) requires a nominal high to low SCL ratio of 1:2, and BAUD should be set accordingly. At a minimum, BAUD.BAUD and/or BAUD.BAUDLOW must be non-zero. Startup Timing The minimum time between SDA transition and SCL rising edge is 6 APB cycles when the DATA register is written in smart mode. If a greater startup time is required due to long rise times, the time between DATA write and IF clear must be controlled by software. Note: When timing is controlled by user, the Smart Mode cannot be enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 915 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit Master Clock Generation (High-Speed Mode) For I2C Hs transfers, there is no SCL synchronization. Instead, the SCL frequency is determined by the GCLK_SERCOMx_CORE frequency (fGCLK) and the High-Speed Baud setting in the Baud register (BAUD.HSBAUD). When BAUD.HSBAUDLOW=0, the HSBAUD value will determine both SCL high and SCL low. In this case the following formula determines the SCL frequency. SCL = GCLK 2 + 2 SCL = GCLK 2 + + When HSBAUDLOW is non-zero, the following formula determines the SCL frequency. Note: The I2C standard Hs (High-speed) requires a nominal high to low SCL ratio of 1:2, and HSBAUD should be set accordingly. At a minimum, BAUD.HSBAUD and/or BAUD.HSBAUDLOW must be non-zero. 36.6.2.4.2 Transmitting Address Packets The I2C master starts a bus transaction by writing the I2C slave address to ADDR.ADDR and the direction bit, as described in 36.6.1 Principle of Operation. If the bus is busy, the I2C master will wait until the bus becomes idle before continuing the operation. When the bus is idle, the I2C master will issue a start condition on the bus. The I2C master will then transmit an address packet using the address written to ADDR.ADDR. After the address packet has been transmitted by the I2C master, one of four cases will arise according to arbitration and transfer direction. Case 1: Arbitration lost or bus error during address packet transmission If arbitration was lost during transmission of the address packet, the Master on Bus bit in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.MB) and the Arbitration Lost bit in the Status register (STATUS.ARBLOST) are both set. Serial data output to SDA is disabled, and the SCL is released, which disables clock stretching. In effect the I2C master is no longer allowed to execute any operation on the bus until the bus is idle again. A bus error will behave similarly to the Arbitration Lost condition. In this case, the MB Interrupt flag and Master Bus Error bit in the Status register (STATUS.BUSERR) are both set in addition to STATUS.ARBLOST. The Master Received Not Acknowledge bit in the Status register (STATUS.RXNACK) will always contain the last successfully received acknowledge or not acknowledge indication. In this case, software will typically inform the application code of the condition and then clear the Interrupt flag before exiting the interrupt routine. No other flags have to be cleared at this moment, because all flags will be cleared automatically the next time the ADDR.ADDR register is written. Case 2: Address packet transmit complete - No ACK received If there is no I2C slave device responding to the address packet, then the INTFLAG.MB Interrupt flag and STATUS.RXNACK will be set. The clock hold is active at this point, preventing further activity on the bus. The missing ACK response can indicate that the I2C slave is busy with other tasks or sleeping. Therefore, it is not able to respond. In this event, the next step can be either issuing a Stop condition (recommended) or resending the address packet by a repeated Start condition. When using SMBus logic, the slave must ACK the address. If there is no response, it means that the slave is not available on the bus. Case 3: Address packet transmit complete - Write packet, Master on Bus set If the I2C master receives an acknowledge response from the I2C slave, INTFLAG.MB will be set and STATUS.RXNACK will be cleared. The clock hold is active at this point, preventing further activity on the bus. In this case, the software implementation becomes highly protocol dependent. Three possible actions can enable the I2C operation to continue: * Initiate a data transmit operation by writing the data byte to be transmitted into DATA.DATA. * Transmit a new address packet by writing ADDR.ADDR. A repeated Start condition will automatically be inserted before the address packet. * Issue a Stop condition, consequently terminating the transaction. Case 4: Address packet transmit complete - Read packet, Slave on Bus set If the I2C master receives an ACK from the I2C slave, the I2C master proceeds to receive the next byte of data from the I2C slave. When the first data byte is received, the Slave on Bus bit in the Interrupt Flag register (INTFLAG.SB) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 916 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit will be set and STATUS.RXNACK will be cleared. The clock hold is active at this point, preventing further activity on the bus. In this case, the software implementation becomes highly protocol dependent. Three possible actions can enable the I2C operation to continue: * Let the I2C master continue to read data by acknowledging the data received. ACK can be sent by software, or automatically in Smart mode. * Transmit a new address packet. * Terminate the transaction by issuing a Stop condition. Note: An ACK or NACK will be automatically transmitted if Smart mode is enabled. The Acknowledge Action bit in the Control B register (CTRLB.ACKACT) determines whether ACK or NACK should be sent. 36.6.2.4.3 Transmitting Data Packets When an address packet with direction Master Write (see Figure 36-3) was transmitted successfully , INTFLAG.MB will be set. The I2C master will start transmitting data via the I2C bus by writing to DATA.DATA, and monitor continuously for packet collisions. If a collision is detected, the I2C master will lose arbitration and STATUS.ARBLOST will be set. If the transmit was successful, the I2C master will receive an ACK bit from the I2C slave, and STATUS.RXNACK will be cleared. INTFLAG.MB will be set in both cases, regardless of arbitration outcome. It is recommended to read STATUS.ARBLOST and handle the arbitration lost condition in the beginning of the I2C Master on Bus interrupt. This can be done as there is no difference between handling address and data packet arbitration. STATUS.RXNACK must be checked for each data packet transmitted before the next data packet transmission can commence. The I2C master is not allowed to continue transmitting data packets if a NACK is received from the I2C slave. 36.6.2.4.4 Receiving Data Packets (SCLSM=0) When INTFLAG.SB is set, the I2C master will already have received one data packet. The I2C master must respond by sending either an ACK or NACK. Sending a NACK may be unsuccessful when arbitration is lost during the transmission. In this case, a lost arbitration will prevent setting INTFLAG.SB. Instead, INTFLAG.MB will indicate a change in arbitration. Handling of lost arbitration is the same as for data bit transmission. 36.6.2.4.5 Receiving Data Packets (SCLSM=1) When INTFLAG.SB is set, the I2C master will already have received one data packet and transmitted an ACK or NACK, depending on CTRLB.ACKACT. At this point, CTRLB.ACKACT must be set to the correct value for the next ACK bit, and the transaction can continue by reading DATA and issuing a command if not in the Smart mode. 36.6.2.4.6 High-Speed Mode High-speed transfers are a multi-step process, see High Speed Transfer. First, a master code (0b00001nnn, where 'nnn' is a unique master code) is transmitted in Full-speed mode, followed by a NACK since no slaveshould acknowledge. Arbitration is performed only during the Full-speed Master Code phase. The master code is transmitted by writing the master code to the Address register (ADDR.ADDR) and writing the High-speed bit (ADDR.HS) to '0'. After the master code and NACK have been transmitted, the master write interrupt will be asserted. In the meanwhile, the slave address can be written to the ADDR.ADDR register together with ADDR.HS=1. Now in High-speed mode, the master will generate a repeated start, followed by the slave address with RW-direction. The bus will remain in High-speed mode until a stop is generated. If a repeated start is desired, the ADDR.HS bit must again be written to '1', along with the new address ADDR.ADDR to be transmitted. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 917 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit Figure 36-8.High Speed Transfer F/S-mode S Master Code Hs-mode A ADDRESS Sr F/S-mode R/W A DATA A/A P Hs-mode continues N Data Packets Sr ADDRESS Transmitting in High-speed mode requires the I2C master to be configured in High-speed mode (CTRLA.SPEED=0x2) and the SCL Clock Stretch mode (CTRLA.SCLSM) bit set to '1'. 36.6.2.4.7 10-Bit Addressing When 10-bit addressing is enabled by the Ten Bit Addressing Enable bit in the Address register (ADDR.TENBITEN=1) and the Address bit field ADDR.ADDR is written, the two address bytes will be transmitted, see 10-bit Address Transmission for a Read Transaction. The addressed slave acknowledges the two address bytes, and the transaction continues. Regardless of whether the transaction is a read or write, the master must start by sending the 10-bit address with the direction bit (ADDR.ADDR[0]) being zero. If the master receives a NACK after the first byte, the Write Interrupt flag will be raised and the STATUS.RXNACK bit will be set. If the first byte is acknowledged by one or more slaves, then the master will proceed to transmit the second address byte and the master will first see the Write Interrupt flag after the second byte is transmitted. If the transaction direction is read-from-slave, the 10-bit address transmission must be followed by a repeated start and the first 7 bits of the address with the read/write bit equal to '1'. Figure 36-9.10-bit Address Transmission for a Read Transaction MB INTERRUPT 1 S 11110 addr[9:8] W A addr[7:0] A S W Sr 11110 addr[9:8] R A This implies the following procedure for a 10-bit read operation: 1. Write the 10-bit address to ADDR.ADDR[10:1]. ADDR.TENBITEN must be '1', the direction bit (ADDR.ADDR[0]) must be '0' (can be written simultaneously with ADDR). 2. Once the Master on Bus interrupt is asserted, Write ADDR[7:0] register to '11110 address[9:8] 1'. ADDR.TENBITEN must be cleared (can be written simultaneously with ADDR). 3. Proceed to transmit data. 36.6.2.5 I2C Slave Operation The I2C slave is byte-oriented and interrupt-based. The number of interrupts generated is kept at a minimum by automatic handling of most events. The software driver complexity and code size are reduced by auto-triggering of operations, and a special smart mode, which can be enabled by the Smart Mode Enable bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.SMEN). The I2C slave has two interrupt strategies. When SCL Stretch Mode bit (CTRLA.SCLSM) is '0', SCL is stretched before or after the acknowledge bit. In this mode, the I2C slave operates according to I2C Slave Behavioral Diagram (SCLSM=0). The circles labelled "Sn" (S1, S2..) indicate the nodes the bus logic can jump to, based on software or hardware interaction. This diagram is used as reference for the description of the I2C slave operation throughout the document. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 918 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit Figure 36-10.I2C Slave Behavioral Diagram (SCLSM=0) AMATCH INTERRUPT S1 S3 S2 S DRDY INTERRUPT A ADDRESS S W R S1 S2 Sr S3 S W A A P S1 P S2 Sr S3 DATA A/A PREC INTERRUPT S W W Interrupt on STOP Condition Enabled S W A S W DATA A/A S W Software interaction The master provides data on the bus Addressed slave provides data on the bus In the second strategy (CTRLA.SCLSM=1), interrupts only occur after the ACK bit is sent as shown in Slave Behavioral Diagram (SCLSM=1). This strategy can be used when it is not necessary to check DATA before acknowledging. For master reads, an address and data interrupt will be issued simultaneously after the address acknowledge. However, for master writes, the first data interrupt will be seen after the first data byte has been received by the slave and the acknowledge bit has been sent to the master. Note: For I2C High-speed mode (Hs), SCLSM=1 is required. Figure 36-11.I2C Slave Behavioral Diagram (SCLSM=1) AMATCH INTERRUPT (+ DRDY INTERRUPT in Master Read mode) S1 S3 S2 S ADDRESS R A/A DRDY INTERRUPT S W P S2 Sr S3 DATA P S2 Sr S3 A/A PREC INTERRUPT W Interrupt on STOP Condition Enabled S W A/A S W DATA A/A S W S W Software interaction The master provides data on the bus Addressed slave provides data on the bus (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 919 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 36.6.2.5.1 Receiving Address Packets (SCLSM=0) When CTRLA.SCLSM=0, the I2C slave stretches the SCL line according to Figure 36-10. When the I2C slave is properly configured, it will wait for a Start condition. When a Start condition is detected, the successive address packet will be received and checked by the address match logic. If the received address is not a match, the packet will be rejected, and the I2C slave will wait for a new Start condition. If the received address is a match, the Address Match bit in the Interrupt Flag register (INTFLAG.AMATCH) will be set. SCL will be stretched until the I2C slave clears INTFLAG.AMATCH. As the I2C slave holds the clock by forcing SCL low, the software has unlimited time to respond. The direction of a transaction is determined by reading the Read/Write Direction bit in the Status register (STATUS.DIR). This bit will be updated only when a valid address packet is received. If the Transmit Collision bit in the Status register (STATUS.COLL) is set, this indicates that the last packet addressed to the I2C slave had a packet collision. A collision causes the SDA and SCL lines to be released without any notification to software. Therefore, the next AMATCH interrupt is the first indication of the previous packet's collision. Collisions are intended to follow the SMBus Address Resolution Protocol (ARP). After the address packet has been received from the I2C master, one of two cases will arise based on transfer direction. Case 1: Address packet accepted - Read flag set The STATUS.DIR bit is `1', indicating an I2C master read operation. The SCL line is forced low, stretching the bus clock. If an ACK is sent, I2C slave hardware will set the Data Ready bit in the Interrupt Flag register (INTFLAG.DRDY), indicating data are needed for transmit. If a NACK is sent, the I2C slave will wait for a new Start condition and address match. Typically, software will immediately acknowledge the address packet by sending an ACK/NACK bit. The I2C slave Command bit field in the Control B register (CTRLB.CMD) can be written to '0x3' for both read and write operations as the command execution is dependent on the STATUS.DIR bit. Writing `1' to INTFLAG.AMATCH will also cause an ACK/NACK to be sent corresponding to the CTRLB.ACKACT bit. Case 2: Address packet accepted - Write flag set The STATUS.DIR bit is cleared, indicating an I2C master write operation. The SCL line is forced low, stretching the bus clock. If an ACK is sent, the I2C slave will wait for data to be received. Data, repeated start or stop can be received. If a NACK is sent, the I2C slave will wait for a new Start condition and address match. Typically, software will immediately acknowledge the address packet by sending an ACK/NACK. The I2C slave command CTRLB.CMD = 3 can be used for both read and write operation as the command execution is dependent on STATUS.DIR. Writing `1' to INTFLAG.AMATCH will also cause an ACK/NACK to be sent corresponding to the CTRLB.ACKACT bit. 36.6.2.5.2 Receiving Address Packets (SCLSM=1) When SCLSM=1, the I2C slave will stretch the SCL line only after an ACK, see Slave Behavioral Diagram (SCLSM=1). When the I2C slave is properly configured, it will wait for a Start condition to be detected. When a Start condition is detected, the successive address packet will be received and checked by the address match logic. If the received address is not a match, the packet will be rejected and the I2C slave will wait for a new Start condition. If the address matches, the acknowledge action as configured by the Acknowledge Action bit Control B register (CTRLB.ACKACT) will be sent and the Address Match bit in the Interrupt Flag register (INTFLAG.AMATCH) is set. SCL will be stretched until the I2C slave clears INTFLAG.AMATCH. As the I2C slave holds the clock by forcing SCL low, the software is given unlimited time to respond to the address. The direction of a transaction is determined by reading the Read/Write Direction bit in the Status register (STATUS.DIR). This bit will be updated only when a valid address packet is received. If the Transmit Collision bit in the Status register (STATUS.COLL) is set, the last packet addressed to the I2C slave had a packet collision. A collision causes the SDA and SCL lines to be released without any notification to software. The next AMATCH interrupt is, therefore, the first indication of the previous packet's collision. Collisions are intended to follow the SMBus Address Resolution Protocol (ARP). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 920 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit After the address packet has been received from the I2C master, INTFLAG.AMATCH be set to `1' to clear it. 36.6.2.5.3 Receiving and Transmitting Data Packets After the I2C slave has received an address packet, it will respond according to the direction either by waiting for the data packet to be received or by starting to send a data packet by writing to DATA.DATA. When a data packet is received or sent, INTFLAG.DRDY will be set. After receiving data, the I2C slave will send an acknowledge according to CTRLB.ACKACT. Case 1: Data received INTFLAG.DRDY is set, and SCL is held low, pending for SW interaction. Case 2: Data sent When a byte transmission is successfully completed, the INTFLAG.DRDY Interrupt flag is set. If NACK is received, indicated by STATUS.RXNACK=1, the I2C slave must expect a stop or a repeated start to be received. The I2C slave must release the data line to allow the I2C master to generate a stop or repeated start. Upon detecting a Stop condition, the Stop Received bit in the Interrupt Flag register (INTFLAG.PREC) will be set and the I2C slave will return to IDLE state. 36.6.2.5.4 High-Speed Mode When the I2C slave is configured in High-speed mode (Hs, CTRLA.SPEED=0x2) and CTRLA.SCLSM=1, switching between Full-speed and High-speed modes is automatic. When the slave recognizes a START followed by a master code transmission and a NACK, it automatically switches to High-speed mode and sets the High-speed status bit (STATUS.HS). The slave will then remain in High-speed mode until a STOP is received. 36.6.2.5.5 10-Bit Addressing When 10-bit addressing is enabled (ADDR.TENBITEN=1), the two address bytes following a START will be checked against the 10-bit slave address recognition. The first byte of the address will always be acknowledged, and the second byte will raise the address Interrupt flag, see 10-bit Addressing. If the transaction is a write, then the 10-bit address will be followed by N data bytes. If the operation is a read, the 10-bit address will be followed by a repeated START and reception of '11110 ADDR[9:8] 1', and the second address interrupt will be received with the DIR bit set. The slave matches on the second address as it was addressed by the previous 10-bit address. Figure 36-12.10-bit Addressing AMATCH INTERRUPT S 11110 addr[9:8] W A addr[7:0] S W AMATCH INTERRUPT A Sr 11110 addr[9:8] R S W 36.6.2.5.6 PMBus Group Command When the PMBus Group Command bit in the CTRLB register is set (CTRLB.GCMD=1) and 7-bit addressing is used, INTFLAG.PREC will be set if the slave has been addressed since the last STOP condition. When CTRLB.GCMD=0, a STOP condition without address match will not be set INTFLAG.PREC. The group command protocol is used to send commands to more than one device. The commands are sent in one continuous transmission with a single STOP condition at the end. When the STOP condition is detected by the slaves addressed during the group command, they all begin executing the command they received. PMBus Group Command Example shows an example where this slave, bearing ADDRESS 1, is addressed after a repeated START condition. There can be multiple slaves addressed before and after this slave. Eventually, at the end of the group command, a single STOP is generated by the master. At this point a STOP interrupt is asserted. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 921 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit Figure 36-13.PMBus Group Command Example Command/Data S ADDRESS 0 W A n Bytes A AMATCH INTERRUPT DRDY INTERRUPT Command/Data Sr ADDRESS 1 (this slave) S W W A 36.6.3 ADDRESS 2 W n Bytes A A PREC INTERRUPT Command/Data Sr S W n Bytes A P S W Additional Features 36.6.3.1 SMBus The I2C includes three hardware SCL low time-outs, which allow a time-out to occur for SMBus SCL low time-out, master extend time-out, and slave extend time-out. This allows for SMBus functionality These time-outs are driven by the GCLK_SERCOM_SLOW clock. The GCLK_SERCOM_SLOW clock is used to accurately time the time-out and must be configured to use a 32 KHz oscillator. The I2C interface also allows for a SMBus compatible SDA hold time. * * * TTIMEOUT: SCL low time of 25..35ms - Measured for a single SCL low period. It is enabled by CTRLA.LOWTOUTEN. TLOW:SEXT: Cumulative clock low extend time of 25 ms - Measured as the cumulative SCL low extend time by a slave device in a single message from the initial START to the STOP. It is enabled by CTRLA.SEXTTOEN. TLOW:MEXT: Cumulative clock low extend time of 10 ms - Measured as the cumulative SCL low extend time by the master device within a single byte from START-to-ACK, ACK-to-ACK, or ACK-to-STOP. It is enabled by CTRLA.MEXTTOEN. 36.6.3.2 Smart Mode The I2C interface has a Smart mode that simplifies application code and minimizes the user interaction needed to adhere to the I2C protocol. The Smart mode accomplishes this by automatically issuing an ACK or NACK (based on the content of CTRLB.ACKACT) as soon as DATA.DATA is read. 36.6.3.3 4-Wire Mode Writing a '1' to the Pin Usage bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.PINOUT) will enable 4-Wire mode operation. In this mode, the internal I2C tri-state drivers are bypassed, and an external I2C compliant tri-state driver is needed when connecting to an I2C bus. Figure 36-14.I2C Pad Interface SCL_OUT/ SDA_OUT SCL_OUT/ SDA_OUT pad PINOUT I2C Driver SCL/SDA pad SCL_IN/ SDA_IN PINOUT (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 922 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 36.6.3.4 Quick Command Setting the Quick Command Enable bit in the Control B register (CTRLB.QCEN) enables quick command. When quick command is enabled, the corresponding Interrupt flag (INTFLAG.SB or INTFLAG.MB) is set immediately after the slave acknowledges the address. At this point, the software can either issue a Stop command or a repeated start by writing CTRLB.CMD or ADDR.ADDR. 36.6.3.5 32-bit Extension For better system bus utilization, 32-bit data receive and transmit can be enabled by writing to the Data 32-bit bit field in the Control C register (CTRLC.DATA32B=1). When enabled, write and read transaction to/from the DATA register are 32 bit in size. If frames are not multiples of 4 Bytes, the Length Counter (LENGTH.LEN) and Length Enable (LENGTH.LENEN) must be configured before data transfer begins. LENGTH.LEN must be enabled only when CTRLC.DATA32B is enabled. The figure below shows the order of transmit and receive when using 32-bit mode. Bytes are transmitted or received and stored in order from 0 to 3. Figure 36-15.32-bit Extension Byte Ordering APB Write/Read BYTE3 BYTE2 BYTE1 BYTE0 31 Bit Position 0 32-bit Extension Slave Operation The figure below shows a transaction with 32-bit Extension enabled (CTRLC.DATA32B=1). In slave operation, the Address Match interrupt in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.AMATCH) is set after the address is received and available in the DATA register. The Data Ready interrupt (INTFLAG.DRDY) will then be raised for every 4 Bytes transferred. Figure 36-16.32-bit Extension Slave Operation SLAVE DATA INTERRUPT SLAVE ADDRESS INTERRUPT S ADDRESS W S W A Byte 0 A Byte 1 A Byte 2 A Byte 3 S W The LENGTH register can be written before the frame begins, or when the AMATCH interrupt is set. If the frame size is not LENGTH.LEN Bytes, the Length Error status bit (STATUS.LENERR) is raised. If LENGTH.LEN is not a multiple of 4 Bytes, the final INTFLAG.DRDY interrupt is raised when the last Byte is received for master reads. For master writes, the last data byte will be automatically NACKed. On address recognition, the internal length counter is reset in preparation for the incoming frame. High Speed transactions start with a Full Speed Master Code. When a Master Code is detected, no data is received and the next expected operation is a repeated start. For this reason, the length is not counted after a Master Code is received. In this case, no Length Error (STATUS.LENERR) is registered, regardless of the LENGTH.LENEN setting. When SCL clock stretch mode is selected (CTRLA.SCLSM=1) and the transaction is a master write, the selected Acknowledge Action (CTRLB.ACKACT) will only be used to ACK/NACK each 4th byte. All other bytes are ACKed. This allows the user to write CTRLB.ACKACT=1 in the final interrupt, so that the last byte in a 32-bit word will be NACKed. Writing to the LENGTH register while a frame is in progress will produce unpredictable results. If LENGTH.LENEN is not set and a frame is not a multiple of 4 Bytes, the remainder will be lost. 32-bit Extension Master Operation When using the I2C configured as Master, the Address register must be written with the desired address (ADDR.ADDR), and optionally, the transaction Length and transaction Length Enable bits (ADDR.LEN and ADDR.LENEN) can be written. When ADDR.LENEN is written to '1' along with ADDR.ADDR, ADDR.LEN determines the number of data bytes in the transaction from 0 to 255. Then, the ADDR.LEN bytes are transferred, followed by an automatically generated NACK (for master reads) and a STOP. The INTFLAG.SB or INTFLAG.MB are raised for every 4 Bytes transferred. If the transaction is a master read and ADDR.LEN is not a multiple of 4 Bytes, the final INTFLAG.SB is set when the last byte is received. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 923 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit When SCL clock stretch mode is enabled (CTRLA.SCLSM=1) and the transaction is a master read, the selected Acknowledge Action (CTRLB.ACKACT) will only be used to ACK/NACK each 4th Byte. All other bytes are ACKed. This allows the user to set CTRLB.ACKACT=1 in the final interrupt, so that the last byte in a 32-bit word will be NACKed. If a NACK is received by the slave for a master write transaction before ADDR.LEN bytes, a STOP will be automatically generated, and the length error (STATUS.LENERR) is raised along with the INTFLAG.ERROR interrupt. 36.6.4 DMA, Interrupts and Events Each interrupt source has its own Interrupt flag. The Interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG) will be set when the Interrupt condition is meet. Each interrupt can be individually enabled by writing `1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET), and disabled by writing `1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Clear register (INTENCLR). An interrupt request is generated when the Interrupt flag is set and the corresponding interrupt is enabled. The interrupt request is active until the Interrupt flag is cleared, the interrupt is disabled or the I2C is reset. See the 36.8.6 INTFLAG (Slave) or 36.10.7 INTFLAG (Master) register for details on how to clear Interrupt flags. Table 36-1.Module Request for SERCOM I2C Slave Condition Request DMA Interrupt Data needed for transmit (TX) (Slave Transmit mode) Yes (request cleared when data is written) Data received (RX) (Slave Receive mode) Yes (request cleared when data is read) Event NA Data Ready (DRDY) Yes Address Match (AMATCH) Yes Stop received (PREC) Yes Error (ERROR) Yes Table 36-2.Module Request for SERCOM I2C Master Condition Request DMA Interrupt Data needed for transmit (TX) (Master Yes Transmit mode) (request cleared when data is written) Event NA Data needed for transmit (RX) (Master Yes Transmit mode) (request cleared when data is read) Master on Bus (MB) Yes Stop received (SB) Yes Error (ERROR) Yes 36.6.4.1 DMA Operation Smart mode must be enabled for DMA operation in the Control B register by writing CTRLB.SMEN=1. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 924 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 36.6.4.1.1 Slave DMA When using the I2C slave with DMA, an address match will cause the address Interrupt flag (INTFLAG.ADDRMATCH) to be raised. After the interrupt has been serviced, data transfer will be performed through DMA. The I2C slave generates the following requests: * * Write data received (RX): The request is set when master write data is received. The request is cleared when DATA is read. Read data needed for transmit (TX): The request is set when data is needed for a master read operation. The request is cleared when DATA is written. 36.6.4.1.2 Master DMA When using the I2C master with DMA, the ADDR register must be written with the desired address (ADDR.ADDR), transaction length (ADDR.LEN), and transaction length enable (ADDR.LENEN). When ADDR.LENEN is written to 1 along with ADDR.ADDR, ADDR.LEN determines the number of data bytes in the transaction from 0 to 255. DMA is then used to transfer ADDR.LEN bytes followed by an automatically generated NACK (for master reads) and a STOP. If a NACK is received by the slave for a master write transaction before ADDR.LEN bytes, a STOP will be automatically generated and the length error (STATUS.LENERR) will be raised along with the INTFLAG.ERROR interrupt. The I2C master generates the following requests: * * Read data received (RX): The request is set when master read data is received. The request is cleared when DATA is read. Write data needed for transmit (TX): The request is set when data is needed for a master write operation. The request is cleared when DATA is written. 36.6.4.2 Interrupts The I2C slave has the following interrupt sources. These are asynchronous interrupts. They can wake-up the device from any Sleep mode: * * * * Error (ERROR) Data Ready (DRDY) Address Match (AMATCH) Stop Received (PREC) The I2C master has the following interrupt sources. These are asynchronous interrupts. They can wake-up the device from any Sleep mode: * * * Error (ERROR) Slave on Bus (SB) Master on Bus (MB) Each interrupt source has its own Interrupt flag. The Interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG) will be set when the Interrupt condition is meet. Each interrupt can be individually enabled by writing `1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET), and disabled by writing `1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Clear register (INTENCLR). An interrupt request is generated when the Interrupt flag is set and the corresponding interrupt is enabled. The interrupt request active until the Interrupt flag is cleared, the interrupt is disabled or the I2C is reset. See the INTFLAG register for details on how to clear Interrupt flags. The value of INTFLAG indicates which interrupt is executed. Note that interrupts must be globally enabled for interrupt requests. Refer to Nested Vector Interrupt Controller for details. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 36.6.4.3 Events Not applicable. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 925 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 36.6.5 Sleep Mode Operation I2C Master Operation The generic clock (GCLK_SERCOMx_CORE) will continue to run in idle sleep mode. If the Run In Standby bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.RUNSTDBY) is '1', the GLK_SERCOMx_CORE will also run in Standby Sleep mode. Any interrupt can wake-up the device. If CTRLA.RUNSTDBY=0, the GLK_SERCOMx_CORE will be disabled after any ongoing transaction is finished. Any interrupt can wake-up the device. I2C Slave Operation Writing CTRLA.RUNSTDBY=1 will allow the Address Match interrupt to wake-up the device. When CTRLA.RUNSTDBY=0, all receptions will be dropped. 36.6.6 Synchronization Due to asynchronicity between the main clock domain and the peripheral clock domains, some registers need to be synchronized when written or read. The following bits are synchronized when written: * * * * * Software Reset bit in the CTRLA register (CTRLA.SWRST) Enable bit in the CTRLA register (CTRLA.ENABLE) Command bits in CTRLB register (CTRLB.CMD) Write to Bus State bits in the Status register (STATUS.BUSSTATE) Address bits in the Address register (ADDR.ADDR) when in master operation. The following registers are synchronized when written: * * Data (DATA) when in master operation Length (LENGTH) when in slave operation Required write synchronization is denoted by the "Write-Synchronized" property in the register description. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 926 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 36.7 Register Summary - I2C Slave Offset Name 0x00 CTRLA 0x04 CTRLB 0x08 CTRLC 0x0C ... 0x13 0x14 0x15 0x16 0x17 0x18 0x19 INTENCLR Reserved INTENSET Reserved INTFLAG Reserved 0x1A STATUS SYNCBUSY 0x20 ... 0x21 Reserved 0x22 LENGTH 0x28 36.8 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 RUNSTDBY MODE[2:0] 7:0 ERROR DRDY AMATCH PREC 7:0 ERROR DRDY AMATCH PREC 7:0 ERROR DRDY AMATCH PREC 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 CLKHOLD RXNACK HS COLL SEXTTOUT ENABLE BUSERR SEXTTOEN ENABLE SDAHOLD[1:0] LOWTOUT PINOUT SPEED[1:0] SCLSM AMODE[1:0] SWRST AACKEN ACKACT GCMD SMEN CMD[1:0] SDASETUP[3:0] DATA32B Reserved 0x1C 0x24 Bit Pos. ADDR DATA 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 LOWTOUT SR DIR LENGTH SWRST LEN[7:0] LENEN GENCEN ADDR[6:0] TENBITEN ADDR[9:7] ADDRMASK[6:0] ADDRMASK[9:7] DATA[7:0] DATA[15:8] DATA[23:16] DATA[31:24] Register Description - I2C Slave Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16- and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Some registers are optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). Optional PAC write protection is denoted by the "PAC Write-Protection" property in each individual register description. For details, refer to 36.5.8 Register Access Protection. Some registers are synchronized when read and/or written. Synchronization is denoted by the "Write-Synchronized" or the "Read-Synchronized" property in each individual register description. For details, refer to 36.6.6 Synchronization. Some registers are enable-protected, meaning they can only be written when the peripheral is disabled. Enableprotection is denoted by the "Enable-Protected" property in each individual register description. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 927 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 36.8.1 Control A Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit CTRLA 0x00 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected, Write-Synchronized 30 LOWTOUT R/W 0 29 28 21 20 SDAHOLD[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 27 SCLSM R/W 0 26 19 25 24 SPEED[1:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 PINOUT R/W 0 23 SEXTTOEN R/W 0 22 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 RUNSTDBY R/W 0 6 5 4 3 MODE[2:0] R/W 0 2 1 ENABLE R/W 0 0 SWRST R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit 30 - LOWTOUTSCL Low Time-Out This bit enables the SCL low time-out. If SCL is held low for 25ms-35ms, the slave will release its clock hold, if enabled, and reset the internal state machine. Any interrupt flags set at the time of time-out will remain set. Value Description 0 Time-out disabled. 1 Time-out enabled. Bit 27 - SCLSMSCL Clock Stretch Mode This bit controls when SCL will be stretched for software interaction. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 SCL stretch according to Figure 36-10 1 SCL stretch only after ACK bit according to Figure 36-11 Bits 25:24 - SPEED[1:0]Transfer Speed These bits define bus speed. These bits are not synchronized. Value Description 0x0 Standard-mode (Sm) up to 100 kHz and Fast-mode (Fm) up to 400 kHz 0x1 Fast-mode Plus (Fm+) up to 1 MHz 0x2 High-speed mode (Hs-mode) up to 3.4 MHz 0x3 Reserved Bit 23 - SEXTTOENSlave SCL Low Extend Time-Out This bit enables the slave SCL low extend time-out. If SCL is cumulatively held low for greater than 25ms from the initial START to a STOP, the slave will release its clock hold if enabled and reset the internal state machine. Any interrupt flags set at the time of time-out will remain set. If the address was recognized, PREC will be set when a STOP is received. This bit is not synchronized. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 928 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit Value 0 1 Description Time-out disabled Time-out enabled Bits 21:20 - SDAHOLD[1:0]SDA Hold Time These bits define the SDA hold time with respect to the negative edge of SCL. These bits are not synchronized. Value Name Description 0x0 DIS Disabled 0x1 75 50-100ns hold time 0x2 450 300-600ns hold time 0x3 600 400-800ns hold time Bit 16 - PINOUTPin Usage This bit sets the pin usage to either two- or four-wire operation: This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 4-wire operation disabled 1 4-wire operation enabled Bit 7 - RUNSTDBYRun in Standby This bit defines the functionality in standby sleep mode. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 Disabled - All reception is dropped. 1 Wake on address match, if enabled. Bits 4:2 - MODE[2:0]Operating Mode These bits must be written to 0x04 to select the I2C slave serial communication interface of the SERCOM. These bits are not synchronized. Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable Due to synchronization, there is delay from writing CTRLA.ENABLE until the peripheral is enabled/disabled. The value written to CTRL.ENABLE will read back immediately and the Enable Synchronization Busy bit in the Synchronization Busy register (SYNCBUSY.ENABLE) will be set. SYNCBUSY.ENABLE will be cleared when the operation is complete. This bit is not enable-protected. Value Description 0 The peripheral is disabled or being disabled. 1 The peripheral is enabled. Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit resets all registers in the SERCOM, except DBGCTRL, to their initial state, and the SERCOM will be disabled. Writing '1' to CTRLA.SWRST will always take precedence, meaning that all other writes in the same write-operation will be discarded. Any register write access during the ongoing reset will result in an APB error. Reading any register will return the reset value of the register. Due to synchronization, there is a delay from writing CTRLA.SWRST until the reset is complete. CTRLA.SWRST and SYNCBUSY.SWRST will both be cleared when the reset is complete. This bit is not enable-protected. Value Description 0 There is no reset operation ongoing. 1 The reset operation is ongoing. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 929 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 36.8.2 Control B Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit CTRLB 0x04 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected, Write-Synchronized 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 ACKACT R/W 0 17 W 0 W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 15 14 AMODE[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Access Reset Bit 7 6 16 CMD[1:0] 13 12 11 10 AACKEN R/W 0 9 GCMD R/W 0 8 SMEN R/W 0 5 4 3 2 1 0 Access Reset Bit 18 - ACKACTAcknowledge Action This bit defines the slave's acknowledge behavior after an address or data byte is received from the master. The acknowledge action is executed when a command is written to the CMD bits. If smart mode is enabled (CTRLB.SMEN=1), the acknowledge action is performed when the DATA register is read. ACKACT shall not be updated more than once between each peripheral interrupts request. This bit is not enable-protected. Value Description 0 Send ACK 1 Send NACK Bits 17:16 - CMD[1:0]Command This bit field triggers the slave operation as the below. The CMD bits are strobe bits, and always read as zero. The operation is dependent on the slave interrupt flags, INTFLAG.DRDY and INTFLAG.AMATCH, in addition to STATUS.DIR. All interrupt flags (INTFLAG.DRDY, INTFLAG.AMATCH and INTFLAG.PREC) are automatically cleared when a command is given. This bit is not enable-protected. Table 36-3.Command Description CMD[1:0] DIR 0x0 0x1 0x2 X (No action) X (Reserved) Used to complete a transaction in response to a data interrupt (DRDY) 0 (Master write) Execute acknowledge action succeeded by waiting for any start (S/Sr) condition 1 (Master read) Wait for any start (S/Sr) condition (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Action Datasheet DS60001507F-page 930 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit ...........continued CMD[1:0] DIR Action 0x3 Used in response to an address interrupt (AMATCH) 0 (Master write) Execute acknowledge action succeeded by reception of next byte 1 (Master read) Execute acknowledge action succeeded by slave data interrupt Used in response to a data interrupt (DRDY) 0 (Master write) Execute acknowledge action succeeded by reception of next byte 1 (Master read) Execute a byte read operation followed by ACK/NACK reception Bits 15:14 - AMODE[1:0]Address Mode These bits set the addressing mode. These bits are not write-synchronized. Value Name Description 0x0 MASK The slave responds to the address written in ADDR.ADDR masked by the value in ADDR.ADDRMASK. See SERCOM - Serial Communication Interface for additional information. 0x1 2_ADDRS The slave responds to the two unique addresses in ADDR.ADDR and ADDR.ADDRMASK. 0x2 RANGE The slave responds to the range of addresses between and including ADDR.ADDR and ADDR.ADDRMASK. ADDR.ADDR is the upper limit. 0x3 Reserved. Bit 10 - AACKENAutomatic Acknowledge Enable This bit enables the address to be automatically acknowledged if there is an address match. This bit is not write-synchronized. Value Description 0 Automatic acknowledge is disabled. 1 Automatic acknowledge is enabled. Bit 9 - GCMDPMBus Group Command This bit enables PMBus group command support. When enabled, the Stop Recived interrupt flag (INTFLAG.PREC) will be set when a STOP condition is detected if the slave has been addressed since the last STOP condition on the bus. This bit is not write-synchronized. Value Description 0 Group command is disabled. 1 Group command is enabled. Bit 8 - SMENSmart Mode Enable When smart mode is enabled, data is acknowledged automatically when DATA.DATA is read. This bit is not write-synchronized. Value Description 0 Smart mode is disabled. 1 Smart mode is enabled. Related Links 33. SERCOM - Serial Communication Interface (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 931 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 36.8.3 Control C Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit CTRLC 0x08 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 DATA32B R/W 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset R/W 0 2 1 SDASETUP[3:0] R/W R/W 0 0 0 R/W 0 Bit 24 - DATA32BData 32 Bit This bit enables 32-bit data writes and reads to/from the DATA register. Value Description 0 Data transaction to/from DATA are 8-bit in size 1 Data transaction to/from DATA are 32-bit in size Bits 3:0 - SDASETUP[3:0]SDA Setup Time These bits select the minimum SDA-to-SCL setup time, measured from the release of SDA to the release of SCL: SU:DAT = CLK_SERCOMx x APBperiod x 6 + 16 x SDASETUP (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 932 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 36.8.4 Interrupt Enable Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENCLR 0x14 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to disable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET). Bit Access Reset 7 ERROR R/W 0 6 5 4 3 2 DRDY R/W 0 1 AMATCH R/W 0 0 PREC R/W 0 Bit 7 - ERRORError Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear the Error Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Error interrupt. Value Description 0 Error interrupt is disabled. 1 Error interrupt is enabled. Bit 2 - DRDYData Ready Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear the Data Ready bit, which disables the Data Ready interrupt. Value Description 0 The Data Ready interrupt is disabled. 1 The Data Ready interrupt is enabled. Bit 1 - AMATCHAddress Match Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear the Address Match Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Address Match interrupt. Value Description 0 The Address Match interrupt is disabled. 1 The Address Match interrupt is enabled. Bit 0 - PRECStop Received Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear the Stop Received Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Stop Received interrupt. Value Description 0 The Stop Received interrupt is disabled. 1 The Stop Received interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 933 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 36.8.5 Interrupt Enable Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENSET 0x16 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to enable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Clear register (INTENCLR). Bit Access Reset 7 ERROR R/W 0 6 5 4 3 2 DRDY R/W 0 1 AMATCH R/W 0 0 PREC R/W 0 Bit 7 - ERRORError Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will set the Error Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Error interrupt. Value Description 0 Error interrupt is disabled. 1 Error interrupt is enabled. Bit 2 - DRDYData Ready Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will set the Data Ready bit, which enables the Data Ready interrupt. Value Description 0 The Data Ready interrupt is disabled. 1 The Data Ready interrupt is enabled. Bit 1 - AMATCHAddress Match Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will set the Address Match Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Address Match interrupt. Value Description 0 The Address Match interrupt is disabled. 1 The Address Match interrupt is enabled. Bit 0 - PRECStop Received Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will set the Stop Received Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Stop Received interrupt. Value Description 0 The Stop Received interrupt is disabled. 1 The Stop Received interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 934 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 36.8.6 Interrupt Flag Status and Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset 7 ERROR R/W 0 INTFLAG 0x18 0x00 - 6 5 4 3 2 DRDY R/W 0 1 AMATCH R/W 0 0 PREC R/W 0 Bit 7 - ERRORError This bit is set when any error is detected. Errors that will set this flag have corresponding status flags in the STATUS register. The corresponding bits in STATUS are LENERR, SEXTTOUT, LOWTOUT, COLL, and BUSERR. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear the flag. Bit 2 - DRDYData Ready This flag is set when a I2C slave byte transmission is successfully completed. The flag is cleared by hardware when either: * Writing to the DATA register. * Reading the DATA register with Smart mode enabled. * Writing a valid command to the CMD register. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear the Data Ready Interrupt flag. Bit 1 - AMATCHAddress Match This flag is set when the I2C slave address match logic detects that a valid address has been received. The flag is cleared by hardware when CTRL.CMD is written. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear the Address Match Interrupt flag. When cleared, an ACK/NACK will be sent according to CTRLB.ACKACT. Bit 0 - PRECStop Received This flag is set when a Stop condition is detected for a transaction being processed. A Stop condition detected between a bus master and another slave will not set this flag, unless the PMBus Group Command is enabled in the Control B register (CTRLB.GCMD=1). This flag is cleared by hardware after a command is issued on the next address match. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear the Stop Received Interrupt flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 935 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 36.8.7 Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit STATUS 0x1A 0x0000 - 15 14 13 12 11 10 HS R/W 0 9 SEXTTOUT R/W 0 8 7 CLKHOLD R 0 6 LOWTOUT R/W 0 5 4 SR R 0 3 DIR R 0 2 RXNACK R 0 1 COLL R/W 0 0 BUSERR R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 10 - HSHigh-speed This bit is set if the slave detects a START followed by a Master Code transmission. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the status. However, this flag is automatically cleared when a STOP is received. Bit 9 - SEXTTOUTSlave SCL Low Extend Time-Out This bit is set if a slave SCL low extend time-out occurs. This bit is cleared automatically if responding to a new start condition with ACK or NACK (write 3 to CTRLB.CMD) or when INTFLAG.AMATCH is cleared. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the status. Value Description 0 No SCL low extend time-out has occurred. 1 SCL low extend time-out has occurred. Bit 7 - CLKHOLDClock Hold The slave Clock Hold bit (STATUS.CLKHOLD) is set when the slave is holding the SCL line low, stretching the I2C clock. Software should consider this bit a read-only status flag that is set when INTFLAG.DRDY or INTFLAG.AMATCH is set. This bit is automatically cleared when the corresponding interrupt is also cleared. Bit 6 - LOWTOUTSCL Low Time-out This bit is set if an SCL low time-out occurs. This bit is cleared automatically if responding to a new start condition with ACK or NACK (write 3 to CTRLB.CMD) or when INTFLAG.AMATCH is cleared. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the status. Value Description 0 No SCL low time-out has occurred. 1 SCL low time-out has occurred. Bit 4 - SRRepeated Start When INTFLAG.AMATCH is raised due to an address match, SR indicates a repeated start or start condition. This flag is only valid while the INTFLAG.AMATCH flag is one. Value Description 0 Start condition on last address match 1 Repeated start condition on last address match (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 936 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit Bit 3 - DIRRead / Write Direction The Read/Write Direction (STATUS.DIR) bit stores the direction of the last address packet received from a master. Value Description 0 Master write operation is in progress. 1 Master read operation is in progress. Bit 2 - RXNACKReceived Not Acknowledge This bit indicates whether the last data packet sent was acknowledged or not. Value Description 0 Master responded with ACK. 1 Master responded with NACK. Bit 1 - COLLTransmit Collision If set, the I2C slave was not able to transmit a high data or NACK bit, the I2C slave will immediately release the SDA and SCL lines and wait for the next packet addressed to it. This flag is intended for the SMBus address resolution protocol (ARP). A detected collision in non-ARP situations indicates that there has been a protocol violation, and should be treated as a bus error. Note that this status will not trigger any interrupt, and should be checked by software to verify that the data were sent correctly. This bit is cleared automatically if responding to an address match with an ACK or a NACK (writing 0x3 to CTRLB.CMD), or INTFLAG.AMATCH is cleared. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the status. Value Description 0 No collision detected on last data byte sent. 1 Collision detected on last data byte sent. Bit 0 - BUSERRBus Error The Bus Error bit (STATUS.BUSERR) indicates that an illegal bus condition has occurred on the bus, regardless of bus ownership. An illegal bus condition is detected if a protocol violating start, repeated start or stop is detected on the I2C bus lines. A start condition directly followed by a stop condition is one example of a protocol violation. If a time-out occurs during a frame, this is also considered a protocol violation, and will set STATUS.BUSERR. This bit is cleared automatically if responding to an address match with an ACK or a NACK (writing 0x3 to CTRLB.CMD) or INTFLAG.AMATCH is cleared. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the status. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Value Description 0 No bus error detected. 1 Bus error detected. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 937 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 36.8.8 Synchronization Busy Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit SYNCBUSY 0x1C 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 LENGTH R 0 3 2 1 ENABLE R 0 0 SWRST R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 4 - LENGTHLENGTH Synchronization Busy Writing LENGTH requires synchronization. When written, this bit will be set until synchronization is complete. If LENGTH is written while SYNCBUSY.LENGTH is asserted, an APB error will be generated. Note: In slave mode, the clock is only running during data transfer, so SYNCBUSY.LENGTH will remain asserted until the next data transfer begins. Value 0 1 Description LENGTH synchronization is not busy. LENGTH synchronization is busy. Bit 1 - ENABLESERCOM Enable Synchronization Busy Enabling and disabling the SERCOM (CTRLA.ENABLE) requires synchronization. When written, the SYNCBUSY.ENABLE bit will be set until synchronization is complete. Value Description 0 Enable synchronization is not busy. 1 Enable synchronization is busy. Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Synchronization Busy Resetting the SERCOM (CTRLA.SWRST) requires synchronization. When written, the SYNCBUSY.SWRST bit will be set until synchronization is complete. Value Description 0 SWRST synchronization is not busy. 1 SWRST synchronization is busy. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 938 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 36.8.9 Length Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit LENGTH 0x22 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized 15 14 13 12 7 6 5 4 11 10 9 8 LENEN R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit LEN[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit 8 - LENENData Length Enable In 32-bit Extension mode (CTRLC.DATA32B=1), this bit field enables the length counter. Value Description 0 Length counter is disabled. 1 Length counter is enabled. Bits 7:0 - LEN[7:0]Data Length In 32-bit Extension mode (CTRLC.DATA32B=1) with Data Length counting enabled (LENGTH.LENEN), this bit field configures the data length from 0 to 255 Bytes after which the flag INTFLAG.DRDY is raised. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 939 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 36.8.10 Address Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 ADDR 0x24 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 30 29 28 27 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 TENBITEN R/W 0 14 7 6 5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 26 R/W 0 25 ADDRMASK[9:7] R/W 0 R/W 0 16 19 18 17 R/W 0 20 ADDRMASK[6:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 13 12 11 10 R/W 0 9 ADDR[9:7] R/W 0 3 2 1 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 4 ADDR[6:0] R/W 0 24 8 R/W 0 0 GENCEN R/W 0 Bits 26:17 - ADDRMASK[9:0]Address Mask These bits act as a second address match register, an address mask register or the lower limit of an address range, depending on the CTRLB.AMODE setting. Bit 15 - TENBITENTen Bit Addressing Enable Value Description 0 10-bit address recognition disabled. 1 10-bit address recognition enabled. Bits 10:1 - ADDR[9:0]Address These bits contain the I2C slave address used by the slave address match logic to determine if a master has addressed the slave. When using 7-bit addressing, the slave address is represented by ADDR[6:0]. When using 10-bit addressing (ADDR.TENBITEN=1), the slave address is represented by ADDR[9:0] When the address match logic detects a match, INTFLAG.AMATCH is set and STATUS.DIR is updated to indicate whether it is a read or a write transaction. Bit 0 - GENCENGeneral Call Address Enable A general call address is an address consisting of all-zeroes, including the direction bit (master write). Value Description 0 General call address recognition disabled. 1 General call address recognition enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 940 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 36.8.11 Data Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit DATA 0x28 0x00000000 Read/Write 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 28 27 DATA[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 20 19 DATA[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 DATA[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 DATA[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - DATA[31:0]Data The slave data register I/O location (DATA.DATA) provides access to the master transmit and receive data buffers. Reading valid data or writing data to be transmitted can be successfully done only when SCL is held low by the slave (STATUS.CLKHOLD is set). An exception occurs when reading the last data byte after the stop condition has been received. Accessing DATA.DATA auto-triggers I2C bus operations. The operation performed depends on the state of CTRLB.ACKACT, CTRLB.SMEN and the type of access (read/write). When CTRLC.DATA32B=1, read and write transactions from/to the DATA register are 32 bit in size. Otherwise, reads and writes are 8 bit. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 941 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 36.9 Register Summary - I2C Master Offset Name 0x00 CTRLA 0x04 CTRLB 0x08 CTRLC 0x0C BAUD 0x10 ... 0x13 0x14 0x15 0x16 0x17 0x18 0x19 INTENCLR Reserved INTENSET Reserved INTFLAG Reserved 0x1A STATUS 0x1C SYNCBUSY 0x20 ... 0x23 Reserved 0x24 0x28 0x2C ... 0x2F 0x30 36.10 Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 RUNSTDBY 7:0 ERROR SB MB 7:0 ERROR SB MB 7:0 ERROR SB MB 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 CLKHOLD LOWTOUT ARBLOST SEXTTOUT ENABLE BUSERR MEXTTOUT SWRST TENBITEN HS SEXTTOEN MODE[2:0] MEXTTOEN LOWTOUT SDAHOLD[1:0] INACTOUT[1:0] ENABLE SWRST PINOUT SPEED[1:0] SCLSM ACKACT QCEN SMEN CMD[1:0] DATA32B BAUD[7:0] BAUDLOW[7:0] HSBAUD[7:0] HSBAUDLOW[7:0] Reserved ADDR DATA 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 BUSSTATE[1:0] RXNACK LENERR SYSOP ADDR[7:0] LENEN ADDR[10:8] LEN[7:0] DATA[7:0] DATA[15:8] DATA[23:16] DATA[31:24] Reserved DBGCTRL 7:0 DBGSTOP Register Description - I2C Master Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16- and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Some registers are optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). Optional PAC write protection is denoted by the "PAC Write-Protection" property in each individual register description. For details, refer to 36.5.8 Register Access Protection. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 942 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit Some registers are synchronized when read and/or written. Synchronization is denoted by the "Write-Synchronized" or the "Read-Synchronized" property in each individual register description. For details, refer to 36.6.6 Synchronization. Some registers are enable-protected, meaning they can only be written when the peripheral is disabled. Enableprotection is denoted by the "Enable-Protected" property in each individual register description. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 943 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 36.10.1 Control A Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 30 LOWTOUT R/W 0 29 28 INACTOUT[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 27 SCLSM R/W 0 26 23 SEXTTOEN R/W 0 22 MEXTTOEN R/W 0 21 20 SDAHOLD[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 19 15 14 13 12 7 RUNSTDBY R/W 0 6 5 4 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit CTRLA 0x00 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected, Write-Synchronized 25 24 SPEED[1:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 PINOUT R/W 0 11 10 9 8 3 MODE[2:0] R/W 0 2 1 ENABLE R/W 0 0 SWRST R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit 30 - LOWTOUTSCL Low Time-Out This bit enables the SCL low time-out. If SCL is held low for 25ms-35ms, the master will release its clock hold, if enabled, and complete the current transaction. A stop condition will automatically be transmitted. INTFLAG.SB or INTFLAG.MB will be set as normal, but the clock hold will be released. The STATUS.LOWTOUT and STATUS.BUSERR status bits will be set. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 Time-out disabled. 1 Time-out enabled. Bits 29:28 - INACTOUT[1:0]Inactive Time-Out If the inactive bus time-out is enabled and the bus is inactive for longer than the time-out setting, the bus state logic will be set to idle. An inactive bus arise when either an I2C master or slave is holding the SCL low. Enabling this option is necessary for SMBus compatibility, but can also be used in a non-SMBus set-up. Calculated time-out periods are based on a 100kHz baud rate. These bits are not synchronized. Value Name Description 0x0 DIS Disabled 0x1 55US 5-6 SCL cycle time-out (50-60s) 0x2 105US 10-11 SCL cycle time-out (100-110s) 0x3 205US 20-21 SCL cycle time-out (200-210s) Bit 27 - SCLSMSCL Clock Stretch Mode This bit controls when SCL will be stretched for software interaction. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 SCL stretch according to Figure 36-5. 1 SCL stretch only after ACK bit, Figure 36-6. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 944 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit Bits 25:24 - SPEED[1:0]Transfer Speed These bits define bus speed. These bits are not synchronized. Value Description 0x0 Standard-mode (Sm) up to 100 kHz and Fast-mode (Fm) up to 400 kHz 0x1 Fast-mode Plus (Fm+) up to 1 MHz 0x2 High-speed mode (Hs-mode) up to 3.4 MHz 0x3 Reserved Bit 23 - SEXTTOENSlave SCL Low Extend Time-Out This bit enables the slave SCL low extend time-out. If SCL is cumulatively held low for greater than 25ms from the initial START to a STOP, the master will release its clock hold if enabled, and complete the current transaction. A STOP will automatically be transmitted. SB or MB will be set as normal, but CLKHOLD will be release. The MEXTTOUT and BUSERR status bits will be set. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 Time-out disabled 1 Time-out enabled Bit 22 - MEXTTOENMaster SCL Low Extend Time-Out This bit enables the master SCL low extend time-out. If SCL is cumulatively held low for greater than 10ms from START-to-ACK, ACK-to-ACK, or ACK-to-STOP the master will release its clock hold if enabled, and complete the current transaction. A STOP will automatically be transmitted. SB or MB will be set as normal, but CLKHOLD will be released. The MEXTTOUT and BUSERR status bits will be set. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 Time-out disabled 1 Time-out enabled Bits 21:20 - SDAHOLD[1:0]SDA Hold Time These bits define the SDA hold time with respect to the negative edge of SCL. These bits are not synchronized. Value Name Description 0x0 DIS Disabled 0x1 75NS 50-100ns hold time 0x2 450NS 300-600ns hold time 0x3 600NS 400-800ns hold time Bit 16 - PINOUTPin Usage This bit set the pin usage to either two- or four-wire operation: This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 4-wire operation disabled. 1 4-wire operation enabled. Bit 7 - RUNSTDBYRun in Standby This bit defines the functionality in standby sleep mode. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 GCLK_SERCOMx_CORE is disabled and the I2C master will not operate in standby sleep mode. 1 GCLK_SERCOMx_CORE is enabled in all sleep modes. Bits 4:2 - MODE[2:0]Operating Mode These bits must be written to 0x5 to select the I2C master serial communication interface of the SERCOM. These bits are not synchronized. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 945 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable Due to synchronization, there is delay from writing CTRLA.ENABLE until the peripheral is enabled/disabled. The value written to CTRL.ENABLE will read back immediately and the Synchronization Enable Busy bit in the Synchronization Busy register (SYNCBUSY.ENABLE) will be set. SYNCBUSY.ENABLE will be cleared when the operation is complete. This bit is not enable-protected. Value Description 0 The peripheral is disabled or being disabled. 1 The peripheral is enabled. Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit resets all registers in the SERCOM, except DBGCTRL, to their initial state, and the SERCOM will be disabled. Writing '1' to CTRLA.SWRST will always take precedence, meaning that all other writes in the same write-operation will be discarded. Any register write access during the ongoing reset will result in an APB error. Reading any register will return the reset value of the register. Due to synchronization there is a delay from writing CTRLA.SWRST until the reset is complete. CTRLA.SWRST and SYNCBUSY.SWRST will both be cleared when the reset is complete. This bit is not enable-protected. Value Description 0 There is no reset operation ongoing. 1 The reset operation is ongoing. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 946 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 36.10.2 Control B Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit CTRLB 0x04 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected, Write-Synchronized 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 ACKACT R/W 0 17 W 0 W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 QCEN R/W 0 8 SMEN R/W 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Access Reset Bit 16 CMD[1:0] Access Reset Bit 18 - ACKACTAcknowledge Action This bit defines the I2C master's acknowledge behavior after a data byte is received from the I2C slave. The acknowledge action is executed when a command is written to CTRLB.CMD, or if Smart mode is enabled (CTRLB.SMEN is written to one), when DATA.DATA is read. This bit is not enable-protected. This bit is not write-synchronized. Value Description 0 Send ACK. 1 Send NACK. Bits 17:16 - CMD[1:0]Command Writing these bits triggers a master operation as described below. The CMD bits are strobe bits, and always read as zero. The acknowledge action is only valid in Master Read mode. In Master Write mode, a command will only result in a repeated Start or Stop condition. The CTRLB.ACKACT bit and the CMD bits can be written at the same time, and then the acknowledge action will be updated before the command is triggered. Commands can only be issued when either the Slave on Bus Interrupt flag (INTFLAG.SB) or Master on Bus Interrupt flag (INTFLAG.MB) is '1'. If CMD 0x1 is issued, a repeated start will be issued followed by the transmission of the current address in ADDR.ADDR. If another address is desired, ADDR.ADDR must be written instead of the CMD bits. This will trigger a repeated start followed by transmission of the new address. Issuing a command will set the System Operation bit in the Synchronization Busy register (SYNCBUSY.SYSOP). Table 36-4.Command Description CMD[1:0] Direction Action 0x0 0x1 0x2 X X 0 (Write) 1 (Read) X (No action) Execute acknowledge action succeeded by repeated Start No operation Execute acknowledge action succeeded by a byte read operation Execute acknowledge action succeeded by issuing a Stop condition 0x3 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 947 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit These bits are not enable-protected. Bit 9 - QCENQuick Command Enable This bit is not write-synchronized. Value Description 0 Quick Command is disabled. 1 Quick Command is enabled. Bit 8 - SMENSmart Mode Enable When Smart mode is enabled, acknowledge action is sent when DATA.DATA is read. This bit is not write-synchronized. Value Description 0 Smart mode is disabled. 1 Smart mode is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 948 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 36.10.3 Control C Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit CTRLC 0x08 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 DATA32B R/W 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 24 - DATA32BData 32 Bit This bit enables 32-bit data writes and reads to/from the DATA register. Value Description 0 Data transactions to/from DATA are 8-bit in size 1 Data transactions to/from DATA are 32-bit in size (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 949 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 36.10.4 Baud Rate Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit BAUD 0x0C 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 28 27 HSBAUDLOW[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 20 19 HSBAUD[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 12 11 BAUDLOW[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 4 BAUD[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:24 - HSBAUDLOW[7:0]High Speed Master Baud Rate Low HSBAUDLOW non-zero: HSBAUDLOW indicates the SCL low time in High-speed mode according to HSBAUDLOW = GCLK LOW - 1 HSBAUDLOW equal to zero: The HSBAUD register is used to time TLOW, THIGH, TSU;STO, THD;STA and TSU;STA.. TBUF is timed by the BAUD register. Bits 23:16 - HSBAUD[7:0]High Speed Master Baud Rate This bit field indicates the SCL high time in High-speed mode according to the following formula. When HSBAUDLOW is zero, TLOW, THIGH, TSU;STO, THD;STA and TSU;STA are derived using this formula. TBUF is timed by the BAUD register. HSBAUD = GCLK HIGH - 1 Bits 15:8 - BAUDLOW[7:0]Master Baud Rate Low If this bit field is non-zero, the SCL low time will be described by the value written. For more information on how to calculate the frequency, see SERCOM 33.6.2.3 Clock Generation - Baud-Rate Generator. Bits 7:0 - BAUD[7:0]Master Baud Rate This bit field is used to derive the SCL high time if BAUD.BAUDLOW is non-zero. If BAUD.BAUDLOW is zero, BAUD will be used to generate both high and low periods of the SCL. For more information on how to calculate the frequency, see SERCOM 33.6.2.3 Clock Generation - Baud-Rate Generator. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 950 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 36.10.5 Interrupt Enable Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENCLR 0x14 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to disable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET). Bit Access Reset 7 ERROR R/W 0 6 5 4 3 2 1 SB R/W 0 0 MB R/W 0 Bit 7 - ERRORError Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear the Error Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Error interrupt. Value Description 0 Error interrupt is disabled. 1 Error interrupt is enabled. Bit 1 - SBSlave on Bus Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear the Slave on Bus Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Slave on Bus interrupt. Value Description 0 The Slave on Bus interrupt is disabled. 1 The Slave on Bus interrupt is enabled. Bit 0 - MBMaster on Bus Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear the Master on Bus Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Master on Bus interrupt. Value Description 0 The Master on Bus interrupt is disabled. 1 The Master on Bus interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 951 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 36.10.6 Interrupt Enable Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENSET 0x16 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to enable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Clear register (INTENCLR). Bit Access Reset 7 ERROR R/W 0 6 5 4 3 2 1 SB R/W 0 0 MB R/W 0 Bit 7 - ERRORError Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will set the Error Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Error interrupt. Value Description 0 Error interrupt is disabled. 1 Error interrupt is enabled. Bit 1 - SBSlave on Bus Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will set the Slave on Bus Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Slave on Bus interrupt. Value Description 0 The Slave on Bus interrupt is disabled. 1 The Slave on Bus interrupt is enabled. Bit 0 - MBMaster on Bus Interrupt Enable Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will set the Master on Bus Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Master on Bus interrupt. Value Description 0 The Master on Bus interrupt is disabled. 1 The Master on Bus interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 952 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 36.10.7 Interrupt Flag Status and Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset 7 ERROR R/W 0 INTFLAG 0x18 0x00 - 6 5 4 3 2 1 SB R/W 0 0 MB R/W 0 Bit 7 - ERRORError This flag is cleared by writing '1' to it. This bit is set when any error is detected. Errors that will set this flag have corresponding status bits in the STATUS register. These status bits are LENERR, SEXTTOUT, MEXTTOUT, LOWTOUT, ARBLOST, and BUSERR. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear the flag. Bit 1 - SBSlave on Bus The Slave on Bus flag (SB) is set when a byte is successfully received in Master Read mode, for example, no arbitration lost or bus error occurred during the operation. When this flag is set, the master forces the SCL line low, stretching the I2C clock period. The SCL line will be released and SB will be cleared on one of the following actions: * Writing to ADDR.ADDR * Writing to DATA.DATA * Reading DATA.DATA when Smart mode is enabled (CTRLB.SMEN) * Writing a valid command to CTRLB.CMD Writing '1' to this bit location will clear the SB flag. The transaction will not continue or be terminated until one of the above actions is performed. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Bit 0 - MBMaster on Bus This flag is set when a byte is transmitted in Master Write mode. The flag is set regardless of the occurrence of a bus error or an Arbitration Lost condition. MB is also set when arbitration is lost during sending of NACK in Master Read mode, or when issuing a Start condition if the bus state is unknown. When this flag is set and arbitration is not lost, the master forces the SCL line low, stretching the I2C clock period. The SCL line will be released and MB will be cleared on one of the following actions: * Writing to ADDR.ADDR * Writing to DATA.DATA * Reading DATA.DATA when Smart mode is enabled (CTRLB.SMEN) * Writing a valid command to CTRLB.CMD Writing '1' to this bit location will clear the MB flag. The transaction will not continue or be terminated until one of the above actions is performed. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 953 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 36.10.8 Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit STATUS 0x1A 0x0000 Write-Synchronized 15 14 7 CLKHOLD R 0 6 LOWTOUT R/W 0 13 12 11 10 LENERR R/W 0 9 SEXTTOUT R/W 0 8 MEXTTOUT R/W 0 3 2 RXNACK R 0 1 ARBLOST R/W 0 0 BUSERR R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset 5 4 BUSSTATE[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bit 10 - LENERRTransaction Length Error This bit is set when automatic length is used for a DMA and/or 32-bit transaction and the slave sends a NACK before ADDR.LEN bytes have been written by the master. Writing '1' to this bit location will clear STATUS.LENERR. This flag is automatically cleared when writing to the ADDR register. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. This bit is not write-synchronized. Bit 9 - SEXTTOUTSlave SCL Low Extend Time-Out This bit is set if a slave SCL low extend time-out occurs. This bit is automatically cleared when writing to the ADDR register. Writing '1' to this bit location will clear SEXTTOUT. Normal use of the I2C interface does not require the SEXTTOUT flag to be cleared by this method. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. This bit is not write-synchronized. Bit 8 - MEXTTOUTMaster SCL Low Extend Time-Out This bit is set if a master SCL low time-out occurs. Writing '1' to this bit location will clear STATUS.MEXTTOUT. This flag is automatically cleared when writing to the ADDR register. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. This bit is not write-synchronized. Bit 7 - CLKHOLDClock Hold This bit is set when the master is holding the SCL line low, stretching the I2C clock. Software should consider this bit when INTFLAG.SB or INTFLAG.MB is set. This bit is cleared when the corresponding Interrupt flag is cleared and the next operation is given. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit has no effect. This bit is not write-synchronized. Bit 6 - LOWTOUTSCL Low Time-Out This bit is set if an SCL low time-out occurs. Writing '1' to this bit location will clear this bit. This flag is automatically cleared when writing to the ADDR register. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. This bit is not write-synchronized. Bits 5:4 - BUSSTATE[1:0]Bus State These bits indicate the current I2C Bus state. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 954 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit When in UNKNOWN state, writing 0x1 to BUSSTATE forces the bus state into the IDLE state. The bus state cannot be forced into any other state. Writing BUSSTATE to idle will set SYNCBUSY.SYSOP. Value Name Description 0x0 UNKNOWN The Bus state is unknown to the I2C master and will wait for a Stop condition to be detected or wait to be forced into an Idle state by software 0x1 IDLE The Bus state is waiting for a transaction to be initialized 0x2 OWNER The I2C master is the current owner of the bus 0x3 BUSY Some other I2C master owns the bus Bit 2 - RXNACKReceived Not Acknowledge This bit indicates whether the last address or data packet sent was acknowledged or not. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit has no effect. This bit is not write-synchronized. Value Description 0 Slave responded with ACK. 1 Slave responded with NACK. Bit 1 - ARBLOSTArbitration Lost This bit is set if arbitration is lost while transmitting a high data bit or a NACK bit, or while issuing a Start or Repeated Start condition on the bus. The Master on Bus Interrupt flag (INTFLAG.MB) will be set when STATUS.ARBLOST is set. Writing the ADDR.ADDR register will automatically clear STATUS.ARBLOST. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear it. This bit is not write-synchronized. Bit 0 - BUSERRBus Error This bit indicates that an illegal Bus condition has occurred on the bus, regardless of bus ownership. An illegal Bus condition is detected if a protocol violating start, repeated start or stop is detected on the I2C bus lines. A Start condition directly followed by a Stop condition is one example of a protocol violation. If a time-out occurs during a frame, this is also considered a protocol violation, and will set BUSERR. If the I2C master is the bus owner at the time a bus error occurs, STATUS.ARBLOST and INTFLAG.MB will be set in addition to BUSERR. Writing the ADDR.ADDR register will automatically clear the BUSERR flag. Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit will clear it. This bit is not write-synchronized. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 955 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 36.10.9 Synchronization Busy Name: Offset: Reset: Bit SYNCBUSY 0x1C 0x00000000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 SYSOP R 0 1 ENABLE R 0 0 SWRST R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 2 - SYSOPSystem Operation Synchronization Busy Writing CTRLB.CMD, STATUS.BUSSTATE, ADDR, or DATA when the SERCOM is enabled requires synchronization. When written, the SYNCBUSY.SYSOP bit will be set until synchronization is complete. Value Description 0 System operation synchronization is not busy. 1 System operation synchronization is busy. Bit 1 - ENABLESERCOM Enable Synchronization Busy Enabling and disabling the SERCOM (CTRLA.ENABLE) requires synchronization. When written, the SYNCBUSY.ENABLE bit will be set until synchronization is complete. Value Description 0 Enable synchronization is not busy. 1 Enable synchronization is busy. Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Synchronization Busy Resetting the SERCOM (CTRLA.SWRST) requires synchronization. When written, the SYNCBUSY.SWRST bit will be set until synchronization is complete. Value Description 0 SWRST synchronization is not busy. 1 SWRST synchronization is busy. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 956 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 36.10.10 Address Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit ADDR 0x24 0x0000 Write-Synchronized 31 30 29 28 23 22 21 20 27 26 25 24 19 18 17 16 Access Reset Bit LEN[7:0] Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 TENBITEN R/W 0 14 HS R/W 0 13 LENEN R/W 0 12 11 10 8 R/W 0 9 ADDR[10:8] R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 ADDR[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 23:16 - LEN[7:0]Transaction Length These bits define the transaction length of a DMA and/or 32-bit transaction from 0 to 255 bytes. The Transfer Length Enable (LENEN) bit must be written to '1' in order to use DMA. Bit 15 - TENBITENTen Bit Addressing Enable This bit enables 10-bit addressing. This bit can be written simultaneously with ADDR to indicate a 10-bit or 7-bit address transmission. Value Description 0 10-bit addressing disabled. 1 10-bit addressing enabled. Bit 14 - HSHigh Speed This bit enables High-speed mode for the current transfer from repeated START to STOP. This bit can be written simultaneously with ADDR for a high speed transfer. Value Description 0 High-speed transfer disabled. 1 High-speed transfer enabled. Bit 13 - LENENTransfer Length Enable Value Description 0 Automatic transfer length disabled. 1 Automatic transfer length enabled. Bits 10:0 - ADDR[10:0]Address When ADDR is written, the consecutive operation will depend on the bus state: UNKNOWN: INTFLAG.MB and STATUS.BUSERR are set, and the operation is terminated. BUSY: The I2C master will await further operation until the bus becomes IDLE. IDLE: The I2C master will issue a start condition followed by the address written in ADDR. If the address is acknowledged, SCL is forced and held low, and STATUS.CLKHOLD and INTFLAG.MB are set. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 957 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit OWNER: A repeated start sequence will be performed. If the previous transaction was a read, the acknowledge action is sent before the repeated start bus condition is issued on the bus. Writing ADDR to issue a repeated start is performed while INTFLAG.MB or INTFLAG.SB is set. STATUS.BUSERR, STATUS.ARBLOST, INTFLAG.MB and INTFLAG.SB will be cleared when ADDR is written. The ADDR register can be read at any time without interfering with ongoing bus activity, as a read access does not trigger the master logic to perform any bus protocol related operations. The I2C master control logic uses bit 0 of ADDR as the bus protocol's read/write flag (R/W); 0 for write and 1 for read. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 958 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 36.10.11 Data Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit DATA 0x28 0x00000000 Read/Write 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 28 27 DATA[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 20 19 DATA[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 DATA[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 DATA[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - DATA[31:0]Data The master data register I/O location (DATA) provides access to the master transmit and receive data buffers. Reading valid data or writing data to be transmitted can be successfully done only when SCL is held low by the master (STATUS.CLKHOLD is set). An exception is reading the last data byte after the stop condition has been sent. Accessing DATA.DATA auto-triggers I2C bus operations. The operation performed depends on the state of CTRLB.ACKACT, CTRLB.SMEN and the type of access (read/write). When CTRLC.DATA32B=1, read and write transactions from/to the DATA register are 32 bit in size. Otherwise, reads and writes are 8 bit. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 959 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SERCOM I2C - Inter-Integrated Circuit 36.10.12 Debug Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 DBGCTRL 0x30 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 0 DBGSTOP R/W 0 Bit 0 - DBGSTOPDebug Stop Mode This bit controls functionality when the CPU is halted by an external debugger. Value Description 0 The baud-rate generator continues normal operation when the CPU is halted by an external debugger. 1 The baud-rate generator is halted when the CPU is halted by an external debugger. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 960 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface 37. 37.1 QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface Overview The Quad SPI Interface (QSPI) circuit is a synchronous serial data link that provides communication with external devices in Master mode. The QSPI can be used in "SPI mode" to interface serial peripherals, such as ADCs, DACs, LCD controllers and sensors, or in "Serial Memory Mode" to interface serial Flash memories. The QSPI allows the system to execute code directly from a serial Flash memory (XIP) without code shadowing to SRAM. The serial Flash memory mapping is seen in the system as other memories (ROM, SRAM, DRAM, embedded Flash memories, etc.,). With the support of the quad-SPI protocol, the QSPI allows the system to use high performance serial Flash memories which are small and inexpensive, in place of larger and more expensive parallel Flash memories. 37.2 Features * * * * * Master SPI Interface: - Programmable Clock Phase and Clock Polarity - Programmable transfer delays between consecutive transfers, between clock and data, between deactivation and activation of chip select (CS) SPI Mode: - To use serial peripherals, such as ADCs, DACs, LCD controllers, CAN controllers, and sensors - 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit programmable data length Serial Memory Mode: - To use serial Flash memories operating in single-bit SPI, Dual SPI and Quad SPI - Supports "execute in place" (XIP). The system can execute code directly from a Serial Flash memory. - Flexible Instruction register, to be compatible with all Serial Flash memories - 32-bit Address mode (default is 24-bit address) to support Serial Flash memories larger than 128 Mbit - Continuous Read mode - Scrambling/Unscrambling "On-the-Fly" - Double data rate support Connection to DMA Channel Capabilities Optimizes Data Transfers - One channel for the receiver and one channel for the transmitter Register Write Protection (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 961 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface 37.3 Block Diagram Figure 37-1.QSPI Block Diagram MCLK Peripheral Clock SCK QSPI Peripheral Bridge MOSI/DATA0 APB MISO/DATA1 CPU DATA2 AHB MATRIX DATA3 CS DMA Interrupt Control QSPI Interrupt 37.4 Signal Description Table 37-1.Quad-SPI Signals Signal Description Type SCK Serial Clock Output CS Chip Select Output MOSI(DATA0) Data Output (Data Input Output 0) Output (Input/Output) MISO(DATA1) Data Input (Data Input Output 1) Input (Input/Output) DATA2 Data Input Output 2 Input/Output DATA3 Data Input Output 3 Input/Output Note: MOSI and MISO are used for single-bit SPI operation Note: DATA0-DATA1 are used for Dual SPI operation Note: DATA0-DATA3 are used for Quad SPI operation Refer to the pinout table for details on the pin mapping for this peripheral. One signal can be mapped to one of several pins. 37.5 Product Dependencies In order to use this peripheral, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described below. 37.5.1 I/O Lines Using the QSPI I/O lines requires the I/O pins to be configured. Related Links 32. PORT - I/O Pin Controller (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 962 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface 37.5.2 Power Management The QSPI will continue to operate in any Sleep mode where the selected source clock is running. The QSPI interrupts can be used to wake up the device from sleep modes. Refer to the Power Manager chapter for details on the different sleep modes. 37.5.3 Clocks The QSPI bus clock (CLK_QSPI_APB) can be enabled and disabled in the Main Clock module, and the default state of CLK_QSPI_APB can be found in the Peripheral Clock Masking section in the MCLK chapter. An AHB clock (CLK_QSPI_AHB) is required to clock the QSPI. This clock can be enabled and disabled in the Main Clock module, and the default state of CLK_QSPI_AHB can be found in the Peripheral Clock Masking section in the MCLK chapter. A FAST clock (CLK_QSPI2X_AHB) is required to clock the QSPI. This clock can be enabled and disabled in the Main Clock module, and the default state of CLK_QSPI2X_AHB can be found in the Peripheral Clock Masking section in the MCLK chapter. This clock is derived from the High-Speed Clock Domain (HS Clock Domain, frequency fHS). Figure 37-2.QSPI Clock Organization Important: The CLK_QSPI2x_AHB must be 2 times faster to CLK_QSPI_AHB when the QSPI is operated in DDR mode. In SDR, the CLK_QSPI2x_AHB is not used. CLK_QSPI_APB, CLK_QSPI_AHB, and CLK_QSPI2X_AHB, respectively, are all synchronous, but can be divided by a prescaler and may run even when the module clock is turned off. Related Links 15. MCLK - Main Clock 15.6.2.6 Peripheral Clock Masking 37.5.4 DMA The DMA request lines are connected to the DMA Controller (DMAC). Using the QSPI DMA requests requires the DMA Controller to be configured first. Note: DMAC write access must be 32-bit aligned. If a single byte is to be written in a 32-bit word, the rest of the word must be filled with 'ones'. Related Links 22. DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 963 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface 37.5.5 Interrupts The interrupt request lines are connected to the interrupt controller. Using the QSPI interrupts requires the interrupt controller to be configured first. Refer to the Nested Vector Interrupt Controller section for details. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 37.5.6 Events Not applicable. 37.5.7 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in debug mode the QSPI continues normal operation. If the QSPI is configured in a way that requires it to be periodically serviced by the CPU through interrupts or similar, improper operation or data loss may result during debugging. 37.5.8 Register Access Protection All registers with write-access are optionally write-protected by the peripheral access controller (PAC), except the following registers: * * * * Control A (CTRLA) register Transmit Data (TXDATA) register Interrupt Flag Status and Clear (INTFLAG) register Interrupt Flag Status and Clear (INTFLAG) register PAC write-protection is denoted by the 'PAC Write-Protection' property in the register description. Write-protection does not apply to accesses through an external debugger. 37.6 Functional Description 37.6.1 Principle of Operation The QSPI is a high-speed synchronous data transfer interface. It allows high-speed communication between the device and peripheral or serial memory devices. The QSPI operates as a master. It initiates and controls all data transactions. When transmitting, the TXDATA register can be loaded with the next character to be transmitted during the current transmission. When receiving, the data is transferred to the RXDATA register, and the receiver is ready for a new character. 37.6.2 Basic Operation 37.6.2.1 Initialization After Power-On Reset, this peripheral is enabled . 37.6.2.2 Enabling, Disabling, and Resetting The peripheral is enabled by writing a '1' to the Enable bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.ENABLE). The peripheral is disabled by writing a '0' to CTRLA.ENABLE. The peripheral is reset by writing a '1' to the Software Reset bit (CTRLA.SWRST). 37.6.3 Transfer Data Rate By default, the QSPI module is enabled in single data rate mode. In this operating mode, the CLK_QSPI2X_AHB clock is not used and can be disabled. The dual data rate operating mode is enabled by writing a '1' to the Double Data Rate Enable bit in the Instruction Frame register (INSTRFRAME.DDREN). This operating mode requires the CLK_QSPI2X_AHB clock and must be enabled before writing the DDREN bit. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 964 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface 37.6.4 Serial Clock Baudrate The QSPI Baud rate clock is generated by dividing the module clock (CLK_QSPI_AHB) by a value between 1 and 255. This allows a maximum operating baud rate at up to Master Clock and a minimum operating baud rate of CLK_QSPI_AHB divided by 256. 37.6.5 Serial Clock Phase and Polarity Four combinations of polarity and phase are available for data transfers. Writing the Clock Polarity bit in the QSPI Baud register (BAUD.CPOL) selects the polarity. The Clock Phase bit in the BAUD register programs the clock phase (BAUD.CPHA). These two parameters determine the edges of the clock signal on which data is driven and sampled. Each of the two parameters has two possible states, resulting in four possible combinations Note: The polarity/phase combinations are incompatible. Thus, the interfaced slave must use the same parameter values to communicate. Table 37-2.SPI Transfer Mode Clock Mode BAUD.CPOL BAUD.CPHA Shift SCK Edge Capture SCK Edge SCK Inactive Level 0 0 0 Falling Rising Low 1 0 1 Rising Falling Low 2 1 0 Rising Falling High 3 1 1 Falling Rising High Figure 37-3.QSPI Transfer Modes (BAUD.CPHA = 0, 8-bit transfer) SCK Cycle (for reference) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 SCK (CPOL = 0) SCK (CPOL = 1) MOSI (from master) MSB 6 5 4 3 2 1 LSB MISO (from slave) MSB 6 5 4 3 2 1 LSB * CS (to slave) * Not defined, but normally MSB of previous character received (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 965 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface Figure 37-4.QSPI Transfer Modes (BAUD.CPHA = 1, 8-bit transfer) SCK Cycle (for reference) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 SCK (CPOL = 0) MOSI (from master) MISO (from slave) * MSB 6 5 4 3 2 1 LSB MSB 6 5 4 3 2 1 LSB CS (to slave) * Not defined, but normally LSB of previous character received 37.6.6 Transfer Delays The QSPI supports several consecutive transfers while the chip select is active. Three delays can be programmed to modify the transfer waveforms: * * * The delay between the inactivation and the activation of CS is programmed by writing the Minimum Inactive CS Delay bit field in the Control B register (CTRLB.DLYCS), allowing to tune the minimum time of CS at high level. The delay between consecutive transfers is programmed by writing the Delay Between Consecutive Transfers bit field in the Control B register (CTRLB.DLYBCT), allowing to insert a delay between two consecutive transfers. In Serial Memory mode, this delay is not programmable and DLYBCT settings are ignored. The delay before SCK is programmed by writing the Delay Before SCK bit field in the BAUD register (BAUD.DLYBS), allowing to delay the start of SPCK after the chip select has been asserted. These delays allow the QSPI to be adapted to the interfaced peripherals and their speed and bus release time. Figure 37-5.Programmable Delay CS SCK 37.6.7 DLYCS DLYBS DLYBCT DLYBCT QSPI SPI Mode In this mode, the QSPI acts as a regular SPI Master. To activate this mode, the MODE bit in Control B register must be cleared (CTRLB.MODE=0). 37.6.7.1 SPI Mode Operations The QSPI in standard SPI mode operates on the clock generated by the internal programmable baud rate generator. It fully controls the data transfers to and from the slave connected to the SPI bus. The QSPI drives the chip select line to the slave (CS) and the serial clock signal (SCK). The QSPI features a single internal shift register and two holding registers: the Transmit Data Register (TXDATA) and the Receive Data Register (RXDATA). The holding registers maintain the data flow at a constant rate. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 966 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface After enabling the QSPI, a data transfer begins when the processor writes to the TXDATA. The written data is immediately transferred into the internal shift register and transfer on the SPI bus starts. While the data in the internal shift register is shifted on the MOSI line, the MISO line is sampled and shifted into the internal shift register. Receiving data cannot occur without transmitting data. If new data is written in TXDATA during the transfer, it stays in TXDATA until the current transfer is completed. Then, the received data is transferred from the internal shift register to the RXDATA, the data in TXDATA is loaded into the internal shift register, and a new transfer starts. The transfer of data written in TXDATA in the internal shift register is indicated by the Transmit Data Register Empty (DRE) bit in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.DRE). When new data is written in TXDATA, this bit is cleared. The DRE bit is used to trigger the Transmit DMA channel. The end of transfer is indicated by the Transmission Complete flag (INTFLAG.TXC). If the transfer delay for the last transfer was configured to be greater than 0 (CTRLB.DLYBCT), TXC is set after the completion of the delay. The module clock (CLK_QSPI_AHB) can be switched off at this time. Ongoing transfer of received data from the internal shift register into RXDATA is indicated by the Receive Data Register Full flag (INTFLAG.RXC). When the received data is read, the RXC bit is cleared. If the RXDATA has not been read before new data is received, the Overrun Error flag in INTFLAG register (INTFLAG.ERROR) is set. As long as this flag is set, data is loaded in RXDATA. The SPI Mode Block Diagram shows a flow chart describing how transfers are handled. 37.6.7.2 SPI Mode Block Diagram Figure 37-6.SPI Mode Block Diagram BAUD BAUD Peripheral Clock Baud Rate Generator SCK Serial Clock BAUD RXDATA MISO RXC ERROR DATA CPHA CPOL LSB MSB Shift Register MOSI CTRLB DATALEN TXDATA DATA Chip Select Controller DRE CS CTRLB CSMODE (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 967 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface 37.6.7.3 SPI Mode Flow Diagram Figure 37-7.SPI Mode Flow Diagram QSI Enable 1 DRE ? 0 CS = 0 Delay DLYBS Serializer = TXDATA DRE = 1 Data Transfer RXDATA = Serializer RXC = 1 Delay DLYBCT DRE ? 0 1 CS = 1 Delay DLYCS (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 968 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface Figure 37-8.Interrupt Flags Behaviour 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 SCK CS MOSI (from master) MSB 6 5 4 3 2 1 LSB DRE RXDATA Read Write in TXDATA RXC MISO (from slave) MSB 6 5 4 3 2 1 LSB TXC Shift register empty 37.6.7.4 Peripheral Deselection with DMA When the Direct Memory Access Controller is used, the Chip Select line will remain low during the whole transfer since the Transmit Data Register Empty flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.DRE) is managed by the DMA itself. The reloading of the TXDATA by the DMA is done as soon as INTFLAG.DRE flag is set. In this case, setting the Chip Select Mode bit field in the Control B register (CTRLB.CSMODE) to 0x1 is not mandatory. However, it may happen that when other DMA channels connected to other peripherals are in use as well, the QSPI DMA could be delayed by another DMA transfer with a higher priority on the bus. Having DMA buffers in slower memories like flash memory or SDRAM (compared to fast internal SRAM), may lengthen the reload time of the TXDATA by the DMA as well. This means that TXDATA might not be reloaded in time to keep the Chip Select line low. In this case the Chip Select line may toggle between data transfer and according to some SPI Slave devices, and the communication might get lost. Writing CTRLB.CSMODE=0x1 can prevent this loss. When CTRLB.CSMODE=0x0, the CS does not rise in all cases between two transfers on the same peripheral. During a transfer on a Chip Select, the INTFLAG.DRE flag is raised as soon as the content of the TXDATA is transferred into the internal shifter. When this flag is detected the TXDATA can be reloaded. if this reload occurs before the end of the current transfer and if the next transfer is performed on the same Chip Select as the current transfer, the Chip Select is not de-asserted between the two transfers. This may lead to difficulties for interfacing with some serial peripherals requiring the Chip Select to be de-asserted after each transfer. To facilitate interfacing with such devices, it is recommended to write CTRLB.CSMODE to 0x2. 37.6.7.5 Peripheral Deselection without DMA During multiple data transfers on a Chip Select without the DMA, the TXDATA is loaded by the processor, and the Transmit Data Register Empty flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.DRE) rises as soon as the content of the RXDATA is transferred into the internal shift register. When this flag is detected high, the TXDATA can be reloaded. If this reload-by-processor occurs before the end of the current transfer and if the next transfer is performed on the same Chip Select as the current transfer, the Chip Select is not de-asserted between the two transfers. Depending on the application software handling the flags or servicing other interrupts or other tasks, the processor may not reload the TXDATA in time to keep the Chip Select active (low). A null Delay Between Consecutive Transfer bit field value in the CTRLB register (CTRLB.DLYBCT) will give even less time for the processor to reload the TXDATA. With some SPI slave peripherals, requiring the Chip Select line to remain active (low) during a full set of transfers might lead to communication errors. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 969 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface To facilitate interfacing with such devices, the Chip Select Mode bit field in the CTRLB register (CTRLB.CSMODE) can be written to 0x1. This allows the Chip Select lines to remain in their current state (low = active) until the end of transfer is indicated by the Last Transfer bit in the CTRLA register (CTRLA.LASTXFER). Even if the TXDATA is not reloaded the Chip Select will remain active. To have the Chip Select line rise at the end of the last data transfer, the LASTXFER bit in the CTRLA must be set before writing the last data to transmit into the TXDATA. 37.6.8 QSPI Serial Memory Mode In this mode the QSPI acts as a serial flash memory controller. The QSPI can be used to read data from the serial flash memory allowing the CPU to execute code from it (XIP execute in place). The QSPI can also be used to control the serial flash memory (Program, Erase, Lock, etc.) by sending specific commands. In this mode, the QSPI is compatible with single-bit SPI, Dual SPI and Quad SPI protocols. To activate this mode, the MODE bit in Control B register must be set to one (CTRLB.MODE = 1). In serial memory mode, data cannot be transferred by the TXDATA and the RXDATA, but by writing or reading the QSPI memory space (0x0400 0000 - 0x0500 0000). 37.6.8.1 Instruction Frame In order to control serial flash memories, the QSPI is able to sent instructions by the SPI bus (ex: READ, PROGRAM, ERASE, LOCK, etc.). Because instruction set implemented in serial flash memories is memory vendor dependant, the QSPI includes a complete instruction registers, which makes it very flexible and compatible with all serial flash memories. An instruction frame includes: * * * * * An instruction code (size: 8 bits). The instruction can be optional in some cases. An address (size: 24 bits or 32 bits). The address is optional but is required by instructions such as READ, PROGRAM, ERASE, LOCK. By default the address is 24 bits long, but it can be 32 bits long to support serial flash memories larger than 128 Mbit (16 Mbyte). An option code (size: 1/2/4/8 bits). The option code is optional but is useful for activate the "XIP mode" or the "Continuous Read Mode" for READ instructions, in some serial flash memory devices. These modes allow to improve the data read latency. Dummy cycles. Dummy cycles are optional but required by some READ instructions. Data bytes are optional. Data bytes are present for data transfer instructions such as READ or PROGRAM. The instruction code, the address/option and the data can be sent with Single-bit SPI, Dual SPI or Quad SPI protocols. Figure 37-9.Instruction Frame CS SCK DATA0 A20 A16 A12 A8 A4 A0 O4 O0 D4 D0 D4 D0 DATA1 A21 A17 A13 A9 A5 A1 O5 O1 D5 D1 D5 D1 DATA2 A22 A18 A14 A10 A6 A2 O6 O2 D6 D2 D6 D2 A23 A19 A15 A11 A7 A3 O7 O3 D7 D3 DATA3 Instruction EBh Address Option Dummy cycles D7 D3 Data 37.6.8.2 Instruction Frame Sending To send an instruction frame, the user must first configure the address to send by writing the field ADDR in the Instruction Address Register (INSTRADDR.ADDR). This step is required if the instruction frame includes an address and no data. When data is present, the address of the instruction is defined by the address of the data accesses in the QSPI memory space, and not by the INSTRADDR register. If the instruction frame includes the instruction code and/or the option code, the user must configure the instruction code and/or the option code to send by writing the fields INST and OPTCODE bit fields in the Instruction Control Register (INSTRCTRL.OPTCODE, INSTRCTRL.INSTR). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 970 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface Then, the user must write the Instruction Frame Register (INSTRFRAME) to configure the instruction frame depending on which instruction must be sent. If the instruction frame does not include data, writing in this register triggers the send of the instruction frame in the QSPI. If the instruction frame includes data, the send of the instruction frame is triggered by the first data access in the QSPI memory space. The instruction frame is configured by the following bits and fields of INSTRFRAME: * WIDTH field is used to configure which data lanes are used to send the instruction code, the address, the option code and to transfer the data. It is possible to use two unidirectional data lanes (MISO-MOSI Single-bit SPI), two bidirectional data lanes (DATA0 - DATA1 Dual SPI) or four bidirectional data lanes (DATA0 - DATA3). Table 37-3.WIDTH Encoding INSTRFRAME Instruction Address/Option Data 0 Single-bit SPI Single-bit SPI Single-bit SPI 1 Single-bit SPI Single-bit SPI Dual SPI 2 Single-bit SPI Single-bit SPI Quad SPI 3 Single-bit SPI Dual SPI Dual SPI 4 Single-bit SPI Quad SPI Quad SPI 5 Dual SPI Dual SPI Dual SPI 6 Quad SPI Quad SPI Quad SPI 7 Reserved * * * * * * * * INSTREN bit enables sending an instruction code. ADDREN bit enables sending of an address after the instruction code. OPTCODEEN bit enables sending of an option code after the address. DATAEN bit enables the transfer of data (READ or PROGRAM instruction). OPTCODELEN field configures the option code length (0 -> 1-bit / 1 -> 2-bit / 2 -> 4-bit / 3 -> 8-bit). The value written in OPTCODELEN must be consistent with value written in the field WIDTH. For example: OPTCODELEN = 0 (1-bit option code) is not coherent with WIDTH = 6 (option code sent with QuadSPI protocol, thus the minimum length of the option code is 4-bit). ADDRLEN bit configures the address length (0 -> 24 bits / 1-> 32 bits) TFRTYPE field defines which type of data transfer must be performed. DUMMYLEN field configures the number of dummy cycles when reading data from the serial flash memory. Between the address/option and the data, with some instructions, dummy cycles are inserted by the serial flash memory. If data transfer is enabled, the user can access the serial memory by reading or writing the QSPI memory space following these rules: * * * * Reading from the serial memory, but not memory data (for example reading the JEDEC-ID or the STATUS), requires TFRTYPE to be written to 0x0. Reading from the serial memory, and particularly memory data, requires TFRTYPE to be written to '1'. Writing to the serial memory, but not memory data (for example writing the configuration or STATUS), requires TFRTYPE to be written to 0x2. Writing to the serial memory, and particularly memory data, requires TFRTYPE to be written to 0x3. If TFRTYP has a value other than 0x1 and CTRLB.SMEMREG=0, the address sent in the instruction frame is the address of the first system bus accesses. The addresses of the subsequent access actions are not used by the QSPI. At each system bus access, an SPI transfer is performed with the same size. For example, a half-word system bus access leads to a 16-bit SPI transfer, and a byte system bus access leads to an 8-bit SPI transfer. If CTRLB.SMEMREG=1, accesses are made via the QSPI registers and the address sent in the instruction frame is the address defined in the INSTRADDR register. Each time the INSTRFRAME or TXDATA registers are written, an SPI transfer is performed with a byte size. Another byte is read each time RXDATA register is read or written each (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 971 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface time TXDATA register is written. The SPI transfer ends by writing the LASTXFER bit in Control A register (CTRLA.LASTXFER). If TFRTYP=0x1, the address of the first instruction frame is the one of the first read access in the QSPI memory space. Each time the read accesses become non-sequential (addresses are not consecutive), a new instruction frame is sent with the last system bus access address. In this way, the system can read data at a random location in the serial memory. The size of the SPI transfers may differ from the size of the system bus read accesses. When data transfer is not enabled, the end of the instruction frame is indicated when the INSTREND interrupt flag in the INTFLAG register is set. When data transfer is enabled, the user must indicate when data transfer is completed in the QSPI memory space by setting the bit LASTXFR in the CTRLA. The end of the instruction frame is indicated when the INSTREND interrupt flag in the INTFLAG register is set. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 972 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface Figure 37-10.Instruction Transmission Flow Diagram START No Instruction frame with address but no data ? Yes Write the address in INSTRADDR No Instruction frame with instruction code and/or option code ? Yes Write the instruction code and/or the option code in INSTRCTRL Configure and send instruction frame by writing INSTRFRAME No Instruction frame with data ? Yes Read INSTRFRAME to synchronize APB and AHB accesses Instruction frame with address ? No Yes Read memory transfer (TFRTYP = 1) ? No Yes Read DATA in the QSPI AHB memory space. If accesses are not sequential a new instruction is sent automatically. Read/Write DATA in the QSPI AHB memory space (SMEMREG = 0) or APB register space (SMEMREG = 1). The address of the first access is sent after the instruction code. Read/Write DATA in the QSPI AHB memory space. Address of accesses are not used by the QSPI. Write CTRLA.LASTXFR to 1 when all data have been transferred. Wait for INTFLAG.INSTREND to rise by polling or interrupt. Depending on CSMODE configuration wait for INTFLAG.CSRISE to rise by polling or interrupt. END (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 973 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface 37.6.8.3 Read Memory Transfer The user can access the data of the serial memory by sending an instruction with DATAEN=1 and TFRTYP=0x1 in the Instruction Frame register (INSTRFRAME). In this mode the QSPI is able to read data at random address into the serial flash memory, allowing the CPU to execute code directly from it (XIP execute-in-place). In order to fetch data, the user must first configure the instruction frame by writing the INSTRFRAME. Then data can be read at any address in the QSPI address space mapping. The address of the system bus read accesses match the address of the data inside the serial Flash memory. When Fetch Mode is enabled, several instruction frames can be sent before writing the bit LASTXFR in the CTRLA. Each time the system bus read accesses become non-sequential (addresses are not consecutive), a new instruction frame is sent with the corresponding address. 37.6.8.4 Continuous Read Mode The QSPI is compatible with Continuous Read Mode (CRM) which is implemented in some Serial Flash memories. The CRM allows to reduce the instruction overhead by excluding the instruction code from the instruction frame. When CRM is activated in a Serial Flash memory (by a specific option code), the instruction code is stored in the memory. For the next instruction frames, the instruction code is not required, as the memory uses the stored one. In the QSPI, CRM is used when reading data from the memory (INSTFRAME.TFRTYPE=0x1). The addresses of the system bus read accesses are often non-sequential, this leads to many instruction frames with always the same instruction code. By disabling the sending of the instruction code, the CRM reduces the access time of the data. To be functional, this mode must be enabled in both the QSPI and the Serial Flash memory. The CRM is enabled in the QSPI by setting the CRM bit in the INSTRFRAME register (INSTFRAME.CRMODE=1, INSTFRAME.TFRTYPE must be 0x1). The CRM is enabled in the Serial Flash memory by sending a specific option code. CAUTION If CRM is not supported by the Serial Flash memory or disabled, the CRMODE bit must not be set. Otherwise, data read out the Serial Flash memory is not valid. Figure 37-11.Continuous Read Mode CS SCK DATA0 A20 A16 A12 A8 A4 A0 O4 O0 D4 D0 D4 D0 A20 A16 A12 A8 A4 A0 O4 O0 D4 D0 DATA1 A21 A17 A13 A9 A5 A1 O5 O1 D5 D1 D5 D1 A21 A17 A13 A9 A5 A1 O5 O1 D5 D1 DATA2 A22 A18 A14 A10 A6 A2 O6 O2 D6 D2 D6 D2 A22 A18 A14 A10 A6 A2 O6 O2 D6 D2 DATA3 A23 A19 A15 A11 A7 A3 O7 O3 D7 D3 D7 D3 A23 A19 A15 A11 A7 A3 O7 O3 D7 D3 Instruction Data Address Option to activate the Continuous Read Mode in the serial flash memory Address Instruction code is not required Option Data 37.6.8.5 Instruction Frame Transmission Examples All waveforms in the following examples describe SPI transfers in SPI Clock mode 0 (BAUD.CPOL=0 and BAUD.CPHA=0). All system bus accesses described below refer to the system bus address phase. System bus wait cycles and system bus data phases are not shown. Example 37-1.Example 1 Instruction in Single-bit SPI, without address, without option, without data. Command: CHIP ERASE (C7h). * * * Write 0x0000_00C7 to INSTRCTRL register. Write 0x0000_0010 to INSTRFRAME register. Wait for INTFLAG.INSTREND to rise. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 974 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface Figure 37-12.Instruction Transmission Waveform 1 Write INSTRFRAME CS SCK MOSI / DATA0 Instruction C7h INTFLAG.INSTREND Example 37-2.Example 2 Instruction in Quad SPI, without address, without option, without data. Command: POWER DOWN (B9h) * * * Write 0x0000_00B9 to INSTRCTRL register. Write 0x0000_0016 to INSTRFRAME register. Wait for INTFLAG.INSTREND to rise. Figure 37-13.Instruction Transmission Waveform 2 Write INSTRFRAME CS SCK DATA0 DATA1 DATA2 DATA3 INTFLAG.INSTREND Instruction B9h Example 37-3.Example 3 Instruction in Single-bit SPI, with address in Single-bit SPI, without option, without data. Command: BLOCK ERASE (20h) * * * * Write the address (of the block to erase) to QSPI_AR. Write 0x0000_0020 to INSTRCTRL register. Write 0x0000_0030 toINSTRFRAME register. Wait for INTFLAG.INSTREND to rise. Figure 37-14.Instruction Transmission Waveform 3 Write INSTRADDR Write INSTRFRAME CS SCK A23 A22 A21 A20 MOSI / DATA0 Instruction 20h A3 A2 A1 A0 Address INTFLAG.INSTREND (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 975 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface Example 37-4.Example 4 Instruction in Single-bit SPI, without address, without option, with data write in Single-bit SPI. Command: SET BURST (77h) * * * * * * Write 0x0000_0077 to INSTRCTRL register. Write 0x0000_2090 to INSTRFRAME register. Read INSTRFRAME register (dummy read) to synchronize system bus accesses. Write data to the system bus memory space (0x0400_0000-0x0500_0000). The address of the system bus write accesses is not used. Write the LASTXFR bit in CTRLA register to '1'. Wait for INTFLAG.INSTREND to rise. Figure 37-15.Instruction Transmission Waveform 4 Write INSTRFRAME CS SCK MOSI / DATA0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Data Instruction 77h INTFLAG.INSTREND Write AHB Set CTRLA.LASTXFER Example 37-5.Example 5 Instruction in Single-bit SPI, with address in Dual SPI, without option, with data write in Dual SPI. Command: BYTE/PAGE PROGRAM (02h) * * * * Write 0x0000_0002 to INSTRCTRL register. Write 0x0000_30B3 to INSTRFRAME register. Read INSTRFRAME register (dummy read) to synchronize system bus accesses. Write data to the QSPI system bus memory space (0x040 00000-0x0500_0000). The address of the first system bus write access is sent in the instruction frame. * * The address of the next system bus write accesses is not used. Write LASTXFR bit in CTRLA register to '1'. Wait for INTFLAG.INSTREND to rise. Figure 37-16.Instruction Transmission Waveform 5 Write INSTRFRAME CS SCK DATA0 A22 A20 A18 A16 A14 A12 A10 A8 A6 A4 A2 A0 D6 D4 D2 D0 DATA1 D6 D4 D2 D0 A23 A21 A19 A17 A15 A13 A11 A9 A7 A5 A3 A1 D7 D5 D3 D1 Instruction 02h Address D7 D5 D3 D1 Data INTFLAG.INSTREND Write AHB Set CTRLA.LASTXFER Example 37-6.Example 6 Instruction in Single-bit SPI, with address in Single-bit SPI, without option, with data read in Quad SPI, with eight dummy cycles. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 976 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface Command: QUAD_OUTPUT READ ARRAY (6Bh) * * * * Write 0x0000_006B to INSTRCTRL register. Write 0x0008_10B2 ti INSTRFRAME register. Read QSPI_IR (dummy read) to synchronize system bus accesses. Read data from the QSPI system bus memory space (0x040 00000-0x0500_0000). The address of the first system bus read access is sent in the instruction frame. * * The address of the next system bus read accesses is not used. Write the LASTXFR bit in CTRLA register to '1'. Wait for INTFLAG.INSTREND to rise. Figure 37-17.Instruction Transmission Waveform 6 Write INSTRFRAME CS SCK DATA0 A23 A22 A21 A20 A3 A2 A1 A0 D4 D0 D4 D0 DATA1 D5 D1 D5 D1 DATA2 D6 D2 D6 D2 DATA3 D7 D3 Dummy cycles Address Instruction 6Bh D7 D3 Data INTFLAG.INSTREND Read AHB Set CTRLA.LASTXFER Example 37-7.Example 7 Instruction in Single-bit SPI, with address and option in Quad SPI, with data read from Quad SPI, with four dummy cycles, with fetch and continuous read. Command: FAST READ QUAD I/O (EBh) - 8-BIT OPTION (0x30h) * * * * Write 0x0030_00EB to INSTRCTRL register. Write 0x0004_33F4 to INSTRFRAME register. Read INSTRFRAME register (dummy read) to synchronize system bus accesses. Read data from the QSPI system bus memory space (0x040 00000-0x0500_0000). * * Fetch is enabled, the address of the system bus read accesses is always used. Write LASTXFR bit in CTRLA register to '1'. Wait for INTFLAG.INSTREND to rise. Figure 37-18.Instruction Transmission Waveform 7 Write INSTRFRAME CS SCK DATA0 A20 A16 A12 A8 A4 A0 O4 O0 D4 D0 D4 D0 A20 A16 A12 A8 A4 A0 O4 O0 D4 D0 DATA1 A21 A17 A13 A9 A5 A1 O5 O1 D5 D1 D5 D1 A21 A17 A13 A9 A5 A1 O5 O1 D5 D1 DATA2 A22 A18 A14 A10 A6 A2 O6 O2 D6 D2 D6 D2 A22 A18 A14 A10 A6 A2 O6 O2 D6 D2 DATA3 A23 A19 A15 A11 A7 A3 O7 O3 D7 D3 D7 D3 A23 A19 A15 A11 A7 A3 O7 O3 D7 D3 Instruction EBh Address Option Dummy cycles Data Address Option Dummy cycles Data Read AHB Example 37-8.Example 8 Instruction in Quad SPI, with address in Quad SPI, without option, with data read from Quad SPI, with two dummy cycles, with fetch. Command: HIGH-SPEED READ (0Bh) * Write 0x0000_000B to INSTRCTRL register. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 977 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface * * * Write 0x0002_20B6 to INSTRFRAME register. Read INSTRFRAME register (dummy read) to synchronize system bus accesses. Read data in the QSPI system bus memory space (0x040 00000-0x0500_0000). * * Fetch is enabled, the address of the system bus read accesses is always used. Write LASTXFR bit in CTRLA register to '1'. Wait for INTFLAG.INSTREND to rise. Figure 37-19.Instruction Transmission Waveform 8 Write INSTRFRAME CS SCK DATA0 A20 A16 A12 A8 A4 A0 D4 D0 D4 D0 A20 A16 A12 A8 A4 A0 D4 D0 DATA1 A21 A17 A13 A9 A5 A1 D5 D1 D5 D1 A21 A17 A13 A9 A5 A1 D5 D1 DATA2 A22 A18 A14 A10 A6 A2 D6 D2 D6 D2 A22 A18 A14 A10 A6 A2 D6 D2 A23 A19 A15 A11 A7 A3 D7 D3 A23 A19 A15 A11 A7 A3 D7 D3 DATA3 Instruction 0Bh Address Dummy cycles D7 D3 Data Instruction 0Bh Address Dummy cycles Data R ead AHB 37.6.9 Scrambling/Unscrambling Function The scrambling/unscrambling function cannot be performed on devices other than memories. Data is scrambled when written to memory and unscrambled when data is read. The external data lines can be scrambled in order to prevent intellectual property data located in off-chip memories from being easily recovered by analyzing data at the package pin level of either the micro-controller or the QSPI slave device (e.g. memory). The scrambling/unscrambling function can be enabled by writing a '1' to the ENABLE bit in the Scrambling Control register (SCRAMBCTRL.ENABLE). The scrambling and unscrambling are performed on-the-fly without impacting the throughput. The scrambling method depends on the user-configurable Scrambling User Key in the Scrambling Key register (SCRAMBKEY.KEY). This register is only accessible in write mode. By default, the scrambling and unscrambling algorithm includes the scrambling user key, plus a device-dependent random value. This random value is not included when the Scrambling/Unscrambling Random Value Disable bit in the Scrambling Mode register (SCRAMBCTRL.RANDOMDIS) is written to `1'. The random value is neither user configurable nor readable. If SCRAMBCTRL.RANDOMDIS=0, data scrambled by a given circuit cannot be unscrambled by a different circuit. If SCRAMBCTRL.RANDOMDIS=1, the scrambling/unscrambling algorithm includes only the scrambling user key, making it possible to manage data by different circuits. Note that the same key must be used by the different circuits. The scrambling user key must be securely stored in a reliable non-volatile memory in order to recover data from the off-chip memory. Any data scrambled with a given key cannot be recovered if the key is lost. 37.6.10 DMA Operation The QSPI generates the following DMA requests: * * Data received (RX): The request is set when data is available in the RXDATA register, and cleared when RXDATA is read. Data transmit (TX): The request is set when the transmit buffer (TXDATA) is empty, and cleared when TXDATA is written. Note: If DMA and RX memory modes are selected, a QSPI memory space read operation is required to force the first triggering. If the CPU accesses the registers which are source of DMA request set/clear condition, the DMA request can be lost or the DMA transfer can be corrupted. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 978 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface 37.6.11 Interrupts The QSPI has the following interrupt source: * Interrupt Request (INTREQ): Indicates that at least one bit in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG) is set to '1'. Each interrupt source has an interrupt flag associated with it. The interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear (INTFLAG) register is set when the interrupt condition occurs. Each interrupt can be individually enabled by writing a '1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Set (INTENSET) register, and disabled by writing a '1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Clear (INTENCLR) register. An interrupt request is generated when the interrupt flag is set and the corresponding interrupt is enabled. The interrupt request remains active until the interrupt flag is cleared, the interrupt is disabled, or the QSPI is reset. All interrupt requests from the peripheral are ORed together on system level to generate one combined interrupt request to the NVIC. The user must read the INTFLAG register to determine which interrupt condition is present. Note that interrupts must be globally enabled for interrupt requests to be generated. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 979 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface 37.7 Offset 0x00 0x04 Register Summary Name CTRLA CTRLB 0x08 BAUD 0x0C RXDATA 0x10 TXDATA 0x14 INTENCLR 0x18 INTENSET 0x1C INTFLAG 0x20 STATUS 0x24 ... 0x2F Reserved 0x30 INSTRADDR 0x34 INSTRCTRL 0x38 INSTRFRAME 0x3C ... 0x3F Reserved Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 ENABLE CSMODE[1:0] SMEMREG WDRBT LOOPEN DATALEN[3:0] SWRST LASTXFER MODE DLYBCT[7:0] DLYCS[7:0] CPHA CPOL BAUD[7:0] DLYBS[7:0] DATA[7:0] DATA[15:8] DATA[7:0] DATA[15:8] ERROR TXC INSTREND DRE RXC CSRISE ERROR TXC INSTREND DRE RXC CSRISE ERROR TXC INSTREND DRE RXC CSRISE ENABLE CSSTATUS ADDR[7:0] ADDR[15:8] ADDR[23:16] ADDR[31:24] INSTR[7:0] OPTCODE[7:0] DATAEN DDREN (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. OPTCODEEN CRMODE ADDREN INSTREN TFRTYPE[1:0] Datasheet ADDRLEN DUMMYLEN[4:0] WIDTH[2:0] OPTCODELEN[1:0] DS60001507F-page 980 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface ...........continued Offset Name 0x40 SCRAMBCTRL 0x44 37.8 SCRAMBKEY Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 RANDOMDIS ENABLE KEY[7:0] KEY[15:8] KEY[23:16] KEY[31:24] Register Description Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16-, and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Optional write protection by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC) is denoted by the "PAC Write Protection" property in each individual register description. Refer to the Peripheral Access Controller for more information. Some registers are enable-protected, meaning they can only be written when the QSPI is disabled. Enable-protection is denoted by the Enable-Protected property in each individual register description. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 981 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface 37.8.1 Control A Name: Offset: Reset: Property: CTRLA 0x00 0x00000000 - Control A Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 LASTXFER W 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 ENABLE R/W 0 0 SWRST W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 24 - LASTXFERLast Transfer 0: No effect. 1: The chip select will be de-asserted after the character written in TD has been transferred. Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable Writing a '0' to this bit disables the QSPI. Writing a '1' to this bit enables the QSPI to transfer and receive data. As soon as ENABLE is reset, QSPI finishes its transfer. All pins are set in input mode and no data is received or transmitted. If a transfer is in progress, the transfer is finished before the QSPI is disable. Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit resets the QSPI. A software-triggered hardware reset of the QSPI interface is performed. DMAC channels are not affected by software reset. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 982 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface 37.8.2 Control B Name: Offset: Reset: Property: CTRLB 0x04 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection Control B Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 DLYCS[7:0] Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 20 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 19 DLYBCT[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 12 Access Reset Bit 11 R/W 0 7 6 Access Reset 5 4 CSMODE[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 3 SMEMREG R/W 0 10 9 DATALEN[3:0] R/W R/W 0 0 2 WDRBT R/W 0 1 LOOPEN R/W 0 8 R/W 0 0 MODE R/W 0 Bits 31:24 - DLYCS[7:0]Minimum Inactive CS Delay This bit field defines the minimum delay between the inactivation and the activation of CS. The DLYCS time guarantees the slave minimum deselect time. If DLYCS is 0x00, one CLK_QSPI_AHB period will be inserted by default. Otherwise, the following equation determines the delay: DLYCS = Minimum inactive x fperipheral clock Bits 23:16 - DLYBCT[7:0]Delay Between Consecutive Transfers This field defines the delay between two consecutive transfers with the same peripheral without removing the chip select. The delay is always inserted after each transfer and before removing the chip select if needed. When DLYBCT=0x00, no delay between consecutive transfers is inserted and the clock keeps its duty cycle over the character transfers. In Serial Memory mode (MODE=1), DLYBCT is ignored and no delay is inserted. Otherwise, the following equation determines the delay: DLYBCT = (Delay Between Consecutive Transfers x fperipheral clock) / 32 Bits 11:8 - DATALEN[3:0]Data Length The DATALEN field determines the number of data bits transferred. Reserved values should not be used. Value Name Description 0x0 8BITS 8-bits transfer 0x1 9BITS 9-bits transfer 0x2 10BITS 10-bits transfer 0x3 11BITS 11-bits transfer 0x4 12BITS 12-bits transfer 0x5 13BITS 13-bits transfer 0x6 14BITS 14-bits transfer 0x7 15BITS 15-bits transfer 0x8 16BITS 16-bits transfer 0x9-0xF Reserved (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 983 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface Bits 5:4 - CSMODE[1:0]Chip Select Mode The CSMODE field determines how the chip select is de-asserted. Value Name Description 0x0 NORELOAD The chip select is de-asserted if TD has not been reloaded before the end of the current transfer. 0x1 LASTXFER The chip select is de-asserted when the bit LASTXFER is written at 1 and the character written in TD has been transferred. 0x2 SYSTEMATICALLY The chip select is de-asserted systematically after each transfer. 0x3 Reserved Bit 3 - SMEMREGSerial Memory Register Mode Value Description 0 Serial memory registers are written via AHB access. 1 Serial memory registers are written via APB access. Reset the QSPI. Bit 2 - WDRBTWait Data Read Before Transfer This bit determines the Wait Data Read Before Transfer option. Bit 1 - LOOPENLocal Loopback Enable This bit defines if the Local Loopback is enabled or disabled. LOOPEN controls the local loopback on the data serializer for testing in SPI Mode only. (MISO is internally connected on MOSI). Value Description 0 Local Loopback is disabled. 1 Local Loopback is enabled. Bit 0 - MODESerial Memory Mode This bit defines if the QSPI is in SPI Mode or Serial Memory Mode. Value Name Description 0 SPI SPI operating mode 1 MEMORY Serial Memory operating mode (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 984 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface 37.8.3 Baud Rate Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit BAUD 0x08 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection 31 30 29 28 23 22 21 20 27 26 25 24 19 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 Access Reset Bit DLYBS[7:0] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 BAUD[7:0] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 CPHA R/W 0 0 CPOL R/W 0 Access Reset Bits 23:16 - DLYBS[7:0]Delay Before SCK This field defines the delay from CS valid to the first valid SCK transition. When DLYBS equals zero, the CS valid to SCK transition is 1/2 the SCK clock period. Otherwise, the following equation determines the delay: Equation 37-1.Delay Before SCK = Bits 15:8 - BAUD[7:0]Serial Clock Baud Rate The QSPI uses a modulus counter to derive the SCK baud rate from the module clock CLK_QSPI_AHB. The Baud rate is selected by writing a value from 0 to 255 in the BAUD field. The following equation determines the SCK baud rate: Equation 37-2.SCK Baud Rate = + 1 Bit 1 - CPHAClock Phase CPHA determines which edge of SCK causes data to change and which edge causes data to be captured. CPHA is used with CPOL to produce the required clock/data relationship between master and slave devices. Value Description 0 Data is captured on the leading edge of SCK and changed on the following edge of SCK. 1 Data is changed on the leading edge of SCK and captured on the following edge of SCK. Bit 0 - CPOLClock Polarity CPOL is used to determine the inactive state value of the serial clock (SCK). It is used with CPHA to produce the required clock/data relationship between master and slave devices. Value Description 0 The inactive state value of SCK is logic level zero. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 985 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface Value 0 Description The inactive state value of SCK is logic level 'one'. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 986 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface 37.8.4 Receive Data Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit RXDATA 0x0C 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit DATA[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 DATA[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 15:0 - DATA[15:0]Receive Data Data received by the QSPI is stored in this register right-justified. Unused bits read zero. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 987 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface 37.8.5 Transmit Data Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit TXDATA 0x10 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 3 2 1 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit DATA[15:8] Access Reset W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 DATA[7:0] Access Reset W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 Bits 15:0 - DATA[15:0]Transmit Data Data to be transmitted by the QSPI is stored in this register. Information to be transmitted must be written to the transmit data register in a right-justified format. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 988 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface 37.8.6 Interrupt Enable Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit INTENCLR 0x14 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 INSTREND R/W 0 9 8 CSRISE R/W 0 7 6 5 4 3 ERROR R/W 0 2 TXC R/W 0 1 DRE R/W 0 0 RXC R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 10 - INSTRENDInstruction End Interrupt Disable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' will clear the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The INSTREND interrupt is disabled. 1 The INSTREND interrupt is enabled. Bit 8 - CSRISEChip Select Rise Interrupt Disable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' will clear the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The CSRISE interrupt is disabled. 1 The CSRISE interrupt is enabled. Bit 3 - ERROROverrun Error Interrupt Disable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' will clear the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The ERROR interrupt is disabled. 1 The ERROR interrupt is enabled. Bit 2 - TXCTransmission Complete Interrupt Disable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' will clear the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The TXC interrupt is disabled. 1 The TXC interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 989 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface Bit 1 - DRETransmit Data Register Empty Interrupt Disable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' will clear the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The DRE interrupt is disabled. 1 The DRE interrupt is enabled. Bit 0 - RXCReceive Data Register Full Interrupt Disable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' will clear the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The RXC interrupt is disabled. 1 The RXC interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 990 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface 37.8.7 Interrupt Enable Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit INTENSET 0x18 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 INSTREND R/W 0 9 8 CSRISE R/W 0 7 6 5 4 3 ERROR R/W 0 2 TXC R/W 0 1 DRE R/W 0 0 RXC R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 10 - INSTRENDInstruction End Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' will set the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The INSTREND interrupt is disabled. 1 The INSTREND interrupt is enabled. Bit 8 - CSRISEChip Select Rise Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' will set the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The CSRISE interrupt is disabled. 1 The CSRISE interrupt is enabled. Bit 3 - ERROROverrun Error Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' will set the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The ERROR interrupt is disabled. 1 The ERROR interrupt is enabled. Bit 2 - TXCTransmission Complete Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' will set the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The TXC interrupt is disabled. 1 The TXC interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 991 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface Bit 1 - DRETransmit Data Register Empty Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' will set the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The DRE interrupt is disabled. 1 The DRE interrupt is enabled. Bit 0 - RXCReceive Data Register Full Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' will set the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The RXC interrupt is disabled. 1 The RXC interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 992 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface 37.8.8 Interrupt Flag Status and Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit INTFLAG 0x1C 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 INSTREND R/W 0 9 8 CSRISE R/W 0 7 6 5 4 3 ERROR R/W 0 2 TXC R/W 0 1 DRE R/W 0 0 RXC R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 10 - INSTRENDInstruction End This bit is set when an Instruction End has been detected. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the flag. Bit 8 - CSRISEChip Select Rise The bit is set when a Chip Select Rise has been detected. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the flag. Bit 3 - ERROROverrun Error This bit is set when an ERROR has occurred. An ERROR occurs when RXDATA is loaded at least twice from the serializer. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the flag. Bit 2 - TXCTransmission Complete 0: As soon as data is written in TXDATA. 1: TXDATA and internal shifter are empty. If a transfer delay has been defined, TXC is set after the completion of such delay. Bit 1 - DRETransmit Data Register Empty 0: Data has been written to TXDATA and not yet transferred to the serializer. 1: The last data written in the TXDATA has been transferred to the serializer. This bit is '0' when the QSPI is disabled or at reset. The bit is set as soon as ENABLE bit is set. Bit 0 - RXCReceive Data Register Full 0: No data has been received since the last read of RXDATA. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 993 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface 1: Data has been received and the received data has been transferred from the serializer to RXDATA since the last read of RXDATA. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 994 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface 37.8.9 Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit STATUS 0x20 0x00000200 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 CSSTATUS R 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 ENABLE R 0 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 9 - CSSTATUSChip Select Value Description 0 Chip Select is asserted. 1 Chip Select is not asserted. Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable Value Description 0 QSPI is disabled. 1 QSPI is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 995 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface 37.8.10 Instruction Address Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit INSTRADDR 0x30 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 28 27 ADDR[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 20 19 ADDR[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 ADDR[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 ADDR[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - ADDR[31:0]Instruction Address Address to send to the serial flash memory in the instruction frame. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 996 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface 37.8.11 Instruction Code Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit INSTRCTRL 0x34 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 7 6 5 4 27 26 25 24 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 20 19 OPTCODE[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Access Reset Bit INSTR[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 23:16 - OPTCODE[7:0]Option Code These bits define the option code to send to the serial flash memory. Bits 7:0 - INSTR[7:0]Instruction Code Instruction code to send to the serial flash memory. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 997 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface 37.8.12 Instruction Frame Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit INSTRFRAME 0x38 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 DUMMYLEN[4:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 15 DDREN R/W 0 14 CRMODE R/W 0 7 DATAEN R/W 0 6 OPTCODEEN R/W 0 13 12 TFRTYPE[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 5 ADDREN R/W 0 4 INSTREN R/W 0 11 10 ADDRLEN R/W 0 3 2 R/W 0 9 8 OPTCODELEN[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 1 WIDTH[2:0] R/W 0 0 R/W 0 Bits 20:16 - DUMMYLEN[4:0]Dummy Cycles Length The DUMMYLEN field defines the number of dummy cycles required by the serial Flash memory before data transfer. Bit 15 - DDRENDouble Data Rate Enable Value Description 0 Double Data Rate operating mode is disabled. 1 Double Data Rate operating mode is enabled. Bit 14 - CRMODEContinuous Read Mode This bit defines if the Continuous Read Mode is enabled or disabled. Value Description 0 Continuous Read Mode is disabled. 1 Continuous Read Mode is enabled. Bits 13:12 - TFRTYPE[1:0]Data Transfer Type These bits define the data type transfer. Value Name Description 0x0 READ Read transfer from the serial memory.Scrambling is not performed.Read at random location (fetch) in the serial flash memory is not possible. 0x1 READMEMORY Read data transfer from the serial memory.If enabled, scrambling is performed.Read at random location (fetch) in the serial flash memory is possible. 0x2 WRITE Write transfer into the serial memory.Scrambling is not performed. 0x3 WRITEMEMORY Write data transfer into the serial memory. If enabled, scrambling is performed. Bit 10 - ADDRLENAddress Length The ADDRLEN bit determines the length of the address. Value Name Description 0x0 24BITS 24-bits address length 0x1 32BITS 32-bits address length (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 998 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface Bits 9:8 - OPTCODELEN[1:0]Option Code Length The OPTCODELEN field determines the length of the option code. The value written in OPTCODELEN must be coherent with value written in the field WIDTH. For example: OPTCODELEN=0 (1-bit option code) is not coherent with WIDTH=6 (option code sent with QuadSPI protocol, thus the minimum length of the option code is 4-bit). Value Name Description 0x0 1BIT 1-bit length option code 0x1 2BITS 2-bits length option code 0x2 4BITS 4-bits length option code 0x3 8BITS 8-bits length option code Bit 7 - DATAENData Enable Value Description 0 No data is sent/received to/from the serial flash memory. 1 Data is sent/received to/from the serial flash memory. Bit 6 - OPTCODEENOption Enable Value Description 0 The option is not sent to the serial flash memory 1 The option is sent to the serial flash memory. Bit 5 - ADDRENAddress Enable Value Description 0 The transfer address is not sent to the serial flash memory. 1 The transfer address is sent to the serial flash memory. Bit 4 - INSTRENInstruction Enable Value Description 0 The instruction is not sent to the serial flash memory. 1 The instruction is sent to the serial flash memory. Bits 2:0 - WIDTH[2:0]Instruction Code, Address, Option Code and Data Width This field defines the width of the instruction code, the address, the option and the data. Value Name Description 0x0 SINGLE_BIT_SPI Instruction: Single-bit SPI / Address-Option: Single-bit SPI / Data: Single-bit SPI 0x1 DUAL_OUTPUT Instruction: Single-bit SPI / Address-Option: Single-bit SPI / Data: Dual SPI 0x2 QUAD_OUTPUT Instruction: Single-bit SPI / Address-Option: Single-bit SPI / Data: Quad SPI 0x3 DUAL_IO Instruction: Single-bit SPI / Address-Option: Dual SPI / Data: Dual SPI 0x4 QUAD_IO Instruction: Single-bit SPI / Address-Option: Quad SPI / Data: Quad SPI 0x5 DUAL_CMD Instruction: Dual SPI / Address-Option: Dual SPI / Data: Dual SPI 0x6 QUAD_CMD Instruction: Quad SPI / Address-Option: Quad SPI / Data: Quad SPI 0x7 Reserved (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 999 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface 37.8.13 Scrambling Mode Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit SCRAMBCTRL 0x40 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 RANDOMDIS R/W 0 0 ENABLE R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 1 - RANDOMDISScrambling/Unscrambling Random Value Disable Value Description 0 The scrambling/unscrambling algorithm includes the scrambling user key plus a random value that may differ from chip to chip. 1 The scrambling/unscrambling algorithm includes only the scrambling user key. Bit 0 - ENABLEScrambling/Unscrambling Enable This bit defines if the scrambling/unscrambling is enabled or disabled. Value Description 0 Scrambling/unscrambling is disabled. 1 Scrambling/unscrambling is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1000 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface 37.8.14 Scrambling Key Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 SCRAMBKEY 0x44 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 19 18 17 16 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 11 10 9 8 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 3 2 1 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 KEY[31:24] Access Reset W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 KEY[23:16] Access Reset W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 KEY[15:8] Access Reset W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 KEY[7:0] Access Reset W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 Bits 31:0 - KEY[31:0]Scrambling User Key This field defines the user key value. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1001 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38. USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.1 Overview The Universal Serial Bus interface (USB) module complies with the Universal Serial Bus (USB) 2.1 specification supporting both device and embedded host modes. The USB device mode supports 8 endpoint addresses. All endpoint addresses have one input and one output endpoint, for a total of 16 endpoints. Each endpoint is fully configurable in any of the four transfer types: control, interrupt, bulk or isochronous. The USB host mode supports up to 8 pipes. The maximum data payload size is selectable up to 1023 bytes. Internal SRAM is used to keep the configuration and data buffer for each endpoint. The memory locations used for the endpoint configurations and data buffers is fully configurable. The amount of memory allocated is dynamic according to the number of endpoints in use, and the configuration of these. The USB module has a built-in Direct Memory Access (DMA) and will read/write data from/to the system RAM when a USB transaction takes place. No CPU or DMA Controller resources are required. To maximize throughput, an endpoint can be configured for ping-pong operation. When this is done the input and output endpoint with the same address are used in the same direction. The CPU or DMA Controller can then read/ write one data buffer while the USB module writes/reads from the other buffer. This gives double buffered communication. Multi-packet transfer enables a data payload exceeding the maximum packet size of an endpoint to be transferred as multiple packets without any software intervention. This reduces the number of interrupts and software intervention needed for USB transfers. For low power operation the USB module can put the microcontroller in any sleep mode when the USB bus is idle and a suspend condition is given. Upon bus resume, the USB module can wake the microcontroller from any sleep mode. 38.2 Features * * * * * * * * * Compatible with the USB 2.1 specification USB Embedded Host and Device mode Supports full (12Mbit/s) and low (1.5Mbit/s) speed communication Supports Link Power Management (LPM-L1) protocol On-chip transceivers with built-in pull-ups and pull-downs On-Chip USB serial resistors 1kHz SOF clock available on external pin Device mode - Supports 8 IN endpoints and 8 OUT endpoints - No endpoint size limitations - Built-in DMA with multi-packet and dual bank for all endpoints - Supports feedback endpoint - Supports crystal less clock Host mode - Supports 8 physical pipes - No pipe size limitations - Supports multiplexed virtual pipe on one physical pipe to allow an unlimited USB tree - Built-in DMA with multi-packet support and dual bank for all pipes - Supports feedback endpoint - Supports the USB 2.0 Phase-locked SOFs feature (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1002 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.3 USB Block Diagram Figure 38-1.LS/FS Implementation: USB Block Diagram USB SRAM Controller AHB Slave dedicated bus APB device-wide bus AHB Master User Interface DP USB interrupts NVIC SOF 1kHz GCLK_USB GCLK System clock domain 38.4 DM USB 2.0 Core USB clock domain Signal Description Pin Name Pin Description Type DM Data -: Differential Data Line - Port Input/Output DP Data +: Differential Data Line + Port Input/Output SOF 1kHZ SOF Output Output Refer to I/O Multiplexing and Considerations for details on the pin mapping for this peripheral. One signal can be mapped on several pins. Related Links 6. I/O Multiplexing and Considerations 38.5 Product Dependencies In order to use this peripheral module, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described below. 38.5.1 I/O Lines The USB pins may be multiplexed with the I/O lines Controller. The user must first configure the I/O Controller to assign the USB pins to their peripheral functions. A 1kHz SOF clock is available on an external pin. The user must first configure the I/O Controller to assign the 1kHz SOF clock to the peripheral function. The SOF clock is available for device and host mode. 38.5.2 Power Management This peripheral can continue to operate in any Sleep mode where its source clock is running. The interrupts can wake up the device from Sleep modes. Events connected to the event system can trigger other operations in the system without exiting Sleep modes. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1003 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager 38.5.3 Clocks The USB bus clock (CLK_USB_AHB) can be enabled and disabled in the Main Clock module, MCLK, and the default state of CLK_USB_AHB can be found in the Peripheral Clock Masking. A generic clock (GCLK_USB) is required to clock the USB. This clock must be configured and enabled in the Generic Clock Controller before using the USB. This generic clock is asynchronous to the bus clock (CLK_USB_AHB). Due to this asynchronicity, writes to certain registers will require synchronization between the clock domains. The USB module requires a GCLK_USB of 48 MHz 0.25% clock for low speed and full speed operation. To follow the USB data rate at 12 Mbit/s in full-speed mode, the CLK_USB_AHB clock should be at minimum 8 MHz. The GCLK_USB clock is generated by the DFLL48 using a reference clock. When the USB is disabled, the GCLK used as DFLL reference should be disabled. Clock recovery is achieved by a digital phase-locked loop in the USB module, which complies with the USB jitter specifications. If crystal-less operation is used in USB device mode, refer to USB Clock Recovery Module. Related Links 14. GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 14.6.6 Synchronization 15.8.6 AHBMASK 28.6.4.2 Additional Features 38.5.4 DMA The USB has a built-in Direct Memory Access (DMA) and will read/write data to/from the system RAM when a USB transaction takes place. No CPU or DMA Controller resources are required. 38.5.5 Interrupts The interrupt request line is connected to the Interrupt Controller. In order to use interrupt requests of this peripheral, the Interrupt Controller (NVIC) must be configured first. Refer to Nested Vector Interrupt Controller for details. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 38.5.6 Events Not applicable. 38.5.7 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in debug mode the USB peripheral continues normal operation. If the USB peripheral is configured in a way that requires it to be periodically serviced by the CPU through interrupts or similar, improper operation or data loss may result during debugging. 38.5.8 Register Access Protection Registers with write access can be optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC), except for the following: * * * * Device Interrupt Flag (INTFLAG) register Endpoint Interrupt Flag (EPINTFLAG) register Host Interrupt Flag (INTFLAG) register Pipe Interrupt Flag (PINTFLAG) register Note: Optional write protection is indicated by the "PAC Write Protection" property in the register description. Write protection does not apply for accesses through an external debugger. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1004 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.5.9 Analog Connections Not applicable. 38.5.10 Calibration The output drivers for the DP/DM USB line interface can be fine tuned with calibration values from production tests. The calibration values must be loaded from the NVM Software Calibration Area into the USB Pad Calibration register (PADCAL) by software, before enabling the USB, to achieve the specified accuracy. Refer to NVM Software Calibration Area Mapping for further details. For details on Pad Calibration, refer to Pad Calibration (38.8.1.6 PADCAL) register. 38.6 Functional Description 38.6.1 USB General Operation 38.6.1.1 Initialization After a hardware reset, the USB is disabled. The user should first enable the USB (CTRLA.ENABLE) in either device mode or host mode (CTRLA.MODE). Figure 38-2.General States HW RESET | CTRLA.SWRST Any state Idle CTRLA.ENABLE = 1 CTRLA.MODE =0 CTRLA.ENABLE = 0 CTRLA.ENABLE = 1 CTRLA.MODE =1 Device CTRLA.ENABLE = 0 Host After a hardware reset, the USB is in the idle state. In this state: * * * * The module is disabled. The USB Enable bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.ENABLE) is reset. The module clock is stopped in order to minimize power consumption. The USB pad is in suspend mode. The internal states and registers of the device and host are reset. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1005 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus Before using the USB, the Pad Calibration register (PADCAL) must be loaded with production calibration values from the NVM Software Calibration Area. The USB is enabled by writing a '1' to CTRLA.ENABLE. The USB is disabled by writing a '0' to CTRLA.ENABLE. The USB is reset by writing a '1' to the Software Reset bit in CTRLA (CTRLA.SWRST). All registers in the USB will be reset to their initial state, and the USB will be disabled. Refer to the CTRLA register for details. The user can configure pads and speed before enabling the USB by writing to the Operating Mode bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.MODE) and the Speed Configuration field in the Control B register (CTRLB.SPDCONF). These values are taken into account once the USB has been enabled by writing a '1' to CTRLA.ENABLE. After writing a '1' to CTRLA.ENABLE, the USB enters device mode or host mode (according to CTRLA.MODE). The USB can be disabled at any time by writing a '0' to CTRLA.ENABLE. Refer to 38.6.2 USB Device Operations for the basic operation of the device mode. Refer to 38.6.3 Host Operations for the basic operation of the host mode. 38.6.2 USB Device Operations This section gives an overview of the USB module device operation during normal transactions. For more details on general USB and USB protocol, refer to the Universal Serial Bus specification revision 2.1. 38.6.2.1 Initialization To attach the USB device to start the USB communications from the USB host, a zero should be written to the Detach bit in the Device Control B register (CTRLB.DETACH). To detach the device from the USB host, a one must be written to the CTRLB.DETACH. After the device is attached, the host will request the USB device descriptor using the default device address zero. On successful transmission, it will send a USB reset. After that, it sends an address to be configured for the device. All further transactions will be directed to this device address. This address should be configured in the Device Address field in the Device Address register (DADD.DADD) and the Address Enable bit in DADD (DADD.ADDEN) should be written to one to accept communications directed to this address. DADD.ADDEN is automatically cleared on receiving a USB reset. 38.6.2.2 Endpoint Configuration Endpoint data can be placed anywhere in the device RAM. The USB controller accesses these endpoints directly through the AHB master (built-in DMA) with the help of the endpoint descriptors. The base address of the endpoint descriptors needs to be written in the Descriptor Address register (DESCADD) by the user. Refer also to the Endpoint Descriptor structure in 38.8.4.1 Endpoint Descriptor Structure. Before using an endpoint, the user should configure the direction and type of the endpoint in Type of Endpoint field in the Device Endpoint Configuration register (EPCFG.EPTYPE0/1). The endpoint descriptor registers should be initialized to known values before using the endpoint, so that the USB controller does not read random values from the RAM. The Endpoint Size field in the Packet Size register (PCKSIZE.SIZE) should be configured as per the size reported to the host for that endpoint. The Address of Data Buffer register (ADDR) should be set to the data buffer used for endpoint transfers. The RAM Access Interrupt bit in Device Interrupt Flag register (INTFLAG.RAMACER) is set when a RAM access underflow error occurs during IN data stage. When an endpoint is disabled, the following registers are cleared for that endpoint: * * * * Device Endpoint Interrupt Enable Clear/Set (EPINTENCLR/SET) register Device Endpoint Interrupt Flag (EPINTFLAG) register Transmit Stall 0 bit in the Endpoint Status register (EPSTATUS.STALLRQ0) Transmit Stall 1 bit in the Endpoint Status register (EPSTATUS.STALLRQ1) 38.6.2.3 Multi-Packet Transfers Multi-packet transfer enables a data payload exceeding the endpoint maximum transfer size to be transferred as multiple packets without software intervention. This reduces the number of interrupts and software intervention (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1006 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus required to manage higher level USB transfers. Multi-packet transfer is identical to the IN and OUT transactions described below unless otherwise noted in this section. The application software provides the size and address of the RAM buffer to be proceeded by the USB module for a specific endpoint, and the USB module will split the buffer in the required USB data transfers without any software intervention. Figure 38-3.Multi-Packet Feature - Reduction of CPU Overhead Data Payload Without Multi-packet support Transfer Complete Interrupt & Data Processing Maximum Endpoint size With Multi-packet support 38.6.2.4 USB Reset The USB bus reset is initiated by a connected host and managed by hardware. During USB reset the following registers are cleared: * * * * * * * * * Device Endpoint Configuration (EPCFG) register - except for Endpoint 0 Device Frame Number (FNUM) register Device Address (DADD) register Device Endpoint Interrupt Enable Clear/Set (EPINTENCLR/SET) register Device Endpoint Interrupt Flag (EPINTFLAG) register Transmit Stall 0 bit in the Endpoint Status register (EPSTATUS.STALLRQ0) Transmit Stall 1 bit in the Endpoint Status register (EPSTATUS.STALLRQ1) Endpoint Interrupt Summary (EPINTSMRY) register Upstream resume bit in the Control B register (CTRLB.UPRSM) At the end of the reset process, the End of Reset bit is set in the Interrupt Flag register (INTFLAG.EORST). 38.6.2.5 Start-of-Frame When a Start-of-Frame (SOF) token is detected, the frame number from the token is stored in the Frame Number field in the Device Frame Number register (FNUM.FNUM), and the Start-of-Frame interrupt bit in the Device Interrupt Flag register (INTFLAG.SOF) is set. If there is a CRC or bit-stuff error, the Frame Number Error status flag (FNUM.FNCERR) in the FNUM register is set. 38.6.2.6 Management of SETUP Transactions When a SETUP token is detected and the device address of the token packet does not match DADD.DADD, the packet is discarded and the USB module returns to idle and waits for the next token packet. When the address matches, the USB module checks if the endpoint is enabled in EPCFG. If the addressed endpoint is disabled, the packet is discarded and the USB module returns to idle and waits for the next token packet. When the endpoint is enabled, the USB module then checks on the EPCFG of the addressed endpoint. If the EPCFG.EPTYPE0 is not set to control, the USB module returns to idle and waits for the next token packet. When the EPCFG.EPTYPE0 matches, the USB module then fetches the Data Buffer Address (ADDR) from the addressed endpoint's descriptor and waits for a DATA0 packet. If a PID error or any other PID than DATA0 is detected, the USB module returns to idle and waits for the next token packet. When the data PID matches and if the Received Setup Complete interrupt bit in the Device Endpoint Interrupt Flag register (EPINTFLAG.RXSTP) is equal to zero, ignoring the Bank 0 Ready bit in the Device Endpoint Status register (EPSTATUS.BK0RDY), the incoming data is written to the data buffer pointed to by the Data Buffer Address (ADDR). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1007 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus If the number of received data bytes exceeds the endpoint's maximum data payload size as specified by the PCKSIZE.SIZE, the remainders of the received data bytes are discarded. The packet will still be checked for bit-stuff and CRC errors. Software must never report a endpoint size to the host that is greater than the value configured in PCKSIZE.SIZE. If a bit-stuff or CRC error is detected in the packet, the USB module returns to idle and waits for the next token packet. If data is successfully received, an ACK handshake is returned to the host, and the number of received data bytes, excluding the CRC, is written to the Byte Count (PCKSIZE.BYTE_COUNT). If the number of received data bytes is the maximum data payload specified by PCKSIZE.SIZE, no CRC data is written to the data buffer. If the number of received data bytes is the maximum data payload specified by PCKSIZE.SIZE minus one, only the first CRC data is written to the data buffer. If the number of received data is equal or less than the data payload specified by PCKSIZE.SIZE minus two, both CRC data bytes are written to the data buffer. Finally the EPSTATUS is updated. Data Toggle OUT bit (EPSTATUS.DTGLOUT), the Data Toggle IN bit (EPSTATUS.DTGLIN), the current bank bit (EPSTATUS.CURRBK) and the Bank Ready 0 bit (EPSTATUS.BK0RDY) are set. Bank Ready 1 bit (EPSTATUS.BK1RDY) and the Stall Bank 0/1 bit (EPSTATUS.STALLQR0/1) are cleared on receiving the SETUP request. The RXSTP bit is set and triggers an interrupt if the Received Setup Interrupt Enable bit is set in Endpoint Interrupt Enable Set/Clear register (EPINTENSET/CLR.RXSTP). 38.6.2.7 Management of OUT Transactions Figure 38-4.OUT Transfer: Data Packet Host to USB Device Memory Map HOST I/O Register USB I/O Registers BULK OUT EPT 2 D A T A 0 D A T A 1 D A T A 0 BULK OUT EPT 3 D A T A 0 D A T A 1 D A T A 0 D A T A 1 Internal RAM BULK OUT EPT 1 D A T A 0 D A T A 0 D A T A 1 USB Module USB Endpoints Descriptor Table D A T A 0 DESCADD ENDPOINT 1 DATA ENDPOINT 3 DATA DP DM USB Buffers time ENDPOINT 2 DATA When an OUT token is detected, and the device address of the token packet does not match DADD.DADD, the packet is discarded and the USB module returns to idle and waits for the next token packet. If the address matches, the USB module checks if the endpoint number received is enabled in the EPCFG of the addressed endpoint. If the addressed endpoint is disabled, the packet is discarded and the USB module returns to idle and waits for the next token packet. When the endpoint is enabled, the USB module then checks the Endpoint Configuration register (EPCFG) of the addressed output endpoint. If the type of the endpoint (EPCFG.EPTYPE0) is not set to OUT, the USB module returns to idle and waits for the next token packet. The USB module then fetches the Data Buffer Address (ADDR) from the addressed endpoint's descriptor, and waits for a DATA0 or DATA1 packet. If a PID error or any other PID than DATA0 or DATA1 is detected, the USB module returns to idle and waits for the next token packet. If EPSTATUS.STALLRQ0 in EPSTATUS is set, the incoming data is discarded. If the endpoint is not isochronous, a STALL handshake is returned to the host and the Transmit Stall Bank 0 interrupt bit in EPINTFLAG (EPINTFLAG.STALL0) is set. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1008 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus For isochronous endpoints, data from both a DATA0 and DATA1 packet will be accepted. For other endpoint types the PID is checked against EPSTATUS.DTGLOUT. If a PID mismatch occurs, the incoming data is discarded, and an ACK handshake is returned to the host. If EPSTATUS.BK0RDY is set, the incoming data is discarded, the bit Transmit Fail 0 interrupt bit in EPINTFLAG (EPINTFLAG.TRFAIL0) and the status bit STATUS_BK.ERRORFLOW are set. If the endpoint is not isochronous, a NAK handshake is returned to the host. The incoming data is written to the data buffer pointed to by the Data Buffer Address (ADDR). If the number of received data bytes exceeds the maximum data payload specified as PCKSIZE.SIZE, the remainders of the received data bytes are discarded. The packet will still be checked for bit-stuff and CRC errors. If a bit-stuff or CRC error is detected in the packet, the USB module returns to idle and waits for the next token packet. If the endpoint is isochronous and a bit-stuff or CRC error in the incoming data, the number of received data bytes, excluding CRC, is written to PCKSIZE.BYTE_COUNT. Finally the EPINTFLAG.TRFAIL0 and CRC Error bit in the Device Bank Status register (STATUS_BK.CRCERR) is set for the addressed endpoint. If data was successfully received, an ACK handshake is returned to the host if the endpoint is not isochronous, and the number of received data bytes, excluding CRC, is written to PCKSIZE.BYTE_COUNT. If the number of received data bytes is the maximum data payload specified by PCKSIZE.SIZE no CRC data bytes are written to the data buffer. If the number of received data bytes is the maximum data payload specified by PCKSIZE.SIZE minus one, only the first CRC data byte is written to the data buffer If the number of received data is equal or less than the data payload specified by PCKSIZE.SIZE minus two, both CRC data bytes are written to the data buffer. Finally in EPSTATUS for the addressed output endpoint, EPSTATUS.BK0RDY is set and EPSTATUS.DTGLOUT is toggled if the endpoint is not isochronous. The flag Transmit Complete 0 interrupt bit in EPINTFLAG (EPINTFLAG.TRCPT0) is set for the addressed endpoint. 38.6.2.8 Multi-Packet Transfers for OUT Endpoint The number of data bytes received is stored in endpoint PCKSIZE.BYTE_COUNT as for normal operation. Since PCKSIZE.BYTE_COUNT is updated after each transaction, it must be set to zero when setting up a new transfer. The total number of bytes to be received must be written to PCKSIZE.MULTI_PACKET_SIZE. This value must be a multiple of PCKSIZE.SIZE, otherwise excess data may be written to SRAM locations used by other parts of the application. EPSTATUS.DTGLOUT management for non-isochronous packets and EPINTFLAG.BK1RDY/BK0RDY management are as for normal operation. If a maximum payload size packet is received, PCKSIZE.BYTE_COUNT will be incremented by PCKSIZE.SIZE after the transaction has completed, and EPSTATUS.DTGLOUT will be toggled if the endpoint is not isochronous. If the updated PCKSIZE.BYTE_COUNT is equal to PCKSIZE.MULTI_PACKET_SIZE (i.e. the last transaction), EPSTATUS.BK1RDY/BK0RDY, and EPINTFLAG.TRCPT0/TRCPT1 will be set. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1009 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.6.2.9 Management of IN Transactions Figure 38-5.IN Transfer: Data Packet USB Device to Host After Request from Host Memory Map I/O Register HOST CPU USB I/O Registers Internal RAM EPT 2 D A T A 0 D A T A 1 EPT 3 D A T A 0 D A T A 0 D A T A 1 D A T A 0 D A T A 1 USB Module EPT 1 D A T A 0 D A T A 0 D A T A 1 DP DM ENDPOINT 2 DATA DESCADD USB Endpoints Descriptor Table D A T A 0 ENDPOINT 3 DATA USB Buffers EPT 2 I N T O K E N I N EPT 3 T O K E N I N EPT 1 T O K E N ENDPOINT 1 DATA time When an IN token is detected, and if the device address of the token packet does not match DADD.DADD, the packet is discarded and the USB module returns to idle and waits for the next token packet. When the address matches, the USB module checks if the endpoint received is enabled in the EPCFG of the addressed endpoint and if not, the packet is discarded and the USB module returns to idle and waits for the next token packet. When the endpoint is enabled, the USB module then checks on the EPCFG of the addressed input endpoint. If the EPCFG.EPTYPE1 is not set to IN, the USB module returns to idle and waits for the next token packet. If EPSTATUS.STALLRQ1 in EPSTATUS is set, and the endpoint is not isochronous, a STALL handshake is returned to the host and EPINTFLAG.STALL1 is set. If EPSTATUS.BK1RDY is cleared, the flag EPINTFLAG.TRFAIL1 is set. If the endpoint is not isochronous, a NAK handshake is returned to the host. The USB module then fetches the Data Buffer Address (ADDR) from the addressed endpoint's descriptor. The data pointed to by the Data Buffer Address (ADDR) is sent to the host in a DATA0 packet if the endpoint is isochronous. For non-isochronous endpoints a DATA0 or DATA1 packet is sent depending on the state of EPSTATUS.DTGLIN. When the number of data bytes specified in endpoint PCKSIZE.BYTE_COUNT is sent, the CRC is appended and sent to the host. For isochronous endpoints, EPSTATUS.BK1RDY is cleared and EPINTFLAG.TRCPT1 is set. For all non-isochronous endpoints the USB module waits for an ACK handshake from the host. If an ACK handshake is not received within 16 bit times, the USB module returns to idle and waits for the next token packet. If an ACK handshake is successfully received EPSTATUS.BK1RDY is cleared, EPINTFLAG.TRCPT1 is set and EPSTATUS.DTGLIN is toggled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1010 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.6.2.10 Multi-Packet Transfers for IN Endpoint The total number of data bytes to be sent is written to PCKSIZE.BYTE_COUNT as for normal operation. The Multipacket size register (PCKSIZE.MULTI_PACKET_SIZE) is used to store the number of bytes that are sent, and must be written to zero when setting up a new transfer. When an IN token is received, PCKSIZE.BYTE_COUNT and PCKSIZE.MULTI_PACKET_SIZE are fetched. If PCKSIZE.BYTE_COUNT minus PCKSIZE.MULTI_PACKET_SIZE is less than the endpoint PCKSIZE.SIZE, endpoint BYTE_COUNT minus endpoint PCKSIZE.MULTI_PACKET_SIZE bytes are transmitted, otherwise PCKSIZE.SIZE number of bytes are transmitted. If endpoint PCKSIZE.BYTE_COUNT is a multiple of PCKSIZE.SIZE, the last packet sent will be zero-length if the AUTOZLP bit is set. If a maximum payload size packet was sent (i.e. not the last transaction), MULTI_PACKET_SIZE will be incremented by the PCKSIZE.SIZE. If the endpoint is not isochronous the EPSTATUS.DTLGIN bit will be toggled when the transaction has completed. If a short packet was sent (i.e. the last transaction), MULTI_PACKET_SIZE is incremented by the data payload. EPSTATUS.BK0/1RDY will be cleared and EPINTFLAG.TRCPT0/1 will be set. 38.6.2.11 Ping-Pong Operation When an endpoint is configured for ping-pong operation, it uses both the input and output data buffers (banks) for a given endpoint in a single direction. The direction is selected by enabling one of the IN or OUT direction in EPCFG.EPTYPE0/1 and configuring the opposite direction in EPCFG.EPTYPE1/0 as Dual Bank. When ping-pong operation is enabled for an endpoint, the endpoint in the opposite direction must be configured as dual bank. The data buffer, data address pointer and byte counter from the enabled endpoint are used as Bank 0, while the matching registers from the disabled endpoint are used as Bank 1. Figure 38-6.Ping-Pong Overview Endpoint single bank Without Ping Pong t Endpoint dual bank Bank0 With Ping Pong t Bank1 USB data packet Available time for data processing by CPU to avoid NACK The Bank Select flag in EPSTATUS.CURBK indicates which bank data will be used in the next transaction, and is updated after each transaction. According to EPSTATUS.CURBK, EPINTFLAG.TRCPT0 or EPINTFLAG.TRFAIL0 or EPINTFLAG.TRCPT1 or EPINTFLAG.TRFAIL1 in EPINTFLAG and Data Buffer 0/1 ready (EPSTATUS.BK0RDY and EPSTATUS.BK1RDY) are set. The EPSTATUS.DTGLOUT and EPSTATUS.DTGLIN are updated for the enabled endpoint direction only. 38.6.2.12 Feedback Operation Feedback endpoints are endpoints with same the address but in different directions. This is usually used in explicit feedback mechanism in USB Audio, where a feedback endpoint is associated to one or more isochronous data endpoints to which it provides feedback service. The feedback endpoint always has the opposite direction from the data endpoint. The feedback endpoint always has the opposite direction from the data endpoint(s). The feedback endpoint has the same endpoint number as the first (lower) data endpoint. A feedback endpoint can be created by configuring an endpoint with different endpoint size (PCKSIZE.SIZE) and different endpoint type (EPCFG.EPTYPE0/1) for the IN and OUT direction. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1011 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus Example Configuration for Feedback Operation: * Endpoint n / IN: EPCFG.EPTYPE1 = Interrupt IN, PCKSIZE.SIZE = 64. * Endpoint n / OUT: EPCFG.EPTYPE0= Isochronous OUT, PCKSIZE.SIZE = 512. 38.6.2.13 Suspend State and Pad Behavior The following figure, Pad Behavior, illustrates the behavior of the USB pad in Device mode. Figure 38-7.Pad Behavior Idle CTRLA.ENABLE = 1 | CTRLB.DETACH = 0 | INTFLAG.SUSPEND = 0 CTRLA.ENABLE = 0 | CTRLB.DETACH = 1 | INTFLAG.SUSPEND = 1 Active In Idle state, the pad is in Low Power Consumption mode. In Active state, the pad is active. The following figure, Pad Events, illustrates the pad events leading to a PAD state change. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1012 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus Figure 38-8.Pad Events Suspend detected Cleared on Wakeup Wakeup detected Active Cleared by software to acknowledge the interrupt Idle Active The Suspend Interrupt bit in the Device Interrupt Flag register (INTFLAG.SUSPEND) is set when a USB Suspend state has been detected on the USB bus. The USB pad is then automatically put in the Idle state. The detection of a non-idle state sets the Wake Up Interrupt bit (INTFLAG.WAKEUP) and wakes the USB pad. The pad goes to the Idle state if the USB module is disabled or if CTRLB.DETACH is written to one. It returns to the Active state when CTRLA.ENABLE is written to one and CTRLB.DETACH is written to zero. 38.6.2.14 Remote Wakeup The remote wakeup request (also known as upstream resume) is the only request the device may send on its own initiative. This should be preceded by a DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP request from the host. First, the USB must have detected a "Suspend" state on the bus, i.e. the remote wakeup request can only be sent after INTFLAG.SUSPEND has been set. The user may then write a one to the Remote Wakeup bit (CTRLB.UPRSM) to send an Upstream Resume to the host initiating the wakeup. This will automatically be done by the controller after 5 ms of inactivity on the USB bus. When the controller sends the Upstream Resume INTFLAG.WAKEUP is set and INTFLAG.SUSPEND is cleared. The CTRLB.UPRSM is cleared at the end of the transmitting Upstream Resume. In case of a rebroadcast resume initiated by the host, the End of Resume bit (INTFLAG.EORSM) flag is set when the rebroadcast resume is completed. In the case where the CTRLB.UPRSM bit is set while a host initiated downstream resume is already started, the CTRLB.UPRSM is cleared and the upstream resume request is ignored. 38.6.2.15 Link Power Management L1 (LPM-L1) Suspend State Entry and Exit as Device The LPM Handshake bit in CTRLB.LPMHDSK should be configured to accept the LPM transaction. When a LPM transaction is received on any enabled endpoint n and a handshake has been sent in response by the controller according to CTRLB.LPMHDSK, the Device Link Power Manager (EXTREG) register is updated in the (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1013 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus bank 0 of the addressed endpoint's descriptor. It contains information such as the Best Effort Service Latency (BESL), the Remote Wake bit (bRemoteWake), and the Link State parameter (bLinkState). Usually, the LPM transaction uses only the endpoint number 0. If the LPM transaction was positively acknowledged (ACK handshake), USB sets the Link Power Management Interrupt bit (INTFLAG.LPMSUSP) bit which indicates that the USB transceiver is suspended, reducing power consumption. This suspend occurs 9 microseconds after the LPM transaction according to the specification. To further reduce consumption, it is recommended to stop the USB clock while the device is suspended. The MCU can also enter in one of the available sleep modes if the wakeup time latency of the selected sleep mode complies with the host latency constraint (see the BESL parameter in 38.8.4.4 EXTREG register). Recovering from this LPM-L1 suspend state is exactly the same as the Suspend state (see Section 38.6.2.13 Suspend State and Pad Behavior) except that the remote wakeup duration initiated by USB is shorter to comply with the Link Power Management specification. If the LPM transaction is responded with a NYET, the Link Power Management Not Yet Interrupt Flag (INTFLAG.LPMNYET) is set. This generates an interrupt if the Link Power Management Not Yet Interrupt Enable bit (INTENCLR/SET.LPMNYET) is set. If the LPM transaction is responded with a STALL or no handshake, no flag is set, and the transaction is ignored. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1014 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.6.2.16 USB Device Interrupt Figure 38-9.Device Interrupt EPINTFLAG7.STALL EPINTENSET7.STALL0/STALL1 EPINTFLAG7.TRFAIL1 EPINTENSET7.TRFAIL1 EPINTFLAG7.TRFAIL0 EPINTSMRY EPINTENSET7.TRFAIL0 ENDPOINT7 EPINTFLAG7.RXSTP EPINT7 EPINTENSET7.RXSTP EPINT6 EPINTFLAG7.TRCPT1 EPINTENSET7.TRCPT1 EPINTFLAG7.TRCPT0 EPINTENSET7.TRCPT0 USB EndPoint Interrupt EPINTFLAG0.STALL EPINTENSET0.STALL0/STALL1 EPINTFLAG0.TRFAIL1 EPINTENSET0.TRFAIL1 EPINTFLAG0.TRFAIL0 EPINT1 EPINTENSET0.TRFAIL0 EPINTFLAG0.RXSTP ENDPOINT0 EPINT0 EPINTENSET0.RXSTP EPINTFLAG0.TRCPT1 EPINTENSET0.TRCPT1 EPINTFLAG0.TRCPT0 USB Interrupt EPINTENSET0.TRCPT0 INTFLAG.LPMSUSP INTENSET.LPMSUSP INTFLAG.LPMNYET INTENSET.DDISC INTFLAG.RAMACER INTENSET.RAMACER INTFLAG.UPRSM INTFLAG INTENSET.UPRSM INTFLAG.EORSM USB Device Interrupt INTENSET.EORSM INTFLAG.WAKEUP * INTENSET.WAKEUP INTFLAG.EORST INTENSET.EORST INTFLAG.SOF INTENSET.SOF INTFLAG.SUSPEND INTENSET.SUSPEND * Asynchronous interrupt (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1015 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus The WAKEUP is an asynchronous interrupt and can be used to wake-up the device from any sleep mode. 38.6.3 Host Operations This section gives an overview of the USB module Host operation during normal transactions. For more details on general USB and USB protocol, refer to Universal Serial Bus Specification revision 2.1. 38.6.3.1 Device Detection and Disconnection Prior to device detection the software must set the VBUS is OK bit (CTRLB.VBUSOK) register when the VBUS is available. This notifies the USB host that USB operations can be started. When the bit CTRLB.VBUSOK is zero and even if the USB HOST is configured and enabled, host operation is halted. Setting the bit CTRLB.VBUSOK will allow host operation when the USB is configured. The Device detection is managed by the software using the Line State field in the Host Status (STATUS.LINESTATE) register. The device connection is detected by the host controller when DP or DM is pulled high, depending of the speed of the device. The device disconnection is detected by the host controller when both DP and DM are pulled down using the STATUS.LINESTATE registers. The Device Connection Interrupt bit (INTFLAG.DCONN) is set if a device connection is detected. The Device Disconnection Interrupt bit (INTFLAG.DDISC) is set if a device disconnection is detected. 38.6.3.2 Host Terminology In host mode, the term pipe is used instead of endpoint. A host pipe corresponds to a device endpoint, refer to "Universal Serial Bus Specification revision 2.1." for more information. 38.6.3.3 USB Reset The USB sends a USB reset signal when the user writes a one to the USB Reset bit (CTRLB.BUSRESET). When the USB reset has been sent, the USB Reset Sent Interrupt bit in the INTFLAG (INTFLAG.RST) is set and all pipes will be disabled. If the bus was previously in a suspended state (i.e., the Start of Frame Generation Enable bit (CTRLB.SOFE) is zero), the USB will switch it to the Resume state, causing the bus to asynchronously set the Host Wakeup Interrupt flag (INTFLAG.WAKEUP). The CTRLB.SOFE bit will be set in order to generate SOFs immediately after the USB reset. During USB reset the following registers are cleared: * * * * * * * All Host Pipe Configuration register (PCFG) Host Frame Number register (FNUM) Interval for the Bulk-Out/Ping transaction register (BINTERVAL) Host Start-of-Frame Control register (HSOFC) Pipe Interrupt Enable Clear/Set register (PINTENCLR/SET) Pipe Interrupt Flag register (PINTFLAG) Pipe Freeze bit in Pipe Status register (PSTATUS.FREEZE) After the reset the user should check the Speed Status field in the Status register (STATUS.SPEED) to find out the current speed according to the capability of the peripheral. 38.6.3.4 Pipe Configuration Pipe data can be placed anywhere in the RAM. The USB controller accesses these pipes directly through the AHB master (built-in DMA) with the help of the pipe descriptors. The base address of the pipe descriptors needs to be written in the Descriptor Address register (DESCADD) by the user. Refer also to 38.8.7.1 Pipe Descriptor Structure. Before using a pipe, the user should configure the direction and type of the pipe in Type of Pipe field in the Host Pipe Configuration register (PCFG.PTYPE). The pipe descriptor registers should be initialized to known values before using the pipe, so that the USB controller does not read the random values from the RAM. The Pipe Size field in the Packet Size register (PCKSIZE.SIZE) should be configured as per the size reported by the device for the endpoint associated with this pipe. The Address of Data Buffer register (ADDR) should be set to the data buffer used for pipe transfers. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1016 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus The Pipe Bank bit (PCFG.BK) should be set to one if dual banking is desired. Dual bank is not supported for Control pipes. The Ram Access Interrupt bit in Host Interrupt Flag register (INTFLAG.RAMACER) is set when a RAM access underflow error occurs during an OUT stage. When a pipe is disabled, the following registers are cleared for that pipe: * * * * Interval for the Bulk-Out/Ping transaction register (BINTERVAL) Pipe Interrupt Enable Clear/Set register (PINTENCLR/SET) Pipe Interrupt Flag register (PINTFLAG) Pipe Freeze bit in Pipe Status register (PSTATUS.FREEZE) 38.6.3.5 Pipe Activation A disabled pipe is inactive, and will be reset along with its context registers (pipe registers for the pipe n). Pipes are enabled by writing the Type of the Pipe bit (PCFG.PTYPE) to a value different than 0x0 (disabled). When a pipe is enabled, the Pipe Freeze bit in the Pipe Status register (PSTATUS.FREEZE) is set. This allows the user to complete the configuration of the pipe, without starting a USB transfer. When starting an enumeration, the user retrieves the device descriptor by sending a GET_DESCRIPTOR USB request. This descriptor contains the maximal packet size of the device default control endpoint (bMaxPacketSize0), which the user should use to reconfigure the size of the default control pipe. 38.6.3.6 Pipe Address Setup Once the device has answered the first host requests with the default device address 0, the host assigns a new address to the device. The host controller has to send a USB reset to the device and a SET_ADDRESS(addr) SETUP request with the new address to be used by the device. Once this SETUP transaction is complete, the user writes the new address to the Pipe Device Address field in the Host Control Pipe register (CTRL_PIPE.PDADDR) in Pipe descriptor. All following requests by this pipe will be performed using this new address. 38.6.3.7 Suspend and Wakeup Setting CTRLB.SOFE to zero when in host mode will cause the USB to cease sending Start-of-Frames on the USB bus and enter the Suspend state. The USB device will enter the Suspend state 3ms later. Before entering suspend by writing CTRLB.SOFE to zero, the user must freeze the active pipes by setting their PSTATUS.FREEZE bit. Any current on-going pipe will complete its transaction, and then all pipes will be inactive. The user should wait at least 1 complete frame before entering the suspend mode to avoid any data loss. The device can awaken the host by sending an Upstream Resume (Remote Wakeup feature). When the host detects a non-idle state on the USB bus, it sets the INTFLAG.WAKEUP. If the non-idle bus state corresponds to an Upstream Resume (K state), the Upstream Resume Received Interrupt bit in INTFLAG (INTFLAG.UPRSM) is set and the user must generate a Downstream Resume within 1 ms and for at least 20 ms. It is required to first write a one to the Send USB Resume bit in CTRLB (CTRLB.RESUME) to respond to the upstream resume with a downstream resume. Alternatively, the host can resume from a suspend state by sending a Downstream Resume on the USB bus (CTRLB.RESUME set to 1). In both cases, when the downstream resume is completed, the CTRLB.SOFE bit is automatically set and the host enters again the active state. 38.6.3.8 Phase-locked SOFs To support the Synchronous Endpoints capability, the period of the emitted Start-of-Frame is maintained while the USB connection is not in the active state. This does not apply for the disconnected/connected/reset states. It applies for active/idle/suspend/resume states. The period of Start-of-Frame will be 1ms when the USB connection is in active state and an integer number of milli-seconds across idle/suspend/resume states. To ensure the Synchronous Endpoints capability, the GCLK_USB clock must be kept running. If the GCLK_USB is interrupted, the period of the emitted Start-of-Frame will be erratic. 38.6.3.9 Management of Control Pipes A control transaction is composed of three stages: * * * SETUP Data (IN or OUT) Status (IN or OUT) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1017 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus The user has to change the pipe token according to each stage using the Pipe Token field in PCFG (PCFG.PTOKEN). For control pipes only, the token is assigned a specific initial data toggle sequence: * * * SETUP: Data0 IN: Data1 OUT: Data1 38.6.3.10 Management of IN Pipes IN packets are sent by the USB device controller upon IN request reception from the host. All the received data from the device to the host will be stored in the bank provided the bank is empty. The pipe and its descriptor in RAM must be configured. The host indicates it is able to receive data from the device by clearing the Bank 0/1 Ready bit in PSTATUS (PSTATUS.BK0/1RDY), which means that the memory for the bank is available for new USB transfer. The USB will perform IN requests as long as the pipe is not frozen by the user. The generation of IN requests starts when the pipe is unfrozen (PSTATUS.PFREEZE is set to zero). When the current bank is full, the Transmit Complete 0/1 bit in PINTFLAG (PINTFLAG.TRCPT0/1) will be set and trigger an interrupt if enabled and the PSTATUS.BK0/1RDY bit will be set. PINTFLAG.TRCPT0/1 must be cleared by software to acknowledge the interrupt. This is done by writing a one to the PINTFLAG.TRCPT0/1 of the addressed pipe. The user reads the PCKSIZE.BYTE_COUNT to know how many bytes should be read. To free the bank the user must read the IN data from the address ADDR in the pipe descriptor and clear the PKSTATUS.BK0/1RDY bit. When the IN pipe is composed of multiple banks, a successful IN transaction will switch to the next bank. Another IN request will be performed by the host as long as the PSTATUS.BK0/1RDY bit for that bank is set. The PINTFLAG.TRCPT0/1 and PSTATUS.BK0/1RDY will be updated accordingly. The user can follow the current bank looking at Current Bank bit in PSTATUS (PSTATUS.CURBK) and by looking at Data Toggle for IN pipe bit in PSTATUS (PSTATUS.DTGLIN). When the pipe is configured as single bank (Pipe Bank bit in PCFG (PCFG.BK) is 0), only PINTFLAG.TRCPT0 and PSTATUS.BK0 are used. When the pipe is configured as dual bank (PCFG.BK is 1), both PINTFLAG.TRCPT0/1 and PSTATUS.BK0/1 are used. 38.6.3.11 Management of OUT Pipes OUT packets are sent by the host. All the data stored in the bank will be sent to the device provided the bank is filled. The pipe and its descriptor in RAM must be configured. The host can send data to the device by writing to the data bank 0 in single bank or the data bank 0/1 in dual bank. The generation of OUT packet starts when the pipe is unfrozen (PSTATUS.PFREEZE is zero). The user writes the OUT data to the data buffer pointer by ADDR in the pipe descriptor and allows the USB to send the data by writing a one to the PSTATUS.BK0/1RDY. This will also cause a switch to the next bank if the OUT pipe is part of a dual bank configuration. PINTFLAGn.TRCPT0/1 must be cleared before setting PSTATUS.BK0/1RDY to avoid missing an PINTFLAGn.TRCPT0/1 event. 38.6.3.12 Alternate Pipe The user has the possibility to run sequentially several logical pipes on the same physical pipe. It allows addressing of any device endpoint of any attached device on the bus. Before switching pipe, the user should save the pipe context (Pipe registers and descriptor for pipe n). After switching pipe, the user should restore the pipe context (Pipe registers and descriptor for pipe n) and in particular PCFG, and PSTATUS. 38.6.3.13 Data Flow Error This error exists only for isochronous and interrupt pipes for both IN and OUT directions. It sets the Transmit Fail bit in PINTFLAG (PINTFLAG.TRFAIL), which triggers an interrupt if the Transmit Fail bit in PINTENCLR/ (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1018 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus SET(PINTENCLR/SET.TRFAIL) is set. The user must check the Pipe Interrupt Summary register (PINTSMRY) to find out the pipe which triggered the interrupt. Then the user must check the origin of the interrupt's bank by looking at the Pipe Bank Status register (STATUS_BK) for each bank. If the Error Flow bit in the STATUS_BK (STATUS_BK.ERRORFLOW) is set then the user is able to determine the origin of the data flow error. As the user knows that the endpoint is an IN or OUT the error flow can be deduced as OUT underflow or as an IN overflow. An underflow can occur during an OUT stage if the host attempts to send data from an empty bank. If a new transaction is successful, the relevant bank descriptor STATUS_BK.ERRORFLOW will be cleared. An overflow can occur during an IN stage if the device tries to send a packet while the bank is full. Typically this occurs when a CPU is not fast enough. The packet data is not written to the bank and is lost. If a new transaction is successful, the relevant bank descriptor STATUS_BK.ERRORFLOW will be cleared. 38.6.3.14 CRC Error This error exists only for isochronous IN pipes. It sets the PINTFLAG.TRFAIL, which triggers an interrupt if PINTENCLR/SET.TRFAIL is set. The user must check the PINTSMRY to find out the pipe which triggered the interrupt. Then the user must check the origin of the interrupt's bank by looking at the bank descriptor STATUS_BK for each bank and if the CRC Error bit in STATUS_BK (STATUS_BK.CRCERR) is set then the user is able to determine the origin of the CRC error. A CRC error can occur during the IN stage if the USB detects a corrupted packet. The IN packet will remain stored in the bank and PINTFLAG.TRCPT0/1 will be set. 38.6.3.15 PERR Error This error exists for all pipes. It sets the PINTFLAG.PERR Interrupt, which triggers an interrupt if PINTFLAG.PERR is set. The user must check the PINTSMRY register to find out the pipe which can cause an interrupt. A PERR error occurs if one of the error field in the STATUS_PIPE register in the Host pipe descriptor is set and the Error Count field in STATUS_PIPE (STATUS_PIPE.ERCNT) exceeds the maximum allowed number of Pipe error(s) as defined in Pipe Error Max Number field in CTRL_PIPE (CTRL_PIPE.PERMAX). Refer to section 38.8.7.7 STATUS_PIPE register. If one of the error field in the STATUS_PIPE register from the Host Pipe Descriptor is set and the STATUS_PIPE.ERCNT is less than the CTRL_PIPE.PERMAX, the STATUS_PIPE.ERCNT is incremented. 38.6.3.16 Link Power Management L1 (LPM-L1) Suspend State Entry and Exit as Host. An EXTENDED LPM transaction can be transmitted by any enabled pipe. The PCFGn.PTYPE should be set to EXTENDED. Other fields as PCFG.PTOKEN, PCFG.BK and PCKSIZE.SIZE are irrelevant in this configuration. The user should also set the EXTREG.VARIABLE in the descriptor as described in 38.8.7.4 EXTREG register. When the pipe is configured and enabled, an EXTENDED TOKEN followed by a LPM TOKEN are transmitted. The device responds with a valid HANDSHAKE, corrupted HANDSHAKE or no HANDSHAKE (TIME-OUT). If the valid HANDSHAKE is an ACK, the host will immediately proceed to L1 SLEEP and the PINTFLAG.TRCT0 is set. The minimum duration of the L1 SLEEP state will be the TL1RetryAndResidency as defined in the reference document "ENGINEERING CHANGE NOTICE, USB 2.0 Link Power Management Addendum". When entering the L1 SLEEP state, the CTRLB.SOFE is cleared, avoiding Start-of-Frame generation. If the valid HANDSHAKE is a NYET PINTFLAG.TRFAIL is set. If the valid HANDSHAKE is a STALL the PINTFLAG.STALL is set. If there is no HANDSHAKE or corrupted HANDSHAKE, the EXTENDED/LPM pair of TOKENS will be transmitted again until reaching the maximum number of retries as defined by the CTRL_PIPE.PERMAX in the pipe descriptor. If the last retry returns no valid HANDSHAKE, the PINTFLAGn.PERR is set, and the STATUS_BK is updated in the pipe descriptor. All LPM transactions, should they end up with a ACK, a NYET, a STALL or a PERR, will set the PSTATUS.PFREEZE bit, freezing the pipe before a succeeding operation. The user should unfreeze the pipe to start a new LPM transaction. To exit the L1 STATE, the user initiate a DOWNSTREAM RESUME by setting the bit CTRLB.RESUME or a L1 RESUME by setting the Send L1 Resume bit in CTRLB (CTRLB.L1RESUME). In the case of a L1 RESUME, the K STATE duration is given by the BESL bit field in the EXTREG.VARIABLE field. See 38.8.7.4 EXTREG. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1019 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus When the host is in the L1 SLEEP state after a successful LPM transmitted, the device can initiate an UPSTREAM RESUME. This will set the Upstream Resume Interrupt bit in INTFLAG (INTFLAG.UPRSM). The host should proceed then to a L1 RESUME as described above. After resuming from the L1 SLEEP state, the bit CTRLB.SOFE is set, allowing Start-of-Frame generation. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1020 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.6.3.17 Host Interrupt Figure 38-10.Host Interrupt PINTFLAG7.STALL PINTENSET.STALL PINTFLAG7.PERR PINTENSET.PERR PINTFLAG7.TRFAIL PINTENSET.TRFAIL PIPE7 PINTFLAG7.TXSTP PINTSMRY PINT7 PINTENSET.TXSTP PINT6 PINTFLAG7.TRCPT1 PINTENSET.TRCPT1 PINTFLAG7.TRCPT0 PINTENSET.TRCPT0 USB PIPE Interrupt PINTFLAG0.STALL PINTENSET.STALL PINTFLAG0.PERR PINTENSET.PERR PINTFLAG0.TRFAIL PINTENSET.TRFAIL PINTFLAG0.TXSTP PIPE0 PINT1 PINT0 PINTENSET.TXSTP PINTFLAG0.TRCPT1 PINTENSET.TRCPT1 PINTFLAG0.TRCPT0 USB Interrupt PINTENSET.TRCPT0 INTFLAG.DDISC * INTENSET.DDISC INTFLAG.DCONN * INTENSET.DCONN INTFLAG.RAMACER INTFLAGA INTENSET.RAMACER INTFLAG.UPRSM USB Host Interrupt INTENSET.UPRSM INTFLAG.DNRSM INTENSET.DNRSM INTFLAG.WAKEUP * INTENSET.WAKEUP INTFLAG.RST INTENSET.RST INTFLAG.HSOF INTENSET.HSOF * Asynchronous interrupt The WAKEUP is an asynchronous interrupt and can be used to wake-up the device from any sleep mode. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1021 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.7 Register Summary The register mapping depends on the Operating Mode field in the Control A register (CTRLA.MODE). The register summary is detailed below. 38.7.1 Common Device Summary Offset Name Bit Pos. 0x00 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x0D 0x24 0x25 0x26 0x27 0x28 0x29 CTRLA Reserved SYNCBUSY QOSCTRL FSMSTATUS 7:0 38.7.2 DESCADD PADCAL MODE 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 RUNSTBY DQOS[1:0] FSMSTATE[6:0] DESCADD[7:0] DESCADD[15:8] DESCADD[23:16] DESCADD[31:24] TRANSP[4:0] TRANSN[1:0] TRIM[2:0] ENABLE SWRST ENABLE SWRST CQOS[1:0] TRANSN[4:2] Device Summary Table 38-1.General Device Registers Offset Name 0x04 0x05 0x06 0x07 0x08 0x09 0x0A 0x0B 0x0C 0x0E 0x0F 0x10 0x11 0x12 0x14 0x15 0x16 0x17 0x18 0x19 0x1A 0x1B 0x1C 0x1D 0x1E 0x1F 0x20 0x21 0x22 0x23 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved CTRLB Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 DADD Reserved STATUS Reserved Reserved 7:0 FNUM 7:0 15:8 NREPLY ADDEN SPDCONF[1:0] LPMHDSK[1:0] DADD[6:0] LINESTATE[1:0] UPRSM GNAK DETACH SPEED[1:0] FNUM[4:0] FNCERR FNUM[10:5] Reserved INTENCLR 7:0 15:8 RAMACER 7:0 15:8 RAMACER 7:0 15:8 RAMACER UPRSM EORSM WAKEUP EORST SOF LPMSUSP SUSPEND LPMNYET LPMSUSP SUSPEND LPMNYET LPMSUSP SUSPEND LPMNYET Reserved Reserved INTENSET UPRSM EORSM WAKEUP EORST SOF Reserved Reserved INTFLAG UPRSM EORSM WAKEUP EORST SOF Reserved Reserved EPINTSMRY 7:0 15:8 EPINT[7:0] EPINT[15:8] Reserved Reserved (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1022 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus Table 38-2.Device Endpoint Register n Offset Name Bit Pos. 0x1m0 0x1m1 0x1m2 0x1m3 0x1m4 0x1m5 0x1m6 0x1m7 0x1m8 0x1m9 0x1mA 0x1mB EPCFGn Reserved Reserved Reserved EPSTATUSCLRn EPSTATUSSETn EPSTATUSn EPINTFLAGn EPINTENCLRn EPINTENSETn Reserved Reserved 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 EPTYPE1[1:0] BK1RDY BK1RDY BK1RDY BK0RDY BK0RDY BK0RDY STALL1 STALL1 STALL1 STALLRQ1 STALLRQ1 STALLRQ1 STALL0 STALL0 STALL0 EPTYPE0[1:0] STALLRQ0 STALLRQ0 STALLRQ0 RXSTP RXSTP RXSTP TRFAIL1 TRFAIL1 TRFAIL1 CURBK CURBK CURBK TRFAIL0 TRFAIL0 TRFAIL0 DTGLIN DTGLIN DTGLIN TRCPT1 TRCPT1 TRCPT1 DTGLOUT DTGLOUT DTGLOUT TRCPT0 TRCPT0 TRCPT0 Table 38-3.Device Endpoint n Descriptor Bank 0 Offset 0x Name Bit Pos. n0 + index 0x00 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x04 0x05 0x06 0x07 0x08 0x09 0x0A 0x0B 0x0C 0x0D 0x0E 0x0F ADDR PCKSIZE EXTREG STATUS_BK Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 MULTI_PACKET_SIZE[1:0] AUTO_ZLP SIZE[2:0] VARIABLE[3:0] ADD[7:0] ADD[15:8] ADD[23:16] ADD[31:24] BYTE_COUNT[7:0] BYTE_COUNT[13:8] MULTI_PACKET_SIZE[9:2] MULTI_PACKET_SIZE[13:10] SUBPID[3:0] VARIABLE[10:4] ERRORFLOW CRCERR Table 38-4.Device Endpoint n Descriptor Bank 1 Offset 0x Name Bit Pos. n0 + 0x10 + index 0x00 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x04 0x05 0x06 0x07 0x08 0x09 0x0A 0x0B 0x0C 0x0D 0x0E 0x0F ADDR PCKSIZE Reserved Reserved STATUS_BK Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 MULTI_PACKET_SIZE[1:0] AUTO_ZLP (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. SIZE[2:0] ADD[7:0] ADD[15:8] ADD[23:16] ADD[31:24] BYTE_COUNT[7:0] BYTE_COUNT[13:8] MULTI_PACKET_SIZE[9:2] MULTI_PACKET_SIZE[13:10] ERRORFLOW Datasheet CRCERR DS60001507F-page 1023 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.7.3 Host Summary Table 38-5.General Host Registers Offset Name 0x04 0x05 0x06 0x07 0x08 0x09 0x0A 0x0B 0x0C 0x0E 0x0F 0x10 0x11 0x12 0x14 0x15 0x16 0x17 0x18 0x19 0x1A 0x1B 0x1C 0x1D 0x1E 0x1F 0x20 0x21 0x22 0x23 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved CTRLB HSOFC Reserved STATUS Reserved Reserved FNUM FLENHIGH INTENCLR Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 7:0 7:0 15:8 TSTK TSTJ SPDCONF[1:0] RESUME L1RESUME VBUSOK BUSRESET FLENC[3:0] FLENCE LINESTATE[1:0] SOFE SPEED[1:0] FNUM[4:0] RAMACER UPRSM DNRSM FNUM[10:5] FLENHIGH[7:0] WAKEUP RST HSOF DDISC DCONN DDISC DCONN DDISC DCONN Reserved Reserved INTENSET 7:0 15:8 RAMACER 7:0 15:8 RAMACER UPRSM DNRSM WAKEUP RST HSOF Reserved Reserved INTFLAG UPRSM DNRSM WAKEUP RST HSOF Reserved Reserved PINTSMRY 7:0 15:8 PINT[7:0] PINT[15:8] Reserved Table 38-6.Host Pipe Register n Offset Name Bit Pos. 0x1m0 0x1m1 0x1m2 0x1m3 0x1m4 0x1m5 0x1m6 0x1m7 0x1m8 0x1m9 0x1mA 0x1mB PCFGn 7:0 Reserved Reserved BINTERVAL PSTATUSCLRn PSTATUSETn PSTATUSn PINTFLAGn PINTENCLRn PINTENSETn Reserved Reserved 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 PTYPE[2:0] BK1RDY BK1RDY BK1RDY (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. BK0RDY BK0RDY BK0RDY STALL STALL STALL BINTERVAL[7:0] PFREEZE PFREEZE PFREEZE TXSTP PERR TXSTP PERR TXSTP PERR Datasheet BK CURBK CURBK CURBK TRFAIL TRFAIL TRFAIL PTOKEN[1:0] TRCPT1 TRCPT1 TRCPT1 DTGL DTGL DTGL TRCPT0 TRCPT0 TRCPT0 DS60001507F-page 1024 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus Table 38-7.Host Pipe n Descriptor Bank 0 Offset 0x Name Bit Pos. n0 + index 0x00 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x04 0x05 0x06 0x07 0x08 0x09 0x0A 0x0B 0x0C 0x0D 0x0E 0x0F ADDR PCKSIZE EXTREG STATUS_BK CTRL_PIPE STATUS_PIPE 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 MULTI_PACKET_SIZE[1:0] AUTO_ZLP SIZE[2:0] VARIABLE[3:0] ADD[7:0] ADD[15:8] ADD[23:16] ADD[31:24] BYTE_COUNT[7:0] BYTE_COUNT[13:8] MULTI_PACKET_SIZE[9:2] MULTI_PACKET_SIZE[13:10] SUBPID[3:0] VARIABLE[10:4] ERRORFLOW CRCERR PDADDR[6:0] PEPMAX[3:0] ERCNT[2:0] CRC16ER TOUTER PEPNUM[3:0] PIDER DAPIDER DTGLER Table 38-8.Host Pipe n Descriptor Bank 1 Offset 0x Name Bit Pos. n0 +0x10 +index 0x00 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x04 0x05 0x06 0x07 0x08 0x09 0x0A 0x0B 0x0C 0x0D 0x0E 0x0F 38.8 ADDR PCKSIZE STATUS_BK STATUS_PIPE 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 MULTI_PACKET_SIZE[1:0 AUTO_ZLP SIZE[2:0] ERCNT[2:0] ADD[7:0] ADD[15:8] ADD[23:16] ADD[31:24] BYTE_COUNT[7:0] BYTE_COUNT[13:8] MULTI_PACKET_SIZE[9:2] MULTI_PACKET_SIZE[13:10] CRC16ER TOUTER PIDER ERRORFLOW CRCERR DAPIDER DTGLER Register Description Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16-, and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Some registers require synchronization when read and/or written. Synchronization is denoted by the "ReadSynchronized" and/or "Write-Synchronized" property in each individual register description. Optional write protection by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC) is denoted by the "PAC Write Protection" property in each individual register description. Some registers are enable-protected, meaning they can only be written when the module is disabled. Enable protection is denoted by the "Enable-Protected" property in each individual register description. Refer to the 38.5.8 Register Access Protection, PAC - Peripheral Access Controller and GCLK Synchronization for details. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1025 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus Related Links 27. PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 38.8.1 Communication Device Host Registers (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1026 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.1.1 Control A Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset 7 MODE R/W 0 CTRLA 0x00 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronised 6 5 4 3 2 RUNSTDBY R/W 0 1 ENABLE R/W 0 0 SWRST R/W 0 Bit 7 - MODEOperating Mode This bit defines the operating mode of the USB. Value Description 0 USB Device mode 1 USB Host mode Bit 2 - RUNSTDBYRun in Standby Mode This bit is Enable-Protected. Value Description 0 USB clock is stopped in standby mode. 1 USB clock is running in standby mode Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable Due to synchronization there is delay from writing CTRLA.ENABLE until the peripheral is enabled/disabled. The value written to CTRLA.ENABLE will read back immediately and the Synchronization status enable bit in the Synchronization Busy register (SYNCBUSY.ENABLE) will be set. SYNCBUSY.ENABLE will be cleared when the operation is complete. This bit is Write-Synchronized. Value Description 0 The peripheral is disabled or being disabled. 1 The peripheral is enabled or being enabled. Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit resets all registers in the USB, to their initial state, and the USB will be disabled. Writing a '1' to CTRLA.SWRST will always take precedence, meaning that all other writes in the same write-operation will be discarded. Due to synchronization there is a delay from writing CTRLA.SWRST until the reset is complete. CTRLA.SWRST and SYNCBUSY.SWRST will both be cleared when the reset is complete. This bit is Write-Synchronized. Value Description 0 There is no reset operation ongoing. 1 The reset operation is ongoing. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1027 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.1.2 Synchronization Busy Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 SYNCBUSY 0x02 0x00 - 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 ENABLE R 0 0 SWRST R 0 Bit 1 - ENABLESynchronization Enable status bit This bit is cleared when the synchronization of ENABLE register between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of ENABLE register between clock domains is started. Bit 0 - SWRSTSynchronization Software Reset status bit This bit is cleared when the synchronization of SWRST register between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of SWRST register between clock domains is started. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1028 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.1.3 QOS Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 QOSCTRL 0x03 0x0F PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 2 1 DQOS[1:0] Access Reset R/W 1 0 CQOS[1:0] R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 Bits 3:2 - DQOS[1:0]Data Quality of Service These bits define the memory priority access during the endpoint or pipe read/write data operation. Refer to SRAM Quality of Service. Bits 1:0 - CQOS[1:0]Configuration Quality of Service These bits define the memory priority access during the endpoint or pipe read/write configuration operation. Refer to SRAM Quality of Service. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1029 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.1.4 Finite State Machine Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset 7 FSMSTATUS 0x0D 0xXXXX Read only 6 5 4 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 FSMSTATE[6:0] R 0 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 1 Bits 6:0 - FSMSTATE[6:0]Fine State Machine Status These bits indicate the state of the finite state machine of the USB controller. Value Name Description 0x01 OFF (L3) Corresponds to the powered-off, disconnected, and disabled state. 0x02 ON (L0) Corresponds to the Idle and Active states. 0x04 SUSPEND (L2) 0x08 SLEEP (L1) 0x10 DNRESUME Down Stream Resume. 0x20 UPRESUME Up Stream Resume. 0x40 RESET USB lines Reset. Others Reserved (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1030 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.1.5 Descriptor Address Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset DESCADD 0x24 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 28 27 DESCADD[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 20 19 DESCADD[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 11 DESCADD[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 3 DESCADD[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - DESCADD[31:0]Descriptor Address Value These bits define the base address of the main USB descriptor in RAM. The two least significant bits must be written to zero. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1031 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.1.6 Pad Calibration Name: Offset: Reset: Property: PADCAL 0x28 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection The Pad Calibration values must be loaded from the NVM Software Calibration Area into the USB Pad Calibration register by software, before enabling the USB, to achieve the specified accuracy. Refer to NVM Software Calibration Area Mapping for further details. Refer to for further details. Bit 15 Access Reset Bit Access Reset 14 R/W 0 13 TRIM[2:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 5 4 3 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 TRANSN[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 12 11 10 R/W 0 2 TRANSP[4:0] R/W 0 9 TRANSN[4:2] R/W 0 8 R/W 0 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 14:12 - TRIM[2:0]Trim bits for DP/DM These bits calibrate the matching of rise/fall of DP/DM. Bits 10:6 - TRANSN[4:0]Trimmable Output Driver Impedance N These bits calibrate the NMOS output impedance of DP/DM drivers. Bits 4:0 - TRANSP[4:0]Trimmable Output Driver Impedance P These bits calibrate the PMOS output impedance of DP/DM drivers. 38.8.2 Device Registers - Common (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1032 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.2.1 Control B Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit CTRLB 0x08 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection 15 14 13 12 11 10 LPMHDSK[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 9 GNAK R/W 0 8 7 6 5 4 NREPLY R 0 3 2 SPDCONF[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 1 UPRSM R/W 0 0 DETACH R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bits 11:10 - LPMHDSK[1:0]Link Power Management Handshake These bits select the Link Power Management Handshake configuration. Value Description 0x0 No handshake. LPM is not supported. 0x1 ACK 0x2 NYET 0x3 Reserved Bit 9 - GNAKGlobal NAK This bit configures the operating mode of the NAK. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 The handshake packet reports the status of the USB transaction 1 A NAK handshake is answered for each USB transaction regardless of the current endpoint memory bank status Bit 4 - NREPLYNo reply excepted SETUP Token This bit is cleared by hardware when receiving a SETUP packet. This bit has no effect for any other endpoint but endpoint 0. Value Description 0 Disable the "NO_REPLY" feature: Any transaction to endpoint 0 will be handled according to the USB2.0 standard. 1 Enable the "NO_REPLY" feature: Any transaction to endpoint 0 will be ignored except SETUP. Bits 3:2 - SPDCONF[1:0]Speed Configuration These bits select the speed configuration. Value Description 0x0 FS: Full-speed 0x1 LS: Low-speed 0x2 Reserved 0x3 Reserved Bit 1 - UPRSMUpstream Resume This bit is cleared when the USB receives a USB reset or once the upstream resume has been sent. Value Description 0 Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. 1 Writing a one to this bit will generate an upstream resume to the host for a remote wakeup. Bit 0 - DETACHDetach (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1033 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus Value 0 1 Description The device is attached to the USB bus so that communications may occur. It is the default value at reset. The internal device pull-ups are disabled, removing the device from the USB bus. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1034 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.2.2 Device Address Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset 7 ADDEN R/W 0 DADD 0x0A 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 DADD[6:0] R/W 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit 7 - ADDENDevice Address Enable This bit is cleared when a USB reset is received. Value Description 0 Writing a zero will deactivate the DADD field (USB device address) and return the device to default address 0. 1 Writing a one will activate the DADD field (USB device address). Bits 6:0 - DADD[6:0]Device Address These bits define the device address. The DADD register is reset when a USB reset is received. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1035 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.2.3 Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit STATUS 0x0C 0x40 - 7 6 LINESTATE[1:0] R R 0 1 Access Reset 5 4 3 2 1 0 SPEED[1:0] R/W 0 R/W 1 Bits 7:6 - LINESTATE[1:0]USB Line State Status These bits define the current line state DP/DM. LINESTATE[1:0] USB Line Status 0x0 0x1 0x2 SE0/RESET FS-J or LS-K State FS-K or LS-J State Bits 3:2 - SPEED[1:0]Speed Status These bits define the current speed used of the device . SPEED[1:0] SPEED STATUS 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 Low-speed mode Full-speed mode Reserved Reserved (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1036 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.2.4 Device Frame Number Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset FNUM 0x10 0x0000 Read only 15 FNCERR R/W 0 14 7 6 R/W 0 R/W 0 13 12 11 10 FNUM[10:5] R/W R/W 0 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 5 FNUM[4:0] R/W 0 4 3 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 1 0 Bit 15 - FNCERRFrame Number CRC Error This bit is cleared upon receiving a USB reset. This bit is set when a corrupted frame number is received. This bit and the SOF interrupt bit are updated at the same time. Bits 13:3 - FNUM[10:0]Frame Number These bits are cleared upon receiving a USB reset. These bits are updated with the frame number information as provided from the last SOF packet even if a corrupted SOF is received. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1037 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.2.5 Device Interrupt Enable Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENCLR 0x14 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to disable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Set (INTENSET) register. Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 LPMSUSP R/W 0 8 LPMNYET R/W 0 7 RAMACER R/W 0 6 UPRSM R/W 0 5 EORSM R/W 0 4 WAKEUP R/W 0 3 EORST R/W 0 2 SOF R/W 0 1 0 SUSPEND R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 9 - LPMSUSPLink Power Management Suspend Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear the Link Power Management Suspend Interrupt Enable bit and disable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Link Power Management Suspend interrupt is disabled. 1 The Link Power Management Suspend interrupt is enabled and an interrupt request will be generated when the Link Power Management Suspend interrupt Flag is set. Bit 8 - LPMNYETLink Power Management Not Yet Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear the Link Power Management Not Yet interrupt Enable bit and disable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Link Power Management Not Yet interrupt is disabled. 1 The Link Power Management Not Yet interrupt is enabled and an interrupt request will be generated when the Link Power Management Not Yet interrupt Flag is set. Bit 7 - RAMACERRAM Access Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear the RAM Access interrupt Enable bit and disable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The RAM Access interrupt is disabled. 1 The RAM Access interrupt is enabled and an interrupt request will be generated when the RAM Access interrupt Flag is set. Bit 6 - UPRSMUpstream Resume Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear the Upstream Resume interrupt Enable bit and disable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Upstream Resume interrupt is disabled. 1 The Upstream Resume interrupt is enabled and an interrupt request will be generated when the Upstream Resume interrupt Flag is set. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1038 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus Bit 5 - EORSMEnd Of Resume Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear the End Of Resume interrupt Enable bit and disable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The End Of Resume interrupt is disabled. 1 The End Of Resume interrupt is enabled and an interrupt request will be generated when the End Of Resume interrupt Flag is set. Bit 4 - WAKEUPWake-Up Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear the Wake Up interrupt Enable bit and disable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Wake Up interrupt is disabled. 1 The Wake Up interrupt is enabled and an interrupt request will be generated when the Wake Up interrupt Flag is set. Bit 3 - EORSTEnd of Reset Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear the End of Reset interrupt Enable bit and disable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The End of Reset interrupt is disabled. 1 The End of Reset interrupt is enabled and an interrupt request will be generated when the End of Reset interrupt Flag is set. Bit 2 - SOFStart-of-Frame Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear the Start-of-Frame interrupt Enable bit and disable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Start-of-Frame interrupt is disabled. 1 The Start-of-Frame interrupt is enabled and an interrupt request will be generated when the Start-ofFrame interrupt Flag is set. Bit 0 - SUSPENDSuspend Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear the Suspend Interrupt Enable bit and disable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Suspend interrupt is disabled. 1 The Suspend interrupt is enabled and an interrupt request will be generated when the Suspend interrupt Flag is set. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1039 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.2.6 Device Interrupt Enable Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENSET 0x18 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to enable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Clear (INTENCLR) register. Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 LPMSUSP R/W 0 8 LPMNYET R/W 0 7 RAMACER R/W 0 6 UPRSM R/W 0 5 EORSM R/W 0 4 WAKEUP R/W 0 3 EORST R/W 0 2 SOF R/W 0 1 0 SUSPEND R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 9 - LPMSUSPLink Power Management Suspend Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will set the Link Power Management Suspend Enable bit and enable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Link Power Management Suspend interrupt is disabled. 1 The Link Power Management Suspend interrupt is enabled. Bit 8 - LPMNYETLink Power Management Not Yet Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will set the Link Power Management Not Yet interrupt bit and enable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Link Power Management Not Yet interrupt is disabled. 1 The Link Power Management Not Yet interrupt is enabled. Bit 7 - RAMACERRAM Access Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will set the RAM Access Enable bit and enable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The RAM Access interrupt is disabled. 1 The RAM Access interrupt is enabled. Bit 6 - UPRSMUpstream Resume Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will set the Upstream Resume Enable bit and enable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Upstream Resume interrupt is disabled. 1 The Upstream Resume interrupt is enabled. Bit 5 - EORSMEnd Of Resume Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will set the End Of Resume interrupt Enable bit and enable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The End Of Resume interrupt is disabled. 1 The End Of Resume interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1040 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus Bit 4 - WAKEUPWake-Up Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will set the Wake Up interrupt Enable bit and enable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Wake Up interrupt is disabled. 1 The Wake Up interrupt is enabled. Bit 3 - EORSTEnd of Reset Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will set the End of Reset interrupt Enable bit and enable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The End of Reset interrupt is disabled. 1 The End of Reset interrupt is enabled. Bit 2 - SOFStart-of-Frame Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will set the Start-of-Frame interrupt Enable bit and enable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Start-of-Frame interrupt is disabled. 1 The Start-of-Frame interrupt is enabled. Bit 0 - SUSPENDSuspend Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will set the Suspend interrupt Enable bit and enable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Suspend interrupt is disabled. 1 The Suspend interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1041 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.2.7 Device Interrupt Flag Status and Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit INTFLAG 0x01C 0x0000 - 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 LPMSUSP R/W 0 8 LPMNYET R/W 0 7 RAMACER R/W 0 6 UPRSM R/W 0 5 EORSM R/W 0 4 WAKEUP R/W 0 3 EORST R/W 0 2 SOF R/W 0 1 0 SUSPEND R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 9 - LPMSUSPLink Power Management Suspend Interrupt Flag This flag is cleared by writing a one to the flag. This flag is set when the USB module acknowledge a Link Power Management Transaction (ACK handshake) and has entered the Suspended state and will generate an interrupt if INTENCLR/SET.LPMSUSP is one. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit clears the LPMSUSP Interrupt Flag. Bit 8 - LPMNYETLink Power Management Not Yet Interrupt Flag This flag is cleared by writing a one to the flag. This flag is set when the USB module acknowledges a Link Power Management Transaction (handshake is NYET) and will generate an interrupt if INTENCLR/SET.LPMNYET is one. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit clears the LPMNYET Interrupt Flag. Bit 7 - RAMACERRAM Access Interrupt Flag This flag is cleared by writing a one to the flag. This flag is set when a RAM access underflow error occurs during IN data stage. This bit will generate an interrupt if INTENCLR/SET.RAMACER is one. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Bit 6 - UPRSMUpstream Resume Interrupt Flag This flag is cleared by writing a one to the flag. This flag is set when the USB sends a resume signal called "Upstream Resume" and will generate an interrupt if INTENCLR/SET.UPRSM is one. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Bit 5 - EORSMEnd Of Resume Interrupt Flag This flag is cleared by writing a one to the flag. This flag is set when the USB detects a valid "End of Resume" signal initiated by the host and will generate an interrupt if INTENCLR/SET.EORSM is one. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Bit 4 - WAKEUPWake Up Interrupt Flag This flag is cleared by writing a one to the flag. This flag is set when the USB is reactivated by a filtered non-idle signal from the lines and will generate an interrupt if INTENCLR/SET.WAKEUP is one. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1042 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus Bit 3 - EORSTEnd of Reset Interrupt Flag This flag is cleared by writing a one to the flag. This flag is set when a USB "End of Reset" has been detected and will generate an interrupt if INTENCLR/ SET.EORST is one. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Bit 2 - SOFStart-of-Frame Interrupt Flag This flag is cleared by writing a one to the flag. This flag is set when a USB "Start-of-Frame" has been detected (every 1 ms) and will generate an interrupt if INTENCLR/SET.SOF is one, the FNUM is updated. . Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Bit 0 - SUSPENDSuspend Interrupt Flag This flag is cleared by writing a one to the flag. This flag is set when a USB "Suspend" idle state has been detected for 3 frame periods (J state for 3 ms) and will generate an interrupt if INTENCLR/SET.SUSPEND is one. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1043 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.2.8 Endpoint Interrupt Summary Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 15 EPINTSMRY 0x20 0x0000 - 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 EPINT[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 EPINT[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 15:0 - EPINT[15:0]EndPoint Interrupt The flag EPINT[n] is set when an interrupt is triggered by the EndPoint n. See 38.8.3.5 EPINTFLAGn register in the device EndPoint section. This bit will be cleared when no interrupts are pending for EndPoint n. 38.8.3 Device Registers - Endpoint (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1044 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.3.1 Device Endpoint Configuration register n Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 Access Reset EPCFGn 0x100 + (n x 0x20) 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 R/W 0 5 EPTYPE1[2:0] R/W 0 4 3 R/W 0 2 R/W 0 1 EPTYPE0[2:0] R/W 0 0 R/W 0 Bits 6:4 - EPTYPE1[2:0]Endpoint Type for IN direction These bits contains the endpoint type for IN direction. Upon receiving a USB reset EPCFGn.EPTYPE1 is cleared except for endpoint 0 which is unchanged. Value Description 0x0 Bank1 is disabled. 0x1 Bank1 is enabled and configured as Control IN. 0x2 Bank1 is enabled and configured as Isochronous IN. 0x3 Bank1 is enabled and configured as Bulk IN. 0x4 Bank1 is enabled and configured as Interrupt IN. 0x5 Bank1 is enabled and configured as Dual-Bank OUT 0x6-0x7 (Endpoint type is the same as the one defined in EPTYPE0) Reserved Bits 2:0 - EPTYPE0[2:0]Endpoint Type for OUT direction These bits contains the endpoint type for OUT direction. Upon receiving a USB reset EPCFGn.EPTYPE0 is cleared except for endpoint 0 which is unchanged. Value Description 0x0 Bank0 is disabled. 0x1 Bank0 is enabled and configured as Control SETUP / Control OUT. 0x2 Bank0 is enabled and configured as Isochronous OUT. 0x3 Bank0 is enabled and configured as Bulk OUT. 0x4 Bank0 is enabled and configured as Interrupt OUT. 0x5 Bank0 is enabled and configured as Dual Bank IN 0x6-0x7 (Endpoint type is the same as the one defined in EPTYPE1) Reserved (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1045 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.3.2 EndPoint Status Clear n Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset 7 BK1RDY W 0 EPSTATUSCLRn 0x104 + (n * 0x20) 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 BK0RDY W 0 5 STALLRQ1 W 0 4 STALLRQ0 W 0 3 2 CURBK W 0 1 DTGLIN W 0 0 DTGLOUT W 0 Bit 7 - BK1RDYBank 1 Ready Clear Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear EPSTATUS.BK1RDY bit. Bit 6 - BK0RDYBank 0 Ready Clear Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear EPSTATUS.BK0RDY bit. Bit 5 - STALLRQ1STALL bank 1 Request Clear Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear EPSTATUS.STALLRQ1 bit. Bit 4 - STALLRQ0STALL bank 0 Request Clear Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear EPSTATUS.STALLRQ0 bit. Bit 2 - CURBKCurrent Bank Clear Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear EPSTATUS.CURBK bit. Bit 1 - DTGLINData Toggle IN Clear Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear EPSTATUS.DTGLIN bit. Bit 0 - DTGLOUTData Toggle OUT Clear Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear the EPSTATUS.DTGLOUT bit. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1046 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.3.3 EndPoint Status Set n Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset 7 BK1RDY W 0 EPSTATUSSETn 0x105 + (n x 0x20) 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 BK0RDY W 0 5 STALLRQ1 W 0 4 STALLRQ0 W 0 3 2 CURBK W 0 1 DTGLIN W 0 0 DTGLOUT W 0 Bit 7 - BK1RDYBank 1 Ready Set Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will set EPSTATUS.BK1RDY bit. Bit 6 - BK0RDYBank 0 Ready Set Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will set EPSTATUS.BK0RDY bit. Bit 5 - STALLRQ1STALL Request bank 1 Set Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will set EPSTATUS.STALLRQ1 bit. Bit 4 - STALLRQ0STALL Request bank 0 Set Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will set EPSTATUS.STALLRQ0 bit. Bit 2 - CURBKCurrent Bank Set Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will set EPSTATUS.CURBK bit. Bit 1 - DTGLINData Toggle IN Set Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will set EPSTATUS.DTGLIN bit. Bit 0 - DTGLOUTData Toggle OUT Set Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will set the EPSTATUS.DTGLOUT bit. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1047 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.3.4 EndPoint Status n Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset 7 BK1RDY R 0 EPSTATUSn 0x106 + (n x 0x20) 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 BK0RDY R 0 5 4 STALLRQ R 2 3 2 CURBK R 0 1 DTGLIN R 0 0 DTGLOUT R 0 Bit 7 - BK1RDYBank 1 is ready For Control/OUT direction Endpoints, the bank is empty. Writing a one to the bit EPSTATUSCLR.BK1RDY will clear this bit. Writing a one to the bit EPSTATUSSET.BK1RDY will set this bit. Value Description 0 The bank number 1 is not ready : For IN direction Endpoints, the bank is not yet filled in. For Control/OUT direction Endpoints, the bank is empty. 1 The bank number 1 is ready: For IN direction Endpoints, the bank is filled in. For Control/OUT direction Endpoints, the bank is full. Bit 6 - BK0RDYBank 0 is ready Writing a one to the bit EPSTATUSCLR.BK0RDY will clear this bit. Writing a one to the bit EPSTATUSSET.BK0RDY will set this bit. Value Description 0 The bank number 0 is not ready : For IN direction Endpoints, the bank is not yet filled in. For Control/OUT direction Endpoints, the bank is empty. 1 The bank number 0 is ready: For IN direction Endpoints, the bank is filled in. For Control/OUT direction Endpoints, the bank is full. Bit 4 - STALLRQSTALL bank x request Writing a zero to the bit EPSTATUSCLR.STALLRQ will clear this bit. Writing a one to the bit EPSTATUSSET.STALLRQ will set this bit. This bit is cleared by hardware when receiving a SETUP packet. Value Description 0 Disable STALLRQx feature. 1 Enable STALLRQx feature: a STALL handshake will be sent to the host in regards to bank x. Bit 2 - CURBKCurrent Bank Writing a zero to the bit EPSTATUSCLR.CURBK will clear this bit. Writing a one to the bit EPSTATUSSET.CURBK will set this bit. Value Description 0 The bank0 is the bank that will be used in the next single/multi USB packet. 1 The bank1 is the bank that will be used in the next single/multi USB packet. Bit 1 - DTGLINData Toggle IN Sequence Writing a zero to the bit EPSTATUSCLR.DTGLINCLR will clear this bit. Writing a one to the bit EPSTATUSSET.DTGLINSET will set this bit. Value Description 0 The PID of the next expected IN transaction will be zero: data 0. 1 The PID of the next expected IN transaction will be one: data 1. Bit 0 - DTGLOUTData Toggle OUT Sequence Writing a zero to the bit EPSTATUSCLR.DTGLOUTCLR will clear this bit. Writing a one to the bit EPSTATUSSET.DTGLOUTSET will set this bit. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1048 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus Value 0 1 Description The PID of the next expected OUT transaction will be zero: data 0. The PID of the next expected OUR transaction will be one: data 1. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1049 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.3.5 Device EndPoint Interrupt Flag n Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 EPINTFLAGn 0x107 + (n x 0x20) 0x00 - 6 Access Reset 5 STALL R/W 0 4 RXSTP R/W 0 3 2 TRFAIL R/W 0 1 0 TRCPT R/W 0 Bit 5 - STALLTransmit Stall x Interrupt Flag This flag is cleared by writing a one to the flag. This flag is set when a Transmit Stall occurs and will generate an interrupt if EPINTENCLR/SET.STALL is one. EPINTFLAG.STALL is set for a single bank OUT endpoint or double bank IN/OUT endpoint when current bank is "0". Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit clears the STALL Interrupt Flag. Bit 4 - RXSTPReceived Setup Interrupt Flag This flag is cleared by writing a one to the flag. This flag is set when a Received Setup occurs and will generate an interrupt if EPINTENCLR/SET.RXSTP is one. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit clears the RXSTP Interrupt Flag. Bit 2 - TRFAILTransfer Fail x Interrupt Flag This flag is cleared by writing a one to the flag. This flag is set when a transfer fail occurs and will generate an interrupt if EPINTENCLR/SET.TRFAIL is one. EPINTFLAG.TRFAIL is set for a single bank OUT endpoint or double bank IN/OUT endpoint when current bank is "0". Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit clears the TRFAIL Interrupt Flag. Bit 0 - TRCPTTransfer Complete x interrupt Flag This flag is cleared by writing a one to the flag. This flag is set when a Transfer complete occurs and will generate an interrupt if EPINTENCLR/SET.TRCPT is one. EPINTFLAG.TRCPT is set for a single bank OUT endpoint or double bank IN/OUT endpoint when current bank is "0". Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit clears the TRCPT0 Interrupt Flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1050 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.3.6 Device EndPoint Interrupt Enable n Name: Offset: Reset: Property: EPINTENCLRn 0x108 + (n x 0x20) 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to enable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Endpoint Interrupt Enable Set (EPINTENSET) register. Bit 7 6 Access Reset 5 STALL R/W 0 4 RXSTP R/W 0 3 2 TRFAIL R/W 0 1 0 TRCPT R/W 0 Bit 5 - STALLTransmit STALL x Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear the Transmit Stall x Interrupt Enable bit and disable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Transmit Stall x interrupt is disabled. 1 The Transmit Stall x interrupt is enabled and an interrupt request will be generated when the Transmit Stall x Interrupt Flag is set. Bit 4 - RXSTPReceived Setup Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear the Received Setup Interrupt Enable bit and disable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Received Setup interrupt is disabled. 1 The Received Setup interrupt is enabled and an interrupt request will be generated when the Received Setup Interrupt Flag is set. Bit 2 - TRFAILTransfer Fail x Interrupt Enable The user should look into the descriptor table status located in ram to be informed about the error condition : ERRORFLOW, CRC. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear the Transfer Fail x Interrupt Enable bit and disable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Transfer Fail bank x interrupt is disabled. 1 The Transfer Fail bank x interrupt is enabled and an interrupt request will be generated when the Transfer Fail x Interrupt Flag is set. Bit 0 - TRCPTTransfer Complete x interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear the Transfer Complete x interrupt Enable bit and disable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Transfer Complete bank x interrupt is disabled. 1 The Transfer Complete bank x interrupt is enabled and an interrupt request will be generated when the Transfer Complete x Interrupt Flag is set. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1051 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.3.7 Device Interrupt EndPoint Set n Name: Offset: Reset: Property: EPINTENSETn 0x109 + (n x 0x20) 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to enable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Endpoint Interrupt Enable Set (EPINTENCLR) register. This register is cleared by USB reset or when EPEN[n] is zero. Bit 7 6 Access Reset 5 STALL R/W 0 4 RXSTP R/W 0 3 2 TRFAIL R/W 0 1 0 TRCPT R/W 0 Bit 5 - STALLTransmit Stall x Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will enable the Transmit bank x Stall interrupt. Value Description 0 The Transmit Stall x interrupt is disabled. 1 The Transmit Stall x interrupt is enabled. Bit 4 - RXSTPReceived Setup Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will enable the Received Setup interrupt. Value Description 0 The Received Setup interrupt is disabled. 1 The Received Setup interrupt is enabled. Bit 2 - TRFAILTransfer Fail bank x Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will enable the Transfer Fail interrupt. Value Description 0 The Transfer Fail interrupt is disabled. 1 The Transfer Fail interrupt is enabled. Bit 0 - TRCPTTransfer Complete bank x interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will enable the Transfer Complete x interrupt. 0.2.4 Device Registers - Endpoint RAM Value Description 0 The Transfer Complete bank x interrupt is disabled. 1 The Transfer Complete bank x interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1052 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.4 Device Registers - Endpoint RAM 38.8.4.1 Endpoint Descriptor Structure Data Buffers EPn BK1 EPn BK0 Endpoint descriptors Reserved Descriptor En STATUS_BK Bank1 Reserved PCKSIZE ADDR (2 x 0xn0) + 0x10 Reserved STATUS_BK Bank0 EXTREG ADDR 2 x 0xn0 Reserved +0x01B +0x01A +0x018 +0x014 +0x010 +0x00B +0x00A +0x008 +0x004 +0x000 STATUS_BK Descriptor E0 Bank1 Reserved PCKSIZE ADDR Bank0 Reserved STATUS_BK EXTREG PCKSIZE ADDR (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Growing Memory Addresses PCKSIZE DESCADD Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1053 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.4.2 Address of Data Buffer Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit ADDR 0x00 & 0x10 0xxxxxxxx NA 31 30 29 R/W x R/W x R/W x 23 22 21 R/W x R/W x R/W x 15 14 13 28 27 ADDR[31:24] R/W R/W x x 26 25 24 R/W x R/W x R/W x 18 17 16 R/W x R/W x R/W x 11 10 9 8 R/W x R/W x R/W x R/W x 3 2 1 0 R/W x R/W x R/W x R/W x 20 19 ADDR[23:16] R/W R/W x x 12 ADDR[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W x R/W x R/W x R/W x 7 6 5 4 ADDR[7:0] Access Reset R/W x R/W x R/W x R/W x Bits 31:0 - ADDR[31:0]Data Pointer Address Value These bits define the data pointer address as an absolute word address in RAM. The two least significant bits must be zero to ensure the start address is 32-bit aligned. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1054 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.4.3 Packet Size Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset 31 AUTO_ZLP R/W x R/W 0 29 SIZE[2:0] R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset PCKSIZE 0x04 & 0x14 0xxxxxxxxx NA 30 15 14 MULTI_PACKET_SIZE[1:0] R/W R/W 0 x Bit Access Reset 28 27 R/W x R/W 0 20 19 MULTI_PACKET_SIZE[9:2] R/W R/W 0 0 13 12 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 26 25 MULTI_PACKET_SIZE[13:10] R/W R/W 0 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W x 11 10 BYTE_COUNT[13:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 3 BYTE_COUNT[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 24 Bit 31 - AUTO_ZLPAutomatic Zero Length Packet This bit defines the automatic Zero Length Packet mode of the endpoint. When enabled, the USB module will manage the ZLP handshake by hardware. This bit is for IN endpoints only. When disabled the handshake should be managed by firmware. Value Description 0 Automatic Zero Length Packet is disabled. 1 Automatic Zero Length Packet is enabled. Bits 30:28 - SIZE[2:0]Endpoint size These bits contains the maximum packet size of the endpoint. Value Description 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 0x4 0x5 0x6 0x7 8 Byte 16 Byte 32 Byte 64 Byte 128 Byte(1) 256 Byte(1) 512 Byte(1) 1023 Byte(1) (1) for Isochronous endpoints only. Bits 27:14 - MULTI_PACKET_SIZE[13:0]Multiple Packet Size These bits define the 14-bit value that is used for multi-packet transfers. For IN endpoints, MULTI_PACKET_SIZE holds the total number of bytes sent. MULTI_PACKET_SIZE should be written to zero when setting up a new transfer. For OUT endpoints, MULTI_PACKET_SIZE holds the total data size for the complete transfer. This value must be a multiple of the maximum packet size. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1055 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus Bits 13:0 - BYTE_COUNT[13:0]Byte Count These bits define the 14-bit value that is used for the byte count. For IN endpoints, BYTE_COUNT holds the number of bytes to be sent in the next IN transaction. For OUT endpoint or SETUP endpoints, BYTE_COUNT holds the number of bytes received upon the last OUT or SETUP transaction. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1056 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.4.4 Extended Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit EXTREG 0x08 0xxxxxxxx NA 15 Access Reset Bit 7 Access Reset R/W 0 14 13 12 R/W 0 R/W 0 6 5 VARIABLE[3:0] R/W R/W 0 0 10 9 8 R/W 0 11 VARIABLE[10:4] R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 4 3 2 R/W x R/W 0 1 SUBPID[3:0] R/W R/W 0 0 0 R/W x Bits 14:4 - VARIABLE[10:0]Variable field send with extended token These bits define the VARIABLE field of a received extended token. These bits are updated when the USB has answered by an handshake token ACK to a LPM transaction. See Section 2.1.1 Protocol Extension Token in the reference document "ENGINEERING CHANGE NOTICE, USB 2.0 Link Power Management Addendum". To support the USB2.0 Link Power Management addition the VARIABLE field should be read as described below. VARIABLES Description VARIABLE[3:0] VARIABLE[7:4] VARIABLE[8] VARIABLE[10:9] bLinkState (1) BESL (2) bRemoteWake (1) Reserved 1. 2. For a definition of LPM Token bRemoteWake and bLinkState fields, refer to "Table 2-3 in the reference document ENGINEERING CHANGE NOTICE, USB 2.0 Link Power Management Addendum". For a definition of LPM Token BESL field, refer to "Table 2-3 in the reference document ENGINEERING CHANGE NOTICE, USB 2.0 Link Power Management Addendum" and "Table X-X1 in Errata for ECN USB 2.0 Link Power Management. Bits 3:0 - SUBPID[3:0]SUBPID field send with extended token These bits define the SUBPID field of a received extended token. These bits are updated when the USB has answered by an handshake token ACK to a LPM transaction. See Section 2.1.1 Protocol Extension Token in the reference document "ENGINEERING CHANGE NOTICE, USB 2.0 Link Power Management Addendum". (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1057 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.4.5 Device Status Bank Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 STATUS_BK 0x0A & 0x1A 0xxxxxxxx NA 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 ERRORFLOW R/W x 0 CRCERR R/W x Bit 1 - ERRORFLOWError Flow Status This bit defines the Error Flow Status. This bit is set when a Error Flow has been detected during transfer from/towards this bank. For OUT transfer, a NAK handshake has been sent. For Isochronous OUT transfer, an overrun condition has occurred. For IN transfer, this bit is not valid. EPSTATUS.TRFAIL0 and EPSTATUS.TRFAIL1 should reflect the flow errors. Value Description 0 No Error Flow detected. 1 A Error Flow has been detected. Bit 0 - CRCERRCRC Error This bit defines the CRC Error Status. This bit is set when a CRC error has been detected in an isochronous OUT endpoint bank. 0.2.5 Host Registers - Common Value Description 0 No CRC Error. 1 CRC Error detected. 38.8.5 Host Registers - Common (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1058 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.5.1 Control B Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit CTRLB 0x08 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection 15 14 13 12 7 6 5 4 Access Reset Bit 11 L1RESUME R/W 0 10 VBUSOK R/W 0 3 2 SPDCONF[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Access Reset 9 BUSRESET R/W 0 8 SOFE R/W 0 1 RESUME R/W 0 0 Bit 11 - L1RESUMESend USB L1 Resume Writing 0 to this bit has no effect. 1: Generates a USB L1 Resume on the USB bus. This bit should only be set when the Start-of-Frame generation is enabled (SOFE bit set). The duration of the USB L1 Resume is defined by the EXTREG.VARIABLE[7:4] bits field also known as BESL (See LPM ECN).See also 38.8.7.4 EXTREG Register. This bit is cleared when the USB L1 Resume has been sent or when a USB reset is requested. Bit 10 - VBUSOKVBUS is OK This notifies the USB HOST that USB operations can be started. When this bit is zero and even if the USB HOST is configured and enabled, HOST operation is halted. Setting this bit will allow HOST operation when the USB is configured and enabled. Value Description 0 The USB module is notified that the VBUS on the USB line is not powered. 1 The USB module is notified that the VBUS on the USB line is powered. Bit 9 - BUSRESETSend USB Reset Value Description 0 Reset generation is disabled. It is written to zero when the USB reset is completed or when a device disconnection is detected. Writing zero has no effect. 1 Generates a USB Reset on the USB bus. Bit 8 - SOFEStart-of-Frame Generation Enable Value Description 0 The SOF generation is disabled and the USB bus is in suspend state. 1 Generates SOF on the USB bus in full speed and keep it alive in low speed mode. This bit is automatically set at the end of a USB reset (INTFLAG.RST) or at the end of a downstream resume (INTFLAG.DNRSM) or at the end of L1 resume. Bits 3:2 - SPDCONF[1:0]Speed Configuration for Host These bits select the host speed configuration as shown below Value Description 0x0 Low and Full Speed capable 0x1 Reserved 0x2 Reserved 0x3 Reserved Bit 1 - RESUMESend USB Resume Writing 0 to this bit has no effect. 1: Generates a USB Resume on the USB bus. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1059 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus This bit is cleared when the USB Resume has been sent or when a USB reset is requested. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1060 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.5.2 Host Start-of-Frame Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: HSOFC 0x0A 0x00 PAC Write-Protection During a very short period just before transmitting a Start-of-Frame, this register is locked. Thus, after writing, it is recommended to check the register value, and write this register again if necessary. This register is cleared upon a USB reset. Bit Access Reset 7 FLENCE R/W 0 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 FLENC[3:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit 7 - FLENCEFrame Length Control Enable When this bit is '1', the time between Start-of-Frames can be tuned by up to +/-0.06% using FLENC[3:0]. Note: In Low Speed mode, FLENCE must be '0'. Value 0 1 Description Start-of-Frame is generated every 1ms. Start-of-Frame generation depends on the signed value of FLENC[3:0]. USB Start-of-Frame period equals 1ms + (FLENC[3:0]/12000)ms Bits 3:0 - FLENC[3:0]Frame Length Control These bits define the signed value of the 4-bit FLENC that is added to the Internal Frame Length when FLENCE is '1'. The internal Frame length is the top value of the frame counter when FLENCE is zero. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1061 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.5.3 Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit STATUS 0x0C 0x00 Read only 7 6 LINESTATE[1:0] R R 0 0 Access Reset 5 4 3 2 1 0 SPEED[1:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 7:6 - LINESTATE[1:0]USB Line State Status These bits define the current line state DP/DM. LINESTATE[1:0] USB Line Status 0x0 0x1 0x2 SE0/RESET FS-J or LS-K State FS-K or LS-J State Bits 3:2 - SPEED[1:0]Speed Status These bits define the current speed used by the host. SPEED[1:0] Speed Status 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 Full-speed mode Low-speed mode Reserved Reserved (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1062 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.5.4 Host Frame Number Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 15 FNUM 0x10 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection 14 Access Reset Bit Access Reset 7 6 R/W 0 R/W 0 13 12 11 10 FNUM[10:5] R/W R/W 0 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 5 FNUM[4:0] R/W 0 4 3 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 1 0 Bits 13:3 - FNUM[10:0]Frame Number These bits contains the current SOF number. These bits can be written by software to initialize a new frame number value. In this case, at the next SOF, the FNUM field takes its new value. As the FNUM register lies across two consecutive byte addresses, writing byte-wise (8-bits) to the FNUM register may produce incorrect frame number generation. It is recommended to write FNUM register word-wise (32-bits) or half-word-wise (16-bits). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1063 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.5.5 Host Frame Length Name: Offset: Reset: Property: FLENHIGH 0x12 0x00 Read-Only Bit 7 6 5 Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 4 3 FLENHIGH[7:0] R R 0 0 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 7:0 - FLENHIGH[7:0]Frame Length These bits contains the 8 high-order bits of the internal frame counter. Table 38-9.Counter Description vs. Speed Host Register Description STATUS.SPEED Full Speed With a USB clock running at 12MHz, counter length is 12000 to ensure a SOF generation every 1 ms. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1064 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.5.6 Host Interrupt Enable Register Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENCLR 0x14 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to disable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Set (INTENSET) register. Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 DDISC R/W 0 8 DCONN R/W 0 7 RAMACER R/W 0 6 UPRSM R/W 0 5 DNRSM R/W 0 4 WAKEUP R/W 0 3 RST R/W 0 2 HSOF R/W 0 1 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 9 - DDISCDevice Disconnection Interrupt Disable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear the Device Disconnection interrupt Enable bit and disable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Device Disconnection interrupt is disabled. 1 The Device Disconnection interrupt is enabled and an interrupt request will be generated when the Device Disconnection interrupt Flag is set. Bit 8 - DCONNDevice Connection Interrupt Disable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear the Device Connection interrupt Enable bit and disable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Device Connection interrupt is disabled. 1 The Device Connection interrupt is enabled and an interrupt request will be generated when the Device Connection interrupt Flag is set. Bit 7 - RAMACERRAM Access Interrupt Disable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear the RAM Access interrupt Enable bit and disable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The RAM Access interrupt is disabled. 1 The RAM Access interrupt is enabled and an interrupt request will be generated when the RAM Access interrupt Flag is set. Bit 6 - UPRSMUpstream Resume from Device Interrupt Disable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear the Upstream Resume interrupt Enable bit and disable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Upstream Resume interrupt is disabled. 1 The Upstream Resume interrupt is enabled and an interrupt request will be generated when the Upstream Resume interrupt Flag is set. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1065 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus Bit 5 - DNRSMDown Resume Interrupt Disable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear the Down Resume interrupt Enable bit and disable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Down Resume interrupt is disabled. 1 The Down Resume interrupt is enabled and an interrupt request will be generated when the Down Resume interrupt Flag is set. Bit 4 - WAKEUPWake Up Interrupt Disable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear the Wake Up interrupt Enable bit and disable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Wake Up interrupt is disabled. 1 The Wake Up interrupt is enabled and an interrupt request will be generated when the Wake Up interrupt Flag is set. Bit 3 - RSTBUS Reset Interrupt Disable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear the Bus Reset interrupt Enable bit and disable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Bus Reset interrupt is disabled. 1 The Bus Reset interrupt is enabled and an interrupt request will be generated when the Bus Reset interrupt Flag is set. Bit 2 - HSOFHost Start-of-Frame Interrupt Disable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear the Host Start-of-Frame interrupt Enable bit and disable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Host Start-of-Frame interrupt is disabled. 1 The Host Start-of-Frame interrupt is enabled and an interrupt request will be generated when the Host Start-of-Frame interrupt Flag is set. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1066 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.5.7 Host Interrupt Enable Register Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENSET 0x18 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to enable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Clear (INTENCLR) register. Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 DDISC R/W 0 8 DCONN R/W 0 7 RAMACER R/W 0 6 UPRSM R/W 0 5 DNRSM R/W 0 4 WAKEUP R/W 0 3 RST R/W 0 2 HSOF R/W 0 1 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 9 - DDISCDevice Disconnection Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will set the Device Disconnection interrupt bit and enable the DDSIC interrupt. Value Description 0 The Device Disconnection interrupt is disabled. 1 The Device Disconnection interrupt is enabled. Bit 8 - DCONNDevice Connection Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will set the Device Connection interrupt bit and enable the DCONN interrupt. Value Description 0 The Device Connection interrupt is disabled. 1 The Device Connection interrupt is enabled. Bit 7 - RAMACERRAM Access Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will set the RAM Access interrupt bit and enable the RAMACER interrupt. Value Description 0 The RAM Access interrupt is disabled. 1 The RAM Access interrupt is enabled. Bit 6 - UPRSMUpstream Resume from the device Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will set the Upstream Resume interrupt bit and enable the UPRSM interrupt. Value Description 0 The Upstream Resume interrupt is disabled. 1 The Upstream Resume interrupt is enabled. Bit 5 - DNRSMDown Resume Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will set the Down Resume interrupt Enable bit and enable the DNRSM interrupt. Value Description 0 The Down Resume interrupt is disabled. 1 The Down Resume interrupt is enabled. Bit 4 - WAKEUPWake Up Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1067 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus Writing a one to this bit will set the Wake Up interrupt Enable bit and enable the WAKEUP interrupt request. Value Description 0 The WakeUp interrupt is disabled. 1 The WakeUp interrupt is enabled. Bit 3 - RSTBus Reset Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will set the Bus Reset interrupt Enable bit and enable the Bus RST interrupt. Value Description 0 The Bus Reset interrupt is disabled. 1 The Bus Reset interrupt is enabled. Bit 2 - HSOFHost Start-of-Frame Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will set the Host Start-of-Frame interrupt Enable bit and enable the HSOF interrupt. Value Description 0 The Host Start-of-Frame interrupt is disabled. 1 The Host Start-of-Frame interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1068 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.5.8 Host Interrupt Flag Status and Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit INTFLAG 0x1C 0x0000 - 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 DDISC R/W 0 8 DCONN R/W 0 7 RAMACER R/W 0 6 UPRSM R/W 0 5 DNRSM R/W 0 4 WAKEUP R/W 0 3 RST R/W 0 2 HSOF R/W 0 1 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 9 - DDISCDevice Disconnection Interrupt Flag This flag is cleared by writing a one to the flag. This flag is set when the device has been removed from the USB Bus and will generate an interrupt if INTENCLR/ SET.DDISC is one. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit clears the DDISC Interrupt Flag. Bit 8 - DCONNDevice Connection Interrupt Flag This flag is cleared by writing a one to the flag. This flag is set when a new device has been connected to the USB BUS and will generate an interrupt if INTENCLR/ SET.DCONN is one. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit clears the DCONN Interrupt Flag. Bit 7 - RAMACERRAM Access Interrupt Flag This flag is cleared by writing a one to the flag. This flag is set when a RAM access error occurs during an OUT stage and will generate an interrupt if INTENCLR/ SET.RAMACER is one. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Bit 6 - UPRSMUpstream Resume from the Device Interrupt Flag This flag is cleared by writing a one to the flag. This flag is set when the USB has received an Upstream Resume signal from the Device and will generate an interrupt if INTENCLR/SET.UPRSM is one. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Bit 5 - DNRSMDown Resume Interrupt Flag This flag is cleared by writing a one to the flag. This flag is set when the USB has sent a Down Resume and will generate an interrupt if INTENCLR/SET.DRSM is one. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Bit 4 - WAKEUPWake Up Interrupt Flag This flag is cleared by writing a one. This flag is set when: l The host controller is in suspend mode (SOFE is zero) and an upstream resume from the device is detected. l The host controller is in suspend mode (SOFE is zero) and an device disconnection is detected. l The host controller is in operational state (VBUSOK is one) and an device connection is detected. In all cases it will generate an interrupt if INTENCLR/SET.WAKEUP is one. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1069 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Bit 3 - RSTBus Reset Interrupt Flag This flag is cleared by writing a one to the flag. This flag is set when a Bus "Reset" has been sent to the Device and will generate an interrupt if INTENCLR/SET.RST is one. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Bit 2 - HSOFHost Start-of-Frame Interrupt Flag This flag is cleared by writing a one to the flag. This flag is set when a USB "Host Start-of-Frame" in Full Speed or a keep-alive in Low Speed has been sent (every 1 ms) and will generate an interrupt if INTENCLR/SET.HSOF is one. The value of the FNUM register is updated. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1070 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.5.9 Pipe Interrupt Summary Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 15 PINTSMRY 0x20 0x0000 Read-only 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 PINT[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 PINT[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 15:0 - PINT[15:0] The flag PINT[n] is set when an interrupt is triggered by the pipe n. See 38.8.6.6 PINTFLAG register in the Host Pipe Register section. This bit will be cleared when there are no interrupts pending for Pipe n. Writing to this bit has no effect. 38.8.6 Host Registers - Pipe (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1071 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.6.1 Host Pipe n Configuration Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit PCFGn 0x100 + (n x 0x20) 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 7 6 5 Access Reset R/W 0 4 PTYPE[2:0] R/W 0 3 R/W 0 2 BK R/W 0 1 0 PTOKEN[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bits 5:3 - PTYPE[2:0]Type of the Pipe These bits contains the pipe type. PTYPE[2:0] Description 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 0x4 0x5 0x06-0x7 Pipe is disabled Pipe is enabled and configured as CONTROL Pipe is enabled and configured as ISO Pipe is enabled and configured as BULK Pipe is enabled and configured as INTERRUPT Pipe is enabled and configured as EXTENDED Reserved These bits are cleared upon sending a USB reset. Bit 2 - BKPipe Bank This bit selects the number of banks for the pipe. For control endpoints writing a zero to this bit is required as only Bank0 is used for Setup/In/Out transactions. This bit is cleared when a USB reset is sent. BK(1) Description 0x0 0x1 Single-bank endpoint Dual-bank endpoint 1. Value 0 1 Bank field is ignored when PTYPE is configured as EXTENDED. Description A single bank is used for the pipe. A dual bank is used for the pipe. Bits 1:0 - PTOKEN[1:0]Pipe Token These bits contains the pipe token. PTOKEN[1:0](1) Description 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 SETUP(2) IN OUT Reserved 1. 2. PTOKEN field is ignored when PTYPE is configured as EXTENDED. Available only when PTYPE is configured as CONTROL Theses bits are cleared upon sending a USB reset. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1072 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.6.2 Interval for the Bulk-Out/Ping Transaction Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset BINTERVAL 0x103 + (n x 0x20) 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 7 6 5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 4 3 BINTERVAL[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 7:0 - BINTERVAL[7:0]BINTERVAL These bits contains the Ping/Bulk-out period. These bits are cleared when a USB reset is sent or when PEN[n] is zero. BINTERVAL Description =0 >0 Multiple consecutive OUT token is sent in the same frame until it is acked by the peripheral One OUT token is sent every BINTERVAL frame until it is acked by the peripheral Depending from the type of pipe the desired period is defined as: PTYPE Description Interrupt Isochronous Bulk or control EXT LPM 1 ms to 255 ms 2^(Binterval) * 1 ms 1 ms to 255 ms bInterval ignored. Always 1 ms when a NYET is received. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1073 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.6.3 Pipe Status Clear n Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset 7 BK1RDY W 0 PSTATUSCLR 0x104 + (n x 0x20) 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 BK0RDY W 0 5 4 PFREEZE W 0 3 2 CURBK W 0 1 0 DTGL W 0 Bit 7 - BK1RDYBank 1 Ready Clear Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear PSTATUS.BK1RDY bit. Bit 6 - BK0RDYBank 0 Ready Clear Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear PSTATUS.BK0RDY bit. Bit 4 - PFREEZEPipe Freeze Clear Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear PSTATUS.PFREEZE bit. Bit 2 - CURBKCurrent Bank Clear Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear PSTATUS.CURBK bit. Bit 0 - DTGLData Toggle Clear Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear PSTATUS.DTGL bit. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1074 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.6.4 Pipe Status Set Register n Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset 7 BK1RDY W 0 PSTATUSSET 0x105 + (n x 0x20) 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 BK0RDY W 0 5 4 PFREEZE W 0 3 2 CURBK W 0 1 0 DTGL W 0 Bit 7 - BK1RDYBank 1 Ready Set Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will set the bit PSTATUS.BK1RDY. Bit 6 - BK0RDYBank 0 Ready Set Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will set the bit PSTATUS.BK0RDY. Bit 4 - PFREEZEPipe Freeze Set Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will set PSTATUS.PFREEZE bit. Bit 2 - CURBKCurrent Bank Set Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will set PSTATUS.CURBK bit. Bit 0 - DTGLData Toggle Set Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will set PSTATUS.DTGL bit. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1075 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.6.5 Pipe Status Register n Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset 7 BK1RDY R 0 PSTATUS 0x106 + (n x 0x20) 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 BK0RDY R 0 5 4 PFREEZE R 0 3 2 CURBK R 0 1 0 DTGL R 0 Bit 7 - BK1RDYBank 1 is ready Writing a one to the bit EPSTATUSCLR.BK1RDY will clear this bit. Writing a one to the bit EPSTATUSSET.BK1RDY will set this bit. This bank is not used for Control pipe. Value Description 0 The bank number 1 is not ready: For IN the bank is empty. For Control/OUT the bank is not yet fill in. 1 The bank number 1 is ready: For IN the bank is filled full. For Control/OUT the bank is filled in. Bit 6 - BK0RDYBank 0 is ready Writing a one to the bit EPSTATUSCLR.BK0RDY will clear this bit. Writing a one to the bit EPSTATUSSET.BK0RDY will set this bit. This bank is the only one used for Control pipe. Value Description 0 The bank number 0 is not ready: For IN the bank is not empty. For Control/OUT the bank is not yet fill in. 1 The bank number 0 is ready: For IN the bank is filled full. For Control/OUT the bank is filled in. Bit 4 - PFREEZEPipe Freeze Writing a one to the bit EPSTATUSCLR.PFREEZE will clear this bit. Writing a one to the bit EPSTATUSSET.PFREEZE will set this bit. This bit is also set by the hardware: * When a STALL handshake has been received. * After a PIPE has been enabled (rising of bit PEN.N). * When an LPM transaction has completed whatever handshake is returned or the transaction was timed-out. * When a pipe transfer was completed with a pipe error. See 38.8.6.6 PINTFLAG register. When PFREEZE bit is set while a transaction is in progress on the USB bus, this transaction will be properly completed. PFREEZE bit will be read as "1" only when the ongoing transaction will have been completed. Value Description 0 The Pipe operates in normal operation. 1 The Pipe is frozen and no additional requests will be sent to the device on this pipe address. Bit 2 - CURBKCurrent Bank Value Description 0 The bank0 is the bank that will be used in the next single/multi USB packet. 1 The bank1 is the bank that will be used in the next single/multi USB packet. Bit 0 - DTGLData Toggle Sequence Writing a one to the bit EPSTATUSCLR.DTGL will clear this bit. Writing a one to the bit EPSTATUSSET.DTGL will set this bit. This bit is toggled automatically by hardware after a data transaction. This bit will reflect the data toggle in regards of the token type (IN/OUT/SETUP). Value Description 0 The PID of the next expected transaction will be zero: data 0. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1076 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus Value 1 Description The PID of the next expected transaction will be one: data 1. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1077 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.6.6 Host Pipe Interrupt Flag Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 PINTFLAG 0x107 + (n x 0x20) 0x00 - 6 Access Reset 5 STALL R/W 0 4 TXSTP R/W 0 3 PERR R/W 0 2 TRFAIL R/W 0 1 0 TRCPT R/W 2 Bit 5 - STALLSTALL Received Interrupt Flag This flag is cleared by writing a one to the flag. This flag is set when a stall occurs and will generate an interrupt if PINTENCLR/SET.STALL is one. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit clears the STALL Interrupt Flag. Bit 4 - TXSTPTransmitted Setup Interrupt Flag This flag is cleared by writing a one to the flag. This flag is set when a Transfer Complete occurs and will generate an interrupt if PINTENCLR/SET.TXSTP is one. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit clears the TXSTP Interrupt Flag. Bit 3 - PERRPipe Error Interrupt Flag This flag is cleared by writing a one to the flag. This flag is set when a pipe error occurs and will generate an interrupt if PINTENCLR/SET.PERR is one. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit clears the PERR Interrupt Flag. Bit 2 - TRFAILTransfer Fail Interrupt Flag This flag is cleared by writing a one to the flag. This flag is set when a Transfer Fail occurs and will generate an interrupt if PINTENCLR/SET.TRFAIL is one. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit clears the TRFAIL Interrupt Flag. Bit 0 - TRCPTTransfer Complete x interrupt Flag This flag is cleared by writing a one to the flag. This flag is set when a Transfer complete occurs and will generate an interrupt if PINTENCLR/SET.TRCPT is one. PINTFLAG.TRCPT is set for a single bank IN/OUT pipe or a double bank IN/OUT pipe when current bank is 0. Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit clears the TRCPT Interrupt Flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1078 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.6.7 Host Pipe Interrupt Clear Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: PINTENCLR 0x108 + (n x 0x20) 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to disable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Pipe Interrupt Enable Set (PINTENSET) register. This register is cleared by USB reset or when PEN[n] is zero. Bit 7 6 Access Reset 5 STALL R/W 0 4 TXSTP R/W 0 3 PERR R/W 0 2 TRFAIL R/W 0 1 0 TRCPT R/W 2 Bit 5 - STALLReceived Stall Interrupt Disable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear the Received Stall interrupt Enable bit and disable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The received Stall interrupt is disabled. 1 The received Stall interrupt is enabled and an interrupt request will be generated when the received Stall interrupt Flag is set. Bit 4 - TXSTPTransmitted Setup Interrupt Disable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear the Transmitted Setup interrupt Enable bit and disable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Transmitted Setup interrupt is disabled. 1 The Transmitted Setup interrupt is enabled and an interrupt request will be generated when the Transmitted Setup interrupt Flag is set. Bit 3 - PERRPipe Error Interrupt Disable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear the Pipe Error interrupt Enable bit and disable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Pipe Error interrupt is disabled. 1 The Pipe Error interrupt is enabled and an interrupt request will be generated when the Pipe Error interrupt Flag is set. Bit 2 - TRFAILTransfer Fail Interrupt Disable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear the Transfer Fail interrupt Enable bit and disable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Transfer Fail interrupt is disabled. 1 The Transfer Fail interrupt is enabled and an interrupt request will be generated when the Transfer Fail interrupt Flag is set. Bit 0 - TRCPTTransfer Complete Bank x interrupt Disable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear the Transfer Complete interrupt Enable bit x and disable the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Transfer Complete Bank x interrupt is disabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1079 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus Value 1 Description The Transfer Complete Bank x interrupt is enabled and an interrupt request will be generated when the Transfer Complete interrupt x Flag is set. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1080 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.6.8 Host Interrupt Pipe Set Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: PINTENSET 0x109 + (n x 0x20) 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to enable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Pipe Interrupt Enable Set (PINTENCLR) register. This register is cleared by USB reset or when PEN[n] is zero. Bit 7 6 Access Reset 5 STALL R/W 0 4 TXSTP R/W 0 3 PERR R/W 0 2 TRFAIL R/W 0 1 0 TRCPT R/W 2 Bit 5 - STALLStall Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will enable the Stall interrupt. Value Description 0 The Stall interrupt is disabled. 1 The Stall interrupt is enabled. Bit 4 - TXSTPTransmitted Setup Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will enable the Transmitted Setup interrupt. Value Description 0 The Transmitted Setup interrupt is disabled. 1 The Transmitted Setup interrupt is enabled. Bit 3 - PERRPipe Error Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will enable the Pipe Error interrupt. Value Description 0 The Pipe Error interrupt is disabled. 1 The Pipe Error interrupt is enabled. Bit 2 - TRFAILTransfer Fail Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will enable the Transfer Fail interrupt. Value Description 0 The Transfer Fail interrupt is disabled. 1 The Transfer Fail interrupt is enabled. Bit 0 - TRCPTTransfer Complete x interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will enable the Transfer Complete interrupt Enable bit x. 0.2.7 Host Registers - Pipe RAM Value Description 0 The Transfer Complete x interrupt is disabled. 1 The Transfer Complete x interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1081 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.7 Host Registers - Pipe RAM 38.8.7.1 Pipe Descriptor Structure Data Buffers Pn BK1 Pn BK0 Pipe descriptors Reserved STATUS _PIPE Bank1 CTRL_BK Reserved Descriptor Pn Reserved PCKSIZE ADDR (2 x 0xn0) + 0x10 Reserved STATUS _PIPE Bank0 CTRL_PIPE STATUS_BK EXTREG PCKSIZE Reserved STATUS _PIPE Bank1 CTRL_BK Reserved Descriptor P0 Reserved PCKSIZE ADDR Reserved STATUS _PIPE Bank0 CTRL_PIPE STATUS_BK EXTREG PCKSIZE ADDR (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. 2 x 0xn0 +0x01F +0x01E +0x01C +0x01A +0x018 +0x014 +0x010 +0x00F +0x00E +0x00C +0x00A +0x008 +0x004 +0x000 Growing Memory Addresses ADDR DESCADD Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1082 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.7.2 Address of the Data Buffer Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit ADDR 0x00 & 0x10 0xxxxxxxx NA 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 28 27 ADDR[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W x 20 19 ADDR[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 ADDR[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 ADDR[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - ADDR[31:0]Data Pointer Address Value These bits define the data pointer address as an absolute double word address in RAM. The two least significant bits must be zero to ensure the descriptor is 32-bit aligned. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1083 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.7.3 Packet Size Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset 31 AUTO_ZLP R/W x R/W 0 29 SIZE[2:0] R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset PCKSIZE 0x04 & 0x14 0xxxxxxxx NA 30 15 14 MULTI_PACKET_SIZE[1:0] R/W R/W 0 x Bit 7 6 28 27 R/W x R/W 0 20 19 MULTI_PACKET_SIZE[9:2] R/W R/W 0 0 13 12 R/W 0 R/W 0 5 4 26 25 MULTI_PACKET_SIZE[13:10] R/W R/W 0 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 9 8 R/W 0 R/W x 1 0 11 10 BYTE_COUNT[5:0] R/W R/W 0 0 3 24 2 Access Reset Bit 31 - AUTO_ZLPAutomatic Zero Length Packet This bit defines the automatic Zero Length Packet mode of the pipe. When enabled, the USB module will manage the ZLP handshake by hardware. This bit is for OUT pipes only. When disabled the handshake should be managed by firmware. Value Description 0 Automatic Zero Length Packet is disabled. 1 Automatic Zero Length Packet is enabled. Bits 30:28 - SIZE[2:0]Pipe size These bits contains the size of the pipe. Theses bits are cleared upon sending a USB reset. SIZE[2:0] Description 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 0x4 0x5 0x6 0x7 8 Byte 16 Byte 32 Byte 64 Byte 128 Byte(1) 256 Byte(1) 512 Byte(1) 1024 Byte in HS mode(1) 1023 Byte in FS mode(1) 1. For Isochronous pipe only. Bits 27:14 - MULTI_PACKET_SIZE[13:0]Multi Packet IN or OUT size These bits define the 14-bit value that is used for multi-packet transfers. For IN pipes, MULTI_PACKET_SIZE holds the total number of bytes sent. MULTI_PACKET_SIZE should be written to zero when setting up a new transfer. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1084 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus For OUT pipes, MULTI_PACKET_SIZE holds the total data size for the complete transfer. This value must be a multiple of the maximum packet size. Bits 13:8 - BYTE_COUNT[5:0]Byte Count These bits define the 14-bit value that contains number of bytes sent in the last OUT or SETUP transaction for an OUT pipe, or of the number of bytes to be received in the next IN transaction for an input pipe. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1085 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.7.4 Extended Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit EXTREG 0x08 0xxxxxxxx NA 15 Access Reset Bit Access Reset 7 R/W 0 14 13 12 R/W 0 R/W 0 6 5 VARIABLE[3:0] R/W R/W 0 0 10 9 8 R/W 0 11 VARIABLE[10:4] R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 4 3 2 R/W x R/W 0 1 SUBPID[3:0] R/W R/W 0 0 0 R/W x Bits 14:4 - VARIABLE[10:0]Variable field send with extended token These bits define the VARIABLE field sent with extended token. See "Section 2.1.1 Protocol Extension Token in the reference document ENGINEERING CHANGE NOTICE, USB 2.0 Link Power Management Addendum." To support the USB2.0 Link Power Management addition the VARIABLE field should be set as described below. VARIABLE Description VARIABLE[3:0] VARIABLE[7:4] VARIABLE[8] VARIABLE[10:9] bLinkState(1) BESL (See LPM ECN)(2) bRemoteWake(1) Reserved (1) for a definition of LPM Token bRemoteWake and bLinkState fields, refer to "Table 2-3 in the reference document ENGINEERING CHANGE NOTICE, USB 2.0 Link Power Management Addendum" (2) for a definition of LPM Token BESL field, refer to "Table 2-3 in the reference document ENGINEERING CHANGE NOTICE, USB 2.0 Link Power Management Addendum" and "Table X-X1 in Errata for ECN USB 2.0 Link Power Management. Bits 3:0 - SUBPID[3:0]SUBPID field send with extended token These bits define the SUBPID field sent with extended token. See "Section 2.1.1 Protocol Extension Token in the reference document ENGINEERING CHANGE NOTICE, USB 2.0 Link Power Management Addendum". To support the USB2.0 Link Power Management addition the SUBPID field should be set as described in "Table 2.2 SubPID Types in the reference document ENGINEERING CHANGE NOTICE, USB 2.0 Link Power Management Addendum". (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1086 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.7.5 Host Status Bank Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 STATUS_BK 0x0A & 0x1A 0xxxxxxxx NA 6 5 4 3 2 Access Reset 1 ERRORFLOW R/W x 0 CRCERR R/W x Bit 1 - ERRORFLOWError Flow Status This bit defines the Error Flow Status. This bit is set when a Error Flow has been detected during transfer from/towards this bank. For IN transfer, a NAK handshake has been received. For OUT transfer, a NAK handshake has been received. For Isochronous IN transfer, an overrun condition has occurred. For Isochronous OUT transfer, an underflow condition has occurred. Value Description 0 No Error Flow detected. 1 A Error Flow has been detected. Bit 0 - CRCERRCRC Error This bit defines the CRC Error Status. This bit is set when a CRC error has been detected in an isochronous IN endpoint bank. Value Description 0 No CRC Error. 1 CRC Error detected. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1087 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.7.6 Host Control Pipe Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 15 R/W 0 7 CTRL_PIPE 0x0C 0xXXXX PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized, Read-Synchronized 14 13 PERMAX[3:0] R/W R/W 0 0 12 11 R/W x R/W 0 3 PDADDR[6:0] R/W 0 6 5 4 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 10 9 PEPNUM[3:0] R/W R/W 0 0 8 R/W x 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W x Bits 15:12 - PERMAX[3:0]Pipe Error Max Number These bits define the maximum number of error for this Pipe before freezing the pipe automatically. Bits 11:8 - PEPNUM[3:0]Pipe EndPoint Number These bits define the number of endpoint for this Pipe. Bits 6:0 - PDADDR[6:0]Pipe Device Address These bits define the Device Address for this pipe. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1088 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet USB - Universal Serial Bus 38.8.7.7 Host Status Pipe Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit STATUS_PIPE 0x0E & 0x1E 0xxxxxxxx PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized, Read-Synchronized 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 ERCNT[2:0] R/W 0 5 4 CRC16ER R/W x 3 TOUTER R/W x 2 PIDER R/W x 1 DAPIDER R/W x 0 DTGLER R/W x Access Reset Bit Access Reset R/W 0 R/W x Bits 7:5 - ERCNT[2:0]Pipe Error Counter These bits define the number of errors detected on the pipe. Bit 4 - CRC16ERCRC16 ERROR This bit defines the CRC16 Error Status. This bit is set when a CRC 16 error has been detected during a IN transactions. Value Description 0 No CRC 16 Error detected. 1 A CRC 16 error has been detected. Bit 3 - TOUTERTIME OUT ERROR This bit defines the Time Out Error Status. This bit is set when a Time Out error has been detected during a USB transaction. Value Description 0 No Time Out Error detected. 1 A Time Out error has been detected. Bit 2 - PIDERPID ERROR This bit defines the PID Error Status. This bit is set when a PID error has been detected during a USB transaction. Value Description 0 No PID Error detected. 1 A PID error has been detected. Bit 1 - DAPIDERData PID ERROR This bit defines the PID Error Status. This bit is set when a Data PID error has been detected during a USB transaction. Value Description 0 No Data PID Error detected. 1 A Data PID error has been detected. Bit 0 - DTGLERData Toggle Error This bit defines the Data Toggle Error Status. This bit is set when a Data Toggle Error has been detected. Value Description 0 No Data Toggle Error. 1 Data Toggle Error detected. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1089 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39. CAN - Control Area Network 39.1 Overview The Control Area Network (CAN) performs communication according to ISO 11898-1:2015 (Bosch CAN specification 2.0 part A,B, ISO CAN FD). The message storage is intended to be a single- or dual-ported Message RAM outside of the module. 39.2 Features * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Block Diagram Figure 39-1.CAN Block Diagram SRAM CAN High-Speed Bus USER INTF AHB 39.3 Conform with CAN protocol version 2.0 part A, B and ISO 11898-1:2015 Up to two Controller Area Network CAN - Supporting CAN2.0 A/B and CAN-FD (ISO 11898-1:2015) CAN FD with up to 64 data bytes supported CAN Error Logging AUTOSAR optimized SAE J1939 optimized Two configurable Receive FIFOs Separate signaling on reception of High-Priority Messages Up to 64 dedicated Receive Buffers and up to 32 dedicated Transmit Buffers Configurable Transmit FIFO, Transmit Queue, Transmit Event FIFO Direct Message RAM access for CPU Programmable Loop-Back Test mode Maskable module interrupts Power-down support; Debug on CAN support Transfer rates: - 1 Mb/s for CAN 2.0 mode - 10 Mb/s for CAN-FD mode CAN_TX CAN CORE CAN_RX NVIC GCLK (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. CAN interrupts GCLK_CAN Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1090 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.4 Signal Description Table 39-1.Signal Description Signal Description Type CAN_TX CAN transmit Digital output CAN_RX CAN receive Digital input Refer to for details on the pin mapping for this peripheral. One signal can be mapped to one of several pins. 39.5 Product Dependencies In order to use this peripheral, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described below. 39.5.1 I/O Lines Using the CAN's I/O lines requires the I/O pins to be configured. Related Links 32. PORT - I/O Pin Controller 39.5.2 Power Management The CAN will continue to operate in any Idle Sleep mode where the selected source clock is running. The CAN interrupts can be used to wake up the device from sleep modes. Refer to the Power Manager chapter for details on the different sleep modes. The CAN module has its own Low-Power mode. The clock sources cannot be halted while the CAN is enabled unless this mode is used. Refer to the section "Sleep Mode Operation" for additional information. Related Links 39.6.9 Sleep Mode Operation 39.5.3 Clocks An AHB clock (CLK_CAN_AHB) is required to clock the CAN. This clock can be configured in the Main Clock peripheral (MCLK) before using the CAN, and the default state of CLK_CAN_AHB can be found in the MCLK.AHBMASK register. A generic clock (GCLK_CAN) is required to clock the CAN. This clock must be configured and enabled in the generic clock controller before using the CAN. This generic clock is asynchronous to the bus clock (CLK_CAN_AHB). Due to this asynchronicity, writes to certain registers will require synchronization between the clock domains. Related Links 15.6.2.6 Peripheral Clock Masking 14. GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 39.5.4 DMA The CAN has a built-in Direct Memory Access (DMA) and will read/write data to/from the system RAM when a CAN transaction takes place. No CPU or DMA Controller (DMAC) resources are required. The DMAC can be used for debug messages functionality. Related Links 22. DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 39.5.5 Interrupts The interrupt request lines are connected to the interrupt controller. Using the CAN interrupts requires the interrupt controller to be configured first. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1091 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.5.6 Events Not applicable. 39.5.7 Debug Operation Not applicable. 39.5.8 Register Access Protection Not applicable. 39.5.9 Analog Connections No analog connections. 39.6 Functional Description 39.6.1 Principle of Operation The CAN performs communication according to ISO 11898-1:2015 (identical to Bosch CAN protocol specification 2.0 part A,B, ISO CAN FD). The message storage is intended to be a single- or dual-ported Message RAM outside the module. It is connected to the CAN via AHB. All functions concerning the handling of messages are implemented by the Rx Handler and the Tx Handler. The Rx Handler manages message acceptance filtering, the transfer of received messages from the CAN Core to the Message RAM as well as providing receive message status information. The Tx Handler is responsible for the transfer of transmit messages from the Message RAM to the CAN Core as well as providing transmit status information. Acceptance filtering is implemented by a combination of up to 128 filter elements where each one can be configured as a range, as a bit mask, or as a dedicated ID filter. 39.6.2 Operating Modes 39.6.2.1 Software Initialization Software initialization is started by setting bit CCCR.INIT, either by software or by a hardware reset, when an uncorrected bit error was detected in the Message RAM, or by going Bus_Off. While CCCR.INIT is set, message transfer from and to the CAN bus is stopped, the status of the CAN bus output CAN_TX is "recessive" (HIGH). The counters of the Error Management Logic EML are unchanged. Setting CCCR.INIT does not change any configuration register. Resetting CCCR.INIT finishes the software initialization. Afterwards the Bit Stream Processor BSP synchronizes itself to the data transfer on the CAN bus by waiting for the occurrence of a sequence of 11 consecutive "recessive" bits (= Bus_Idle) before it can take part in bus activities and start the message transfer. Access to the CAN configuration registers is only enabled when both bits CCCR.INIT and CCCR.CCE are set (protected write). CCCR.CCE can only be set/reset while CCCR.INIT = `1'. CCCR.CCE is automatically reset when CCCR.INIT is reset. The following registers are reset when CCCR.CCE is set * * * * * * * * HPMS - High Priority Message Status RXF0S - Rx FIFO 0 Status RXF1S - Rx FIFO 1 Status TXFQS - Tx FIFO/Queue Status TXBRP - Tx Buffer Request Pending TXBTO - Tx Buffer Transmission Occurred TXBCF - Tx Buffer Cancellation Finished TXEFS - Tx Event FIFO Status (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1092 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network The Timeout Counter value TOCV.TOC is preset to the value configured by TOCC.TOP when CCCR.CCE is set. In addition the state machines of the Tx Handler and Rx Handler are held in idle state while CCCR.CCE = `1'. The following registers are only writable while CCCR.CCE = `0' * * TXBAR - Tx Buffer Add Request TXBCR - Tx Buffer Cancellation Request CCCR.TEST and CCCR.MON can only be set by the CPU while CCCR.INIT = `1' and CCR.CCE = `1'. Both bits may be reset at any time. CCCR.DAR can only be set/reset while CCCR.INIT = `1' and CCCR.CCE = `1'. 39.6.2.2 Normal Operation Once the CAN is initialized and CCCR.INIT is reset to `0', the CAN synchronizes itself to the CAN bus and is ready for communication. After passing the acceptance filtering, received messages including Message ID and DLC are stored into a dedicated Rx Buffer or into Rx FIFO0 or Rx FIFO1. For messages to be transmitted dedicated Tx Buffers and/or a Tx FIFO or a Tx Queue can be initialized or updated. Automated transmission on reception of remote frames is not implemented. 39.6.2.3 CAN FD Operation There are two variants in the CAN FD frame format, first the CAN FD frame without bit rate switching where the data field of a CAN frame may be longer than 8 bytes. The second variant is the CAN FD frame where control field, data field, and CRC field of a CAN frame are transmitted with a higher bit rate than the beginning and the end of the frame. The previously reserved bit in CAN frames with 11-bit identifiers and the first previously reserved bit in CAN frames with 29-bit identifiers will now be decoded as FDF bit. FDF = recessive signifies a CAN FD frame, FDF = dominant signifies a Classic CAN frame. In a CAN FD frame, the two bits following FDF, res and BRS, decide whether the bit rate inside of this CAN FD frame is switched. A CAN FD bit rate switch is signified by res = dominant and BRS = recessive. The coding of res = recessive is reserved for future expansion of the protocol. In case the CAN receives a frame with FDF = recessive and res = recessive, it will signal a Protocol Exception Event by setting bit PSR.PXE. When Protocol Exception Handling is enabled (CCCR.PXHD = `0'), this causes the operation state to change from Receiver (PSR.ACT = "10") to synchronizing on CAN communication (PSR.ACT = "00") at the next sample point. In case Protocol Exception Handling is disabled (CCCR.PXHD = `1'), the CAN will treat a recessive res bit as a form error and will respond with an error frame. CAN FD operation is enabled by programming CCCR.FDOE. In case CCCR.FDOE = `1', transmission and reception of CAN FD frames is enabled. Transmission and reception of Classic CAN frames is always possible. Whether a CAN FD frame or a Classic CAN frame is transmitted can be configured via bit FDF in the respective Tx Buffer element. With CCCR.FDOE = `0', received frames are interpreted as Classic CAN frames, witch leads to the transmission of an error frame when receiving a CAN FD frame. When CAN FD operation is disabled, no CAN FD frames are transmitted even if bit FDF of a Tx Buffer element is set. CCCR.FDOE and CCCR.BRSE can only be changed while CCCR.INIT and CCCR.CCE are both set. With CCCR.FDOE = `0', the setting of bits FDF and BRS is ignored and frames are transmitted in Classic CAN format. With CCCR.FDOE = `1' and CCCR.BRSE = `0', only bit FDF of a Tx Buffer element is evaluated. With CCCR.FDOE = `1' and CCCR.BRSE = `1', transmission of CAN FD frames with bit rate switching is enabled. All Tx Buffer elements with bits FDF and BRS set are transmitted in CAN FD format with bit rate switching. A mode change during CAN operation is only recommended under the following conditions: * * * * The failure rate in the CAN FD data phase is significantly higher than in the CAN FD arbitration phase. In this case disable the CAN FD bit rate switching option for transmissions. During system startup all nodes are transmitting Classic CAN messages until it is verified that they are able to communicate in CAN FD format. If this is true, all nodes switch to CAN FD operation. Wake-up messages in CAN Partial Networking have to be transmitted in Classic CAN format. End-of-line programming in case not all nodes are CAN FD capable. Non CAN FD nodes are held in silent mode until programming has completed. Then all nodes switch back to Classic CAN communication. In the CAN FD format, the coding of the DLC differs from the standard CAN format. The DLC codes 0 to 8 have the same coding as in standard CAN, the codes 9 to 15, which in standard CAN all code a data field of 8 bytes, are coded according to the table below. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1093 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network Table 39-2.Coding of DLC in CAN FD DLC 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Number of Data Bytes 12 16 20 24 32 48 64 In CAN FD frames, the bit timing will be switched inside the frame, after the BRS (Bit Rate Switch) bit, if this bit is recessive. Before the BRS bit, in the CAN FD arbitration phase, the nominal CAN bit timing is used as defined by the Nominal Bit Timing & Prescaler Register NBTP. In the following CAN FD data phase, the fast CAN bit timing is used as defined by the Data Bit Timing & Prescaler Register DBTP. The bit timing is switched back from the fast timing at the CRC delimiter or when an error is detected, whichever occurs first. The maximum configurable bit rate in the CAN FD data phase depends on the CAN clock frequency (GCLK_CAN). Example: with a CAN clock frequency of 20MHz and the shortest configurable bit time of 4 tq, the bit rate in the data phase is 5 Mbit/s. In both data frame formats, CAN FD long and CAN FD fast, the value of the bit ESI (Error Status Indicator) is determined by the transmitter's error state at the start of the transmission. If the transmitter is error passive, ESI is transmitted recessive, else it is transmitted dominant. 39.6.2.4 Transceiver Delay Compensation During the data phase of a CAN FD transmission only one node is transmitting, all others are receivers. The length of the bus line has no impact. When transmitting via pin CAN_TX the CAN receives the transmitted data from its local CAN transceiver via pin CAN_RX. The received data is delayed by the CAN transceiver's loop delay. In case this delay is greater than TSEG1 (time segment before sample point), a bit error is detected. In order to enable a data phase bit time that is even shorter than the transceiver loop delay, the delay compensation is introduced. Without transceiver delay compensation, the bit rate in the data phase of a CAN FD frame is limited by the transceivers loop delay. Description The CAN's protocol unit has implemented a delay compensation mechanism to compensate the transmitter delay, thereby enabling transmission with higher bit rates during the CAN FD data phase independent of the delay of a specific CAN transceiver. To check for bit errors during the data phase of transmitting nodes, the delayed transmit data is compared against the received data at the Secondary Sample Point SSP. If a bit error is detected, the transmitter will react on this bit error at the next following regular sample point. During arbitration phase the delay compensation is always disabled. The transmitter delay compensation enables configurations where the data bit time is shorter than the transmitter delay, it is described in detail in the new ISO11898-1. It is enabled by setting bit DBTP.TDC. The received bit is compared against the transmitted bit at the SSP. The SSP position is defined as the sum of the measured delay from the CAN's transmit output CAN_TX through the transceiver to the receive input CAN_RX plus the transmitter delay compensation offset as configured by TDCR.TDCO. The transmitter delay compensation offset is used to adjust the position of the SSP inside the received bit (e.g. half of the bit time in the data phase). The position of the secondary sample point is rounded down to the next integer number of mtq. PSR.TDCV shows the actual transmitter delay compensation value. PSR.TDCV is cleared when CCCR.INIT is set and is updated at each transmission of an FD frame while DBTP.TDC is set. The following boundary conditions have to be considered for the transmitter delay compensation implemented in the CAN: * * * The sum of the measured delay from CAN_TX to CAN_RX and the configured transceiver delay compensation offset FBTP.TDCO has to be less than 6 bit times in the data phase. The sum of the measured delay from CAN_TX to CAN_RX and the configured transceiver delay compensation offset FBTP.TDCO has to be less or equal to 127 mtq. In case this sum exceeds 127 mtq, the maximum value of 127 mtq is used for transceiver delay compensation. The data phase ends at the sample point of the CRC delimiter, that stops checking of receive bits at the SSPs. Transmitter Delay Compensation Measurement (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1094 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network If transmitter delay compensation is enabled by programming DBTP.TDC = `1', the measurement is started within each transmitted CAN FD frame at the falling edge of bit FDF to bit res. The measurement is stopped when this edge is seen at the receive input CAN_TX of the transmitter. The resolution of this measurement is one mtq. Figure 39-2.Transceiver delay measurement Transmitter Delay res FDF CAN_TX BRS arbitration phase CAN_RX TDCR.TDCO DLC data phase data phase arbitration phase Start GCLK_CAN ESI Stop Delay Delay Counter Delay Compensation Offset + SSP Position To avoid that a dominant glitch inside the received FDF bit ends the delay compensation measurement before the falling edge of the received res bit, resulting in a too early SSP position, the use of a transmitter delay compensation filter window can be enabled by programming TDCR.TDCF. This defines a minimum value for the SSP position. Dominant edges of CAN_RX, that would result in an earlier SSP position are ignored for transmitter delay measurement. The measurement is stopped when the SSP position is at least TDCR.TDCF AND CAN _RX is low. 39.6.2.5 Restricted Operation Mode In Restricted Operation Mode the node is able to receive data and remote frames and to give acknowledge to valid frames, but it does not send data frames, remote frames, active error frames, or overload frames. In case of an error condition or overload condition, it does not send dominant bits, instead it waits for the occurrence of bus idle condition to resynchronize itself to the CAN communication. The error counters (ECR.REC, ECR.TEC) are frozen while Error Logging (ECR.CEL) is still incremented. The CPU can set the CAN into Restricted Operation mode by setting bit CCCR.ASM. The bit can only be set by the CPU when both CCCR.CCE and CCCR.INIT are set to `1'. The bit can be reset by the CPU at any time. Restricted Operation Mode is automatically entered when the Tx Handler was not able to read data from the Message RAM in time. To leave Restricted Operation Mode, the CPU has to reset CCCR.ASM. The Restricted Operation Mode can be used in applications that adapt themselves to different CAN bit rates. In this case the application tests different bit rates and leaves the Restricted Operation Mode after it has received a valid frame. 39.6.2.6 Bus Monitoring Mode The CAN is set in Bus Monitoring Mode by programming CCCR.MON to `1'. In Bus Monitoring Mode (see ISO 11898-1, 10.12 Bus monitoring), the CAN is able to receive valid data frames and valid remote frames, but cannot start a transmission. In this mode, it sends only recessive bits on the CAN bus. If the CAN is required to send a dominant bit (ACK bit, overload flag, active error flag), the bit is rerouted internally so that the CAN monitors this dominant bit, although the CAN bus may remain in recessive state. In Bus Monitoring Mode register TXBRP is held in reset state. The Bus Monitoring Mode can be used to analyze the traffic on a CAN bus without affecting it by the transmission of dominant bits. The figure below shows the connection of signals CAN_TX and CAN_RX to the CAN in Bus Monitoring Mode. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1095 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network Figure 39-3.Pin Control in Bus Monitoring Mode CAN_TX CAN_RX =1 TX HANDLER RX HANDLER CAN Bus Monitoring Mode 39.6.2.7 Disabled Automatic Retransmission According to the CAN Specification (see ISO 11898-1, 6.3.3 Recovery Management), the CAN provides means for automatic retransmission of frames that have lost arbitration or that have been disturbed by errors during transmission. By default automatic retransmission is enabled. To support time-triggered communication as described in ISO 11898-1, chapter 9.2, the automatic retransmission may be disabled via CCCR.DAR. Frame Transmission in DAR Mode In DAR mode all transmissions are automatically cancelled after they started on the CAN bus. A Tx Buffer's Tx Request Pending bit TXBRP.TRPx is reset after successful transmission, when a transmission has not yet been started at the point of cancellation, has been aborted due to lost arbitration, or when an error occurred during frame transmission. * * * Successful transmission: - Corresponding Tx Buffer Transmission Occurred bit TXBTO.TOx set - Corresponding Tx Buffer Cancellation Finished bit TXBCF.CFx not set Successful transmission in spite of cancellation: - Corresponding Tx Buffer Transmission Occurred bit TXBTO.TOx set - Corresponding Tx Buffer Cancellation Finished bit TXBCF.CFx set Arbitration lost or frame transmission disturbed: - Corresponding Tx Buffer Transmission Occurred bit TXBTO.TOx not set - Corresponding Tx Buffer Cancellation Finished bit TXBCF.CFx set In case of a successful frame transmission, and if storage of Tx events is enabled, a Tx Event FIFO element is written with Event Type ET = "10" (transmission in spite of cancellation). 39.6.2.8 Test Modes To enable write access to register TEST, bit CCCR.TEST has to be set to `1'. This allows the configuration of the test modes and test functions. Four output functions are available for the CAN transmit pin CAN_TX by programming TEST.TX. Additionally to its default function - the serial data output - it can drive the CAN Sample Point signal to monitor the CAN's bit timing and it can drive constant dominant or recessive values. The actual value at pin CAN_RX can be read from TEST.RX. Both functions can be used to check the CAN bus' physical layer. Due to the synchronization mechanism between GCLK_CAN and GCLK_CAN_APB domains, there may be a delay of several GCLK_CAN_APB periods between writing to TEST.TX until the new configuration is visible at output pin CAN_TX. This applies also when reading input pin CAN_RX via TEST.RX. Note: Test modes should be used for production tests or self test only. The software control for pin CAN_TX interferes with all CAN protocol functions. It is not recommended to use test modes for application. External Loop Back Mode (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1096 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network The CAN can be set in External Loop Back Mode by programming TEST.LBCK to `1'. In Loop Back Mode, the CAN treats its own transmitted messages as received messages and stores them (if they pass acceptance filtering) into an Rx Buffer or an Rx FIFO. The figure below shows the connection of signals CAN_TX and CAN_RX to the CAN in External Loop Back Mode. This mode is provided for hardware self-test. To be independent from external stimulation, the CAN ignores acknowledge errors (recessive bit sampled in the acknowledge slot of a data/remote frame) in Loop Back Mode. In this mode the CAN performs an internal feedback from its Tx output to its Rx input. The actual value of the CAN_RX input pin is disregarded by the CAN. The transmitted messages can be monitored at the CAN_TX pin. Internal Loop Back Mode Internal Loop Back Mode is entered by programming bits TEST.LBCK and CCCR.MON to `1'. This mode can be used for a "Hot Selftest", meaning the CAN can be tested without affecting a running CAN system connected to the pins CAN_TX and CAN_RX. In this mode pin CAN_RX is disconnected from the CAN and pin CAN_TX is held recessive. The figure below shows the connection of CAN_TX and CAN_RX to the CAN in case of Internal Loop Back Mode. Figure 39-4.Pin Control in Loop Back Modes CAN_TX CAN_RX CAN_TX CAN_RX =1 TX HANDLER TX HANDLER RX HANDLER CAN CAN External Loop Back Mode 39.6.3 RX HANDLER Internal Loop Back Mode Timestamp Generation For timestamp generation, the CAN supplies a 16-bit wrap-around counter. A prescaler TSCC.TCP can be configured to clock the counter in multiples of CAN bit times (1...16). The counter is readable through TSCV.TSC. A write access to TSCV register resets the counter to `0'. When the timestamp counter wraps around interrupt flag IR.TSW is set. On start of frame reception/transmission the counter value is captured and stored into the timestamp section of an Rx Buffer/Rx FIFO (RXTS[15:0]) or Tx Event FIFO (TXTS[15:0]) element. Note: In CANFD mode, if the bit rate switching is turned on (that is, CCCR.BRSE = 1), this counter can not be used. 39.6.4 Timeout Counter To signal timeout conditions for Rx FIFO 0, Rx FIFO 1, and the Tx Event FIFO the CAN supplies a 16-bit Timeout Counter. It operates as down-counter and uses the same prescaler controlled by TSCC.TCP as the Timestamp Counter. The Timeout Counter is configured through the TOCC register. The actual counter value can be read from TOCV.TOC. The Timeout Counter can only be started while CCCR.INIT = `0'. It is stopped when CCCR.INIT = `1', for example, when the CAN enters Bus_Off state. The operation mode is selected by TOCC.TOS. When operating in Continuous Mode, the counter starts when CCCR.INIT is reset. A write to TOCV presets the counter to the value configured by TOCC.TOP and continues downcounting. When the Timeout Counter is controlled by one of the FIFOs, an empty FIFO presets the counter to the value configured by TOCC.TOP. Down-counting is started when the first FIFO element is stored. Writing to TOCV has no effect. When the counter reaches zero, interrupt flag IR.TOO is set. In Continuous Mode, the counter is immediately restarted at TOCC.TOP. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1097 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network Note: The clock signal for the Timeout Counter is derived from the CAN Core's sample point signal. Therefore the point in time where the Timeout Counter is decremented may vary due to the synchronization/resynchronization mechanism of the CAN core. If the baud rate switch feature in CAN FD is used, the timeout counter is clocked differently in arbitration and data field. 39.6.5 Rx Handling The Rx Handler controls the acceptance filtering, the transfer of received messages to the Rx Buffers or to one of the two Rx FIFOs, as well as the Rx FIFO's Put and Get Indices. 39.6.5.1 Acceptance Filtering The CAN offers the possibility to configure two sets of acceptance filters, one for standard identifiers and one for extended identifiers. These filters can be assigned to an Rx Buffer or to Rx FIFO 0,1. For acceptance filtering each list of filters is executed from element #0 until the first matching element. Acceptance filtering stops at the first matching element. The following filter elements are not evaluated for this message. The main features are: * * * * Each filter element can be configured as - range filter (from - to) - filter for one or two dedicated IDs - classic bit mask filter Each filter element is configurable for acceptance or rejection filtering Each filter element can be enabled / disabled individually Filters are checked sequentially, execution stops with the first matching filter element Related configuration registers are: * * * * Global Filter Configuration GFC Standard ID Filter Configuration SIDFC Extended ID Filter Configuration XIDFC Extended ID AND Mask XIDAM Depending on the configuration of the filter element (SFEC/EFEC) a match triggers one of the following actions: * * * * * * Store received frame in FIFO 0 or FIFO 1 Store received frame in Rx Buffer Store received frame in Rx Buffer and generate pulse at filter event pin Reject received frame Set High Priority Message interrupt flag IR.HPM Set High Priority Message interrupt flag IR.HPM and store received frame in FIFO 0 or FIFO 1 Acceptance filtering is started after the complete identifier has been received. After acceptance filtering has completed, and if a matching Rx Buffer or Rx FIFO has been found, the Message Handler starts writing the received message data in portions of 32 bit to the matching Rx Buffer or Rx FIFO. If the CAN protocol controller has detected an error condition (e.g. CRC error), this message is discarded with the following impact on the affected Rx Buffer or Rx FIFO: Rx Buffer New Data flag of matching Rx Buffer is not set, but Rx Buffer (partly) overwritten with received data. For error type see PSR.LEC respectively PSR.FLEC. Rx FIFO Put index of matching Rx FIFO is not updated, but related Rx FIFO element (partly) overwritten with received data. For error type see PSR.LEC respectively PSR.FLEC. In case the matching Rx FIFO is operated in overwrite mode, the boundary conditions described in Rx FIFO Overwrite Mode have to be considered. Note: When an accepted message is written to one of the two Rx FIFOs, or into an Rx Buffer, the unmodified received identifier is stored independent of the filter(s) used. The result of the acceptance filter process is strongly depending on the sequence of configured filter elements. Range Filter (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1098 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network The filter matches for all received frames with Message IDs in the range defined by SF1ID/SF2ID for standard frames or EF1ID/EF2ID for extended frames. There are two possibilities when range filtering is used together with extended frames: EFT = "00" The Message ID of received frames is AND'ed with the Extended ID AND Mask (XIDAM) before the range filter is applied EFT = "11" The Extended ID AND Mask (XIDAM) is not used for range filtering Filter for specific IDs A filter element can be configured to filter for one or two specific Message IDs. To filter for one specific Message ID, the filter element has to be configured with SF1ID = SF2ID resp. EF1ID = EF2ID. Classic Bit Mask Filter Classic bit mask filtering is intended to filter groups of Message IDs by masking single bits of a received Message ID. With classic bit mask filtering SF1ID/EF1ID is used as Message ID filter, while SF2ID/EF2ID is used as filter mask. A zero bit at the filter mask will mask out the corresponding bit position of the configured ID filter, e.g. the value of the received Message ID at that bit position is not relevant for acceptance filtering. Only those bits of the received Message ID where the corresponding mask bits are one are relevant for acceptance filtering. In case all mask bits are one, a match occurs only when the received Message ID and the Message ID filter are identical. If all mask bits are zero, all Message IDs match. Standard Message ID Filtering The figure below shows the flow for standard Message ID (11-bit Identifier) filtering. The Standard Message ID Filter element is described in 39.9.5 Standard Message ID Filter Element. Controlled by the Global Filter Configuration GFC and the Standard ID Filter Configuration SIDFC Message ID, Remote Transmission Request bit (RTR), and the Identifier Extension bit (IDE) of received frames are compared against the list of configured filter elements. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1099 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network Figure 39-5.Standard Message ID Filtering valid frame received 11-bit 29-bit 11 / 29 bit identifier yes remote frame reject remote frames SIDFC.LSS[7:0] = 0 no GFC.RRFS = '1' GFC.RRFS = '0' receive filter list enabled SIDFC.LSS[7:0] > 0 yes match filter element #0 match filter element #SIDFC.LSS no accept non-matching frames yes acceptance / rejection reject accept GFC.ANFS[1] = '1' discard frame GFC.ANFS[1] = '0' target FIFO full (blocking) or Rx Buffer ND = '1' yes no store frame Extended Message ID Filtering The figure below shows the flow for extended Message ID (29-bit Identifier) filtering. The Extended Message ID Filter element is described in 39.9.6 Extended Message ID Filter Element. Controlled by the Global Filter Configuration GFC and the Extended ID Filter Configuration XIDFC Message ID, Remote Transmission Request bit (RTR), and the Identifier Extension bit (IDE) of received frames are compared against the list of configured filter elements. The Extended ID AND Mask XIDAM is AND'ed with the received identifier before the filter list is executed. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1100 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network Figure 39-6.Extended Message ID Filtering valid frame received 11-bit GFC.RRFE = '1' 11 / 29 bit identifier 29-bit yes reject remote frames remote frame no GFC.RRFE = '0' XIDFC.LSE[6:0] > 0 yes match filter element #0 reject acceptance / rejection yes accept GFC.ANFE[1] = '1' discard frame XIDFC.LSE[6:0] = 0 receive filter list enabled match filter element #XIDFC.LSE no accept non-matching frames GFC.ANFE[1] = '0' yes target FIFO full (blocking) or Rx Buffer ND = '1' no store frame 39.6.5.2 Rx FIFOs Rx FIFO 0 and Rx FIFO 1 can be configured to hold up to 64 elements each. Configuration of the two Rx FIFOs is done via registers RXF0C and RXF1C. Received messages that passed acceptance filtering are transferred to the Rx FIFO as configured by the matching filter element. For a description of the filter mechanisms available for Rx FIFO 0 and Rx FIFO 1 see 39.6.5.1 Acceptance Filtering. The Rx FIFO element is described in 39.9.2 Rx Buffer and FIFO Element. To avoid an Rx FIFO overflow, the Rx FIFO watermark can be used. When the Rx FIFO fill level reaches the Rx FIFO watermark configured by RXFnC.FnWM, interrupt flag IR.RFnW is set. When the Rx FIFO Put Index reaches the Rx FIFO Get Index an Rx FIFO Full condition is signalled by RXFnS.FnF. In addition interrupt flag IR.RFnF is set. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1101 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network Figure 39-7.Rx FIFO Status Get Index RXFnS.FnGI 7 Put Index RXFnS.FnPI 0 6 1 5 2 4 3 Fill Level RXFnS.FnFI When reading from an Rx FIFO, Rx FIFO Get Index RXFnS.FnGI * FIFO Element Size has to be added to the corresponding Rx FIFO start address RXFnC.FnSA. Table 39-3.Rx Buffer / FIFO Element Size RXESC.RBDS[2:0] RXESC.FnDS[2:0] Data Field [bytes] FIFO Element Size [RAM words] 000 8 4 001 12 5 010 16 6 011 20 7 100 24 8 101 32 10 110 48 14 111 64 18 Rx FIFO Blocking Mode The Rx FIFO blocking mode is configured by RXFnC.FnOM = `0'. This is the default operation mode for the Rx FIFOs. When an Rx FIFO full condition is reached (RXFnS.FnPI = RXFnS.FnGI), no further messages are written to the corresponding Rx FIFO until at least one message has been read out and the Rx FIFO Get Index has been incremented. An Rx FIFO full condition is signaled by RXFnS.FnF = `1'. In addition interrupt flag IR.RFnF is set. In case a message is received while the corresponding Rx FIFO is full, this message is discarded and the message lost condition is signalled by RXFnS.RFnL = `1'. In addition interrupt flag IR.RFnL is set. Rx FIFO Overwrite Mode The Rx FIFO overwrite mode is configured by RXFnC.FnOM = `1'. When an Rx FIFO full condition (RXFnS.FnPI = RXFnS.FnGI) is signaled by RXFnS.FnF = `1', the next message accepted for the FIFO will overwrite the oldest FIFO message. Put and get index are both incremented by one. When an Rx FIFO is operated in overwrite mode and an Rx FIFO full condition is signaled, reading of the Rx FIFO elements should start at least at get index + 1. The reason for that is, that it might happen, that a received message is written to the Message RAM (put index) while the CPU is reading from the Message RAM (get index). In this case (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1102 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network inconsistent data may be read from the respective Rx FIFO element. Adding an offset to the get index when reading from the Rx FIFO avoids this problem. The offset depends on how fast the CPU accesses the Rx FIFO. The figure below shows an offset of two with respect to the get index when reading the Rx FIFO. In this case the two messages stored in element 1 and 2 are lost. Figure 39-8.Rx FIFO Overflow Handling Rx FIFO Full (RXFnS.FnF = '1') Rx FIFO Overwrite (RXFnS.FnF = '1') RXFnS.FnPI = RXFnS.FnGI 7 element 0 overwritten 0 7 RXFnS.FnPI = RXFnS.FnGI 0 6 1 6 1 5 2 5 2 3 4 4 3 read Get Index + 2 After reading from the Rx FIFO, the number of the last element read has to be written to the Rx FIFO Acknowledge Index RXFnA.FnA. This increments the get index to that element number. In case the put index has not been incremented to this Rx FIFO element, the Rx FIFO full condition is reset (RXFnS.FnF = `0'). 39.6.5.3 Dedicated Rx Buffers The CAN supports up to 64 dedicated Rx Buffers. The start address of the dedicated Rx Buffer section is configured via RXBC.RBSA. For each Rx Buffer a Standard or Extended Message ID Filter Element with SFEC / EFEC = "111" and SFID2 / EFID2[10:9] = "00" has to be configured (see 39.9.5 Standard Message ID Filter Element and 39.9.6 Extended Message ID Filter Element). After a received message has been accepted by a filter element, the message is stored into the Rx Buffer in the Message RAM referenced by the filter element. The format is the same as for an Rx FIFO element. In addition the flag IR.DRX (Message stored in Dedicated Rx Buffer) in the interrupt register is set. Table 39-4.Example Filter Configuration for Rx Buffers Filter Element SFID1[10:0] / EFID1[28:0] SFID2[10:9] / EFID2[10:9] SFID2[5:0] / EFID2[5:0] 0 ID message 1 00 00 0000 1 ID message 2 00 00 0001 2 ID message 3 00 00 0010 After the last word of a matching received message has been written to the Message RAM, the respective New Data flag in register NDAT1, NDAT2 is set. As long as the New Data flag is set, the respective Rx Buffer is locked against updates from received matching frames. The New Data flags have to be reset by the CPU by writing a `1' to the respective bit position. While an Rx Buffer's New Data flag is set, a Message ID Filter Element referencing this specific Rx Buffer will not match, causing the acceptance filtering to continue. Following Message ID Filter Elements may cause the received (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1103 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network message to be stored into another Rx Buffer, or into an Rx FIFO, or the message may be rejected, depending on filter configuration. Rx Buffer Handling * * * * Reset interrupt flag IR.DRX Read New Data registers Read messages from Message RAM Reset New Data flags of processed messages 39.6.5.4 Debug on CAN Support Debug messages are stored into Rx Buffers. For debug handling three consecutive Rx buffers (e.g. #61, #62, #63) have to be used for storage of debug messages A, B, and C. The format is the same as for an Rx Buffer or an Rx FIFO element (see 39.9.2 Rx Buffer and FIFO Element ). Advantage: Fixed start address for the DMA transfers (relative to RXBC.RBSA), no additional configuration required. For filtering of debug messages Standard / Extended Filter Elements with SFEC / EFEC = "111" have to be set up. Messages matching these filter elements are stored into the Rx Buffers addressed by SFID2 / EFID2[5:0]. After message C has been stored, the DMA request output is activated and the three messages can be read from the Message RAM under DMA control. The RAM words holding the debug messages will not be changed by the CAN while DMA request is activated. The behavior is similar to that of an Rx Buffers with its New Data flag set. After the DMA has completed the DMA unit sets the DMA acknowledge. This resets DMA request. Now the CAN is prepared to receive the next set of debug messages. Filtering for Debug Messages Filtering for debug messages is done by configuring one Standard / Extended Message ID Filter Element for each of the three debug messages. To enable a filter element to filter for debug messages SFEC / EFEC has to be programmed to "111". In this case fields SFID1 / SFID2 and EFID1 / EFID2 have a different meaning (see 39.9.5 Standard Message ID Filter Element and 39.9.6 Extended Message ID Filter Element). While SFID2 / EFID2[10:9] controls the debug message handling state machine, SFID2 / EFID2[5:0] controls the location for storage of a received debug message. When a debug message is stored, neither the respective New Data flag nor IR.DRX are set. The reception of debug messages can be monitored via RXF1S.DMS. Table 39-5.Example Filter Configuration for Debug Messages Filter Element SFID1[10:0] / EFID1[28:0] SFID2[10:9] / EFID2[10:9] SFID2[5:0] / EFID2[5:0] 0 ID debug message A 01 11 1101 1 ID debug message B 10 11 1110 2 ID debug message C 11 11 1111 Debug Message Handling The debug message handling state machine assures that debug messages are stored to three consecutive Rx Buffers in correct order. In case of missing messages the process is restarted. The DMA request is activated only when all three debug messages A, B, C have been received in correct order. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1104 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network Figure 39-9.Debug Message Handling State Machine HW reset or Initial state T0 T1 DMS = 00 T3 T7 T8 T5 DMS = 11 DMS = 01 T6 T2 T4 DMS = 10 T0: Reset DMA request output, enable reception of debug message A, B, and C T1: Reception of debug message A T2: Reception of debug message A T3: Reception of debug message C T4: Reception of debug message B T5: Reception of debug message A, B T6: Reception of debug message C T7: DMA transfer completed T8: Reception of debug message A, B, C (message rejected) 39.6.6 Tx Handling The Tx Handler handles transmission requests for the dedicated Tx Buffers, the Tx FIFO, and the Tx Queue. It controls the transfer of transmit messages to the CAN Core, the Put and Get Indices, and the Tx Event FIFO. Up to 32 Tx Buffers can be set up for message transmission. The CAN mode for transmission (Classic CAN or CAN FD) can be configured separately for each Tx Buffer element. The Tx Buffer element is described in 39.9.3 Tx Buffer Element. The table below describes the possible configurations for frame transmission. Table 39-6.Possible Configurations for Frame Transmission CCCR Tx Buffer Element Frame Transmission BRSE FDOE FDF BRS ignored 0 ignored ignored Classic CAN 0 1 0 ignored Classic CAN 0 1 1 ignored FD without bit rate switching 1 1 0 ignored Classic CAN 1 1 1 0 FD without bit rate switching 1 1 1 1 FD with bit rate switching Note: AUTOSAR requires at least three Tx Queue Buffers and support of transmit cancellation The Tx Handler starts a Tx scan to check for the highest priority pending Tx request (Tx Buffer with lowest Message ID) when the Tx Buffer Request Pending register TXBRP is updated, or when a transmission has been started. 39.6.6.1 Transmit Pause The transmit pause feature is intended for use in CAN systems where the CAN message identifiers are (permanently) specified to specific values and cannot easily be changed. These message identifiers may have a higher CAN arbitration priority than other defined messages, while in a specific application their relative arbitration priority should (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1105 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network be inverse. This may lead to a case where one ECU sends a burst of CAN messages that cause another ECU's CAN messages to be delayed because that other messages have a lower CAN arbitration priority. If e.g. CAN ECU-1 has the transmit pause feature enabled and is requested by its application software to transmit four messages, it will, after the first successful message transmission, wait for two CAN bit times of bus idle before it is allowed to start the next requested message. If there are other ECUs with pending messages, those messages are started in the idle time, they would not need to arbitrate with the next message of ECU-1. After having received a message, ECU-1 is allowed to start its next transmission as soon as the received message releases the CAN bus. The transmit pause feature is controlled by bit CCCR.TXP. If the bit is set, the CAN will, each time it has successfully transmitted a message, pause for two CAN bit times before starting the next transmission. This enables other CAN nodes in the network to transmit messages even if their messages have lower prior identifiers. Default is transmit pause disabled (CCCR.TXP = `0'). This feature looses up burst transmissions coming from a single node and it protects against "babbling idiot" scenarios where the application program erroneously requests too many transmissions. 39.6.6.2 Dedicated Tx Buffers Dedicated Tx Buffers are intended for message transmission under complete control of the CPU. Each Dedicated Tx Buffer is configured with a specific Message ID. In case that multiple Tx Buffers are configured with the same Message ID, the Tx Buffer with the lowest buffer number is transmitted first. If the data section has been updated, a transmission is requested by an Add Request via TXBAR.ARn. The requested messages arbitrate internally with messages from an optional Tx FIFO or Tx Queue and externally with messages on the CAN bus, and are sent out according to their Message ID. A Dedicated Tx Buffer allocates Element Size 32-bit words in the Message RAM (refer to table below). Therefore the start address of a dedicated Tx Buffer in the Message RAM is calculated by adding transmit buffer index (0...31) * Element Size to the Tx Buffer Start Address TXBC.TBSA. Table 39-7.Tx Buffer / FIFO / Queue Element Size TXESC.TBDS[2:0] Data Field [bytes] Element Size [RAM words] 000 8 4 001 12 5 010 16 6 011 20 7 100 24 8 101 32 10 110 48 14 111 64 18 39.6.6.3 Tx FIFO Tx FIFO operation is configured by programming TXBC.TFQM to `0'. Messages stored in the Tx FIFO are transmitted starting with the message referenced by the Get Index TXFQS.TFGI. After each transmission the Get Index is incremented cyclically until the Tx FIFO is empty. The Tx FIFO enables transmission of messages with the same Message ID from different Tx Buffers in the order these messages have been written to the Tx FIFO. The CAN calculates the Tx FIFO Free Level TXFQS.TFFL as difference between Get and Put Index. It indicates the number of available (free) Tx FIFO elements. New transmit messages have to be written to the Tx FIFO starting with the Tx Buffer referenced by the Put Index TXFQS.TFQPI. An Add Request increments the Put Index to the next free Tx FIFO element. When the Put Index reaches the Get Index, Tx FIFO Full (TXFQS.TFQF = `1') is signaled. In this case no further messages should be written to the Tx FIFO until the next message has been transmitted and the Get Index has been incremented. When a single message is added to the Tx FIFO, the transmission is requested by writing a `1' to the TXBAR bit related to the Tx Buffer referenced by the Tx FIFO's Put Index. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1106 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network When multiple (n) messages are added to the Tx FIFO, they are written to n consecutive Tx Buffers starting with the Put Index. The transmissions are then requested via TXBAR. The Put Index is then cyclically incremented by n. The number of requested Tx buffers should not exceed the number of free Tx Buffers as indicated by the Tx FIFO Free Level. When a transmission request for the Tx Buffer referenced by the Get Index is canceled, the Get Index is incremented to the next Tx Buffer with pending transmission request and the Tx FIFO Free Level is recalculated. When transmission cancellation is applied to any other Tx Buffer, the Get Index and the FIFO Free Level remain unchanged. A Tx FIFO element allocates Element Size 32-bit words in the Message RAM (refer to Table 39-7). Therefore the start address of the next available (free) Tx FIFO Buffer is calculated by adding Tx FIFO/Queue Put Index TXFQS.TFQPI (0...31) * Element Size to the Tx Buffer Start Address TXBC.TBSA. 39.6.6.4 Tx Queue Tx Queue operation is configured by programming TXBC.TFQM to `1'. Messages stored in the Tx Queue are transmitted starting with the message with the lowest Message ID (highest priority). In case that multiple Queue Buffers are configured with the same Message ID, the Queue Buffer with the lowest buffer number is transmitted first. New messages have to be written to the Tx Buffer referenced by the Put Index TXFQS.TFQPI. An Add Request cyclically increments the Put Index to the next free Tx Buffer. In case that the Tx Queue is full (TXFQS.TFQF = '1'), the Put Index is not valid and no further message should be written to the Tx Queue until at least one of the requested messages has been sent out or a pending transmission request has been canceled. The application may use register TXBRP instead of the Put Index and may place messages to any Tx Buffer without pending transmission request. A Tx Queue Buffer allocates Element Size 32-bit words in the Message RAM (refer to Table 39-7). Therefore the start address of the next available (free) Tx Queue Buffer is calculated by adding Tx FIFO/Queue Put Index TXFQS.TFQPI (0...31) * Element Size to the Tx Buffer Start Address TXBC.TBSA. 39.6.6.5 Mixed Dedicated Tx Buffers / Tx FIFO In this case the Tx Buffers section in the Message RAM is subdivided into a set of Dedicated Tx Buffers and a Tx FIFO. The number of Dedicated Tx Buffers is configured by TXBC.NDTB. The number of Tx Buffers assigned to the Tx FIFO is configured by TXBC.TFQS. In case TXBC.TFQS is programmed to zero, only Dedicated Tx Buffers are used. Figure 39-10.Example of mixed Configuration Dedicated Tx Buffers / Tx FIFO Dedicated Tx Buffers Buffer Index Tx Sequence 0 1 ID3 1. 3 Tx FIFO 4 5 ID15 ID8 5. 4. 2 6 7 8 ID24 ID4 ID2 6. 2. 3. Get Index 9 Put Index Tx prioritization: * * Scan Dedicated Tx Buffers and oldest pending Tx FIFO Buffer (referenced by TXFS.TFGI) Buffer with lowest Message ID gets highest priority and is transmitted next 39.6.6.6 Mixed Dedicated Tx Buffers / Tx Queue In this case the Tx Buffers section in the Message RAM is subdivided into a set of Dedicated Tx Buffers and a Tx Queue. The number of Dedicated Tx Buffers is configured by TXBC.NDTB. The number of Tx Queue Buffers is configured by TXBC.TFQS. In case TXBC.TFQS is programmed to zero, only Dedicated Tx Buffers are used. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1107 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network Figure 39-11.Example of mixed Configuration Dedicated Tx Buffers / Tx Queue Dedicated Tx Buffers Buffer Index Tx Sequence 3 Tx Queue 4 5 ID15 ID8 5. 4. 0 1 ID3 2. 2 6 7 8 ID24 ID4 ID2 6. 3. 1. 9 Put Index Tx prioritization: * * Scan all Tx Buffers with activated transmission request Tx Buffer with lowest Message ID gets highest priority and is transmitted next 39.6.6.7 Transmit Cancellation The CAN supports transmit cancellation. This feature is especially intended for gateway applications and AUTOSAR based applications. To cancel a requested transmission from a dedicated Tx Buffer or a Tx Queue Buffer the CPU has to write a `1' to the corresponding bit position (=number of Tx Buffer) of register TXBCR. Transmit cancellation is not intended for Tx FIFO operation. Successful cancellation is signaled by setting the corresponding bit of register TXBCF to `1'. In case a transmit cancellation is requested while a transmission from a Tx Buffer is already ongoing, the corresponding TXBRP bit remains set as long as the transmission is in progress. If the transmission was successful, the corresponding TXBTO and TXBCF bits are set. If the transmission was not successful, it is not repeated and only the corresponding TXBCF bit is set. Note: In case a pending transmission is canceled immediately before this transmission could have been started, there follows a short time window where no transmission is started even if another message is also pending in this node. This may enable another node to transmit a message which may have a lower priority than the second message in this node. 39.6.6.8 Tx Event Handling To support Tx event handling the CAN has implemented a Tx Event FIFO. After the CAN has transmitted a message on the CAN bus, Message ID and timestamp are stored in a Tx Event FIFO element. To link a Tx event to a Tx Event FIFO element, the Message Marker from the transmitted Tx Buffer is copied into the Tx Event FIFO element. The Tx Event FIFO can be configured to a maximum of 32 elements. The Tx Event FIFO element is described in 39.9.4 Tx Event FIFO Element. When a Tx Event FIFO full condition is signaled by IR.TEFF, no further elements are written to the Tx Event FIFO until at least one element has been read out and the Tx Event FIFO Get Index has been incremented. In case a Tx event occurs while the Tx Event FIFO is full, this event is discarded and interrupt flag IR.TEFL is set. To avoid a Tx Event FIFO overflow, the Tx Event FIFO watermark can be used. When the Tx Event FIFO fill level reaches the Tx Event FIFO watermark configured by TXEFC.EFWM, interrupt flag IR.TEFW is set. When reading from the Tx Event FIFO, two times the Tx Event FIFO Get Index TXEFS.EFGI has to be added to the Tx Event FIFO start address TXEFC.EFSA. 39.6.7 FIFO Acknowledge Handling The Get Indexes of Rx FIFO 0, Rx FIFO 1 and the Tx Event FIFO are controlled by writing to the corresponding FIFO Acknowledge Index (refer to 39.8.29 RXF0A, 39.8.33 RXF1A and 39.8.47 TXEFA). Writing to the FIFO Acknowledge Index will set the FIFO Get Index to the FIFO Acknowledge Index plus one and thereby updates the FIFO Fill Level. There are two use cases: When only a single element has been read from the FIFO (the one being pointed to by the Get Index), this Get Index value is written to the FIFO Acknowledge Index. When a sequence of elements has been read from the FIFO, it is sufficient to write the FIFO Acknowledge Index only once at the end of that read sequence (value: Index of the last element read), to update the FIFO's Get Index. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1108 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network Due to the fact that the CPU has free access to the CAN's Message RAM, special care has to be taken when reading FIFO elements in an arbitrary order (Get Index not considered). This might be useful when reading a High Priority Message from one of the two Rx FIFOs. In this case the FIFO's Acknowledge Index should not be written because this would set the Get Index to a wrong position and also alters the FIFO's Fill Level. In this case some of the older FIFO elements would be lost. Note: The application has to ensure that a valid value is written to the FIFO Acknowledge Index. The CAN does not check for erroneous values. 39.6.8 Interrupts The CAN has the following interrupt sources: * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Access to Reserved Address Protocol Errors (Data Phase / Arbitration Phase) Watchdog Interrupt Bus_Off Status Error Warning & Passive Error Logging Overflow Message RAM Bit Errors (Uncorrected / Corrected) Message stored to Dedicated Rx Buffer Timeout Occurred Message RAM Access Failure Timestamp Wraparound Tx Event FIFO statuses (Element Lost / Full / Watermark Reached / New Entry) Tx FIFO Empty Transmission Cancellation Finished Timestamp Completed High Priority Message Rx FIFO 1 Statuses (Message Lost / Full / Watermark Reached / New Message) Rx FIFO 0 Statuses (Message Lost / Full / Watermark Reached / New Message) Each interrupt source has an interrupt flag associated with it. The interrupt flag register (IR) is set when the interrupt condition occurs. Each interrupt can be individually enabled by writing `1' or disabled by writing `0' to the corresponding bit in the interrupt enable register (IE). Each interrupt flag can be assigned to one of two interrupt service lines. An interrupt request is generated when an interrupt flag is set, the corresponding interrupt enable is set, and the corresponding service line enable assigned to the interrupt is set. The interrupt request remains active until the interrupt flag is cleared, the interrupt is disabled, the service line is disabled, or the CAN is reset. Refer to 39.8.16 IR for details on how to clear interrupt flags. All interrupt requests from the peripheral are sent to the NVIC. The user must read the IR register to determine which interrupt condition is present. Note that interrupts must be globally enabled for interrupt requests to be generated. 39.6.9 Sleep Mode Operation The CAN can be configured to operate in any idle sleep mode. Tha CAN cannot operate in Standby sleep mode. The CAN has its own low power mode that may be used at any time without disabling the CAN. It is also mandatory to allow the CAN to complete all pending transactions before entering standby by activating this low power mode. This is performed by writing one to the Clock Stop Request bit in the CC Control register (CCCR.CSR = 1). Once all pending transactions are completed and the idle bus state is detected, the CAN will automatically set the Clock Stop Acknowledge bit (CCCR.CSA = 1). The CAN then reverts back to its initial state (CCCR.INIT = 1), blocking further transfers, and it is now safe for CLK_CANx_APB and GCLK_CANx to be switched off and the system may go to standby. To leave low power mode, CLK_CANx_APB and GCLK_CANx must be active before writing CCCR.CSR to '0'. The CAN will acknowledge this by resetting CCCR.CSA = 0. Afterwards, the application can restart CAN communication by resetting bit CCCR.INIT. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1109 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.6.10 Synchronization Due to the asynchronicity between the main clock domain (CLK_CAN_APB) and the peripheral clock domain (GCLK_CAN) some registers are synchronized when written. When a write-synchronized register is written, the read back value will not be updated until the register has completed synchronization. The following bits and registers are write-synchronized: l Initialization bit in CC Control register (CCCR.INIT) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1110 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.7 Register Summary Offset Name 0x00 CREL 0x04 ENDN 0x08 MRCFG 0x0C DBTP 0x10 TEST 0x14 RWD 0x18 CCCR 0x1C 0x20 NBTP TSCC 0x24 TSCV 0x28 TOCC 0x2C TOCV 0x30 ... 0x3F Reserved 0x40 ECR Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 SUBSTEP[3:0] REL[3:0] STEP[3:0] ETV[7:0] ETV[15:8] ETV[23:16] ETV[31:24] DQOS[1:0] DTSEG2[3:0] DSJW[3:0] DTSEG1[4:0] DBRP[4:0] TDC RX TX[1:0] LBCK WDC[7:0] WDV[7:0] TEST DAR TXP MON EFBI CSR PXHD CSA ASM CCE BRSE NTSEG2[6:0] NTSEG1[7:0] NBRP[7:0] NSJW[6:0] INIT FDOE NBRP[8] TSS[1:0] TCP[3:0] TSC[7:0] TSC[15:8] TOS[1:0] ETOC TOP[7:0] TOP[15:8] TOC[7:0] TOC[15:8] RP (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. TEC[7:0] REC[6:0] CEL[7:0] Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1111 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network ...........continued Offset Name 0x44 PSR 0x48 TDCR 0x4C ... 0x4F Reserved 0x50 0x54 IR IE 0x58 ILS 0x5C ILE 0x60 ... 0x7F Reserved 0x80 0x84 GFC SIDFC 0x88 XIDFC 0x8C ... 0x8F Reserved 0x90 0x94 0x98 XIDAM HPMS NDAT1 Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 BO EW PXE EP RFDF ACT[1:0] RBRS RESI 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 TDCV[6:0] TDCF[6:0] TDCO[6:0] RF1L TEFL EP RF1F TEFF ELO RF1LE TEFLE EPE RF1FE TEFFE ELOE RF1LL TEFLL EPL RF1FL TEFFL ELOL 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 LEC[2:0] DLEC[2:0] RF1W TEFW BEU ARA RF1WE TEFWE BEUE ARAE RF1WL TEFWL BEUL ARAL RF1N TEFN BEC PED RF1NE TEFNE BECE PEDE RF1NL TEFNL BECL PEDL RF0L TFE DRX PEA RF0LE TFEE DRXE PEAE RF0LL TFEL DRXL PEAL ANFS[1:0] RF0F TCF TOO WDI RF0FE TCFE TOOE WDIE RF0FL TCFL TOOL WDIL ANFE[1:0] RF0W RF0N TC HPM MRAF TSW BO EW RF0WE RF0NE TCE HPME MRAFE TSWE BOE EWE RF0WL RF0NL TCL HPML MRAFL TSWL BOL EWL EINTn[1:0] RRFS RRFE FLSSA[7:0] FLSSA[15:8] LSS[7:0] FLESA[7:0] FLESA[15:8] LSE[6:0] EIDM[7:0] EIDM[15:8] EIDM[23:16] EIDM[28:24] BIDX[5:0] FIDX[6:0] MSI[1:0] FLST (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. NDn[7:0] NDn[15:8] NDn[23:16] NDn[31:24] Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1112 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network ...........continued Offset Name 0x9C NDAT2 0xA0 RXF0C 0xA4 RXF0S 0xA8 RXF0A 0xAC RXBC 0xB0 0xB4 RXF1C RXF1S 0xB8 RXF1A 0xBC RXESC 0xC0 0xC4 TXBC TXFQS 0xC8 TXESC 0xCC TXBRP 0xD0 TXBAR Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 NDn[7:0] NDn[15:8] 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 NDn[23:16] NDn[31:24] F0SA[7:0] F0SA[15:8] F0S[6:0] F0WM[6:0] F0FL[6:0] F0GI[5:0] F0PI[5:0] F0OM RF0L F0F RF1L F1F F0AI[5:0] RBSA[7:0] RBSA[15:8] F1SA[7:0] F1SA[15:8] F1S[6:0] F1WM[6:0] F1FL[6:0] F1GI[5:0] F1PI[5:0] F1OM (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. DMS[1:0] F1AI[5:0] F1DS[2:0] F0DS[2:0] RBDS[2:0] TBSA[7:0] TBSA[15:8] NDTB[5:0] TFQS[5:0] TFFL[5:0] TFGI[4:0] TFQPI[4:0] TFQM TFQF TBDS[2:0] TRPn[7:0] TRPn[15:8] TRPn[23:16] TRPn[31:24] ARn[7:0] ARn[15:8] ARn[23:16] ARn[31:24] Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1113 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network ...........continued Offset Name 0xD4 TXBCR 0xD8 TXBTO 0xDC TXBCF 0xE0 TXBTIE 0xE4 TXBCIE 0xE8 ... 0xEF Reserved 0xF0 TXEFC 0xF4 TXEFS 0xF8 39.8 TXEFA Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 CRn[7:0] CRn[15:8] 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 CRn[23:16] CRn[31:24] TOn[7:0] TOn[15:8] TOn[23:16] TOn[31:24] CFn[7:0] CFn[15:8] CFn[23:16] CFn[31:24] TIEn[7:0] TIEn[15:8] TIEn[23:16] TIEn[31:24] CFIEn[7:0] CFIEn[15:8] CFIEn[23:16] CFIEn[31:24] 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 EFSA[7:0] EFSA[15:8] EFS[5:0] EFWM[5:0] EFFL[4:0] EFGI[4:0] EFPI[4:0] TEFL EFF EFAI[4:0] Register Description Registers are 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16- and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1114 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.1 Core Release Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 CREL 0x00 0x32100000 Read-only 30 29 28 27 26 REL[3:0] 25 24 STEP[3:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 1 R 1 R 0 R 0 R 1 R 0 Bit 23 20 19 18 17 16 Access Reset R 0 22 21 SUBSTEP[3:0] R R 0 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R 1 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bits 31:28 - REL[3:0]Core Release One digit, BCD-coded. Bits 27:24 - STEP[3:0]Step of Core Release One digit, BCD-coded. Bits 23:20 - SUBSTEP[3:0] Sub-step of Core Release One digit, BCD-coded. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1115 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.2 Endian Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 ENDN 0x04 0x87654321 Read-only 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 1 R 1 R 1 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 1 R 0 R 1 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 1 R 1 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 1 ETV[31:24] Access Reset R 1 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 ETV[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 1 R 1 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 ETV[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 1 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 ETV[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 1 R 0 Bits 31:0 - ETV[31:0]Endianness Test Value The endianness test value is 0x87654321 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1116 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.3 Message RAM Configuration Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit MRCFG 0x08 0x00000002 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 0 DQOS[1:0] Access Reset R/W 1 R/W 0 Bits 1:0 - DQOS[1:0]Data Quality of Service This field defines the memory priority access during the Message RAM read/write data operation. Value Name Description 0x0 DISABLE Background (no sensitive operation) 0x1 LOW Sensitive bandwidth 0x2 MEDIUM Sensitive latency 0x3 HIGH Critical latency (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1117 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.4 Data Bit Timing and Prescaler Name: Offset: Reset: Property: DBTP 0x0C 0x00000A33 Write-restricted This register is write-restricted and only writable if bit fields CCCR.CCE = 1 and CCCR.INIT = 1. The CAN bit time may be programmed in the range of 4 to 49 time quanta. The CAN time quantum may be programmed in the range of 1 to 32 GCLK_CAN periods. tq = (DBRP + 1) mtq. Note: With a GCLK_CAN of 8MHz, the reset value 0x00000A33 configures the CAN for a fast bit rate of 500 kBits/s. The bit rate configured for the CAN FD data phase via DBTP must be higher or equal to the bit rate configured for the arbitration phase via NBTP. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 TDC R/W 0 22 21 20 19 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 DBRP[4:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 12 11 R/W 0 4 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 13 Access Reset Bit Access Reset 7 R/W 0 6 5 DTSEG2[3:0] R/W R/W 0 1 9 8 R/W 1 10 DTSEG1[4:0] R/W 0 R/W 1 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 DSJW[3:0] R/W 1 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit 23 - TDCTransceiver Delay Compensation Value Description 0 Transceiver Delay Compensation disabled. 1 Transceiver Delay Compensation enabled. Bits 20:16 - DBRP[4:0]Data Baud Rate Prescaler Value Description 0x00 The value by which the oscillator frequency is divided for generating the bit time quanta. The bit time is 0x1F built up from a multiple of this quanta. Valid values for the Baud Rate Prescaler are 0 to 31. The actual interpretation by the hardware of this value is such that one more than the value programmed here is used. Bits 12:8 - DTSEG1[4:0]Fast time segment before sample point Value Description 0x00 Valid values are 0 to 31. The actual interpretation by the hardware of this value is such that one more 0x1F than the programmed value is used. DTSEG1 is the sum of Prop_Seg and Phase_Seg1. Bits 7:4 - DTSEG2[3:0]Data time segment after sample point (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1118 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network Value 0x0 0xF Description Valid values are 0 to 15. The actual interpretation by the hardware of this value is such that one more than the programmed value is used. DTSEG2 is Phase_Seg2. Bits 3:0 - DSJW[3:0]Data (Re)Syncronization Jump Width Value Description 0x0 Valid values are 0 to 15. The actual interpretation by the hardware of this value is such that one more 0xF than the programmed value is used. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1119 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.5 Test Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit TEST 0x10 0x00000000 Read-only, Write-restricted 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 RX R 0 6 5 4 LBCK R/W 0 3 2 1 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset TX[1:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit 7 - RXReceive Pin Monitors the actual value of pin CAN_RX Value Description 0 The CAN bus is dominant (CAN_RX = 0). 1 The CAN bus is recessive (CAN_RX = 1). Bits 6:5 - TX[1:0]Control of Transmit Pin This field defines the control of the transmit pin. Value Name Description 0x0 CORE Reset value, CAN_TX controlled by CAN core, updated at the end of CAN bit time. 0x1 SAMPLE Sample Point can be monitored at pin CAN_TX. 0x2 DOMINANT Dominant (`0') level at pin CAN_TX. 0x3 RECESSIVE Recessive (`1') level at pin CAN_TX. Bit 4 - LBCKLoop Back Mode Value Description 0 Loop Back Mode is disabled. 1 Loop Back Mode is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1120 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.6 RAM Watchdog Name: Offset: Reset: Property: RWD 0x14 0x00000000 Read-only, Write-restricted This register is write-restricted and only writable if bit fields CCCR.CCE = 1 and CCCR.INIT = 1. The RAM Watchdog monitors the READY output of the Message RAM. A Message RAM access via the CAN's AHB Master Interface starts the Message RAM Watchdog Counter with the value configured by RWD.WDC. The counter is reloaded with RWD.WDC when the Message RAM signals successful completion by activating its READY output. In case there is no response from the Message RAM until the counter has counted down to zero, the counter stops and interrupt IR.WDI is set. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit WDV[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 WDC[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 15:8 - WDV[7:0]Watchdog Value Actual Message RAM Watchdog Counter Value. Bits 7:0 - WDC[7:0]Watchdog Configuration Start value of the Message RAM Watchdog Counter. With the reset value of 0x00 the counter is disabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1121 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.7 CC Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit CCCR 0x18 0x00000001 Read-only, Write-restricted 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 TXP R/W 0 13 EFBI R/W 0 12 PXHD R/W 0 11 10 9 BRSE R/W 0 8 FDOE R/W 0 7 TEST R/W 0 6 DAR R/W 0 5 MON R/W 0 4 CSR R/W 0 3 CSA R/W 0 2 ASM R/W 0 1 CCE R/W 0 0 INIT R/W 1 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 14 - TXPTransmit Pause This bit field is write-restricted and only writable if bit fields CCE = 1 and INIT = 1. Value Description 0 Transmit pause disabled. 1 Transmit pause enabled. The CAN pauses for two CAN bit times before starting the next transmission after itself has successfully transmitted a frame. Bit 13 - EFBIEdge Filtering during Bus Integration Value Description 0 Edge filtering is disabled. 1 Two consecutive dominant tq required to detect an edge for hard synchronization. Bit 12 - PXHDProtocol Exception Handling Disable Note: When protocol exception handling is disabled, the CAN will transmit an error frame when it detects a protocol exception condition. Value 0 1 Description Protocol exception handling enabled. Protocol exception handling disabled. Bit 9 - BRSEBit Rate Switch Enable Note: When CAN FD operation is disabled FDOE = 0, BRSE is not evaluated. Value 0 1 Description Bit rate switching for transmissions disabled. Bit rate switching for transmissions enabled. Bit 8 - FDOEFD Operation Enable Value Description 0 FD operation disabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1122 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network Value 1 Description FD operation enabled. Bit 7 - TESTTest Mode Enable This bit field is write-restricted. Writing a 0 to this field is always allowed. Writing a 1 to this field is only allowed if bit fields CCE = 1 and INIT = 1. Value Description 0 Normal operation. Register TEST holds reset values. 1 Test Mode, write access to register TEST enabled. Bit 6 - DARDisable Automatic Retransmission This bit field is write-restricted and only writable if bit fields CCE = 1 and INIT = 1. Value Description 0 Automatic retransmission of messages not transmitted successfully enabled. 1 Automatic retransmission disabled. Bit 5 - MONBus Monitoring Mode This bit field is write-restricted. Writing a 0 to this field is always allowed. Writing a 1 to this field is only allowed if bit fields CCE = 1 and INIT = 1. Value Description 0 Bus Monitoring Mode is disabled. 1 Bus Monitoring Mode is enabled. Bit 4 - CSRClock Stop Request Value Description 0 No clock stop is requested. 1 Clock stop requested. When clock stop is requested, first INIT and then CSA will be set after all pending transfer requests have been completed and the CAN bus reached idle. Bit 3 - CSAClock Stop Acknowledge Value Description 0 No clock stop acknowledged. 1 CAN may be set in power down by stopping CLK_CAN_APB and GCLK_CAN. Bit 2 - ASMRestricted Operation Mode This bit field is write-restricted. Writing a 0 to this field is always allowed. Writing a 1 to this field is only allowed if bit fields CCE = 1 and INIT = 1. Value Description 0 Normal CAN operation. 1 Restricted Operation Mode active. Bit 1 - CCEConfiguration Change Enable This bit field is write-restricted and only writable if bit field INIT = 1. Value Description 0 The CPU has no write access to the protected configuration registers. 1 The CPU has write access to the protected configuration registers (while CCCR.INIT = 1). Bit 0 - INITInitialization Due to the synchronization mechanism between the two clock domains, there may be a delay until the value written to INIT can be read back. The programmer has to assure that the previous value written to INIT has been accepted by reading INIT before setting INIT to a new value. Value Description 0 Normal Operation. 1 Initialization is started. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1123 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.8 Nominal Bit Timing and Prescaler Name: Offset: Reset: Property: NBTP 0x1C 0x00000A33 Write-restricted This register is write-restricted and only writable if bit fields CCCR.CCE = 1 and CCCR.INIT = 1. The CAN bit time may be programmed in the range of 4 to 385 time quanta. The CAN time quantum may be programmed in the range of 1 to 512 GCLK_CAN periods. tq = (NBRP + 1) mtq. Note: With a CAN clock (GCLK_CAN) of 8MHz, the reset value 0x06000A03 configures the CAN for a bit rate of 500 kBits/s. Bit Access Reset Bit 31 30 29 27 26 25 R/W 0 28 NSJW[6:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 24 NBRP[8] R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 1 R/W 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 NBRP[7:0] Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 NTSEG1[7:0] R/W R/W 0 1 3 NTSEG2[6:0] R/W 0 Bits 31:25 - NSJW[6:0]Nominal (Re)Syncronization Jump Width Value Description 0x00 Valid values are 0 to 127. The actual interpretation by the hardware of this value is such that one more 0x7F than the programmed value is used. Bits 24:16 - NBRP[8:0]Nominal Baud Rate Prescaler Value Description 0x000 - The value by which the oscillator frequency is divided for generating the bit time quanta. The bit time is 0x1FF built up from a multiple of this quanta. Valid values for the Baud Rate Prescaler are 0 to 511. The actual interpretation by the hardware of this value is such that one more than the value programmed here is used. Bits 15:8 - NTSEG1[7:0]Nominal Time segment before sample point Value Description 0x00 Valid values are 1 to 255. The actual interpretation by the hardware of this value is such that one more 0x7F than the programmed value is used. NTSEG1 is the sum of Prop_Seg and Phase_Seg1. Bits 6:0 - NTSEG2[6:0]Time segment after sample point Value Description 0x00 Valid values are 0 to 127. The actual interpretation by the hardware of this value is such that one more 0x7F than the programmed value is used. NTSEG2 is Phase_Seg2. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1124 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.9 Timestamp Counter Configuration Name: Offset: Reset: Property: TSCC 0x20 0x00000000 Write-restricted This register is write-restricted and only writable if bit fields CCCR.CCE = 1 and CCCR.INIT = 1. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 23 22 21 20 19 18 25 24 17 16 Access Reset Bit TCP[3:0] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Access Reset Bit 0 TSS[1:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 19:16 - TCP[3:0]Timestamp Counter Prescaler Value Description 0x0 Configures the timestamp and timeout counters time unit in multiples of CAN bit times [1...16]. The 0xF actual interpretation by the hardware of this value is such that one more than the value programmed here is used. Bits 1:0 - TSS[1:0]Timestamp Select This field defines the timestamp counter selection. Value Name Description 0x0 or ZERO Timestamp counter value always 0x0000. 0x3 0x1 INC Timestamp counter value incremented by TCP. 0x2 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1125 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.10 Timestamp Counter Value Name: Offset: Reset: Property: TSCV 0x24 0x00000000 Read-only Note: 1. A write access to TSCV while in internal mode clears the Timestamp Counter value. A write access to TSCV while in external mode has no impact. 2. A "wrap around" is a change of the Timestamp Counter value from non-zero to zero not caused by the write access to TSCV. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit TSC[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 TSC[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 15:0 - TSC[15:0]Timestamp Counter The internal Timestamp Counter value is captured on start of frame (both Rx and Tx). When TSCC.TSS = 0x1, the Timestamp Counter is incremented in multiples of CAN bit times [1...16] depending on the configuration of TSCC.TCP. A wrap around sets interrupt flag IR.TSW. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1126 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.11 Timeout Counter Configuration Name: Offset: Reset: Property: TOCC 0x28 0xFFFF0000 Write-restricted This register is write-restricted and only writable if bit fields CCCR.CCE = 1 and CCCR.INIT = 1. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 19 18 17 16 TOP[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 23 22 21 20 TOP[7:0] Access Reset Bit R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 ETOC R/W 0 Access Reset Bit TOS[1:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:16 - TOP[15:0]Timeout Period Start value of the Timeout Counter (down-counter). Configures the Timeout Period. Bits 2:1 - TOS[1:0]Timeout Select When operating in Continuous mode, a write to TOCV presets the counter to the value configured by TOCC.TOP and continues down-counting. When the Timeout Counter is controlled by one of the FIFOs, an empty FIFO presets the counter to the value configured by TOCC.TOP. Down-counting is started when the first FIFO element is stored. Value Name Description 0x0 CONT Continuous operation. 0x1 TXEF Timeout controlled by TX Event FIFO. 0x2 RXF0 Timeout controlled by Rx FIFO 0. 0x3 RXF1 Timeout controlled by Rx FIFO 1. Bit 0 - ETOCEnable Timeout Counter Value Description 0 Timeout Counter disabled. 1 Timeout Counter enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1127 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.12 Timeout Counter Value Name: Offset: Reset: Property: TOCV 0x2C 0x0000FFFF Read-only Note: A write access to TOCV reloads the Timeout Counter with the value of TOCV.TOP. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 3 2 1 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit TOC[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 7 6 5 4 TOC[7:0] Access Reset R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 Bits 15:0 - TOC[15:0]Timeout Counter The Timeout Counter is decremented in multiples of CAN bit times [1...16] depending on the configuration of TSCC.TCP. When decremented to zero, interrupt flag IR.TOO is set and the Timeout Counter is stopped. Start and reset/restart conditions are configured via TOCC.TOS. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1128 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.13 Error Counter Name: Offset: Reset: Property: ECR 0x40 0x00000000 Read-only Note: When CCCR.ASM is set, the CAN protocol controller does not increment TECand REC when a CAN protocol error is detected, but CEL is still incremented. Bit 31 30 29 28 23 22 21 20 27 26 25 24 19 18 17 16 Access Reset Bit CEL[7:0] Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 15 RP R 0 14 13 12 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 REC[6:0] R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 TEC[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 23:16 - CEL[7:0]CAN Error Logging The counter is incremented each time when a CAN protocol error causes the Transmit Error Counter or Receive Error Counter to be incremented. It is reset by read access to CEL. The counter stops at 0xFF; the next increment of TEC or REC sets interrupt flag IR.ELO. Bit 15 - RPReceive Error Passive Bits 14:8 - REC[6:0]Receive Error Counter Actual state of the Receive Error Counter, values between 0 and 127. Bits 7:0 - TEC[7:0]Transmit Error Counter Actual state of the Transmit Error Counter, values between 0 and 255. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1129 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.14 Protocol Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: PSR 0x44 0x00000707 Read-only Note: 1. When a frame in CAN FD format has reached the data phase with BRS flag set, the next CAN event (error or valid frame) will be shown in FLEC instead of LEC. An error in a fixed stuff bit of a CAN FD CRC sequence will be shown as a Form Error, not Stuff Error. 2. The Bus_Off recovery sequence (see CAN Specification Rev. 2.0 or ISO 11898-1) cannot be shortened by setting or resetting CCCR.INIT. If the device goes Bus_Off, it will set CCCR.INIT of its own accord, stopping all bus activities. Once CCCR.INIT has been cleared by the CPU, the device will then wait for 129 occurrences of Bus Idle (129 * 11 consecutive recessive bits) before resuming normal operation. At the end of the Bus_Off recovery sequence, the Error Management Counters will be reset. During the waiting time after the resetting of CCCR.INIT, each time a sequence of 11 recessive bits has been monitored, a Bit0 Error code is written to PSR.LEC, enabling the CPU to readily check up whether the CAN bus is stuck at dominant or continuously disturbed and to monitor the Bus_Off recovery sequence. ECR.REC is used to count these sequences. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 TDCV[6:0] R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 14 PXE R 0 13 RFDF R 0 12 RBRS R 0 11 RESI R 0 10 9 DLEC[2:0] R 1 8 6 EW R 0 5 EP R 0 4 3 2 R 0 R 1 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 15 Access Reset Bit Access Reset 7 BO R 0 R 1 ACT[1:0] R 0 1 LEC[2:0] R 1 R 1 0 R 1 Bits 22:16 - TDCV[6:0]Transmitter Delay Compensation Value Value Description 0x00 Position of the secondary sample point, defined by the sum of the measured delay from CAN_TX to 0x7F CAN_RX and TDCR.TDCO. The SSP position is, in the data phase, the number of mtq between the start of the transmitted bit and the secondary sample point. Valid values are 0 to 127 mtq. Bit 14 - PXEProtocol Exception Event This field is cleared on read access. Value Description 0 No protocol exception event occurred since last read access. 1 Protocol exception event occurred. Bit 13 - RFDFReceived a CAN FD Message This field is cleared on read access. Value Description 0 Since this bit was reset by the CPU, no CAN FD message has been received. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1130 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network Value 1 Description Message in CAN FD format with FDF flag set has been received. This bit is set independent of acceptance filtering. Bit 12 - RBRSBRS flag of last received CAN FD Message This field is cleared on read access. Value Description 0 Last received CAN FD message did not have its BRS flag set. 1 Last received CAN FD message had its BRS flag set. This bit is set together with RFDF, independent of acceptance filtering. Bit 11 - RESIESI flag of last received CAN FD Message This field is cleared on read access. Value Description 0 Last received CAN FD message did not have its ESI flag set. 1 Last received CAN FD message had its ESI flag set. Bits 10:8 - DLEC[2:0]Data Last Error Code Type of last error that occurred in the data phase of a CAN FD format frame with its BRS flag set. Coding is the same as for LEC. This field will be cleared to zero when a CAN FD format frame with its BRS flag set has been transferred (reception or transmission) without error. Bit 7 - BOBus_Off Status Value Description 0 The CAN is not Bus_Off. 1 The CAN is in Bus_Off state. Bit 6 - EWError Warning Status Value Description 0 Both error counters are below the Error_Warning limit of 96. 1 At least one of the error counter has reached the Error_Warning limit of 96. Bit 5 - EPError Passive Value Description 0 The CAN is in the Error_Active state. It normally takes part in bus communication and sends an active error flag when an error has been detected. 1 The CAN is in the Error_Passive state. Bits 4:3 - ACT[1:0]Activity Monitors the module's CAN communication state. Value Name Description 0x0 SYNC Node is synchronizing on CAN communication. 0x1 IDLE Node is neither receiver nor transmitter. 0x2 RX Node is operating as receiver. 0x3 TX Node is operating as transmitter. Bits 2:0 - LEC[2:0]Last Error Code The LEC indicates the type of the last error to occur on the CAN bus. This field will be cleared to `0' when a message has been transferred (reception or transmission) without error. This field is set on read access. Value Name Description 0x0 NONE No Error: No error occurred since LEC has been reset by successful reception or transmission. 0x1 STUFF Stuff Error: More than 5 equal bits in a sequence have occurred in a part of a received message where this is not allowed. 0x2 FORM Form Error: A fixed format part of a received frame has the wrong format. 0x3 ACK Ack Error: The message transmitted by the CAN was not acknowledged by another node. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1131 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network Value 0x4 Name BIT1 0x5 BIT0 0x6 CRC 0x7 NC Description Bit1 Error: During the transmission of a message (with the exception of the arbitration field), the device wanted to send a recessive level (bit of logical value `1'), but the monitored bus was dominant. Bit0 Error: During the transmission of a message (or acknowledge bit, or active error flag, or overload flag), the device wanted to send a dominant level (data or identifier bit logical value `0'), but the monitored bus value was recessive. During Bus_Off recovery this status is set each time a sequence of 11 recessive bits have been monitored. This enables the CPU to monitor the proceeding of the Bus_Off recovery sequence (indicating the bus is not stuck at dominant or continuously disturbed). CRC Error: The CRC checksum of a received message was incorrect. The CRC of an incoming message does not match with the CRC calculated from the received data. No Change: Any read access to the Protocol Status Register re-initializes the LEC to `7'. When the LEC shows the value `7', no CAN bus event was detected since the last CPU read access to the Protocol Status Register. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1132 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.15 Transmitter Delay Compensation Name: Offset: Reset: Property: TDCR 0x48 0x00000000 Write-restricted This register is write-restricted and only writable if bit fields CCCR.CCE = 1 and CCCR.INIT = 1. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 TDCO[6:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 6 5 4 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 7 3 TDCF[6:0] R/W 0 Bits 14:8 - TDCO[6:0]Transmitter Delay Compensation Offset Value Description 0x00 Offset value defining the distance between the measured delay from CAN_TX to CAN_RX and the 0x7F secondary sample point. Valid values are 0 to 127 mtq. Bits 6:0 - TDCF[6:0]Transmitter Delay Compensation Filter Window Length Value Description 0x00 Defines the minimum value for the SSP position, dominant edges on CAN_RX that would result in an 0x7F earlier SSP position are ignored for transmitter delay measurement. The feature is enabled when TDCF is configured to a value greater than TDCO. Valid values are 0 to 127 mtq. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1133 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.16 Interrupt Name: Offset: Reset: Property: IR 0x50 0x00000000 - The flags are set when one of the listed conditions is detected (edge-sensitive). A flag is cleared by writing a 1 to the corresponding bit field. Writing a 0 has no effect. A hard reset will clear the register. Bit 31 30 29 ARA R/W 0 28 PED R/W 0 27 PEA R/W 0 26 WDI R/W 0 25 BO R/W 0 24 EW R/W 0 23 EP R/W 0 22 ELO R/W 0 21 BEU R/W 0 20 BEC R/W 0 19 DRX R/W 0 18 TOO R/W 0 17 MRAF R/W 0 16 TSW R/W 0 15 TEFL R/W 0 14 TEFF R/W 0 13 TEFW R/W 0 12 TEFN R/W 0 11 TFE R/W 0 10 TCF R/W 0 9 TC R/W 0 8 HPM R/W 0 7 RF1L R/W 0 6 RF1F R/W 0 5 RF1W R/W 0 4 RF1N R/W 0 3 RF0L R/W 0 2 RF0F R/W 0 1 RF0W R/W 0 0 RF0N R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 29 - ARAAccess to Reserved Address Value Description 0 No access to reserved address occurred. 1 Access to reserved address occurred. Bit 28 - PEDProtocol Error in Data Phase Value Description 0 No protocol error in data phase. 1 Protocol error in data phase detected (PSR.DLEC != 0,7). Bit 27 - PEAProtocol Error in Arbitration Phase Value Description 0 No protocol error in arbitration phase. 1 Protocol error in arbitration phase detected (PSR.LEC != 0,7). Bit 26 - WDIWatchdog Interrupt Value Description 0 No Message RAM Watchdog event occurred. 1 Message RAM Watchdog event due to missing READY. Bit 25 - BOBus_Off Status Value Description 0 Bus_Off status unchanged. 1 Bus_Off status changed. Bit 24 - EWError Warning Status (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1134 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network Value 0 1 Description Error_Warning status unchanged. Error_Warning status changed. Bit 23 - EPError Passive Value Description 0 Error_Passive status unchanged. 1 Error_Passive status changed. Bit 22 - ELOError Logging Overflow Value Description 0 CAN Error Logging Counter did not overflow. 1 Overflow of CAN Error Logging Counter occurred. Bit 21 - BEUBit Error Uncorrected Message RAM bit error detected, uncorrected. Generated by an optional external parity / ECC logic attached to the Message RAM. An uncorrected Message RAM bit sets CCCR.INIT to 1. This is done to avoid transmission of corrupted data. Value Description 0 Not bit error detected when reading from Message RAM. 1 Bit error detected, uncorrected (e.g. parity logic). Bit 20 - BECBit Error Corrected Message RAM bit error detected and corrected. Generated by an optional external parity / ECC logic attached to the Message RAM. Value Description 0 Not bit error detected when reading from Message RAM. 1 Bit error detected and corrected (e.g. ECC). Bit 19 - DRXMessage stored to Dedicated Rx Buffer The flag is set whenever a received message has been stored into a dedicated Rx Buffer. Value Description 0 No Rx Buffer updated. 1 At least one received message stored into a Rx Buffer. Bit 18 - TOOTimeout Occurred Value Description 0 No timeout. 1 Timeout reached. Bit 17 - MRAFMessage RAM Access Failure The flag is set, when the Rx Handler * has not completed acceptance filtering or storage of an accepted message until the arbitration field of the following message has been received. In this case acceptance filtering or message storage is aborted and the Rx Handler starts processing of the following message. * was not able to write a message to the Message RAM. In this case message storage is aborted. In both cases the FIFO put index is not updated resp. the New Data flag for a dedicated Rx Buffer is not set, a partly stored message is overwritten when the next message is stored to this location. The flag is also set when the Tx Handler was not able to read a message from the Message RAM in time. In this case message transmission is aborted. In case of a Tx Handler access failure the CAN is switched into Restricted Operation Mode. To leave Restricted Operation Mode, the Host CPU has to reset CCCR.ASM. Value Description 0 No Message RAM access failure occurred. 1 Message RAM access failure occurred. Bit 16 - TSWTimestamp Wraparound (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1135 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network Value 0 1 Description No timestamp counter wrap-around. Timestamp counter wrapped around. Bit 15 - TEFLTx Event FIFO Element Lost Value Description 0 No Tx Event FIFO element lost. 1 Tx Event FIFO element lost, also set after write attempt to Tx Event FIFO of size zero. Bit 14 - TEFFTx Event FIFO Full Value Description 0 Tx Event FIFO not full. 1 Tx Event FIFO full. Bit 13 - TEFWTx Event FIFO Watermark Reached Value Description 0 Tx Event FIFO fill level below watermark. 1 Tx Event FIFO fill level reached watermark. Bit 12 - TEFNTx Event FIFO New Entry Value Description 0 Tx Event FIFO unchanged. 1 Tx Handler wrote Tx Event FIFO element. Bit 11 - TFETx FIFO Empty Value Description 0 Tx FIFO non-empty. 1 Tx FIFO empty. Bit 10 - TCFTransmission Cancellation Finished Value Description 0 No transmission cancellation finished. 1 Transmission cancellation finished. Bit 9 - TCTimestamp Completed Value Description 0 No transmission completed. 1 Transmission completed. Bit 8 - HPMHigh Priority Message Value Description 0 No high priority message received. 1 High priority message received. Bit 7 - RF1LRx FIFO 1 Message Lost Value Description 0 No Rx FIFO 1 message lost. 1 Rx FIFO 1 message lost. also set after write attempt to Rx FIFO 1 of size zero. Bit 6 - RF1FRx FIFO 1 Full Value Description 0 Rx FIFO 1 not full. 1 Rx FIFO 1 full. Bit 5 - RF1WRx FIFO 1 Watermark Reached (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1136 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network Value 0 1 Description Rx FIFO 1 fill level below watermark. Rx FIFO 1 fill level reached watermark. Bit 4 - RF1NRx FIFO 1 New Message Value Description 0 No new message written to Rx FIFO 1. 1 New message written to Rx FIFO 1. Bit 3 - RF0LRx FIFO 0 Message Lost Value Description 0 No Rx FIFO 0 message lost. 1 Rx FIFO 0 message lost. also set after write attempt to Rx FIFO 0 of size zero. Bit 2 - RF0FRx FIFO 0 Full Value Description 0 Rx FIFO 0 not full. 1 Rx FIFO 0 full. Bit 1 - RF0WRx FIFO 0 Watermark Reached Value Description 0 Rx FIFO 0 fill level below watermark. 1 Rx FIFO 0 fill level reached watermark. Bit 0 - RF0NRx FIFO 0 New Message Value Description 0 No new message written to Rx FIFO 0. 1 New message written to Rx FIFO 0. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1137 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.17 Interrupt Enable Name: Offset: Reset: Property: IE 0x54 0x00000000 - The settings in the Interrupt Enable register determine which status changes in the Interrupt Register will be signalled on an interrupt line. Bit 31 30 29 ARAE R/W 0 28 PEDE R/W 0 27 PEAE R/W 0 26 WDIE R/W 0 25 BOE R/W 0 24 EWE R/W 0 23 EPE R/W 0 22 ELOE R/W 0 21 BEUE R/W 0 20 BECE R/W 0 19 DRXE R/W 0 18 TOOE R/W 0 17 MRAFE R/W 0 16 TSWE R/W 0 15 TEFLE R/W 0 14 TEFFE R/W 0 13 TEFWE R/W 0 12 TEFNE R/W 0 11 TFEE R/W 0 10 TCFE R/W 0 9 TCE R/W 0 8 HPME R/W 0 7 RF1LE R/W 0 6 RF1FE R/W 0 5 RF1WE R/W 0 4 RF1NE R/W 0 3 RF0LE R/W 0 2 RF0FE R/W 0 1 RF0WE R/W 0 0 RF0NE R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 29 - ARAEAccess to Reserved Address Interrupt Enable Value Description 0 Interrupt disabled. 1 Interrupt enabled. Bit 28 - PEDEProtocol Error in Data Phase Interrupt Enable Value Description 0 Interrupt disabled. 1 Interrupt enabled. Bit 27 - PEAEProtocol Error in Arbitration Phase Interrupt Enable Value Description 0 Interrupt disabled. 1 Interrupt enabled. Bit 26 - WDIEWatchdog Interrupt Enable Value Description 0 Interrupt disabled. 1 Interrupt enabled. Bit 25 - BOEBus_Off Status Interrupt Enable Value Description 0 Interrupt disabled. 1 Interrupt enabled. Bit 24 - EWEError Warning Status Interrupt Enable (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1138 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network Value 0 1 Description Interrupt disabled. Interrupt enabled. Bit 23 - EPEError Passive Interrupt Enable Value Description 0 Interrupt disabled. 1 Interrupt enabled. Bit 22 - ELOEError Logging Overflow Interrupt Enable Value Description 0 Interrupt disabled. 1 Interrupt enabled. Bit 21 - BEUEBit Error Uncorrected Interrupt Enable. Value Description 0 Interrupt disabled. 1 Interrupt enabled. Bit 20 - BECEBit Error Corrected Interrupt Enable Value Description 0 Interrupt disabled. 1 Interrupt enabled. Bit 19 - DRXEMessage stored to Dedicated Rx Buffer Interrupt Enable Value Description 0 Interrupt disabled. 1 Interrupt enabled. Bit 18 - TOOETimeout Occurred Interrupt Enable Value Description 0 Interrupt disabled. 1 Interrupt enabled. Bit 17 - MRAFEMessage RAM Access Failure Interrupt Enable Value Description 0 Interrupt disabled. 1 Interrupt enabled. Bit 16 - TSWETimestamp Wraparound Interrupt Enable Value Description 0 Interrupt disabled. 1 Interrupt enabled. Bit 15 - TEFLETx Event FIFO Event Lost Interrupt Enable Value Description 0 Interrupt disabled. 1 Interrupt enabled. Bit 14 - TEFFETx Event FIFO Full Interrupt Enable Value Description 0 Interrupt disabled. 1 Interrupt enabled. Bit 13 - TEFWETx Event FIFO Watermark Reached Interrupt Enable (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1139 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network Value 0 1 Description Interrupt disabled. Interrupt enabled. Bit 12 - TEFNETx Event FIFO New Entry Interrupt Enable Value Description 0 Interrupt disabled. 1 Interrupt enabled. Bit 11 - TFEETx FIFO Empty Interrupt Enable Value Description 0 Interrupt disabled. 1 Interrupt enabled. Bit 10 - TCFETransmission Cancellation Finished Interrupt Enable Value Description 0 Interrupt disabled. 1 Interrupt enabled. Bit 9 - TCETransmission Completed Interrupt Enable Value Description 0 Interrupt disabled. 1 Interrupt enabled. Bit 8 - HPMEHigh Priority Message Interrupt Enable Value Description 0 Interrupt disabled. 1 Interrupt enabled. Bit 7 - RF1LERx FIFO 1 Message Lost Interrupt Enable Value Description 0 Interrupt disabled. 1 Interrupt enabled. Bit 6 - RF1FERx FIFO 1 Full Interrupt Enable Value Description 0 Interrupt disabled. 1 Interrupt enabled. Bit 5 - RF1WERx FIFO 1 Watermark Reached Interrupt Enable Value Description 0 Interrupt disabled. 1 Interrupt enabled. Bit 4 - RF1NERx FIFO 1 New Message Interrupt Enable Value Description 0 Interrupt disabled. 1 Interrupt enabled. Bit 3 - RF0LERx FIFO 0 Message Lost Interrupt Enable Value Description 0 Interrupt disabled. 1 Interrupt enabled. Bit 2 - RF0FERx FIFO 0 Full Interrupt Enable (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1140 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network Value 0 1 Description Interrupt disabled. Interrupt enabled. Bit 1 - RF0WERx FIFO 0 Watermark Reached Interrupt Enable Value Description 0 Interrupt disabled. 1 Interrupt enabled. Bit 0 - RF0NERx FIFO 0 New Message Interrupt Enable Value Description 0 Interrupt disabled. 1 Interrupt enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1141 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.18 Interrupt Line Select Name: Offset: Reset: Property: ILS 0x58 0x00000000 - The Interrupt Line Select register assigns an interrupt generated by a specific interrupt flag from IR to one of the two module interrupt lines. Bit 31 30 29 ARAL R/W 0 28 PEDL R/W 0 27 PEAL R/W 0 26 WDIL R/W 0 25 BOL R/W 0 24 EWL R/W 0 23 EPL R/W 0 22 ELOL R/W 0 21 BEUL R/W 0 20 BECL R/W 0 19 DRXL R/W 0 18 TOOL R/W 0 17 MRAFL R/W 0 16 TSWL R/W 0 15 TEFLL R/W 0 14 TEFFL R/W 0 13 TEFWL R/W 0 12 TEFNL R/W 0 11 TFEL R/W 0 10 TCFL R/W 0 9 TCL R/W 0 8 HPML R/W 0 7 RF1LL R/W 0 6 RF1FL R/W 0 5 RF1WL R/W 0 4 RF1NL R/W 0 3 RF0LL R/W 0 2 RF0FL R/W 0 1 RF0WL R/W 0 0 RF0NL R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 29 - ARALAccess to Reserved Address Interrupt Line Value Description 0 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 0. 1 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 1. Bit 28 - PEDLProtocol Error in Data Phase Interrupt Line Value Description 0 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 0. 1 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 1. Bit 27 - PEALProtocol Error in Arbitration Phase Interrupt Line Value Description 0 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 0. 1 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 1. Bit 26 - WDILWatchdog Interrupt Line Value Description 0 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 0. 1 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 1. Bit 25 - BOLBus_Off Status Interrupt Line Value Description 0 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 0. 1 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 1. Bit 24 - EWLError Warning Status Interrupt Line (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1142 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network Value 0 1 Description Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 0. Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 1. Bit 23 - EPLError Passive Interrupt Line Value Description 0 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 0. 1 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 1. Bit 22 - ELOLError Logging Overflow Interrupt Line Value Description 0 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 0. 1 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 1. Bit 21 - BEULBit Error Uncorrected Interrupt Line Value Description 0 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 0. 1 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 1. Bit 20 - BECLBit Error Corrected Interrupt Line Value Description 0 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 0. 1 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 1. Bit 19 - DRXLMessage stored to Dedicated Rx Buffer Interrupt Line Value Description 0 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 0. 1 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 1. Bit 18 - TOOLTimeout Occurred Interrupt Line Value Description 0 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 0. 1 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 1. Bit 17 - MRAFLMessage RAM Access Failure Interrupt Line Value Description 0 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 0. 1 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 1. Bit 16 - TSWLTimestamp Wraparound Interrupt Line Value Description 0 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 0. 1 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 1. Bit 15 - TEFLLTx Event FIFO Event Lost Interrupt Line Value Description 0 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 0. 1 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 1. Bit 14 - TEFFLTx Event FIFO Full Interrupt Line Value Description 0 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 0. 1 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 1. Bit 13 - TEFWLTx Event FIFO Watermark Reached Interrupt Line (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1143 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network Value 0 1 Description Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 0. Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 1. Bit 12 - TEFNLTx Event FIFO New Entry Interrupt Line Value Description 0 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 0. 1 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 1. Bit 11 - TFELTx FIFO Empty Interrupt Line Value Description 0 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 0. 1 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 1. Bit 10 - TCFLTransmission Cancellation Finished Interrupt Line Value Description 0 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 0. 1 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 1. Bit 9 - TCLTransmission Completed Interrupt Line Value Description 0 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 0. 1 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 1. Bit 8 - HPMLHigh Priority Message Interrupt Line Value Description 0 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 0. 1 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 1. Bit 7 - RF1LLRx FIFO 1 Message Lost Interrupt Line Value Description 0 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 0. 1 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 1. Bit 6 - RF1FLRx FIFO 1 Full Interrupt Line Value Description 0 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 0. 1 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 1. Bit 5 - RF1WLRx FIFO 1 Watermark Reached Interrupt Line Value Description 0 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 0. 1 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 1. Bit 4 - RF1NLRx FIFO 1 New Message Interrupt Line Value Description 0 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 0. 1 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 1. Bit 3 - RF0LLRx FIFO 0 Message Lost Interrupt Line Value Description 0 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 0. 1 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 1. Bit 2 - RF0FLRx FIFO 0 Full Interrupt Line (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1144 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network Value 0 1 Description Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 0. Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 1. Bit 1 - RF0WLRx FIFO 0 Watermark Reached Interrupt Line Value Description 0 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 0. 1 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 1. Bit 0 - RF0NLRx FIFO 0 New Message Interrupt Line Value Description 0 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 0. 1 Interrupt assigned to CAN interrupt line 1. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1145 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.19 Interrupt Line Enable Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit ILE 0x5C 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 0 EINTn[1:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 1:0 - EINTn[1:0]Enable Interrupt Line n [n = 1,0] Value Description 0 CAN interrupt line n disabled. 1 CAN interrupt line n enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1146 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.20 Global Filter Configuration Name: Offset: Reset: Property: GFC 0x80 0x00000000 Write-restricted This register is write-restricted and only writable if bit fields CCCR.CCE = 1 and CCCR.INIT = 1. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 RRFS R/W 0 0 RRFE R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit ANFS[1:0] Access Reset R/W 0 ANFE[1:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 5:4 - ANFS[1:0]Accept Non-matching Frames Standard Defines how received messages with 11-bit IDs that do not match any element of the filter list are treated. Value Name Description 0x0 RXF0 Accept in Rx FIFO 0. 0x1 RXF1 Accept in Rx FIFO 1. 0x2 or REJECT Reject 0x3 Bits 3:2 - ANFE[1:0]Accept Non-matching Frames Extended Defines how received messages with 29-bit IDs that do not match any element of the filter list are treated. Value Name Description 0x0 RXF0 Accept in Rx FIFO 0. 0x1 RXF1 Accept in Rx FIFO 1. 0x2 or REJECT Reject 0x3 Bit 1 - RRFSReject Remote Frames Standard Value Description 0 Filter remote frames with 11-bit standard IDs. 1 Reject all remote frames with 11-bit standard IDs. Bit 0 - RRFEReject Remote Frames Extended Value Description 0 Filter remote frames with 29-bit extended IDs. 1 Reject all remote frames with 29-bit extended IDS. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1147 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.21 Standard ID Filter Configuration Name: Offset: Reset: Property: SIDFC 0x84 0x00000000 Write-restricted This register is write-restricted and only writable if bit fields CCCR.CCE = 1 and CCCR.INIT = 1. Bit 31 30 29 28 23 22 21 20 27 26 25 24 19 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit LSS[7:0] Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 11 FLSSA[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 FLSSA[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 23:16 - LSS[7:0]List Size Standard Value Description 0 No standard Message ID filter. 1 - 128 Number of standard Message ID filter elements. > 128 Values greater than 128 are interpreted as 128. Bits 15:0 - FLSSA[15:0]Filter List Standard Start Address Start address of standard Message ID filter list. When the CAN module addresses the Message RAM it addresses 32-bit words, not single bytes. The configurable start addresses are 32-bit word addresses, i.e. only bits 15 to 2 are evaluated, the two least significant bits are ignored. Bits 1 to 0 will always be read back as "00". (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1148 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.22 Extended ID Filter Configuration Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit XIDFC 0x88 0x00000000 Write-restricted 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 19 LSE[6:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 11 FLESA[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 FLESA[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 22:16 - LSE[6:0]List Size Extended Value Description 0 No extended Message ID filter. 1 - 64 Number of Extended Message ID filter elements. > 64 Values greater than 64 are interpreted as 64. Bits 15:0 - FLESA[15:0]Filter List Extended Start Address Start address of extended Message ID filter list. When the CAN module addresses the Message RAM it addresses 32-bit words, not single bytes. The configurable start addresses are 32-bit word addresses, i.e. only bits 15 to 2 are evaluated, the two least significant bits are ignored. Bits 1 to 0 will always be read back as "00". (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1149 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.23 Extended ID AND Mask Name: Offset: Reset: Property: XIDAM 0x90 0x1FFFFFFF Write-restricted This register is write-restricted and only writable if bit fields CCCR.CCE = 1 and CCCR.INIT = 1. Bit 31 30 29 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 23 22 21 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 15 14 13 28 27 26 EIDM[28:24] R/W 1 25 24 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 18 17 16 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 11 10 9 8 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 3 2 1 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 20 19 EIDM[23:16] R/W R/W 1 1 12 EIDM[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 7 6 5 4 EIDM[7:0] Access Reset R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 Bits 28:0 - EIDM[28:0]Extended ID Mask For acceptance filtering of extended frames the Extended ID AND Mask is ANDed with the Message ID of a received frame. Intended for masking of 29-bit IDs in SAE J1939. With the reset value of all bits set to one the mask is not active. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1150 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.24 High Priority Message Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: HPMS 0x94 0x00000000 Read-only This register is updated every time a Message ID filter element configured to generate a priority event matches. This can be used to monitor the status of incoming high priority messages and to enable fast access to these messages. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 FLST R 0 14 13 12 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 FIDX[6:0] R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 7 MSI[1:0] Access Reset R 0 BIDX[5:0] R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 - FLSTFilter List Indicates the filter list of the matching filter element. Value Description 0 Standard Filter List. 1 Extended Filter List. Bits 14:8 - FIDX[6:0]Filter Index Index of matching filter element. Range is 0 to SIDFC.LSS - 1 (standard) or XIDFC.LSE - 1 (extended). Bits 7:6 - MSI[1:0]Message Storage Indicator This field defines the message storage information to a FIFO. Value Name Description 0x0 NONE No FIFO selected. 0x1 LOST FIFO message lost. 0x2 FIFO0 Message stored in FIFO 0. 0x3 FIFO1 Message stored in FIFO 1. Bits 5:0 - BIDX[5:0]Buffer Index Index of Rx FIFO element to which the message was stored. Only valid when MSI[1] = 1. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1151 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.25 New Data 1 Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 NDAT1 0x98 0x00000000 - 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 19 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 NDn[31:24] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 20 NDn[23:16] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 NDn[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 NDn[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - NDn[31:0]New Data n [n = 0..31] The register holds the New Data flags of Rx Buffers 0 to 31. The flags are set when the respective Rx Buffer has been updated from a received frame. The flags remain set until the Host clears them. A flag is cleared by writing 1 to the corresponding bit position. Writing a 0 has no effect. A hard reset will clear the register. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1152 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.26 New Data 2 Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 NDAT2 0x9C 0x00000000 - 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 19 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 NDn[31:24] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 20 NDn[23:16] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 NDn[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 NDn[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - NDn[31:0]New Data [n = 32..64] The register holds the New Data flags of Rx Buffers 32 to 63. The flags are set when the respective Rx Buffer has been updated from a received frame. The flags remain set until the Host clears them. A flag is cleared by writing 1 to the corresponding bit position. Writing a 0 has no effect. A hard reset will clear the register. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1153 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.27 Rx FIFO 0 Configuration Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit 31 F0OM R/W 0 30 29 28 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 20 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 14 13 12 Access Reset Bit RXF0C 0xA0 0x00000000 Write-restricted 15 27 F0WM[6:0] R/W 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 19 F0S[6:0] R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 F0SA[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 F0SA[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit 31 - F0OMFIFO 0 Operation Mode FIFO 0 can be operated in blocking or in overwrite mode. Value Description 0 FIFO 0 blocking mode. 1 FIFO 0 overwrite mode. Bits 30:24 - F0WM[6:0]Rx FIFO 0 Watermark Value Description 0 Watermark interrupt disabled. 1 - 64 Level for Rx FIFO 0 watermark interrupt (IR.RF0W). >64 Watermark interrupt disabled. Bits 22:16 - F0S[6:0]Rx FIFO 0 Size The Rx FIFO 0 elements are indexed from 0 to F0S - 1. Value Description 0 No Rx FIFO 0 1 - 64 Number of Rx FIFO 0 elements. >64 Values greater than 64 are interpreted as 64. Bits 15:0 - F0SA[15:0]Rx FIFO 0 Start Address Start address of Rx FIFO 0 in Message RAM. When the CAN module addresses the Message RAM it addresses 32bit words, not single bytes. The configurable start addresses are 32-bit word addresses, i.e. only bits 15 to 2 are evaluated, the two least significant bits are ignored. Bits 1 to 0 will always be read back as "00". (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1154 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.28 Rx FIFO 0 Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit RXF0S 0xA4 0x00000000 Read-only 31 30 29 28 27 23 22 21 20 19 26 25 RF0L R 0 24 F0F R 0 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 10 9 8 Access Reset Bit F0PI[5:0] Access Reset Bit 15 14 R 0 R 0 R 0 13 12 11 F0GI[5:0] Access Reset Bit Access Reset 7 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 6 5 4 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 F0FL[6:0] R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 25 - RF0LRx FIFO 0 Message Lost This bit is a copy of interrupt flag IR.RF0L. When IR.RF0L is reset, this bit is also reset. Overwriting the oldest message when RXF0C.F0OM = `1' will not set this flag. Value Description 0 No Rx FIFO 0 message lost. 1 Rx FIFO 0 message lost, also set after write attempt to Rx FIFO 0 of size zero. Bit 24 - F0FRx FIFO 0 Full Value Description 0 Rx FIFO 0 not full. 1 Rx FIFO 0 full. Bits 21:16 - F0PI[5:0]Rx FIFO 0 Put Index Rx FIFO 0 write index pointer, range 0 to 63. Bits 13:8 - F0GI[5:0]Rx FIFO 0 Get Index Rx FIFO 0 read index pointer, range 0 to 63. Bits 6:0 - F0FL[6:0]Rx FIFO 0 Fill Level Number of elements stored in Rx FIFO 0, range 0 to 64. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1155 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.29 Rx FIFO 0 Acknowledge Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit RXF0A 0xA8 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit F0AI[5:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 5:0 - F0AI[5:0]Rx FIFO 0 Acknowledge Index After the Host has read a message or a sequence of messages from Rx FIFO 0 it has to write the buffer index of the last element read from Rx FIFO 0 to F0AI. This will set the Rx FIFO 0 Get Index RXF0S.F0GI to F0AI + 1 and update the FIFO 0 Fill Level RXF0S.F0FL. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1156 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.30 Rx Buffer Configuration Name: Offset: Reset: Property: RXBC 0xAC 0x00000000 Write-restricted This register is write-restricted and only writable if bit fields CCCR.CCE = 1 and CCCR.INIT = 1. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit RBSA[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 RBSA[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 15:0 - RBSA[15:0]Rx Buffer Start Address Configures the start address of the Rx Buffers section in the Message RAM. Also used to reference debug message A,B,C. When the CAN module addresses the Message RAM it addresses 32-bit words, not single bytes. The configurable start addresses are 32-bit word addresses, i.e. only bits 15 to 2 are evaluated, the two least significant bits are ignored. Bits 1 to 0 will always be read back as "00". (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1157 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.31 Rx FIFO 1 Configuration Name: Offset: Reset: Property: RXF1C 0xB0 0x00000000 Write-restricted This register is write-restricted and only writable if bit fields CCCR.CCE = 1 and CCCR.INIT = 1. Bit Access Reset Bit 31 F1OM R/W 0 30 29 28 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 20 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 14 13 12 Access Reset Bit 15 27 F1WM[6:0] R/W 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 19 F1S[6:0] R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 F1SA[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 F1SA[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit 31 - F1OMFIFO 1 Operation Mode FIFO 1 can be operated in blocking or in overwrite mode. Value Description 0 FIFO 1 blocking mode. 1 FIFO 1 overwrite mode. Bits 30:24 - F1WM[6:0]Rx FIFO 1 Watermark Value Description 0 Watermark interrupt disabled. 1 - 64 Level for Rx FIFO 1 watermark interrupt (IR.RF1W). >64 Watermark interrupt disabled. Bits 22:16 - F1S[6:0]Rx FIFO 1 Size The Rx FIFO 1 elements are indexed from 0 to F1S - 1. Value Description 0 No Rx FIFO 1 1 - 64 Number of Rx FIFO 1 elements. >64 Values greater than 64 are interpreted as 64. Bits 15:0 - F1SA[15:0]Rx FIFO 1 Start Address Start address of Rx FIFO 1 in Message RAM. When the CAN module addresses the Message RAM it addresses 32bit words, not single bytes. The configurable start addresses are 32-bit word addresses, i.e. only bits 15 to 2 are evaluated, the two least significant bits are ignored. Bits 1 to 0 will always be read back as "00". (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1158 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.32 Rx FIFO 1 Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit RXF1S 0xB4 0x00000000 Read-only 31 30 29 28 27 21 20 19 26 25 RF1L R 0 24 F1F R 0 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 10 9 8 DMS[1:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 F1PI[5:0] Access Reset Bit 15 14 R 0 R 0 R 0 13 12 11 F1GI[5:0] Access Reset Bit Access Reset 7 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 6 5 4 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 F1FL[6:0] R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:30 - DMS[1:0]Debug Message Status This field defines the debug message status. Value Name Description 0x0 IDLE Idle state, wait for reception of debug messages, DMA request is cleared. 0x1 DBGA Debug message A received. 0x2 DBGB Debug message A, B received. 0x3 DBGC Debug message A, B, C received, DMA request is set. Bit 25 - RF1LRx FIFO 1 Message Lost This bit is a copy of interrupt flag IR.RF1L. When IR.RF1L is reset, this bit is also reset. Overwriting the oldest message when RXF1C.F1OM = `1' will not set this flag. Value Description 0 No Rx FIFO 1 message lost. 1 Rx FIFO 1 message lost, also set after write attempt to Rx FIFO 1 of size zero. Bit 24 - F1FRx FIFO 1 Full Value Description 0 Rx FIFO 1 not full. 1 Rx FIFO 1 full. Bits 21:16 - F1PI[5:0]Rx FIFO 1 Put Index Rx FIFO 1 write index pointer, range 0 to 63. Bits 13:8 - F1GI[5:0]Rx FIFO 1 Get Index Rx FIFO 1 read index pointer, range 0 to 63. Bits 6:0 - F1FL[6:0]Rx FIFO 1 Fill Level Number of elements stored in Rx FIFO 1, range 0 to 64. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1159 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.33 Rx FIFO 1 Acknowledge Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit RXF1A 0xB8 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit F1AI[5:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 5:0 - F1AI[5:0]Rx FIFO 1 Acknowledge Index After the Host has read a message or a sequence of messages from Rx FIFO 1 it has to write the buffer index of the last element read from Rx FIFO 1 to F1AI. This will set the Rx FIFO 1 Get Index RXF1S.F1GI to F1AI + 1 and update the FIFO 1 Fill Level RXF1S.F1FL. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1160 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.34 Rx Buffer / FIFO Element Size Configuration Name: Offset: Reset: Property: RXESC 0xBC 0x00000000 Write-restricted This register is write-restricted and only writable if bit fields CCCR.CCE = 1 and CCCR.INIT = 1. Configures the number of data bytes belonging to an Rx Buffer / Rx FIFO element. Data field sizes >8 bytes are intended for CAN FD operation only. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RBDS[2:0] R/W 0 8 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset R/W 0 7 6 R/W 0 5 F1DS[2:0] R/W 0 4 3 R/W 0 2 R/W 0 1 F0DS[2:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 0 R/W 0 Bits 10:8 - RBDS[2:0]Rx Buffer Data Field Size In case the data field size of an accepted CAN frame exceeds the data field size configured for the matching Rx Buffer, only the number of bytes as configured by RXESC are stored to the Rx Buffer element. The rest of the frame's data field is ignored. Value Name Description 0x0 DATA8 8 byte data field. 0x1 DATA12 12 byte data field. 0x2 DATA16 16 byte data field. 0x3 DATA20 20 byte data field. 0x4 DATA24 24 byte data field. 0x5 DATA32 32 byte data field. 0x6 DATA48 48 byte data field. 0x7 DATA64 64 byte data field. Bits 6:4 - F1DS[2:0]Rx FIFO 1 Data Field Size In case the data field size of an accepted CAN frame exceeds the data field size configured for the matching Rx FIFO 1, only the number of bytes as configured by RXESC are stored to the Rx FIFO 1 element. The rest of the frame's data field is ignored. Value Name Description 0x0 DATA8 8 byte data field. 0x1 DATA12 12 byte data field. 0x2 DATA16 16 byte data field. 0x3 DATA20 20 byte data field. 0x4 DATA24 24 byte data field. 0x5 DATA32 32 byte data field. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1161 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network Value 0x6 0x7 Name DATA48 DATA64 Description 48 byte data field. 64 byte data field. Bits 2:0 - F0DS[2:0]Rx FIFO 0 Data Field Size In case the data field size of an accepted CAN frame exceeds the data field size configured for the matching Rx FIFO 0, only the number of bytes as configured by RXESC are stored to the Rx FIFO 0 element. The rest of the frame's data field is ignored. Value Name Description 0x0 DATA8 8 byte data field. 0x1 DATA12 12 byte data field. 0x2 DATA16 16 byte data field. 0x3 DATA20 20 byte data field. 0x4 DATA24 24 byte data field. 0x5 DATA32 32 byte data field. 0x6 DATA48 48 byte data field. 0x7 DATA64 64 byte data field. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1162 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.35 Tx Buffer Configuration Name: Offset: Reset: Property: TXBC 0xC0 0x00000000 Write-restricted This register is write-restricted and only writable if bit fields CCCR.CCE = 1 and CCCR.INIT = 1. Note: Be aware that the sum of TFQS and NDTB may not be greater than 32. There is no check for erroneous configurations. The Tx Buffers section in the Message RAM starts with the dedicated Tx Buffers. Bit 31 Access Reset Bit 23 30 TFQM R/W 0 29 28 27 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 TFQS[5:0] NDTB[5:0] Access Reset Bit 15 14 R/W 0 R/W 0 13 12 TBSA[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 TBSA[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit 30 - TFQMTx FIFO/Queue Mode Value Description 0 Tx FIFO operation. 1 Tx Queue operation. Bits 29:24 - TFQS[5:0]Transmit FIFO/Queue Size Value Description 0 No Tx FIFO/Queue. 1 - 32 Number of Tx Buffers used for Tx FIFO/Queue. >32 Values greater than 32 are interpreted as 32. Bits 21:16 - NDTB[5:0]Number of Dedicated Transmit Buffers Value Description 0 No Tx FIFO/Queue. 1 - 32 Number of Tx Buffers used for Tx FIFO/Queue. >32 Values greater than 32 are interpreted as 32. Bits 15:0 - TBSA[15:0]Tx Buffers Start Address Start address of Tx Buffers section in Message RAM. When the CAN module addresses the Message RAM it addresses 32-bit words, not single bytes. The configurable start addresses are 32-bit word addresses, i.e. only bits 15 to 2 are evaluated, the two least significant bits are ignored. Bits 1 to 0 will always be read back as "00". (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1163 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.36 Tx FIFO/Queue Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: TXFQS 0xC4 0x00000000 Read-only Note: In case of mixed configurations where dedicated Tx Buffers are combined with a Tx FIFO or a Tx Queue, the Put and Get Indexes indicate the number of the Tx Buffer starting with the first dedicated Tx Buffers. Example: For a configuration of 12 dedicated Tx Buffers and a Tx FIFO of 20 Buffers a Put Index of 15 points to the fourth buffer of the Tx FIFO. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 TFQF R 0 20 19 17 16 R 0 R 0 18 TFQPI[4:0] R 0 R 0 R 0 13 12 11 9 8 R 0 R 0 10 TFGI[4:0] R 0 R 0 R 0 4 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 15 14 Access Reset Bit 7 6 5 TFFL[5:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 21 - TFQFTx FIFO/Queue Full Value Description 0 Tx FIFO/Queue not full. 1 Tx FIFO/Queue full. Bits 20:16 - TFQPI[4:0]Tx FIFO/Queue Put Index Tx FIFO/Queue write index pointer, range 0 to 31. Bits 12:8 - TFGI[4:0]Tx FIFO/Queue Get Index Tx FIFO read index pointer, range 0 to 31. Read as zero when Tx Queue operation is configured (TXBC.TFQM = `1'). Bits 5:0 - TFFL[5:0]Tx FIFO Free Level Number of consecutive free Tx FIFO elements starting from TFGI, range 0 to 32. Read as zero when Tx Queue operation is configured (TXBC.TFQM = `1'). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1164 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.37 Tx Buffer Element Size Configuration Name: Offset: Reset: Property: TXESC 0xC8 0x00000000 Write-restricted This register is write-restricted and only writable if bit fields CCCR.CCE = 1 and CCCR.INIT = 1. Configures the number of data bytes belonging to a Tx Buffer element. Data field sizes >8 bytes are intended for CAN FD operation only. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 TBDS[2:0] R/W 0 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 2:0 - TBDS[2:0]Tx Buffer Data Field Size In case the data length code DLC of a Tx Buffer element is configured to a value higher than the Tx Buffer data field size TXESC.TBDS, the bytes not defined by the Tx Buffer are transmitted as "0xCC" (padding bytes). Value Name Description 0x0 DATA8 8 byte data field. 0x1 DATA12 12 byte data field. 0x2 DATA16 16 byte data field. 0x3 DATA20 20 byte data field. 0x4 DATA24 24 byte data field. 0x5 DATA32 32 byte data field. 0x6 DATA48 48 byte data field. 0x7 DATA64 64 byte data field. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1165 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.38 Tx Buffer Request Pending Name: Offset: Reset: Property: TXBRP 0xCC 0x00000000 Read-only Note: TXBRP bits which are set while a Tx scan is in progress are not considered during this particular Tx scan. In case a cancellation is requested for such a Tx Buffer, this Add Request is canceled immediately, the corresponding TXBRP bit is reset. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 TRPn[31:24] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 TRPn[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 TRPn[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 TRPn[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - TRPn[31:0]Transmission Request Pending Each Tx Buffer has its own Transmission Request Pending bit. The bits are reset after a requested transmission has completed or has been cancelled via register TXBCR. TXBRP bits are set only for those Tx Buffers configured via TXBC. After a TXBRP bit has been set, a Tx scan is started to check for the pending Tx request with the highest priority (Tx Buffer with lowest Message ID). A cancellation request resets the corresponding transmission request pending bit of register TXBRP. In case a transmission has already been started when a cancellation is requested, this is done at the end of the transmission, regardless whether the transmission was successful or not. The cancellation request bits are reset directly after the corresponding TXBRP bit has been reset. After a cancellation has been requested, a finished cancellation is signaled via TXBCF * after successful transmission together with the corresponding TXBTO bit * when the transmission has not yet been started at the point of cancellation * when the transmission has been aborted due to lost arbitration * when an error occurred during frame transmission In DAR mode all transmissions are automatically canceled if they are not successful. The corresponding TXBCF bit is set for all unsuccessful transmissions. Value Description 0 No transmission request pending. 1 Transmission request pending. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1166 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.39 Tx Buffer Add Request Name: Offset: Reset: Property: TXBAR 0xD0 0x00000000 - Note: If an add request is applied for a Tx Buffer with pending transmission request (corresponding TXBRP bit is already set), this add request is ignored. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 19 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 ARn[31:24] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 20 ARn[23:16] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 ARn[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 ARn[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - ARn[31:0]Add Request Each Tx Buffer has its own Add Request bit. Writing a `1' will set the corresponding Add Request bit; writing a `0' has no impact. This enables the Host to set transmission requests for multiple Tx Buffers with one write to TXBAR. TXBAR bits are set only for those Tx Buffers configured via TXBC. When no Tx scan is running, the bits are reset immediately, else the bits remain set until the Tx scan process has completed. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1167 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.40 Tx Buffer Cancellation Request Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 TXBCR 0xD4 0x00000000 - 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 19 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 CRn[31:24] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 20 CRn[23:16] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 CRn[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 CRn[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - CRn[31:0]Cancellation Request Each Tx Buffer has its own Cancellation Request bit. Writing a `1' will set the corresponding Cancellation Request bit; writing a `0' has no impact. This enables the Host to set cancellation requests for multiple Tx Buffers with one write to TXBCR. TXBCR bits are set only for those Tx Buffers configured via TXBC. The bits remain set until the corresponding bit of TXBRP is reset. Value Description 0 No cancellation pending. 1 Cancellation pending. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1168 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.41 Tx Buffer Transmission Occurred Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 TXBTO 0xD8 0x00000000 Read-only 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 TOn[31:24] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 TOn[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 TOn[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 TOn[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - TOn[31:0]Transmission Occurred Each Tx Buffer has its own Transmission Occurred bit. The bits are set when the corresponding TXBRP bit is cleared after a successful transmission. The bits are reset when a new transmission is requested by writing `1' to the corresponding bit of register TXBAR. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1169 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.42 Tx Buffer Cancellation Finished Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 TXBCF 0xDC 0x00000000 Read-only 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 19 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 CFn[31:24] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 CFn[23:16] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 CFn[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 CFn[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - CFn[31:0]Cancellation Finished Each Tx Buffer has its own Cancellation Finished bit. The bits are set when the corresponding TXBRP bit is cleared after a cancellation was requested via TXBCR. In case the corresponding TXBRP bit was not set at the point of cancellation, CF is set immediately. The bits are reset when a new transmission is requested by writing `1' to the corresponding bit of register TXBAR. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1170 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.43 Tx Buffer Transmission Interrupt Enable Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 TXBTIE 0xE0 0x00000000 - 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 19 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 TIEn[31:24] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 20 TIEn[23:16] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 TIEn[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 TIEn[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - TIEn[31:0]Transmission Interrupt Enable Each Tx Buffer has its own Transmission Interrupt Enable bit. Value Description 0 Transmission interrupt disabled. 1 Transmission interrupt enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1171 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.44 Tx Buffer Cancellation Finished Interrupt Enable Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit TXBCIE 0xE4 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 28 27 CFIEn[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 20 19 CFIEn[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 CFIEn[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 CFIEn[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - CFIEn[31:0]Cancellation Finished Interrupt Enable Each Tx Buffer has its own Cancellation Finished Interrupt Enable bit. Value Description 0 Cancellation finished interrupt disabled. 1 Cancellation finished interrupt enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1172 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.45 Tx Event FIFO Configuration Name: Offset: Reset: Property: TXEFC 0xF0 0x00000000 Write-restricted This register is write-restricted and only writable if bit fields CCCR.CCE = 1 and CCCR.INIT = 1. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 EFWM[5:0] Access Reset Bit 23 22 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 21 20 19 EFS[5:0] Access Reset Bit 15 14 R 0 R 0 13 12 EFSA[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 EFSA[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 29:24 - EFWM[5:0]Event FIFO Watermark Value Description 0 Watermark interrupt disabled. 1 - 32 Level for Tx Event FIFO watermark interrupt (IR.TEFW). >32 Watermark interrupt disabled. Bits 21:16 - EFS[5:0]Event FIFO Size The Tx Event FIFO elements are indexed from 0 to EFS - 1. Value Description 0 Tx Event FIFO disabled 1 - 32 Number of Tx Event FIFO elements. >32 Values greater than 32 are interpreted as 32. Bits 15:0 - EFSA[15:0]Event FIFO Start Address Start address of Tx Event FIFO in Message RAM. When the CAN module addresses the Message RAM it addresses 32-bit words, not single bytes. The configurable start addresses are 32-bit word addresses, i.e. only bits 15 to 2 are evaluated, the two least significant bits are ignored. Bits 1 to 0 will always be read back as "00". (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1173 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.46 Tx Event FIFO Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit TXEFS 0xF4 0x00000000 Read-only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 TEFL R 0 24 EFF R 0 23 22 21 20 19 17 16 R 0 R 0 18 EFPI[4:0] R 0 R 0 R 0 12 11 9 8 R 0 R 0 10 EFGI[4:0] R 0 R 0 R 0 4 3 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 15 14 13 Access Reset Bit 7 6 5 Access Reset 2 EFFL[4:0] R 0 Bit 25 - TEFLTx Event FIFO Element Lost This bit is a copy of interrupt flag IR.TEFL. When IR.TEFL is reset, this bit is also reset. Value Description 0 No Tx Event FIFO element lost. 1 Tx Event FIFO element lost, also set after write attempt to Tx Event FIFO of size zero. Bit 24 - EFFEvent FIFO Full Value Description 0 Tx Event FIFO not full. 1 Tx Event FIFO full. Bits 20:16 - EFPI[4:0]Event FIFO Put Index Tx Event FIFO write index pointer, range 0 to 31. Bits 12:8 - EFGI[4:0]Event FIFO Get Index Tx Event FIFO read index pointer, range 0 to 31. Bits 4:0 - EFFL[4:0]Event FIFO Fill Level Number of elements stored in Tx Event FIFO, range 0 to 32. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1174 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.8.47 Tx Event FIFO Acknowledge Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit TXEFA 0xF8 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 EFAI[4:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bits 4:0 - EFAI[4:0]Event FIFO Acknowledge Index After the Host has read an element or a sequence of elements from the Tx Event FIFO it has to write the index of the last element read from Tx Event FIFO to EFAI. This will set the Tx Event FIFO Get Index TXEFS.EFGI to EFAI + 1 and update the FIFO 0 Fill Level TXEFS.EFFL. 39.9 Message RAM For storage of Rx/Tx messages and for storage of the filter configuration a single- or dual-ported Message RAM has to be connected to the CAN module. 39.9.1 Message RAM Configuration The Message RAM has a width of 32 bits. In case parity checking or ECC is used a respective number of bits has to be added to each word. The CAN module can be configured to allocate up to 4352 words in the Message RAM. It is not necessary to configure each of the sections listed in the figure below, nor is there any restriction with respect to the sequence of the sections. When operated in CAN FD mode the required Message RAM size strongly depends on the element size configured for Rx FIFO 0, Rx FIFO 1, Rx Buffers, and Tx Buffers via RXESC.F0DS, RXESC.F1DS, RXESC.RBDS, and TXESC.TBDS. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1175 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network Figure 39-12.Message RAM Configuration Start Address SIDFC.FLSSA XIDFC.FLESA RXF0C.F0SA 11-bit Filter 0-128 elements / 0-128 words 29-bit Filter 0-64 elements / 0-128 words Rx FIFO 0 0-64 elements / 0-1152 words Rx FIFO 1 0-64 elements / 0-1152 words Rx Buffers 0-64 elements / 0-1152 words RXF1C.F1SA max 4352 words RXBC.RBSA TXEFC.EFSA TXBC.TBSA Tx Event FIFO 0-32 elements / 0-64 words Tx Buffers 0-32 elements / 0-576 words 32 bit When the CAN addresses the Message RAM it addresses 32-bit words, not single bytes. The configurable start addresses are 32-bit word addresses (i.e., only bits 15 to 2 are evaluated and the two LSBs are ignored). Note: Message RAM can only be located in the first 64 KB area of the system RAM. WARNING 39.9.2 The CAN does not check for erroneous configuration of the Message RAM. Especially the configuration of the start addresses of the different sections and the number of elements of each section has to be done carefully to avoid falsification or loss of data. Rx Buffer and FIFO Element Up to 64 Rx Buffers and two Rx FIFOs can be configured in the Message RAM. Each Rx FIFO section can be configured to store up to 64 received messages. The structure of a Rx Buffer / FIFO element is shown in the table below. The element size can be configured for storage of CAN FD messages with up to 64 bytes data field via register RXESC. Table 39-8.Rx Buffer and FIFO Element 31 3 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 R0 R1 E S I A N M F X T D R T R ID[28:0] FIDX[6:0] R2 R3 ... Rn DB3[7:0] DB7[7:0] ... DBm[7:0] * F D F B R S DLC[3:0] DB2[7:0] DB6[7:0] ... DBm-1[7:0] RXTS[15:0] DB1[7:0] DB5[7:0] ... DBm-2[7:0] DB0[7:0] DB4[7:0] ... DBm-3[7:0] R0 Bit 31 - ESI: Error State Indicator 0 : Transmitting node is error active. 1 : Transmitting node is error passive. * R0 Bit 30 - XTD: Extended Identifier Signals to the Host whether the received frame has a standard or extended identifier. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1176 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 0 : 11-bit standard identifier. 1 : 29-bit extended identifier. * R0 Bit 29 - RTR: Remote Transmission Request Signals to the Host whether the received frame is a data frame or a remote frame. 0 : Received frame is a data frame. 1 : Received frame is a remote frame. Note: There are no remote frames in CAN FD format. In case a CAN FD frame was received (EDL = `1'), bit RTR reflects the state of the reserved bit r1. * R0 Bits 28:0 - ID[28:0]: Identifier Standard or extended identifier depending on bit XTD. A standard identifier is stored into ID[28:18]. * R1 Bit 31 - ANMF: Accepted Non-matching Frame Acceptance of non-matching frames may be enabled via GFC.ANFS and GFC.ANFE. 0 : Received frame matching filter index FIDX. 1 : Received frame did not match any Rx filter element. * R1 Bits 30:24 - FIDX[6:0]: Filter Index 0-127 : Index of matching Rx acceptance filter element (invalid if ANMF = `1'). Note: Range is 0 to SIDFC.LSS-1 for standard and 0 to XIDFC.LSE-1 for extended. * R1 Bits 23:22 - Reserved * R1 Bit 21 - FDF: FD Format 0 : Standard frame format. 1 : CAN FD frame format (new DLC-coding and CRC). * R1 Bit 20 - BRS: Bit Rate Search 0 : Frame received without bit rate switching. 1 : Frame received with bit rate switching. * R1 Bits 19:16 - DLC[3:0]: Data Length Code 0-8 : CAN + CAN FD: received frame has 0-8 data bytes. 9-15 : CAN: received frame has 8 data bytes. 9-15 : CAN FD: received frame has 12/16/20/24/32/48/64 data bytes. * R1 Bits 15:0 - RXTS[15:0]: Rx Timestamp Timestamp Counter value captured on start of frame reception. Resolution depending on configuration of the Timestamp Counter Prescaler TSCC.TCP. * * * * * * * * R2 Bits 31:24 - DB3[7:0]: Data Byte 3 R2 Bits 23:16 - DB2[7:0]: Data Byte 2 R2 Bits 15:8 - DB1[7:0]: Data Byte 1 R2 Bits 7:0 - DB0[7:0]: Data Byte 0 R3 Bits 31:24 - DB7[7:0]: Data Byte 7 R3 Bits 23:16 - DB6[7:0]: Data Byte 6 R3 Bits 15:8 - DB5[7:0]: Data Byte 5 R3 Bits 7:0 - DB4[7:0]: Data Byte 4 ... * * Rn Bits 31:24 - DBm[7:0]: Data Byte m Rn Bits 23:16 - DBm-1[7:0]: Data Byte m-1 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1177 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network * * Rn Bits 15:8 - DBm-2[7:0]: Data Byte m-2 Rn Bits 7:0 - DBm-3[7:0]: Data Byte m-3 WARNING 39.9.3 Depending on the configuration of RXESC, between two and sixteen 32-bit words (Rn = 3 ... 17) are used for storage of a CAN message's data field. Tx Buffer Element The Tx Buffers section can be configured to hold dedicated Tx Buffers as well as a Tx FIFO / Tx Queue. In case that the Tx Buffers section is shared by dedicated Tx buffers and a Tx FIFO / Tx Queue, the dedicated Tx Buffers start at the beginning of the Tx Buffers section followed by the buffers assigned to the Tx FIFO or Tx Queue. The Tx Handler distinguishes between dedicated Tx Buffers and Tx FIFO / Tx Queue by evaluating the Tx Buffer configuration TXBC.TFQS and TXBC.NDTB. The element size can be configured for storage of CAN FD messages with up to 64 bytes data field via register TXESC. Table 39-9.Tx Buffer Element 31 3 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 T0 E S I X T D R T R ID[28:0] T1 MM[7:0] T2 T3 ... Tn DB3[7:0] DB7[7:0] ... DBm[7:0] * E F C F D F B R DLC[3:0] S DB2[7:0] DB6[7:0] ... DBm-1[7:0] DB1[7:0] DB5[7:0] ... DBm-2[7:0] DB0[7:0] DB4[7:0] ... DBm-3[7:0] T0 Bit 31 - ESI: Error State Indicator 0 : ESI bit in CAN FD format depends only on error passive flag. 1 : ESI bit in CAN FD format transmitted recessive. * Note: The ESI bit of the transmit buffer is OR'ed with the error passive flag to decide the value of the ESI bit in the transmitted FD frame. As required by the CAN FD protocol specification, an error active node may optionally transmit the ESI bit recessive, but an error passive node will always transmit the ESI bit recessive. T0 Bit 30 - XTD: Extended Identifier 0 : 11-bit standard identifier. * 1 : 29-bit extended identifier. T0 Bit 29 - RTR: Remote Transmission Request 0 : Transmit data frame. 1 : Transmit remote frame. * Note: When RTR = `1', the CAN transmits a remote frame according to ISO 11898-1, even if CCCR.CME enables the transmission in CAN FD format. T0 Bits 28:0 - ID[28:0]: Identifier * Standard or extended identifier depending on bit XTD. A standard identifier is stored into ID[28:18]. T1 Bits 31:24 - MM[7:0]: Message Marker * Written by CPU during Tx Buffer configuration. Copied into Tx Event FIFO element for identification of Tx message status. T1 Bit 23 - EFC: Event FIFO Control 0 : Don't store Tx events. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1178 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network * * 1 : Store Tx events. T1 Bit 22 - Reserved TR1 Bit 21 - FDF: FD Format 0 : Frame transmitted in Classic CAN format. * 1 : Frame transmitted in CAN FD format. T1 Bit 20 - BRS: Bit Rate Search 0 : CAN FD frames transmitted without bit rate switching. 1 : CAN FD frames transmitted with bit rate switching. * Note: Bits ESI, FDF, and BRS are only evaluated when CAN FD operation is enabled CCCR.FDOE = `1'. Bit BRS is only evaluated when in addition CCCR.BRSE = `1'. T1 Bits 19:16 - DLC[3:0]: Data Length Code 0-8 : CAN + CAN FD: received frame has 0-8 data bytes. 9-15 : CAN: received frame has 8 data bytes. * * * * * * * * * 9-15 : CAN FD: received frame has 12/16/20/24/32/48/64 data bytes. T1 Bits 15:0 - Reserved T2 Bits 31:24 - DB3[7:0]: Data Byte 3 T2 Bits 23:16 - DB2[7:0]: Data Byte 2 T2 Bits 15:8 - DB1[7:0]: Data Byte 1 T2 Bits 7:0 - DB0[7:0]: Data Byte 0 T3 Bits 31:24 - DB7[7:0]: Data Byte 7 T3 Bits 23:16 - DB6[7:0]: Data Byte 6 T3 Bits 15:8 - DB5[7:0]: Data Byte 5 T3 Bits 7:0 - DB4[7:0]: Data Byte 4 * * * * ... Tn Bits 31:24 - DBm[7:0]: Data Byte m Tn Bits 23:16 - DBm-1[7:0]: Data Byte m-1 Tn Bits 15:8 - DBm-2[7:0]: Data Byte m-2 Tn Bits 7:0 - DBm-3[7:0]: Data Byte m-3 Note: Depending on the configuration of TXESC, between two and sixteen 32-bit words (Tn = 3 ... 17) are used for storage of a CAN message's data field. 39.9.4 Tx Event FIFO Element Each element stores information about transmitted messages. By reading the Tx Event FIFO the Host CPU gets this information in the order the messages were transmitted. Status information about the Tx Event FIFO can be obtained from register TXEFS. Table 39-10.Tx Event FIFO Element 31 3 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 E0 E S I X T D R T R E1 ID[28:0] MM[7:0] * ET [1:0] F D F B R S DLC[3:0] TXTS[15:0] E0 Bit 31 - ESI: Error State Indicator 0 : Transmitting node is error active. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1179 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network * 1 : Transmitting node is error passive. E0 Bit 30 - XTD: Extended Identifier 0 : 11-bit standard identifier. * 1 : 29-bit extended identifier. E0 Bit 29 - RTR: Remote Transmission Request 0 : Received frame is a data frame. * 1 : Received frame is a remote frame. E0 Bits 28:0 - ID[28:0]: Identifier * Standard or extended identifier depending on bit XTD. A standard identifier is stored into ID[28:18]. E1 Bits 31:24 - MM[7:0]: Message Marker * Copied from Tx Buffer into Tx Event FIFO element for identification of Tx message status. E1 Bits 23:22 - ET[1:0]: Event Type This field defines the event type. Table 39-11.Event Type Value Name Description 0x0 or 0x3 RES Reserved 0x1 TXE Tx event 0x2 TXC Transmission in spite of cancellation (always set for transmission in DAR mode) * E1 Bit 21 - FDF: FD Format 0 : Standard frame format. * 1 : CAN FD frame format (new DLC-coding and CRC). E1 Bit 20 - BRS: Bit Rate Search 0 : Frame received without bit rate switching. * 1 : Frame received with bit rate switching. E1 Bits 19:16 - DLC[3:0]: Data Length Code 0-8 : CAN + CAN FD: received frame has 0-8 data bytes. 9-15 : CAN: received frame has 8 data bytes. * 9-15 : CAN FD: received frame has 12/16/20/24/32/48/64 data bytes. E1 Bits 15:0 - TXTS[15:0]: Tx Timestamp Timestamp Counter value captured on start of frame transmission. Resolution depending on configuration of the Timestamp Counter Prescaler TSCC.TCP. 39.9.5 Standard Message ID Filter Element Up to 128 filter elements can be configured for 11-bit standard IDs. When accessing a Standard Message ID Filter element, its address is the Filter List Standard Start Address SIDFC.FLSSA plus the index of the filter element (0 ... 127). Table 39-12.Standard Message ID Filter Element 31 3 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 S0 SFT [1:0] SFEC [2:0] * SFID1[10:0] SFID2[10:0] Bits 31:30 - SFT[1:0]: Standard Filter Type (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1180 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network This field defines the standard filter type. Table 39-13.Standard Filter Type * Value Name Description 0x0 RANGE 0x1 DUAL 0x2 CLASSIC 0x3 RES Range filter from SFID1 to SFID2 (SFID2 >= SFID1) Dual ID filter for SFID1 or SFID2 Classic filter: SFID1 = filter, SFID2 = mask Reserved Bits 29:27 - SFEC[2:0]: Standard Filter Element Configuration All enabled filter elements are used for acceptance filtering of standard frames. Acceptance filtering stops at the first matching enabled filter element or when the end of the filter list is reached. If SFEC = "100", "101", or "110" a match sets interrupt flag IR.HPM and, if enabled, an interrupt is generated. In this case register HPMS is updated with the status of the priority match. Table 39-14.Standard Filter Element Configuration Value Name 0x0 DISABLE 0x1 STF0M Store in Rx FIFO 0 if filter matches 0x2 STF1M Store in Rx FIFO 1 if filter matches 0x3 REJECT 0x4 PRIORITY 0x5 PRIF0M Set priority and store in FIFO 0 if filter matches. 0x6 PRIF1M Set priority and store in FIFO 1 if filter matches. 0x7 STRXBUF * Description Disable filter element Reject ID if filter matches Set priority if filter matches. Store into Rx Buffer or as debug message, configuration of SFT[1:0] ignored. Bits 26:16 - SFID1[10:0]: Standard Filter ID 1 First ID of standard ID filter element. * * When filtering for Rx Buffers or for debug messages this field defines the ID of a standard mesage to be stored. The received identifiers must match exactly, no masking mechanism is used. Bits 15:11 - Reserved Bits 10:0 - SFID2[10:0]: Standard Filter ID 2 This bit field has a different meaning depending on the configuration of SFEC. 1. 2. SFEC = "001" ... "110": Second ID of standard ID filter element. SFEC = "111": Filter for Rx Buffers or for debug messages. SFID2[10:9] decides whether the received message is stored into an Rx Buffer or treated as message A, B, or C of the debug message sequence. 00 = Store message into an Rx Buffer 01 = Debug Message A 10 = Debug Message B 11 = Debug Message C SFID2[8:6] is used to control the filter event pins at the Extension Interface. A `1' at the respective bit position enables generation of a pulse at the related filter event pin with the duration of one CLK_CAN_APB period in case the filter matches. SFID2[5:0] defines the offset to the Rx Buffer Start Address RXBC.RBSA for storage of a matching message. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1181 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network 39.9.6 Extended Message ID Filter Element Up to 64 filter elements can be configured for 29-bit extended IDs. When accessing an Extended Message ID Filter element, its address is the Filter List Extended Start Address XIDFC.FLESA plus two times the index of the filter element (0...63). Table 39-15.Extended Message ID Filter Element 31 3 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 F0 F1 EFEC [2:0] EFT [1:0] EFID1[28:0] EFID2[28:0] * F0 Bits 31:29 - EFEC[2:0]: Extended Filter Element Configuration All enabled filter elements are used for acceptance filtering of extended frames. Acceptance filtering stops at the first matching enabled filter element or when the end of the filter list is reached. If EFEC = "100", "101", or "110" a match sets interrupt flag IR.HPM and, if enabled, an interrupt is generated. In this case register HPMS is updated with the status of the priority match. Table 39-16.Extended Filter Element Configuration Value Name 0x0 DISABLE 0x1 STF0M Store in Rx FIFO 0 if filter matches. 0x2 STF1M Store in Rx FIFO 1 if filter matches. 0x3 REJECT 0x4 PRIORITY 0x5 PRIF0M Set priority and store in FIFO 0 if filter matches. 0x6 PRIF1M Set priority and store in FIFO 1 if filter matches. 0x7 STRXBUF * Description Disable filter element. Reject ID if filter matches. Set priority if filter matches. Store into Rx Buffer or as debug message, configuration of EFT[1:0] ignored. F0 Bits 28:0 - EFID1[28:0]: Extended Filter ID 1 First ID of extended ID filter element. * When filtering for Rx Buffers or for debug messages this field defines the ID of a extended mesage to be stored. The received identifiers must match exactly, only XIDAM masking mechanism is used. F1 Bits 31:30 - EFT[1:0]: Extended Filter Type This field defines the extended filter type. Table 39-17.Extended Filter Type Value Name 0x0 RANGEM 0x1 DUAL 0x2 CLASSIC 0x3 RANGE * Description Range filter from EFID1 to EFID2 (EFID2 >= EFID1). Dual ID filter for EFID1 or EFID2. Classic filter: EFID1 = filter, EFID2 = mask. Range filter from EFID1 to EFID2 (EFID2 >= EFID1), XIDAM mask not applied. F1 Bits 28:0 - EFID2[28:0]: Extended Filter ID 2 This bit field has a different meaning depending on the configuration of EFEC. 1) EFEC = "001" ... "110" Second ID of standard ID filter element. 2) EFEC = "111" Filter for Rx Buffers or for debug messages. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1182 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CAN - Control Area Network EFID2[10:9] decides whether the received message is stored into an Rx Buffer or treated as message A, B, or C of the debug message sequence. 00 = Store message into an Rx Buffer 01 = Debug Message A 10 = Debug Message B 11 = Debug Message C EFID2[8:6] is used to control the filter event pins at the Extension Interface. A `1' at the respective bit position enables generation of a pulse at the related filter event pin with the duration of one CLK_CAN_APB period in case the filter matches. EFID2[5:0] defines the offset to the Rx Buffer Start Address RXBC.RBSA for storage of a matching message. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1183 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40. SD/MMC Host Controller (SDHC) 40.1 Overview The SD/MMC Host Controller (SDHC) supports the embedded MultiMedia Card (e.MMC) Specification, the SD Memory Card Specification, and the SDIO Specification. It is compliant with the SD Host Controller Standard specifications. Refer to 40.1.1 Reference Documents for details. The SDHC includes the register set defined in the "SD Host Controller Simplified Specification V3.00" and additional registers to manage e.MMC devices and enhanced features. The SDHC is clocked by up to three clocks (bus clock, SDHC core clock, and a slow clock for certain functions). Both the MCLK and GCLK must be configured before the SDHC can be used. The SAM D5x/E5x provides two instances of the SDHC, SDHC0 and SDHC1. Related Links 40.3.1 Block Diagram 40.1.1 Reference Documents Name Link SD Host Controller Simplified Specification V3.00 https://www.sdcard.org SDIO Simplified Specification V3.00 Physical Layer Simplified Specification V3.01 Embedded MultiMedia Card (e.MMC) Electrical Standard http://www.jedec.org 4.51 40.2 Features * * * * * * * * * * * * Compatibility: - SD Host Controller Standard Specification - MultiMedia Card Specification - SD Memory Card Specification - SDIO Specification Version Refer to 40.1.1 Reference Documents for details. Support for 1-bit/ 4-bit SD/SDIO Devices Support for 1-bit/4-bit e.MMC Devices Support for SD/SDIO Default Speed (Maximum SDCLK Frequency = 25 MHz) Support for SD/SDIO High Speed (Maximum SDCLK Frequency = 50 MHz) Support for e.MMC Default Speed (Maximum SDCLK Frequency = 26 MHz) e.MMC Boot Operation Mode Support Support for Block Size from 1 to 512 bytes Support for Stream, Block and Multi-block Data Read and Write - Advanced DMA and SDMA Capability Internal 1024-byte Dual Port RAM Support for both synchronous and asynchronous abort Supports for SDIO Card Interrupt (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1184 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.3 Block Diagrams 40.3.1 Block Diagram SDHC SDCD SDCMD SDWP SDCK SDDAT[3:0] CLK_AHB_SDHCx GCLK_SDHCx GCLK_SDHCx_SLOW 40.3.2 Application Block Diagram Application Layer ex: File System, Audio, Security, etc. Physical Layer SD/MMC Host Controller (SDHC) MMC/e.MMC SDCard (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. SDIO Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1185 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.4 40.5 40.5.1 Signal Description Signal Name Type Description SDCD Input SD Card / SDIO /e.MMC Card Detect SDCMD I/O SD Card / SDIO /e.MMC Command/ Response Line SDWP Input SD Card Connector Write Protect Signal SDCK Output SD Card / SDIO /e.MMC Clock Signal SDDAT[3:0] I/O SD Card / SDIO /e.MMC data lines Product Dependencies I/O Lines In order to use the I/O lines, the I/O pins must be configured using the IO Pin Controller (PORT). 40.5.2 Power Management This peripheral can continue to operate in any sleep mode where its source clock is running. Refer to PM - Power Manager for details on the different sleep modes. 40.5.3 Clocks The peripheral is using two generic clocks and one bus clock. The clock for the SDHC bus interface (CLK_AHB_SDHC) is enabled and disabled by the Main Clock Controller. The default state of CLK_AHB_SDHC can be found in the Peripheral Clock Masking section. The two generic clocks are: * The core clock GCLK_SDHCx is required to clock the SDHC core. * The slow clock GCLK_SDHCx_SLOW is only required for certain functions. When this clock is required, GCLK_SDHCx must be enabled. These clocks must be configured and enabled in the Generic Clock Controller (GCLK) before using the SDHC. The generic clocks are asynchronous to the user interface clock (CLK_SDHCx_AHB). Due to this asynchronicity, writing to certain registers will require synchronization between the clock domains. Related Links 15. MCLK - Main Clock 40.5.4 DMA Not applicable. 40.5.5 Interrupts The interrupt request line is connected to the Interrupt Controller. In order to use interrupt requests of this peripheral, the Interrupt Controller (NVIC) must be configured first. 40.5.6 Events Not applicable. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1186 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.6 40.6.1 Functional Description SD/SDIO Operating Mode This peripheral is fully compliant with the "SD Host Controller Simplified Specification V3.00" for SD/SDIO devices. Refer to this specification for configuration. Refer to "Physical Layer Simplified Specification V3.01" and "SDIO Simplified Specification V3.00" for SD/SDIO management. Related Links 40.1.1 Reference Documents 40.6.2 e.MMC Operating Mode This peripheral supports e.MMC devices management. As the "SD Host Controller Simplified Specification V3.00" does not apply to e.MMC devices, some registers have been added to those described in this specification in order to manage e.MMC devices. Most of the registers described in the "SD Host Controller Simplified Specification V3.00" must be used for e.MMC management, but e.MMC-specific features are managed using MC1R and MC2R. Related Links 40.1.1 Reference Documents (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1187 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.7 Register Summary Offset Name 0x00 SSAR 0x04 BSR 0x06 BCR 0x08 ARG1R 0x0C TMR 0x0E CR 0x10 RR0 0x14 RR1 0x18 RR2 0x1C RR3 0x20 BDPR 0x24 PSR 0x28 0x29 0x2A 0x2B HC1R PCR BGCR WCR 0x2C CCR 0x2E 0x2F TCR SRR 0x30 NISTR 0x32 EISTR 0x34 NISTER 0x36 EISTER Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 ARG2[7:0] ARG2[15:8] ARG2[23:16] ARG2[31:24] BLKSIZE[7:0] BOUNDARY[2:0] MSBSEL CMDTYP[1:0] DPSEL CMDICEN CMDCCEN CMDIDX[5:0] CMDRESP[7:0] CMDRESP[15:8] CMDRESP[23:16] CMDRESP[31:24] CMDRESP[7:0] CMDRESP[15:8] CMDRESP[23:16] CMDRESP[31:24] CMDRESP[7:0] CMDRESP[15:8] CMDRESP[23:16] CMDRESP[31:24] CMDRESP[7:0] CMDRESP[15:8] CMDRESP[23:16] CMDRESP[31:24] BUFDATA[7:0] BUFDATA[15:8] BUFDATA[23:16] BUFDATA[31:24] RTREQ DLACT BUFRDEN BUFWREN WRPPL CARDDPL DATLL[3:0] CARDDSEL BLKSIZE[9:8] BLKCNT[7:0] BLKCNT[15:8] ARG1[7:0] ARG1[15:8] ARG1[23:16] ARG1[31:24] DTDSEL ACMDEN[1:0] CARDDTL DMASEL[1:0] INTBG USDCLKFSEL[1:0] CLKGSEL BCEN DMAEN RESPTYP[1:0] CMDINHD RTACT CARDSS HSEN DW SDBVSEL[2:0] RWCTRL CONTR WKENCREM WKENCINS SDCLKEN INTCLKS CMDINHC WTACT CARDINS CMDLL LEDCTRL SDBPWR STPBGR WKENCINT INTCLKEN SDCLKFSEL[7:0] DTCVAL[3:0] SWRSTDAT SWRSTCMD BLKGE TRFC CREM ERRINT CURLIM CINS BOOTAR DATEND BRDRDY BWRRDY DMAINT DATCRC CMDIDX CMDEND CREM CINS BOOTAR DATEND BRDRDY DATTEO BOOTAE BWRRDY DMAINT BLKGE DATTEO BOOTAE CMDIDX CMDEND CURLIM (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. DATCRC Datasheet CMDCRC ADMA TRFC CMDCRC ADMA SWRSTALL CMDC CINT CMDTEO ACMD CMDC CINT CMDTEO ACMD DS60001507F-page 1188 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... ...........continued Offset Name Bit Pos. 0x38 NISIER 7:0 15:8 CREM CINS BOOTAR BRDRDY BWRRDY DMAINT BLKGE TRFC CMDC CINT 0x3A EISIER CURLIM DATEND DATCRC CMDEND ACESR DATTEO BOOTAE ACMDIDX CMDIDX 0x3C ACMDEND ACMDCRC CMDCRC ADMA ACMDTEO CMDTEO ACMD ACMD12NE 0x3E HC2R - EMMC 0x3E HC2R - DEFAULT 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 0x40 CA0R 0x44 CA1R 0x48 MCCAR 0x4C ... 0x4F Reserved 0x50 FERACES 0x52 FEREIS 0x54 0x55 ... 0x57 AESR ASAR 0x5C ... 0x5F Reserved 0x60 PVR0 0x64 0x66 0x68 0x6A 0x6C SCLKSEL PVALEN SCLKSEL PVALEN TEOCLKU EXTUN DRVSEL[1:0] EXTUN ASINTEN DRVSEL[1:0] SRSUP SDMASUP SLTYPE[1:0] DRVDSUP HSSUP ASINTSUP DRVCSUP TSDR50 HS200EN[3:0] VS18EN UHSMS[2:0] TEOCLKF[5:0] BASECLKF[7:0] ADMA2SUP ED8SUP SB64SUP V18VSUP V30VSUP DRVASUP DDR50SUP SDR104SUP TCNTRT[3:0] CLKMULT[7:0] MAXBLKL V33VSUP SDR50SUP MAXCUR33V[7:0] MAXCUR30V[7:0] MAXCUR18V[7:0] CMDNI CURLIM DATEND DATCRC ACMDIDX ACMDEND ACMDCRC DATTEO BOOTAE CMDIDX CMDEND ACMDTEO ACMD12NE LMIS CMDCRC CMDTEO ADMA ACMD ERRST[1:0] CLKGSEL SDCLKFSEL[9:8] CLKGSEL SDCLKFSEL[9:8] CLKGSEL SDCLKFSEL[9:8] CLKGSEL SDCLKFSEL[9:8] CLKGSEL SDCLKFSEL[9:8] CLKGSEL SDCLKFSEL[9:8] CLKGSEL SDCLKFSEL[9:8] CLKGSEL SDCLKFSEL[9:8] Reserved 0x58 0x62 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 CMDNI PVR1 PVR2 PVR3 PVR4 PVR5 PVR6 0x6E PVR7 0x70 ... 0xFB Reserved 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 ADMASA[7:0] ADMASA[15:8] ADMASA[23:16] ADMASA[31:24] 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 SDCLKFSEL[7:0] (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. SDCLKFSEL[7:0] SDCLKFSEL[7:0] SDCLKFSEL[7:0] SDCLKFSEL[7:0] SDCLKFSEL[7:0] SDCLKFSEL[7:0] SDCLKFSEL[7:0] Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1189 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... ...........continued Offset Name Bit Pos. 0xFC SISR 7:0 15:8 INTSSL[7:0] 0xFE HCVR 7:0 15:8 SVER[7:0] VVER[7:0] 0x0100 ... 0x01FF Reserved 0x0200 APSR 0x0204 0x0205 0x0206 ... 0x0207 MC1R MC2R HDATLL[3:0] FCD RSTN BOOTA OPD DDR CMDTYP[1:0] ABOOT SRESP Reserved 0x0208 ACR 0x020C CC2R 0x0210 ... 0x022F Reserved 0x0230 CACR 0x0234 DBGR 40.8 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 BMAX[1:0] FSDCLKD CAPWREN KEY[7:0] NIDBG Register Description (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1190 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.1 SDMA System Address / Argument 2 Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: SSAR 0x00 0x00000000 - This register contains the physical system memory address used for SDMA transfers or the second argument for Auto CMD23. Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 28 27 ARG2[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 20 19 ARG2[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 ARG2[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 ARG2[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - ARG2[31:0]SDMA System Address/Argument 2 The function of this bit field is depending on the operation mode: For a SDMA transfer, this field is the system memory address. When the peripheral stops an SDMA transfer, this field points to the system address of the next contiguous data position. This field can be accessed only if no transaction is executing (i.e., after a transaction has stopped). Read operations during transfers may return an invalid value. An interrupt can be generated to instruct the software to update this field. Writing the next system address of the next data position restarts the SDMA transfer. When executing Auto CMD23, this field is used with Auto CMD23 to set a 32-bit block count value to the CMD23 argument. If Auto CMD23 is used with ADMA, the full 32-bit block count value can be used. If Auto CMD23 is used without ADMA, the available block count value is limited by BCR. In this case, 65535 blocks is the maximum value. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1191 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.2 Block Size Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 15 14 13 BOUNDARY[2:0] 12 0 0 0 7 6 5 4 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset BSR 0x04 0x0000 - 11 3 BLKSIZE[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 10 9 8 BLKSIZE[9:8] R/W R/W 0 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 14:12 - BOUNDARY[2:0]SDMA Buffer Boundary This field specifies the size of the contiguous buffer in the system memory. The SDMA transfer waits at every boundary specified by this field and the peripheral generates the DMA Interrupt to instruct the software to update SSAR. If this field is set to 0 (buffer size = 4 Kbytes), the lowest 12 bits of SSAR.ADDRESS point to data in the contiguous buffer, and the upper 20 bits point to the location of the buffer in the system memory. This function is active when the DMA Enable bit in the Transfer Mode Register (TMR.DMAEN) is '1'. Value Name Description 0 4K 4-Kbyte boundary 1 8K 8-Kbyte boundary 2 16K 16-Kbyte boundary 3 32K 32-Kbyte boundary 4 64K 64-Kbyte boundary 5 128K 128-Kbyte boundary 6 256k 256-Kbyte boundary 7 512K 512-Kbyte boundary Bits 9:0 - BLKSIZE[9:0]Transfer Block Size This field specifies the block size of data transfers for CMD17, CMD18, CMD24, CMD25 and CMD53. Values ranging from 1 to 512 can be set. It can be accessed only if no transaction is executing (i.e., after a transaction has stopped). Read operations during transfers may return an invalid value, and write operations are ignored. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1192 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.3 Block Count Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset BCR 0x06 0x0000 - 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 12 11 BLKCNT[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 3 BLKCNT[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 15:0 - BLKCNT[15:0]Block Count for Current Transfer This field is used only if TMR.BCEN (Block Count Enable) is set to 1 and is valid only for multiple block transfers. BLKCNT is the number of blocks to be transferred and it must be set to a value between 1 and the maximum block count. The peripheral decrements the block count after each block transfer and stops when the count reaches 0. When this field is set to 0, no data block is transferred. This register should be accessed only when no transaction is executing (i.e., after transactions are stopped). During data transfer, read operations on this register may return an invalid value and write operations are ignored. When a suspend command is completed, the number of blocks yet to be transferred can be determined by reading this register. Before issuing a resume command, the previously saved block count is restored. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1193 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.4 Argument 1 Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit ARG1R 0x08 0x00000000 Read/Write 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 28 27 ARG1[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 20 19 ARG1[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 ARG1[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 ARG1[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - ARG1[31:0]Argument 1 This register contains the SD command argument which is specified as the bit 39-8 of Command-Format in the "Physical Layer Simplified Specification V3.01" or "Embedded MultiMedia Card (e.MMC) Electrical Standard 4.51". (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1194 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.5 Transfer Mode Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: TMR 0x0C 0x0000 - This register is used to control data transfers. The user shall set this register before issuing a command which transfers data (refer to bit DPSEL in CR), or before issuing a Resume command. The user must save the value of this register when the data transfer is suspended (as a result of a Suspend command) and restore it before issuing a Resume command. To prevent data loss, this register cannot be written while data transactions are in progress. Writes to this register are ignored when bit PSR.CMDINHD is '1'. Table 40-1.Determining the Transfer Type Bit MSBSEL BCEN BCR.BLKCNT Function 0 Don't care Don't care Single Transfer 1 0 Don't care Infinite Transfer 1 1 Not Zero Multiple Transfer 1 1 Zero Stop Multiple Transfer 15 14 13 12 11 7 6 5 MSBSEL R/W 0 4 DTDSEL R/W 0 3 10 9 8 1 BCEN R/W 0 0 DMAEN R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset 2 ACMDEN[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bit 5 - MSBSELMulti/Single Block Selection Write this bit to '1' when issuing multiple-block transfer commands using DAT line(s). For any other commands, write this bit to 0. If this bit is 0, it is not necessary to write BCR to '1' (refer to Table 1-4). Bit 4 - DTDSELData Transfer Direction Selection This bit defines the direction of the DAT lines data transfers. Write this bit to '1' to transfer data from the device (SD Card/SDIO/e.MMC) to the peripheral. Write this bit to '0' for all other commands. Value Name Description 0 WRITE Writes data from the peripheral to the device. 1 READ Reads data from the device to the peripheral. Bits 3:2 - ACMDEN[1:0]Auto Command Enable Two methods can be used to stop Multiple-block read and write operation: 1. Auto CMD12: when the ACMDEN field is set to 1, the peripheral issues CMD12 automatically when the last block transfer is completed. An Auto CMD12 error is indicated to ACESR. Auto CMD12 is not enabled if the command does not require CMD12. 2. Auto CMD23: when the ACMDEN field is set to 2, the peripheral issues a CMD23 automatically before issuing a command specified in CR. The following conditions are required to use Auto CMD23: * A memory card that supports CMD23 (SCR[33] = 1) * If DMA is used, it must be ADMA (SDMA not supported). * Only CMD18 or CMD25 is issued. Note: The peripheral does not check the command index. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1195 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... Auto CMD23 can be used with or without ADMA. By writing CR, the peripheral issues a CMD23 first and then issues a command specified by the CR.CMDIDX field. If CMD23 response errors are detected, the second command is not issued. A CMD23 error is indicated in ACESR. The CMD23 argument (32-bit block count value) is defined in SSAR. This field determines the use of auto command functions. Value Name Description 0 DISABLED Auto Command Disabled 1 CMD12 Auto CMD12 Enabled 2 CMD23 Auto CMD23 Enabled 3 Reserved Reserved Bit 1 - BCENBlock Count Enable This bit is used to enable BCR, which is only relevant for multiple block transfers. When this bit is 0, BCR is disabled, which is useful when executing an infinite transfer (refer to Table 1-4). If an ADMA2 transfer is more than 65535 blocks, this bit is set to 0 and the data transfer length is designated by the Descriptor Table. Value Name Description 0 DISABLED Block count is disabled 1 ENABLED Block count is enabled Bit 0 - DMAENDMA Enable This bit enables the DMA functionality described in section "Supporting DMA" in "SD Host Controller Simplified Specification V3.00" . DMA can be enabled only if it is supported as indicated by the bit CA0R.ADMA2SUP. One of the DMA modes can be selected using the field HC1R.DMASEL. If DMA is not supported, this bit is meaningless and then always reads 0. When this bit is set to 1, a DMA operation begins when the user writes to the upper byte of CR. Value Name Description 0 DISABLED DMA functionality is disabled 1 ENABLED DMA functionality is enabled (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1196 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.6 Command Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 15 CR 0x0E 0x0000 - 14 Access Reset Bit Access Reset 7 6 CMDTYP[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 13 12 R/W 0 R/W 0 5 DPSEL R/W 0 4 CMDICEN 0 11 10 CMDIDX[5:0] R/W R/W 0 0 3 CMDCCEN R/W 0 2 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 1 0 RESPTYP[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bits 13:8 - CMDIDX[5:0]Command Index This bit shall be set to the command number (CMD0-63, ACMD0-63) that is specified in bits 45-40 of the CommandFormat in the "Physical Layer Simplified Specification V3.01", "SDIO Simplified Specification V3.00", and "Embedded MultiMedia Card (e.MMC) Electrical Standard 4.51". Bits 7:6 - CMDTYP[1:0]Command Type Value Name Description 0 NORMAL Other commands 1 SUSPEND CMD52 to write "Bus Suspend" in the Card Common Control Registers (CCCR) (for SDIO only) 2 RESUME CMD52 to write "Function Select" in the Card Common Control Registers (CCCR) (for SDIO only) 3 ABORT CMD12, CMD52 to write "I/O Abort" in the Card Common Control Registers (CCCR) (for SDIO only) Bit 5 - DPSELData Present Select This bit is set to 1 to indicate that data is present and shall be transferred using the DAT lines. It is set to 0 for the following: 1. Commands using only CMD line (Ex. CMD52) 2. Commands with no data transfer but using Busy signal on DAT[0] line (Ex. CMD38) 3. Resume command Value 0 1 Description No data present Data present Bit 4 - CMDICENCommand Index Check Enable If this bit is set to 1, the peripheral checks the Index field in the response to see if it has the same value as the command index. If it has not, it is reported as a Command Index Error (CMDIDX) in EISTR. If this bit is set to 0, the Index field of the response is not checked. Value Name Description 0 DISABLED The Command Index Check is disabled. 1 ENABLED The Command Index Check is enabled. Bit 3 - CMDCCENCommand CRC Check Enable If this bit is set to 1, the peripheral checks the CRC field in the response. If an error is detected, it is reported as a Command CRC Error (CMDCRC) in EISTR. If this bit is set to 0, the CRC field is not checked. The position of the CRC field is determined according to the length of the response. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1197 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... Value 0 1 Name DISABLED ENABLED Description The Command CRC Check is disabled. The Command CRC Check is enabled. Bits 1:0 - RESPTYP[1:0]Response Type This field is set according to the response type expected for the command index (CMDIDX). Value Name Description 0 NORESP No Response 1 RL136 Response Length 136 2 RL48 Response Length 48 3 RL48BUSY Response Length 48 with Busy (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1198 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.7 Response Register n Name: Offset: Reset: Property: RR 0x10 + n*0x04 [n=0..3] 0x000000000 - Bit 31 30 29 Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 28 27 CMDRESP[31:24] R R 0 0 26 25 24 R 0 R 0 R 0 20 19 CMDRESP[23:16] R R 0 0 18 17 16 R 0 R 0 R 0 12 11 CMDRESP[15:8] R R 0 0 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 4 3 CMDRESP[7:0] R R 0 0 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - CMDRESP[31:0]Command Response The table below describes the mapping of command responses from the SD/SDIO/e.MMC bus to these registers for each responses type. In this table, R[] refers to a bit range of the response data as transmitted on the SD/SDIO/ e.MMC bus. Type of response Meaning of response Response field Response register R1, R1b (normal response) R1b (Auto CMD12 response) R1 (Auto CMD23 response) R2 (CID, CSD register) Card Status Card Status for Auto CMD12 Card Status for Auto CMD23 CID or CSD register R[39:8] R[39:8] R[39:8] R[127:8] RR0[31:0] RR3[31:0] RR3[31:0] RR0[31:0] RR1[31:0] RR2[31:0] R3 (OCR register) R4 (OCR register) R5, R5b R6 (Published RCA response) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. OCR register for memory OCR register for I/O SDIO response New published RCA[31:16] and Card status bits Datasheet R[39:8] R[39:8] R[39:8] R[39:8] RR3[23:0] RR0[31:0] RR0[31:0] RR0[31:0] RR0[31:0] DS60001507F-page 1199 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.8 Buffer Data Port Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset BDPR 0x20 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 28 27 BUFDATA[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 20 19 BUFDATA[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 11 BUFDATA[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 3 BUFDATA[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - BUFDATA[31:0]Buffer Data The peripheral's data buffer can be accessed through this 32-bit Data Port register. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1200 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.9 Present State Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit PSR 0x24 0x00F80000 - 31 30 23 22 29 28 27 26 25 24 CMDLL R 0 21 20 19 WRPPL R 1 18 CARDDPL R 0 17 CARDSS R 0 16 CARDINS R 0 Access Reset Bit DATLL[3:0] Access Reset R 1 R 1 R 1 R 1 Bit 15 14 13 12 11 BUFRDEN R 0 10 BUFWREN R 0 9 RTACT R 0 8 WTACT R 0 7 6 5 4 3 RTREQ R 0 2 DLACT R 0 1 CMDINHD R 0 0 CMDINHC R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 24 - CMDLLCMD Line Level This status is used to check the CMD line level to recover from errors, and for debugging. Bits 23:20 - DATLL[3:0]DAT[3:0] Line Level This status is used to check the DAT line level to recover from errors, and for debugging. This is especially useful in detecting the Busy signal level from DAT[0]. Bit 19 - WRPPLWrite Protect Pin Level The Write Protect Switch is supported for memory and combo cards. This bit reflects the WP pin. Value Description 0 Write protected (WP = 0) 1 Write enabled (WP = 1) Bit 18 - CARDDPLCard Detect Pin Level This bit reflects the inverse value of the CD pin. Debouncing is not performed on this bit. This bit may be valid when CARDSS is set to 1, but it is not guaranteed because of the propagation delay. Use of this bit is limited to testing since it must be debounced by software. Value Description 0 No card present (CD = 1) 1 Card present (CD = 0) Bit 17 - CARDSSCard State Stable This bit is used for testing. If it is 0, the CARDDPL is not stable. If this bit is set to 1, it means that the CARDDPL is stable. No Card state can be detected if this bit is set to 1 and CARDINS is set to 0. The Software Reset For All (SWRSTALL) in SRR does not affect this bit. Value Description 0 Reset or debouncing 1 No card or card inserted (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1201 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... Bit 16 - CARDINSCard Inserted This bit indicates whether a card has been inserted. The peripheral debounces this signal so that the user does not need to wait for it to stabilize. A change from 0 to 1 rises the Card Insertion (CINS) status flag in NISTR if NISTER.CINS is set to 1. An interrupt is generated if NISIER.CINS is set to 1. A change from 1 to 0 rises the Card Removal (CREM) status flag in NISTR if NISTER.CREM is set to 1. An interrupt is generated if NISIER.CREM is set to 1. The Software Reset For All (SWRSTALL) in SRR does not affect this bit. Bit 11 - BUFRDENBuffer Read Enable This bit is used for non-DMA read transfers. This flag indicates that valid data exists in the peripheral data buffer. If this bit is 1, readable data exists in the buffer. A change from 1 to 0 occurs when all the block data is read from the buffer. A change from 0 to 1 occurs when block data is ready in the buffer. This rises the Buffer Read Ready (BRDRDY) status flag in NISTR if NISTER.BRDRDY is set to 1. An interrupt is generated if NISIER.BRDRDY is set to 1. Bit 10 - BUFWRENBuffer Write Enable This bit is used for non-DMA write transfers. This flag indicates if space is available for write data. If this bit is 1, data can be written to the buffer. A change from 1 to 0 occurs when all the block data are written to the buffer. A change from 0 to 1 occurs when top of block data can be written to the buffer. This rises the Buffer Write Ready (BRWRDY) status flag in NISTR if NISTER.BRWRDY is set to 1. An interrupt is generated if NISIER.BRWRDY is set to 1. Bit 9 - RTACTRead Transfer Active This bit is used to detect completion of a read transfer. Refer to section "Read Transaction Wait / Continue Timing" in the "SD Host Controller Simplified Specification V3.00" for more details on the sequence of events. This bit is set to 1 in either of the following conditions: * After the end bit of the read command. * When a read operation is restarted by writing a 1 to BGCR.CONTR (Continue Request). This bit is cleared to 0 in either of the following conditions: * When the last data block as specified by Transfer Block Size (BLKSIZE) is transferred to the system. * In case of ADMA2, end of read is designated by the descriptor table. * When all valid data blocks in the peripheral have been transferred to the system and no current block transfers are being sent as a result of the Stop At Block Gap Request (STPBGR) of BGCR being set to 1. A change from 1 to 0 rises the Transfer Complete (TRFC) status flag in NISTR if NISTER.TRFC is set to 1. An interrupt is generated if NISIER.TRFC is set to 1. Bit 8 - WTACTWrite Transfer Active This bit indicates a write transfer is active. If this bit is 0, it means no valid write data exists in the peripheral. Refer to section "Write Transaction Wait / Continue Timing" in the "SD Host Controller Simplified Specification V3.00" for more details on the sequence of events. This bit is set to 1 in either of the following conditions: * After the end bit of the write command. * When a write operation is restarted by writing a 1 to BGCR.CONTR (Continue Request). This bit is cleared to 0 in either of the following conditions: * After getting the CRC status of the last data block as specified by the transfer count (single and multiple). In case of ADMA2, transfer count is designated by the descriptor table. * After getting the CRC status of any block where a data transmission is about to be stopped by a Stop At Block Gap Request (STPBGR) of BGCR. During a write transaction and as the result of the Stop At Block Gap Request (STPBGR) being set, a change from 1 to 0 rises the Block Gap Event (BLKGE) status flag in NISTR if NISTER.BLKGE is set to 1. An interrupt is generated if BLKGE is set to 1 in NISIER. This status is useful to determine whether non-DAT line commands can be issued during Write Busy. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1202 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... Bit 3 - RTREQRetuning Request The peripheral can instruct the software to execute a re-tuning sequence by setting this bit when the data window is shifted by a temperature drift and a tuned sampling point does not have a good margin to receive correct data. This bit is cleared to 0 when a command is issued by setting Execute Tuning (EXTUN) in HC2R. A change from 0 to 1 rises the Re-Tuning Event (RTEVT) status flag in NISTR if NISTER.RTEVT is set to 1. An interrupt is generated if NISIER.RTEVT is set to 1. This bit is not set to 1 if Sampling Clock Select (SCLKSEL) in HC2R is set to 0 (using a fixed sampling clock). Refer to Re-Tuning Modes (RTMODE) in CA1R. Value Description 0 Fixed or well-tuned sampling clock 1 Sampling clock needs re-tuning Bit 2 - DLACTDAT Line Active This bit indicates whether one of the DAT lines on the bus is in use. In the case of read transactions: This status indicates whether a read transfer is executing on the bus. A change from 1 to 0 resulting from setting the Stop At Block Gap Request (STPBGR) rises the Block Gap Event (BLKGE) status flag in NISTR if NISTER.BLKGE is set to 1. An interrupt is generated if NISIER.BLKGE is set to 1. Refer to section "Read Transaction Wait / Continue Timing" in the "SD Host Controller Simplified Specification V3.00" for details on timing. This bit is set in either of the following cases: * After the end bit of the read command. * When writing 1 to BGCR.CONTR (Continue Request) to restart a read transfer. This bit is peripheral cleared in either of the following cases: * When the end bit of the last data block is sent from the bus to the peripheral. In case of ADMA2, the last block is designated by the last transfer of the Descriptor Table. * When a read transfer is stopped at the block gap initiated by a Stop At Block Gap Request (STPBGR). The peripheral stops a read operation at the start of the interrupt cycle by driving the Read Wait (DAT[2] line) or by stopping the SD Clock. If the Read Wait signal is already driven (due to the fact that the data buffer cannot receive data), the peripheral can continue to stop the read operation by driving the Read Wait signal. It is necessary to support the Read Wait in order to use the Suspend/Resume operation. In the case of write transactions: This status indicates that a write transfer is executing on the bus. A change from 1 to 0 rises the Transfer Complete (TRFC) status flag in NISTR if NISTER.TRFC is set to 1. An interrupt is generated if NISIER.TRFC is set to 1. Refer to section "Write Transaction Wait / Continue Timing" in the "SD Host Controller Simplified Specification V3.00" for details on timing. This bit is set in either of the following cases: * After the end bit of the write command. * When writing 1 to BGCR.CONTR (Continue Request) to continue a write transfer. This bit is cleared in either of the following cases: * When the card releases Write Busy of the last data block. If the card does not drive a Busy signal for 8 SDCLK, the peripheral considers the card drive "Not Busy". In the case of ADMA2, the last block is designated by the last transfer of the Descriptor Table. * When the card releases Write Busy prior to wait for write transfer as a result of a Stop At Block Gap Request (STPBGR). Command with Busy: This status indicates whether a command that indicates Busy (ex. erase command for memory) is executing on the bus. This bit is set to 1 after the end bit of the command with Busy and cleared when Busy is de-asserted. A change from 1 to 0 rises the Transfer Complete (TRFC) status flag in NISTR if NISTER.TRFC is set to 1. An interrupt is generated if NISIER.TRFC is set to 1. Refer to Figures 2.11 to 2.13 in the "SD Host Controller Simplified Specification V3.00". Value Description 0 DAT Line Inactive 1 DAT Line Active (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1203 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... Bit 1 - CMDINHDCommand Inhibit (DAT) This status bit is 1 if either the DAT Line Active (DLACT) or the Read Transfer Active (RTACT) is set to 1. If this bit is 0, it indicates that the peripheral can issue the next command. Commands with a Busy signal belong to Command Inhibit (DAT) (ex. R1b, R5b type). A change from 1 to 0 rises the Transfer Complete (TRFC) status flag in NISTR if NISTER.TRFC is set to 1. An interrupt is generated if NISIER.TRFC is set to 1. Note: The software can save registers in the 000-00Dh range for a suspend transaction after this bit has changed from 1 to 0. Value Description 0 Can issue a command which uses the DAT line(s). 1 Cannot issue a command which uses the DAT line(s). Bit 0 - CMDINHCCommand Inhibit (CMD) If this bit is 0, it indicates the CMD line is not in use and the peripheral can issue a command using the CMD line. This bit is set to 1 immediately after CR is written. This bit is cleared when the command response is received. Auto CMD12 and Auto CMD23 consist of two responses. In this case, this bit is not cleared by the CMD12 or CMD23 response, but by the Read/Write command response. Status issuing Auto CMD12 is not read from this bit. So, if a command is issued during Auto CMD12 operation, the peripheral manages to issue both commands: CMD12 and a command set by CR. Even if the Command Inhibit (DAT) is set to 1, commands using only the CMD line can be issued if this bit is 0. A change from 1 to 0 rises the Command Complete (CMDC) status flag in NISTR if NISTER.CMDC is set to 1. An interrupt is generated if NISIER.CMDC is set to 1. If the peripheral cannot issue the command because of a command conflict error (refer to CMDCRC in EISTR) or because of a `Command Not Issued By Auto CMD12' error (refer to Section 1.2.31 "SDMMC Auto CMD Error Status Register"), this bit remains 1 and Command Complete is not set. Value Description 0 Can issue a command using only CMD line. 1 Cannot issue a command. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1204 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.10 Host Control 1 Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset 7 CARDDSEL R/W 0 HC1R 0x28 0x00 - 6 CARDDTL R/W 0 5 4 3 DMASEL[1:0] 0 0 2 HSEN R/W 0 1 DW R/W 0 0 LEDCTRL R/W 0 Bit 7 - CARDDSELCard Detect Signal Selection Note: This register entry is specific to the SD/SDIO operation mode. This bit selects the source for the card detection. Value Description 0 The CD pin is selected. 1 The Card Detect Test Level (CARDDTL) is selected (for test purpose). Bit 6 - CARDDTLCard Detect Test Level Note: This register entry is specific to the SD/SDIO operation mode. This bit is enabled while the Card Detect Signal Selection (CARDDSEL) is set to 1 and it indicates whether the card is inserted or not. Value Description 0 No card. 1 Card inserted. Bits 4:3 - DMASEL[1:0]DMA Select One of the supported DAM modes can be selected. The user must check support of DMA modes by referring the CA0R. Use of selected DMA is determined by DMA Enable (DMAEN) in TMR. Value Name Description 0 SDMA SDMA is selected 1 Reserved Reserved 2 ADMA32 32-bit Address ADMA2 is selected 3 Reserved Reserved Bit 2 - HSENHigh Speed Enable Before setting this bit, the user must check the High Speed Support (HSSUP) in CA0R. If this bit is set to 0 (default), the peripheral outputs CMD line and DAT lines at the falling edge of the SD clock (up to 25 MHz). If this bit is set to 1, the SDMMC outputs the CMD line and the DAT lines at the rising edge of the SD clock (up to 50 MHz). If Preset Value Enable (PVALEN) in HC2R is set to 1, the user needs to reset SD Clock Enable (SDCLKEN) before changing this bit to avoid generating clock glitches. After setting this bit to 1, the user sets SDCLEN to 1 again. Value Description 0 Normal Speed mode. 1 High Speed mode. Note: 1. This bit is effective only if MC1R.DDR is set to 0. 2. The clock divider (DIV) in CCR must be set to a value different from 0 when HSEN is 1. Bit 1 - DWData Width This bit selects the data width of the peripheral. It must be set to match the data width of the card. Note: If the Extended Data Transfer Width is 1, this bit has no effect and the data width is 8-bit mode. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1205 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... Value 0 1 Name 1_BIT 4_BIT Description 1-bit mode 4-bit mode Bit 0 - LEDCTRLLED Control Note: This register entry is specific to the SD/SDIO operation mode. This bit is used to caution the user not to remove the card while it is being accessed. If the software is going to issue multiple commands, this bit is set to 1 during all transactions. Value Name Description 0 OFF LED off 1 ON LED on (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1206 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.11 Power Control Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 PCR 0x29 0x0E - 6 Access Reset 5 4 3 R/W 1 2 SDBVSEL[2:0] R/W 1 1 R/W 1 0 SDBPWR R/W 0 Bits 3:1 - SDBVSEL[2:0]SD Bus Voltage Select By setting this bit, the user selects the voltage level for the card. Before setting this register, the user must check the Voltage Support in CA0R. If an unsupported voltage is selected, the system does not supply the bus voltage. Value Name Description 0x0-0x4 Reserved Reserved 0x5 1V8 1.8 Volt (Typical) 0x6 3V0 3.0 Volt (Typical) 0x7 3V3 3.3 Volt (Typical) Bit 0 - SDBPWRSD Bus Power This bit is automatically cleared by the peripheral if the card is removed. If this bit is cleared, the peripheral stops driving CMD and DAT[7:0] (tri-state) and drives CK to low level. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1207 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.12 Block Gap Control Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 BGCR 0x2A 0x00 - 6 5 4 3 INTBG R/W 0 Access Reset 2 RWCTRL R/W 0 1 CONTR R/W 0 0 STPBGR R/W 0 Bit 3 - INTBGInterrupt at Block Gap Note: This register entry is specific to the SD/SDIO operation mode. This bit is valid only in 4-bit mode of the SDIO card and selects a sample point in the interrupt cycle. Setting to 1 enables interrupt detection at the block gap for a multiple block transfer. If the SDIO card cannot signal an interrupt during a multiple block transfer, this bit should be set to 0. When the software detects an SDIO card insertion, it sets this bit according to the CCCR of the SDIO card. Value Name Description 0 DISABLED Interrupt detection disabled 1 ENABLED Interrupt detection enabled Bit 2 - RWCTRLRead Wait Control Note: This register entry is specific to the SD/SDIO operation mode. The Read Wait control is optional for SDIO cards. If the card supports Read Wait, set this bit to enable use of the Read Wait protocol to stop read data using the DAT[2] line. Otherwise, the peripheral stops the SDCLK to hold read data, which restricts command generation. When the software detects an SD card insertion, this bit must be set according to the CCCR of the SDIO card. If the card does not support Read Wait, this bit shall never be set to 1, otherwise an DAT line conflict may occur. If this bit is set to 0, Suspend/Resume cannot be supported. Value Description 0 Disables Read Wait control. 1 Enables Read Wait control. Bit 1 - CONTRContinue Request This bit is used to restart a transaction which was stopped using a Stop At Block Gap Request (STPBGR). To cancel stop at the block gap, set STPBGR to 0 and set this bit to 1 to restart the transfer. The peripheral automatically clears this bit in either of the following cases: * In the case of a read transaction, the DAT Line Active (DLACT) changes from 0 to 1 as a read transaction restarts. * In the case of a write transaction, the Write Transfer Active (WTACT) changes from 0 to 1 as the write transaction restarts. Therefore, it is not necessary to set this bit to 0. If STPBGR is set to 1, any write to this bit is ignored. Refer to the "Abort Transaction" and "Suspend/Resume" sections in the "SD Host Controller Simplified Specification V3.00" for more details. Value Description 0 No affect 1 Restart Bit 0 - STPBGRStop At Block Gap Request This bit is used to stop executing read and write transactions at the next block gap for non-DMA, SDMA, and ADMA transfers. The user must leave this bit set to 1 until Transfer Complete (TRFC) in NISTR. Clearing both Stop At Block Gap Request and Continue Request does not cause the transaction to restart. This bit can be set whether the card supports the Read Wait signal or not. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1208 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... During read transfers, the peripheral stops the transaction by using the Read Wait signal (DAT[2]) if supported, or by stopping the SD clock otherwise. In case of write transfers in which the user writes data to BDPR, this bit must be set to 1 after all the block of data is written. If this bit is set to 1, the user does not write data to BDPR. This bit affects Read Transfer Active (RTACT), Write Transfer Active (WTACT), DAT Line Active (DLACT) and Command Inhibit (DAT) (CMDINHD) in PSR. Refer to the "Abort Transaction" and "Suspend/Resume" sections in the "SD Host Controller Simplified Specification V3.00" for more details. Value Description 0 Transfer 1 Stop (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1209 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.13 Wakeup Control Register: SD/SDIO Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 WCR 0x2B 0x00 - 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 WKENCREM R/W 0 1 WKENCINS R/W 0 0 WKENCINT R/W 0 Bit 2 - WKENCREMWake-up Event Enable on Card Removal This bit enables a wake-up event via Card Removal (CREM) in NISTR. FN_WUS (Wake-Up Support) in the CIS (Card Information Structure) does not affect this bit. Value Name Description 0 DISABLED Wake-Up Event disabled 1 ENABLED Wake-Up Event enabled Bit 1 - WKENCINSWake-Up Event Enable on Card Insertion This bit enables a wake-up event via Card Insertion (CINS) in NISTR. FN_WUS (Wake-Up Support) in the CIS (Card Information Structure) does not affect this bit. Value Name Description 0 DISABLED Wake-Up Event disabled 1 ENABLED Wake-Up Event enabled Bit 0 - WKENCINTWake-Up Event Enable on Card Interrupt This bit enables a wake-up event via Card Interrupt (CINT) in NISTR. This bit can be set to 1 if FN_WUS (Wake-Up Support) in the CIS (Card Information Structure) is set to 1 in the SDIO card. Value Name Description 0 DISABLED Wake-Up Event disabled 1 ENABLED Wake-Up Event enabled (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1210 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.14 Clock Control Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset CCR 0x2C 0x0000 - 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 USDCLKFSEL[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 5 CLKGSEL R/W 0 12 11 SDCLKFSEL[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 4 3 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 SDCLKEN R/W 0 1 INTCLKS R/W 0 0 INTCLKEN R/W 0 Bits 15:8 - SDCLKFSEL[7:0]SDCLK Frequency Select This register is used to select the frequency of the SDCLK pin. There are two SDCLK Frequency modes according to Clock Generator Select (CLKGSEL). The length of the clock divider (DIV) is extended to 10 bits (DIV[9:8] = USDCLKFSEL, DIV[7:0] = SDCLKFSEL) - 10-bit Divided Clock Mode (CLKGSEL = 0): SDCLK = BASECLK / 2 x DIV . If DIV = 0 then SDCLK = BASECLK - Programmable Clock Mode (CLKGSEL = 1): SDCLK = MULTCLK / DIV+1 This field depends on the setting of Preset Value Enable (PVALEN) in HC2R. If HC2R.PVALEN = 0, this field is set by the user. If HC2R.PVALEN = 1, this field is automatically set to a value specified in one of the PVR. Bits 7:6 - USDCLKFSEL[1:0]Upper Bits of SDCLK Frequency Select These bits expand the SDCLK Frequency Select (SDCLKFSEL) to 10 bits. These two bits are assigned to bit 09-08 of the clock divider as described in SDCLKFSEL. Bit 5 - CLKGSELClock Generator Select This bit is used to select the clock generator mode in the SDCLK Frequency Select field. If the Programmable mode is not supported (CA1R.CLKMULT (Clock Multiplier) set to 0), then this bit cannot be written and is always read at 0. This bit depends on the setting of Preset Value Enable (PVALEN) in HC2R. If HC2R.PVALEN = 0, this bit is set by the user. If HC2R.PVALEN = 1, this bit is automatically set to a value specified in one of the PVRx. Value Description 0 Divided Clock mode (BASECLK is used to generate SDCLK). 1 Programmable Clock mode (MULTCLK is used to generate SDCLK). Bit 2 - SDCLKENSD Clock Enable The peripheral stops the SD Clock when writing this bit to 0. SDCLK Frequency Select (SDCLKFSEL) can be changed when this bit is 0. Then, the peripheral maintains the same clock frequency until SDCLK is stopped (Stop at SDCLK=0). If Card Inserted (CARDINS) in PSR is cleared, this bit is also cleared. Value Description 0 SD Clock disabled 1 SD Clock enabled (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1211 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... Bit 1 - INTCLKSInternal Clock Stable This bit is set to 1 when the SD clock is stable after setting CCR.INTCLKEN (Internal Clock Enable) to 1. The user must wait to set SD Clock Enable (SDCLKEN) until this bit is set to 1. Value Description 0 Internal clock not ready 1 Internal clock ready Bit 0 - INTCLKENInternal Clock Enable This bit is set to 0 when the peripheral is not used or is awaiting a wakeup interrupt. In this case, its internal clock is stopped to reach a very low power state. Registers are still able to be read and written. The clock starts to oscillate when this bit is set to 1. Once the clock oscillation is stable, the peripheral sets Internal Clock Stable (INTCLKS) in this register to 1. This bit does not affect card detection. Value Description 0 The internal clock stops. 1 The internal clock oscillates. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1212 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.15 Timeout Control Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 TCR 0x2E 0x00 - 6 5 Access Reset 4 3 R/W 0 2 1 DTCVAL[3:0] R/W R/W 0 0 0 R/W 0 Bits 3:0 - DTCVAL[3:0]Data Timeout Counter Value This value determines the interval at which DAT line timeouts are detected. For more information about timeout generation, refer to Data Timeout Error (DATTEO) in EISTR. When setting this register, the user can prevent inadvertent timeout events by clearing the Data Timeout Error Status Enable (in EISTER). 213 + DTCVAL TIMEOUT S = BASECLK MHz Note: DTCVAL = F(Hexa) is reserved. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1213 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.16 Software Reset Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 SRR 0x2F 0x00 - 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 SWRSTDAT R/W 0 1 SWRSTCMD R/W 0 0 SWRSTALL R/W 0 Bit 2 - SWRSTDATSoftware reset for DAT line Only part of a data circuit is reset. The DMA circuit is also reset. The following registers and bits are cleared by this bit: * Buffer Data Port Register 40.8.8 BDPR: BUFDATA is cleared and initialized. * Present State Register 40.8.9 PSR: - Buffer Read Enable (BUFRDEN) - Buffer Write Enable (BUFWREN) - Read Transfer Active (RTACT) - Write Transfer Active (WTACT) - DAT Line Active (DATLL) - Command Inhibit - DAT (CMDINHD) * Block Gap Control Register 40.8.12 BGCR: - Continue Request (CONTR) - Stop At Block Gap Request (STPBGR) * Normal Interrupt Status Register 40.8.17 NISTR: - Buffer Read Ready (BRDRDY) - Buffer Write Ready (BWRRDY) - DMA Interrupt (DMAINT) - Block Gap Event (BLKGE) - Transfer Complete (TRFC) Value 0 1 Description Work Reset Bit 1 - SWRSTCMDSoftware reset for CMD line Only part of a command circuit is reset. The following registers and bits are cleared by this bit: * Present State Register 40.8.9 PSR: - Command Inhibit (CMD) (CMDINHC) * Normal Interrupt Status Register 40.8.17 NISTR: - Command Complete (CMDC) Value 0 1 Description Work Reset Bit 0 - SWRSTALLSoftware reset for All This reset affects the entire peripheral except the card detection circuit. During initialization, the peripheral must be reset by setting this bit to 1. This bit is automatically cleared to 0 when CA0R and CA1R are valid and the user can read them. If this bit is set to 1, the user should issue a reset command and reinitialize the card. List of registers cleared to 0: (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1214 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * SDMA System Address / Argument 2 Register 40.8.1 SSAR Block Size Register 40.8.2 BSR Block Count Register 40.8.3 BCR Argument 1 Register 40.8.4 ARG1R Transfer Mode Register 40.8.5 TMR Command Register 40.8.6 CR Response Register n 40.8.7 RR Buffer Data Port Register 40.8.8 BDPR Present State Register 40.8.9 PSR (except CMDLL, DATLL, WRPPL, CARDDDPL, CARDSS, CARDINS) Host Control 1 Register 40.8.10 HC1R Power Control Register 40.8.11 PCR Block Gap Control Register 40.8.12 BGCR Wakeup Control Register 40.8.13 WCR Clock Control Register 40.8.14 CCR Timeout Control Register 40.8.15 TCR Normal Interrupt Status Register 40.8.17 NISTR Error Interrupt Status Register 40.8.18 EISTR Normal Interrupt Status Enable Register 40.8.19 NISTER Error Interrupt Status Enable Register 40.8.20 EISTER Normal Interrupt Signal Enable Register 40.8.21 NISIER Error Interrupt Signal Enable Register 40.8.22 EISIER Auto CMD Error Status Register 40.8.23 ACESR Host Control 2 Register 40.8.25 HC2R - DEFAULT ADMA Error Status Register 40.8.31 AESR ADMA System Address Registers 40.8.32 ASAR Slot Interrupt Status Register 40.8.34 SISR e.MMC Control 1 Register 40.8.37 MC1R e.MMC Control 2 Register 40.8.38 MC2R AHB Control Register 40.8.39 ACR Clock Control 2 Register 40.8.40 CC2R Capabilities Control Register 40.8.41 CACR (except KEY) Value 0 1 Description Work Reset (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1215 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.17 Normal Interrupt Status Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset NISTR 0x30 0x0000 - 15 ERRINT R/W 0 14 BOOTAR R/W 0 13 12 11 10 9 8 CINT R/W 0 7 CREM R/W 0 6 CINS R/W 0 5 BRDRDY R/W 0 4 BWRRDY R/W 0 3 DMAINT R/W 0 2 BLKGE R/W 0 1 TRFC R/W 0 0 CMDC R/W 0 Bit 15 - ERRINTError Interrupt If any of the bits in EISTR are set, then this bit is set. Therefore, the user can efficiently test for an error by checking this bit first. This bit is read-only. Value Description 0 No error 1 Error Bit 14 - BOOTARBoot Acknowledge Received Note: This register entry is specific to the e.MMC operation mode. This bit is set to 1 when the peripheral received a Boot Acknowledge pattern from the e.MMC. This bit can only be set to 1 if NISTER.BOOTAR is set to 1. An interrupt can only be generated if NISIER.BOOTAR is set to 1. Writing this bit to 1 clears this bit. Value Description 0 Boot Acknowledge pattern not received. 1 Boot Acknowledge pattern received. Bit 8 - CINTCard Interrupt Note: This register entry is specific to the SD/SDIO operation mode. Writing this bit to 1 does not clear this bit. It is cleared by resetting the SD card interrupt factor. In 1-bit mode, the peripheral detects the Card Interrupt without SDCLK to support wake-up. In 4-bit mode, the Card Interrupt signal is sampled during the interrupt cycle, so there are some sample delays between the interrupt signal from the SD card and the interrupt to the system. When this bit has been set to 1 and the user needs to start this interrupt service, Card Interrupt Status Enable (CINT) in NISTER may be set to 0 in order to clear the card interrupt statuses latched in the peripheral and to stop driving the interrupt signal to the system. After completion of the card interrupt service (it should reset interrupt factors in the SD card and the interrupt signal may not be asserted), set NISTER.CINT to 1 and start sampling the interrupt signal again. Interrupt detected by DAT[1] is supported when there is one card per slot. In case of a shared bus, interrupt pins are used to detect interrupts. If 0 is set to Interrupt Pin Select (INTPSEL) in SBCR, this status is effective. If a non-zero value is set to INTPSEL, INT_A, INT_B or INT_C is used as device interrupts. This bit can only be set to 1 if NISTER.CREM is set to 1. An interrupt can only be generated if NISIER.CREM is set to 1. Value Description 0 No card interrupt 1 Card interrupt (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1216 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... Bit 7 - CREMCard Removal Note: This register entry is specific to the SD/SDIO operation mode. This status is set to 1 if Card Inserted (CARDINS) in PSR changes from 1 to 0. When the user writes this bit to 1 to clear this status, the status of PSR.CARDINS must be confirmed because the card detect state may possibly be changed when the user clears this bit and no interrupt event can be generated. This bit can only be set to 1 if NISTER.CREM is set to 1. An interrupt can only be generated if NISIER.CREM is set to 1. Writing this bit to 1 clears this bit. Value Description 0 Card state unstable or card inserted 1 Card removed Bit 6 - CINSCard Insertion Note: This register entry is specific to the SD/SDIO operation mode. This status is set if Card Inserted (CARDINS) in PSR changes from 0 to 1. When the user writes this bit to 1 to clear this status, the status of PSR.CARDINS must be confirmed because the card detect state may possibly be changed when the user clears this bit and no interrupt event can be generated. This bit can only be set to 1 if NISTER.CINS is set to 1. An interrupt can only be generated if NISIER.CINS is set to 1. Writing this bit to 1 clears this bit. Value Description 0 Card state unstable or card removed 1 Card inserted Bit 5 - BRDRDYBuffer Read Ready This status is set to 1 if the Buffer Read Enable (BUFRDEN) changes from 0 to 1. Refer to BUFRDEN in PSR. This bit can only be set to 1 if NISTER.BRDRDY is set to 1. An interrupt can only be generated if NISIER.BRDRDY is set to 1. Writing this bit to 1 clears this bit. Value Description 0 Not ready to read buffer 1 Ready to read buffer Bit 4 - BWRRDYBuffer Write Ready This status is set to 1 if the Buffer Write Enable (BUFWREN) changes from 0 to 1. Refer to BUFWREN in PSR. This bit can only be set to 1 if NISTER.BWRRDY is set to 1. An interrupt can only be generated if NISIER.BWRRDY is set to 1. Writing this bit to 1 clears this bit. Value Description 0 Not ready to write buffer 1 Ready to write buffer Bit 3 - DMAINTDMA Interrupt This status is set if the peripheral detects the Host SDMA Buffer boundary during transfer. Refer to SDMA Buffer Boundary (BOUNDARY) in BSR. In case of ADMA, by setting the "int" field in the descriptor table, the peripheral rises this status flag when the descriptor line is completed. This status flag does not rise after Transfer Complete (TRFC). This bit can only be set to 1 if NISTER.DMAINT is set to 1. An interrupt can only be generated if NISIER.DMAINT is set to 1. Writing this bit to 1 clears this bit. Value Description 0 No DMA Interrupt 1 DMA Interrupt (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1217 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... Bit 2 - BLKGEBlock Gap Event If the Stop At Block Gap Request (STPBGR) in BGCR is set to 1, this bit is set when either a read or a write transaction is stopped at a block gap. If STPBGR is not set to 1, this bit is not set to 1. In the case of a Read transaction: This bit is set at the falling edge of the DAT Line Active (DLACT) status (when the transaction is stopped at SD bus timing). The Read Wait must be supported in order to use this function. Refer to section "Read Transaction Wait / Continue Timing" in the "SD Host Controller Simplified Specification V3.00" about the detailed timing. In the case of a Write transaction: This bit is set at the falling edge of the Write Transfer Active (WTACT) status (after getting the CRC status at SD bus timing). Refer to section "Write Transaction Wait / Continue Timing" in the "SD Host Controller Simplified Specification V3.00" for more details on the sequence of events. This bit can only be set to 1 if NISTER.BLKGE is set to 1. An interrupt can only be generated if NISIER.BLKGE is set to 1. Writing this bit to 1 clears this bit. Value Description 0 No block gap event 1 Transaction stopped at block gap Bit 1 - TRFCTransfer Complete This bit is set when a read/write transfer and a command with Busy is completed. In the case of a Read Transaction: This bit is set at the falling edge of the Read Transfer Active Status. The interrupt is generated in two cases. The first is when a data transfer is completed as specified by the data length (after the last data has been read to the system). The second is when data has stopped at the block gap and completed the data transfer by setting the Stop At Block Gap Request (STPBGR) in BGCR (after valid data has been read to the system). Refer to section "Read Transaction Wait / Continue Timing" in the "SD Host Controller Simplified Specification V3.00" for more details on the sequence of events. In the case of a Write Transaction: This bit is set at the falling edge of the DAT Line Active (DLACT) status. This interrupt is generated in two cases. The first is when the last data is written to the card as specified by the data length and the Busy signal is released. The second is when data transfers are stopped at the block gap by setting Stop At Block Gap Request (STPBGR) in BGCR and data transfers are completed. (After valid data is written to the card and the Busy signal is released). Refer to section "Write Transaction Wait / Continue Timing" in the "SD Host Controller Simplified Specification V3.00" for more details on the sequence of events. In the case of command with Busy: This bit is set when Busy is de-asserted. Refer to DAT Line Active (DLACT) and Command Inhibit (DAT) (CMDINHD) in PSR. This bit can only be set to 1 if NISTER.TRFC is set to 1. An interrupt can only be generated if NISIER.TRFC is set to 1. Writing this bit to 1 clears this bit. The table below shows that Transfer Complete (TRFC) has a higher priority than Data Timeout Error (DATTEO). If both bits are set to 1, execution of a command can be considered to be completed. TRFC DATTEO Meaning of the status 0 0 1 0 1 Don't Care Interrupted by another factor Timeout occurred during transfer Command execution complete Value 0 1 Description Command execution is not complete. Command execution is complete. Bit 0 - CMDCCommand Complete This bit is set when getting the end bit of the command response. Auto CMD12 and Auto CMD23 consist of two responses. Command Complete is not generated by the response of CMD12 or CMD23, but it is generated by the response of a read/write command. Refer to Command Inhibit (CMD) in PSR for details on how to control this bit. This bit can only be set to 1 if NISTER.CMDC is set to 1. An interrupt can only be generated if NISIER.CMDC is set to 1. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1218 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... Writing this bit to 1 clears this bit. The table below shows that Command Timeout Error (CMDTEO) has a higher priority than Command Complete (CMDC). If both bits are set to 1, it can be considered that the response was not received correctly. CMDC CMDTEO Meaning of the status 0 Don't care 1 0 1 0 Interrupted by another factor Response not received within 64 SDCLK cycles Response received Value 0 1 Description No command complete Command complete (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1219 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.18 Error Interrupt Status Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit EISTR 0x32 0x0000 - 15 14 13 12 BOOTAE R/W 0 11 10 9 ADMA R/W 0 8 ACMD R/W 0 7 CURLIM R/W 0 6 DATEND R/W 0 5 DATCRC R/W 0 4 DATTEO R/W 0 3 CMDIDX R/W 0 2 CMDEND R/W 0 1 CMDCRC R/W 0 0 CMDTEO R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 12 - BOOTAEBoot Acknowledge Error Note: This register entry is specific to the e.MMC operation mode. This bit is set to 1 when detecting that the e.MMC Boot Acknowledge Status has a value other than "010". This bit can only be set to 1 if EISTER.BOOTAE is set to 1. An interrupt can only be generated if EISIER.BOOTAE is set to 1. Writing this bit to 1 clears this bit. Value Description 0 No error 1 Error Bit 9 - ADMAADMA Error This bit is set to 1 when the peripheral detects errors during an ADMA-based data transfer. The state of the ADMA at an error occurrence is saved in AESR. In addition, the peripheral rises this status bit when it detects some invalid description data (Valid=0) at the ST_FDS state (refer to section "Advanced DMA" in the "SD Host Controller Simplified Specification V3.00". ADMA Error Status (ERRST) in AESR indicates that an error occurs in ST_FDS state. The user may find that the Valid bit is not set at the error descriptor. This bit can only be set to 1 if EISTER.ADMA is set to 1. An interrupt can only be generated if EISIER.ADMA is set to 1. Writing this bit to 1 clears this bit. Value Description 0 No error 1 Error Bit 8 - ACMDAuto CMD Error Auto CMD12 and Auto CMD23 use this error status. This bit is set to 1 when detecting that one of the 0 to 4 bits in AESR (ACESR[4:0]) has changed from 0 to 1. In the case of Auto CMD12, this bit is set to 1, not only when errors occur in Auto CMD12, but also when Auto CMD12 is not executed due to the previous command error. This bit can only be set to 1 if EISTER.ACMD is set to 1. An interrupt can only be generated if EISIER.ACMD is set to 1. Writing this bit to 1 clears this bit. Value Description 0 No error 1 Error Bit 7 - CURLIMCurrent Limit Error By setting SD Bus Power (SDBPWR) in PCR, the peripheral is requested to supply power for the SD Bus. The peripheral is protected from an illegal card by stopping power supply to the card, in which case this bit indicates a failure status. Reading 1 means the peripheral is not supplying power to the card due to some failure. Reading 0 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1220 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... means that the peripheral is supplying power and no error has occurred. The peripheral may require some sampling time to detect the current limit. This bit can only be set to 1 if EISTER.CURLIM is set to 1. An interrupt can only be generated if EISIER.CURLIM is set to 1. Writing this bit to 1 clears this bit. Value Description 0 No error 1 Error Bit 6 - DATENDData End Bit Error This bit is set to 1 either when detecting 0 at the end bit position of read data which uses the DAT line or at the end bit position of the CRC Status. This bit can only be set to 1 if EISTER.DATEND is set to 1. An interrupt can only be generated if EISIER.DATEND is set to 1. Writing this bit to 1 clears this bit. Value Description 0 No error 1 Error Bit 5 - DATCRCData CRC Error This bit is set to 1 when detecting a CRC error during a transfer of read data which uses the DAT line or when detecting that the Write CRC Status has a value other than '010'. This bit can only be set to 1 if EISTER. DATCRC is set to 1. An interrupt can only be generated if EISIER. DATCRC is set to 1. Writing this bit to 1 clears this bit. Value Description 0 No error 1 Error Bit 4 - DATTEOData Timeout error This bit is set to 1 when detecting one of following timeout conditions: * Busy timeout for R1b, R5b response type (see "Physical Layer Simplified Specification V3.01" and "SDIO Simplified Specification V3.00" ). * Busy timeout after Write CRC Status. * Write CRC Status timeout. * Read data timeout. This bit can only be set to 1 if EISTER.DATTEO is set to 1. An interrupt can only be generated if EISIER.DATTEO is set to 1. Writing this bit to 1 clears this bit. Value Description 0 No error 1 Error Bit 3 - CMDIDXCommand Index Error This bit is set to 1 if a Command Index error occurs in the command response. This bit can only be set to 1 if EISTER.CMDIDX is set to 1. An interrupt can only be generated if EISIER.CMDIDX is set to 1. Writing this bit to 1 clears this bit. Value Description 0 No error 1 Error Bit 2 - CMDENDCommand End Bit Error This bit is set to 1 when detecting that the end bit of a command response is 0. This bit can only be set to 1 if EISTER.CMDEND is set to 1. An interrupt can only be generated if EISIER.CMDEND is set to 1. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1221 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... Writing this bit to 1 clears this bit. Value Description 0 No error 1 Error Bit 1 - CMDCRCCommand CRC Error The Command CRC Error is generated in two cases. If a response is returned and Command Timeout Error (CMDTEO) is set to 0 (indicating no command timeout), this bit is set to 1 when detecting a CRC error in the command response. The peripheral detects a CMD line conflict by monitoring the CMD line when a command is issued. If the peripheral drives the CMD line to 1 level, but detects 0 level on the CMD line at the next SDCLK edge, then the peripheral aborts the command (stops driving the CMD line) and sets this bit to 1. CMDTEO is also set to 1 to indicate a CMD line conflict (refer to Table 40-2). This bit can only be set to 1 if EISTER.CMDCRC is set to 1. An interrupt can only be generated if EISIER.CMDCRC is set to 1. Writing this bit to 1 clears this bit. Bit 0 - CMDTEOCommand Timeout Error This bit is set to 1 only if no response is returned within 64 SDCLK cycles from the end bit of the command. If the peripheral detects a CMD line conflict, in which case Command CRC Error (CMDCRC) is also set to 1 (refer to Table 40-2), this bit is set without waiting for 64 SDCLK cycles because the command is aborted by the peripheral. This bit can only be set to 1 if EISTER.CMDTEO is set to 1. An interrupt can only be generated if EISIER.CMDTEO is set to 1. Writing this bit to 1 clears this bit. Table 40-2.CMD Error Types CMDCRC CMDTEO Types of error 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 No error Response timeout error Response CRC error CMD line conflict (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1222 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.19 Normal Interrupt Status Enable Register: e.MMC Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 15 14 BOOTAR R/W 0 13 12 11 10 9 8 CINT R/W 0 7 CREM R/W 0 6 CINS R/W 0 5 BRDRDY R/W 0 4 BWRRDY R/W 0 3 DMAINT R/W 0 2 BLKGE R/W 0 1 TRFC R/W 0 0 CMDC R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset NISTER 0x34 0x0000 - Bit 14 - BOOTARBoot Acknowledge Received Status Enable Note: This register entry is specific to the e.MMC operation mode. Value 0 1 Name MASKED ENABLED Description The BOOTAR status flag in NISTR is masked. The BOOTAR status flag in NISTR is enabled. Bit 8 - CINTCard Interrupt Status Enable If this bit is set to 0, the peripheral clears interrupt requests to the system. The Card Interrupt detection is stopped when this bit is cleared and restarted when this bit is set to 1. The user may clear this bit before servicing the Card Interrupt and may set this bit again after all interrupt requests from the card are cleared to prevent inadvertent interrupts. Value Name Description 0 MASKED The CINT status flag in NISTR is masked. 1 ENABLED The CINT status flag in NISTR is enabled. Bit 7 - CREMCard Removal Status Enable Value Name Description 0 MASKED The CREM status flag in NISTR is masked. 1 ENABLED The CREM status flag in NISTR is enabled. Bit 6 - CINSCard Insertion Status Enable Value Name Description 0 MASKED The CINS status flag in NISTR is masked. 1 ENABLED The CINS status flag in NISTR is enabled. Bit 5 - BRDRDYBuffer Read Ready Status Enable Value Name Description 0 MASKED The BRDRDY status flag in NISTR is masked. 1 ENABLED The BRDRDY status flag in NISTR is enabled. Bit 4 - BWRRDYBuffer Write Ready Status Enable Value Name Description 0 MASKED The BWRRDY status flag in NISTR is masked. 1 ENABLED The BWRRDY status flag in NISTR is enabled. Bit 3 - DMAINTDMA Interrupt Status Enable Value Name Description 0 MASKED The DMAINT status flag in NISTR is masked. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1223 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... Value 1 Name ENABLED Description The DMAINT status flag in NISTR is enabled. Bit 2 - BLKGEBlock Gap Event Status Enable Value Name Description 0 MASKED The BLKGE status flag in NISTR is masked. 1 ENABLED The BLKGE status flag in NISTR is enabled. Bit 1 - TRFCTransfer Complete Status Enable Value Name Description 0 MASKED The TRFC status flag in NISTR is masked. 1 ENABLED The TRFC status flag in NISTR is enabled. Bit 0 - CMDCCommand Complete Status Enable Value Name Description 0 MASKED The CMDC status flag in NISTR is masked. 1 ENABLED The CMDC status flag in NISTR is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1224 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.20 Error Interrupt Status Enable Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit EISTER 0x36 0x0000 - 15 14 13 12 BOOTAE R/W 0 11 10 9 ADMA R/W 0 8 ACMD R/W 0 7 CURLIM R/W 0 6 DATEND R/W 0 5 DATCRC R/W 0 4 DATTEO R/W 0 3 CMDIDX R/W 0 2 CMDEND R/W 0 1 CMDCRC R/W 0 0 CMDTEO R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 12 - BOOTAEBoot Acknowledge Error Status Enable Note: This register entry is specific to the e.MMC operation mode. Value 0 1 Name MASKED ENABLED Description The BOOTAE status flag in EISTR is masked. The BOOTAE status flag in EISTR is enabled. Bit 9 - ADMAADMA Error Status Enable Value Name Description 0 MASKED The ADMA status flag in EISTR is masked. 1 ENABLED The ADMA status flag in EISTR is enabled. Bit 8 - ACMDAuto CMD Error Status Enable Value Name Description 0 MASKED The ACMD status flag in EISTR is masked. 1 ENABLED The ACMD status flag in EISTR is enabled. Bit 7 - CURLIMCurrent Limit Error Status Enable Value Name Description 0 MASKED The CURLIM status flag in EISTR is masked. 1 ENABLED The CURLIM status flag in EISTR is enabled. Bit 6 - DATENDData End Bit Error Status Enable Value Name Description 0 MASKED The DATEND status flag in EISTR is masked. 1 ENABLED The DATEND status flag in EISTR is enabled. Bit 5 - DATCRCData CRC Error Status Enable Value Name Description 0 MASKED The DATCRC status flag in EISTR is masked. 1 ENABLED The DATCRC status flag in EISTR is enabled. Bit 4 - DATTEOData Timeout Error Status Enable Value Name Description 0 MASKED The DATTEO status flag in EISTR is masked. 1 ENABLED The DATTEO status flag in EISTR is enabled. Bit 3 - CMDIDXCommand Index Error Status Enable (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1225 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... Value 0 1 Name MASKED ENABLED Description The CMDIDX status flag in EISTR is masked. The CMDIDX status flag in EISTR is enabled. Bit 2 - CMDENDCommand End Bit Error Status Enable Value Name Description 0 MASKED The CMDEND status flag in EISTR is masked. 1 ENABLED The CMDEND status flag in EISTR is enabled. Bit 1 - CMDCRCCommand CRC Error Status Enable Value Name Description 0 MASKED The CMDCRC status flag in EISTR is masked. 1 ENABLED The CMDCRC status flag in EISTR is enabled. Bit 0 - CMDTEOCommand Timeout Error Status Enable Value Name Description 0 MASKED The CMDTEO status flag in EISTR is masked. 1 ENABLED The CMDTEO status flag in EISTR is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1226 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.21 Normal Interrupt Signal Enable Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 15 14 BOOTAR R/W 0 13 12 11 10 9 8 CINT R/W 0 7 CREM R/W 0 6 CINS R/W 0 5 BRDRDY R/W 0 4 BWRRDY R/W 0 3 DMAINT R/W 0 2 BLKGE R/W 0 1 TRFC R/W 0 0 CMDC R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset NISIER 0x38 0x0000 - Bit 14 - BOOTARBoot Acknowledge Received Signal Enable Note: This register entry is specific to the e.MMC operation mode. Value 0 1 Name MASKED ENABLED Description No interrupt is generated when NISTR.BOOTAR is set. An interrupt is generated when NISTR.BOOTAR is set. Bit 8 - CINTCard Interrupt Signal Enable Note: This register entry is specific to the SD/SDIO operation mode. Value 0 1 Name MASKED ENABLED Description No interrupt is generated when NISTR.CINT is set. An interrupt is generated when NISTR.CINT is set. Bit 7 - CREMCard Removal Signal Enable Note: This register entry is specific to the SD/SDIO operation mode. Value 0 1 Name MASKED ENABLED Description No interrupt is generated when NISTR.CREM is set. An interrupt is generated when NISTR.CREM is set. Bit 6 - CINSCard Insertion Signal Enable Note: This register entry is specific to the SD/SDIO operation mode. Value 0 1 Name MASKED ENABLED Description No interrupt is generated when NISTR.CINS is set. An interrupt is generated when NISTR.CINS is set. Bit 5 - BRDRDYBuffer Read Ready Signal Enable Value Name Description 0 MASKED No interrupt is generated when NISTR.BRDRDY is set. 1 ENABLED An interrupt is generated when NISTR.BRDRDY is set. Bit 4 - BWRRDYBuffer Write Ready Signal Enable Value Name Description 0 MASKED No interrupt is generated when NISTR.BWRRDY is set. 1 ENABLED An interrupt is generated when NISTR.BWRRDY is set. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1227 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... Bit 3 - DMAINTDMA Interrupt Signal Enable Value Name Description 0 MASKED No interrupt is generated when NISTR.DMAINT is set. 1 ENABLED An interrupt is generated when NISTR.DMAINT is set. Bit 2 - BLKGEBlock Gap Event Signal Enable Value Name Description 0 MASKED No interrupt is generated when NISTR.BLKGE is set. 1 ENABLED An interrupt is generated when NISTR.BLKGE is set. Bit 1 - TRFCTransfer Complete Signal Enable Value Name Description 0 MASKED No interrupt is generated when NISTR.TRFC is set. 1 ENABLED An interrupt is generated when NISTR.TRFC is set. Bit 0 - CMDCCommand Complete Signal Enable Value Name Description 0 MASKED No interrupt is generated when NISTR.CMDC is set. 1 ENABLED An interrupt is generated when NISTR.CMDC is set. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1228 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.22 Error Interrupt Signal Enable Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit EISIER 0x3A 0x0000 - 15 14 13 12 BOOTAE R/W 0 11 10 9 ADMA R/W 0 8 ACMD R/W 0 7 CURLIM R/W 0 6 DATEND R/W 0 5 DATCRC R/W 0 4 DATTEO R/W 0 3 CMDIDX R/W 0 2 CMDEND R/W 0 1 CMDCRC R/W 0 0 CMDTEO R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 12 - BOOTAEBoot Acknowledge Error Signal Enable Note: This register entry is specific to the e.MMC operation mode. Value 0 1 Name MASKED ENABLED Description No interrupt is generated when EISTR.BOOTAE is set. An interrupt is generated when EISTR.BOOTAE is set. Bit 9 - ADMAADMA Error Signal Enable Value Name Description 0 MASKED No interrupt is generated when EISTR.ADMA is set. 1 ENABLED An interrupt is generated when EISTR.ADMA is set. Bit 8 - ACMDAuto CMD Error Signal Enable Value Name Description 0 MASKED No interrupt is generated when EISTR.ACMD is set. 1 ENABLED An interrupt is generated when EISTR.ACMD is set. Bit 7 - CURLIMCurrent Limit Error Signal Enable Value Name Description 0 MASKED No interrupt is generated when EISTR.CURLIM is set. 1 ENABLED An interrupt is generated when EISTR.CURLIM is set. Bit 6 - DATENDData End Bit Error Signal Enable Value Name Description 0 MASKED No interrupt is generated when EISTR.DATEND is set. 1 ENABLED An interrupt is generated when EISTR.DATEND is set. Bit 5 - DATCRCData CRC Error Signal Enable Value Name Description 0 MASKED No interrupt is generated when EISTR.DATCRC is set. 1 ENABLED An interrupt is generated when EISTR.DATCRC is set. Bit 4 - DATTEOData Timeout Error Signal Enable Value Name Description 0 MASKED No interrupt is generated when EISTR.DATTEO is set. 1 ENABLED An interrupt is generated when EISTR.DATTEO is set. Bit 3 - CMDIDXCommand Index Error Signal Enable (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1229 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... Value 0 1 Name MASKED ENABLED Description No interrupt is generated when EISTR.CMDIDX is set. An interrupt is generated when EISTR.CMDIDX is set. Bit 2 - CMDENDCommand End Bit Error Signal Enable Value Name Description 0 MASKED No interrupt is generated when EISTR.CMDEND is set. 1 ENABLED An interrupt is generated when EISTR.CMDEND is set. Bit 1 - CMDCRCCommand CRC Error Signal Enable Value Name Description 0 MASKED No interrupt is generated when EISTR.CMDCRC is set. 1 ENABLED An interrupt is generated when EISTR.CMDCRC is set. Bit 0 - CMDTEOCommand Timeout Error Signal Enable Value Name Description 0 MASKED No interrupt is generated when EISTR.CMDTEO is set. 1 ENABLED An interrupt is generated when EISTR.CMDTEO is set. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1230 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.23 Auto CMD Error Status Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit ACESR 0x3C 0x0000 - 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 CMDNI R 0 6 5 4 ACMDIDX R 0 3 ACMDEND R 0 2 ACMDCRC R 0 1 ACMDTEO R 0 0 ACMD12NE R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 7 - CMDNICommand Not Issued by Auto CMD12 Error Setting this bit to 1 means CMD_wo_DAT is not executed due to an Auto CMD12 error (ACESR[4:1]). This bit is set to 0 when Auto CMD Error is generated by Auto CMD23. Value Description 0 No error 1 Error Bit 4 - ACMDIDXAuto CMD Index Error This bit is set to 1 when the Command Index error occurs in response to a command. Value Description 0 No error 1 Error Bit 3 - ACMDENDAuto CMD End Bit Error This bit is set to 1 when detecting that the end bit of the command response is 0. Value Description 0 No error 1 Error Bit 2 - ACMDCRCAuto CMD CRC Error This bit is set to 1 when detecting a CRC error in the command response (refer to Table 1-7 for more details). Bit 1 - ACMDTEOAuto CMD Timeout Error This bit is set to 1 if no response is returned within 64 SDCLK cycles from the end bit of the command. If this bit is set to 1, the other error status bits (ACESR[4:2]) are meaningless. ACMDCRC ACMDTEO Types of error 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 No error Response Timeout error Response CRC error CMD line conflict Bit 0 - ACMD12NEAuto CMD12 Not Executed If a memory multiple block data transfer is not started due to a command error, this bit is not set to 1 because it is not necessary to issue Auto CMD12. Setting this bit to 1 means the peripheral cannot issue Auto CMD12 to stop a memory multiple block data transfer due to some error. If this bit is set to 1, other error status bits (ACESR[4:1]) are meaningless. This bit is set to 0 when an Auto CMD error is generated by Auto CMD23. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1231 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... Value 0 1 Description No error Error (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1232 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.24 Host Control 2 Register: e.MMC Name: Offset: Reset: Property: HC2R - EMMC 0x3E 0x0000 - Note: The content of the HC2R register is depending on the mode. This description is for e.MMC mode. For SD/ SDIO mode, see 40.8.25 HC2R - DEFAULT. Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 15 PVALEN R/W 0 14 13 7 SCLKSEL R/W 0 6 EXTUN R/W 0 5 12 4 DRVSEL[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 11 10 3 2 R/W 0 9 1 HS200EN[3:0] R/W R/W 0 0 8 0 R/W 0 Bit 15 - PVALENPreset Value Enable As the operating SDCLK frequency depends on the system implementation, it is difficult to determine these parameters in the standard host driver. When Preset Value Enable (PVALEN) is set to 1, automatic SDCLK frequency generationis performed without considering system-specific conditions. This bit enables the functions defined in PVR. If this bit is written to 0, the Clock Generator Select bit (CCR.CLKGSEL) and the SDCLK Frequency Select bit (CCR.SDCLKFSEL) in the Clock Control Register (CCR) are selected by the user. If this bit is set to 1, CCR.SDCLKFSEL and .CLKGSEL and HC2R.DRVSEL are set by the peripheral as specified in the Preset Value Register (PVR). Value Description 0 CCR.SDCLK, CCR.SDCLKFSEL controlled by the user. 1 Automatic selection by Preset Value is enabled. Bit 7 - SCLKSELSampling Clock Select The peripheral uses this bit to select the sampling clock to receive CMD and DAT. This bit is set by the tuning procedure and is valid after completion of tuning (when EXTUN is cleared). Setting 1 means that tuning is completed successfully and setting 0 means that tuning has failed. Writing 1 to this bit is meaningless and ignored. A tuning circuit is reset by writing to 0. This bit can be cleared by setting EXTUN to 1. Once the tuning circuit is reset, it takes time to complete a tuning sequence. Therefore, the user should keep this bit to 1 to perform a re-tuning sequence to complete a re-tuning sequence in a short time. Changing this bit is not allowed while the peripheral is receiving a response or a read data block. Refer to Figure 2.29 in the "SD Host Controller Simplified Specification V3.00" . Value Description 0 The fixed clock is used to sample data. 1 The tuned clock is used to sample data. Bit 6 - EXTUNExecute Tuning This bit is set to 1 to start the tuning procedure and is automatically cleared when the tuning procedure is completed. The result of tuning is indicated to Sampling Clock Select (SCLKSEL). The tuning procedure is aborted by writing 0. Refer to Figure 2.29 in the "SD Host Controller Simplified Specification V3.00" . Value Description 0 Not tuned or tuning completed 1 Execute tuning Bits 5:4 - DRVSEL[1:0]Driver Strength Select The peripheral output driver in 1.8V signaling is selected by this bit. In 3.3V signaling, this field is not effective. This field can be set according to the Driver Type A, C and D support bits in CA1R. This field depends on setting of Preset Value Enable (PVALEN): (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1233 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... * * PVALEN=0 - This field is set by the user. PVALEN=1 - This field is automatically set by a value specified in one of the PVRx. Value 0 1 2 3 Name TYPEB TYPEA TYPEC TYPED Description Driver Type B is selected (Default) Driver Type A is selected Driver Type C is selected Driver Type D is selected Bits 3:0 - HS200EN[3:0]HS200 Mode Enable This field is used to select the e.MMC HS200 mode. When HS200EN is set to B(hexa), the HS200 mode is enabled. Any other value except 0 is forbidden when interfacing an e.MMC device. If Preset Value Enable is set to 1, peripheral sets SDCLK Frequency Select (SDCLKFSEL), Clock Generator Select (CLKGSEL) in CCR and Driver Strength Select (DRVSEL) according to PVR. In this case, one of the preset value registers is selected by this field. The user needs to reset SD Clock Enable (SDCLKEN) before changing this field to avoid generating a clock glitch. After setting this field, the user sets SDCLKEN to 1 again. Note: This field is effective only if MC1R.DDR is written to 0. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1234 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.25 Host Control 2 Register: SD/SDIO Name: Offset: Reset: Property: HC2R - DEFAULT 0x3E 0x0000 - Note: The content of the HC2R register is depending on the mode. This description is for SD/SDIO mode. For e.MMC mode, see 40.8.24 HC2R - EMMC. Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 15 PVALEN R/W 0 14 ASINTEN R/W 0 13 7 SCLKSEL R/W 0 6 EXTUN R/W 0 5 12 4 DRVSEL[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 11 10 9 8 3 VS18EN R/W 0 2 1 UHSMS[2:0] R/W 0 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit 15 - PVALENPreset Value Enable As the operating SDCLK frequency depends on the system implementation, it is difficult to determine these parameters in the standard host driver. When Preset Value Enable (PVALEN) is set to 1, automatic SDCLK frequency generationis performed without considering system-specific conditions. This bit enables the functions defined in PVR. If this bit is written to 0, the Clock Generator Select bit (CCR.CLKGSEL) and the SDCLK Frequency Select bit (CCR.SDCLKFSEL) in the Clock Control Register (CCR) are selected by the user. If this bit is set to 1, CCR.SDCLKFSEL and .CLKGSEL and HC2R.DRVSEL are set by the peripheral as specified in the Preset Value Register (PVR). Value Description 0 CCR.SDCLK, CCR.SDCLKFSEL controlled by the user. 1 Automatic selection by Preset Value is enabled. Bit 14 - ASINTENAsynchronous Interrupt Enable This bit can be set to 1 if a card support asynchronous interrupts and Asynchronous Interrupt Support (ASINTSUP) is set to 1 in CA0R. Asynchronous interrupt is effective when DAT[1] interrupt is used in 4-bit SD mode. If this bit is set to 1, the user can stop the SDCLK during the asynchronous interrupt period to save power. During this period, the peripheral continues to deliver the Card Interrupt to the host when it is asserted by the card. Value Description 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Bit 7 - SCLKSELSampling Clock Select The peripheral uses this bit to select the sampling clock to receive CMD and DAT. This bit is set by the tuning procedure and is valid after completion of tuning (when EXTUN is cleared). Setting 1 means that tuning is completed successfully and setting 0 means that tuning has failed. Writing 1 to this bit is meaningless and ignored. A tuning circuit is reset by writing to 0. This bit can be cleared by setting EXTUN to 1. Once the tuning circuit is reset, it takes time to complete the tuning sequence. Therefore, the user should keep this bit to 1 to perform a re-tuning sequence to complete a re-tuning sequence in a short time. Changing this bit is not allowed while the peripheral is receiving a response or a read data block. Refer to Figure 2.29 in the "SD Host Controller Simplified Specification V3.00" . Value Description 0 The fixed clock is used to sample data. 1 The tuned clock is used to sample data. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1235 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... Bit 6 - EXTUNExecute Tuning This bit is set to 1 to start the tuning procedure and is automatically cleared when the tuning procedure is completed. The result of tuning is indicated to Sampling Clock Select (SCLKSEL). The tuning procedure is aborted by writing 0. Refer to Figure 2.29 in the "SD Host Controller Simplified Specification V3.00" . Value Description 0 Not tuned or tuning completed 1 Execute tuning Bits 5:4 - DRVSEL[1:0]Driver Strength Select The peripheral output driver in 1.8V signaling is selected by this bit. In 3.3V signaling, this field is not effective. This field can be set according to the Driver Type A, C and D support bits in CA1R. This field depends on setting of Preset Value Enable (PVALEN): * PVALEN=0 - This field is set by the user. * PVALEN=1 - This field is automatically set by a value specified in one of the PVRx. Value 0 1 2 3 Name TYPEB TYPEA TYPEC TYPED Description Driver Type B is selected (Default) Driver Type A is selected Driver Type C is selected Driver Type D is selected Bit 3 - VS18EN1.8V Signaling Enable This bit controls the voltage regulator for the I/O cell. 3.3V is supplied to the card regardless of the signaling voltage. Setting this bit from 0 to 1 starts changing the signal voltage from 3.3V to 1.8V. The 1.8V regulator output must be stable within 5 ms. Clearing this bit from 1 to 0 starts changing the signal voltage from 1.8V to 3.3V. The 3.3V regulator output must be stable within 5ms. The user can set this bit to 1 when the peripheral supports 1.8V signaling (one of the support bits is set to 1: SDR50SUP, SDR104SUP or DDR50SUP in CA1R) and the card or device supports UHS-I (S18A = 1. Refer to "Bus Switch Voltage Switch Sequence in the "Physical Layer Simplified Specification V3.01" ). Value Description 0 3.3V signaling 1 1.8V signaling Bits 2:0 - UHSMS[2:0]UHS Mode Select This field is used to select one of the UHS-I modes and is effective when 1.8V Signal Enable (VS18EN) is set to 1. If Preset Value Enable is set to 1, the peripheral sets SDCLK Frequency Select (SDCLKFSEL), Clock Generator Select (CLKGSEL) in CCR and Driver Strength Select (DRVSEL) according to PVR. In this case, one of the preset value registers is selected by this field. The user needs to reset SD Clock Enable (SDCLKEN) before changing this field to avoid generating a clock glitch. After setting this field, the user sets SDCLKEN to 1 again. Value Name Description 0 SDR12 UHS SDR12 Mode 1 SDR25 UHS SDR25 Mode 2 SDR50 UHS SDR50 Mode 3 SDR104 UHS SDR104 Mode 4 DDR50 UHS DDR50 Mode Note: This field is effective only if MC1R.DDR is set to 0. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1236 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.26 Capabilities 0 Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: CA0R 0x40 0x27E80080 - Note: The Capabilities 0 Register is not supposed to be written by the user. Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 31 30 SLTYPE[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 29 ASINTSUP R/W 1 28 SB64SUP R/W 0 27 26 V18VSUP R/W 1 25 V30VSUP R/W 1 24 V33VSUP R/W 1 20 19 ADMA2SUP R/W 1 18 ED8SUP R/W 0 17 16 MAXBLKL R/W 0 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 SRSUP R/W 1 22 SDMASUP R/W 1 21 HSSUP R/W 1 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 TEOCLKU R/W 1 6 5 4 R/W 0 R/W 0 12 11 BASECLKF[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 3 2 TEOCLKF[5:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bits 31:30 - SLTYPE[1:0]Slot Type This field indicates usage of a slot by a specific system. An peripheral control register set is defined per slot. Embedded Slot for One Device means that only one non-removable device is connected to a bus slot. The Standard Host Driver controls a removable card (SLTYPE = 0) or one embedded device (SLTYPE = 1) connected to an SD bus slot. Value Name 0 Removable Card Slot 1 Embedded Slot for One Device 2 Shared Bus Slot 2 Reserved 3 Reserved Bit 29 - ASINTSUPAsynchronous Interrupt Support Refer to section "Asynchronous Interrupt" in the "SDIO Simplified Specification V3.00". Value Description 0 Asynchronous interrupt not supported 1 Asynchronous interrupt supported Bit 28 - SB64SUP64-Bit System Bus Support This bit indicates if the peripheral supports the 64-bit Address Descriptor mode and is connected to the 64-bit address system bus. Value Description 0 64-bit address bus not supported 1 64-bit address bus supported Bit 26 - V18VSUPVoltage Support 1.8V Value Description 0 1.8V Voltage supply not supported (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1237 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... Value 1 Description 1.8V Voltage supply supported Bit 25 - V30VSUPVoltage Support 3.0V Note: The signal and supply voltages of the peripheral are limited by the supply voltage of the device. Value 0 1 Description 3.0V Voltage supply not supported 3.0V Voltage supply supported Bit 24 - V33VSUPVoltage Support 3.3V Note: The signal and supply voltages of the peripheral are limited by the supply voltage of the device. Value 0 1 Description 3.3V Voltage supply not supported 3.3V Voltage supply supported Bit 23 - SRSUPSuspend/Resume Support This bit indicates whether the peripheral supports the Suspend/Resume functionality. If this bit is set to 0, the user does not issue either Suspend or Resume commands because the Suspend and Resume mechanism (refer to "Suspend and Resume Mechanism" in the "SD Host Controller Simplified Specification V3.00" ) is not supported. Value Description 0 Suspend/Resume not supported 1 Suspend/Resume supported Bit 22 - SDMASUPSDMA Support This bit indicates whether the peripheral is capable of using SDMA to transfer data between system memory and the peripheral directly. Value Description 0 SDMA not supported 1 SDMA supported Bit 21 - HSSUPHigh Speed Support This bit indicates whether the peripheral and the system support High Speed mode and they can supply SDCLK frequency from 25MHz to 50MHz. Value Description 0 High Speed not supported 1 High Speed supported Bit 19 - ADMA2SUPADMA2 Support This bit indicates whether the peripheral is capable of using ADMA2. Value Description 0 ADMA2 not supported 1 ADMA2 supported Bit 18 - ED8SUP8-Bit Support for Embedded Device This bit indicates whether the peripheral is capable of using the 8-bit Bus Width mode. Value Description 0 8-bit bus width not supported 1 8-bit bus width supported Bit 16 - MAXBLKLMax Block Length This field indicates the maximum block size that the user can read and write to the buffer in the peripheral. Note: For SD Memory Cards, the transfer block length is always 512 bytes, regardless of this field. Value 0 1 Name 512 NONE (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Description 512 bytes Reserved Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1238 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... Bits 15:8 - BASECLKF[7:0]Base Clock Frequency This value indicates the frequency of the base clock (BASECLK). The user uses this value to calculate the clock divider value (refer to SDCLK Frequency Select (SDCLKFSEL) in CCR). If this field is set to 0, the user must get the information via another method. BASECLK = BASECLKFMHz Bit 7 - TEOCLKUTimeout Clock Unit This bit shows the unit of the base clock frequency used to detect Data Timeout Error. Value Description 0 kHz 1 MHz Bits 5:0 - TEOCLKF[5:0]Timeout Clock Frequency This bit shows the timeout clock frequency (TEOCLK) used to detect Data Timeout Error. If this field is set to 0, the user must get the information via another method. The Timeout Clock Unit (TEOCLKU) defines the unit of this field's value. - TEOCLKU = 0: TEOCLK = TEOCLKFKHz - TEOCLKU = 1: TEOCLK = TEOCLKFMHz (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1239 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.27 Capabilities 1 Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: CA1R 0x44 0x00000070 - Note: The Capabilities 1 Register is not supposed to be written by the user. Bit 31 30 29 28 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 TSDR50 R/W 0 12 5 DRVCSUP R/W 0 4 DRVASUP R/W 0 27 26 25 24 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 7 6 DRVDSUP R/W 0 20 19 CLKMULT[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 11 R/W 0 3 10 9 TCNTRT[3:0] R/W R/W 0 0 2 DDR50SUP R/W 0 1 SDR104SUP R/W 0 8 R/W 0 0 SDR50SUP R/W 0 Bits 23:16 - CLKMULT[7:0]Clock Multiplier This field indicates the multiplier factor between the Base Clock (BASECLK) used for the Divided Clock Mode and the Multiplied Clock (MULTCLK) used for the Programmable Clock mode (refer to CCR). Reading this field to 0 means that the Programmable Clock mode is not supported. MULTCLK = BASECLK x CLKMULT+1 Bit 13 - TSDR50Use Tuning for SDR50 If this bit is set to 1, the peripheral requires tuning to operate SDR50 (tuning is always required to operate SDR104). Value Description 0 SDR50 does not require tuning. 1 SDR50 requires tuning. Bits 11:8 - TCNTRT[3:0]Timer Count For Re-Tuning This field indicates an initial value of the Re-Tuning Timer for Re-Tuning Mode (RTMODE) 1 to 3. Reading this field at 0 means that the Re-Tuning Timer is disabled. The Re-Tuning Timer initial value ranges from 0 to 1024 seconds. TIMER = 2 TCNTRT+ - 1 Seconds Bit 6 - DRVDSUPDriver Type D Support Value Description 0 Driver type D is not supported. Bit 5 - DRVCSUPDriver Type C Support Value Description 0 Driver type C is not supported. Bit 4 - DRVASUPDriver Type A Support (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1240 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... Value 0 Description Driver type A is not supported. Bit 2 - DDR50SUPDDR50 Support Value Description 0 DDR50 mode is not supported. Bit 1 - SDR104SUPSDR104 Support Value Description 0 SDR104 mode is not supported. 1 SDR104 mode is supported. Bit 0 - SDR50SUPSDR50 Support Value Description 0 SDR50 mode is not supported. 1 SDR50 mode is supported. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1241 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.28 Maximum Current Capabilities Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit MCCAR 0x48 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 Bit 23 22 21 18 17 16 Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 20 19 MAXCUR18V[7:0] R R 0 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 10 9 8 Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 12 11 MAXCUR30V[7:0] R R 0 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 2 1 0 Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 4 3 MAXCUR33V[7:0] R R 0 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Access Reset Bits 23:16 - MAXCUR18V[7:0]Maximum Current for 1.8V This field indicates the maximum current capability for 1.8V voltage. This value is meaningful only if V18VSUP is set to 1 in CA0RCA1R. Reading MAXCUR18V at 0 means that the user must get information via another method. ImaxmA = 4 x MAXCURR18 Bits 15:8 - MAXCUR30V[7:0]Maximum Current for 3.0V This field indicates the maximum current capability for 3.0V voltage. This value is meaningful only if V30VSUP is set to 1 in CA0R. Reading MAXCUR30V at 0 means that the user must get information via another method. ImaxmA = 4 x MAXCURR30 Bits 7:0 - MAXCUR33V[7:0]Maximum Current for 3.3V This field indicates the maximum current capability for 3.3V voltage. This value is meaningful only if V33VSUP is set to 1 in CA0R. Reading MAXCUR33V at 0 means that the user must get information via another method. ImaxmA = 4 x MAXCURR33 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1242 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.29 Force Event Register for Auto CMD Error Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit FERACES 0x50 0x0000 - 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 CMDNI W 0 6 5 4 ACMDIDX W 0 3 ACMDEND W 0 2 ACMDCRC W 0 1 ACMDTEO W 0 0 ACMD12NE W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 7 - CMDNIForce Event for Command Not Issued by Auto CMD12 Error For testing purposes, the user can write this bit to 1 to rise the CMDNI status flag in ACESR. Writing this bit to 0 has no effect. Bit 4 - ACMDIDXForce Event for Auto CMD Index Error For testing purposes, the user can write this bit to 1 to rise the ACMDIDX status flag in ACESR. Writing this bit to 0 has no effect. Bit 3 - ACMDENDForce Event for Auto CMD End Bit Error For testing purposes, the user can write this bit to 1 to rise the ACMDEND status flag in ACESR. Writing this bit to 0 has no effect. Bit 2 - ACMDCRCForce Event for Auto CMD CRC Error For testing purposes, the user can write this bit to 1 to rise the ACMDCRC status flag in ACESR. Writing this bit to 0 has no effect. Bit 1 - ACMDTEOForce Event for Auto CMD Timeout Error For testing purposes, the user can write this bit to 1 to rise the ACMDTEO status flag in ACESR. Writing this bit to 0 has no effect. Bit 0 - ACMD12NEForce Event for Auto CMD12 Not Executed For testing purposes, the user can write this bit to 1 to rise the ACMD12NE status flag in ACESR. Writing this bit to 0 has no effect. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1243 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.30 Force Event Register for Error Interrupt Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit FEREIS 0x52 0x0000 - 15 14 13 12 BOOTAE W 0 11 10 9 ADMA W 0 8 ACMD W 0 7 CURLIM W 0 6 DATEND W 0 5 DATCRC W 0 4 DATTEO W 0 3 CMDIDX W 0 2 CMDEND W 0 1 CMDCRC W 0 0 CMDTEO W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 12 - BOOTAEForce Event for Boot Acknowledge Error For testing purposes, the user can write this bit to 1 to rise the BOOTAE status flag in EISTR. Writing this bit to 0 has no effect. Bit 9 - ADMAForce Event for ADMA Error For testing purposes, the user can write this bit to 1 to rise the ADMA status flag in EISTR. Writing this bit to 0 has no effect. Bit 8 - ACMDForce Event for Auto CMD Error For testing purposes, the user can write this bit to 1 to rise the ACMD status flag in EISTR. Writing this bit to 0 has no effect. Bit 7 - CURLIMForce Event for Current Limit Error For testing purposes, the user can write this bit to 1 to rise the CURLIM status flag in EISTR. Writing this bit to 0 has no effect. Bit 6 - DATENDForce Event for Data End Bit Error For testing purposes, the user can write this bit to 1 to rise the DATEND status flag in EISTR. Writing this bit to 0 has no effect. Bit 5 - DATCRCForce Event for Data CRC error For testing purposes, the user can write this bit to 1 to rise the DATCRC status flag in EISTR. Writing this bit to 0 has no effect. Bit 4 - DATTEOForce Event for Data Timeout error For testing purposes, the user can write this bit to 1 to rise the DATTEO status flag in EISTR. Writing this bit to 0 has no effect. Bit 3 - CMDIDXForce Event for Command Index Error For testing purposes, the user can write this bit to 1 to rise the CMDIDX status flag in EISTR. Writing this bit to 0 has no effect. Bit 2 - CMDENDForce Event for Command End Bit Error For testing purposes, the user can write this bit to 1 to rise the CDMEND status flag in EISTR. Writing this bit to 0 has no effect. Bit 1 - CMDCRCForce Event for Command CRC Error For testing purposes, the user can write this bit to 1 to rise the CMDCRC status flag in EISTR. Writing this bit to 0 has no effect. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1244 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... Bit 0 - CMDTEOForce Event for Command Timeout Error For testing purposes, the user can write this bit to 1 to rise the CMDTEO status flag in EISTR. Writing this bit to 0 has no effect. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1245 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.31 ADMA Error Status Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 AESR 0x54 0x00 - 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 LMIS R 0 1 0 ERRST[1:0] R 0 R 0 Bit 2 - LMISADMA Length Mismatch Error This error occurs in the following two cases: * While Block Count Enable (BCEN) is being set, the total data length specified by the Descriptor table is different from that specified by the Block Count (BLKCNT) and Transfer Block Size (BLKSIZE). * The total data length cannot be divided by the Transfer Block Size (BLKSIZE). Value 0 1 Description No error Error Bits 1:0 - ERRST[1:0]ADMA Error State This field indicates the state of ADMA when an error has occurred during an ADMA data transfer. This field never indicates 2 because ADMA never stops in this state. Value Name Description 0x0 ST_STOP (Stop DMA) Points to the descriptor following the error descriptor 0x1 ST_FDS (Fetch Descriptor) Points to the error descriptor 0x2 Reserved 0x3 ST_TRF (Transfer Data) Points to the descriptor following the error descriptor (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1246 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.32 ADMA System Address Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset ASAR 0x58 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 28 27 ADMASA[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 20 19 ADMASA[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 11 ADMASA[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 3 ADMASA[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - ADMASA[31:0]ADMA System Address This field holds the byte address of the executing command of the descriptor table. At the start of ADMA, the user must set the start address of the descriptor table. The ADMA increments this register address, which points to the next Descriptor line to be fetched. When the ADMA Error (ADMA) status flag rises, this field holds a valid descriptor address depending on the ADMA Error State (ERRST). The user must program Descriptor Table on 32-bit boundary and set 32-bit boundary address to this register. ADMA2 ignores the lower 2 bits of this register and assumes it to be 0. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1247 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.33 Preset Value Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: PVR 0x60 + n*0x02 [n=0..7] 0x0000 Read/Write One of the Preset Value Registers is effective based on the selected bus speed mode. The table below defines the conditions to select one of the PVRs. Table 40-3.Preset Value Register Select Condition Selected Bus Speed Mode VS18EN (HC2R) HSEN (HC1R) UHSMS (HC2R) Default Speed 0 0 don't care High Speed 0 Response Timeout Error don't care Reserved 1 don't care Other values The following table shows the effective Preset Value Register according to the Selected Bus Speed mode. Table 40-4.Preset Value Registers PVRx Selected Bus Speed Mode Signal Voltage PVR0 Initialization 3.3V or 1.8V PVR1 Default Speed 3.3V PVR2 High Speed 3.3V When Preset Value Enable (PVALEN) in HC2R is set to 1, SDCLK Frequency Select (SDLCKFSEL) and Clock Generator Select (CLKGSEL) in CCR are automatically set based on the Selected Bus Speed mode. This means that the user does not need to set these fields when preset is enabled. A Preset Value Register for Initialization (PVR0) is not selected by Bus Speed mode. Before starting the initialization sequence, the user needs to set a clock preset value to SDCLKFSEL in CCR. PVALEN can be set to 1 after the initialization is completed. Note: Preset Values in PVRx registers are not supposed to be written by the user. However, the user can modify preset values only if Capabilities Write Enable (CAPWREN) is written to 1 in CACR. Bit 15 14 13 7 6 5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 12 11 Access Reset Bit Access Reset 4 3 SDCLKFSEL[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 10 CLKGSEL R/W 0 9 8 SDCLKFSEL[9:8] R/W R/W 0 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit 10 - CLKGSELClock Generator Select Refer to CGGSEL in CCR. Bits 9:0 - SDCLKFSEL[9:0]SDCLK Frequency Select Refer to SDCLKFSEL in CCR. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1248 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.34 Slot Interrupt Status Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit SISR 0xFC 0x0000 - 15 14 13 12 7 6 5 4 11 10 9 8 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Access Reset Bit INTSSL[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 7:0 - INTSSL[7:0]Interrupt Signal for Each Slot These status bits indicate the logical OR of Interrupt Signals and WakeUp Signal for each peripheral instance in the device. INTSSL[x] corresponds to instance SDHCx. There are 2 instances in this device. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1249 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.35 Host Controller Version Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 15 HCVR 0xFE 0x1802 - 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R 1 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 1 R 0 VVER[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 1 Bit 7 6 5 4 SVER[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 15:8 - VVER[7:0]Vendor Version Number Reserved. Value subject to change. No functionality associated. Bits 7:0 - SVER[7:0]Specification Version Number This status indicates the SD Host Controller Specification Version. Value Name 0 SD Host Specification Version 1.00 1 SD Host Specification Version 2.00, including the feature of the ADMA and Test Register 2 SD Host Specification Version 3.00 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1250 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.36 Additional Present State Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit APSR 0x200 0x0000000F - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R 1 R 1 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit HDATLL[3:0] Access Reset R 1 R 1 Bits 3:0 - HDATLL[3:0]High Line Level This status is used to check the DAT[7:4] line level to recover from errors, and for debugging. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1251 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.37 e.MMC Control 1 Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset 7 FCD R/W 0 MC1R 0x204 0x00 R/W 6 RSTN R/W 0 5 BOOTA R/W 0 4 OPD R/W 0 3 DDR R/W 0 2 1 0 CMDTYP[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bit 7 - FCDe.MMC Force Card Detect When using e.MMC, the user can set this bit to 1 to bypass the card detection procedure using the CD signal. Value Name Description 0 DISABLED e.MMC Forced Card Detect is disabled. The CD signal is used and debounce timing is applied. 1 ENABLED e.MMC Forced Card Detect is enabled. Bit 6 - RSTNe.MMC Reset Signal This bit controls the e.MMC reset signal. Value Description 0 Reset signal is inactive. 1 Reset signal is active. Bit 5 - BOOTAe.MMC Boot Acknowledge Enable This bit must be set according to the value of BOOT_ACK in the Extended CSD Register (refer to "Embedded MultiMedia Card (e.MMC) Electrical Standard 4.51" ). When this bit is set to 1, the peripheral waits for boot acknowledge pattern from the e.MMC before receiving boot data. If the boot acknowledge pattern is wrong, the BOOTAE status flag rises in EISTR if BOOTAE is set in EISTER. An interrupt is generated if BOOTAE is set in EISIER. If the no boot acknowledge pattern is received, the DATTEO status flag rises in EISTR if DATTEO is set in EISTER. An interrupt is generated if DATTEO is set in EISIER. Bit 4 - OPDe.MMC Open Drain Mode This bit sets the command line in open drain. Value Description 0 The command line is in push-pull. 1 The command line is in open drain. Bit 3 - DDRe.MMC HSDDR Mode This bit selects the High Speed DDR mode. Value Description 0 High Speed DDR is not selected. 1 High Speed DDR is selected. Note: The clock divider (DIV) in CCR must be set to a value different from 0 when HSEN is 1. Bits 1:0 - CMDTYP[1:0]e.MMC Command Type Value Name Description 0 NORMAL The command is not an e.MMC specific command. 1 WAITIRQ This bit must be set to 1 when the e.MMC is in Interrupt mode (CMD40). Refer to "Interrupt Mode" in the "Embedded MultiMedia Card (e.MMC) Electrical Standard 4.51" . 2 STREAM This bit must be set to 1 in the case of Stream Read(CMD11) or Stream Write (CMD20). Only effective for e.MMC up to revision 4.41. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1252 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... Value 3 Name BOOT Description Starts a Boot Operation mode at the next write to CR. Boot data are read directly from e.MMC device. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1253 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.38 e.MMC Control 2 Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 MC2R 0x205 0x00 - 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 ABOOT W 0 0 SRESP W 0 Bit 1 - ABOOTe.MMC Abort Boot This bit is used to exit from Boot mode. Writing this bit to 1 exits the Boot Operation mode. Writing 0 is ignored. Bit 0 - SRESPe.MMC Abort Wait IRQ This bit is used to exit from the Interrupt mode. When this bit is written to 1, the peripheral sends the CMD40 response automatically. This brings the e.MMC from Interrupt mode to the standard Data Transfer mode. Writing this bit to 0 is ignored. Note: This bit is only effective when CMD_TYP in MC1R is set to WAITIRQ. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1254 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.39 AHB Control Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit ACR 0x208 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 0 BMAX[1:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 1:0 - BMAX[1:0]AHB Maximum Burst This field selects the maximum burst size in case of DMA transfer. Value Name Description 0 INCR16 The maximum burst size is INCR16. 1 INCR8 The maximum burst size is INCR8. 2 INCR4 The maximum burst size is INCR4. 3 SINGLE Only SINGLE transfers are performed. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1255 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.40 Clock Control 2 Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit CC2R 0x20C 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 FSDCLKD R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 0 - FSDCLKDForce SDCLK Disabled The user can choose to maintain the SDCLK during 8 SDCLK cycles after the end bit of the last data block in case of a read transaction, or after the end bit of the CRC status in case of a write transaction. Value Description 0 The SDCLK is forced and it cannot be stopped immediately after the transaction. 1 The SDCLK is not forced and it can be stopped immediately after the transaction. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1256 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.41 Capabilities Control Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit CACR 0x230 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit KEY[7:0] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CAPWREN R/W 0 Access Reset Bits 15:8 - KEY[7:0]Key Value Name Description 46h KEY Writing any other value in this field aborts the write operation of the CAPWREN bit. Always reads as 0. Bit 0 - CAPWRENCapabilities Write Enable This bit can only be written if KEY correspond to 46h. Value Description 0 Capabilities registers (CA0R and CA1R) cannot be written. 1 Capabilities registers (CA0R and CA1R) can be written. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1257 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet SD/MMC Host Controller ... 40.8.42 Debug Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit DBGR 0x234 0x00 - 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 NIDBG R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 0 - NIDBGNon-Intrusive Debug Value Name Description 0 DISABLED Reading the BDPR via debugger increments the dual port RAM read pointer. 1 ENABLED Reading the BDPR via debugger does not increment the dual port RAM read pointer. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1258 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CCL - Configurable Custom Logic 41. 41.1 CCL - Configurable Custom Logic Overview The Configurable Custom Logic (CCL) is a programmable logic peripheral which can be connected to the device pins, to events, or to other internal peripherals. This allows the user to eliminate logic gates for simple glue logic functions on the PCB. Each LookUp Table (LUT) consists of three inputs, a truth table, an optional synchronizer/filter, and an optional edge detector. Each LUT can generate an output as a user programmable logic expression with three inputs. Inputs can be individually masked. The output can be combinatorially generated from the inputs, and can be filtered to remove spikes. Optional sequential logic can be used. The inputs of the sequential module are individually controlled by two independent, adjacent LUT (LUT0/LUT1, LUT2/LUT3 etc.) outputs, enabling complex waveform generation. 41.2 Features * * * * * * * Glue logic for general purpose PCB design Up to 4 programmable LookUp Tables (LUTs) Combinatorial logic functions: AND, NAND, OR, NOR, XOR, XNOR, NOT Sequential logic functions: Gated D Flip-Flop, JK Flip-Flop, gated D Latch, RS Latch Flexible LUT inputs selection: - I/Os - Events - Internal peripherals - Subsequent LUT output Output can be connected to the I/O pins or the Event System Optional synchronizer, filter, or edge detector available on each LUT output (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1259 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CCL - Configurable Custom Logic 41.3 Block Diagram Figure 41-1.Configurable Custom Logic LUT0 LUTCTRL0 (INSEL) Internal LUTCTRL0 (FILTSEL) Events SEQCTRL (SEQSEL0) CTRL (ENABLE) Event System I/O Truth Table 8 Peripherals CLK_CCL_APB GCLK_CCL LUTCTRL0 (EDGESEL) Filter / Synch Edge Detector CLR CLR OUT0 Sequential I/O CLR LUTCTRL0 (ENABLE) D Q LUT1 LUTCTRL1 (INSEL) Internal LUTCTRL1 (FILTSEL) Events I/O CTRL (ENABLE) Event System Truth Table 8 Peripherals CLK_CCL_APB GCLK_CCL LUTCTRL1 (EDGESEL) LUTCTRL1 (ENABLE) Filter / Synch Edge Detector CLR CLR OUT1 I/O D Q UNIT 0 ... . . Event System 41.4 UNIT x OUT2x-1 I/O Signal Description Pin Name Type Description OUT[n:0] Digital output Output from lookup table IN[3n+2:0] Digital input Input to lookup table 1. n is the number of CCL groups. Refer to I/O Multiplexing and Considerations for details on the pin mapping for this peripheral. One signal can be mapped on several pins. Related Links 6. I/O Multiplexing and Considerations 41.5 Product Dependencies In order to use this peripheral, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described below. 41.5.1 I/O Lines The CCL can take inputs and generate output through I/O pins. For this to function properly, the I/O pins must be configured to be used by a Look Up Table (LUT). Related Links 32. PORT - I/O Pin Controller 41.5.2 Power Management This peripheral can continue to operate in any Sleep mode where its source clock is running. Events connected to the event system can trigger other operations in the system without exiting Sleep modes. Related Links (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1260 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CCL - Configurable Custom Logic 18. PM - Power Manager 41.5.3 Clocks The CCL bus clock (CLK_CCL_APB) can be enabled and disabled in the Main Clock module, MCLK (see MCLK Main Clock), and the default state of CLK_CCL_APB can be found in Peripheral Clock Masking. A generic clock (GCLK_CCL) is optionally required to clock the CCL. This clock must be configured and enabled in the Generic Clock Controller (GCLK) before using input events, filter, edge detection or sequential logic. GCLK_CCL is required when input events, a filter, an edge detector, or a sequential sub-module is enabled. Refer to GCLK Generic Clock Controller for details. This generic clock is asynchronous to the user interface clock (CLK_CCL_APB). Related Links 15. MCLK - Main Clock 15.6.2.6 Peripheral Clock Masking 14. GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 41.5.4 DMA Not applicable. 41.5.5 Interrupts Not applicable. 41.5.6 Events The CCL can use events from other peripherals and generate events that can be used by other peripherals. For this feature to function, the events have to be configured properly. Refer to the Related Links below for more information about the event users and event generators. Related Links 31. EVSYS - Event System 41.5.7 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in Debug mode the CCL continues normal operation. However, the CCL cannot be halted when the CPU is halted in Debug mode. If the CCL is configured in a way that requires it to be periodically serviced by the CPU, improper operation or data loss may result during debugging. 41.5.8 Register Access Protection All registers with write access can be write-protected optionally by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). Refer to PAC - Peripheral Access Controller for details. Optional write protection by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC) is denoted by the "PAC Write Protection" property in each individual register description. PAC write protection does not apply to accesses through an external debugger. Related Links 27. PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 41.5.9 Analog Connections Not applicable. 41.6 Functional Description 41.6.1 Principle of Operation Configurable Custom Logic (CCL) is a programmable logic block that can use the device port pins, internal peripherals, and the internal Event System as both input and output channels. The CCL can serve as glue logic (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1261 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CCL - Configurable Custom Logic between the device and external devices. The CCL can eliminate the need for external logic component and can also help the designer overcome challenging real-time constrains by combining core independent peripherals in clever ways to handle the most time critical parts of the application independent of the CPU. 41.6.2 Operation 41.6.2.1 Initialization The following bits are enable-protected, meaning that they can only be written when the corresponding even LUT is disabled (LUTCTRLx.ENABLE=0): * Sequential Selection bits in the Sequential Control x (SEQCTRLx.SEQSEL) register The following registers are enable-protected, meaning that they can only be written when the corresponding LUT is disabled (LUTCTRLx.ENABLE=0): * LUT Control x (LUTCTRLx) register, except the ENABLE bit Enable-protected bits in the LUTCTRLx registers can be written at the same time as LUTCTRLx.ENABLE is written to '1', but not at the same time as LUTCTRLx.ENABLE is written to '0'. Enable-protection is denoted by the Enable-Protected property in the register description. 41.6.2.2 Enabling, Disabling, and Resetting The CCL is enabled by writing a '1' to the Enable bit in the Control register (CTRL.ENABLE). The CCL is disabled by writing a '0' to CTRL.ENABLE. Each LUT is enabled by writing a '1' to the Enable bit in the LUT Control x register (LUTCTRLx.ENABLE). Each LUT is disabled by writing a '0' to LUTCTRLx.ENABLE. The CCL is reset by writing a '1' to the Software Reset bit in the Control register (CTRL.SWRST). All registers in the CCL will be reset to their initial state, and the CCL will be disabled. Refer to 41.8.1 CTRL for details. 41.6.2.3 Lookup Table Logic The lookup table in each LUT unit can generate any logic expression OUT as a function of three inputs (IN[2:0]), as shown in Figure 41-2. One or more inputs can be masked. The truth table for the expression is defined by TRUTH bits in LUT Control x register (LUTCTRLx.TRUTH). Figure 41-2.Truth Table Output Value Selection LUT TRUTH[0] TRUTH[1] TRUTH[2] TRUTH[3] TRUTH[4] TRUTH[5] TRUTH[6] TRUTH[7] OUT LUTCTRL (ENABLE) IN[2:0] Table 41-1.Truth Table of LUT IN[2] IN[1] IN[0] OUT 0 0 0 TRUTH[0] 0 0 1 TRUTH[1] 0 1 0 TRUTH[2] 0 1 1 TRUTH[3] 1 0 0 TRUTH[4] (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1262 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CCL - Configurable Custom Logic ...........continued IN[2] IN[1] IN[0] OUT 1 0 1 TRUTH[5] 1 1 0 TRUTH[6] 1 1 1 TRUTH[7] 41.6.2.4 Truth Table Inputs Selection Input Overview The inputs can be individually: * * * * Masked Driven by peripherals: - Analog comparator output (AC) - Timer/Counters waveform outputs (TC) - Serial Communication output transmit interface (SERCOM) Driven by internal events from Event System Driven by other CCL sub-modules The Input Selection for each input y of LUT x is configured by writing the Input y Source Selection bit in the LUT x Control register (LUTCTRLx.INSELy). Masked Inputs (MASK) When a LUT input is masked (LUTCTRLx.INSELy=MASK), the corresponding TRUTH input (IN) is internally tied to zero, as shown in this figure: Figure 41-3.Masked Input Selection Internal Feedback Inputs (FEEDBACK) When selected (LUTCTRLx.INSELy=FEEDBACK), the Sequential (SEQ) output is used as input for the corresponding LUT. The output from an internal sequential sub-module can be used as input source for the LUT, see figure below for an example for LUT0 and LUT1. The sequential selection for each LUT follows the formula: IN 2N = SEQ IN 2N+1 = SEQ With N representing the sequencer number and i=0,1,2 representing the LUT input index. For details, refer to 41.6.2.7 Sequential Logic. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1263 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CCL - Configurable Custom Logic Figure 41-4.Feedback Input Selection Linked LUT (LINK) When selected (LUTCTRLx.INSELy=LINK), the subsequent LUT output is used as the LUT input (e.g., LUT2 is the input for LUT1), as shown in this figure: Figure 41-5.Linked LUT Input Selection LUT0 SEQ 0 CTRL (ENABLE) LUT1 LUT2 SEQ 1 CTRL (ENABLE) LUT3 LUT(2n - 2) SEQ n CTRL (ENABLE) LUT(2n-1) Internal Events Inputs Selection (EVENT) Asynchronous events from the Event System can be used as input selection, as shown in the below image. For each LUT, one event input line is available and can be selected on each LUT input. Before enabling the event selection by writing LUTCTRLx.INSELy=EVENT, the Event System must be configured first. By default CCL includes an edge detector. When the event is received, an internal strobe is generated when a rising edge is detected. The pulse duration is one GCLK_CCL clock cycle. The following steps ensure proper operation: 1. 2. Enable the GCLK_CCL clock. Configure the Event System to route the event asynchronously. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1264 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CCL - Configurable Custom Logic 3. 4. 5. Select the event input type (LUTCTRLx.INSEL). If a strobe must be generated on the event input falling edge, write a '1' to the Inverted Event Input Enable bit in LUT Control register (LUTCTRLx.INVEI) . Enable the event input by writing the Event Input Enable bit in LUT Control register (LUTCTRLx.LUTEI) to '1'. Figure 41-6.Event Input Selection I/O Pin Inputs (IO) When the IO pin is selected as LUT input (LUTCTRLx.INSELy=IO), the corresponding LUT input will be connected to the pin, as shown in the figure below. Figure 41-7.I/O Pin Input Selection Analog Comparator Inputs (AC) The AC outputs can be used as input source for the LUT (LUTCTRLx.INSELy=AC). The analog comparator outputs are distributed following the formula: IN[N][i]=AC[N % ComparatorOutput_Number] With N representing the LUT number and i=[0,1,2] representing the LUT input index. Before selecting the comparator output, the AC must be configured first. The output of comparator 0 is available on even LUTs ("LUT(2x)": LUT0, LUT2) and the comparator 1 output is available on odd LUTs ("LUT(2x+1)": LUT1, LUT3), as shown in the figure below. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1265 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CCL - Configurable Custom Logic Figure 41-8.AC Input Selection Timer/Counter Inputs (TC) The TC waveform output WO[0] can be used as input source for the LUT (LUTCTRLx.INSELy=TC). Only consecutive instances of the TC, i.e. TCx and the subsequent TC(x+1), are available as default and alternative TC selections (e.g., TC0 and TC1 are sources for LUT0, TC1 and TC2 are sources for LUT1, etc). See the figure below for an example for LUT0. More general, the Timer/Counter selection for each LUT follows the formula: IN = % TC_Instance_Number IN = + 1 % TC_Instance_Number Where N represents the LUT number and i represents the LUT input index (i=0,1,2). For devices with more than four TC instances, it is also possible to enable a second alternative option (LUTCTRLx.INSEL=ALT2TC). This option is intended to relax the alternative pin function or PCB design constraints when the default or the alternative TC instances are used for other purposes. When enabled, the Timer/Counter selection for each LUT follows the formula: IN = + 4 % TC_Instance_Number Note that for not implemented TC_Instance_Number, the corresponding input is tied to ground. Before selecting the waveform outputs, the TC must be configured first. Figure 41-9.TC Input Selection TC0 (default) WO[0] TC1 (alternative) WO[0] TC4 (second alternative) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. WO[0] Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1266 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CCL - Configurable Custom Logic Timer/Counter for Control Application Inputs (TCC) The TCC waveform outputs can be used as input source for the LUT. Only WO[2:0] outputs can be selected and routed to the respective LUT input (i.e., IN0 is connected to WO0, IN1 to WO1, and IN2 to WO2), as shown in the figure below. Note: The TCC selection for each LUT follows the formula: IN = % C_Instance_Number Where N represents the LUT number. Before selecting the waveform outputs, the TCC must be configured first. Figure 41-10.TCC Input Selection Serial Communication Output Transmit Inputs (SERCOM) The serial engine transmitter output from Serial Communication Interface (SERCOM TX, TXd for USART, MOSI for SPI) can be used as input source for the LUT. The figure below shows an example for LUT0 and LUT1. The SERCOM selection for each LUT follows the formula: IN = [ % SERCOM_Instance_Number With N representing the LUT number and i=0,1,2 representing the LUT input index. Before selecting the SERCOM as input source, the SERCOM must be configured first: the SERCOM TX signal must be output on SERCOMn/pad[0], which serves as input pad to the CCL. Figure 41-11.SERCOM Input Selection Related Links 6. I/O Multiplexing and Considerations 32. PORT - I/O Pin Controller 14. GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 46. AC - Analog Comparators 48. TC - Timer/Counter 49. TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications 33. SERCOM - Serial Communication Interface 41.6.2.5 Filter By default, the LUT output is a combinatorial function of the LUT inputs. This may cause some short glitches when the inputs change value. These glitches can be removed by clocking through filters, if demanded by application needs. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1267 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CCL - Configurable Custom Logic The Filter Selection bits in LUT Control register (LUTCTRLx.FILTSEL) define the synchronizer or digital filter options. When a filter is enabled, the OUT output will be delayed by two to five GCLK cycles. One APB clock after the corresponding LUT is disabled, all internal filter logic is cleared. Note: Events used as LUT input will also be filtered, if the filter is enabled. Figure 41-12.Filter FILTSEL Input OUT Q D R Q D R Q D R D G Q R GCLK_CCL CLR 41.6.2.6 Edge Detector The edge detector can be used to generate a pulse when detecting a rising edge on its input. To detect a falling edge, the TRUTH table should be inverted. The edge detector is enabled by writing '1' to the Edge Selection bit in LUT Control register (LUTCTRLx.EDGESEL). In order to avoid unpredictable behavior, either the filter or synchronizer must be enabled. Edge detection is disabled by writing a '0' to LUTCTRLx.EDGESEL. After disabling a LUT, the corresponding internal Edge Detector logic is cleared one APB clock cycle later. Figure 41-13.Edge Detector 41.6.2.7 Sequential Logic Each LUT pair can be connected to the internal sequential logic which can be configured to work as D flip flop, JK flip flop, gated D-latch or RS-latch by writing the Sequential Selection bits on the corresponding Sequential Control x register (SEQCTRLx.SEQSEL). Before using sequential logic, the GCLK_CCL clock and optionally each LUT filter or edge detector must be enabled. Note: While configuring the sequential logic, the even LUT must be disabled. When configured the even LUT must be enabled. Gated D Flip-Flop (DFF) When the DFF is selected, the D-input is driven by the even LUT output (LUT0 and LUT2), and the G-input is driven by the odd LUT output (LUT1 and LUT3), as shown in Figure 41-14. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1268 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CCL - Configurable Custom Logic Figure 41-14.D Flip Flop When the even LUT is disabled (LUTCTRL0.ENABLE=0 / LUTCTRL2.ENABLE=0), the flip-flop is asynchronously cleared. The reset command (R) is kept enabled for one APB clock cycle. In all other cases, the flip-flop output (OUT) is refreshed on rising edge of the GCLK_CCL, as shown in Table 41-2. Table 41-2.DFF Characteristics R G D OUT 1 X X Clear 0 1 1 Set 0 Clear X Hold state (no change) 0 JK Flip-Flop (JK) When this configuration is selected, the J-input is driven by the even LUT output (LUT0 and LUT2), and the K-input is driven by the odd LUT output (LUT1 and LUT3), as shown in Figure 41-15. Figure 41-15.JK Flip Flop When the even LUT is disabled (LUTCTRL0.ENABLE=0 / LUTCTRL2.ENABLE=0), the flip-flop is asynchronously cleared. The reset command (R) is kept enabled for one APB clock cycle. In all other cases, the flip-flop output (OUT) is refreshed on rising edge of the GCLK_CCL, as shown in Table 41-3. Table 41-3.JK Characteristics R J K OUT 1 X X Clear 0 0 0 Hold state (no change) 0 0 1 Clear 0 1 0 Set 0 1 1 Toggle Gated D-Latch (DLATCH) When the DLATCH is selected, the D-input is driven by the even LUT output (LUT0 and LUT2), and the G-input is driven by the odd LUT output (LUT1 and LUT3), as shown in Figure 41-14. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1269 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CCL - Configurable Custom Logic Figure 41-16.D-Latch even LUT D odd LUT G Q OUT When the even LUT is disabled (LUTCTRL0.ENABLE=0 / LUTCTRL2.ENABLE=0), the latch output will be cleared. The G-input is forced enabled for one more APB clock cycle, and the D-input to zero. In all other cases, the latch output (OUT) is refreshed as shown in Table 41-4. Table 41-4.D-Latch Characteristics G D OUT 0 X Hold state (no change) 1 0 Clear 1 1 Set RS Latch (RS) When this configuration is selected, the S-input is driven by the even LUT output (LUT0 and LUT2), and the R-input is driven by the odd LUT output (LUT1 and LUT3), as shown in Figure 41-17. Figure 41-17.RS-Latch even LUT S odd LUT R Q OUT When the even LUT is disabled LUTCTRL0.ENABLE=0 / LUTCTRL2.ENABLE=0), the latch output will be cleared. The R-input is forced enabled for one more APB clock cycle and S-input to zero. In all other cases, the latch output (OUT) is refreshed as shown in Table 41-5. Table 41-5.RS-Latch Characteristics 41.6.3 S R OUT 0 0 Hold state (no change) 0 1 Clear 1 0 Set 1 1 Forbidden state Events The CCL can generate the following output events: * OUTx: Lookup Table Output Value Writing a '1' to the LUT Control Event Output Enable bit (LUTCTRL.LUTEO) enables the corresponding output event. Writing a '0' to this bit disables the corresponding output event. The CCL can take the following actions on an input event: * INSELx: The event is used as input for the TRUTH table. For further details refer to 41.5.6 Events. Writing a '1' to the LUT Control Event Input Enable bit (LUTCTRL.LUTEI) enables the corresponding action on input event. Writing a '0' to this bit disables the corresponding action on input event. Related Links 31. EVSYS - Event System (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1270 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CCL - Configurable Custom Logic 41.6.4 Sleep Mode Operation When using the GCLK_CCL internal clocking, writing the Run In Standby bit in the Control register (CTRL.RUNSTDBY) to '1' will allow GCLK_CCL to be enabled in Standby Sleep mode. If CTRL.RUNSTDBY=0, the GCLK_CCL will be disabled in Standby Sleep mode. If the Filter, Edge Detector or Sequential logic are enabled, the LUT output will be forced to zero in STANDBY mode. In all other cases, the TRUTH table decoder will continue operation and the LUT output will be refreshed accordingly. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1271 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CCL - Configurable Custom Logic 41.7 Register Summary Offset Name Bit Pos. 0x00 0x01 ... 0x03 0x04 0x05 0x06 ... 0x07 CTRL 7:0 0x08 0x0C 0x10 0x14 41.8 RUNSTDBY ENABLE SWRST Reserved SEQCTRL0 SEQCTRL1 7:0 7:0 SEQSEL[3:0] SEQSEL[3:0] Reserved LUTCTRLn0 LUTCTRLn1 LUTCTRLn2 LUTCTRLn3 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 EDGESEL EDGESEL EDGESEL EDGESEL FILTSEL[1:0] INSEL1[3:0] LUTEO LUTEI INVEI TRUTH[7:0] FILTSEL[1:0] INSEL1[3:0] LUTEO LUTEI INVEI TRUTH[7:0] FILTSEL[1:0] INSEL1[3:0] LUTEO LUTEI INVEI TRUTH[7:0] FILTSEL[1:0] INSEL1[3:0] LUTEO LUTEI INVEI TRUTH[7:0] ENABLE INSEL0[3:0] INSEL2[3:0] ENABLE INSEL0[3:0] INSEL2[3:0] ENABLE INSEL0[3:0] INSEL2[3:0] ENABLE INSEL0[3:0] INSEL2[3:0] Register Description Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16- and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Some registers are optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). Optional PAC write protection is denoted by the "PAC Write-Protection" property in each individual register description. For details, refer to 41.5.8 Register Access Protection. Some registers are enable-protected, meaning they can only be written when the peripheral is disabled. Enableprotection is denoted by the "Enable-Protected" property in each individual register description. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1272 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CCL - Configurable Custom Logic 41.8.1 Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 Access Reset CTRL 0x00 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 RUNSTDBY R/W 0 5 4 3 2 1 ENABLE R/W 0 0 SWRST W 0 Bit 6 - RUNSTDBYRun in Standby This bit indicates if the GCLK_CCL clock must be kept running in standby mode. The setting is ignored for configurations where the generic clock is not required. For details refer to 41.6.4 Sleep Mode Operation. Important: This bit must be written before enabling the CCL. Value 0 1 Description Generic clock is not required in standby sleep mode. Generic clock is required in standby sleep mode. Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable Value Description 0 The peripheral is disabled. 1 The peripheral is enabled. Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit resets all registers in the CCL to their initial state. Value Description 0 There is no reset operation ongoing. 1 The reset operation is ongoing. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1273 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CCL - Configurable Custom Logic 41.8.2 Sequential Control x Name: Offset: Reset: Property: SEQCTRL 0x04 + n*0x01 [n=0..1] 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected Note: SEQCTRLx register is Enable-protected when LUTCTRLx.ENABLE = 1. Bit 7 6 Access Reset 5 4 3 R/W 0 2 1 SEQSEL[3:0] R/W R/W 0 0 0 R/W 0 Bits 3:0 - SEQSEL[3:0]Sequential Selection These bits select the sequential configuration: Sequential Selection Value Name Description 0x0 DISABLE Sequential logic is disabled 0x1 DFF D flip flop 0x2 JK JK flip flop 0x3 LATCH D latch 0x4 RS RS latch 0x5 Reserved 0xF (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1274 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CCL - Configurable Custom Logic 41.8.3 LUT Control x Name: Offset: Reset: Property: LUTCTRLn 0x08 + n*0x04 [n=0..3] 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-protected Note: LUTCTRLn register is Enable Protected when CCL.LUTCTRLn.ENABLE = 1. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 TRUTH[7:0] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 LUTEO R/W 0 21 LUTEI R/W 0 20 INVEI R/W 0 19 18 R/W 0 12 11 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 15 R/W 0 7 EDGESEL R/W 0 14 13 INSEL1[3:0] R/W R/W 0 0 6 5 4 FILTSEL[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 3 17 INSEL2[3:0] R/W R/W 0 0 10 9 INSEL0[3:0] R/W R/W 0 0 2 1 ENABLE R/W 0 16 R/W 0 8 R/W 0 0 Bits 31:24 - TRUTH[7:0]Truth Table These bits define the value of truth logic as a function of inputs IN[2:0]. Bit 22 - LUTEOLUT Event Output Enable Value Description 0 LUT event output is disabled. 1 LUT event output is enabled. Bit 21 - LUTEILUT Event Input Enable Value Description 0 LUT incoming event is disabled. 1 LUT incoming event is enabled. Bit 20 - INVEIInverted Event Input Enable Value Description 0 Incoming event is not inverted. 1 Incoming event is inverted. Bits 8:11, 12:15, 16:19 - INSELxLUT Input x Source Selection These bits select the LUT input x source: Value Name Description 0x0 MASK Masked input 0x1 FEEDBACK Feedback input source 0x2 LINK Linked LUT input source 0x3 EVENT Event input source 0x4 IO I/O pin input source 0x5 AC AC input source: CMP[0] (LUT0) / CMP[1] (LUT1)/ CMP[2] (LUT2) / CMP[3] (LUT3) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1275 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet CCL - Configurable Custom Logic Value 0x6 0x7 0x8 0x9 0xA 0xB 0xC 0xF Name TC ALTTC TCC SERCOM Description TC input source: TC0 (LUT0) / TC1 (LUT1)/ TC2 (LUT2) / TC3 (LUT3) Alternative TC input source: TC1 (LUT0) / TC2 (LUT1) / TC3 (LUT2) / TC4 (LUT3) TCC input source: TCC0 (LUT0) / TCC1 (LUT1) / TCC2 (LUT2) / TCC0 (LUT3) SERCOM input source: SERCOM0 (LUT0) / SERCOM1 (LUT1)/ SERCOM2 (LUT2) / SERCOM3 (LUT3) ALT2TC Second alternative TC input source: TC4 (LUT0) / TC5 (LUT1) / TC6 (LUT2) / TC7 (LUT3). Only available on SAM C20/21 N variants. ASYNCEVENT Asynchronous event input source. Only available on SAM C20/21 N variants. Reserved Reserved Bit 7 - EDGESELEdge Selection Value Description 0 Edge detector is disabled. 1 Edge detector is enabled. Bits 5:4 - FILTSEL[1:0]Filter Selection These bits select the LUT output filter options: Filter Selection Value Name 0x0 DISABLE 0x1 SYNCH 0x2 FILTER 0x3 - Description Filter disabled Synchronizer enabled Filter enabled Reserved Bit 1 - ENABLELUT Enable Value Description 0 The LUT is disabled. 1 The LUT is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1276 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AES - Advanced Encryption Standard 42. AES - Advanced Encryption Standard 42.1 Overview The Advanced Encryption Standard peripheral (AES) provides a means for symmetric-key encryption of 128-bit blocks, in compliance to NIST specifications. The symmetric-key algorithm requires the same key for both encryption and decryption. Different key sizes are supported. The key size determines the number of repetitions of transformation rounds that convert the input (called the "plaintext") into the final output ("ciphertext"). The number of rounds of repetition is as follows: * 10 rounds of repetition for 128-bit keys * 12 rounds of repetition for 192-bit keys * 14 rounds of repetition for 256-bit keys 42.2 Features * * * * * * * * * * * * Compliant with FIPS Publication 197, Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) 128/192/256 bit cryptographic key supported Encryption time of 57/67/77 cycles with 128-bit/192-bit/256-bit cryptographic key Five confidentiality modes of operation as recommended in NIST Special Publication 800-38A Electronic Code Book (ECB) Cipher Block Chaining (CBC) Cipher Feedback (CFB) Output Feedback (OFB) Counter (CTR) Supports Counter with CBC-MAC (CCM/CCM*) mode for authenticated encryption 8, 16, 32, 64, 128-bit data sizes possible in CFB mode Galois Counter mode (GCM) encryption and authentication (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1277 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AES - Advanced Encryption Standard Block Diagram ENCRYPTION PLAINTEXT CIPHERTEXT ADD ROUND KEY ADD ROUND KEY SUBBYTES INV SHIFT ROWS SHIFT ROWS Nr-1 rounds MIX COLUMNS ADD ROUND KEY DECRYPTION ROUND ENCRYPTION ROUND Figure 42-1.AES Block Diagram DECRYPTION INV SUBBYTES Nr-1 rounds ADD ROUND KEY INV MIX COLUMNS SUBBYTES INV SHIFT ROWS FINAL ROUND FINAL ROUND 42.3 SHIFT ROWS INV SUBBYTES ADD ROUND KEY ADD ROUND KEY CIPHERTEXT PLAINTEXT (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1278 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AES - Advanced Encryption Standard 42.4 Signal Description Not applicable. 42.5 Product Dependencies In order to use this AES module, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described below. 42.5.1 I/O Lines Not applicable. 42.5.2 Power Management The AES will continue to operate in Standby sleep mode, if it's source clock is running. The AES interrupts can be used to wake up the device from Standby sleep mode. Refer to the Power Manager chapter for details on the different sleep modes. AES is clocked only on the following conditions: * * * 42.5.3 When the DMA is enabled. Whenever there is an APB access for any read and write operation to the AES registers. (Not in Standby sleep mode.) When the AES is enabled & encryption/decryption is ongoing. Clocks The AES bus clock (CLK_AES_APB) can be enabled and disabled in the Main Clock module, and the default state of CLK_AES_APB can be found in Peripheral Clock Masking. The module is fully clocked by CLK_AES_APB. Related Links 15.6.2.6 Peripheral Clock Masking 42.5.4 DMA The AES has two DMA request lines; one for input data, and one for output data. They are both connected to the DMA Controller (DMAC). These DMA request triggers will be acknowledged by the DMAC ACK signals. Using the AES DMA requests requires the DMA Controller to be configured first. Refer to the device DMA documentation. Related Links: DMAC- Direct Memory Access Controller 42.5.5 Interrupts The interrupt request line is connected to the interrupt controller. Using the AES interrupt requires the interrupt controller to be configured first. Refer to the Processor and Architecture chapter for details. All the AES interrupts are synchronous wake-up sources. See Sleep Mode Controller for details. Related Links 18.6.3.3 Sleep Mode Controller 42.5.6 Events Not applicable. 42.5.7 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in debug mode, the AES module continues normal operation. If the AES module is configured in a way that requires it to be periodically serviced by the CPU through interrupts or similar, improper operation or data loss may result during debugging. The AES module can be forced to halt operation during debugging. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1279 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AES - Advanced Encryption Standard 42.5.8 Register Access Protection All registers with write-access are optionally write-protected by the peripheral access controller (PAC), except the following register: * Interrupt Flag Register (INTFLAG) Write-protection is denoted by the Write-Protected property in the register description. Write-protection does not apply to accesses through an external debugger. Refer to PAC - Peripheral Access Controller chapter for details. Related Links 27. PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 42.5.9 Analog Connections Not applicable. 42.6 Functional Description 42.6.1 Principle of Operation The following is a high level description of the algorithm. These are the steps: * * * * KeyExpansion: Round keys are derived from the cipher key using Rijndael's key schedule. InitialRound: - AddRoundKey: Each byte of the state is combined with the round key using bitwise XOR. Rounds: - SubBytes: A non-linear substitution step where each byte is replaced with another according to a lookup table. - ShiftRows: A transposition step where each row of the state is shifted cyclically a certain number of steps. - MixColumns: A mixing operation which operates on the columns of the state, combining the four bytes in each column. - AddRoundKey Final Round (no MixColumns): - SubBytes - ShiftRows - AddRoundKey The relationship between the module's clock frequency and throughput (in bytes per second) is given by: Clock Frequency = (Throughput/2) x (Nr+1) for 2 byte parallel processing Clock Frequency = (Throughput/4) x (Nr+1) for 4 byte parallel processing where Nr is the number of rounds, depending on the key length. 42.6.2 Basic Operation 42.6.2.1 Initialization The following register is enable-protected: * Control A (CTRLA) Enable-protection is denoted by the Enable-Protected property in the register description. 42.6.2.2 Enabling, Disabling, and Resetting The AES module is enabled by writing a one to the Enable bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.ENABLE). The module is disabled by writing a zero to CTRLA.ENABLE. The module is reset by writing a one to the Software Reset bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.SWRST). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1280 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AES - Advanced Encryption Standard 42.6.2.3 Basic Programming The CIPHER bit in the Control A Register (CTRLA.CIPHER) allows selection between the encryption and the decryption processes. The AES is capable of using cryptographic keys of 128/192/256 bits to encrypt and decrypt data in blocks of 128 bits. The Key Size (128/192/256) can be programmed in the KEYSIZE field in the Control A Register (CTRLA.KEYSIZE). This 128-bit/192-bit/256-bit key is defined in the Key Word Registers (KEYWORD). By setting the XORKEY bit of CTRLA register, keyword can be updated with the resulting XOR value of user keyword and previous keyword content. The input data for processing is written to a data buffer consisting of four 32-bit registers through the Data register address. The data buffer register (note that input and output data shares the same data buffer register) that is written to when the next write is performed is indicated by the Data Pointer in the Data Buffer Pointer (DATABUFPTR) register. This field is incremented by one or wrapped by hardware when a write to the INDATA register address is performed. This field can also be programmed, allowing the user direct control over which input buffer register to write. Note that when AES module is in the CFB operation mode with the data segment size less than 128 bits, the input data must be written to the first (DATABUFPTR = 0) and second (DATABUFPTR = 1) input buffer registers (see Table 42-1). The input to the encryption processes of the CBC, CFB and OFB modes includes, in addition to the plaintext, a 128bit data block called the Initialization Vector (IV), which must be set in the Initialization Vector Registers (INTVECT). Additionally, the GCM mode 128-bit authentication data needs to be programmed. The Initialization Vector is used in the initial step in the encryption of a message and in the corresponding decryption of the message. The Initialization Vector Registers are also used by the Counter mode to set the counter value. It is necessary to notify AES module whenever the next data block it is going to process is the beginning of a new message. This is done by writing a one to the New Message bit in the Control B register (CTRLB.NEWMSG). The AES modes of operation are selected by setting the AESMODE field in the Control A Register (CTRLA.AESMODE). In Cipher Feedback Mode (CFB), five data sizes are possible (8, 16, 32, 64 or 128 bits), configurable by means of the CFBS field in the Control A Register (CTRLA.CFBS). In Counter mode, the size of the block counter embedded in the module is 16 bits. Therefore, there is a rollover after processing 1 megabyte of data. The data pre-processing, post-processing and data chaining for the concerned modes are automatically performed by the module. When data processing has completed, the Encryption Complete bit in the Interrupt Flag register (INTFLAG.ENCCMP) is set by hardware (which triggers an interrupt request if the corresponding interrupt is enabled). The processed output data is read out through the Output Data register (INDATA) address from the data buffer consisting of four 32bit registers. The data buffer register that is read when the next read is performed is indicated by the Data Pointer field in the Data Buffer Pointer register (DATABUFPTR). This field is incremented by one or wrapped by hardware when a read from the INDATA register address is performed. This field can be programmed, giving the user direct control over which output buffer register to read from. Note that when AES module is in the CFB operation mode with the data segment size less than 128 bits, the output data must be read from the first (DATABUFPTR = 0) and second (DATABUFPTR = 1) output buffer registers (see Table 42-1). The Encryption Complete bit (INTFLAG.ENCCMP) is cleared by hardware after the processed data has been read from the relevant output buffer registers. Table 42-1.Relevant Input/Output Data Registers for Different Confidentiality Modes Confidentiality Mode Relevant Input / Output Data Registers ECB All CBC All OFB All 128-bit CFB All 64-bit CFB First and Second 32-bit CFB First 16-bit CFB First 8-bit CFB First CTR All (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1281 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AES - Advanced Encryption Standard 42.6.2.4 Start Modes The Start mode field in the Control A Register (CTRLA.STARTMODE) allows the selection of encryption start mode. 1. 2. 3. Manual Start Mode In the Manual Start Mode the sequence is as follows: 1.1. Write the 128/192/256 bit key in the Key Register (KEYWORD) 1.2. Write the initialization vector or counter in the Initialization Vector Register (INTVECT). The initialization vector concerns all modes except ECB 1.3. Enable interrupts in Interrupt Enable Set Register (INTENSET), depending on whether an interrupt is required or not at the end of processing. 1.4. Write the data to be encrypted or decrypted in the Data Registers (INDATA). 1.5. Set the START bit in Control B Register (CTRLB.START) to begin the encryption or the decryption process. 1.6. When the processing completes, the Encryption Complete bit in the Interrupt Flag Register (INTFLAG.ENCCMP) raises. If Encryption Complete interrupt has been enabled, the interrupt line of the AES is activated. 1.7. When the software reads one of the Output Data Registers (INDATA), INTFLAG.ENCCMP bit is automatically cleared. Auto start Mode The Auto Start Mode is similar to the manual one, but as soon as the correct number of input data registers is written, processing is automatically started without setting the START bit in the Control B Register. DMA operation uses this mode. Last Output Data Mode (LOD) This mode is used to generate message authentication code (MAC) on data in CCM mode of operation. The CCM mode combines counter mode for encryption and CBC-MAC generation for authentication. When LOD is disabled in CCM mode then counter mode of encryption is performed on the input data block. When LOD is enabled in CCM mode then CBC-MAC generation is performed. Zero block is used as the initialization vector by the hardware. Reading from the Output Data Register (INDATA) is not required to clear the ENCCMP flag. The ENCCMP flag is automatically cleared by writing into the Input Data Register (INDATA). This allows retrieval of only the last data in several encryption/decryption processes. No output data register reads are necessary between each block of encryption/decryption process. Note that assembling message depending on the security level identifier in CCM* has to be done in software. 42.6.2.5 Computation of last Nk words of expanded key The AES algorithm takes the cryptographic key provided by the user and performs a Key Expansion routine to generate an expanded key. The expanded key contains a total of 4(Nr + 1) 32-bit words, where the first Nk (4/6/8 for a 128-/192-/256-bit key) words are the user-provided key. For data encryption, the expanded key is used in the forward direction, i.e., the first four words are used in the initial round of data processing, the second four words in the first round, the third four words in the second round, and so on. On the other hand, for data decryption, the expanded key is used in the reverse direction, i.e.,the last four words are used in the initial round of data processing, the last second four words in the first round, the last third four words in the second round, and so on. To reduce gate count, the AES module does not generate and store the entire expanded key prior to data processing. Instead, it computes on-the-fly the round key (four 32-bit words) required for the current round of data processing. In general, the round key for the current round of data processing can be computed from the Nk words of the expanded key generated in the previous rounds. When AES module is operating in the encryption mode, the round key for the initial round of data processing is simply the user-provided key written to the KEY registers. On the other hand, when AES module is operating in the decryption mode, the round key for the initial round of data processing is the last four words of the expanded key, which is not available unless AES module has performed at least one encryption process prior to operating in the decryption mode. In general, the last Nk words of the expanded key must be available before decryption can start. If desired, AES module can be instructed to compute the last Nk words of the expanded key in advance by writing a one to the Key Generate (KEYGEN) bit in the CTRLA register (CTRLA.KEYGEN). The computation takes Nr clock cycles. Alternatively, the last Nk words of the expanded key can be automatically computed by AES module when a decryption process is initiated if they have not been computed in advance or have become invalid. Note that this will introduce a latency of Nr clock cycles to the first decryption process. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1282 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AES - Advanced Encryption Standard 42.6.2.6 Hardware Countermeasures against Differential Power Analysis Attacks The AES module features four types of hardware countermeasures that are useful for protecting data against differential power analysis attacks: * * * * Type 1: Randomly add one cycle to data processing Type 2: Randomly add one cycle to data processing (other version) Type 3: Add a random number of clock cycles to data processing, subject to a maximum of 11/13/15 clock cycles for key sizes of 128/192/256 bits Type 4: Add random spurious power consumption during data processing By default, all countermeasures are enabled, but require a write in DRNGSEED register to be effective. One or more of the countermeasures can be disabled by programming the Countermeasure Type field in the Control A (CTRLA.CTYPE) register. The countermeasures use random numbers generated by a deterministic random number generator embedded in AES module. The seed for the random number generator is written to the RANDSEED register. Note also that a new seed must be written after a change in the keysize. Note that enabling countermeasures reduces AES module's throughput. In short, the throughput is highest with all the countermeasures disabled. On the other hand, with all of the countermeasures enabled, the best protection is achieved but the throughput is worst. 42.6.3 Galois Counter Mode (GCM) GCM is comprised of the AES engine in CTR mode along with a universal hash function (GHASH engine) that is defined over a binary Galois field to produce a message authentication tag. The GHASH engine processes data packets after the AES operation. GCM provides assurance of the confidentiality of data through the AES Counter mode of operation for encryption. Authenticity of the confidential data is assured through the GHASH engine. Refer to the NIST Special Publication 800-38D Recommendation for more information. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1283 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AES - Advanced Encryption Standard Counter 0 Incr32 CIPH(K) Counter 1 Incr32 CIPH(K) Plaintext 1 Encryption GF128Mult(H) + Counter 2 CIPH(K) Plaintext 2 + Ciphertext 1 Ciphertext 2 + + GF128Mult(H) GF128Mult(H) Len (A) || Len (C) Auth Data 1 + GF128Mult(H) + Auth Tag Authentication (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1284 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AES - Advanced Encryption Standard 42.6.3.1 GCM Operation 42.6.3.1.1 Hashkey Generation * Configure CTRLA register as follows: 1. CTRLA.STARTMODE as Manual (Auto for DMAC) 2. CTRLA.CIPHER as Encryption 3. CTRLA.KEYSIZE as per the key used 4. CTRLA.AESMODE as ECB 5. CTRLA.CTYPE as per the countermeasures required. * Set CTRLA.ENABLE * Write zero to CIPLEN reg. * Write the key in KEYWORD register * Write the zeros to INDATA reg * Set CTRLB.Start. * Wait for INTFLAG.ENCCMP to be set * AES Hardware generates Hash Subkey in HASHKEY register. 42.6.3.1.2 Authentication Header Processing * Configure CTRLA register as follows: 1. CTRLA.STARTMODE as Manual 2. CTRLA.CIPHER as Encryption 3. CTRLA.KEYSIZE as per the key used 4. CTRLA.AESMODE as GCM 5. CTRLA.CTYPE as per the countermeasures required. * Set CTRLA.ENABLE * Write the key in KEYWORD register * Set CTRLB.GFMUL * Write the Authdata to INDATA reg * Set CTRLB.START as1 * Wait for INTFLAG.GFMCMP to be set. * AES Hardware generates output in GHASH register * Continue steps 4 to 7 for remaining Authentication Header. Note: If the Auth data is less than 128 bit, it has to be padded with zero to make it 128 bit aligned. GHASH AUTHDAT + GF128Mult(H) GHASH (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1285 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AES - Advanced Encryption Standard 42.6.3.1.3 Plain text Processing * Set CTRLB.NEWMSG for the new set of plain text processing. * Load CIPLEN reg. * Load (J0+1) in INTVECT register. * As described in NIST documentation J 0 = IV || 0 31 || 1 when len(IV)=96 and J0 =GHASHH (IV || 0 s+64 || [len(IV)] 64 ) (s is the minimum number of zeroes that should be padded with the Initialization Vector to make it a multiple of 128) if len(IV) != 96. * Load plain text in INDATA register. * Set CTRLB.START as 1. * Wait for INTFLAG.ENCCMP to be set. * AES Hardware generates output in INDATA register. * Intermediate GHASH is stored in GHASH register and Cipher Text available in INDATA register. * Continue 3 to 6 till the input of plain text to get the cipher text and the Hash keys. * At the last input, set CTRLB.EOM. * Write last in-data to INDATA reg. * Set CTRLB.START as 1. * Wait for INTFLAG.ENCCMP to be set. * AES Hardware generates output in INDATA register and final Hash key in GHASH register. * Load [LEN(A)]64||[LEN(C)]64 in INDATA register and set CTRLB.GFMUL and CTRLB.START as 1. * Wait for INTFLAG.GFMCMP to be set. * AES Hardware generates final GHASH value in GHASH register. 42.6.3.1.4 Plain text processing with DMAC * Set CTRLB.NEWMSG for the new set of plain text processing. * Load CIPLEN reg. * Load (J0+1) in INTVECT register. * Load plain text in INDATA register. * Wait for INTFLAG.ENCCMP to be set. * AES Hardware generates output in INDATA register. * Intermediate GHASH is stored in GHASH register and Cipher Text available in INDATA register. * Continue 3 to 5 till the input of plain text to get the cipher text and the Hash keys. * At the last input, set CTRLB.EOM. * Write last in-data to INDATA reg. * Wait for INTFLAG.ENCCMP to be set. * AES Hardware generates output in INDATA register and final Hash key in GHASH register. * Load [LEN(A)]64||[LEN(C)]64 in INDATA register and set CTRLB.GFMUL and CTRLB.START as 1. * Wait for INTFLAG.GFMCMP to be set. * AES Hardware generates final GHASH value in GHASH register. 42.6.3.1.5 Tag Generation * Configure CTRLA 1. Set CTRLA.ENABLE to 0 2. Set CTRLA.AESMODE as CTR 3. Set CTRLA.ENABLE to 1 * Load J0 value to INITVECTV reg. * Load GHASH value to INDATA reg. * Set CTRLB.NEWMSG and CTRLB.START to start the Counter mode operation. * Wait for INTFLAG.ENCCMP to be set. * AES Hardware generates the GCM Tag output in INDATA register. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1286 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AES - Advanced Encryption Standard 42.6.4 Synchronization Not applicable. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1287 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AES - Advanced Encryption Standard 42.7 Register Summary Offset Name 0x00 CTRLA 0x04 0x05 0x06 0x07 0x08 0x09 0x0A ... 0x0B CTRLB INTENCLR INTENSET INTFLAG DATABUFPTR DBGCTRL Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 CFBS[2:0] XORKEY KEYGEN LOD AESMODE[2:0] STARTMODE GFMUL ENABLE SWRST CIPHER KEYSIZE[1:0] CTYPE[3:0] EOM NEWMSG START GFMCMP ENCCMP GFMCMP ENCCMP GFMCMP ENCCMP INDATAPTR[1:0] DBGRUN Reserved 0C KEYWORD0 10 KEYWORD1 14 KEYWORD2 18 KEYWORD3 1C KEYWORD4 20 KEYWORD5 24 KEYWORD6 28 KEYWORD7 0x2C ... 0x37 Reserved 0x38 INDATA 3C INTVECTV0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 KEYWORD[7:0] KEYWORD[15:8] KEYWORD[23:16] KEYWORD[31:24] KEYWORD[7:0] KEYWORD[15:8] KEYWORD[23:16] KEYWORD[31:24] KEYWORD[7:0] KEYWORD[15:8] KEYWORD[23:16] KEYWORD[31:24] KEYWORD[7:0] KEYWORD[15:8] KEYWORD[23:16] KEYWORD[31:24] KEYWORD[7:0] KEYWORD[15:8] KEYWORD[23:16] KEYWORD[31:24] KEYWORD[7:0] KEYWORD[15:8] KEYWORD[23:16] KEYWORD[31:24] KEYWORD[7:0] KEYWORD[15:8] KEYWORD[23:16] KEYWORD[31:24] KEYWORD[7:0] KEYWORD[15:8] KEYWORD[23:16] KEYWORD[31:24] 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 INDATA[7:0] INDATA[15:8] INDATA[23:16] INDATA[31:24] INTVECTV[7:0] INTVECTV[15:8] INTVECTV[23:16] INTVECTV[31:24] (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1288 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AES - Advanced Encryption Standard ...........continued Offset Name 40 INTVECTV1 44 INTVECTV2 48 INTVECTV3 0x4C ... 0x5B Reserved 0x5C HASHKEY0 0x60 HASHKEY1 0x64 HASHKEY2 0x68 HASHKEY3 0x6C GHASH0 0x70 GHASH1 0x74 GHASH2 0x78 GHASH3 0x7C ... 0x7F Reserved 80 CIPLEN 0x84 RANDSEED Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 INTVECTV[7:0] INTVECTV[15:8] 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 INTVECTV[23:16] INTVECTV[31:24] INTVECTV[7:0] INTVECTV[15:8] INTVECTV[23:16] INTVECTV[31:24] INTVECTV[7:0] INTVECTV[15:8] INTVECTV[23:16] INTVECTV[31:24] 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 HASHKEY[7:0] HASHKEY[15:8] HASHKEY[23:16] HASHKEY[31:24] HASHKEY[7:0] HASHKEY[15:8] HASHKEY[23:16] HASHKEY[31:24] HASHKEY[7:0] HASHKEY[15:8] HASHKEY[23:16] HASHKEY[31:24] HASHKEY[7:0] HASHKEY[15:8] HASHKEY[23:16] HASHKEY[31:24] GHASH[7:0] GHASH[15:8] GHASH[23:16] GHASH[31:24] GHASH[7:0] GHASH[15:8] GHASH[23:16] GHASH[31:24] GHASH[7:0] GHASH[15:8] GHASH[23:16] GHASH[31:24] GHASH[7:0] GHASH[15:8] GHASH[23:16] GHASH[31:24] 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 CIPLEN[7:0] CIPLEN[15:8] CIPLEN[23:16] CIPLEN[31:24] RANDSEED[7:0] RANDSEED[15:8] RANDSEED[23:16] RANDSEED[31:24] (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1289 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AES - Advanced Encryption Standard 42.8 Register Description Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16- and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Some registers are optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). Optional PAC write protection is denoted by the "PAC Write-Protection" property in each individual register description. For details, refer to 42.5.8 Register Access Protection. Some registers are enable-protected, meaning they can only be written when the peripheral is disabled. Enableprotection is denoted by the "Enable-Protected" property in each individual register description. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1290 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AES - Advanced Encryption Standard 42.8.1 Control A Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit CTRLA 0x00 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-protected 31 30 29 28 27 26 23 22 21 20 19 18 25 24 17 16 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit CTYPE[3:0] Access Reset Bit Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 9 15 14 XORKEY R/W 0 13 KEYGEN R/W 0 12 LOD R/W 0 11 STARTMODE R/W 0 10 CIPHER R/W 0 7 6 CFBS[2:0] R/W 0 5 4 2 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 AESMODE[2:0] R/W 0 Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 19:16 - CTYPE[3:0]Counter Measure Type Value Name XXX0 CTYPE1 disabled XXX1 CTYPE1 enabled XX0X CTYPE2 disabled XX1X CTYPE2 enabled X0XX CTYPE3 disabled X1XX CTYPE3 enabled 0XXX CTYPE4 disabled 1XXX CTYPE4 enabled R/W 0 8 KEYSIZE[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 1 ENABLE R/W 0 0 SWRST R/W 0 Description Countermeasure1 disabled Countermeasure1 enabled Countermeasure2 disabled Countermeasure2 enabled Countermeasure3 disabled Countermeasure3 enabled Countermeasure4 disabled Countermeasure4 enabled Bit 14 - XORKEYXOR Key Operation Value Description 0 No effect 1 The user keyword gets XORed with the previous keyword register content. Bit 13 - KEYGENLast Key Generation Value Description 0 No effect 1 Start Computation of the last NK words of the expanded key Bit 12 - LODLast Output Data Mode Value Description 0 No effect 1 Start encryption in Last Output Data mode Bit 11 - STARTMODEStart Mode Select (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1291 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AES - Advanced Encryption Standard Value 0 1 Name Manual Mode Auto Mode Description Start Encryption / Decryption in Manual mode Start Encryption / Decryption in Auto mode Bit 10 - CIPHERCipher Mode Select Value Description 0 Decryption 1 Encryption Bits 9:8 - KEYSIZE[1:0]Encryption Key Size Value Name Description 0 128-bit Key 128-bit Key for Encryption / Decryption 1 192-bit Key 192-bit Key for Encryption / Decryption 2 256-bit Key 256-bit Key for Encryption / Decryption 3 Reserved Reserved Bits 7:5 - CFBS[2:0]Cipher Feedback Block Size Value Name Description 0 128-bit data block 128-bit Input data block for Encryption/Decryption in Cipher Feedback mode 1 64-bit data block 64-bit Input data block for Encryption/Decryption in Cipher Feedback mode 2 32-bit data block 32-bit Input data block for Encryption/Decryption in Cipher Feedback mode 3 16-bit data block 16-bit Input data block for Encryption/Decryption in Cipher Feedback mode 4 8-bit data block 8-bit Input data block for Encryption/Decryption in Cipher Feedback mode 5-7 Reserved Reserved Bits 4:2 - AESMODE[2:0]AES Modes of Operation Value Name Description 0 ECB Electronic code book mode 1 CBC Cipher block chaining mode 2 OFB Output feedback mode 3 CFB Cipher feedback mode 4 Counter Counter mode 5 CCM CCM mode 6 GCM Galois counter mode 7 Reserved Reserved Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable Value Description 0 The peripheral is disabled 1 The peripheral is enabled Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit resets all registers in the AES module to their initial state, and the module will be disabled. Writing a '1' to SWRST will always take precedence, meaning that all other writes in the same write operation will be discarded. Value Description 0 There is no reset operation ongoing 1 The reset operation is ongoing (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1292 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AES - Advanced Encryption Standard 42.8.2 Control B Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 CTRLB 0x04 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 GFMUL R/W 0 Access Reset 2 EOM R/W 0 1 NEWMSG R/W 0 0 START R/W 0 Bit 3 - GFMULGF Multiplication This bit is applicable only to GCM mode. Value Description 0 No action 1 Setting this bit calculates GF multiplication with data buffer content and hashkey register content. Bit 2 - EOMEnd of Message This bit is applicable only to GCM mode. Value Description 0 No action 1 Setting this bit generates final GHASH value for the message. Bit 1 - NEWMSGNew Message This bit is used in cipher block chaining (CBC), cipher feedback (CFB) and output feedback (OFB), counter (CTR) modes to indicate the hardware to use Initialization vector for encrypting the first block of message. Value Description 0 No action 1 Setting this bit indicates start of new message to the module. Bit 0 - STARTStart Encryption/Decryption Value Description 0 No action 1 Start encryption / decryption in manual mode. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1293 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AES - Advanced Encryption Standard 42.8.3 Interrupt Enable Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENCLR 0x05 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to disable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Set (INTENSET) register. Bit 7 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 GFMCMP R/W 0 0 ENCCMP R/W 0 Bit 1 - GFMCMPGF Multiplication Complete Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the GF Multiplication Complete Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the GF Multiplication Complete interrupt. Value Description 0 The GF Multiplication Complete interrupt is disabled. 1 The GF Multiplication Complete interrupt is enabled. Bit 0 - ENCCMPEncryption Complete Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Encryption Complete Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Encryption Complete interrupt. Value Description 0 The Encryption Complete interrupt is disabled. 1 The Encryption Complete interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1294 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AES - Advanced Encryption Standard 42.8.4 Interrupt Enable Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENSET 0x06 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to enable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Clear (INTENCLR) register. Bit 7 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 GFMCMP R/W 0 0 ENCCMP R/W 0 Bit 1 - GFMCMPGF Multiplication Complete Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the GF Multiplication Complete Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the GF Multiplication Complete interrupt. Value Description 0 The GF Multiplication Complete interrupt is disabled. 1 The GF Multiplication Complete interrupt is enabled. Bit 0 - ENCCMPEncryption Complete Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Encryption Complete Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Encryption Complete interrupt. Value Description 0 The Encryption Complete interrupt is disabled. 1 The Encryption Complete interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1295 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AES - Advanced Encryption Standard 42.8.5 Interrupt Flag Status and Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Bit 7 INTFLAG 0x07 0x00 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 GFMCMP R/W 0 0 ENCCMP R/W 0 Bit 1 - GFMCMPGF Multiplication Complete This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This flag is set when GHASH value is available on the Galois Hash Registers (GHASHx) in GCM mode. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. This flag is also automatically cleared in the following cases. 1. Manual encryption/decryption occurs (START in CTRLB register). 2. Reading from the GHASHx register. Bit 0 - ENCCMPEncryption Complete This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This flag is set when encryption/decryption is complete and valid data is available on the Data Register. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. This flag is also automatically cleared in the following cases: 1. Manual encryption/decryption occurs (START in CTRLA register). (This feature is needed only if we do not support double buffering of INDATA registers). 2. Reading from the data register (INDATAx) when LOD = 0. 3. Writing into the data register (INDATAx) when LOD = 1. 4. Reading from the Hash Key register (HASHKEYx). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1296 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AES - Advanced Encryption Standard 42.8.6 Data Buffer Pointer Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 DATABUFPTR 0x08 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 0 INDATAPTR[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bits 1:0 - INDATAPTR[1:0]Input Data Pointer Writing to this field changes the value of the input data pointer, which determines which of the four data registers is written to/read from when the next write/read to the INDATA register address is performed. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1297 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AES - Advanced Encryption Standard 42.8.7 Debug Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 DBGCTRL 0x09 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 0 DBGRUN W 0 Bit 0 - DBGRUNDebug Run Writing a '0' to this bit causes the AES to halt during debug mode. Writing a '1' to this bit allows the AES to continue normal operation during debug mode. This bit can only be changed while the AES is disabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1298 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AES - Advanced Encryption Standard 42.8.8 Keyword Name: Offset: Reset: Property: KEYWORD 0x0C + n*0x04 [n=0..7] 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection Bit 31 30 29 Access Reset W 0 W 0 W 0 Bit 23 22 21 Access Reset W 0 W 0 W 0 Bit 15 14 13 Access Reset W 0 W 0 W 0 Bit 7 6 5 Access Reset W 0 W 0 W 0 28 27 KEYWORD[31:24] W W 0 0 26 25 24 W 0 W 0 W 0 20 19 KEYWORD[23:16] W W 0 0 18 17 16 W 0 W 0 W 0 12 11 KEYWORD[15:8] W W 0 0 10 9 8 W 0 W 0 W 0 4 3 KEYWORD[7:0] W W 0 0 2 1 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 Bits 31:0 - KEYWORD[31:0]Key Word Value The four/six/eight 32-bit Key Word registers set the 128-bit/192-bit/256-bit cryptographic key used for encryption/ decryption. KEYWORD0.KEYWORD corresponds to the first word of the key and KEYWORD3/KEYWORD5/ KEYWORD7.KEYWORD to the last one. Note: By setting the XORKEY bit of CTRLA register, keyword will update with the resulting XOR value of user keyword and previous keyword content. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1299 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AES - Advanced Encryption Standard 42.8.9 Data Name: Offset: Reset: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset INDATA 0x38 0x00000000 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 28 27 INDATA[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 20 19 INDATA[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 11 INDATA[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 3 INDATA[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - INDATA[31:0]Data Value A write to or read from this register corresponds to a write to or read from one of the four data registers. The four 32bit Data registers set the 128-bit data block used for encryption/decryption. The data register that is written to or read from is given by the DATABUFPTR.INDATPTR field. Note: Both input and output shares the same data buffer. Reading INDATA register will return 0's when AES is performing encryption or decryption operation. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1300 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AES - Advanced Encryption Standard 42.8.10 Initialization Vector Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTVECTV 0x3C + n*0x04 [n=0..3] 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection Bit 31 30 29 Access Reset W 0 W 0 W 0 Bit 23 22 21 Access Reset W 0 W 0 W 0 Bit 15 14 13 Access Reset W 0 W 0 W 0 Bit 7 6 5 Access Reset W 0 W 0 W 0 28 27 INTVECTV[31:24] W W 0 0 26 25 24 W 0 W 0 W 0 20 19 INTVECTV[23:16] W W 0 0 18 17 16 W 0 W 0 W 0 12 11 INTVECTV[15:8] W W 0 0 10 9 8 W 0 W 0 W 0 4 3 INTVECTV[7:0] W W 0 0 2 1 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 Bits 31:0 - INTVECTV[31:0]Initialization Vector Value The four 32-bit Initialization Vector registers INTVECTVn set the 128-bit Initialization Vector data block that is used by some modes of operation as an additional initial input. INTVECTV0.INTVECTV corresponds to the first word of the Initialization Vector, INTVECTV3.INTVECTV to the last one. These registers are write-only to prevent the Initialization Vector from being read by another application. For CBC, OFB, and CFB modes, the Initialization Vector corresponds to the initialization vector. For CTR mode, it corresponds to the counter value. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1301 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AES - Advanced Encryption Standard 42.8.11 Hash Key (GCM mode only) Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset HASHKEY 0x5C + n*0x04 [n=0..3] 0x00000000 PAC Write-protection 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 28 27 HASHKEY[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 20 19 HASHKEY[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 11 HASHKEY[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 3 HASHKEY[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - HASHKEY[31:0]Hash Key Value The four 32-bit HASHKEY registers contain the 128-bit Hash Key value computed from the AES KEY. The Hash Key value can also be programmed offering single GF128 multiplication possibilities. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1302 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AES - Advanced Encryption Standard 42.8.12 Galois Hash (GCM mode only) Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset GHASH 0x6C + n*0x04 [n=0..3] 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 28 27 GHASH[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 20 19 GHASH[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 11 GHASH[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 3 GHASH[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - GHASH[31:0]Galois Hash Value The four 32-bit Hash Word registers GHASHcontain the GHASH value after GF128 multiplication in GCM mode. Writing a new key to KEYWORD registers causes GHASH to be initialized with zeroes. These registers can also be programmed. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1303 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AES - Advanced Encryption Standard 42.8.13 Galois Hash x (GCM mode only) Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset CIPLEN 0X80 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 28 27 CIPLEN[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 20 19 CIPLEN[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 11 CIPLEN[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 3 CIPLEN[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - CIPLEN[31:0]Cipher Length This register contains the length in bytes of the Cipher text that is to be processed. This is programmed by the user in GCM mode for Tag generation. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1304 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AES - Advanced Encryption Standard 42.8.14 Random Seed Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset RANDSEED 0x84 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 28 27 RANDSEED[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 20 19 RANDSEED[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 11 RANDSEED[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 3 RANDSEED[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - RANDSEED[31:0]Random Seed A write to this register corresponds to loading a new seed into the Random number generator. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1305 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) 43. Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) 43.1 Overview The Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) processes public key cryptography algorithm calculus in both GF(p) and GF(2n) fields. The Public Key Cryptography Library (PUKCL) is stored in ROM inside the device. The library can be used in applications to access features of PUKCC, and includes the complete implementation of the following public key cryptography algorithms: * * * RSA (Rivest-Shamir-Adleman public key cryptosystem), DSA (Digital Signature Algorithm): - Modular Exponentiation with CRT up to 7168 bits - Modular Exponentiation without CRT up to 5376 bits - Prime generation - Utilities: GCD/modular Inverse, Divide, Modular reduction, Multiply, ... Elliptic Curves: - ECDSA GF(p) up to 521 bits for common curves (up to 1120 bits for future use) - ECDSA GF(2n) up to 571 bits for common curves (up to 1440 bits for future use) - Choice of the curve parameters for compatibility with NIST Curves or other curves in Weierstrass equation - Point Multiply - Point Add/Doubling - Other high level elliptic curve algorithms (ECDH, ...) can be implemented by user using library functions Deterministic Random Number Generation (DRNG ANSI X9.31) for DSA 43.2 Product Dependencies 43.2.1 I/O Lines Not applicable. 43.2.2 Power Management The PUKCC will continue to operate in any sleep mode, as long as its source clock is running. 43.2.3 Clocks The bus clock (CLK_PUKCC_AHB) can be enabled and disabled by the Main Clock Controller. Related Links 15. MCLK - Main Clock 43.2.4 DMA Not applicable. 43.2.5 Interrupts Not applicable. 43.2.6 Events Not applicable. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1306 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) 43.3 43.3.1 Functional Description Public Key Cryptography Library (PUKCL) Application Programming Interface (API) The Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) is a peripheral that can be used to accelerate public key cryptography, and processes public key cryptography algorithm calculus in both Prime field (GF(p)) and Binary field (GF(2n)). Different functionalities of the PUKCC are accessed with the help of the Public Key Cryptography Library (PUKCL), which is embedded into a dedicated ROM inside the microcontroller. The PUKCL provides access to many algorithms and functions. The features provided, start from basic addition or comparison, up to the RSA or ECDSA complete computation. The library can be utilized by including the PUKCL Driver in the application and passing parameters through the Application Programming Interface (API). The PUKCC Driver is available in Atmel START within Drivers > Cryptography. This library can be used in conjunction with a SSL software stack to improve performance and helps to reduce the RAM usage and time taken to perform different cryptographic functions. 43.3.2 PUKCL Features PUKCL features include: * 43.3.4 Basic Arithmetic and Cryptographic Services - PUKCL self-test, GCD, integral division, etc. * 43.3.5 Modular Arithmetic Services - Modular reduction, modular exponentiation, probable prime generation and modular exponentiation * 43.3.6 Elliptic Curves Over GF(p) Services - Point addition and doubling on an elliptic curve in a prime field, ECDSA signature generation and verification on an elliptic curve over GF(p) * 43.3.7 Elliptic Curves Over GF(2n) Services - Point addition and doubling on an elliptic curve in a prime field, ECDSA signature generation and verification on an elliptic curve over GF(2n) 43.3.3 PUKCL Usage The following sections provide details on accessing the PUKCL and its features. 43.3.3.1 Initializing the PUKCC and PUKCL For a project created with Atmel START, the clock initialization is handled by the initialization function atmel_start_init. After a power-on reset, and when the PUKCC Clock is enabled, a Crypto RAM clear process is launched. It is mandatory to wait until the end of this process before using the Crypto Library. The following code shows how to wait for the Crypto RAM clear process. while ((PUKCCSR & BIT_PUKCCSR_CLRRAM_BUSY) != 0); The next task to be done is self-test. From the generated project in Atmel Studio, copy the example for the PUKCC Driver SelfTest and add it to the main source file. This is a mandatory step before using the library. The return values from the SelfTest service must be compared against known values mentioned in the service description (see the Description section in 43.3.4.1 SelfTest). Example 43-1.PUKCC Initialization void PUKCC_self_test(void) { // Clear contents of PUKCLParam memset(&PUKCLParam, 0, sizeof(PUKCL_PARAM)); pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; vPUKCL_Process(SelfTest, pvPUKCLParam); // In while ; } while ; } while case of error, loop here (PUKCL(u2Status) != PUKCL_OK) { (pvPUKCLParam->P.PUKCL_SelfTest.u4Version != PUKCL_VERSION) { (pvPUKCLParam->P.PUKCL_SelfTest.u4CheckNum1 != 0x6E70DDD2) { (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1307 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) } ; } while (pvPUKCLParam->P.PUKCL_SelfTest.u4CheckNum2 != 0x25C8D64F) { ; } int main(void) { /* Initializes MCU, drivers and middleware */ atmel_start_init(); // Wait for Crypto RAM clear process while ((PUKCCSR & BIT_PUKCCSR_CLRRAM_BUSY) != 0); } // Initialize PUKCC and perform self test PUKCC_self_test(); while(1) { } Note: It may also be necessary to initialize the Random Number Generator (RNG) on the microcontroller, as some services in the library use the peripheral. Before calling such services, be sure to follow the directives given for random number generation on the selected microcontroller (particularly initialization and seeding) and compulsorily start the RNG. For details refer to each service. 43.3.3.2 Accessing Different Library Services All cryptographic services in the library are accessed by the macro vPUKCL_Process. All of these services use the same process for receiving and returning parameters. PUKCL receives two arguments: the requested service and a pointer to a structure called the parameter block. The parameter block contains two structures, a common parameter structure for all commands and specific parameter structure for each service. A specific service is accessed with vPUKCL_Process by passing the service name as the first argument. For example, to perform SelfTest, use vPUKCL_Process(SelfTest, pvPUKCLParam). Example 43-2.PUKCL Parameter Block typedef struct _PUKCL_param { PUKCL_HEADER PUKCL_Header; union { _PUKCL_CLEARFLAGS PUKCL_ClearFlags; _PUKCL_COMP PUKCL_Comp; _PUKCL_CONDCOPY PUKCL_CondCopy; _PUKCL_CRT PUKCL_CRT; _PUKCL_DIV PUKCL_Div; _PUKCL_EXPMOD PUKCL_ExpMod; _PUKCL_FASTCOPY PUKCL_FastCopy; _PUKCL_FILL PUKCL_Fill; _PUKCL_FMULT PUKCL_Fmult; _PUKCL_GCD PUKCL_GCD; _PUKCL_PRIMEGEN PUKCL_PrimeGen; _PUKCL_REDMOD PUKCL_RedMod; _PUKCL_RNG PUKCL_Rng; _PUKCL_SELFTEST PUKCL_SelfTest; _PUKCL_SMULT PUKCL_Smult; _PUKCL_SQUARE PUKCL_Square; _PUKCL_SWAP PUKCL_Swap; // ECC _PUKCL_ZPECCADD _PUKCL_ZPECCDBL _PUKCL_ZPECCADDSUB _PUKCL_ZPECCMUL _PUKCL_ZPECDSAGENERATE _PUKCL_ZPECDSAVERIFY _PUKCL_ZPECDSAQUICKVERIFY _PUKCL_ZPECCQUICKDUALMUL _PUKCL_ZPECCONVPROJTOAFFINE _PUKCL_ZPECCONVAFFINETOPROJECTIVE _PUKCL_ZPECRANDOMIZECOORDINATE _PUKCL_ZPECPOINTISONCURVE (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. PUKCL_ZpEccAdd; PUKCL_ZpEccDbl; PUKCL_ZpEccAddSub; PUKCL_ZpEccMul; PUKCL_ZpEcDsaGenerate; PUKCL_ZpEcDsaVerify; PUKCL_ZpEcDsaQuickVerify; PUKCL_ZpEccQuickDualMul; PUKCL_ZpEcConvProjToAffine; PUKCL_ZpEcConvAffineToProjective; PUKCL_ZpEcRandomiseCoordinate; PUKCL_ZpEcPointIsOnCurve; Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1308 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) // ECC _PUKCL_GF2NECCADD _PUKCL_GF2NECCDBL _PUKCL_GF2NECCMUL _PUKCL_GF2NECDSAGENERATE _PUKCL_GF2NECDSAVERIFY _PUKCL_GF2NECCONVPROJTOAFFINE _PUKCL_GF2NECCONVAFFINETOPROJECTIVE _PUKCL_GF2NECRANDOMIZECOORDINATE _PUKCL_GF2NECPOINTISONCURVE } P; } PUKCL_PARAM, PUKCL_GF2NEccAdd; PUKCL_GF2NEccDbl; PUKCL_GF2NEccMul; PUKCL_GF2NEcDsaGenerate; PUKCL_GF2NEcDsaVerify; PUKCL_GF2NEcConvProjToAffine; PUKCL_GF2NEcConvAffineToProjective; PUKCL_GF2NEcRandomiseCoordinate; PUKCL_GF2NEcPointIsOnCurve; 43.3.3.2.1 PUKCL_HEADER Structure The PUKCL_HEADER is common for all services of the library. This header includes standard fields to indicate the requested service, sub-service, options, return status, and so on, as shown in the following tables. Different terms used in the below description to be understood, are as follows: * Parameter - Represents a variable used by the PUKCL. Every parameter belongs to either PUKCL_HEADER or PUKCL Service Specific Header * Type - Indicates the data type. For details on data type, please refer to CryptoLib_typedef_pb.h file in the library * Dir - Direction. Indicates whether PUKCL considers the variable as input or output. Input means that the application passes data to the PUKCL using the variable. Output means that the PUKCL uses the variable to pass data to the application. * Location - Suggests whether the parameter need to be stored in Crypto RAM or device SRAM. The PUKCL driver has macros for placing parameters into Crypto RAM, so that the user does not have to worry about the addresses * Data Length - If a parameter is a pointer variable, the Data Length column shows the size of the data pointed by the pointer Table 43-1.PUKCL_HEADER Structure Parameter Type Direction Location Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service u1Service u1 I - - Required service Executed service u1SubService u1 I - - Required sub-service Executed sub-service u2Option u2 I - - Required option Executed option Specific PUKCL_STATUS I/O - - See Table 43-2 See Table 43-2 u2Status (see 43.3.3.6 Return Codes) u2 I/O - - - Output Status Reserved u2 - - - - - Reserved u4 - - - - - The Specific field in the PUKCL_HEADER structure is another structure named PUKCL_STATUS. The following table describes this structure. The details of the use of these bits are provided in the individual service descriptions. 43.3.3.2.2 PUKCL_STATUS Structure Members of the PUKCL_STATUS structure are shown in the following table. Table 43-2.PUKCL_STATUS Structure Parameter Type Direction Location Data Length CarryIn (see Note 1) bit I - - CarryIn - CarryOut bit O - - - CarryOut (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Before Executing the Service Datasheet After Executing the Service DS60001507F-page 1309 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) ...........continued Parameter Type Direction Location Data Length Zero bit O - - Gf2n (see Note 1) bit I - - Violation bit O - - Before Executing the Service - Mathematical field 0: Integers (Zp) 1: Field GF(2n) - After Executing the Service 1: Result is zero 0: Result is not zero - Indicates a violation Note: 1. Two of these fields must be filled in to avoid problems during computations. If the Gf2n and CarryIn fields are not reset or initialized properly, problems may be encountered during computations. For instance, not initializing the Gf2n field may result in getting a correct mathematical result, but computed over GF(2n) instead of Zp. 43.3.3.2.3 PUKCL Service Specific Header Details about each service specific header are provided with service descriptions in a subsequent section. Such structures may contain input or output parameters. A parameter is considered as an input parameter when it used for passing information to the PUKCL, and it is considered as an output parameter when the PUKCL uses it to pass a result back to the application code. The following code provides the service specific header example for the SelfTest service. typedef struct _PUKCL_selftest { u4 u4Version; u4 u4PUKCCVersion; u4 u4CheckNum1; u4 u4CheckNum2; u1 u1Step; } _PUKCL_SELFTEST; After the SelfTest service is invoked (with vPUKCL_Process(SelfTest, pvPUKCLParam)), the service specific return values can be checked using pvPUKCLParam. To check whether the version returned by the PUKCL is correct, the following code can be used. while (pvPUKCLParam->P.PUKCL_SelfTest.u4Version != PUKCL_VERSION); In a similar way, other returns can also be accessed. 43.3.3.3 Parameter Passing (Special Considerations) Most of the PUKCL services work with memory area and accept pointers and lengths as parameters to define input and output areas. Most of the time, the pointers and lengths are untouched by the services, while the defined areas are read, filled, or overwritten. These memory areas are defined with an initial pointer and a byte length. For most of the commands, the memory area location must be in the PUKCC Cryptographic RAM. The Cryptographic RAM is the memory area for parameter exchange with the PUKCL and is 4 Kbytes large. Sometimes memory areas can be located in Embedded SRAM, which is detailed in the Location column of the parameters description tables. When working with binary fields, polynomials in GF(2n) need no transformation to be written in an area: * Each bit represents a polynomial coefficient 0 or 1 * The polynomials must be written Low Significant Byte First * A zero padding on the Most Significant Bytes may be added if the area is larger than the real size of the polynomial Important: The Cryptographic RAM is 4 Kbytes in size and is dedicated to PUKCC. However, to ensure correct library operation, the two last 32-bit words must not be used. Unless otherwise specified, these memory areas contain integers in GF(p) or polynomials in GF(2n) with the Less Significant Byte first. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1310 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) Unless otherwise specified, the length must be a multiple of four and the pointers must be four bytes aligned. This is because most of the services work with 32-bit words. 43.3.3.4 Aligned Significant Length Parameters in memory areas can have any Significant Length in bytes. As the lengths in PUKCL must be a multiple of four, a padding is processed on the Most Significant Side with zero to three bytes cleared to zero. Now the parameter can be considered to meet the Aligned Significant Length requirement for PUKCL. 43.3.3.5 Processing Field GF(p) and GF(2n) The library can process arithmetic functions over GF(p) (or Zp integers) and GF(2n), when applicable. The choice of these processing fields is made using the following rules: * * * If a processing field is not applicable to the function, it is not mentioned and the Specific.GF2n bit has no effect. If the function can support both processing fields, the choice is mentioned and the Specific.GF2n bit must be filled according to the choice. If the function supports only one of the processing fields, the processing field is mentioned and the Specific.GF2n bit has no effect. 43.3.3.6 Return Codes Each call to one of the PUKCL services returns a status code indicating whether or not the execution is correct, which can be decoded, as shown in the following figure. Figure 43-1.Return Code Status Decoding The following table shows how the severity indicators should be decoded. Table 43-3.Severity Indicators Value for Bits 14-15 Severity Comment 0xC000 Severe Indicates a blocking error condition 0x8000 Warning Indicates a cautionary use of the return values 0x4000 Information 0x0000 - Indicates the result is correct and gives information No error or no severity given The following table contains the exhaustive list of all reason codes. Table 43-4.Return Codes Value for Bits 00-13 Severity Code 0x0000 - 0x4001 Informative PUKCL_NUMBER_IS_NOT_PRIME 0x4002 Informative PUKCL_NUMBER_IS_PRIME 0xC001 Severe PUKCL_COMPUTATION_NOT_STARTED 0xC002 Severe PUKCL_UNKNOWN_SERVICE (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Reason Code PUKCL_OK Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1311 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) ...........continued Value for Bits 00-13 Severity Code Reason Code 0xC003 Severe PUKCL_UNEXPLOITABLE_OPTIONS 0xC004 Severe PUKCL_HARDWARE_ISSUE 0xC005 Severe PUKCL_WRONG_HARDWARE 0xC006 Severe PUKCL_LIBRARY_MALFORMED 0xC007 Severe PUKCL_ERROR 0xC008 Severe PUKCL_UNKNOWN_SUBSERVICE 0xC101 Severe PUKCL_DIVISION_BY_ZERO 0xC102 Severe PUKCL_MALFORMED_MODULUS 0xC103 Severe PUKCL_FAULT_DETECTED 0xC104 Severe PUKCL_MALFORMED_KEY Please note the following rules about return codes: * * * * A status value indicating a severe error, means that an expected operation has not been executed or has been corrupted. Therefore, the result of such an operation should never be used. A status value indicating a warning should be looked at precisely, as the expected correctness of the result cannot be guaranteed. A status value indicating an information always means that the result is correct with no possible misinterpretation of the values. A status value zero indicates that there is no error or no severity. In the following sections, for each service, the constraints on the parameters placement are detailed. For reduced code size and higher execution speed, tests are processed on these constraints. It is important that PUKCL users take these placement constraints into consideration at the development and test stages to ensure the correct functioning of the library. 43.3.4 Basic Arithmetic and Cryptographic Services 43.3.4.1 SelfTest 43.3.4.1.1 Purpose This service is used to initialize the PUKCL. It resets the PUKCC, clears the Crypto RAM, and returns the library and PUKCC version numbers. It must be called before using any other services in the library and the user must verify the return status at the end of the service execution. 43.3.4.1.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.4.1.3 Description This service processes internal tests and returns information and status codes as described in 43.3.4.1.7 Status Returned Values. The service name for this operation is SelfTest. 43.3.4.1.4 Parameters Definition It is possible to directly address this service through the PUKCL_SelfTest() macro. Table 43-5.SelfTest Service Parameters Parameter Type Dir. Location Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service u4Version u4 PUKCL version O (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. - - - Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1312 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) ...........continued Parameter Type Dir. Location Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service u4PUKCCVersion u4 O - - - PUKCC Version u4CheckNum1 u4 O - - - Test result value 1 u4CheckNum2 u4 O - - - Test result value 2 u1Step u1 O - - - Latest correctly executed step 43.3.4.1.5 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name // and then calls the library vPUKCL_Process(SelfTest,pvPUKCLParam); if (PUKCL(u2Status) == PUKCL_OK) { // The Library version is available // in PUKCL_SelfTest(u4Version) // The PUKCL version is available // in PUKCL_SelfTest(u4PUKCCVersion) } 43.3.4.1.6 Returned Values The expected u4Version value depends on the version of PUKCL being used, and the u4PUKCCVersion value depends on the version of PUKCC being used. The expected u4CheckNum1 value is 0x6e70ddd2 and the expected one for u4CheckNum2 is 0x25c8d64f. The expected final u1Step value is 3. 43.3.4.1.7 Status Returned Values Table 43-6.SelfTest Service Return Codes Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK - Service functioned correctly. PUKCL_ERROR Severe An issue has been encountered. 43.3.4.2 Clear Flags 43.3.4.2.1 Purpose This service can be used to clear parameter structure flags. 43.3.4.2.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.4.2.3 Description This service clears CarryOut, CarryIn, Zero and Violation flags in the Specific bit field. The Gf2n flag is untouched. The service name for this operation is ClearFlags. 43.3.4.2.4 Parameters Definition It is possible to directly address this service through the PUKCL_ClearFlags() macro. Table 43-7.Clear Flags Service Parameters Parameter Specific/CarryOut Type Direction Location Data Length Bit (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. O - Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service - Cleared - Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1313 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) ...........continued Parameter Type Direction Location Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service Specific/CarryIn Bit O - - - Cleared Specific/Zero Bit O - - - Cleared Specific/Violation Bit O - - - Cleared 43.3.4.2.5 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(ClearFlags,pvPUKCLParam); if (PUKCL(u2Status) == PUKCL_OK) { // Success } else // Manage the error 43.3.4.2.6 Status Returned Values Table 43-8.ClearFlags Service Return Codes Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK - Service functioned correctly. 43.3.4.3 Swap 43.3.4.3.1 Purpose This service performs swapping of two buffers. 43.3.4.3.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.4.3.3 Description This service swaps two buffers, X and Y, of the same size in memory. The service name for this operation is Swap. 43.3.4.3.4 Parameters Definition This service can easily be accessed through the use of the PUKCL_Swap() macro. Table 43-9.Swap Service Parameters Parameter Type Direction Location Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service nu1XBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2Length Base of the number X Base of X filled with Y nu1YBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2Length Base of the number Y Base of Y filled with X u2XLength u2 I - - Length of X and Y Length of X and Y 43.3.4.3.5 Code Example _PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; // Initialize parameters PUKCL_Swap(nu1XBase) = <Base of the X number>; PUKCL_Swap(nu1YBase) = <Base of the Y number>; PUKCL_Swap(u2XLength) = <Length of the numbers>; // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1314 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(Swap,pvPUKCLParam); if (PUKCL(u2Status) == PUKCL_OK) { ... } else // Manage the error 43.3.4.3.6 Constraints The following conditions must be avoided to ensure that the service works correctly: * * * * nu1XBase or nu1YBase are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries u2XLength is either <4, > 0xffc, or not a 32-bit length {nu1XBase, u2XLength} or {nu1YBase, u2XLength} do not entirely lie in PUKCCRAM {nu1XBase, u2XLength} overlaps {nu1YBase,u2YLength} 43.3.4.3.7 Status Returned Values Table 43-10.Swap Service Return Codes Returned status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK - Service functioned correctly 43.3.4.4 Fill 43.3.4.4.1 Purpose This service performs a memory fill operation, with a given 32-bit constant. 43.3.4.4.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.4.4.3 Description This service fills a Crypto RAM space with a provided 32-bit constant: Fill (R, FillValue) The service name for this operation is Fill. 43.3.4.4.4 Parameters Definition This service can easily be accessed through the use of the PUKCL_Fill() macro. Table 43-11.Fill Service Parameters Parameter Type Direction. Location Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service nu1RBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2RLength Base of R Base of R value filled repetitively with u4FillValue u2RLength u2 I Crypto RAM - Length of R Length of R u4FillValue u4 I - - Filling value Filling value 43.3.4.4.5 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; // Initialize parameters PUKCL_Fill(nu1RBase) = <Base of the R number>; PUKCL_Fill(u2RLength) = <Length of the R number>; PUKCL_Fill(u4FillValue) = <32-bits value to fill with>; // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(Fill,pvPUKCLParam); if (PUKCL(u2Status) == PUKCL_OK) { ... } else // Manage the error (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1315 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) 43.3.4.4.6 Constraints The following conditions must be avoided to ensure that the service works correctly: * * * nu1RBase are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries u2RLength is either: <4, >0xffc or not a 32-bit length {nu1RBase, u2RLength} do not entirely lie in Crypto RAM 43.3.4.4.7 Status Returned Values Table 43-12.Fill Service Return Codes Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK - Service functioned correctly. 43.3.4.5 Fast Copy/Clear 43.3.4.5.1 Purpose This service performs a copy from a memory area to another or a memory area clear. 43.3.4.5.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.4.5.3 Description This service copies a number X into another number R, padding with zero on the MSB side up to the length specified for R. R=X If the lengths of R and X are equal, a complete fast copy is processed. If the length of R is strictly greater than the length of X, X is first copied in the Low Significant Bytes side of R, and R is padded with zeros on the Most Significant Bytes side. If the pointer on the X area equals zero, R is filled with zeros. This operation can also be made by using the Fill service (see 43.3.4.4 Fill). The service name for this operation is FastCopy. Important: The length of R must be greater or equal to the length of X. 43.3.4.5.4 Parameters Definition This service can easily be accessed through the use of the PUKCL_FastCopy() macro. Table 43-13.FastCopy Service Parameters Parameter Type Direction Location Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service nu1XBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2XLength Base of X Base of X number untouched nu1RBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2RLength Base of R Base of R filled with X u2RLength u2 I - - Length of R Length of R u2XLength u2 I - - Length of X Length of X 43.3.4.5.5 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; // Initialize parameters (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1316 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) PUKCL_FastCopy(nu1XBase) = <Base of PUKCL_FastCopy(nu1RBase) = <Base of PUKCL_FastCopy(u2XLength) = <Length PUKCL_FastCopy(u2RLength) = <Length the X number>; the R number>; of the X number>; of the R number>; // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(FastCopy,pvPUKCLParam); if (PUKCL(u2Status) == PUKCL_OK) { ... } else // Manage the error 43.3.4.5.6 Constraints The parameter placements that are not allowed are are as follows. If nu1XBase equals zero, no checks are made on nu1XBase (fixed) and u2XLength (unused). The following conditions must be avoided to ensure that the service works correctly: * * * * nu1XBase or nu1RBase are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries u2XLength or u2RLength is either: <4, >0xffc or not a 32-bit length or u2XLength >u2RLength {nu1XBase, u2XLength} or {nu1RBase, u2RLength} do not entirely lie in Crypto RAM {nu1XBase, u2XLength} overlaps {nu1RBase,u2RLength} 43.3.4.5.7 Status Returned Values Table 43-14.FastCopy Service Return Codes Returned status PUKCL_OK Importance - Meaning Service functioned correctly 43.3.4.6 Conditional Copy/Clear 43.3.4.6.1 Purpose This service conditionally performs a copy from a memory area to another or a memory area clear. 43.3.4.6.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.4.6.3 Description This service copies a number X into another number R, padding with zero on the MSB side up to the length specified for R. This copy operation is performed under the conditions specified in the options. If the condition is verified, R = X. The copy or clear action is made under condition. The four possible options for the condition are described in the following table. Two of the conditions check the Specific.CarryIn bit (see 43.3.3.2 Accessing Different Library Services). The processing is done as follows: * * If the condition is not verified, nothing is processed. If the condition is verified the copy or clear follows the rules: - If the lengths of R and X are equal, a complete fast copy is processed - If the length of R is strictly greater than the length of X, X is first copied in the Low Significant Bytes side of R, and R is padded with zeros on the Most Significant Bytes side. - If the pointer on the X area equals zero, R is filled with zeros. The service name for this operation is CondCopy. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1317 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) Important: If the condition is verified, the length of R must be greater or equal to the length of X. 43.3.4.6.4 Parameters Definition This service can easily be accessed through the use of the PUKCL_CondCopy() and PUKCL() macros. Table 43-15.CondCopy Service Parameters Parameter Type Direction Location Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service u2Options u2 I - - Option for condition (see the following table) Option for condition (see the following table) Specific/CarryIn Bit I - - Bit CarryIn Bit CarryIn nu1XBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2XLength Base of X Base of X number untouched nu1RBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2RLength Base of R Base of R filled with X if condition holds u2RLength u2 I - - Length of R Length of R u2XLength u2 I - - Length of X Length of X 43.3.4.6.5 Available Options The option for the condition is set by the u2Options input parameter that must take one of the values listed in the following table. Table 43-16.CondCopy Service Options Option Purpose Needed parameters PUKCL_CONDCOPY_ALWAYS Always perform the copy nu1XBase,u2XLength,nu1RBase, u2RLength PUKCL_CONDCOPY_NEVER Never perform the copy None PUKCL_CONDCOPY_IF_CARRY Perform the copy if CarryIn Specific/CarryIn is 1 nu1XBase,u2XLength,nu1RBase, u2RLength PUKCL_CONDCOPY_IF_NOT_CARRY Perform the copy if CarryIn Specific/CarryIn is zero nu1XBase,u2XLength,nu1RBase, u2RLength 43.3.4.6.6 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; // CarryIn shall be beforehand filled (with zero or one) PUKCL(Specific).CarryIn = ...; // Condition Option PUKCL(u2Options) = ...; // Initialize parameters PUKCL_CondCopy(nu1XBase) = <Base of PUKCL_CondCopy(nu1RBase) = <Base of PUKCL_CondCopy(u2XLength) = <Length PUKCL_CondCopy(u2RLength) = <Length the X number>; the R number>; of the X number>; of the R number>; // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1318 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(CondCopy,pvPUKCLParam); if (PUKCL(u2Status) == PUKCL_OK) { ... } else // Manage the error 43.3.4.6.7 Constraints The parameters placement that are not allowed are listed below. If the conditional option and the CarryIn do not lead to execute the copy, no checks are made on the constraints to be respected. If nu1XBase equals zero, no checks are made on nu1XBase (fixed) and u2XLength (unused). The following conditions must be avoided to ensure that the service works correctly: * * * * nu1XBase or nu1RBase are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries u2XLength or u2RLength is either: <4, >0xffc or not a 32-bit length or u2XLength >u2RLength {nu1XBase, u2XLength} or {nu1RBase, u2RLength} do not entirely lie in Crypto RAM {nu1XBase, u2XLength} overlaps {nu1RBase,u2RLength} 43.3.4.6.8 Status Returned Values Table 43-17.CondCopy Service Return Codes Returned status Importance Meaning PUKCL_WRONG_SERVICE Severe An inconsistency has been detected between the called service and the provided service number. PUKCL_OK Service functioned correctly - 43.3.4.7 Small Multiply, Add, Subtract, Exclusive OR 43.3.4.7.1 Purpose This purpose of this service is to multiply a large number X by a single-word number, MulValue, and perform an optional accumulation/subtract with a large number Z, returning the result R. The following options are available: * * * * Work in the GF(2n) or in the standard GF(p) arithmetic integer field Add of a supplemental CarryOperand Overlap of the operands is possible, taking into account some constraints Modulo-reduction of the computation result (see 43.3.5.1 Modular Reduction) In addition to a multiply, possible uses of this service can include: * Copy a block of data from one place to another (if u4MulValue is 1). This operation can alternatively be made by using the Fast Copy service (see 43.3.4.5 Fast Copy/Clear). * Adding/Subtracting two numbers (if u4MulValue is1) * Xoring two blocks of data (if u4MulValue is 1 and the selected mathematical field is GF(2n)) 43.3.4.7.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.4.7.3 Description This service processes the following operation (if not computing a modular reduction of the result): R = [Z] (MulValue x X + CarryOperand) Or (if computing a modular reduction of the result): R = ([Z] (MulValue x X + CarryOperand))mod N The service name for this operation is Smult. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1319 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) The result of the Small Multiply Operation is stored on u2RLength bytes, so the choice of this length compared to u2XLength may lead to: * * A truncation if the result is too big to be stored on u2RLengthbytes. A padding on the MSB side if the result does not take all the u2RLengthbytes. However, in all cases this rule must be followed: Important: The length of R must be greater than or equal to the length of X. In these computations, the following parameters need to be provided: * * * * * R the result (pointed by{nu1RBase,u2Rlength}) X one input number or GF(2n) polynomial (pointed by{nu1XBase,u2XLength}) Z one optional input number or GF(2n) polynomial (pointed by{nu1ZBase,u2Rlength}). MulValue one input number or GF(2n)polynomial on one word (provided in u4MulValue) CarryOperand (provided through the CarryOptions and Carry values). Important: Even if neither accumulation nor subtraction is specified, the nu1ZBase must always be filled and point to a Crypto RAM space. It this case, nu1ZBase can point to the same space as the nu1RBase. If using the modular reduction option, the Multiply operation is followed by a reduction (see 43.3.5.1 Modular Reduction) and the following parameters must be additionally provided: * * N--the modulus (pointed by {nu1ModBase,u2Modlength +4}) Cns--the reduction constant - In case of Big reduction, Cns is pointed by {nu1CnsBase,64bytes}. - In case of Fast or Normalized reduction, Cns is pointed by {nu1CnsBase,u2ModLength +8} Important: The result buffer R must first be padded with zero bytes until its length is sufficient to perform the reduction (2*u2ModLength + 8) to be used by the Modular Reduction service as an input parameter. The result of the reduction is written in the area X pointed by {nu1XBase, u2ModLength + 4}. * For example, if relevant u2ModLength is 0x80 bytes and u2XLength is 0x80 too, the length of the Rspace may be 2*(u2ModLength + 4) = 0x108 bytes. In case of fast or normalized reduction, the length of the result may be u2ModLength + 4 so 0x84 bytes. Therefore, the zone X may lengths 0x84 bytes (at least). The multiplication of X by 1 word provide a result in the zone R which MSB bytes will be padded with zero bytes. In that example, the length of the zone R will be 2*u2ModLength + 8 = 0x108 bytes. 43.3.4.7.4 Parameters Definition Table 43-18.Smult Service Parameters Parameter u2Options Type Direction u2 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. I Location Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service - - Options (see below) Options (see below) Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1320 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) ...........continued Parameter Type Direction Location Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service Specific/Gf2n CarryIn Bits I - - GF(2n) Bit and Carry In - Specific/CarryOut Zero Violation Bits I - - - Carry Out, Zero Bit and Violation Bit filled according to the result nu1ModBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 Base of N Base of N untouched nu1CnsBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 8 Base of Cns Base of Cns untouched u2ModLength u2 I - - Length of N Length of N nu1XBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2XLength or u2ModLength + 4 (see Note 1) Base of X Base of X ( see Note 2) u2XLength u2 I - - Length of X Length of X nu1ZBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2RLength Base of Z Base of Z untouched nu1RBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2RLength Base of R Base of R (see Note 3) u2RLength u2 I - - Length of R Length of R u4MulValue u4 I - - Value of MulValue Value of MulValue untouched Note: 1. If a reduction option is specified, the area X will be, if necessary, extended to u2ModLength + 4 bytes. 2. If Smult is without reduction, X is untouched. If Smult is with reduction, X is filled with the final result. 3. If Smult is without reduction, R is filled with the final result. If Smult is with reduction, R is corrupted. 43.3.4.7.5 Available Options The options are set by the u2Options input parameter, which is composed of: * * * the mandatory Small Multiplication operation option described in Table 43-19 the mandatory CarryOperand option described in Table 43-20 and Table 43-21 the facultative Modular Reduction option (see 43.3.5.1 Modular Reduction). If the Modular Reduction is not requested, this option is absent. The u2Options number is calculated by an "Inclusive OR" of the options. Some examples in C language are: * Operation: Small Multiply only without carry and without Modular Reduction PUKCL(u2Options) = SET_MULTIPLIEROPTION(PUKCL_SMULT_ONLY) | SET_CARRYOPTION(CARRY_NONE); * Operation: Small Multiply with addition with Specific/CarryIn addition and with Fast Modular Reduction PUKCL(u2Options) =SET_MULTIPLIEROPTION(PUKCL_SMULT_ADD) | SET_CARRYOPTION(ADD_CARRY) | PUKCL_REDMOD_REDUCTION | PUKCL_REDMOD_USING_FASTRED; The following table lists all of the necessary parameters for the Small Multiply option. When the Addition or Subtraction option is not chosen, it is not necessary to fill in the nu1ZBase parameter. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1321 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) Table 43-19.Smult Service Operation Options Option Purpose Required Parameters SET_MULTIPLIEROPTION(PUKCL_SMULT_ ONLY) Perform R = MulValue*X + CarryOperand nu1RBase, u2RLength, nu1XBase, u2XLength, u4MulValue SET_MULTIPLIEROPTION(PUKCL_SMULT_ ADD) Perform R = Z + MulValue*X + CarryOperand nu1RBase, u2RLength, nu1ZBase, nu1XBase, u2XLength,u4MulValue SET_MULTIPLIEROPTION(PUKCL_SMULT_ SUB) Perform R = Z (MulValue*X + CarryOperand) nu1RBase, u2RLength, nu1ZBase, nu1XBase, u2XLength,u4MulValue 43.3.4.7.6 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; // Gf2n and CarryIn shall be beforehand filled (with zero or one) PUKCL(Specific).Gf2n = ...; PUKCL(Specific).CarryIn = ...; PUKCL(u2Options) =...; // Depending on the option specified, not all fields should be filled PUKCL_Smult(nu1XBase) = <Base of the X number>; PUKCL_Smult(u2XLength) = <Length of the X number>; PUKCL_Smult(nu1RBase) = <Base of the R number>; PUKCL_Smult(u2RLength) = <Length of the R number>; PUKCL_Smult(nu1ZBase) = <Base of the Z number>; PUKCL_Smult(u4MulValue) = <Value to be multiplied with>; // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(Smult,pvPUKCLParam); if (PUKCL(u2Status) == PUKCL_OK) { // The Small multiplication has been executed correctly ... } else // Manage the error Note: The length of R must be greater or equal to the length of X. Additional options are available through the use of a modular reduction to be executed at the end of this operation. Some important considerations have to be taken into account concerning the length of resulting operands to get a mathematically correct result. The output of this operation is not obviously compatible with the modular reduction, as it may be either smaller or bigger. In the case (most of the time) where the result (pointed by nu1RBase) is smaller in size than twice the modulus plus one word, it is mandatory to add padding bytes to zero. Otherwise, the reduced value will be taken considering the high order words (potentially uninitialized) as part of the number, thus resulting in a mathematically correct but unexpected result. In the case that the result is bigger than twice the modulus plus one word, the modular reduction feature has to be executed as a separate operation, using an Euclidean division. 43.3.4.7.7 Constraints For the case of a small multiplication with an option indicating either subtraction or accumulation, the following conditions must be avoided to ensure the service works correctly: * * * * nu1XBase, nu1RBase or nu1ZBase are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries {nu1XBase, u2XLength}, {nu1ZLength, u2RLength} or {nu1RBase, u2RLength} do not entirely lie in Crypto RAM u2XLength or u2RLength is either: < 4, > 0xffc or not a 32-bit length or u2XLength >u2RLength {nu1RBase, u2RLength} overlaps {nu1XBase, u2XLength} or nu1R < nu1Z and {nu1RBase,u2RLength} overlaps {nu1ZBase, u2RLength} (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1322 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) If the nu1R value is greater or equals to the nu1Z one, the overlapping between R and Z is allowed. If a modular reduction is specified, the relevant parameters must be defined according to the chosen reduction and follow the description in 43.3.5.1 Modular Reduction. Additional constraints to be respected and error codes are described in this section and in Table 43-22. Multiplication with Accumulation or Subtraction When the options bits specify that either an Accumulation or a Subtraction should be performed, this service performs the following operation: R = (Z (MulValue x X + CarryOperand))mod BRLength Table 43-20.Smult Service (with Accumulate/Subtract From) Carry Settings Carry Options CarryOperand Resulting Operation SET_CARRYOPTION(ADD_CARRY) CarryIn R = Z (MulValue*X + CarryIn) SET_CARRYOPTION(SUB_CARRY) - CarryIn R = Z (MulValue*X - CarryIn) SET_CARRYOPTION(ADD_1_PLUS_CARRY) 1 + CarryIn R = Z (MulValue*X + 1 + CarryIn) SET_CARRYOPTION(ADD_1_MINUS_CARRY) 1 - CarryIn R = Z (MulValue*X + 1 - CarryIn) SET_CARRYOPTION(CARRY_NONE) 0 R = Z (MulValue*X) SET_CARRYOPTION(ADD_1) 1 R = Z (MulValue*X + 1) SET_CARRYOPTION(SUB_1) -1 R = Z (MulValue*X - 1) SET_CARRYOPTION(ADD_2) 2 R = Z (MulValue*X + 2) Multiplication without Accumulation or Subtraction When the case the options bits specify that neither an Accumulation nor a Subtraction should be performed, this service performs the following operation: R = (MulValue x X + CarryOperand)mod BRLength Table 43-21.Smult Service Carry Settings Carry Options CarryOperand Resulting Operation SET_CARRYOPTION(ADD_CARRY) CarryIn R = MulValue*X + CarryIn SET_CARRYOPTION(SUB_CARRY) - CarryIn R = MulValue*X - CarryIn SET_CARRYOPTION(ADD_1_PLUS_CARRY) 1 + CarryIn R = MulValue*X + 1 + CarryIn SET_CARRYOPTION(ADD_1_MINUS_CARRY) 1 - CarryIn R = MulValue*X + 1 - CarryIn SET_CARRYOPTION(CARRY_NONE) 0 R = MulValue*X SET_CARRYOPTION(ADD_1) 1 R = MulValue*X + 1 SET_CARRYOPTION(SUB_1) -1 R = MulValue*X - 1 SET_CARRYOPTION(ADD_2) 2 R = MulValue*X + 2 43.3.4.7.8 Status Returned Values Table 43-22.Smult Service Return Codes Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK - Service functioned correctly (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1323 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) 43.3.4.8 Compare 43.3.4.8.1 Purpose The purpose of this service is to compare two numbers in classical arithmetic GF(p). Important: This service works only with integers. 43.3.4.8.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.4.8.3 Description This service accepts two numbers in classical arithmetic in input and performs a comparison, virtually subtracting (X + CarryIn) from Y: CompareGetFlags (Y - (X + CarryIn)) The numbers X and Y are untouched but the resulting flags CarryOut and the Zero Bit are filled. If the lengths of Y and X are equal, a comparison is processed. If the length of Y is strictly greater than the length of X, X is first virtually padded with zeros on the Most Significant Bytes side, then a comparison is processed. Note: The length of Y must be greater or equal to the length of X. In this computation, the following data need to be provided: * * X (pointed by{nu1XBase,u2XLength}) Y (pointed by{nu1YBase,u2YLength}) The service name for this operation is Comp. 43.3.4.8.4 Parameters Definition Table 43-23.Comp Service Parameters Parameter Type Direction Location Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service Specific/Gf2n CarryIn Bits I - - GF(2n) Bit and Carry In - Specific/CarryOut Bits Zero Violation I - - - Carry Out, Zero Bit and Violation Bit filled according to the result nu1XBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2XLength Base of X Base of X u2XLength u2 I - Length of X Length of X nu1YBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2YLength Base of Y Base of Y u2YLength u2 I - Length of Y Length of Y - - 43.3.4.8.5 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; // CarryIn shall be beforehand filled (with zero or one) PUKCL(Specific).CarryIn = ...; // Initializing parameters PUKCL_Comp(nu1XBase) = <Base of PUKCL_Comp(u2XLength) = <Length PUKCL_Comp(nu1YBase) = <Base of PUKCL_Comp(u2YLength) = <Length (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. the ram location of X>; of X>; the ram location of Y>; of Y>; Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1324 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(Comp,pvPUKCLParam); if (PUKCL(u2Status) == PUKCL_OK) { // The COMPARE has been executed correctly // CarryOut, Zero ... are available ... = PUKCL(Specific).CarryOut; ... = PUKCL(Specific).Zero; } else // Manage the error 43.3.4.8.6 Constraints The following conditions must be avoided to ensure that the service works correctly: * * * nu1XBase or nu1YBase are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries {nu1XBase, u2XLength} or {nu1YLength, u2YLength} are not in Crypto RAM u2XLength or u2YLength is either: < 4, > 0xffc or not a 32-bit length or u2XLength >u2YLength 43.3.4.8.7 Status Returned Values Table 43-24.Comp Service Return Codes Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK - Service functioned correctly 43.3.4.9 Full Multiply 43.3.4.9.1 Purpose The purpose of this service is to multiply two large numbers, X and Y, and optionally accumulate/subtract from a third large number, Z, returning the result, R. The available options are as follows: * * * * Work in the GF(2n) field or in the standard arithmetic field Add of a supplemental CarryOperand Overlap of the operands is possible, taking into account some constraints Modular Reduction of the computation result (see 43.3.5.1 Modular Reduction) 43.3.4.9.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.4.9.3 Description This service provides the following (if not computing a modular reduction of the result): R = [Z] (X x Y + CarryOperand) Or (if computing a modular reduction of the result): R = ([Z] (X x Y + CarryOperand))mod N The service name for this operation is Fmult. In these computations, the following data has to be provided: * * * * * R the result (pointed by {nu1RBase,u2Xlength +u2YLength}) X one input number or GF(2n) polynomial (pointed by{nu1XBase,u2XLength}) Y one input number or GF(2n) polynomial (pointed by{nu1YBase,u2YLength}) Z one optional input number or GF(2n) polynomial (pointed by {nu1ZBase,u2Xlength +u2YLength}) CarryOperand (provided through the Carry Options and Carry values) Important: Even if neither accumulation nor subtraction is specified, the nu1ZBase must always be filled and point to a Crypto RAM space. It this case, nu1ZBase can point to the same space as the nu1RBase. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1325 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) If using the big modular reduction option, the Multiply operation is followed by a reduction (see 43.3.5.1 Modular Reduction). In this case, the length of Cns is 64 bytes. If using the modular reduction option, the Multiply operation is followed by a reduction (see 43.3.5.1 Modular Reduction). In this case the following parameters must be additionally provided: * * N--the modulus (pointed by {nu1ModBase,u2Modlength +4}) Cns--the reduction constant - In case of Big reduction, Cns is pointed by {nu1CnsBase,64bytes}. - In case of Fast or Normalized reduction, Cns is pointed by (pointed by {nu1CnsBase,u2ModLength+ 8}) Note: The result buffer R must first be padded with zero bytes until its length is sufficient to perform the reduction (2*u2ModLength + 8) to be used by the Modular Reduction service as an input parameter. The result of the reduction is written in the area X pointed by {nu1XBase, u2ModLength + 4}. For example, if u2ModLength, u2XLength and u2YLength are 0x80 bytes, the length of the R space is 2*(u2ModLength + 4) = 0x108 bytes because of the constraints of modular reduction. In case of Fast or Normalized Reduction, the length of the result is u2ModLength + 4 so 0x84 bytes. Thus, the zone X has a length of 0x84 bytes (at least). The multiplication of X by Y provides a result of length 0x100 bytes in the zone R so the 8 MSB bytes must be previously padded with zero bytes (in offsets 0x100 to 0x107). 43.3.4.9.4 Parameters Definition Table 43-25.Fmult Service Parameters Parameter Type Direction Location Data Length Before Executing After Executing the the Service Service u2Options u2 I - - Options (see below) Options (see below) Specific/Gf2n CarryIn Bits I - - GF(2n) Bit and Carry In - Specific/CarryOut Bits Zero Violation I - - - Carry Out, Zero Bit and Violation Bit filled according to the result nu1ModBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 Base of N Base of N untouched nu1CnsBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 8 or Base of Cns 64 bytes Base of Cns untouched u2ModLength u2 I - Length of N Length of N nu1XBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2XLength or u2ModLength + 4 (see Note 1) Base of X Base of X (see Note 2) u2XLength u2 I - Length of X Length of X nu1YBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2YLength Base of Y Base of Y u2YLength u2 I - Length of Y Length of Y nu1ZBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2XLength + u2YLength Base of Z Base of Z untouched nu1RBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2XLength + u2YLength Base of R Base of R (see Note 3) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. - - - Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1326 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) Note: 1. In case of a reduction option is specified, if necessary, the area X will be extended to u2ModLength + 4 bytes. 2. If FMult is without reduction, X is untouched. If FMult is with reduction, X is filled with the final result. 3. If FMult is without reduction, R is filled with the final result. If FMult is with reduction, R is corrupted. 43.3.4.9.5 Available Options The options are set by the u2Options input parameter, which is composed of: * * * the mandatory Full Multiplication operation option described in Table 43-26 the mandatory CarryOperand option described in Table 43-27 and Table 43-28 the facultative Modular Reduction option (see 43.3.5.1 Modular Reduction). If the Modular Reduction is not requested, this option is absent. The u2Options number is calculated by an Inclusive OR of the options. Some Examples in C language are: * Operation: Full Multiply only without carry and without Modular Reduction PUKCL(u2Options) = SET_MULTIPLIEROPTION(PUKCL_FMULT_ONLY) | SET_CARRYOPTION(CARRY_NONE); * Operation: Full Multiply with addition with Specific/CarryIn addition and with Fast Modular Reduction PUKCL(u2Options) = SET_MULTIPLIEROPTION(PUKCL_FMULT_ADD) | SET_CARRYOPTION(ADD_CARRY) | PUKCL_REDMOD_REDUCTION | PUKCL_REDMOD_USING_FASTRED; The following table shows all of the necessary parameters for the Full Multiply option. When the Addition or Subtraction option is not chosen, it is not necessary to fill in the nu1ZBase parameter. Table 43-26.Fmult Service Options Option Purpose Required Parameters SET_MULTIPLIEROPTION(PUKCL_FMUL_ONLY) Perform R = X*Y + CarryOperand nu1RBase, nu1YBase, u2YLength, nu1XBase, u2XLength SET_MULTIPLIEROPTION(PUKCL_FMUL_ADD) Perform R = Z + X*Y + CarryOperand nu1RBase, nu1ZBase, nu1YBase, u2YLength, nu1XBase, u2XLength SET_MULTIPLIEROPTION(PUKCL_FMUL_SUB) Perform R = Z - (X*Y + CarryOperand) nu1RBase, nu1ZBase, nu1YBase, u2YLength, nu1Xlength, u2XLength 43.3.4.9.6 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; // Gf2n and CarryIn shall be beforehand filled (with zero or one) PUKCL(Specific).Gf2n = ...; PUKCL(Specific).CarryIn = ...; PUKCL(u2Option) =...; // Depending on the option specified, not all fields PUKCL_Fmult(nu1XBase) = <Base of the ram location of PUKCL_Fmult(u2XLength) = <Length of X>; PUKCL_Fmult(nu1YBase) = <Base of the ram location of PUKCL_Fmult(u2YLength) = <Length of Y>; PUKCL_Fmult(nu1ZBase) = <Base of the ram location of PUKCL_Fmult(nu1RBase) = <Base of the ram location of should be filled X>; Y>; Z>; R>; // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1327 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(Fmult,pvPUKCLParam); if (PUKCL(u2Status) == PUKCL_OK) { // The Full multiply has been executed correctly ... } else // Manage the error 43.3.4.9.7 Important Considerations for Modular Reduction of a Fmult Computation Result Note: Additional options are available through the use of a modular reduction to be executed at the end of this operation. Some important considerations have to be taken into account concerning the length of resulting operands to get a mathematically correct result. The output of this operation is not always compatible with the modular reduction as it may be either smaller or bigger. In the case (most of the time) the result (pointed by nu1RBase) is smaller in size than "twice the modulus plus one word" by one word, a padding word must be added to zero. Otherwise, the reduced value will be taken considering the high order words (potentially uninitialized) as part of the number, thus resulting in getting a mathematically correct but unexpected result. In the case that the result is bigger than twice the modulus plus one word, the modular reduction feature has to be executed as a separate operation, using an Euclidean division. 43.3.4.9.8 Constraints The following conditions must be avoided to ensure that the service works correctly: * * * * * nu1XBase, nu1YBase, nu1RBase or nu1ZBase are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries {nu1XBase, u2XLength}, {nu1YLength, u2YLength}, {nu1ZBase, u2XLength+u2YLength} or{nu1RBase, u2XLength+u2YLength} are not in Crypto RAM u2XLength, u2YLength is either: < 4, > 0xffc or not a 32-bit length {nu1RBase, u2XLength+u2YLength} overlaps {nu1YBase, u2YLength} or{nu1RBase, u2XLength+u2YLength} overlaps {nu1XBase, u2XLength} {nu1RBase, u2XLength+u2YLength} overlaps {nu1ZBase, u2XLength+u2YLength} and nu1RBase> nu1ZBase If a modular reduction is specified, the relevant parameters must be defined according to the chosen reduction and follow the description in 43.3.5.1 Modular Reduction. Additional constraints to be respected and error codes are described in this section and in Table 43-49. Multiplication with Accumulation or Subtraction In the case where the options bits specify that either an Accumulation or a subtraction should be performed, this service performs the following operation: R = (Z (X x Y + CarryOperand))mod BXLength + YLength Table 43-27.Fmult Service (with Accumulate/Subtract From) Carry Settings Option AND CARRYOPTIONS CarryOperand Resulting Operation SET_CARRYOPTION(ADD_CARRY) CarryIn R = Z (X*Y + CarryIn) SET_CARRYOPTION(SUB_CARRY) - CarryIn R = Z (X*Y - CarryIn) SET_CARRYOPTION(ADD_1_PLUS_CARRY) 1 + CarryIn R = Z (X*Y + 1 + CarryIn) SET_CARRYOPTION(ADD_1_MINUS_CARRY) 1 - CarryIn R = Z (X*Y + 1 - CarryIn) SET_CARRYOPTION(CARRY_NONE) 0 R = Z (X*Y) SET_CARRYOPTION(ADD_1) 1 R = Z (X*Y + 1) SET_CARRYOPTION(SUB_1) -1 R = Z (X*Y - 1) SET_CARRYOPTION(ADD_2) 2 R = Z (X*Y + 2) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1328 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) Multiplication without Accumulation or Subtraction In the case the options bits specify that either an Accumulation or a subtraction should be performed, this service performs the following operation: R = (X x Y + CarryOperand)mod BXLength + YLength Table 43-28.Fmult Service Carry Settings Option AND CARRYOPTIONS CarryOperand Resulting Operation SET_CARRYOPTION(ADD_CARRY) CarryIn R = X*Y + CarryIn SET_CARRYOPTION(SUB_CARRY) - CarryIn R = X*Y - CarryIn SET_CARRYOPTION(ADD_1_PLUS_CARRY) 1 + CarryIn R = X*Y + 1 + CarryIn SET_CARRYOPTION(ADD_1_MINUS_CARRY) 1 - CarryIn R = X*Y + 1 - CarryIn SET_CARRYOPTION(CARRY_NONE) 0 R = X*Y SET_CARRYOPTION(ADD_1) 1 R = X*Y + 1 SET_CARRYOPTION(SUB_1) -1 R = X*Y - 1 SET_CARRYOPTION(ADD_2) 2 R = X*Y + 2 43.3.4.9.9 Status Returned Values Table 43-29.Fmult Service Return Codes Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK - Service functioned correctly 43.3.4.10 Square 43.3.4.10.1 Purpose The purpose of this service is to compute the square of a big number and optionally accumulate/subtract from a second big number. Please note that this service uses an optimized implementation of the squaring. It also means that when the GF(2n) flag is set, the execution time will be smaller than when not set (in that case, the squaring execution time will still be smaller than for a standard multiplication). The available options are as follows: * * * * Work in the GF(2n) or in the standard integer arithmetic field Add of a supplemental CarryOperand Overlapping of the operands is possible, taking into account some constraints Modular Reduction of the computation result 43.3.4.10.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.4.10.3 Description This service provides the following (if not computing a modular reduction of the result): R = [Z] (X2 + CarryOperand) Or (if computing a modular reduction of the result): R = ([Z] (X2 + CarryOperand))mod N The service name for this operation is Square. In these computations, the following data has to be provided: * * R the result (pointed by {nu1RBase,2 *u2Xlength}) X one input number or GF(2n) polynomial (pointed by{nu1XBase,u2XLength}) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1329 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) * * Z one optional input number or GF(2n) polynomial (pointed by {nu1ZBase,2 *u2Xlength}) CarryOperand (provided through the CarryOptions and Carry values) Important: Even if neither accumulation nor subtraction is specified, the nu1ZBase must always be filled and point to a Crypto RAM space. It this case, nu1ZBase can point to the same space as the nu1RBase. If using the big modular reduction option, the Multiply operation is followed by a reduction (see 43.3.5.1 Modular Reduction). In this case, the length of Cns is 64 bytes. If using the modular reduction option the Square operation is followed by a reduction (see 43.3.5.1 Modular Reduction). In this case the following parameters must be additionally provided: * * N--the modulus (pointed by {nu1ModBase,u2Modlength +4}). Cns--the reduction constant (pointed by {nu1CnsBase,u2Modlength +8}) - In case of big reduction option, the length of Cns is 64bytes. Note: The result buffer R must first be padded with zero bytes until its length is sufficient to perform the reduction (2*u2ModLength + 8) to be used by the Modular Reduction service as an input parameter. The result of the reduction is written in the area X pointed by {nu1XBase, u2ModLength + 4}. For example, if u2ModLength, u2XLength is 0x80 bytes, the length of the R space is 2*(u2ModLength + 4) = 0x108 bytes because of the constraints of modular reduction. In case of Fast or Normalized Reduction, the length of the result is u2ModLength + 4 so 0x84 bytes. Thus, the zoneX has a length of 0x84 bytes (at least). The square of X provides a result of length 0x100 bytes in the zone R so the 8 MSB bytes previously must be previously padded with zero bytes (in offsets 0x100 to 0x107). 43.3.4.10.4 Parameters Definition Table 43-30.Square Service Parameters Parameter Type Direction Location Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service u2Options u2 I - - Options (see below) Options (see below) Specific/Gf2n CarryIn Bits I - - GF(2n) Bit and Carry In - Specific/CarryOut Bits Zero Violation I - - - Carry Out, Zero Bit and Violation Bit filled according to the result nu1ModBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 Base of N Base of N untouched nu1CnsBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 8 or Base of Cns 64 bytes Base of Cns untouched u2ModLength u2 I - Length of N Length of N nu1XBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2XLength or u2ModLength + 4 (see Note 1) Base of X Base of X ( see Note 2) u2XLength u2 I - Length of X Length of X nu1ZBase nu1 I Crypto RAM 2 * u2XLength Base of Z Base of Z (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. - - Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1330 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) ...........continued Parameter Type Direction Location nu1RBase nu1 I Data Length Crypto RAM 2 * u2XLength Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service Base of R Base of R (see Note 3) Note: 1. In case of a reduction option is specified, the area X will be, if necessary, extended to u2ModLength + 4 bytes. 2. If Square is without reduction, X is untouched. If Square is with reduction, X is filled with the final result. 3. If Square is without reduction, R is filled with the final result. If Square is with reduction, R is corrupted. 43.3.4.10.5 Available Options The options are set by the u2Options input parameter, which is composed of: * * * the mandatory Square operation option described in Table 43-31 the mandatory CarryOperand option described in Table 43-32 and Table 43-33 the facultative Modular Reduction option (see 43.3.5.1 Modular Reduction). If the Modular Reduction is not requested, this option is absent. The u2Options number is calculated by an Inclusive OR of the options. Some Examples in C language are: * Operation: Square only without carry and without Modular Reduction PUKCL(u2Options) = SET_MULTIPLIEROPTION(PUKCL_SQUARE_ONLY) | SET_CARRYOPTION(CARRY_NONE); * Operation: Square with addition with Specific/CarryIn addition and with Fast Modular Reduction PUKCL(u2Options) = SET_MULTIPLIEROPTION(PUKCL_SQUARE_ADD) | SET_CARRYOPTION(ADD_CARRY) | PUKCL_REDMOD_REDUCTION | PUKCL_REDMOD_USING_FASTRED; The following table lists all of the necessary parameters for the Square option. When the Addition or Subtraction option is not chosen it is not necessary to fill in the nu1ZBase parameter. Table 43-31.Square Service Options Option Purpose Required Parameters X2 SET_MULTIPLIEROPTION(PUKCL_ SQUARE_ONLY) Perform R = + CarryOperand nu1RBase, nu1ZBase, SET_MULTIPLIEROPTION(PUKCL_ SQUARE_ADD) Perform R = Z + X2 + CarryOperand SET_MULTIPLIEROPTION(PUKCL_ SQUARE_SUB) Perform R = Z - (X2 + CarryOperand) nu1RBase, nu1ZBase, nu1XBase, u2XLength nu1RBase, nu1ZBase, nu1XBase, u2XLength nu1Xlength, u2XLength 43.3.4.10.6 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; // Gf2n and CarryIn shall be beforehand filled (with zero or one) PUKCL(Specific).Gf2n = ...; PUKCL(Specific).CarryIn = ...; PUKCL(u2Option) =...; // Depending on the option specified, not all fields should be filled PUKCL_Fmult(nu1XBase) = <Base of the ram location of X>; PUKCL_Fmult(u2XLength) = <Length of X>; PUKCL_Fmult(nu1ZBase) = <Base of the ram location of Z>; // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1331 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(Square,pvPUKCLParam); if (PUKCL(u2Status) == PUKCL_OK) { // The Squaring has been executed correctly ... } else // Manage the error 43.3.4.10.7 Important Considerations for Modular Reduction of a Square Computation Note: Additional options are available through the use of a modular reduction to be executed at the end of this operation. Some important considerations have to be taken into account concerning the length of resulting operands to get a mathematically correct result. The output of this operation is not obviously compatible with the modular reduction as it may be either smaller or bigger. In the case (most of the time) the result (pointed by nu1RBase) is smaller in size than "twice the modulus plus one word" by one word, a padding word must be added to zero. Otherwise, the reduced value will be taken considering the high order words (potentially uninitialized) as part of the number, thus resulting in getting a mathematically correct but unexpected result. In the case that the result is greater than twice the modulus plus one word, the modular reduction feature has to be executed as a separate operation, using an Euclidean division. 43.3.4.10.8 Constraints When the options only indicate a square, the constraints involving nu1ZBase are not checked. The following conditions must be avoided to ensure that the service works correctly: * * * * * nu1XBase, nu1RBase or nu1ZBase are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries {nu1XBase, u2XLength}, {nu1ZBase, 2*u2XLength} or {nu1RBase, 2*u2XLength} are not in Crypto RAM u2XLength is either: < 4, > 0xffc or not a 32-bit length {nu1RBase, 2*u2XLength} overlaps {nu1XBase,u2XLength} {nu1RBase, 2*u2XLength} overlaps {nu1ZBase, 2*u2XLength} and nu1RBase >nu1ZBase If a modular reduction is specified, the relevant parameters must be defined according to the chosen reduction and follow the description in 43.3.5.1 Modular Reduction. Additional constraints to be respected and error codes are described in this section and in Table 43-49. Multiplication with Accumulation or Subtraction Where the options bits specify that either an Accumulation or a subtraction should be performed, this command performs the following operation: R = (Z (X2 + CarryOperand))mod B2 XLength Table 43-32.Multiplication with Accumulation or Subtraction Option AND CARRYOPTIONS CarryOperand Resulting Operation SET_CARRYOPTION(ADD_CARRY) CarryIn R = Z (X2 + CarryIn) SET_CARRYOPTION(SUB_CARRY) - CarryIn R = Z (X2 - CarryIn) SET_CARRYOPTION(ADD_1_PLUS_CARRY) 1 + CarryIn R = Z (X2 + 1 + CarryIn) SET_CARRYOPTION(ADD_1_MINUS_CARRY) 1 - CarryIn R = Z (X2 + 1 - CarryIn) SET_CARRYOPTION(CARRY_NONE) 0 R = Z (X2) SET_CARRYOPTION(ADD_1) 1 R = Z (X2 + 1) SET_CARRYOPTION(SUB_1) -1 R = Z (X2 - 1) SET_CARRYOPTION(ADD_2) 2 R = Z (X2 + 2) 43.3.4.10.9 Multiplication without Accumulation or Subtraction Where the options bits specify that either an accumulation or a subtraction should be performed, this command performs the following operation: (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1332 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) R = (X2 + CarryOperand)mod B2 XLength Table 43-33.Square Service Carry Settings Option AND CARRYOPTIONS CarryOperand Resulting Operation SET_CARRYOPTION(ADD_CARRY) CarryIn R = X2 + CarryIn SET_CARRYOPTION(SUB_CARRY) - CarryIn R = X2 - CarryIn SET_CARRYOPTION(ADD_1_PLUS_CARRY) 1 + CarryIn R = X2 + 1 + CarryIn SET_CARRYOPTION(ADD_1_MINUS_CARRY) 1 - CarryIn R = X2 + 1 - CarryIn SET_CARRYOPTION(CARRY_NONE) 0 R = X2 SET_CARRYOPTION(ADD_1) 1 R = X2 + 1 SET_CARRYOPTION(SUB_1) -1 R = X2 - 1 SET_CARRYOPTION(ADD_2) 2 R = X2 + 2 43.3.4.10.10 Status Returned Values Table 43-34.Square Service Return Codes Returned status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK - Service functioned correctly 43.3.4.11 Integral (Euclidean) Division 43.3.4.11.1 Purpose The purpose of this service is to compute the Euclidean Division of two multiple precision numbers in GF(p) or polynomial in GF(2n). The Numerator is divided by the Denominator giving the Quotient "Quo" and the Remainder "R". The following options are available: * Work in the GF(2n) field or in the standard integer arithmetic field GF(p) 43.3.4.11.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.4.11.3 Description This service processes the calculus corresponding to: = x + The Numerator is Num. 0 < = The Divisior (Modulus) is Mod. The Quotient is Quo. The Remainder is R. The Inputs are, the Numerator Num, and the Denominator Mod. The service calculates the Quotient and the Remainder. The Remainder overwrites the Numerator and is copied to the R area. If the parameter nu1QuoBase equals zero, the Quotient is not stored in memory. If nu1QuoBase is different from zero, the Quotient length is (<Numerator Length> - <Denominator Length>) + 4 bytes. In this computation, the following areas need to be provided: * * * Num (pointed by {nu1NumBase,u2NumLength}) filled with the Numerator (with MSB word to zero). Mod (pointed by {nu1ModBase,u2ModLength}) filled with the Denominator. Workspace (pointed by {nu1CnsBase,64 or68}). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1333 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) * * Quo (pointed by {nu1QuoBase,u2NumLength - u2ModLength + 4}) to contain calculated Quotient. - When the quotient is not needed, the nu1QuoBase pointer can be provided as NULL. In that case, only the remainder will be provided as a result. R (pointed by {nu1RBase,u2ModLength}) to contain the calculated Remainder. The service name for this operation is Div. 43.3.4.11.4 Parameters Definition Table 43-35.Div Service Parameters Parameter Type Dir. Location Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service Specific/Gf2n Bit I - - GF(2n) Bit - nu1NumBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2NumLength Base of Num Base of Num Filled with the Numerator Filled with the Remainder Length of the Numerator Length of the Numerator u2NumLength u2 I - - nu1ModBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLengt Base of the Divisor Base of the Divisor untouched u2ModLength u2 I - Length of the Divisor Length of the Divisor nu1QuoBase (see Note 1) nu1 I Crypto RAM u2NumLength u2ModLength + 4 Base of the Quotient Base of the Quotient nu1WorkSpace nu1 I Crypto RAM GF(p): 64 Base of the WorkSpace Base of the WorkSpace corrupted Base of the Remainder Base of the Remainder - GF(2n): 68 nu1RBase ( see Note 2) nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength Note: 1. If the quotient is not needed, set nu1QuoBase to zero and the quotient will not be written to memory. If the quotient is needed, set the nu1QuoBase to the beginning of an area of size (u2NumLength - u2ModLength + 4) to write the whole quotient. 2. The Remainder is present in the area {nu1NumBase, u2NumLength} at the end of the calculus. The nu1RBase parameter makes it possible to copy this result in the other area {nu1RBase, u2ModLength}, if this copy is not needed, set nu1RBase to the same value as nu1NumBase and the copy will not be done. Note: The parameter Num must have its most significant 32-bit word cleared to zero. The length u2NumLength is the length of Num including this zero word. One additional word is used on the LSB side of the Num parameter, this word is restored at the end of the calculus. As a consequence the parameter nu1NumBase must never been at the beginning of the Crypto RAM, i.e., ensure that nu1NumBase <Crypto RAM Base> + 4 bytes. One additional word is used on the MSB side of the Num parameter, this word is not corrupted. As a consequence the Area {nu1NumBase, u2NumLength} must not be at the end of the Crypto RAM, i.e., en sure that nu1NumBase +u2NumLength <Crypto RAM End> - 4. u2ModLength must be the true length of the Modulus, i.e., the MSB word of the area {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength} must be different from zero. The minimum value for u2ModLength is 8 bytes, so the significant length of Num must be at least 8 bytes. To divide by a 32-bit value, the divider and numerator shall be multiplied by 232. The resulting remainder will have to be divided by 232, the quotient will be exact. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1334 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) 43.3.4.11.5 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; // Fill all the fields // In that case, the quotient will be computed // If it was not needed, set nu1QuoBase to NULL PUKCL_Div(nu1NumBase) = <Base of the ram location of Num>; PUKCL_Div(nu1ModBase) = <Base of the ram location of Mod>; PUKCL_Div(nu1QuoBase) = <Base of the ram location of Quo>; PUKCL_Div(nu1WorkSpace) = <Base of the workspace>; PUKCL_Div(nu1RBase) = <Base of the ram location of R>; PUKCL_Div(u2NumLength) = <Length of Num>; PUKCL_Div(u2ModLength) = <Length of Mod>; // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(Div,pvPUKCLParam); if (PUKCL(u2Status) == PUKCL_OK) { // The Division has been executed correctly ... } else // Manage the error 43.3.4.11.6 Constraints The following conditions must be avoided to ensure the service works correctly: * * * * * * nu1ModBase, nu1RBase, nu1QuoBase, nu1WorkSpace or nu1NumBase are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength}, {nu1RBase, u2ModLength}, {nu1WorkSpace, 64} or{nu1NumBase, u2NumLength} are not in Crypto RAM u2ModLength, u2NumLength is either: < 4, > 0xffc or not a 32-bit length One or more overlaps exist between two of the areas: {nu1ModBase,u2ModLength},{nu1RBase, u2ModLength} {nu1NumBase, u2NumLength}(1) or {nu1WorkSpace,64} If nu1QuoBase is different from zero and: {nu1QuoBase, u2NumLength - u2ModLength + 4} are not in Crypto RAM If nu1QuoBase is different from zero and one or more overlaps exist between two of the areas: {nu1QuoBase, u2NumLength - u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength}, {nu1RBase, u2ModLength}, {nu1NumBase, u2NumLength} or {nu1WorkSpace, 64} Overlaps between {nu1RBase, u2ModLength} and {nu1NumBase, u2NumLength} are forbidden, but the equality between nu1RBase and nu1NumBase is authorized 43.3.4.11.7 Status Returned Values Table 43-36.Div Service Return Codes Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK - PUKCL_DIVISION_BY_ZERO Severe Service functioned correctly. The operation was not performed because the Denominator value is zero. 43.3.4.12 GCD, Modular Inverse 43.3.4.12.1 Purpose The purpose of this command is to compute the Greatest Common Divisor (GCD) and the Modular Inverse. The algorithm used is the Extended Euclidean Algorithm for the GCD. This command accepts as input two multiple precision numbers in GF(p) or two polynomials in GF(2n) X and Y and computes their GCD (D), if D equals one, the command also supplies the inverse of X modulo Y. The available options are as follows: * Work in the GF(2n) field or in the standard integer arithmetic field GF(p) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1335 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) 43.3.4.12.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.4.12.3 Description This command calculates: D = GCD(X,Y). and parameter A in the Bezout equation: A x X + B x Y = D. The first input, or input to inverse is X. The second input, or modulus is Y. The GCD is output in D. The modular inverse if X and Y are co-primes is output A: A = X-1mod(Y) The command calculates the GCD and the value A. The value A is the multiplicative inverse of X, only if X and Y are co-prime. As a supplemental result, Z is given back, being the quotient of Y divided by D only if D is different from zero: = At the end of the command: X is overwritten by D. Y is cleared. The value of A is calculated and stored. The value of Z is calculated and stored if D is different from zero. The service name for this operation is GCD. In this computation, the following areas have to be provided: * * * * * X (pointed by {nu1XBase,u2Length}) filled with X (with MSB word to zero) Y (pointed by {nu1YBase,u2Length}) filled with Y (with MSB word to zero) A (pointed by {nu1ABase,u2Length}) to contain calculated A Z (pointed by {nu1ZBase,u2Length}) to contain calculated Z The workspace (pointed by {nu1WorkSpace,32}) 43.3.4.12.4 Parameters Definition Table 43-37.GCD Service Parameters Parameter Type Dir. Location Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service Specific/Gf2n Bit I - - GF(2n) Bit - nu1XBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2Length Base of X Number X Base of X Filled with the GCD D u2Length u2 I - nu1YBase nu1 I nu1ABase nu1 I - Length of the Areas X, Y, A, Z Length of the Areas X, Y, A, Z Crypto RAM u2Length Base of Y Number Y Base of Y Cleared area Crypto RAM u2Length Base of A Base of A Filled with the result nu1ZBase nu1 I (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Crypto RAM u2Length + 4 (see Note 1) Base of Z Base of Z Filled with the result Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1336 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) ...........continued Parameter Type Dir. Location nu1WorkSpace nu1 I Data Length Crypto RAM 32 bytes Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service Base of the workspace Base of the workspace corrupted Note: 1. The additional word is 4 zero bytes. The parameters X and Y must have their most significant 32-bit word cleared to zero. The length u2Length is the length of the longer of the parameters X and Y including this zero word. To clarify here is an example: * * X is an 8 bytes number. Y is a 12 bytes number. This example is processed this way before the use of the GCD service: * * * * * The longer number is Y so its length is taken and increased by 4 bytes for the 32-bit word cleared to zero, this gives u2Length = 16 bytes. Therefore, X, Y, A and Z areas have a length of 16 bytes. Y is padded with 4 bytes cleared to zero on the MSB side and the u2Length = 16 bytes are written in memory (LSB first). X is padded with 8 bytes cleared to zero on the MSB side and the u2Length = 16 bytes are written in memory (LSB first). The areas A and Z are mapped in memory with a size of u2Length = 16 bytes. The workspace is mapped in memory with its constant size of 32 bytes 43.3.4.12.5 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; // Fill all the fields PUKCL(u2Option) = 0; PUKCL_GCD(nu1XBase) = <Base of the ram location of X>; PUKCL_GCD(nu1YBase) = <Base of the ram location of Y>; PUKCL_GCD(nu1ABase) = <Base of the ram location of A>; PUKCL_GCD(nu1ZBase) = <Base of the ram location of Z>; PUKCL_GCD(nu1WorkSpace) = <Base of the workspace>; PUKCL_GCD(u2Length) = <Length of X, Y, A and Z>; // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(GCD, pvPUKCLParam); if (PUKCL_Param.Status == PUKCL_OK) { // The GCD has been executed correctly ... } else // Manage the error 43.3.4.12.6 Constraints The following conditions must be avoided to ensure that the service works correctly: * * * * nu1XBase, nu1YBase, nu1ABase or nu1ZBase are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries {nu1XBase, u2Length}, {nu1YBase, u2Length}, {nu1ABase, u2Length} or {nu1ZBase, u2Length} are not in Crypto RAM u2Length is either: < 4, > 0xffc or not a 32-bit length {nu1XBase, u2Length} overlaps {nu1YBase, u2Length} or {nu1XBase, u2Length} overlaps {nu1ABase, u2Length} or {nu1XBase, u2Length} overlaps {nu1ZBase, u2Length} or {nu1YBase, u2Length}overlaps {nu1ABase, u2Length} or {nu1YBase, u2Length} overlaps {nu1ZBase, u2Length} or {nu1ABase, u2Length} overlaps {nu1ZBase, u2Length} (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1337 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) 43.3.4.12.7 Status Returned Values Table 43-38.GCD Service Return Codes Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK - Service functioned correctly 43.3.4.13 Get Random Number 43.3.4.13.1 Purpose The purpose of this command is to provide the user with a source of entropy. The options available for this service are: * * Generation of random numbers from a Hardware Random Number Generator (TRNG). Generation of random numbers from a Deterministic Random Number Generator (DRNG). Important: When using this service, be sure to strictly follow the directives given for the RNG on the chip you use (particularly initialization, seeding) and compulsorily start the RNG. If the directives require not to use this service, follow them and use the proposed method to get random numbers. This service only has the option to get random numbers and does not seed, initialize or start the RNG. Other options are reserved for future use. Neither continuous testing nor entropy testing is included in this service. If this is needed (FIPS 140, ZKA, ...), this service should not be used and the users shall develop their own command. The DRNG is compatible with both ANSI X9.31 and FIPS 186-2 standards (see the important note below). The DRNG is designed according to: * * The algorithm described in the document ANSI Digital Signatures Using Reversible Public Key Cryptography for the Financial Services Industry (rDSA) X9.31 dated September 9, 1998. The Change recommendation for ANSI X9.0 - 1995 (Part 1) and ANSI X9.31 -1998: The algorithm B.2.1 Algorithm for computing m Values of x is the one applied in the Toolbox 3 X9.31 DRNG. The DRNG is compatible with: * * The DRNG is described in the document NIST Digital Signature Standard (DSS) FIPS Pub 186-2 January 27, 2000 Appendix 3.1 The FIPS 186-2 Change Notice 1 dated October 5, 2001 modifies this algorithm. Important: To apply the FIPS 186-2 algorithm, the parameters XSeed[0] and XSeed[1] must be set to the same value. 43.3.4.13.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.4.13.3 Description This service has four possible options described in Table 43-41. Two of these options are reserved for future use. This service performs the following operations: * * Generation of a random number from the Hardware RNG Generation of a random number from the Deterministic RNG Generation of a Random Number from the Hardware RNG This service, activated with the option PUKCL_RNG_GET, makes it possible to get a random number R from the Hardware RNG: R = HardwareRandomGenerate() (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1338 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) In the Generation of random from the RNG service, the following parameters need to be provided: * R the generated number area (pointed by{nu1RBase,u2RLength}) 43.3.4.13.4 Generation of a Random Number from the Deterministic RNG This service, activated with the option PUKCL_RNG_X931_GET, makes it possible to get a random number R from the Deterministic Random Number Generator with input parameters the Key XKey and the Seed XSeed: (XKey, R) = DeterministicRandomGenerateFromSeed ( XKey, XSeed, Q) In the generation of a random number from the Deterministic RNG service, the following parameters need to be provided: * * * * XKey the input and output Key (pointed by {nu1XKeyBase,u2XKeyLength}) XSeed the input Seed (pointed by {nu1XseedBase,u2XKeyLength}) Q the prime number (pointed by {nu1QBase, 20bytes}) R the generated number area (pointed by {nu1RBase, 20bytes}) 43.3.4.13.5 Hardware RNG Parameters Definition The parameters for the generation of random from the Hardware RNG are described in the following table. This service can easily be accessed through the use of the PUKCL_Rng() and PUKCL() macros. Table 43-39.RNG Service Hardware Generated Parameters Parameter Type Dir. Location Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service u2Options u2 I - - Option (see Table 43-41) Option (see Table 43-41) nu1RBase nu1 I Crypto RAM or Device RAM u2RLength Base of R Base of R filled with random values depending on the option u2RLength u2 I - - Length of R Length of R 43.3.4.13.6 Deterministic RNG Parameters Definition The parameters for the generation of random from the Deterministic RNG are described in the following table. This service can easily be accessed through the use of the PUKCL_Rng() and PUKCL() macros. Table 43-40.RNG Service Deterministic Generated Parameters Parameter Type Direction Location Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service u2Options u2 I - - Option (see Table 43-41) Option (see Table 43-41) nu1XKeyBase nu1 I/O Crypto RAM u2XKeyLength Base of XKey Base of XKey filled with the resulting XKey nu1Workspace nu1 NA Crypto RAM 64 bytes Base of the workspace Base of the workspace corrupted nu1Workspace2 nu1 NA Crypto RAM 2*u1XKeyLength + 4 Base of the workspace 2 Base of the workspace corrupted I/O Crypto RAM max Base of the values XSeed[0] and XSeed[1] Base of XSeed filled with the result on 20 bytes (see Note 1) nu1XSeedBase nu1 ( 2*u2XKeyLength, 44 bytes) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1339 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) ...........continued Parameter Type Direction Location Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service u2XKeyLength u2 I - - Length of XKey, Xseed[0] and Xseed[1] Length of XKey, Xseed[0] and Xseed[1] nu1QBase nu1 I Crypto RAM 20 bytes Base of Q Base of Q nu1RBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2RLength Base of R Base of R filled with the result on 20 bytes Note: 1. The nu1 Workspace2 must be a multiple of 256. 43.3.4.13.7 Options The option is set by the u2Options input parameter that must take one of the values listed in the following table. Please note that the values, OPTION_RNG_SEED and OPTION_RNG_GETSEED, are reserved for future use. Table 43-41.RNG Service Options Option Purpose Required Parameters PUKCL_RNG_SEED Reserved Reserved PUKCL_RNG_GET Generation of a random number from the RNG nu1RBase, u2RLength PUKCL_RNG_X931_GET Generation of a random number from the Deterministic RNG nu1XKeyBase, nu1Workspace, nu1XSeedBase, u2XKeyLength, nu1QBase, nu1RBase PUKCL_RNG_GETSEED Reserved Reserved 43.3.4.13.8 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; // ! The Random Number Generator must be initialized and started // ! following the directives given for the RNG on the chip PUKCL(u2Option) =...; // Initializing parameters PUKCL_Rng(nu1RBase) = <Base of the ram location to store the rng>; PUKCL_Rng(u2RLength) = <Length of the rng to get>; // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(Rng,pvPUKCLParam); if (PUKCL(u2Status) == PUKCL_OK) { // The RNG generation has been executed correctly ... } else // Manage the error 43.3.4.13.9 Constraints Random Number Generation The following conditions must be avoided to ensure that the service works correctly: * * {nu1RBase,u2RLength} not in RAM {nu1RBase,u2RLength} not accessible or authorized for writing (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1340 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) Deterministic Random Number Generation The length of the parameter nu1XSeedbase is: XSeedLength = max( 2*u2XKeyLength, 44 bytes) The max() macro takes a maximum of two values. The following conditions must be avoided to ensure that the service works correctly: * * * * * nu1XKeyBase,nu1Workspace, nu1Workspace2, nu1XSeedBase, nu1QBase, nu1RBase are not aligned on 32bit boundaries {nu1XKeyBase, u2XKeyLength}, {nu1Workspace, 64 bytes}, {nu1Workspace2, 2*u1XKeyLength +4}, {nu1XSeedBase, XSeedLength}, {nu1QBase, 24 bytes} or {nu1RBase, 20 bytes} are not in PUKCC RAM u2XKeyLength is either: < 20, > 64 or not a 32-bit length nu1Workspace2 not multiple of 256. Overlaps exist between two or more of the areas: {nu1XKeyBase, u2XKeyLength}, {nu1Workspace,64 bytes}, {nu1XSeedBase, XSeedLength}, {nu1QBase, 24 bytes} or {nu1RBase, 20 bytes} The area {nu1RBase, 20} can overlap with {nu1Workspace, 64 bytes} or {nu1QBas, 24 bytes}. The pointer nu1RBase can equal the pointer nu1XSeedBase. 43.3.4.13.10 Status Returned Values Table 43-42.RNG Service Return Codes 43.3.5 Returned status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK Information Service functioned correctly Modular Arithmetic Services This section provides a complete description of the modular arithmetic services, which consists of two sets: * * Modular reductions, which can be used as stand alone operations, or used as a final step of most arithmetic operations (full and small multiplications, squaring). Modular operations, which include modular exponentiations (with or without using the CRT) and a probabilistic prime number generation. These operations work on general data so the modulus has no special form. The modular services are available through: * * * a Fast form (may return a congruence of the result, with a high probability to have a Normalized result) a Normalized form (returns the exact result, strictly lower than the modulus) a Euclidean form (returns the exact result, strictly lower than the modulus) The following table describes the modes of the modular reduction with the hypothesis: * In GF(p): The modulus is N with length NLength in bytes * In GF(2n): The modulus is P[X] with length NLength in bytes For the exact calculus of NLength see below. Table 43-43.Modular Reduction Modes Modular Reduction Form Input Dynamic Result Dynamic Fast GF(p): 0 Input < (N2) * (232) GF(p): 0 Res < N * 4 GF(2n): Input < ((P[x])2) * (X32) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. GF(2n): Res < P[X] * Datasheet Comments (X2) The fastest reduction available, needs a precomputed constant. DS60001507F-page 1341 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) ...........continued Modular Reduction Form Input Dynamic Result Dynamic Comments Normalized InputLength < NLength + 4 bytes GF(p): 0 Res < N GF(2n): Res < P[X] The correction step does not runs in constant time. Needs a precomputed constant. The Normalize function cannot be applied to the product of two numbers of length u2NLength. Using Euclidean InputLength < 2 * NLength division + 4 bytes GF(p): 0 Res < N GF(2n): Res < P[X] Does not need any precomputed constant. To be able to use these modular reduction services (except the Euclidean division), first the implementer shall call the setup service, providing the modulus as well as one free memory space for the constant (this constant is used to speed up the modular reduction). In most commands (except the modular exponentiation), the quotient is stored in the high order bytes of the number to be reduced, using only eight bytes more than the maximum size of the number to be reduced. The following rules must be respected to ensure the modular reduction services function correctly: * * * * The numbers to be reduced can have any significant length, given the fact it CANNOT BE GREATER than 2*u2ModLength + 4 bytes. The modulus SHALL ALWAYS HAVE a significant length of <u2ModLength> bytes. The modulus must be provided as a <u2ModLength + 4> bytes long number, padded on the most significant side with a 32-bit word cleared to zero. Not respecting this rule leads to unexpected and wrong results from the modular reduction. The normalization operation ALWAYS performs a modular reduction step, and will therefore have the same memory usage as this one. The very first operation before any modular operation SHALL BE a modular setup. 43.3.5.1 Modular Reduction 43.3.5.1.1 Purpose This service is used to perform the various steps necessary to perform a modular reduction and accepts as input numbers in GF(p) or polynomials in GF(2n) . The available options for this service are: * * * * Work in the GF(2n) or in the standard integer arithmetic field GF(p) Operation is the generation of the reduction constant. Operation is a Modular Reduction. Operation is a Normalization. 43.3.5.1.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.5.1.3 Description This service performs one of the following operations: * * * * Setup of the Fast or Normalize functions: generation of the reduction constant Fast Modular Reduction Big Modular Reduction (using Euclide's division) Normalization The service name for this operation is RedMod. 43.3.5.1.4 Modular Reduction Setup This service calculates the constant Cns, computed from the modulus and used to speed up the modular reduction: Cns = SetupConstant(N) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1342 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) This service must be processed before the use of the Fast or Normalize functions. In the Setup computations, the following data must be provided: * * * * * N the modulus (pointed by {nu1ModBase,u2ModLength +4}). Cns the Setup Constant Result (pointed by {nu1CnsBase,u2ModLength +12}). X used as a workspace (pointed by {nu1XBase,2 * u2ModLength + 8}) (include the supplementary bytes; see Note 2 in Table 43-44 R used as a workspace (pointed by {nu1RBase,64 or 68bytes}). u2ModLength is the Aligned Significant Length of the modulus and is not the byte Significant Length (see 43.3.3.4 Aligned Significant Length). 43.3.5.1.5 Fast Reductions and Normalization These commands calculate an approximated or exact Modular Reduction, that is, the result may be greater than the modulus, but is always congruent to the true result. Important: Before using these functions, ensure that the constant Cns has been calculated with the setup for the Modular Reduction service. Input and Result significant values verify: * For the Fast Modular Reduction: 0 < 2 x 232 = + x * For the Normalize: 04 < + 4 = In these Fast Modular Reduction and Normalize computations, the following data have to be provided: * * * * * X (pointed by {nu1XBase,2 * u2ModLength +8}) - The Normalize computation accept as entry a value whose length is lower or equal to u2ModLength + 4 (that is, for example, a value yet reduced but not normalized.). The u2ModLength + 4 MSB bytes are cleared at the beginning of the computation. - in case of Fast RedMod computations, the value X mayverify: X < (N2) *(232). - include the supplementary bytes; see Note 3 in Table 43-45) R (pointed by {nu1RBase,u2Modlength +4}) N (pointed by {nu1ModBase,u2ModLength +4}) Cns (pointed by {nu1CnsBase,u2ModLength +12}) u2ModLength is the Aligned Significant Length of the modulus and is not the byte Significant Length (see 43.3.3.4 Aligned Significant Length). The Fast Modular Reduction is able to reduce inputs up to <2*u2ModLength + 4> bytes. The input can come from a multiplication of 2 <u2ModLength + 4> bytes numbers. The input X is considered as a <2*u2ModLength + 8> bytes number. Important: Additionally the Fast Reduction and Normalize functions need supplemental bytes located on the MSB side of the number to be reduced but these bytes are restored at the end of the operation and are therefore unchanged. However, these bytes are to be taken into account when the mapping is created, and could lead to unexpected results if overlapping with other area used by the function. The Fast Modular Reduction returns a <u2ModLength + 4> bytes number, but this number is in fact a <u2ModLength + 2> significant bytes number. When using the Fast Modular Reduction, the two MSB bytes of the <u2ModLength + 2> can have a maximum of two lsb bits set (depending on the reduced number and the modulo). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1343 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) The Normalize computation accepts as entry a resulting value of Fast Modular Reduction and computes an exact result. It can not be applied to the result of the product of two numbers of size NLength: a Fast Modular Reduction must be applied before. For the Normalize computation, the X value is limited by the preceding formula but the area in memory is bigger as described in Table 43-45. As input, the Normalize sub-service only accept values, which length is lower or equal to u2ModLength + 4. The Most Significant u2ModLength + 4 bytes are firstly cleared by this service. 43.3.5.1.6 Big Modular Reduction Using Euclide's Division This command calculates: < 2 x + 4 = In this Big Modular Reduction computations, the following data must be provided: * * * * * X (pointed by {nu1XBase,2 * u2ModLength + 8}) (include the supplementary bytes; see Note 1 in Table 43-46) R (pointed by {nu1RBase,u2Modlength +4}) N (pointed by {nu1ModBase,u2ModLength +4}) u2ModLength is the Aligned Significant Length of the modulus and is not the byte Significant Length (see 43.3.3.4 Aligned Significant Length) Workspace (pointed by {nu1CnsBase,64 or 68}). 43.3.5.1.7 Modular Reductions Service Parameters Definition Table 43-44.RedMod Service Parameters Parameter Type Direction Location Data Length Before Executing After Executing the the Service Service u2Options u2 I - - Options (see below) Options (see below) Specific/CarryIn Bits I - - Must be set to zero. - Specific/Gf2n Bit I - - GF(2n) Bit - Specific/CarryOut Zero Violation Bits I - - - Carry Out, Zero Bit and Violation Bit filled according to the result nu1ModBase ( see nu1 Note 1) I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 Base of N Base of N untouched nu1CnsBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 12 Base of Cns Base of Cns filled with the Setup Constant u2ModLength u2 I - Length of N Length of N nu1RBase nu1 I Crypto RAM GF(p): 64 bytes Base of R Base of R workspace corrupted - GF(2n): 68 bytes nu1XBase (see Note 2) nu1 I (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. as a workspace Crypto RAM 2*u2ModLength + 8 Base of X as a workspace Datasheet Base of X workspace corrupted DS60001507F-page 1344 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) Note: 1. The Modulus is to be given as a u2ModLength Aligned Significant Length Bytes however, it has to be provided as a u2ModLength + 4 bytes long number, having the four high-order bytes set to zero. 2. Before the X (pointed by {nu1XBase,2 * u2ModLength + 8}) LSB bytes, four supplementary bytes will be saved/restored. Other four supplementary bytes will also be saved/restored after the X MSB bytes. All these supplementary bytes may be entirely in the Crypto RAM (therefore, do not place the X area too near the end of the Crypto RAM) and shall not overlap with other area used by the service. 43.3.5.1.8 Fast Modular Reductions Service Parameters Definition Table 43-45.Fast RedMode and Normalize Service Parameters Parameter Type Direction Location Data Length Before Executing After Executing the Service the Service u2Options u2 I - - Options (see below) Options (see below) Specific/CarryIn Bits I - - Must be set to zero. - Specific/Gf2n Bit I - - GF(2n) Bit - Specific/CarryOut Zero Violation Bits I - - - Carry Out, Zero Bit and Violation Bit filled according to the result nu1ModBase (see Note 1) nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 Base of N Base of N untouched nu1CnsBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 12 Base of Cns Base of Cns untouched u2ModLength u2 I - Length of N Length of N nu1RBase (see Note 2) nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 Base of R Base of R filled with the result nu1XBase (see Note 3) nu1 I Crypto RAM 2*u2ModLength + 8 Base of X the number to reduce - Base of X corrupted Note: 1. The Modulus is to be given as a u2ModLength Aligned Significant Length Bytes however, it has to be provided as a u2ModLength + 4 bytes long number, having the four high-order bytes set to zero. 2. To make profitable the space memory, it is possible to set nu1RBase exactly equal to nu1XBase. 3. After the X (pointed by {nu1XBase,2 * u2ModLength + 8}) MSB bytes, supplementary bytes will be saved/ restored (8 bytes in case of Fast RedMod, otherwise; 12 bytes). These supplementary bytes may be entirely in the Crypto RAM (therefore, do not place the X area too near the end of the Crypto RAM) and shall not overlap with other area used by the service. 43.3.5.1.9 Big Modular Reduction Parameters Definition Table 43-46.Big RedMod Service Parameters Parameter Type Direction Location Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service u2Options u2 I - - Options (see below) Options (see below) Specific/CarryIn Bits I - - Must be set to zero - Specific/Gf2n Bit I - - GF(2n) Bit (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet - DS60001507F-page 1345 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) ...........continued Parameter Type Direction Location Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service Specific/CarryOut Zero Violation Bits I - - - Carry Out, Zero Bit and Violation Bit filled according to the result nu1ModBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 Base of N Base of N untouched nu1CnsBase nu1 I Crypto RAM GF(p): 64 bytes Base of Cns as a workspace Base of Cns corrupted Length of N Length of N Base of R Base of R filled with the result GF(2n): 68 bytes u2ModLength u2 I - - nu1RBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 nu1XBase (see Note 1) nu1 I Crypto RAM 2*u2ModLength + 8 Base of X the number to reduce Base of X filled with the result Note: 1. Before the X (pointed by {nu1XBase,2 * u2ModLength + 8}) LSB bytes, four supplementary bytes will be saved/restored. Other four supplementary bytes will also be saved/restored after the X MSB bytes. All of these supplementary bytes may be entirely in the Crypto RAM (therefore, do not place the X area too near the end of the Crypto RAM) and shall not overlap with other area used by the service. 43.3.5.1.10 Options The options are set by the u2Options input parameter, which is composed of: * * the mandatory Operation Option described in Table 43-47 if the Operation Option is PUKCL_REDMOD_REDUCTION, the Modular Reduction Sub-Option described in Table 43-48 The u2Options number is calculated by an Inclusive OR of the options. Some Examples in C language are: * Operation: Setup for the ModularReductions. PUKCL(u2Options) = PUKCL_ REDMOD_SETUP; * Operation: Fast ModularReduction. PUKCL(u2Options) = PUKCL_REDMOD_REDUCTION | PUKCL_REDMOD_USING_FASTRED; For this command three exclusive options can be specified. The following table lists the operations that can be performed. Table 43-47.RedMod Service Options Option Purpose Required Parameters PUKCL_REDMOD_SETUP Perform the Cns value computation nu1ModBase, u2ModLength, nu1CnsBase, nu1XBase PUKCL_REDMOD_REDUCTION Perform R X Mod N, see sub-option for details nu1ModBase, u2ModLength, nu1CndBase, nu1XBase, nu1RBase PUKCL_REDMOD_NORMALIZE Perform R = X Mod N nu1ModBase, u2ModLength, nu1CndBase, nu1XBase, nu1RBase When selecting the PUKCL_REDMOD_REDUCTION option, one of the two sub-options listed in the following table must be selected. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1346 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) Table 43-48.RedMode Service Options with PUKCL_RED_MOD_REDUCTION Option Purpose Required Parameters PUKCL_REDMOD _USING_DIVISION Perform R = X Mod N nu1ModBase, u2ModLength, nu1CndBase, nu1XBase PUKCL_REDMOD _USING_FASTRED Perform R X Mod N nu1ModBase, u2ModLength, nu1CndBase, nu1XBase, nu1RBase The entropy is minimized (~2 bits) 43.3.5.1.11 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; PUKCL(Specific).CarryIn = 0; PUKCL(Specific).GF2n = ...; PUKCL(u2Option) =...; // Depending on the option specified, not all fields should be filled PUKCL_RedMod(nu1ModBase) = <Base of the ram location of N>; PUKCL_RedMod(u2ModLength) = <Length of N>; PUKCL_RedMod(nu1CnsBase) = <Base of the ram location of Cns>; ... // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(RedMod,pvPUKCLParam); if (PUKCL_Param.Status == PUKCL_OK) { // operation has correctly been performed ... } else // Manage the error 43.3.5.1.12 Constraints Depending on the options chosen the lengths of the R area and Cns area differ: * * * For the Setup: - RLength = 64bytes - CnsLength = u2ModLength +12 For the Fast Reduction and Normalize: - RLength = u2ModLength +4 - CnsLength = u2ModLength +8 For the BigRedMod: - RLength = u2ModLength +4 - CnsLength =64 The following combinations of input values should be avoided in the case of a modular reduction `alone', meaning that it has not been requested as an option of any other command: * * * * nu1ModBase, nu1CnsBase, nu1RBase, nu1XBase are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2CnsLength}, {nu1XBase, 2*u2XLength + 8 + s} or {nu1RBase, u2RLength} are not in Crypto RAM u2ModLength is either: < 4, > 0xffc or not a 32-bit length Overlaps exist between two or more of the areas: {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4},{nu1CnsBase, u2CnsLength}, {nu1XBase, 2*u2XLength + 8 + s} or {nu1RBase, u2RLength} Note: Overlaps between {nu1RBase, RLength} and {nu1XBase, 2*u2XLength + 8} are forbidden; but if the operation is the Fast, Normalized or Big Modular Reduction, the equality between nu1RBase and nu1XBase is authorized. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1347 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) 43.3.5.1.13 Status Returned Values Table 43-49.RedMod Service Return Codes Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK - Service functioned correctly PUKCL_DIVISION_BY_ZERO Severe When computing an Euclidean division, the Modulus was found to be zero. This occurs ONLY when either reducing using an Euclidean division or computing the reduction constant usable for a Fast or Normalize Reduction. PUKCL_UNEXPLOITABLE_OPTIONS Severe A bad combination of options has been detected. PUKCL_MALFORMED_MODULUS The Msw of the modulus is not zero. Severe 43.3.5.2 Modular Exponentiation (Without CRT) 43.3.5.2.1 Purpose This service is used to perform the Modular Exponentiation computation. This service processes integers in GF(p) only. The options available for this service are: * * * * Fast implementation Regular implementation Exponent is located in Crypto RAM or not in Crypto RAM Exponent window size 43.3.5.2.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.5.2.3 Description Important: Before using these functions, ensure that the constant Cns has been calculated with the Setup of the Modular Reductions service. This service processes the following operation: The service name for this operation is ExpMod. R = XExpmod(N) In this computation, the following parameters need to be provided: * * * * * * X: input number (pointed by {nu1XBase,u2ModLength +16}) N: modulus (pointed by {nu1ModBase,u2ModLength +4}). Exp: exponent (pointed by {pfu1ExpBase,u2ExpLength +4}) Cns: Fast Modular Constant (pointed by {nu1CnsBase,u2ModLength +8}) Precomp: precomputation workspace (pointed by{nu1PrecompBase,PrecompLen}) Blinding: exponent blinding value (provided inu1Blinding) The length PrecompLen depends on the lengths and options chosen; its calculus is detailed in Options below. Note: The minimum value for u2ModLength is 12 bytes. Therefore, the significant length of N must be at least three 32-bit words. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1348 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) 43.3.5.2.4 Parameters Definition Table 43-50.ExpMod Service Parameters Parameter Type Direction Location Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service u2Options u2 I - - Options (see below) Options (see below) nu1ModBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 Base of N Base of N untouched nu1CnsBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 8 Base of Cns Base of Cns untouched u2ModLength u2 I - - Length of N Length of N nu1XBase (see Note 1) nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 16 Base of X Base of X nu1PrecompBase nu1 I Crypto RAM See below Base of Precomp Base of Precomp as a workspace workspace corrupted pfu1ExpBase (see Note 2) pfu1 I Any place (see Note 3) u2ExpLength + 4 Base of the Exponent u2ExpLength (see Note 4) u2 I - - Significant length Significant length of Exponent of Exponent u1Blinding (see Note 5) u1 I - - Exponent unblinding value Filled with the result Base of the Exponent untouched Exponent unblinding value untouched Note: 1. This zone contains the number to be exponentiated (u2ModLength bytes) and is used during the computations as a workspace (four 32-bit words longer than the number to be exponentiated). At the end of the computation, it contains the correct result of the operation. 2. The exponent must be given with a supplemental word on the LSB side (low addresses). This word shall be set to zero. 3. If the PUKCL_EXPMOD_EXPINPUKCCRAM option is not set, the location of the exponent MUST NOT be the Crypto RAM, even partially. 4. The u2ExpLength parameter does not take into account the supplemental word needed on the LSB side of the exponent. 5. It is possible to mask the exponent in memory using an 8-bits XOR mask value. Be aware that not only the exponent, but also the supplemental word has to be masked. If masking is not desired, then this parameter should be set to 0. 43.3.5.2.5 Options The options are set by the u2Options input parameter, which is composed of: * * * the mandatory Calculus Mode Option described in Table 43-51 the mandatory Window Size Option described in Table 43-52 the indication of the presence of the exponent in Crypto RAM Note: Please check precisely if one part of the exponent is in Crypto RAM. If this is the case the PUKCL_EXPMOD_EXPINPUKCCRAM must be used. The u2Options number is calculated by an "Inclusive OR" of the options. Some examples in C language are: (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1349 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) * Operation:Fast Modular Exponentiation with the window size equal to 1 and with no part of the Exponent in the Crypto RAM PUKCL(u2Options) = PUKCL_EXPMOD_FASTRSA | PUKCL_EXPMOD_WINDOWSIZE_1; * Operation: Regular Modular Exponentiation with the window size equal to 2 and with one part of the Exponent in the Crypto RAM PUKCL(u2Options) = PUKCL_EXPMOD_REGULARRSA | PUKCL_EXPMOD_WINDOWSIZE_2 | PUKCL_EXPMOD_EXPINPUKCCRAM; There is no difference on the final result when using any of the options for this service. The choice has to be made according to the available resources (RAM, Time) and also taking into account the expected security level. For this service, two exclusive Calculus Modes are possible. The following table describes the Calculus Mode Options. Table 43-51.ExpMod Service Calculus Mode Option Option Explanation PUKCL_EXPMOD_FASTRSA Performs a Fast computation PUKCL_EXPMOD_REGULARRSA Performs a Regular computation, slower than the Fast version, but using Regular calculus methods For this service, four window sizes are possible. The window size in bits is those of the windowing method used for the exponent. The choice of the window size is a balance between the size of the parameters and the computation time: * * Increasing the window size increases the precomputation workspace. Increasing the window size reduces the computation time (may not be relevant for very small exponents). The following table details the size of the precomputation workspace, depending on the chosen window size option. Table 43-52.ExpMode Service Window Size Options and Precomputation Space Size Option specified Size of the PrecompBase Workspace (bytes) Content of the Workspace PUKCL_EXPMOD_WINDOWSIZE_1 3*(u2ModLength + 4) + 8 x PUKCL_EXPMOD_WINDOWSIZE_2 4*(u2ModLength + 4) + 8 x x3 PUKCL_EXPMOD_WINDOWSIZE_3 6*(u2ModLength + 4) + 8 x x3 x5 x7 PUKCL_EXPMOD_WINDOWSIZE_4 10*(u2ModLength + 4) + 8 x x3 x5 x7 x9 x11 x13 x15 The exponent can be located in RAM or in the data space. If one part of the exponent is in Crypto RAM this must be mandatory signaled by using the option PUKCL_EXPMOD_EXPINPUKCCRAM. The following table describes this option. Table 43-53.ExpMod Service Exponent in Crypto RAM Option Option Purpose PUKCL_EXPMOD_EXPINPUKCCRAM The exponent can be read from any data space of memory, including Flash, RAM or even Crypto RAM. When at least one word the exponent is in Crypto RAM, this option has to be set. 43.3.5.2.6 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; PUKCL(u2Option) =...; (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1350 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) // Depending on the option specified, not all fields should be filled PUKCL_ExpMod(nu1ModBase) = <Base of the ram location of N>; PUKCL_ExpMod(u2ModLength) = <Length of N>; PUKCL_ExpMod(nu1CnsBase) = <Base of the ram location of Cns>; PUKCL_ExpMod(nu1XBase) = <Base of the ram location of X>; PUKCL_ExpMod(nu1PrecompBase) = <Base of the ram location of Precomp>; PUKCL_ExpMod(pfu1ExpBase) = <Base of the location of Exp>; PUKCL_ExpMod(u2ExpLength) = <Length of Exp>; ... // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(ExpMod, pvPUKCLParam); if (PUKCL_Param.Status == PUKCL_OK) { // operation has been performed correctly ... } else // Manage the error 43.3.5.2.7 Constraints The following combinations of input values should be avoided in the case of a modular reduction `alone', meaning that it has not been requested as an option of any other command: * * * * * * * * nu1ModBase,nu1CnsBase, nu1XBase,nu1PrecompBase,nu1ExpBase are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength + 8}, {nu1XBase, u2ModLength +16}, {nu1PrecompBase, <PrecompLength>} are not in Crypto RAM {nu1ExpBase,u2ExpLength + 4} has no part in Crypto RAM and PUKCL_EXPMOD_EXPINPUKCCRAM is specified u2ModLength or u2ExpLength are either: < 4, > 0xffc or not a 32-bit length None or both PUKCL_EXPMOD_REGULARRSA and PUKCL_EXPMOD_FASTRSA are specified. {nu1PrecompBase,<PrecompLength>} overlaps with either: {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength +4},{nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength + 8} {nu1XBase, u2ModLength + 16} or {nu1ExpBase, u2ExpLength + 4} {nu1XBase,u2ModLength + 16} overlaps with either: {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4},{nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength + 8} or {nu1ExpBase, u2ExpLength + 4} {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4} overlaps {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength +8} 43.3.5.2.8 Maximum Sizes for the Modular Exponentiation The following table provides the maximum sizes for the Modular Exponentiation, depending on the window size and the presence of the exponent in Crypto RAM. * * * The figures below are calculated supposing that u2ExpLength =u2ModLength. In case of the PUKCL_EXPMOD_EXPINPUKCCRAM option is specified, for the computation of the maximum acceptable size, it is assumed the Exponent is entirely in the Crypto RAM and its length is equal to the Modulus one. Otherwise, the Exponent is entirely out of the Crypto RAM and so the computation do not depend on its length. Table 43-54.Maximum Exponentiation Sizes Option Specified Maximum Modulus Size (bytes) Maximum Modulus Size (bits) Exponent in Crypto RAM, 1 bit window 576 4608 Exponent in Crypto RAM, 2 bits window 504 4032 Exponent in Crypto RAM, 3 bits window 400 3200 Exponent in Crypto RAM, 4 bits window 284 2272 Exponent not in Crypto RAM, 1 bit window 672 5376 Exponent not in Crypto RAM, 2 bits window 576 4608 Exponent not in Crypto RAM, 3 bits window 448 3584 Exponent not in Crypto RAM, 4 bits window 308 2464 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1351 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) 43.3.5.2.9 Status Returned Values Table 43-55.ExpMod Service Return Codes Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK - Service functioned correctly 43.3.5.3 Probable Prime Generation (Using Rabin-Miller) 43.3.5.3.1 Purpose This service is used to perform probable prime generation or test. This service processes integers in GF(p) only. The options available for this service are: * * * * * Choice of the number of iterations of the Rabin-Miller test Generation or Test of a probable prime number Fast Implementation Regular Implementation Exponent Window Size 43.3.5.3.2 Additional Information The Rabin-Miller test is a probable-primality testing algorithm. As a consequence, the primality of the generated number is not guaranteed at 100%, however, numerous publications have been issued explaining how to estimate the probability of getting a composite number, giving the size of the number and the number of iterations (the T parameter). Useful information can be found in the "Handbook of Applied Cryptography (Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications" by Alfred J. Menezes, Paul C. van Oorschot, and Scott A. Vanstone, in the following sections: * * 4.2.3. "Rabin-Miller Test" 4.4. "Prime Number Generation" 43.3.5.3.3 How to Use the Service 43.3.5.3.4 Description This service processes a test for probable primality or a generation of a probable prime number. Note: When using this service be sure to follow the directives given for the RNG on the chip you use (particularly initialization, seeding) and compulsorily start the RNG. This service processes one of the following operations: CheckProbablePrimality(N) or N = GenerateProbablePrimeFromSeed (NSeed) In this computation, the following parameters need to be provided: * * * * * * * N the input number (pointed by {nu1NBase,u2NLength +4}) - If the requested operation is a test, it is untouched after the operation. - If the requested operation is a generation and a probable prime number was found before reaching the Maximum Increment, it contains the resulting probable prime after the operation. - If the requested operation was a generation and Maximum Increment was reached before a probable prime number was found, it contains no relevant information. Cns as a workspace (pointed by {nu1CnsBase,u2NLength +12}) Rnd as a workspace (pointed by {nu1RndBase,u2NLength +16}) Precomp the precomputation workspace (pointed by{nu1PrecompBase,PrecompLen}) Exp as a workspace (pointed by {pfu1ExpBase,u2ExpLength +4}) u1MillerRabinIterations the number of Miller Rabin Iterations requested u2MaxIncrement, maximum increment of the number in case of probable prime generation The length PrecompLen depends on the lengths and options chosen; its calculus is detailed in Options below. The service name for this operation is PrimeGen. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1352 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) 43.3.5.3.5 Parameters Definition Table 43-56.PrimeGen Service Parameters Parameter Type Direction Location Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service nu1NBase (see Note 1) nu1 Crypto RAM u2NLength + 4 Base of N Base of N unchanged if test or generation result ( see Note 1) I Number to test or Seed for the generation nu1CnsBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2NLength + 12 Base of Cns as a workspace Base of Cns workspace corrupted u2NLength u2 I - - Length of N Length of N nu1RndBase nu1 I Crypto RAM Max (u2NLength + 16,64) Internal Workspace Internal Workspace corrupted nu1PrecompBase nu1 I Crypto RAM See Options below Base of Precomp workspace Base of Precomp workspace corrupted nu1RBase (see Note 2) nu1 - Crypto RAM - - - nu1ExpBase (see Note 3) nu1 I Crypto RAM u2NLength + 4 Base of Exponent (R) Base of Exponent (R) u1MillerRabin-Iterations u1 I - - Miller Rabin's T parameter Miller Rabin's T parameter u2MaxIncrement u2 I - - Maximum Increment (see Note 4) Maximum Increment Note: 1. This zone contains the number to be either tested or used as a seed for generation. It has to be provided with one zero word on the MSB side. This area has supplementary constraints (see the following Important note). 1. 2. 3. This parameter does not have to be provided and is used as an internal value for computing the reduction's constant. The area {nu1ExpBase, u2NLength + 4} must be entirely in the Crypto RAM. The generation starts from the number in {nu1NBase,u2NLength + 4} and increments it until a number is found as probable prime. However, the generation may stop for two reasons: The number has been incremented in a way it is bigger than <u2NLength> bytes, or the original number has been incremented by more than <u2MaxIncrement>. In case of probable prime generation, ensure that the addition of NSeed and Maximum Increment is not a number with more bytes than u2NLength, as this would produce an overflow. Important: One additional word is used on the LSB side of the NBase parameter; this word is restored at the end of the calculus. As a consequence, the parameter nu1NBase must never be at the beginning of the Crypto RAM, but at least at one word from the beginning. One additional word is used on the MSB side of the NBase parameter; this word is not corrupted. As a consequence the Area {nu1NBase, u2NLength} must not be at the end of the Crypto RAM but at least at one word from the end. Prime numbers of a size lower than 96 bits (three 32-bit words) cannot be generated or tested by this service. 43.3.5.3.6 Options Some of the Prime Generation options configure the Modular Exponentiation steps and so are very similar to the Modular Exponentiation options. The options are set by the u2Options input parameter, which is composed of: (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1353 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) * * * the mandatory Operation Option described in Table 43-57 the mandatory Calculus Mode Option described in Table 43-58 the mandatory Window Size Option described in Table 43-59 The u2Options number is calculated by an "Inclusive OR" of the options. Some Examples in C language are: * Operation: Probable Prime Testing with Fast Modular Exponentiation and the window size equal to 1 PUKCL(u2Options) = PUKCL_PRIMEGEN_TEST | PUKCL_EXPMOD_FASTRSA | PUKCL_EXPMOD_WINDOWSIZE_1; * Operation: Probable Prime Generate with Regular Modular Exponentiation and the window size equal to 2 PUKCL(u2Options) = PUKCL_EXPMOD_REGULARRSA | PUKCL_EXPMOD_WINDOWSIZE_2; The following table describes the PrimeGen service features available from the various options. Table 43-57.PrimeGen Service Options Option Method Used PUKCL_PRIMEGEN_TEST This option is used to specify that only tests will be made on the provided number. When this option is not specified, a prime generation algorithm is selected, starting from the given seed and incrementing it. PUKCL_EXPMOD_WINDOWSIZE_1,2,3 or 4 Depending on this option, different bit-window sizes will be used. For long exponents, the bigger the window, the faster the computation. However, this has also an impact on the size of the precomputations table. For this service, two exclusive Calculus Modes are possible. The following table describes the Calculus Mode Options. Table 43-58.PrimeGen Service Calculus Mode Options Option Explanation PUKCL_EXPMOD_FASTRSA Perform a Fast computation. PUKCL_EXPMOD_REGULARRSA Performs a Regular computation, slower than the Fast version, but using regular calculus methods. The length of the Precomp area depends on the window size W and u2NLength. The Precomp area length is: PrecompLen = max( 2*(u2NLength + 4) + 2W-1 * (u2NLength + 4), u2NLength + 8 + 64) + 8 Note: Please calculate precisely the length PrecompLen with the formula and the max() macro, which takes a maximum of two values. The following table shows the size of the precomputation workspace (PrecompLen), depending on the chosen window size option. Table 43-59.PrimeGen Service Precomputation Space Size Option Specified Size of the PrecompBase Workspace (bytes) Content of the Workspace PUKCL_EXPMOD_WINDOWSIZE_1 max( 3*(u2NLength + 4), u2NLength + 72) + 8 x PUKCL_EXPMOD_WINDOWSIZE_2 max( 4*(u2NLength + 4), u2NLength + 72) + 8 x x3 PUKCL_EXPMOD_WINDOWSIZE_3 max( 6*(u2NLength + 4), u2NLength + 72) + 8 x x3 x5 x7 PUKCL_EXPMOD_WINDOWSIZE_4 max( 10*(u2NLength + 4) u2NLength + 72) + 8 x x3 x5 x7 x9 x11 x13 x15 The following table provides the maximum sizes for the Prime Generation depending on the window size. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1354 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) Table 43-60.PrimeGen Service Maximum Sizes Characteristics of the Operation Maximum Prime Sizes (bits) 1 bit window 4608 2 bits window 4032 3 bits window 3200 4 bits window 2272 43.3.5.3.7 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; // ! The Random Number Generator must be initialized and started // ! following the directives given for the RNG on the chip PUKCL(u2Option) =...; // Depending on the option specified, not all fields should be filled PUKCL_PrimeGen(nu1NBase) = <Base of the ram location of N>; PUKCL_PrimeGen(u2NLength) = <Length of N>; PUKCL_PrimeGen(nu1CnsBase) = <Base of the ram location of Cns>; PUKCL_PrimeGen(nu1PrecompBase) = <Base of the ram location of Precomp>; PUKCL_PrimeGen(pfu1ExpBase) = <Base of the location of Exp>; PUKCL_PrimeGen(u2ExpLength) = <Length of Exp>; PUKCL_PrimeGen(u1MillerRabinIterations) = <Number of iterations>; PUKCL_PrimeGen(u2MaxIncrement) = <Maximum Increment>; ... // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(PrimeGen, pvPUKCLParam); if (PUKCL_Param.Status == PUKCL_NUMBER_IS_PRIME) { // The number is probably prime ... } else if (PUKCL_Param.Status == PUKCL_NUMBER_IS_NOT_PRIME) { // The number is not prime ... } else // Manage the error 43.3.5.3.8 Constraints The following combinations of input values should be avoided in the case of a modular reduction `alone', meaning that it has not been requested as an option of any other service: * * * * * * * nu1NBase,nu1CnsBase, nu1RndBase,nu1PrecompBase,nu1ExpBase are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries {nu1NBase, u2NLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2NLength + 12}, {nu1RndBase, u2NLength +12}, {nu1PrecompBase, <PrecompLength>} are not in Crypto RAM u2NLength is either: < 12, > 0xffc or not a 32-bit length Both PUKCL_EXPMOD_REGULARRSA and PUKCL_EXPMOD_FASTRSA are specified. {nu1PrecompBase,<PrecompLength>} overlaps with either: {nu1NBase, u2NLength + 4},{nu1CnsBase, u2NLength + 12} {nu1RndBase, u2NLength + 12} or {nu1ExpBase, u2ExpLength + 4} {nu1RndBase,3*u2NLength + 24} overlaps with either: {nu1NBase, u2NLength + 4},{nu1CnsBase, u2NLength + 12} {nu1XBase, u2NLength + 12} or {nu1ExpBase, u2ExpLength + 4} {nu1NBase, u2NLength + 4} overlaps {nu1CnsBase, u2NLength +12} 43.3.5.3.9 Status Returned Values Table 43-61.PrimeGen Service Return Codes Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_NUMBER_IS_PRIME Information (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. The generated or tested number has been detected as probably prime. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1355 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) ...........continued Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_NUMBER_IS_NOT_PRIME Information The generated or tested number has been detected as composite. 43.3.5.4 Modular Exponentiation (With CRT) 43.3.5.4.1 Purpose The purpose of this service is to perform the Modular Exponentiation with the Chinese Remainders Theorem (CRT). This service processes integers in GF(p) only. The options available for this service are: * * * * Fast implementation Regular implementation Exponent is located in Crypto RAM or not Exponent window size 43.3.5.4.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.5.4.3 Description This service processes a Modular Exponentiation with the Chinese Remainder Theorem: R = XDmod(N) with N = P *Q Important: For this service, be sure to follow the directives given for the RSA implementation on the chip you use. This service requires that the modulus N is the product of two co-primes P and Q and that the decryption exponents D is co-prime with the product ((P-1)*(Q-1)). The Input data are P, Q, EP, EQ, Rvalue, and X. P and Q are the co-primes so that N = P*Q. X is the number to exponentiate. EP, EQ and Rval are calculated as follows: EP = Dmod(P - 1) EQ = Dmod(Q - 1) Rval = P-1mod(Q) In some cases, the decryption exponent D may not be available and the encryption exponent E may be available instead. The possibilities to calculate the parameters are: * * Calculate D from E with the formula: D = E-1mod((P - 1) x (Q - 1)) Calculate the parameters from E: EP = E-1mod(P - 1) EQ = E-1mod(Q - 1) Rval = P-1mod(Q) In this computation, the following parameters need to be provided: * * * * * X the input number (pointed by {nu1XBase,2*u2ModLength +16}) P and Q the primes (pointed by {nu1ModBase,2*u2ModLength +8}). EP and EQ the reduced exponents (pointed by {pfu1ExpBase,2*u2ExpLength +8}) Rval and Precomp (pointed by{nu1PrecompBase,RAndPrecompLen}) Blinding the exponent blinding value (provided inu1Blinding) The length RAndPrecompLen depends on the lengths and options chosen; its calculus is detailed in Options below. The service for this operation is CRT. Note: The minimum value for u2ModLength is 12 bytes. Therefore, the significant length of P or Q must be at least three 32-bit words. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1356 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) 43.3.5.4.4 Parameters Definition The following table shows the parameter block for the CRT service. Many parameters have complex placement in memory; therefore, detailed figures are provided in CRT Service Placement below. Table 43-62.CRT Service Parameters Parameter Type Direction Location Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service u2Options u2 I - - Options (see below) Options (see below) nu1ModBase nu1 I Crypto RAM 2*u2ModLength +8 Base of P, Q Base of P, Q untouched u2ModLength u2 I - - Length of P or Q greater than or equal to 12 Length of P or Q nu1XBase (see Note nu1 1) I Crypto RAM 2*u2ModLength + 16 Base of X Base of X nu1PrecompBase nu1 I Crypto RAM See Options below Base of Rvalue and Pre computations workspace Corrupted pfu1ExpBase (see Note 2) pfu1 I Any place 2*u2ExpLength + 8 Base of EP, EQ Base of EP, EQ untouched u2ExpLength u2 I - - Significant length of EP or EQ Significant length of EP or EQ u1Blinding (see Note u4 3) I - - Exponent unblinding Exponent value unblinding value Filled with the result Note: 1. This zone contains the number to be exponentiated (u2ModLength bytes) and is used during the computations as a workspace (four 32-bit words longer than the number to be exponentiated). At the end of the computation, it contains the correct result of the operation. 2. If the PUKCL_EXPMOD_EXPINPUKCCRAM option is not set, the location of the exponent MUST NOT be placed in the Crypto RAM, even partially. 3. It is possible to mask the exponent in memory using a 32-bit XOR mask value. Be aware that not only the exponent, but also the supplemental spill word has to be masked. If masking is not desired, the parameter should be set to 0. 43.3.5.4.5 Options Most of the CRT options configure the Modular Exponentiation steps of the CRT and so are very similar to the Fast Modular Exponentiation options. The options are set by the u2Options input parameter, which is composed of: * * * the mandatory Calculus Mode Option described in Table 43-63 the mandatory Window Size Option described in Table 43-64 the indication of the presence of the exponent in Crypto RAM Important: Please check precisely if one part of the exponent area (containing EP and EQ) is in Crypto RAM. If this is the case, the PUKCL_EXPMOD_EXPINPUKCCRAM option must be used. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1357 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) The u2Options number is calculated by an "Inclusive OR" of the options. Some Examples in C language are: * Operation: CRT using the Fast Modular Exponentiation with the window size equal to 1 and with no part of the Exponent area in the Crypto RAM PUKCL(u2Options) = PUKCL_EXPMOD_FASTRSA | PUKCL_EXPMOD_WINDOWSIZE_1; * Operation:CRT using the Regular Modular Exponentiation with the window size equal to 2 and with one part the Exponent area in the Crypto RAM PUKCL(u2Options) = PUKCL_EXPMOD_REGULARRSA | PUKCL_EXPMOD_WINDOWSIZE_2 | PUKCL_EXPMOD_EXPINPUKCCRAM; For this service, two exclusive Calculus Modes for the Modular Exponentiation steps of the CRT are possible. The following table describes the Calculus Mode Options. Table 43-63.CRT Service Calculus Mode Options Option Explanation PUKCL_EXPMOD_FASTRSA Perform a Fast computation. PUKCL_EXPMOD_REGULARRSA Performs a Regular computation, slower than the Fast version, but using regular calculus methods. For this service, four window sizes for the Modular Exponentiation Steps are possible. The window size in bits is those of the windowing method used for the exponent. The choice of the window size is a balance between the size of the parameters and the computation time: * * Increasing the window size increases the precomputation workspace. Increasing the window size reduces the computation time (may not be relevant for very small exponents). The length of the Rval and Precomp area depends on the window size W and u2ModLength. The Rval and Precomp area length is: RandPrecompLen = 4 * (u2ModLength + 4) + max(64 , 2(W-1) * (u2ModLength + 4)) + 8 Important: Please calculate precisely the length RandPrecompLen with the formula and the max() macro, which takes the maximum of two values. The following table shows the size of the Rval and Precomp area, depending on the chosen window size option. Table 43-64.CRT Service Window Size Options and Rval and Precomp Area Size Option Specified Size of the Rval and Precomp Area (bytes) PUKCL_EXPMOD_WINDOWSIZE_1 4*(u2ModLength + 4) + max(64 , (u2ModLength + 4)) + 8 Precomputation Values x PUKCL_EXPMOD_WINDOWSIZE_2 4*(u2ModLength + 4) + max(64 , 2*(u2ModLength x x3 + 4)) + 8 PUKCL_EXPMOD_WINDOWSIZE_3 4*(u2ModLength + 4) + max(64 , 4*(u2ModLength x x3 x5 x7 + 4)) + 8 PUKCL_EXPMOD_WINDOWSIZE_4 10*(u2ModLength + 4) + max(64 , 8*(u2ModLength + 4)) + 8 x x3 x5 x7 x9 x11 x13 x15 The exponent area can be located in RAM or in the data space. If one part of the exponent area is in Crypto RAM this must be mandatory signaled by using the PUKCL_EXPMOD_EXPINPUKCCRAM option. The following table describes this option. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1358 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) Table 43-65.CRT Service Crypto RAM Option Exponent Area Option Purpose PUKCL_EXPMOD_EXPINPUKCCRAM The exponent area can be read from any data space of memory, including Crypto RAM. When at least one word the exponent is in Crypto RAM, this option has to be set. 43.3.5.4.6 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; PUKCL(u2Option) =...; // Depending on the option specified, not all fields should be filled PUKCL_CRT(nu1ModBase) = <Base of the ram location of P and Q>; PUKCL_CRT(u2ModLength) = <Length of P or Q>; PUKCL_CRT(nu1XBase) = <Base of the ram location of X>; PUKCL_CRT(nu1PrecompBase) = <Base of the ram location of RVal and Precomp>; PUKCL_CRT(pfu1ExpBase) = <Base of the ram location of EP and EQ>; PUKCL_CRT(u2ExpLength) = <Length of EP or EQ>; PUKCL_CRT(u1Blinding) = <Blinding value>; ... // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(CRT, pvPUKCLParam); if (PUKCL_Param.Status == PUKCL_OK) { // operation has been performed correctly ... } else // Manage the error 43.3.5.4.7 Constraints The following conditions must be avoided to ensure that the service works correctly: * * * * * * * * nu1ModBase, nu1XBase, nu1PrecompBase, pfu1ExpBase are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries {nu1XBase, 2*u2ModLength + 16}, {nu1ModBase, 2*u2ModLength + 8},{nu1PrecompBase,<PrecompLength>} are not in Crypto RAM {nu1ExpBase,2*u2ExpLength + 8} is not in Crypto RAM and PUKCL_EXPMOD_EXPINPUKCCRAM is specified u2ModLength or u2ExpLength are either: < 4, > 0xffc or not a 32-bit length None or both PUKCL_EXPMOD_REGULARRSA and PUKCL_EXPMOD_FASTRSA are specified. {nu1XBase,2*u2ModLength + 16} overlaps with either: {nu1ModBase, 2*u2ModLength +8},{nu1PrecompBase, <PrecompLength>} or {pfu1ExpBase, 2*u2ExpLength + 8} {nu1ModBase,2*u2ModLength + 8} overlaps with either: {nu1PrecompBase, <PrecompLength>} or {pfu1ExpBase, 2*u2ExpLength + 8} {nu1PrecompBase, <PrecompLength>} overlaps {pfu1ExpBase, 2*u2ExpLength +8} 43.3.5.4.8 CRT Service Parameter Placement The parameters' placements are described in detail in the following figures. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1359 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) Figure 43-2.Modulus P and Q in {nu1ModBase, 2*u2ModLength + 8} Figure 43-3.Value X in {nu1XBase, 2*u2ModLength + 16} Figure 43-4.Exponents EP and EQ in {fnu1ExpBase, 2*u2ExpLength + 8} (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1360 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) Figure 43-5.Value Rval and Precomp in {nu1PrecompBase, RandPrecompLen} 43.3.5.4.9 CRT Service Modular Exponentiation Maximum Size The following table details the maximum size in bits of P or Q, of N and of EP or EQ. * * * * * The maximum size in bits of P or Q equals: <Max Size Bits P> = <Max Size Bits Q> = 8 * <Max u2ModLength bytes> The maximum size in bits of N=P*Q equals: <Max Size Bits N> = 2 * <Max Size Bits P> The maximum size in bits of EP or EQ equals: <Max Size Bits EP> = <Max Size Bits EQ> = 8 * <Max u2ExpLength bytes> In case of the PUKCL_EXPMOD_EXPINPUKCCRAM option is specified, for the computation of the maximum acceptable size, it is assumed the Exponent is entirely in the Crypto RAM and its length equal the Modulus one. Otherwise, the Exponent is entirely out of the Crypto RAM and so the computation do not depend on its length. Table 43-66.CRT Service Maximum Sizes Characteristics of the Operation P or Q Max Bit Sizes N Max Bit Sizes EP or EQ Max Bit Sizes Exponent in Crypto RAM, 1 bit window 2912 5824 2912 Exponent in Crypto RAM, 2 bits window 2688 5376 2688 Exponent in Crypto RAM, 3 bits window 2464 4928 2464 Exponent in Crypto RAM, 4 bits window 2304 4608 2304 Exponent not in Crypto RAM, 1 bit window 3584 7168 <application dependent> Exponent not in Crypto RAM, 2 bits window 3232 6464 <application dependent> Exponent not in Crypto RAM, 3 bits window 2912 5824 <application dependent> Exponent not in Crypto RAM, 4 bits window 2688 5376 <application dependent> (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1361 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) 43.3.5.4.10 Status Returned Values Table 43-67.CRT Service Return Codes 43.3.6 Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK Information Service functioned correctly Elliptic Curves Over GF(p) Services This section provides a complete description of the currently available elliptic curve over Prime Fields services. These services process integers in GF(p) only. The offered services cover the basic operations over elliptic curves such as: * * * * * Adding two points over a curve Doubling a point over a curve Multiplying a point by an integral constant Converting a point's projective coordinates (resulting from a doubling or an addition) to the affine coordinates, and oppositely converting a point's affine coordinates to the projective coordinates. Testing the point presence on the curve. Additionally, some higher level services covering the needs for signature generation and verification are offered: * * Generating an ECDSA signature (compliant with FIPS186-2) Verifying an ECDSA signature (compliant with FIPS186-2) The supported curves use the following curve equation: Y2 = X3 + aX + b 43.3.6.1 Coordinate Systems 43.3.6.1.1 General Considerations In this implementation, several choices have been made related to the coordinate systems managed by the elliptic curve primitives. There are two systems currently managed by the library: * * Affine Coordinates System where each curve point has two coordinates (X, Y) Projective Coordinates System where each point is represented with three coordinates (X,Y, Z) Converting from the affine coordinates system to a projective coordinates system is performed by extending its representation with Z = 1: (X, Y) (X, Y, Z= 1) Converting from a projective coordinate to an affine one is a service offered by the PUKCL. The formula to perform this conversion is: (X, Y, Z) (X / Z2, Y / Z3) 43.3.6.1.2 Points Representations Depending on the representation (Projective or Affine), points are represented tn memory, as shown in the following figure. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1362 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) Figure 43-6.Points Representation in Memory In this figure, the modulus is represented as a reference, and to show that coordinates are always to be provided on the length of the modulus plus one 32-bit word. The different types of representations are as follows: Note: 1. The minimum value for u2ModLength is 12 bytes. Therefore, the significant length of the modulus must be at least three 32-bit words. 2. In some cases the point can be the infinite point. In this case, it is represented with its Z coordinates equal or congruent to zero. 43.3.6.1.3 Modulus and Modular Constant Parameters In most of the services the following parameters must be provided: * * P the Modulus (often pointed by {nu1ModBase,u2ModLength + 4}): This parameter contains the Modulus Integer prime P defining the Galois Field used in points coordinates computations. The Modulus must be u2ModLength bytes long, while having a supplemental zeroed 32-bit word on the MSB side. Note: Most of the Elliptic Curve computations are reduced modulo P. In many functions the reductions are made with the Fast Reduction. Cns the Modular Constant (often pointed by {nu1CnsBase,u2ModLength + 12}): This parameter contains the Modular Constant associated to the Modulus (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1363 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) Important: The Modular Constant must be calculated before using the GF(p) Elliptic Curves functions by a call to the Setup for Modular Reductions with the GF(p) option (see Modular Reduction Setup in the 43.3.5.1 Modular Reduction section). 43.3.6.2 Point Addition 43.3.6.2.1 Purpose This service is used to perform a point addition, based on a given elliptic curve over GF(p). Please note that: * This service is not intended to add the same point twice. In this particular case, use the doubling service (see 43.3.6.4 Fast Point Doubling). 43.3.6.2.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.6.2.3 Description The operation performed is: PtC = PtA + PtB In this computation, the following parameters need to be provided: * * * * * A the input point is filled in projective coordinates (X,Y,Z) (pointed by {nu1PointABase,3*u2ModLength + 12}). This point can be the Infinite Point. B the input point is filled in projective coordinates (X,Y,Z) (pointed by {nu1PointBBase,3*u2ModLength + 12}). This point can be the Infinite Point. Cns the Fast Modular Constant filled (pointed by {nu1CnsBase,u2ModLength +8}) P the modulus filled (pointed by {nu1ModBase,u2ModLength +4}) The workspace not initialized (pointed by {nu1WorkSpace, 5*u2ModLength +32} The resulting C point is represented in projective coordinates (X,Y,Z) and is stored at the very same place than the input point A. This Point can be the Infinite Point. The service name for this operation is ZpEccAddFast. This service uses Fast mode and Fast Modular Reduction for computations. Important: Before using this service, ensure that the constant Cns has been calculated with the Setup of the Modular Reduction functions. 43.3.6.2.4 Parameters Definition Table 43-68.ZpEccAddFast Service Parameters Parameter Type Direction Location nu1ModBase nu1 I nu1CnsBase nu1 u2ModLength u2 Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 Base of Modulus P Base of Modulus P I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 8 Base of Cns Base of Cns I - Length of modulo Length of modulo nu1PointABase nu1 I/O Crypto RAM 3*u2ModLength + 12 Input point A (projective coordinates) Resulting point C (projective coordinates) nu1PointBBase nu1 I Crypto RAM 3*u2ModLength + 12 Input point B (projective coordinates) Input point B (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Data Length - Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1364 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) ...........continued Parameter Type Direction Location nu1Workspace nu1 I Data Length Before Executing the Service Crypto RAM 5*u2ModLength + 32 - After Executing the Service Corrupted workspace 43.3.6.2.5 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; PUKCL (u2Option) = 0; PUKCL PUKCL PUKCL PUKCL PUKCL PUKCL ... _ZpEccAdd(nu1ModBase) = <Base of the ram location of P>; _ZpEccAdd(nu1CnsBase) = <Base of the ram location of Cns>; _ZpEccAdd(u2ModLength) = <Byte length of P>; _ZpEccAdd(nu1PointABase) = <Base of the ram location of the A point>; _ZpEccAdd(nu1PointBBase) = <Base of the ram location of the B point>; _ZpEccAdd(nu1Workspace) = <Base of the ram location of the workspace>; // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(ZpEccAddFast,&PUKCLParam); if (PUKCL (u2Status) == PUKCL_OK) { ... } else // Manage the error 43.3.6.2.6 Constraints No overlapping between either input and output are allowed. The following conditions must be avoided to ensure that the service works correctly: * * * * nu1ModBase, nu1CnsBase, nu1PointABase, nu1PointBBase, nu1Workspace are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength + 8}, {nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength + 12}, {nu1PointBBase, 3*u2ModLength + 12}, {nu1Workspace, <WorkspaceLength>} are not in Crypto RAM u2ModLength is either: < 12, > 0xffc or not a 32-bit length All overlapping between {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength +8},{nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength + 12}, {nu1PointBBase, 3*u2ModLength + 12} and {nu1Workspace, 5*u2ModLength + 32} 43.3.6.2.7 Status Returned Values Table 43-69.ZpEccAddFast Service Return Codes Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK - The computation passed without problem. 43.3.6.3 Point Addition and Subtraction 43.3.6.3.1 Purpose This service is used to perform a point addition and point subtraction, based on a given elliptic curve over GF(p). Please note that: * This service is not intended to add the same point twice. In this particular case, use the doubling service (see 43.3.6.4 Fast Point Doubling). 43.3.6.3.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.6.3.3 Description The operation performed is: PtC = PtA PtB (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1365 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) In this computation, the following parameters need to be provided: * * * * * * A the input point is filled in projective coordinates (X,Y,Z) (pointed by {nu1PointABase,3*u2ModLength + 12}). This point can be the Infinite Point. B the input point is filled in projective coordinates (X,Y,Z) (pointed by {nu1PointBBase,3*u2ModLength + 12}). This point can be the Infinite Point. Cns the Fast Modular Constant filled (pointed by {nu1CnsBase,u2ModLength +8}) P the modulus filled (pointed by {nu1ModBase,u2ModLength +4}) The workspace not initialized (pointed by {nu1WorkSpace, 5*u2ModLength +32} The operator filled with the operation to perform (Addition or Subtraction) The resulting C point is represented in projective coordinates (X,Y,Z) and is stored at the very same place than the input point A. This Point can be the Infinite Point. The service name for this operation is ZpEccAddSubFast. This service uses Fast mode and Fast Modular Reduction for computations. Note: Before using this service, ensure that the constant Cns has been calculated with the setup of the modular reduction functions. 43.3.6.3.4 Parameters Definition Table 43-70.ZpEccAddSubFast Service Parameters Parameter Type Direction Location nu1ModBase nu1 I nu1CnsBase nu1 u2ModLength u2 Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 Base of Modulus P Base of Modulus P I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 8 Base of Cns Base of Cns I - Length of modulo Length of modulo nu1PointABase nu1 I/O Crypto RAM 3*u2ModLength + 12 Input point A (projective coordinates) Resulting point C (projective coordinates) nu1PointBBase nu1 I Crypto RAM 3*u2ModLength + 12 Input point B (projective coordinates) Input point B u2Operator I - Addition or Subtraction I Crypto RAM 5*u2ModLength + 32 - u2 nu1Workspace nu1 Data Length - - Addition or Subtraction Corrupted workspace 43.3.6.3.5 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; PUKCL (u2Option) = 0; PUKCL PUKCL PUKCL PUKCL PUKCL PUKCL PUKCL ... _ZpEccAddSub(nu1ModBase) = <Base of the ram location of P>; _ZpEccAddSub(nu1CnsBase) = <Base of the ram location of Cns>; _ZpEccAddSub(u2ModLength) = <Byte length of P>; _ZpEccAddSub(nu1PointABase) = <Base of the ram location of the A point>; _ZpEccAddSub(nu1PointBBase) = <Base of the ram location of the B point>; _ZpEccAddSub(nu1Workspace) = <Base of the ram location of the workspace>; _ZpEccAddSub(u2Operator) = <Operation to perform (PUKCL_ZPECCADD or PUKCL_ZPECCSUB)>; // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(ZpEccAddSubFast,&PUKCLParam); if (PUKCL (u2Status) == PUKCL_OK) { (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1366 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) ... } else // Manage the error 43.3.6.3.6 Constraints No overlapping between either input and output are allowed. The following conditions must be avoided to ensure that the service works correctly: * * * * nu1ModBase, nu1CnsBase, nu1PointABase, nu1PointBBase, nu1Workspace are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength + 8}, {nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength + 12}, {nu1PointBBase, 3*u2ModLength + 12}, {nu1Workspace, <WorkspaceLength>} are not in Crypto RAM u2ModLength is either: < 12, > 0xffc or not a 32-bit length All overlapping between {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength +8},{nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength + 12}, {nu1PointBBase, 3*u2ModLength + 12} and {nu1Workspace, 5*u2ModLength + 32} 43.3.6.3.7 Status Returned Values Table 43-71.ZpEccAddFast Service Return Codes Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK - The computation passed without problem. 43.3.6.4 Fast Point Doubling 43.3.6.4.1 Purpose This service is used to perform a Point Doubling, based on a given elliptic curve over GF(p). 43.3.6.4.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.6.4.3 Description These two services process the Point Doubling: PtC = 2 x PtA In this computation, the following parameters need to be provided: * * * * * * A the input point is filled in projective coordinates (X,Y,Z) (pointed by {nu1PointABase,3*u2ModLength + 12}). This point can be the Infinite Point. Cns the Fast Modular Constant filled (pointed by {nu1CnsBase,u2ModLength +8}) P the modulus filled (pointed by {nu1ModBase,u2ModLength +4}) The workspace not initialized (pointed by {nu1WorkSpace, 4*u2ModLength +28} The a parameter relative to the elliptic curve (pointed by {nu1ABase,u2ModLength +4}) The resulting C point is represented in projective coordinates (X,Y,Z) and is stored at the same location than the input point A. This point can be the Infinite Point. The service name for this operation is ZpEccDblFast. This service uses Fast mode and Fast Modular Reduction for computations. Important: Before using this service, ensure that the constant Cns has been calculated with the setup of the Fast Modular Reduction service. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1367 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) 43.3.6.4.4 Parameters Definition Table 43-72.ZpEccDblFastService Parameter Type Direction Location nu1ModBase nu1 I nu1CnsBase nu1 u2ModLength nu1ABase Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 Base of modulus P Base of modulus P I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 8 Base of Cns Base of Cns u2 I - Length of modulus P Length of modulus P u2 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 nu1PointABase nu1 I/O Crypto RAM 3*u2ModLength + 12 Input point A (projective coordinates) Resulting point C (projective coordinates) nu1Workspace nu1 I Crypto RAM 4*u2ModLength + 28 - Corrupted workspace - Parameter a of the elliptic curve Parameter a of the elliptic curve 43.3.6.4.5 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; PUKCL (u2Option) = 0; PUKCL PUKCL PUKCL PUKCL PUKCL PUKCL ... _ZpEccDbl(nu1ModBase) = <Base of the ram location of P>; _ZpEccDbl(u2ModLength) = <Byte length of P>; _ZpEccDbl(nu1CnsBase) = <Base of the ram location of Cns>; _ZpEccDbl(nu1PointABase) = <Base of the ram location of the A point>; _ZpEccDbl(nu1ABase) = <Base of the a parameter of the elliptic curve>; _ZpEccDbl(nu1Workspace) = <Base of the ram location of the workspace>; // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(ZpEccDblFast,&PUKCLParam); if (PUKCL (u2Status) == PUKCL_OK) { ... } else // Manage the error 43.3.6.4.6 Constraints No overlapping between either input and output are allowed. The following conditions must be avoided to ensure that the service works correctly: * * * * nu1ModBase, nu1CnsBase, nu1PointABase, nu1ABase, nu1Workspace are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength + 8}, {nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength+ 12}, {nu1ABase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1Workspace, <WorkspaceLength>} are not in Crypto RAM u2ModLength is either: < 12, > 0xffc or not a 32-bit length All overlapping between {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength +8}, {nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength + 12}, {nu1ABase, u2ModLength + 4} and {nu1Workspace, 4*u2ModLength + 28} 43.3.6.4.7 Status Returned Values Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK - The computation passed without problem. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1368 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) 43.3.6.5 Fast Multiplying by a Scalar Number of a Point 43.3.6.5.1 Purpose This service is used to multiply a point by an integral constant K on a given elliptic curve over GF(p). 43.3.6.5.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.6.5.3 Description These two services process the Multiplying by a scalar number: PtC = K x PtA In this computation, the following parameters need to be provided: * * * * * * A the input point is filled in projective coordinates (X,Y,Z) (pointed by {nu1PointABase,3*u2ModLength + 12}). This point can be the Infinite Point. Cns the Fast Modular Constant filled (pointed by {nu1CnsBase,u2ModLength +8}) P the modulus filled (pointed by {nu1ModBase,u2ModLength +4}) The workspace not initialized (pointed by {nu1WorkSpace, 8*u2ModLength +44} The a parameter relative to the elliptic curve (pointed by {nu1ABase,u2ModLength +4}) K the scalar number (pointed by {nu1ScalarNumber,u2ScalarLength +4}) The resulting C point is represented in projective coordinates (X,Y,Z) and is stored at the very same place than the input point A. This point can be the Infinite Point. The service name for this operation is ZpEccMulFast. This service uses Fast mode and Fast Modular Reduction for computations. Note: Before using this service, ensure that the constant Cns has been calculated with the setup of the Fast Modular Reduction service. 43.3.6.5.4 Parameters Definition Table 43-73.ZpEccMulFast Service Parameters Parameter Type Direction Location nu1ModBase nu1 I nu1CnsBase nu1 u2ModLength Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 Base of modulus P Base of modulus P I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 8 Base of Cns Base of Cns u2 I - Length of modulus P Length of modulus P nu1KBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2KLength Scalar number used to multiply the point A Unchanged u2KLength u2 I - Length of scalar K Length of scalar K nu1PointABase nu1 I/O Crypto RAM 3*u2ModLength + 12 Input point A (projective coordinates) Resulting point C (projective coordinates) nu1ABas nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 Unchanged nu1Workspace nu1 I Crypto RAM 8*u2ModLength + 44 - - - Parameter a of the elliptic curve Corrupted workspace 43.3.6.5.5 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; PUKCL (u2Option) = 0; (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1369 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) PUKCL _ZpEccMul(nu1ModBase) = <Base of the ram location of P>; PUKCL _ZpEccMul(u2ModLength) = <Byte length of P>; PUKCL _ZpEccMul(nu1CnsBase) = <Base of the ram location of Cns>; PUKCL _ZpEccMul(nu1PointABase) = <Base of the ram location of the A point>; PUKCL _ZpEccMul(nu1ABase) = <Base of the ram location of the parameter A of the elliptic curve>; PUKCL _ZpEccMul(nu1KBase) = <Base of the ram location of the scalar number>; PUKCL _ZpEccMul(nu1Workspace) = <Base of the ram location of the workspace>; PUKCL_ZpEccMul(u2KLength) = <Byte length of the Scalar Number K>; ... // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(ZpEccMulFast,&PUKCLParam); if (PUKCL (u2Status) == PUKCL_OK) { ... } else // Manage the error 43.3.6.5.6 Constraints No overlapping between either input and output are allowed. The following conditions must be avoided to ensure that the service works correctly: * * * * nu1ModBase,nu1CnsBase, nu1PointABase, nu1ABase, nu1ScalarNumber, nu1Workspace are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength + 8}, {nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength+ 12}, {nu1ABase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1ScalarNumber, u2ScalarLength} or {nu1Workspace, 8*u2ModLength + 44} are not in Crypto RAM u2ModLength is either: < 12, > 0xffc or not a 32-bit length All overlapping between {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength +8}, {nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength + 12}, {nu1ABase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1ScalarNumber, u2ScalarLength} and {nu1Workspace, 8*u2ModLength + 44} 43.3.6.5.7 Status Returned Values Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK - The computation passed without problem. 43.3.6.6 Quick Dual Multiplying by Two Scalar Numbers and Two Points 43.3.6.6.1 Purpose This service is used to multiply two points by two integral constants K1 and K2, and then provide the addition of these multiplications results. Important: This service has a quick implementation without additional security. 43.3.6.6.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.6.6.3 Description This service processes the dual Multiplying by two scalar numbers: PtC = K1 x PtA + K2 x PtB In this computation, the following parameters need to be provided: * * A the first input point is filled in projective coordinates (X,Y,Z) (pointed by {pu1PointABase,(3*(u2ModLength + 4)) * (2(WA-2))}). This point can be the Infinite Point. B the 2nd input point is filled in projective coordinates (X,Y,Z) (pointed by {pu1PointBBase,(3*(u2ModLength + 4)) * (2(WB-2))}). This point can be the Infinite Point. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1370 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) * * * * P the modulus filled and Cns the Fast Modular Constant filled (pointed by {pu1ModCnsBase,2*u2ModLength + 16}) The a parameter filled and the workspace not initialized (pointed by {pu1AWorkBase, 9*u2ModLength +48} KAB the scalar numbers (pointed by {pu1KABBase, 2*u2KLength +8}) The options are set by the u2Options input parameter, which is composed of: - wA: Size of window for Point A between 2 and15 - wB: Size of window for Point B between 2 and15 - PUKCL_ZPECCMUL_SCAL_IN_CLASSIC_RAM flag: to set only if the scalars are entirely in Classic RAM with no part in PUKCC RAM The resulting C point is represented in projective coordinates (X,Y,Z) and is stored at (pu1AWorkBase + u2ModLength + 4). This point can be the Infinite Point. Important: Before using this service, ensure that the constant Cns has been calculated with the setup of the Fast Modular Reduction service. 43.3.6.6.4 Parameters Definition WA is the Point A window size and WB is the Point B window size (see Options below for details). Important: Please calculate precisely the length of areas with the formulas. Ensure that the pu1 type is a pointer on 4 bytes and contains the full address (see 43.3.3.4 Aligned Significant Length ). Table 43-74.ZpEccQuickDualMulFast Service Parameters Parameter Type Direction Location Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service pu1ModCnsBase pu1 I Crypto RAM 2 * u2ModLength + 16 Base of modulus P, Base of modulus P, Base of Cns Base of Cns u2Option u2 I - - Option related to the called service (see below) - u2ModLength u2 I - - Length of modulus P Length of modulus P pu1KABBase pu1 I Any RAM 2 * u2KLength + 8 Scalar numbers Unchanged used to multiply the points A and B u2KLength u2 I - - Length of scalars KA and KB Length of scalars KA and KB pu1PointABase pu1 I/O Crypto RAM (3*(u2ModLength + 4)) * (2(WA-2)) (1) Input point A (projective coordinates) Unchanged pu1PointBBase pu1 I Crypto RAM (3*(u2ModLength + 4)) * (2(WB-2)) (2) Input point B (projective coordinates) Unchanged (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1371 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) ...........continued Parameter Type Direction Location Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service pu1AWorkBase pu1 9*u2ModLength + 48 Parameter a of the elliptic curve Resulting point C (projective coordinates) in pu1AWorkBase Base + u2ModLength + 4 I Crypto RAM Note: 1. The precalculus table size for the point A is calculated from chosen window size "WA". 2. The precalculus table size for the point B is calculated from chosen window size "WB". 43.3.6.6.5 Options The options are set by the u2Options input parameter, which is composed of: * * the mandatory windows sizes WA and WB the indication of the presence of the scalars in system RAM Note: Please check precisely if one part of the scalars is in Crypto RAM. If this is the case, the PUKCL_ZPECCMUL_SCAL_IN_CLASSIC_RAM option must not be used. The u2Options number is calculated by an "Inclusive OR" of the options. Some Examples in C language are: * // Scalars are in system RAM // The Point A window size is 3 // The Point B window size is 4 PUKCL(u2Options) = PUKCL_ZPECCMUL_SCAL_IN_CLASSIC_RAM | PUKCL_ZPECCMUL_WINSIZE_A_VAL_TO_OPT(3) | PUKCL_ZPECCMUL_WINSIZE_B_VAL_TO_OPT(4); * // Scalars are in the PUKCC Cryptographic RAM // The Point A window size is 2 // The Point B window size is 5 PUKCL(u2Options) = PUKCL_ZPECCMUL_WINSIZE_A_VAL_TO_OPT(2) | PUKCL_ZPECCMUL_WINSIZE_B_VAL_TO_OPT(5); For this service, many window sizes are possible. The window sizes in bits are those of the windowing method used for the scalar multiplying. The choice of the window sizes is a balance between the size of the parameters and the computation time: * * Increasing the window size increases the precomputation table size. Increasing the window size to the optimum reduces the computation time. The following table details the size of the point and the precomputation table, depending on the chosen window size option. Table 43-75.ZpEccQuickDualMulFast Service Window Size Options and Precomputation Table Size Option Specified Size of the Point and the Precomputation Table PUKCL_ZPECCMUL_WINSIZE_A_VAL_TO_OPT(WA) WA in [2, 15] (3*(u2ModLength + 4)) * (2(WA-2)) PUKCL_ZPECCMUL_WINSIZE_B_VAL_TO_OPT(WB) WB in [2, 15] (3*(u2ModLength + 4)) * (2(WB-2)) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1372 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) The scalars can be located in PUKCC RAM or in system RAM. If both scalars are entirely in system RAM with no part in PUKCC RAM this can be signaled by using the option PUKCL_ZPECCMUL_SCAL_IN_CLASSIC_RAM. In all other cases this option must not be used. The following table describes this option. Table 43-76.ZpEccQuickDualMulFast Service System RAM Scalar Options Option Purpose PUKCL_ZPECCMUL_SCAL_IN_CLASSIC_RAM The scalars can be located in Crypto RAM or in system RAM. If both scalars are entirely in system RAM with no part in Crypto RAM this can be signaled by using this option . In all other cases this option must not be used. 43.3.6.6.6 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; PUKCL(u2Option) = <Configure scalar numbers location and windows sizes>; PUKCL_ZpEccQuickDualMulFast(pu1ModCnsBase) = <Base of the ram location of P and Cns>; PUKCL_ZpEccQuickDualMulFast(u2ModLength) = <Byte length of P>; PUKCL_ZpEccQuickDualMulFast(u2KLength) = <Byte length of scalars>; PUKCL_ZpEccQuickDualMulFast(pu1PointABase) = <Base of the ram location of the A point>; PUKCL_ZpEccQuickDualMulFast(pu1PointBBase) = <Base of the ram location of the B point>; PUKCL_ZpEccQuickDualMulFast(pu1AWorkBase) = <Base of the ram location of the parameter A of the elliptic curve and workspace>; PUKCL_ZpEccQuickDualMulFast(pu1KABBase) = <Base of the ram location of the scalar numbers KA and KB>; ... // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(ZpEccQuickDualMulFast, pvPUKCLParam); if (PUKCL(u2Status) == PUKCL_OK) { ... } else // Manage the error 43.3.6.6.7 Constraints No overlapping between either input and output are allowed. The following conditions must be avoided to ensure that the service works correctly: * * * * pu1ModCnsBase,pu1PointABase, pu1PointBBase, pu1AWorkBase, pu1KABBase are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries {pu1ModCnsBase, 2*u2ModLength + 16}, {pu1PointABase, (3*(u2ModLength + 4)) *(2(WA-2))}, {pu1PointBBase, (3*(u2ModLength + 4)) * (2(WB-2))} or { pu1AWorkBase, 9*u2ModLength + 48} are not in PUKCC RAM u2ModLength is either: < 12, > 0xffc or not a 32-bit length Alloverlapping between {pu1ModCnsBase, 2*u2ModLength + 16}, {pu1PointABase, (3*(u2ModLength + 4)) * (2(WA-2))}, {pu1PointBBase, (3*(u2ModLength + 4)) * (2(WB-2))} or {pu1AWorkBase, 9*u2ModLength + 48}. 43.3.6.6.8 Parameters Placement The parameters' placement is described in the following figures. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1373 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) Figure 43-7.Modulus P and Cns{pu1ModCnsBase, 2*u2ModLength + 16} Figure 43-8.Points A and B {pu1PointABase, [(3*(u2ModLength + 4)) * (2(WA-2))] Or [(3*(u2ModLength + 4)) * (2(WB-2))]} (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1374 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) Figure 43-9.Scalars KA and KB {pu1KABBase, 2 * u2KLength + 8} Figure 43-10.The a parameter and Workspace {pu1AWorkBase, 9*u2ModLength + 48} (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1375 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) 43.3.6.6.9 Status Returned Values Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK - The computation passed without problem. 43.3.6.7 Projective to Affine Coordinates Conversion 43.3.6.7.1 Purpose This service is used to perform a point coordinates conversion from projective representation to affine. 43.3.6.7.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.6.7.3 Description The operation performed is: Pr Pr 2 = Pr Pr 3 = In this computation, the following parameters need to be provided: * * * * A the input point is filled in projective coordinates (X,Y,Z) or affine coordinates for X and Y, and setting Z to 1(pointed by {nu1PointABase,3*u2ModLength + 12}). The Point A can be the point at infinity. In this case, the u2Status returned is PUKCL_POINT_AT_INFINITY. Cns the Fast Modular Constant filled (pointed by {nu1CnsBase,u2ModLength +8}) P the modulus filled (pointed by {nu1ModBase,u2ModLength +4}) The workspace not initialized (pointed by {nu1WorkSpace, 4*u2ModLength +48} The result is the point A with its (X,Y) coordinates converted to affine, and the Z coordinate set to 1. The service for this operation is ZpEcConvProjToAffine. Important: Before using this service, ensure that the constant Cns has been calculated with the Setup of the fast Modular Reductions service. 43.3.6.7.4 Parameters Definition Table 43-77.ZpEccConvAffineToProjective Service Parameters Parameter Type Direction Location nu1ModBase nu1 I nu1CnsBase nu1 u2ModLength u2 Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 Base of modulus P Base of modulus P I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 8 Base of Cns Base of Cns I - Length of modulus P Length of modulus P nu1PointABase nu1 I Crypto RAM 3*u2ModLength + 12 Input point A Resulting point A in affine coordinates nu1Workspace nu1 I Crypto RAM 4*u2ModLength + 48 - Workspace - 43.3.6.7.5 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1376 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) PUKCL (u2Option) = 0; PUKCL PUKCL PUKCL PUKCL PUKCL ... _ZpEcConvProjToAffine(nu1ModBase) = <Base of the ram location of P>; _ZpEcConvProjToAffine(u2ModLength) = <Byte length of P>; _ZpEcConvProjToAffine(nu1CnsBase) = <Base of the ram location of Cns>; _ZpEcConvProjToAffine(nu1PointABase) = <Base of the ram location of the A point>; _ZpEcConvProjToAffine(nu1Workspace) = <Base of the ram location of the workspace>; // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(ZpEcConvProjToAffine,&PUKCLParam); if (PUKCL (u2Status) == PUKCL_OK) { ... } else // Manage the error 43.3.6.7.6 Constraints No overlapping between either input and output are allowed. The following conditions must be avoided to ensure that the service works correctly: * * * * nu1ModBase, nu1CnsBase, nu1PointABase, nu1Workspace are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength + 8},{nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength+ 12}, {nu1Workspace, <WorkspaceLength>} are not in Crypto RAM u2ModLength is either: < 12, > 0xffc or not a 32-bit length All overlapping between {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength +8}, {nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength + 12} and {nu1Workspace, 4*u2ModLength + 48} 43.3.6.7.7 Status Returned Values Table 43-78.ZpEccConvAffineToProjective Service Return Codes Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK - PUKCL_POINT_AT_INFINITY Warning The computation passed without problem. The input point has its Z equal to zero, so it's a representation of the infinite point. 43.3.6.8 Affine to Projective Coordinates Conversion 43.3.6.8.1 Purpose This service is used to perform a point coordinates conversion from an affine point representation to projective. 43.3.6.8.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.6.8.3 Description The operation performed is: affine(Xa, Ya) projective(Xp, Yp, Zp) In this computation, the following parameters need to be provided: * * * * A the input point is filled in affine coordinates for X and Y, and setting Z to 1 (pointed by {nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength + 4}). Cns the Fast Modular Constant filled (pointed by {nu1CnsBase,u2ModLength +8}) P the modulus filled (pointed by {nu1ModBase,u2ModLength +4}) The workspace not initialized (pointed by {nu1WorkSpace, 2*u2ModLength +16} The result is the point A with its (X,Y,Z) projective coordinates. The service for this operation is ZpEcConvAffineToProjective (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1377 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) Important: Before using this service, ensure that the constant Cns has been calculated with the setup of the Fast Modular Reductions service. 43.3.6.8.4 Parameters Definition Table 43-79.ZpEccConvAffineToProjective Service Parameters Parameter Type Direction Location nu1ModBase nu1 I nu1CnsBase nu1 u2ModLength u2 Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 Base of modulus P Base of modulus P I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 8 Base of Cns Base of Cns I - Length of modulus P Length of modulus P nu1PointABase nu1 I Crypto RAM 3*u2ModLength + 12 Input point A Resulting point A in affine coordinates nu1Workspace nu1 I Crypto RAM 2*u2ModLength + 16 - Workspace - 43.3.6.8.5 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; PUKCL (u2Option) = 0; PUKCL PUKCL PUKCL PUKCL PUKCL ... _ZpEcConvAffineToProjective(nu1ModBase) = <Base of the ram location of P>; _ZpEcConvAffineToProjective(u2ModLength) = <Byte length of P>; _ZpEcConvAffineToProjective(nu1CnsBase) = <Base of the ram location of Cns>; _ZpEcConvAffineToProjective(nu1PointABase) = <Base of the ram location of the A point>; _ZpEcConvAffineToProjective(nu1Workspace) = <Base of the ram location of the workspace>; // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(ZpEcConvAffineToProjective,&PUKCLParam); if (PUKCL (u2Status) == PUKCL_OK) { ... } else // Manage the error 43.3.6.8.6 Constraints No overlapping between either input and output are allowed. The following conditions must be avoided to ensure that the service works correctly: * * * * nu1ModBase, nu1CnsBase, nu1PointABase, nu1Workspace are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength + 8}, {nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength+ 12}, {nu1Workspace, <WorkspaceLength>} are not in Crypto RAM u2ModLength is either: < 12, > 0xffc or not a 32-bit length All overlapping between {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength +8}, {nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength + 12}, and {nu1Workspace, 2*u2ModLength + 16} 43.3.6.8.7 Status Returned Values Table 43-80.ZpEccConvAffineToProjective Service Return Codes Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK - The computation passed without problem. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1378 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) 43.3.6.9 Randomize a Coordinate 43.3.6.9.1 Purpose This service is used to convert the projective representation of a point to another projective representation. 43.3.6.9.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.6.9.3 Description The operation performed is: Projective(X1, Y1, Z1) Projective(X2, Y2, Z2) In this computation, the following parameters need to be provided: * * * * * The input point is filled in projective coordinates (X,Y,Z) (pointed by {nu1PointBase,3*u2ModLength + 12}). This Point must not be the point at infinity. Cns the Fast Modular Constant filled (pointed by {nu1CnsBase,u2ModLength +8}) P the modulus filled (pointed by {nu1ModBase,u2ModLength +4}) The workspace not initialized (pointed by {nu1WorkSpace, 3*u2ModLength +28} The random number (pointed by {nu1RandomBase, u2ModLength +4}). The result is the point nu1PointBase with its (X,Y,Z) coordinates randomized. The service for this operation is ZpEcRandomiseCoordinate. Important: Before using this service: * Ensure that the constant Cns has been calculated with the setup of the Modular Reduction service. * Be sure to follow the directives given for the RNG on the chip you use (particularly initialization, seeding) and compulsorily start the RNG . 43.3.6.9.4 Parameters Definition Table 43-81.ZpEccRandomiseCoordinate Service Parameters Parameter Type Direction Location nu1ModBase nu1 I nu1CnsBase nu1 u2ModLength nu1PointBase Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 Base of modulus P Base of modulus P I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 8 Base of Cns Base of Cns u2 I - Length of modulus P Length of modulus P nu1 I Crypto RAM 3*u2ModLength + 12 Input point Resulting point nu1RandomBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 Corrupted nu1Workspace I Crypto RAM 3*u2ModLength + 28 - nu1 Data Length - Random Workspace 43.3.6.9.5 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; // ! The Random Number Generator must be initialized and started // ! following the directives given for the RNG on the chip PUKCL (u2Option) = 0; // Depending on the option specified, not all fields should be PUKCL _ZpEccRandomiseCoordinate(nu1ModBase) = <Base of the ram PUKCL _ZpEccRandomiseCoordinate(u2ModLength) = <Byte length of PUKCL _ZpEccRandomiseCoordinate(nu1CnsBase) = <Base of the ram (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet filled location of P>; P>; location of Cns>; DS60001507F-page 1379 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) PUKCL_ZpEccRandomiseCoordinate(nu1RandomBase) = <Base of the ram location where the the RNG is stored>; PUKCL _ZpEccRandomiseCoordinate(nu1PointBase) = <Base of the ram location of the point>; PUKCL _ZpEccRandomiseCoordinate(nu1Workspace) = <Base of the ram location of the workspace>; ... // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(ZpEccRandomiseCoordinate,&PUKCLParam); if (PUKCL (u2Status) == PUKCL_OK) { ... } else // Manage the error 43.3.6.9.6 Constraints No overlapping between either input and output are allowed. The following conditions must be avoided to ensure that the service works correctly: * * * * nu1ModBase, nu1CnsBase, nu1PointABase, nu1RandomBase, nu1Workspace are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength + 8}, {nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength + 12}, {nu1RandomBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1Workspace, <WorkspaceLength>} are not in Crypto RAM u2ModLength is either: < 12, > 0xffc or not a 32-bit length All overlapping between {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength +8}, {nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength + 12}, {nu1RandomBase, u2ModLength + 4} and {nu1Workspace, 3*u2ModLength + 28} 43.3.6.9.7 Status Returned Values Table 43-82.ZpEccRandomiseCoordinate Service Return Codes Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK - The computation passed without problem. 43.3.6.10 Point is on Elliptic Curve 43.3.6.10.1 Purpose This service is used to test whether or not the point is on the curve. 43.3.6.10.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.6.10.3 Description The operation performed is: Status = IsPointOnCurve(X, Y, Z) In this computation, the following parameters need to be provided: * * * * * The input point is filled in projective coordinates (X,Y,Z) (pointed by {nu1PointBase,3*u2ModLength + 4}). This Point can be the point at infinity. AParam and BParam are the Elliptic Curve Equation parameters. (pointed by{nu1AParam, u2ModLength+4} and {nu1BParam, u2ModLength+4}). Cns the Fast Modular Constant filled (pointed by{nu1CnsBase,u2ModLength+8}). P the modulus filled (pointed by {nu1ModBase,u2ModLength +4}). The workspace not initialized (pointed by {nu1WorkSpace, 4*u2ModLength +28}. The result is the status of the point (X,Y,Z) regarding the Elliptic Curve Equation. The service name for this operation is ZpEcPointIsOnCurve. Note: Before using this service, ensure that the constant Cns has been calculated with the setup of the Fast Modular Reduction service. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1380 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) 43.3.6.10.4 Parameters Definition Table 43-83.ZpEcPointIsOnCurve Service Parameters Parameter Type Direction Location Data Length nu1ModBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 Base of modulus P Base of modulus P nu1CnsBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 8 Base of Cns Base of Cns u2ModLength u2 I - Length of modulus P Length of modulus P nu1PointBase nu1 I Crypto RAM 3*u2ModLength + 12 Input point unchanged nu1AParam nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 The parameter a The parameter a nu1BParam nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 The parameter b The parameter b nu1Workspace nu1 I Crypto RAM 4*u2ModLength + 28 - - Before Executing the After Executing the Service Service Workspace 43.3.6.10.5 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; PUKCL (u2Option) = 0; PUKCL PUKCL PUKCL PUKCL PUKCL PUKCL PUKCL ... _ZpEcPointIsOnCurve(nu1ModBase) = <Base of the ram location of P>; _ZpEcPointIsOnCurve(u2ModLength) = <Byte length of P>; _ZpEcPointIsOnCurve(nu1CnsBase) = <Base of the ram location of Cns>; _ZpEcPointIsOnCurve(nu1AParam) = <Base of the ram location of the parameter a>; _ZpEcPointIsOnCurve(nu1BParam) = <Base of the ram location of the parameter b>; _ZpEcPointIsOnCurve(nu1PointBase) = <Base of the ram location of the point>; _ZpEcPointIsOnCurve(nu1Workspace) = <Base of the ram location of the workspace>; // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(ZpEcPointIsOnCurve,&PUKCLParam); if (PUKCL (u2Status) == PUKCL_OK) { ... } else // Manage the error 43.3.6.10.6 Constraints No overlapping between either input and output are allowed. The following conditions must be avoided to ensure that the service works correctly: * * * * nu1ModBase, nu1CnsBase, nu1PointABase, nu1AParam, nu1BParam, nu1Workspace are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength+4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength+8}, {nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength +12}, {nu1AParam, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1BParam, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1Workspace, <WorkspaceLength>} are not in Crypto RAM. u2ModLength is either: < 12, > 0xffc or not a 32-bit length. All overlapping between {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength+4}, {nu1CnsBase,u2ModLength+8}, {nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength+12}, {nu1AParam, u2ModLength+4}, {nu1AParam, u2ModLength + 4} and {nu1Workspace, 4*u2ModLength+28}. 43.3.6.10.7 Status Returned Values Table 43-84.ZpEcPointIsOnCurve Service Return Codes Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK - (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. The point is on the curve. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1381 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) ...........continued Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_POINT_IS_NOT_ON_ CURVE Warning The point is not on the curve. PUKCL_POINT_AT_INFINITY The input point has its Z equal to zero, so it's a representation of the infinite point. Warning 43.3.6.11 Generating an ECDSA Signature (Compliant with FIPS 186-2) 43.3.6.11.1 Purpose This service is used to generate an ECDSA signature following the FIPS 186-2. It performs the second step of the Signature Generation. A hash value (HashVal) must be provided as input, it has to be previously computed from the message to be signed using a secure hash algorithm. A scalar number must be provided too as described in the FIPS 186-2. The result (R,S) is computed by this service. 43.3.6.11.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.6.11.3 Description The operation performed is: (R, S) = EcDsaSign(PtA, HashVal, k, CurveParameters, PrivateKey) This service processes the following checks: * * * If the Scalar Number k is out of the range [1, PointOrder -1], the calculus is stopped and the status is set to PUKCL_WRONG_SELECT_NUMBER. If R equals zero, the calculus is stopped and the status is set to PUKCL_WRONG_SELECT_NUMBER. If S equals zero, the calculus is stopped and the status is set to PUKCL_WRONG_SELECT_NUMBER. In this computation, the following parameters need to be provided: * * * * * * * * * * A the input point is filled in "mixed" coordinates (X,Y) with the affine values and Z = 1 (pointed by {nu1PointABase,3*u2ModLength + 12}) Cns the working space for the Fast Modular Constant not initialized (pointed by {nu1CnsBase,u2ScalarLength + 8}) P the modulus filled (pointed by {nu1ModBase,u2ModLength + 4}) The workspace not initialized (pointed by {nu1WorkSpace, 8*u2ModLength + 44} The a parameter relative to the elliptic curve (pointed by {nu1ABase, u2ModLength + 4}) The order of the Point A on the elliptic curve (pointed by {nu1OrderPointBase, u2ScalarLength + 4}) k the input Scalar Number beforehand generated and filled (pointed by{nu1ScalarNumber,u2ScalarLength + 4}) HashVal the hash value beforehand generated and filled (pointed by {nu1HashBase, u2ScalarLength + 4}) The Private Key (pointed by {nu1PrivateKey, u2ScalarLength +4}) Generally, u2ScalarLength is equal to (u2ModLength) or (u2ModLength + 4) Important: For the ECDSA signature generation be sure to follow the directives given for the RNG on the chip you use (particularly initialization, seeding) and compulsorily start the RNG. The scalar number k must be selected at random. This random must be generated before the call of the ECDSA signature. For this random generation be sure to follow the directives given for the RNG on the chip you use (particularly initialization, seeding) and compulsorily start the RNG. The operation performed is: * * Compute the ECDSA (R,S) as described in FIPS 186-2, but leaving the user the role of computing the input Hash Value, thus leaving the freedom of using any other algorithm than SHA-1. Compute a R value using the input A point and the scalar number. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1382 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) * * Compute a S value using R, the scalar number, the private key and the provided hash value. Note that the resulting signature (R,S) is stored at the place of the input A point. If all is correct and S is different from zero, the status is set to PUKCL_OK. If all is correct and S equals zero,the status is set to PUKCL_WRONG_SELECT_NUMBER. If an error occurs, the status is set to the corresponding error value (see Status Returned Values below). The service name for this operation is ZpEcDsaGenerateFast. This service uses Fast mode and Fast Modular Reduction for computation. * The signature (R,S), when resulting from a computation is given back at address of the A point: - R output is at offset 0 and has length (u2ScalarLength + 4)bytes. - S output is at offset (u2ScalarLength + 4) bytes and has length (u2ScalarLength + 4) bytes. - The MSB 4 zero bytes may be suppressed to get the R and S values on u2ScalarLength bytes 43.3.6.11.4 Parameters Definition Table 43-85.ZpEcDsaGenerateFast Service Parameters Parameter Type Direction Location nu1ModBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 nu1CnsBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ScalarLength + 8 Base of Cns Base of Cns u2ModLength u2 I - Length of modulus P nu1ScalarNumber nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ScalarLength + 4 Scalar Number used Unchanged to multiply the point A nu1OrderPointBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ScalarLength + 4 Order of the Point A in the elliptic curve Unchanged nu1PrivateKey nu1 I/O Crypto RAM u2ScalarLength + 4 Base of the Private Key Unchanged (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Data Length - Datasheet Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service Base of modulus P Base of modulus P Length of modulus P DS60001507F-page 1383 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) ...........continued Parameter Type Direction Location Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service nu1HashBase (see Note 1) nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ScalarLength + 4 Base of the hash value resulting from the previous SHA Unchanged u2ScalarLength u2 I - - Length of scalar (same length as the length of order) Length of scalar nu1PointABase (see Note 2) nu1 I/O Crypto RAM 3*u2ModLength + 12 Input point A (three coordinates (X,Y) affine and Z = 1) Resulting signature (R,S, 0) nu1ABase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 Parameter a of the elliptic curve Unchanged nu1Workspace nu1 I Crypto RAM 8*u2ModLength + 44 - Corrupted workspace Note: 1. The hash value calculus is defined by the ECDSA norm and depends on the elliptic curve domain parameters. To construct the input parameter, the 4 Most Significant Bytes must be set to zero. 2. The resulting signature format is different from the point A format (see Description above for information on the point A format). 43.3.6.11.5 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; // ! The Random Number Generator must be initialized and started // ! following the directives given for the RNG on the chip PUKCL (u2Option) = 0; // Depending on the option specified, not all fields should be filled PUKCL _ZpEcDsaGenerate(nu1ModBase) = <Base of the ram location of P>; PUKCL _ZpEcDsaGenerate(u2ModLength) = <Byte length of P>; PUKCL _ZpEcDsaGenerate(nu1CnsBase) = <Base of the ram location of Cns>; PUKCL _ZpEcDsaGenerate(nu1PointABase) = <Base of the A point>; PUKCL _ZpEcDsaGenerate(nu1PrivateKey) = <Base of the Private Key>; PUKCL _ZpEcDsaGenerate(nu1ScalarNumber) = <Base of the ScalarNumber>; PUKCL _ZpEcDsaGenerate(nu1OrderPointBase) = <Base of the order of A point>; PUKCL _ZpEcDsaGenerate(nu1ABase) = <Base of the a parameter of the curve>; PUKCL _ZpEcDsaGenerate(nu1Workspace) = <Base of the workspace>; PUKCL _ZpEcDsaGenerate(nu1HashBase) = <Base of the SHA resulting hash>; PUKCL_ZpEcDsaGenerate(u2ScalarLength) = < Length of ScalarNumber>; ... // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(ZpEcDsaGenerateFast, pvPUKCLParam); if (PUKCL (u2Status) == PUKCL_OK) { ... } else // Manage the error 43.3.6.11.6 Constraints No overlapping between either input and output are allowed. The following conditions must be avoided to ensure that the service works correctly: (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1384 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) * * * * nu1ModBase, nu1CnsBase, nu1PointABase, nu1PrivateKey, nu1ScalarNumber, nu1OrderPointBase,nu1ABase, nu1Workspace or nu1HashBase are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength + 8}, {nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength+ 12}, {nu1PrivateKey, u2ScalarLength + 4},{nu1ScalarNumber, u2ScalarLength + 4},{nu1OrderPointBase, u2ScalarLength + 4}, {nu1ABase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1Workspace, <WorkspaceLength>} or {nu1HashBase, u2ScalarLength + 4} are not in Crypto RAM u2ModLength is either: < 12, > 0xffc or not a 32-bit length All overlapping between {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength +8}, {nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength + 12}, {nu1PrivateKey, u2ScalarLength + 4}, {nu1ScalarNumber, u2ScalarLength + 4}, {nu1OrderPointBase, u2ScalarLength + 4}, {nu1ABase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1Workspace, <WorkspaceLength>} and {nu1HashBase, u2ScalarLength + 4} 43.3.6.11.7 Status Returned Values Table 43-86.ZpEcDsaGenerateFast Service Return Codes Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK - PUKCL_WRONG_SELECTNUMBER Warning The computation passed without problem. The signature is the good one. The given value for nu1ScalarNumber is not good to perform this signature generation. 43.3.6.12 Verifying an ECDSA Signature (Compliant with FIPS186-2) 43.3.6.12.1 Purpose This service is used to verify an ECDSA signature following the FIPS 186-2. It performs the second step of the Signature Verification. A hash value (HashVal) must be provided as input, it has to be previously computed from the message to be signed using a secure hash algorithm. As second significant input, the Signature is provided to be checked. This service checks the signature and fills the status accordingly. 43.3.6.12.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.6.12.3 Description The operation performed is: Verify = EcDsaVerifySignature(PtA, HashVal, Signature, CurveParameters, PublicKey) The points used for this operation are represented in different coordinate systems. In this computation, the following parameters need to be provided: * * * * * * * * * A the input point is filled with the affine values (X,Y) and Z = 1 (pointed by{nu1PointABase,3*u2ModLength + 12}) Cns the working space for the Fast Modular Constant not initialized (pointed by {nu1CnsBase,u2ScalarLength + 8}) P the modulus filled (pointed by {nu1ModBase,u2ModLength + 4}) The workspace not initialized (pointed by {nu1WorkSpace, 8*u2ModLength + 44} The a parameter relative to the elliptic curve (pointed by {nu1ABase,u2ModLength + 4}) The order of the Point A on the elliptic curve (pointed by {nu1OrderPointBase,u2ScalarLength + 4}) HashVal the hash value is generated prior and filled (pointed by {nu1HashBase,u2ScalarLength + 4}) The Public Key point is filled in "mixed" coordinates (X,Y) with the affine values and Z = 1 (pointed by {nu1PointPublicKeyGen, 3*u2ModLength + 12}) The input signature (R,S), even if it is not a Point, is represented in memory like a point in affine coordinates (X,Y) (pointed by {nu1PointSignature, 2*u2ScalarLength + 8}) Note: For the ECDSA signature verification be sure to follow the directives given for the RNG on the chip you use (particularly initialization, seeding) and compulsorily start the RNG. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1385 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) * The operation consists in obtaining a V value with all these input parameters and checking that V equals the provided R. If all is correct and the signature is the good one, the status is set to PUKCL_OK. If all is correct and the signature is wrong, the status is set to PUKCL_WRONG_SIGNATURE. If an error occurs, the status is set to the corresponding error value (see Status Returned Values below). 43.3.6.12.4 Parameters Definition Table 43-87.ZpEcDsaVerifyFast Service Parameters Parameter Type Direction Location Data Length Before Executing the Service nu1ModBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 Base of modulus Base of P modulus P nu1CnsBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ScalarLength + 12 Base of Cns Base of Cns u2ModLength u2 I - - Length of modulus P Length of modulus P nu1OrderPointBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ScalarLength + 4 Order of the Point A in the elliptic curve Unchanged nu1PointSignature nu1 I Crypto RAM 2*u2ScalarLength +8 Signature(r, s) Corrupted nu1HashBase (see Note nu1 1) I Crypto RAM u2ScalarLength + 4 Base of the hash Corrupted value resulting from the previous SHA u2ScalarLength u2 I - - Length of scalar Length of scalar nu1PointABase nu1 I/O Crypto RAM 3*u2ModLength + 12 Generator point Corrupted nu1PointPublicKeyGen nu1 I/O Crypto RAM 3*u2ModLength + 12 Public point Corrupted nu1ABase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 Unchanged nu1Workspace nu1 I Crypto RAM 8*u2ModLength + 44 - Parameter a of the elliptic curve After Executing the Service Corrupted workspace Note: 1. The hash value calculus is defined by the ECDSA norm and depends on the elliptic curve domain parameters. To construct the input parameter, the 4 Most Significant Bytes must be set to zero. 43.3.6.12.5 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; // ! The Random Number Generator must be initialized and started // ! following the directives given for the RNG on the chip PUKCL(u2Option) = 0; // Depending on the option specified, not all fields should be filled PUKCL_ZpEcDsaVerify(nu1ModBase) = <Base of the ram location of P>; PUKCL_ZpEcDsaVerify(u2ModLength) = <Byte length of P>; PUKCL_ZpEcDsaVerify(nu1CnsBase) = <Base of the ram location of Cns>; PUKCL_ZpEcDsaVerify(nu1PointABase) = <Base of the A point>; (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1386 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) PUKCL_ZpEcDsaVerify(nu1PrivateKey) = <Base of the Private Key>; PUKCL_ZpEcDsaVerify(nu1ScalarNumber) = <Base of the ScalarNumber>; PUKCL_ZpEcDsaVerify(nu1OrderPointBase) = <Base of the order of A point>; PUKCL_ZpEcDsaVerify(nu1ABase) = <Base of the a parameter of the curve>; PUKCL_ZpEcDsaVerify(nu1Workspace) = <Base of the workspace>; PUKCL_ZpEcDsaVerify(nu1HashBase) = <Base of the SHA resulting hash>; PUKCL_ZpEcDsaVerify(u2ScalarLength) = < Length of ScalarNumber>; ... // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(ZpEcDsaVerifyFast, pvPUKCLParam); if (PUKCL(u2Status) == PUKCL_OK) { ... }ou else if(PUKCL(u2Status) == PUKCL_WRONG_SIGNATURE) { ... } else // Manage the error 43.3.6.12.6 Constraints No overlapping between either input and output are allowed. The following conditions must be avoided to ensure that the service works correctly: * * * * nu1ModBase, nu1CnsBase, nu1PointABase, nu1PointPublicKeyGen, nu1PointSignature, nu1OrderPointBase,nu1ABase, nu1Workspace or nu1HashBase are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength + 8}, {nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength+ 12}, {nu1PointPublicKeyGen, 3*u2ModLength + 12}, {nu1PointSignature,2*u2ScalarLength + 8}, {nu1OrderPointBase, u2ScalarLength + 4}, {nu1ABase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1Workspace, <WorkspaceLength>} or {nu1HashBase, u2ScalarLength + 4} are not in Crypto RAM u2ModLength is either: < 12, > 0xffc or not a 32-bit length All overlapping between {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength +8}, {nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength + 12}, {nu1PointPublicKeyGen, 3*u2ModLength + 12}, {nu1PointSignature, 2*u2ScalarLength + 8}, {nu1OrderPointBase, u2ScalarLength + 4}, {nu1ABase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1Workspace, <WorkspaceLength>} and {nu1HashBase, u2ScalarLength + 4} 43.3.6.12.7 Status Returned Values Table 43-88.ZpEcDsaVerifyFast Service Return Codes Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK - PUKCL_WRONG_SIGNATURE Warning The computation passed without problem. The signature is the good one. The signature is wrong. 43.3.6.13 Quick Verifying an ECDSA Signature (Compliant with FIPS 186-2) 43.3.6.13.1 Purpose This service is used to verify an ECDSA signature following the FIPS 186-2. It performs the second step of the Signature Verification using Quick Dual Multiplying to perform computation. A hash value (HashVal) must be provided as input, it has to be previously computed from the message whose signature is verified using a secure hash algorithm. As second significant input, the Signature is provided to be checked. This service checks the signature and fills the status accordingly. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1387 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) Important: This service has a quick implementation without additional security. 43.3.6.13.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.6.13.3 Description The operation performed is: Verify = EcDsaVerifySignature(PtA, HashVal, Signature, CurveParameters, PublicKey) The points used for this operation are represented in different coordinate systems. In this computation, the following parameters need to be provided (such that u2MaxLength = max(u2ModLength, u2ScalarLength)): * * * * * * * A the input point is filled with the affine values (X,Y) and Z = 1 (pointed by {pu1PointABase,(3*(u2ModLength + 4)) * (2(WA-2))}) P the modulus filled and Cns the working space for the Fast Modular Constant not initialized (pointed by {pu1ModBase, u2ModLength + u2MaxLength + 16}) The a parameter relative to the elliptic curve filled and workspace not initialized (pointed by {pu1AWorkBase, 8*u2MaxLength + u2ModLength + 48}) The order of the Point A on the elliptic curve (pointed by {pu1OrderPointBase,u2ScalarLength +4}) HashVal the hash value beforehand generated and filled (pointed by {pu1HashBase,u2MaxLength +4}) The Public Key point is filled in "mixed" coordinates (X,Y) with the affine values and Z = 1 (pointed by {nu1PointPublicKeyGen, (3*(u2ModLength + 4)) * (2(WB-2))}) The input signature (R,S), even if it is not a Point, is represented in memory like a point in affine coordinates (X,Y) (pointed by {nu1PointSignature, 2*u2ScalarLength + 8}) The operation consists of obtaining a V value with all input parameters and checks that V equals the provided R. If all is correct and the signature is the good one, the status is set to PUKCL_OK. If all is correct and the signature is wrong, the status is set to PUKCL_WRONG_SIGNATURE. If an error occurs, the status is set to the corresponding error value (see Status Returned Values below). 43.3.6.13.4 Parameters Definition To place the parameters correctly the maximum of u2ModLength and u2ScalarLength must be calculated: u2MaxLength = max(u2ModLength, u2ScalarLength) WA is the Point A window size and WB is the Point Public Key window size (see Options below for details). Important: Please calculate precisely the length of areas with the formulas and the max() service which takes the maximum of two values. Ensure that the pu1 type is a pointer on 4 bytes and contains the full address (see 43.3.3.4 Aligned Significant Length for details). Table 43-89.ZpEcDsaQuickVerify Service Parameters Parameter Type Direction Location Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service pu1ModCnsBase pu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 + u2MaxLength + 12 Base of modulus P Base of modulus P u2Option u2 I - - Option related to - the called service (see below) u2ModLength u2 I - - Length of modulus P (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet Length of modulus P DS60001507F-page 1388 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) ...........continued Parameter Type Direction Location Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service pu1OrderPointBase pu1 I Crypto RAM u2ScalarLength + 4 Order of the Point A in the elliptic curve Unchanged pu1PointSignature pu1 I Any RAM 2*u2ScalarLength + 8 Signature(r, s) pu1HashBase (see Note pu1 1) I Crypto RAM u2MaxLength + 4 Base of the hash Corrupted value resulting from the previous SHA u2ScalarLength u2 I - - Length of scalar Length of scalar pu1PointABase pu1 I/O Crypto RAM (3*u2ModLength + 12) * (2(WA-2)) Generator point Corrupted pu1PointPublicKeyGen pu1 I/O Crypto RAM (3*u2ModLength + 12) * (2(WB-2)) Public Key point Corrupted pu1AWorkBase pu1 I Crypto RAM (u2ModLength + 4) + (8*u2MaxLength + 44) Parameter a of the elliptic curve and Workspace Corrupted Corrupted Note: 1. 1. The hash value calculus is defined by the ECDSA norm and depends on the elliptic curve domain parameters. To construct the input parameter, the 4 Most Significant Bytes must be set to zero. A suggested parameters placement in Crypto RAM is: * * * * * * * ModCnsBase OrderPointBase Signature may be placed here or in Classical RAM HashBase PointABase PointPublicKeyGen AWorkBase 43.3.6.13.5 Options The options are set by the u2Options input parameter, which is composed of: * * the mandatory windows sizes WA (window for Point A) and WB (window for Point Public Key) the indication of the presence of the Point Signature in system RAM Important: Please check precisely if the Point Signature is in Crypto RAM. If this is the case the PUKCL_ZPECCMUL_SCAL_IN_CLASSIC_RAM must not be used. The u2Options number is calculated by an "Inclusive OR" of the options. Some Examples in C language are: * // Point Signature in system RAM // The Point A window size is 3 // The Point Public Key window size is 4 PUKCL(u2Options) = PUKCL_ZPECCMUL_SCAL_IN_CLASSIC_RAM | (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1389 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) PUKCL_ZPECCMUL_WINSIZE_A_VAL_TO_OPT(3) | PUKCL_ZPECCMUL_WINSIZE_B_VAL_TO_OPT(4); * // Point Signature in the Cryptographic RAM // The Point A window size is 2 // The Point Public Key window size is 5 PUKCL(u2Options) = PUKCL_ZPECCMUL_WINSIZE_A_VAL_TO_OPT(2) | PUKCL_ZPECCMUL_WINSIZE_B_VAL_TO_OPT(5); For this service, many window sizes are possible. The window sizes in bits are those of the windowing method used for the scalar multiplying. The choice of the window sizes is a balance between the size of the parameters and the computation time: * * Increasing the window size increases the precomputation table size. Increasing the window size to the optimum reduces the computation time. The following table details the estimated windows WA and WB optimum and possible for some curves. Table 43-90.ZpEcDsaQuickVerify Service Estimated WA and WB Window Size Curve Size (bits) Optimum Window size Possible Window Sizes (WA, WB) or (WB, WA) 192 5 5, 5 256 5 5, 5 384 6 5, 5 521 6 4, 5 The following table details the size of the point and the precomputation table, depending on the chosen window size option. Table 43-91.ZpEcDsaQuickVerify Service Window Size and Precomputation Table Size Options Option Specified Point and Precomputation Table Size PUKCL_ZPECCMUL_WINSIZE_A_VAL_TO_OPT(WA) WA in [2, 15] (3*(u2ModLength + 4)) * (2(WA-2)) PUKCL_ZPECCMUL_WINSIZE_B_VAL_TO_OPT(WB) WB in [2, 15] (3*(u2ModLength + 4)) * (2(WB-2)) The Point Signature can be located in PUKCC RAM or in system RAM. If the Point Signature is entirely in system RAM with no part in PUKCC RAM this can be signaled by us ing the option PUKCL_ZPECCMUL_SCAL_IN_CLASSIC_RAM. In all other cases this option must not be used. The following table describes this option. Table 43-92.ZpEcDsaQuickVerify Service Point Signature in Classical RAM Option Option Purpose PUKCL_ZPECCMUL_SCAL_IN_CLASSIC_RAM The Point Signature can be located in Crypto RAM or in system RAM. If the Point Signature is entirely in system RAM with no part in PUKCC RAM this can be signaled by using this option. In all other cases this option must not be used. 43.3.6.13.6 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; PUKCL(u2Option) = <Point Signature location and windows sizes>; PUKCL_ZpEcDsaQuickVerify(pu1ModCnsBase) = <Base of the ram location of P and Cns>; PUKCL_ZpEcDsaQuickVerify(u2ModLength) = <Byte length of P>; PUKCL_ZpEcDsaQuickVerify(pu1PointABase) = <Base of the ram location of the A point>; PUKCL_ZpEcDsaQuickVerify(pu1PointPublicKeyGen) = <Base of the Public Key>; (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1390 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) PUKCL_ZpEcDsaQuickVerify(pu1PointSignature) = <Base of the Signature (r, s)>; PUKCL_ZpEcDsaQuickVerify(pu1OrderPointBase) = <Base of the order of the A point>; PUKCL_ZpEcDsaQuickVerify(pu1AWorkBase) = <Base of the ram location of the parameter A of the elliptic curve and workspace>; PUKCL_ZpEcDsaQuickVerify(pu1HashBase) = <Base of the SHA resulting hash>; PUKCL_ZpEcDsaQuickVerify(u2ScalarLength) = <Byte length of R and S in Point Signature>; . . . // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(ZpEcDsaQuickVerify, pvPUKCLParam); if (PUKCL(u2Status) == PUKCL_OK) { ... } else if ( PUKCL(u2Status) = PUKCL_WRONG_SIGNATURE ) { ... } else // Manage the error 43.3.6.13.7 Constraints No overlapping between either input and output are allowed. The following conditions must be avoided to ensure that the service works correctly: * * * * pu1ModCnsBase, pu1PointABase, pu1PointPublicKeyGen, pu1PointSignature,pu1OrderPointBase, pu1AWorkBase or pu1HashBase are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries {pu1ModCnsBase, u2ModLength + 4 + u2MaxLength + 12}, {pu1PointABase, (3 * u2ModLength + 12)* (2(WA-2))}, {pu1PointPublicKeyGen, (3 * u2ModLength + 12) * (2(WPub-2))}, {pu1OrderPointBase, u2ScalarLength + 4}, {nu1ABase, u2ModLength + 4}, {pu1AWorkBase, (u2ModLength + 4) + (8 * u2MaxLength + 44)} or {nu1HashBase, u2ScalarLength + 4} are not in Crypto RAM u2ModLength is either: < 12, > 0xffc or not a 32-bit length All overlapping between {pu1ModCnsBase, u2ModLength + 4 + u2MaxLength + 12},{pu1PointABase, (3 * u2ModLength + 12) * (2(WA-2))}, {pu1PointPublicKeyGen, (3 * u2ModLength + 12) *(2(WPub-2))}, {pu1OrderPointBase, u2ScalarLength + 4}, {pu1PointSignature, 2 * u2ScalarLength + 8}, {nu1ABase, u2ModLength + 4}, {pu1AWorkBase, (u2ModLength + 4) + (8 * u2MaxLength + 44)} and {nu1HashBase, u2ScalarLength + 4} 43.3.6.13.8 Status Returned Values Table 43-93.ZpEcDsaQuickVerify Service Return Codes Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK - PUKCL_WRONG_SIGNATURE Warning The computation passed without problem. The signature is the good one. The signature is wrong. 43.3.6.13.9 Parameter Placement The parameters' placement is described in detail in the following figures. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1391 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) Figure 43-11.Modulus P and Cns{pu1ModCnsBase, u2ModLength + 4 + u2MaxLength + 12} Figure 43-12.Points A {pu1PointABase, (3*(u2ModLength + 4)) * (2(WA-2))} and Public Key Gen {pu1PointPublicKeyGen, (3*(u2ModLength + 4)) * (2(WB-2))} (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1392 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) Figure 43-13.PointSignature {pu1PointSignature, 2 * u2ScalarLength + 8} Figure 43-14.The a parameter and Workspace {pu1AWorkBase, 9*u2ModLength + 48} 43.3.7 Elliptic Curves Over GF(2n) Services This section provides a complete description of the currently available elliptic curve over Polynomials in GF(2n) services. These services process Polynomials in GF(2n) only. The offered services cover the basic operations over elliptic curves such as: * * * * * Adding two points over a curve Doubling a point over a curve Multiplying a point by an integral constant Converting a point's projective coordinates (resulting from a doubling or an addition) to the affine coordinates, and oppositely converting a point's affine coordinates to the projective coordinates. Testing the point presence on the curve. Additionally, some higher level services covering the needs for signature generation and verification are offered: (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1393 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) * * Generating an ECDSA signature (compliant with FIPS186-2) Verifying an ECDSA signature (compliant with FIPS 186-2) The supported curves use the following curve equation in GF(2n): Y2 + XY = X3 + aX + b 43.3.7.1 Parameters Format 43.3.7.1.1 Polynomials in GF(2n) Polynomials in GF(2n) are binary polynomials reduced modulo the polynomial P[X]. This polynomial is called the modulus and may be abbreviated to P in this document. The storage of these polynomials in memory area is described in 43.3.3.4 Aligned Significant Length. For notation simplicity the comparison signs "<" or ">" may be used for polynomials, this is to be interpreted as a comparison between the degree of the polynomials. In GF(2n) fully reduced polynomials are of degree strictly lower than degree(P[X]). In many cases the polynomials used in this library are only partially reduced and so have a degree higher or equal than degree(P[X]), but this degree is maintained strictly lower than (degree(P[X]) + 15). 43.3.7.1.2 Coordinates System In this implementation, several choices have been made related to the coordinate systems managed by the elliptic curve primitives. There are two systems currently managed by the library: * * Affine Coordinates System where each curve point has two coordinates (X,Y) Projective Coordinates System where each point is represented with three coordinates (X,Y,Z) Converting from the affine coordinates system to a projective coordinates system and is performed by extending its representation having Z = 1: (X,Y) (X,Y, Z= 1) Converting from a projective coordinate to an affine one is a service offered by the library. The formula to perform this conversion is: (X,Y, Z) (X Z,Y/Z2) 43.3.7.1.3 Points Representation in Memory Depending on the representation (Projective or Affine), points are represented in memory as shown in the following figure. Figure 43-15.Point Representation in Memory (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1394 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) In this figure, the modulus is represented as a reference, and to show that coordinates are always to be provided on the length of the modulus plus one 32-bit word. Different types of representations are listed here: Affine representation: = < x 15 < x 15 Pr < x 15 Projective representation: = Pr < x 15 Pr < x 15 Note: 1. The minimum value for u2ModLength is 12 bytes. Therefore, the significant length of the modulus must be at least three 32-bit words. 2. In some cases the point can be the infinite point. In this case it is represented with its Z coordinates equal or congruent to zero. 43.3.7.1.4 Modulus and Modular Constant Parameters In most of the services the following parameters must be provided: * * P the Modulus (often pointed by {nu1ModBase,u2ModLength + 4}): This parameter contains the Modulus Polynomial P[X] defining the Galois Field used in points coordinates computations. The Modulus must be u2ModLength bytes long, while having a supplemental zeroed 32-bit word on the MSB side. Note: Most of the Elliptic Curve computations are reduced modulo P. In many functions the reductions are made with the Fast Reduction. Cns the Modular Constant (often pointed by {nu1CnsBase,u2ModLength + 12}): This parameter contains the Modular Constant associated to the Modulus. Important: The Modular Constant must be calculated before using the GF(2n) Elliptic Curves functions by a call to the Setup for Modular Reductions with the GF(2n) option (see 43.3.5.1 Modular Reduction). 43.3.7.1.5 Curve Parameters in Memory Some services need one or both of the Elliptic Curve Equation Parameters a and b. In this case these values are organized in memory as follows: * * The a Parameter relative to the Elliptic Curve Equation (often pointed by {nu1ABase,u2ModLength +4}). The a Parameter is written in a classical way in memory. It is u2ModLength bytes long and has a supplemental zeroed 32-bit word on the MSB side. The a and b Parameters relative to the Elliptic Curve Equation (often pointed by {nu1ABBase,2*u2ModLength + 8}): - The a Parameter is written in memory on u2ModLength bytes long, with a supplemental zeroed 32-bit word on the MSB side. - The b Parameter is written in memory after the a Parameter at an offset of (u2ModLength + 4) bytes. It is written in memory on u2ModLength bytes long, with a supplemental zeroed 32-bit word on the MSB side. 43.3.7.2 Point Addition 43.3.7.2.1 Purpose This service is used to perform a point addition, based on a given elliptic curve over GF(2n). Please note that this service is not intended to add the same point twice. In this particular case, use the doubling service (see 43.3.7.3 Point Doubling). 43.3.7.2.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.7.2.3 Description The operation performed is: (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1395 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) PtC = PtA + PtB In this computation, the following parameters need to be provided: * * * * * * Point A the input point is filled in projective coordinates (X,Y,Z) (pointed by {nu1PointABase,3*u2ModLength + 12}). This point can be the Infinite Point. Point B the input point is filled in projective coordinates (X,Y,Z) (pointed by {nu1PointBBase,3*u2ModLength + 12}). This point can be the Infinite Point. Cns the Fast Modular Constant filled (pointed by {nu1CnsBase,u2ModLength + 12}) P the modulus filled (pointed by {nu1ModBase,u2ModLength + 4}) The a parameter relative to the elliptic curve equation (pointed by {nu1ABase,u2ModLength + 4}) The workspace not initialized (pointed by {nu1WorkSpace, 7*u2ModLength + 40} The resulting C point is represented in projective coordinates (X,Y,Z) and is stored at the same place than the input point A. This Point can be the Infinite Point. The services for this operation are: * Service GF2NEccAddFast: The fast mode is used, the fast modular reduction is used in the computations. Important: Before using this service, ensure that the constant Cns has been calculated with the setup of the Modular Reductions service. 43.3.7.2.4 Parameters Definition Table 43-94.GF2NEccAddFast Service Parameters Parameter Type Direction Location nu1ModBase nu1 I nu1CnsBase nu1 u2ModLength u2 Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 Base of Modulus P Base of Modulus P I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 12 Base of Cns Base of Cns I - Length of modulo Length of modulo nu1PointABase nu1 I/O Crypto RAM 3*u2ModLength + 12 Input point A (projective coordinates) Resulting point C (projective coordinates) nu1PointBBase nu1 I Crypto RAM 3*u2ModLength + 12 Input point B (projective coordinates) Input point B nu1ABBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 Unchanged nu1Workspace nu1 I Crypto RAM 7*u2ModLength + 40 - - Parameter a of the elliptic curve Corrupted workspace 43.3.7.2.5 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; //Depending on the function the Random Number Generator //must be initialized and started //following the directives given for the RNG on the chip PUKCL(u2Option) = 0; PUKCL_GF2NEccAdd(nu1ModBase) = <Base of the ram location of P>; PUKCL_GF2NEccAdd(nu1CnsBase) = <Base of the ram location of Cns>; PUKCL_GF2NEccAdd(u2ModLength) = <Byte length of P>; PUKCL_GF2NEccAdd(nu1PointABase) = <Base of the ram location of the A point>; PUKCL_GF2NEccAdd(nu1PointBBase) = <Base of the ram location of the B point>; PUKCL_GF2NEccAdd(nu1ABBase) = <Base of the ram location of the a Parameter>; PUKCL_GF2NEccAdd(nu1Workspace) = <Base of the ram location of the workspace>; (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1396 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) . . . // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(GF2NEccAddFast, pvPUKCLParam); if (PUKCL(u2Status) == PUKCL_OK) { ... } else // Manage the error 43.3.7.2.6 Constraints No overlapping between either input and output are allowed The following conditions must be avoided to ensure the service works correctly: * * * * nu1ModBase,nu1CnsBase, nu1PointABase, nu1PointBBase, nu1ABBase, nu1Workspace are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength + 8}, {nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength+ 12}, {nu1PointBBase, 3*u2ModLength + 12}, {nu1ABase,u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1Workspace, <WorkspaceLength>} are not in Crypto RAM u2ModLength is either: < 12, > 0xffc or not a 32-bit length All overlapping between {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength +8}, {nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength + 12}, {nu1PointBBase, 3*u2ModLength + 12}, {nu1ABase,u2ModLength + 4} and {nu1Workspace, 5*u2ModLength + 32} 43.3.7.2.7 Status Returned Values Table 43-95.GF2NEccAddFast Service Return Codes Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK - The computation passed without errors. 43.3.7.3 Point Doubling 43.3.7.3.1 Purpose This service is used to perform a Point Doubling, based on a given elliptic curve over GF(2n). 43.3.7.3.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.7.3.3 Description The operation performed is: PtC = 2 x PtA In this computation, the following parameters need to be provided: * * * * * * A the input point is filled in projective coordinates (X,Y,Z) (pointed by {nu1PointABase,3*u2ModLength + 12}). This point can be the Infinite Point. Cns the Fast Modular Constant filled (pointed by {nu1CnsBase,u2ModLength +8}) P the modulus filled (pointed by {nu1ModBase,u2ModLength +4}) The workspace not initialized (pointed by {nu1WorkSpace, 4*u2ModLength +28} The a and b Parameters relative to the Elliptic Curve Equation (pointed by {nu1ABBase,2*u2ModLength+ 8}) The resulting C point is represented in projective coordinates (X,Y,Z) and is stored at the very same place than the input point A. This point can be the Infinite Point. The service name for this operation is GF2NEccDblFast. This service uses Fast mode and Fast Modular Reduction for computation. Important: Before using this service, ensure that the constant Cns has been calculated with the setup of the Fast Modular Reductions service. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1397 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) 43.3.7.3.4 Parameters Definition Table 43-96.GF2NEccDblFast Service Parameters Parameter Type Direction Location nu1ModBase nu1 I nu1CnsBase nu1 u2ModLength nu1ABBase Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 Base of modulus P Base of modulus P I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 12 Base of Cns Base of Cns u2 I - Length of modulus P Length of modulus P u2 I Crypto RAM 2*u2ModLength + 8 nu1PointABase nu1 I/O Crypto RAM 3*u2ModLength + 12 Input point A (projective coordinates) Resulting point C (projective coordinates) nu1Workspace nu1 I Crypto RAM 4*u2ModLength + 28 - Corrupted workspace - Parameters a and b of the elliptic curve Parameter a and b of the elliptic curve 43.3.7.3.5 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; PUKCL (u2Option) = 0; PUKCL PUKCL PUKCL PUKCL PUKCL PUKCL ... _GF2NEccDbl(nu1ModBase) = <Base of the ram location of P>; _GF2NEccDbl(u2ModLength) = <Byte length of P>; _GF2NEccDbl(nu1CnsBase) = <Base of the ram location of Cns>; _GF2NEccDbl(nu1PointABase) = <Base of the ram location of the A point>; _GF2NEccDbl(nu1ABBase) = <Base of the a and b parameters of the elliptic curve>; _GF2NEccDbl(nu1Workspace) = <Base of the ram location of the workspace>; // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(GF2NEccDblFast,&PUKCLParam); if (PUKCL (u2Status) == PUKCL_OK) { ... } else // Manage the error 43.3.7.3.6 Constraints No overlapping between either input and output are allowed. The following conditions must be avoided to ensure the service works correctly: * * * * nu1ModBase, nu1CnsBase, nu1PointABase, nu1ABBase, nu1Workspace are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength + 8}, {nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength+ 12}, {nu1ABBase, 2*u2ModLength + 8}, {nu1Workspace, <WorkspaceLength>} are not in Crypto RAM u2ModLength is either: < 12, > 0xffc or not a 32-bit length All overlapping between {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength + 8}, {nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength + 12}, {nu1ABase, u2ModLength + 4} and {nu1Workspace, 4*u2ModLength + 28} 43.3.7.3.7 Status Returned Values Table 43-97.GF2NEccDblFast Service Return Codes Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK - The computation passed without problem. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1398 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) 43.3.7.4 Scalar Point Multiply 43.3.7.4.1 Purpose This service is used to multiply a point by an integral constant K on a given elliptic curve over GF(2n). 43.3.7.4.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.7.4.3 Description The operation performed is: PtC = K x PtA In this computation, the following parameters need to be provided: * * * * * * A the input point is filled in projective coordinates (X,Y,Z) (pointed by {nu1PointABase,3*u2ModLength + 12}). This point can be the Infinite Point. Cns the Fast Modular Constant filled (pointed by {nu1CnsBase,u2ModLength + 8}) P the modulus filled (pointed by {nu1ModBase,u2ModLength + 4}) The workspace not initialized (pointed by {nu1WorkSpace, 8*u2ModLength + 44} The a and b parameters relative to the elliptic curve (pointed by {nu1ABBase,2*u2ModLength + 8}) K the scalar number (pointed by {nu1ScalarNumber,u2ScalarLength + 4}) The resulting C point is represented in projective coordinates (X,Y,Z) and is stored at the very same place than the input point A. This point can be the Infinite Point. The service name for this operation is GF2NEccMulFast. This service uses Fast mode and Fast Modular Reduction for computation. Important: Before using this service, ensure that the constant Cns has been calculated with the setup of the Fast Modular Reductions service. 43.3.7.4.4 Parameters Definition Table 43-98.GF2NEccMulFast Service Parameters Parameter Type Direction Location nu1ModBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 Base of modulus P Base of modulus P nu1CnsBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 12 Base of Cns Base of Cns u2ModLength u2 I - Length of modulus P Length of modulus P nu1KBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2KLength Scalar number used to Unchanged multiply the point A u2KLength u2 I - Length of scalar K nu1PointBase nu1 I/O Crypto RAM 3*u2ModLength + 12 Input point A (projective coordinates) nu1ABase nu1 I Crypto RAM 2*u2ModLength + 8 nu1Workspace nu1 I Crypto RAM 8*u2ModLength + 44 - (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Data Length - - Datasheet Before Executing the After Executing Service the Service Length of scalar K Resulting point C (projective coordinates) Parameters a and b of Unchanged the elliptic curve Corrupted workspace DS60001507F-page 1399 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) 43.3.7.4.5 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; PUKCL (u2Option) = 0; PUKCL _GF2NEccMul(nu1ModBase) = <Base of the ram location of P>; PUKCL _GF2NEccMul(u2ModLength) = <Byte length of P>; PUKCL _GF2NEccMul(nu1CnsBase) = <Base of the ram location of Cns>; PUKCL _GF2NEccMul(nu1PointBase) = <Base of the ram location of the A point>; PUKCL _GF2NEccMul(nu1ABase) = <Base of the ram location of the parameters a and b of the elliptic curve>; PUKCL _GF2NEccMul(nu1KBase) = <Base of the ram location of the scalar number>; PUKCL _GF2NEccMul(nu1Workspace) = <Base of the ram location of the workspace>; PUKCL _GF2NEccMul(u2KLength) = <Length of the ram location of the scalar number>; ... // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(GF2NEccMulFast,&PUKCLParam); if (PUKCL (u2Status) == PUKCL_OK) { ... } else // Manage the error 43.3.7.4.6 Constraints No overlapping between either input and output are allowed. The following conditions must be avoided to ensure the service works correctly: * * * * nu1ModBase, nu1CnsBase, nu1PointBase, nu1ABase, nu1KBase, nu1Workspace are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength + 8}, {nu1PointBase, 3*u2ModLength+ 12}, {nu1ABase, 2*u2ModLength + 8}, {nu1KBase, u2KLength} or {nu1Workspace, 8*u2ModLength + 44} are not in Crypto RAM u2ModLength is either: < 12, > 0xffc or not a 32-bit length All overlapping between {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength +8}, {nu1PointBase, 3*u2ModLength + 12}, {nu1ABase, 2*u2ModLength + 8}, {nu1KBase, u2KLength} and {nu1Workspace, 8*u2ModLength + 44} 43.3.7.4.7 Status Returned Values Table 43-99.GF2NEccMulFast Service Return Codes Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK - The computation passed without problem. 43.3.7.5 Projective to Affine Coordinates Conversion 43.3.7.5.1 Purpose This service is used to perform a point coordinates conversion from a projective representation to an affine. 43.3.7.5.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.7.5.3 Description The operation performed is: = = Pr Pr Pr Pr 2 In this computation, the following parameters need to be provided: (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1400 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) * * * * A the input point is filled in projective coordinates (X,Y,Z) or affine coordinates for X and Y, and setting Z to 1 (pointed by {nu1PointABase,3*u2ModLength + 12}). The Point A can be the point at infinity. In this case, the u2Status returned is PUKCL_POINT_AT_INFINITY. Cns the Modular Constant filled (pointed by {nu1CnsBase,u2ModLength + 8}) P the modulus filled (pointed by {nu1ModBase,u2ModLength + 4}) The workspace not initialized (pointed by {nu1WorkSpace, 4*u2ModLength + 48} The result is the point A with its (X,Y) coordinates converted to affine, and the Z coordinate set to 1. The service name for this operation is GF2NEcConvProjToAffine. Important: Before using this service, ensure that the constant Cns has been calculated with the setup of the Fast Modular Reductions service. 43.3.7.5.4 Parameters Definition Table 43-100.GF2NEcConvProjToAffine Service Parameters Parameter Type Direction Location nu1ModBase nu1 I nu1CnsBase nu1 u2ModLength u2 Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 Base of modulus P Base of modulus P I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 12 Base of Cns Base of Cns I - Length of modulus P Length of modulus P nu1PointABase nu1 I Crypto RAM 3*u2ModLength + 12 Input point A Resulting point A in affine coordinates nu1Workspace nu1 I Crypto RAM 4*u2ModLength + 48 - Workspace - 43.3.7.5.5 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; // ! The Random Number Generator must be initialized and started // ! following the directives given for the RNG on the chip PUKCL (u2Option) = 0; PUKCL PUKCL PUKCL PUKCL PUKCL ... _GF2NEcConvProjToAffine(nu1ModBase) = <Base of the ram location of P>; _GF2NEcConvProjToAffine(u2ModLength) = <Byte length of P>; _GF2NEcConvProjToAffine(nu1CnsBase) = <Base of the ram location of Cns>; _GF2NEcConvProjToAffine(nu1PointABase) = <Base of the ram location of the A point>; _GF2NEcConvProjToAffine(nu1Workspace) = <Base of the ram location of the workspace>; // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(GF2NEcConvProjToAffine,&PUKCLParam); if (PUKCL (u2Status) == PUKCL_OK) { ... } else // Manage the error 43.3.7.5.6 Constraints No overlapping between either input and output are allowed. The following conditions must be avoided to ensure the service works correctly: * nu1ModBase, nu1CnsBase, nu1PointABase, nu1Workspace are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1401 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) * * * {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength + 8},{nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength + 12}, {nu1Workspace, <WorkspaceLength>} are not in Crypto RAM u2ModLength is either: < 12, > 0xffc or not a 32-bit length All overlapping between {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength + 8}, {nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength + 12} and {nu1Workspace, 4*u2ModLength + 48} 43.3.7.5.7 Status Returned Values Table 43-101.GF2NEcConvProjToAffine Service Return Codes Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK - The computation passed without problem. PUKCL_POINT_AT_INFINITY Warning The input point has its Z equal to zero, so it is a representation of the infinite point. 43.3.7.6 Affine to Projective Coordinates Conversion 43.3.7.6.1 Purpose This service is used to perform a point coordinates conversion from an affine point representation to projective. 43.3.7.6.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.7.6.3 Description The operation performed is: affine(Xa, Ya) projective(Xp, Yp, Zp) In this computation, the following parameters need to be provided: * * * * A the input point is filled in affine coordinates for X and Y, and setting Z to 1 (pointed by {nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength + 4}). Cns the Fast Modular Constant filled (pointed by {nu1CnsBase,u2ModLength + 8}) P the modulus filled (pointed by {nu1ModBase,u2ModLength + 4}) The workspace not initialized (pointed by {nu1WorkSpace, 2*u2ModLength +16} The result is the point A with its (X,Y,Z) projective coordinates. The service name for this operation is GF2NEcConvAffineToProjective. Important: Before using this service, ensure that the constant Cns has been calculated with the setup of the Fast Modular Reductions service. 43.3.7.6.4 Parameters Definition Table 43-102.GF2NEcConvAffineToProjective Service Parameters Parameter Type Direction Location nu1ModBase nu1 I nu1CnsBase nu1 u2ModLength u2 Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 Base of modulus P Base of modulus P I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 8 Base of Cns Base of Cns I - Length of modulus P Length of modulus P nu1PointABase nu1 I Crypto RAM 3*u2ModLength + 12 Input point A Resulting point A in affine coordinates nu1Workspace nu1 I Crypto RAM 2*u2ModLength + 16 - Workspace (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Data Length - Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1402 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) 43.3.7.6.5 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; // ! The Random Number Generator must be initialized and started // ! following the directives given for the RNG on the chip PUKCL (u2Option) = 0; PUKCL _GF2NEcConvAffineToProjective(nu1ModBase) = <Base of the ram location of P>; PUKCL _GF2NEcConvAffineToProjective(u2ModLength) = <Byte length of P>; PUKCL _GF2NEcConvAffineToProjective(nu1CnsBase) = <Base of the ram location of Cns>; PUKCL _GF2NEcConvAffineToProjective(nu1PointABase) = <Base of the ram location of the A point>; PUKCL _GF2NEcConvAffineToProjective(nu1Workspace) = <Base of the ram location of the workspace>; ... // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(GF2NEcConvAffineToProjective,&PUKCLParam); if (PUKCL (u2Status) == PUKCL_OK) { ... } else // Manage the error 43.3.7.6.6 Constraints No overlapping between either input and output are allowed. The following conditions must be avoided to ensure that the service works correctly: * * * * nu1ModBase, nu1CnsBase, nu1PointABase, nu1Workspace are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength + 8}, {nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength + 12}, {nu1Workspace, <WorkspaceLength>} are not in Crypto RAM u2ModLength is either: < 12, > 0xffc or not a 32-bit length All overlapping between {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength + 8}, {nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength + 12}, and {nu1Workspace, 2*u2ModLength + 16} 43.3.7.6.7 Status Returned Values Table 43-103.GF2NEcConvAffineToProjective Service Return Codes Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK - The computation passed without problem. 43.3.7.7 Randomize Coordinate 43.3.7.7.1 Purpose This service is used to convert the Projective representation of a point to another Projective representation. 43.3.7.7.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.7.7.3 Description The operation performed is: Projective(X1, Y1, Z1) Projective(X2, Y2, Z2) In this computation, the following parameters need to be provided: * * * * * The input point is filled in projective coordinates (X,Y,Z) (pointed by {nu1PointBase,3*u2ModLength + 12}). This Point must not be the point at infinity. Cns the Fast Modular Constant filled (pointed by {nu1CnsBase,u2ModLength + 8}) P the modulus filled (pointed by {nu1ModBase,u2ModLength + 4}) The workspace not initialized (pointed by {nu1WorkSpace, 3*u2ModLength + 28} The random number (pointed by {nu1RandomBase, u2ModLength + 4}) The result is the point nu1PointBase with its (X,Y,Z) coordinates randomized. The service for this operation is GF2NEcRandomiseCoordinate. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1403 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) Important: Before using this service: * * Ensure that the constant Cns has been calculated with the Setup of the fast Modular Reductions service. Be sure to follow the directives given for the RNG on the chip you use (particularly initialization, seeding) and compulsorily start the RNG. 43.3.7.7.4 Parameters Definition Table 43-104.GF2NEcRandomiseCoordinate Service Parameters Parameter Type Direction Location nu1ModBase nu1 I nu1CnsBase nu1 u2ModLength nu1PointBase Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 Base of modulus P Base of modulus P I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 8 Base of Cns Base of Cns u2 I - Length of modulus P Length of modulus P nu1 I Crypto RAM 3*u2ModLength + 12 Input point Resulting point nu1RandomBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 Corrupted nu1Workspace I Crypto RAM 3*u2ModLength + 28 - nu1 Data Length - Random Workspace 43.3.7.7.5 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; // ! The Random Number Generator must be initialized and started // ! following the directives given for the RNG on the chip PUKCL (u2Option) = 0; // Depending on the option specified, not all fields should be filled PUKCL _GF2NEcRandomiseCoordinate(nu1ModBase) = <Base of the ram location of P>; PUKCL _GF2NEcRandomiseCoordinate(u2ModLength) = <Byte length of P>; PUKCL _GF2NEcRandomiseCoordinate(nu1CnsBase) = <Base of the ram location of Cns>; PUKCL_GF2NEcRandomiseCoordinate(nu1RandomBase) = <Base of the ram location where the the rng is stored>; PUKCL _GF2NEcRandomiseCoordinate(nu1PointBase) = <Base of the ram location of the point>; PUKCL _GF2NEcRandomiseCoordinate(nu1Workspace) = <Base of the ram location of the workspace>; ... // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(GF2NEcRandomiseCoordinate,&PUKCLParam); if (PUKCL (u2Status) == PUKCL_OK) { ... } else // Manage the error 43.3.7.7.6 Constraints No overlapping between either input and output are allowed. The following conditions must be avoided to ensure that the service works correctly: * * * nu1ModBase, nu1CnsBase, nu1PointABase, nu1RandomBase, nu1Workspace are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength + 8}, {nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength + 12}, {nu1RandomBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1Workspace, <WorkspaceLength>} are not in Crypto RAM u2ModLength is either: < 12, > 0xffc or not a 32-bit length (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1404 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) * All overlapping between {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength + 8}, {nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength + 12}, {nu1RandomBase, u2ModLength + 4} and {nu1Workspace, 3*u2ModLength + 28} 43.3.7.7.7 Status Returned Values Table 43-105.GF2NEcRandomiseCoordinate Service Return Codes Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK - The computation passed without problem. 43.3.7.8 Point is on Elliptic Curve 43.3.7.8.1 Purpose This service is used to test whether the point is on the curve. 43.3.7.8.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.7.8.3 Description The operation performed is: Status = IsPointOnCurve(X, Y, Z); In this computation, the following parameters need to be provided: * * * * * The input points filled in projective coordinates (X, Y, Z) (pointed by {nu1PointBase, 3*U2ModLength + 4}). This point can be point at infinity. AParam and BParam are the Elliptic Curve Equation parameters (pointed by {nu1AParam, u2ModLength+ 4} and {nu1BParam, u2ModLength + 4}). Cns the Fast Modular Constant filled (pointed by {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength + 8}) P the modulus filled (pointed by {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 8}) The workspace not initialized (pointed by {nu1WorkSpace, 4*u2ModLength + 28}) The service name for this operation is GF2NEcPointIsOnCurve. Important: Before using this service, the constant Cns must have been calculated with the Fast Modular Reduction service. 43.3.7.8.4 Parameters Definition Table 43-106.GF2NEcPointIsOnCurve Service Parameters Parameter Type Dir. Location nu1ModBase nu1 I nu1CnsBase nu1 u2ModLength Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 Base of modulus P Base of modulus P I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 8 Base of Cns Base of Cns u2 I - Length of modulus P Length of modulus P nu1PointBase nu1 I Crypto RAM 3*u2ModLength + 12 Input point Unchanged nu1AParam nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 The parameter a Unchanged nu1BParam nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 The parameter b Unchanged nu1Workspace nu1 I Crypto RAM 4*u2ModLength + 28 N/A - Workspace 43.3.7.8.5 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1405 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) // ! The Random Number Generator must be initialized and started // ! following the directives given for the RNG on the chip PUKCL (u2Option) = 0; // Depending on the option specified, not all fields should be filled PUKCL _GF2NEcPointIsOnCurve(nu1ModBase) = <Base of the ram location of P>; PUKCL _GF2NEcPointIsOnCurve(u2ModLength) = <Byte length of P>; PUKCL _GF2NEcPointIsOnCurve(nu1CnsBase) = <Base of the ram location of Cns>; PUKCL _GF2NEcPointIsOnCurve(nu1PointABase) = <Base of the A point>; PUKCL _GF2NEcPointIsOnCurve(nu1AParam) = <Base of the ram location of the parameter a>; PUKCL _GF2NEcPointIsOnCurve(nu1BParam) = <Base of the ram location of the parameter b>; PUKCL _GF2NEcPointIsOnCurve(nu1PointBase) = <Base of the ram location of the point>; PUKCL _GF2NEcPointIsOnCurve(nu1Workspace) = <Base of the ram location of the workspace>; ... // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name // and then calls the library... vPUKC L_Process(GF2NEcPointIsOnCurve, pvPUKCLParam); if (PUKCL (u2Status) == PUKCL_OK) { ... } else // Manage the error 43.3.7.8.6 Constraints No overlapping between either input and output are allowed. The following conditions must be avoided to ensure that the service works correctly: * * * * nu1ModBase, nu1CnsBase, nu1PointABase, nu1AParam, nu1BParam and nu1Workspace are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength + 8}, {nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength + 12}, {nu1AParam, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1BParam, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1Workspace, 4*u2ModLength + 28} are not in Crypto RAM u2ModLength is either: < 12, > 0xffc or not a 32-bit length All overlapping between {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength + 8}, {nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength + 12}, {nu1AParam, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1BParam, u2ModLength + 4} and {nu1Workspace, 4*u2ModLength + 28} 43.3.7.8.7 Status Returned Values Table 43-107.GF2NEcPointIsOnCurve Service Return Codes Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK - The point is on the curve. PUKCL_POINT_IS_NOT_ON_CURVE Warning The point is not on the curve. PUKCL_POINT_AT_INFINITY The input point has its Z equal to zero, so it's a representation of the infinite point. Warning 43.3.7.9 Generating an ECDSA Signature (Compliant with FIPS 186-2) 43.3.7.9.1 Purpose This service is used to generate an ECDSA signature following the FIPS 186-2. It performs the second step of the Signature Generation. A hash value (HashVal) must be provided as input, it has to be previously computed from the message to be signed using a secure hash algorithm. A scalar number must be provided, as described in the FIPS 186-2. The result (R,S) is computed by this service. If S equals zero, the status is set to PUKCL_WRONG_SELECT_NUMBER. 43.3.7.9.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.7.9.3 Description The operation performed is: (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1406 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) (R, S) = EcDsaSign(PtA, HashVal, k, CurveParameters, PrivateKey) This service processes the following checks: * * * * * * * * * * * * * If the Scalar Number k is out of the range [1, PointOrder -1], the calculus is stopped and the status is set to PUKCL_WRONG_SELECT_NUMBER. If R equals zero, the calculus is stopped and the status is set to PUKCL_WRONG_SELECT_NUMBER. If S equals zero, the calculus is stopped and the status is set to PUKCL_WRONG_SELECT_NUMBER. In this computation, the following parameters need to be provided: A the input point is filled in "mixed" coordinates (X,Y) with the affine values and Z = 1 (pointed by {nu1PointABase,3*u2ModLength + 12}) Cns the working space for the Fast Modular Constant not initialized (pointed by {nu1CnsBase,u2ScalarLength + 8}) P the modulus filled (pointed by {nu1ModBase,u2ModLength + 4}) The workspace not initialized (pointed by {nu1WorkSpace, 8*u2ModLength + 44} The a and b parameters relative to the elliptic curve equation (pointed by {nu1ABBase, 2*u2ModLength + 8}) The order of the Point A on the elliptic curve (pointed by {nu1OrderPointBase, u2ScalarLength + 4}) k the input Scalar Number beforehand generated and filled (pointed by{nu1ScalarNumber,u2ScalarLength + 4}) HashVal the hash value beforehand generated and filled (pointed by {nu1HashBase, u2ScalarLength +4}) The Private Key (pointed by {nu1PrivateKey, u2ScalarLength +4}) Generally u2ScalarLength is equal to (u2ModLength) or (u2ModLength + 4) Important: For the ECDSA signature generation be sure to follow the directives given for the RNG on the chip you use (particularly initialization, seeding) and compulsorily start the RNG. The scalar number k must be selected at random. This random must be generated before the call of the ECDSA signature. For this random generation be sure to follow the directives given for the RNG on the chip you use (particularly initialization, seeding) and compulsorily start the RNG. The operation performed is: * * * * Compute the ECDSA (R,S) as described in FIPS 186-2, but leaving the user the role of computing the input Hash Value, thus leaving the freedom of using any other algorithm than SHA-1. Compute a R value using the input A point and the scalar number. Compute a S value using R, the scalar number, the private key and the provided hash value. Note that the resulting signature (R,S) is stored at the place of the input A point. If all is correct and S is different from zero, the status is set to PUKCL_OK. If all is correct and S equals zero,the status is set to PUKCL_WRONG_SELECT_NUMBER. If an error occurs, the status is set to the corresponding error value (see Status Returned Values below). The service name for this operation is GF2NEcDsaGenerateFast. The fast mode is used, the fast modular reduction is used in the computations. * The signature (R,S), when resulting from a computation is given back at address of the A point: - The R value result with u2ModLength + 4 bytes (padded with zeros). - The S value result with u2ModLength + 4 bytes (padded with zeros) - The u2NLength + 4 following bytes (space for the third coordinate of A) are filled with zeros. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1407 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) 43.3.7.9.4 Parameters Definition Table 43-108.GF2NEcDsaGenerateFast Service Parameters Parameter Type Direction Location nu1ModBase nu1 I nu1CnsBase nu1 u2ModLength Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 Base of modulus P Base of modulus P I Crypto RAM u2ScalarLength + 12 Base of Cns Base of Cns u2 I - Length of modulus P Length of modulus P nu1ScalarNumber nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ScalarLength + 4 Scalar Number used Unchanged to multiply the point A nu1OrderPointBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ScalarLength + 4 Order of the Point A in the elliptic curve Unchanged nu1PrivateKey nu1 I/O Crypto RAM u2ScalarLength + 4 Base of the Private Key Unchanged nu1HashBase (see Note 1) nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ScalarLength + 4 Base of the hash value resulting from the previous SHA Unchanged u2ScalarLength u2 I - - Length of scalar (same length as the length of order) Length of scalar nu1PointABase nu1 I/O Crypto RAM 3*u2ModLength + 12 Input point A (three coordinates (X,Y) affine and Z = 1) Resulting signature (R,S, 0) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Data Length - Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1408 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) ...........continued Parameter Type Direction Location Data Length Before Executing the Service nu1ABase nu1 I Crypto RAM 2*u2ModLength + 8 Parameter a of the elliptic curve Unchanged nu1Workspace nu1 I Crypto RAM 8*u2ModLength + 44 Corrupted workspace - After Executing the Service Note: 1. Whatever the chosen SHA, the resulting hash value may have a length inferior or equal to the modulo length and be padded with zeros until its total length is u2ModLength + 4. 43.3.7.9.5 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; // ! The Random Number Generator must be initialized and started // ! following the directives given for the RNG on the chip PUKCL (u2Option) = 0; // Depending on the option specified, not all fields should be filled PUKCL _GF2NEcDsaGenerate(nu1ModBase) = <Base of the ram location of P>; PUKCL _GF2NEcDsaGenerate(u2ModLength) = <Byte length of P>; PUKCL _GF2NEcDsaGenerate(nu1CnsBase) = <Base of the ram location of Cns>; PUKCL _GF2NEcDsaGenerate(nu1PointABase) = <Base of the A point>; PUKCL _GF2NEcDsaGenerate(nu1PrivateKey) = <Base of the Private Key>; PUKCL _GF2NEcDsaGenerate(nu1ScalarNumber) = <Base of the ScalarNumber>; PUKCL _GF2NEcDsaGenerate(nu1OrderPointBase) = <Base of the order of A point>; PUKCL _GF2NEcDsaGenerate(nu1ABase) = <Base of the a parameter of the curve>; PUKCL _GF2NEcDsaGenerate(nu1Workspace) = <Base of the workspace>; PUKCL _GF2NEcDsaGenerate(nu1HashBase) = <Base of the SHA resulting hash>; ... // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(GF2NEcDsaGenerateFast, pvPUKCLParam); if (PUKCL (u2Status) == PUKCL_OK) { ... } else // Manage the error 43.3.7.9.6 Constraints No overlapping between either input and output are allowed. The following conditions must be avoided to ensure the service works correctly: * * * * nu1ModBase, nu1CnsBase, nu1PointABase, nu1PrivateKey, nu1ScalarNumber, nu1OrderPointBase,nu1ABase, nu1Workspace or nu1HashBase are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength + 8}, {nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength+ 12}, {nu1PrivateKey, u2ScalarLength + 4},{nu1ScalarNumber, u2ScalarLength + 4},{nu1OrderPointBase, u2ScalarLength + 4}, {nu1ABase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1Workspace, <WorkspaceLength>} or {nu1HashBase, u2ScalarLength + 4} are not in Crypto RAM u2ModLength is either: < 12, > 0xffc or not a 32-bit length All overlapping between {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength +8}, {nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength + 12}, {nu1PrivateKey, u2ScalarLength + 4}, {nu1ScalarNumber, u2ScalarLength + 4}, {nu1OrderPointBase, u2ScalarLength + 4}, {nu1ABase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1Workspace, <WorkspaceLength>} and {nu1HashBase, u2ScalarLength + 4} (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1409 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) 43.3.7.9.7 Status Returned Values Table 43-109.GF2NEcDsaGenerate Fast Service Return Codes Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK - PUKCL_WRONG_SELECTNUMBER Warning The computation passed without problem. The given value for nu1ScalarNumber is not good to perform this signature generation. 43.3.7.10 Verifying an ECDSA Signature (Compliant with FIPS 186-2) 43.3.7.10.1 Purpose This service is used to verify an ECDSA signature following the FIPS 186-2. It performs the second step of the Signature Verification. A hash value (HashVal) must be provided as input, it has to be previously computed from the message to be signed using a secure hash algorithm. As second significant input, the Signature is provided to be checked. This service checks the signature and fills the status accordingly. 43.3.7.10.2 How to Use the Service 43.3.7.10.3 Description The operation performed is: Verify = EcDsaVerifySignature(PtA, HashVal, Signature, CurveParameters, PublicKey) The points used for this operation are represented in different coordinate systems. In this computation, the following parameters need to be provided: * * * * * * * * A the input point is filled with the affine values (X,Y) and Z = 1 (pointed by{nu1PointABase,3*u2ModLength + 12}) Cns the working space for the Fast Modular Constant not initialized (pointed by {nu1CnsBase,u2ScalarLength + 8}) P the modulus filled (pointed by {nu1ModBase,u2ModLength +4}) The workspace not initialized (pointed by {nu1WorkSpace, 8*u2ModLength +44} The a and b parameters relative to the elliptic curve (pointed by {nu1ABase,2*u2ModLength + 8}) The order of the Point A on the elliptic curve (pointed by {nu1OrderPointBase,u2ScalarLength +4}) HashVal the hash value beforehand generated and filled (pointed by {nu1HashBase,u2ScalarLength +4}) The Public Key point is filled in "mixed" coordinates (X,Y) with the affine values and Z = 1 (pointed by {nu1PointPublicKeyGen, 3*u2ModLength + 12}) The input signature (R,S), even if it is not a Point, is represented in memory like a point in affine coordinates (X,Y) (pointed by {nu1PointSignature, 2*u2ScalarLength + 8}) Important: For the ECDSA signature verification be sure to follow the directives given for the RNG on the chip you use (particularly initialization, seeding) and compulsorily start the RNG. * The operation consists in obtaining a V value with all these input parameter and check that V equals the provided R. If all is correct and the signature is the good one, the status is set to PUKCL_OK. If all is correct and the signature is wrong, the status is set to PUKCL_WRONG_SIGNATURE. If an error occurs, the status is set to the corresponding error value (see Status Returned Values below). The service name for this operation is GF2NEcDsaVerifyFast. This service uses Fast mode and Fast Modular Reduction for computation. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1410 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) 43.3.7.10.4 Parameters Definition Table 43-110.GF2NEcDsaVerifyFast Service Parameters Parameter Type Direction Location Data Length Before Executing the Service After Executing the Service nu1ModBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ModLength + 4 Base of modulus Base of P modulus P nu1CnsBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ScalarLength + 8 Base of Cns Base of Cns u2ModLength u2 I - - Length of modulus P Length of modulus P nu1OrderPointBase nu1 I Crypto RAM u2ScalarLength + 4 Order of the Point A in the elliptic curve Unchanged nu1PointSignature nu1 I Crypto RAM 2*u2ScalarLength +8 Signature(r, s) Corrupted nu1HashBase (see Note nu1 1) I Crypto RAM u2ScalarLength + 4 Base of the hash Corrupted value resulting from the previous SHA u2ScalarLength u2 I - - Length of scalar Length of scalar nu1PointABase nu1 I/O Crypto RAM 3*u2ModLength + 12 Generator point Corrupted nu1PointPublicKeyGen nu1 I/O Crypto RAM 3*u2ModLength + 12 Public point Corrupted nu1ABase nu1 I Crypto RAM 2*u2ModLength + 8 nu1Workspace nu1 I Crypto RAM 8*u2ModLength + 44 - Parameter a and Unchanged b of the elliptic curve Corrupted workspace Note: 1. Whatever the chosen SHA, the resulting hash value may have a length inferior or equal to the modulo length and be padded with zeros until its total length is u2ModLength + 4. 43.3.7.10.5 Code Example PUKCL_PARAM PUKCLParam; PPUKCL_PARAM pvPUKCLParam = &PUKCLParam; // ! The Random Number Generator must be initialized and started // ! following the directives given for the RNG on the chip PUKCL (u2Option) = 0; // Depending on the option specified, not all fields should be filled PUKCL _GF2NEcDsaVerify(nu1ModBase) = <Base of the ram location of P>; PUKCL _GF2NEcDsaVerify(u2ModLength) = <Byte length of P>; PUKCL _GF2NEcDsaVerify(nu1CnsBase) = <Base of the ram location of Cns>; PUKCL _GF2NEcDsaVerify(nu1PointABase) = <Base of the A point>; PUKCL _GF2NEcDsaVerify(nu1PrivateKey) = <Base of the Private Key>; PUKCL _GF2NEcDsaVerify(nu1ScalarNumber) = <Base of the ScalarNumber>; PUKCL _GF2NEcDsaVerify(nu1OrderPointBase) = <Base of the order of A point>; PUKCL _GF2NEcDsaVerify(nu1ABase) = <Base of the a parameter of the curve>; PUKCL _GF2NEcDsaVerify(nu1Workspace) = <Base of the workspace>; (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1411 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) PUKCL _GF2NEcDsaVerify(nu1HashBase) = <Base of the SHA resulting hash>; ... // vPUKCL_Process() is a macro command, which populates the service name // and then calls the library... vPUKCL_Process(GF2NEcDsaVerifyFast, &PUKCLParam); if (PUKCL (u2Status) == PUKCL_OK) { ... } else if(PUKCL(u2Status) == PUKCL_WRONG_SIGNATURE) { ... } else // Manage the error 43.3.7.10.6 Constraints No overlapping between either input and output are allowed. The following conditions must be avoided to ensure the service works correctly: * * * * nu1ModBase, nu1CnsBase, nu1PointABase, nu1PointPublicKeyGen, nu1PointSignature, nu1OrderPointBase,nu1ABBase, nu1Workspace or nu1HashBase are not aligned on 32-bit boundaries {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength + 8}, {nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength + 12}, {nu1PointPublicKeyGen, 3*u2ModLength + 12}, {nu1PointSignature,2*u2ScalarLength + 8}, {nu1OrderPointBase, u2ScalarLength + 4}, {nu1ABBase, 2*u2ModLength + 8}, {nu1Workspace, <WorkspaceLength>} or {nu1HashBase, u2ScalarLength + 4} are not in Crypto RAM u2ModLength is either: < 12, > 0xffc or not a 32-bit length All overlapping between {nu1ModBase, u2ModLength + 4}, {nu1CnsBase, u2ModLength +8}, {nu1PointABase, 3*u2ModLength + 12}, {nu1PointPublicKeyGen, 3*u2ModLength + 12}, {nu1PointSignature, 2*u2ScalarLength + 8}, {nu1OrderPointBase, u2ScalarLength + 4}, {nu1ABBase, 2*u2ModLength + 8}, {nu1Workspace, <WorkspaceLength>} and {nu1HashBase, u2ScalarLength + 4} 43.3.7.10.7 Status Returned Values Table 43-111.GF2NEcDsaVerifyFast Service Return Codes 43.3.8 Returned Status Importance Meaning PUKCL_OK - The computation passed without errors. The signature is correct. PUKCL_WRONG_SIGNATURE Warning The signature is incorrect. PUKCL Requirements and Performance 43.3.8.1 Services Stack Usage This library is using the main core to execute its computations, and therefore is also sharing some resources with the application. It may be important for the application to know RAM usage by the library functions and to be aware that the library does not use any global variables. The following table provides the minimum number of bytes used by the library that have to be available on the stacks to ensure that the functionality can be executed correctly. In some cases, the library may use less bytes than the specified number for some options. This table contains estimated values. Table 43-112.Services Stack Usage PUKCL Service STACK Usage (Bytes) SelfTest 112 ClearFlags 0 Swap 8 Fill 8 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1412 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) ...........continued PUKCL Service STACK Usage (Bytes) CondCopy 24 FastCopy 16 Smult 16 Smult (with reduction) 88 Comp 8 Fmult 24 Fmult (with reduction) 96 Square 16 Square (with reduction) 88 Div 144 GCD 136 RedMod (Setup) 160 RedMod (using fast reduction) 80 RedMod (randomize) 80 RedMod (Normalize) 80 RedMod (Using Division) 184 ExpMod 200 PrimeGen 416 CRT 304 ZpEccAddFast 104 ZpEccAddSubFast 92 ZpEcConvProjToAffine 280 ZpEcConvAffineToProjective 64 ZpEccDblFast 96 ZpEccMulFast 168 ZpEccQuickDualMulFast 216 ZpEcDsaGenerateFast 392 ZpEcDsaVerifyFast 456 ZpEcDsaQuickVerify 368 ZpEcRandomiseCoordinate 56 GF2NEccAddFast 128 GF2NEcConvProjToAffine 264 GF2NEcConvAffineToProjective 56 GF2NEccDblFast 136 GF2NEccMulFast 208 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1413 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) ...........continued PUKCL Service STACK Usage (Bytes) GF2NEcDsaGenerateFast 376 GF2NEcDsaVerifyFast 440 GF2NEcRandomiseCoordinate 56 43.3.8.2 Parameter Size Limits for Different Services The following table lists parameter size limits for different services. For the services ModExp, PrimeGen, and CRT, additional details are available in the service description. Table 43-113.Parameter Size Limits API Min/Max Sizes Comments SelfTest - - ClearFlags - - Swap 4 bytes to 2044 bytes Per block to be swapped Fill 4 bytes to 4088 bytes - Fast Copy/Clear 4 bytes to 2044 bytes Supposing Length(R) = Length(X) Conditional Copy/Clear 4 bytes to 2044 bytes Supposing Length(R) = Length(X) Smult 4 bytes to 2040 bytes Supposing Length(R) = Length(X) + 4 Bytes, No Z Parameter, No Reduction Compare 4 bytes to 2044 bytes Supposing Length(X) = Length(Y) FMult Input: 4 bytes to 1020 bytes Output: 4bytes to Supposing Length(Y) = Length(X), No Z 2040 bytes Parameter, No Reduction Square Input: 4 bytes to 1020 bytes Output: 4 bytes to 2040 bytes Euclidean Division Divider: 8 to 1016 bytes Supposing No Z Parameter, No Reduction Supposing Length(Num) = 2*Length(Divider) Num.: 8 to 2032 bytes Mod. inv. / GCD 8 to 1012 bytes - ModRed Modulus: 12 to 1016 bytes Supposing RBase = XBase Input: 24 to 2032 bytes Fast ModExp Exp in Crypto RAM 12 to 576 bytes Supposing Length(Exponent) = Length(Modulus), Window Size = 1 (96 to 4608 bits) With the Exponent in Crypto RAM Fast ModExp 12 to 672 bytes Exp not in Crypto RAM (96 to 5376 bits) Supposing Length(Exponent) = Length(Modulus), Window Size = 1 With the Exponent not in Crypto RAM Prime Gen. Prime Number: 12 to 448 bytes Supposing Window Size = 1 (96 to 3584 bits) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1414 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) ...........continued API Min/Max Sizes Comments CRT Modulus = Two Primes: Supposing Length(Exponent) = Length(Modulus), Window Size = 1 Size of one prime from 24 to 448 bytes Modulus = from 48 to 896 bytes (384 to 7168 bits) ECC Addition qnd Subtraction GF(p) Modulus: 12 to 308 bytes - ECC Doubling GF(p) Modulus: 12 to 400 bytes - ECC Multiplication GF(p) Modulus: 12 to 264 bytes Supposing Length(Scalar) = Length(Modulus) ECC Quick Dual Multiplication GF(p) Modulus: 12 to 152 bytes - ECDSA Generate GF(p) Modulus: 12 to 220 bytes Supposing Length(Scalar) = Length(Modulus) (up to 521 bits for common curves) ECDSA Verify GF(p) Modulus: 12 to 188 bytes (up to 521 bits for common curves) Supposing Length(Scalar) = Length(Modulus) ECC Addition GF(2n) Modulus: 12 to 248 bytes - ECC Doubling GF(2n) Modulus: 12 to 364 bytes - ECC Multiplication GF(2n) Modulus: 12 to 250bytes Supposing Length(Scalar) = Length(Modulus) ECDSA Generate GF(2n) Supposing Length(Scalar) = Length(Modulus) Modulus: 12 to 208 bytes (up to 571 bits for common curves) ECDSA Verify GF(2n) Modulus: 12 to 180 bytes (up to 571 bits for common curves) ECDSA Quick Verify GF(2n) Modulus: 12 to 140 bytes (up to 571 bits for common curves) Supposing Length(Scalar) = Length(Modulus) Supposing Length(Scalar) = Length(Modulus) 43.3.8.3 Service Timing The values in the following tables are estimated performances for CPU clock of 120 MHz. The CPU and PUKCC are operated at the same frequency. Due to possible change in the parameters values, the measurements show approximated values. Other test conditions: * * * PUKCL library data in Crypto RAM Test code and test data in SRAM ICache and DCache are disabled 43.3.8.3.1 Service Timing for RSA RSA uses the ExpMod service for encryption and decryption. Following tables show service timing, where `W' indicates window size. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1415 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) Table 43-114.RSA1024 Operation Clock Cycles Timing one block RSA 1024 decryption / signature generation. No CRT, Regular implementation, W=4 3.05 MCycles 25.42 ms RSA 1024 decryption / signature generation. 1.04 MCycles 8.67 ms With CRT, Regular implementation, W=4 RSA 1024 encryption / signature verification. 0.07 MCycles 0.58 ms No CRT, Fast implementation, W=1 Exponent=3 RSA 1024 encryption / signature verification. 0.07 MCycles 0.58 ms No CRT, Fast implementation, W=1 Exponent=0x10001 Table 43-115.RSA2048 Operation Clock Cycles Timing One block RSA 2048 decryption / signature generation. 21.9 MCycles 182 ms No CRT, Regular implementation, W=4 RSA 2048 decryption / signature generation. With CRT, Regular implementation, W=4 6.19 MCycles 51.6 ms RSA 2048 encryption / signature verification. 0.24 MCycles 2 ms No CRT, Fast implementation, W=1 Exponent=3 RSA 2048 encryption / signature verification. 0.24 MCycles 2 ms No CRT, Fast implementation, W=1 Exponent=0x10001 Table 43-116.RSA4096 Operation Clock Cycles Timing One block RSA 4096 Decryption / signature generation. No CRT, Regular implementation, 208 MCycles W=1 1.73s RSA 4096 Decryption / signature generation. With CRT, Regular implementation, W=3 45.5 MCycles 379 ms RSA 4096 encryption / signature verification. 0.92 MCycles 7.67 ms No CRT, Fast implementation, W=1 Exponent=3 RSA 4096 encryption / signature verification. 0.92 MCycles 7.67 ms No CRT, Fast implementation, W=1 Exponent=0x10001 43.3.8.3.2 Service Timing for Prime Generation Prime generation uses the PrimeGen service. Table 43-117.Prime Generation Operation Clock Cycles Timing One Block Regular Generation of two primes, Prime_Length=512 bits, W=4, Rabin Miller Iterations Number = 3, (average of 200 samples) Mean = 47.4 MCycles Mean = 0.40s (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1416 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) ...........continued Operation Clock Cycles Timing One Block Regular Generation of two primes, Prime_Length=512 bits, W=4, Rabin Miller Iterations Number = 3, (Standard Deviation for 200 samples) Std Dev = 30.3 Mcycles Std Dev = 0.25s Regular Generation of two primes, Prime_Length=1024 bits, W=4, Rabin Miller Iterations Number = 3, (average of 200 samples) Mean = 448 MCycles Mean = 3.73s Regular Generation of two primes, Prime_Length=1024 bits, W=4, Rabin Miller Iterations Number = 3, (Standard Deviation for 200 samples) Std Dev = 294 Mcycles Std Dev = 2.45s Regular Generation of two primes, Prime_Length=2048 bits, W=4, Rabin Miller Iterations Number = 3, (average of 200 samples) Mean = 4.78 GCycles Mean = 39.8s Regular Generation of two primes, Prime_Length=2048 bits, W=4, Rabin Miller Iterations Number = 3, (Standard Deviation for 200 samples) Std Dev = 3,05 GCycles Std Dev = 25.4s 43.3.8.3.3 Service Timing for ECDSA on Prime Field In the following table, ECDSA signature generation uses the ZpEcDsaGenerateFast service and signature verification uses ZpEcDsaQuickVerify Table 43-118.ECDSA GF(p) Operation Clock Cycles Timing One block ECDSA GF(p) 256 Generate Fast 2.72 MCycles 22.7 ms ECDSA GF(p) 256 Verify Quick W=(6,6) 1.78 MCycles 14.8 ms 1.83 MCycles 15.2 ms ECDSA GF(p) 384 Generate Fast 6.28 MCycles 52.3 ms ECDSA GF(p) 384 Verify Quick W=(5,5) 3.93 MCycles 32.8 ms 4.09 MCycles 34.1 ms ECDSA GF(p) 521 Generate Fast 13.4 MCycles 112 ms ECDSA GF(p) 521 Verify Quick W=(4,5) 8.4 MCycles 70.3 ms 8.6 MCycles 72ms Scalar in Classical RAM ECDSA GF(p) 256 Verify Quick W=(4,4) Scalar in PUKCC RAM Scalar in Classical RAM ECDSA GF(p) 384 Verify Quick W=(4,4) Scalar in PUKCC RAM Scalar in Classical RAM ECDSA GF(p) 521 Verify Quick W=(4,4) Scalar in PUKCC RAM 43.3.8.3.4 Service Timing for ECDSA on Binary Field In the following table, ECDSA signature generation uses the GF2NEcDsaGenerateFast service and signature verification uses GF2NEcDsaVerifyFast (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1417 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) Table 43-119.ECDSA GF(2n) Operation CPU Cycles Timing One block 3.21 MCycles 26.8 ms ECDSA GF(2n) B283 Verify 6.44 MCycles 53.5 ms ECDSA GF(2n) B409 Generate Fast 6.93 Mcycles 57.8 ms 13.8 Mcycles 115 ms 15.1 Mcycles 125 ms 30.1 MCycles 251 ms ECDSA ECDSA GF(2n) GF(2n) B283 Generate Fast B409 Verify ECDSA GF(2n) B571 Generate Fast ECDSA GF(2n) B571 Verify (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1418 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TRNG - True Random Number Generator 44. TRNG - True Random Number Generator 44.1 Overview The True Random Number Generator (TRNG) generates unpredictable random numbers that are not generated by an algorithm. It passes the American NIST Special Publication 800-22 and Diehard Random Tests Suites. The TRNG may be used as an entropy source for seeding an NIST approved DRNG (Deterministic RNG) as required by FIPS PUB 140-2 and 140-3. 44.2 Features * * * * 44.3 Passed NIST Special Publication 800-22 Tests Suite Passed Diehard Random Tests Suite May be used as Entropy Source for seeding an NIST approved DRNG (Deterministic RNG) as required by FIPS PUB 140-2 and 140-3 Provides a 32-bit random number every 84 clock cycles Block Diagram Figure 44-1.TRNG Block Diagram. TRNG Control Logic MCLK User Interface Interrupt Controller Event Controller Entropy Source APB 44.4 Signal Description Not applicable. 44.5 Product Dependencies In order to use this peripheral, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described below. 44.5.1 I/O Lines Not applicable. 44.5.2 Power Management The functioning of TRNG depends on the sleep mode of device. The TRNG interrupts can be used to wake up the device from sleep modes. Events connected to the event system can trigger other operations in the system without exiting sleep modes. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1419 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TRNG - True Random Number Generator 44.6.5 Sleep Mode Operation 44.5.3 Clocks The TRNG bus clock (CLK_TRNG_APB) can be enabled and disabled in the Main Clock module, and the default state of CLK_TRNG_APB can be found in Peripheral Clock Masking. Related Links 15.6.2.6 Peripheral Clock Masking 44.5.4 DMA Not applicable. 44.5.5 Interrupts The interrupt request line is connected to the interrupt controller. Using the TRNG interrupt(s) requires the interrupt controller to be configured first. Refer to NVIC - Nested Interrupt Nested Vector Interrupt Controller for details. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 44.5.6 Events TRNG can generate Events that are used by the Event System (EVSYS) and EVSYS users. TRNG cannot use any Events from other peripherals, as it is not an Event User. Related Links 31. EVSYS - Event System 44.5.7 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in debug mode the TRNG continues normal operation. If the TRNG is configured in a way that requires it to be periodically serviced by the CPU through interrupts or similar, improper operation or data loss may result during debugging. 44.5.8 Register Access Protection All registers with write-access are optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC), except the following register: Interrupt Flag Status and Clear (INTFLAG) register Optional write protection by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC) is denoted by the "PAC Write Protection" property in each individual register description. 44.5.9 Analog Connections Not applicable. 44.6 Functional Description 44.6.1 Principle of Operation When the TRNG is enabled, the peripheral starts providing new 32-bit random numbers every 84 CLK_TRNG_APB clock cycles. The TRNG can be configured to generate an interrupt or event when a new random number is available. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1420 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TRNG - True Random Number Generator Figure 44-2.TRNG Data Generation Sequence Clock ENABLE 84 clock cycles 84 clock cycles 84 clock cycles Interrupt Read TRNG_ISR Read TRNG_ISR Read DATA 44.6.2 Read DATA Basic Operation 44.6.2.1 Initialization To operate the TRNG, do the following: * Configure the clock source for CLK_TRNG_APB in the Main Clock Controller (MCLK) and enable the clock by writing a `1' to the TRNG bit in the APB Mask register of the MCLK. * Optional: Enable the output event by writing a `1' to the EVCTRL.DATARDYEO bit. * Optional: Enable the TRNG to Run in Standby sleep mode by writing a `1' to CTRLA.RUNSTDBY. * Enable the TRNG operation by writing a `1' to CTRLA.ENABLE. The following register is enable-protected, meaning that it can only be written when the TRNG is disabled (CTRLA.ENABLE is zero): * Event Control register (EVCTRL) Enable-protection is denoted by the Enable-Protected property in the register description. 44.6.2.2 Enabling, Disabling and Resetting The TRNG is enabled by writing '1' to the Enable bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.ENABLE). The TRNG is disabled by writing a zero to CTRLA.ENABLE. 44.6.3 Interrupts The TRNG has the following interrupt source: * Data Ready (DATARDY): Indicates that a new random number is available in the DATA register and ready to be read. This interrupt is a synchronous wake-up source. See Sleep Mode Controller for details. The interrupt source has an interrupt flag associated with it. The interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.DATARDY) is set to `1' when the interrupt condition occurs. The interrupt can be enabled by writing a '1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET.DATARDY), and disabled by writing a '1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Clear (INTENCLR) register. An interrupt request is generated when the interrupt flag is set and the corresponding interrupt is enabled. The interrupt request remains active until the interrupt flag is cleared, or the interrupt is disabled. See 44.8.5 INTFLAG for details on how to clear interrupt flags. Note that interrupts must be globally enabled for interrupt requests to be generated. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 44.6.4 Events The TRNG can generate the following output event: * Data Ready (DATARDY): Generated when a new random number is available in the DATA register. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1421 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TRNG - True Random Number Generator Writing '1' to the Data Ready Event Output bit in the Event Control Register (EVCTRL.DATARDYEO) enables the DTARDY event. Writing a '0' to this bit disables the corresponding output event. Refer to EVSYS - Event System for details on configuring the Event System. Related Links 31. EVSYS - Event System 44.6.5 Sleep Mode Operation The Run in Standby bit in Control A register (CTRLA.RUNSTDBY) controls the behavior of the TRNG during standby sleep mode: When this bit is '0', the TRNG is disabled during sleep, but maintains its current configuration. When this bit is '1', the TRNG continues to operate during sleep and any enabled TRNG interrupt source can wake up the CPU. 44.6.6 Synchronization Not applicable. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1422 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TRNG - True Random Number Generator 44.7 Register Summary Offset Name Bit Pos. 0x00 0x01 ... 0x03 0x04 0x05 ... 0x07 0x08 0x09 0x0A 0x0B ... 0x1F CTRLA 7:0 0x20 44.8 RUNSTDBY ENABLE Reserved EVCTRL 7:0 DATARDYEO 7:0 7:0 7:0 DATARDY DATARDY DATARDY Reserved INTENCLR INTENSET INTFLAG Reserved DATA 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 DATA[7:0] DATA[15:8] DATA[23:16] DATA[31:24] Register Description Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16-, and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Some registers require synchronization when read and/or written. Synchronization is denoted by the "ReadSynchronized" and/or "Write-Synchronized" property in each individual register description. Optional write protection by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC) is denoted by the "PAC Write Protection" property in each individual register description. Some registers are enable-protected, meaning they can only be written when the module is disabled. Enable protection is denoted by the "Enable-Protected" property in each individual register description. Refer to PAC - Peripheral Access Controller and 44.6.6 Synchronizationfor details. Related Links 27. PAC - Peripheral Access Controller (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1423 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TRNG - True Random Number Generator 44.8.1 Control A Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset 7 CTRLA 0x00 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 RUNSTDBY R/W 0 5 4 3 2 1 ENABLE R/W 0 0 Bit 6 - RUNSTDBYRun in Standby This bit controls how the ADC behaves during standby sleep mode: Value Description 0 The TRNG is halted during standby sleep mode. 1 The TRNG is not stopped in standby sleep mode. Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable Value Description 0 The TRNG is disabled. 1 The TRNG is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1424 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TRNG - True Random Number Generator 44.8.2 Event Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 EVCTRL 0x04 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 0 DATARDYEO R/W 0 Bit 0 - DATARDYEOData Ready Event Output This bit indicates whether the Data Ready event output is enabled and whether an output event will be generated when a new random value is ready. Value Description 0 Data Ready event output is disabled and an event will not be generated. 1 Data Ready event output is enabled and an event will be generated. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1425 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TRNG - True Random Number Generator 44.8.3 Interrupt Enable Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENCLR 0x08 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to disable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Set (INTENSET) register. Bit 7 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 0 DATARDY R/W 0 Bit 0 - DATARDYData Ready Interrupt Enable Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Data Ready Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The DATARDY interrupt is disabled. 1 The DATARDY interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1426 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TRNG - True Random Number Generator 44.8.4 Interrupt Enable Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENSET 0x09 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to enable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Clear (INTENCLR) register. Bit 7 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 0 DATARDY R/W 0 Bit 0 - DATARDYData Ready Interrupt Enable Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Data Ready Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The DATARDY interrupt is disabled. 1 The DATARDY interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1427 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TRNG - True Random Number Generator 44.8.5 Interrupt Flag Status and Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 INTFLAG 0x0A 0x00 - 6 5 4 3 2 1 Access Reset 0 DATARDY R/W 0 Bit 0 - DATARDYData Ready This flag is set when a new random value is generated, and an interrupt will be generated if INTENCLR/ SET.DATARDY=1. This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to the flag or by reading the DATA register. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1428 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TRNG - True Random Number Generator 44.8.6 Output Data Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 DATA 0x20 0xXXXXXXXX - 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R x R x R x R x 19 18 17 16 R x R x R x R x 11 10 9 8 R x R x R x R x 3 2 1 0 R x R x R x R x DATA[31:24] Access Reset R x R x R x R x Bit 23 22 21 20 DATA[23:16] Access Reset R x R x R x R x Bit 15 14 13 12 DATA[15:8] Access Reset R x R x R x R x Bit 7 6 5 4 DATA[7:0] Access Reset R x R x R x R x Bits 31:0 - DATA[31:0]Output Data These bits hold the 32-bit randomly generated output data. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1429 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter 45. 45.1 ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter Overview The Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) converts analog signals to digital values. The ADC has up to 12-bit resolution, and is capable of a sampling rate of up to 1MSPS. The input selection is flexible, and both differential and singleended measurements can be performed. In addition, several internal signal inputs are available. The ADC can provide both signed and unsigned results. ADC measurements can be started by either application software or an incoming event from another peripheral in the device. ADC measurements can be started with predictable timing, and without software intervention. Both internal and external reference voltages can be used. An integrated temperature sensor is available for use with the ADC. The bandgap voltage, as well as the scaled I/O and core voltages, can also be measured by the ADC. The ADC has a compare function for accurate monitoring of user-defined thresholds, with minimum software intervention required. The ADC can be configured for 8-, 10- or 12-bit results. ADC conversion results are provided left- or right-adjusted, which eases calculation when the result is represented as a signed value. It is possible to use DMA to move ADC results directly to memory or peripherals when conversions are done. The SAM D5x/E5x has two ADC instances, ADC0 and ADC1. The two inputs can be sampled simultaneously, as each ADC includes sample and hold circuits. Note: When the Peripheral Touch Controller (PTC) is enabled, ADC0 is serving the PTC exclusively. In this case, ADC0 cannot be used by the user application. 45.2 Features * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Two Analog to Digital Converters (ADC) ADC0 and ADC1 8-bit, 10-bit or 12-bit resolution Up to 1,000,000 samples per second (1MSPS) Differential and single-ended inputs - Up to 23 analog inputs per ADC (16-external channels) 23 positive and 8 negative, including internal and external Internal inputs: - Internal temperature sensor - - Scaled core supply - Scaled I/O supply - Scaled VBAT supply - DAC Single, continuous, and sequencing options Windowing monitor with selectable channel Conversion range: Vref = [1.0V to VDDANA] Built-in internal reference and external reference options Event-triggered conversion for accurate timing (one event input) Optional DMA transfer of conversion settings or result Hardware gain and offset compensation Averaging and oversampling with decimation to support up to 16-bit result Selectable sampling time Flexible Power or Throughput rate management (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1430 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter ADC0 can be configured to serve the Peripheral Touch Controller (PTC). Refer to the PTC chapter for details. 45.3 Block Diagram Figure 45-1.ADC Block Diagram DSEQCTRL CTRLB AVGCTRL WINLT SAMPCTRL WINUT EVCTRL OFFSETCORR SWTRIG GAINCORR INPUTCTRL ADC0 ... ADCn INT.SIG ADC POST PROCESSING RESULT ADC0 ... ADCn INT1V CTRLA INTVCC0 INTVCC1 VREFA ... VREFn DSEQSTAT PRESCALER REFCTRL 45.4 Signal Description Signal Description Type VREF[A, B, C] Analog input External reference voltage AIN[15..0] Analog input Analog input channels Note: One signal can be mapped on several pins. Related Links 6. I/O Multiplexing and Considerations 45.5 Product Dependencies In order to use this peripheral, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described below. 45.5.1 I/O Lines Using the ADC's I/O lines requires the I/O pins to be configured using the port configuration (PORT). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1431 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter Related Links 32. PORT - I/O Pin Controller 45.5.2 Power Management The ADC will continue to operate in any Sleep mode where the selected source clock is running. The ADC's interrupts, except the OVERRUN interrupt, can be used to wake up the device from Sleep modes, except the OVERRUN interrupt. Events connected to the event system can trigger other operations in the system without exiting Sleep modes. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager 45.5.3 Clocks The ADC bus clocks (CLK_APB_ADCx) can be enabled in the Main Clock, which also defines the default state. Each ADC requires a generic clock (GCLK_ADCx). This clock must be configured and enabled in the Generic Clock Controller (GCLK) before using the ADC. A generic clock is asynchronous to the bus clock. Due to this asynchronicity, writes to certain registers will require synchronization between the clock domains. Refer to Synchronization for further details. Related Links 15.6.2.6 Peripheral Clock Masking 14. GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 45.5.4 DMA The DMA request line is connected to the DMA Controller (DMAC). Using the ADC DMA requests requires the DMA Controller to be configured first. Related Links 22. DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 45.5.5 Interrupts The interrupt request line is connected to the interrupt controller. Using the ADC interrupt requires the interrupt controller to be configured first. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 45.5.6 Events The events are connected to the Event System. Related Links 31. EVSYS - Event System 45.5.7 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in debug mode the ADC will halt normal operation. The ADC can be forced to continue operation during debugging. Refer to DBGCTRL register for details. Related Links 45.8.3 DBGCTRL 45.5.8 Register Access Protection All registers with write-access are optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC), except the following register: * Interrupt Flag Status and Clear (INTFLAG) register Optional write protection by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC) is denoted by the "PAC Write Protection" property in each individual register description. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1432 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter PAC write protection does not apply to accesses through an external debugger. Related Links 27. PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 45.5.9 Analog Connections I/O-pins (AINx), as well as the VREFA/VREFB/VREFC reference voltage pins are analog inputs to the ADC. Any internal reference source, such as a bandgap voltage reference, or DAC must be configured and enabled prior to its use with the ADC. 45.5.10 Calibration The BIASREFBUF, BIASR2R and BIASCOMP calibration values from the production test must be loaded from the NVM Software Calibration Area into the ADC Calibration register (CALIB) by software to allow conversion and to achieve specified accuracy. 45.6 45.6.1 Functional Description Principle of Operation By default, the ADC provides results with 12-bit resolution. 8-bit or 10-bit results can be selected in order to reduce the conversion time, see 45.6.2.8 Conversion Timing and Sampling Rate. The ADC has an oversampling with decimation option that can extend the resolution to 16 bits. The input values can be either internal (e.g., an internal temperature sensor) or external (connected I/O pins). The user can also configure whether the conversion should be single-ended or differential. 45.6.2 Basic Operation 45.6.2.1 Initialization The following registers are enable-protected, meaning that they can only be written when the ADC is disabled (CTRLA.ENABLE=0): * * * Control A (CTRLA), except ENABLE and SWRST bits Event Control register (EVCTRL) Calibration register (CALIB) Enable-protection is denoted by the "Enable-Protected" property in the register description. 45.6.2.2 Enabling, Disabling, and Resetting The ADC is enabled by writing a '1' to the Enable bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.ENABLE). The ADC is disabled by writing CTRLA.ENABLE=0. The ADC is reset by writing a '1' to the Software Reset bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.SWRST). All registers in the ADC, except DBGCTRL, will be reset to their initial state, and the ADC will be disabled. Refer to 45.8.1 CTRLA for details. 45.6.2.3 Operation In the most basic configuration, the ADC samples values from the configured internal or external sources (INPUTCTRL register). The rate of the conversion depends on the combination of the GCLK_ADCx frequency and the clock prescaler. To convert analog values to digital values, the ADC needs to be initialized first, as described in the Initialization section. Data conversion can be started either manually by setting the Start bit in the Software Trigger register (SWTRIG.START=1), or automatically by configuring an automatic trigger to initiate the conversions. The ADC starts sampling the input only after the start of conversion is triggered. This means that even after the MUX selection is made, sample and hold (S&H) operation starts only on the conversion trigger. A free-running mode can be used to continuously convert an input channel. When using free-running mode the first conversion must be started, while subsequent conversions will start automatically at the end of previous conversions. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1433 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter The ADC starts sampling the input only after the start of a conversion is triggered. This means that even after the MUX selection is made, sample and hold operation starts only on the conversion trigger. The result of the conversion is stored in the Result register (RESULT) overwriting the result from the previous conversion. To avoid data loss, if more than one channel is enabled, the conversion result must be read as soon as it is available (INTFLAG.RESRDY). Failing to do so will result in an overrun error condition, indicated by the OVERRUN bit in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.OVERRUN). To enable one of the available interrupts sources, the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET) must be written to '1'. Related Links 45.6.2.1 Initialization 45.6.2.4 Prescaler Selection The ADC is clocked by GCLK_ADCx. There is also a prescaler in the ADC to enable conversion at lower clock rates. Refer to CTRLA for details on prescaler settings. Refer to 45.6.2.8 Conversion Timing and Sampling Rate for details on timing and sampling rate. Figure 45-2.ADC Prescaler DIV256 DIV128 DIV64 DIV32 DIV16 DIV8 DIV4 9-BIT PRESCALER DIV2 GCLK_ADCx CTRLA.PRESCALER[2:0] CLK_ADCx Note: The minimum prescaling factor is DIV2. 45.6.2.5 Reference Configuration The ADC has various sources for its reference voltage VREF. The Reference Voltage Selection bit field in the Reference Control register (REFCTRL.REFSEL) determines which reference is selected. By default, the internal voltage reference VREF is selected. Based on customer application requirements, the external or internal reference can be selected. Refer to REFCTRL.REFSEL for further details on available selections. Related Links 45.8.6 REFCTRL 45.6.2.6 ADC Resolution The ADC supports 8-bit, 10-bit or 12-bit resolution. Resolution can be changed by writing the Resolution bit group in the Control B register (CTRLB.RESSEL). By default, the ADC resolution is set to 12 bits. The resolution affects the propagation delay, see also 45.6.2.8 Conversion Timing and Sampling Rate. 45.6.2.7 Differential and Single-Ended Conversions The ADC has two conversion options: differential and single-ended. If the positive input is always positive, the single-ended conversion should be used in order to have full 12-bit resolution in the conversion. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1434 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter If the positive input level may go below the negative input, the differential mode should be used in order to get correct results. The differential mode is enabled by writing a '1' to the DIFFMODE bit in the input control register (INPUTCTRL.DIFFMODE). Both conversion types could be run in single mode or in free-running mode. When the free-running mode is selected, an ADC input will continuously sample the input and performs a new conversion. The INTFLAG.RESRDY bit will be set at the end of each conversion. 45.6.2.8 Conversion Timing and Sampling Rate The following figure shows the ADC timing for one single conversion. A conversion starts after the software or event start are synchronized with the GCLK_ADCx clock. The input channel is sampled in the first half CLK_ADCx period. Figure 45-3.ADC Timing for One Conversion in 12-bit Resolution CLK_ADC START STATE SAMPLING MSB 9 10 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LSB INT The sampling time can be increased by using the Sampling Time Length bit group in the Sampling Time Control register (SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN). As example, the next figure is showing the timing conversion with sampling time increased to six CLK_ADC cycles. Figure 45-4.ADC Timing for One Conversion with Increased Sampling Time, 12-bit CLK_ADC START STATE SAMPLING MSB 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 1 2 LSB INT The ADC provides also offset compensation, see the following figure. The offset compensation is enabled by the Offset Compensation bit in the Sampling Control register (SAMPCTRL.OFFCOMP). Note: If offset compensation is used, the sampling time must be set to one cycle of CLK_ADCx. In free running mode, the sampling rate RS is calculated by RS = fCLK_ADC / ( nSAMPLING + nOFFCOMP + nDATA) Here, nSAMPLING is the sampling duration in CLK_ADC cycles, nOFFCOMP is the offset compensation duration in clock cycles, and nDATA is the bit resolution. fCLK_ADC is the ADC clock frequency from the internal prescaler: fCLK_ADC = fGCLK_ADC / 2^(1 + CTRLA.PRESCALER) Figure 45-5.ADC Timing for One Conversion with Offset Compensation, 12-bit CLK_ADC START STATE Offset Compensation SAMPLING MSB 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LSB INT The impact of resolution on the sampling rate is seen in the next two figures, where free-running sampling in 12-bit and 8-bit resolution are compared. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1435 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter Figure 45-6.ADC Timing for Free Running in 12-bit Resolution CLK_ADC CONVERT STATE LSB SAMPLING MSB 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LSB SAMPLING MSB MSB 6 5 4 3 10 9 8 7 6 2 1 LSB SAMPLING MSB INT Figure 45-7.ADC Timing for Free Running in 8-bit Resolution CLK_ADC CONVERT STATE LSB SAMPLING MSB 6 5 4 3 2 1 LSB SAMPLING INT The propagation delay of an ADC measurement is given by: PropagationDelay = 1 + Resolution ADC Example. In order to obtain 1MSPS in 12-bit resolution with a sampling time length of four CLK_ADC cycles, fCLK_ADC must be 1MSPS * (4 + 12) = 16MHz. As the minimal division factor of the prescaler is 2, GCLK_ADC must be 32MHz. 45.6.2.9 Accumulation The results of multiple, consecutive conversions can be accumulated. The number of samples to be accumulated is specified by the Sample Number field in the Average Control register (AVGCTRL.SAMPLENUM). When accumulating more than 16 samples, the result will be too large to fit the 16-bit RESULT register size. To avoid overflow, the result is right shifted automatically to fit within the available register size. The number of automatic right shifts is specified in the table below. Note: To perform the accumulation of two or more samples, the Conversion Result Resolution field in the Control B register (CTRLB.RESSEL) must be set. Table 45-1.Accumulation Number of Accumulated Samples AVGCTRL. SAMPLENUM Number of Automatic Right Shifts Final Result Precision Automatic Division Factor 1 0x0 0 12 bits 0 2 0x1 0 13 bits 0 4 0x2 0 14 bits 0 8 0x3 0 15 bits 0 16 0x4 0 16 bits 0 32 0x5 1 16 bits 2 64 0x6 2 16 bits 4 128 0x7 3 16 bits 8 256 0x8 4 16 bits 16 512 0x9 5 16 bits 32 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1436 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter ...........continued Number of Accumulated Samples AVGCTRL. SAMPLENUM Number of Automatic Right Shifts Final Result Precision Automatic Division Factor 1024 0xA 6 16 bits 64 Reserved 0xB -0xF 12 bits 0 Table 45-2.Accumulation Number of Accumulated Samples AVGCTRL. SAMPLENUM Intermediate Result Precision Number of Automatic Right Shifts Final Result Precision Automatic Division Factor 1 0x0 12 bits 0 12 bits 0 2 0x1 13 bits 0 13 bits 0 4 0x2 14 bits 0 14 bits 0 8 0x3 15 bits 0 15 bits 0 16 0x4 16 bits 0 16 bits 0 32 0x5 17 bits 1 16 bits 2 64 0x6 18 bits 2 16 bits 4 128 0x7 19 bits 3 16 bits 8 256 0x8 20 bits 4 16 bits 16 512 0x9 21 bits 5 16 bits 32 1024 0xA 22 bits 6 16 bits 64 Reserved 0xB -0xF 12 bits 12 bits 0 45.6.2.10 Averaging Averaging is a feature that increases the sample accuracy, at the cost of a reduced sampling rate. This feature is suitable when operating in noisy conditions. Averaging is done by accumulating m samples, as described in 45.6.2.9 Accumulation, and dividing the result by m. The averaged result is available in the RESULT register. The number of samples to be accumulated is specified by writing to AVGCTRL.SAMPLENUM as shown in Table 45-3. The division is obtained by a combination of the automatic right shift described above, and an additional right shift that must be specified by writing to the Adjusting Result/Division Coefficient field in AVGCTRL (AVGCTRL.ADJRES), as described in Table 45-3. Note: To perform the averaging of two or more samples, the Conversion Result Resolution field in the Control B register (CTRLB.RESSEL) must be set. Averaging AVGCTRL.SAMPLENUM samples will reduce the un-averaged sampling rate by a factor 1 . AVGCTRL.SAMPLENUM When the averaged result is available, the INTFLAG.RESRDY bit will be set. Table 45-3.Averaging Number of Accumulated Samples AVGCTRL. SAMPLENUM Intermediate Result Precision Number of Automatic Right Shifts Division Factor AVGCTRL.A DJRES 1 0x0 12 bits 0 1 0x0 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet Total Number of Right Shifts Final Result Precision Automatic Division Factor 12 bits 0 DS60001507F-page 1437 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter ...........continued Number of Accumulated Samples AVGCTRL. SAMPLENUM Intermediate Result Precision Number of Automatic Right Shifts Division Factor AVGCTRL.A DJRES Total Number of Right Shifts Final Result Precision Automatic Division Factor 2 0x1 13 0 2 0x1 1 12 bits 0 4 0x2 14 0 4 0x2 2 12 bits 0 8 0x3 15 0 8 0x3 3 12 bits 0 16 0x4 16 0 16 0x4 4 12 bits 0 32 0x5 17 1 16 0x4 5 12 bits 2 64 0x6 18 2 16 0x4 6 12 bits 4 128 0x7 19 3 16 0x4 7 12 bits 8 256 0x8 20 4 16 0x4 8 12 bits 16 512 0x9 21 5 16 0x4 9 12 bits 32 1024 0xA 22 6 16 0x4 10 12 bits 64 Reserved 0xB -0xF 12 bits 0 0x0 45.6.2.11 Oversampling and Decimation By using oversampling and decimation, the ADC resolution can be increased from 12 bits up to 16 bits, for the cost of reduced effective sampling rate. To increase the resolution by n bits, 4n samples must be accumulated. The result must then be right shifted by n bits. This right shift is a combination of the automatic right shift and the value written to AVGCTRL.ADJRES. To obtain the correct resolution, the ADJRES must be configured as described in the table below. This method will result in n bit extra LSB resolution. Table 45-4.Configuration Required for Oversampling and Decimation Result Resolution Number of Samples to Average AVGCTRL.SAMPLENUM[3:0] Number of Automatic Right Shifts AVGCTRL.ADJRES[2:0] 13 bits 41 = 4 0x2 0 0x1 14 bits 42 = 16 0x4 0 0x2 15 bits 43 = 64 0x6 2 0x1 16 bits 44 = 256 0x8 4 0x0 45.6.2.12 Window Monitor The window monitor feature allows comparing the conversion result in the RESULT register to predefined threshold values. The window mode is selected by writing the Window Monitor Mode bits in the Control B register (CTRLB.WINMODE). Threshold values must be written in the Window Monitor Lower Threshold register (WINLT) and Window Monitor Upper Threshold register (WINUT). When the Window Single Sample (CTRLB.WINSS) bit is written to '1', the window comparator is working on each sample instead of the accumulated value. The number of samples matching with window comparator is available on Window Comparator Counter bits (STATUS.WCC). In differential mode, WINLT and WINUT are evaluated as signed values. Otherwise they are evaluated as unsigned values. The significant WINLT and WINUT bits are given by the precision selected in the Conversion Result Resolution bit group in the Control B register (CTRLB.RESSEL). This means that for example in 8-bit mode, only the eight lower bits will be considered. In addition, in differential mode, the eighth bit will be considered as the sign bit, even if the ninth bit is zero. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1438 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter The INTFLAG.WINMON interrupt flag is set when either the conversion result matches the window monitor condition, when the Window Comparator Counter is not zero in case of accumulation with CTRLB.WINSS=1. 45.6.2.13 Offset and Gain Correction Inherent gain and offset errors affect the absolute accuracy of the ADC. The offset error is defined as the deviation of the actual ADC transfer function from an ideal straight line at zero input voltage. The offset error cancellation is handled by the Offset Correction register (OFFSETCORR). The offset correction value is subtracted from the converted data before writing the Result register (RESULT). The gain error is defined as the deviation of the last output step's midpoint from the ideal straight line, after compensating for offset error. The gain error cancellation is handled by the Gain Correction register (GAINCORR). To correct these two errors, the Digital Correction Logic Enabled bit in the Control B register (CTRLB.CORREN) must be set. Offset and gain error compensation results are both calculated according to: Result = Conversionvalue+ - OFFSETCORR GAINCORR The correction will introduce a latency of 13 CLK_ADC clock cycles. In free running mode this latency is introduced on the first conversion only, since its duration is always less than the propagation delay. In single conversion mode this latency is introduced for each conversion. Figure 45-8. ADC Timing Correction Enabled START CONV0 CONV1 CORR0 45.6.3 CONV2 CORR1 CONV3 CORR2 CORR3 Additional Features 45.6.3.1 Device Temperature Measurement The device provides two temperature sensors (TSENSP and TSENSC, respectively) at different locations in the die, controlled by the SUPC - Supply Controller. The output voltages from the sensors, VTP and VTC, can be sampled by the ADC. The respective temperature sensor selection is dependent on the configuration of SUPC: * If the SUPC is not in on-demand mode (SUPC.VREF.ONDEMAND=0), and if SUPC.VREF.TSEN=1 and SUPC.VREF.VREFOE=0, the temperature sensor is selected by writing to the Temperature Sensor Channel Selection bit in the Voltage Reference System Control register (SUPC.VREF.TSSEL). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1439 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter SUPC ADC TSENSP TSENSC VREF.OE, VREF.TSEN, VREF.TSSEL * TSENSP TSENSC ... ADC RESULT TP, TC INPUTCTRL.MUXPOS The state of the MUX input selection bit fields in the ADC Input Control register (ADC.INPUTCTRL.MUXPOS and MUXNEG) does not affect the sensor selection. If the SUPC is in on-demand mode in (SUPC.VREF.ONDEMAND=1) and SUPC.VREF.TSEN=1, the output will be automatically set to the sensor requested by the ADC, independent of SUPC.VREF.TSSEL. SUPC.VREF.VREFOE can also be set to '1'. Which temperature sensor is requested by the ADC is selected by writing to the Positive MUX Input Selection bits in the Input Control register (ADC.INPUTCTRL.MUXPOS). Using the two conversion results, TP and TC, and the temperature calibration parameters found in the NVM Software Calibration Area, the die temperature T can be calculated: = TL VPH TC - VPL TH TC - TL VCH TP + TH VCL TP VCL TP - VCH TP - VPL TC + VPH TC Here, TL and TH are decimal numbers composed of their respective integer part (TLI, THI) and decimal parts (TLD and THD) from the NVM Software Calibration Area. Note: The accuracy is dependent on the current temperature, and degrades towards extreme conditions. Related Links 19. SUPC - Supply Controller 45.6.3.2 Double Buffering The following registers are double buffered: * * * * * * * * * Input Control (INPUTCTRL) Control B (CTRLB) Reference Control (REFCTRL) Average Control (AVGCTRL) Sampling Time Control (SAMPCTRL) Window Monitor Lower Threshold (WINLT) Window Monitor Upper Threshold (WINUT) Gain Correction (GAINCORR) Offset Correction (OFFSETCORR) When one of these registers is written, the data is stored in the corresponding buffer as long as the current conversion is not impacted, and the corresponding busy status will be set in the Synchronization Busy register (SYNCBUSY). When a new RESULT is available, data stored in the buffer registers will be transfered to the ADC and a new conversion can start. 45.6.3.3 DMA Sequencing The ADC can sequence a series of conversion. When DMA sequencing is enabled, a set of ADC configuration registers can be automatically refreshed using the DMA controller. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1440 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter ADC Reload Request DSEQCTRL DSEQSTAT INPUTCTRL CTRLB REFCTRL AVGCTRL DMA Controller Peripheral Bus SAMPCTRL WINLT DSEQDATA WINUT GAINCORR OFFSETCORR Enabling DMA Sequencing DMA Sequencing is enabled when at least one bit in the DMA Sequence Control register (DSEQCTRL) is '1'. When this is the case, the BUSY status bit in the DMA Sequential Status register (DSEQSTAT.BUSY) is set to '1'. Disabling DMA Sequencing DMA Sequencing is disabled when at least one of the following conditions is valid: * The ADC is disabled (CTRLA.ENABLE = 0). * The ADC is reset (CTRLA.SWRST = 1). * The DMA Sequence Control register (DSEQCTRL) is written '0' and the ongoing DMA sequence is completed. * The DMA Sequencing Stop bit in Input Control register is '1' (INPUTCTRL.DSEQSTOP = 1) and the ongoing DMA sequence is complete. One additional measurement will be done before the ADC is disabled. When the DMA sequencing is disable, the BUSY status bit in the DMA Sequential Status register (DSEQSTAT.BUSY) is cleared and the DMA trigger generation is disabled. Note that if the DSEQCTRL register is written to a non-zero value, the DSEQSTOP bit in the INPUTCTRL register will be cleared and the sequencing operation will not be stopped. Restarting DMA Sequencing When the DSEQSTOP bit is set (INPUTCTRL.DSEQSTOP = 1) and the sequence is disabled (DSEQSTAT.BUSY=0), it is possible to restart the sequencing by enabling one of the following conditions: * Write the DSEQSTOP bit in Input Control register to zero (INPUTCTRL.DSEQSTOP = 0) * Apply a FLUSH software command (SWTRIG.FLUSH = 1) * Enable the flush event (EVCTRL.FLUSHEI). The sequence will restart when the flush event is received DMA Sequencing Operation (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1441 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter Each ADC register that is part of the DMA sequencing has a separate enable bit in the DSEQCTRL register to indicate that this field should be part of the DMA sequencing. When an enable bit in DSEQCTRL is '1', the respective register will be updated when an access to DSEQDATA is decoded. The DMA Sequencing (DSEQ) trigger request is generated when BUSY status bit is one (DSEQSTAT.BUSY=1), the ADC is idle or a new conversion starts, and one of the following condition is true: * Input Control or Control B bits in DMA Sequential Control register is '1' (DSEQCTRL.INPUTCTRL=1 or DSEQCTRL.CTRLB=1) * Reference Control, Sampling Time Control or Average Control bits in DMA Sequential Control register is set (DSEQCTRL.REFCTRL=1, DSEQCTRL.AVGCTRL=1 or DSEQCTRL.SAMPCTRL=1) * Window Monitor Upper Threshold or Window Monitor Lower Threshold bits in DMA Sequential Control register is set (DSEQCTRL.WINUT=1 or DSEQCTRL.WINLT=1) * Offset Correction or Gain Correction bits in DMA Sequential Control register is set (DSEQCTRL.GAINCORR=1 or DSEQCTRL.OFFSETCORR=1) Note: When received, the DMA data must be written to DSEQDATA register only, and only 32-bit DMA access is supported. If a field is not enabled for DMA update, the corresponding register update will be ignored when DSEQDATA register is written. The table below shows the DSEQ trigger generation condition and internal ADC registers refresh when the DSEQDATA register is written by the DMA. Table 45-5.DSEQ Trigger Generation and Internal ADC Register updates Condition Value DSEQSTAT.INPUTCTRL or DSEQSTAT.CTRLB 0 * * No DMA trigger is generated No data in the memory must be reserved 1 * * * * A DMA trigger is generated One word (32-bit) must be reserved in the memory INPUTCTRL DSEQDATA[15:0] if DSEQSTAT.INPUTCTRL = 1 CTRLB DSEQDATA[31:16] if DSEQSTAT.CTRLB = 1 DSEQSTAT.REFCTRL or 0 DSEQSTAT.AVGCTRL or DSEQSTAT.SAMPCTRL 1 * * No DMA trigger is generated No data in the memory must be reserved * * * * * A DMA trigger is generated One word (32-bit) must be reserved in the memory REFCTRL DSEQDATA[7:0] if DSEQSTAT.REFCTRL = 1 AVGCTRL DSEQDATA[23:16] if DSEQSTAT.AVGCTRL = 1 SAMPCTRL DSEQDATA[31:24] if DSEQSTAT.SAMPCTRL =1 DSEQSTAT.WINLT or DSEQSTAT.WINUT 0 * * No DMA trigger is generated No data in the memory must be reserved 1 * * * * A DMA trigger is generated One word (32-bit) must be reserved in the memory WINLT DSEQDATA[15:0] if DSEQSTAT.WINLT = 1 WINUT DSEQDATA[31:16] if DSEQSTAT.WINUT = 1 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Action when DMA writes to DSEQDATA Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1442 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter ...........continued Condition Value Action when DMA writes to DSEQDATA DSEQSTAT.GAINCORR or DSEQSTAT.OFFSETCO RR 0 * * No DMA trigger is generated No data in the memory must be reserved 1 * * * A DMA trigger is generated One word (32-bit) must be reserved in the memory GAINCORR DSEQDATA[15:0] if DSEQSTAT.GAINCORR = 1 OFFSETCORR DSEQDATA[31:16] if DSEQSTAT.OFFSETCORR = 1 * The DMA Sequential Status register (DSEQSTAT) stores the remaining registers to be updated by the DMA. During a sequence and when a write access to the DSEQDATA register is detected, the DSEQSTAT bits which were source of the corresponding DSEQ trigger will be cleared. When all DSEQSTAT bits are zero (except BUSY bit), the DSEQCTRL register bits (except AUTOSTART) are copied into the DSEQSTAT register and a new DMA sequence is started when a new ADC conversion starts. DMA Descriptor Setup and Data Memory Organization When DMA sequencing is enabled, the DMA Controller (DMAC) must be configured in the following way: * Select 32-bit beat size transfer (DMAC.BTCTRL.BEATSIZE=WORD). * Enable the source address increment options (DMAC.BTCTRL.SRCINC = 1, DMAC.BTCTRL.STEPSEL = SRC, DMAC.BTCTRL.STEPSIZE = X1). * Disable the destination address increment (DMAC.BTCTRL.DSTINC=0). * Set the block transfer count value (DMAC.BTCNT). * Set the block transfer source address (DMAC.SRCADDR), as described in the DMAC Addressing section. The address corresponds to the memory section from where the DMA reads the data. * Select the ADC.DSEQDATA address as value for the block transfer destination address (DMAC.DSTADDR = ADC.DSEQDATA address). * Select the channel single transfer type (DMAC.CHCTRLA.BURSTLEN=SINGLE) * Select the channel burst trigger action (DMAC.CHCTRLA.TRIGACT=BURST) * Select the ADC DMA Sequencing trigger as channel trigger source (DMAC.CHCTRLA.TRIGSRC=DSEQ) * Enable optional channel interrupts (DMAC.CHINTENSET) * Enable the corresponding DMA channel (DMAC.CHCTRLA.ENABLE) When an ADC condition is enabled to trigger a DMA transfer, one word (32-bit) will be read by the DMA from the memory source location. Since the source address is incrementing by 0x1, the data memory must be organized in a contiguous memory area. As consequence, if an ADC group of registers does not generate any DMA trigger, no data must be reserved in the memory area for this register group. The next figure shows an example of memory organization when all ADC registers are part of the sequence, and a second example where WINLT and WINUT registers are not part of the sequence. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1443 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter Memory Memory +0x00 +0x00 INPUTCTRL INPUTCTRL CTRLB REFCTRL DON'T CARE AVGCTRL SAMPCTRL CTRLB +0x04 REFCTRL DON'T CARE AVGCTRL SAMPCTRL +0x08 WINLT WINUT +0x04 +0x08 GAINCORR OFFSETCORR +0x0C +0x0C = SRCADDR GAINCORR OFFSETCORR All registers are in the sequence +0x10 = SRCADDR WINLT / WINUT registers are not in the sequence Automatic Start Conversion By default, a new conversion starts when a new start software or event trigger is received. It is also possible to automatically enable an ADC conversion by writing '1' to the AUTOSTART bit in DSEQCTRL register (DSEQCTRL.AUTOSTART). When set, the ADC automatically starts a new conversion when a DMA sequence is complete. Note: If averaging or oversampling is enabled, the new conversion automatically starts only when the previous RESULT is available (averaging or oversampling operation is complete). Note: Free run mode (CTRLB.FREERUN=1) can not be used with DMA sequencing. Note: If the conversion is triggered by event (EVCTRL.STARTEI=1), the automatic start conversion is disabled and the AUTOSTART settings are ignored. Related Links 22.6.2.7 Addressing 45.6.3.4 Master - Slave Operation ADC1 will serve as a slave of ADC0 by writing a '1' to the Slave Enable bit in the Control A register of the ADC1 instance (ADC1.CTRLA.SLAVEEN). When enabled, GCLK_ADC0 clock and ADC0 controls are internally routed to the ADC1 instance. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1444 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter ADC0.DSEQCTRL ADC0.AVGCTRL ADC0.WINLT ADC0.SAMPCTRL ADC0.WINUT ADC0.EVCTRL ADC0.OFFSETCORR ADC0.SWTRIG ADC0.GAINCORR ADC0 ... ADCn INT.SIG ADC 0 ADC0.INPUTCTRL POST PROCESSING ADC0.RESULT ADC0.DSEQSTAT ADC0 ... ADCn ADC0.CTRLA INT1V INTVCC0 INTVCC1 VREFA ... VREFn PRESCALER ADC0.REFCTRL ADC0 ... ADCn INT.SIG ADC 1 ADC1.INPUTCTRL ADC1.RESULT POST PROCESSING ADC1.DSEQSTAT ADC0 ... ADCn INT1V INTVCC0 INTVCC1 VREFA ... VREFn ADC1.CTRLA SLAVEEN ADC1.GAINCORR ADC1.AVGCTRL ADC1.OFFSETCORR ADC1.SAMPCTRL ADC1.WINUT ADC1.SWTRIG ADC1.WINLT ADC1.SWTRIG ADC1.DSEQCTRL ADC1.REFCTRL In this mode of operation, the slave ADC1 is enabled by accessing the CTRLA register of the master ADC0. In the same way, the master ADC event inputs will be automatically routed to the slave ADC, meaning that the input events configuration must be done in the master ADC (ADC0.EVCTRL). ADC measurements can either start simultaneously on both ADCs, or be interleaved. The trigger mode selection is available in the master ADC Control A register (ADC0.CTRLA.DUALSEL). Note: The interleaved sampling is only usable in single conversion mode (ADC.CTRLB.FREERUN=0). To restart an interleaved sequence, the user can apply different options: * Flush the master ADC (ADC0.SWTRIG.FLUSH = 1) * Disable/re-enable the master ADC (ADC0.CTRLA.ENABLE) * Reset and reconfigure master ADC (ADC0.CTRLA.SWRST = 1) * Enable the flush event (EVCTRL.FLUSHEI = 1) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1445 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter Start Trigger (Software or Event) ADC0 Start Conversion 45.6.4 ADC1 Start Conversion ADC0 Start Conversion ADC1 Start Conversion ADC0 Start Conversion DMA Operation The ADC generates the following DMA request: * * 45.6.5 Result Conversion Ready (RESRDY): the request is set when a conversion result is available and cleared when the RESULT register is read. When the averaging operation is enabled, the DMA request is set when the averaging is completed and result is available. DMA Sequencing (DSEQ): for details refer to "add link to DMA sequencing" Interrupts The ADC has the following interrupt sources: * * * Result Conversion Ready: RESRDY Window Monitor: WINMON Overrun: OVERRUN These interrupts, except the OVERRUN interrupt, are asynchronous wake-up sources. See Sleep Mode Controller for details. Each interrupt source has an interrupt flag associated with it. The interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear (INTFLAG) register is set when the interrupt condition occurs. Each interrupt can be individually enabled by writing a one to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Set (INTENSET) register, and disabled by writing a one to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Clear (INTENCLR) register. An interrupt request is generated when the interrupt flag is set and the corresponding interrupt is enabled. The interrupt request remains active until the interrupt flag is cleared, the interrupt is disabled, or the ADC is reset. See INTFLAG register for details on how to clear interrupt flags. All interrupt requests from the peripheral are ORed together on system level to generate one combined interrupt request to the NVIC. Refer to Nested Vector Interrupt Controller for details. The user must read the INTFLAG register to determine which interrupt condition is present. Note that interrupts must be globally enabled for interrupt requests to be generated. Refer to Nested Vector Interrupt Controller for details. Related Links 45.8.16 INTFLAG 45.6.6 Events The ADC can generate the following output events: * * Result Ready (RESRDY): Generated when the conversion is complete and the result is available. Refer to EVCTRL register for details. Window Monitor (WINMON): Generated when the window monitor condition match. Refer to CTRLB register for details. Setting an Event Output bit in the Event Control Register (EVCTRL.xxEO=1) enables the corresponding output event. Clearing this bit disables the corresponding output event. Refer to the Event System chapter for details on configuring the event system. The ADC can take the following actions on an input event: * * Start conversion (START): Start a conversion. Refer to SWTRIG register for details. Conversion flush (FLUSH): Flush the conversion. Refer to SWTRIG register for details. Setting an Event Input bit in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.xxEI=1) enables the corresponding action on input event. Clearing this bit disables the corresponding action on input event. The ADC uses only asynchronous events, so the asynchronous Event System channel path must be configured. By default, the ADC will detect a rising edge on the incoming event. If the ADC action must be performed on the falling (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1446 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter edge of the incoming event, the event line must be inverted first. This is done by setting the corresponding Event Invert Enable bit in Event Control register (EVCTRL.xINV=1). Note: If several events are connected to the ADC, the enabled action will be taken on any of the incoming events. If FLUSH and START events are available at the same time, the FLUSH event has priority. Related Links 45.8.2 EVCTRL 45.8.5 CTRLB 45.8.13 SWTRIG 31. EVSYS - Event System 45.6.7 Sleep Mode Operation The ONDEMAND and RUNSTDBY bits in the Control A register (CTRLA) control the behavior of the ADC during standby sleep mode, in cases where the ADC is enabled (CTRLA.ENABLE = 1). For further details on available options, refer to Table 45-6. Note: When CTRLA.ONDEMAND=1, the analog block is powered-off when the conversion is complete. When a start request is detected, the system returns from sleep and starts a new conversion after the start-up time delay. Table 45-6.ADC Sleep Behavior CTRLA.RUNSTDBY CTRLA.ONDEMAND CTRLA.ENABLE Description 45.6.8 x x 0 Disabled 0 0 1 Run in all sleep modes except STANDBY. 0 1 1 Run in all sleep modes on request, except STANDBY. 1 0 1 Run in all sleep modes. 1 1 1 Run in all sleep modes on request. Synchronization Due to asynchronicity between the main clock domain and the peripheral clock domains, some registers need to be synchronized when written or read. The following bits are synchronized when written: * * Software Reset bit in Control A register (CTRLA.SWRST) Enable bit in Control A register (CTRLA.ENABLE) The following registers are synchronized when written: * * * * * * * * * * Input Control register (INPUTCTRL) Control B register (CTRLB) Reference Control (REFCTRL) Average control register (AVGCTRL) Sampling time control register (SAMPCTRL) Window Monitor Lower Threshold register (WINLT) Window Monitor Upper Threshold register (WINUT) Gain correction register (GAINCORR) Offset Correction register (OFFSETCORR) Software Trigger register (SWTRIG) Required write synchronization is denoted by the "Write-Synchronized" property in the register description. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1447 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter 45.7 Register Summary Offset Name 0x00 CTRLA 0x02 0x03 EVCTRL DBGCTRL 0x04 INPUTCTRL 0x06 CTRLB 0x08 0x09 0x0A 0x0B REFCTRL Reserved AVGCTRL SAMPCTRL 0x0C WINLT 0x0E WINUT 0x10 GAINCORR 0x12 OFFSETCORR 0x14 0x15 ... 0x2B 0x2C 0x2D 0x2E 0x2F SWTRIG 0x30 0x34 0x38 Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 SLAVEEN DUALSEL[1:0] WINMONEO RESRDYEO STARTINV DIFFMODE DSEQSTOP RESSEL[1:0] WINSS REFCOMP ADJRES[2:0] ENABLE SWRST PRESCALER[2:0] FLUSHINV STARTEI FLUSHEI DBGRUN MUXPOS[4:0] MUXNEG[4:0] CORREN FREERUN LEFTADJ WINMODE[2:0] REFSEL[3:0] SAMPLENUM[3:0] SAMPLEN[5:0] OFFCOMP WINLT[7:0] WINLT[15:8] WINUT[7:0] WINUT[15:8] GAINCORR[7:0] GAINCORR[11:8] OFFSETCORR[7:0] OFFSETCORR[11:8] START FLUSH Reserved INTENCLR INTENSET INTFLAG STATUS SYNCBUSY DSEQDATA DSEQCTRL 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 DSEQSTAT 0x40 RESULT 0x42 ... 0x43 Reserved 0x44 RESS WINMON WINMON WINMON WINLT SAMPCTRL WCC[5:0] AVGCTRL REFCTRL 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 CTRLB SWTRIG OVERRUN OVERRUN OVERRUN INPUTCTRL ENABLE OFFSETCOR GAINCORR R GAINCORR WINUT WINLT DATA[7:0] DATA[15:8] DATA[23:16] DATA[31:24] SAMPCTRL AVGCTRL AUTOSTART GAINCORR WINUT WINLT SAMPCTRL AVGCTRL 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 RESRDY RESRDY RESRDY ADCBUSY SWRST WINUT RBSSW REFCTRL CTRLB INPUTCTRL OFFSETCOR R REFCTRL CTRLB INPUTCTRL OFFSETCOR R 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 0x3C ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY R2R BUSY 7:0 15:8 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. RESULT[7:0] RESULT[15:8] RESS[7:0] RESS[15:8] Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1448 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter ...........continued Offset Name 0x46 ... 0x47 Reserved 0x48 CALIB 45.8 Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 BIASR2R[2:0] BIASCOMP[2:0] BIASREFBUF[2:0] Register Description Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16- and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Some registers are optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). Optional PAC write protection is denoted by the "PAC Write-Protection" property in each individual register description. For details, refer to the section on Synchronization. Some registers are synchronized when read and/or written. Synchronization is denoted by the "Write-Synchronized" or the "Read-Synchronized" property in each individual register description. For details, refer to Synchronization section. Some registers are enable-protected, meaning they can only be written when the peripheral is disabled. Enableprotection is denoted by the "Enable-Protected" property in each individual register description. Related Links 45.6.8 Synchronization (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1449 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter 45.8.1 Control A Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset CTRLA 0x00 0x0000 Enable-Protected, PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized 15 R2R R/W 0 14 7 ONDEMAND R/W 0 6 RUNSTDBY R/W 0 13 12 11 10 R/W 0 5 SLAVEEN R/W 0 4 3 DUALSEL[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 2 9 PRESCALER[2:0] R/W 0 8 R/W 0 1 ENABLE R/W 0 0 SWRST R/W 0 Bit 15 - R2RRail to Rail Operation Enable Value Description 0 Rail-to-Rail operation disable 1 Rail-to-Rail operation enable. The R2R bit must be set to `1' only in differential mode. Bits 10:8 - PRESCALER[2:0]Prescaler Configuration This field defines the ADC clock relative to the peripheral clock according Table below. This field is not synchronized. For the slave ADC, these bits have no effect when the SLAVEEN bit is set (CTRLA.SLAVEEN= 1). Value Name Description 0x0 DIV2 Peripheral clock divided by 2 0x1 DIV4 Peripheral clock divided by 4 0x2 DIV8 Peripheral clock divided by 8 0x3 DIV16 Peripheral clock divided by 16 0x4 DIV32 Peripheral clock divided by 32 0x5 DIV64 Peripheral clock divided by 64 0x6 DIV128 Peripheral clock divided by 128 0x7 DIV256 Peripheral clock divided by 256 Bit 7 - ONDEMANDOn Demand Control The On Demand operation mode allows the ADC to be enabled or disabled, depending on other peripheral requests. In On Demand operation mode, i.e., if the ONDEMAND bit has been previously set, the ADC will only be running when requested by a peripheral. If there is no peripheral requesting the ADC will be in a disable state. If On Demand is disabled the ADC will always be running when enabled. In standby sleep mode, the On Demand operation is still active if the CTRLA.RUNSTDBY bit is '1'. If CTRLA.RUNSTDBY is '0', the ADC is disabled. This bit is not synchronized. Note: For the slave ADC, this bit has no effect when the SLAVEEN bit is set (CTRLA.SLAVEEN= 1). ONDEMAND bit from master ADC instance will control the On Demand operation mode. Value 0 1 Description The ADC is always on , if enabled. The ADC is enabled, when a peripheral is requesting the ADC conversion. The ADC is disabled if no peripheral is requesting it. Bit 6 - RUNSTDBYRun in Standby This bit controls how the ADC behaves during standby sleep mode. This bit is not synchronized. Note: For the slave ADC, this bit has no effect when the SLAVEEN bit is set (CTRLA.SLAVEEN= 1). RUNSTDBY bit from master ADC instance will control the slave ADC operation in standby sleep mode. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1450 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter Value 0 1 Description The ADC is halted during standby sleep mode. The ADC is not stopped in standby sleep mode. If CTRLA.ONDEMAND=1, the ADC will be running when a peripheral is requesting it. If CTRLA.ONDEMAND=0, the ADC will always be running in standby sleep mode. Bit 5 - SLAVEENSlave Enable This bit enables the master/slave operation and it is available only in the slave ADC instance. This bit is not synchronized and can be set only for the slave ADC. For the master ADC, this bit is always read zero. Value Description 0 The master/slave operation is disabled 1 The ADC1 is enabled as a slave of ADC0 Bits 4:3 - DUALSEL[1:0]Dual Mode Trigger Selection These bits define the trigger mode, as shown in Table below. These bits are available in the master ADC and have no effect if the master/slave operation is disabled (ADC1.CTRLA.SLAVEEN=0). Value Name Description 0x0 BOTH Start event or software trigger will start a conversion on both ADCs 0x1 INTERLEAVE START event or software trigger will alternatingly start a conversion on ADC0 and ADC1. Note: The interleaved sampling is only usable in single conversion mode (ADC.CTRLB.FREERUN=0). 0x2 Reserved 0x3 Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable Due to synchronization there is delay from writing CTRLA.ENABLE until the peripheral is enabled/disabled. The value written to CTRL.ENABLE will read back immediately and the ENABLE bit in the Synchronization Busy register (SYNCBUSY.ENABLE) will be set. SYNCBUSY.ENABLE will be cleared when the operation is complete. For the slave ADC, this bit has no effect when the SLAVEEN bit is set (CTRLA.SLAVEEN= 1). Value Description 0 The ADC is disabled. 1 The ADC is enabled. Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit resets all registers in the ADC, except DBGCTRL, to their initial state, and the ADC will be disabled. Writing a '1' to CTRL.SWRST will always take precedence, meaning that all other writes in the same write-operation will be discarded. Due to synchronization there is a delay from writing CTRLA.SWRST until the reset is complete. CTRLA.SWRST and SYNCBUSY.SWRST will both be cleared when the reset is complete. Value Description 0 There is no reset operation ongoing. 1 The reset operation is ongoing. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1451 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter 45.8.2 Event Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 EVCTRL 0x02 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 Access Reset 5 WINMONEO R/W 0 4 RESRDYEO R/W 0 3 STARTINV R/W 0 2 FLUSHINV R/W 0 1 STARTEI R/W 0 0 FLUSHEI R/W 0 Bit 5 - WINMONEOWindow Monitor Event Out This bit indicates whether the Window Monitor event output is enabled or not and an output event will be generated when the window monitor detects something. Value Description 0 Window Monitor event output is disabled and an event will not be generated. 1 Window Monitor event output is enabled and an event will be generated. Bit 4 - RESRDYEOResult Ready Event Out This bit indicates whether the Result Ready event output is enabled or not and an output event will be generated when the conversion result is available. Value Description 0 Result Ready event output is disabled and an event will not be generated. 1 Result Ready event output is enabled and an event will be generated. Bit 3 - STARTINVStart Conversion Event Invert Enable For the slave ADC, this bit has no effect when the SLAVEEN bit is set (CTRLA.SLAVEEN= 1). Value Description 0 Start event input source is not inverted. 1 Start event input source is inverted. Bit 2 - FLUSHINVFlush Event Invert Enable For the slave ADC, this bit has no effect when the SLAVEEN bit is set (CTRLA.SLAVEEN= 1). Value Description 0 Flush event input source is not inverted. 1 Flush event input source is inverted. Bit 1 - STARTEIStart Conversion Event Input Enable For the slave ADC, this bit has no effect when the SLAVEEN bit is set (CTRLA.SLAVEEN= 1). Value Description 0 A new conversion will not be triggered on any incoming event. 1 A new conversion will be triggered on any incoming event. Bit 0 - FLUSHEIFlush Event Input Enable For a slave ADC, this bit has no effect when the respective SLAVEEN bit is set (CTRLA.SLAVEEN= 1). Value Description 0 A flush and new conversion will not be triggered on any incoming event. 1 A flush and new conversion will be triggered on any incoming event. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1452 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter 45.8.3 Debug Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 DBGCTRL 0x03 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 0 DBGRUN R/W 0 Bit 0 - DBGRUNDebug Run This bit is not reset by a software reset. This bit controls the functionality when the CPU is halted by an external debugger. This bit should be written only while a conversion is not ongoing. When slave operation is enabled, master and slave ADC instances must have the same DBGRUN bit value tu ensure proper operation. Value Description 0 The ADC is halted when the CPU is halted by an external debugger. 1 The ADC continues normal operation when the CPU is halted by an external debugger. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1453 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter 45.8.4 Input Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset INPUTCTRL 0x04 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized 15 DSEQSTOP R/W 0 14 7 DIFFMODE R/W 0 6 13 5 12 11 R/W 0 R/W 0 4 3 R/W 0 R/W 0 10 MUXNEG[4:0] R/W 0 2 MUXPOS[4:0] R/W 0 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit 15 - DSEQSTOPStop DMA Sequencing When the bit is set, the DMA sequencing automatically stops when the last sequence configuration is complete. Note: one more conversion will be done after the last sequence is complete. Bits 12:8 - MUXNEG[4:0]Negative MUX Input Selection These bits define the MUX selection for the negative ADC input. Value Name Description 0x00 AIN0 ADC AIN0 pin 0x01 AIN1 ADC AIN1 pin 0x02 AIN2 ADC AIN2 pin 0x03 AIN3 ADC AIN3 pin 0x04 AIN4 ADC AIN4 pin 0x05 AIN5 ADC AIN5 pin 0x06 AIN6 ADC AIN6 pin 0x07 AIN7 ADC AIN7 pin 0x08 Reserved 0x17 0x18 GND Internal ground 0x19 Reserved 0x1F Bit 7 - DIFFMODEDifferential Mode Value Description 0x0 The ADC is running in singled-ended mode. 0x1 The ADC is running in differential mode. In this mode, the voltage difference between the MUXPOS and MUXNEG inputs will be converted by the ADC. Bits 4:0 - MUXPOS[4:0]Positive MUX Input Selection These bits define the MUX selection for the positive ADC input. If the internal bandgap voltage or temperature sensor input channel is selected, then the Sampling Time Length bit group in the Sampling Control register must be written with a corresponding value, as shown in "Table 54-24. Operating Conditions". Value Name Description 0x00 AIN0 ADC AIN0 pin 0x01 AIN1 ADC AIN1 pin 0x02 AIN2 ADC AIN2 pin 0x03 AIN3 ADC AIN3 pin 0x04 AIN4 ADC AIN4 pin 0x05 AIN5 ADC AIN5 pin 0x06 AIN6 ADC AIN6 pin (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1454 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter Value 0x07 0x08 0x09 0x0A 0x0B 0x0C 0x0D 0x0E 0x0F 0x10 0x17 0x18 0x19 0x1A 0x1B 0x1C 0x1D 0x1E Name AIN7 AIN8 AIN9 AIN10 AIN11 AIN12 AIN13 AIN14 AIN15 - Description ADC AIN7 pin ADC AIN8 pin ADC AIN9 pin ADC AIN10 pin ADC AIN11 pin ADC AIN12 pin ADC AIN13 pin ADC AIN14 pin ADC AIN15 pin Reserved SCALEDCOREVCC SCALEDVBAT SCALEDIOVCC BANDGAP PTAT CTAT DAC 1/4 Scaled Core Supply 1/4 Scaled VBAT Supply 1/4 Scaled I/O Supply Bandgap Voltage Temperature Sensor Temperature Sensor DAC Output (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1455 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter 45.8.5 Control B Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 15 CTRLB 0x06 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized 14 13 12 Access Reset Bit 7 6 Access Reset 5 11 WINSS R/W 0 4 3 RESSEL[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 10 R/W 0 9 WINMODE[2:0] R/W 0 8 R/W 0 2 CORREN R/W 0 1 FREERUN R/W 0 0 LEFTADJ R/W 0 Bit 11 - WINSSWindow Single Sample When this bit is written the window functionality is working on each conversions and not on the accumulated value. The number of convesions matching with the window comparator is available on STATUS register (STATUS.WCC). The last sample result is available on RESS register. Bits 10:8 - WINMODE[2:0]Window Monitor Mode These bits enable and define the window monitor mode. Value Name Description 0x0 DISABLE No window mode (default) 0x1 MODE1 RESULT > WINLT 0x2 MODE2 RESULT < WINUT 0x3 MODE3 WINLT < RESULT < WINUT 0x4 MODE4 !(WINLT < RESULT < WINUT) 0x5 Reserved 0x7 Bits 4:3 - RESSEL[1:0]Conversion Result Resolution These bits define whether the ADC completes the conversion 12-, 10- or 8-bit result resolution. Value Name Description 0x0 12BIT 12-bit result 0x1 16BIT For averaging mode output 0x2 10BIT 10-bit result 0x3 8BIT 8-bit result Bit 2 - CORRENDigital Correction Logic Enable The ADC conversion result in the RESULT register is then corrected for gain and offset based on the values in the GAINCORR and OFFSETCORR registers. Conversion time will be increased by 13 cycles according to the value in the Offset Correction Value bit group in the Offset Correction register. Value Description 0 Disable the digital result correction 1 Enable the digital result correction Bit 1 - FREERUNFree Running Mode Value Description 0 The ADC run in single conversion mode 1 The ADC is in free running mode and a new conversion will be initiated when a previous conversion completes (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1456 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter Bit 0 - LEFTADJLeft-Adjusted Result The high byte of the 12-bit result will be present in the upper part of the result register. Writing this bit to zero (default) will right-adjust the value in the RESULT register. Value Description 0 The ADC conversion result is right-adjusted in the RESULT register 1 The ADC conversion result is left-adjusted in the RESULT register (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1457 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter 45.8.6 Reference Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset 7 REFCOMP R/W 0 REFCTRL 0x08 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized 6 5 4 3 R/W 0 2 1 REFSEL[3:0] R/W R/W 0 0 0 R/W 0 Bit 7 - REFCOMPReference Buffer Offset Compensation Enable The gain error can be reduced by enabling the reference buffer offset compensation. This will increase the start-up time of the reference. Value Description 0 Reference buffer offset compensation is disabled. 1 Reference buffer offset compensation is enabled. Bits 3:0 - REFSEL[3:0]Reference Selection These bits select the reference for the ADC. Value Name Description 0x0 INTREF internal bandgap reference, refer to the VREF.SEL bit-field in SUPC-Supply Controller for more details x01 Reserved 0x2 INTVCC0 1/2 VDDANA (only for VDDANA > 2.0v) 0x3 INTVCC1 VDDANA 0x4 AREFA External reference 0x5 AREFB External reference 0x6 AREFC External reference (ADC1 only) other Reserved (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1458 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter 45.8.7 Average Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset 7 AVGCTRL 0x0A 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized 6 R/W 0 5 ADJRES[2:0] R/W 0 4 3 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 1 SAMPLENUM[3:0] R/W R/W 0 0 0 R/W 0 Bits 6:4 - ADJRES[2:0]Adjusting Result / Division Coefficient These bits define the division coefficient in 2^n steps. Bits 3:0 - SAMPLENUM[3:0]Number of Samples to be Collected These bits define how many samples are added together. The result will be available in the Result register (RESULT). Note: if the result width increases, CTRLB.RESSEL must be changed. Value Description 0x0 1 sample 0x1 2 samples 0x2 4 samples 0x3 8 samples 0x4 16 samples 0x5 32 samples 0x6 64 samples 0x7 128 samples 0x8 256 samples 0x9 512 samples 0xA 1024 samples 0xB Reserved 0xF (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1459 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter 45.8.8 Sampling Time Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset 7 OFFCOMP R/W 0 SAMPCTRL 0x0B 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized 6 5 4 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 SAMPLEN[5:0] R/W R/W 0 0 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit 7 - OFFCOMPComparator Offset Compensation Enable Setting this bit enables the offset compensation for each sampling period to ensure low offset and immunity to temperature or voltage drift. This compensation increases the sampling time by three clock cycles that results in a fixed sampling duration of 4 CLK_ADC cycles. This bit must be set to zero to validate the SAMPLEN value. It's not possible to use OFFCOMP=1 and SAMPLEN>0. Bits 5:0 - SAMPLEN[5:0]Sampling Time Length These bits control the ADC sampling time in number of CLK_ADC cycles, depending of the prescaler value, thus controlling the ADC input impedance. Sampling time is set according to the equation: Samplingtime = SAMPLEN+1 CLKADC (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1460 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter 45.8.9 Window Monitor Lower Threshold Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit WINLT 0x0C 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 12 11 WINLT[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 WINLT[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 15:0 - WINLT[15:0]Window Lower Threshold If the window monitor is enabled, these bits define the lower threshold value. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1461 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter 45.8.10 Window Monitor Upper Threshold Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit WINUT 0x0E 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 12 11 WINUT[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 WINUT[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 15:0 - WINUT[15:0]Window Upper Threshold If the window monitor is enabled, these bits define the upper threshold value. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1462 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter 45.8.11 Gain Correction Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 15 GAINCORR 0x10 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized 14 13 Access Reset Bit Access Reset 12 11 R/W 0 7 6 5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 4 3 GAINCORR[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 10 9 GAINCORR[11:8] R/W R/W 0 0 8 R/W 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 11:0 - GAINCORR[11:0]Gain Correction Value If CTRLB.CORREN=1, these bits define how the ADC conversion result is compensated for gain error before being written to the result register. The gain correction is a fractional value, a 1-bit integer plus an 11-bit fraction, and therefore 1/2 <= GAINCORR < 2. GAINCORR values range from 0.10000000000 to 1.11111111111. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1463 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter 45.8.12 Offset Correction Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 15 OFFSETCORR 0x12 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized 14 13 Access Reset Bit Access Reset 12 11 R/W 0 7 6 5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 4 3 OFFSETCORR[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 10 9 OFFSETCORR[11:8] R/W R/W 0 0 8 R/W 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 11:0 - OFFSETCORR[11:0]Offset Correction Value If CTRLB.CORREN=1, these bits define how the ADC conversion result is compensated for offset error before being written to the Result register. This OFFSETCORR value is in two's complement format. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1464 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter 45.8.13 Software Trigger Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 SWTRIG 0x14 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 START W 0 0 FLUSH RW 0 Bit 1 - STARTStart ADC Conversion Writing a '1' to this bit will start a conversion or sequence. The bit is cleared by hardware when the conversion has started. Writing a '1' to this bit when it is already set has no effect. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Bit 0 - FLUSHADC Conversion Flush Writing a '1' to this bit will flush the ADC pipeline. A flush will restart the ADC clock on the next peripheral clock edge, and all conversions in progress will be aborted and lost. This bit will be cleared after the ADC has been flushed. After the flush, the ADC will resume where it left off; i.e., if a conversion was pending, the ADC will start a new conversion. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1465 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter 45.8.14 Interrupt Enable Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENCLR 0x2C 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to disable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Set (INTENSET) register. Bit 7 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 WINMON R/W 0 1 OVERRUN R/W 0 0 RESRDY R/W 0 Bit 2 - WINMONWindow Monitor Interrupt Disable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Window Monitor Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The window monitor interrupt is disabled. 1 The window monitor interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the Window Monitor interrupt flag is set. Bit 1 - OVERRUNOverrun Interrupt Disable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Overrun Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Overrun interrupt is disabled. 1 The Overrun interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the Overrun interrupt flag is set. Bit 0 - RESRDYResult Ready Interrupt Disable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Result Ready Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the corresponding interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Result Ready interrupt is disabled. 1 The Result Ready interrupt is enabled, and an interrupt request will be generated when the Result Ready interrupt flag is set. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1466 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter 45.8.15 Interrupt Enable Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENSET 0x2D 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to enable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Clear (INTENCLR) register. Bit 7 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 WINMON R/W 0 1 OVERRUN R/W 0 0 RESRDY R/W 0 Bit 2 - WINMONWindow Monitor Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Window Monitor Interrupt bit, which enables the Window Monitor interrupt. Value Description 0 The Window Monitor interrupt is disabled. 1 The Window Monitor interrupt is enabled. Bit 1 - OVERRUNOverrun Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Overrun Interrupt bit, which enables the Overrun interrupt. Value Description 0 The Overrun interrupt is disabled. 1 The Overrun interrupt is enabled. Bit 0 - RESRDYResult Ready Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Result Ready Interrupt bit, which enables the Result Ready interrupt. Value Description 0 The Result Ready interrupt is disabled. 1 The Result Ready interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1467 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter 45.8.16 Interrupt Flag Status and Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 INTFLAG 0x2E 0x00 - 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 WINMON R/W 0 1 OVERRUN R/W 0 0 RESRDY R/W 0 Bit 2 - WINMONWindow Monitor Interrupt Flag This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to the flag or by reading the RESULT register. This flag is set on the next GCLK_ADC cycle after a match with the window monitor condition, and an interrupt request will be generated if INTENCLR/SET.WINMON is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Window Monitor interrupt flag. Bit 1 - OVERRUNOverrun Interrupt Flag This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to the flag. This flag is set if RESULT is written before the previous value has been read by CPU, and an interrupt request will be generated if INTENCLR/SET.OVERRUN=1. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Overrun interrupt flag. Bit 0 - RESRDYResult Ready Interrupt Flag This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to the flag or by reading the RESULT register. This flag is set when the conversion result is available, and an interrupt will be generated if INTENCLR/ SET.RESRDY=1. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Result Ready interrupt flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1468 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter 45.8.17 STATUS Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 STATUS 0x2F 0x00 - 6 5 4 3 2 R 0 R 0 R 0 WCC[5:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 1 0 ADCBUSY R 0 Bits 7:2 - WCC[5:0]Window Comparator Counter These bits indicates the number of sample matching with the window comparator. Writing a zero to this bit will have no effect. Writing a one to this bit will have no effect. Bit 0 - ADCBUSYADC Busy Status This bit is read one when the data acquisition in on going. Writing a zero to this bit will have no effect. Writing a one to this bit will have no effect. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1469 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter 45.8.18 Synchronization Busy Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit SYNCBUSY 0x30 0x00000000 - 31 RBSSW R 0 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 SWTRIG R 0 10 OFFSETCORR R 0 9 GAINCORR R 0 8 WINUT R 0 7 WINLT R 0 6 SAMPCTRL R 0 5 AVGCTRL R 0 4 REFCTRL R 0 3 CTRLB R 0 2 INPUTCTRL R 0 1 ENABLE R 0 0 SWRST R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 31 - RBSSWReset BootStrap Switch Synchronization Busy Bit 11 - SWTRIGSoftware Trigger Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of SWTRIG register between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of SWTRIG register between clock domains is started. Note: For the slave ADC, this bit is always read zero when the SLAVEEN bit is set (CTRLA.SLAVEEN= 1). Bit 10 - OFFSETCORROffset Correction Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of OFFSETCORR register between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of OFFSETCORR register between clock domains is started. Bit 9 - GAINCORRGain Correction Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of GAINCORR register between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of GAINCORR register between clock domains is started. Bit 8 - WINUTWindow Monitor Upper Threshold Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of WINUT register between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of WINUT register between clock domains is started. Bit 7 - WINLTWindow Monitor Lower Threshold Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of WINLT register between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of WINLT register between clock domains is started. Bit 6 - SAMPCTRLSampling Time Control Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of SAMPCTRL register between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of SAMPCTRL register between clock domains is started. Bit 5 - AVGCTRLAverage Control Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of AVGCTRL register between the clock domains is complete. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1470 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter This bit is set when the synchronization of AVGCTRL register between clock domains is started. Bit 4 - REFCTRLReference Control Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of REFCTRL register between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of REFCTRL register between clock domains is started. Bit 3 - CTRLBControl B Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of CTRLB register between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of CTRLB register between clock domains is started. Bit 2 - INPUTCTRLInput Control Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of INPUTCTRL register between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of INPUTCTRL register between clock domains is started. Bit 1 - ENABLEENABLE Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of ENABLE register between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of ENABLE register between clock domains is started. Note: For the slave ADC, this bit is always read zero when the SLAVEEN bit is set (CTRLA.SLAVEEN= 1). Bit 0 - SWRSTSWRST Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of SWRST register between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of SWRST register between clock domains is started (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1471 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter 45.8.19 DSEQDATA Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 DSEQDATA 0x34 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 19 18 17 16 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 11 10 9 8 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 3 2 1 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 DATA[31:24] Access Reset W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 Bit 23 22 21 20 DATA[23:16] Access Reset W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 DATA[15:8] Access Reset W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 DATA[7:0] Access Reset W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 Bits 31:0 - DATA[31:0]DMA Sequential Data This register stores data written by the DMA and re-directed to the first enabled ADC registers in the DSEQSTAT register. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1472 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter 45.8.20 DSEQCTRL Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 AUTOSTART Access R/W Reset 0 Bit DSEQCTRL 0x38 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 OFFSETCORR R/W 0 7 GAINCORR R/W 0 6 WINUT R/W 0 5 WINLT R/W 0 4 SAMPCTRL R/W 0 3 AVGCTRL R/W 0 2 REFCTRL R/W 0 1 CTRLB R/W 0 0 INPUTCTRL R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 31 - AUTOSTARTADC Auto-Start Conversion Value Description 0 ADC conversion starts when a DMA sequence is complete and a start software or event trigger is received. 1 ADC conversion automatically starts when a DMA sequence is complete. This setting is ignored if the convertion start by event is enabled (EVCTRL.STARTEI=1). Bit 8 - OFFSETCORROffset Correction Value Description 0 DMA update of the Offset Correction register is disabled. 1 DMA update of the Offset Correction register is enabled. Bit 7 - GAINCORRGain Correction Value Description 0 DMA update of the Gain Correction register is disabled. 1 DMA update of the Gain Correction register is enabled. Bit 6 - WINUTWindow Monitor Upper Threshold Value Description 0 DMA update of the Window Monitor Upper Threshold register is disabled. 1 DMA update of the Window Monitor Upper Threshold register is enabled. Bit 5 - WINLTWindow Monitor Lower Threshold Value Description 0 DMA update of the Window Monitor Lower Threshold register is disabled. 1 DMA update of the Window Monitor Lower Threshold register is enabled. Bit 4 - SAMPCTRLSampling Time Control (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1473 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter Value 0 1 Description DMA update of the Sampling Time Control register is disabled. DMA update of the Sampling Time Control register is enabled. Bit 3 - AVGCTRLAverage Control Value Description 0 DMA update of the Average Control register is disabled. 1 DMA update of the Average Control register is enabled. Bit 2 - REFCTRLReference Control Value Description 0 DMA update of the Reference Control register is disabled. 1 DMA update of the Reference Control register is enabled. Bit 1 - CTRLBControl B Value Description 0 DMA update of the Control B register is disabled. 1 DMA update of the Control B register is enabled. Bit 0 - INPUTCTRLInput Control Value Description 0 DMA update of the Input Control register is disabled. 1 DMA update of the Input Control register is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1474 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter 45.8.21 DSEQSTAT Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit DSEQSTAT 0x3C 0x00000000 - 31 BUSY R 0 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 OFFSETCORR R 0 7 GAINCORR R 0 6 WINUT R 0 5 WINLT R 0 4 SAMPCTRL R 0 3 AVGCTRL R 0 2 REFCTRL R 0 1 CTRLB R 0 0 INPUTCTRL R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 31 - BUSYDMA Sequencing Busy The bit is set when the DMA sequencing is enabled or restarted. The bit is cleared when the DMA sequencing is disabled. Bit 8 - OFFSETCORROffset Correction Value Description 0 DMA update of the Offset Correction register is complete or disabled. 1 DMA update of the Offset Correction register is enabled. Bit 7 - GAINCORRGain Correction Value Description 0 DMA update of the Gain Correction register is complete or disabled. 1 DMA update of the Gain Correction register is enabled. Bit 6 - WINUTWindow Monitor Upper Threshold Value Description 0 DMA update of the Window Monitor Upper Threshold register is complete or disabled. 1 DMA update of the Window Monitor Upper Threshold register is enabled. Bit 5 - WINLTWindow Monitor Lower Threshold Value Description 0 DMA update of the Window Monitor Lower Threshold register is complete or disabled. 1 DMA update of the Window Monitor Lower Threshold register is enabled. Bit 4 - SAMPCTRLSampling Time Control Value Description 0 DMA update of the Sampling Time Control register is complete or disabled. 1 DMA update of the Sampling Time Control register is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1475 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter Bit 3 - AVGCTRLAverage Control Value Description 0 DMA update of the Average Control register is complete or disabled. 1 DMA update of the Average Control register is enabled. Bit 2 - REFCTRLReference Control Value Description 0 DMA update of the Reference Control register is complete or disabled. 1 DMA update of the Reference Control register is enabled. Bit 1 - CTRLBControl B Value Description 0 DMA update of the Control B register is complete or disabled. 1 DMA update of the Control B register is enabled. Bit 0 - INPUTCTRLInput Control Value Description 0 DMA update of the Input Control register is complete or disabled. 1 DMA update of the Input Control register is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1476 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter 45.8.22 Result Name: Offset: Reset: Property: RESULT 0x40 0x0000 - Bit 15 14 13 10 9 8 R 0 12 11 RESULT[15:8] R R 0 0 Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 RESULT[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 15:0 - RESULT[15:0]Result Conversion Value These bits will hold up to a 16-bit ADC conversion result, depending on the configuration. In single conversion mode without averaging, the ADC conversion will produce a 12-bit result, which can be left- or right-shifted, depending on the setting of CTRLB.LEFTADJ. If the result is left-adjusted (CTRLB.LEFTADJ), the high byte of the result will be in bit position [15:8], while the remaining 4 bits of the result will be placed in bit locations [7:4]. This can be used only if an 8-bit result is needed; i.e., one can read only the high byte of the entire 16-bit register. If the result is not left-adjusted (CTRLB.LEFTADJ) and no oversampling is used, the result will be available in bit locations [11:0], and the result is then 12 bits long. If oversampling is used, the result will be located in bit locations [15:0], depending on the settings of the Average Control register. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1477 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter 45.8.23 RESS Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 15 RESS 0x44 0x0000 - 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 RESS[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 RESS[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 15:0 - RESS[15:0]Last ADC Conversion Result These bits will hold up the last ADC conversion result. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1478 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter 45.8.24 Calibration Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 15 CALIB 0x48 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 14 13 12 11 Access Reset Bit Access Reset 10 R/W 0 7 6 R/W 0 5 BIASR2R[2:0] R/W 0 4 3 R/W 0 2 R/W 0 9 BIASREFBUF[2:0] R/W 0 1 BIASCOMP[2:0] R/W 0 8 R/W 0 0 R/W 0 Bits 10:8 - BIASREFBUF[2:0]Bias Reference Buffer Scaling This value from production test must be loaded from the NVM software calibration row into the CALIB register by software to achieve the specified accuracy. Refer to NVM Software Calibration Area Mapping for further details. The value must be copied only, and must not be changed. Bits 6:4 - BIASR2R[2:0]Bias R2R ampli Scaling This value from production test must be loaded from the NVM software calibration row into the CALIB register by software to achieve the specified accuracy. Refer to NVM Software Calibration Area Mapping for further details. The value must be copied only, and must not be changed Bits 2:0 - BIASCOMP[2:0]Bias Comparator Scaling This value from production test must be loaded from the NVM software calibration row into the CALIB register by software to achieve the specified accuracy. Refer to NVM Software Calibration Area Mapping for further details. The value must be copied only, and must not be changed (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1479 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AC - Analog Comparators 46. 46.1 AC - Analog Comparators Overview The Analog Comparator (AC) supports two individual comparators. Each comparator (COMP) compares the voltage levels on two inputs, and provides a digital output based on this comparison. Each comparator may be configured to generate interrupt requests and/or peripheral events upon several different combinations of input change. Hysteresis can be adjusted to achieve the optimal operation for each application. The input selection includes four shared analog port pins and several internal signals. Each Comparator Output state can also be output on a pin for use by external devices. The comparators are grouped in pairs on each port. The AC peripheral implements one pair of comparators . These are called Comparator 0 (COMP0) and Comparator 1 (COMP1) . They have identical behaviors, but separate Control registers. The pair can be set in Window mode to compare a signal to a voltage range instead of a single voltage level. 46.2 Features * * * * * * * * * Up to Two individual comparators Selectable hysteresis: 3-level On, or Off Hysteresis: On or Off Analog comparator outputs available on pins - Asynchronous or synchronous Flexible input selection: - Four pins selectable for positive or negative inputs - Ground (for zero crossing) - Bandgap reference voltage - 64-level programmable VDDANA scaler per comparator - DAC Interrupt generation on: - Rising or falling edge - Toggle - End of comparison Window function interrupt generation on: - Signal above window - Signal inside window - Signal below window - Signal outside window Event generation on: - Comparator output - Window function inside/outside window Optional digital filter on comparator output (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1480 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AC - Analog Comparators 46.3 Block Diagram Figure 46-1.Analog Comparator Block Diagram AIN0 + CMP0 COMP0 AIN1 - VDDANA SCALER HYSTERESIS ENABLE DAC INTERRUPTS INTERRUPT MODE COMPCTRLn WINCTRL ENABLE BANDGAP EVENTS GCLK_AC HYSTERESIS + AIN2 INTERRUPT SENSITIVITY CONTROL & WINDOW FUNCTION CMP1 COMP1 AIN3 46.4 - Signal Description Signal Description Type AIN[3..0] Analog input Comparator inputs CMP[1..0] Digital output Comparator outputs Refer to I/O Multiplexing and Considerations for details on the pin mapping for this peripheral. One signal can be mapped on several pins. Related Links 6. I/O Multiplexing and Considerations 46.5 Product Dependencies In order to use this peripheral, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described below. 46.5.1 I/O Lines Using the AC's I/O lines requires the I/O pins to be configured. Refer to PORT - I/O Pin Controller for details. Table 46-1.I/O Lines Instance Signal I/O Line Peripheral Function AC0 AIN0 PAxx A (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1481 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AC - Analog Comparators ...........continued Instance Signal I/O Line Peripheral Function AC0 AIN1 PAxx A AC0 AIN2 PAxx A AC0 AIN3 PAxx A AC0 CMP0 PAxx A AC0 CMP1 PAxx A Related Links 32. PORT - I/O Pin Controller 46.5.2 Power Management The AC will continue to operate in any Sleep mode where the selected source clock is running. The AC's interrupts can be used to wake up the device from Sleep modes. Events connected to the Event System can trigger other operations in the system without exiting Sleep modes. 46.5.3 Clocks The AC bus clock (CLK_AC_APB) can be enabled and disabled in the Main Clock module, MCLK (see MCLK - Main Clock, and the default state of CLK_AC_APB can be found in Peripheral Clock Masking. A generic clock (GCLK_AC) is required to clock the AC. This clock must be configured and enabled in the generic clock controller before using the AC. Refer to the Generic Clock Controller chapter for details. This generic clock is asynchronous to the bus clock (CLK_AC_APB). Due to this asynchronicity, writes to certain registers will require synchronization between the clock domains. Refer to Synchronization for further details. Related Links 15.6.2.6 Peripheral Clock Masking 15. MCLK - Main Clock 46.5.4 DMA Not applicable. 46.5.5 Interrupts The interrupt request lines are connected to the interrupt controller. Using the AC interrupts requires the interrupt controller to be configured first. Refer to Nested Vector Interrupt Controller for details. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 46.5.6 Events The events are connected to the Event System. Refer to EVSYS - Event System for details on how to configure the Event System. Related Links 31. EVSYS - Event System 46.5.7 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in debug mode, the AC will halt normal operation after any on-going comparison is completed. The AC can be forced to continue normal operation during debugging. Refer to DBGCTRL for details. If the AC is configured in a way that requires it to be periodically serviced by the CPU through interrupts or similar, improper operation or data loss may result during debugging. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1482 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AC - Analog Comparators 46.5.8 Register Access Protection All registers with write access can be write-protected optionally by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC), except for the following registers: * * Control B register (CTRLB) Interrupt Flag register (INTFLAG) Optional write protection by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC) is denoted by the "PAC Write Protection" property in each individual register description. PAC write protection does not apply to accesses through an external debugger. Related Links 27. PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 46.5.9 Analog Connections Each comparator has up to four I/O pins that can be used as analog inputs. Each pair of comparators shares the same four pins. These pins must be configured for analog operation before using them as comparator inputs. Any internal reference source, such as a bandgap voltage reference, or DAC must be configured and enabled prior to its use as a comparator input. 46.5.10 Calibration The BIAS calibration value from the production test must be loaded from the NVM Software Calibration Area into the AC Calibration register (CALIB) by software to achieve specified accuracy. 46.6 Functional Description 46.6.1 Principle of Operation Each comparator has one positive input and one negative input. Each positive input may be chosen from a selection of analog input pins. Each negative input may be chosen from a selection of both analog input pins and internal inputs, such as a bandgap voltage reference. The digital output from the comparator is '1' when the difference between the positive and the negative input voltage is positive, and '0' otherwise. The individual comparators can be used independently (Normal mode) or paired to form a window comparison (Window mode). 46.6.2 Basic Operation 46.6.2.1 Initialization Some registers are enable-protected, meaning they can only be written when the module is disabled. The following register is enable-protected: * Event Control register (EVCTRL) Enable-protection is denoted by the "Enable-Protected" property in each individual register description. 46.6.2.2 Enabling, Disabling and Resetting The AC is enabled by writing a '1' to the Enable bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.ENABLE). The AC is disabled writing a '0' to CTRLA.ENABLE. The AC is reset by writing a '1' to the Software Reset bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.SWRST). All registers in the AC will be reset to their initial state, and the AC will be disabled. Refer to CTRLA for details. 46.6.2.3 Comparator Configuration Each individual comparator must be configured by its respective Comparator Control register (COMPCTRLx) before that comparator is enabled. These settings cannot be changed while the comparator is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1483 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AC - Analog Comparators * * * * * * * Select the desired measurement mode with COMPCTRLx.SINGLE. See Starting a Comparison for more details. Select the desired hysteresis with COMPCTRLx.HYSTEN and COMPCTRLx.HYST. See Input Hysteresis for more details. Write COMPCTRLx.SPEED to 0x3. Select the interrupt source with COMPCTRLx.INTSEL. Select the positive and negative input sources with the COMPCTRLx.MUXPOS and COMPCTRLx.MUXNEG bits. See Selecting Comparator Inputs for more details. Select the filtering option with COMPCTRLx.FLEN. Select standby operation with Run in Standby bit (COMPCTRLx.RUNSTDBY). The individual comparators are enabled by writing a '1' to the Enable bit in the Comparator x Control registers (COMPCTRLx.ENABLE). The individual comparators are disabled by writing a '0' to COMPCTRLx.ENABLE. Writing a '0' to CTRLA.ENABLE will also disable all the comparators, but will not clear their COMPCTRLx.ENABLE bits. 46.6.2.4 Starting a Comparison Each comparator channel can be in one of two different measurement modes, determined by the Single bit in the Comparator x Control register (COMPCTRLx.SINGLE): * * Continuous measurement Single-shot After being enabled, a start-up delay is required before the result of the comparison is ready. This start-up time is measured automatically to account for environmental changes, such as temperature or voltage supply level, and is specified in the Electrical Characteristics chapters. During the start-up time, the COMP output is not available. The comparator can be configured to generate interrupts when the output toggles, when the output changes from '0' to '1' (rising edge), when the output changes from '1' to '0' (falling edge) or at the end of the comparison. An end-ofcomparison interrupt can be used with the Single-Shot mode to chain further events in the system, regardless of the state of the comparator outputs. The Interrupt mode is set by the Interrupt Selection bit group in the Comparator Control register (COMPCTRLx.INTSEL). Events are generated using the comparator output state, regardless of whether the interrupt is enabled or not. 46.6.2.4.1 Continuous Measurement Continuous measurement is selected by writing COMPCTRLx.SINGLE to zero. In continuous mode, the comparator is continuously enabled and performing comparisons. This ensures that the result of the latest comparison is always available in the Current State bit in the Status A register (STATUSA.STATEx). After the start-up time has passed, a comparison is done and STATUSA is updated. The Comparator x Ready bit in the Status B register (STATUSB.READYx) is set, and the appropriate peripheral events and interrupts are also generated. New comparisons are performed continuously until the COMPCTRLx.ENABLE bit is written to zero. The start-up time applies only to the first comparison. In continuous operation, edge detection of the comparator output for interrupts is done by comparing the current and previous sample. The sampling rate is the GCLK_AC frequency. An example of continuous measurement is shown in the Figure 46-2. Figure 46-2.Continuous Measurement Example GCLK_AC Write `1' COMPCTRLx.ENABLE STATUSB.READYx 2-3 cycles tSTARTUP Sampled Comparator Output For low-power operation, comparisons can be performed during sleep modes without a clock. The comparator is enabled continuously, and changes of the comparator state are detected asynchronously. When a toggle occurs, the Power Manager will start GCLK_AC to register the appropriate peripheral events and interrupts. The GCLK_AC clock is then disabled again automatically, unless configured to wake up the system from sleep. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1484 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AC - Analog Comparators 46.6.2.4.2 Single-Shot Single-shot operation is selected by writing COMPCTRLx.SINGLE to '1'. During single-shot operation, the comparator is normally idle. The user starts a single comparison by writing '1' to the respective Start Comparison bit in the write-only Control B register (CTRLB.STARTx). The comparator is enabled, and after the start-up time has passed, a single comparison is done and STATUSA is updated. Appropriate peripheral events and interrupts are also generated. No new comparisons will be performed. Writing '1' to CTRLB.STARTx also clears the Comparator x Ready bit in the Status B register (STATUSB.READYx). STATUSB.READYx is set automatically by hardware when the single comparison has completed. A single-shot measurement can also be triggered by the Event System. Setting the Comparator x Event Input bit in the Event Control Register (EVCTRL.COMPEIx) enables triggering on incoming peripheral events. Each comparator can be triggered independently by separate events. Event-triggered operation is similar to user-triggered operation; the difference is that a peripheral event from another hardware module causes the hardware to automatically start the comparison and will not clear STATUSB.READYx. To detect an edge of the comparator output in single-shot operation for the purpose of interrupts, the result of the current measurement is compared with the result of the previous measurement (one sampling period earlier). An example of single-shot operation is shown in Figure 46-3. Figure 46-3.Single-Shot Example GCLK_AC Write `1' CTRLB.STARTx Write `1' 2-3 cycles STATUSB.READYx 2-3 cycles tSTARTUP tSTARTUP Sampled Comparator Output For low-power operation, event-triggered measurements can be performed during sleep modes. When the event occurs, the Power Manager will start GCLK_AC. The comparator is enabled, and after the startup time has passed, a comparison is done and appropriate peripheral events and interrupts are also generated. The comparator and GCLK_AC are then disabled again automatically, unless configured to wake up the system from sleep. 46.6.3 Selecting Comparator Inputs Each comparator has one positive and one negative input. The positive input is one of the external input pins (AINx). The negative input can be fed either from an external input pin (AINx) or from one of the several internal reference voltage sources common to all comparators. The user selects the input source as follows: * * The positive input is selected by the Positive Input MUX Select bit group in the Comparator Control register (COMPCTRLx.MUXPOS) The negative input is selected by the Negative Input MUX Select bit group in the Comparator Control register (COMPCTRLx.MUXNEG) In the case of using an external I/O pin, the selected pin must be configured for analog use in the PORT Controller by disabling the digital input and output. The switching of the analog input multiplexers is controlled to minimize crosstalk between the channels. The input selection must be changed only while the individual comparator is disabled. Note: For internal use of the comparison results by the CCL, this bit must be 0x1 or 0x2. 46.6.4 Window Operation Each comparator pair can be configured to work together in Window mode. In this mode, a voltage range is defined, and the comparators give information about whether an input signal is within this range or not. Window mode is enabled by the Window Enable x bit in the Window Control register (WINCTRL.WENx). Both comparators in a pair must have the same measurement mode setting in their respective Comparator Control Registers (COMPCTRLx.SINGLE). To physically configure the pair of comparators for Window mode, the same I/O pin must be chosen as positive input for each comparator, providing a shared input signal. The negative inputs define the range for the window. In Figure 46-4, COMP0 defines the upper limit and COMP1 defines the lower limit of the window, as shown but the window will also work in the opposite configuration with COMP0 lower and COMP1 higher. The current state of the window function is available in the Window x State bit group of the Status register (STATUS.WSTATEx). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1485 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AC - Analog Comparators Window mode can be configured to generate interrupts when the input voltage changes to below the window, when the input voltage changes to above the window, when the input voltage changes into the window or when the input voltage changes outside the window. The interrupt selections are set by the Window Interrupt Selection bit field in the Window Control register (WINCTRL.WINTSEL). Events are generated using the inside/outside state of the window, regardless of whether the interrupt is enabled or not. Note that the individual comparator outputs, interrupts and events continue to function normally during Window mode. When the comparators are configured for Window mode and Single-shot mode, measurements are performed simultaneously on both comparators. Writing '1' to either Start Comparison bit in the Control B register (CTRLB.STARTx) will start a measurement. Likewise either peripheral event can start a measurement. Figure 46-4.Comparators in Window Mode + STATE0 COMP0 UPPER LIMIT OF WINDOW - WSTATE[1:0] INTERRUPT SENSITIVITY CONTROL & WINDOW FUNCTION INPUT SIGNAL INTERRUPTS EVENTS + COMP1 LOWER LIMIT OF WINDOW 46.6.5 STATE1 - VDDANA Scaler The VDDANA scaler generates a reference voltage that is a fraction of the device's supply voltage, with 64 levels. One independent voltage channel is dedicated for each comparator. The scaler of a comparator is enabled when the Negative Input Mux bit field or the Positive Input Mux in the respective Comparator Control register (COMPCTRLx) is set to VSCALE as an input and the comparator is enabled. The voltage of each channel is selected by the Value bit field in the SCALERx registers (SCALERx.VALUE). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1486 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AC - Analog Comparators Figure 46-5.VDDANA Scaler COMPCTRLx.MUXNEG == 5 OR COMPCTRLx.MUXPOS == 4 SCALERx. VALUE 6 to COMPx 46.6.6 Input Hysteresis Application software can selectively enable/disable hysteresis for the comparison. Applying hysteresis will help prevent constant toggling of the output, which can be caused by noise when the input signals are close to each other. Hysteresis is enabled for each comparator individually by the Hysteresis Enable bit in the Comparator x Control register (COMPCTRLx.HYSTEN). Furthermore, when enabled, the level of hysteresis is programmable through the Hysteresis Level bits also in the Comparator x Control register (COMPCTRLx.HYST). Hysteresis is available only in Continuous mode (COMPCTRLx.SINGLE=0). 46.6.7 Filtering The output of the comparators can be filtered digitally to reduce noise. The filtering is determined by the Filter Length bits in the Comparator Control x register (COMPCTRLx.FLEN), and is independent for each comparator. Filtering is selectable from none, 3-bit majority (N=3) or 5-bit majority (N=5) functions. Any change in the comparator output is considered valid only if N/2+1 out of the last N samples agree. The filter sampling rate is the GCLK_AC frequency. Note that filtering creates an additional delay of N-1 sampling cycles from when a comparison is started until the comparator output is validated. For Continuous mode, the first valid output will occur when the required number of filter samples is taken. Subsequent outputs will be generated every cycle based on the current sample plus the previous N-1 samples, as shown in Figure 46-6. For Single-shot mode, the comparison completes after the Nth filter sample, as shown in Figure 46-7. Figure 46-6.Continuous Mode Filtering Sampling Clock Sampled Comparator Output 3-bit Majority Filter Output 5-bit Majority Filter Output (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1487 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AC - Analog Comparators Figure 46-7.Single-Shot Filtering Sampling Clock Start tSTARTUP 3-bit Sampled Comparator Output 3-bit Majority Filter Output 5-bit Sampled Comparator Output 5-bit Majority Filter Output During Sleep modes, filtering is supported only for single-shot measurements. Filtering must be disabled if continuous measurements will be done during Sleep modes, or the resulting interrupt/event may be generated incorrectly. 46.6.8 Comparator Output The output of each comparator can be routed to an I/O pin by setting the Output bit group in the Comparator Control x register (COMPCTRLx.OUT). This allows the comparator to be used by external circuitry. Either the raw, nonsynchronized output of the comparator or the CLK_AC-synchronized version, including filtering, can be used as the I/O signal source. The output appears on the corresponding CMP[x] pin. 46.6.9 Offset Compensation The Swap bit in the Comparator Control registers (COMPCTRLx.SWAP) controls switching of the input signals to a comparator's positive and negative terminals. When the comparator terminals are swapped, the output signal from the comparator is also inverted, as shown in Figure 46-8. This allows the user to measure or compensate for the comparator input offset voltage. As part of the input selection, COMPCTRLx.SWAP can be changed only while the comparator is disabled. Figure 46-8.Input Swapping for Offset Compensation + MUXPOS COMPx - CMPx HYSTERESIS ENABLE SWAP MUXNEG COMPCTRLx SWAP 46.6.10 DMA Operation Not applicable. 46.6.11 Interrupts The AC has the following interrupt sources: * * Comparator (COMP0, COMP1): Indicates a change in comparator status. Window (WIN0): Indicates a change in the window status. Comparator interrupts are generated based on the conditions selected by the Interrupt Selection bit group in the Comparator Control registers (COMPCTRLx.INTSEL). Window interrupts are generated based on the conditions selected by the Window Interrupt Selection bit group in the Window Control register (WINCTRL.WINTSEL[1:0]). Each interrupt source has an interrupt flag associated with it. The interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear (INTFLAG) register is set when the interrupt condition occurs. Each interrupt can be individually enabled by writing a (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1488 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AC - Analog Comparators one to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Set (INTENSET) register, and disabled by writing a one to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Clear (INTENCLR) register. An interrupt request is generated when the interrupt flag is set and the corresponding interrupt is enabled. The interrupt request remains active until the interrupt flag is cleared, the interrupt is disabled, or the AC is Reset. See INFLAG register for details on how to clear interrupt flags. All interrupt requests from the peripheral are ORed together on system level to generate one combined interrupt request to the NVIC. The user must read the INTFLAG register to determine which interrupt condition is present. Note that interrupts must be globally enabled for interrupt requests to be generated. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 46.6.12 Events The AC can generate the following output events: * * Comparator (COMP0, COMP1): Generated as a copy of the comparator status Window (WIN0): Generated as a copy of the window inside/outside status Writing a one to an Event Output bit in the Event Control Register (EVCTRL.xxEO) enables the corresponding output event. Writing a zero to this bit disables the corresponding output event. Refer to the Event System chapter for details on configuring the event system. The AC can take the following action on an input event: * Start comparison (START0, START1): Start a comparison. Writing a one to an Event Input bit into the Event Control register (EVCTRL.COMPEIx) enables the corresponding action on input event. Writing a zero to this bit disables the corresponding action on input event. Note that if several events are connected to the AC, the enabled action will be taken on any of the incoming events. Refer to the Event System chapter for details on configuring the event system. When EVCTRL.COMPEIx is one, the event will start a comparison on COMPx after the start-up time delay. In normal mode, each comparator responds to its corresponding input event independently. For a pair of comparators in window mode, either comparator event will trigger a comparison on both comparators simultaneously. 46.6.13 Sleep Mode Operation The Run in Standby bits in the Comparator x Control registers (COMPCTRLx.RUNSTDBY) control the behavior of the AC during standby sleep mode. Each RUNSTDBY bit controls one comparator. When the bit is zero, the comparator is disabled during sleep, but maintains its current configuration. When the bit is one, the comparator continues to operate during sleep. Note that when RUNSTDBY is zero, the analog blocks are powered off for the lowest power consumption. This necessitates a start-up time delay when the system returns from sleep. For Window Mode operation, both comparators in a pair must have the same RUNSTDBY configuration. When RUNSTDBY is one, any enabled AC interrupt source can wake up the CPU. The AC can also be used during sleep modes where the clock used by the AC is disabled, provided that the AC is still powered (not in shutdown). In this case, the behavior is slightly different and depends on the measurement mode, as listed in Table 46-2. Table 46-2.Sleep Mode Operation COMPCTRLx.MODE RUNSTDBY=0 RUNSTDBY=1 0 (Continuous) COMPx disabled GCLK_AC stopped, COMPx enabled 1 (Single-shot) COMPx disabled GCLK_AC stopped, COMPx enabled only when triggered by an input event 46.6.13.1 Continuous Measurement during Sleep When a comparator is enabled in continuous measurement mode and GCLK_AC is disabled during sleep, the comparator will remain continuously enabled and will function asynchronously. The current state of the comparator is asynchronously monitored for changes. If an edge matching the interrupt condition is found, GCLK_AC is started to register the interrupt condition and generate events. If the interrupt is enabled in the Interrupt Enable registers (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1489 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AC - Analog Comparators (INTENCLR/SET), the AC can wake up the device; otherwise GCLK_AC is disabled until the next edge detection. Filtering is not possible with this configuration. Figure 46-9.Continuous Mode SleepWalking GCLK_AC Write `1' 2-3 cycles COMPCTRLx.ENABLE tSTARTUP STATUSB.READYx Sampled Comparator Output 46.6.13.2 Single-Shot Measurement during Sleep For low-power operation, event-triggered measurements can be performed during sleep modes. When the event occurs, the Power Manager will start GCLK_AC. The comparator is enabled, and after the start-up time has passed, a comparison is done, with filtering if desired, and the appropriate peripheral events and interrupts are also generated, as shown in Figure 46-10. The comparator and GCLK_AC are then disabled again automatically, unless configured to wake the system from sleep. Filtering is allowed with this configuration. Figure 46-10.Single-Shot SleepWalking GCLK_AC tSTARTUP tSTARTUP Input Event Comparator Output or Event 46.6.14 Synchronization Due to asynchronicity between the main clock domain and the peripheral clock domains, some registers need to be synchronized when written or read. The following bits are synchronized when written: * * * Software Reset bit in Control register (CTRLA.SWRST) Enable bit in Control register (CTRLA.ENABLE) Enable bit in Comparator Control register (COMPCTRLn.ENABLE) The following registers are synchronized when written: * Window Control register (WINCTRL) Required write synchronization is denoted by the "Write-Synchronized" property in the register description. Related Links 13.3 Register Synchronization (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1490 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AC - Analog Comparators 46.7 Register Summary Offset Name Bit Pos. 0x00 0x01 CTRLA CTRLB 0x02 EVCTRL 0x04 0x05 0x06 0x07 0x08 0x09 0x0A 0x0B 0x0C 0x0D 0x0E ... 0x0F INTENCLR INTENSET INTFLAG STATUSA STATUSB DBGCTRL WINCTRL Reserved SCALER0 SCALER1 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 0x10 WINEO0 INVEI0 WIN0 WIN0 WIN0 WSTATE0[1:0] INVEI1 WINTSEL0[1:0] 7:0 7:0 SWRST START0 COMPEO0 COMPEI0 COMP0 COMP0 COMP0 STATE0 READY0 DBGRUN WEN0 VALUE[5:0] VALUE[5:0] Reserved COMPCTRL0 0x14 COMPCTRL1 0x18 ... 0x1F Reserved 0x20 SYNCBUSY 0x24 CALIB 46.8 ENABLE START1 COMPEO1 COMPEI1 COMP1 COMP1 COMP1 STATE1 READY1 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 RUNSTDBY SWAP INTSEL[1:0] MUXPOS[2:0] HYST[1:0] OUT[1:0] RUNSTDBY SWAP 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 SINGLE HYSTEN INTSEL[1:0] MUXPOS[2:0] HYST[1:0] OUT[1:0] SINGLE HYSTEN COMPCTRL1 COMPCTRL0 WINCTRL ENABLE MUXNEG[2:0] SPEED[1:0] FLEN[2:0] ENABLE MUXNEG[2:0] SPEED[1:0] FLEN[2:0] ENABLE SWRST BIAS0[1:0] Register Description Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16- and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Some registers are optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). Optional PAC write protection is denoted by the "PAC Write-Protection" property in each individual register description. For details, refer to Register Access Protection. Some registers are synchronized when read and/or written. Synchronization is denoted by the "Write-Synchronized" or the "Read-Synchronized" property in each individual register description. For details, refer to Synchronization. Some registers are enable-protected, meaning they can only be written when the peripheral is disabled. Enableprotection is denoted by the "Enable-Protected" property in each individual register description. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1491 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AC - Analog Comparators 46.8.1 Control A Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 CTRLA 0x00 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 ENABLE R/W 0 0 SWRST W 0 Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable Due to synchronization, there is delay from updating the register until the peripheral is enabled/disabled. The value written to CTRL.ENABLE will read back immediately and the corresponding bit in the Synchronization Busy register (SYNCBUSY.ENABLE) will be set. SYNCBUSY.ENABLE is cleared when the peripheral is enabled/disabled. Value Description 0 The AC is disabled. 1 The AC is enabled. Each comparator must also be enabled individually by the Enable bit in the Comparator Control register (COMPCTRLn.ENABLE). Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit resets all registers in the AC to their initial state, and the AC will be disabled. Writing a '1' to CTRLA.SWRST will always take precedence, meaning that all other writes in the same write-operation will be discarded. Due to synchronization, there is a delay from writing CTRLA.SWRST until the reset is complete. CTRLA.SWRST and SYNCBUSY.SWRST will both be cleared when the reset is complete. Value Description 0 There is no reset operation ongoing. 1 The reset operation is ongoing. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1492 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AC - Analog Comparators 46.8.2 Control B Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 CTRLB 0x01 0x00 - 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 START1 R/W 0 0 START0 R/W 0 Bits 0, 1 - STARTxComparator x Start Comparison Writing a '0' to this field has no effect. Writing a '1' to STARTx starts a single-shot comparison on COMPx if both the Single-Shot and Enable bits in the Comparator x Control Register are '1' (COMPCTRLx.SINGLE and COMPCTRLx.ENABLE). If comparator x is not implemented, or if it is not enabled in single-shot mode, Writing a '1' has no effect. This bit always reads as zero. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1493 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AC - Analog Comparators 46.8.3 Event Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit EVCTRL 0x02 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 15 14 13 INVEI1 R/W 0 12 INVEI0 R/W 0 11 10 9 COMPEI1 R/W 0 8 COMPEI0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 WINEO0 R/W 0 3 2 1 COMPEO1 R/W 0 0 COMPEO0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bits 12, 13 - INVEIxInverted Event Input Enable x Value Description 0 Incoming event is not inverted for comparator x. 1 Incoming event is inverted for comparator x. Bits 8, 9 - COMPEIxComparator x Event Input Note that several actions can be enabled for incoming events. If several events are connected to the peripheral, the enabled action will be taken for any of the incoming events. There is no way to tell which of the incoming events caused the action. These bits indicate whether a comparison will start or not on any incoming event. Value Description 0 Comparison will not start on any incoming event. 1 Comparison will start on any incoming event. Bit 4 - WINEO0Window 0 Event Output Enable These bits indicate whether the window 0 function can generate a peripheral event or not. Value Description 0 Window 0 Event is disabled. 1 Window 0 Event is enabled. Bits 0, 1 - COMPEOxComparator x Event Output Enable These bits indicate whether the comparator x output can generate a peripheral event or not. Value Description 0 COMPx event generation is disabled. 1 COMPx event generation is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1494 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AC - Analog Comparators 46.8.4 Interrupt Enable Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENCLR 0x04 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to disable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET). Bit 7 6 Access Reset 5 4 WIN0 R/W 0 3 2 1 COMP1 R/W 0 0 COMP0 R/W 0 Bit 4 - WIN0Window 0 Interrupt Enable Reading this bit returns the state of the Window 0 interrupt enable. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit disables the Window 0 interrupt. Value Description 0 The Window 0 interrupt is disabled. 1 The Window 0 interrupt is enabled. Bits 0, 1 - COMPxComparator x Interrupt Enable Reading this bit returns the state of the Comparator x interrupt enable. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit disables the Comparator x interrupt. Value Description 0 The Comparator x interrupt is disabled. 1 The Comparator x interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1495 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AC - Analog Comparators 46.8.5 Interrupt Enable Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENSET 0x05 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to enable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Clear register (INTENCLR). Bit 7 6 Access Reset 5 4 WIN0 R/W 0 3 2 1 COMP1 R/W 0 0 COMP0 R/W 0 Bit 4 - WIN0Window 0 Interrupt Enable Reading this bit returns the state of the Window 0 interrupt enable. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit enables the Window 0 interrupt. Value Description 0 The Window 0 interrupt is disabled. 1 The Window 0 interrupt is enabled. Bits 0, 1 - COMPxComparator x Interrupt Enable Reading this bit returns the state of the Comparator x interrupt enable. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Ready interrupt bit and enable the Ready interrupt. Value Description 0 The Comparator x interrupt is disabled. 1 The Comparator x interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1496 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AC - Analog Comparators 46.8.6 Interrupt Flag Status and Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 INTFLAG 0x06 0x00 - 6 Access Reset 5 4 WIN0 R/W 0 3 2 1 COMP1 R/W 0 0 COMP0 R/W 0 Bit 4 - WIN0Window 0 This flag is set according to the Window 0 Interrupt Selection bit group in the WINCTRL register (WINCTRL.WINTSELx) and will generate an interrupt if INTENCLR/SET.WINx is also one. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Window 0 interrupt flag. Bits 0, 1 - COMPxComparator x Reading this bit returns the status of the Comparator x interrupt flag. If comparator x is not implemented, COMPx always reads as zero. This flag is set according to the Interrupt Selection bit group in the Comparator x Control register (COMPCTRLx.INTSEL) and will generate an interrupt if INTENCLR/SET.COMPx is also one. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Comparator x interrupt flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1497 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AC - Analog Comparators 46.8.7 Status A Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 STATUSA 0x07 0x00 - 6 5 4 3 WSTATE0[1:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 2 1 STATE1 R 0 0 STATE0 R 0 Bits 5:4 - WSTATE0[1:0]Window 0 Current State These bits show the current state of the signal if the window 0 mode is enabled. These values may change in during startup and measurement cycles. When polling for sample completion use the STATUSB.READY bit to signal completion. Value Name Description 0x0 ABOVE Signal is above window 0x1 INSIDE Signal is inside window 0x2 BELOW Signal is below window 0x3 Reserved Bits 0, 1 - STATExComparator x Current State This bit shows the current state of the output signal from COMPx. STATEx is valid only when STATUSB.READYx is one. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1498 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AC - Analog Comparators 46.8.8 Status B Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 STATUSB 0x08 0x00 - 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 READY1 R 0 0 READY0 R 0 Bits 0, 1 - READYxComparator x Ready This bit is cleared when the comparator x output is not ready. This bit is set when the comparator x output is ready. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1499 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AC - Analog Comparators 46.8.9 Debug Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 DBGCTRL 0x09 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 0 DBGRUN R/W 0 Bit 0 - DBGRUNDebug Run This bit is not reset by a software reset. This bits controls the functionality when the CPU is halted by an external debugger. Value Description 0 The AC is halted when the CPU is halted by an external debugger. Any on-going comparison will complete. 1 The AC continues normal operation when the CPU is halted by an external debugger. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1500 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AC - Analog Comparators 46.8.10 Window Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 WINCTRL 0x0A 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 WINTSEL0[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 0 WEN0 R/W 0 Bits 2:1 - WINTSEL0[1:0]Window 0 Interrupt Selection These bits configure the interrupt mode for the comparator window 0 mode. Value Name Description 0x0 ABOVE Interrupt on signal above window 0x1 INSIDE Interrupt on signal inside window 0x2 BELOW Interrupt on signal below window 0x3 OUTSIDE Interrupt on signal outside window Bit 0 - WEN0Window 0 Mode Enable Value Description 0 Window mode is disabled for comparators 0 and 1. 1 Window mode is enabled for comparators 0 and 1. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1501 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AC - Analog Comparators 46.8.11 Scaler n Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 SCALER 0x0C + n*0x01 [n=0..1] 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 VALUE[5:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 5:0 - VALUE[5:0]Scaler Value These bits define the scaling factor for channel n of the VDDANA voltage scaler. The output voltage, VSCALE, is: DD VALUE+1 SCALE = 64 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1502 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AC - Analog Comparators 46.8.12 Comparator Control n Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 COMPCTRL 0x10 + n*0x04 [n=0..1] 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection 30 29 28 27 26 R/W 0 25 FLEN[2:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 10 OUT[1:0] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 23 22 R/W 0 21 20 R/W 0 R/W 0 19 HYSTEN R/W 0 13 MUXPOS[2:0] R/W 0 12 11 R/W 0 5 4 HYST[1:0] Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 15 SWAP R/W 0 7 14 R/W 0 6 RUNSTDBY R/W 0 3 INTSEL[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 24 SPEED[1:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 8 R/W 0 9 MUXNEG[2:0] R/W 0 2 SINGLE R/W 0 1 ENABLE R/W 0 R/W 0 0 Bits 29:28 - OUT[1:0]Output These bits configure the output selection for comparator n. COMPCTRLn.OUT can be written only while COMPCTRLn.ENABLE is zero. Note: For internal use of the comparison results by the CCL, this bit must be 0x1 or 0x2. These bits are not synchronized. Value Name Description 0x0 OFF The output of COMPn is not routed to the COMPn I/O port 0x1 ASYNC The asynchronous output of COMPn is routed to the COMPn I/O port 0x2 SYNC The synchronous output (including filtering) of COMPn is routed to the COMPn I/O port 0x3 N/A Reserved Bits 26:24 - FLEN[2:0]Filter Length These bits configure the filtering for comparator n. COMPCTRLn.FLEN can only be written while COMPCTRLn.ENABLE is zero. These bits are not synchronized. Value Name Description 0x0 OFF No filtering 0x1 MAJ3 3-bit majority function (2 of 3) 0x2 MAJ5 5-bit majority function (3 of 5) 0x3-0x7 N/A Reserved Bits 21:20 - HYST[1:0]Hysteresis Level These bits indicate the hysteresis level of comparator n when hysteresis is enabled (COMPCTRLn.HYSTEN=1). Hysteresis is available only for continuous mode (COMPCTRLn.SINGLE=0). COMPCTRLn.HYST can be written only while COMPCTRLn.ENABLE is zero. These bits are not synchronized. Value Name Description 0x0 HYST50 50mV (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1503 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AC - Analog Comparators Value 0x1 0x2 0x3 Name HYST100 HYST150 N/A Description 100mV 150mV Reserved Bit 19 - HYSTENHysteresis Enable This bit indicates the hysteresis mode of comparator n. Hysteresis is available only for continuous mode (COMPCTRLn.SINGLE=0). This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 Hysteresis is disabled. 1 Hysteresis is enabled. Bits 17:16 - SPEED[1:0]Speed Selection This bitfield must be written to 0x3 for each comparator n. COMPCTRLn.SPEED can be written only while COMPCTRLn.ENABLE is zero. These bits are not synchronized. Value Name Description 0x3 HIGH High speed Other Reserved Bit 15 - SWAPSwap Inputs and Invert This bit swaps the positive and negative inputs to COMPn and inverts the output. This function can be used for offset cancellation. COMPCTRLn.SWAP can be written only while COMPCTRLn.ENABLE is zero. These bits are not synchronized. Value Description 0 The output of MUXPOS connects to the positive input, and the output of MUXNEG connects to the negative input. 1 The output of MUXNEG connects to the positive input, and the output of MUXPOS connects to the negative input. Bits 14:12 - MUXPOS[2:0]Positive Input Mux Selection These bits select which input will be connected to the positive input of comparator n. COMPCTRLn.MUXPOS can be written only while COMPCTRLn.ENABLE is zero. These bits are not synchronized. Value Name Description 0x0 PIN0 I/O pin 0 0x1 PIN1 I/O pin 1 0x2 PIN2 I/O pin 2 0x3 PIN3 I/O pin 3 0x4 VSCALE VDDANA scaler 0x5-0x7 Reserved Bits 10:8 - MUXNEG[2:0]Negative Input Mux Selection These bits select which input will be connected to the negative input of comparator n. COMPCTRLn.MUXNEG can only be written while COMPCTRLn.ENABLE is zero. These bits are not synchronized. Value Name Description 0x0 PIN0 I/O pin 0 0x1 PIN1 I/O pin 1 0x2 PIN2 I/O pin 2 0x3 PIN3 I/O pin 3 0x4 GND Ground 0x5 VSCALE VDDANA scaler 0x6 BANDGAP Internal bandgap voltage 0x7 DAC DAC output (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1504 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AC - Analog Comparators Bit 6 - RUNSTDBYRun in Standby This bit controls the behavior of the comparator during standby sleep mode. This bit is not synchronized Value Description 0 The comparator is disabled during sleep. 1 The comparator continues to operate during sleep. Bits 4:3 - INTSEL[1:0]Interrupt Selection These bits select the condition for comparator n to generate an interrupt or event. COMPCTRLn.INTSEL can be written only while COMPCTRLn.ENABLE is zero. These bits are not synchronized. Value Name Description 0x0 TOGGLE Interrupt on comparator output toggle 0x1 RISING Interrupt on comparator output rising 0x2 FALLING Interrupt on comparator output falling 0x3 EOC Interrupt on end of comparison (single-shot mode only) Bit 2 - SINGLESingle-Shot Mode This bit determines the operation of comparator n. COMPCTRLn.SINGLE can be written only while COMPCTRLn.ENABLE is zero. These bits are not synchronized. Value Description 0 Comparator n operates in continuous measurement mode. 1 Comparator n operates in single-shot mode. Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable Writing a zero to this bit disables comparator n. Writing a one to this bit enables comparator n. Due to synchronization, there is delay from updating the register until the comparator is enabled/disabled. The value written to COMPCTRLn.ENABLE will read back immediately after being written. SYNCBUSY.COMPCTRLn is set. SYNCBUSY.COMPCTRLn is cleared when the peripheral is enabled/disabled. Writing a one to COMPCTRLn.ENABLE will prevent further changes to the other bits in COMPCTRLn. These bits remain protected until COMPCTRLn.ENABLE is written to zero and the write is synchronized. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1505 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AC - Analog Comparators 46.8.13 Synchronization Busy Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit SYNCBUSY 0x20 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 COMPCTRL1 R 0 3 COMPCTRL0 R 0 2 WINCTRL R 0 1 ENABLE R 0 0 SWRST R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bits 3, 4 - COMPCTRLxCOMPCTRLx Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of the COMPCTRLx register between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of the COMPCTRLx register between clock domains is started. Bit 2 - WINCTRLWINCTRL Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of the WINCTRL register between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of the WINCTRL register between clock domains is started. Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of the CTRLA.ENABLE bit between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of the CTRLA.ENABLE bit between clock domains is started. Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of the CTRLA.SWRST bit between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of the CTRLA.SWRST bit between clock domains is started. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1506 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AC - Analog Comparators 46.8.14 Calibration Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit CALIB 0x24 0x0101 Enable-Protect, PAC Write-Protection 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 Access Reset Bit 0 BIAS0[1:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 1 Bits 1:0 - BIAS0[1:0]COMP0/1 Bias Scaling This value from production test must be loaded from the NVM software calibration row into the CALIB register by software to achieve the specified accuracy.The value must be copied only, and must not be changed (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1507 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter 47. DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter 47.1 Overview The Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC) converts a digital value to a voltage. The DAC Controller controls two DACs, which can operate either as two independent DACs or as a single DAC in differential mode. Each DAC is 12-bit resolution and is capable of converting up to 1,000,000 samples per second (MSPS). 47.2 Features * * * * * * * * * 47.3 Two independent DACs or single DAC in differential mode DAC with 12-bit resolution Integrated or Standalone filters with 2x, 4x, 8x, 16x, or 32x oversampling rate (OSR) Up to 1MSPS conversion rate Hardware support for 16-bit using dithering Multiple trigger sources High-drive capabilities DAC0 used as internal input DMA support Block Diagram Figure 47-1.DAC Controller Block Diagram DATABUF0 Internal input DITH0 SINC0 DAC0 DATA0 VREFA DAC Controller VDDANA Ref.voltage (VREF) DATABUF1 DITH1 SINC1 DAC1 DATA1 47.4 VOUT0 VOUT1 Signal Description Signal Description Type VOUT0 DAC0 output Analog output VOUT1 DAC1 output Analog output VREFA External reference Analog input One signal can be mapped on several pins. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1508 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter Important: When an analog peripheral is enabled, the analog output of the peripheral will interfere with the alternative functions of the output pads. This is also true even when the peripheral is used for internal purposes. Analog inputs do not interfere with alternative pad functions. Related Links 6. I/O Multiplexing and Considerations 47.5 Product Dependencies In order to use this peripheral, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described below. 47.5.1 I/O Lines Using the DAC Controller's I/O lines requires the I/O pins to be configured in the PORT - I/O Pin Controller. Table 47-1.I/O Lines 47.5.2 Instance Signal Peripheral Function DAC VOUT0 A DAC VOUT1 A DAC VREFA A Power Management The DAC Controller will continue to operate in any sleep mode where the selected source clock is running. The DAC Controller interrupts can be used to wake up the device from sleep modes. Events connected to the event system can trigger other operations in the system without exiting sleep modes. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager 47.5.3 Clocks The DAC bus clock (CLK_DAC_APB) can be enabled and disabled in the Main Clock module, and the default state of CLK_DAC_APB can be found in Peripheral Clock Masking. A generic clock (GCLK_DAC) is required to clock the DAC Controller. This clock must be configured and enabled in the generic clock controller before using the DAC Controller. This generic clock is asynchronous to the bus clock (CLK_DAC_APB). Due to this asynchronicity, writes to certain registers will require synchronization between the clock domains. Refer to 47.6.8 Synchronization for further details. Related Links 15.6.2.6 Peripheral Clock Masking 14. GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 47.5.4 DMA The DMA request line is connected to the DMA Controller (DMAC). Using the DAC Controller DMA requests requires to configure the DMAC first. Related Links 22. DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 47.5.5 Interrupts The interrupt request line is connected to the interrupt controller. Using the DAC Controller interrupts requires the interrupt controller to be configured first. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1509 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 47.5.6 Events The events are connected to the Event System. Related Links 31. EVSYS - Event System 47.5.7 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in debug mode the DAC will halt normal operation. Any on-going conversions will be completed. The DAC can be forced to continue normal operation during debugging. If the DAC is configured in a way that requires it to be periodically serviced by the CPU through interrupts or similar, improper operation or data loss may result during debugging. Related Links 47.8.15 DBGCTRL 47.5.8 Register Access Protection All registers with write access can be write-protected optionally by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC), except for the following registers: * * Interrupt Flag Status and Clear (INTFLAG) register Data Buffer (DATABUFx) registers Optional write protection by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC) is denoted by the "PAC Write Protection" property in each individual register description. PAC write protection does not apply to accesses through an external debugger. Related Links 27. PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 47.5.9 Analog Connections The DAC has up to two analog output pins (VOUT0, VOUT1) and one analog input pin (VREFA) that must be configured first. When an internal input is used, it must be enabled before DAC Controller is enabled. The analog signals of AC, ADC, DAC and OPAMP can be interconnected. See Analog Connections of Peripherals for details. 47.6 Functional Description 47.6.1 Principle of Operation Each DAC converts the digital value located in the Data register (DATA0 or DATA1) into an analog voltage on the DAC output (VOUT0 or VOUT1, respectively). A conversion is started when new data is loaded to the Data register. The resulting voltage is available on the DAC output after the conversion time. A conversion can also be started by input events from Event System. 47.6.2 Basic Operation 47.6.2.1 Initialization The following registers are enable-protected, meaning they can only be written when the DAC Controller is disabled (CTRLA.ENABLE=0): * Control B register (CTRLB) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1510 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter * * * Event Control register (EVCTRL) DAC0 Control (DACCTRL0) DAC1 Control (DACCTRL1) Enable-protection is denoted by the Enable-Protected property in the register description. 47.6.2.2 Enabling, Disabling and Resetting The DAC Controller is enabled by writing a '1' to the Enable bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.ENABLE). The DAC Controller is disabled by writing a '0' to CTRLA.ENABLE. The DAC Controller is reset by writing '1' to the Software Reset bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.SWRST). All registers in the DAC will be reset to their initial state, and the DAC Controller will be disabled. Refer to 47.8.1 CTRLA for details. 47.6.2.3 DAC Configuration Each individual DAC is configured by its respective DAC Control register (DACCTRLx)). These settings are applied when DAC Controller is enabled and can be changed only when DAC Controller is disabled. * * * * * * * * Enable the selected DAC by writing a '1' to DACCTRLx.ENABLE. Select the data alignment with DACCCTRLx.LEFTADJ. Writing a '1' will left-align the data (DATABUFx/ DATAx[31:20]). Writing a '0' to LEFTADJ will right-align the data (DATABUFx/DATAx[11:0]). If operation in standby mode is desired for DACx, write a '1' to the Run in Standby bit in the DAC Control register (DACCCTRLx.RUNSTDBY). If RUNSTDBY=1, DACx continues normal operation when system is in standby mode. If RUNSTDBY=0, DACx is halted in standby mode. Select dithering mode with DACCCTRLx.DITHER. Writing '1' to DITHER will enable dithering mode, writing a '0' will disable it. Refer to 47.6.9.5 Dithering Mode for details. Select the refresh period with the Refresh Period bit field in DACCCTRLx.REFRESH[3:0]. Writing any value greater than '1' to the REFRESH bit field will enable and select the refresh mode. Refer to 47.6.9.3 Conversion Refresh for details. Select the output buffer current according to data rate (for low power application) with the Current Control bit field DACCTRLx.CCTRL[1:0]. Refer to 47.6.9.2 Output Buffer Current Control for details. Select standalone filter usage by writing to DACCTRLx.FEXT. Writing FEXT=1 selects a standalone filter, FEXT=0 selects the filter integrated to the DAC. See also 47.6.9.6 Interpolation Mode for details. Select the filter oversampling ratio by writing to DACCTRLx.OSR[2:0]. writing OSR=0 selects no oversampling; writing any other value will enable interpolation of input data. See also 47.6.9.6 Interpolation Mode for details. Once the DAC Controller is enabled, DACx requires a startup time before the first conversion can start. The DACx Startup Ready bit in the Status register (STATUS.READYx) indicates that DACx is ready to convert a data when STATUS.READYx=1. Conversions started while STATUS.READYx=0 shall be discarded. VOUTx is at tri-state level if DACx is not enabled. 47.6.2.4 Digital to Analog Conversion Each DAC converts a digital value (stored in DATAx register) into an analog voltage. The conversion range is between GND and the selected DAC voltage reference VREF. The default source for VREF is the internal reference voltage VREF. Other voltage reference options are the analog supply voltage (VDDANA) and the external voltage reference (VREFA). The voltage reference is selected by writing to the Reference Selection bits in the Control B register (CTRLB.REFSEL). The output voltage from the DAC can be calculated using the following formula: OUTx = DATAx x VREF 4095 A new conversion starts as soon as a new value is loaded into DATAx. DATAx can either be loaded via the APB bus during a CPU write operation, using DMA, or from the DATABUFx register when a STARTx event occurs. Refer to 47.5.6 Events for details. Even if both DAC use the same GCLK, each data conversion can be started independently. The conversion time is given by the period TGCLK of the generic clock GCLK_DAC and the number of bits: (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1511 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter CONV = 12 x 2 x GCLK The End Of Conversion bit in the Status register indicates that a conversion is completed (STATUS.EOCx=1). This means that VOUTx is stable. Figure 47-2.Single DAC Conversion t0 t12 t24 GCLK_DAC 0x3FF DATAx 0xFFF Start of Conversion STATUS.EOCx 0xFFF VREF 0x7FF VREF/2 VOUTx 0x000 0 T CONV Since the DAC conversion is implemented as pipelined procedure, a new conversion can be started after only 12 GCLK_DAC periods. Therefore if DATAx is written while a conversion is ongoing, start of conversion is postponed until DACx is ready to start next conversion. The maximum conversion rate (samples per second) is therefore: CRmax = 2 conv Figure 47-3.Multiple DAC Conversions t0 GCLK_DAC 0x000 DATAx t12 t24 ... ... 0x3FF 0x7FF t36 ... t48 ... ... 0xFFF Start of Conversion STATUS.EOCx 0xFFF VREF 0x7FF VREF/2 0x000 0 VOUTx T CONV0 T CONV2 T CONV1 Related Links 19. SUPC - Supply Controller (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1512 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter 47.6.3 Operating Conditions * * * 47.6.4 The DAC voltage reference must be below VDDANA. The maximum conversion rate of 1MSPS can be achieved only if VDDANA is above 2.4V. The frequency of GCLK_DAC must be equal or lower than 12MHz (corresponding to 1MSPS). DMA Operation In single mode (CTRLB.DIFF=0), DAC Controller generates the following DMA requests: * * * * Data Buffer 0 Empty (EMPTY0): The request is set when data is transferred from DATABUF0 or DATA0 to the internal data buffer of DAC0. The request is cleared when either DATA0 register or DATABUF0 register is written, or by writing a '1' to the EMPTY0 bit in the Interrupt Flag register (INTFLAG.EMPTY0). Data Buffer 1 Empty (EMPTY1): The request is set when data is transferred from DATABUF1 or DATA1 to the internal data buffer of DAC1. The request is cleared when either DATA0 register or DATABUF1 register is written, or by writing a one to the EMPTY1 bit in the Interrupt Flag register (INTFLAG.EMPTY1). Filter 0 Result Ready (RESRDY0): The request is set when the filter is used as standalone, and filter output is ready. The request is cleared by writing a '1' to the RESRDY0 bit in the Interrupt Flag register (INTFLAG.RESRDY0). Filter 1 Result Ready (RESRDY1): The request is set when the filter is used as standalone, and filter output is ready. The request is cleared by writing a '1' to the RESRDY1 bit in the Interrupt Flag register (INTFLAG.RESRDY1). In differential mode (CTRLB.DIFF=1), DAC Controller generates the following DMA request: * Data Buffer 0 Empty (EMPTY0): The request is set when data is transferred from DATABUF0 or DATA0 to the internal data buffer of DAC1. The request is cleared when either DATA0 register or DATABUF0 register is written, or by writing a one to the EMPTY0 bit in the Interrupt Flag register (INTFLAG.EMPTY0). If the CPU accesses the registers which are source of DMA request set/clear condition, the DMA request can be lost or the DMA transfer can be corrupted, if enabled. 47.6.5 Interrupts The DAC Controller has the following interrupt sources: * * * * * * * * DAC0 Data Buffer Empty (EMPTY0): Indicates that the internal data buffer of DAC0 is empty. DAC1 Data Buffer Empty (EMPTY1): Indicates that the internal data buffer of DAC1 is empty. DAC0 Underrun (UNDERRUN0): Indicates that the internal data buffer of DAC0 is empty and a DAC0 start of conversion event occurred. Refer to 47.5.6 Events for details. DAC1 Underrun (UNDERRUN1): Indicates that the internal data buffer of DAC1 is empty and a DAC1 start of conversion event occurred. Refer to 47.5.6 Events for details. Filter 0 Result Ready (RESRDY0): Indicates that Filter 0 result is ready if set as standalone filter. Filter 1 Result Ready (RESRDY1): Indicates that Filter 1 result is ready if set as standalone filter. Filter 0 Overrun (OVERRUN0): Indicates that the DMA request has not been cleared while the RESULT0 register gets new data. Filter 1 Overrun (OVERRUN1): Indicates that the DMA request has not been cleared while the RESULT1 register gets new data. These interrupts are asynchronous wake-up sources. Each interrupt source has an interrupt flag associated with it. The interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear (INTFLAG) register is set when the interrupt condition occurs. Each interrupt can be individually enabled by writing a '1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Set (INTENSET) register, and disabled by writing a '1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Clear (INTENCLR) register. An interrupt request is generated when the interrupt flag is set and the corresponding interrupt is enabled. The interrupt request remains active until the interrupt flag is cleared, the interrupt is disabled, or the DAC Controller is reset. See 47.8.6 INTFLAG for details on how to clear interrupt flags. All interrupt requests from the peripheral are ORed together on system level to generate one combined interrupt request to the NVIC. The user must read the INTFLAG register to determine which interrupt condition is present. Note that interrupts must be globally enabled for interrupt requests to be generated. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1513 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter 47.6.6 Events The DAC Controller can generate the following output events: * * * * Data Buffer 0 Empty (EMPTY0): Generated when the internal data buffer of DAC0 is empty. Refer to 47.6.4 DMA Operation for details. Data Buffer 1 Empty (EMPTY1): Generated when the internal data buffer of DAC1 is empty. Refer to 47.6.4 DMA Operation for details. Filter 0 Result Ready (RESRDY0): Generated when standalone filter 0 result is ready. Filter 1 Result Ready (RESRDY1): Generated when standalone filter 1 result is ready. Writing a '1' to an Event Output bit in the Event Control Register (EVCTRL.EMPTYEOx) enables the corresponding output event. Writing a '0' to this bit disables the corresponding output event. Refer to the Event System chapter for details on configuring the event system. The DAC Controller can take the following actions on an input event: * * DAC0 Start Conversion (START0): DATABUF0 value is transferred into DATA0 as soon as DAC0 is ready for the next conversion, and then conversion is started. START0 is considered as asynchronous to GCLK_DAC, thus it is resynchronized in the DAC Controller. Refer to 47.6.2.4 Digital to Analog Conversion for details. DAC1 Start Conversion (START1): DATABUF1 value is transferred into DATA1 as soon as DAC1 is ready for the next conversion, and then conversion is started. START1 is considered as asynchronous to GCLK_DAC, thus it is resynchronized in the DAC Controller. Refer to 47.6.2.4 Digital to Analog Conversion for details. Writing a '1' to an Event Input bit in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.STARTEIx) enables the corresponding action on input event. Writing a '0' to this bit will disable the corresponding action on input event. Note: When several events are connected to the DAC Controller, the enabled action will be taken on any of the incoming events. By default, DAC Controller detects rising edge events. Falling edge detection can be enabled by writing '1' to EVCTRL.INVEIx. Note that if an event occurs before startup time is completed, DATAx is loaded but start of conversion is ignored. 47.6.7 Sleep Mode Operation If the Run In Standby bit in the DAC Control x register DACCCTRLx.RUNSTDBY=1, the DACx will continue the conversions in standby sleep mode. If DACCCTRLx.RUNSTDBY=0, the DACx will stop conversions in standby sleep mode. If DACx conversion is stopped in standby sleep mode, DACx is also disabled to reduce power consumption. When exiting standby sleep mode, DACx is enabled again, therefore a certain startup time is required before starting a new conversion. DAC Controller is compatible with SleepWalking: if RUNSTDBY=1, when an input event (STARTx) is detected in sleep mode, the DAC Controller will request GCLK_DAC in order to complete the conversion. 47.6.8 Synchronization Due to asynchronicity between the main clock domain and the peripheral clock domains, some registers need to be synchronized when written or read. An exception is the Channel Enable bit in the Peripheral Channel Control registers (PCHCTRLm.CHEN). When changing this bit, the bit value must be read-back to ensure the synchronization is complete and to assert glitch free internal operation. Note that changing the bit value under ongoing synchronization will not generate an error. The following bits are synchronized when written: * * Software Reset bit in control register (CTRLA.SWRST) Enable bit in control register (CTRLA.ENABLE) The following registers are synchronized when written: * * * DAC0 data register (DATA0) DAC1 data register (DATA1) DAC0 data buffer register (DATABUF0) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1514 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter * DAC1 data buffer register (DATABUF1) Required write synchronization is denoted by the "Write-Synchronized" property in the register description. Related Links 13.3 Register Synchronization 47.6.9 Additional Features 47.6.9.1 DAC0 as Internal Input The analog output of DAC0, VOUT0, is internally available as input signal for other peripherals (AC, ADC, and OPAMP) when DAC0 is enabled. Note: The pin VOUT0 will be dedicated as internal input and cannot be configured as alternate function. 47.6.9.2 Output Buffer Current Control Power consumption can be reduced by controlling the output buffer current, according to conversion rate. Writing to the Current Control bits in DAC Control x register (DACCTRLx.[1:0]) will select an output buffer current. Related Links 47.8.9 DACCTRL0 47.8.10 DACCTRL1 47.6.9.3 Conversion Refresh Conversion Refresh only works when the input data is not interpolated, i.e. the Oversampling Rate in the DAC Control register is zero (DACCTRLx.OSR=0x0). The DAC can only maintain its output within one LSB of the desired value for approximately 100s. When a DAC is used to generate a static voltage or at a rate less than 20kSPS, the conversion must be refreshed periodically. The OSCULP32K clock can start new conversions automatically after a specified period. Write a value to the Refresh bit field in the DAC Control x register (DACCTRLx.REFRESH[3:0]) to select the refresh period according to the formula: REFRESH = REFRESH x OSCULP32K The actual period will depend on the tolerance of the OSCULP32K (see Electrical Characteristics). If DACCTRLx.REFRESH=0, there is no conversion refresh. DACCTRLx.REFRESH=1 is Reserved. If no new conversion is started before the refresh period is completed, DACx will convert the DATAx value again. In standby sleep mode, the refresh mode remains enabled if DACCTRLx.RUNSTDBY=1. If DATAx is written while a refresh conversion is ongoing, the conversion of the new content of DATAx is postponed until DACx is ready to start the next conversion. 47.6.9.4 Differential Mode DAC0 and DAC1 can be configured to operate in differential mode, i.e. the combined output is a voltage balanced around VREF/2, see also the figure below. In differential mode, DAC0 and DAC1 are converting synchronously the DATA0 value. DATA0 must therefore be a signed value, represented in two's complement format with DATA0[11] as the signed bit. DATA0 has therefore the range [-2047:2047]. VOUT0 is the positive output and VOUT1 the negative output. The differential output voltage is therefore: OUT = DATA0 x VREF = OUT0 - OUT1 2047 DACCTRL0 serves as the configuration register for both DAC0 and DAC1. Therefore DACCTRL1 does not need to be written. The differential mode is enabled by writing a '1' to the Differential bit in the Control B register (CTRLB.DIFF). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1515 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter Figure 47-4.DAC Conversions in Differential Mode DATA0 2047 (0xFFF) VREF VOUT0 0 (0x800) VREF/2 VOUT1 -2047 (0x000) 0 47.6.9.5 Dithering Mode Dithering is enabled by setting DACCTRLx.DITHER to 1. In dithering mode, DATAx is a 16-bit unsigned value where DATAx[15:4] is the 12-bit data converted by DAC and DATAx[3:0] represent the dither bits, used to minimize the quantization error. The principle is to make 16 sub-conversions of the DATAx[15:4] value or the (DATAx[15:4] + 1) value, so that by averaging those two values, the conversion result of the 16-bit value (DATAx[15:0]) is accurate. To operate, the STARTx event must be configured to generate 16 events for each DATAx[15:0] conversion, and DATABUFx must be loaded every 16 DAC conversions. EMPTYx event and DMA request are therefore generated every 16 DATABUFx to DATAx transfer. STATUS.EOCx still reports end of each sub-conversions. Following timing diagram shows examples with DATA0[15:0] = 0x1204 followed by DATA0[15:0] = 0x1238. Figure 47-5.DAC Conversions in Dithering Mode DATA0[15:0] 0x1240 0x1230 0x1238 VOUT0 0x1210 0x1200 sub-conversion 0x1204 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 47.6.9.6 Interpolation Mode The DAC provides interpolation that allows for oversampling ratios (OSR) of 2x, 4x, 8x, 16x or 32x. Interpolation mode is selected by writing a non-zero value to the Oversampling Ratio bits in the DACx Control register (DACCTRLx.OSR). The data is sampled once over OSR trigger events and then recomputed at the trigger sample rate using a thirdorder SINC filter. The figures below show the spectral mask of the SINC filter depending on the selected OSR. is the sampling frequency of the input signal which corresponds to the trigger frequency divided by OSR. The Filter usage bit DACCTRLx.FEXT determines whether the filter is integrated to the corresponding DAC or used as a standalone filter driven by DMA. If DACCTRLx.FEXT=0, the DAC takes the filter output while the value of RESULTx is reading zero. Conversely, If DACCTRLx.FEXT=1, the DAC value remains zero, and the value of RESULTx register reflects the filter output. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1516 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter Figure 47-6.Interpolator Spectral Mask for 2x OSR 0 -24 -2.4 gain (dB), 0-fs/2 mask gain (dB), overall mask 3rd order SINC filter overall mask for OSR = 2 0 -48 -72 -96 -120 3rd order SINC filter 0-fs/2 mask for OSR = 2 -4.8 -7.2 -9.6 0 0.125*fs 0.25*fs 0.375*fs 0.5*fs 0.625*fs frequency (Hz), overall mask 0.75*fs 0.875*fs -12 1*fs 0 fs/16 fs/8 3*fs/16 fs/4 5*fs/16 frequency (Hz), 0-fs/2 mask 3*fs/8 7*fs/16 fs/2 7*fs/16 fs/2 7*fs/16 fs/2 Figure 47-7.Interpolator Spectral Mask for 4x OSR 0 -24 -2.4 gain (dB), 0-fs/2 mask gain (dB), overall mask 3rd order SINC filter overall mask for OSR = 4 0 -48 -72 -96 -120 3rd order SINC filter 0-fs/2 mask for OSR = 4 -4.8 -7.2 -9.6 0 0.25*fs 0.5*fs 0.75*fs 1*fs 1.25*fs frequency (Hz), overall mask 1.5*fs 1.75*fs -12 2*fs 0 fs/16 fs/8 3*fs/16 fs/4 5*fs/16 frequency (Hz), 0-fs/2 mask 3*fs/8 Figure 47-8.Interpolator Spectral Mask for 8x OSR 0 -24 -2.4 gain (dB), 0-fs/2 mask gain (dB), overall mask 3rd order SINC filter overall mask for OSR = 8 0 -48 -72 -96 -120 3rd order SINC filter 0-fs/2 mask for OSR = 8 -4.8 -7.2 -9.6 0 0.5*fs 1*fs 1.5*fs 2*fs 2.5*fs frequency (Hz), overall mask (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. 3*fs 3.5*fs 4*fs -12 0 Datasheet fs/16 fs/8 3*fs/16 fs/4 5*fs/16 frequency (Hz), 0-fs/2 mask 3*fs/8 DS60001507F-page 1517 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter Figure 47-9.Interpolator Spectral Mask for 16x OSR 0 -24 -2.4 gain (dB), 0-fs/2 mask gain (dB), overall mask 3rd order SINC filter overall mask for OSR = 16 0 -48 -72 -96 -120 3rd order SINC filter 0-fs/2 mask for OSR = 16 -4.8 -7.2 -9.6 0 1*fs 2*fs 3*fs 4*fs 5*fs frequency (Hz), overall mask 6*fs 7*fs -12 8*fs 0 fs/16 fs/8 3*fs/16 fs/4 5*fs/16 frequency (Hz), 0-fs/2 mask 3*fs/8 7*fs/16 fs/2 7*fs/16 fs/2 Figure 47-10.Interpolator Spectral Mask for 32x OSR 0 -24 -2.4 gain (dB), 0-fs/2 mask gain (dB), overall mask 3rd order SINC filter overall mask for OSR = 32 0 -48 -72 -96 -120 3rd order SINC filter 0-fs/2 mask for OSR = 32 -4.8 -7.2 -9.6 0 2*fs 4*fs 6*fs 8*fs 10*fs frequency (Hz), overall mask 12*fs 14*fs -12 16*fs 0 fs/16 fs/8 3*fs/16 fs/4 5*fs/16 frequency (Hz), 0-fs/2 mask 3*fs/8 47.6.9.7 Dithering-Interpolation Mode It is possible to enable both Dithering and Interpolation at the same time by setting DACCTRLx.DITHER and DACCTRLx.OSR prior to enabling the DAC. In Dithering-Interpolation mode, the output of dithering is sampled at a number of events corresponding to the OSR value. The valid OSR value is 2, 4, 8, or 16. Figure 47-11.Dithering-Interpolation Data Path DACCTRL.FEXT DAC Controller 16bit DATABUF 16bit data/16-events (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. DITHER 16bit data/N-events Datasheet SINC 1 APB 0 DAC 12bit data/event DS60001507F-page 1518 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter 47.7 Register Summary Offset Name Bit Pos. 0x00 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x04 0x05 0x06 0x07 CTRLA CTRLB EVCTRL Reserved INTENCLR INTENSET INTFLAG STATUS 7:0 7:0 7:0 0x08 SYNCBUSY 0x0C DACCTRL0 0x0E DACCTRL1 0x10 DATA0 0x12 DATA1 0x14 DATABUF0 0x16 DATABUF1 0x18 0x19 ... 0x1B DBGCTRL 0x1C RESULT0 0x1E RESULT1 47.8 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 7:0 RESRDYEO1 RESRDYEO0 OVERRUN1 OVERRUN1 OVERRUN1 DITHER DITHER OVERRUN0 OVERRUN0 OVERRUN0 RUNSTDBY OSR[2:0] RUNSTDBY OSR[2:0] INVEI1 INVEI0 EMPTYEO1 RESRDY1 RESRDY1 RESRDY1 RESRDY0 RESRDY0 RESRDY0 DATABUF1 DATABUF0 EMPTY1 EMPTY1 EMPTY1 EOC1 DATA1 FEXT ENABLE REFSEL[1:0] EMPTYEO0 STARTEI1 EMPTY0 EMPTY0 EMPTY0 EOC0 DATA0 CCTRL[1:0] UNDERRUN1 UNDERRUN0 UNDERRUN1 UNDERRUN0 UNDERRUN1 UNDERRUN0 READY1 READY0 ENABLE SWRST ENABLE REFRESH[3:0] CCTRL[1:0] ENABLE REFRESH[3:0] FEXT SWRST DIFF STARTEI0 LEFTADJ LEFTADJ DATA[7:0] DATA[15:8] DATA[7:0] DATA[15:8] DATABUF[7:0] DATABUF[15:8] DATABUF[7:0] DATABUF[15:8] DBGRUN Reserved 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 RESULT[7:0] RESULT[15:8] RESULT[7:0] RESULT[15:8] Register Description Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16- and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Some registers are optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). Optional PAC write protection is denoted by the "PAC Write-Protection" property in each individual register description. For details, refer to 47.5.8 Register Access Protection. Some registers are synchronized when read and/or written. Synchronization is denoted by the "Write-Synchronized" or the "Read-Synchronized" property in each individual register description. For details, refer to 47.6.8 Synchronization. Some registers are enable-protected, meaning they can only be written when the peripheral is disabled. Enableprotection is denoted by the "Enable-Protected" property in each individual register description. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1519 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter 47.8.1 Control A Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 CTRLA 0x00 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 ENABLE R/W 0 0 SWRST R/W 0 Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable DAC Controller Due to synchronization there is delay from writing CTRLA.ENABLE until the peripheral is enabled/disabled. The value written to CTRLA.ENABLE will read back immediately and the corresponding bit in the Synchronization Busy register (SYNCBUSY.ENABLE) will be set. SYNCBUSY.ENABLE will be cleared when the operation is complete. Value Description 0 The peripheral is disabled. 1 The peripheral is enabled. Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Writing '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing '1' to this bit resets all registers in the DAC to their initial state, and the DAC will be disabled. Writing a '1' to CTRLA.SWRST will always take precedence, meaning that all other writes in the same write-operation will be discarded. Due to synchronization there is a delay from writing CTRLA.SWRST until the reset is complete. CTRLA.SWRST and SYNCBUSY.SWRST will both be cleared when the reset is complete. Value Description 0 There is no reset operation ongoing. 1 The reset operation is ongoing. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1520 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter 47.8.2 Control B Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 CTRLB 0x01 0x02 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 REFSEL[1:0] R/W R/W 0 1 0 DIFF R/W 0 Bits 2:1 - REFSEL[1:0]Reference Selection This bit field selects the Reference Voltage for both DACs. Value Name Description 0x0 VREFAU Unbuffered external voltage reference (not buffered in DAC, direct connection) 0x1 VDDANA Voltage supply 0x2 VREFAB Buffered external voltage reference (buffered in DAC). This buffered external voltage reference option can be used when the applied external input reference voltage has insufficient drive current. 0x3 INTREF Internal bandgap reference Bit 0 - DIFFDifferential Mode Enable This bit defines the conversion mode for both DACs. Value Description 0 Single mode 1 Differential mode (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1521 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter 47.8.3 Event Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 RESRDYEO1 Access R/W Reset 0 EVCTRL 0x02 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 RESRDYEO0 R/W 0 5 INVEI1 R/W 0 4 INVEI0 R/W 0 3 EMPTYEO1 R/W 0 2 EMPTYEO0 R/W 0 1 STARTEI1 R/W 0 0 STARTEI0 R/W 0 Bit 7 - RESRDYEO1Enable Result Ready of Filter 1 output event This bit controls whether the RESRDY1 Event is enabled when the interpolated data is ready. Value Description 0 Interpolated Data Ready Event is disabled 1 Interpolated Data Ready Event is enabled Bit 6 - RESRDYEO0Enable Result Ready of Filter 0 output event This bit controls whether the RESRDY0 Event is enabled when the interpolated data is ready. Value Description 0 Interpolated Data Ready Event is disabled 1 Interpolated Data Ready Event is enabled Bit 5 - INVEI1Enable Inversion of DAC1 Start Conversion Input Event This bit defines the detection of the input event for DAC1 START. Value Description 0 Input event source is not inverted. 1 Input event source is inverted. Bit 4 - INVEI0Enable Inversion of DAC0 Start Conversion Input Event This bit defines the detection of the input event for DAC0 START. Value Description 0 Input event source is not inverted. 1 Input event source is inverted. Bit 3 - EMPTYEO1Data Buffer Empty Event Output DAC1 This bit indicates if the Data Buffer Empty Event output for DAC1 is enabled. Value Description 0 Data Buffer Empty event is disabled. 1 Data Buffer Empty event is enabled. Bit 2 - EMPTYEO0Data Buffer Empty Event Output DAC0 This bit indicates if the Data Buffer Empty Event output for DAC0 is enabled. Value Description 0 Data Buffer Empty event is disabled. 1 Data Buffer Empty event is enabled. Bit 1 - STARTEI1Start Conversion Event Input DAC1 This bit indicates if the Start input event for DAC1 is enabled. Value Description 0 A new conversion will not be triggered on any incoming event. 1 A new conversion will be triggered on any incoming event. Bit 0 - STARTEI0Start Conversion Event Input DAC0 This bit indicates if the Start input event for DAC0 is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1522 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter Value 0 1 Description A new conversion will not be triggered on any incoming event. A new conversion will be triggered on any incoming event. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1523 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter 47.8.4 Interrupt Enable Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENCLR 0x04 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to disable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET). Bit Access Reset 7 OVERRUN1 R/W 0 6 OVERRUN0 R/W 0 5 RESRDY1 R/W 0 4 RESRDY0 R/W 0 3 EMPTY1 R/W 0 2 EMPTY0 R/W 0 1 UNDERRUN1 R/W 0 0 UNDERRUN0 R/W 0 Bit 7 - OVERRUN1Overrun Interrupt Enable for Filter Channel 1 Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Overrun Interrupt Enable for Filter Channel 1 bit, which disables the Filter 1 Overrun interrupt. Value Description 0 Filter 1 Result Ready interrupt is disabled. 1 Filter 1 Result Ready interrupt is enabled. Bit 6 - OVERRUN0Overrun Interrupt Enable for Filter Channel 0 Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Overrun Interrupt Enable for Filter Channel 0 bit, which disables the Filter 0 Overrun interrupt. Value Description 0 Filter 0 Result Ready interrupt is disabled. 1 Filter 0 Result Ready interrupt is enabled. Bit 5 - RESRDY1Filter Channel 1 Result Ready Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Filter Channel 1 Result Ready Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Filter Channel 1 Result Ready interrupt. Value Description 0 Filter 1 Result Ready interrupt is disabled. 1 Filter 1 Result Ready interrupt is enabled. Bit 4 - RESRDY0Filter Channel 0 Result Ready Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Filter Channel 0 Result Ready Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Filter Channel 0 Result Ready interrupt. Value Description 0 Filter 0 Result Ready interrupt is disabled. 1 Filter 0 Result Ready interrupt is enabled. Bit 3 - EMPTY1Data Buffer 1 Empty Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Data Buffer 1 Empty Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Data Buffer 1 Empty interrupt. Value Description 0 The Data Buffer 1 Empty interrupt is disabled. 1 The Data Buffer 1 Empty interrupt is enabled. Bit 2 - EMPTY0Data Buffer 0 Empty Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1524 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Data Buffer 0 Empty Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Data Buffer 0 Empty interrupt. Value Description 0 The Data Buffer 0 Empty interrupt is disabled. 1 The Data Buffer 0 Empty interrupt is enabled. Bit 1 - UNDERRUN1Underrun Interrupt Enable for DAC1 Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Data Buffer 1 Underrun Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Data Buffer 1 Underrun interrupt. Value Description 0 The Data Buffer 1 Underrun interrupt is disabled. 1 The Data Buffer 1 Underrun interrupt is enabled. Bit 0 - UNDERRUN0Underrun Interrupt Enable for DAC0 Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Data Buffer 0 Underrun Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Data Buffer 0 Underrun interrupt. Value Description 0 The Data Buffer 0 Underrun interrupt is disabled. 1 The Data Buffer 0 Underrun interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1525 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter 47.8.5 Interrupt Enable Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENSET 0x05 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to disable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Clear register (INTENCLR). Bit Access Reset 7 OVERRUN1 R/W 0 6 OVERRUN0 R/W 0 5 RESRDY1 R/W 0 4 RESRDY0 R/W 0 3 EMPTY1 R/W 0 2 EMPTY0 R/W 0 1 UNDERRUN1 R/W 0 0 UNDERRUN0 R/W 0 Bit 7 - OVERRUN1Overrun Interrupt Enable for Filter Channel 1 Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Overrun Interrupt Enable for Filter Channel 1 bit, which enables the Filter 1 Overrun interrupt. Value Description 0 Filter 1 Result Ready interrupt is disabled. 1 Filter 1 Result Ready interrupt is enabled. Bit 6 - OVERRUN0Overrun Interrupt Enable for Filter Channel 0 Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Overrun Interrupt Enable for Filter Channel 0 bit, which enables the Filter 0 Overrun interrupt. Value Description 0 Filter 0 Result Ready interrupt is disabled. 1 Filter 0 Result Ready interrupt is enabled. Bit 5 - RESRDY1Filter Channel 1 Result Ready Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Filter Channel 1 Result Ready Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Filter Channel 1 Result Ready interrupt. Value Description 0 Filter 1 Result Ready interrupt is disabled. 1 Filter 1 Result Ready interrupt is enabled. Bit 4 - RESRDY0Filter Channel 0 Result Ready Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Filter Channel 0 Result Ready Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Filter Channel 0 Result Ready interrupt. Value Description 0 Filter 0 Result Ready interrupt is disabled. 1 Filter 0 Result Ready interrupt is enabled. Bit 3 - EMPTY1Data Buffer 1 Empty Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Data Buffer 1 Empty Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Data Buffer 1 Empty interrupt. Value Description 0 The Data Buffer 1 Empty interrupt is disabled. 1 The Data Buffer 1 Empty interrupt is enabled. Bit 2 - EMPTY0Data Buffer 0 Empty Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1526 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Data Buffer 0 Empty Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Data Buffer 0 Empty interrupt. Value Description 0 The Data Buffer 0 Empty interrupt is disabled. 1 The Data Buffer 0 Empty interrupt is enabled. Bit 1 - UNDERRUN1Underrun Interrupt Enable for DAC1 Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Data Buffer 1 Underrun Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Data Buffer 1 Underrun interrupt. Value Description 0 The Data Buffer 1 Underrun interrupt is disabled. 1 The Data Buffer 1 Underrun interrupt is enabled. Bit 0 - UNDERRUN0Underrun Interrupt Enable for DAC0 Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Data Buffer 0 Underrun Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Data Buffer 0 Underrun interrupt. Value Description 0 The Data Buffer 0 Underrun interrupt is disabled. 1 The Data Buffer 0 Underrun interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1527 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter 47.8.6 Interrupt Flag Status and Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset 7 OVERRUN1 R/W 0 INTFLAG 0x06 0x00 - 6 OVERRUN0 R/W 0 5 RESRDY1 R/W 0 4 RESRDY0 R/W 0 3 EMPTY1 R/W 0 2 EMPTY0 R/W 0 1 UNDERRUN1 R/W 0 0 UNDERRUN0 R/W 0 Bit 7 - OVERRUN1Overrun for Filter Channel 1 This flag is set when the DMA is not cleared while the RESULT1 register gets new data. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Overrun for Filter Channel 0 flag. Value Description 0 Filter 1 Result Ready interrupt is disabled. 1 Filter 1 Result Ready interrupt is enabled. Bit 6 - OVERRUN0Overrun for Filter Channel 0 This flag is set when the DMA is not cleared while the RESULT0 register gets new data. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Overrun for Filter Channel 0 flag. Bit 5 - RESRDY1Filter Channel 1 Result Ready This flag is set when the filter is used as standalone (DACCTRL1.FEXT=1) and the filter output is ready. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Filter Channel 1 Result Ready flag. Bit 4 - RESRDY0Filter Channel 0 Result Ready This flag is set when the filter is used as standalone (DACCTRL0.FEXT=1) and the filter output is ready. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Filter Channel 0 Result Ready flag. Bit 3 - EMPTY1Data Buffer 1 Empty This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it or by writing new data to DATA1 or DATABUF1. This flag is set when the data buffer for DAC1 is empty and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/ INTENSET.EMPTY1=1. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Data Buffer 1 Empty interrupt flag. Bit 2 - EMPTY0Data Buffer 0 Empty This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it or by writing new data to DATA0 or DATABUF0. This flag is set when the data buffer for DAC0 is empty and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/ INTENSET.EMPTY0=1. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Data Buffer 0 Empty interrupt flag. Bit 1 - UNDERRUN1DAC1 Underrun This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This flag is set when a start conversion event (START1) occurred before new data is copied/written to the DAC1 data buffer and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/INTENSET.UNDERRUN1=1. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the DAC1 Underrun interrupt flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1528 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter Bit 0 - UNDERRUN0DAC0 Underrun This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This flag is set when a start conversion event (START0) occurred before new data is copied/written to the DAC) data buffer and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/INTENSET.UNDERRUN0=1. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the DAC0 Underrun interrupt flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1529 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter 47.8.7 Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 STATUS 0x07 0x00 - 6 Access Reset 5 4 3 EOC1 R 0 2 EOC0 R 0 1 READY1 R 0 0 READY0 R 0 Bit 3 - EOC1DAC1 End of Conversion This bit is cleared when DATA1 register is written. Value Description 0 No conversion completed since last load of DATA1. 1 DAC1 conversion is complete, VOUT1 is stable. Bit 2 - EOC0DAC0 End of Conversion This bit is cleared when DATA0 register is written. Value Description 0 No conversion completed since last load of DATA0. 1 DAC0 conversion is complete, VOUT0 is stable. Bit 1 - READY1DAC1 Startup Ready Value Description 0 DAC1 is not ready for conversion. 1 Startup time has elapsed, DAC1 is ready for conversion. Bit 0 - READY0DAC0 Startup Ready Value Description 0 DAC0 is not ready for conversion. 1 Startup time has elapsed, DAC0 is ready for conversion. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1530 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter 47.8.8 Synchronization Busy Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit SYNCBUSY 0x08 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 DATABUF1 R 0 4 DATABUF0 R 0 3 DATA1 R 0 2 DATA0 R 0 1 ENABLE R 0 0 SWRST R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 5 - DATABUF1Data Buffer DAC1 This bit is set when DATABUF1 register is written. This bit is cleared when DATABUF1 synchronization is completed. Value Description 0 No ongoing synchronized access. 1 Synchronized access is ongoing. Bit 4 - DATABUF0Data Buffer DAC0 This bit is set when DATABUF0 register is written. This bit is cleared when DATABUF0 synchronization is completed. Value Description 0 No ongoing synchronized access. 1 Synchronized access is ongoing. Bit 3 - DATA1Data DAC1 This bit is set when DATA1 register is written. This bit is cleared when DATA1 synchronization is completed. Value Description 0 No ongoing synchronized access. 1 Synchronized access is ongoing. Bit 2 - DATA0Data DAC0 This bit is set when DATA0 register is written. This bit is cleared when DATA0 synchronization is completed. Value Description 0 No ongoing synchronized access. 1 Synchronized access is ongoing. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1531 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter Bit 1 - ENABLEDAC Enable Status This bit is set when CTRLA.ENABLE bit is written. This bit is cleared when CTRLA.ENABLE synchronization is completed. Value Description 0 No ongoing synchronization. 1 Synchronization is ongoing. Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset This bit is set when CTRLA.SWRST bit is written. This bit is cleared when CTRLA.SWRST synchronization is completed. Value Description 0 No ongoing synchronization. 1 Synchronization is ongoing. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1532 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter 47.8.9 DAC0 Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 15 DACCTRL0 0x0C 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection, Enabled-Protected R/W 0 14 OSR[2:0] R/W 0 13 R/W 0 7 DITHER R/W 0 6 RUNSTDBY R/W 0 5 FEXT R/W 0 12 11 10 9 REFRESH[3:0] R/W R/W 0 0 R/W 0 4 3 2 CCTRL[1:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 1 ENABLE R/W 0 8 R/W 0 0 LEFTADJ R/W 0 Bits 15:13 - OSR[2:0]Oversampling Ratio This field defines the oversampling ratio/interpolation depth. Value Name Description 0x0 OSR_1 1x OSR (no interpolation) 0x1 OSR_2 2x OSR 0x2 OSR_4 4x OSR 0x3 OSR_8 8x OSR 0x4 OSR_16 16x OSR 0x5 OSR_32 32x OSR other Reserved Bits 11:8 - REFRESH[3:0]Refresh period This field defines the refresh period. If REFRESH=0x0, the refresh mode is disabled. If REFRESH>0x1, else the refresh period is: REFRESH = REFRESH x 30s Bit 7 - DITHERDithering Mode Value Description 0 Dithering mode is disabled. 1 Dithering mode is enabled. Bit 6 - RUNSTDBYRun in Standby This bit controls the behavior of DAC0 during standby sleep mode. Value Description 0 DAC0 is disabled during standby sleep mode. 1 DAC0 continues to operate during standby sleep mode. Bit 5 - FEXTExternal Filter Enable This bit controls the usage of the filter. Value Description 0 The filter is integrated to the DAC 1 The filter is used as standalone Bits 3:2 - CCTRL[1:0]Current Control This field defines the current in output buffer according to conversion rate. Current Control Value Name Description 0x0 CC100K GCLK_DAC 1.2MHz (100kSPS) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1533 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter Value 0x1 0x2 0x3 Name CC1M CC12M Reserved Description 1.2MHz < GCLK_DAC 6MHz (500kSPS) 6MHz < GCLK_DAC 12MHz (1MSPS) Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable DAC0 This bit enables DAC0 when DAC Controller is enabled (CTRLA.ENABLE). Value Description 0 DAC0 is disabled. 1 DAC0 is enabled. Bit 0 - LEFTADJLeft Adjusted Data This bit controls how the 12-bit conversion data is adjusted in the Data and Data Buffer registers. Value Description 0 DATA0 and DATABUF0 registers are right-adjusted. 1 DATA0 and DATABUF0 registers are left-adjusted. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1534 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter 47.8.10 DAC1 Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 15 DACCTRL1 0x0E 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection, Enabled-Protected R/W 0 14 OSR[2:0] R/W 0 13 R/W 0 7 DITHER R/W 0 6 RUNSTDBY R/W 0 5 FEXT R/W 0 12 11 10 9 REFRESH[3:0] R/W R/W 0 0 R/W 0 4 3 2 CCTRL[1:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 1 ENABLE R/W 0 8 R/W 0 0 LEFTADJ R/W 0 Bits 15:13 - OSR[2:0]Oversampling Ratio This field defines the oversampling ratio/interpolation depth. Value Name Description 0x0 OSR_1 1x OSR (no interpolation) 0x1 OSR_2 2x OSR 0x2 OSR_4 4x OSR 0x3 OSR_8 8x OSR 0x4 OSR_16 16x OSR 0x5 OSR_32 32x OSR other Reserved Bits 11:8 - REFRESH[3:0]Refresh period This field defines the refresh period. If REFRESH=0x0, the refresh mode is disabled. If REFRESH>0x1, else the refresh period is: REFRESH = REFRESH x 30s Bit 7 - DITHERDithering Mode Value Description 0 Dithering mode is disabled. 1 Dithering mode is enabled. Bit 6 - RUNSTDBYRun in Standby This bit controls the behavior of DAC1 during standby sleep mode. Value Description 0 DAC1 is disabled during standby sleep mode. 1 DAC1 continues to operate during standby sleep mode. Bit 5 - FEXTExternal Filter Enable This bit controls the usage of the filter. Value Description 0 The filter is integrated to the DAC 1 The filter is used as standalone Bits 3:2 - CCTRL[1:0]Current Control This field defines the current in output buffer. Current Control Value Name Description 0x0 CC100K GCLK_DAC <= 1.2MHz (100kSPS) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1535 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter Value 0x1 0x2 0x3 Name CC1M CC12M Description 1.2MHz < GCLK_DAC <= 6MHz (500kSPS) 6MHz < GCLK_DAC <= 12MHz (1MSPS) Reserved Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable DAC1 This bit enables DAC1 when DAC Controller is enabled (CTRLA.ENABLE). Value Description 0 DAC1 is disabled. 1 DAC1 is enabled. Bit 0 - LEFTADJLeft Adjusted Data This bit controls how the 12-bit conversion data is adjusted in the Data and Data Buffer registers. Value Description 0 DATA1 and DATABUF1 registers are right-adjusted. 1 DATA1 and DATABUF1 registers are left-adjusted. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1536 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter 47.8.11 Data DAC0 Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 15 DATA0 0x10 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 3 2 1 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 DATA[15:8] Access Reset W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 DATA[7:0] Access Reset W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 Bits 15:0 - DATA[15:0]DAC0 Data DATA0 register contains the 12-bit value that is converted to a voltage by the DAC0. The adjustment of these 12 bits within the 16-bit register is controlled by DACCTRL0.LEFTADJ: - DATA[11:0] when DACCTRL0.LEFTADJ=0. - DATA[15:4] when DACCTRL0.LEFTADJ=1. In dithering mode (whatever DACCTRL0.LEFTADJ value): - DATA[15:4] are the 12-bit converted by DAC0. - DATA[3:0] are the dither bits. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1537 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter 47.8.12 Data DAC1 Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 15 DATA1 0x12 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 3 2 1 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 DATA[15:8] Access Reset W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 DATA[7:0] Access Reset W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 Bits 15:0 - DATA[15:0]DAC1 Data DATA1 register contains the 12-bit value that is converted to a voltage by the DAC1. The adjustment of these 12 bits within the 16-bit register is controlled by DACCTRL1.LEFTADJ: - DATA[11:0] when DACCTRL1.LEFTADJ=0. - DATA[15:4] when DACCTRL1.LEFTADJ=1. In dithering mode (whatever DACCTRL1.LEFTADJ value): - DATA[15:4] are the 12-bit converted by DAC1. - DATA[3:0] are the dither bits. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1538 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter 47.8.13 Data Buffer DAC0 Name: Offset: Reset: Property: DATABUF0 0x14 0x0000 Write-Synchronized Bit 15 14 13 10 9 8 W 0 12 11 DATABUF[15:8] W W 0 0 Access Reset W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 2 1 0 Access Reset W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 3 DATABUF[7:0] W W 0 0 Bits 15:0 - DATABUF[15:0]DAC0 Data Buffer DATABUF0 contains the value to be transferred into DATA0 when a START0 event occurs. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1539 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter 47.8.14 Data Buffer DAC1 Name: Offset: Reset: Property: DATABUF1 0x16 0x0000 Write-Synchronized Bit 15 14 13 10 9 8 W 0 12 11 DATABUF[15:8] W W 0 0 Access Reset W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 2 1 0 Access Reset W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 3 DATABUF[7:0] W W 0 0 Bits 15:0 - DATABUF[15:0]DAC1 Data Buffer DATABUF1 contains the value to be transferred into DATA1 when a START1 event occurs. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1540 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter 47.8.15 Debug Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 DBGCTRL 0x18 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 0 DBGRUN 0 Bit 0 - DBGRUNDebug Run This bit is not reset by a software reset. This bits controls the functionality when the CPU is halted by an external debugger. Value Description 0 The DAC is halted when the CPU is halted by an external debugger. Any ongoing conversion will complete. 1 The DAC continues normal operation when the CPU is halted by an external debugger. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1541 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter 47.8.16 Result 0 Name: Offset: Reset: Property: RESULT0 0x1C 0x0000 Read-Synchronized Bit 15 14 13 10 9 8 R 0 12 11 RESULT[15:8] R R 0 0 Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 RESULT[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 15:0 - RESULT[15:0]Channel 0 Filter Output RESULT[15:0] contains the value of the interpolated data written to DATA0 or DATABUF0 in standalone mode (DACCTRL0.FEXT=1). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1542 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet DAC - Digital-to-Analog Converter 47.8.17 Result 1 Name: Offset: Reset: Property: RESULT1 0x1E 0x0000 Read-Synchronized Bit 15 14 13 10 9 8 R 0 12 11 RESULT[15:8] R R 0 0 Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 RESULT[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 15:0 - RESULT[15:0]Channel 0 Filter Output RESULT[15:0] contains the value of the interpolated data written to DATA1 or DATABUF1 in standalone mode (DACCTRL1.FEXT=1). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1543 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48. TC - Timer/Counter 48.1 Overview There are up to eight TC peripheral instances. Each TC consists of a counter, a prescaler, compare/capture channels and control logic. The counter can be set to count events, or clock pulses. The counter, together with the compare/capture channels, can be configured to timestamp input events or IO pin edges, allowing for capturing of frequency and/or pulse width. A TC can also perform waveform generation, such as frequency generation and pulse-width modulation. 48.2 Features * * * * * * * * Selectable configuration - 8-, 16- or 32-bit TC operation, with compare/capture channels 2 compare/capture channels (CC) with: - Double buffered timer period setting (in 8-bit mode only) - Double buffered compare channel Waveform generation - Frequency generation - Single-slope pulse-width modulation Input capture - Event / IO pin edge capture - Frequency capture - Pulse-width capture - Time-stamp capture - Minimum and maximum capture One input event Interrupts/output events on: - Counter overflow/underflow - Compare match or capture Internal prescaler DMA support (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1544 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.3 Block Diagram Figure 48-1.Timer/Counter Block Diagram Base Counter BUFV PERBUF Prescaler PER "count" Counter OVF (INT/Event/DMA Req.) "clear" ERR (INT Req.) "load" COUNT Control Logic "direction" TC Input Event Event System "event" BOTTOM =0 UPDATE TOP = Compare/Capture (Unit x = {0,1} BUFV "capture" CCBUFx Control Logic WO[1] CCx Waveform Generation "match" = 48.4 WO[0] MCx (INT/Event/DMA Req.) Signal Description Table 48-1.Signal Description for TC. Signal Name Type Description WO[1:0] Digital output Waveform output Digital input Capture input Refer to I/O Multiplexing and Considerations for details on the pin mapping for this peripheral. One signal can be mapped on several pins. Related Links (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1545 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 6. I/O Multiplexing and Considerations 48.5 Product Dependencies In order to use this peripheral, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described below. 48.5.1 I/O Lines In order to use the I/O lines of this peripheral, the I/O pins must be configured using the I/O Pin Controller (PORT). Table 48-2.I/O Lines Instance Signal I/O Line Peripheral Function MODULE0 SIGNAL PAxx A Related Links 32. PORT - I/O Pin Controller 48.5.2 Power Management This peripheral can continue to operate in any Sleep mode where its source clock is running. The interrupts can wake up the device from Sleep modes. Events connected to the event system can trigger other operations in the system without exiting Sleep modes. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager 48.5.3 Clocks The TC bus clocks (CLK_TCx_APB) can be enabled and disabled in the Main Clock Module. The default state of CLK_TCx_APB can be found in the Peripheral Clock Masking. The generic clocks (GCLK_TCx) are asynchronous to the user interface clock (CLK_TCx_APB). Due to this asynchronicity, accessing certain registers will require synchronization between the clock domains. Refer to Synchronization for further details. Note: Two instances of the TC may share a peripheral clock channel. In this case, they cannot be set to different clock frequencies. Refer to the peripheral clock channel mapping of the Generic Clock Controller (GCLK.PCHTRLm) to identify shared peripheral clocks. Related Links 14.8.4 PCHCTRLm 15.6.2.6 Peripheral Clock Masking 48.5.4 DMA The DMA request lines are connected to the DMA Controller (DMAC). In order to use DMA requests with this peripheral the DMAC must be configured first. Refer to DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller for details. Related Links 22. DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 48.5.5 Interrupts The interrupt request line is connected to the Interrupt Controller. In order to use interrupt requests of this peripheral, the Interrupt Controller (NVIC) must be configured first. Refer to Nested Vector Interrupt Controller for details. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 48.5.6 Events The events of this peripheral are connected to the Event System. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1546 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter Related Links 31. EVSYS - Event System 48.5.7 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in Debug mode, this peripheral will halt normal operation. This peripheral can be forced to continue operation during debugging - refer to the Debug Control (DBGCTRL) register for details. Related Links 48.7.1.11 DBGCTRL 48.5.8 Register Access Protection Registers with write access can be optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC), except for the following: * * * * * Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG) Status register (STATUS) Count register (COUNT) Period and Period Buffer registers (PER, PERBUF) Compare/Capture Value registers and Compare/Capture Value Buffer registers (CCx, CCBUFx) Note: Optional write protection is indicated by the "PAC Write Protection" property in the register description. Write protection does not apply for accesses through an external debugger. 48.5.9 Analog Connections Not applicable. 48.6 Functional Description 48.6.1 Principle of Operation The following definitions are used throughout the documentation: Table 48-3.Timer/Counter Definitions Name Description TOP The counter reaches TOP when it becomes equal to the highest value in the count sequence. The TOP value can be the same as Period (PER) or the Compare Channel 0 (CC0) register value depending on the waveform generator mode in 48.6.2.6.1 Waveform Output Operations. ZERO The counter is ZERO when it contains all zeroes MAX The counter reaches MAX when it contains all ones UPDATE The timer/counter signals an update when it reaches ZERO or TOP, depending on the direction settings. Timer The timer/counter clock control is handled by an internal source Counter The clock control is handled externally (e.g. counting external events) CC For compare operations, the CC are referred to as "compare channels" For capture operations, the CC are referred to as "capture channels." Each TC instance has up to two compare/capture channels (CC0 and CC1). The counter in the TC can either count events from the Event System, or clock ticks of the GCLK_TCx clock, which may be divided by the prescaler. The counter value is passed to the CCx where it can be either compared to user-defined values or captured. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1547 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter For optimized timing the CCx and CCBUFx registers share a common resource. When writing into CCBUFx, lock the access to the corresponding CCx register (SYNCBUSY.CCX = 1) till the CCBUFx register value is not loaded into the CCx register (BUFVx == 1). Each buffer register has a buffer valid (BUFV) flag that indicates when the buffer contains a new value. The Counter register (COUNT) and the Compare and Capture registers with buffers (CCx and CCBUFx) can be configured as 8-, 16- or 32-bit registers, with according MAX values. Mode settings (CTRLA.MODE) determine the maximum range of the Counter register. In 8-bit mode, a Period Value (PER) register and its Period Buffer Value (PERBUF) register are also available. The counter range and the operating frequency determine the maximum time resolution achievable with the TC peripheral. The TC can be set to count up or down. Under normal operation, the counter value is continuously compared to the TOP or ZERO value to determine whether the counter has reached that value. On a comparison match the TC can request DMA transactions, or generate interrupts or events for the Event System. In compare operation, the counter value is continuously compared to the values in the CCx registers. In case of a match the TC can request DMA transactions, or generate interrupts or events for the Event System. In waveform generator mode, these comparisons are used to set the waveform period or pulse width. Capture operation can be enabled to perform input signal period and pulse width measurements, or to capture selectable edges from an IO pin or internal event from Event System. 48.6.2 Basic Operation 48.6.2.1 Initialization The following registers are enable-protected, meaning that they can only be written when the TC is disabled (CTRLA.ENABLE =0): * * * * Control A register (CTRLA), except the Enable (ENABLE) and Software Reset (SWRST) bits Drive Control register (DRVCTRL) Wave register (WAVE) Event Control register (EVCTRL) Writing to Enable-Protected bits and setting the CTRLA.ENABLE bit can be performed in a single 32-bit access of the CTRLA register. Writing to Enable-Protected bits and clearing the CTRLA.ENABLE bit cannot be performed in a single 32-bit access. Before enabling the TC, the peripheral must be configured by the following steps: 1. Enable the TC bus clock (CLK_TCx_APB). 2. Select 8-, 16- or 32-bit counter mode via the TC Mode bit group in the Control A register (CTRLA.MODE). The default mode is 16-bit. 3. Select one wave generation operation in the Waveform Generation Operation bit group in the WAVE register (WAVE.WAVEGEN). 4. If desired, the GCLK_TCx clock can be prescaled via the Prescaler bit group in the Control A register (CTRLA.PRESCALER). - If the prescaler is used, select a prescaler synchronization operation via the Prescaler and Counter Synchronization bit group in the Control A register (CTRLA.PRESYNC). 5. If desired, select one-shot operation by writing a '1' to the One-Shot bit in the Control B Set register (CTRLBSET.ONESHOT). 6. If desired, configure the counting direction 'down' (starting from the TOP value) by writing a '1' to the Counter Direction bit in the Control B register (CTRLBSET.DIR). 7. For capture operation, enable the individual channels to capture in the Capture Channel x Enable bit group in the Control A register (CTRLA.CAPTEN). 8. If desired, enable inversion of the waveform output or IO pin input signal for individual channels via the Invert Enable bit group in the Drive Control register (DRVCTRL.INVEN). 48.6.2.2 Enabling, Disabling, and Resetting The TC is enabled by writing a '1' to the Enable bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.ENABLE). The TC is disabled by writing a zero to CTRLA.ENABLE. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1548 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter The TC is reset by writing a '1' to the Software Reset bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.SWRST). All registers in the TC, except DBGCTRL, will be reset to their initial state. Refer to the CTRLA register for details. The TC should be disabled before the TC is reset in order to avoid undefined behavior. 48.6.2.3 Prescaler Selection The GCLK_TCx is fed into the internal prescaler. The prescaler consists of a counter that counts up to the selected prescaler value, whereupon the output of the prescaler toggles. If the prescaler value is higher than one, the Counter Update condition can be optionally executed on the next GCLK_TCx clock pulse or the next prescaled clock pulse. For further details, refer to Prescaler (CTRLA.PRESCALER) and Counter Synchronization (CTRLA.PRESYNC) description. Prescaler outputs from 1 to 1/1024 are available. For a complete list of available prescaler outputs, see the register description for the Prescaler bit group in the Control A register (CTRLA.PRESCALER). Note: When counting events, the prescaler is bypassed. The joint stream of prescaler ticks and event action ticks is called CLK_TCx_CNT. Figure 48-2.Prescaler PRESCALER GCLK_TCx Prescaler EVACT GCLK_TCx / {1,2,4,8,64,256,1024} CLK_TCx_CNT COUNT EVENT 48.6.2.4 Counter Mode The counter mode is selected by the Mode bit group in the Control A register (CTRLA.MODE). By default, the counter is enabled in the 16-bit counter resolution. Three counter resolutions are available: * COUNT8: The 8-bit TC has its own Period Value and Period Buffer Value registers (PER and PERBUF). * COUNT16: 16-bit is the default counter mode. There is no dedicated period register in this mode. * COUNT32: 32-bit mode is achieved by pairing two 16-bit TC peripherals. TC(2n) is paired with TC(2n+1). When paired, the TC peripherals are configured using the registers of the even-numbered TC. The TC bus clocks (CLK_TCx_APB) for both master and slave TCs need to be enabled. The odd-numbered partner will act as a slave, and the Slave bit in the Status register (STATUS.SLAVE) will be set. The register values of a slave will not reflect the registers of the 32-bit counter. Writing to any of the slave registers will not affect the 32-bit counter. Normal access to the slave COUNT and CCx registers is not allowed. 48.6.2.5 Counter Operations Depending on the mode of operation, the counter is cleared, reloaded, incremented, or decremented at each TC clock input (CLK_TCx_CNT). A counter clear or reload marks the end of the current counter cycle and the start of a new one. The counting direction is set by the Direction bit in the Control B register (CTRLB.DIR). If this bit is zero the counter is counting up, and counting down if CTRLB.DIR=1. The counter will count up or down for each tick (clock or event) until it reaches TOP or ZERO. When it is counting up and TOP is reached, the counter will be set to zero at the next tick (overflow) and the Overflow Interrupt Flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.OVF) will be set. When it is counting down, the counter is reloaded with the TOP value when ZERO is reached (underflow), and INTFLAG.OVF is set. INTFLAG.OVF can be used to trigger an interrupt, a DMA request, or an event. An overflow/underflow occurrence (i.e., a compare match with TOP/ZERO) will stop counting if the One-Shot bit in the Control B register is set (CTRLBSET.ONESHOT). It is possible to change the counter value (by writing directly in the COUNT register) even when the counter is running. When starting the TC, the COUNT value will be either ZERO or TOP (depending on the counting direction set by CTRLBSET.DIR or CTRLBCLR.DIR), unless a different value has been written to it, or the TC has been stopped at a value other than ZERO. The write access has higher priority than count, clear, or reload. The direction of the counter can also be changed when the counter is running. See also the following figure. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1549 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter Figure 48-3.Counter Operation Period (T) Direction Change COUNT written MAX "reload" update "clear" update COUNT TOP ZERO DIR Due to asynchronous clock domains, the internal counter settings are written when the synchronization is complete. Normal operation must be used when using the counter as timer base for the capture channels. 48.6.2.5.1 Stop Command and Event Action A Stop command can be issued from software by using Command bits in the Control B Set register (CTRLBSET.CMD = 0x2, STOP). When a Stop is detected while the counter is running, the counter will not retain its current value. All waveforms are cleared and the Stop bit in the Status register is set (STATUS.STOP). 48.6.2.5.2 Re-Trigger Command and Event Action A re-trigger command can be issued from software by writing the Command bits in the Control B Set register (CTRLBSET.CMD = 0x1, RETRIGGER), or from event when a re-trigger event action is configured in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.EVACT = 0x1, RETRIGGER). When the command is detected during counting operation, the counter will be reloaded or cleared, depending on the counting direction (CTRLBSET.DIR or CTRLBCLR.DIR). When the re-trigger command is detected while the counter is stopped, the counter will resume counting from the current value in the COUNT register. Note: When a re-trigger event action is configured in the Event Action bits in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.EVACT=0x1, RETRIGGER), enabling the counter will not start the counter. The counter will start on the next incoming event and restart on corresponding following event. 48.6.2.5.3 Count Event Action The TC can count events. When an event is received, the counter increases or decreases the value, depending on direction settings (CTRLBSET.DIR or CTRLBCLR.DIR). The count event action can be selected by the Event Action bit group in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.EVACT=0x2, COUNT). Note: If this operation mode is selected, PWM generation is not supported. 48.6.2.5.4 Start Event Action The TC can start counting operation on an event when previously stopped. In this configuration, the event has no effect if the counter is already counting. When the peripheral is enabled, the counter operation starts when the event is received or when a re-trigger software command is applied. The Start TC on Event action can be selected by the Event Action bit group in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.EVACT=0x3, START). 48.6.2.6 Compare Operations By default, the Compare/Capture channel is configured for compare operations. When using the TC and the Compare/Capture Value registers (CCx) for compare operations, the counter value is continuously compared to the values in the CCx registers. This can be used for timer or for waveform operation. The Channel x Compare Buffer (CCBUFx) registers provide double buffer capability. The double buffering synchronizes the update of the CCx register with the buffer value at the UPDATE condition or a forced update command (CTRLBSET.CMD=UPDATE). For further details, refer to 48.6.2.7 Double Buffering. The synchronization prevents the occurrence of odd-length, non-symmetrical pulses and ensures glitch-free output. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1550 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.6.2.6.1 Waveform Output Operations The compare channels can be used for waveform generation on output port pins. To make the waveform available on the connected pin, the following requirements must be fulfilled: 1. Choose a Waveform Generation mode in the Waveform Generation Operation bit in Waveform register (WAVE.WAVEGEN). 2. Optionally invert the waveform output WO[x] by writing the corresponding Output Waveform x Invert Enable bit in the Driver Control register (DRVCTRL.INVENx). 3. Configure the pins with the I/O Pin Controller. Refer to PORT - I/O Pin Controller for details. Note: Event must not be used when the compare channel is set in waveform output operating mode. The counter value is continuously compared with each CCx value. On a comparison match, the Match or Capture Channel x bit in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.MCx) will be set on the next zero-to-one transition of CLK_TCx_CNT (see Normal Frequency Operation). An interrupt/and or event can be generated on comparison match if enabled. The same condition generates a DMA request. There are four waveform configurations for the Waveform Generation Operation bit group in the Waveform register (WAVE.WAVEGEN). This will influence how the waveform is generated and impose restrictions on the top value. The configurations are: * Normal frequency (NFRQ) * Match frequency (MFRQ) * Normal pulse-width modulation (NPWM) * Match pulse-width modulation (MPWM) When using NPWM or NFRQ configuration, the TOP will be determined by the counter resolution. In 8-bit Counter mode, the Period register (PER) is used as TOP, and the TOP can be changed by writing to the PER register. In 16and 32-bit Counter mode, TOP is fixed to the maximum (MAX) value of the counter. Normal Frequency Generation (NFRQ) For Normal Frequency Generation, the period time (T) is controlled by the period register (PER) for 8-bit Counter mode and MAX for 16- and 32-bit mode. The waveform generation output (WO[x]) is toggled on each compare match between COUNT and CCx, and the corresponding Match or Capture Channel x Interrupt Flag (INTFLAG.MCx) will be set. Figure 48-4.Normal Frequency Operation Period (T) Direction Change MAX COUNT COUNT Written "reload" update "clear" update "match" TOP CCx ZERO WO[x] Match Frequency Generation (MFRQ) For Match Frequency Generation, the period time (T) is controlled by the CC0 register instead of PER or MAX. WO[0] toggles on each Update condition. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1551 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter Figure 48-5.Match Frequency Operation Period (T) Direction Change COUNT Written MAX "reload" update "clear" update COUNT CC0 ZERO WO[0] Normal Pulse-Width Modulation Operation (NPWM) NPWM uses single-slope PWM generation. For single-slope PWM generation, the period time (T) is controlled by the TOP value, and CCx controls the duty cycle of the generated waveform output. When up-counting, the WO[x] is set at start or compare match between the COUNT and TOP values, and cleared on compare match between COUNT and CCx register values. When downcounting, the WO[x] is cleared at start or compare match between the COUNT and ZERO values, and set on compare match between COUNT and CCx register values. The following equation calculates the exact resolution for a single-slope PWM (RPWM_SS) waveform: PWM_SS = log(TOP+1) log(2) PWM_SS = GCLK_TCx N(TOP+1) The PWM frequency (fPWM_SS) depends on TOP value and the peripheral clock frequency (fGCLK_TCx), and can be calculated by the following equation: Where N represents the prescaler divider used (1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 64, 256, 1024). Match Pulse-Width Modulation Operation (MPWM) In MPWM, the output of WO[1] is depending on CC1 as shown in the figure below. On every overflow/underflow, a one-TC-clock-cycle negative pulse is put out on WO[0] (not shown in the figure). Figure 48-6.Match PWM Operation Period(T) CCx= Zero CCx= TOP " clear" update " match" MAX CC0 COUNT CC1 ZERO WO[1] The table below shows the Update Counter and Overflow Event/Interrupt Generation conditions in different operation modes. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1552 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter Table 48-4.Counter Update and Overflow Event/interrupt Conditions in TC Name Operation TOP Update Output Waveform OVFIF/Event On Match On Update Up Down NFRQ Normal Frequency PER TOP/ ZERO Toggle Stable TOP ZERO MFRQ Match Frequency CC0 TOP/ ZERO Toggle Stable TOP ZERO NPWM Single-slope PWM PER TOP/ ZERO See description above. TOP ZERO MPWM Single-slope PWM CC0 TOP/ ZERO Toggle TOP ZERO Toggle Related Links 32. PORT - I/O Pin Controller 48.6.2.7 Double Buffering The Compare Channels (CCx) registers, and the Period (PER) register in 8-bit mode are double buffered. Each buffer register has a buffer valid bit (CCBUFVx or PERBUFV) in the STATUS register, which indicates that the buffer register contains a new valid value that can be copied into the corresponding register. As long as the respective buffer valid status flag (PERBUFV or CCBUFVx) are set to '1', related syncbusy bits are set (SYNCBUSY.PER or SYNCBUSY.CCx), a write to the respective PER/PERBUF or CCx/CCBUFx registers will generate a PAC error, and access to the respective PER or CCx register is invalid. When the buffer valid flag bit in the STATUS register is '1' and the Lock Update bit in the CTRLB register is set to '0', (writing CTRLBCLR.LUPD to '1'), double buffering is enabled: the data from buffer registers will be copied into the corresponding register under hardware UPDATE conditions, then the buffer valid flags bit in the STATUS register are automatically cleared by hardware. Note: The software update command (CTRLBSET.CMD=0x3) is acting independently of the LUPD value. A compare register is double buffered as in the following figure. Figure 48-7.Compare Channel Double Buffering "write enable" CCBUFVx UPDATE "data write" EN CCBUFx EN CCx COUNT = "match" Both the registers (PER/CCx) and corresponding buffer registers (PERBUF/CCBUFx) are available in the I/O register map, and the double buffering feature is not mandatory. The double buffering is disabled by writing a '1' to CTRLBSET.LUPD. Note: In NFRQ, MFRQ or PWM down-counting counter mode (CTRLBSET.DIR=1), when double buffering is enabled (CTRLBCLR.LUPD=1), PERBUF register is continously copied into the PER independently of update conditions. Changing the Period (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1553 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter The counter period can be changed by writing a new TOP value to the Period register (PER or CC0, depending on the waveform generation mode), which is available in 8-bit mode. Any period update on registers (PER or CCx) is effective after the synchronization delay. Figure 48-8.Unbuffered Single-Slope Up-Counting Operation Counter Wraparound MAX "clear" update "write" COUNT ZERO New TOP written to PER that is higher than current COUNT New TOP written to PER that is lower than current COUNT A counter wraparound can occur in any operation mode when up-counting without buffering, see Figure 48-8. COUNT and TOP are continuously compared, so when a new TOP value that is lower than current COUNT is written to TOP, COUNT will wrap before a compare match. Figure 48-9.Unbuffered Single-Slope Down-Counting Operation MAX "reload" update "write" COUNT ZERO New TOP written to PER that is higher than current COUNT New TOP written to PER that is lower than current COUNT When double buffering is used, the buffer can be written at any time and the counter will still maintain correct operation. The period register is always updated on the update condition, as shown in Figure 48-10. This prevents wraparound and the generation of odd waveforms. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1554 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter Figure 48-10.Changing the Period Using Buffering MAX " clear" update " write" COUNT ZERO New TOP written to PER that is higher than currentCOUNT New TOP written to PER that is lower than currentCOUNT 48.6.2.8 Capture Operations To enable and use capture operations, the corresponding Capture Channel x Enable bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.CAPTENx) must be written to '1'. A capture trigger can be provided by input event line TC_EV or by asynchronous IO pin WO[x] for each capture channel or by a TC event. To enable the capture from input event line, Event Input Enable bit in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.TCEI) must be written to '1'. To enable the capture from the IO pin, the Capture On Pin x Enable bit in CTRLA register (CTRLA.COPENx) must be written to '1'. Note: 1. The RETRIGGER, COUNT and START event actions are available only on an event from the Event System. 2. Event system channels must be configured to operate in asynchronous mode of operation when used for capture operations. By default, a capture operation is done when a rising edge is detected on the input signal. Capture on falling edge is available, its activation is depending on the input source: * When the channel is used with a IO pin, write a '1' to the corresponding Invert Enable bit in the Drive Control register (DRVCTRL.INVENx). * When the channel is counting events from the Event System, write a '1' to the TC Event Input Invert Enable bit in Event Control register (EVCTRL.TCINV). Figure 48-11.Capture Double Buffering "capture" COUNT BV EN CCBx IF EN CCx "INT/DMA request" data read For input capture, the buffer register and the corresponding CCx act like a FIFO. When CCx is empty or read, any content in CCBUFx is transferred to CCx. The buffer valid flag is passed to set the CCx interrupt flag (IF) and generate the optional interrupt, event or DMA request. The CCBUFx register value can't be read, all captured data must be read from CCx register. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1555 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter Note: When up-counting (CTRLBSET.DIR=0), counter values lower than 1 cannot be captured. To capture the full range including value 0, the TC must be in down-counting mode (CTRLBSET.DIR=0). 48.6.2.8.1 Event Capture Action The compare/capture channels can be used as input capture channels to capture events from the Event System and give them a timestamp. The following figure shows four capture events for one capture channel. Figure 48-12.Input Capture Timing events TOP COUNT ZERO Capture 0 Capture 1 Capture 2 Capture 3 The TC can detect capture overflow of the input capture channels: When a new capture event is detected while the Capture Interrupt flag (INTFLAG.MCx) is still set, the new timestamp will not be stored and INTFLAG.ERR will be set. 48.6.2.8.2 Period and Pulse-Width (PPW) Capture Action The TC can perform two input captures and restart the counter on one of the edges. This enables the TC to measure the pulse width and period and to characterize the frequency f and duty cycle of an input signal: = 1 dutyCycle = (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1556 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter Figure 48-13.PWP Capture Period (T) external signal Pulsewitdh (tp) events MAX "capture" COUNT ZERO CC0 CC1 CC0 CC1 Selecting PWP in the Event Action bit group in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.EVACT) enables the TC to perform one capture action on the rising edge and the other one on the falling edge. The period T will be captured into CC1 and the pulse width tp in CC0. EVCTRL.EVACT=PPW (period and pulse-width) offers identical functionality, but will capture T into CC0 and tp into CC1. The TC Event Input Invert Enable bit in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.TCINV) is used to select whether the wraparound should occur on the rising edge or the falling edge. If EVCTRL.TCINV=1, the wraparound will happen on the falling edge. In case pin capture is enabled, this can also be achieved by modifying the value of the DRVCTRL.INVENx bit. The TC can detect capture overflow of the input capture channels: When a new capture event is detected while the Capture Interrupt flag (INTFLAG.MCx) is still set, the new timestamp will not be stored and INTFLAG.ERR will be set. Note: The corresponding capture is working only if the channel is enabled in capture mode (CTRLA.CAPTENx=1). If not, the capture action is ignored and the channel is enabled in compare mode of operation. Consequently, both channels must be enabled in order to fully characterize the input. 48.6.2.8.3 Pulse-Width Capture Action The TC performs the input capture on the falling edge of the input signal. When the edge is detected, the counter value is cleared and the TC stops counting. When a rising edge is detected on the input signal, the counter restarts the counting operation. To enable the operation on opposite edges, the input signal to capture must be inverted (refer to DRVCTRL.INVEN or EVCTRL.TCEINV). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1557 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter Figure 48-14.Pulse-Width Capture on Channel 0 external signal Pulsewitdh (tp) events MAX "capture" "restart" COUNT ZERO CC0 CC0 The TC can detect capture overflow of the input capture channels: When a new capture event is detected while the Capture Interrupt flag (INTFLAG.MCx) is still set, the new timestamp will not be stored and INTFLAG.ERR will be set. 48.6.3 Additional Features 48.6.3.1 One-Shot Operation When one-shot is enabled, the counter automatically stops on the next Counter Overflow or Underflow condition. When the counter is stopped, the Stop bit in the Status register (STATUS.STOP) is automatically set and the waveform outputs are set to zero. One-shot operation is enabled by writing a '1' to the One-Shot bit in the Control B Set register (CTRLBSET.ONESHOT), and disabled by writing a '1' to CTRLBCLR.ONESHOT. When enabled, the TC will count until an overflow or underflow occurs and stops counting operation. The one-shot operation can be restarted by a retrigger software command, a re-trigger event, or a start event. When the counter restarts its operation, STATUS.STOP is automatically cleared. 48.6.3.2 Time-Stamp Capture This feature is enabled when the Capture Time Stamp (STAMP) Event Action in Event Control register (EVCTRL.EVACT) is selected. The counter TOP value must be smaller than MAX. When a capture event is detected, the COUNT value is copied into the corresponding Channel x Compare/Capture Value (CCx) register. In case of an overflow, the MAX value is copied into the corresponding CCx register. When a valid captured value is present in the capture channel register, the corresponding Capture Channel x Interrupt Flag (INTFLAG.MCx) is set. The timer/counter can detect capture overflow of the input capture channels: When a new capture event is detected while the Capture Channel interrupt flag (INTFLAG.MCx) is still set, the new time-stamp will not be stored and INTFLAG.ERR will be set. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1558 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter Figure 48-15.Time-Stamp Capture Events MAX TOP "capture" "overflow" COUNT ZERO CCx Value COUNT COUNT TOP COUNT MAX 48.6.3.3 Minimum Capture The minimum capture is enabled by writing the CAPTMIN mode in the Channel n Capture Mode bits in the Control A register (CTRLA.CAPTMODEn = CAPTMIN). CCx Content: In CAPTMIN operations, CCx keeps the Minimum captured values. Before enabling this mode of capture, the user must initialize the corresponding CCx register value to a value different from zero. If the CCx register initial value is zero, no captures will be performed using the corresponding channel. MCx Behaviour: In CAPTMIN operation, capture is performed only when on capture event time, the counter value is lower than the last captured value. The MCx interrupt flag is set only when on capture event time, the counter value is upper or equal to the value captured on the previous event. So interrupt flag is set when a new absolute local Minimum value has been detected. 48.6.3.4 Maximum Capture The maximum capture is enabled by writing the CAPTMAX mode in the Channel n Capture Mode bits in the Control A register (CTRLA.CAPTMODEn = CAPTMAX). CCx Content: In CAPTMAX operations, CCx keeps the Maximum captured values. Before enabling this mode of capture, the user must initialize the corresponding CCx register value to a value different from TOP. If the CCx register initial value is TOP, no captures will be performed using the corresponding channel. MCx Behaviour: In CAPTMAX operation, capture is performed only when on capture event time, the counter value is upper than the last captured value. The MCx interrupt flag is set only when on capture event time, the counter value is lower or equal to the value captured on the previous event. So interrupt flag is set when a new absolute local Maximum value has been detected. Figure 48-16.Maximum Capture Operation with CC0 Initialized with ZERO Value TOP COUNT "clear" update "match" CC0 ZERO Input event CC0 Event/ Interrupt (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1559 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.6.4 DMA Operation The TC can generate the following DMA requests: * Overflow (OVF): the request is set when an update condition (overflow, underflow or re-trigger) is detected, the request is cleared by hardware on DMA acknowledge. * Match or Capture Channel x (MCx): for a compare channel, the request is set on each compare match detection, the request is cleared by hardware on DMA acknowledge. For a capture channel, the request is set when valid data is present in the CCx register, and cleared when CCx register is read. 48.6.5 Interrupts The TC has the following interrupt sources: * * * Overflow/Underflow (OVF) Match or Capture Channel x (MCx) Capture Overflow Error (ERR) Each interrupt source has an interrupt flag associated with it. The interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG) is set when the interrupt condition occurs. Each interrupt can be individually enabled by writing a '1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET), and disabled by writing a '1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Clear register (INTENCLR). An interrupt request is generated when the interrupt flag is set and the corresponding interrupt is enabled. The interrupt request remains active until either the interrupt flag is cleared, the interrupt is disabled, or the TC is reset. See INTFLAG for details on how to clear interrupt flags. The TC has one common interrupt request line for all the interrupt sources. The user must read the INTFLAG register to determine which interrupt condition is present. Note that interrupts must be globally enabled for interrupt requests to be generated. Refer to Nested Vector Interrupt Controller for details. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 48.6.6 Events The TC can generate the following output events: * * Overflow/Underflow (OVF) Match or Capture Channel x (MCx) Writing a '1' to an Event Output bit in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.MCEOx) enables the corresponding output event. The output event is disabled by writing EVCTRL.MCEOx=0. One of the following event actions can be selected by the Event Action bit group in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.EVACT): * Disable event action (OFF) * Start TC (START) * Re-trigger TC (RETRIGGER) * Count on event (COUNT) * Capture time stamp (STAMP) * Capture Period (PPW and PWP) * Capture Pulse Width (PW) Writing a '1' to the TC Event Input bit in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.TCEI) enables input events to the TC. Writing a '0' to this bit disables input events to the TC. The TC requires only asynchronous event inputs. For further details on how configuring the asynchronous events, refer to EVSYS - Event System. Related Links 31. EVSYS - Event System (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1560 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.6.7 Sleep Mode Operation The TC can be configured to operate in any sleep mode. To be able to run in standby, the RUNSTDBY bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.RUNSTDBY) must be '1'. This peripheral can wake up the device from any sleep mode using interrupts or perform actions through the Event System. If the On Demand bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.ONDEMAND) is written to '1', the module stops requesting its peripheral clock when the STOP bit in STATUS register (STATUS.STOP) is set to '1'. When a re-trigger or start condition is detected, the TC requests the clock before the operation starts. 48.6.8 Synchronization Due to asynchronicity between the main clock domain and the peripheral clock domains, some registers need to be synchronized when written or read. The following bits are synchronized when written: * * Software Reset and Enable bits in Control A register (CTRLA.SWRST and CTRLA.ENABLE) Capture Channel Buffer Valid bit in STATUS register (STATUS.CCBUFVx) The following registers are synchronized when written: * * * * Control B Clear and Control B Set registers (CTRLBCLR and CTRLBSET) Count Value register (COUNT) Period Value and Period Buffer Value registers (PER and PERBUF) Channel x Compare/Capture Value and Channel x Compare/Capture Buffer Value registers (CCx and CCBUFx) The following registers are synchronized when read: * Count Value register (COUNT): synchronization is done on demand through READSYNC command (CTRLBSET.CMD). Required write synchronization is denoted by the "Write-Synchronized" property in the register description. Required read synchronization is denoted by the "Read-Synchronized" property in the register description. 48.7 Register Description Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16- and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Some registers are optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). Optional PAC write protection is denoted by the "PAC Write-Protection" property in each individual register description. For details, refer to Register Access Protection. Some registers are synchronized when read and/or written. Synchronization is denoted by the "Write-Synchronized" or the "Read-Synchronized" property in each individual register description. For details, refer to Synchronization. Some registers are enable-protected, meaning they can only be written when the peripheral is disabled. Enableprotection is denoted by the "Enable-Protected" property in each individual register description. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1561 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.1 Offset Register Summary - 8-bit Mode Name Bit Pos. 7:0 0x00 CTRLA 0x04 0x05 CTRLBCLR CTRLBSET 0x06 EVCTRL 0x08 0x09 0x0A 0x0B 0x0C 0x0D 0x0E 0x0F INTENCLR INTENSET INTFLAG STATUS WAVE DRVCTRL Reserved DBGCTRL 0x10 SYNCBUSY 0x14 0x15 ... 0x1A 0x1B 0x1C 0x1D 0x1E ... 0x2E 0x2F 0x30 0x31 COUNT 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY PRESCSYNC[1:0] MODE[1:0] DMAOS ALOCK COPEN1 COPEN0 CAPTMODE1[1:0] TCEI MCEO1 MC1 MC1 MC1 CCBUFV1 TCINV MCEO0 MC0 MC0 MC0 CCBUFV0 PERBUFV COUNT STATUS CMD[2:0] CMD[2:0] CC1 CC0 ENABLE SWRST PRESCALER[2:0] CAPTEN1 CAPTEN0 CAPTMODE0[1:0] ONESHOT LUPD DIR ONESHOT LUPD DIR EVACT[2:0] OVFEO ERR OVF ERR OVF ERR OVF SLAVE STOP WAVEGEN[1:0] INVEN1 INVEN0 CTRLB ENABLE DBGRUN SWRST COUNT[7:0] Reserved PER CC0 CC1 7:0 7:0 7:0 PER[7:0] CC[7:0] CC[7:0] 7:0 7:0 7:0 PERBUF[7:0] CCBUF[7:0] CCBUF[7:0] Reserved PERBUF CCBUF0 CCBUF1 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1562 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.1.1 Control A Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit CTRLA 0x00 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized, Enable-Protected 31 30 29 23 22 21 COPEN1 R/W 0 20 COPEN0 R/W 0 19 18 17 CAPTEN1 R/W 0 16 CAPTEN0 R/W 0 15 DMAOS R/W 0 14 13 12 11 ALOCK R/W 0 10 8 R/W 0 9 PRESCALER[2:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 7 ONDEMAND R/W 0 6 RUNSTDBY R/W 0 3 2 1 ENABLE R/W 0 0 SWRST W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 28 27 CAPTMODE1[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 5 4 PRESCSYNC[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 26 MODE[1:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 25 24 CAPTMODE0[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bits 28:27 - CAPTMODE1[1:0]Capture mode Channel 1 These bits select the channel 1 capture mode. Value Name Description 0x0 DEFAULT Default capture 0x1 CAPTMIN Minimum capture 0x2 CAPTMAX Maximum capture 0x3 Reserved Bits 25:24 - CAPTMODE0[1:0]Capture mode Channel 0 These bits select the channel 0 capture mode. Value Name Description 0x0 DEFAULT Default capture 0x1 CAPTMIN Minimum capture 0x2 CAPTMAX Maximum capture 0x3 Reserved Bits 20, 21 - COPENxCapture On Pin x Enable Bit x of COPEN[1:0] selects the trigger source for capture operation, either events or I/O pin input. Value Description 0 Event from Event System is selected as trigger source for capture operation on channel x. 1 I/O pin is selected as trigger source for capture operation on channel x. Bits 16, 17 - CAPTENxCapture Channel x Enable Bit x of CAPTEN[1:0] selects whether channel x is a capture or a compare channel. These bits are not synchronized. Value Description 0 CAPTEN disables capture on channel x. 1 CAPTEN enables capture on channel x. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1563 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter Bit 15 - DMAOSDMA One-Shot Trigger Mode This bit enables the DMA One-shot Trigger Mode. Writing a '1' to this bit will generate a DMA trigger on TC cycle following a TC_CTRLBSET_CMD_DMAOS command. Writing a '0' to this bit will generate DMA triggers on each TC cycle. This bit is not synchronized. Bit 11 - ALOCKAuto Lock When this bit is set, Lock bit update (LUPD) is set to '1' on each overflow/underflow or re-trigger event. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 The LUPD bit is not affected on overflow/underflow, and re-trigger event. 1 The LUPD bit is set on each overflow/underflow or re-trigger event. Bits 10:8 - PRESCALER[2:0]Prescaler These bits select the counter prescaler factor. These bits are not synchronized. Value Name Description 0x0 DIV1 Prescaler: GCLK_TCx 0x1 DIV2 Prescaler: GCLK_TCx/2 0x2 DIV4 Prescaler: GCLK_TCx/4 0x3 DIV8 Prescaler: GCLK_TCx/8 0x4 DIV16 Prescaler: GCLK_TCx/16 0x5 DIV64 Prescaler: GCLK_TCx/64 0x6 DIV256 Prescaler: GCLK_TCx/256 0x7 DIV1024 Prescaler: GCLK_TCx/1024 Bit 7 - ONDEMANDClock On Demand This bit selects the clock requirements when the TC is stopped. In standby mode, if the Run in Standby bit (CTRLA.RUNSTDBY) is '0', ONDEMAND is forced to '0'. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 The On Demand is disabled. If On Demand is disabled, the TC will continue to request the clock when its operation is stopped (STATUS.STOP=1). 1 The On Demand is enabled. When On Demand is enabled, the stopped TC will not request the clock. The clock is requested when a software re-trigger command is applied or when an event with start/retrigger action is detected. Bit 6 - RUNSTDBYRun in Standby This bit is used to keep the TC running in standby mode. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 The TC is halted in standby. 1 The TC continues to run in standby. Bits 5:4 - PRESCSYNC[1:0]Prescaler and Counter Synchronization These bits select whether the counter should wrap around on the next GCLK_TCx clock or the next prescaled GCLK_TCx clock. It also makes it possible to reset the prescaler. These bits are not synchronized. Value Name Description 0x0 GCLK Reload or reset the counter on next generic clock 0x1 PRESC Reload or reset the counter on next prescaler clock 0x2 RESYNC Reload or reset the counter on next generic clock. Reset the prescaler counter 0x3 Reserved Bits 3:2 - MODE[1:0]Timer Counter Mode These bits select the counter mode. These bits are not synchronized. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1564 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter Value 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 Name COUNT16 COUNT8 COUNT32 - Description Counter in 16-bit mode Counter in 8-bit mode Counter in 32-bit mode Reserved Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable Due to synchronization, there is delay from writing CTRLA.ENABLE until the peripheral is enabled/disabled. The value written to CTRLA.ENABLE will read back immediately, and the ENABLE Synchronization Busy bit in the SYNCBUSY register (SYNCBUSY.ENABLE) will be set. SYNCBUSY.ENABLE will be cleared when the operation is complete. This bit is not enable protected. Value Description 0 The peripheral is disabled. 1 The peripheral is enabled. Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit resets all registers in the TC, except DBGCTRL, to their initial state, and the TC will be disabled. Writing a '1' to CTRLA.SWRST will always take precedence; all other writes in the same write-operation will be discarded. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1565 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.1.2 Control B Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: CTRLBCLR 0x04 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Read-Synchronized, Write-Synchronized This register allows the user to clear bits in the CTRLB register without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Control B Set register (CTRLBSET). Bit Access Reset 7 R/W 0 6 CMD[2:0] R/W 0 5 4 3 R/W 0 2 ONESHOT R/W 0 1 LUPD R/W 0 0 DIR R/W 0 Bits 7:5 - CMD[2:0]Command These bits are used for software control of the TC. The commands are executed on the next prescaled GCLK_TCx clock cycle. When a command has been executed, the CMD bit group will be read back as zero. Writing 0x0 to these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to any of these bits will clear the pending command. Bit 2 - ONESHOTOne-Shot on Counter This bit controls one-shot operation of the TC. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect Writing a '1' to this bit will disable one-shot operation. Value Description 0 The TC will wrap around and continue counting on an overflow/underflow condition. 1 The TC will wrap around and stop on the next underflow/overflow condition. Bit 1 - LUPDLock Update This bit controls the update operation of the TC buffered registers. When CTRLB.LUPD is set, no any update of the registers with value of its buffered register is performed on hardware UPDATE condition. Locking the update ensures that all buffer registers are valid before an hardware update is performed. After all the buffer registers are loaded correctly, the buffered registers can be unlocked. This bit has no effect when input capture operation is enabled. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the LUPD bit. Value Description 0 The CCBUFx and PERBUF buffer registers value are copied into CCx and PER registers on hardware update condition. 1 The CCBUFx and PERBUF buffer registers value are not copied into CCx and PER registers on hardware update condition. Bit 0 - DIRCounter Direction This bit is used to change the direction of the counter. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the bit and make the counter count up. Value Description 0 The timer/counter is counting up (incrementing). 1 The timer/counter is counting down (decrementing). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1566 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.1.3 Control B Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: CTRLBSET 0x05 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized This register allows the user to set bits in the CTRLB register without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Control B Clear register (CTRLBCLR). Bit Access Reset 7 R/W 0 6 CMD[2:0] R/W 0 5 4 3 R/W 0 2 ONESHOT R/W 0 1 LUPD R/W 0 0 DIR R/W 0 Bits 7:5 - CMD[2:0]Command These bits are used for software control of the TC. The commands are executed on the next prescaled GCLK_TCx clock cycle. When a command has been executed, the CMD bit group will be read back as zero. Writing 0x0 to these bits has no effect. Writing a value different from 0x0 from the following table will issue a command for execution. Value Name Description 0x0 NONE No action 0x1 RETRIGGER Force a start, restart or retrigger 0x2 STOP Force a stop 0x3 UPDATE Force update of double buffered registers 0x4 READSYNC Force a read synchronization of COUNT Bit 2 - ONESHOTOne-Shot on Counter This bit controls one-shot operation of the TC. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will enable one-shot operation. Value Description 0 The TC will wrap around and continue counting on an overflow/underflow condition. 1 The TC will wrap around and stop on the next underflow/overflow condition. Bit 1 - LUPDLock Update This bit controls the update operation of the TC buffered registers. When CTRLB.LUPD is set, no any update of the registers with value of its buffered register is performed on hardware UPDATE condition. Locking the update ensures that all buffer registers are valid before an hardware update is performed. After all the buffer registers are loaded correctly, the buffered registers can be unlocked. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the LUPD bit. This bit has no effect when input capture operation is enabled. Value Description 0 The CCBUFx and PERBUF buffer registers value are copied into CCx and PER registers on hardware update condition. 1 The CCBUFx and PERBUF buffer registers value are not copied into CCx and PER registers on hardware update condition. Bit 0 - DIRCounter Direction This bit is used to change the direction of the counter. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the bit and make the counter count up. Value Description 0 The timer/counter is counting up (incrementing). 1 The timer/counter is counting down (decrementing). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1567 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.1.4 Event Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit EVCTRL 0x06 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 15 14 13 MCEO1 R/W 0 12 MCEO0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 OVFEO R/W 0 7 6 5 TCEI R/W 0 4 TCINV R/W 0 3 2 1 EVACT[2:0] R/W 0 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit 13 - MCEO1Match or Capture Channel x Event Output Enable [x = 1..0] These bits enable the generation of an event for every match or capture on channel x. Value Description 0 Match/Capture event on channel x is disabled and will not be generated. 1 Match/Capture event on channel x is enabled and will be generated for every compare/capture. Bit 12 - MCEO0Match or Capture Channel x Event Output Enable [x = 1..0] These bits enable the generation of an event for every match or capture on channel x. Value Description 0 Match/Capture event on channel x is disabled and will not be generated. 1 Match/Capture event on channel x is enabled and will be generated for every compare/capture. Bit 8 - OVFEOOverflow/Underflow Event Output Enable This bit enables the Overflow/Underflow event. When enabled, an event will be generated when the counter overflows/underflows. Value Description 0 Overflow/Underflow event is disabled and will not be generated. 1 Overflow/Underflow event is enabled and will be generated for every counter overflow/underflow. Bit 5 - TCEITC Event Enable This bit is used to enable asynchronous input events to the TC. Value Description 0 Incoming events are disabled. 1 Incoming events are enabled. Bit 4 - TCINVTC Inverted Event Input Polarity This bit inverts the asynchronous input event source. Value Description 0 Input event source is not inverted. 1 Input event source is inverted. Bits 2:0 - EVACT[2:0]Event Action These bits define the event action the TC will perform on an event. Value Name Description 0x0 OFF Event action disabled 0x1 RETRIGGER Start, restart or retrigger TC on event 0x2 COUNT Count on event 0x3 START Start TC on event 0x4 STAMP Time stamp capture (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1568 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter Value 0x5 0x6 0x7 Name PPW PWP PW (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Description Period captured in CC0, pulse width in CC1 Period captured in CC1, pulse width in CC0 Pulse width capture Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1569 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.1.5 Interrupt Enable Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENCLR 0x08 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to disable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET). Bit 7 6 Access Reset 5 MC1 R/W 0 4 MC0 R/W 0 3 2 1 ERR R/W 0 0 OVF R/W 0 Bit 5 - MC1Match or Capture Channel x Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to MCx will clear the corresponding Match or Capture Channel x Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Match or Capture Channel x interrupt. Value Description 0 The Match or Capture Channel x interrupt is disabled. 1 The Match or Capture Channel x interrupt is enabled. Bit 4 - MC0Match or Capture Channel x Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to MCx will clear the corresponding Match or Capture Channel x Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Match or Capture Channel x interrupt. Value Description 0 The Match or Capture Channel x interrupt is disabled. 1 The Match or Capture Channel x interrupt is enabled. Bit 1 - ERRError Interrupt Disable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Error Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Error interrupt. Value Description 0 The Error interrupt is disabled. 1 The Error interrupt is enabled. Bit 0 - OVFOverflow Interrupt Disable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Overflow Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Overflow interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Overflow interrupt is disabled. 1 The Overflow interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1570 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.1.6 Interrupt Enable Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENSET 0x09 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to enable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Clear register (INTENCLR). Bit 7 6 Access Reset 5 MC1 R/W 0 4 MC0 R/W 0 3 2 1 ERR R/W 0 0 OVF R/W 0 Bit 5 - MC1Match or Capture Channel x Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to MCx will set the corresponding Match or Capture Channel x Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Match or Capture Channel x interrupt. Value Description 0 The Match or Capture Channel x interrupt is disabled. 1 The Match or Capture Channel x interrupt is enabled. Bit 4 - MC0Match or Capture Channel x Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to MCx will set the corresponding Match or Capture Channel x Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Match or Capture Channel x interrupt. Value Description 0 The Match or Capture Channel x interrupt is disabled. 1 The Match or Capture Channel x interrupt is enabled. Bit 1 - ERRError Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Error Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Error interrupt. Value Description 0 The Error interrupt is disabled. 1 The Error interrupt is enabled. Bit 0 - OVFOverflow Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Overflow Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Overflow interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Overflow interrupt is disabled. 1 The Overflow interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1571 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.1.7 Interrupt Flag Status and Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 INTFLAG 0x0A 0x00 - 6 Access Reset 5 MC1 R/W 0 4 MC0 R/W 0 3 2 1 ERR R/W 0 0 OVF R/W 0 Bit 5 - MC1Match or Capture Channel x This flag is set on a comparison match, or when the corresponding CCx register contains a valid capture value. This flag is set on the next CLK_TC_CNT cycle, and will generate an interrupt request if the corresponding Match or Capture Channel x Interrupt Enable bit in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET.MCx) is '1'. Writing a '0' to one of these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to one of these bits will clear the corresponding Match or Capture Channel x interrupt flag In capture operation, this flag is automatically cleared when CCx register is read. Bit 4 - MC0Match or Capture Channel x This flag is set on a comparison match, or when the corresponding CCx register contains a valid capture value. This flag is set on the next CLK_TC_CNT cycle, and will generate an interrupt request if the corresponding Match or Capture Channel x Interrupt Enable bit in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET.MCx) is '1'. Writing a '0' to one of these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to one of these bits will clear the corresponding Match or Capture Channel x interrupt flag In capture operation, this flag is automatically cleared when CCx register is read. Bit 1 - ERRError Interrupt Flag This flag is set when a new capture occurs on a channel while the corresponding Match or Capture Channel x interrupt flag is set, in which case there is nowhere to store the new capture. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Error interrupt flag. Bit 0 - OVFOverflow Interrupt Flag This flag is set on the next CLK_TC_CNT cycle after an overflow condition occurs, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR.OVF or INTENSET.OVF is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Overflow interrupt flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1572 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.1.8 Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 STATUS 0x0B 0x01 Read-Synchronized 6 Access Reset 5 CCBUFV1 R/W 0 4 CCBUFV0 R/W 0 3 PERBUFV R/W 0 2 1 SLAVE R 0 0 STOP R 1 Bits 4, 5 - CCBUFVChannel x Compare or Capture Buffer Valid For a compare channel x, the bit x is set when a new value is written to the corresponding CCBUFx register. The bit x is cleared by writing a '1' to it when CTRLB.LUPD is set, or it is cleared automatically by hardware on UPDATE condition. For a capture channel x, the bit x is set when a valid capture value is stored in the CCBUFx register. The bit x is cleared automatically when the CCx register is read. Bit 3 - PERBUFVPeriod Buffer Valid This bit is set when a new value is written to the PERBUF register. The bit is cleared by writing '1' to the corresponding location when CTRLB.LUPD is set, or automatically cleared by hardware on UPDATE condition. This bit is available only in 8-bit mode and will always read zero in 16- and 32-bit modes. Bit 1 - SLAVESlave Status Flag This bit is only available in 32-bit mode on the slave TC (i.e., TC1 and/or TC3). The bit is set when the associated master TC (TC0 and TC2, respectively) is set to run in 32-bit mode. Bit 0 - STOPStop Status Flag This bit is set when the TC is disabled, on a Stop command, or on an overflow/underflow condition when the OneShot bit in the Control B Set register (CTRLBSET.ONESHOT) is '1'. Value Description 0 Counter is running. 1 Counter is stopped. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1573 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.1.9 Waveform Generation Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 WAVE 0x0C 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 6 5 4 3 2 Access Reset 1 0 WAVEGEN[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bits 1:0 - WAVEGEN[1:0]Waveform Generation Mode These bits select the waveform generation operation. They affect the top value, as shown in 48.6.2.6.1 Waveform Output Operations. They also control whether frequency or PWM waveform generation should be used. The waveform generation operations are explained in 48.6.2.6.1 Waveform Output Operations. These bits are not synchronized. Value Name Operation Top Value Output Waveform on Match Output Waveform on Wraparound 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 NFRQ MFRQ NPWM MPWM Normal frequency Match frequency Normal PWM Match PWM PER1 / Max CC0 PER1 / Max CC0 Toggle Toggle Set Set No action No action Clear Clear 1) This depends on the TC mode: In 8-bit mode, the top value is the Period Value register (PER). In 16- and 32-bit mode it is the respective MAX value. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1574 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.1.10 Driver Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 DRVCTRL 0x0D 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 6 5 4 3 2 Access Reset 1 INVEN1 R/W 0 0 INVEN0 R/W 0 Bits 0, 1 - INVENxOutput Waveform x Invert Enable Bit x of INVEN[1:0] selects inversion of the output or capture trigger input of channel x. Value Description 0 Disable inversion of the WO[x] output and IO input pin. 1 Enable inversion of the WO[x] output and IO input pin. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1575 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.1.11 Debug Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 DBGCTRL 0x0F 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 0 DBGRUN R/W 0 Bit 0 - DBGRUNRun in Debug Mode This bit is not affected by a software Reset, and should not be changed by software while the TC is enabled. Value Description 0 The TC is halted when the device is halted in debug mode. 1 The TC continues normal operation when the device is halted in debug mode. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1576 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.1.12 Synchronization Busy Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit SYNCBUSY 0x10 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 CC1 R 0 6 CC0 R 0 5 4 COUNT R 0 3 STATUS R 0 2 CTRLB R 0 1 ENABLE R 0 0 SWRST R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bits 6, 7 - CCxCompare/Capture Channel x Synchronization Busy For details on CC channels number, refer to each TC feature list. This bit is set when the synchronization of CCx between clock domains is started. This bit is also set when the CCBUFx is written, and cleared on update condition. The bit is automatically cleared when the STATUS.CCBUFx bit is cleared. Bit 4 - COUNTCOUNT Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of COUNT between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of COUNT between clock domains is started. Bit 3 - STATUSSTATUS Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of STATUS between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when a '1' is written to the Capture Channel Buffer Valid status flags (STATUS.CCBUFVx) and the synchronization of STATUS between clock domains is started. Bit 2 - CTRLBCTRLB Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of CTRLB between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of CTRLB between clock domains is started. Bit 1 - ENABLEENABLE Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of ENABLE bit between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of ENABLE bit between clock domains is started. Bit 0 - SWRSTSWRST Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of SWRST bit between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of SWRST bit between clock domains is started. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1577 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.1.13 Counter Value, 8-bit Mode Name: Offset: Reset: Property: COUNT 0x14 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized, Read-Synchronized Note: Prior to any read access, this register must be synchronized by user by writing the according TC Command value to the Control B Set register (CTRLBSET.CMD=READSYNC). Bit Access Reset 7 6 5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 4 3 COUNT[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 7:0 - COUNT[7:0] Counter Value These bits contain the current counter value. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1578 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.1.14 Period Value, 8-bit Mode Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 PER 0x1B 0xFF Write-Synchronized 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 1 PER[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 7:0 - PER[7:0]Period Value These bits hold the value of the TC period count. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1579 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.1.15 Channel x Compare/Capture Value, 8-bit Mode Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 CCx 0x1C + x*0x01 [x=0..1] 0x00 Write-Synchronized, Read-Synchronized 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 CC[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 7:0 - CC[7:0]Channel x Compare/Capture Value These bits contain the compare/capture value in 8-bit TC mode. In Match frequency (MFRQ) or Match PWM (MPWM) waveform operation (WAVE.WAVEGEN), the CC0 register is used as a period register. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1580 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.1.16 Period Buffer Value, 8-bit Mode Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset PERBUF 0x2F 0xFF Write-Synchronized 7 6 5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 4 3 PERBUF[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 1 Bits 7:0 - PERBUF[7:0]Period Buffer Value These bits hold the value of the period buffer register. The value is copied to PER register on UPDATE condition. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1581 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.1.17 Channel x Compare Buffer Value, 8-bit Mode Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset CCBUFx 0x30 + x*0x01 [x=0..1] 0x00 Write-Synchronized 7 6 5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 4 3 CCBUF[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 7:0 - CCBUF[7:0]Channel x Compare Buffer Value These bits hold the value of the Channel x Compare Buffer Value. When the buffer valid flag is '1' and double buffering is enabled (CTRLBCLR.LUPD=1), the data from buffer registers will be copied into the corresponding CCx register under UPDATE condition (CTRLBSET.CMD=0x3), including the software update command. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1582 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.2 Offset Register Summary - 16-bit Mode Name Bit Pos. 7:0 0x00 CTRLA 0x04 0x05 CTRLBCLR CTRLBSET 0x06 EVCTRL 0x08 0x09 0x0A 0x0B 0x0C 0x0D 0x0E 0x0F INTENCLR INTENSET INTFLAG STATUS WAVE DRVCTRL Reserved DBGCTRL 0x10 SYNCBUSY 0x14 COUNT 0x16 ... 0x1B Reserved 0x1C CC0 0x1E CC1 0x20 ... 0x2F Reserved 0x30 CCBUF0 0x32 CCBUF1 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY PRESCSYNC[1:0] MODE[1:0] DMAOS ALOCK COPEN1 COPEN0 CAPTMODE1[1:0] TCEI MCEO1 MC1 MC1 MC1 CCBUFV1 TCINV MCEO0 MC0 MC0 MC0 CCBUFV0 PERBUFV COUNT STATUS CMD[2:0] CMD[2:0] CC1 CC0 SWRST CTRLB ENABLE DBGRUN SWRST COUNT[7:0] COUNT[15:8] 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 CC[7:0] CC[15:8] CC[7:0] CC[15:8] 7:0 15:8 7:0 15:8 CCBUF[7:0] CCBUF[15:8] CCBUF[7:0] CCBUF[15:8] (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. ENABLE PRESCALER[2:0] CAPTEN1 CAPTEN0 CAPTMODE0[1:0] ONESHOT LUPD DIR ONESHOT LUPD DIR EVACT[2:0] OVFEO ERR OVF ERR OVF ERR OVF SLAVE STOP WAVEGEN[1:0] INVEN1 INVEN0 Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1583 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.2.1 Control A Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit CTRLA 0x00 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized, Enable-Protected 31 30 29 23 22 21 COPEN1 R/W 0 20 COPEN0 R/W 0 19 18 17 CAPTEN1 R/W 0 16 CAPTEN0 R/W 0 15 DMAOS R/W 0 14 13 12 11 ALOCK R/W 0 10 8 R/W 0 9 PRESCALER[2:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 7 ONDEMAND R/W 0 6 RUNSTDBY R/W 0 3 2 1 ENABLE R/W 0 0 SWRST W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 28 27 CAPTMODE1[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 5 4 PRESCSYNC[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 26 MODE[1:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 25 24 CAPTMODE0[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bits 28:27 - CAPTMODE1[1:0]Capture mode Channel 1 These bits select the channel 1 capture mode. Value Name Description 0x0 DEFAULT Default capture 0x1 CAPTMIN Minimum capture 0x2 CAPTMAX Maximum capture 0x3 Reserved Bits 25:24 - CAPTMODE0[1:0]Capture mode Channel 0 These bits select the channel 0 capture mode. Value Name Description 0x0 DEFAULT Default capture 0x1 CAPTMIN Minimum capture 0x2 CAPTMAX Maximum capture 0x3 Reserved Bits 20, 21 - COPENxCapture On Pin x Enable Bit x of COPEN[1:0] selects the trigger source for capture operation, either events or I/O pin input. Value Description 0 Event from Event System is selected as trigger source for capture operation on channel x. 1 I/O pin is selected as trigger source for capture operation on channel x. Bits 16, 17 - CAPTENxCapture Channel x Enable Bit x of CAPTEN[1:0] selects whether channel x is a capture or a compare channel. These bits are not synchronized. Value Description 0 CAPTEN disables capture on channel x. 1 CAPTEN enables capture on channel x. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1584 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter Bit 15 - DMAOSDMA One-Shot Trigger Mode This bit enables the DMA One-shot Trigger Mode. Writing a '1' to this bit will generate a DMA trigger on TC cycle following a TC_CTRLBSET_CMD_DMAOS command. Writing a '0' to this bit will generate DMA triggers on each TC cycle. This bit is not synchronized. Bit 11 - ALOCKAuto Lock When this bit is set, Lock bit update (LUPD) is set to '1' on each overflow/underflow or re-trigger event. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 The LUPD bit is not affected on overflow/underflow, and re-trigger event. 1 The LUPD bit is set on each overflow/underflow or re-trigger event. Bits 10:8 - PRESCALER[2:0]Prescaler These bits select the counter prescaler factor. These bits are not synchronized. Value Name Description 0x0 DIV1 Prescaler: GCLK_TCx 0x1 DIV2 Prescaler: GCLK_TCx/2 0x2 DIV4 Prescaler: GCLK_TCx/4 0x3 DIV8 Prescaler: GCLK_TCx/8 0x4 DIV16 Prescaler: GCLK_TCx/16 0x5 DIV64 Prescaler: GCLK_TCx/64 0x6 DIV256 Prescaler: GCLK_TCx/256 0x7 DIV1024 Prescaler: GCLK_TCx/1024 Bit 7 - ONDEMANDClock On Demand This bit selects the clock requirements when the TC is stopped. In standby mode, if the Run in Standby bit (CTRLA.RUNSTDBY) is '0', ONDEMAND is forced to '0'. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 The On Demand is disabled. If On Demand is disabled, the TC will continue to request the clock when its operation is stopped (STATUS.STOP=1). 1 The On Demand is enabled. When On Demand is enabled, the stopped TC will not request the clock. The clock is requested when a software re-trigger command is applied or when an event with start/retrigger action is detected. Bit 6 - RUNSTDBYRun in Standby This bit is used to keep the TC running in standby mode. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 The TC is halted in standby. 1 The TC continues to run in standby. Bits 5:4 - PRESCSYNC[1:0]Prescaler and Counter Synchronization These bits select whether the counter should wrap around on the next GCLK_TCx clock or the next prescaled GCLK_TCx clock. It also makes it possible to reset the prescaler. These bits are not synchronized. Value Name Description 0x0 GCLK Reload or reset the counter on next generic clock 0x1 PRESC Reload or reset the counter on next prescaler clock 0x2 RESYNC Reload or reset the counter on next generic clock. Reset the prescaler counter 0x3 Reserved Bits 3:2 - MODE[1:0]Timer Counter Mode These bits select the counter mode. These bits are not synchronized. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1585 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter Value 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 Name COUNT16 COUNT8 COUNT32 - Description Counter in 16-bit mode Counter in 8-bit mode Counter in 32-bit mode Reserved Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable Due to synchronization, there is delay from writing CTRLA.ENABLE until the peripheral is enabled/disabled. The value written to CTRLA.ENABLE will read back immediately, and the ENABLE Synchronization Busy bit in the SYNCBUSY register (SYNCBUSY.ENABLE) will be set. SYNCBUSY.ENABLE will be cleared when the operation is complete. This bit is not enable protected. Value Description 0 The peripheral is disabled. 1 The peripheral is enabled. Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit resets all registers in the TC, except DBGCTRL, to their initial state, and the TC will be disabled. Writing a '1' to CTRLA.SWRST will always take precedence; all other writes in the same write-operation will be discarded. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1586 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.2.2 Control B Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: CTRLBCLR 0x04 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Read-Synchronized, Write-Synchronized This register allows the user to clear bits in the CTRLB register without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Control B Set register (CTRLBSET). Bit Access Reset 7 R/W 0 6 CMD[2:0] R/W 0 5 4 3 R/W 0 2 ONESHOT R/W 0 1 LUPD R/W 0 0 DIR R/W 0 Bits 7:5 - CMD[2:0]Command These bits are used for software control of the TC. The commands are executed on the next prescaled GCLK_TCx clock cycle. When a command has been executed, the CMD bit group will be read back as zero. Writing 0x0 to these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to any of these bits will clear the pending command. Bit 2 - ONESHOTOne-Shot on Counter This bit controls one-shot operation of the TC. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect Writing a '1' to this bit will disable one-shot operation. Value Description 0 The TC will wrap around and continue counting on an overflow/underflow condition. 1 The TC will wrap around and stop on the next underflow/overflow condition. Bit 1 - LUPDLock Update This bit controls the update operation of the TC buffered registers. When CTRLB.LUPD is set, no any update of the registers with value of its buffered register is performed on hardware UPDATE condition. Locking the update ensures that all buffer registers are valid before an hardware update is performed. After all the buffer registers are loaded correctly, the buffered registers can be unlocked. This bit has no effect when input capture operation is enabled. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the LUPD bit. Value Description 0 The CCBUFx and PERBUF buffer registers value are copied into CCx and PER registers on hardware update condition. 1 The CCBUFx and PERBUF buffer registers value are not copied into CCx and PER registers on hardware update condition. Bit 0 - DIRCounter Direction This bit is used to change the direction of the counter. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the bit and make the counter count up. Value Description 0 The timer/counter is counting up (incrementing). 1 The timer/counter is counting down (decrementing). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1587 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.2.3 Control B Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: CTRLBSET 0x05 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized This register allows the user to set bits in the CTRLB register without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Control B Clear register (CTRLBCLR). Bit Access Reset 7 R/W 0 6 CMD[2:0] R/W 0 5 4 3 R/W 0 2 ONESHOT R/W 0 1 LUPD R/W 0 0 DIR R/W 0 Bits 7:5 - CMD[2:0]Command These bits are used for software control of the TC. The commands are executed on the next prescaled GCLK_TCx clock cycle. When a command has been executed, the CMD bit group will be read back as zero. Writing 0x0 to these bits has no effect. Writing a value different from 0x0 from the following table will issue a command for execution. Value Name Description 0x0 NONE No action 0x1 RETRIGGER Force a start, restart or retrigger 0x2 STOP Force a stop 0x3 UPDATE Force update of double buffered registers 0x4 READSYNC Force a read synchronization of COUNT Bit 2 - ONESHOTOne-Shot on Counter This bit controls one-shot operation of the TC. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will enable one-shot operation. Value Description 0 The TC will wrap around and continue counting on an overflow/underflow condition. 1 The TC will wrap around and stop on the next underflow/overflow condition. Bit 1 - LUPDLock Update This bit controls the update operation of the TC buffered registers. When CTRLB.LUPD is set, no any update of the registers with value of its buffered register is performed on hardware UPDATE condition. Locking the update ensures that all buffer registers are valid before an hardware update is performed. After all the buffer registers are loaded correctly, the buffered registers can be unlocked. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the LUPD bit. This bit has no effect when input capture operation is enabled. Value Description 0 The CCBUFx and PERBUF buffer registers value are copied into CCx and PER registers on hardware update condition. 1 The CCBUFx and PERBUF buffer registers value are not copied into CCx and PER registers on hardware update condition. Bit 0 - DIRCounter Direction This bit is used to change the direction of the counter. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the bit and make the counter count up. Value Description 0 The timer/counter is counting up (incrementing). 1 The timer/counter is counting down (decrementing). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1588 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.2.4 Event Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit EVCTRL 0x06 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 15 14 13 MCEO1 R/W 0 12 MCEO0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 OVFEO R/W 0 7 6 5 TCEI R/W 0 4 TCINV R/W 0 3 2 1 EVACT[2:0] R/W 0 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit 13 - MCEO1Match or Capture Channel x Event Output Enable [x = 1..0] These bits enable the generation of an event for every match or capture on channel x. Value Description 0 Match/Capture event on channel x is disabled and will not be generated. 1 Match/Capture event on channel x is enabled and will be generated for every compare/capture. Bit 12 - MCEO0Match or Capture Channel x Event Output Enable [x = 1..0] These bits enable the generation of an event for every match or capture on channel x. Value Description 0 Match/Capture event on channel x is disabled and will not be generated. 1 Match/Capture event on channel x is enabled and will be generated for every compare/capture. Bit 8 - OVFEOOverflow/Underflow Event Output Enable This bit enables the Overflow/Underflow event. When enabled, an event will be generated when the counter overflows/underflows. Value Description 0 Overflow/Underflow event is disabled and will not be generated. 1 Overflow/Underflow event is enabled and will be generated for every counter overflow/underflow. Bit 5 - TCEITC Event Enable This bit is used to enable asynchronous input events to the TC. Value Description 0 Incoming events are disabled. 1 Incoming events are enabled. Bit 4 - TCINVTC Inverted Event Input Polarity This bit inverts the asynchronous input event source. Value Description 0 Input event source is not inverted. 1 Input event source is inverted. Bits 2:0 - EVACT[2:0]Event Action These bits define the event action the TC will perform on an event. Value Name Description 0x0 OFF Event action disabled 0x1 RETRIGGER Start, restart or retrigger TC on event 0x2 COUNT Count on event 0x3 START Start TC on event 0x4 STAMP Time stamp capture (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1589 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter Value 0x5 0x6 0x7 Name PPW PWP PW (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Description Period captured in CC0, pulse width in CC1 Period captured in CC1, pulse width in CC0 Pulse width capture Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1590 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.2.5 Interrupt Enable Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENCLR 0x08 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to disable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET). Bit 7 6 Access Reset 5 MC1 R/W 0 4 MC0 R/W 0 3 2 1 ERR R/W 0 0 OVF R/W 0 Bit 5 - MC1Match or Capture Channel x Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to MCx will clear the corresponding Match or Capture Channel x Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Match or Capture Channel x interrupt. Value Description 0 The Match or Capture Channel x interrupt is disabled. 1 The Match or Capture Channel x interrupt is enabled. Bit 4 - MC0Match or Capture Channel x Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to MCx will clear the corresponding Match or Capture Channel x Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Match or Capture Channel x interrupt. Value Description 0 The Match or Capture Channel x interrupt is disabled. 1 The Match or Capture Channel x interrupt is enabled. Bit 1 - ERRError Interrupt Disable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Error Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Error interrupt. Value Description 0 The Error interrupt is disabled. 1 The Error interrupt is enabled. Bit 0 - OVFOverflow Interrupt Disable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Overflow Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Overflow interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Overflow interrupt is disabled. 1 The Overflow interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1591 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.2.6 Interrupt Enable Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENSET 0x09 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to enable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Clear register (INTENCLR). Bit 7 6 Access Reset 5 MC1 R/W 0 4 MC0 R/W 0 3 2 1 ERR R/W 0 0 OVF R/W 0 Bit 5 - MC1Match or Capture Channel x Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to MCx will set the corresponding Match or Capture Channel x Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Match or Capture Channel x interrupt. Value Description 0 The Match or Capture Channel x interrupt is disabled. 1 The Match or Capture Channel x interrupt is enabled. Bit 4 - MC0Match or Capture Channel x Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to MCx will set the corresponding Match or Capture Channel x Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Match or Capture Channel x interrupt. Value Description 0 The Match or Capture Channel x interrupt is disabled. 1 The Match or Capture Channel x interrupt is enabled. Bit 1 - ERRError Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Error Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Error interrupt. Value Description 0 The Error interrupt is disabled. 1 The Error interrupt is enabled. Bit 0 - OVFOverflow Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Overflow Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Overflow interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Overflow interrupt is disabled. 1 The Overflow interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1592 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.2.7 Interrupt Flag Status and Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 INTFLAG 0x0A 0x00 - 6 Access Reset 5 MC1 R/W 0 4 MC0 R/W 0 3 2 1 ERR R/W 0 0 OVF R/W 0 Bit 5 - MC1Match or Capture Channel x This flag is set on a comparison match, or when the corresponding CCx register contains a valid capture value. This flag is set on the next CLK_TC_CNT cycle, and will generate an interrupt request if the corresponding Match or Capture Channel x Interrupt Enable bit in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET.MCx) is '1'. Writing a '0' to one of these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to one of these bits will clear the corresponding Match or Capture Channel x interrupt flag In capture operation, this flag is automatically cleared when CCx register is read. Bit 4 - MC0Match or Capture Channel x This flag is set on a comparison match, or when the corresponding CCx register contains a valid capture value. This flag is set on the next CLK_TC_CNT cycle, and will generate an interrupt request if the corresponding Match or Capture Channel x Interrupt Enable bit in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET.MCx) is '1'. Writing a '0' to one of these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to one of these bits will clear the corresponding Match or Capture Channel x interrupt flag In capture operation, this flag is automatically cleared when CCx register is read. Bit 1 - ERRError Interrupt Flag This flag is set when a new capture occurs on a channel while the corresponding Match or Capture Channel x interrupt flag is set, in which case there is nowhere to store the new capture. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Error interrupt flag. Bit 0 - OVFOverflow Interrupt Flag This flag is set on the next CLK_TC_CNT cycle after an overflow condition occurs, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR.OVF or INTENSET.OVF is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Overflow interrupt flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1593 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.2.8 Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 STATUS 0x0B 0x01 Read-Synchronized 6 Access Reset 5 CCBUFV1 R/W 0 4 CCBUFV0 R/W 0 3 PERBUFV R/W 0 2 1 SLAVE R 0 0 STOP R 1 Bits 4, 5 - CCBUFVChannel x Compare or Capture Buffer Valid For a compare channel x, the bit x is set when a new value is written to the corresponding CCBUFx register. The bit x is cleared by writing a '1' to it when CTRLB.LUPD is set, or it is cleared automatically by hardware on UPDATE condition. For a capture channel x, the bit x is set when a valid capture value is stored in the CCBUFx register. The bit x is cleared automatically when the CCx register is read. Bit 3 - PERBUFVPeriod Buffer Valid This bit is set when a new value is written to the PERBUF register. The bit is cleared by writing '1' to the corresponding location when CTRLB.LUPD is set, or automatically cleared by hardware on UPDATE condition. This bit is available only in 8-bit mode and will always read zero in 16- and 32-bit modes. Bit 1 - SLAVESlave Status Flag This bit is only available in 32-bit mode on the slave TC (i.e., TC1 and/or TC3). The bit is set when the associated master TC (TC0 and TC2, respectively) is set to run in 32-bit mode. Bit 0 - STOPStop Status Flag This bit is set when the TC is disabled, on a Stop command, or on an overflow/underflow condition when the OneShot bit in the Control B Set register (CTRLBSET.ONESHOT) is '1'. Value Description 0 Counter is running. 1 Counter is stopped. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1594 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.2.9 Waveform Generation Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 WAVE 0x0C 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 6 5 4 3 2 Access Reset 1 0 WAVEGEN[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bits 1:0 - WAVEGEN[1:0]Waveform Generation Mode These bits select the waveform generation operation. They affect the top value, as shown in 48.6.2.6.1 Waveform Output Operations. They also control whether frequency or PWM waveform generation should be used. The waveform generation operations are explained in 48.6.2.6.1 Waveform Output Operations. These bits are not synchronized. Value Name Operation Top Value Output Waveform on Match Output Waveform on Wraparound 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 NFRQ MFRQ NPWM MPWM Normal frequency Match frequency Normal PWM Match PWM PER1 / Max CC0 PER1 / Max CC0 Toggle Toggle Set Set No action No action Clear Clear 1) This depends on the TC mode: In 8-bit mode, the top value is the Period Value register (PER). In 16- and 32-bit mode it is the respective MAX value. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1595 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.2.10 Driver Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 DRVCTRL 0x0D 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 6 5 4 3 2 Access Reset 1 INVEN1 R/W 0 0 INVEN0 R/W 0 Bits 0, 1 - INVENxOutput Waveform x Invert Enable Bit x of INVEN[1:0] selects inversion of the output or capture trigger input of channel x. Value Description 0 Disable inversion of the WO[x] output and IO input pin. 1 Enable inversion of the WO[x] output and IO input pin. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1596 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.2.11 Debug Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 DBGCTRL 0x0F 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 0 DBGRUN R/W 0 Bit 0 - DBGRUNRun in Debug Mode This bit is not affected by a software Reset, and should not be changed by software while the TC is enabled. Value Description 0 The TC is halted when the device is halted in debug mode. 1 The TC continues normal operation when the device is halted in debug mode. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1597 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.2.12 Synchronization Busy Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit SYNCBUSY 0x10 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 CC1 R 0 6 CC0 R 0 5 4 COUNT R 0 3 STATUS R 0 2 CTRLB R 0 1 ENABLE R 0 0 SWRST R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bits 6, 7 - CCxCompare/Capture Channel x Synchronization Busy For details on CC channels number, refer to each TC feature list. This bit is set when the synchronization of CCx between clock domains is started. This bit is also set when the CCBUFx is written, and cleared on update condition. The bit is automatically cleared when the STATUS.CCBUFx bit is cleared. Bit 4 - COUNTCOUNT Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of COUNT between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of COUNT between clock domains is started. Bit 3 - STATUSSTATUS Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of STATUS between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when a '1' is written to the Capture Channel Buffer Valid status flags (STATUS.CCBUFVx) and the synchronization of STATUS between clock domains is started. Bit 2 - CTRLBCTRLB Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of CTRLB between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of CTRLB between clock domains is started. Bit 1 - ENABLEENABLE Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of ENABLE bit between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of ENABLE bit between clock domains is started. Bit 0 - SWRSTSWRST Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of SWRST bit between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of SWRST bit between clock domains is started. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1598 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.2.13 Counter Value, 16-bit Mode Name: Offset: Reset: Property: COUNT 0x14 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized, Read-Synchronized Note: Prior to any read access, this register must be synchronized by user by writing the according TC Command value to the Control B Set register (CTRLBSET.CMD=READSYNC). Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 12 11 COUNT[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 3 COUNT[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 15:0 - COUNT[15:0] Counter Value These bits contain the current counter value. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1599 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.2.14 Channel x Compare/Capture Value, 16-bit Mode Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 15 CCx 0x1C + x*0x02 [x=0..1] 0x0000 Write-Synchronized 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 CC[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 CC[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 15:0 - CC[15:0]Channel x Compare/Capture Value These bits contain the compare/capture value in 16-bit TC mode. In Match frequency (MFRQ) or Match PWM (MPWM) waveform operation (WAVE.WAVEGEN), the CC0 register is used as a period register. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1600 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.2.15 Channel x Compare Buffer Value, 16-bit Mode Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset CCBUFx 0x30 + x*0x02 [x=0..1] 0x0000 Write-Synchronized 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 12 11 CCBUF[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 3 CCBUF[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 15:0 - CCBUF[15:0]Channel x Compare Buffer Value These bits hold the value of the Channel x Compare Buffer Value. When the buffer valid flag is '1' and double buffering is enabled (CTRLBCLR.LUPD=1), the data from buffer registers will be copied into the corresponding CCx register under UPDATE condition (CTRLBSET.CMD=0x3), including the software update command. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1601 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.3 Offset Register Summary - 32-bit Mode Name Bit Pos. 7:0 0x00 CTRLA 0x04 0x05 CTRLBCLR CTRLBSET 0x06 EVCTRL 0x08 0x09 0x0A 0x0B 0x0C 0x0D 0x0E 0x0F INTENCLR INTENSET INTFLAG STATUS WAVE DRVCTRL Reserved DBGCTRL 0x10 SYNCBUSY 0x14 COUNT 0x18 ... 0x1B Reserved 0x1C CC0 0x20 CC1 0x24 ... 0x2F Reserved 0x30 CCBUF0 0x34 CCBUF1 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 ONDEMAND RUNSTDBY PRESCSYNC[1:0] MODE[1:0] DMAOS ALOCK COPEN1 COPEN0 CAPTMODE1[1:0] TCEI MCEO1 MC1 MC1 MC1 CCBUFV1 TCINV MCEO0 MC0 MC0 MC0 CCBUFV0 PERBUFV COUNT STATUS CMD[2:0] CMD[2:0] CC1 CC0 SWRST CTRLB ENABLE DBGRUN SWRST COUNT[7:0] COUNT[15:8] COUNT[23:16] COUNT[31:24] 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 CC[7:0] CC[15:8] CC[23:16] CC[31:24] CC[7:0] CC[15:8] CC[23:16] CC[31:24] 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 CCBUF[7:0] CCBUF[15:8] CCBUF[23:16] CCBUF[31:24] CCBUF[7:0] CCBUF[15:8] CCBUF[23:16] CCBUF[31:24] (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. ENABLE PRESCALER[2:0] CAPTEN1 CAPTEN0 CAPTMODE0[1:0] ONESHOT LUPD DIR ONESHOT LUPD DIR EVACT[2:0] OVFEO ERR OVF ERR OVF ERR OVF SLAVE STOP WAVEGEN[1:0] INVEN1 INVEN0 Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1602 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.3.1 Control A Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit CTRLA 0x00 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized, Enable-Protected 31 30 29 23 22 21 COPEN1 R/W 0 20 COPEN0 R/W 0 19 18 17 CAPTEN1 R/W 0 16 CAPTEN0 R/W 0 15 DMAOS R/W 0 14 13 12 11 ALOCK R/W 0 10 8 R/W 0 9 PRESCALER[2:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 7 ONDEMAND R/W 0 6 RUNSTDBY R/W 0 3 2 1 ENABLE R/W 0 0 SWRST W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 28 27 CAPTMODE1[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 5 4 PRESCSYNC[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 26 MODE[1:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 25 24 CAPTMODE0[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bits 28:27 - CAPTMODE1[1:0]Capture mode Channel 1 These bits select the channel 1 capture mode. Value Name Description 0x0 DEFAULT Default capture 0x1 CAPTMIN Minimum capture 0x2 CAPTMAX Maximum capture 0x3 Reserved Bits 25:24 - CAPTMODE0[1:0]Capture mode Channel 0 These bits select the channel 0 capture mode. Value Name Description 0x0 DEFAULT Default capture 0x1 CAPTMIN Minimum capture 0x2 CAPTMAX Maximum capture 0x3 Reserved Bits 20, 21 - COPENxCapture On Pin x Enable Bit x of COPEN[1:0] selects the trigger source for capture operation, either events or I/O pin input. Value Description 0 Event from Event System is selected as trigger source for capture operation on channel x. 1 I/O pin is selected as trigger source for capture operation on channel x. Bits 16, 17 - CAPTENxCapture Channel x Enable Bit x of CAPTEN[1:0] selects whether channel x is a capture or a compare channel. These bits are not synchronized. Value Description 0 CAPTEN disables capture on channel x. 1 CAPTEN enables capture on channel x. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1603 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter Bit 15 - DMAOSDMA One-Shot Trigger Mode This bit enables the DMA One-shot Trigger Mode. Writing a '1' to this bit will generate a DMA trigger on TC cycle following a TC_CTRLBSET_CMD_DMAOS command. Writing a '0' to this bit will generate DMA triggers on each TC cycle. This bit is not synchronized. Bit 11 - ALOCKAuto Lock When this bit is set, Lock bit update (LUPD) is set to '1' on each overflow/underflow or re-trigger event. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 The LUPD bit is not affected on overflow/underflow, and re-trigger event. 1 The LUPD bit is set on each overflow/underflow or re-trigger event. Bits 10:8 - PRESCALER[2:0]Prescaler These bits select the counter prescaler factor. These bits are not synchronized. Value Name Description 0x0 DIV1 Prescaler: GCLK_TCx 0x1 DIV2 Prescaler: GCLK_TCx/2 0x2 DIV4 Prescaler: GCLK_TCx/4 0x3 DIV8 Prescaler: GCLK_TCx/8 0x4 DIV16 Prescaler: GCLK_TCx/16 0x5 DIV64 Prescaler: GCLK_TCx/64 0x6 DIV256 Prescaler: GCLK_TCx/256 0x7 DIV1024 Prescaler: GCLK_TCx/1024 Bit 7 - ONDEMANDClock On Demand This bit selects the clock requirements when the TC is stopped. In standby mode, if the Run in Standby bit (CTRLA.RUNSTDBY) is '0', ONDEMAND is forced to '0'. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 The On Demand is disabled. If On Demand is disabled, the TC will continue to request the clock when its operation is stopped (STATUS.STOP=1). 1 The On Demand is enabled. When On Demand is enabled, the stopped TC will not request the clock. The clock is requested when a software re-trigger command is applied or when an event with start/retrigger action is detected. Bit 6 - RUNSTDBYRun in Standby This bit is used to keep the TC running in standby mode. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 The TC is halted in standby. 1 The TC continues to run in standby. Bits 5:4 - PRESCSYNC[1:0]Prescaler and Counter Synchronization These bits select whether the counter should wrap around on the next GCLK_TCx clock or the next prescaled GCLK_TCx clock. It also makes it possible to reset the prescaler. These bits are not synchronized. Value Name Description 0x0 GCLK Reload or reset the counter on next generic clock 0x1 PRESC Reload or reset the counter on next prescaler clock 0x2 RESYNC Reload or reset the counter on next generic clock. Reset the prescaler counter 0x3 Reserved Bits 3:2 - MODE[1:0]Timer Counter Mode These bits select the counter mode. These bits are not synchronized. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1604 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter Value 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 Name COUNT16 COUNT8 COUNT32 - Description Counter in 16-bit mode Counter in 8-bit mode Counter in 32-bit mode Reserved Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable Due to synchronization, there is delay from writing CTRLA.ENABLE until the peripheral is enabled/disabled. The value written to CTRLA.ENABLE will read back immediately, and the ENABLE Synchronization Busy bit in the SYNCBUSY register (SYNCBUSY.ENABLE) will be set. SYNCBUSY.ENABLE will be cleared when the operation is complete. This bit is not enable protected. Value Description 0 The peripheral is disabled. 1 The peripheral is enabled. Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit resets all registers in the TC, except DBGCTRL, to their initial state, and the TC will be disabled. Writing a '1' to CTRLA.SWRST will always take precedence; all other writes in the same write-operation will be discarded. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1605 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.3.2 Control B Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: CTRLBCLR 0x04 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Read-Synchronized, Write-Synchronized This register allows the user to clear bits in the CTRLB register without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Control B Set register (CTRLBSET). Bit Access Reset 7 R/W 0 6 CMD[2:0] R/W 0 5 4 3 R/W 0 2 ONESHOT R/W 0 1 LUPD R/W 0 0 DIR R/W 0 Bits 7:5 - CMD[2:0]Command These bits are used for software control of the TC. The commands are executed on the next prescaled GCLK_TCx clock cycle. When a command has been executed, the CMD bit group will be read back as zero. Writing 0x0 to these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to any of these bits will clear the pending command. Bit 2 - ONESHOTOne-Shot on Counter This bit controls one-shot operation of the TC. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect Writing a '1' to this bit will disable one-shot operation. Value Description 0 The TC will wrap around and continue counting on an overflow/underflow condition. 1 The TC will wrap around and stop on the next underflow/overflow condition. Bit 1 - LUPDLock Update This bit controls the update operation of the TC buffered registers. When CTRLB.LUPD is set, no any update of the registers with value of its buffered register is performed on hardware UPDATE condition. Locking the update ensures that all buffer registers are valid before an hardware update is performed. After all the buffer registers are loaded correctly, the buffered registers can be unlocked. This bit has no effect when input capture operation is enabled. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the LUPD bit. Value Description 0 The CCBUFx and PERBUF buffer registers value are copied into CCx and PER registers on hardware update condition. 1 The CCBUFx and PERBUF buffer registers value are not copied into CCx and PER registers on hardware update condition. Bit 0 - DIRCounter Direction This bit is used to change the direction of the counter. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the bit and make the counter count up. Value Description 0 The timer/counter is counting up (incrementing). 1 The timer/counter is counting down (decrementing). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1606 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.3.3 Control B Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: CTRLBSET 0x05 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized This register allows the user to set bits in the CTRLB register without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Control B Clear register (CTRLBCLR). Bit Access Reset 7 R/W 0 6 CMD[2:0] R/W 0 5 4 3 R/W 0 2 ONESHOT R/W 0 1 LUPD R/W 0 0 DIR R/W 0 Bits 7:5 - CMD[2:0]Command These bits are used for software control of the TC. The commands are executed on the next prescaled GCLK_TCx clock cycle. When a command has been executed, the CMD bit group will be read back as zero. Writing 0x0 to these bits has no effect. Writing a value different from 0x0 from the following table will issue a command for execution. Value Name Description 0x0 NONE No action 0x1 RETRIGGER Force a start, restart or retrigger 0x2 STOP Force a stop 0x3 UPDATE Force update of double buffered registers 0x4 READSYNC Force a read synchronization of COUNT Bit 2 - ONESHOTOne-Shot on Counter This bit controls one-shot operation of the TC. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will enable one-shot operation. Value Description 0 The TC will wrap around and continue counting on an overflow/underflow condition. 1 The TC will wrap around and stop on the next underflow/overflow condition. Bit 1 - LUPDLock Update This bit controls the update operation of the TC buffered registers. When CTRLB.LUPD is set, no any update of the registers with value of its buffered register is performed on hardware UPDATE condition. Locking the update ensures that all buffer registers are valid before an hardware update is performed. After all the buffer registers are loaded correctly, the buffered registers can be unlocked. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the LUPD bit. This bit has no effect when input capture operation is enabled. Value Description 0 The CCBUFx and PERBUF buffer registers value are copied into CCx and PER registers on hardware update condition. 1 The CCBUFx and PERBUF buffer registers value are not copied into CCx and PER registers on hardware update condition. Bit 0 - DIRCounter Direction This bit is used to change the direction of the counter. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the bit and make the counter count up. Value Description 0 The timer/counter is counting up (incrementing). 1 The timer/counter is counting down (decrementing). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1607 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.3.4 Event Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit EVCTRL 0x06 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 15 14 13 MCEO1 R/W 0 12 MCEO0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 OVFEO R/W 0 7 6 5 TCEI R/W 0 4 TCINV R/W 0 3 2 1 EVACT[2:0] R/W 0 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit 13 - MCEO1Match or Capture Channel x Event Output Enable [x = 1..0] These bits enable the generation of an event for every match or capture on channel x. Value Description 0 Match/Capture event on channel x is disabled and will not be generated. 1 Match/Capture event on channel x is enabled and will be generated for every compare/capture. Bit 12 - MCEO0Match or Capture Channel x Event Output Enable [x = 1..0] These bits enable the generation of an event for every match or capture on channel x. Value Description 0 Match/Capture event on channel x is disabled and will not be generated. 1 Match/Capture event on channel x is enabled and will be generated for every compare/capture. Bit 8 - OVFEOOverflow/Underflow Event Output Enable This bit enables the Overflow/Underflow event. When enabled, an event will be generated when the counter overflows/underflows. Value Description 0 Overflow/Underflow event is disabled and will not be generated. 1 Overflow/Underflow event is enabled and will be generated for every counter overflow/underflow. Bit 5 - TCEITC Event Enable This bit is used to enable asynchronous input events to the TC. Value Description 0 Incoming events are disabled. 1 Incoming events are enabled. Bit 4 - TCINVTC Inverted Event Input Polarity This bit inverts the asynchronous input event source. Value Description 0 Input event source is not inverted. 1 Input event source is inverted. Bits 2:0 - EVACT[2:0]Event Action These bits define the event action the TC will perform on an event. Value Name Description 0x0 OFF Event action disabled 0x1 RETRIGGER Start, restart or retrigger TC on event 0x2 COUNT Count on event 0x3 START Start TC on event 0x4 STAMP Time stamp capture (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1608 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter Value 0x5 0x6 0x7 Name PPW PWP PW (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Description Period captured in CC0, pulse width in CC1 Period captured in CC1, pulse width in CC0 Pulse width capture Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1609 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.3.5 Interrupt Enable Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENCLR 0x08 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to disable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET). Bit 7 6 Access Reset 5 MC1 R/W 0 4 MC0 R/W 0 3 2 1 ERR R/W 0 0 OVF R/W 0 Bit 5 - MC1Match or Capture Channel x Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to MCx will clear the corresponding Match or Capture Channel x Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Match or Capture Channel x interrupt. Value Description 0 The Match or Capture Channel x interrupt is disabled. 1 The Match or Capture Channel x interrupt is enabled. Bit 4 - MC0Match or Capture Channel x Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to MCx will clear the corresponding Match or Capture Channel x Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Match or Capture Channel x interrupt. Value Description 0 The Match or Capture Channel x interrupt is disabled. 1 The Match or Capture Channel x interrupt is enabled. Bit 1 - ERRError Interrupt Disable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Error Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Error interrupt. Value Description 0 The Error interrupt is disabled. 1 The Error interrupt is enabled. Bit 0 - OVFOverflow Interrupt Disable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Overflow Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Overflow interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Overflow interrupt is disabled. 1 The Overflow interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1610 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.3.6 Interrupt Enable Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENSET 0x09 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to enable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Clear register (INTENCLR). Bit 7 6 Access Reset 5 MC1 R/W 0 4 MC0 R/W 0 3 2 1 ERR R/W 0 0 OVF R/W 0 Bit 5 - MC1Match or Capture Channel x Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to MCx will set the corresponding Match or Capture Channel x Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Match or Capture Channel x interrupt. Value Description 0 The Match or Capture Channel x interrupt is disabled. 1 The Match or Capture Channel x interrupt is enabled. Bit 4 - MC0Match or Capture Channel x Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to MCx will set the corresponding Match or Capture Channel x Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Match or Capture Channel x interrupt. Value Description 0 The Match or Capture Channel x interrupt is disabled. 1 The Match or Capture Channel x interrupt is enabled. Bit 1 - ERRError Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Error Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Error interrupt. Value Description 0 The Error interrupt is disabled. 1 The Error interrupt is enabled. Bit 0 - OVFOverflow Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Overflow Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Overflow interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Overflow interrupt is disabled. 1 The Overflow interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1611 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.3.7 Interrupt Flag Status and Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 INTFLAG 0x0A 0x00 - 6 Access Reset 5 MC1 R/W 0 4 MC0 R/W 0 3 2 1 ERR R/W 0 0 OVF R/W 0 Bit 5 - MC1Match or Capture Channel x This flag is set on a comparison match, or when the corresponding CCx register contains a valid capture value. This flag is set on the next CLK_TC_CNT cycle, and will generate an interrupt request if the corresponding Match or Capture Channel x Interrupt Enable bit in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET.MCx) is '1'. Writing a '0' to one of these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to one of these bits will clear the corresponding Match or Capture Channel x interrupt flag In capture operation, this flag is automatically cleared when CCx register is read. Bit 4 - MC0Match or Capture Channel x This flag is set on a comparison match, or when the corresponding CCx register contains a valid capture value. This flag is set on the next CLK_TC_CNT cycle, and will generate an interrupt request if the corresponding Match or Capture Channel x Interrupt Enable bit in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET.MCx) is '1'. Writing a '0' to one of these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to one of these bits will clear the corresponding Match or Capture Channel x interrupt flag In capture operation, this flag is automatically cleared when CCx register is read. Bit 1 - ERRError Interrupt Flag This flag is set when a new capture occurs on a channel while the corresponding Match or Capture Channel x interrupt flag is set, in which case there is nowhere to store the new capture. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Error interrupt flag. Bit 0 - OVFOverflow Interrupt Flag This flag is set on the next CLK_TC_CNT cycle after an overflow condition occurs, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR.OVF or INTENSET.OVF is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Overflow interrupt flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1612 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.3.8 Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 STATUS 0x0B 0x01 Read-Synchronized 6 Access Reset 5 CCBUFV1 R/W 0 4 CCBUFV0 R/W 0 3 PERBUFV R/W 0 2 1 SLAVE R 0 0 STOP R 1 Bits 4, 5 - CCBUFVChannel x Compare or Capture Buffer Valid For a compare channel x, the bit x is set when a new value is written to the corresponding CCBUFx register. The bit x is cleared by writing a '1' to it when CTRLB.LUPD is set, or it is cleared automatically by hardware on UPDATE condition. For a capture channel x, the bit x is set when a valid capture value is stored in the CCBUFx register. The bit x is cleared automatically when the CCx register is read. Bit 3 - PERBUFVPeriod Buffer Valid This bit is set when a new value is written to the PERBUF register. The bit is cleared by writing '1' to the corresponding location when CTRLB.LUPD is set, or automatically cleared by hardware on UPDATE condition. This bit is available only in 8-bit mode and will always read zero in 16- and 32-bit modes. Bit 1 - SLAVESlave Status Flag This bit is only available in 32-bit mode on the slave TC (i.e., TC1 and/or TC3). The bit is set when the associated master TC (TC0 and TC2, respectively) is set to run in 32-bit mode. Bit 0 - STOPStop Status Flag This bit is set when the TC is disabled, on a Stop command, or on an overflow/underflow condition when the OneShot bit in the Control B Set register (CTRLBSET.ONESHOT) is '1'. Value Description 0 Counter is running. 1 Counter is stopped. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1613 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.3.9 Waveform Generation Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 WAVE 0x0C 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 6 5 4 3 2 Access Reset 1 0 WAVEGEN[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bits 1:0 - WAVEGEN[1:0]Waveform Generation Mode These bits select the waveform generation operation. They affect the top value, as shown in 48.6.2.6.1 Waveform Output Operations. They also control whether frequency or PWM waveform generation should be used. The waveform generation operations are explained in 48.6.2.6.1 Waveform Output Operations. These bits are not synchronized. Value Name Operation Top Value Output Waveform on Match Output Waveform on Wraparound 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 NFRQ MFRQ NPWM MPWM Normal frequency Match frequency Normal PWM Match PWM PER1 / Max CC0 PER1 / Max CC0 Toggle Toggle Set Set No action No action Clear Clear 1) This depends on the TC mode: In 8-bit mode, the top value is the Period Value register (PER). In 16- and 32-bit mode it is the respective MAX value. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1614 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.3.10 Driver Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 DRVCTRL 0x0D 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 6 5 4 3 2 Access Reset 1 INVEN1 R/W 0 0 INVEN0 R/W 0 Bits 0, 1 - INVENxOutput Waveform x Invert Enable Bit x of INVEN[1:0] selects inversion of the output or capture trigger input of channel x. Value Description 0 Disable inversion of the WO[x] output and IO input pin. 1 Enable inversion of the WO[x] output and IO input pin. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1615 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.3.11 Debug Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 DBGCTRL 0x0F 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 0 DBGRUN R/W 0 Bit 0 - DBGRUNRun in Debug Mode This bit is not affected by a software Reset, and should not be changed by software while the TC is enabled. Value Description 0 The TC is halted when the device is halted in debug mode. 1 The TC continues normal operation when the device is halted in debug mode. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1616 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.3.12 Synchronization Busy Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit SYNCBUSY 0x10 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 CC1 R 0 6 CC0 R 0 5 4 COUNT R 0 3 STATUS R 0 2 CTRLB R 0 1 ENABLE R 0 0 SWRST R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bits 6, 7 - CCxCompare/Capture Channel x Synchronization Busy For details on CC channels number, refer to each TC feature list. This bit is set when the synchronization of CCx between clock domains is started. This bit is also set when the CCBUFx is written, and cleared on update condition. The bit is automatically cleared when the STATUS.CCBUFx bit is cleared. Bit 4 - COUNTCOUNT Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of COUNT between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of COUNT between clock domains is started. Bit 3 - STATUSSTATUS Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of STATUS between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when a '1' is written to the Capture Channel Buffer Valid status flags (STATUS.CCBUFVx) and the synchronization of STATUS between clock domains is started. Bit 2 - CTRLBCTRLB Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of CTRLB between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of CTRLB between clock domains is started. Bit 1 - ENABLEENABLE Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of ENABLE bit between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of ENABLE bit between clock domains is started. Bit 0 - SWRSTSWRST Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of SWRST bit between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of SWRST bit between clock domains is started. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1617 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.3.13 Counter Value, 32-bit Mode Name: Offset: Reset: Property: COUNT 0x14 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized, Read-Synchronized Note: Prior to any read access, this register must be synchronized by user by writing the according TC Command value to the Control B Set register (CTRLBSET.CMD=READSYNC). Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 28 27 COUNT[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 20 19 COUNT[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 11 COUNT[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 3 COUNT[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - COUNT[31:0] Counter Value These bits contain the current counter value. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1618 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.3.14 Channel x Compare/Capture Value, 32-bit Mode Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 CCx 0x1C + x*0x04 [x=0..1] 0x00000000 Write-Synchronized 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 19 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 CC[31:24] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 20 CC[23:16] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 CC[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 CC[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - CC[31:0]Channel x Compare/Capture Value These bits contain the compare/capture value in 32-bit TC mode. In Match frequency (MFRQ) or Match PWM (MPWM) waveform operation (WAVE.WAVEGEN), the CC0 register is used as a period register. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1619 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TC - Timer/Counter 48.7.3.15 Channel x Compare Buffer Value, 32-bit Mode Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset CCBUFx 0x30 + x*0x04 [x=0..1] 0x00000000 Write-Synchronized 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 28 27 CCBUF[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 20 19 CCBUF[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 11 CCBUF[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 3 CCBUF[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - CCBUF[31:0]Channel x Compare Buffer Value These bits hold the value of the Channel x Compare Buffer Value. When the buffer valid flag is '1' and double buffering is enabled (CTRLBCLR.LUPD=1), the data from buffer registers will be copied into the corresponding CCx register under UPDATE condition (CTRLBSET.CMD=0x3), including the software update command. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1620 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications 49. TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications 49.1 Overview The device provides five instances of the Timer/Counter for Control applications (TCC) peripheral, TCC[4:0]. Each TCC instance consists of a counter, a prescaler, compare/capture channels and control logic. The counter can be set to count events or clock pulses. The counter together with the compare/capture channels can be configured to time stamp input events, allowing capture of frequency and pulse-width. It can also perform waveform generation, such as frequency generation and pulse-width modulation. Waveform extensions are featured for motor control, ballast, LED, H-bridge, power converters, and other types of power control applications. They allow for low-side and high-side output with optional dead-time insertion. Waveform extensions can also generate a synchronized bit pattern across the waveform output pins. The fault options enable fault protection for safe and deterministic handling, disabling and/or shut down of external drivers. Note: The TCC configurations, such as channel numbers and features, may be reduced for some of the TCC instances. Related Links 6.2.7 TCC Configurations 49.2 Features * * * * * * * Up to six Compare/Capture Channels (CC) with: - Double buffered period setting - Double buffered compare or capture channel - Circular buffer on period and compare channel registers Waveform Generation: - Frequency generation - Single-slope pulse-width modulation (PWM) - Dual-slope PWM with half-cycle reload capability Input Capture: - Event capture - Frequency capture - Pulse-width capture Waveform Extensions: - Configurable distribution of compare channels outputs across port pins - Low-side and high-side output with programmable dead-time insertion - Waveform swap option with double buffer support - Pattern generation with double buffer support - Dithering support Fault Protection for Safe Disabling of Drivers: - Two recoverable fault sources - Two non-recoverable fault sources - Debugger can be a source of non-recoverable fault Input Events: - Two input events (EVx) for counter - One input event (MCx) for each channel Output Events: - Three output events (Count, re-trigger and overflow) are available for counter - One compare match/input capture event output for each channel (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1621 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications * 49.3 Interrupts: - Overflow and re-trigger interrupt - Compare match/input capture interrupt - Interrupt on fault detection Block Diagram Figure 49-1.Timer/Counter for Control Applications - Block Diagram Base Counter PERBUFx PER Prescaler "count" "clear" "load" "direction" Counter COUNT = OVF (INT/Event/DMA Req.) ERR (INT Req.) Control Logic TOP BOTTOM =0 "TCCx_EV0" (TCE0) "TCCx_EV1" (TCE1) "event" UPDATE BV "TCCx_MCx" Event System WO[7] WO[6] 49.4 Waveform Generation "match" Non-recoverable Faults Pattern Generation Dead-Time Insertion Control Logic CCx = Output Matrix CCBUFx Recoverable Faults BV "capture" SWAP Compare/Capture (Unit x = {0,1,...,3}) WO[5] WO[4] WO[3] WO[2] WO[1] WO[0] MCx (INT/Event/DMA Req.) Signal Description Pin Name Type Description TCC/WO[0] Digital output Compare channel 0 waveform output TCC/WO[1] Digital output Compare channel 1 waveform output ... ... ... TCC/WO[WO_NUM-1] Digital output Compare channel n waveform output Refer to I/O Multiplexing and Considerations for details on the pin mapping for this peripheral. One signal can be mapped on several pins. Related Links 6. I/O Multiplexing and Considerations 49.5 Product Dependencies In order to use this peripheral, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described below. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1622 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications 49.5.1 I/O Lines In order to use the I/O lines of this peripheral, the I/O pins must be configured using the I/O Pin Controller (PORT). Related Links 32. PORT - I/O Pin Controller 49.5.2 Power Management This peripheral can continue to operate in any Sleep mode where its source clock is running. The interrupts can wake up the device from Sleep modes. Events connected to the event system can trigger other operations in the system without exiting Sleep modes. 49.5.3 Clocks The TCC bus clocks (CLK_TCCx_APB) can be enabled and disabled in the Main Clock module. The default state of CLK_TCCx_APB can be found in the Peripheral Clock Masking section (see the Related Links below). A generic clock (GCLK_TCCx) is required to clock the TCC. This clock must be configured and enabled in the generic clock controller before using the TCC. The generic clocks (GCLK_TCCx) are asynchronous to the bus clock (CLK_TCCx_APB). Due to this asynchronicity, writing certain registers will require synchronization between the clock domains. Refer to 49.6.7 Synchronization for further details. Related Links 15.6.2.6 Peripheral Clock Masking 14. GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 49.5.4 DMA The DMA request lines are connected to the DMA Controller (DMAC). In order to use DMA requests with this peripheral the DMAC must be configured first. Refer to DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller for details. Related Links 22. DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 49.5.5 Interrupts The interrupt request line is connected to the Interrupt Controller. In order to use interrupt requests of this peripheral, the Interrupt Controller (NVIC) must be configured first. Refer to Nested Vector Interrupt Controller for details. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 49.5.6 Events The events of this peripheral are connected to the Event System. Related Links 31. EVSYS - Event System 49.5.7 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in Debug mode, this peripheral will halt normal operation. This peripheral can be forced to continue operation during debugging - refer to the Debug Control (DBGCTRL) register for details. Refer to 49.8.8 DBGCTRL register for details. 49.5.8 Register Access Protection Registers with write access can be optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC), except for the following: * * * Interrupt Flag register (INTFLAG) Status register (STATUS) Period and Period Buffer registers (PER, PERBUF) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1623 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications * * * Compare/Capture and Compare/Capture Buffer registers (CCx, CCBUFx) Control Waveform register (WAVE) Pattern Generation Value and Pattern Generation Value Buffer registers (PATT, PATTBUF) Note: Optional write protection is indicated by the "PAC Write Protection" property in the register description. Write protection does not apply for accesses through an external debugger. 49.5.9 Analog Connections Not applicable. 49.6 Functional Description 49.6.1 Principle of Operation The following definitions are used throughout the documentation: Table 49-1.Timer/Counter for Control Applications - Definitions Name Description TOP The counter reaches TOP when it becomes equal to the highest value in the count sequence. The TOP value can be the same as Period (PER) or the Compare Channel 0 (CC0) register value depending on the Waveform Generator mode in 49.6.2.5.1 Waveform Output Generation Operations. ZERO The counter reaches ZERO when it contains all zeroes. MAX The counter reaches maximum when it contains all ones. UPDATE The timer/counter signals an update when it reaches ZERO or TOP, depending on the direction settings. Timer The timer/counter clock control is handled by an internal source. Counter The clock control is handled externally (e.g., counting external events). CC For compare operations, the CC are referred to as "compare channels." For capture operations, the CC are referred to as "capture channels." Each TCC instance has up to four compare/capture channels (CCx). The Counter register (COUNT), Period registers with Buffer (PER and PERBUF), and Compare and Capture registers with buffers (CCx and CCBUFx) are 16- or 24-bit registers, depending on each TCC instance. Each Buffer register has a Buffer Valid (BUFV) flag that indicates when the buffer contains a new value. Under normal operation, the counter value is continuously compared to the TOP or ZERO value to determine whether the counter has reached TOP or ZERO. In either case, the TCC can generate interrupt requests or generate events for the Event System. In Waveform Generator mode, these comparisons are used to set the waveform period or pulse width. A prescaled generic clock (GCLK_TCCx) and events from the event system can be used to control the counter. The event system is also used as a source to the input capture. The Recoverable Fault Unit enables event controlled waveforms by acting directly on the generated waveforms of the TCC compare channels output. These events can restart, halt the timer/counter period, shorten the output pulse active time, or disable waveform output as long as the fault condition is present. This can typically be used for current sensing regulation, and zero-crossing and demagnetization re-triggering. The MCE0 and MCE1 asynchronous event sources are shared with the recoverable fault unit. Only asynchronous events are used internally when fault unit extension is enabled. For further details on how to configure asynchronous events routing, refer to EVSYS - Event System. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1624 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications Recoverable fault sources can be filtered and/or windowed to avoid false triggering, for example from I/O pin glitches, by using digital filtering, input blanking, and qualification options. See also 49.6.3.5 Recoverable Faults. In order to support applications with different types of motor control, ballast, LED, H-bridge, power converter, and other types of power switching applications, the following independent units are implemented in some of the TCC instances as optional and successive units: * Recoverable faults and non-recoverable faults * Output matrix * Dead-time insertion * Swap * Pattern generation See also Figure 49-1. The output matrix (OTMX) can distribute and route out the TCC waveform outputs across the port pins in different configurations, each optimized for different application types. The Dead-Time Insertion (DTI) unit splits the four lower OTMX outputs into two non-overlapping signals: the non-inverted Low Side (LS) and inverted High Side (HS) of the waveform output with optional dead-time insertion between LS and HS switching. The SWAP unit can swap the LS and HS pin outputs, and can be used for fast decay motor control. The pattern generation unit can be used to generate synchronized waveforms with constant logic level on TCC UPDATE conditions. This is useful for easy stepper motor and full bridge control. The non-recoverable fault module enables event controlled fault protection by acting directly on the generated waveforms of the timer/counter compare channel outputs. When a non-recoverable fault condition is detected, the output waveforms are forced to a preconfigured value that is safe for the application. This is typically used for instant and predictable shut down and disabling high current or voltage drives. The count event sources (TCE0 and TCE1) are shared with the non-recoverable fault extension. The events can be optionally filtered. If the filter options are not used, the non-recoverable faults provide an immediate asynchronous action on waveform output, even for cases where the clock is not present. For further details on how to configure asynchronous events routing, refer to section EVSYS - Event System. Related Links 31. EVSYS - Event System 49.6.2 Basic Operation 49.6.2.1 Initialization The following registers are enable-protected, meaning that they can only be written when the TCC is disabled(CTRLA.ENABLE=0): * Control A (CTRLA) register, except Run Standby (RUNSTDBY), Enable (ENABLE) and Software Reset (SWRST) bits * Recoverable Fault n Control registers (FCTRLA and FCTRLB) * Waveform Extension Control register (WEXCTRL) * Drive Control register (DRVCTRL) * Event Control register (EVCTRL) Enable-protected bits in the CTRLA register can be written at the same time as CTRLA.ENABLE is written to '1', but not at the same time as CTRLA.ENABLE is written to '0'. Enable-protection is denoted by the "Enable-Protected" property in the register description. Before the TCC is enabled, it must be configured as outlined by the following steps: 1. Enable the TCC bus clock (CLK_TCCx_APB). 2. If Capture mode is required, enable the channel in Capture mode by writing a '1' to the Capture Enable bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.CPTEN). Optionally, the following configurations can be set before enabling TCC: 1. Select PRESCALER setting in the Control A register (CTRLA.PRESCALER). 2. Select Prescaler Synchronization setting in Control A register (CTRLA.PRESCSYNC). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1625 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications 3. 4. 5. 6. If down-counting operation is desired, write the Counter Direction bit in the Control B Set register (CTRLBSET.DIR) to '1'. Select the Waveform Generation operation in the WAVE register (WAVE.WAVEGEN). Select the Waveform Output Polarity in the WAVE register (WAVE.POL). The waveform output can be inverted for the individual channels using the Waveform Output Invert Enable bit group in the Driver register (DRVCTRL.INVEN). 49.6.2.2 Enabling, Disabling, and Resetting The TCC is enabled by writing a '1' to the Enable bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.ENABLE). The TCC is disabled by writing a zero to CTRLA.ENABLE. The TCC is reset by writing '1' to the Software Reset bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.SWRST). All registers in the TCC, except DBGCTRL, will be reset to their initial state, and the TCC will be disabled. Refer to Control A (49.8.1 CTRLA) register for details. The TCC should be disabled before the TCC is reset to avoid undefined behavior. 49.6.2.3 Prescaler Selection The GCLK_TCCx clock is fed into the internal prescaler. The prescaler consists of a counter that counts up to the selected prescaler value, whereupon the output of the prescaler toggles. If the prescaler value is higher than one, the Counter Update condition can be optionally executed on the next GCLK_TCCx clock pulse or the next prescaled clock pulse. For further details, refer to the Prescaler (CTRLA.PRESCALER) and Counter Synchronization (CTRLA.PRESYNC) descriptions. Prescaler outputs from 1 to 1/1024 are available. For a complete list of available prescaler outputs, see the register description for the Prescaler bit group in the Control A register (CTRLA.PRESCALER). Note: When counting events, the prescaler is bypassed. The joint stream of prescaler ticks and event action ticks is called CLK_TCCx_COUNT. Figure 49-2.Prescaler PRESCALER GCLK_TCCx PRESCALER GCLK_TCCx / {1,2,4,8,64,256,1024 } TCCx EV0/1 EVACT 0/1 CLK_TCCx_COUNT COUNT 49.6.2.4 Counter Operation Depending on the mode of operation, the counter is cleared, reloaded, incremented, or decremented at each TCC clock input (CLK_TCCx_COUNT). A counter clear or reload mark the end of current counter cycle and the start of a new one. The counting direction is set by the Direction bit in the Control B register (CTRLB.DIR). If the bit is zero, it's counting up and one if counting down. The counter will count up or down for each tick (clock or event) until it reaches TOP or ZERO. When it's counting up and TOP is reached, the counter will be set to zero at the next tick (overflow) and the Overflow Interrupt Flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.OVF) will be set. When down-counting, the counter is reloaded with the TOP value when ZERO is reached (underflow), and INTFLAG.OVF is set. INTFLAG.OVF can be used to trigger an interrupt, or an event. An overflow/underflow occurrence (i.e. a compare match with TOP/ZERO) will stop counting if the One-Shot bit in the Control B register is set (CTRLBSET.ONESHOT). The One-Shot feature is explained in the Additional Features section. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1626 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications Figure 49-3.Counter Operation Direction Change COUNT written MAX "reload" update "clear" update COUNT TOP ZERO DIR It is possible to change the counter value (by writing directly in the COUNT register) even when the counter is running. The COUNT value will always be ZERO or TOP, depending on direction set by CTRLBSET.DIR or CTRLBCLR.DIR, when starting the TCC, unless a different value has been written to it, or the TCC has been stopped at a value other than ZERO. The write access has higher priority than count, clear, or reload. The direction of the counter can also be changed during normal operation. See also Figure 49-3. Stop Command A stop command can be issued from software by using TCC Command bits in Control B Set register (CTRLBSET.CMD=0x2, STOP). When a stop is detected while the counter is running, the counter will maintain its current value. If the waveform generation (WG) is used, all waveforms are set to a state defined in Non-Recoverable State x Output Enable bit and Non- Recoverable State x Output Value bit in the Driver Control register (DRVCTRL.NREx and DRVCTRL.NRVx), and the Stop bit in the Status register is set (STATUS.STOP). Pause Event Action A pause command can be issued when the stop event action is configured in the Input Event Action 1 bits in Event Control register (EVCTRL.EVACT1=0x3, STOP). When a pause is detected, the counter can stop immediatly maintaining its current value and all waveforms keep their current state, as long as a start event action is detected: Input Event Action 0 bits in Event Control register (EVCTRL.EVACT0=0x3, START). Re-Trigger Command and Event Action A re-trigger command can be issued from software by using TCC Command bits in Control B Set register (CTRLBSET.CMD=0x1, RETRIGGER), or from event when the re-trigger event action is configured in the Input Event 0/1 Action bits in Event Control register (EVCTRL.EVACTn=0x1, RETRIGGER). When the command is detected during counting operation, the counter will be reloaded or cleared, depending on the counting direction (CTRLBSET.DIR or CTRLBCLR.DIR). The Re-Trigger bit in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register will be set (INTFLAG.TRG). It is also possible to generate an event by writing a '1' to the Re-Trigger Event Output Enable bit in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.TRGEO). If the re-trigger command is detected when the counter is stopped, the counter will resume counting operation from the value in COUNT. Note: When a re-trigger event action is configured in the Event Action bits in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.EVACTn=0x1, RETRIGGER), enabling the counter will not start the counter. The counter will start on the next incoming event and restart on corresponding following event. Start Event Action The start action can be selected in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.EVACT0=0x3, START) and can start the counting operation when previously stopped. The event has no effect if the counter is already counting. When the module is enabled, the counter operation starts when the event is received or when a re-trigger software command is applied. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1627 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications Note: When a start event action is configured in the Event Action bits in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.EVACT0=0x3, START), enabling the counter will not start the counter. The counter will start on the next incoming event, but it will not restart on subsequent events. Count Event Action The TCC can count events. When an event is received, the counter increases or decreases the value, depending on direction settings (CTRLBSET.DIR or CTRLBCLR.DIR). The count event action is selected by the Event Action 0 bit group in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.EVACT0=0x5, COUNT). Direction Event Action The direction event action can be selected in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.EVACT1=0x2, DIR). When this event is used, the asynchronous event path specified in the event system must be configured or selected. The direction event action can be used to control the direction of the counter operation, depending on external events level. When received, the event level overrides the Direction settings (CTRLBSET.DIR or CTRLBCLR.DIR) and the direction bit value is updated accordingly. Increment Event Action The increment event action can be selected in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.EVACT0=0x4, INC) and can change the Counter state when an event is received. When the TCE0 event (TCCx_EV0) is received, the counter increments, whatever the direction setting (CTRLBSET.DIR or CTRLBCLR.DIR) is. Decrement Event Action The decrement event action can be selected in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.EVACT1=0x4, DEC) and can change the Counter state when an event is received. When the TCE1 (TCCx_EV1) event is received, the counter decrements, whatever the direction setting (CTRLBSET.DIR or CTRLBCLR.DIR) is. Non-recoverable Fault Event Action Non-recoverable fault actions can be selected in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.EVACTn=0x7, FAULT). When received, the counter will be stopped and the output of the compare channels is overridden according to the Driver Control register settings (DRVCTRL.NREx and DRVCTRL.NRVx). TCE0 and TCE1 must be configured as asynchronous events. Event Action Off If the event action is disabled (EVCTRL.EVACTn=0x0, OFF), enabling the counter will also start the counter. Related Links 49.6.3.1 One-Shot Operation 49.6.2.5 Compare Operations By default, the Compare/Capture channel is configured for compare operations. To perform capture operations, it must be re-configured. When using the TCC with the Compare/Capture Value registers (CCx) for compare operations, the counter value is continuously compared to the values in the CCx registers. This can be used for timer or for waveform operation. The Channel x Compare/Capture Buffer Value (CCBUFx) registers provide double buffer capability. The double buffering synchronizes the update of the CCx register with the buffer value at the UPDATE condition or a force update command (CTRLBSET.CMD=0x3, UPDATE). For further details, refer to 49.6.2.6 Double Buffering. The synchronization prevents the occurrence of odd-length, non-symmetrical pulses and ensures glitch-free output. 49.6.2.5.1 Waveform Output Generation Operations The compare channels can be used for waveform generation on output port pins. To make the waveform available on the connected pin, the following requirements must be fulfilled: 1. Choose a Waveform Generation mode in the Waveform Generation Operation bit in Waveform register (WAVE.WAVEGEN). 2. Optionally invert the waveform output WO[x] by writing the corresponding Waveform Output x Inversion bit in the Driver Control register (DRVCTRL.INVENx). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1628 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications 3. Configure the pins with the I/O Pin Controller. Refer to PORT - I/O Pin Controller for details. Note: Event must not be used when the compare channel is set in waveform output operating mode. The counter value is continuously compared with each CCx value. On a comparison match, the Match or Capture Channel x bit in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.MCx) will be set on the next zero-to-one transition of CLK_TCC_COUNT (see Normal Frequency Operation). An interrupt and/or event can be generated on the same condition if Match/Capture occurs, i.e. INTENSET.MCx and/or EVCTRL.MCEOx is '1'. Both interrupt and event can be generated simultaneously. There are seven waveform configurations for the Waveform Generation Operation bit group in the Waveform register (WAVE.WAVEGEN). This will influence how the waveform is generated and impose restrictions on the top value. The configurations are: * Normal Frequency (NFRQ) * Match Frequency (MFRQ) * Normal Pulse-Width Modulation (NPWM) * Dual-slope, interrupt/event at TOP (DSTOP) * Dual-slope, interrupt/event at ZERO (DSBOTTOM) * Dual-slope, interrupt/event at Top and ZERO (DSBOTH) * Dual-slope, critical interrupt/event at ZERO (DSCRITICAL) When using MFRQ configuration, the TOP value is defined by the CC0 register value. For the other waveform operations, the TOP value is defined by the Period (PER) register value. For dual-slope waveform operations, the update time occurs when the counter reaches ZERO. For the other Waveforms Generation modes, the update time occurs on counter wraparound, on overflow, underflow, or re-trigger. The table below shows the update counter and overflow event/interrupt generation conditions in different operation modes. Table 49-2.Counter Update and Overflow Event/interrupt Conditions Name Operation TOP Update Output Waveform OVFIF/Event On Match On Update Up Down NFRQ Normal Frequency PER TOP/ ZERO Toggle Stable TOP ZERO MFRQ Match Frequency CC0 TOP/ ZERO Toggle Stable TOP ZERO NPWM Single-slope PWM PER TOP/ ZERO See section 'Output Polarity' TOP below ZERO DSCRITICAL Dual-slope PWM PER ZERO - ZERO DSBOTTOM Dual-slope PWM PER ZERO - ZERO DSBOTH Dual-slope PWM PER TOP(1) & ZERO TOP ZERO DSTOP Dual-slope PWM PER ZERO TOP - 1. The UPDATE condition on TOP only will occur when circular buffer is enabled for the channel. Related Links 49.6.3.2 Circular Buffer 32. PORT - I/O Pin Controller (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1629 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications 49.6.2.5.2 Normal Frequency (NFRQ) For Normal Frequency generation, the period time (T) is controlled by the period register (PER). The waveform generation output (WO[x]) is toggled on each compare match between COUNT and CCx, and the corresponding Match or Capture Channel x Interrupt Flag (EVCTRL.MCEOx) will be set. Figure 49-4.Normal Frequency Operation Period (T) Direction Change COUNT Written MAX COUNT "reload" update "clear" update "match" TOP CCx ZERO WO[x] 49.6.2.5.3 Match Frequency (MFRQ) For Match Frequency generation, the period time (T) is controlled by CC0 register instead of PER. WO[0] toggles on each update condition. Figure 49-5.Match Frequency Operation Direction Change COUNT Written MAX "reload" update "clear" update COUNT CC0 ZERO WO[0] 49.6.2.5.4 Normal Pulse-Width Modulation (NPWM) NPWM uses single-slope PWM generation. 49.6.2.5.5 Single-Slope PWM Operation For single-slope PWM generation, the period time (T) is controlled by Top value, and CCx controls the duty cycle of the generated waveform output. When up-counting, the WO[x] is set at start or compare match between the COUNT and TOP values, and cleared on compare match between COUNT and CCx register values. When down-counting, the WO[x] is cleared at start or compare match between the COUNT and ZERO values, and set on compare match between COUNT and CCx register values. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1630 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications Figure 49-6.Single-Slope PWM Operation CCx=ZERO CCx=TOP "clear" update "match" MAX TOP COUNT CCx ZERO WO[x] The following equation calculates the exact resolution for a single-slope PWM (RPWM_SS) waveform: PWM_SS = log(TOP+1) log(2) PWM_SS = GCLK_TCCx N(TOP+1) The PWM frequency depends on the Period register value (PER) and the peripheral clock frequency (fGCLK_TCCx), and can be calculated by the following equation: Where N represents the prescaler divider used (1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 64, 256, 1024). 49.6.2.5.6 Dual-Slope PWM Generation For dual-slope PWM generation, the period setting (TOP) is controlled by PER, while CCx control the duty cycle of the generated waveform output. The figure below shows how the counter repeatedly counts from ZERO to PER and then from PER to ZERO. The waveform generator output is set on compare match when up-counting, and cleared on compare match when down-counting. An interrupt and/or event is generated on TOP (when counting upwards) and/or ZERO (when counting up or down). In DSBOTH operation, the circular buffer must be enabled to enable the update condition on TOP. Figure 49-7.Dual-Slope Pulse Width Modulation CCx=ZERO CCx=TOP MAX "update" "match" CCx TOP COUNT ZERO WO[x] Using dual-slope PWM results in a lower maximum operation frequency compared to single-slope PWM generation. The period (TOP) defines the PWM resolution. The minimum resolution is 1 bit (TOP=0x00000001). The following equation calculates the exact resolution for dual-slope PWM (RPWM_DS): PWM_DS = log(PER+1) . log(2) PWM_DS = GCLK_TCCx 2 PER The PWM frequency fPWM_DS depends on the period setting (TOP) and the peripheral clock frequency fGCLK_TCCx, and can be calculated by the following equation: (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1631 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications N represents the prescaler divider used. The waveform generated will have a maximum frequency of half of the TCC clock frequency (fGCLK_TCCx) when TOP is set to 0x00000001 and no prescaling is used. The pulse width (PPWM_DS) depends on the compare channel (CCx) register value and the peripheral clock frequency (fGCLK_TCCx), and can be calculated by the following equation: PWM_DS = 2 TOP - CCx GCLK_TCCx N represents the prescaler divider used. Note: In DSTOP, DSBOTTOM and DSBOTH operation, when TOP is lower than MAX/2, the CCx MSB bit defines the ramp on which the CCx Match interrupt or event is generated. (Rising if CCx[MSB] = 0, falling if CCx[MSB] = 1.) Related Links 49.6.3.2 Circular Buffer 49.6.2.5.7 Dual-Slope Critical PWM Generation Critical mode generation allows generation of non-aligned centered pulses. In this mode, the period time is controlled by PER while CCx control the generated waveform output edge during up-counting and CC(x+CC_NUM/2) control the generated waveform output edge during down-counting. Figure 49-8.Dual-Slope Critical Pulse Width Modulation (N=CC_NUM) "reload" update "match" MAX CCx COUNT CC(x+N/2) CCx CC(x+N/2) CCx CC(x+N/2) TOP ZERO WO[x] 49.6.2.5.8 Output Polarity The polarity (WAVE.POLx) is available in all waveform output generation. In single-slope and dual-slope PWM operation, it is possible to invert the pulse edge alignment individually on start or end of a PWM cycle for each compare channels. The table below shows the waveform output set/clear conditions, depending on the settings of timer/counter, direction, and polarity. Table 49-3.Waveform Generation Set/Clear Conditions Waveform Generation Operation Single-Slope PWM DIR POLx Waveform Generation Output Update 0 1 Dual-Slope PWM (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. x Set Clear 0 Timer/counter matches TOP Timer/counter matches CCx 1 Timer/counter matches CC Timer/counter matches TOP 0 Timer/counter matches CC Timer/counter matches ZERO 1 Timer/counter matches ZERO Timer/counter matches CC 0 Timer/counter matches CC when counting up Timer/counter matches CC when counting down 1 Timer/counter matches CC when counting down Timer/counter matches CC when counting up Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1632 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications In Normal and Match Frequency, the WAVE.POLx value represents the initial state of the waveform output. 49.6.2.6 Double Buffering The Pattern (PATT), Period (PER) and Compare Channels (CCx) registers are all double buffered. Each buffer register has a buffer valid (PATTBUFV, PERBUFV and CCBUFVx) bit in the STATUS register, which indicates that the Buffer register contains a valid value that can be copied into the corresponding register. As long as the respective Buffer Valid Status flag (PATTBUFV, PERBUFV or CCBUFVx) are set to '1', the related SYNCBUSY bits are set (SYNCBUSY.PATT, SYNCBUSY.PER or SYNCBUSY.CCx), a write to the respective PATT/PATTBUF, PER/PERBUF or CCx/CCBUFx registers will generate a PAC error, and read access to the respective PATT, PER or CCx register is invalid. When the Buffer Valid Flag bit in the STATUS register is '1' and the Lock Update bit in the CTRLB register is set to '0', (writing CTRLBCLR.LUPD to '1'), double buffering is enabled: the data from buffer registers will be copied into the corresponding register under hardware UPDATE conditions, then the Buffer Valid flags bit in the STATUS register are automatically cleared by hardware. Note: Software update command (CTRLBSET.CMD=0x3) act independently of LUPD value. A compare register is double buffered as in the following figure. Figure 49-9.Compare Channel Double Buffering "APB write enable" BV UPDATE "data write" EN CCBUFx EN CCx COUNT "match" = Both the registers (PATT/PER/CCx) and corresponding Buffer registers (PATTBUFPERBUF/CCBUFx) are available in the I/O register map, and the double buffering feature is not mandatory. The double buffering is disabled by writing a '1' to CTRLSET.LUPD. Note: In NFRQ, MFRQ or PWM Down-Counting Counter mode (CTRLBSET.DIR=1), when double buffering is enabled (CTRLBCLR.LUPD=1), PERBUF register is continuously copied into the PER independently of update conditions. Changing the Period The counter period can be changed by writing a new Top value to the Period register (PER or CC0, depending on the Waveform Generation mode), any period update on registers (PER or CCx) is effective after the synchronization delay, whatever double buffering enabling is. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1633 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications Figure 49-10.Unbuffered Single-Slope Up-Counting Operation Counter Wraparound MAX "clear" update "write" COUNT ZERO New value written to PER that is higher than current COUNT New value written to PER that is lower than current COUNT Figure 49-11.Unbuffered Single-Slope Down-Counting Operation MAX "reload" update "write" COUNT ZERO New value written to PER that is higher than current COUNT New value written to PER that is lower than current COUNT A counter wraparound can occur in any operation mode when up-counting without buffering, see Figure 49-10. COUNT and TOP are continuously compared, so when a new value that is lower than the current COUNT is written to TOP, COUNT will wrap before a compare match. Figure 49-12.Unbuffered Dual-Slope Operation Counter Wraparound MAX "reload" update "write" COUNT ZERO New value written to PER that is higher than current COUNT New value written to PER that is lower than current COUNT When double buffering is used, the buffer can be written at any time and the counter will still maintain correct operation. The period register is always updated on the update condition, as shown in Figure 49-13. This prevents wraparound and the generation of odd waveforms. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1634 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications Figure 49-13.Changing the Period Using Buffering MAX "reload" update "write" COUNT ZERO New value written to PERBUF that is higher than current COUNT New value written to PERBUF that is lower than current COUNT PER is updated with PERBUF value 49.6.2.7 Capture Operations To enable and use capture operations, the Match or Capture Channel x Event Input Enable bit in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.MCEIx) must be written to '1'. The capture channels to be used must also be enabled in the Capture Channel x Enable bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.CPTENx) before capturing can be performed. Event Capture Action The compare/capture channels can be used as input capture channels to capture events from the Event System, and give them a timestamp. The following figure shows four capture events for one capture channel. Event system channels must be configured to operate in asynchronous mode when used for capture operations. Figure 49-14.Input Capture Timing events MAX COUNT ZERO Capture 0 Capture 1 Capture 2 Capture 3 For input capture, the Buffer register and the corresponding CCx act like a FIFO. When CCx is empty or read, any content in CCBUFx is transferred to CCx. The Buffer Valid flag is passed to set the CCx Interrupt flag (IF) and generate the optional interrupt, event, or DMA request. The CCBUFx register value cannot be read, all captured data must be read from the CCx register. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1635 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications Figure 49-15.Capture Double Buffering "capture" COUNT BUFV EN CCBUFx IF EN CCx "INT/DMA request" data read The TCC can detect capture overflow of the input capture channels. When a new capture event is detected while the Capture Buffer Valid flag (STATUS.CCBUFV) is still set, the new timestamp will not be stored and INTFLAG.ERR will be set. Period and Pulse-Width (PPW) Capture Action The TCC can perform two input captures and restart the counter on one of the edges. This enables the TCC to measure the pulse-width and period and to characterize the frequency f and dutyCycle of an input signal, as shown below: = 1 , = Figure 49-16.PWP Capture Period (T) external signal /event capture times MAX "capture" COUNT ZERO CC0 CC1 CC0 CC1 Selecting PWP or PPW in the Timer/Counter Event Input 1 Action bit group in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.EVACT1) enables the TCC to perform one capture action on the rising edge and the other one on the falling edge. When using PPW event action, period T will be captured into CC0 and the pulse-width tp into CC1. The PWP (Pulse-width and Period) event action offers the same functionality, but T will be captured into CC1 and tp into CC0. The Timer/Counter Event x Invert Enable bit in Event Control register (EVCTRL.TCEINVx) is used for event source x to select whether the wraparound should occur on the rising edge or the falling edge. If EVCTRL.TCEINVx=1, the wraparound will happen on the falling edge. The corresponding capture is done only if the channel is enabled in Capture mode (CTRLA.CPTENx=1). If not, the capture action will be ignored and the channel will be enabled in compare mode of operation. When only one of these channel is required, the other channel can be used for other purposes. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1636 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications The TCC can detect capture overflow of the input capture channels. When a new capture event is detected while the INTFLAG.MCx is still set, the new timestamp will not be stored and INTFLAG.ERR will be set. Note: When up-counting (CTRLBSET.DIR=0), counter values lower than 1 cannot be captured in Capture Minimum mode (FCTRLn.CAPTURE=CAPTMIN). To capture the full range including value 0, the TCC must be configured in Down-counting mode (CTRLBSET.DIR=0). Note: In dual-slope PWM operation, and when TOP is lower than MAX/2, the CCx MSB captures the CTRLB.DIR state to identify the ramp on which the capture has been done. For rising ramps CCx[MSB] is zero, for falling ramps CCx[MSB]=1. 49.6.3 Additional Features 49.6.3.1 One-Shot Operation When one-shot is enabled, the counter automatically stops on the next Counter Overflow or Underflow condition. When the counter is stopped, the Stop bit in the Status register (STATUS.STOP) is set and the waveform outputs are set to the value defined by DRVCTRL.NREx and DRVCTRL.NRVx. One-shot operation can be enabled by writing a '1' to the One-Shot bit in the Control B Set register (CTRLBSET.ONESHOT) and disabled by writing a '1' to CTRLBCLR.ONESHOT. When enabled, the TCC will count until an overflow or underflow occurs and stop counting. The one-shot operation can be restarted by a re-trigger software command, a re-trigger event or a start event. When the counter restarts its operation, STATUS.STOP is automatically cleared. 49.6.3.2 Circular Buffer The Period register (PER) and the Compare Channels register (CC0 toCC5) support circular buffer operation. When circular buffer operation is enabled, the PER or CCx values are copied into the corresponding buffer registers at each update condition. Circular buffering is dedicated to RAMP2, RAMP2A, and DSBOTH operations. Figure 49-17.Circular Buffer on Channel 0 "write enable" BUFV UPDATE "data write" EN CCBUF0 EN CC0 UPDATE CIRCC0EN COUNT = "ma tch" 49.6.3.3 Dithering Operation The TCC supports dithering on Pulse-width or Period on a 16, 32 or 64 PWM cycles frame. Dithering consists in adding some extra clocks cycles in a frame of several PWM cycles, and can improve the accuracy of the average output pulse width and period. The extra clock cycles are added on some of the compare match signals, one at a time, through a "blue noise" process that minimizes the flickering on the resulting dither patterns. Dithering is enabled by writing the corresponding configuration in the Enhanced Resolution bits in CTRLA register (CTRLA.RESOLUTION): * * * DITH4 enable dithering every 16 PWM frames DITH5 enable dithering every 32 PWM frames DITH6 enable dithering every 64 PWM frames (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1637 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications The DITHERCY bits of COUNT, PER and CCx define the number of extra cycles to add into the frame (DITHERCY bits from the respective COUNT, PER or CCx registers). The remaining bits of COUNT, PER, CCx define the compare value itself. The pseudo code, giving the extra cycles insertion regarding the cycle is: int extra_cycle(resolution, dithercy, cycle){ int MASK; int value switch (resolution){ DITH4: MASK = 0x0f; DITH5: MASK = 0x1f; DITH6: MASK = 0x3f; } value = cycle * dithercy; if (((MASK & value) + dithercy) > MASK) return 1; return 0; } Dithering on Period Writing DITHERCY in PER will lead to an average PWM period configured by the following formulas. DITH4 mode: = DITHERCY 1 + PER 16 GCLK_TCC Note: If DITH4 mode is enabled, the last 4 significant bits from PER/CCx or COUNT register correspond to the DITHERCY value, rest of the bits corresponds to PER/CCx or COUNT value. DITH5 mode: = DITHERCY 1 + PER 32 GCLK_TCC = DITHERCY 1 + PER 64 GCLK_TCC DITH6 mode: Dithering on Pulse-Width Writing DITHERCY in CCx will lead to an average PWM pulse width configured by the following formula. DITH4 mode: = DITHERCY 1 + CCx 16 GCLK_TCC = DITHERCY 1 + CCx 32 GCLK_TCC = DITHERCY 1 + CCx 64 GCLK_TCC DITH5 mode: DITH6 mode: Note: The PWM period will remain static in this case. 49.6.3.4 Ramp Operations Three ramp operation modes are supported. All of them require the timer/counter running in single-slope PWM generation. The Ramp mode is selected by writing to the Ramp Mode bits in the Waveform Control register (WAVE.RAMP). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1638 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications RAMP1 Operation This is the default PWM operation, described in Single-Slope PWM Generation. RAMP2 Operation These operation modes are dedicated for power factor correction (PFC), Half-Bridge and Push-Pull SMPS topologies, where two consecutive timer/counter cycles are interleaved, see Figure 49-18. In cycle A, odd channel output is disabled, and in cycle B, even channel output is disabled. The ramp index changes after each update, but can be software modified using the Ramp index command bits in Control B Set register (CTRLBSET.IDXCMD). Standard RAMP2 (RAMP2) Operation Ramp A and B periods are controlled by the PER register value. The PER value can be different on each ramp by the Circular Period buffer option in the Wave register (WAVE.CIPEREN=1). This mode uses a two-channel TCC to generate two output signals, or one output signal with another CC channel enabled in Capture mode. Figure 49-18.RAMP2 Standard Operation Ramp A B A TOP(B) TOP(A) B Retrigger on FaultA CC0 TOP(B) CIPEREN = 1 CC1 CC1 COUNT "clear" update "match" CC0 ZERO WO[0] POL0 = 1 WO[1] Keep on FaultB POL1 = 1 FaultA input FaultB input Alternate RAMP2 (RAMP2A) Operation Alternate RAMP2 operation is similar to RAMP2, but CC0 controls both WO[0] and WO[1] waveforms when the corresponding circular buffer option is enabled (CIPEREN=1). The waveform polarity is the same on both outputs. Channel 1 can be used in capture mode. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1639 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications Figure 49-19.RAMP2 Alternate Operation Ramp A B A B Retrigger on FaultA TOP(B) TOP(A) CC0(B) COUNT "clear" update "match" TOP(B) CIPEREN = 1 CC0(B) CICCEN0 = 1 CC0(A) CC0(A) ZERO WO[0] Keep on FaultB WO[1] POL0 = 1 FaultA input FaultB input Critical RAMP2 (RAMP2C) Operation Critical RAMP2 operation provides a way to cover RAMP2 operation requirements without the update constraint associated with the use of circular buffers. In this mode, CC0 is controlling the period of ramp A and PER is controlling the period of ramp B. When using more than two channels, WO[0] output is controlled by CC2 (HIGH) and CC0 (LOW). On TCC with 2 channels, a pulse on WO[0] will last the entire period of ramp A, if WAVE.POL0=0. Figure 49-20.RAMP2 Critical Operation With More Than 2 Channels Ramp A B A B Retrigger on FaultA TOP CC0 CC1 COUNT CC2 "clear" update "match" TOP CC1 CC2 ZERO WO[0] POL2 = 1 WO[1] Keep on FaultB POL1 = 1 FaultA input FaultB input (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1640 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications Figure 49-21.RAMP2 Critical Operation With 2 Channels Ramp A B A TOP CC0 B Retrigger on FaultA CC1 COUNT "clear" update "match" TOP CC1 ZERO WO[0] POL0 = 0 WO[1] Keep on FaultB POL1 = 1 FaultA input FaultB input 49.6.3.5 Recoverable Faults Recoverable faults can restart or halt the timer/counter. Two faults, called Fault A and Fault B, can trigger recoverable fault actions on the compare channels CC0 and CC1 of the TCC. The compare channels' outputs can be clamped to inactive state either as long as the fault condition is present, or from the first valid fault condition detection on until the end of the timer/counter cycle. Fault Inputs The first two channel input events (TCCxMC0 and TCCxMC1) can be used as Fault A and Fault B inputs, respectively. Event system channels connected to these fault inputs must be configured as asynchronous. The TCC must work in a PWM mode. Fault Filtering There are three filters available for each input Fault A and Fault B. They are configured by the corresponding Recoverable Fault n Configuration registers (FCTRLA and FCTRLB). The three filters can either be used independently or in any combination. Input Filtering By default, the event detection is asynchronous. When the event occurs, the fault system will immediately and asynchronously perform the selected fault action on the compare channel output, also in device power modes where the clock is not available. To avoid false fault detection on external events (e.g. due to a glitch on an I/O port) a digital filter can be enabled and configured by the Fault B Filter Value bits in the Fault n Configuration registers (FCTRLn.FILTERVAL). If the event width is less than FILTERVAL (in clock cycles), the event will be discarded. A valid event will be delayed by FILTERVAL clock cycles. Fault Blanking This ignores any fault input for a certain time just after a selected waveform output edge. This can be used to prevent false fault triggering due to signal bouncing, as shown in the figure below. Blanking can be enabled by writing an edge triggering configuration to the Fault n Blanking Mode bits in the Recoverable Fault n Configuration register (FCTRLn.BLANK). The desired duration of the blanking must be written to the Fault n Blanking Time bits (FCTRLn.BLANKVAL). The blanking time tbis calculated by 1 + BLANKVAL GCLK_TCCx_PRESC Here, fGCLK_TCCx_PRESC is the frequency of the prescaled peripheral clock frequency fGCLK_TCCx. = (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1641 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications The prescaler is enabled by writing '1' to the Fault n Blanking Prescaler bit (FCTRLn.BLANKPRESC). When disabled, fGCLK_TCCx_PRESC=fGCLK_TCCx. When enabled, fGCLK_TCCx_PRESC=fGCLK_TCCx/64. The maximum blanking time (FCTRLn.BLANKVAL= 255) at fGCLK_TCCx=96MHz is 2.67s (no prescaler) or 170s (prescaling). For fGCLK_TCCx=1MHz, the maximum blanking time is either 170s (no prescaling) or 10.9ms (prescaling enabled). Figure 49-22.Fault Blanking in RAMP1 Operation with Inverted Polarity "clear" update "match" TOP "Fault input enabled" - "Fault input disabled" CC0 x "Fault discarded" COUNT ZERO CMP0 FCTRLA.BLANKVAL = 0 FaultA Blanking FCTRLA.BLANKVAL > 0 FCTRLA.BLANKVAL > 0 - - x xxx FaultA Input WO[0] Fault Qualification This is enabled by writing a '1' to the Fault n Qualification bit in the Recoverable Fault n Configuration register (FCTRLn.QUAL). When the recoverable fault qualification is enabled (FCTRLn.QUAL=1), the fault input is disabled all the time the corresponding channel output has an inactive level, as shown in the figures below. Figure 49-23.Fault Qualification in RAMP1 Operation MAX "clear" update TOP "match" COUNT CC0 "Fault input enabled" - "Fault input disabled" CC1 x "Fault discarded" ZERO Fault A Input Qual - - - - - x x x x x x x x x Fault Input A Fault B Input Qual - x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x - - x x x x Fault Input B (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1642 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications Figure 49-24.Fault Qualification in RAMP2 Operation with Inverted Polarity Cycle "clear" update MAX "match" TOP "Fault input enabled" COUNT CC0 - "Fault input disabled" x CC1 "Fault discarded" ZERO Fault A Input Qual - - x x - x x x x x x x x x x Fault Input A - Fault B Input Qual x x x x - x x x x - x x x x x x x Fault Input B Fault Actions Different fault actions can be configured individually for Fault A and Fault B. Most fault actions are not mutually exclusive; hence two or more actions can be enabled at the same time to achieve a result that is a combination of fault actions. Keep Action This is enabled by writing the Fault n Keeper bit in the Recoverable Fault n Configuration register (FCTRLn.KEEP) to '1'. When enabled, the corresponding channel output will be clamped to zero as long as the fault condition is present. The clamp will be released on the start of the first cycle after the fault condition is no longer present, see next Figure. Figure 49-25.Waveform Generation with Fault Qualification and Keep Action MAX "clear" update TOP "match" "Fault input enabled" CC0 COUNT - "Fault input disabled" x "Fault discarded" ZERO Fault A Input Qual - - - - x - x x x Fault Input A WO[0] Restart Action KEEP KEEP This is enabled by writing the Fault n Restart bit in Recoverable Fault n Configuration register (FCTRLn.RESTART) to '1'. When enabled, the timer/counter will be restarted as soon as the corresponding fault condition is present. The ongoing cycle is stopped and the timer/counter starts a new cycle, see Figure 49-26. In Ramp 1 mode, when the new cycle starts, the compare outputs will be clamped to inactive level as long as the fault condition is present. Note: For RAMP2 operation, when a new timer/counter cycle starts the cycle index will change automatically, see Figure 49-27. Fault A and Fault B are qualified only during the cycle A and cycle B respectively: Fault A is disabled during cycle B, and Fault B is disabled during cycle A. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1643 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications Figure 49-26.Waveform Generation in RAMP1 mode with Restart Action MAX "clear" update "match" TOP CC0 COUNT CC1 ZERO Restart Restart Fault Input A WO[0] WO[1] Figure 49-27.Waveform Generation in RAMP2 mode with Restart Action Cycle CCx=ZERO CCx=TOP "clear" update "match" MAX TOP COUNT CC0/CC1 ZERO No fault A action in cycle B Restart Fault Input A WO[0] WO[1] Capture Action Several capture actions can be selected by writing the Fault n Capture Action bits in the Fault n Control register (FCTRLn.CAPTURE). When one of the capture operations is selected, the counter value is captured when the fault occurs. These capture operations are available: * CAPT - the equivalent to a standard capture operation, for further details refer to 49.6.2.7 Capture Operations * CAPTMIN - gets the minimum time stamped value: on each new local minimum captured value, an event or interrupt is issued. * CAPTMAX - gets the maximum time stamped value: on each new local maximum captured value, an event or interrupt (IT) is issued, see Figure 49-28. * LOCMIN - notifies by event or interrupt when a local minimum captured value is detected. * LOCMAX - notifies by event or interrupt when a local maximum captured value is detected. * DERIV0 - notifies by event or interrupt when a local extreme captured value is detected, see Figure 49-29. CCx Content: In CAPTMIN and CAPTMAX operations, CCx keeps the respective extremum captured values, see Figure 49-28. In LOCMIN, LOCMAX or DERIV0 operation, CCx follows the counter value at fault time, see Figure 49-29. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1644 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications Before enabling CAPTMIN or CAPTMAX mode of capture, the user must initialize the corresponding CCx register value to a value different from zero (for CAPTMIN) top (for CAPTMAX). If the CCx register initial value is zero (for CAPTMIN) top (for CAPTMAX), no captures will be performed using the corresponding channel. MCx Behaviour: In LOCMIN and LOCMAX operation, capture is performed on each capture event. The MCx interrupt flag is set only when the captured value is above or equal (for LOCMIN) or below or equal (for LOCMAX) to the previous captured value. So interrupt flag is set when a new relative local Minimum (for CAPTMIN) or Maximum (for CAPTMAX) value has been detected. DERIV0 is equivalent to an OR function of (LOCMIN, LOCMAX). In CAPT operation, capture is performed on each capture event. The MCx interrupt flag is set on each new capture. In CAPTMIN and CAPTMAX operation, capture is performed only when on capture event time, the counter value is lower (for CAPTMIN) or higher (for CAPMAX) than the last captured value. The MCx interrupt flag is set only when on capture event time, the counter value is higher or equal (for CAPTMIN) or lower or equal (for CAPTMAX) to the value captured on the previous event. So interrupt flag is set when a new absolute local Minimum (for CAPTMIN) or Maximum (for CAPTMAX) value has been detected. Interrupt Generation In CAPT mode, an interrupt is generated on each filtered Fault n and each dedicated CCx channel capture counter value. In other modes, an interrupt is only generated on an extreme captured value. Figure 49-28.Capture Action "CAPTMAX" TOP "clear" update COUNT CC0 ZERO FaultA Input CC0 Event/ Interrupt Figure 49-29.Capture Action "DERIV0" TOP COUNT "update" "match" CC0 ZERO WO[0] FaultA Input CC0 Event/ Interrupt Hardware Halt Action This is configured by writing 0x1 to the Fault n Halt mode bits in the Recoverable Fault n Configuration register (FCTRLn.HALT). When enabled, the timer/counter is halted and the cycle is extended as long as the corresponding fault is present. The next figure ('Waveform Generation with Halt and Restart Actions') shows an example where both restart action and hardware halt action are enabled for Fault A. The compare channel 0 output is (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1645 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications clamped to inactive level as long as the timer/counter is halted. The timer/counter resumes the counting operation as soon as the fault condition is no longer present. As the restart action is enabled in this example, the timer/counter is restarted after the fault condition is no longer present. The figure after that ('Waveform Generation with Fault Qualification, Halt, and Restart Actions') shows a similar example, but with additionally enabled fault qualification. Here, counting is resumed after the fault condition is no longer present. Note that in RAMP2 and RAMP2A operations, when a new timer/counter cycle starts, the cycle index will automatically change. Figure 49-30.Waveform Generation with Halt and Restart Actions MAX "clear" update "match" TOP COUNT CC0 HALT ZERO Restart Restart Fault Input A WO[0] Figure 49-31.Waveform Generation with Fault Qualification, Halt, and Restart Actions MAX "update" "match" TOP COUNT CC0 HALT ZERO Resume Fault A Input Qual - - - - x x - x Fault Input A KEEP WO[0] Software Halt Action This is configured by writing 0x2 to the Fault n Halt mode bits in the Recoverable Fault n configuration register (FCTRLn.HALT). Software halt action is similar to hardware halt action, but in order to restart the timer/counter, the corresponding fault condition must not be present anymore, and the corresponding FAULT n bit in the STATUS register must be cleared by software. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1646 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications Figure 49-32.Waveform Generation with Software Halt, Fault Qualification, Keep and Restart Actions MAX "update" "match" TOP COUNT CC0 HALT ZERO Restart Fault A Input Qual - - Restart x - x Fault Input A Software Clear WO[0] NO KEEP KEEP FCTRLA.KEEP = 1 FCTRLA.KEEP = 0 49.6.3.6 Non-Recoverable Faults The non-recoverable fault action will force all the compare outputs to a pre-defined level programmed into the Driver Control register (DRVCTRL.NRE and DRVCTRL.NRV). The non-recoverable fault input (EV0 and EV1) actions are enabled in Event Control register (EVCTRL.EVACT0 and EVCTRL.EVACT1). To avoid false fault detection on external events (e.g. a glitch on an I/O port) a digital filter can be enabled using NonRecoverable Fault Input x Filter Value bits in the Driver Control register (DRVCTRL.FILTERVALn). Therefore, the event detection is synchronous, and event action is delayed by the selected digital filter value clock cycles. When the Fault Detection on Debug Break Detection bit in Debug Control register (DGBCTRL.FDDBD) is written to '1', a non-recoverable Debug Faults State and an interrupt (DFS) is generated when the system goes in debug operation. In RAMP2, RAMP2A, or DSBOTH operation, when the Lock Update bit in the Control B register is set by writing CTRLBSET.LUPD=1 and the ramp index or counter direction changes, a non-recoverable Update Fault State and the respective interrupt (UFS) are generated. 49.6.3.7 Time-Stamp Capture This feature is enabled when the Capture Time Stamp (STAMP) Event Action in Event Control register (EVCTRL.EVACT) is selected. The counter TOP value must be smaller than MAX. When a capture event is detected, the COUNT value is copied into the corresponding Channel x Compare/Capture Value (CCx) register. In case of an overflow, the MAX value is copied into the corresponding CCx register. When a valid captured value is present in the capture channel register, the corresponding Capture Channel x Interrupt Flag (INTFLAG.MCx) is set. The timer/counter can detect capture overflow of the input capture channels: When a new capture event is detected while the Capture Channel interrupt flag (INTFLAG.MCx) is still set, the new time-stamp will not be stored and INTFLAG.ERR will be set. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1647 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications Figure 49-33.Time-Stamp Capture Events MAX TOP "capture" "overflow" COUNT ZERO CCx Value COUNT COUNT TOP COUNT MAX 49.6.3.8 Waveform Extension Figure 49-34 shows a schematic diagram of actions of the four optional units that follow the recoverable fault stage on a port pin pair: Output Matrix (OTMX), Dead-Time Insertion (DTI), SWAP and Pattern Generation. The DTI and SWAP units can be seen as a four port pair slices: * Slice 0 DTI0 / SWAP0 acting on port pins (WO[0], WO[WO_NUM/2 +0]) * Slice 1 DTI1 / SWAP1 acting on port pins (WO[1], WO[WO_NUM/2 +1]) And generally: * Slice n DTIx / SWAPx acting on port pins (WO[x], WO[WO_NUM/2 +x]) Figure 49-34.Waveform Extension Stage Details WEX OTMX PORTS DTI SWAP OTMX[x+WO_NUM/2] PATTERN PGV[x+WO_NUM/2] P[x+WO_NUM/2] LS DTIx OTMX PGO[x+WO_NUM/2] DTIxEN INV[x+WO_NUM/2] SWAPx INV[x] PGO[x] HS P[x] OTMX[x] PGV[x] The output matrix (OTMX) unit distributes compare channels, according to the selectable configurations in the following table. Table 49-4.Output Matrix Channel Pin Routing Configuration Value OTMX[7] OTMX[6] OTMX[5] OTMX[4] OTMX[3] OTMX[2] OTMX[1] OTMX[0] 0x0 CC1 CC0 CC5 CC4 CC3 CC2 CC1 CC0 0x1 CC1 CC0 CC2 CC1 CC0 CC2 CC1 CC0 0x2 CC0 CC0 CC0 CC0 CC0 CC0 CC0 CC0 0x3 CC1 CC1 CC1 CC1 CC1 CC1 CC1 CC0 * Configuration 0x0 is the default configuration. The channel location is the default one and channels are distributed on outputs modulo the number of channels. Channel 0 is routed to the Output matrix output OTMX[0], and Channel 1 to OTMX[1]. If there are more outputs than channels, then channel 0 is duplicated to the Output matrix output OTMX[CC_NUM], channel 1 to OTMX[CC_NUM+1] and so on. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1648 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications * * * Configuration 0x1 distributes the channels on output modulo half the number of channels. This assigns twice the number of output locations to the lower channels than the default configuration. This can be used, for example, to control the four transistors of a full bridge using only two compare channels. Using pattern generation, some of these four outputs can be overwritten by a constant level, enabling flexible drive of a full bridge in all quadrant configurations. Configuration 0x2 distributes compare channel 0 (CC0) to all port pins. With pattern generation, this configuration can control a stepper motor. Configuration 0x3 distributes the compare channel CC0 to the first output, and the channel CC1 to all other outputs. Together with pattern generation and the fault extension, this configuration can control up to seven LED strings, with a boost stage. The table below is an example showing four compare channels on four outputs. Table 49-5.Four Compare Channels on Four Outputs Value OTMX[3] OTMX[2] OTMX[1] OTMX[0] 0x0 CC3 CC2 CC1 CC0 0x1 CC1 CC0 CC1 CC0 0x2 CC0 CC0 CC0 CC0 0x3 CC1 CC1 CC1 CC0 The dead-time insertion (DTI) unit generates OFF time with the non-inverted low side (LS) and inverted high side (HS) of the wave generator output forced at low level. This OFF time is called dead time. Dead-time insertion ensures that the LS and HS will never switch simultaneously. The DTI stage consists of four equal dead-time insertion generators; one for each of the first four compare channels. Figure 49-35 shows the block diagram of one DTI generator. The four channels have a common register which controls the dead time, which is independent of high side and low side setting. Figure 49-35.Dead-Time Generator Block Diagram DTHS DTLS Dead Time Generator LOAD EN Counter =0 OTMX output D "DTLS" Q (To PORT) "DTHS" Edge Detect (To PORT) As shown in Figure 49-36, the 8-bit dead-time counter is decremented by one for each peripheral clock cycle until it reaches zero. A non-zero counter value will force both the low side and high side outputs into their OFF state. When the output matrix (OTMX) output changes, the dead-time counter is reloaded according to the edge of the input. When the output changes from low to high (positive edge) it initiates a counter reload of the DTLS register. When the output changes from high to low (negative edge) it reloads the DTHS register. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1649 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications Figure 49-36.Dead-Time Generator Timing Diagram "dti_cnt" T tP tDTILS t DTIHS "OTMX output" "DTLS" "DTHS" The pattern generator unit produces a synchronized bit pattern across the port pins it is connected to. The pattern generation features are primarily intended for handling the commutation sequence in brushless DC motors (BLDC), stepper motors, and full bridge control. See also Figure 49-37. Figure 49-37.Pattern Generator Block Diagram COUNT UPDATE BV PGEB[7:0] EN PGE[7:0] BV PGVB[7:0] EN SWAP output PGV[7:0] WOx[7:0] As with other double-buffered timer/counter registers, the register update is synchronized to the UPDATE condition set by the timer/counter waveform generation operation. If synchronization is not required by the application, the software can simply access directly the PATT.PGE, PATT.PGV bits registers. 49.6.4 Master/Slave Operation Two or more TCC instances sharing the same GCLK_TCCx clock, can be linked to provide more synchronized CC channels. The operation is enabled by setting the Master Synchronization bit in Control A register (CTRLA.MSYNC) in the Slave instance. When the bit is set, the slave TCC instance will synchronize the CC channels to the Master counter. Related Links 49.8.1 CTRLA (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1650 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications 49.6.5 DMA, Interrupts, and Events Table 49-6.Module Requests for TCC Condition Interrupt request Event output Overflow / Underflow Yes Yes Channel Compare Match or Yes Capture Yes Retrigger Yes Yes Count Yes Yes Capture Overflow Error Yes Debug Fault State Yes Recoverable Faults Yes Non-Recoverable Faults Yes Event input DMA request Yes(2) TCCx Event 0 input Yes(4) TCCx Event 1 input Yes(5) DMA request is cleared Yes(1) On DMA acknowledge Yes(3) For circular buffering: on DMA acknowledge For capture channel: when CCx register is read Notes: 1. DMA request set on Overflow, Underflow or Re-trigger conditions. 2. Can perform capture or generate recoverable fault on an event input. 3. In Capture or Circular modes. 4. On event input, either action can be executed: - re-trigger counter - control counter direction - stop the counter - decrement the counter - perform period and pulse width capture - generate non-recoverable fault 5. On event input, either action can be executed: - re-trigger counter - increment or decrement counter depending on direction - start the counter - increment or decrement counter based on direction - increment counter regardless of direction - generate non-recoverable fault 49.6.5.1 DMA Operation The TCC can generate the following DMA requests: Counter overflow (OVF) If the One-shot Trigger mode in the control A register (CTRLA.DMAOS) is written to '0', the TCC generates a DMA request on each cycle when an update condition (Overflow, Underflow or Retrigger) is detected. When an update condition (Overflow, Underflow or Re-trigger) is detected while CTRLA.DMAOS=1, the TCC generates a DMA trigger on the cycle following the DMA One-Shot Command written to the Control B register (CTRLBSET.CMD=DMAOS). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1651 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications In both cases, the request is cleared by hardware on DMA acknowledge. Channel Match (MCx) A DMA request is set only on a compare match if CTRLA.DMAOS=0. The request is cleared by hardware on DMA acknowledge. When CTRLA.DMAOS=1, the DMA requests are not generated. Channel Capture (MCx) For a capture channel, the request is set when valid data is present in the CCx register, and cleared once the CCx register is read. In this operation mode, the CTRLA.DMAOS bit value is ignored. DMA Operation with Circular Buffer When circular buffer operation is enabled, the Buffer registers must be written in a correct order and synchronized to the update times of the timer. The DMA triggers of the TCC provide a way to ensure a safe and correct update of circular buffers. Note: Circular buffer are intended to be used with RAMP2, RAMP2A and DSBOTH operation only. DMA Operation with Circular Buffer in RAMP2 and RAMP2A Mode When a CCx channel is selected as a circular buffer, the related DMA request is not set on a compare match detection, but on start of ramp B. If at least one circular buffer is enabled, the DMA overflow request is conditioned to the start of ramp A with an effective DMA transfer on previous ramp B (DMA acknowledge). The update of all circular buffer values for ramp A can be done through a DMA channel triggered on a MC trigger. The update of all circular buffer values for ramp B, can be done through a second DMA channel triggered by the overflow DMA request. Figure 49-38.DMA Triggers in RAMP and RAMP2 Operation Mode and Circular Buffer Enabled Ramp Cycle A B N-2 A B A N-1 B N "update" COUNT ZERO STATUS.IDX DMA_CCx_req DMA Channel i Update ramp A DMA_OVF_req DMA Channel j Update ramp B DMA Operation with Circular Buffer in DSBOTH Mode When a CC channel is selected as a circular buffer, the related DMA request is not set on a compare match detection, but on start of down-counting phase. If at least one circular buffer is enabled, the DMA overflow request is conditioned to the start of up-counting phase with an effective DMA transfer on previous down-counting phase (DMA acknowledge). When up-counting, all circular buffer values can be updated through a DMA channel triggered by MC trigger. When down-counting, all circular buffer values can be updated through a second DMA channel, triggered by the OVF DMA request. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1652 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications Figure 49-39.DMA Triggers in DSBOTH Operation Mode and Circular Buffer Enabled Cycle N-2 N N-1 New Parameter Set Old Parameter Set "update" COUNT ZERO CTRLB.DIR DMA_CCx_req DMA Channel i Update Rising DMA_OVF_req DMA Channel j Update Rising 49.6.5.2 Interrupts The TCC has the following interrupt sources: * * * * * * * * * Overflow/Underflow (OVF) Retrigger (TRG) Count (CNT) - refer also to description of EVCTRL.CNTSEL. Capture Overflow Error (ERR) Non-Recoverable Update Fault (UFS) Debug Fault State (DFS) Recoverable Faults (FAULTn) Non-recoverable Faults (FAULTx) Compare Match or Capture Channels (MCx) These interrupts are asynchronous wake-up sources. See Sleep Mode Entry and Exit Table in PM/Sleep Mode Controller section for details. Each interrupt source has an Interrupt flag associated with it. The Interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear (INTFLAG) register is set when the Interrupt condition occurs. Each interrupt can be individually enabled by writing a '1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Set (INTENSET) register, and disabled by writing a '1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Clear (INTENCLR) register. An interrupt request is generated when the Interrupt flag is set and the corresponding interrupt is enabled. The interrupt request remains active until the Interrupt flag is cleared, the interrupt is disabled, or the TCC is reset. See 49.8.12 INTFLAG for details on how to clear Interrupt flags. The TCC has one common interrupt request line for all the interrupt sources. The user must read the INTFLAG register to determine which Interrupt condition is present. Note: Interrupts must be globally enabled for interrupt requests to be generated. Refer to Nested Vector Interrupt Controller for details. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 49.6.5.3 Events The TCC can generate the following output events: * Overflow/Underflow (OVF) * Trigger (TRG) * Counter (CNT) For further details, refer to EVCTRL.CNTSEL description. * Compare Match or Capture on compare/capture channels: MCx Writing a '1' ('0') to an Event Output bit in the Event Control Register (EVCTRL.xxEO) enables (disables) the corresponding output event. Refer also to EVSYS - Event System. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1653 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications The TCC can take the following actions on a channel input event (MCx): * Capture event * Generate a recoverable or non-recoverable fault The TCC can take the following actions on counter Event 1 (TCCx EV1): * Counter re-trigger * Counter direction control * Stop the counter * Decrement the counter on event * Period and pulse width capture * Non-recoverable fault The TCC can take the following actions on counter Event 0 (TCCx EV0): * Counter re-trigger * Count on event (increment or decrement, depending on counter direction) * Counter start - start counting on the event rising edge. Further events will not restart the counter; the counter will keep on counting using prescaled GCLK_TCCx, until it reaches TOP or ZERO, depending on the direction. * Counter increment on event. This will increment the counter, irrespective of the counter direction. * Count during active state of an asynchronous event (increment or decrement, depending on counter direction). In this case, the counter will be incremented or decremented on each cycle of the prescaled clock, as long as the event is active. * Non-recoverable fault The counter Event Actions are available in the Event Control registers (EVCTRL.EVACT0 and EVCTRL.EVACT1). For further details, refer to EVCTRL. Writing a '1' ('0') to an Event Input bit in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.MCEIx or EVCTRL.TCEIx) enables (disables) the corresponding action on input event. Note: When several events are connected to the TCC, the enabled action will apply for each of the incoming events. Refer to EVSYS - Event System for details on how to configure the event system. Related Links 31. EVSYS - Event System 49.6.6 Sleep Mode Operation The TCC can be configured to operate in any Sleep mode. To be able to run in standby the RUNSTDBY bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.RUNSTDBY) must be '1'. The MODULE can in any Sleep mode wake-up the device using interrupts or perform actions through the Event System. 49.6.7 Synchronization Due to asynchronicity between the main clock domain and the peripheral clock domains, some registers need to be synchronized when written or read. The following bits are synchronized when written: * Software Reset and Enable bits in Control A register (CTRLA.SWRST and CTRLA.ENABLE) The following registers are synchronized when written: * * * * * * * Control B Clear and Control B Set registers (CTRLBCLR and CTRLBSET) Status register (STATUS) Pattern and Pattern Buffer registers (PATT and PATTBUF) Waveform register (WAVE) Count Value register (COUNT) Period Value and Period Buffer Value registers (PER and PERBUF) Compare/Capture Channel x and Channel x Compare/Capture Buffer Value registers (CCx and CCBUFx) The following registers are synchronized when read: (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1654 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications * * * * * * Control B Clear and Control B Set registers (CTRLBCLR and CTRLBSET) Count Value register (COUNT): synchronization is done on demand through READSYNC command (CTRLBSET.CMD) Pattern and Pattern Buffer registers (PATT and PATTBUF) Waveform register (WAVE) Period Value and Period Buffer Value registers (PER and PERBUF) Compare/Capture Channel x and Channel x Compare/Capture Buffer Value registers (CCx and CCBUFx) Required write synchronization is denoted by the "Write-Synchronized" property in the register description. Required read synchronization is denoted by the "Read-Synchronized" property in the register description. Related Links 13.3 Register Synchronization (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1655 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications 49.7 Register Summary Offset Name 0x00 CTRLA 0x04 0x05 0x06 ... 0x07 CTRLBCLR CTRLBSET 0x08 0x0C Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 0x14 0x18 0x1C ... 0x1D 0x1E 0x1F SYNCBUSY FCTRLA FCTRLB WEXCTRL DRVCTRL DBGCTRL Reserved EVCTRL 0x24 INTENCLR 0x30 CPTEN2 ONESHOT ONESHOT CPTEN1 LUPD LUPD CPTEN0 DIR DIR 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 PER RESTART BLANKPRES C WAVE PATT CC5 BLANK[1:0] COUNT CC4 STATUS CC3 CTRLB CC2 ENABLE CC1 SWRST CC0 QUAL KEEP CAPTURE[2:0] SRC[1:0] CHSEL[1:0] HALT[1:0] BLANKVAL[7:0] FILTERVAL[3:0] RESTART BLANKPRES C BLANK[1:0] QUAL KEEP CAPTURE[2:0] SRC[1:0] CHSEL[1:0] HALT[1:0] BLANKVAL[7:0] FILTERVAL[3:0] NRE7 NRV7 INVEN7 DTIEN3 DTLS[7:0] DTHS[7:0] NRE4 NRE3 NRV4 NRV3 INVEN4 INVEN3 NRE6 NRE5 NRV6 NRV5 INVEN6 INVEN5 FILTERVAL1[3:0] DTIEN2 OTMX[1:0] DTIEN1 DTIEN0 NRE2 NRE1 NRV2 NRV1 INVEN2 INVEN1 FILTERVAL0[3:0] NRE0 NRV0 INVEN0 Reserved 0x20 0x2C ENABLE SWRST PRESCALER[2:0] RUNSTDBY CPTEN3 IDXCMD[1:0] IDXCMD[1:0] CMD[2:0] CMD[2:0] 7:0 FDDBD 7:0 0x28 RESOLUTION[1:0] ALOCK PRESCYNC[1:0] Reserved 23:16 31:24 7:0 0x10 MSYNC DMAOS INTENSET INTFLAG STATUS 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 CNTSEL[1:0] TCEI0 TCEI1 FAULT1 FAULT1 FAULT1 PERBUFV FAULT1 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. FAULT0 FAULT0 FAULT0 FAULT0 EVACT1[2:0] TCINV0 TCINV1 FAULTB FAULTA FAULTB FAULTA FAULTB FAULTA PATTBUFV FAULTB SLAVE FAULTA Datasheet DBGRUN EVACT0[2:0] TRGEO MCEI1 MCEO1 TRG OVFEO MCEI0 MCEO0 OVF MCx1 MCx0 MCEI3 MCEO3 ERR DFS MCx3 CNTEO MCEI2 MCEO2 CNT UFS MCx2 ERR DFS MC3 CNT UFS MC2 TRG OVF MC1 MC0 ERR DFS MC3 CNT UFS MC2 TRG OVF MC1 MC0 DFS FAULT1IN CCBUFV3 CMP3 UFS FAULT0IN CCBUFV2 CMP2 IDX FAULTBIN CCBUFV1 CMP1 STOP FAULTAIN CCBUFV0 CMP0 DS60001507F-page 1656 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications ...........continued Offset Name 0x34 COUNT 0x38 PATT 0x3A ... 0x3B Reserved 0x3C 0x40 0x44 0x48 0x4C 0x50 0x54 WAVE PER CC0 CC1 CC2 CC3 CC4 0x58 CC5 0x5C ... 0x63 Reserved 0x64 PATTBUF 0x66 ... 0x6B Reserved 0x6C 0x70 PERBUF CCBUF0 Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 COUNT[7:0] COUNT[15:8] 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 COUNT[23:16] PGE7 PGV7 PGE6 PGV6 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 CIPEREN 7:0 15:8 PGEB7 PGVB7 PGE5 PGV5 PGE4 PGV4 PGE3 PGV3 PGE2 PGV2 RAMP[1:0] POL5 PER[1:0] CICCEN3 CICCEN2 POL4 POL3 POL2 SWAP3 SWAP2 DITHER[5:0] PER[9:2] PER[17:10] CC[1:0] PGE1 PGV1 PGE0 PGV0 WAVEGEN[2:0] CICCEN1 CICCEN0 POL1 POL0 SWAP1 SWAP0 DITHER[5:0] CC[9:2] CC[17:10] CC[1:0] DITHER[5:0] CC[9:2] CC[17:10] CC[1:0] DITHER[5:0] CC[9:2] CC[17:10] CC[1:0] DITHER[5:0] CC[9:2] CC[17:10] CC[1:0] DITHER[5:0] CC[9:2] CC[17:10] CC[1:0] DITHER[5:0] CC[9:2] CC[17:10] 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. PGEB6 PGVB6 PGEB5 PGVB5 PGEB4 PGVB4 PGEB3 PGVB3 PGEB2 PGVB2 PERBUF[1:0] DITHERBUF[5:0] PERBUF[9:2] PERBUF[17:10] CCBUF[1:0] DITHERBUF[5:0] CCBUF[9:2] CCBUF[17:10] Datasheet PGEB1 PGVB1 PGEB0 PGVB0 DS60001507F-page 1657 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications ...........continued Offset Name 0x74 CCBUF1 0x78 CCBUF2 0x7C CCBUF3 0x80 CCBUF4 0x84 CCBUF5 49.8 Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 CCBUF[1:0] DITHERBUF[5:0] CCBUF[9:2] CCBUF[17:10] CCBUF[1:0] DITHERBUF[5:0] CCBUF[9:2] CCBUF[17:10] CCBUF[1:0] DITHERBUF[5:0] CCBUF[9:2] CCBUF[17:10] CCBUF[1:0] DITHERBUF[5:0] CCBUF[9:2] CCBUF[17:10] CCBUF[1:0] DITHERBUF[5:0] CCBUF[9:2] CCBUF[17:10] Register Description Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16-, and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Some registers require synchronization when read and/or written. Synchronization is denoted by the "ReadSynchronized" and/or "Write-Synchronized" property in each individual register description. Optional write protection by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC) is denoted by the "PAC Write Protection" property in each individual register description. Some registers are enable-protected, meaning they can only be written when the module is disabled. Enable protection is denoted by the "Enable-Protected" property in each individual register description. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1658 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications 49.8.1 Control A Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit CTRLA 0x00 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected, Write-Synchronized (ENABLE, SWRST) 31 30 29 28 27 CPTEN3 R/W 0 26 CPTEN2 R/W 0 25 CPTEN1 R/W 0 24 CPTEN0 R/W 0 23 DMAOS R/W 0 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 MSYNC R/W 0 14 ALOCK R/W 0 11 RUNSTDBY R/W 0 10 8 R/W 0 9 PRESCALER[2:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 ENABLE R/W 0 0 SWRST R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 7 13 12 PRESCYNC[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 6 5 RESOLUTION[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 4 Bits 24, 25, 26, 27 - CPTENxCapture Channel x Enable These bits are used to select the capture or compare operation on channel x. Writing a '1' to CPTENx enables capture on channel x. Writing a '0' to CPTENx disables capture on channel x. Bit 23 - DMAOSDMA One-Shot Trigger Mode This bit enables the DMA One-shot Trigger Mode. Writing a '1' to this bit will generate a DMA trigger on TCC cycle following a TCC_CTRLBSET_CMD_DMAOS command. Writing a '0' to this bit will generate DMA triggers on each TCC cycle. This bit is not synchronized. Bit 15 - MSYNCMaster Synchronization (only for TCC slave instance) This bit must be set if the TCC counting operation must be synchronized on its Master TCC. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 The TCC controls its own counter. 1 The counter is controlled by its Master TCC. Bit 14 - ALOCKAuto Lock This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 The Lock Update bit in the Control B register (CTRLB.LUPD) is not affected by overflow/underflow, and re-trigger events 1 CTRLB.LUPD is set to '1' on each overflow/underflow or re-trigger event. Bits 13:12 - PRESCYNC[1:0]Prescaler and Counter Synchronization These bits select if on re-trigger event, the Counter is cleared or reloaded on either the next GCLK_TCCx clock, or on the next prescaled GCLK_TCCx clock. It is also possible to reset the prescaler on re-trigger event. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1659 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications These bits are not synchronized. Value Name Description 0x0 0x1 GCLK PRESC 0x2 0x3 RESYNC Reserved Counter Reloaded Prescaler Reload or reset Counter on next GCLK Reload or reset Counter on next prescaler clock Reload or reset Counter on next GCLK Reset prescaler counter Bit 11 - RUNSTDBYRun in Standby This bit is used to keep the TCC running in Standby mode. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 The TCC is halted in standby. 1 The TCC continues to run in standby. Bits 10:8 - PRESCALER[2:0]Prescaler These bits select the Counter prescaler factor. These bits are not synchronized. Value Name Description 0x0 DIV1 Prescaler: GCLK_TCCx 0x1 DIV2 Prescaler: GCLK_TCCx/2 0x2 DIV4 Prescaler: GCLK_TCCx/4 0x3 DIV8 Prescaler: GCLK_TCCx/8 0x4 DIV16 Prescaler: GCLK_TCCx/16 0x5 DIV64 Prescaler: GCLK_TCCx/64 0x6 DIV256 Prescaler: GCLK_TCCx/256 0x7 DIV1024 Prescaler: GCLK_TCCx/1024 Bits 6:5 - RESOLUTION[1:0]Dithering Resolution These bits increase the TCC resolution by enabling the dithering options. These bits are not synchronized. Table 49-7.Dithering Value Name Description 0x0 0x1 NONE DITH4 0x2 DITH5 0x3 DITH6 The dithering is disabled. Dithering is done every 16 PWM frames. PER[3:0] and CCx[3:0] contain dithering pattern selection. Dithering is done every 32 PWM frames. PER[4:0] and CCx[4:0] contain dithering pattern selection. Dithering is done every 64 PWM frames. PER[5:0] and CCx[5:0] contain dithering pattern selection. Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable Due to synchronization there is delay from writing CTRLA.ENABLE until the peripheral is enabled/disabled. The value written to CTRLA.ENABLE will read back immediately and the ENABLE bit in the SYNCBUSY register (SYNCBUSY.ENABLE) will be set. SYNCBUSY.ENABLE will be cleared when the operation is complete. Value Description 0 The peripheral is disabled. 1 The peripheral is enabled. Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit resets all registers in the TCC (except DBGCTRL) to their initial state, and the TCC will be disabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1660 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications Writing a '1' to CTRLA.SWRST will always take precedence; all other writes in the same write-operation will be discarded. Due to synchronization there is a delay from writing CTRLA.SWRST until the reset is complete. CTRLA.SWRST and SYNCBUSY.SWRST will both be cleared when the reset is complete. Value Description 0 There is no Reset operation ongoing. 1 The Reset operation is ongoing. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1661 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications 49.8.2 Control B Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: CTRLBCLR 0x04 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized, Read-Synchronized This register allows the user to change this register without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Control B Set (CTRLBSET) register. Bit Access Reset 7 R/W 0 6 CMD[2:0] R/W 0 5 R/W 0 4 3 IDXCMD[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 2 ONESHOT R/W 0 1 LUPD R/W 0 0 DIR R/W 0 Bits 7:5 - CMD[2:0]TCC Command Writing zero to this bit group has no effect. Writing a '1' to any of these bits will clear the pending command. Value Name Description 0x0 NONE No action 0x1 RETRIGGER Clear start, restart or retrigger 0x2 STOP Force stop 0x3 UPDATE Force update of double buffered registers 0x4 READSYNC Force COUNT read synchronization 0x5 DMAOS One-shot DMA trigger Bits 4:3 - IDXCMD[1:0]Ramp Index Command These bits can be used to force cycle A and cycle B changes in RAMP2 and RAMP2A operation. On timer/counter update condition, the command is executed, the IDX flag in STATUS register is updated and the IDXCMD command is cleared. Writing zero to these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to any of these bits will clear the pending command. Value Name Description 0x0 DISABLE DISABLE Command disabled: IDX toggles between cycles A and B 0x1 SET Set IDX: cycle B will be forced in the next cycle 0x2 CLEAR Clear IDX: cycle A will be forced in next cycle 0x3 HOLD Hold IDX: the next cycle will be the same as the current cycle. Bit 2 - ONESHOTOne-Shot This bit controls one-shot operation of the TCC. When one-shot operation is enabled, the TCC will stop counting on the next overflow/underflow condition or on a stop command. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect Writing a '1' to this bit will disable the one-shot operation. Value Description 0 The TCC will update the counter value on overflow/underflow condition and continue operation. 1 The TCC will stop counting on the next underflow/overflow condition. Bit 1 - LUPDLock Update This bit controls the update operation of the TCC buffered registers. When CTRLB.LUPD is cleared, the hardware UPDATE registers with value from their buffered registers is enabled. This bit has no effect when input capture operation is enabled. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will enable the registers updates on hardware UPDATE condition. Value Description 0 The CCBx, PERB, PGVB, and PGEB buffer registers values are copied into the corresponding CCx, PER, PGV, and PGE registers on hardware update condition. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1662 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications Value 1 Description The CCBx, PERB, PGVB, and PGEB buffer registers values are not copied into the corresponding CCx, PER, PGV, and PGE registers on hardware update condition. Bit 0 - DIRCounter Direction This bit is used to change the direction of the counter. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the bit and make the counter count up. Value Description 0 The timer/counter is counting up (incrementing). 1 The timer/counter is counting down (decrementing). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1663 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications 49.8.3 Control B Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: CTRLBSET 0x05 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized, Read-Synchronized This register allows the user to change this register without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Control B Set (CTRLBCLR) register. Bit Access Reset 7 R/W 0 6 CMD[2:0] R/W 0 5 R/W 0 4 3 IDXCMD[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 2 ONESHOT R/W 0 1 LUPD R/W 0 0 DIR R/W 0 Bits 7:5 - CMD[2:0]TCC Command These bits can be used for software control of re-triggering and stop commands of the TCC. When a command has been executed, the CMD bit field will be read back as zero. The commands are executed on the next prescaled GCLK_TCCx clock cycle. Writing zero to this bit group has no effect Writing a valid value to this bit group, as shown in the following table, will set the associated command. Value Name Description 0x0 NONE No action 0x1 RETRIGGER Force start, restart or retrigger 0x2 STOP Force stop 0x3 UPDATE Force update of double buffered registers 0x4 READSYNC Force a read synchronization of COUNT 0x5 DMAOS One-shot DMA trigger Bits 4:3 - IDXCMD[1:0]Ramp Index Command These bits can be used to force cycle A and cycle B changes in RAMP2 and RAMP2A operation. On timer/counter update condition, the command is executed, the IDX flag in STATUS register is updated and the IDXCMD command is cleared. Writing a zero to these bits has no effect. Writing a valid value to these bits will set a command. Value Name Description 0x0 DISABLE Command disabled: IDX toggles between cycles A and B 0x1 SET Set IDX: cycle B will be forced in the next cycle 0x2 CLEAR Clear IDX: cycle A will be forced in next cycle 0x3 HOLD Hold IDX: the next cycle will be the same as the current cycle. Bit 2 - ONESHOTOne-Shot This bit controls one-shot operation of the TCC. When in one-shot operation, the TCC will stop counting on the next overflow/underflow condition or a stop command. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will enable the one-shot operation. Value Description 0 The TCC will count continuously. 1 The TCC will stop counting on the next underflow/overflow condition. Bit 1 - LUPDLock Update This bit controls the update operation of the TCC buffered registers. When CTRLB.LUPD is set, the hardware UPDATE registers with value from their buffered registers is disabled. Disabling the update ensures that all buffer registers are valid before an hardware update is performed. After all the buffer registers are loaded correctly, the buffered registers can be unlocked. This bit has no effect when input capture operation is enabled. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1664 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications Writing a '1' to this bit will disable the registers updates on hardware UPDATE condition. Value Description 0 The CCBx, PERB, PGVB, and PGEB buffer registers values are copied into the corresponding CCx, PER, PGV, and PGE registers on hardware update condition. 1 The CCBx, PERB, PGVB, and PGEB buffer registers values are not copied into CCx, PER, PGV, and PGE registers on hardware update condition. Bit 0 - DIRCounter Direction This bit is used to change the direction of the counter. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the bit and make the counter count up. Value Description 0 The timer/counter is counting up (incrementing). 1 The timer/counter is counting down (decrementing). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1665 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications 49.8.4 Synchronization Busy Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit SYNCBUSY 0x08 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 CC5 R 0 12 CC4 R 0 11 CC3 R 0 10 CC2 R 0 9 CC1 R 0 8 CC0 R 0 7 PER R 0 6 WAVE R 0 5 PATT R 0 4 COUNT R 0 3 STATUS R 0 2 CTRLB R 0 1 ENABLE R 0 0 SWRST R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bits 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 - CCCompare/Capture Channel x Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of Compare/Capture Channel x register between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of Compare/Capture Channel x register between clock domains is started. CCx bit is available only for existing Compare/Capture Channels. For details on CC channels number, refer to each TCC feature list. This bit is set when the synchronization of CCx register between clock domains is started. Bit 7 - PERPER Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of PER register between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of PER register between clock domains is started. Bit 6 - WAVEWAVE Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of WAVE register between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of WAVE register between clock domains is started. Bit 5 - PATTPATT Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of PATTERN register between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of PATTERN register between clock domains is started. Bit 4 - COUNTCOUNT Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of COUNT register between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of COUNT register between clock domains is started. Bit 3 - STATUSSTATUS Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of STATUS register between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of STATUS register between clock domains is started. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1666 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications Bit 2 - CTRLBCTRLB Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of CTRLB register between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of CTRLB register between clock domains is started. Bit 1 - ENABLEENABLE Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of ENABLE bit between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of ENABLE bit between clock domains is started. Bit 0 - SWRSTSWRST Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of SWRST bit between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of SWRST bit between clock domains is started. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1667 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications 49.8.5 Fault Control A and B Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit FCTRLn 0x0C + n*0x04 [n=0..1] 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 31 30 29 28 Access Reset 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 14 13 CAPTURE[2:0] R/W 0 Bit 15 BLANKPRESC Access R/W Reset 0 Bit Access Reset 26 25 FILTERVAL[3:0] R/W R/W 0 0 R/W 0 Bit Access Reset 27 7 RESTART R/W 0 R/W 0 6 5 BLANK[1:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 20 19 BLANKVAL[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 12 11 24 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 10 9 CHSEL[1:0] 8 HALT[1:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 4 QUAL R/W 0 3 KEEP R/W 0 2 1 R/W 0 0 SRC[1:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 27:24 - FILTERVAL[3:0]Recoverable Fault n Filter Value These bits define the filter value applied on MCEx (x=0,1) event input line. The value must be set to zero when MCEx event is used as synchronous event. Bits 23:16 - BLANKVAL[7:0]Recoverable Fault n Blanking Value These bits determine the duration of the blanking of the fault input source. Activation and edge selection of the blank filtering are done by the BLANK bits (FCTRLn.BLANK). When enabled, the fault input source is internally disabled for BLANKVAL* prescaled GCLK_TCCx periods after the detection of the waveform edge. Bit 15 - BLANKPRESCRecoverable Fault n Blanking Value Prescaler This bit enables a factor 64 prescaler factor on used as base frequency of the BLANKVAL value. Value Description 0 Blank time is BLANKVAL* prescaled GCLK_TCCx. 1 Blank time is BLANKVAL* 64 * prescaled GCLK_TCCx. Bits 14:12 - CAPTURE[2:0]Recoverable Fault n Capture Action These bits select the capture and Fault n interrupt/event conditions. Table 49-8.Fault n Capture Action Value Name 0x0 0x1 DISABLE CAPT 0x2 CAPTMIN Description Capture on valid recoverable Fault n is disabled On rising edge of a valid recoverable Fault n, capture counter value on channel selected by CHSEL[1:0]. INTFLAG.FAULTn flag rises on each new captured value. On rising edge of a valid recoverable Fault n, capture counter value on channel selected by CHSEL[1:0], if COUNT value is lower than the last stored capture value (CC). INTFLAG.FAULTn flag rises on each local minimum detection. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1668 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications ...........continued Value Name 0x3 CAPTMAX 0x4 0x5 0x6 0x7 Description On rising edge of a valid recoverable Fault n, capture counter value on channel selected by CHSEL[1:0], if COUNT value is higher than the last stored capture value (CC). INTFLAG.FAULTn flag rises on each local maximun detection. LOCMIN On rising edge of a valid recoverable Fault n, capture counter value on channel selected by CHSEL[1:0]. INTFLAG.FAULTn flag rises on each local minimum value detection. LOCMAX On rising edge of a valid recoverable Fault n, capture counter value on channel selected by CHSEL[1:0]. INTFLAG.FAULTn flag rises on each local maximun detection. DERIV0 On rising edge of a valid recoverable Fault n, capture counter value on channel selected by CHSEL[1:0]. INTFLAG.FAULTn flag rises on each local maximun or minimum detection. CAPTMARK Capture with ramp index as MSB value. Bits 11:10 - CHSEL[1:0]Recoverable Fault n Capture Channel These bits select the channel for capture operation triggered by recoverable Fault n. Value Name Description 0x0 CC0 Capture value stored into CC0 0x1 CC1 Capture value stored into CC1 0x2 CC2 Capture value stored into CC2 0x3 CC3 Capture value stored into CC3 Bits 9:8 - HALT[1:0]Recoverable Fault n Halt Operation These bits select the halt action for recoverable Fault n. Value Name Description 0x0 DISABLE Halt action disabled 0x1 HW Hardware halt action 0x2 SW Software halt action 0x3 NR Non-recoverable fault Bit 7 - RESTARTRecoverable Fault n Restart Setting this bit enables restart action for Fault n. Value Description 0 Fault n restart action is disabled. 1 Fault n restart action is enabled. Bits 6:5 - BLANK[1:0]Recoverable Fault n Blanking Operation These bits, select the blanking start point for recoverable Fault n. Value Name Description 0x0 START Blanking applied from start of the Ramp period 0x1 RISE Blanking applied from rising edge of the waveform output 0x2 FALL Blanking applied from falling edge of the waveform output 0x3 BOTH Blanking applied from each toggle of the waveform output Bit 4 - QUALRecoverable Fault n Qualification Setting this bit enables the recoverable Fault n input qualification. Value Description 0 The recoverable Fault n input is not disabled on CMPx value condition. 1 The recoverable Fault n input is disabled when output signal is at inactive level (CMPx == 0). Bit 3 - KEEPRecoverable Fault n Keep Setting this bit enables the Fault n keep action. Value Description 0 The Fault n state is released as soon as the recoverable Fault n is released. 1 The Fault n state is released at the end of TCC cycle. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1669 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications Bits 1:0 - SRC[1:0]Recoverable Fault n Source These bits select the TCC event input for recoverable Fault n. Event system channel connected to MCEx event input, must be configured to route the event asynchronously, when used as a recoverable Fault n input. Value Name Description 0x0 DISABLE Fault input disabled 0x1 ENABLE MCEx (x=0,1) event input 0x2 INVERT Inverted MCEx (x=0,1) event input 0x3 ALTFAULT Alternate fault (A or B) state at the end of the previous period. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1670 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications 49.8.6 Waveform Extension Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 31 WEXCTRL 0x14 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 19 18 17 16 DTHS[7:0] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 20 DTLS[7:0] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 11 DTIEN3 R/W 0 10 DTIEN2 R/W 0 9 DTIEN1 R/W 0 8 DTIEN0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Access Reset Bit OTMX[1:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:24 - DTHS[7:0]Dead-Time High Side Outputs Value This register holds the number of GCLK_TCCx clock cycles for the dead-time high side. Bits 23:16 - DTLS[7:0]Dead-time Low Side Outputs Value This register holds the number of GCLK_TCCx clock cycles for the dead-time low side. Bits 8, 9, 10, 11 - DTIENxDead-time Insertion Generator x Enable Setting any of these bits enables the dead-time insertion generator for the corresponding output matrix. This will override the output matrix [x] and [x+WO_NUM/2], with the low side and high side waveform respectively. Value Description 0 No dead-time insertion override. 1 Dead time insertion override on signal outputs[x] and [x+WO_NUM/2], from matrix outputs[x] signal. Bits 1:0 - OTMX[1:0]Output Matrix These bits define the matrix routing of the TCC waveform generation outputs to the port pins, according to 49.6.3.8 Waveform Extension. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1671 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications 49.8.7 Driver Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 31 R/W 0 DRVCTRL 0x18 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 30 29 FILTERVAL1[3:0] R/W R/W 0 0 28 27 R/W 0 R/W 0 26 25 FILTERVAL0[3:0] R/W R/W 0 0 24 R/W 0 23 INVEN7 R/W 0 22 INVEN6 R/W 0 21 INVEN5 R/W 0 20 INVEN4 R/W 0 19 INVEN3 R/W 0 18 INVEN2 R/W 0 17 INVEN1 R/W 0 16 INVEN0 R/W 0 15 NRV7 R/W 0 14 NRV6 R/W 0 13 NRV5 R/W 0 12 NRV4 R/W 0 11 NRV3 R/W 0 10 NRV2 R/W 0 9 NRV1 R/W 0 8 NRV0 R/W 0 7 NRE7 R/W 0 6 NRE6 R/W 0 5 NRE5 R/W 0 4 NRE4 R/W 0 3 NRE3 R/W 0 2 NRE2 R/W 0 1 NRE1 R/W 0 0 NRE0 R/W 0 Bits 31:28 - FILTERVAL1[3:0]Non-Recoverable Fault Input 1 Filter Value These bits define the filter value applied on TCE1 event input line. When the TCE1 event input line is configured as a synchronous event, this value must be 0x0. Bits 27:24 - FILTERVAL0[3:0]Non-Recoverable Fault Input 0 Filter Value These bits define the filter value applied on TCE0 event input line. When the TCE0 event input line is configured as a synchronous event, this value must be 0x0. Bits 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 - INVENWaveform Output x Inversion These bits are used to select inversion on the output of channel x. Writing a '1' to INVENx inverts output from WO[x]. Writing a '0' to INVENx disables inversion of output from WO[x]. Bits 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 - NRVNRVx Non-Recoverable State x Output Value These bits define the value of the enabled override outputs, under non-recoverable fault condition. Bits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 - NRENon-Recoverable State x Output Enable These bits enable the override of individual outputs by NRVx value, under non-recoverable fault condition. Value Description 0 Non-recoverable fault tri-state the output. 1 Non-recoverable faults set the output to NRVx level. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1672 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications 49.8.8 Debug control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 DBGCTRL 0x1E 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 FDDBD R/W 0 1 0 DBGRUN R/W 0 Bit 2 - FDDBDFault Detection on Debug Break Detection This bit is not affected by software Reset and should not be changed by software while the TCC is enabled. By default this bit is zero, and the on-chip debug (OCD) fault protection is disabled. When this bit is written to `1', OCD break request from the OCD system will trigger non-recoverable fault. When this bit is set, OCD fault protection is enabled and OCD break request from the OCD system will trigger a non-recoverable fault. Value Description 0 No faults are generated when TCC is halted in Debug mode. 1 A non recoverable fault is generated and FAULTD flag is set when TCC is halted in Debug mode. Bit 0 - DBGRUNDebug Running State This bit is not affected by software Reset and should not be changed by software while the TCC is enabled. Value Description 0 The TCC is halted when the device is halted in Debug mode. 1 The TCC continues normal operation when the device is halted in Debug mode. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1673 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications 49.8.9 Event Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit EVCTRL 0x20 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected 31 30 29 28 27 MCEO3 R/W 0 26 MCEO2 R/W 0 25 MCEO1 R/W 0 24 MCEO0 R/W 0 23 22 21 20 19 MCEI3 R/W 0 18 MCEI2 R/W 0 17 MCEI1 R/W 0 16 MCEI0 R/W 0 15 TCEI1 R/W 0 14 TCEI0 R/W 0 13 TCINV1 R/W 0 12 TCINV0 R/W 0 11 10 CNTEO R/W 0 9 TRGEO R/W 0 8 OVFEO R/W 0 5 4 EVACT1[2:0] R/W 0 3 2 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 1 EVACT0[2:0] R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 7 6 CNTSEL[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 24, 25, 26, 27 - MCEOMatch or Capture Channel x Event Output Enable These bits control if the match/capture event on channel x is enabled and will be generated for every match or capture. Value Description 0 Match/capture x event is disabled and will not be generated. 1 Match/capture x event is enabled and will be generated for every compare/capture on channel x. Bits 16, 17, 18, 19 - MCEIMatch or Capture Channel x Event Input Enable These bits indicate if the match/capture x incoming event is enabled These bits are used to enable match or capture input events to the CCx channel of TCC. Value Description 0 Incoming events are disabled. 1 Incoming events are enabled. Bits 14, 15 - TCEITimer/Counter Event Input x Enable This bit is used to enable input event x to the TCC. Value Description 0 Incoming event x is disabled. 1 Incoming event x is enabled. Bits 12, 13 - TCINVTimer/Counter Event x Invert Enable This bit inverts the event x input. Value Description 0 Input event source x is not inverted. 1 Input event source x is inverted. Bit 10 - CNTEOTimer/Counter Event Output Enable This bit is used to enable the counter cycle event. When enabled, an event will be generated on begin or end of counter cycle depending of CNTSEL[1:0] settings. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1674 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications Value 0 1 Description Counter cycle output event is disabled and will not be generated. Counter cycle output event is enabled and will be generated depend of CNTSEL[1:0] value. Bit 9 - TRGEORetrigger Event Output Enable This bit is used to enable the counter retrigger event. When enabled, an event will be generated when the counter retriggers operation. Value Description 0 Counter retrigger event is disabled and will not be generated. 1 Counter retrigger event is enabled and will be generated for every counter retrigger. Bit 8 - OVFEOOverflow/Underflow Event Output Enable This bit is used to enable the overflow/underflow event. When enabled an event will be generated when the counter reaches the TOP or the ZERO value. Value Description 0 Overflow/underflow counter event is disabled and will not be generated. 1 Overflow/underflow counter event is enabled and will be generated for every counter overflow/ underflow. Bits 7:6 - CNTSEL[1:0]Timer/Counter Interrupt and Event Output Selection These bits define on which part of the counter cycle the counter event output is generated. Value Name Description 0x0 BEGIN An interrupt/event is generated at begin of each counter cycle 0x1 END An interrupt/event is generated at end of each counter cycle 0x2 BETWEEN An interrupt/event is generated between each counter cycle. 0x3 BOUNDARY An interrupt/event is generated at begin of first counter cycle, and end of last counter cycle. Bits 5:3 - EVACT1[2:0]Timer/Counter Event Input 1 Action These bits define the action the TCC will perform on TCE1 event input. Value Name Description 0x0 OFF Event action disabled. 0x1 RETRIGGER Start, restart or re-trigger TC on event 0x2 DIR (asynch) Direction control 0x3 STOP Stop TC on event 0x4 DEC Decrement TC on event 0x5 PPW Period captured into CC0 Pulse Width on CC1 0x6 PWP Period captured into CC1 Pulse Width on CC0 0x7 FAULT Non-recoverable Fault Bits 2:0 - EVACT0[2:0]Timer/Counter Event Input 0 Action These bits define the action the TCC will perform on TCE0 event input 0. Value Name Description 0x0 OFF Event action disabled. 0x1 RETRIGGER Start, restart or re-trigger TC on event 0x2 COUNTEV Count on event. 0x3 START Start TC on event 0x4 INC Increment TC on EVENT 0x5 COUNT (async) Count on active state of asynchronous event 0x6 STAMP Capture overflow times (Max value) 0x7 FAULT Non-recoverable Fault (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1675 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications 49.8.10 Interrupt Enable Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENCLR 0x24 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to enable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Set (INTENSET) register. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 MCx3 R/W 0 18 MCx2 R/W 0 17 MCx1 R/W 0 16 MCx0 R/W 0 15 FAULT1 R/W 0 14 FAULT0 R/W 0 13 FAULTB R/W 0 12 FAULTA R/W 0 11 DFS R/W 0 10 UFS R/W 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 ERR R/W 0 2 CNT R/W 0 1 TRG R/W 0 0 OVF R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bits 16, 17, 18, 19 - MCxMatch or Capture Channel x Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the corresponding Match or Capture Channel x Interrupt Disable/Enable bit, which disables the Match or Capture Channel x interrupt. Value Description 0 The Match or Capture Channel x interrupt is disabled. 1 The Match or Capture Channel x interrupt is enabled. Bit 15 - FAULT1Non-Recoverable Fault x Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Non-Recoverable Fault x Interrupt Disable/Enable bit, which disables the NonRecoverable Fault x interrupt. Value Description 0 The Non-Recoverable Fault x interrupt is disabled. 1 The Non-Recoverable Fault x interrupt is enabled. Bit 14 - FAULT0Non-Recoverable Fault x Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Non-Recoverable Fault x Interrupt Disable/Enable bit, which disables the NonRecoverable Fault x interrupt. Value Description 0 The Non-Recoverable Fault x interrupt is disabled. 1 The Non-Recoverable Fault x interrupt is enabled. Bit 13 - FAULTBRecoverable Fault B Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1676 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Recoverable Fault B Interrupt Disable/Enable bit, which disables the Recoverable Fault B interrupt. Value Description 0 The Recoverable Fault B interrupt is disabled. 1 The Recoverable Fault B interrupt is enabled. Bit 12 - FAULTARecoverable Fault A Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Recoverable Fault A Interrupt Disable/Enable bit, which disables the Recoverable Fault A interrupt. Value Description 0 The Recoverable Fault A interrupt is disabled. 1 The Recoverable Fault A interrupt is enabled. Bit 11 - DFSNon-Recoverable Debug Fault Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Debug Fault State Interrupt Disable/Enable bit, which disables the Debug Fault State interrupt. Value Description 0 The Debug Fault State interrupt is disabled. 1 The Debug Fault State interrupt is enabled. Bit 10 - UFSNon-Recoverable Update Fault Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will clear the Non-Recoverable Update Fault Interrupt Disable/Enable bit, which disables the Non-Recoverable Update Fault interrupt. Note: This bit is only available on variant L devices. Refer to the Configuration Summary for more information. Value 0 1 Description The Non-Recoverable Update Fault interrupt is disabled. The Non-Recoverable Update Fault interrupt is enabled. Bit 3 - ERRError Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Error Interrupt Disable/Enable bit, which disables the Compare interrupt. Value Description 0 The Error interrupt is disabled. 1 The Error interrupt is enabled. Bit 2 - CNTCounter Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Counter Interrupt Disable/Enable bit, which disables the Counter interrupt. Value Description 0 The Counter interrupt is disabled. 1 The Counter interrupt is enabled. Bit 1 - TRGRetrigger Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Retrigger Interrupt Disable/Enable bit, which disables the Retrigger interrupt. Value Description 0 The Retrigger interrupt is disabled. 1 The Retrigger interrupt is enabled. Bit 0 - OVFOverflow Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Overflow Interrupt Disable/Enable bit, which disables the Overflow interrupt request. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1677 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications Value 0 1 Description The Overflow interrupt is disabled. The Overflow interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1678 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications 49.8.11 Interrupt Enable Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENSET 0x28 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to enable an interrupt without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Clear (INTENCLR) register. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 MC3 R/W 0 18 MC2 R/W 0 17 MC1 R/W 0 16 MC0 R/W 0 15 FAULT1 R/W 0 14 FAULT0 R/W 0 13 FAULTB R/W 0 12 FAULTA R/W 0 11 DFS R/W 0 10 UFS R/W 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 ERR R/W 0 2 CNT R/W 0 1 TRG R/W 0 0 OVF R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bits 16, 17, 18, 19 - MCMatch or Capture Channel x Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the corresponding Match or Capture Channel x Interrupt Disable/Enable bit, which enables the Match or Capture Channel x interrupt. Value Description 0 The Match or Capture Channel x interrupt is disabled. 1 The Match or Capture Channel x interrupt is enabled. Bit 15 - FAULT1Non-Recoverable Fault x Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Non-Recoverable Fault x Interrupt Disable/Enable bit, which enables the NonRecoverable Fault x interrupt. Value Description 0 The Non-Recoverable Fault x interrupt is disabled. 1 The Non-Recoverable Fault x interrupt is enabled. Bit 14 - FAULT0Non-Recoverable Fault x Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Non-Recoverable Fault x Interrupt Disable/Enable bit, which disables the NonRecoverable Fault x interrupt. Value Description 0 The Non-Recoverable Fault x interrupt is disabled. 1 The Non-Recoverable Fault x interrupt is enabled. Bit 13 - FAULTBRecoverable Fault B Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1679 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Recoverable Fault B Interrupt Disable/Enable bit, which enables the Recoverable Fault B interrupt. Value Description 0 The Recoverable Fault B interrupt is disabled. 1 The Recoverable Fault B interrupt is enabled. Bit 12 - FAULTARecoverable Fault A Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Recoverable Fault A Interrupt Disable/Enable bit, which enables the Recoverable Fault A interrupt. Value Description 0 The Recoverable Fault A interrupt is disabled. 1 The Recoverable Fault A interrupt is enabled. Bit 11 - DFSNon-Recoverable Debug Fault Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Debug Fault State Interrupt Disable/Enable bit, which enables the Debug Fault State interrupt. Value Description 0 The Debug Fault State interrupt is disabled. 1 The Debug Fault State interrupt is enabled. Bit 10 - UFSNon-Recoverable Update Fault Interrupt Enable Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit will set the Non-Recoverable Update Fault Interrupt Disable/Enable bit, which enables the Non-Recoverable Update Fault interrupt. Note: This bit is only available on variant L devices. Refer to the Configuration Summary for more information. Value 0 1 Description The Non-Recoverable Update Fault interrupt is disabled. The Non-Recoverable Update Fault interrupt is enabled. Bit 3 - ERRError Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Error Interrupt Disable/Enable bit, which enables the Compare interrupt. Value Description 0 The Error interrupt is disabled. 1 The Error interrupt is enabled. Bit 2 - CNTCounter Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Retrigger Interrupt Disable/Enable bit, which enables the Counter interrupt. Value Description 0 The Counter interrupt is disabled. 1 The Counter interrupt is enabled. Bit 1 - TRGRetrigger Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Retrigger Interrupt Disable/Enable bit, which enables the Retrigger interrupt. Value Description 0 The Retrigger interrupt is disabled. 1 The Retrigger interrupt is enabled. Bit 0 - OVFOverflow Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Overflow Interrupt Disable/Enable bit, which enables the Overflow interrupt request. Value Description 0 The Overflow interrupt is disabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1680 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications Value 1 Description The Overflow interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1681 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications 49.8.12 Interrupt Flag Status and Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit INTFLAG 0x2C 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 MC3 R/W 0 18 MC2 R/W 0 17 MC1 R/W 0 16 MC0 R/W 0 15 FAULT1 R/W 0 14 FAULT0 R/W 0 13 FAULTB R/W 0 12 FAULTA R/W 0 11 DFS R/W 0 10 UFS R/W 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 ERR R/W 0 2 CNT R/W 0 1 TRG R/W 0 0 OVF R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bits 16, 17, 18, 19 - MCMatch or Capture Channel x Interrupt Flag This flag is set on the next CLK_TCC_COUNT cycle after a match with the compare condition or once CCx register contain a valid capture value. Writing a '0' to one of these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to one of these bits will clear the corresponding Match or Capture Channel x interrupt flag In Capture operation, this flag is automatically cleared when CCx register is read. Bit 15 - FAULT1Non-Recoverable Fault x Interrupt Flag This flag is set on the next CLK_TCC_COUNT cycle after a Non-Recoverable Fault x occurs. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Non-Recoverable Fault x interrupt flag. Bit 14 - FAULT0Non-Recoverable Fault x Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Non-Recoverable Fault x Interrupt Disable/Enable bit, which disables the NonRecoverable Fault x interrupt. Value Description 0 The Non-Recoverable Fault x interrupt is disabled. 1 The Non-Recoverable Fault x interrupt is enabled. Bit 13 - FAULTBRecoverable Fault B Interrupt Flag This flag is set on the next CLK_TCC_COUNT cycle after a Recoverable Fault B occurs. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Recoverable Fault B interrupt flag. Bit 12 - FAULTARecoverable Fault A Interrupt Flag This flag is set on the next CLK_TCC_COUNT cycle after a Recoverable Fault B occurs. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Recoverable Fault B interrupt flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1682 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications Bit 11 - DFSNon-Recoverable Debug Fault State Interrupt Flag This flag is set on the next CLK_TCC_COUNT cycle after an Debug Fault State occurs. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Debug Fault State interrupt flag. Bit 10 - UFSNon-Recoverable Update Fault This flag is set when the RAMP index changes and the Lock Update bit is set (CTRLBSET.LUPD). Writing a zero to this bit has no effect. Writing a one to this bit clears the Non-Recoverable Update Fault interrupt flag. Note: This bit is only available on variant L devices. Refer to the Configuration Summary for more information. Bit 3 - ERRError Interrupt Flag This flag is set if a new capture occurs on a channel when the corresponding Match or Capture Channel x interrupt flag is one. In which case there is nowhere to store the new capture. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the error interrupt flag. Bit 2 - CNTCounter Interrupt Flag This flag is set on the next CLK_TCC_COUNT cycle after a counter event occurs. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the CNT interrupt flag. Bit 1 - TRGRetrigger Interrupt Flag This flag is set on the next CLK_TCC_COUNT cycle after a counter retrigger occurs. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the re-trigger interrupt flag. Bit 0 - OVFOverflow Interrupt Flag This flag is set on the next CLK_TCC_COUNT cycle after an overflow condition occurs. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Overflow interrupt flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1683 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications 49.8.13 Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit STATUS 0x30 0x00000001 - 31 30 29 28 27 CMP3 R/W 0 26 CMP2 R/W 0 25 CMP1 R/W 0 24 CMP0 R/W 0 23 22 21 20 19 CCBUFV3 R/W 0 18 CCBUFV2 R/W 0 17 CCBUFV1 R/W 0 16 CCBUFV0 R/W 0 15 FAULT1 R/W 0 14 FAULT0 R/W 0 13 FAULTB R/W 0 12 FAULTA R/W 0 11 FAULT1IN R 0 10 FAULT0IN R 0 9 FAULTBIN R 0 8 FAULTAIN R 0 7 PERBUFV R/W 0 6 5 PATTBUFV R/W 0 4 SLAVE R 0 3 DFS R/W 0 2 UFS R/W 0 1 IDX R 0 0 STOP R 1 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bits 24, 25, 26, 27 - CMPChannel x Compare Value This bit reflects the channel x output compare value. Value Description 0 Channel compare output value is 0. 1 Channel compare output value is 1. Bits 16, 17, 18, 19 - CCBUFVChannel x Compare or Capture Buffer Valid For a compare channel, this bit is set when a new value is written to the corresponding CCBUFx register. The bit is cleared either by writing a '1' to the corresponding location when CTRLB.LUPD is set, or automatically on an UPDATE condition. For a capture channel, the bit is set when a valid capture value is stored in the CCBUFx register. The bit is automatically cleared when the CCx register is read. Bits 14, 15 - FAULTNon-recoverable Fault x State This bit is set by hardware as soon as non-recoverable Fault x condition occurs. This bit is cleared by writing a one to this bit and when the corresponding FAULTxIN status bit is low. Once this bit is clear, the timer/counter will restart from the last COUNT value. To restart the timer/counter from BOTTOM, the timer/counter restart command must be executed before clearing the corresponding STATEx bit. For further details on timer/counter commands, refer to available commands description (49.8.3 CTRLBSET.CMD). Bit 13 - FAULTBRecoverable Fault B State This bit is set by hardware as soon as recoverable Fault B condition occurs. This bit can be clear by hardware when Fault B action is resumed, or by writing a '1' to this bit when the corresponding FAULTBIN bit is low. If software halt command is enabled (FAULTB.HALT=SW), clearing this bit will release the timer/counter. Bit 12 - FAULTARecoverable Fault A State This bit is set by hardware as soon as recoverable Fault A condition occurs. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1684 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications This bit can be clear by hardware when Fault A action is resumed, or by writing a '1' to this bit when the corresponding FAULTAIN bit is low. If software halt command is enabled (FAULTA.HALT=SW), clearing this bit will release the timer/counter. Bit 11 - FAULT1INNon-Recoverable Fault 1 Input This bit is set while an active Non-Recoverable Fault 1 input is present. Bit 10 - FAULT0INNon-Recoverable Fault 0 Input This bit is set while an active Non-Recoverable Fault 0 input is present. Bit 9 - FAULTBINRecoverable Fault B Input This bit is set while an active Recoverable Fault B input is present. Bit 8 - FAULTAINRecoverable Fault A Input This bit is set while an active Recoverable Fault A input is present. Bit 7 - PERBUFVPeriod Buffer Valid This bit is set when a new value is written to the PERBUF register. This bit is automatically cleared by hardware on UPDATE condition when CTRLB.LUPD is set, or by writing a '1' to this bit. Bit 5 - PATTBUFVPattern Generator Value Buffer Valid This bit is set when a new value is written to the PATTBUF register. This bit is automatically cleared by hardware on UPDATE condition when CTRLB.LUPD is set, or by writing a '1' to this bit. Bit 4 - SLAVESlave This bit is set when TCC is set in Slave mode. This bit follows the CTRLA.MSYNC bit state. Bit 3 - DFSDebug Fault State This bit is set by hardware in Debug mode when DDBGCTRL.FDDBD bit is set. The bit is cleared by writing a '1' to this bit and when the TCC is not in Debug mode. When the bit is set, the counter is halted and the Waveforms state depend on DRVCTRL.NRE and DRVCTRL.NRV registers. Bit 2 - UFSNon-recoverable Update Fault State This bit is set by hardware when the RAMP index changes and the Lock Update bit is set (CTRLBSET.LUPD). The bit is cleared by writing a one to this bit. When the bit is set, the waveforms state depend on DRVCTRL.NRE and DRVCTRL.NRV registers. Bit 1 - IDXRamp Index In RAMP2 and RAMP2A operation, the bit is cleared during the cycle A and set during the cycle B. In RAMP1 operation, the bit always reads zero. For details on ramp operations, refer to 49.6.3.4 Ramp Operations. Bit 0 - STOPStop This bit is set when the TCC is disabled either on a STOP command or on an UPDATE condition when One-Shot operation mode is enabled (CTRLBSET.ONESHOT=1). This bit is clear on the next incoming counter increment or decrement. Value Description 0 Counter is running. 1 Counter is stopped. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1685 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications 49.8.14 Counter Value Name: Offset: Reset: Property: COUNT 0x34 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Write-Synchronized, Read-Synchronized Note: Prior to any read access, this register must be synchronized by user by writing the according TCC Command value to the Control B Set register (CTRLBSET.CMD=READSYNC). Bit 31 30 29 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 28 27 26 25 24 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 20 19 COUNT[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 11 COUNT[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 4 3 COUNT[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bits 23:0 - COUNT[23:0]Counter Value These bits hold the value of the Counter register. Note: When the TCC is configured as 16-bit timer/counter, the excess bits are read zero. Note: This bit field occupies the MSB of the register, [23:m]. m is dependent on the Resolution bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.RESOLUTION): CTRLA.RESOLUTION Bits [23:m] 0x0 - NONE 0x1 - DITH4 0x2 - DITH5 0x3 - DITH6 23:0 (depicted) 23:4 23:5 23:6 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1686 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications 49.8.15 Pattern Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset PATT 0x38 0x0000 Write-Synchronized 15 PGV7 R/W 0 14 PGV6 R/W 0 13 PGV5 R/W 0 12 PGV4 R/W 0 11 PGV3 R/W 0 10 PGV2 R/W 0 9 PGV1 R/W 0 8 PGV0 R/W 0 7 PGE7 R/W 0 6 PGE6 R/W 0 5 PGE5 R/W 0 4 PGE4 R/W 0 3 PGE3 R/W 0 2 PGE2 R/W 0 1 PGE1 R/W 0 0 PGE0 R/W 0 Bits 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 - PGVPattern Generation Output Value This register holds the values of pattern for each waveform output. Bits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 - PGEPattern Generation Output Enable This register holds the enable status of pattern generation for each waveform output. A bit written to '1' will override the corresponding SWAP output with the corresponding PGVn value. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1687 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications 49.8.16 Waveform Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit WAVE 0x3C 0x00000000 Write-Synchronized 31 30 29 28 27 SWAP3 R/W 0 26 SWAP2 R/W 0 25 SWAP1 R/W 0 24 SWAP0 R/W 0 23 22 21 POL5 R/W 0 20 POL4 R/W 0 19 POL3 R/W 0 18 POL2 R/W 0 17 POL1 R/W 0 16 POL0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 11 CICCEN3 R/W 0 10 CICCEN2 R/W 0 9 CICCEN1 R/W 0 8 CICCEN0 R/W 0 7 CIPEREN R/W 0 6 5 4 3 2 1 WAVEGEN[2:0] R/W 0 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset RAMP[1:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 24, 25, 26, 27 - SWAPSwap DTI Output Pair x Setting these bits enables output swap of DTI outputs [x] and [x+WO_NUM/2]. Note the DTIxEN settings will not affect the swap operation. Bits 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 - POLChannel Polarity x Setting these bits enables the output polarity in single-slope and dual-slope PWM operations. Value Name Description 0 (single-slope PWM waveform Compare output is initialized to ~DIR and set to DIR when TCC generation) counter matches CCx value 1 (single-slope PWM waveform Compare output is initialized to DIR and set to ~DIR when TCC generation) counter matches CCx value. 0 (dual-slope PWM waveform Compare output is set to ~DIR when TCC counter matches CCx generation) value 1 (dual-slope PWM waveform Compare output is set to DIR when TCC counter matches CCx generation) value. Bits 8, 9, 10, 11 - CICCENCircular CC Enable x Setting this bits enables the compare circular buffer option on the first four Compare/Capture channels. When the bit is set, CCx register value is copied-back into the CCx register on UPDATE condition. Bit 7 - CIPERENCircular Period Enable Setting this bits enable the period circular buffer option. When the bit is set, the PER register value is copied-back into the PERB register on UPDATE condition. Bits 5:4 - RAMP[1:0]Ramp Operation These bits select Ramp operation (RAMP). These bits are not synchronized. Value Name Description 0x0 RAMP1 RAMP1 operation 0x1 RAMP2A Alternative RAMP2 operation (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1688 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications Value 0x2 0x3 0x4 Name RAMP2 RAMP2C - Description RAMP2 operation Critical RAMP2 operation Reserved Bits 2:0 - WAVEGEN[2:0]Waveform Generation Operation These bits select the waveform generation operation. The settings impact the top value and control if frequency or PWM waveform generation should be used. These bits are not synchronized. Value Name Description Operation Top Update Waveform Output On Match Waveform Output On Update OVFIF/Event Up Down 0x0 NFRQ Normal Frequency PER TOP/Zero Toggle Stable TOP Zero 0x1 MFRQ Match Frequency CC0 TOP/Zero Toggle Stable TOP Zero 0x2 NPWM Normal PWM PER TOP/Zero Set Clear TOP Zero 0x3 Reserved - - - - - - - 0x4 DSCRITICAL Dual-slope PWM PER Zero ~DIR Stable - Zero 0x5 DSBOTTOM Dual-slope PWM PER Zero ~DIR Stable - Zero 0x6 DSBOTH Dual-slope PWM PER TOP & Zero ~DIR Stable TOP Zero 0x7 DSTOP Dual-slope PWM PER Zero ~DIR Stable TOP - (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1689 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications 49.8.17 Period Value Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit PER 0x40 0xFFFFFFFF Write-Synchronized 31 30 29 28 23 22 21 20 27 26 25 24 19 18 17 16 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 11 10 9 8 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 1 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 Access Reset Bit PER[17:10] Access Reset Bit R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 15 14 13 12 PER[9:2] Access Reset Bit R/W 1 7 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 6 5 4 3 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 PER[1:0] Access Reset R/W 1 2 DITHER[5:0] R/W R/W 1 1 Bits 23:6 - PER[17:0]Period Value These bits hold the value of the TCC period count. Note: When the TCC is configured as 16-bit timer/counter, the excess bits are read zero. Note: This bit field occupies the MSB of the register, [23:m]. m is dependent on the Resolution bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.RESOLUTION): CTRLA.RESOLUTION Bits [23:m] 0x0 - NONE 0x1 - DITH4 0x2 - DITH5 0x3 - DITH6 23:0 23:4 23:5 23:6 (depicted) Bits 5:0 - DITHER[5:0]Dithering Cycle Number These bits hold the number of extra cycles that are added on the PWM pulse period every 64 PWM frames. Note: This bit field consists of the n LSB of the register. n is dependent on the value of the Resolution bits in the Control A register (CTRLA.RESOLUTION): CTRLA.RESOLUTION Bits [n:0] 0x0 - NONE 0x1 - DITH4 0x2 - DITH5 0x3 - DITH6 3:0 4:0 5:0 (depicted) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1690 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications 49.8.18 Compare/Capture Channel x Name: Offset: Reset: Property: CC 0x44 + n*0x04 [n=0..5] 0x00000000 Write-Synchronized, Read-Synchronized The CCx register represents the 16-, 24- bit value, CCx. The register has two functions, depending of the mode of operation. For capture operation, this register represents the second buffer level and access point for the CPU and DMA. For compare operation, this register is continuously compared to the counter value. Normally, the output form the comparator is then used for generating waveforms. CCx register is updated with the buffer value from their corresponding CCBUFx register when an UPDATE condition occurs. In addition, in match frequency operation, the CC0 register controls the counter period. Bit 31 30 29 28 23 22 21 20 27 26 25 24 19 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit CC[17:10] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 12 CC[9:2] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 7 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 6 5 4 3 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 CC[1:0] Access Reset R/W 0 2 DITHER[5:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bits 23:6 - CC[17:0]Channel x Compare/Capture Value These bits hold the value of the Channel x compare/capture register. Note: 1. When the TCC is configured as a 16-bit timer/counter, the excess bits are read as zero. 2. This bit field occupies the MSB of the register, [23:m]. m is dependent on the Resolution bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.RESOLUTION): CTRLA.RESOLUTION Bits [23:m] 0x0 - NONE 0x1 - DITH4 0x2 - DITH5 0x3 - DITH6 23:0 23:4 23:5 23:6 (depicted) Bits 5:0 - DITHER[5:0]Dithering Cycle Number These bits hold the number of extra cycles that are added on the PWM pulse width every 64 PWM frames. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1691 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications Note: This bit field consists of the n LSB of the register. n is dependent on the value of the Resolution bits in the Control A register (CTRLA.RESOLUTION): CTRLA.RESOLUTION Bits [n:0] 0x0 - NONE 0x1 - DITH4 0x2 - DITH5 0x3 - DITH6 3:0 4:0 5:0 (depicted) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1692 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications 49.8.19 Pattern Buffer Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset PATTBUF 0x64 0x0000 Write-Synchronized, Read-Synchronized 15 PGVB7 R/W 0 14 PGVB6 R/W 0 13 PGVB5 R/W 0 12 PGVB4 R/W 0 11 PGVB3 R/W 0 10 PGVB2 R/W 0 9 PGVB1 R/W 0 8 PGVB0 R/W 0 7 PGEB7 R/W 0 6 PGEB6 R/W 0 5 PGEB5 R/W 0 4 PGEB4 R/W 0 3 PGEB3 R/W 0 2 PGEB2 R/W 0 1 PGEB1 R/W 0 0 PGEB0 R/W 0 Bits 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 - PGVBPattern Generation Output Value Buffer This register is the buffer for the PGV register. If double buffering is used, valid content in this register is copied to the PGV register on an UPDATE condition. Bits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 - PGEBPattern Generation Output Enable Buffer This register is the buffer of the PGE register. If double buffering is used, valid content in this register is copied into the PGE register at an UPDATE condition. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1693 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications 49.8.20 Period Buffer Value Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit PERBUF 0x6C 0xFFFFFFFF Write-Synchronized, Read-Synchronized 31 30 29 23 22 21 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 15 14 13 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 28 27 26 25 24 18 17 16 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 10 9 8 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 1 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 7 6 PERBUF[1:0] R/W R/W 1 1 20 19 PERBUF[17:10] R/W R/W 1 1 12 11 PERBUF[9:2] R/W R/W 1 1 5 4 R/W 1 R/W 1 3 2 DITHERBUF[5:0] R/W R/W 1 1 Bits 23:6 - PERBUF[17:0]Period Buffer Value These bits hold the value of the Period Buffer register. The value is copied to PER register on UPDATE condition. Note: When the TCC is configured as 16-bit timer/counter, the excess bits are read zero. Note: This bit field occupies the MSB of the register, [23:m]. m is dependent on the Resolution bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.RESOLUTION): CTRLA.RESOLUTION Bits [23:m] 0x0 - NONE 0x1 - DITH4 0x2 - DITH5 0x3 - DITH6 23:0 23:4 23:5 23:6 (depicted) Bits 5:0 - DITHERBUF[5:0]Dithering Buffer Cycle Number These bits represent the PER.DITHER bits buffer. When the double buffering is enabled, the value of this bit field is copied to the PER.DITHER bits on an UPDATE condition. Note: This bit field consists of the n LSB of the register. n is dependent on the value of the Resolution bits in the Control A register (CTRLA.RESOLUTION): CTRLA.RESOLUTION Bits [n:0] 0x0 - NONE 0x1 - DITH4 0x2 - DITH5 0x3 - DITH6 3:0 4:0 5:0 (depicted) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1694 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications 49.8.21 Channel x Compare/Capture Buffer Value Name: Offset: Reset: Property: CCBUF 0x70 + n*0x04 [n=0..5] 0x00000000 Write-Synchronized, Read-Synchronized CCBUFx is copied into CCx at TCC update time Bit 31 30 29 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 28 27 26 25 24 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 7 6 CCBUF[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 20 19 CCBUF[17:10] R/W R/W 0 0 12 11 CCBUF[9:2] R/W R/W 0 0 5 4 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 DITHERBUF[5:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bits 23:6 - CCBUF[17:0]Channel x Compare/Capture Buffer Value These bits hold the value of the Channel x Compare/Capture Buffer Value register. The register serves as the buffer for the associated compare or capture registers (CCx). Accessing this register using the CPU or DMA will affect the corresponding CCBUFVx status bit. Note: 1. When the TCC is configured as a 16-bit timer/counter, the excess bits are read as zero. 2. This bit field occupies the MSB of the register, [23:m]. m is dependent on the Resolution bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.RESOLUTION): CTRLA.RESOLUTION Bits [23:m] 0x0 - NONE 0x1 - DITH4 0x2 - DITH5 0x3 - DITH6 23:0 23:4 23:5 23:6 (depicted) Bits 5:0 - DITHERBUF[5:0]Dithering Buffer Cycle Number These bits represent the CCx.DITHER bits buffer. When the double buffering is enable, DITHERBUF bits value is copied to the CCx.DITHER bits on an UPDATE condition. Note: This bit field consists of the n LSB of the register. n is dependent on the value of the Resolution bits in the Control A register (CTRLA.RESOLUTION): CTRLA.RESOLUTION Bits [n:0] 0x0 - NONE 0x1 - DITH4 0x2 - DITH5 0x3 - DITH6 3:0 4:0 5:0 (depicted) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1695 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PTC - Peripheral Touch Controller 50. 50.1 PTC - Peripheral Touch Controller Overview The Peripheral Touch Controller (PTC) acquires signals in order to detect a touch on the capacitive sensors. The external capacitive touch sensor is typically formed on a PCB, and the sensor electrodes are connected to the analog front end of the PTC through the I/O pins in the device. The PTC supports both self and mutual capacitance sensors. In the Mutual Capacitance mode, sensing is done using capacitive touch matrices in various X-Y configurations, including indium tin oxide (ITO) sensor grids. The PTC requires one pin per X-line and one pin per Y-line. In the Self Capacitance mode, the PTC requires only one pin (Y-line) for each touch sensor. The number of available pins and the assignment of X- and Y-lines is depending on both package type and device configuration. Refer to the Configuration Summary and I/O Multiplexing table for details. Related Links 6. I/O Multiplexing and Considerations 50.2 Features * * * * * * * * * * * * Low-Power, High-Sensitivity, Environmentally Robust Capacitive Touch Buttons, Sliders, and Wheels Supports Wake-up on Touch from sleep mode Sleep mode Supports Mutual Capacitance and Self Capacitance Sensing - Mix-and-Match Mutual and Self Capacitance Sensors One Pin per Electrode - No External Components Load Compensating Charge Sensing - Parasitic capacitance compensation and adjustable gain for superior sensitivity Zero Drift Over the Temperature and VDDANA Range - Auto calibration and recalibration of sensors Single-shot and free-running Charge Measurement Hardware Noise Filtering and Noise Signal Desynchronization for High Conducted Immunity Selectable channel change delay allows choosing the settling time on a new channel, as required Acquisition-start triggered by command or through auto-triggering feature Low CPU utilization through interrupt on acquisition-complete Using ADC peripheral for signal conversion and acquisition Related Links 6. I/O Multiplexing and Considerations (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1696 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PTC - Peripheral Touch Controller 50.3 Block Diagram Figure 50-1.PTC Block Diagram Mutual Capacitance Input Control Compensation Circuit Y0 RS Y1 Charge Integrator Ym IRQ ADC System 10 Result CX0Y0 X0 X Line Driver X1 C XnYm Xn Figure 50-2.PTC Block Diagram Self Capacitance Input Control Compensation Circuit Y0 Y1 CY0 RS Charge Integrator Ym IRQ ADC System 10 Result CYm X Line Driver 50.4 Signal Description Table 50-1.Signal Description for PTC Name Type Description Y[m:0] Analog Y-line (Input/Output) X[n:0] Digital X-line (Output) Note: The number of X- and Y-lines are device dependent. Refer to Configuration Summary for details. Refer to I/O Multiplexing and Considerations for details on the pin mapping for this peripheral. One signal can be mapped on several pins. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1697 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PTC - Peripheral Touch Controller Related Links 6. I/O Multiplexing and Considerations 50.5 System Dependencies In order to use this peripheral, configure the other components of the system as described in the following sections. 50.5.1 I/O Lines The I/O lines used for analog X- and Y-lines must be connected to external capacitive touch sensor electrodes. External components are not required for normal operation. However, to improve the EMC performance, a series resistor of 1 k or more can be used on X- and Y-lines. 50.5.1.1 Mutual Capacitance Sensor Arrangement A mutual capacitance sensor is formed between two I/O lines - an X electrode for transmitting and Y electrode for sensing. The mutual capacitance between the X and Y electrode is measured by the peripheral touch controller. Figure 50-3.Mutual Capacitance Sensor Arrangement Sensor Capacitance Cx,y MCU X0 X1 Xn Cx0,y0 Cx0,y1 Cx0,ym Cx1,y0 Cx1,y1 Cx1,ym Cxn,y0 Cxn,y1 Cxn,ym PTC PTC Module Module Y0 Y1 Ym 50.5.1.2 Self Capacitance Sensor Arrangement A self capacitance sensor is connected to a single pin on the peripheral touch controller through the Y electrode for sensing the signal. The sense electrode capacitance is measured by the peripheral touch controller. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1698 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PTC - Peripheral Touch Controller Figure 50-4.Self-Capacitance Sensor Arrangement MCU Sensor Capacitance Cy Y0 Cy0 Y1 Cy1 PTC Module Ym Cym For more information about designing the touch sensor, refer to Buttons, Sliders and Wheels Touch Sensor Design Guide. 50.5.2 Analog-Digital Converter (ADC) The PTC is using the ADC for signal conversion and acquisition. The ADC must be enabled and configured appropriately to allow correct behavior of the PTC. Related Links 45. ADC - Analog-to-Digital Converter 50.6 Functional Description In order to access the PTC, the user must use the Atmel|START QTouch(R) Configurator to configure and link the QTouch Library firmware with the application software. QTouch Library can be used to implement buttons, sliders, and wheels in a variety of combinations on a single interface. Figure 50-5.QTouch Library Usage Custom Code Compiler Link Application QTouch Library For more information about QTouch Library, refer to the QTouch Library Peripheral Touch Controller User Guide. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1699 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I2S - Inter-IC Sound Controller 51. 51.1 I2S - Inter-IC Sound Controller Overview The Inter-IC Sound Controller (I2S) provides bidirectional, synchronous and digital audio link with external audio devices. This controller is compliant with the Inter-IC Sound (I2S) bus specification. It supports TDM interface with external multi-slot audio codecs. It also supports PDM interface with external MEMS microphones. The I2S consists of two Clock Units, one Transmit Serializer, and one Receive Serializer, that can be enabled separately, to provide Master, Slave, or controller modes. The pins associated with I2S peripheral are SDO,SDI, FSn, SCKn, and MCKn pins. Peripheral DMAC channels, separate for each Serializer, allow a continuous high bitrate data transfer without processor intervention to the following: * * * * Audio codecs in Master, Slave, or Controller mode Stereo DAC or ADC through dedicated I2S serial interface Multi-slot or multiple stereo DACs or ADCs, using the TDM format Mono or stereo MEMS microphones, using the PDM interface Each Serializer supports using either a single DMAC channel for all data channels, or two separate DMAC channels for different data channels. The I2S supports 8-bit and 16-bit compact stereo format. This helps in reducing the required DMA bandwidth by transferring the left and right samples within the same data word. Usually, an external audio codec or digital signal processor (DSP) requires a clock which is a multiple of the sampling frequency fs (for example, 384xfs). The I2S peripheral in Master Mode and Controller mode is capable of outputting an output clock ranging from 16xfs to 1024xfs on the Master Clock pin (MCKn). The Master Clock pin cannot output a clock signal when in Slave Mode. 51.2 Features * * * * * Compliant with Inter-IC Sound (I2S) bus specification Supported data formats: - 32-, 24-, 20-, 18-, 16-, and 8-bit mono or stereo format - 16- and 8-bit compact stereo format, with left and right samples packed in the same word to reduce data transfers Supported data frame formats: - 2-channel I2S with Word Select - 1- to 8-slot Time Division Multiplexed (TDM) with Frame Sync and individually enabled slots - 1- or 2-channel Pulse Density Modulation (PDM) reception for MEMS microphones - 1-channel burst transfer with non-periodic Frame Sync 2 independent Clock Units handling either the same clock or separate clocks for the Serializers: - Suitable for a wide range of sample frequencies fs, including 32kHz, 44.1kHz, 48kHz, 88.2kHz, 96kHz, and 192kHz - 16xfs to 1024xfs Master Clock generated for external audio CODECs Master, slave, and controller modes: - Master: Data received/transmitted based on internally-generated clocks. Output Serial Clock on SCKn pin, Master Clock on MCKn pin, and Frame Sync Clock on FSn pin - Slave: Data received/transmitted based on external clocks on Serial Clock pin (SCKn) or Master Clock pin (MCKn) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1700 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I2S - Inter-IC Sound Controller - Controller: Only output internally generated Master clock (MCKn), Serial Clock (SCKn), and Frame Sync Clock (FSn) Individual enabling and disabling of Clock Units and Serializers DMA interfaces for each Serializer receiver or transmitter to reduce processor overhead: - Either one DMA channel for all data slots or - One DMA channel per data channel in stereo Smart Data Holding register management to avoid data slots mix after overrun or underrun * * * 51.3 Block Diagram Figure 51-1.I2S Block Diagram I2S 2 Generic clocks GCLK_I2S_0 GCLK_I2S_1 Power Manager MCKn APB clock CLK_I2S_APB Rx DMA Controller Tx Interrupt Controller 51.4 SCKn FSn PORT Peripheral Bus Interface Peripheral Bus Bridge APB 2 Clock Units SDO Transmit Serializer Serializers and Receive Serializer SDI IRQ Signal Description Table 51-1. Pin Name Pin Description Type MCKn Master Clock for Clock Unit n Input/Output SCKn Serial Clock for Clock Unit n Input/Output FSn I2S Input/Output SDO Serial Data Output for Transmit Serializer Output SDI Serial Data Input for Receive Serializer Input Word Select or TDM Frame Sync for Clock Unit n Note: One signal can be mapped on several pins. Related Links 6. I/O Multiplexing and Considerations (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1701 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I2S - Inter-IC Sound Controller 51.5 Product Dependencies In order to use this module, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described below. 51.5.1 I/O Lines Using the I2S I/O lines requires the I/O pins to be configured. The I2S pins may be multiplexed with I/O Controller lines. The user must first program the I/O Controller to assign the desired I2S pins to their peripheral function. If the I2S I/O lines are not used by the application, they can be used for other purposes by the I/O Controller. It is required to enable only the I2S inputs and outputs actually in use. Related Links 32. PORT - I/O Pin Controller 51.5.2 Power Management The I2S will continue to operate in any sleep mode where the selected source clocks are running. 51.5.3 Clocks The clock for the I2S bus interface (CLK_I2S_APB) is generated by the Power Manager. This clock is disabled at reset, and can be enabled in the Power Manager. It is recommended to disable the I2S before disabling the clock, to avoid freezing the I2S in an undefined state. There are two generic clocks, GCLK_I2S_0 and GCLK_I2S_1, connected to the I2S peripheral, one for each I2S clock unit. The generic clocks (GCLK_I2S_n, n=0..1) can be set to a wide range of frequencies and clock sources. The GCLK_I2S_n must be enabled and configured before use. The GCLK_I2S_n clocks must be enabled and configured before triggering Software Reset, so that the logic in all clock domains can be reset. The generic clocks are only used in Master mode and Controller mode. In Master mode, the clock from clock unit 0 can be used for both Serializers to handle synchronous transfers, or a separate clock from different clock units can be used for each Serializer to handle transfers on non-related clocks. Related Links 14. GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 51.5.4 DMA The DMA request lines are connected to the DMA Controller (DMAC). Using the I2S DMA requests requires the DMA Controller to be configured first. Related Links 22. DMAC - Direct Memory Access Controller 51.5.5 Interrupts The interrupt request line is connected to the interrupt controller. Using I2S interrupts requires the interrupt controller to be configured first. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 51.5.6 Events Not applicable. 51.5.7 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in Debug mode, this peripheral will continue normal operation. If the peripheral is configured to require periodical service by the CPU through interrupts or similar, improper operation or data loss may result during debugging. This peripheral can be forced to halt operation during debugging. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1702 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I2S - Inter-IC Sound Controller 51.5.8 Register Access Protection Registers with write access can be optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC), except for the following: * * * DATAm INTFLAG SYNCBUSY Note: Optional write protection is indicated by the "PAC Write Protection" property in the register description. Write protection does not apply for accesses through an external debugger. 51.5.9 Analog Connections Not applicable. 51.6 Functional Description 51.6.1 Principle of Operation The I2S uses three or four communication lines for synchronous data transfer: * * * * * SDO output for Transmit Serializer SDI input for Receive Serializer SCKn for the serial clock in Clock Unit n (n=0..1) FSn for the frame synchronization or I2S word select, identifying the beginning of each frame Optionally, MCKn to output an oversampling clock to an external codec I2S data transfer is frame based, where a serial frame: * * Starts with the frame synchronization active edge, and Consists of 1 to 8 data slots, that are 8-, 16-, 24-, or 32-bit wide. Each data slot is used to transfer one data sample of 8, 16, 18, 20, 24 or 32 bits. Frame based data transfer is described in the following figure: (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1703 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I2S - Inter-IC Sound Controller Figure 51-2.Data Format: Frames, Slot, Bits and Clocks I2S supports multiple data formats such as: * * 32-, 24-, 20-, 18-, 16-, and 8-bit mono or stereo format 16- and 8-bit compact stereo format, with left and right samples packed in the same word to reduce data transfers In mono format, Transmit mode, data written to the left channel is duplicated to the right output channel. In mono format, Receiver mode, data received from the right channel is ignored and data received from the left channel is duplicated in to the right channel. In mono format, TDM Transmit mode with more than two slots, data written to the even-numbered slots is duplicated in to the following odd-numbered slot. In mono format, TDM Receiver mode with more than two slots, data received from the even-numbered slots is duplicated in to the following odd-numbered slot. Mono format can be enabled by writing a '1' to the MONO bit in the Serializer m Control register (SERCTRLm.MONO). I2S support different data frame formats: * * * * 2-channel I2S with Word Select 1- to 8-slot Time Division Multiplexed (TDM) with Frame Sync and individually enabled slots 1- or 2-channel Pulse Density Modulation (PDM) reception for MEMS microphones 1-channel burst transfer with non-periodic Frame Sync In 2 channel I2S mode, number of slots configured is one or two and successive data words corresponds to left and right channel. Left and right channel are identified by polarity of Word Select signal (FSn signal). Each frame consists of one or two data word(s). In the case of compact stereo format, the number of slots can be one. When 32-bit slot size is used, the number of slots can be two. In TDM format, number slots can be configured up to 8 slots. If 4 slots are configured, each frame consists of 4 data words. In PDM format, continuous 1-bit data samples are available on the SDI line for each SCKn rising and SCKn falling edge as in case of a MEMS microphone with PDM interface. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1704 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I2S - Inter-IC Sound Controller 1-channel burst transfer with non-periodic Frame Sync mode is useful typically for passing control non-auto data as in case of DSP. In Burst mode, a single Data transfer starts at each Frame Sync pulse, and these pulses are 1-bit wide and occur only when a Data transfer is requested. Sections 51.6.4 I2S Format - Reception and Transmission Sequence with Word Select, 51.6.5 TDM Format Reception and Transmission Sequence and 51.7 I2S Application Examples describe more about frame/data formats and register settings required for different I2S applications. Figure 51-3.I2S Functional Block Diagram MCK0 SCK0 FS0 Transmit Serializer GCLK_I2S_0 Tx Word FSM Tx Frame Sequencer Clock Unit 0 TXCTRL CLKCTRL0 APB / DMA Interface Receive Serializer RXDATA GCLK_I2S_1 Rx Frame Sequencer Clock Unit 1 MCK1 SCK1 Rx Word Formatting RXCTRL CLKCTRL1 SDO Tx Word Formatting TXDATA CLK_I2S_APB Tx Word Serializer Rx Word FSM Rx Word Serializer SDI FS1 51.6.1.1 Initialization The I2S features two Clock Units, one Transmit Serializer, and One Receive Serializer. The Transmit Serializer uses Clock Unit 0, while the Receive Serializer can either share the same Clock Unit 0 or use the Clock Unit 1. Before enabling the I2S, the following registers must be configured: * * Clock Control registers (CLKCTRLn) Serializer Control registers (TXCTRL and/or RXCTRL) In Master mode, one of the generic clocks for the I2S must also be configured to operate at the required frequency, as described in 51.6.1 Principle of Operation. * * * * fs is the sampling frequency that defines the frame period CLKCTRLn.NBSLOTS defines the number of slots in each frame CLKCTRLn.SLOTSIZE defines the number of bits in each slot SCKn frequency must be fSCKn = fs x number_of_slots x number_of_bits_per_slot) Once the configuration has been written, the I2S Clock Units and Serializers can be enabled by writing a '1' to the CKENn, TXEN, and/or RXEN bits and to the ENABLE bit in the Control register (CTRLA). The Clock Unit n can be enabled alone, in Controller Mode, to output clocks to the MCKn, SCKn, and FSn pins. The Clock Units must be enabled if Serializers are enabled. The Clock Units, the Transmit Serializer and the Receive Serializer can be disabled independently by writing a '0' to CTRLA.CKENn, CTRLA.TXEN, and CTRLA.RXEN, respectively. Once requested to stop, they will only stop when the pending transmit frames will be completed, if any. When requested to stop, the ongoing reception of the current slot will be completed and then the Serializer will be stopped. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1705 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I2S - Inter-IC Sound Controller Example 51-1.Example Requirements: fs=48kHz, MCKn=384xfs If a 384xfs MCKn Master Clock is required (i.e. 18.432MHz), the I2S generic clock could run at 18.432MHz with a Master Clock Output Division Factor of 1 (selected by writing CLKCTRLn.MCKOUTDIV=0x0) in order to obtain the desired MCKn frequency. When using 6 slots per frame (CLKCTRLn.NBSLOTS=0x5) and 32-bit slots (CLKCTRLn.SLOTSIZE=0x3), the desired SCKn frequency is fSCKn = 48kHz x 6 x 32 = 9.216MHz This frequency can be achieved by dividing the I2S generic clock output of 18.432MHz by factor 2: Writing CLKCTRLn.MCKDIV=0x1 will select the correct division factor and output the desired SCKn frequency of 9.216MHz to the SCKn pin. If MCKn is not required, the generic clock could be set to 9.216MHz and CLKCTRLn.MCKDIV=0x0. 51.6.2 Basic Operation The Receiver can be operated by reading the Receive Data Holding register (RXDATA), whenever the Receive Ready m bit in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.RXRDYm) is set. Successive values read from the RXDATA register will correspond to the samples from the left and right audio channels. In TDM mode, the successive values read from RXDATA correspond to the first slot to the last slot. For instance, if I2S is configured in TDM mode with 4 slots in a frame, then successive values written to RXDATA register correspond to first, second, third, and fourth slot. The number of slots in TDM is configured in CLKCTRLn.NBSLOTS. The Transmitter can be operated by writing to the Transmit Data Holding register (TXDATA), whenever the Transmit Ready m bit in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.TXRDYm) is set. Successive values written to TXDATA register should correspond to the samples from the left and right audio channels. In TDM mode, the successive values written to TXDATA correspond to the first, second, third, slot to the last slot. The number of slots in TDM is configured in CLKCTRLn.NBSLOTS. The Receive Ready and Transmit Ready bits can be polled by reading the INTFLAG register. The processor load can be reduced by enabling interrupt-driven operation. The RXRDYm and/or TXRDYm interrupt requests can be enabled by writing a '1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable register (INTENSET). The interrupt service routine associated to the I2S interrupt request will then be executed whenever Receive Ready or Transmit Ready status bits are set. The processor load can be reduced further by enabling DMA-driven operation. Then, the DMA channels support up to four trigger sources from the I2S peripheral. These four trigger sources in DMAC channel are * I2S RX 0, * I2S RX 1, * I2S TX 0, and * I2S TX 1. For further reference, these are called I2S_DMAC_ID_RX_m and I2S_DMAC_ID_TX_m triggers (m=0..1). By using these trigger sources, one DMA data transfer will be executed whenever the Receive Ready or Transmit Ready status bits are set. 51.6.2.1 Master Clock, Serial Clock, and Frame Sync Generation The generation of clocks in the I2S is described in the next figure. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1706 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I2S - Inter-IC Sound Controller Figure 51-4.I2S Clocks Generation 51.6.2.1.1 Slave Mode In Slave mode, the Serial Clock and Frame Sync (Word Select in I2S mode and Frame Sync in TDM mode) are driven by an external master. SCKn and FSn pins are inputs and no generic clock is required by the I2S. 51.6.2.1.2 Master Mode and Controller Mode In Master Mode, the Master Clock (MCKn), the Serial Clock (SCKn), and the Frame Sync Clock (FSn) are generated by the I2S controller. The user can configure the Master Clock, Serial Clock, and Word Select Frame Sync signal (Word Select in I2S mode and Frame Sync in TDM mode) using the Clock Unit n Control register (CLKCTRLn). MCKn, SCKn, and FSn pins are outputs and a generic clock is used to derive the I2S clocks. In some applications, audio CODECs connected to the I2S pins may require a Master Clock signal with a frequency multiple of the audio sample frequency fs, such as 256xfs. In Controller mode, only the Clock generation unit needs to be configured by writing to the CTRLA and CLKCTRLn registers, where parameters such as clock division factors, Number of slots, Slot size, Frame Sync signal, clock enable are selected. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1707 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I2S - Inter-IC Sound Controller 51.6.2.1.3 MCKn Clock Frequency When the I2S is in Master mode, writing a '1' to CLKCTRLn.MCKEN will output GCLK_I2S_n as Master Clock to the MCKn pin. The Master Clock to MCKn pin can be divided by writing to CLKCTRLn.MCKSEL and CLKCTRLn.MCKOUTDIV. The Master Clock (MCKn) frequency is GCLK_I2S_n frequency divided by (MCLKOUTDIV +1). MCKn = GCLK_2_ MCKOUTDIV+1 51.6.2.1.4 SCKn Clock Frequency When the Serial Clock (SCKn) is generated from GCLK_I2S_n and both CLKCTRLn.MCKSEL and CLKCTRLn.SCKSEL are zero, the Serial Clock (SCKn) frequency is GCLK_I2S_n frequency divided by (MCKDIV +1). i.e. CKn = GCLK_2_ MCKDIV+1 51.6.2.1.5 Relation Between MCKn, SCKn, and Sampling Frequency fs Based on sampling frequency fs, the SCKn frequency requirement can be calculated: * SCKn frequency: SCKn = x total_number_of_bits_per_frame, * * * * Where total_number_of_bits_per_frame = number_of_slots x number_of_bits_per_slots. The number of slots is selected by writing to the Number of Slots in Frame bit field in the Clock Unit n Control (CLKCTRLn) register: number_of_slots = NBSLOTS + 1. The number of bits per slot (8, 16, 24, or 32 bit) is selected by writing to the Slot Size bit field in CLKCTRLn: . Consequently, SCKn = 8 x x NBSLOTS + 1 x SLOTSIZE + 1 . The clock frequencies SCKn and MCKn are derived from the generic clock frequency GCLK_I2S_n : * * GCLK_I2S_n = SCKn x CLKCTRLn.MCKDIV + 1 = 8 x x NBSLOTS + 1 x SLOTSIZE + 1 x MCKDIV + 1 , and GCLK_I2S_n = MCKn x MCKOUTDIV + 1 . Substituting the right hand sides of the two last equations yields: MCKn = MCKn = GCLK_I2S_n MCKOUTDIV+1 8 SLOTSIZE+1 NBSLOTS+1 MCKDIV+1 MCKOUTDIV+1 If a Master Clock output is not required, the GCLK_I2S generic clock can be configured as SCKn by writing a '0'to CLKCTRLn.MCKDIV. Alternatively, if the frequency of the generic clock is a multiple of the required SCKn frequency, the MCKn-to-SCKn divider can be used with the ratio defined by writing the CLKCTRLn.MCKDIV field. The FSn pin is used as Word Select in I2S format and as Frame Synchronization in TDM format, as described in 51.6.4 I2S Format - Reception and Transmission Sequence with Word Select and 51.6.5 TDM Format - Reception and Transmission Sequence, respectively. 51.6.2.2 Data Holding Registers For both the Transmit and the Receive Serializer, the I2S user interface includes a Data register (TXDATA and RXDATA, respectively). They are used to access data samples for all data slots. 51.6.2.2.1 Data Reception Mode In receiver mode, the RXDATA register stores the received data. When a new data word is available in the RXDATA register, the Receive Ready bit (RXRDYm) in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG) is set. Reading the RXDATA register will clear this bit. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1708 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I2S - Inter-IC Sound Controller A receive overrun condition occurs if a new data word becomes available before the previous data word has been read from the RXDATA register. Then, the Receive Overrun bit in INTFLAG will be set (INTFLAG.RXORm). This interrupt can be cleared by writing a '1' to it. 51.6.2.2.2 Data Transmission Mode In Transmitter mode, the TXDATA register contains the data to be transmitted. when TXDATA is empty, the Transmit Ready bit in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register is set (INTFLAG.TXRDYm). Writing to TXDATA will clear this bit. A transmit underrun condition occurs if data present in TXDATA is sent and no new data is written to TXDATA register before the next time slot. Then, the Transmit Underrun bit in INTFLAG will be set (INTFLAG.TXURm). This interrupt can be cleared by writing a '1' to it. The Transmit Data when Underrun bit in the Tx Serializer Control register (TXCTRL.TXSAME) configures whether a zero data word is transmitted in case of underrun (TXCTRL.TXSAME=0), or the previous data word for the current transmit slot number is transmitted again (TXCTRL.TXSAME=1). 51.6.3 Master, Controller, and Slave Modes In Master and Controller modes, the I2S provides the Serial Clock, a Word Select/Frame Sync signal and optionally a Master Clock. In Controller mode, the I2S Serializers are disabled. Only the clocks are enabled and output for external receivers and/or transmitters. In Slave mode, the I2S receives the Serial Clock and the Word Select/Frame Sync Signal from an external master. SCKn and FSn pins are inputs. 51.6.4 I2S Format - Reception and Transmission Sequence with Word Select As specified in the I2S protocol, data bits are left-adjusted in the Word Select slot, with the MSB transmitted first, starting one clock period after the transition on the Word Select line. Figure 51-5.I2S Reception and Transmission Sequence Bit Serial Clock SCKn Word Select FSn Data SDO/SDI MSB LSB Left Channel MSB Right Channel Data bits are sent on the falling edge of the Serial Clock and sampled on the rising edge of the Serial Clock. The Word Select line indicates the channel in transmission, a low level for the left channel and a high level for the right channel. In I2S format, typical configurations are described below. These configurations do not list all necessary settings, but only basic ones. Other configuration settings are to be done as per requirement such as clock and DMA configurations. Case 1: I2S 16-bit compact stereo receiver * Slot size configured as 16 bits (CLKCTRL0.SLOTSIZE = 0x1) * Number of slots configured as 2 (CLKCTRL0.NBSLOTS = 0x1) * Data size configured as 16-bit compact stereo (RXCTRL.DATASIZE = 0x05) * Data delay from Frame Sync configured as 1-bit delay (CLKCTRLn.BITDELAY = 0x01) * Frame Sync Width configured as HALF frame (CLKCTRLn.FSWIDTH = 0x01) Case 2: I2S 24-bit stereo Transmitterwith 24-bit slot * Slot size configured as 24 bits (CLKCTRL0.SLOTSIZE = 0x2) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1709 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I2S - Inter-IC Sound Controller * * * * Number of slots configured as 2 (CLKCTRL0.NBSLOTS = 0x1) Data size configured as 24 bits (TXCTRL.DATASIZE = 0x01) Data delay from Frame Sync configured as 1-bit delay (CLKCTRLn.BITDELAY = 0x01) Frame Sync Width configured as HALF frame (CLKCTRLn.FSWIDTH = 0x01) In both cases, it will ensure that Word select signal is 'low level' for the left channel and 'high level' for the right channel. The length of transmitted words can be chosen among 8, 16, 18, 20, 24, and 32 bits by writing the Data Word Size bit group in the Serializer Control register (RXCTRL.DATASIZE or TXCTRL.DATASIZE, respectively). If the slot allows for more data bits than the number of bits specified in the respective DATASIZE field, additional bits are appended to the transmitted or received data word as specified in the RXCTRL/TXCTRL.EXTEND field. If the slot allows less data bits than programmed, the extra bits are not transmitted, or received data word is extended based on the EXTEND field value. 51.6.5 TDM Format - Reception and Transmission Sequence In Time Division Multiplexed (TDM) format, the number of data slots sent or received within each frame will be (CLKCTRLn.NBSLOTS + 1). By configuring the CLKCTRLn register (CLKCTRLn.FSWIDTH and CLKCTRLn.FSINV), the Frame Sync pulse width and polarity can be modified. By configuring RXCTRL and/or TXCTRL, data bits can be left-adjusted or right-adjusted in the slot. It can also configure the data transmission/reception with either the MSB or the LSB transmitted/received first and starting the transmission/reception either at the transition of the FSn pin or one clock period after. Figure 51-6.TDM Format Reception and Transmission Sequence Data bits are sent on the falling edge of the Serial Clock and sampled on the rising edge of the Serial Clock. The FSn pin provides a frame synchronization signal, at the beginning of slot 0. The delay between the frame start and the first data bit is defined by writing the CLKCTRLn.BITDELAY field. The Frame Sync pulse can be either one SCKn period (BIT), one slot (SLOT), or one half frame (HALF). This selection is done by writing the CLKCTRLn.FSWIDTH field. The number of slots is selected by writing the CLKCTRLn.NBSLOTS field. The number of bits in each slot is selected by writing the CLKCTRLn.SLOTSIZE field. The length of transmitted words can be chosen among 8, 16, 18, 20, 24, and 32 bits by writing the DATASIZE field in the Serializer Control register (RXCTRL and/or TXCTRL). If the slot allows more data bits than the number of bits specified in the RXCTRL. and/or TXCTRL.DATASIZE bit field, additional bits are appended to the transmitted or received data word as specified in the RXCTRL. and/or TXCTRL.EXTEND bit field. If the slot allows less data bits than programmed, the extra bits are not transmitted, or received data word is extended based on the EXTEND field value. 51.6.6 PDM Reception In Pulse Density Modulation (PDM) reception mode, continuous 1-bit data samples are available on the SDI line on each SCKn rising edge, e.g. by a MEMS microphone with PDM interface. When using two channel PDM microphones, the second one (right channel) is configured to output data on each SCKn falling edge. For one PDM microphone, the I2S controller should be configured in normal Receive mode with one slot and 16- or 32-bit data size, so that 16 or 32 samples of the microphone are stored into each data word. For two PDM microphones, the I2S controller should be configured in PDM2 mode with one slot and 32-bit data size. The Rx Serializer will store 16 samples of each microphone in one half of the data word, with left microphone bits in lower half and right microphone bits in upper half, like in compact stereo format. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1710 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I2S - Inter-IC Sound Controller Based on oversampling frequency requirement from PDM microphone, the SCKn frequency must be configured in the I2S controller. A microphone that requires a sampling frequency of fs = 48 kHz and an oversampling frequency of fo=64 x fs would require an SCKn frequency of 3.072 MHz. After selecting a proper frequency for GCLK_I2S_n and according Master Clock Division Factor in the Clock Unit n Control register (CLKCTRLn.MCKDIV), SCKn must be selected as per required frequency. In PDM mode, only the clock and data line (SCKn and SDIn) pins are used. To configure PDM2 mode, set SLOTSIZE = 0x01 (16-bits), NBSLOTS = 0x00 (1 slots) and RXCTRL.DATASIZE = 0x00 (32-bit). 51.6.7 Data Formatting Unit To allow more flexibility, data words received by the Receive Serializer will be formatted by the Receive Formatting Unit before being stored into the Data Holding register (DATAm). The data words written into DATAm register will be formatted by the Transmit Formatting Unit before transmission by the Transmit Serializer . The formatting options are defined in RXCTRL and TXCTRL: * * * * 51.6.8 SLOTADJ for left or right justification in the slot BITREV for bit reversal WORDADJ for left or right justification in the data word EXTEND for extension to the word size DMA, Interrupts and Events Table 51-2.Module Request for I2S Condition DMA request DMA request is cleared Interrupt request Receive Ready YES When data is read YES Transmit Ready (Buffer empty) YES When data is written YES Receive Overrun YES Transmit Underrun YES Event input/ output 51.6.8.1 DMA Operation Each Serializer can be connected either to one single DMAC channel or to one DMAC channel per data slot in Stereo mode. This is selected by writing the RXCTRL/TXCTRL.DMA bit. Table 51-3.I2C DMA Request Generation SERCTRLm.DMA 0 1 Mode Slot Parity DMA Request Trigger Receiver all I2S_DMAC_ID_RX_m Transmitter all I2S_DMAC_ID_TX_m Receiver even I2S_DMAC_ID_RX_m odd I2S_DMAC_ID_TX_m even I2S_DMAC_ID_TX_m odd I2S_DMAC_ID_RX_m Transmitter The DMAC reads from the RXDATA register and writes to the TXDATA register for all data slots, successively. The DMAC transfers may use 32-bit, 16-bit, or or 8-bit transactions according to the value of the TXCTRL/ RXCTRL.DATASIZE field. 8-bit compact stereo uses 16-bit and 16-bit compact stereo uses 32-bit transactions. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1711 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I2S - Inter-IC Sound Controller 51.6.8.2 Interrupts The I2S has the following interrupt sources: * * * * Receive Ready (RXRDYm): This is an asynchronous interrupt and can be used to wake-up the device from any sleep mode. Receive Overrun (RXORm): This is an asynchronous interrupt and can be used to wake-up the device from any sleep mode. Transmit Ready (TXRDYm): This is an asynchronous interrupt and can be used to wake-up the device from any sleep mode. Transmit Underrun (TXURm): This is an asynchronous interrupt and can be used to wake-up the device from any sleep mode. Each interrupt source has an interrupt flag associated with it. The interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear (INTFLAG) register is set when the interrupt condition occurs. Each interrupt can be individually enabled by writing a one to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Set (INTENSET) register, and disabled by writing a one to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Clear (INTENCLR) register. An interrupt request is generated when the interrupt flag is set and the corresponding interrupt is enabled. The interrupt request remains active until the interrupt flag is cleared, the interrupt is disabled, or the I2S is reset. Refer to the INTFLAG register for details on how to clear interrupt flags. All interrupt requests from the peripheral are ORed together on system level to generate one combined interrupt request to the NVIC. Refer to the "Nested Vector Interrupt Controller" for details. The user must read the INTFLAG register to determine which interrupt condition is present. Note: Interrupts must be globally enabled for interrupt requests to be generated. Refer to Nested Vector Interrupt Controller for details. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 51.6.8.3 Events Not applicable. 51.6.9 Sleep Mode Operation The I2S continues to operate in all sleep modes that still provide its clocks. 51.6.10 Synchronization Due to asynchronicity between the main clock domain and the peripheral clock domains, some registers need to be synchronized when written or read. When executing an operation that requires synchronization, the corresponding Synchronization Busy bit in the Synchronization Busy register (SYNCBUSY) will be set immediately, and cleared when synchronization is complete. If an operation that requires synchronization is executed while the corresponding SYNCBUSY bit is '1', a peripheral bus error is generated. The following bits are synchronized when written: * * * * Software Reset bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.SWRST). SYNCBUSY.SWRST is set to '1' while synchronization is in progress. Enable bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.ENABLE). SYNCBUSY.ENABLE is set to '1' while synchronization is in progress. Clock Unit x Enable bits in the Control A register (CTRLA.CKENx). SYNCBUSY.CKENx is set to '1' while synchronization is in progress. Serializer Enable bits in the Control A register (CTRLA.TXEN and CTRLA.RXEN). SYNCBUSY.TXEN/RXEN is set to '1' while synchronization is in progress. The following registers require synchronization when read or written: * Transmit Data register (TXDATA) is Write-Synchronized. SYNCBUSY.TXDATA is set to '1' while synchronization is in progress. * Receive Data register (RXDATA) is Read-Synchronized. SYNCBUSY.RXDATA is set to '1' while synchronization is in progress. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1712 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I2S - Inter-IC Sound Controller Synchronization is denoted by the Read-Synchronized or Write-Synchronized property in the register description. 51.6.11 Loop-Back Mode For debugging purposes, the I2S can be configured to loop back the Transmitter to the Receiver. Writing a '1' to the Loop-Back Test Mode bit in the Rx Serializer Control register (RXCTRL.RXLOOP)will connect SDO to SDI, so that transmitted data is also received. Writing RXCTRL.RXLOOP=0 will restore the normal behavior and connection between Receive Serializer and SDI pin input. As for other changes to the Serializers configuration, the Receive Serializer must be disabled before writing the TXCTRL register to update TXCTRL.RXLOOP. 51.7 I2S Application Examples The I2S can support several serial communication modes used in audio or high-speed serial links. Some standard applications are shown in the following figures. Note: The following examples are not a complete list of serial link applications supported by the I2S. Figure 51-7.Audio Application Block Diagram Serial Clock SCKn Word Select I2S FSn Serial Data Out EXTERNAL I2S RECEIVER SDOm Serial Clock Word Select Serial Data Out MSB LSB Left Channel (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet MSB Right Channel DS60001507F-page 1713 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I2S - Inter-IC Sound Controller Figure 51-8.Time Slot Application Block Diagram Figure 51-9.Codec Application Block Diagram (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1714 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I2S - Inter-IC Sound Controller Figure 51-10.PDM Microphones Application Block Diagram MCKn SCKn 64 fs Serial Clock EXTERNAL PDM MICROPHONE for Left Channel 2 IS FSn SDI Serial Data In L/RSEL VDDIO EXTERNAL PDM MICROPHONE for Right Channel L/RSEL GND Serial Clock Serial Data In (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Right Left Right Datasheet Left Right Left Right Left Right DS60001507F-page 1715 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I2S - Inter-IC Sound Controller 51.8 Register Summary Offset Name Bit Pos. 0x00 0x01 ... 0x03 CTRLA 7:0 0x04 CLKCTRL0 CLKCTRL1 0x0C INTENCLR 0x0E ... 0x0F Reserved 0x10 INTENSET 0x12 ... 0x13 Reserved 0x14 INTFLAG 0x16 ... 0x17 Reserved 0x18 SYNCBUSY 0x1A ... 0x1F Reserved TXCTRL 0x24 RXCTRL 0x28 ... 0x2F Reserved 0x30 TXDATA 0x34 RXDATA 51.9 TXEN CKEN1 CKEN0 ENABLE SWRST Reserved 0x08 0x20 RXEN 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 BITDELAY MCKOUTINV FSWIDTH[1:0] MCKEN MCKSEL BITDELAY MCKOUTINV FSWIDTH[1:0] MCKEN MCKSEL NBSLOTS[2:0] SCKSEL FSOUTINV MCKDIV[5:0] MCKOUTDIV[5:0] NBSLOTS[2:0] SCKOUTINV SCKSEL FSOUTINV MCKDIV[5:0] MCKOUTDIV[5:0] RXOR0 TXUR0 SCKOUTINV RXOR1 TXUR1 SLOTSIZE[1:0] FSINV FSSEL SLOTSIZE[1:0] FSINV FSSEL RXRDY1 TXRDY1 RXRDY0 TXRDY0 7:0 15:8 RXOR1 TXUR1 RXOR0 TXUR0 RXRDY1 TXRDY1 RXRDY0 TXRDY0 7:0 15:8 RXOR1 TXUR1 RXOR0 TXUR0 RXRDY1 TXRDY1 RXRDY0 TXRDY0 7:0 15:8 RXEN TXEN ENABLE RXDATA SWRST TXDATA 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 SLOTADJ BITREV SLOTDIS7 EXTEND[1:0] SLOTDIS6 SLOTDIS5 SLOTADJ BITREV SLOTDIS7 EXTEND[1:0] SLOTDIS6 SLOTDIS5 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 CKEN1 TXSAME WORDADJ SLOTDIS4 SLOTDIS3 WORDADJ SLOTDIS4 SLOTDIS3 CKEN0 TXDEFAULT[1:0] CLKSEL DATASIZE[2:0] SLOTDIS1 SLOTDIS0 DMA MONO SERMODE[1:0] DATASIZE[2:0] SLOTDIS2 SLOTDIS1 SLOTDIS0 RXLOOP DMA MONO SLOTDIS2 DATA[7:0] DATA[15:8] DATA[23:16] DATA[31:24] DATA[7:0] DATA[15:8] DATA[23:16] DATA[31:24] Register Description Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16-, and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1716 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I2S - Inter-IC Sound Controller Some registers require synchronization when read and/or written. Synchronization is denoted by the "ReadSynchronized" and/or "Write-Synchronized" property in each individual register description. Some registers are enable-protected, meaning they can only be written when the module is disabled. Enable protection is denoted by the "Enable-Protected" property in each individual register description. Optional write protection by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC) is denoted by the "PAC Write Protection" property in each individual register description. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1717 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I2S - Inter-IC Sound Controller 51.9.1 Control A Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 CTRLA 0x00 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 Access Reset 5 RXEN R/W 0 4 TXEN R/W 0 3 CKEN1 R/W 0 2 CKEN0 R/W 0 1 ENABLE R/W 0 0 SWRST R/W 0 Bit 5 - RXEN Rx Serializer Enable Writing a '0' to this bit will disable the Rx Serializer. Writing a '1' to this bit will enable the Rx Serializer. Value Description 0 The Rx Serializer is disabled. 1 The Rx Serializer is enabled. Bit 4 - TXEN Tx Serializer Enable Writing a '0' to this bit will disable the Tx Serializer. Writing a '1' to this bit will enable the Tx Serializer. Value Description 0 The Tx Serializer is disabled. 1 The Tx Serializer is enabled. Bits 2, 3 - CKENx Clock Unit x Enable [x=1..0] Writing a '0' to this bit will disable the Clock Unit x. Writing a '1' to this bit will enable the Clock Unit x. Value Description 0 The Clock Unit x is disabled. 1 The Clock Unit x is enabled. Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable Writing a '0' to this bit will disable the module. Writing a '1' to this bit will enable the module. Value Description 0 The peripheral is disabled. 1 The peripheral is enabled. Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit resets all registers to their initial state, and the peripheral will be disabled. Writing a '1' to CTRL.SWRST will always take precedence, meaning that all other writes in the same write-operation will be discarded. The I2S generic clocks must be enabled before triggering Software Reset, hence the logic in all clock domains can be reset. Value Description 0 There is no reset operation ongoing. 1 The reset operation is ongoing. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1718 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I2S - Inter-IC Sound Controller 51.9.2 Clock Unit n Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit CLKCTRL 0x04 + n*0x04 [n=0..1] 0x00000000 Enable-Protected, PAC Write-Protection 31 30 Access Reset Bit 23 22 Access Reset Bit 15 MCKOUTINV Access R/W Reset 0 Bit Access Reset 7 BITDELAY R/W 0 14 MCKEN R/W 0 29 28 R/W 0 R/W 0 21 20 R/W 0 R/W 0 13 MCKSEL R/W 0 12 SCKOUTINV R/W 0 11 SCKSEL R/W 0 10 FSOUTINV R/W 0 4 3 NBSLOTS[2:0] R/W 0 2 6 5 FSWIDTH[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 R/W 0 27 26 MCKOUTDIV[5:0] R/W R/W 0 0 19 18 MCKDIV[5:0] R/W R/W 0 0 R/W 0 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 9 FSINV R/W 0 8 FSSEL R/W 0 1 0 SLOTSIZE[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bits 29:24 - MCKOUTDIV[5:0]Master Clock Output Division Factor The generic clock selected by MCKSEL is divided by (MCKOUTDIV + 1) to obtain the Master Clock n output. Bits 21:16 - MCKDIV[5:0]Master Clock Division Factor The Master Clock n is divided by (MCKDIV + 1) to obtain the Serial Clock n. Bit 15 - MCKOUTINVMaster Clock Output Invert Value Description 0 The Master Clock n is output without inversion. 1 The Master Clock n is inverted before being output. Bit 14 - MCKENMaster Clock Enable Note: MCKEN will not enable the clock output when in Slave mode. Value 0 1 Description The Master Clock n division and output is disabled. The Master Clock n division and output is enabled. Bit 13 - MCKSELMaster Clock Select This field selects the source of the Master Clock n. MCKSEL Name Description 0x0 0x1 GCLK MCKPIN GCLK_I2S_n is used as Master Clock n source MCKn input pin is used as Master Clock n source Bit 12 - SCKOUTINVSerial Clock Output Invert Value Description 0 The Serial Clock n is output without inversion. 1 The Serial Clock n is inverted before being output. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1719 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I2S - Inter-IC Sound Controller Bit 11 - SCKSELSerial Clock Select This field selects the source of the Serial Clock n. SCKSEL Name Description 0x0 0x1 MCKDIV SCKPIN Divided Master Clock n is used as Serial Clock n source SCKn input pin is used as Serial Clock n source Bit 10 - FSOUTINVFrame Sync Output Invert Value Description 0 The Frame Sync n is output without inversion. 1 The Frame Sync n is inverted before being output. Bit 9 - FSINVFrame Sync Invert Value Description 0 The Frame Sync n is used without inversion. 1 The Frame Sync n is inverted before being used. Bit 8 - FSSELFrame Sync Select This field selects the source of the Frame Sync n. FSSEL Name Description 0x0 0x1 SCKDIV FSPIN Divided Serial Clock n is used as Frame Sync n source FSn input pin is used as Frame Sync n source Bit 7 - BITDELAYData Delay from Frame Sync BITDELAY Name Description 0x0 0x1 LJ I2S Left Justified (0 Bit Delay) I2S (1 Bit Delay) Bits 6:5 - FSWIDTH[1:0]Frame Sync Width This field selects the duration of the Frame Sync output pulses. When not in Burst mode, the Clock unit n operates in continuous mode when enabled, with periodic Frame Sync pulses and Data samples. In Burst mode, a single Data transfer starts at each Frame Sync pulse; these pulses are 1-bit wide and occur only when a Data transfer is requested. Note that the compact stereo modes (16C and 8C) are not supported in the Burst mode. FSWIDTH[1:0] Name Description 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 Frame Sync Pulse is 1 Slot wide (default for I2S protocol) Frame Sync Pulse is half a Frame wide Frame Sync Pulse is 1 Bit wide Clock Unit n operates in Burst mode, with a 1-bit wide Frame Sync pulse per Data sample, only when Data transfer is requested SLOT HALF BIT BURST Bits 4:2 - NBSLOTS[2:0]Number of Slots in Frame Each Frame for Clock Unit n is composed of (NBSLOTS + 1) Slots. Bits 1:0 - SLOTSIZE[1:0]Slot Size Each Slot for Clock Unit n is composed of a number of bits specified by SLOTSIZE. SLOTSIZE[1:0] Name Description 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 8 16 24 32 8-bit Slot for Clock Unit n 16-bit Slot for Clock Unit n 24-bit Slot for Clock Unit n 32-bit Slot for Clock Unit n (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1720 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I2S - Inter-IC Sound Controller 51.9.3 Interrupt Enable Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit INTENCLR 0x0C 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection 15 14 13 TXUR1 R/W 0 12 TXUR0 R/W 0 11 10 9 TXRDY1 R/W 0 8 TXRDY0 R/W 0 7 6 5 RXOR1 R/W 0 4 RXOR0 R/W 0 3 2 1 RXRDY1 R/W 0 0 RXRDY0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bits 12, 13 - TXURx Transmit Underrun x Interrupt Enable [x=1..0] Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Transmit Underrun x Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Transmit Underrun x interrupt. Value Description 0 The Transmit Underrun x interrupt is disabled. 1 The Transmit Underrun x interrupt is enabled. Bits 8, 9 - TXRDYx Transmit Ready x Interrupt Enable [x=1..0] Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Transmit Ready x Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Transmit Ready x interrupt. Value Description 0 The Transmit Ready x interrupt is disabled. 1 The Transmit Ready x interrupt is enabled. Bits 4, 5 - RXORx Receive Overrun x Interrupt Enable [x=1..0] Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Receive Overrun x Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Receive Overrun x interrupt. Value Description 0 The Receive Overrun x interrupt is disabled. 1 The Receive Overrun x interrupt is enabled. Bits 0, 1 - RXRDYx Receive Ready x Interrupt Enable [x=1..0] Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Receive Ready x Interrupt Enable bit, which disables the Receive Ready x interrupt. Value Description 0 The Receive Ready x interrupt is disabled. 1 The Receive Ready x interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1721 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I2S - Inter-IC Sound Controller 51.9.4 Interrupt Enable Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit INTENSET 0x10 0x0000 PAC Write-Protection 15 14 13 TXUR1 R/W 0 12 TXUR0 R/W 0 11 10 9 TXRDY1 R/W 0 8 TXRDY0 R/W 0 7 6 5 RXOR1 R/W 0 4 RXOR0 R/W 0 3 2 1 RXRDY1 R/W 0 0 RXRDY0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bits 12, 13 - TXURx Transmit Underrun x Interrupt Enable [x=1..0] Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Transmit Underrun Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Transmit Underrun interrupt. Value Description 0 The Transmit Underrun interrupt is disabled. 1 The Transmit Underrun interrupt is enabled. Bits 8, 9 - TXRDYx Transmit Ready x Interrupt Enable [x=1..0] Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Transmit Ready Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Transmit Ready interrupt. Value Description 0 The Transmit Ready interrupt is disabled. 1 The Transmit Ready interrupt is enabled. Bits 4, 5 - RXORx Receive Overrun x Interrupt Enable [x=1..0] Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Receive Overrun Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Receive Overrun interrupt. Value Description 0 The Receive Overrun interrupt is disabled. 1 The Receive Overrun interrupt is enabled. Bits 0, 1 - RXRDYx Receive Ready x Interrupt Enable [x=1..0] Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Receive Ready Interrupt Enable bit, which enables the Receive Ready interrupt. Value Description 0 The Receive Ready interrupt is disabled. 1 The Receive Ready interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1722 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I2S - Inter-IC Sound Controller 51.9.5 Interrupt Flag Status and Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit INTFLAG 0x14 0x0000 - 15 14 13 TXUR1 R/W 0 12 TXUR0 R/W 0 11 10 9 TXRDY1 R/W 0 8 TXRDY0 R/W 0 7 6 5 RXOR1 R/W 0 4 RXOR0 R/W 0 3 2 1 RXRDY1 R/W 0 0 RXRDY0 R/W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bits 12, 13 - TXURx Transmit Underrun x [x=1..0] This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This flag is set when a Transmit Underrun condition occurs in Sequencer x, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.TXURx is set to '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Transmit Underrun x interrupt flag. Bits 8, 9 - TXRDYx Transmit Ready x [x=1..0] This flag is cleared by writing to DATAx register or writing a '1' to it. This flag is set when Sequencer x is ready to accept a new data word to be transmitted, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.TXRDYx is set to '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Transmit Ready x interrupt flag. Bits 4, 5 - RXORx Receive Overrun x [x=1..0] This flag is cleared by writing a '1' to it. This flag is set when a Receive Overrun condition occurs in Sequencer x, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.RXORx is set to '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Receive Overrun x interrupt flag. Bits 0, 1 - RXRDYx Receive Ready x [x=1..0] This flag is cleared by reading from DATAx register or writing a '1' to it. This flag is set when a Sequencer x has received a new data word, and will generate an interrupt request if INTENCLR/SET.RXRDYx is set to '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Receive Ready x interrupt flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1723 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I2S - Inter-IC Sound Controller 51.9.6 Synchronization Busy Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit SYNCBUSY 0x18 0x0000 - 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RXDATA R 0 8 TXDATA R 0 7 6 5 RXEN R 0 4 TXEN R 0 3 CKEN1 R 0 2 CKEN0 R 0 1 ENABLE R 0 0 SWRST R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 9 - RXDATA Rx Data Synchronization Status This bit is cleared when the synchronization of the Rx DATA Holding (RXDATA) register between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of the Rx DATA Holding (RXDATA) register between the clock domains is started. Bit 8 - TXDATA Tx Data Synchronization Status This bit is cleared when the synchronization of the Tx DATA Holding (TXDATA) register between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of the Tx DATA Holding (TXDATA) register between the clock domains is started. Bit 5 - RXEN Rx Serializer Enable Synchronization Status This bit is cleared when the synchronization of the CTRLA.RXEN bit between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of the CTRLA.RXEN bit between the clock domains is started. Bit 4 - TXEN Tx Serializer Enable Synchronization Status This bit is cleared when the synchronization of the CTRLA.TXEN bit between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of the CTRLA.TXEN bit between the clock domains is started. Bits 2, 3 - CKENx Clock Unit x Enable Synchronization Status [x=1..0] Bit CKENx is cleared when the synchronization of the CTRLA.CKENx bit between the clock domains is complete. Bit CKENx is set when the synchronization of the CTRLA.CKENx bit between the clock domains is started. Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable Synchronization Status This bit is cleared when the synchronization of the CTRLA.ENABLE bit between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of the CTRLA.ENABLE bit between the clock domains is started. Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Synchronization Status This bit is cleared when the synchronization of the CTRLA.SWRST bit between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of the CTRLA.SWRST bit between the clock domains is started. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1724 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I2S - Inter-IC Sound Controller 51.9.7 Tx Serializer Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit TXCTRL 0x20 0x00000000 Enable-Protected, Write-Protection 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 DMA R/W 0 24 MONO R/W 0 23 SLOTDIS7 R/W 0 22 SLOTDIS6 R/W 0 21 SLOTDIS5 R/W 0 20 SLOTDIS4 R/W 0 19 SLOTDIS3 R/W 0 18 SLOTDIS2 R/W 0 17 SLOTDIS1 R/W 0 16 SLOTDIS0 R/W 0 15 BITREV R/W 0 14 12 WORDADJ R/W 0 11 10 9 DATASIZE[2:0] R/W 0 8 R/W 0 1 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 13 EXTEND[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 7 SLOTADJ R/W 0 6 5 4 TXSAME R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 TXDEFAULT[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bit 25 - DMASingle or Multiple DMA Channels This bit selects whether even-numbered and odd-numbered slots use separate DMA channels or the same DMA channel. DMA Name Description 0x0 0x1 SINGLE MULTIPLE Single DMA channel One DMA channel per data channel Bit 24 - MONOMono Mode. MONO Name Description 0x0 0x1 STEREO MONO Normal mode Left channel data is duplicated to right channel Bits 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 - SLOTDISx Slot x Disabled for this Serializer [x=7..0] This field allows disabling some slots in each transmit frame: Value Description 0 Slot x is used for data transfer. 1 Slot x is not used for data transfer and will be output as specified in the TXDEFAULT field. Bit 15 - BITREVData Formatting Bit Reverse This bit allows changing the order of data bits in the word in the Formatting Unit. BITREV Name Description 0x0 0x1 MSBIT LSBIT Transfer Data Most Significant Bit (MSB) first (default for I2S protocol) Transfer Data Least Significant Bit (LSB) first Bits 14:13 - EXTEND[1:0]Data Formatting Bit Extension This field defines the bit value used to extend data samples in the Formatting Unit. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1725 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I2S - Inter-IC Sound Controller EXTEND[1:0] Name Description 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 ZERO ONE MSBIT LSBIT Extend with zeros Extend with ones Extend with Most Significant Bit Extend with Least Significant Bit Bit 12 - WORDADJData Word Formatting Adjust This field defines left or right adjustment of data samples in the word in the Formatting Unit. for details. WORDADJ Name Description 0x0 0x1 RIGHT LEFT Data is right adjusted in word Data is left adjusted in word Bits 10:8 - DATASIZE[2:0]Data Word Size This field defines the number of bits in each data sample. For 8-bit compact stereo, two 8-bit data samples are packed in bits 15 to 0 of the DATAm register. For 16-bit compact stereo, two 16-bit data samples are packed in bits 31 to 0 of the DATAm register. DATASIZE[2:0] Name Description 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 0x4 0x5 0x6 0x7 32 24 20 18 16 16C 8 8C 32 bits 24 bits 20 bits 18 bits 16 bits 16 bits compact stereo 8 bits 8 bits compact stereo Bit 7 - SLOTADJData Slot Formatting Adjust This field defines left or right adjustment of data samples in the slot. SLOTADJ Name Description 0x0 0x1 RIGHT LEFT Data is right adjusted in slot Data is left adjusted in slot Bit 4 - TXSAMETransmit Data when Underrun. TXSAME Name Description 0x0 0x1 ZERO SAME Zero data transmitted in case of underrun Last data transmitted in case of underrun Bits 3:2 - TXDEFAULT[1:0]Line Default Line when Slot Disabled This field defines the default value driven on the SDn output pin during all disabled Slots. TXDEFAULT[1:0] Name Description 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 ZERO ONE Output Default Value is 0 Output Default Value is 1 Reserved Output Default Value is high impedance (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. HIZ Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1726 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I2S - Inter-IC Sound Controller 51.9.8 Rx Serializer Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit RXCTRL 0x24 0x00000000 Enable-Protected, PAC Write-Protection 31 30 29 28 27 26 RXLOOP R/W 0 25 DMA R/W 0 24 MONO R/W 0 23 SLOTDIS7 R/W 0 22 SLOTDIS6 R/W 0 21 SLOTDIS5 R/W 0 20 SLOTDIS4 R/W 0 19 SLOTDIS3 R/W 0 18 SLOTDIS2 R/W 0 17 SLOTDIS1 R/W 0 16 SLOTDIS0 R/W 0 15 BITREV R/W 0 14 12 WORDADJ R/W 0 11 10 9 DATASIZE[2:0] R/W 0 8 4 3 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 13 EXTEND[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 7 SLOTADJ R/W 0 6 5 CLKSEL R/W 0 R/W 0 2 R/W 0 1 0 SERMODE[1:0] R/W R/W 0 0 Bit 26 - RXLOOPLoop-back Test Mode This bit enables a loop-back test mode: Value Description 0 Each Receiver uses its SDn pin as input (default mode). 1 Receiver uses as input the transmitter output of the other Serializer in the pair: e.g. SD1 for SD0 or SD0 for SD1. Bit 25 - DMASingle or Multiple DMA Channels This bit selects whether even- and odd-numbered slots use separate DMA channels or the same DMA channel. DMA Name Description 0x0 0x1 SINGLE MULTIPLE Single DMA channel One DMA channel per data channel Bit 24 - MONOMono Mode. MONO Name Description 0x0 0x1 STEREO MONO Normal mode Left channel data is duplicated to right channel Bits 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 - SLOTDISx Slot x Disabled for this Serializer [x=7..0] This field allows disabling some slots in each transmit frame: Value Description 0 Slot x is used for data transfer. 1 Slot x is not used for data transfer and will be output as specified in the TXDEFAULT field. Bit 15 - BITREVData Formatting Bit Reverse This bit allows changing the order of data bits in the word in the Formatting Unit. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1727 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I2S - Inter-IC Sound Controller BITREV Name Description 0x0 0x1 MSBIT LSBIT Transfer Data Most Significant Bit (MSB) first (default for I2S protocol) Transfer Data Least Significant Bit (LSB) first Bits 14:13 - EXTEND[1:0]Data Formatting Bit Extension This field defines the bit value used to extend data samples in the Formatting Unit. EXTEND[1:0] Name Description 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 ZERO ONE MSBIT LSBIT Extend with zeros Extend with ones Extend with Most Significant Bit Extend with Least Significant Bit Bit 12 - WORDADJData Word Formatting Adjust This field defines left or right adjustment of data samples in the word in the Formatting Unit. for details. WORDADJ Name Description 0x0 0x1 RIGHT LEFT Data is right adjusted in word Data is left adjusted in word Bits 10:8 - DATASIZE[2:0]Data Word Size This field defines the number of bits in each data sample. For 8-bit compact stereo, two 8-bit data samples are packed in bits 15 to 0 of the DATAm register. For 16-bit compact stereo, two 16-bit data samples are packed in bits 31 to 0 of the DATAm register. DATASIZE[2:0] Name Description 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 0x4 0x5 0x6 0x7 32 24 20 18 16 16C 8 8C 32 bits 24 bits 20 bits 18 bits 16 bits 16 bits compact stereo 8 bits 8 bits compact stereo Bit 7 - SLOTADJData Slot Formatting Adjust This field defines left or right adjustment of data samples in the slot. SLOTADJ Name Description 0x0 0x1 RIGHT LEFT Data is right adjusted in slot Data is left adjusted in slot Bit 5 - CLKSELClock Unit Selection. CLKSEL Name Description 0x0 0x1 CLK0 CLK1 Use Clock Unit 0 Use Clock Unit 1 Bits 1:0 - SERMODE[1:0]Serializer Mode. SERMODE[1:0] Name Description 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 RX Receive Reserved Receive one PDM data on each serial clock edge Reserved PDM2 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1728 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I2S - Inter-IC Sound Controller 51.9.9 Tx Data Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit TXDATA 0x30 0x00000000 Write-Synchronized 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 28 27 DATA[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 20 19 DATA[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 DATA[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 DATA[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - DATA[31:0]Sample Data This register is used to transfer data to the Tx Serializer. Data samples written to TXDATA register will be sent to Tx Serializer for transmission, through the Transmit Formatting Unit that will apply the formatting specified in the TXCTRL register. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1729 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet I2S - Inter-IC Sound Controller 51.9.10 Rx Data Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit RXDATA 0x34 0x00000000 Read-Synchronized 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 28 27 DATA[31:24] R/W R/W 0 0 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 11 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 2 1 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 20 19 DATA[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 12 DATA[15:8] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 4 DATA[7:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:0 - DATA[31:0]Sample Data This register is used to transfer data from the Rx Serializer. Data samples received by Rx Serializer will be available for reading from RXDATA register, through the Receive Formatting Unit, according to formatting information for Rx Serializer in the RXCTRL register. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1730 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PCC - Parallel Capture Controller 52. PCC - Parallel Capture Controller 52.1 Overview The Parallel Capture Controller can be used to interface an external system, such as a CMOS digital image sensor, ADC, or DSP, and capture its parallel data. 52.2 Features * * * * * 52.3 One clock, up to 14-bit parallel data and two Data Enable on I/O lines Data can be sampled every other time (e.g. for chrominance sampling) Supports connection of the DMAC which offers buffer reception without processor intervention Auto-scale feature available when 10, 12 or 14 bits data size is selected. Can be used to interface a CMOS Digital Image Sensor, an ADC, etc. Block Diagram Figure 52-1.Block Diagram Data DMAC Status Interrupt Controller PCC Interrupt CLK DATA[n:0] Parallel Capture Controller DEN1 DEN2 MCLK CLK_APB_PCC APB 52.4 52.5 Signal Description Signal Description Type CLK Digital input PCC Clock DATA[n:0] Digital input Data [n:0] DEN1 Digital input Data Enable 1 DEN2 Digital input Data Enable 2 Product Dependencies For the Parallel Capture Controller to function as intended, other interconnected modules of the system must be configured accordingly. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1731 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PCC - Parallel Capture Controller 52.5.1 I/O Lines The PCC pins may be multiplexed with the I/O lines Controller. The user must first configure the I/O Controller to assign the PCC pins to their peripheral functions. 52.5.2 Power Management The PCC will continue to operate in any Sleep mode where the selected source clock is running. 52.5.3 Clocks The PCC bus clock (CLK_APB_PCC) is provided by the Main Clock Controller (MCLK) through the AHB-APB D bridge. The clock is enabled and disabled by writing the PCC bit the in the APB D Mask register (MCLK.APBDMASK.PCC). See the register description for the default state of the PCC bus clock. For capturing operation, the external device has to provide a PCC clock signal (PCC_CLK) synchronous to the data received ("pixel clock") through a pin. See the PORT section and the Multiplexing table for details. Writing any of the registers does not require the PCC_CLK to be enabled. Important: The CLK_APB_PCC clock frequency must be at least twice the PCC_CLK frequency. Related Links 15.7 Register Summary 6. I/O Multiplexing and Considerations 32. PORT - I/O Pin Controller 52.5.4 DMA The DMAC can be configured to use the RX channel of the PCC as trigger source. If configured, a trigger signal is send to the DMAC when data is received by the PCC, such that the DMAC will automatically read the received data buffer. The buffer ready signal will be automatically clear upon the read done by the DMAC. Related Links 52.6.3 Programming Sequence 52.6.3.1 Without DMAC 52.6.3.2 With DMAC 52.5.5 Interrupts The PCC has these interrupts: * OVRE - Overrun Error interrupt * DRDY - Data Ready interrupt The interrupt request line is connected to the interrupt controller. Using the interrupts requires the interrupt controller to be configured first. Refer to NVIC - Nested Interrupt Nested Vector Interrupt Controller for details. 52.5.6 Events Not applicable. 52.5.7 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in debug mode, the PCC will not halt normal operation. Note: A buffer overflow condition will occur if the received data buffer is not read by CPU or CPU DMAC. 52.5.8 Register Access Protection To prevent any single software error from corrupting PCC behavior, certain registers in the address space can be write-protected by setting the WPEN bit in the Write Protection Mode Register (WPMR). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1732 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PCC - Parallel Capture Controller If a write access to a write-protected register is detected, the WPVS flag in the Write Protection Status Register (WPSR) is set and WPSR.WPVSRC indicates the register in which the write access has been attempted. The WPVS bit is automatically cleared after reading WPSR. The following registers can be write-protected: * 52.5.9 PCC Mode Register Analog Connections Not applicable. 52.6 52.6.1 Functional Description Principle of Operation For better understanding and to ease reading, the following description uses an example with a CMOS digital image sensor. The CMOS digital image sensor provides a sensor clock, an 10-bit data synchronous with the sensor clock and two data enables which are also synchronous with the sensor clock. Figure 52-2.Parallel Capture Controller Connection with CMOS Digital Image Sensor Parallel Capture Controller CLK DMAC Data DATA[9:0] CMOS Digital Image Sensor PCLK DATA[9:0] DEN1 VSYNC DEN2 HSYNC The PCC must be configured first, and is enabled by writing a '1' to the Parallel Capture Enable bit in the Mode Register (MR.PCEN). Once enabled, the PCC samples the data at rising edge of the sensor clock, and resynchronizes it with the PCC clock domain. The input data bus size can be programmed using the Input Data Size bit field (MR.ISIZE). A re-initialization of the internal mechanism of the PCC can be automatically done by setting the CID register when a falling edge of the DEN1 or DEN2 is detected. This feature allows glitch filtering and prevents image desynchronization. The number of the data which can be read in the Reception Holding Register (RHR) can be programmed by writing the Data Size bit field (MR.DSIZE). The PCC samples one or several sensor data, according to the DSIZE value. If the MR.SCALE bit is written to '1' and MR.ISIZE 0, the sampled data is automatically up-scaled to 16 bits. When the right number of data has be sampled, data are stored in the RHR, and the Data Ready flag in the Interrupt Status Register (ISR.DRDY) is set to '1'. The PCC can be associated with a reception channel of the DMA Controller (DMAC). This performs reception transfer from the PCC to a memory buffer without any intervention from the CPU. Transfer status signals from the DMAC are available in the Interrupt Status Register through the flags ISR.ENDRX and ISR.RXBUFF. The PCC can be configured to either comply with the sensor data enable signals, or not. If the Always Sampling bit in the Mode Register (MR.ALWYS) is written to '0', the PCC samples the sensor data at the rising edge of the sensor clock only if both data enable signals are active (at '1'). If ALWYS is written to '1', the PCC samples the sensor data at the rising edge of the sensor clock, independent of the data enable signals. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1733 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PCC - Parallel Capture Controller The PCC can be configured to sample the sensor data only every other time. This is particularly useful when only the luminance Y from a YUV422 data stream of a CMOS digital image sensor is to be sampled. If the Half Sampling bit in the Mode Register (MR.HALFS) is written to '0', the PCC samples the sensor data as configured above. If MR.HALFS=1, the PCC samples the sensor data as configured above (i.e. respecting the MR.ALWYS setting), but only one time out of two. The PCC can either sample the even or odd sensor data, depending on the First Sample bit (MR.FRSTS). If sensor data are numbered with an index from zero to n in the order they are received and FRSTS=0, only data with an even index are sampled. For FRSTS=1, only data with an odd index are sampled. If data are ready in the Reception Holding Register (RHR) but it is not read before new data is stored in RHR, an overrun error occurs: The previous data is lost and the Overrun Error flag in the Interrupt Status Register (ISR.OVRE) is set. This flag is automatically cleared when ISR is read (reset after read). The flags ENDRX, RXBUFF, DRDY and OVRE can be a source of the PCC interrupt. Figure 52-3.PCC Waveforms (DSIZE=4_DATA, ALWYS = 0, HALFS = 0) MCLK CLK DATA[7:0] 0x01 0x12 0x23 0x34 0x45 0x56 0x67 0x78 0x89 DEN1 DEN2 ISR.DRDY Read of ISR.DRDY 0x5645_3423 RHR.RDATA Figure 52-4.PCC Waveforms (ISIZE=10_BITS, DSIZE=2_DATA, ALWYS = 0, HALFS = 0, SCALE = 0) MCLK CLK DATA[9:0] 0x101 0x112 0x123 0x134 0x145 0x156 0x167 0x178 0x189 DEN1 DEN2 ISR.DRDY Read of ISR.DRDY RHR.RDATA (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. 0x0134_0123 Datasheet 0x0156_0145 DS60001507F-page 1734 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PCC - Parallel Capture Controller Figure 52-5.PCC Waveforms (ISIZE=10_BITS, DSIZE=2_DATA, ALWYS = 0, HALFS = 0, SCALE = 1) MCLK CLK DATA[9:0] 0x101 0x112 0x123 0x134 0x145 0x156 0x167 0x178 0x189 DEN1 DEN2 ISR.DRDY Read of ISR.DRDY 0x4D00_48C0 RHR.RDATA 0x5580_5140 Figure 52-6.PCC Waveforms (DSIZE=4_DATA, ALWYS = 1, HALFS = 0) MCLK CLK DATA[7:0] 0x01 0x12 0x23 0x34 0x45 0x56 0x67 0x78 0x89 DEN1 DEN2 ISR.DRDY Read of ISR.DRDY 0x3423_1201 RHR.RDATA 0x7867_5645 Figure 52-7.PCC Waveforms (ISIZE=10_BITS, DSIZE=2_DATA, ALWYS = 1, HALFS = 0, SCALE = 0) MCLK CLK DATA[9:0] 0x101 0x112 0x123 0x134 0x145 0x156 0x167 0x178 0x189 DEN1 DEN2 ISR.DRDY Read of ISR.DRDY RHR.RDATA (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. 0x0112_0101 0x0134_0123 Datasheet 0x0156_0145 0x0178_0167 DS60001507F-page 1735 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PCC - Parallel Capture Controller Figure 52-8.PCC Waveforms (ISIZE=10_BITS, DSIZE=2_DATA, ALWYS = 1, HALFS = 0, SCALE = 1) MCLK CLK DATA[9:0] 0x101 0x112 0x123 0x134 0x145 0x156 0x167 0x178 0x189 DEN1 DEN2 ISR.DRDY Read of ISR.DRDY 0x4480_4040 RHR.RDATA 0x4D00_48C0 0x5580_5140 0x5E00_59C0 Figure 52-9.PCC Waveforms (DSIZE=4_DATA, ALWYS = 0, HALFS = 1, FRSTS = 0) MCLK CLK DATA[7:0] 0x01 0x12 0x23 0x34 0x45 0x56 0x67 0x78 0x89 DEN1 DEN2 ISR.DRDY Read of ISR.DRDY 0x6745_2301 RHR.RDATA Figure 52-10.PCC Waveforms (ISIZE=10_BITS, DSIZE=2_DATA, ALWYS = 0, HALFS = 1, FRSTS = 0, SCALE = 0) MCLK CLK DATA[9:0] 0x101 0x112 0x123 0x134 0x145 0x156 0x167 0x178 0x189 DEN1 DEN2 ISR.DRDY Read of ISR.DRDY RHR.RDATA (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. 0x0123_0101 Datasheet 0x0167_0145 DS60001507F-page 1736 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PCC - Parallel Capture Controller Figure 52-11.PCC Waveforms (ISIZE=10_BITS, DSIZE=2_DATA, ALWYS = 0, HALFS = 1, FRSTS = 0, SCALE = 1) MCLK CLK DATA[9:0] 0x101 0x112 0x123 0x134 0x145 0x156 0x167 0x178 0x189 DEN1 DEN2 ISR.DRDY Read of ISR.DRDY 0x48C0_4040 RHR.RDATA 0x5140_0145 Figure 52-12.PCC Waveforms (DSIZE=4_DATA, ALWYS = 0, HALFS = 1, FRSTS = 1) MCLK CLK DATA[7:0] 0x01 0x12 0x23 0x34 0x45 0x56 0x67 0x78 0x89 DEN1 DEN2 ISR.DRDY Read of ISR.DRDY 0x7856_3412 RHR.RDATA Figure 52-13.PCC Waveforms (ISIZE=10_BITS, DSIZE=2_DATA, ALWYS = 0, HALFS = 1, FRSTS = 1, SCALE = 0) MCLK CLK DATA[9:0] 0x101 0x112 0x123 0x134 0x145 0x156 0x167 0x178 0x189 DEN1 DEN2 ISR.DRDY Read of ISR.DRDY RHR.RDATA (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. 0x0134_0112 Datasheet 0x0178_0156 DS60001507F-page 1737 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PCC - Parallel Capture Controller Figure 52-14.PCC Waveforms (ISIZE=10_BITS, DSIZE=2_DATA, ALWYS = 0, HALFS = 1, FRSTS = 1, SCALE = 1) MCLK CLK DATA[9:0] 0x101 0x112 0x123 0x134 0x145 0x156 0x167 0x178 0x189 DEN1 DEN2 ISR.DRDY Read of ISR.DRDY RHR.RDATA 52.6.2 0x4D00_4880 0x5E00_5580 Register Access Protection The configuration bit fields ISIZE, SCALE, DSIZE, ALWYS, HALFS and FRSTS in the Mode Register (MR) can be changed ONLY if the PCC is disabled at this time (MR.PCEN=0). 52.6.3 Programming Sequence 52.6.3.1 Without DMAC 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Write the Interrupt Enable and Interrupt Disable Registers (IER and IDR) in order to configure the PCC interrupt mask. Write the Mode Register (MR) fields ISIZE, SCALE, DSIZE, ALWYS, HALFS and FRSTS in order to configure the PCC. Do not enable the PCC in this write access. Write the PCC Enable bit in the Mode Register (MR.PCEN) to '1' in order to enable the PCC. Do not change the configuration from the previous step. Wait for a Data Ready, either by polling the Data Ready flag in the Interrupt Status Register (ISR.DRDY) or by waiting for the corresponding interrupt. Check the Overrun Error flag (ISR.OVRE). Read the data in the Reception Holding Register (RHR). If new data are expected, go to step 4. Disable the PCC by writing MR.PCEN to '0' without changing the configuration. 52.6.3.2 With DMAC 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Write the Interrupt Enable and Interrupt Disable Registers (IER and IDR) in order to configure the PCC interrupt mask. Configure DMAC transfer in the DMAC registers. Write the Mode Register (MR) fields ISIZE, SCALE, DSIZE, ALWYS, HALFS and FRSTS in order to configure the PCC. Do not enable the PCC in this write access. Write the PCC Enable bit in the Mode Register (MR.PCEN) to '1' in order to enable the PCC. Do not change the configuration from the previous step. Wait for end of transfer, indicated by the interrupt corresponding the End Receive flag in the Interrupt Status Register (ISR.ENDRX). Check the Overrun Error flag (ISR.OVRE). If a new buffer transfer is expected, go to step 5. Disable the PCC by writing MR.PCEN to '0' without changing the configuration. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1738 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PCC - Parallel Capture Controller 52.7 Register Summary Offset Name 0x00 MR 0x04 IER 0x08 IDR 0x0C IMR 0x10 ISR 0x14 RHR 0x18 ... 0xDF Reserved 0xE0 0xE4 52.8 WPMR WPSR Bit Pos. 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 DSIZE[1:0] PCEN SCALE FRSTS HALFS ALWYS ISIZE[2:0] RXBUF ENDRX OVRE DRDY RXBUFF ENDRX OVRE DRDY RXBUFF ENDRX OVRE DRDY RXBUFF ENDRX OVRE DRDY CID[1:0] RDATA[7:0] RDATA[15:8] RDATA[23:16] RDATA[31:24] WPEN WPKEY[7:0] WPKEY[15:8] WPKEY[23:16] WPVS WPVSRC[7:0] WPVSRC[15:8] Register Description Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16- and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Some registers are optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). Optional PAC write protection is denoted by the "PAC Write-Protection" property in each individual register description. For details, refer to 52.6.2 Register Access Protection. Some registers are enable-protected, meaning they can only be written when the peripheral is disabled. Enableprotection is denoted by the "Enable-Protected" property in each individual register description. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1739 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PCC - Parallel Capture Controller 52.8.1 PCC Mode Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: MR 0x00 0x00000000 - This register can only be written if the WPEN bit is cleared in the Write Protection Mode Register. Bit 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 21 20 19 18 16 R/W 0 17 ISIZE[2:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 CID[1:0] Access Reset Bit R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 Access Reset Bit 15 14 13 7 6 5 12 11 FRSTS R/W 0 10 HALFS R/W 0 9 ALWYS R/W 0 8 SCALE R/W 0 4 3 2 1 0 PCEN R/W 0 Access Reset Bit DSIZE[1:0] Access Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 Bits 31:30 - CID[1:0]Clear If Disabled Clears status flags if disabled. These bits are useful to re-initialize the internal mechanism of the PCC to avoid corrupted data due to glitches. Each time a falling edge of the selected DEN1 or DEN2 signal is detected, the internal mechanism of the PCC is re-initialized to avoid alignment issues. Value Description 0x0 Clear not enabled 0x1 Clear on falling edge on DEN1 enabled 0x2 Clear on falling edge on DEN2 enabled 0x3 Clear on falling edge on either DEN1 or DEN2 enabled Bits 18:16 - ISIZE[2:0]Input Data Size Value Name Description 0x0 8_BITS Input data bus size is 8 bits 0x1 10_BITS Input data bus size is 10 bits 0x2 12_BITS Input data bus size is 12 bits 0x3 14_BITS Input data bus size is 14 bits Bit 11 - FRSTSFirst Sample This bit is useful only if the HALFS bit is set to 1. If data are numbered in the order that they are received with an index from 0 to n. Value Description 0 Only data with an even index are sampled. 1 Only data with an odd index are sampled. Bit 10 - HALFSHalf Sampling This function is independent from the ALWYS bit. Value Description 0 The Parallel Capture Controller samples all the data. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1740 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PCC - Parallel Capture Controller Value 1 Description The Parallel Capture Controller samples the data only every other time. Bit 9 - ALWYSAlways Sampling Value Description 0 The parallel capture Controller samples the data when both data enables are active. 1 The parallel capture controller always samples the data, regardless of the state of data enable. Bit 8 - SCALEScale Data Value Description 0 No effect. 1 When input data size is not equal to 8 bits (ISIZE 0), the data stored in the PCC_RHR is automatically up-scaled to 16 bits. Bits 5:4 - DSIZE[1:0]Data Size Value Name Description 0x0 1_DATA 1 data is read in the PCC_RHR 0x1 2_DATA 2 data are read in the PCC_RHR 0x2 4_DATA 4 data are read in the PCC_RHR (only for 8 bits data size, ISIZE = 0) 0x3 Reserved Bit 0 - PCENParallel Capture Enable Value Description 0 The Parallel Capture Controller is disabled. 1 The Parallel Capture Controller is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1741 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PCC - Parallel Capture Controller 52.8.2 Interrupt Enable Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit IER 0x04 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 RXBUF W 0 2 ENDRX W 0 1 OVRE W 0 0 DRDY W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 3 - RXBUFReception Buffer Full Interrupt Enable. Writing a '1' to this register enables the Reception Buffer Full interrupt. Writing a '0' has no effect. Bit 2 - ENDRXEnd of Reception Transfer Interrupt Enable Writing a '1' to this register enables the End of Reception Transfer interrupt. Writing a '0' has no effect. Bit 1 - OVREOverrun Error Interrupt Enable Writing a '1' to this register enables the Overrun Error interrupt. Writing a '0' has no effect. Bit 0 - DRDYData Ready Interrupt Enable Writing a '1' to this register enables the Data Ready Interrupt interrupt. Writing a '0' has no effect. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1742 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PCC - Parallel Capture Controller 52.8.3 Interrupt Disable Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit IDR 0x08 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 RXBUFF W 0 2 ENDRX W 0 1 OVRE W 0 0 DRDY W 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 3 - RXBUFFReception Buffer Full Interrupt Disable Writing a '1' to this register disables the Reception Buffer Full interrupt. Writing a '0' has no effect. Bit 2 - ENDRXEnd of Reception Transfer Interrupt Disable Writing a '1' to this register disables the End of Reception Transfer interrupt. Writing a '0' has no effect. Bit 1 - OVREOverrun Error Interrupt Disable Writing a '1' to this register disables the Overrun Error interrupt. Writing a '0' has no effect. Bit 0 - DRDYData Ready Interrupt Disable Writing a '1' to this register disables the Data Ready interrupt. Writing a '0' has no effect. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1743 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PCC - Parallel Capture Controller 52.8.4 Interrupt Mask Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit IMR 0x0C 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 RXBUFF R 0 2 ENDRX R 0 1 OVRE R 0 0 DRDY R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 3 - RXBUFFReception Buffer Full Interrupt Mask Value Description 1 The Reception Buffer Full interrupt is enabled. 0 The Reception Buffer Full interrupt is not enabled. Bit 2 - ENDRXEnd of Reception Transfer Interrupt Mask Value Description 1 The End of Reception Transfer interrupt is enabled. 0 The End of Reception Transfer interrupt is not enabled. Bit 1 - OVREOverrun Error Interrupt Mask Value Description 1 The Overrun Error interrupt is enabled. 0 The Overrun Error interrupt is not enabled. Bit 0 - DRDYData Ready Interrupt Mask Value Description 1 The Data Ready interrupt is enabled. 0 The Data Ready interrupt is not enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1744 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PCC - Parallel Capture Controller 52.8.5 Interrupt Status Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit ISR 0x10 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 RXBUFF R 0 2 ENDRX R 0 1 OVRE R 0 0 DRDY R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 3 - RXBUFFReception Buffer Full Value Description 0 The signal Buffer Full from the reception PDC channel is inactive. 1 The signal Buffer Full from the reception PDC channel is active. Bit 2 - ENDRXEnd of Reception Transfer Value Description 0 The End of Transfer signal from the reception PDC channel is inactive. 1 The End of Transfer signal from the reception PDC channel is active. Bit 1 - OVREOverrun Error Interrupt Status The OVRE flag is automatically reset when this register is read or when the PCC is disabled. Value Description 0 No overrun error occurred since the last read of this register. 1 At least one overrun error occurred since the last read of this register. Bit 0 - DRDYData Ready Interrupt Status The DRDY flag is automatically reset when RHR is read or when the PCC is disabled. Value Description 0 No new data is ready to be read since the last read of RHR. 1 New data is ready to be read since the last read of RHR. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1745 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PCC - Parallel Capture Controller 52.8.6 Reception Holding Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: RHR 0x14 0x00000000 - Bit 31 30 29 28 27 RDATA[31:24] R R 0 0 26 25 24 Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 23 22 21 18 17 16 R 0 20 19 RDATA[23:16] R R 0 0 Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 3 2 1 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 RDATA[15:8] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 RDATA[7:0] Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bits 31:0 - RDATA[31:0]Reception Data ISIZE SCALE DSIZE Description 8_BITS - 10_BITS 0 (OFF) 1_DATA 2_DATA 4_DATA 1_DATA 2_DATA RDATA[7:0] is useful RDATA[15:0] is useful RDATA[31:0] is useful RDATA[9:0] is useful RDATA[9:0] and RDATA[25:16] are useful RDATA[15:0] is useful RDATA[31:0] is useful RDATA[11:0] is useful RDATA[11:0] and RDATA[27:16] are useful RDATA[15:0] is useful RDATA[31:0] is useful RDATA[13:0] is useful RDATA[13:0] and RDATA[29:16] are useful RDATA[15:0] is useful RDATA[31:0] is useful 1 (ON) 12_BITS 0 (OFF) 1 (ON) 14_BITS 0 (OFF) 1 (ON) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. 1_DATA 2_DATA 1_DATA 2_DATA 1_DATA 2_DATA 1_DATA 2_DATA 1_DATA 2_DATA Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1746 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PCC - Parallel Capture Controller 52.8.7 Write Protection Mode Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit WPMR 0xE0 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 23 22 21 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 15 14 13 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 6 5 28 27 WPKEY[23:16] R/W R/W 0 0 20 19 WPKEY[15:8] R/W R/W 0 0 12 11 WPKEY[7:0] R/W R/W 0 0 4 3 26 25 24 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 18 17 16 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 10 9 8 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 2 1 0 WPEN R/W 0 Access Reset Bits 31:8 - WPKEY[23:0]Write Protection Key Value Name Description 0x504343 PASSWD Writing any other value in this field aborts the write operation of the WPEN bit. Always reads as 0. Bit 0 - WPENWrite Protection Enable Value Description 0 Disables the write protection if WPKEY corresponds to 0x504343 ("PCC" in ASCII). 1 Enables the write protection if WPKEY corresponds to 0x504343 ("PCC" in ASCII). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1747 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PCC - Parallel Capture Controller 52.8.8 Write Protection Status Register Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit WPSR 0xE4 0x00000000 - 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 Bit 23 22 21 18 17 16 Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 20 19 WPVSRC[15:8] R R 0 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 15 14 13 10 9 8 Access Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 12 11 WPVSRC[7:0] R R 0 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit 7 6 5 4 2 1 0 WPVS R 0 Access Reset 3 Access Reset Bits 23:8 - WPVSRC[15:0]Write Protection Violation Source When WPVS = 1, WPVSRC indicates the register address offset at which a write access has been attempted. Bit 0 - WPVSWrite Protection Violation Status Value Description 0 No write protection violation has occurred since the last read of the WPSR. 1 A write protection violation has occurred since the last read of the WPSR. If this violation is an unauthorized attempt to write a protected register, the associated violation is reported into field WPVSRC. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1748 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder 53. PDEC - Position Decoder 53.1 Overview The PDEC consists of a Quadrature / Hall decoder, following by a counter, with two compare channels. The counter can be split into two parts to report the angular position and the number of revolutions. If the quadrature decoder feature is not suitable for specific applications, the PDEC module can be used as an additional time base. 53.2 Features * * * * * Internal prescaler Selectable mode of operation: - QDEC, HALL or COUNTER QDEC - Angular and revolution counts - Synchronous and asynchronous velocity measurements - Direction change detection - Check valid quadrature transitions - Check index position versus angular position - Auto correction mode HALL - Window validation of Hall transitions - Hall code detection - Direction change detection - Check valid Hall transitions - Programmable event generation delay after a Hall transition COUNTER - 16-bit counter with two compare channels - One of the compare channels can be configured with period settings - Counter overflow interrupt and event generation option - Compare match interrupt and event generation option (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1749 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder 53.3 Block Diagram Figure 53-1.Block Diagram sync Signal 0 PINVE PINEN EVINV QDEC_EV[0] EVEI 0 PDEC[0] CC1 MC1 (Interrupt or Event) CC0 MC0 (Interrupt or Event) COUNT OVF (Interrupt or Event) Control Logic Filter sync Signal 1 PINVE PINEN EVINV QDEC_EV[1] EVEI 0 PDEC[1] PDEC[2] 53.4 EVEI VLC (Interrupt or Event) sync PINEN DIR (Interrupt or Event) Signal 2 ERR (Interrupt or Event) PINVE QDEC_EV[2] EVINV 0 Signal Description Signal Name Type Description PDEC[2:0] Digital input PDEC inputs Note: One signal can be mapped on one of several pins. Related Links 6. I/O Multiplexing and Considerations 53.5 Product Dependencies In order to use this peripheral, other parts of the system must be configured correctly, as described below. 53.5.1 I/O Lines Using the I/O lines requires the I/O pins to be configured using the PORT configuration (PORT). Related Links 32. PORT - I/O Pin Controller 53.5.2 Power Management The PDEC can be configured to operate in any sleep mode. The PDEC can wake up the device using interrupts from any sleep mode or perform actions through the Event System. Related Links 18. PM - Power Manager (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1750 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder 53.5.3 Clocks A generic clock (GCLK_PDEC) is required to clock the PDEC. This clock must be configured and enabled in the generic clock controller before using the PDEC. This generic clock is asynchronous to the bus clock (CLK_PDEC_APB). Due to this asynchronicity, writes to certain registers will require synchronization between the clock domains. Related Links 14. GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 13.3 Register Synchronization 53.5.4 DMA Not applicable. 53.5.5 Interrupts The interrupt request line is connected to the Interrupt Controller. In order to use interrupt requests of this peripheral, the Interrupt Controller (NVIC) must be configured first. Refer to Nested Vector Interrupt Controller for details. Related Links 10.2 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller 10.2.1 Overview 10.2.2 Interrupt Line Mapping 53.5.6 Events The events of this peripheral are connected to the Event System. Related Links 31. EVSYS - Event System 53.5.7 Debug Operation When the CPU is halted in debug mode the PDEC will halt normal operation. The PDEC can be forced to continue operation during debugging. Refer to DBGCTRL register for details. 53.5.8 Register Access Protection All registers with write access can be write-protected optionally by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC), except for the following registers: * * * * * * Interrupt Flag register (INTFLAG) Filter register (FILTER) Precaler register (PRESC) Compare x Value register (CCx) Channel x Compare Buffer Value register (CCBUFx) Status register (STATUS) Optional write protection by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC) is denoted by the "PAC Write Protection" property in each individual register description. PAC write protection does not apply to accesses through an external debugger. Related Links 27. PAC - Peripheral Access Controller 53.5.9 Analog Connections Not applicable. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1751 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder 53.6 53.6.1 Functional Description Principle of Operation The PDEC control logic can be driven by a set of three inputs signal coming from Event System channels or I/O input pins. These three inputs can be filtered prior to down-stream processing. The input polarity, phase definition and other factors are configurable. QDEC, HALL or COUNTER mode of operation are supported. Depending of the mode configuration, specific input sequences can generate: * * * * 53.6.2 State change Counter increment or decrement Interrupts Output events Basic Operation 53.6.2.1 Initialization The following PDEC registers are enable-protected, meaning they can only be written when the PDEC is disabled (CTRLA.ENABLE is zero): * Event Control register (EVCTRL) Enable-protected bits in the CTRLA register can be written at the same time as CTRLA.ENABLE is written to '1', but not at the same time as CTRLA.ENABLE is written to '0'. Enable-protection is denoted by the 'Enable-Protected' property in the register description. 53.6.2.2 Enabling, Disabling, and Resetting The PDEC must be configured before it is enabled by the following steps: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Enable the PDEC bus clock (CLK_PDEC_APB) Select the mode of operation by writing the Mode bits in the Control A register (CTRLA.MODE) Select the PDEC mode configuration by writing the Configuration bits in the Control A register (CTRLA.CONF) Select the PDEC event or pin input signal source by writing the Event Enable Input bit in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.EVEI) or by the Pin Enable bit in Control A register (CTRLA.PINEN) Select the angular counter length value by writing the Angular bits in the Control A register (CTRLA.ANGULAR) Optionally, the following configurations can be set before enabling PDEC: * * * The GCLK_PDEC clock can be prescaled by writing to the Prescaler register (PRESC) A filter can be applied to the input signal by writing a corresponding value to the Filter register (FILTER) If the resolution of the rotary sensor is not a power of 2, an Angular period can be set (CTRLA.PEREN and CC0 register) The PDEC is enabled by writing a '1' to the Enable bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.ENABLE). The PDEC is disabled by writing a '0' to CTRLA.ENABLE. In QDEC or HALL operation modes, PDEC decoding is enabled writing a START command in the Control B Set register (CTRLBSET.CMD=START). The PDEC decoding is disabled writing a STOP command in the Control B Set register (CTRLBSET.CMD=STOP). The PDEC is reset by writing a '1' to the Software Reset bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.SWRST). All registers in the PDEC, except DBGCTRL, will be reset to their initial state, and the PDEC will be disabled. The PDEC should be disabled before the PDEC is reset to avoid undefined behavior. 53.6.2.3 Prescaler Selection The GCLK_PDEC is fed into the internal prescaler. Prescaler outputs from 1 to 1/1024 are directly available for selection by the counter and all selections are available in Prescaler register (PRESC). If the prescaler value is higher than 0x01, the counter update condition is executed on the next prescaled clock pulse. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1752 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder If the counter is set to count events, the internal prescaler is bypassed and the GCLK_PDEC clock is automatically selected during operation. The prescaler clock is also enabled when the input filtering is required. Figure 53-2.Prescaler Selection PRESC GCLK_PDEC Prescaler GCLK_PDEC / {1,2,4,8,64,256,1024 } EVENT EVACT CLK_PDEC COUNT 53.6.2.4 Input Selection and Filtering The QDEC and HALL operations require three inputs, as shown in the Block Diagram. Each input can either be a dedicated I/O pin or an Event system channel. This is selected by writing to the corresponding Event x Enable bit in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.EVEIx) or Pin x Enable bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.PINENx). The I/O input pin active level can be inverted by writing to the corresponding Pin x Inversion Enable bit in Control A register (CTRLA.PINVENx). In the same way, the event input active level can be inverted by writing to the corresponding Inverted Event x Input Enable bit in Event Control register (EVCTRL.EVINVx). All input signals can be filtered before they are fed into the control logic. The FILTER register is used to configure the minimum duration for which the input signal has to be valid. The input signal minimum duration must be FILTER* tGCLK_PDEC . Figure 53-3.Input Signal Filtering Pescaled Clock (Signal 0, Signal 1, Signal 2) Filter Out Only the first two input signals can be swapped by writing to the SWAP bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.SWAP). Related Links 53.3 Block Diagram 53.6.2.5 Period Control The Channel Compare 0 register (CC0) can act as a period register (PER) by writing the PEREN bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.PEREN) to '1'. The PER can be used to control the top value (TOP) of the counting operation: When up-counting and the counter reaches the value of CC0, the counter is cleared to zero. When down-counting and the counter reaches zero, the counter is reloaded with the CC0 value. 53.6.2.6 QDEC Operation Mode In QDEC mode of operation, Signal 0 and Signal 1 control logic inputs refer to Phase A and Phase B in X4 mode, and to count/direction in X2 mode. The Signal 2 control logic input refers to the Index, in both X4 and X2 mode of operation. In X4 mode, a simultaneous transition on Phase A and Phase B will cause a QDEC error detection (STATUS.QERR). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1753 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder Signal 0 Phase A Count sync Figure 53-4.QDEC Block Diagram Quadrature Decoder Filter Signal 1 Phase B Direction sync Position Clock Position Direction Count DIR CC0 MC0 (Interrupt or Event) ovf Revolution Counter (16/32-n-bits) OVF (Interrupt or Event) First Index Sync Revolution Check VLC (Interrupt or Event) Direction Change Detection sync Signal 2 MC1 (Interrupt or Event) Angular Reset Counter (n-bits) Velocity Clock Index CC1 Error Detection DIR (Interrupt or Event) ERR (Interrupt) Related Links 53.3 Block Diagram 53.6.2.6.1 Position and Rotation Measurement After filtering, the quadrature signals are analyzed to extract the rotation direction and edges in order to be counted by the counter. The counter is split in two parts, Angular and Revolution. The Phase A and B edge detections define the motor axis position, which is recorded by the Angular part of the counter. The motor revolution is recorded by the Revolution part of the counter. The Angular counter is updated each time a QDEC transition is detected. The Revolution counter is updated on each angular counter overflow or underflow. Figure 53-5.Position and Rotation Measurement PhaseA PhaseB Index DIR Event Angle OVF ERR CC0 (LSB) CC1 (LSB) Anglular Counter CC1 (MSB) Revolution Counter MC1 Event in Q4 and Q4S configuration, a valid index is detected when the three inputs (PhaseA, PhaseB and Index) are at low level. In Q2 and Q2S configuration, a valid index is detected when the two inputs (Count and Index) are at low level. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1754 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder in Q2 and Q4 configuration, depending on current detected direction, Index will reset or reload the Angular counter and increment or decrement the Revolution counter. In Q2S and Q4S configuration, the Angular counter is reset on the first Index occurrence after the PDEC decoding is enabled. When any next Index occurrence does not match an Angular counter overflow or underflow, the Index Error flag in Status register is set (STATUS.IDXERR). The Error Interrupt Flag is set (INTFLAG.ERR) and an optional interrupt can be generated. An Index Error is also generated after the PDEC decoding is enabled and no Index has been detected after one Angular counter revolution. 53.6.2.6.2 Direction Status and Change Detection The direction (DIR) status can be directly read anytime in the STATUS register (STATUS.DIR). The polarity of the direction flag status depends of the input signal swap and active level configuration. Each time a rotation direction change is detected, the Direction Change Interrupt Flag is set (INTFLAG.DIR) and an optional interrupt can be generated. The same interrupt condition is source of Direction event output. Figure 53-6.Rotation Direction Change PhaseA PhaseB Anglular Counter DIR Event DIRCHG Interrupt VLC Event To avoid spurious interrupts when coding wheel is stopped, the direction change condition is reported as an interrupt, only on the second edge confirming the direction change. Velocity output event is generated on each QDEC transition except when the direction changes. 53.6.2.6.3 Speed Measurement Three types of speed measurement can be done using velocity event output (VLC) and Timer/Counter (TC/TCC) device resources. * * * Continuous velocity measurement: TCz measures the time on which n VLC (TCy) output events occur Synchronous Velocity measurement: On a specific motor position TCCz, the time is measured on which n VLC (TCCy) output events occur. Slow Velocity measurement: measure the number of VLC output events (TCCy) plus the delay since the last VLC output event (TCCz) within a given time slot (TCk). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1755 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder Figure 53-7.Speed Measurement Continuous Velocity Measurement (Figure A) PhaseA PhaseB Index Count Capture & Retrigger WO[0] WO[1] EV QDEC Synchronous Velocity Measurement (Figure B) MC1 MC0 OVF VLC PhaseA PhaseB Index Count EV TCy MC1 MC0 OVF EV TCz MC1 MC0 OVF Retrigger Capture Retrigger WO[0] WO[1] EV QDEC Slow Velocity Measurement (Figure C) MC1 MC0 OVF VLC PhaseA PhaseB Index Count EV0 EV1 TCCy MC1 MC0 OVF MC0 EV1 TCCz MC1 MC0 OVF Capture & Retriger Capture Retrigger WO[0] WO[1] EV QDEC MC1 MC0 OVF VLC EV0 MC0 TCCy MC1 MC0 OVF MC0 EV1 TCCz MC1 MC0 OVF EV TCk MC1 MC0 OVF 53.6.2.6.4 Missing Pulse Detection and Auto-Correction The PDEC embeds circuitry to detect and correct errors that may result from contamination on optical disks or other sources producing quadrature phase signals. The auto-correction works in QDEC X4 mode only. A missing pulse on a phase signal is automatically detected, and the pulse count reported in the Angular part of COUNT is automatically corrected. There is no autocorrection if both phase signals are affected at the same location on the input signals, because the autocorrection requires a valid phase signal to detect contamination on the other phase signal. If the quadrature source is undamaged, the number of pulses counted for a predefined period of time must be the same with or without detection and auto-correction. Therefore, if the measurement results differ, a contamination exists on the source producing the quadrature signals. This does not substitute the measurements of the number of pulses between two index pulses (if available) but provides an additional method to detect damaged quadrature sources. When the source providing quadrature signals is strongly damaged, potentially leading to a number of consecutive missing pulses greater than 1, the quadrature decoder processing may be affected. The Maximum Consecutive Missing Pulses bits in Control A register (CTRLA.MAXCMP) define the maximum acceptable number of consecutive missing pulses. If the limit is reached, the Missing Pulse Error flag in Status register (STATUS.MPERR) is set. The Error Interrupt flag is set (INTFLAG.ERR) and an optional interrupt can be generated. Note: When the MAXCMP value is zero, the MPERR error flag is never set. 53.6.3 Additional Features 53.6.3.1 HALL Operation Mode In HALL operation mode, control logic signal 0, 1 and 2 inputs represent the phase A, B and C of a Hall sensor, respectively. A programmable delayed event can be generated to update a TCC pattern generator. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1756 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder Hall Decoder Phase B Filter Signal 1 Phase A sync Signal 0 sync Figure 53-8.HALL Block Diagram Reset CC1(MSB) Window Max CC1[2:0] (Unused) MC1 (Interrupt/Event) CC0(MSB) Window Min CC0[2:0] Hall Code Trigger MC0 (Interrupt/Event) COUNT(LSB) Delay Counter OVF (Interrupt/Event) COUNT(MSB) Window Counter Velocity Clock VLC (Interrupt/Event) Direction Change Detection sync Signal 2 Phase C DIR (Interrupt/Event) Error Detection ERR (Interrupt/Event) Related Links 53.3 Block Diagram 53.6.3.1.1 Hall Sensor Control On any update of the filter output: * * * * The filter output value is checked to be a valid Hall value. If an invalid Hall code is reported, the Hall Error bit in Status register will be set (STATUS.HERR). The MC0 Interrupt Flag bit is set (INTFLAG.MC0) if CC0[2:0] matches the filter output value. An optional compare match interrupt or Event output is generated on the same condition detection. The window counter is checked to be between CC0[MSB] and CC1[MSB] value, and reset to 0 value. If an error is detected, the Window Error bit in Status register (STATUS.WINERR) is set. The delay counter is started, and MC0 optional interrupt or event is generated when the delay counter matches CC0[LSB]. Any error condition will set the Error Interrupt Flag (INTFLAG.ERR). An optional interrupt or event output is generated on the same condition detection. Figure 53-9.Hall Waveforms State 101 001 101 100 110 010 011 000 CC1(MSB) CC0(MSB) Counter(MSB) ERR VLC Event MC0 Event OVF Event DIR Event DIR Interrupt (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1757 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder 53.6.3.2 Counter Operation Mode Depending on the mode of operation, the counter (Counter Value register COUNT) is cleared, reloaded, or incremented at each counter clock input. The counter will count for each clock tick until it reaches TOP. When TOP is reached, the counter will be set to zero on the next clock input. This comparison will set the Overflow Interrupt Flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG.OVF) and can be used to trigger an interrupt or an event. It is possible to change the counter value when the counter is running. The write access has higher priority than count, or clear. The COUNT value will always be zero when starting the PDEC, unless a different value has been written to it, or the PDEC has been disabled at a value other than zero. Due to asynchronous clock domains, the internal counter settings are written once the synchronization is complete. Related Links 14. GCLK - Generic Clock Controller 53.6.3.3 Register Lock Update Prescaler (PRESC), FILTER, and CCx registers are buffered (PRESCBUF, FILTERBUF, CCBUFx registers, respectively). When a new value is written in a buffer register, the corresponding Buffer Valid bit is set in the Buffer Status register (STATUS.FILTERBUFV, STATUS.PRESCBUFV, STATUS.CCBUFVx). By default, a register is updated with the its buffer register's value on UPDATE condition, which represents: * * The next filter transition in QDEC and HALL mode of operation The overflow/underflow or re-trigger event detection in COUNT mode of operation The buffer valid flags in the STATUS register are automatically cleared by hardware when the data is copied from the buffer to the corresponding register. It is possible to lock the updates by writing a '1' to the Lock Update bit in Control B Set register (CTRLBSET.LUPD). The lock feature is disabled by writing a '1' to the Lock Update bit in Control B Clear register (CTRLBCLR.LUPD). When a buffer valid status flag is '1' and updating is not locked, the data from the buffer register will be copied into the corresponding register on UPDATE condition. It is also possible to modify the LUPD bit behavior by hardware, by writing a '1' to the Auto-lock bit in Control A register (CTRLA.ALOCK). When the bit is '1', the Lock Update bit in Control B register (CTRLBSET.LUPD) is set when the UPDATE condition is detected. 53.6.3.4 Software Command and Event Actions The PDEC peripheral supports software commands and event actions. The software commands are applied by the Software Command bit field in the Control B register (CTRLBSET.CMD, CTRLBCLR.CMD). The event actions are available in the Event Action bit-field in Event Control register (EVCTRL.EVACT). 53.6.3.4.1 Re-trigger Software Command or Event Action A re-trigger command can be issued from software by using PDEC Command bits in Control B Set register (CTRLBSET.CMD = RETRIGGER) or when the re-trigger event action is configured in the Input Event Action bits in Event Control register (EVCTRL.EVACT = RETRIGGER) and an event is detected by hardware. When the re-trigger command is detected during counting operation, the counter will be reloaded or cleared, depending on the counting direction (DIR). If the re-trigger command is detected when the counter is stopped, the counter will resume counting operation from the value in the COUNT register. Note: When re-trigger event action is enabled, enabling the counter will not start the counter. The counter will start on the next incoming event and restart on any following event. 53.6.3.4.2 Count Event Action The count action can be selected in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.EVACT) and can be used to count external events. When an event is received, the counter increments the value. 53.6.3.4.3 Force Update Software Command A Force Update command can be issued by writing the PDEC Command bits in Control B Set register (CTRLBSET.CMD = UPDATE). When the command is issued, the buffered registers will be updated. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1758 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder 53.6.3.4.4 Force Read Synchronization Software Command A Force Read Synchronization command can be issued writing the PDEC Command bits in Control B Set register (CTRLBSET.CMD = READSYNC). When the command is issued, a COUNT register read synchronization is forced. Note: This command should be used to read the most updated COUNT internal value. 53.6.4 Interrupts The PDEC has the following interrupt sources: * * * * * Overflow/Underflow: OVF Compare Channels: COMPx Error: ERR Velocity: VLC. This interrupt is available only in QDEC and HALL operation modes. Direction: DIR. This interrupt is available only in QDEC and HALL operation modes. Each interrupt source has an interrupt flag associated with it. The interrupt flag in the Interrupt Flag Status and Clear register (INTFLAG) is set when the interrupt condition occurs. Each interrupt can be individually enabled by writing a '1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET), and disabled by writing a '1' to the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Enable Clear register (INTENCLR). An interrupt request is generated when the interrupt flag is set and the corresponding interrupt is enabled. The interrupt request remains active until the interrupt flag is cleared, the interrupt is disabled or the PDEC is reset. See the INTFLAG register description for details on how to clear interrupt flags. The user must read the INTFLAG register to determine which interrupt condition is present. Note: Interrupts must be globally enabled for interrupt requests to be generated. 53.6.5 Events The PDEC can generate the following output events: * * * * * Overflow/Underflow: OVF Channel x Compare Match: MCx Error: ERR Velocity: VLC. This interrupt is available only in QDEC and HALL operation modes. Direction: DIR. This interrupt is available only in QDEC and HALL operation modes. Writing a '1' to an Event Output bit in the Event Control register (EVCTRL.MCEO) enables the corresponding output event. Writing a '0' to this bit disables the corresponding output event. Related Links 31. EVSYS - Event System 53.6.6 Sleep Mode Operation The PDEC can be configured to operate in any sleep mode. To be able to run in standby, the RUNSTDBY bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.RUNSTDBY) must be written to '1'. The PDEC can wake up the device using interrupts from any sleep mode or perform actions through the Event System. 53.6.7 Synchronization Due to asynchronicity between the main clock domain and the peripheral clock domains, some registers need to be synchronized when written or read. The following bits are synchronized when written: * * Software Reset bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.SWRST) Enable bit in the Control A register (CTRLA.ENABLE) The following registers need synchronization when written: * * * Control B Clear and Control B Set registers (CTRLBCLR and CTRLBSET) Status register (STATUS) Prescaler and Prescaler Buffer registers (PRESC and PRESCBUF) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1759 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder * * * Compare Value x and Compare Value x Buffer registers (CCx and CCBUFx) Filter Value and Filter Buffer Value registers (FILTER and FILTERBUF) Counter Value register (COUNT) Required write synchronization is denoted by the "Write-Synchronized" property in the register description. The following registers are synchronized when read: * Counter Value register (COUNT): the synchronization is done on demand through READSYNC software command (CTRLBSET.CMD) Required read synchronization is denoted by the "Read-Synchronized" property in the register description. Related Links 13.3 Register Synchronization (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1760 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder 53.7 Register Summary Offset Name 0x00 CTRLA 0x04 0x05 CTRLBCLR CTRLBSET 0x06 EVCTRL 0x08 0x09 0x0A 0x0B INTENCLR INTENSET INTFLAG Reserved 0x0C STATUS 0x0E 0x0F Reserved DBGCTRL 0x10 SYNCBUSY 0x14 0x15 0x16 ... 0x17 0x18 0x19 0x1A ... 0x1B PRESC FILTER 0x1C 0x20 PRESCBUF FILTERBUF 7:0 15:8 7:0 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 PEREN RUNSTDBY SWAP PINVEN2 PINVEN1 MAXCMP[3:0] CMD[2:0] CMD[2:0] EVEI[2:0] MCEO1 MC1 MC1 MC1 PINVEN0 MCEO0 MC0 MC0 MC0 DIR STOP HERR CCBUFV1 WINERR CCBUFV0 CC0 COUNT FILTER PRESC MODE[1:0] ALOCK PINEN2 EVINV[2:0] VLCEO VLC VLC VLC DIREO DIR DIR DIR MPERR STATUS CTRLB ENABLE SWRST CONF[2:0] PINEN1 PINEN0 ANGULAR[2:0] LUPD LUPD EVACT[1:0] ERREO OVFEO ERR OVF ERR OVF ERR OVF IDXERR QERR FILTERBUFV PRESCBUFV ENABLE DBGRUN SWRST CC1 PRESC[3:0] FILTER[7:0] 7:0 7:0 PRESCBUF[3:0] FILTERBUF[7:0] Reserved COUNT CC0 CC1 0x28 ... 0x2F Reserved 0x34 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 7:0 7:0 15:8 7:0 7:0 7:0 Reserved 0x24 0x30 Bit Pos. CCBUF0 CCBUF1 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 COUNT[7:0] COUNT[15:8] 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 CCBUF[7:0] CCBUF[15:8] (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. CC[7:0] CC[15:8] CC[7:0] CC[15:8] CCBUF[7:0] CCBUF[15:8] Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1761 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder 53.8 Register Description Registers can be 8, 16, or 32 bits wide. Atomic 8-, 16- and 32-bit accesses are supported. In addition, the 8-bit quarters and 16-bit halves of a 32-bit register, and the 8-bit halves of a 16-bit register can be accessed directly. Some registers are optionally write-protected by the Peripheral Access Controller (PAC). Optional PAC write protection is denoted by the "PAC Write-Protection" property in each individual register description. For details, refer to 53.5.8 Register Access Protection. Some registers are synchronized when read and/or written. Synchronization is denoted by the "Write-Synchronized" or the "Read-Synchronized" property in each individual register description. For details, refer to 53.6.7 Synchronization. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1762 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder 53.8.1 Control A Name: Offset: Reset: Property: CTRLA 0x00 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Enable-Protected Bit 31 30 29 MAXCMP[3:0] RW RW 0 0 Access Reset RW 0 Bit 23 22 PINVEN2 RW 0 21 PINVEN1 RW 0 20 PINVEN0 RW 0 15 PEREN RW 0 14 SWAP RW 0 13 12 7 6 RUNSTDBY RW 0 5 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset 28 27 26 RW 0 25 ANGULAR[2:0] RW 0 RW 0 19 18 PINEN2 RW 0 17 PINEN1 RW 0 16 PINEN0 RW 0 11 ALOCK RW 0 10 8 RW 0 9 CONF[2:0] RW 0 RW 0 3 2 1 ENABLE RW 0 0 SWRST W 0 RW 0 4 MODE[1:0] RW 0 RW 0 24 Bits 31:28 - MAXCMP[3:0]Maximum Consecutive Missing Pulses These bits define the threshold for the maximum consecutive missing pulses in AUTOC configuration of the QDEC mode. Outside of AUTOC configuration of QDEC mode, these bits have no effect. These bits are not synchronized. Bits 26:24 - ANGULAR[2:0]Angular Counter Length In QDEC mode, these bits define the size of the Angular counter within COUNT. Angular counter size is equal to CTRLA.ANGULAR+9. The remaining MSB of the COUNTER register are used for counting revolutions. For example, CTRLA.ANGULAR=0 defines the 9 LSB of COUNT as Angular counter and the residual 7 MSB of COUNT as Revolution counter. CTRLA.ANGULAR=7 will define a 16-bit Angular counter and no Revolution counter. Outside of QDEC mode, these bits have no effect. These bits are not synchronized. Table 53-1.Angular and Revolution Counters in COUNTER Register ANGULAR[2:0] Angular counter Revolution counter 0x0 0x1 0x2 0x3 0x4 0x5 0x6 0x7 COUNTER[0:8] COUNTER[0:9] COUNTER[0:10] COUNTER[0:11] COUNTER[0:12] COUNTER[0:13] COUNTER[0:14] COUNTER[0:15] COUNTER[9:15] COUNTER[10:15] COUNTER[11:15] COUNTER[12:15] COUNTER[13:15] COUNTER[14:15] COUNTER[15] no revolution counter Bits 20, 21, 22 - PINVENIO Pin x Invert Enable When this bit is written to '1', the corresponding input pin active level is inverted. This bit has no effect if PINENx bit is zero. In COUNTER mode only PINVEN[0] is significant. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1763 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 Pin active level is not inverted. 1 Pin active level is inverted. Bits 16, 17, 18 - PINENPDEC Input From Pin x Enable This bit enables the IO pin x as signal input. In COUNTER mode, only PINVEN[0] is significant. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 Event line is the signal input. 1 I/O pin is the signal input. Bit 15 - PERENPeriod Enable This bit is used to enable the CC0 register as counter period. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 Period register function is disabled. 1 CC0 is acting as counter period register. Bit 14 - SWAPPDEC Phase A and B Swap This bit is used to swap input source of signal 0 and 1. In COUNTER mode this bit has no effect. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 The input sources of signal 0 and 1 are not swapped. 1 The input sources of signal 0 and 1 are swapped. Bit 11 - ALOCKAuto Lock When this bit is set, the Lock Update bit in Control B register (CTRLB.LUPD) is set by hardware when an UPDATE condition is detected. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 Auto Lock is disabled. 1 Auto Lock is enabled. Bits 10:8 - CONF[2:0]PDEC Configuration These bits define the PDEC configuration. Outside of QDEC mode, these bits have no effect. These bits are not synchronized. Value Name Description 0 X4 Quadrature decoder direction 1 X4S Secure Quadrature decoder direction 2 X2 Decoder direction 3 X2S Secure decoder direction 4 AUTOC Auto correction mode Bit 6 - RUNSTDBYRun in Standby This bit is used to keep the PDEC running in standby mode. This bit is not synchronized. Value Description 0 The PDEC is halted in standby. 1 The PDEC continues to run in standby. Bits 3:2 - MODE[1:0]Operation Mode These bits select one of the QDEC, HALL, COUNTER modes. These bits are not synchronized. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1764 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder Value 0x0 0x1 0x2 Name QDEC HALL COUNTER Description QDEC operating mode HALL operating mode COUNTER operating mode Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable Due to synchronization, there is delay between writing CTRLA.ENABLE until the peripheral is enabled/disabled. The value written to CTRLA.ENABLE will read back immediately, and the Enable Synchronization Busy bit in the Synchronization Busy register (SYNCBUSY.ENABLE) will be set. SYNCBUSY.ENABLE will be cleared when the operation is complete. Value Description 0 The peripheral is disabled. 1 The peripheral is enabled. Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit resets all registers in the PDEC (except DBGCTRL) to their initial state, and the PDEC will be disabled. Writing a '1' to CTRLA.SWRST will always take precedence; all other writes in the same write-operation will be discarded. Due to synchronization, there is a delay from writing CTRLA.SWRST until the Reset is complete. CTRLA.SWRST and SYNCBUSY.SWRST will both be cleared when the Reset is complete. Value Description 0 There is no Reset operation ongoing. 1 A Reset operation is ongoing. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1765 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder 53.8.2 Control B Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: CTRLBCLR 0x04 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Read-Synchronized, Write-Synchronized This register allows the user to change this register without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Control B Set (CTRLBSET) register. Bit Access Reset 7 RW 0 6 CMD[2:0] RW 0 5 4 3 RW 0 2 1 LUPD RW 0 0 Bits 7:5 - CMD[2:0]Command These bits can be used for software control of the PDEC. When a command has been executed, the CMD bit group will read back zero. The commands are executed on the next prescaled GCLK_PDEC clock cycle. Writing a zero to this bit group has no effect. Writing a valid value to these bits will clear the corresponding pending command. Writing a '0' to these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to an individual bit will clear the corresponding bit. Value Name Description 0 NONE No action 1 RETRIGGER Force a counter restart or re-trigger 2 UPDATE Force update of double buffered registers 3 READSYNC Force a read synchronization of COUNT 4 START Start QDEC/HALL 5 STOP Stop QDEC/HALL Bit 1 - LUPDLock Update This bit controls the update operation of the PDEC buffered registers. When CTRLB.LUPD is set, no any update of the registers with value of its buffered register is performed on hardware UPDATE condition. Locking the update ensures that all buffer registers are valid before an hardware update is performed. After all the buffer registers are loaded correctly, the buffered registers can be unlocked. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this will disable the lock update. Value Description 0 The PRESCBUF, FILTERBUF and CCBUFx buffer registers value are copied into CCx and PER registers on hardware update condition. 1 The PRESCBUF, FILTERBUF and CCBUFx buffer registers value are not copied into CCx and PER registers on hardware update condition. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1766 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder 53.8.3 Control B Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: CTRLBSET 0x05 0x00 PAC Write-Protection, Read-Synchronized, Write-Synchronized This register allows the user to change this register without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Control B Clear (CTRLBCLR) register. Bit Access Reset 7 RW 0 6 CMD[2:0] RW 0 5 4 3 RW 0 2 1 LUPD RW 0 0 Bits 7:5 - CMD[2:0]Command These bits can be used for software control of the PDEC. When a command has been executed, the CMD bit group will read back zero. The commands are executed on the next prescaled GCLK_PDEC clock cycle. Writing a zero to this bit group has no effect. Writing a valid value to these bits will set the associated command. Value Name Description 0 NONE No action 1 RETRIGGER Force a counter restart or retrigger 2 UPDATE Force update of double buffered registers 3 READSYNC Force a read synchronization of COUNT 4 START Start QDEC/HALL 5 STOP Stop QDEC/HALL Bit 1 - LUPDLock Update This bit controls the update operation of the PDEC buffered registers. When CTRLB.LUPD is set, no any update of the registers with value of its buffered register is performed on hardware UPDATE condition. Locking the update ensures that all buffer registers are valid before an hardware update is performed. After all the buffer registers are loaded correctly, the buffered registers can be unlocked. Writing a '1' to this will enable the Lock Update. Value Description 0 The PRESCBUF, FILTERBUF and CCBUFx buffer registers value are copied into CCx and PER registers on hardware update condition. 1 The PRESCBUF, FILTERBUF and CCBUFx buffer registers value are not copied into CCx and PER registers on hardware update condition. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1767 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder 53.8.4 Event Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit EVCTRL 0x06 0x0000 Enable-Protected, PAC Write-Protection 15 14 13 MCEO1 RW 0 12 MCEO0 RW 0 11 VLCEO RW 0 10 DIREO RW 0 9 ERREO RW 0 8 OVFEO RW 0 7 6 EVEI[2:0] RW 0 5 4 3 EVINV[2:0] RW 0 2 1 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 EVACT[1:0] RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bits 12, 13 - MCEOMatch Channel x Event Output Enable These bits control whether event match on channel x is enabled or not and generated for every match. Value Description 0 Match event on channel x is disabled and will not be generated. 1 Match event on channel x is enabled and will be generated for every compare. Bit 11 - VLCEOVelocity Output Event Enable This bit is used to enable the velocity event. When enabled, an event level will be generated for each change on the qualified PDEC phases. This bit has no effect when COUNTER operation mode is selected. Value Description 0 VLC output event is disabled and will not be generated. 1 VLC output is enabled and will be generated for every valid velocity condition. Bit 10 - DIREODirection Output Event Enable This bit is used to enable the Direction event. When enabled, an event level output is generated to report the rotation direction. Value Description 0 DIR output event is disabled and will not be generated. 1 DIR output is enabled and changes the level when the rotation direction changes. Bit 9 - ERREOError Output Event Enable This bit enables the output of the Error event (ERR). Value Description 0 ERR Event output is disabled. 1 ERR Event output is enabled. Bit 8 - OVFEOOverflow/Underflow Output Event Enable This bit is used to enable the Overflow/Underflow event. When enabled, an event will be generated when the Counter overflows/underflows. Value Description 0 Overflow/Underflow event is disabled and will not be generated. 1 Overflow/Underflow event is enabled and will be generated for every counter overflow/underflow. Bits 7:5 - EVEI[2:0]Event Input Enable This bit is used to enable asynchronous input event to the counter. Value Description 0 Incoming events are disabled. 1 Incoming events are enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1768 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder Bits 4:2 - EVINV[2:0]Inverted Event Input Enable This bit inverts the asynchronous input event to the counter. Value Description 0 Input event source is not inverted. 1 Input event source is inverted. Bits 1:0 - EVACT[1:0]Event Action These bits have an effect only when COUNTER operation mode is selected, and ignored in all other operation modes. These bits define the event action the counter will perform on an event. Value Name Description 0 OFF Event action disabled 1 RETRIGGER Start, restart or retrigger on event 2 COUNT Count on event (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1769 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder 53.8.5 Interrupt Enable Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENCLR 0x08 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to change this register without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Set (INTENSET) register. Bit 7 6 Access Reset 5 MC1 RW 0 4 MC0 RW 0 3 VLC RW 0 2 DIR RW 0 1 ERR RW 0 0 OVF RW 0 Bits 4, 5 - MCChannel x Compare Match Disable Writing a '0' to MCx has no effect. Writing a '1' to MCx will clear the corresponding Match Channel x Interrupt Disable/Enable bit, which disables the Match Channel x interrupt. Value Description 0 The Match Channel x interrupt is disabled. 1 The Match Channel x interrupt is enabled. Bit 3 - VLCVelocity Interrupt Disable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Velocity Interrupt Disable/Enable bit, which disables the Velocity interrupt. This bit has no effect when COUNTER operation mode is selected. Value Description 0 The Velocity interrupt is disabled. 1 The Velocity interrupt is enabled. Bit 2 - DIRDirection Interrupt Disable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Direction Change Interrupt Disable/Enable bit, which disables the Direction Change interrupt. This bit has no effect when COUNTER operation mode is selected. Value Description 0 The Direction Change interrupt is disabled. 1 The Direction Change interrupt is enabled. Bit 1 - ERRError Interrupt Disable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Error Interrupt Disable/Enable bit, which disables the Error interrupt. Value Description 0 The Error interrupt is disabled. 1 The Error interrupt is enabled. Bit 0 - OVFOverflow/Underflow Interrupt Disable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will clear the Overflow Interrupt Disable/Enable bit, which disables the Overflow interrupt. Value Description 0 The Overflow interrupt is disabled. 1 The Overflow interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1770 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder 53.8.6 Interrupt Enable Set Name: Offset: Reset: Property: INTENSET 0x09 0x00 PAC Write-Protection This register allows the user to change this register without doing a read-modify-write operation. Changes in this register will also be reflected in the Interrupt Enable Clear (INTENCLR) register. Bit 7 6 Access Reset 5 MC1 RW 0 4 MC0 RW 0 3 VLC RW 0 2 DIR RW 0 1 ERR RW 0 0 OVF RW 0 Bits 4, 5 - MCChannel x Compare Match Enable Writing a '0' to MCx has no effect. Writing a '1' to MCx will set the corresponding Match Channel x Interrupt Disable/Enable bit, which enables the Match Channel x interrupt. Value Description 0 The Match Channel x interrupt is disabled. 1 The Match Channel x interrupt is enabled. Bit 3 - VLCVelocity Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Velocity Interrupt Disable/Enable bit, which enables the Velocity interrupt. This bit has no effect when COUNTER operation mode is selected. Value Description 0 The Velocity interrupt is disabled. 1 The Velocity interrupt is enabled. Bit 2 - DIRDirection Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Direction Change Interrupt Disable/Enable bit, which enables the Direction Change interrupt. This bit has no effect when COUNTER operation mode is selected. Value Description 0 The Direction Change interrupt is disabled. 1 The Direction Change interrupt is enabled. Bit 1 - ERRError Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Error Interrupt Disable/Enable bit, which enables the Error interrupt. Value Description 0 The Error interrupt is disabled. 1 The Error interrupt is enabled. Bit 0 - OVFOverflow/Underflow Interrupt Enable Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit will set the Overflow Interrupt Disable/Enable bit, which enable the Overflow interrupt. Value Description 0 The Overflow interrupt is disabled. 1 The Overflow interrupt is enabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1771 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder 53.8.7 Interrupt Flag Status and Clear Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 INTFLAG 0x0A 0x00 - 6 Access Reset 5 MC1 RW 0 4 MC0 RW 0 3 VLC RW 0 2 DIR RW 0 1 ERR RW 0 0 OVF RW 0 Bits 4, 5 - MCChannel x Compare Match This flag is set on the next CLK_PDEC_CNT cycle after a match with the compare condition, and will generate an interrupt request if the corresponding Match Channel x Interrupt Enable bit in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET.MCx) is '1'. Writing a '0' to one of these bits has no effect. Writing a '1' to one of these bits will clear the corresponding Match Channel x interrupt flag. Bit 3 - VLCVelocity This flag is set if a velocity transition occurs, and will generate an interrupt request if the Velocity Interrupt Enable bit in Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET.VLC) is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Velocity transition interrupt flag. This flag is never set when COUNTER operation mode is selected. Bit 2 - DIRDirection Change This flag is set if a direction change occurs, and will generate an interrupt request if the Direction Change Interrupt Enable bit in Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET.DIR) is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Velocity transition interrupt flag. This flag is never set when COUNTER operation mode is selected. Bit 1 - ERRError This flag is set when an error condition is detected, and will generate an interrupt request if the Error Interrupt Enable bit in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET.ERR) is '1'. The error source can be identified by reading the Status (STATUS) register. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Error interrupt flag. Bit 0 - OVFOverflow/Underflow This flag is set on the next CLK_TC_CNT cycle after an overflow condition occurs, and will generate an interrupt request if the Overflow Interrupt Enable bit in the Interrupt Enable Set register (INTENSET.OVF) is '1'. Writing a '0' to this bit has no effect. Writing a '1' to this bit clears the Overflow interrupt flag. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1772 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder 53.8.8 Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit STATUS 0x0C 0x0040 Read-Synchronized, Write-Synchronized 15 14 13 CCBUFV1 R 0 12 CCBUFV0 R 0 11 10 9 FILTERBUFV R 0 8 PRESCBUFV R 0 7 DIR R 0 6 STOP R 1 5 HERR RW 0 4 WINERR RW 0 3 2 MPERR RW 0 1 IDXERR RW 0 0 QERR RW 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bits 12, 13 - CCBUFVCompare Channel x Buffer Valid The bit is set when a new value is written to the corresponding CCBUF register. The bit is cleared by writing a '1' to the corresponding location or automatically cleared on an UPDATE condition. Bit 9 - FILTERBUFVFilter Buffer Valid This bit is set when a new value is written to the PRESCALERBUF register. The bit is cleared by writing a '1' to the corresponding location or automatically cleared on an UPDATE condition. This bit is always read '0' when COUNTER operation mode is selected. Bit 8 - PRESCBUFVPrescaler Buffer Valid This bit is set when a new value is written to the PRESC register. The bit is cleared by writing a '1' to the corresponding location or automatically cleared on an UPDATE condition. Bit 7 - DIRDirection Status Flag This bit reflects the HALL/QDEC direction. in COUNTER mode, this bits is always read '0'. Value Description 0 Clockwise direction. 1 Counter-clockwise direction. Bit 6 - STOPStop This bit reflects the HALL/QDEC decoding status. In COUNTER mode, this bits is always read '0'. Value Description 0 PDEC/HALL decoding is running. 1 PDEC/HALL decoding is stopped. Bit 5 - HERRHall Error Flag This flag is set when an invalid HALL code is detected. The flag is cleared by writing a '1' to this bit location. Outside of HALL mode, this bits is always read '0'. Bit 4 - WINERRWindow Error Flag This flag is set when the counter is outside the window monitor. The flag is cleared by writing a '1' to this bit location. Outside of HALL mode, this bits is always read '0'. Bit 2 - MPERRMissing Pulse Error flag This flag is set when a missing pulse error condition is detected. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1773 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder The flag is cleared by writing a '1' to this bit location. Outside of QDEC mode, this bits is always read '0'. Bit 1 - IDXERRIndex Error Flag This flag is set when an index error condition is detected. The flag is cleared by writing a '1' to this bit location. Outside of QDEC mode, this bits is always read '0'. Bit 0 - QERRQuadrature Error Flag This flag is set when an invalid QDEC transition is detected. The flag is cleared by writing a '1' to this bit location. Outside of QDEC mode, this bits is always read '0'. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1774 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder 53.8.9 Debug Control Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 DBGCTRL 0x0F 0x00 PAC Write-Protection 6 5 4 3 Access Reset 2 1 0 DBGRUN RW 0 Bit 0 - DBGRUNDebug Run Mode This bit is not affected by software reset and should not be changed by software while the PDEC module is enabled. Value Description 0 The PDEC module is halted when the device is halted in debug mode. 1 The PDEC module continues normal operation when the device is halted in debug mode. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1775 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder 53.8.10 Synchronization Status Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit SYNCBUSY 0x10 0x00000000 Read-Only 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 CC1 R 0 7 CC0 R 0 6 COUNT R 0 5 FILTER R 0 4 PRESC R 0 3 STATUS R 0 2 CTRLB R 0 1 ENABLE R 0 0 SWRST R 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bits 7, 8 - CCCompare Channel x Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of Compare Channel x (CCx) register between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of Compare Channel x (CCx) register between clock domains is started. Bit 6 - COUNTCount Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of Count register between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of Count register between clock domains is started. Bit 5 - FILTERFilter Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of Filter register between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of Filter register between clock domains is started. This bit is always read '0' when COUNTER operation mode is selected. Bit 4 - PRESCPrescaler Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of Prescaler register between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of Prescaler register between clock domains is started. Bit 3 - STATUSStatus Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of Status register between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of Status register between clock domains is started. Bit 2 - CTRLBControl B Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of Control B register between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of Control B register between clock domains is started. Bit 1 - ENABLEEnable Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of Enable register bit between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of Enable register bit between clock domains is started. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1776 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder Bit 0 - SWRSTSoftware Reset Synchronization Busy This bit is cleared when the synchronization of Software Reset register bit between the clock domains is complete. This bit is set when the synchronization of Software Reset register bit between clock domains is started. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1777 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder 53.8.11 Prescaler Value Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 PRESC 0x14 0x00 Write-Synchronized 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RW 0 RW 0 PRESC[3:0] Access Reset RW 0 Bits 3:0 - PRESC[3:0]Prescaler Value These bits select the GCLK prescaler factor. Value Name 0 DIV1 1 DIV2 2 DIV4 3 DIV8 4 DIV16 5 DIV32 6 DIV64 7 DIV128 8 DIV256 9 DIV512 10 DIV1024 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. RW 0 Description No division Divide by 2 Divide by 4 Divide by 8 Divide by 16 Divide by 32 Divide by 64 Divide by 128 Divide by 256 Divide by 512 Divide by 1024 Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1778 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder 53.8.12 Filter Value Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 FILTER 0x15 0x00 Write-Synchronized 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 FILTER[7:0] Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bits 7:0 - FILTER[7:0]Filter Value These bits select the PDEC inputs filter length. These bits have no effect when COUNTER operation mode is selected. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1779 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder 53.8.13 Prescaler Buffer Value Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit 7 PRESCBUF 0x18 0x00 Write-Synchronized 6 Access Reset 5 4 3 RW 0 2 1 PRESCBUF[3:0] RW RW 0 0 0 RW 0 Bits 3:0 - PRESCBUF[3:0]Prescaler Buffer Value These bits hold the value of the prescaler buffer register. The value is copied in the corresponding PRESC register on UPDATE condition. Value Name Description 0 DIV1 No division 1 DIV2 Divide by 2 2 DIV4 Divide by 4 3 DIV8 Divide by 8 4 DIV16 Divide by 16 5 DIV32 Divide by 32 6 DIV64 Divide by 64 7 DIV128 Divide by 128 8 DIV256 Divide by 256 9 DIV512 Divide by 512 10 DIV1024 Divide by 1024 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1780 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder 53.8.14 Filter Buffer Value Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit Access Reset FILTERBUF 0x19 0x00 Write-Synchronized 7 6 5 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 4 3 FILTERBUF[7:0] RW RW 0 0 2 1 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bits 7:0 - FILTERBUF[7:0]Filter Buffer Value These bits hold the value of the filter buffer register. The value is copied in the corresponding FILTER register on UPDATE condition. These bits have no effect when COUNTER operation mode is selected. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1781 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder 53.8.15 Counter Value Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit COUNT 0x1C 0x00000000 PAC Write-Protection, Read-Synchronized, Write-Synchronized 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Bit 15 14 13 12 10 9 8 Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 11 COUNT[15:8] RW RW 0 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 7 6 5 3 2 1 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 4 COUNT[7:0] Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bits 15:0 - COUNT[15:0]Counter Value These bits contain the counter value. To read the most updated counter value, the READSYNC software command must be applied first (CTRLBSET.CMD = READSYNC). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1782 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder 53.8.16 Channel x Compare Value Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit CCx 0x20 + x*0x04 [x=0..1] 0x00000000 Read-Synchronized, Write-Synchronized 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 3 2 1 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit CC[15:8] Access Reset Bit RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 7 6 5 4 CC[7:0] Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bits 15:0 - CC[15:0]Channel Compare Value These bits hold value of the channel x compare register. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1783 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet PDEC - Position Decoder 53.8.17 Channel x Compare Buffer Value Name: Offset: Reset: Property: Bit CCBUFx 0x30 + x*0x04 [x=0..1] 0x00000000 Write-Synchronized 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Bit 15 14 13 12 10 9 8 Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 11 CCBUF[15:8] RW RW 0 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 7 6 5 3 2 1 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Access Reset Bit Access Reset Bit 4 CCBUF[7:0] Access Reset RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 RW 0 Bits 15:0 - CCBUF[15:0]Channel Compare Buffer Value These bits hold the value of the channel x compare buffer register. The register is used as buffer for the associated compare register (CCx). Accessing this register using the CPU will affect the corresponding CCBVx status bit (STATUS.CCBUFVx). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1784 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C 54. Electrical Characteristics at 85C 54.1 Disclaimer All typical values are measured at T = 25C unless otherwise specified. All minimum and maximum values are valid across operating temperature and voltage unless otherwise specified. 54.2 Absolute Maximum Ratings Stresses beyond those listed in the table below may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at these or other conditions beyond those indicated in the operational sections of this specification is not implied. Exposure to absolute maximum rating conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability. Table 54-1.Absolute Maximum Ratings (1) Symbol Description Min. Max. Units VDD Power supply voltage 0 3.8 V IVDD Current into a VDD pin(2,3,4) - 60 mA IGND Current out of a GND pin - 60 mA VPIN Pin voltage with respect to GND and VDD GND-0.6V VDD+0.6V V Tstorage Storage temperature -60 150 C TBIAS Ambient temperature under bias (up to) -40 125 C TJ Junction temperature -40 145 C ESD qualification: VHBM Human Body Model (HBM) per JESD22-A114 - 2000 V VCDM Charged Device Model (CDM) AEC Q100-011 (ANSI/ESD STM 5.3.1)..(PKG: Mid, corner) 750, 750 V Note: 1. Stresses above those listed under "Absolute Maximum Ratings" may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at those or any other conditions, above those indicated in the operation listings of this specification, is not implied. Exposure to maximum rating conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability. 2. Maximum allowable current is a function of device maximum power dissipation (See Thermal Operating Conditions). 3. For 100-pin packages: IVDD (pin 92) = 360 mA and IVDD (pin 77) = 210 mA. 4. For 128-pin packages: IVDD (pin 118) = 360 mA and IVDD (pin 97) = 210 mA. CAUTION This device is sensitive to electrostatic discharges (ESD). Improper handling may lead to permanent performance degradation or malfunctioning. Handle the device following best practice ESD protection rules: Be aware that the human body can accumulate charges large enough to impair functionality or destroy the device. Note: In this data sheet VDD is represented as common voltage applied to both VDDIO and VDDANA pins. For additional information on terminology, refer to the section "Acronyms and Abbreviations". (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1785 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C 54.3 General Operating Ratings The device must operate within the ratings listed below in order for all other electrical characteristics and typical characteristics of the device to be valid. Table 54-2.General Operating Conditions (4) Symbol Description Min. Typ. Max. Units VDDIO(2,3) IO Supply Voltage 1.71(1) 3.3 3.63 V VDDIOB(2,3) IOB Supply Voltage 1.71(1) 3.3 3.63 V Analog supply voltage 1.71(1) 3.3 3.63 V Battery Supply Voltage 1.71 (1) 3.3 3.63 V VDDANA (2,3) VBAT Note: 1. With BOD33 is disabled, BOD12 is enabled. 2. The same voltage must be applied to VDDIO and VDDANA. VDDIOB must be lower or equal to VDDIO and VDDANA. 3. When I/O pads in the VDDIOB cluster are multiplexed as analog pads, VDDANA is used to power the I/O. Using this configuration may result in an electrical conflict if the VDDIOB voltage is different from that of VDDIO and VDDANA. If the application has such requirements, it is required to power VDDIOB, VDDIO and VDDANA from the same supply source to ensure that they are always at the same voltage. 4. The device must operate with in the ratings listed in the Table 58-2. Thermal Operation Conditions. 54.4 Injection Current Stresses beyond those listed in the table below may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at these or other conditions beyond those indicated in the operational sections of this specification is not implied. Exposure to absolute maximum rating conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability. Table 54-3.Injection Current(1, 2) Symbol Description min Typ. max Unit Comments IICL Input Low Injection Current -15 - IICH Input High Injection Current - - 15 mA Note: 2, 3, 4 This parameter applies to all I/O pins. IICT Total Input Injection Current (Sum of all I/O and control pins) Absolute value of | IICT| - - 45 mA Absolute instantaneous sum of all input injection currents from all I/O pins.( |IICL| + |IICH|) <IICT - mA Note: 1, 3, 4 This Parameter applies to all pins. Note: 1. VIL source < (VSS - 0.6). Characterized but not tested. 2. VIH source > (VDDIO + 0.6) for all I/O pins. 3. Injection currents > | 0 | can affect the ADC results by approximately 4 to 6 counts (i.e., VIH Source > (VDDIO + 0.6) or VIL source < (GND - 0.6)). 4. Any number and/or combination of I/O pins not excluded under IICL or IICH conditions are permitted provided the "absolute instantaneous" sum of the input injection currents from all pins do not exceed the specified IICT limit. To limit the injection current the user must insert a resistor in series RS between input source voltage and device pin. The resistor value is calculated according to: - For negative Input voltages less than (GND-0.6): RS (((GND - 0.6) - VIL source) / IICL) - For positive input voltages greater than (VDDIO+0.6): RS ((VIH source - (VDDIO+0.6))/ IICH) - For Vpin voltages > VDDIO and < GND then RS = the larger of the values calculated above (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1786 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C 54.5 Supply Characteristics Table 54-4.Supply Rates (1) Symbol Description VDDIO Fall Rate Rise Rate Max. Min. Max. 0.2 100 Peripheral, Internal regulator and IO Supply Voltages VDDIOB VDDANA 50 Units mV/s Analog Supply Voltage Note: 1. These values are based on simulation. They are not covered by production test limits or characterization. 54.6 Maximum Clock Frequencies Table 54-5.Maximum GCLK Generator Output Frequencies (see Notes 1, 2) Symbol Description Conditions Fmax Units fGCLKGEN0 / fGCLK_MAIN (see Note 2) GCLK Generator Output Frequency undivided 200 MHz FgclkgenX, x={1;7} 200 MHz FgclkgenX, , x={8;11} 100 MHz Note: 1. These values are based on simulation. They are not covered by production test limits or characterization. 2. GCLK Generator 0 output frequency must not exceed the AHB clock frequency. The output must be divided in case of the GCLK Generator 0 input frequency is higher than the AHB clock frequency. Table 54-6.Maximum Peripheral Clock Frequencies(1) Symbol Description Max. Units fCPU CPU clock frequency 120 MHz fAHB AHB clock frequency 120 MHz fAPBx, x = {A, B, C, D} APBA, APBB, APBC and APBD clock frequency 120 MHz fGCLK_DPLLx, x = {0,1} FDPLL0 and FDPLL1 Reference clock frequency 3.2 MHz fGCLK_DPLLx_32K, x = {0,1} FDPLL0 and FDPLL1 32k Reference clock frequency 100 kHz fGCLK_DFLL48M_REF DFLL48M Reference clock frequency 33 kHz fGCLK_EIC EIC input clock frequency 100 MHz fGCLK_FREQM_MSR FREQM Measure 200 MHz fGCLK_FREQM_REF FREQM Reference 100 MHz fGCLK_EVSYS_CHANNEL_x, x = {0,.., 11} EVSYS channel x input clock frequency 100 MHz fGCLK_SERCOMx_SLOW, x = {0, ... , 7} Common SERCOMx slow input clock frequency 12 MHz fGCLK_SERCOMx_CORE, x = {0, ... , 7} SERCOMx input clock frequency 100 MHz fGCLK_CANx, x = {0, 1} CANx input clock frequency 100 MHz (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1787 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C ...........continued Symbol Description Max. Units fGCLK_USB USB input clock frequency 60 MHz fGCLK_I2S I2S input clock frequency 100 MHz fGCLK_SDHCx_SLOW, x = {0, 1} Common SDHCx slow input clock frequency 12 MHz fGCLK_SDHCx_CORE, x = {0, 1} SDHCx input clock frequency 150 MHz fGCLK_TCCx, x = {0, ... , 4} TCCx input clock frequency 200 MHz fGCLK_TCx, x = {0, ... , 3} TC0, TC1, TC2, TC3 input clock frequency 200 MHz fGCLK_TCx, x = {4, ... , 7} TC4, TC5, TC6, TC7 input clock frequency 100 MHz fGCLK_PDEC PDEC input clock frequency 200 MHz fGCLK_CCL CCL input clock frequency 100 MHz fGCLK_GCLKIN External GCLK input clock frequency 50 MHz fGCLK_CM4_TRACE CM4 Trace input clock frequency 120 MHz fGCLK_AC AC digital input clock frequency 100 MHz fGCLK_ADCx, x = {0, 1} ADCx input clock frequency 100 MHz fGCLK_DAC DAC input clock frequency 100 MHz Note: 1. These values are based on simulation. They are not covered by production test limits or characterization. 54.7 Power Consumption The values in this section are measured values of power consumption under the following conditions, except where noted: * Operating Conditions - CPU is running on Flash with automatic wait state - Low-power cache enabled. - BOD33 is disabled - I/Os are inactive input mode with input trigger disabled * Oscillators - XOSC0 (crystal oscillator) running with external 32 MHz crystal - XOSC32K (32 kHz crystal oscillator) running with external 32 kHz crystal in LP mode - FDPLL is using XOSC32K as reference - DFLL is using XOSC32K as reference (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1788 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C Table 54-7.Current Consumption - Active and Idle Mode Mode Conditions Regulator Clock FDPLL 120 MHz LDO DFLL 48 MHz XOSC 32 MHz Active COREMARK(1) FDPLL 120 MHz BUCK DFLL 48 MHz XOSC 32 MHz FDPLL 120 MHz LDO DFLL 48 MHz XOSC 32 MHz Idle N/A FDPLL 120 MHz BUCK DFLL 48 MHz XOSC 32 MHz VDD Typ Max. 1.8V 136 162 3.3V 137 164 1.8V 136 199 3.3V 136 199 1.8V 146 243 3.3V 149 245 1.8V 103 127 3.3V 65 89 1.8V 102 152 3.3V 63 115 1.8V 110 205 73 153 21 46 3.3V 23 48 1.8V 21 84 3.3V 21 84 1.8V 25 115 3.3V 27 117 1.8V 16 35 3.3V 11 28 1.8V 16 63 3.3V 10 46 1.8V 21 90 3.3V 19 71 3.3V 1.8V TA Max. at 85C Typ at 25C Units A/MHz Note: System Configuration used: * MCLK all APB clocks masked except MCLK and NVMCTRL * MCLK.AHBMASK = 0x00C00FFF * CMCC enabled (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1789 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C Table 54-8.Standby Mode Current Consumption Mode Regulator Mode Conditions Fast wake-up disabled (PM.STDBYCFG.FASTWKUP = 0x0), no peripheral running No System RAM retained (PM.STDBYCFG.RAMCFG = 0x2). 8 KB backup RAM retained Fast wake-up enabled (PM.STDBYCFG.FASTWKUP = 0x3), no peripheral running No System RAM retained (PM.STDBYCFG.RAMCFG = 0x2). 8 KB backup RAM retained LDO BUCK LDO BUCK Standby Fast wake-up disabled (PM.STDBYCFG.FASTWKUP = 0x0), RTC running on XOSC32K No System RAM retained (PM.STDBYCFG.RAMCFG = 0x2). 8 KB backup RAM retained Fast wake-up disabled (PM.STDBYCFG.FASTWKUP = 0x0), RTC running on XOSC32K 32 KB System RAM retained (PM.STDBYCFG.RAMCFG = 0x1). 8 KB backup RAM retained Fast wake-up disabled (PM.STDBYCFG.FASTWKUP = 0x0), RTC running on XOSC32K Full System RAM retained (PM.STDBYCFG.RAMCFG = 0x0). 8 KB backup RAM retained LDO BUCK LDO BUCK LDO BUCK LDO Standby Fast wake-up enabled (PM.STDBYCFG.FASTWKUP=0x3), no peripheral running Full System RAM retained. BUCK LDO Fast wake-up enabled (PM.STDBYCFG.FASTWKUP=0x3), RTC running on XOSC32K Full System RAM retained. BUCK (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet VDD TA Typ. Max. Units 1.8V 43 870 3.3V 43 869 1.8V 26 570 3.3V 17 440 1.8V 85 1388 3.3V 85 1392 1.8V 65 1047 47 738 43 870 3.3V 44 870 1.8V 26 571 3.3V 18 443 1.8V 45 912 3.3V 46 911 1.8V 27 598 3.3V 19 462 1.8V 53 1068 3.3V 53 1067 1.8V 32 702 3.3V 22 537 1.8V 101 1716 3.3V 1.8V 3.3 V 1.8V Max at 85C Typ at 25C Max at 85C Typ at 25C 101 1722 78 1298 3.3V 55 911 1.8V 102 1724 3.3V 103 1732 1.8V 79 1305 3.3V 56 915 DS60001507F-page 1790 A A SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C Table 54-9.Hibernate Mode Current Consumption Mode Regulator Mode Conditions No peripheral running No System RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.RAMCFG = 0x2) No backup RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.BRAMCFG = 0x2) RTC is running on XOSC32K No System RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.RAMCFG = 0x2) No backup RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.BRAMCFG = 0x2) RTC is running on XOSC32K No System RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.RAMCFG = 0x2) 4 KB backup RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.BRAMCFG = 0x1) LDO BUCK LDO BUCK LDO BUCK Hibernate RTC is running on XOSC32K No System RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.RAMCFG = 0x2) 8 KB backup RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.BRAMCFG = 0x0) RTC is running on XOSC32K 32 KB System RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.RAMCFG = 0x1) 8 KB backup RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.BRAMCFG = 0x0) RTC is running on XOSC32K Full System RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.RAMCFG = 0x0) 8 KB backup RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.BRAMCFG = 0x0) (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet LDO BUCK LDO BUCK LDO BUCK VDD TA Typ. Max. Units 1.8V 6 47 3.3V 6 48 1.8V 3 29 3.3V 3 29 1.8V 6 48 3.3V 7 49 1.8V 3 30 3.3V 3 30 1.8V 7 55 3.3V 8 56 1.8V 3 35 Max. at 3.3V 85C Typ at 1.8V 25C 4 33 7 61 3.3V 8 63 1.8V 4 39 3.3V 4 31 1.8V 9 100 3.3V 10 101 1.8V 5 65 3.3V 4 48 1.8V 16 255 3.3V 17 255 1.8V 9 166 3.3V 7 121 DS60001507F-page 1791 A SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C Table 54-10.Backup and Off Mode Current Consumption Mode Backup Conditions VDD Powered by VDDIO, no RTC running VDDIO+VDDANA consumption No backup RAM retained (PM.BKUPCFG.BRAMCFG = 0x2) 1.8V 2.1 41.7 3.3V 2.5 42.5 Powered by VDDIO with RTC running on XOSC32K VDDIO+VDDANA consumption No backup RAM retained (PM.BKUPCFG.BRAMCFG = 0x2) 1.8V 2.7 42.6 3.3V 3.3 43.6 Powered by VDDIO, no RTC running VDDIO+VDDANA consumption 4 KB backup RAM retained (PM.BKUPCFG.BRAMCFG = 0x1) 1.8V 2.4 48.4 2.8 49.1 Powered by VDDIO, no RTC running VDDIO+VDDANA consumption 8 KB backup RAM retained (PM.BKUPCFG.BRAMCFG = 0x0) 1.8V 2.7 55.1 3.3V 3.1 55.8 1.8V 2.7 42.6 3.3V 3.3 43.6 Battery backup mode powered by VBAT with RTC running on XOSC32K OFF 54.8 3.3V TA Max. at 85C Typ at 25C Typ. Max. Units 1.8V Max at 85C Typ 0.191 2.30 at 25C 3.3V 0.331 3.35 - Wake-Up Time Conditions: * * * * VDD = 3.3V LDO Regulation mode (default mode) CPU clock = DFLL48 in open loop (default configuration) NVM automatic wait state and cache enabled (default configuration) Measurement Methods For IDLE and STANDBY, the exit of mode is done through asynchronous EIC wake-up. The wake-up time is measured between the toggle of the EIC pin and the set of the IO pin done by the first executed instructions in EIC interrupt handler. For Backup and hibernate, the exit of mode is done through RTC wake-up. The wake-up time is measured between the toggle of the RTC pin (SUPC_BKOUT_RTCTGL) and the set of the IO done by the first executed instructions after reset. For OFF mode, the exit of mode is done through Reset pin, the time is measured between the rising edge of the RESETN signal and the set of the IO done by the first executed instructions after Reset. Table 54-11.Wake-Up Timing Sleep Mode Conditions Typ Unit IDLE 230 ns STANDBY STDBYCFG.FASTWKUP = 0 110 s STDBYCFG.FASTWKUP = 1 Fast Wakeup is enabled on NVM. 92 s STDBYCFG.FASTWKUP = 2 Fast Wakeup is enabled on the main voltage regulator. 25 s STDBYCFG.FASTWKUP = 3 Fast Wakeup is enabled on both NVM and MAINVREG. 5 s Hibernate 320 s BACKUP 350 s (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1792 A A SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C ...........continued 54.9 Sleep Mode Conditions Typ Unit OFF 210 s I/O Pin Characteristics The pins have two different speeds controlled by the Drive Strength bit located in the Pin Configuration register PORT (PORT.PINCFG.DRVSTR). Table 54-12.I/O Pins Common Characteristics Symbol Parameter Conditions Min. Typ. Max. Units VIL Input Low-Level Voltage VDD = 1.71V-3.6V - - 0.3 x VDD V VIH Input High-Level Voltage VDD = 1.71V-3.6V 0.7 x VDD - - VOL Output Low-Level Voltage VDD > 1.71V, IOL max - 0.1 x VDD 0.2 x VDD VOH Output High-Level Voltage VDD > 1.71V, IOH max 0.8 x VDD 0.9 x VDD - RPULL Pull-up/Pull-down Resistance - 20 40 60 Pull-down resistance on pads PA24 and PA25 - 14 23 28 Pull-up resistors disabled -1 0.015 1 ILEAK Input Leakage Current k A Table 54-13.I/O Pins Maximum Output Current(2,3) Symbol IOL IOH Parameter Backup Pins in Backup Mode Conditions Normal Mode (all IO pins) Normal Mode (all IO pins) DRVSTR=0 DRVSTR=1 Maximum Output low-level 1.71V<= VDD <3.0V current 3.0V <= VDD <= 3.63V 0.005 0.5 3 0.01 2 8 1.71V <= VDD < 3.0V 0.005 0.5 3 3.0V <= VDD <= 3.63V 0.01 2 8 Maximum Output highlevel current Units mA Table 54-14.I/O Pins Dynamic Characteristics (see Notes 1, 2, 3 and 4) Symbol Parameter Conditions Backup Pins in Backup Mode Normal Mode (all I/O pins) Normal Mode (all I/O pins) DRVSTR=0 DRVSTR=1 tRISE Maximum Rise Time CLOAD = 30 pF 4 0.04 0.01 tFALL Maximum Fall Time 4 0.04 0.01 CLOAD = 30 pF The pins with I2C alternative mode available are compliant with I2C specification. All I2C pins support Standard mode (Sm), Fast mode (Fm), Fast plus mode (Fm+), and High-Speed mode (Hs). The available I2C pins are listed in the section "I/O Multiplexing". When an I/O pin multiplexing value is set to an I2C function, internal pull-up/pull-down resistors are disabled. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1793 Units s SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C Note: 1. These values are based on simulation. They are not covered by production test limits or characterization. 2. The pins, PA08, PA09, PA12, PA13, PA16, PA17, PA22, PA23, PD08, PD09, have faster fall-time in I2C Fast Plus mode (Fm+) and High-Speed mode (HS). The fall-time can be in 1.5 ns range in Fm+ mode and in 1 ns range in HS mode. 3. The following pins are Backup pins and have different properties than normal pins: PA00, PA01, PB00, PB01, PB02, PB03, PC00, PC01. 4. USB pads PA24, PA25 are compliant to the USB standard in USB mode. 54.10 Analog Characteristics 54.10.1 Voltage Regulator Characteristics 54.10.1.1 Buck Converter Table 54-15.Buck Converter Electrical Characteristics Symbol Parameter Conditions Min. Typ. Max. Units PEFF Power Efficiency IOUT = 100A - 66 - % IOUT = 100mA - 74 - % Note: To obtain the best power efficiency from the buck regulator components the values from following table (Table 54-16) should be used. Table 54-16.External Components Requirements in Switching Mode(1) Symbol Parameter CIN(2) Input regulator decoupling capacitors on VDDIO, VDDIOB and VDDANA COUT(3) Conditions Output regulator decoupling capacitors on VDDCORE ESR COUT External Series Resistance of COUT LEXT External inductance Min. Typ. Max. Units - 10 - F 100 - nF 3.76 4.7 - F Ceramic dielectric X7R - Ceramic dielectric X7R - 100 - nF - - - 0.5 - 10 - H RSERIES_LEXT ESR of LEXT - - - 0.36 ISAT_LEXT - 500 - - Saturation current mA Note: 1. These values are based on simulation. They are not covered by production test limits or characterization. 2. It is recommended to use ceramic X7R capacitor with low-series resistance. Refer to Power Supply Connections for a typical circuit connections. 3. It is recommended to use ceramic or solid tantalum capacitor with low ESR. 54.10.1.2 LDO Regulator Table 54-17.Decoupling Requirements Symbol Parameter Conditions Min. Typ. Max. Units CIN(1) Input regulator decoupling capacitors on VDDIO, VDDIOB and VDDANA - - 10 - F Ceramic dielectric X7R - 100 - nF (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1794 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C ...........continued Symbol Parameter Conditions Min. Typ. Max. Units COUT(2) Output regulator decoupling capacitors on VDDCORE - 3.76 4.7 - F Ceramic dielectric X7R - 100 - nF External Series Resistance of COUT - - - 0.5 ESR COUT Note: 1. It is recommended to use ceramic X7R capacitor with low-series resistance. Refer to Power Supply Connections for a typical circuit connections. 2. It is recommended to use ceramic or solid tantalum capacitor with low ESR. 54.10.2 Power-On Reset (POR) Characteristics Table 54-18.POR Characteristics Symbol Parameters Min. Typ. Max. Unit VPOT+ Voltage threshold Level on VDDIO rising 1.53 - 1.64 V VPOT- Voltage threshold Level on VDDIO falling 0.97 - 1.35 V VDD Figure 54-1.POR Operating Principle VPOT+ VPOT- Reset Time Note: The shaded area indicates that the device is in a Reset state. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1795 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C 54.10.3 Brown-Out Detectors (BOD) Characteristics Figure 54-2.BOD33 Hysteresis OFF VDD VBOD RESET Figure 54-3.BOD33 Hysteresis ON VDD VBOD+ VBOD- RESET Table 54-19.BOD33 Characteristics on VDD and VBAT Monitoring in Normal Mode (During Power-up Phase and Active Mode) DC CHARACTERISTICS Standard Operating Conditions: VDDIO=VDDANA 1.71 V to 3.63V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40C TA +85C Param. No. REG1 Symbol VBOD33 Characteristics Min.(1) Typical Max.(2) Units Conditions 1.463 -- 1.555 V ActiveLEVEL[7:0] = 0x00 (Min Value) , HYST[3:0] =0x02 1.609 -- 1.707 V ActiveLEVEL[7:0] = 0x19 (Recommended Value) , HYST[3:0] =0x02 1.627 -- 1.725 V ActiveLEVEL[7:0] = 0x1C (Fuse Value) , HYST[3:0] = 0x02 2.946 -- 3.116 V ActiveLEVEL[7:0] = 0xFF(3) (Max Value) , HYST[3:0] = 0x00 VDDANA and VBAT BOD levels REG3 VBOD33LEVEL_STEP VBOD33 step size, LEVEL[7:0] -- 6 -- mV REG4 VBOD33HYST_STEP VBOD33 Hysteresis step size, HYST[3:0] -- 6 -- mV REG5 TSTART(4) Startup time (Time from enable to RDY) -- 27 -- s Note: 1. BOD- = VBOD(min) = (1.5 + (LEVEL[7:0] * VBOD33LEVEL_STEP)) 2. BOD+ = VBOD(max) = (VBOD(min) + (HYST[3:0] * VBOD33HYST_STEP)) 3. At the upper side of LEVEL[7:0] values depending on the Hysteresis value chosen with HYST[3:0], the VBOD +level reaches an overflow, i.e., for HYST[3:0] = 2 the hysteresis is 2 x VBOD33HYST_STEP = 12 mV up to position 253 and position 254 to 255 above must not be used. 4. These are based on design simulation. They are not covered by production test limits or characterization. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1796 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C Table 54-20.BOD33 Characteristics on VDD and VBAT Monitoring in Low-Power Mode (During Standby/ Backup/Hibernate Modes) Standard Operating Conditions: VDDIO=VDDANA 1.71 V to 3.63V (unless otherwise stated) DC CHARACTERISTICS Operating temperature -40C TA +85C Param. No. REG7 Symbol VBOD33 Min.(1) Typical Max.(2) Units Characteristics Conditions 1.413 -- 1.611 V ActiveLEVEL[7:0] = 0x00 (Min Value) , HYST[3:0] =0x02 1.551 -- 1.773 V ActiveLEVEL[7:0] = 0x19 (Recommended Value) , HYST[3:0] =0x02 1.569 -- 1.791 V ActiveLEVEL[7:0] = 0x1C (Fuse Value) , HYST[3:0] =0x02 2.845 -- 3.23 V ActiveLEVEL[7:0] = 0xFF(3) (Max Value) , HYST[3:0] =0x00 VDDANA and VBAT BOD levels REG9 VBOD33LEVEL_STEP VBOD33 step size, LEVEL[7:0] -- 6 -- mV REG10 VBOD33HYST_STEP VBOD33 Hysteresis step size, HYST[3:0] -- 6 -- mV REG11 TSTART(4) Startup time (Time from enable to RDY) -- 27 -- s Note: 1. BOD- = VBOD(min) = (1.5 + (LEVEL[7:0] * VBOD33LEVEL_STEP)) 2. BOD+ = VBOD(max) = (VBOD(min) + (HYST[3:0] * VBOD33HYST_STEP)) 3. At the upper side of LEVEL[7:0] values depending on the Hysteresis value chosen with HYST[3:0], the VBOD+ level reaches an overflow, i.e., for HYST[3:0] = 2 the hysteresis is 2 x VBOD33HYST_STEP = 12 mV up to position 253 and position 254 to 255 above must not be used. 4. These are based on design simulation. They are not covered by production test limits or characterization. Table 54-21.BOD33 Power Consumption Symbol CPU Mode Conditions TA IDD VDD = 1.8V Max 85C Typ 25C 8.52 Active / Idle Standby with BOD continuous normal mode Standby with BOD continuous low power mode or Hibernate mode (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Typ. Max 12.07 A VDD = 3.3V 10.10 14.28 VDD = 1.8V 4.71 6.34 VDD = 3.3V 6.01 8.06 VDD= 1.8V 0.15 0.22 VDD = 3.3V 0.21 0.30 Datasheet Units DS60001507F-page 1797 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C 54.10.4 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) Characteristics Table 54-22.ADC Electrical Specifications (1) AC CHARACTERISTICS Param. No. Standard Operating Conditions: VDDIO=VDDANA 1.71V to 3.63V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40C TA +85C Symbol Characteristics Min. Typical Max. Units Conditions VDDANA ADC Module Supply VDDANA(min) -- VDDANA(max) V VDDIOx = VDDANA ADC Reference Voltage 1 -- VDDANA-0.4 V Internal or External Reference VREF VDDANA - 0.4V Full-Scale Analog Input Signal Range (SingleEnded) GNDANA -- VREF V Full-Scale Analog Input Signal Range (Differential) -VREF -- +VREF V VDDANA V Device Supply ADC1 Reference Inputs ADC3 VREF Analog Input Range ADC7 AFS ADC9 0 ADC11 VCM See Note2 ADC13 CTRLA.R2R =1 Input common mode voltage TSETTING ADC stabilization Time -- 10 CTRLA.R2R =0 -- s CTRLA.ENABLE=1 or CTRLA.ONEDEMAND=1 Note: 1. These values are based on simulation. They are not covered by production test limits or characterization. 2. Limit the input common mode voltage using the following equations (where, VCM_IN is the input channel common mode voltage): When CTRLA.R2R = 0: - VCM_IN < 0.75*VREF - VCM_IN > Maximum of (0, VREF-VDDANA-0.7, 1.25*VREF-VDDANA) Figure 54-4.ADC Analog Input AINx The minimum sampling time tsamplehold for a given Rsource can be found using a general formula: samplehold sample + source x sample x + 2 x ln 2 For 12-bit accuracy, this turns into: samplehold sample + source x sample x 9.7 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1798 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C Table 54-23.ADC Conversion Timing Requirements(4) AC CHARACTERISTICS Param. No. Symbol Standard Operating Conditions: VDDIO=VDDANA 1.71V to 3.63V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40C TA +85C Characteristics Min. Typical Max. Units Conditions ADC Clock Requirements ADC21 TAD ADC Clock Period 62.5 -- 6250 ns ADC23 fGCLK_ADCx ADCx Module GCLK max input freq -- -- 100 MHz 12.31 -- 1231 13.33 -- 1333 16 -- 1600 8-bit resolution, Rsource 147 , SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=0 (1) 10 -- 1000 12-bit resolution, Rsource 6,550 SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=n/a (2) 10.67 -- 1067 12.31 -- 1231 8-bit resolution, Rsource 6,550 SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=n/a (2) 12.31 -- 1231 12-bit resolution, Rsource 147 , SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=0 (1) 14.55 -- 1455 17.78 -- 1778 8-bit resolution, Rsource 147 , SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=0 (1) 10 -- 1000 12-bit resolution, Rsource 6,550 SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=n/a (2) 11.43 -- 1143 13.33 -- 1333 ADC Single-Ended Throughput Rates ADC25 FTP (Single-Ended Mode) Throughput Rate (3) (SingleEnded) 12-bit resolution, Rsource 147 , SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=0 (1) ksps ksps 10-bit resolution, Rsource 147 , SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=0 (1) 10-bit resolution, Rsource 6,550 SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=n/a (2) ADC Differential Mode Throughput Rates ADC27 FTP (Differential Mode) Throughput Rate (3) ksps (Differential Mode) ksps 10-bit resolution, Rsource 147 , SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=0 (1) 10-bit resolution, Rsource 6,550 SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=n/a (2) 8-bit resolution, Rsource 6,550 SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=n/a (2) Note: 1. ADC_ Sample time = ((SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN + 1) * TAD) and SAMPCTRL.OFFCOMP=0. 2. ADC_ HDW forces sample time to 4*TAD when SAMPCTRL.OFFCOMP=1, user SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN is ignored. 3. ADC Throughput Rate FTP = ((1 / ((TSAMP + TCNV) * TAD)) / (# of user active analog inputs in use on specific target ADC module)). # of active analog channels used =1. 4. These values are based on simulation, and not covered by production test limits or characterization. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1799 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C Table 54-24.ADC Sample Timing Requirements (4) Standard Operating Conditions: VDDIO=VDDANA 1.71V to 3.63V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40C TA +85C for Industrial AC CHARACTERISTICS Param. No. ADC29 Symbol Characteristics ADC Sample Time (1,2,3) TSAMP Min. Typical Max. 1(1) -- -- Units TAD(min) Ext Analog Input Rsource 147 Conditions 2(1) -- -- TAD(min) , Ext Analog Input Rsource 2,250 3(1) -- -- TAD(min) , Ext Analog Input Rsource 4,400 TAD 4(1,2) -- -- TAD(min), Ext Analog Input Rsource 6,550 5(1) -- -- TAD(min) , Ext Analog Input Rsource 8,700 6(1) -- -- TAD(min) , Ext Analog Input Rsource 10,850 See Note 5 Sample time with DAC as input ns 10000 -- Conversion Time (3) (Single-Ended Mode) ADC31 -- Sample time with Temp sensor or band gap as input 12 12-bit resolution 11 10-bit resolution 9 8-bit resolution TCNV TAD Conversion Time (3) (Differential Mode) ADC33 12 12-bit resolution 10 10-bit resolution 8 8-bit resolution ADC35 CSAMPLE ADC Internal Sample Cap 2 -- 3 pf ADC37 RSAMPLE ADC Internal impedance -- -- 2000 Note: 1. When SAMPCTRL.OFFCOMP = 0: - TSAMP = (((RSAMPLE + RSOURCE) * CSAMPLE * 9.7) / TAD)+1 rounded down to nearest whole integer - User SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN = (TSAMP - 1) 2. When SAMPCTRL.OFFCOMP=1: - TSAMP = 4 (Forced by HDW) - User SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN = (n/a, Ignored by HDW) 3. ADC Throughput Rate FTP = ((1 / ((TSAMP + TCNV) * TAD)) / (# of user active analog inputs in use on specific target ADC module)). 4. These values are based on simulation and are not covered by production test limits or characterization. 5. See ts specified in DAC Electrical Characteristics. Table 54-25.Differential Mode ADC Electrical Specifications (1) AC CHARACTERISTICS Param. No. Symbol Characteristics Standard Operating Conditions: VDDIO=VDDANA 1.71V to 3.63V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40C TA +85C Min. Typical Max. 8 -- 12 10.5 -- -- 10.5 -- -- Units Conditions DIFFERENTIAL MODE ADC Accuracy DADC41 Res Resolution EN0B Effective Number of bits DADC43 DADC45 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Selectable 8, 10, 12 bit Resolution Ranges bits 1msps, R2R disabled, VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 1msps, R2R disabled, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1800 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C ...........continued AC CHARACTERISTICS Param. No. Symbol Characteristics INL Integral Nonlinearity DADC47 Standard Operating Conditions: VDDIO=VDDANA 1.71V to 3.63V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40C TA +85C Min. Typical Max. Units Conditions -1.5 -- +1.5 1msps, R2R disabled, VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 DADC49 -1.5 -- +1.5 1msps, R2R disabled, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 DADC51 -1.0 -- +1.0 1msps, R2R disabled,VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 DADC53 -1.0 -- +1.0 1msps, R2R disabled, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 DADC55 - 0.18 -- +0.16 1msps, VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 - 0.09 -- +0.18 1msps, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 - 4.3 -- +1.8 1msps, VREF=1V Internal band gap, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 - 0.35 -- +0.65 LSb DNL Differential Nonlinearity DADC57 Gain Error with REFCTRL.REFCOMP=1 DADC59 DADC61 GERR 1msps, VREF = VDDANA/2, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 %FSR DADC63 - 0.2 -- +0.16 1msps, VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 - 0.74 -- +0.66 1msps, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 DADC67 - 4.9 -- +1.6 1msps, VREF=1V Internal band gap, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 DADC69 -1 -- +1.0 1msps, VREF = VDDANA/2, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 DADC71 - 2.9 -- +2.4 1msps, Internal VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 - 2.6 -- +2.1 1msps, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 - 2.3 -- +2.3 1msps, VREF=1V Internal band gap, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 - 2.9 -- +2.6 DADC65 Gain Error with REFCTRL.REFCOMP=0 DADC73 Offset Error with SAMPCTRL.OFFCOMP=1 DADC75 DADC77 E0FF 1msps, VREF = VDDANA/2, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 mV DADC79 - 9.5 -- +9.9 1msps, VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 - 9.9 -- +9.8 1msps, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 DADC83 - 5.0 -- +5.0 1msps, VREF=1V Internal band gap, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 DADC85 - 10.8 -- +11.3 1msps, VREF = VDDANA/2, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 DADC81 Offset Error with SAMPCTRL.OFFCOMP=0 DADC87 TUE(3) -5.2 -- +5.2 -5.6 -- +5.6 Total Unadjusted Error DADC89 1msps, R2R disabled, Internal VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 LSb 1msps, R2R disabled, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 DIFFERENTIAL MODE ADC Dynamic Performance DADC91 SINAD Signal to Noise and Distortion 65.3 -- -- DADC93 SNR Signal to Noise ratio 64.7 -- -- DADC95 SFDR Spurious Free Dynamic Range 76.6 -- -- DADC97 THD Total Harmonic Distortion -- -- -78.6 DADC99 Nrms Noise RMS -- -- dB 2.4 VREF=VDDANA=VDDIO=3.0v @ 12bit max sampling rate, Fin = 14 kHz / Full range Input signal (2) External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0, Constant Input Voltage mV 2.5 VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0, Constant Input Voltage Note: 1. These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production. 2. All values expressed in decibel refer to the full scale input and are tested with an input signal 0.35dB below full scale; THD measured on the first seven harmonics of the input signal. 3. With REFCTRL.REFCOMP=1 and SAMPCTRL.OFFCOMP=1. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1801 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C Table 54-26.Single Ended Mode ADC Electrical Specifications (1) AC CHARACTERISTICS Param. No. Symbol Characteristics Standard Operating Conditions: VDDIO=VDDANA 1.71V to 3.63V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40C TA +85C Min. Typical Max. 8 -- 12 8.9 -- -- 8.9 -- -- -3.2 -- +3.2 -3.0 -- +3.0 Units Conditions SINGLE ENDED MODE ADC Accuracy SADC41 Res Resolution EN0B Effective Number of bits SADC43 SADC45 SADC47 INL Selectable 8, 10, 12 bit Resolution Ranges bits 1msps, R2R disabled, VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 1msps, R2R disabled, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 1msps, R2R disabled, VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 Integral Nonlinearity SADC49 1msps, R2R disabled, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 LSb SADC51 -1.0 -- +1.0 1msps, R2R disabled,VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 SADC53 -1.0 -- +1.1 1msps, R2R disabled, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 SADC55 - 0.30 -- +0.30 1msps, VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 DNL Differential Nonlinearity SADC57 - 0.20 -- +0.25 SADC59 - 4.2 -- +1.8 1msps, VREF=1V Internal band gap, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 SADC61 - 0.4 -- +0.6 1msps, VREF = VDDANA/2, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 SADC71 - 18 -- +7 - 18.6 -- +13 GERR Gain Error with REFCTRL.REFCOMP=1 SADC73 E0FF 1msps, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 %FSR Offset Error with SAMPCTRL.OFFCOMP=1 1msps, Internal VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 1msps, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 mV SADC75 - 24 -- +19 1msps, VREF=1V Internal band gap, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 SADC77 - 22 -- +24 1msps, VREF = VDDANA/2, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 -18.3 -- +18.3 SADC87 TUE(3) Total Unadjusted Error SADC89 1msps, R2R disabled, Internal VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 LSb -19.1 -- +19.1 1msps, R2R disabled, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 SINGLE ENDED MODE ADC Dynamic Performance SADC91 SINAD Signal to Noise and Distortion 55.7 -- -- SADC93 SNR Signal to Noise ratio 54.7 -- -- SADC95 SFDR Spurious Free Dynamic Range 67.9 -- -- SADC97 THD Total Harmonic Distortion -- -- -65.8 SADC99 Nrms Noise RMS -- -- dB 2.1 VREF=VDDANA=VDDIO=3.0v @ 12bit max sampling rate, Fin = 14 kHz / Full range Input signal (2) External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0, Constant Input Voltage mV 1.7 VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0, Constant Input Voltage Note: 1. These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production. 2. All values expressed in decibel refer to the full scale input and are tested with an input signal 0.35dB below full scale; THD measured on the first seven harmonics of the input signal. 3. With REFCTRL.REFCOMP=1 and SAMPCTRL.OFFCOMP=1. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1802 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C Table 54-27.Power Consumption Symbol Parameters Conditions TA Typ. Max Units IDD VDDANA Differential mode fs = 1 Msps / Reference buffer disabled / BIASREFBUF = '111', BIASREFCOMP = '111' VDDANA = VREF = 3.0V Max 85C Typ 25C 279 318 A fs = 1 Msps / Reference buffer enabled / BIASREFBUF = '111', BIASREFCOMP = '111' VDDANA = VREF = 3.0V 482 653 fs = 10 ksps / Reference buffer disabled / BIASREFBUF = '111', BIASREFCOMP = '111' VDDANA = VREF = 3.0V 28 45 fs = 10 ksps / Reference buffer enabled / BIASREFBUF = '111', BIASREFCOMP = '111' VDDANA = VREF = 3.0V 241 397 307 348 fs = 1 Msps / Reference buffer enabled / BIASREFBUF = '111', BIASREFCOMP = '111' VDDANA = VREF = 3.0V 499 681 fs = 10 ksps / Reference buffer disabled / BIASREFBUF = '111', BIASREFCOMP = '111' VDDANA = VREF = 3.0V 38 60 fs = 10 ksps / Reference buffer enabled / BIASREFBUF = '111', BIASREFCOMP = '111' VDDANA = VREF = 3.0V 245 400 Single Ended mode fs = 1 Msps / Reference buffer disabled / BIASREFBUF = '111', BIASREFCOMP = '111' VDDANA = VREF = 3.0V Max 85C Typ 25C A 54.10.5 Digital to Analog Converter (DAC) Characteristics Table 54-28.Operating Conditions (1) Symbol Parameters Conditions Min. Typ. Max. Unit Res Resolution - - - 12 bits clk Internal DAC Clock frequency - - - 12 MHz fs_dac Sampling frequency clk/12, CCTRL=0x0 (Low Power) - - 10 ksps clk/12, CCTRL=0x2 (High Power) - - 1 Msps V VOUTmin Min. Output Voltage - - - 0.15 VOUTmax Max. Output Voltage - VDDANA-0.15 - - VREF External Reference input CTRLB.REFSEL[1:0]=0x2 (VREFAB) 1 - VDDANA-0.15 CTRLB.REFSEL[1:0]=0x0 (VREFAU) 1 - VDDANA V CVREF External decoupling capacitor - - 220 - nF CLOAD Output capacitor load - - - 50 pF RLOAD Output resistance load - 5 - - k ts Settling time For reaching 1LSB of the final value. Step size < 500 LSB - Cload = 50pF - - 1 s ts_FS Settling time 0x080 to 0xF7F For reaching 1LSB of the final value. Step size from 0% to 100% - Cload = 50pF - 5 7 s Note: 1. These values are based on simulation. They are not covered by production test limits or characterization. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1803 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C Table 54-29.Differential Mode (1) Symbol Parameters INL Conditions Min. Typ. Max. Unit - 2.4 3.4 LSB - 3.2 4.2 - 2.4 3.6 i12clk = 12 MHz, VDDANA = 3.0V, Internal Ref, CLOAD = 50 pF - 3.5 5.4 External Reference voltage - 0.4 1.7 % FSR 1.0V Internal Reference voltage - 0.8 7.0 External Reference voltage - 13 40 1.0V Internal Reference voltage - 8 64 9.9 10.7 10.9 Bits 68.6 Integral Non Linearity, i12clk = 12 MHz, VDDANA = 3.0V, External Ref. = 2.0V, Best-fit curve from 0x080 to 0xF7F CLOAD = 50 pF i12clk = 12 MHz, VDDANA = 3.0V, Internal Ref, CLOAD = 50 pF DNL Gerr Offerr Differential Non Linearity, i12clk = 12 MHz, VDDANA = 3.0V, External Ref. = 2.0V, Best-fit curve from 0x080 to 0xF7F CLOAD = 50 pF Gain Error Offset Error Fs = 1 Ms/s - External Ref - CCTRL = 0x2 LSB mV ENOB Effective Number Of Bits SNR Signal to Noise ratio 63.5 72.6 dB THD Total Harmonic Distortion -79.1 -72.5 -61.0 dB Note: 1. These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production. Table 54-30.Single-Ended Mode (1) Symbol Parameters INL Conditions Min. Typ. Max. Unit - 2.7 4.0 LSB - 5.2 8.2 - 3.5 6.1 i12clk = 12 MHz VDDANA = 3.0V, Internal Ref, CLOAD = 50 pF - 6.4 9.4 External Reference voltage - 0.3 1.5 % FSR 1.0V Internal Reference voltage - 0.8 6.9 External Reference voltage - 7 21 1.0V Internal Reference voltage - 2 16 9.1 10.3 10.7 Bits 68.6 Integral Non Linearity, i12clk = 12 MHz, VDDANA = 3.0V External Ref. = 2.0V, Best-fit curve from 0x080 to 0xF7F CLOAD = 50 pF i12clk = 12 MHz VDDANA = 3.0V, Internal Ref, CLOAD = 50 pF DNL Gerr Offerr Differential Non Linearity, i12clk = 12 MHz, VDDANA = 3.0V External Ref = 2.0V, Best-fit curve from 0x080 to 0xF7F CLOAD = 50 pF Gain Error Offset Error Fs = 1 Ms/s - External Ref - CCTRL = 0x2 LSB mV ENOB Effective Number of Bits SNR Signal to Noise Ratio 63.5 72.6 dB THD Total Harmonic Distortion -79.1 -72.8 -61.0 dB Note: 1. These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1804 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C Table 54-31.Power Consumption Symbol Parameters Conditions TA IDDANA fs = 1 Msps, CCTR L= 0x2, VREF > 2.4V, VDD = 3.3V Max. 85C Typ. 25C Differential Mode, DC supply current, 2 output channels - without load Single-Ended Mode, DC supply current, 2 output channels - without load Min. Typ. Max. Unit - 384 540 fs = 10 ksps, CCTRL = 0x0, VREF < 2.4V, VDD = 3.3V - 283 411 fs = 1 Msps, CCTRL = 0x2, VREF > 2.4V, VDD = 3.3V - 306 443 fs = 10 ksps, CCTRL = 0x0, VREF < 2.4V, VDD = 3.3V - 230 332 A A 54.10.6 Analog Comparator (AC) Characteristics Table 54-32.Analog Comparator Characteristics (3) Symbol Parameters PNIVR(1) Conditions Min Typ Max Unit Comparator Negative and positive input signal range 0 - VDDANA V ICMR(1) Input common mode range 0 - VDDANA-0.2 V Off(2) Offset High speed COMPCTRLn.SPEED = 0x3 -18 3 Tpd Propagation Delay Vcm=VDDANA/2, Vin = +/-100mV overdrive from Vcm High speed COMPCTRLn.SPEED = 0x3 - 24.1 39 ns Tstart Startup time High speed COMPCTRLn.SPEED = 0x3 - 4.7 s 18 mV 7.5 Note: 1. These values are based on simulation. They are not covered by production test limits or characterization. 2. Hysteresis disabled. 3. Standard operating Conditions: VDD = 1.71V to 3.63V. Table 54-33.Power Consumption Symbol Parameters Conditions TA Typ. Max. Unit IDDANA Current consumption for One AC enabled, Hysteresis disabled voltage scaler disabled COMPCTRLn.SPEED=0x3, VDDANA=3.3V Max.85C Typ.25C 59 93 Current consumption Voltage Scaler only VDDANA=3.3V 11 21 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1805 A SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C 54.10.7 Voltage References Table 54-34.Reference Voltage Characteristics Symbol Parameter Conditions Min. nom. 1.0V, VDDANA=3.3V, T= 25C 0.954 1.0 1.044 V nom. 1.1V, VDDANA=3.3V, T= 25C 1.060 1.1 1.139 nom. 1.2V, VDDANA=3.3V, T= 25C 1.150 1.2 1.248 nom. 1.25V, VDDANA=3.3V, T= 25C 1.207 1.3 1.291 nom. 2.0V, VDDANA=3.3V, T= 25C 1.893 2.0 2.102 nom. 2.2V, VDDANA=3.3V, T= 25C 2.092 2.2 2.303 nom. 2.4V, VDDANA=3.3V, T= 25C 2.282 2.4 2.513 nom. 2.5V, VDDANA=3.3V, T= 25C 2.380 2.5 2.615 drift over [-40, +25]C - -0.01/+0.03 - drift over [+25, +85]C - -0.02/+0.02 - Ref Supply coefficient drift over [1.71, 3.6]V - -0.2/+0.7 AC Internal Bandgap Reference nom.1.1V, VDDANA = 3.3V, T = 25C 1.074 1.1 ADC/DAC Ref ADC/DAC internal reference ADC.REFCTRL.REFSEL = INTREF DAC.CTRLB.REFSEL = INTREF AC.COMPCTRLn.MUXNEG = BANDGAP Ref Temperature coefficient AC Ref (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet Typ. Max. 1.125 DS60001507F-page 1806 Units %/C %/V SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C 54.11 PTC Characteristics Table 54-35.Sensor Load Capacitance Symbol Mode PTC channel Max Sensor Load (1) Units Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 54 Y8 Y9 Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13 Y14 Y15 Self-capacitance Y16 Cload 51 pF Y17 Y18 54 Y19 Y20 Y21 51 Y22 Y23 Y24 Y25 Y26 54 Y27 Y28 Y29 Y30 Y31 Mutual-capacitance All 31 Note: 1. Capacitance load that the PTC circuitry can compensate for each channel. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1807 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C Table 54-36.Analog Gain Settings (1) (2) Symbol Setting Average GAIN_1 1 GAIN_2 2.0 GAIN_4 4.2 GAIN_8 9.1 GAIN_16 15.4 GAIN_32 - Gain Note: 1. Analog Gain is a parameter of the QTouch Library. Refer to the "QTouch Library Peripheral Touch Controller User Guide" for additional information. 2. The GAIN_16 and GAIN_32 settings are not recommended; otherwise, the PTC measurements might become unstable. The values in the following Power Consumption table are measured values of power consumption under the following conditions: Operating Conditions: VDD = 3.0V Clocks: DFLL48M used as main clock source, running undivided at 48 MHz CPU is running on flash with 2 wait states, at 48 MHz PTC running at 4 MHz PTC Configuration Mutual-Capacitance mode One touch channel System Configuration Standby Sleep mode enabled RTC running on ULP32K: used to define the PTC scan rate, through the event system RTC interrupts (wake up) the CPU to perform PTC scans Table 54-37.Power Consumption (1) Symbol Parameters PTC scan rate (msec) Oversamples 10 50 IDD Current Consumption 100 200 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. TA Typ. Max Units 4 137 1164 16 146 1179 4 77 1094 79 1100 68 1086 16 69 1089 4 64 1085 16 65 1087 16 4 Datasheet Max 85C Typ 25C A DS60001507F-page 1808 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C Note: 1. These values are based on characterization. 54.12 NVM Characteristics Table 54-38.NVM Flash Read Wait States for Worst Case Conditions (EFP part numbers) Wait States (WS) 0 WS 1 WS 2 WS 3 WS 4 WS 5 WS 6 WS Auto WS Read Operations 1 Cycle 2 Cycles 3 Cycles 4 Cycles 5 Cycles 6 Cycles 7 Cycles n Cycles 19 38 57 76 95 100 120 120 (MHz)(1) CPU FMax Note: 1. VDD > 1.71V. Table 54-39.NVM Flash Read Wait States for Worst Case Conditions (non-EFP part numbers) Wait States (WS) 0 WS 1 WS 2 WS 3 WS 4 WS 5 WS Auto WS Read Operations 1 Cycle 2 Cycles 3 Cycles 4 Cycles 5 Cycles 6 Cycles N Cycles CPU FMax (MHz)(1) 24 51 77 101 119 120 120 CPU FMax (MHz)(2) 22 44 67 89 111 120 120 Note: 1. VDD > 2.7V. 2. 1.71V < VDD <= 2.7V. Maximum operating frequencies are given in the table above in MHz, but are limited by the Embedded Flash access time when the processor is fetching code out of it. Theses tables provide the device maximum operating frequency defined by the field RWS of the NVMCTRL CTRLA register when automatic wait states (AUTOWS) is disabled. This field defines the number of Wait states required to access the Embedded Flash Memory. Table 54-40.Flash Timing Characteristics Symbol tFPW Parameter Program Cycle Time tCE tFEB Conditions Min. Typ. Max. Units Write Page 1.5 3(1) ms Chip Erase 6.4 25 (1) Erase Block 50 200 (1) s ms Note: 1. These are based on simulation. They are not covered by production test limits or characterization. Table 54-41.Flash Endurance and Data Retention Symbol Parameter Conditions Min. Typ. Units RetNVM10k Retention after up to 10k At TA = 85C 20 - Years At TA = 85C 10K - Cycles CycNVM Cycling Endurance(1) Note: 1. An endurance cycle is a write-and-erase operation. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1809 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C Table 54-42.Flash Erase and Programming Current 54.13 Symbol Parameter Typ. Max. Units IFAP Active Current current during whole programming operation 8 mA IFAE Active Current current during Erase operation 8 mA Oscillators Characteristics 54.13.1 Crystal Oscillator (XOSC) Characteristics Digital Clock Characteristics The following table describes the characteristics for the oscillator when a digital clock is applied on XIN. Table 54-43.Digital Clock Characteristics Symbol Parameter Min. Typ. Max. Units FXIN XIN clock frequency - - 48 MHz DCXIN (see Note 1) XIN clock duty cycle 40 60 % Note: 1. These values are based on simulation. They are not covered by production test limits or characterization. Crystal Oscillator Characteristics The following Table describes the characteristics for the oscillator when a crystal is connected between XIN and XOUT. Figure 54-5.Oscillator Connection The user must choose a crystal oscillator where the crystal load capacitance CL is within the range given in the Table. The exact value of CL can be found in the crystal data sheet. The capacitance of the external capacitors (CLEXT) can then be computed as follows: Load Capacitance Equation CLOAD = ([CXIN + CLEXT] * [CXOUT + CLEXT]) / ([CXIN + CLEXT + CLEXT + CXOUT]) + CSTRAY (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1810 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C Where: CLOAD = Crystal Mfg. CLOAD specification. CXIN = XOSC XIN pin data sheet specification. CXOUT = XOSC XOUT pin data sheet specification. CLEXT = Required external crystal load capacitor. CSTRAY (Osc PCB capacitance) = 1.5 pf per 12.5 mm (0.5 inches) (TRACE W = 0.175 mm, H = 36 m, T = 113 m). Table 54-44.Multi-Crystal Oscillator Electrical Characteristics (2) Symbol Parameter FOUT Crystal oscillator frequency CL Crystal Load ESR Conditions Crystal Equivalent Series Resistance - SF=3 Min. Typ. Max. Units 8 - 48 MHz F = 8 MHz - - 20 pF F = 16 MHz - - 20 F = 32 MHz - - 13 F = 48 MHz - - 13 F = 8 MHz, CL=20 pF - IMULT = 0x3 - - 181 F = 16 MHz, CL = 20 pF - IMULT = 0x4 - - 180 F= 24 MHz, CL = 20 pF - IMULT = 0x5 - - 70 F = 48 MHz, CL = 13 pF - IMULT = 0x6 - - 70 CXIN XOSC XIN pin capacitance - - 6.3 - CXOUT XOSC XOUT pin capacitance - - 5.9 - DL Drive Level (1) - - 100 ENALC = ON Note: 1. To ensure that the crystal is not overdriven, the automatic loop control is recommended to be turned ON (ENALC = 1). 2. Maximum start up time that can be programmed in XOSCCTRL.STARTUP is 1s. Table 54-45.Power Consumption Symbol Parameters Conditions TA Typ. Max. Units IDD F = 8 MHz - CL = 20 pF - IMULT = 0x3, ENALC = OFF Max. 85C, Typ. 25C 0.43 1.02 Current Consumption (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. ENALC = ON 0.16 0.66 F = 16 MHz - CL = 20 pF - IMULT = 0x5, ENALC = OFF 1.31 2.39 ENALC = ON 0.25 0.81 F = 32 MHz - CL = 13 pF - IMULT = 0x5, ENALC = OFF 2.92 4.75 ENALC = ON 0.40 1.09 F = 48 MHz - CL = 13 pF - IMULT = 0x6, ENALC = OFF 2.70 4.79 ENALC = ON 0.76 1.46 Datasheet mA DS60001507F-page 1811 pF W SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C 54.13.2 External 32 kHz Crystal Oscillator (XOSC32K) Characteristics Digital Clock Characteristics The following table describes the characteristics for the oscillator when a digital clock is applied on XIN32 pin. Table 54-46.Digital Clock Characteristics(1) Symbol Parameter Min. Typ. Max. Units fCPXIN32 XIN32 clock frequency 32.768 kHz DCXIN XIN32 clock duty cycle 50 % Note: 1.These values are based on simulation. They are not covered by production test limits or characterization. Crystal Oscillator Characteristics The following section describes the characteristics for the oscillator when a crystal is connected between XIN32 and XOUT32 pins. Figure 54-6.Oscillator Crystal Connection The user must choose a crystal oscillator where the crystal load capacitance CL is within the range given in the table. The exact value of CL can be found in the crystal data sheet. The capacitance of the external capacitors (CLEXT) can then be computed as follows: Load Capacitance Equation CLOAD = ([CXIN + CLEXT] * [CXOUT32K + CLEXT]) / ([CXIN32K + CLEXT + CLEXT + CXOUT32K]) + CSTRAY Where: CLOAD = Crystal Mfg. CLOAD specification. CXIN32k = XIN32 capacitance, see the following table. CXOUT32k = XOUT32 pin capacitance, see the following table. CLEXT = Required external crystal load capacitor. CSTRAY (Osc PCB capacitance) = 1.5 pf per 12.5 mm (0.5 inches) (TRACE W = 0.175 mm, H = 36 m, T = 113 m). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1812 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C Table 54-47.32 kHz Crystal Oscillator Electrical Characteristics (2) Symbol Parameter Conditions Min. Typ. Max. Units FOUT(1) Crystal oscillator frequency - - 32.768 - kHz CL(1) Crystal load capacitance - - - 12.5 pF ESR Crystal Equivalent Series Resistance - SF=3 f=32.768 Std. Gain kHz, High Gain CL=12.5 pF - - 58 k - - 90 CXIN32k XIN32 pin capacitance - - 3.1 - CXOUT32k XOUT32 pin capacitance - - 3.2 - pF Note: 1. These values are based on simulation. They are not covered by production test limits or characterization. 2. Maximum start up time that can be programmed in OSC32KCTRL.STARTUP is 8s. Table 54-48.Power Consumption Symbol Parameter Conditions IDD Current VDD=3.0V consumption Ta Gain Mode Typ. Max. Units Max 85C Typ 25C Std. 1.5 2 A High 1.9 3 54.13.3 Internal Ultra Low Power 32 kHz RC Oscillator (OSCULP32K) Characteristics Table 54-49.Ultra-Low-Power Internal 32 kHz RC Oscillator Electrical Characteristics Symbol Parameter Calibration Conditions Min. Typ. FOUT Output frequency Factory default and without user software calibration [-40, +85]C, VDDANA>1.71V 27.12 32.768 37.68 kHz With user software calibration Recalibrate using XOSC as reference 32.28 Clock source 33.26 Recalibrate using DFLL as reference Clock source 33.75 31.29 Max Units Step Calibration step - 1.5 - %FOUT Duty(1) Duty Cycle - 50 - % - - 5 ms RuntimeCal Run-time Calibration CPU clock on DFLL (48 MHz) Note: These values are based on simulation. They are not covered by production test limits or characterization. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1813 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C Figure 54-7.Average Frequency Versus Calibration Code Value, VDD = 3V 54.13.4 Digital Frequency Locked Loop (DFLL48M) Characteristics Table 54-50.DFLL48M Characteristics - Open Loop Mode (1) Symbol Parameter Conditions Min. Typ. Max. Units FOpenOUT Output frequency DFLLVAL after Reset LDO Regulator mode, [-40, 85]C 45.8 48 49.3 MHz DFLLVAL after Reset LDO Regulator mode, [0, 60]C 47.2 48 48.81 DFLLVAL after Reset FOUT within 90% of final value - 4.3 7 Min. Typ. Max. Units - 47.972 - MHz 732 32768 33000 Hz TOpenSTARTUP Startup time s Note: 1. DFLL48 in open loop can be used only with LDO regulator. Table 54-51.DFLL48M Characteristics - Closed Loop Mode Symbol Parameter Conditions FCloseOUT Average Output frequency fREF = XTAL, 32.768 kHz, 100 ppm DFLLMUL = 1464 FREF(1,2) Input reference frequency (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. - Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1814 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C ...........continued Symbol Parameter Conditions FCloseJitter Period Jitter fREF = XTAL, 32.768 kHz, 100 ppm Min. Typ. Max. Units - - 0.42 ns - 429 1145 s DFLLMUL = 1464 TLock Lock time FREF = XTAL, 32.768 kHz, 100 ppm DFLLMUL = 1464 DFLLVAL after Reset DFLLCTRL.BPLCKC = 1 DFLLCTRL.QLDIS = 0 DFLLCTRL.CCDIS = 1 DFLLMUL.FSTEP = 10 Note: 1. These values are based on simulation. They are not covered by production test limits or characterization. 2. To ensure that the device stays within the maximum allowed clock frequency, any reference clock for the DFLL in close loop must be within 2% error accuracy. Table 54-52.DFLL48M Power Consumption Symbol IDD Parameter Conditions Current Consumption Ta Open Loop mode - DFLLVAL after reset VDD = 3.3V Min. Typ. Max. Units Max. 85C Typ. 25C Closed Loop mode - fREF = 32 .768 kHz VDD = 3.3V - 404 - 854 A 54.13.5 Fractional Digital Phase Lock Loop (FDPLL) Characteristics Table 54-53.Fractional Digital Phase Lock Loop Characteristics (2) Symbol Parameter (1) Conditions Min. Typ. Max. Units fIN Input Frequency 32 - 3200 kHz fOUT(1) Output Frequency 96 - 200 MHz Jp Period jitter (Peak-Peak value) fIN = 32 kHz, fOUT = 96 MHz - 1.9 2.7 % fIN = 32 kHz, fOUT = 200 MHz - 3.4 4.9 fIN = 3.2 MHz, fOUT = 96 MHz - 2.0 3.0 fIN = 3.2 MHz, fOUT = 200 MHz - 4.3 6.6 After startup, time to get lock signal. fIN = 3.2 MHz - 54 95 s - 50 - % tLOCK Lock Time Duty (1) Duty cycle - Note: 1. These values are based on simulation. They are not covered by production test limits or characterization. 2. These FDPLL200M characteristics are applicable with LDO regulator and a direct reference (i.e., REFCLK is XOSC or XOSC32K, not GCLK). Table 54-54.Fractional Digital Phase Lock Loop Power Consumption Symbol IDD Parameter Current Consumption (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Conditions TA Clk = 96 MHz, VDD = 3.3V Clk = 200 MHz, VDD = 3.3V Datasheet Max. 85C Typ. 25C Typ. Max. 0.9 1.3 2 2.3 Units DS60001507F-page 1815 mA SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C 54.14 Timing Characteristics 54.14.1 External Reset Characteristics Table 54-55.External Reset Characteristics(1) Symbol Parameter Min. tEXT Minimum Reset pulse width 1 Units s Note: 1. These values are based on simulation. They are not covered by production test limits or characterization. Related Links 6.1 Multiplexed Signals 54.14.2 SERCOM in SPI Mode Timing Figure 54-8.SPI Timing Requirements in Master Mode SS tSCKR tSCKF SCK (CPOL = 0) tSCKW SCK (CPOL = 1) tSCKW tMIS MISO (Data Input) tMIH tSCK MSB LSB tMOV tMOH tMOH MOSI (Data Output) MSB LSB Figure 54-9.SPI Timing Requirements in Slave Mode SS tSSS tSCKR tSCKF tSSH SCK (CPOL = 0) tSSCKW SCK (CPOL = 1) tSSCKW tSIS MOSI (Data Input) tSIH MSB (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. LSB tSOSH tSOSS MISO (Data Output) tSSCK tSOV tSOH MSB LSB Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1816 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C Table 54-56.SPI Timing Characteristics and Requirements(1) Symbol tSCK(10) tSCKW tSCKR Parameter SCK period Conditions SCK rise SCK fall time(2) Typ. Max. Units - - ns - Master Reception 2*(tMIS+tSLAVE_OUT)(3) Master Transmission 2*(tMOV+tSLAVE_IN)(4) - Master - 0.5*tSCK Master, VDD>2.70V - - SCK high/low width time(2) Min. Master, VDD>1.71V tSCKF 5.41 Master, VDD>2.70V - Master, VDD>1.71V tMIS tMIH tMOV tMOH tSSCK MISO setup to SCK MISO hold after SCK MOSI output valid SCK MOSI hold after SCK Slave SCK Period 2.68 - 2.81 - 5.84 Master, VDD>2.70V 18 - - Master, VDD>1.71V 19 - - Master,VDD>2.70V 0 - - Master, VDD>1.71V 0 - - Master, VDD>2.70V - - 9 Master, VDD>1.71V - - 14 Master, VDD>2.70V -3 - - Master, VDD>1.71V -3 - - 2*(tSIS+tMASTER_OUT)(5) - - )(6) - - Slave Slave Reception Transmission 2*(tSOV+tMASTER_IN tSSCKW SCK high/low width Slave - 0.5*tSSCK - tSSCKR SCK rise time(2) Slave - 0.25*tSSCK - tSSCKF time(2) Slave - 0.25*tSSCK - Slave, VDD>2.70V 7.5 - - Slave, VDD>1.71V 8.5 - - Slave, VDD>2.70V 4 - - Slave, VDD>1.71V 4 - - Slave PRELOADEN=1 tSOSS+tEXT_MIS +2*tAPBC(8)(9) - - tSOSS+tEXT_MIS(8) - - tSIS tSIH tSSS SCK fall MOSI setup to SCK MOSI hold after SCK SS setup to SCK PRELOADEN=0 tSSH SS hold after SCK Slave 0.5*tSSCK - - tSOV MISO output valid SCK Slave, VDD>2.70V 15 - - Slave, VDD>1.71V 24 - - Slave, VDD>2.70V 0 - - Slave, VDD>1.71V 0 - - Slave, VDD>2.70V - - 1* tSCK Slave, VDD>1.71V - - 1* tSCK tSOH tSOSS MISO hold after SCK MISO setup after SS low (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet ns DS60001507F-page 1817 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C 1. These values are based on simulation, with capacitance load between 5 pF and 20 pF. These values are not covered by test limits in production. 2. Refer to the section "I/O Pin Characteristics". 3. Where tSLAVE_OUT is the slave external device output response time, generally tEXT_SOV+tLINE_DELAY (7). 4. Where tSLAVE_IN is the slave external device input constraint, generally tEXT_SIS+tLINE_DELAY (7). 5. Where tMASTER_OUT is the master external device output response time, generally tEXT_MOV+tLINE_DELAY (7). 6. Where tMASTER_IN is the master external device input constraint, generally tEXT_MIS+tLINE_DELAY (7). 7. tLINE_DELAY is the transmission line time delay. 8. tEXT_MIS is the input constraint for the master external device. 9. tAPBC is the APB period for SERCOM. 10. When the integrity of communication is required to maintain both transmission and reception, the maximum SPI clock frequency must be the lower value of the reception or transmission mode maximum frequency as shown in the following equations. - Reception: tSCK = 2*(tMIS+tSLAVE_OUT) = 2*(18 + 8) = 52nS - Transmission: tSCK = 2*(tMOV+tSLAVE_IN) = 2*(9 + 20) = 58nS 54.14.3 QSPI Characteristics Figure 54-10.QSPI SDR Master Mode 0 QSCK QSPI0 QSPI1 QIOx_DIN QSPI2 QIOx_DOUT Figure 54-11.QSPI SDR Master Mode 1 QSCK QSPI3 QSPI4 QSPI6 QSPI7 QIOx_DIN QSPI5 QIOx_DOUT Figure 54-12.QSPI SDR Master Mode 2 QSCK QIOx_DIN QSPI8 QIOx_DOUT (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1818 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C Figure 54-13.QSPI SDR Master Mode 3 QSCK QSPI10 QSPI9 QIOx_DIN QSPI11 QIOx_DOUT Figure 54-14.QSPI DDR Mode 0 READ Figure 54-15.QSPI DDR Mode 0 WRITE Table 54-57.QSPI Timing Characteristics (see Note 1) Name Description Mode VDD = 1.8V VDD = 3.3V Units Min. Typ. Max. Min. Typ. Max. fSDR_m0_m2 QSPI SDR Frequency Master SDR Mode 0/2 - - 50.0 - - 75 fSDR_m1_m3 QSPI SDR Frequency Master SDR Mode 1/3 - - 50.0 - - 50 - - 37.5 - - 66 fDDR QSPI DDR Frequency Master mode (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet MHz DS60001507F-page 1819 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C ...........continued Name Description Mode VDD = 1.8V VDD = 3.3V Units Min. Typ. Max. Min. Typ. Max. tSDR_QSPI0 Input Setup Time Master SDR mode 0 3.86 - - 3.85 - - tSDR_QSPI1 Input Hold Time Master SDR mode 0 0.00 - - 0.19 - - tSDR_QSPI2 Data Out Valid Time Master SDR mode 0 - - 3.33 - - 2.67 tSDR_QSPI3 Input Setup Time Master SDR mode 1 3.79 - - 3.59 - - tSDR_QSPI4 Input Hold Time Master SDR mode 1 0.06 - - 0.19 - - tSDR_QSPI5 Data Out Valid Time Master SDR mode 1 - - 2.71 - - 2.71 tSDR_QSPI6 Input Setup Time Master SDR mode 2 3.79 - - 3.58 - - tSDR_QSPI7 Input Hold Time Master SDR mode 2 0.06 - - 0.19 - - tSDR_QSPI8 Data Out Valid Time Master SDR mode 2 - - 2.74 - - 2.65 tSDR_QSPI9 Input Setup Time Master SDR mode 3 3.86 - - 3.86 - - tSDR_QSPI10 Input Hold Time Master SDR mode 3 -0.10 - - 0.19 - - tSDR_QSPI11 Data Out Valid Time Master SDR mode 3 - - 3.22 - - 2.60 tDDR_QSPI0f Input Setup Time Master DDR mode 0 fall edge 3.87 - - 3.85 - - tDDR_QSPI1f Input Hold Time Master DDR mode 0 fall edge 0.00 - - 0.19 - - tDDR_QSPI2f Data Out Valid Time Master DDR mode 0 fall edge - - 2.1 - - 2.03 tDDR_QSPI0r Input Setup Time Master DDR mode 0 rise edge 3.81 - - 3.57 - - tDDR_QSPI1r Input Hold Time Master DDR mode 0 rise edge 0.06 - - 0.19 - - tDDR_QSPI2r Data Out Valid Time Master DDR mode 0 rise edge - - 3.13 - - 2.12 ns ns ns ns ns Note: 1. These values are based on simulation. They are not covered by production test limits or characterization. 2. All timing characteristics are given for 20pF capacitive load. Table 54-58.QSPI Maximum Frequency examples(1) QSPI Mode CLK_QSPI2X _AHB CLK_QSPI _AHB Max. CPU_CLK Max. QSPI Speed Conditions SDR X 120 MHz 120 MHz 60 MHz(2) BAUD -> BAUD[7:0] must be greater than 0 to ensure QSPI clock frequency is as per electrical specifications provided in table 54-57. X 75 MHz 75 MHz 75 MHz - 132 MHz 66 MHz 66 MHz 66 MHz - DDR Note: 1. Examples shown do not supersede the electrical specifications shown in Table 54-57. QSPI Timing Characteristics. 2. CPU clock frequency(CPU_CLK) should always be multiple of SQI frequency (CLK_QSPI_AHB). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1820 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C 54.14.4 GMAC Characteristics Timing Conditions Table 54-59.GMAC Load Capacitance on Data, Clock Pads Symbol Description Condition Min. Max. Units CL Load Capacitance VDD=3.3V 0 20 pF Timing Constraints The GMAC must be constrained so as to satisfy the timings of standards given the following two tables, in MAX corner. Figure 54-16.Minimum and Maximum Access Time of GMAC Output Signals GMDC GMAC1 GMAC3 max GMAC2 GMDIO GMAC3 min Table 54-60.Minimum and Maximum Access Time of GMAC Output Signals Symbol Parameter Min. Max. Units GMAC1 Setup for GMDIO from GMDC rising 10 - ns GMAC2 Hold for GMDIO from 10 GMDC rising - GMAC3 GMDIO toggling from 0(1) GMDC falling 10(1) Note: 1. For GMAC output signals, min. and max. access times are defined: - The min. access time is the time between the GMDC falling edge and the signal change. - The max. access time is the time between the GMDC falling edge and the signal stabilizes. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1821 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C MII Mode Figure 54-17.GMAC MII Mode Signals EMDC GMAC1 GMAC3 GMAC2 EMDIO GMAC4 GMAC5 GMAC6 GMAC7 ECOL ECRS ETXCK GMAC8 ETXER GMAC9 ETXEN GMAC10 ETX[3:0] ERXCK GMAC11 GMAC12 ERX[3:0] GMAC13 GMAC14 GMAC15 GMAC16 ERXER ERXDV (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1822 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C Table 54-61.GMAC MII Mode Timings Symbol Parameter Min Max Unit GMAC4 Setup for GCOL from GTXCK rising 10 - ns GMAC5 Hold for GCOL from GTXCK rising 10 - GMAC6 Setup for GCRS from GTXCK rising 10 - GMAC7 Hold for GCRS from GTXCK rising 10 - GMAC8 GTXER toggling from GTXCK rising 10 25 GMAC9 GTXEN toggling from GTXCK rising 10 25 GMAC10 GTX toggling from GTXCK rising 10 25 GMAC11 Setup for GRX from GRXCK 10 - GMAC12 Hold for GRX from GRXCK 10 - GMAC13 Setup for GRXER from GRXCK 10 - GMAC14 Hold for GRXER from GRXCK 10 - GMAC15 Setup for GRXDV from GRXCK 10 - GMAC16 Hold for GRXDV from GRXCK 10 - RMIII Mode Figure 54-18.GMAC RMII Mode Signals EREFCK GMAC21 ETXEN GMAC22 ETX[1:0] GMAC23 GMAC24 ERX[1:0] GMAC25 GMAC26 GMAC27 GMAC28 ERXER ECRSDV (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1823 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C Table 54-62.GMAC RMII Mode Timings Symbol Parameter GMAC21 Min. Max. Units ETXEN toggling from 2 EREFCK rising 16 ns GMAC22 ETX toggling from EREFCK rising 2 16 GMAC23 Setup for ERX from EREFCK rising 4 - GMAC24 Hold for ERX from EREFCK rising 2 - GMAC25 Setup for ERXER from EREFCK rising 4 - GMAC26 Hold for ERXER from 2 EREFCK rising - GMAC27 Setup for ECRSDV from EREFCK rising 4 - GMAC28 Hold for ECRSDV from EREFCK rising 2 - 54.14.5 I2S Characteristics Figure 54-19.Master Mode: SCK, FX, and MCK are Output (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1824 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C Figure 54-20.Slave Mode: SCK and FS are Input Figure 54-21.PDM2 Mode Table 54-63.I2S Timing Characteristics and Requirements (see Note 1) Name Description Mode VDD = 1.8V VDD = 3.3V Units Min. Typ. Max. Min. Typ. Max. tM_MCKOR I2S MCK rise time(2) Master mode / Capacitive load CL = 20 pF - - 5.41 - - 2.68 ns tM_MCKOF I2S MCK fall time (2) Master mode / Capacitive load CL = 20 pF - - 5.84 - - 2.81 ns dM_MCKO I2S MCK duty cycle Master mode - 50.0 - - 50.0 - % dM_MCKI I2S MCK duty cycle Master mode, pin is input (1b) - 50.0 - - 50.0 - % tM_SCKOR I2S SCK rise time (2) Master mode / Capacitive load CL = 20 pF - - 5.06 - - 2.51 ns tM_SCKOF I2S SCK fall time (2) Master mode / Capacitive load CL = 20 pF - - 5.46 - - 2.64 ns dM_SCKO I2S SCK duty cycle Master mode - 50.0 - - 50.0 - % Master mode Supposing external device response delay is 30ns - - 10.97 - - 12.07 MHz Slave mode Supposing external device response delay is 30ns - - 15.63 - - 15.87 MHz fM_SCKO I2S SCK frequency 1/tM_SCKO fS_SCKI 1/tS_SCKI I2S SCK frequency (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1825 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C ...........continued Name Description dS_SCKO I2S tM_FSOV Mode VDD = 1.8V VDD = 3.3V Units Min. Typ. Max. Min. Typ. Max. SCK duty cycle Slave mode - 50.0 - - 50.0 - % FS valid time Master mode - - 5.4 - - 4.2 ns tM_FSOH FS hold time Master mode -0.3 - - -0.3 - - ns tS_FSIS FS setup time Slave mode 7.8 - - 7.5 - - ns tS_FSIH FS hold time Slave mode 0.0 - - 0.0 - - ns tM_SDIS Data input setup time Master mode 15.8 - - 11.6 - - ns tM_SDIH Data input hold time 3.4 - - 3.4 - - ns tS_SDIS Data input setup time Slave mode 2.4 - - 1.9 - - ns tS_SDIH Data input hold time -1.1 - - -1.0 - - ns tM_SDOV Data output valid time Master transmitter - - 3.7 - - 3.0 ns tM_SDOH Data output hold time Master transmitter -0.5 - - -0.5 - - ns tS_SDOV Data output valid time Slave transmitter - - 16.4 - - 12.1 ns tS_SDOH Data output hold time Slave transmitter 4.1 - - 4.1 - - ns tPDM2LS Data input setup time Master mode PDM2 Left 15.8 - - 11.6 - - ns tPDM2LH Data input hold time 3.4 - - 3.4 - - ns tPDM2RS Data input setup time Master mode PDM2 Right 15.1 - - 11.6 - - ns tPDM2RH Data input hold time 3.4 - - 3.4 - - ns Master mode Slave mode Master mode PDM2 Left Master mode PDM2 Right Notice: All timing values are given for 20 pF capacitive load. Note: 1. These values are based on simulation. They are not covered by production test limits or characterization. 2. Refer to the section "I/O Pin Characteristics". 54.14.6 PCC Characteristics Speed requirements for all 8/10/12/14-bits are: * pclk: 48 MHz at 3.3V * pclk: 28 MHz at 1.8V APB clock minimum is 2 x N pclk (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1826 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C Figure 54-22.PCC Signaling PCCTIMINGDIAGRAM Figure 54-23.PCC - Peripheral Capture Controller Timing Diagrams PCC3 PCC5 PCC_CLK DATA[9:0] DATA PCC7 DEN[1,2] (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. DATA DATA PCC9 PCC1 PCC11 PCC13 Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1827 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C Table 54-64.PCC - Peripheral Capture Controller Electrical Specifications (4) Standard Operating Conditions: VDDIO=VDDANA 1.71V to 3.63V (unless otherwise stated) -40C TA +125C AC CHARACTERISTICS Param. No. Symbol Characteristics Min. Typical Max. Units PCC1 PCC_CLK External PCC Data Input Clock Period 20 -- -- ns PCC3 PCCHIGH PCC Data Clock input High time 10 -- -- ns PCC5 PCCLOW PCC Data Clock input Low time 10 -- -- ns PCC7 PCCDSETUP Clock to Data Setup Time 3 -- -- ns PCC9 PCCDHOLD Clock to Data Hold Time 2 -- -- ns PCC11 PCCDENBSETUP (2) Data Enable [1,2] Setup Time (2) 3 -- -- ns PCC13 PCCDENBHOLD (3) Data Enable [1,2] Hold Time (3) 2 PCC15 CLK_APB_PCC(1) Internal MCLK PCC Module Clock (1) -- -- fCPU Mhz Conditions VDDIOx(min) Note: 1. CLK_APB_PCC (2 * PCC_CLK). 2. PCCDENBSETUP PCC7. 3. PCCDENBHOLD PCC9. 4. These values are based on simulation. They are not covered by production test limits or characterization. 54.14.7 TC - Timer Counter Electrical Specifications Figure 54-24.TCx Timer Capture Input Module Timing Diagrams TCx WO[y] TC1 TC3 TC5 Figure 54-25.TCx Timer Compare Output Module Timing Diagrams TCCx WO[y] TC7 TC9 TC11 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1828 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C Table 54-65.TCx Timer Capture Module Electrical Specifications (1) AC CHARACTERISTICS Standard Operating Conditions: VDDIO=VDDANA = 1.71 V to 3.63V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40C TA +125C Param. No. Symbol Characteristics(1) Min. Typical Max. Units TC1 TCINLOW Capture TCx Input Low Time 2/ fGCLK_TCx -- -- ns VDDIOx(min) and meet TC5 spec TC3 TCINHIGH Capture TCx Input High Time 2/ fGCLK_TCx -- -- ns VDDIOx(min) and meet TC5 spec TC5 TCINPERIOD Capture Input Period 4/ fGCLK_TCx -- -- ns VDDIOx(min) TC7 TCOUTLOW Compare TCx Output Low Time 1/ fGCLK_TCx -- -- ns VDDIOx(min) and meet TC11 spec TC9 TCOUTHIGH Compare TCx Output High Time 1/ fGCLK_TCx -- -- ns VDDIOx(min) and meet TC11 spec TC11 TCOUTPERIOD Compare Output Period 2/ fGCLK_TCx -- -- ns VDDIOx(min) TC13 fGCLK_TCx GCLK clock for TCx -- -- 200 100 MHz Conditions VDDIOx(min), for TC0,1,2,3 VDDIOx(min), for TC4,5,6,7 Note: 1. These values are based on simulation. They are not covered by production test limits or characterization. 54.14.8 TCC - Timer Counter Controller Electrical Specifications Figure 54-26.TCCx Timer Capture Input Module Timing Diagrams EXTIN[x] TCC1 TCC3 TCC5 Figure 54-27.TCCx Timer Compare Output Module Timing Diagrams TCCx WO[y] TCC7 TCC9 TCC11 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1829 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C Figure 54-28.TCCx Timer Compare Fault Output Module Timing Diagrams TCC17 FAULTx In TCC15 TCCx WO[y] I/O Pin Change Table 54-66.TCCx Timer Capture Module Electrical Specifications (1) Standard Operation Conditions:VDDIO=VDDANA 1.71V to 3.63V(unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40C TA +125C AC Characteristics Param. No. Symbol Characteristics (1) Min. Typical Max. Units Conditions TCC1 TCCINLOW Capture TCCx Input Low Time 2/fGCLK_TCCx - - ns VDDIOx(min) and meet TCC5 spec TCC3 TCCINHIGH Capture TCCx Input High Time 2/fGCLK_TCCx - - ns VDDIOx(min) and meet TCC5 spec TCC5 TCCINPERIOD Capture Input Period 4/fGCLK_TCCx - - ns VDDIOx(min) TCC7 TCCOUTLOW Compare TCCx Output Low Time 1/fGCLK_TCCx - - ns VDDIOx(min) and meet TCC11 spec TCC9 TCCOUTHIGH Compare TCCx Output High Time 1/fGCLK_TCCx - - ns VDDIOx(min) and meet TCC11 spec TCC11 TCCOUTPERIOD Compare Output Period 2/fGCLK_TCCx - - ns TCC13 fGCLK_TCCx GCLK for TCCx - - 200 MHz TCC15 TCCFD Fault Input to I/O Pin Change - - 35 ns TCC17 TCCFLT Fault Input Pulse Width 10 - - ns VDDIOx(min) Note: 1. These values are based on simulation. They are not covered by production test limits or characterization. 54.14.9 PDEC - Position Decoder Electrical Specifications Figure 54-29.Position Decoder (PDEC) Timing Diagrams Counter Mode QDI[0] TP1 TP3 TP7 TP5 COUNT (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1830 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C Figure 54-30.QDI[0]/QDI[1] Input Characteristics TP17 QDI[0] (Input) TP11 TP13 TP15 QDI[1] (Input) TP21 TP23 TP13 TP11 TP15 QDI[1] (Internal) Table 54-67.Quadrature Encoder Interface Electrical Specifications (1) AC CHARACTERISTICS Standard Operating Conditions: VDDIO=VDDANA 1.71V to 3.63V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40C TA +125C Param. No. Symbol Characteristics Min. Typ TP1 TtPH TPCK high time 2/fQEICLK+1.3 -- ns TP3 TtPL TPCK low time 2/fQEICLK + 0.9 -- ns TP5 TtPP TPCK input period 4/fQEICLK+ 2.2 -- ns TP7 TCKEXTDLY Delay from External TxCK Clock Edge to counter Increment -- Max. 4/fQEICLK+20.5 Units ns TP11 TPDH Position Decoder Input High Time 4/fQEICLK+30.9 -- ns TP13 TPDL Position Decoder Input Low Time 4/fQEICLK+30.9 -- ns TP15 TPDIN Position Decoder Input Period 8/fQEICLK+61.8 -- ns TP17 TPDP Position Decoder Phase Period 2/fQEICLK+15.5 TP21 TPDFH Filter Time to Recognize Low, with Digital Filter 4/fQEICLK+20.5 -- ns TP23 TPDFL Filter Time to Recognize High, with Digital Filter 4/fQEICLK+20.5 -- ns TP24 fQEICLK GCLK for PDEC (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. VDDIOx(min) -to- VDDIOx(max) ns -- Datasheet Conditions 200 MHz DS60001507F-page 1831 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 85C Note: 1. These values are based on simulation. They are not covered by production test limits or characterization. 54.15 USB Characteristics The USB on-chip buffers comply with the Universal Serial Bus (USB) v2.0 standard. All AC parameters related to these buffers can be found within the USB 2.0 electrical specifications. The USB interface is USB-IF certified: * TID 40001782 - Peripheral Silicon > Low/Full Speed > Silicon Building Blocks * TID 120000724 - Embedded Hosts > Full Speed Electrical configuration required to be USB-compliant: * the CPU frequency must be higher than 16 MHz when USB is active (No constraint for USB suspend mode) * the operating voltages must be 3.3V (Min. 3.0V, Max. 3.6V). * the GCLK_USB frequency accuracy source must be less than: - in USB FS device mode, 48MHz +/-0.25% - in USB FS host mode, 48MHz +/-0.05% Table 54-68.GCLK_USB Clock Setup Recommendations Clock setup DFLL48M FDPLL USB Device USB Host Open loop No No Close loop, Ref. internal RC OSC source No No Close loop, Ref. external XOSC source Yes No Close loop, Ref. SOF (USB recovery mode)(1) Yes(2) N/A internal RC OSC (32K, 8M...) No No external OSC (<1MHz) Yes No external OSC (>1MHz) Yes(3) Yes Note: 1. When using DFLL48M in USB recovery mode, the Fine Step value must be 0xA to guarantee a USB clock at +/-0.25% before 11ms after a resume. Only usable in LDO regulator mode. 2. Very high signal quality and crystal-less. It is the best setup for USB Device mode. 3. FDPLL lock time is short when the clock frequency source is high (> 1 MHz). Thus, FDPLL and external OSC can be stopped during USB suspend mode to reduce consumption and guarantee a USB wake-up time (See TDRSMDN in the USB 2.0 specification). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1832 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 105C 55. Electrical Characteristics at 105C The specifications for 105C temperature devices are identical to those shown in 54. Electrical Characteristics at 85C, with the exception of the parameters listed in this chapter. 55.1 General Operating Ratings (105C) The device must operate with in the ratings listed in the Table 58-2. Thermal Operation Conditions. 55.2 Power Consumption (105C) The values in this section are measured values of power consumption under the following conditions, except where noted: * Operating Conditions - CPU is running on Flash with automatic wait state - Low power cache enabled - BOD33 is disabled - I/Os are inactive input mode, with input trigger disabled * Oscillators - XOSC0 (crystal oscillator) running with external 32 MHz crystal - XOSC32K (32 kHz crystal oscillator) running with external 32 kHz crystal in LP mode - FDPLL is using XOSC32K as reference on LDO and external clock 32768 on Buck mode - DFLL48M is using XOSC32K as reference (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1833 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 105C Table 55-1.Current Consumption - Active and Idle Mode Mode conditions Regulator Clock VDD TA FDPLL 120MHz LDO DFLL 48MHz XOSC 32MHz ACTIVE COREMARK (1) FDPLL 120MHz BUCK DFLL 48MHz XOSC 32MHz LDO DFLL 48MHz XOSC 32MHz IDLE NA FDPLL 120MHz BUCK DFLL 48MHz XOSC 32MHz 1.8 136 191 3.3 137 193 1.8 136 271 3.3 136 272 1.8 146 346 3.3 149 347 1.8 103 151 3.3 65 133 1.8 102 225 3.3 63 169 1.8 110 283 73 224 21 78 3.3 23 81 1.8 21 156 3.3 21 156 1.8 25 231 3.3 27 233 1.8 16 59 3.3 11 54 1.8 16 119 3.3 10 85 1.8 21 180 3.3 19 135 3.3 FDPLL 120MHz Typ. Max Units 1.8 Max at 105C Typ at 25C A/MHz Note: 1. System Configuration used: - MCLK all APB clocks masked except MCLK and NVMCTRL - MCLK.AHBMASK = 0x00C00FFF - CMCC enabled (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1834 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 105C Table 55-2.Standby, Hibernate, Backup and OFF Mode Current Consumption Mode Conditions Regulator Mode fast wake-up disabled (PM.STDBYCFG.FASTWKUP=0x0), no peripheral running LDO No System RAM retained (PM.STDBYCFG.RAMCFG=0x2). 8KB backup RAM retained BUCK fast wake-up enabled (PM.STDBYCFG.FASTWKUP=0x3), no peripheral running LDO No System RAM retained (PM.STDBYCFG.RAMCFG=0x2). 8KB backup RAM retained BUCK fast wake-up disabled (PM.STDBYCFG.FASTWKUP=0x0), RTC running on XOSC32K LDO No System RAM retained (PM.STDBYCFG.RAMCFG=0x2). STANDBY 8KB backup RAM retained BUCK fast wake-up disabled (PM.STDBYCFG.FASTWKUP=0x0), RTC running on XOSC32K 32KB LDO Typ. Max. 1.8V 43 3316 3.3V 43 3322 1.8V 26 2211 3.3V 17 1581 1.8V 85 5106 3.3V 85 5110 1.8V 65 3907 3.3V 47 2756 1.8V 43 3322 3.3V 44 3329 1.8V 26 2218 3.3V 18 1587 1.8V 45 3462 46 3469 1.8V 27 2311 3.3V 19 1652 1.8V 53 3997 3.3V 53 4003 1.8V 32 2668 3.3V 22 1903 1.8V 101 3126 3.3V 101 3140 1.8V 78 2375 3.3V 55 1659 1.8V 102 3132 3.3V 103 3146 1.8V 79 2383 3.3V 56 1666 Max at 105C Typ at 25C 8KB backup RAM retained BUCK fast wake-up disabled (PM.STDBYCFG.FASTWKUP=0x0), RTC running on XOSC32K LDO Full System RAM retained (PM.STDBYCFG.RAMCFG=0x0). 8KB backup RAM retained BUCK fast wake-up enabled (PM.STDBYCFG.FASTWKUP=0x3), no peripheral running LDO Full System RAM retained (PM.STDBYCFG.RAMCFG=0x0). 8KB backup RAM retained BUCK fast wake-up enabled (PM.STDBYCFG.FASTWKUP=0x3), RTC running on XOSC32K LDO Full System RAM retained (PM.STDBYCFG.RAMCFG=0x0). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. TA 3.3V System RAM retained (PM.STDBYCFG.RAMCFG=0x1). 8KB backup RAM retained VDD A BUCK Datasheet Units DS60001507F-page 1835 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 105C ...........continued Mode Conditions Typ. Max. 1.8V 6 168 3.3V 6 170 1.8V 3 111 3.3V 3 111 1.8V 6 169 3.3V 7 172 1.8V 3 113 3.3V 3 112 1.8V 7 193 3.3V 8 196 1.8V 3 129 4 128 1.8V 7 217 3.3V 8 219 1.8V 4 144 3.3V 4 143 1.8V 9 350 3.3V 10 352 1.8V 5 233 3.3V 4 228 1.8V 16 873 3.3V 17 874 1.8V 9 580 3.3V 7 431 powered by VDDIO, no RTC running VDDIO+VDDANA consumption 1.8V 2.1 160 No backup RAM retained (PM.BKUPCFG.BRAMCFG=0x2) 3.3V 2.5 162 powered by VDDIO with RTC running on XOSC32K VDDIO+VDDANA consumption 1.8V 2.7 161 No backup RAM retained (PM.BKUPCFG.BRAMCFG=0x2) 3.3V 3.3 164 powered by VDDIO, no RTC running VDDIO+VDDANA consumption 1.8V 2.4 183 4KB backup RAM retained (PM.BKUPCFG.BRAMCFG=0x1) 3.3V 2.8 185 no peripheral running No System RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.RAMCFG=0x2) No backup RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.BRAMCFG=0x2) RTC is running on XOSC32K No System RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.RAMCFG=0x2) No backup RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.BRAMCFG=0x2) RTC is running on XOSC32K No System RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.RAMCFG=0x2) 4KB backup RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.BRAMCFG=0x1) Regulator Mode VDD TA LDO BUCK LDO BUCK LDO BUCK 3.3V HIBERNATE Max at 105C Typ at 25C RTC is running on XOSC32K No System RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.RAMCFG=0x2) 8KB backup RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.BRAMCFG=0x0) RTC is running on XOSC32K 32KB System RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.RAMCFG=0x1) 8KB backup RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.BRAMCFG=0x0) RTC is running on XOSC32K Full System RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.RAMCFG=0x0) 8KB backup RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.BRAMCFG=0x0) BACKUP Units A LDO BUCK LDO BUCK LDO BUCK A BUCK Max at 105C Typ at 25C powered by VDDIO, no RTC running VDDIO+VDDANA consumption 1.8V 2.7 207 8KB backup RAM retained (PM.BKUPCFG.BRAMCFG=0x0) 3.3V 3.1 209 1.8V 2.7 161 3.3V 3.3 164 1.8V 0.191 11 3.3V 0.331 13 Battery Backup mode powered by VBAT with RTC running on OFF - (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. A Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1836 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 105C 55.3 55.3.1 Analog Characteristics (105C) Power-On Reset (POR) Characteristics (105C) Table 55-3.POR Characteristics Symbol Parameters Min. Typ. Max. Unit VPOT+ Voltage threshold Level on VDDIO rising 1.52 - 1.65 V VPOT- Voltage threshold Level on VDDIO falling 0.97 - 1.36 V VDD Figure 55-1.POR Operating Principle VPOT+ VPOT- Reset Time Note: The shaded area indicates that the device is in a Reset state. 55.3.2 Brown-Out Detectors (BOD) Characteristics (105C) Figure 55-2.BOD33 Hysteresis OFF VDD VBOD RESET Figure 55-3.BOD33 Hysteresis ON VDD VBOD+ VBOD- RESET (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1837 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 105C Table 55-4.BOD33 Characteristics on VDD and VBAT Monitoring in Normal Mode (During Power-up Phase and Active Mode) Standard Operating Conditions: VDDIO=VDDANA 1.71 V to 3.63V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40C TA +105C DC CHARACTERISTICS Param. No. REG1 Symbol VBOD33 Characteristics Min.(1) Typical Max.(2) Units Conditions 1.453 -- 1.565 V ActiveLEVEL[7:0] = 0x00 (Min Value) , HYST[3:0] =0x02 1.598 -- 1.719 V ActiveLEVEL[7:0] = 0x19 (Recommended Value) , HYST[3:0] =0x02 1.616 -- 1.737 V ActiveLEVEL[7:0] = 0x1C (Fuse Value) , HYST[3:0] =0x02 2.925 -- 3.316 V ActiveLEVEL[7:0] = 0xFF(3) (Max Value) , HYST[3:0] = 0x00 VDDANA and VBAT BOD levels REG3 VBOD33LEVEL_STEP VBOD33 step size, LEVEL[7:0] -- 6 -- mV REG4 VBOD33HYST_STEP VBOD33 Hysteresis step size, HYST[3:0] -- 6 -- mV REG5 TSTART(4) Startup time (Time from enable to RDY) -- 27 -- s Note: 1. BOD- = VBOD(min) = (1.5 + (LEVEL[7:0] * VBOD33LEVEL_STEP)) 2. BOD+ = VBOD(max) = (VBOD(min) + (HYST[3:0] * VBOD33HYST_STEP)) 3. At the upper side of LEVEL[7:0] values depending on the Hysteresis value chosen with HYST[3:0], the VBOD+ level reaches an overflow, that is, for HYST[3:0] = 2 the hysteresis is 2 x VBOD33HYST_STEP = 12 mV up to position 253 and position 254 to 255 above must not be used. 4. These values are based on design simulation, and not covered by production test limits or characterization. Table 55-5.BOD33 Characteristics on VDD and VBAT Monitoring in Low-Power Mode (During Standby/Backup/Hibernate Modes) DC CHARACTERISTICS Param. No. REG7 Symbol VBOD33 Characteristics Standard Operating Conditions: VDDIO=VDDANA 1.71 V to 3.63V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40C TA +105C Min.(1) Typical Max.(2) Units 1.39 -- 1.63 V ActiveLEVEL[7:0] = 0x00 (Min Value) , HYST[3:0] =0x02 1.52 -- 1.8 V ActiveLEVEL[7:0] = 0x19 (Recommended Value) , HYST[3:0] =0x02 1.54 -- 1.82 V ActiveLEVEL[7:0] = 0x1C (Fuse Value) , HYST[3:0] =0x02 2.8 -- 3.28 V ActiveLEVEL[7:0] = 0xFF(3) (Max Value) , HYST[3:0] = 0x00 Conditions VDDANA and VBAT BOD levels REG9 VBOD33LEVEL_STEP VBOD33 step size, LEVEL[7:0] -- 6 -- mV REG10 VBOD33HYST_STEP VBOD33 Hysteresis step size, HYST[3:0] -- 6 -- mV REG11 TSTART(4) Startup time (Time from enable to RDY) -- 27 -- s Note: 1. BOD- = VBOD(min) = (1.5 + (LEVEL[7:0] * VBOD33LEVEL_STEP)) 2. BOD+ = VBOD(max) = (VBOD(min) + (HYST[3:0] * VBOD33HYST_STEP)) 3. At the upper side of LEVEL[7:0] values depending on the Hysteresis value chosen with HYST[3:0], the VBOD+ level reaches an overflow, i.e., for HYST[3:0] = 2 the hysteresis is 2 x VBOD33HYST_STEP = 12 mV up to position 253 and position 254 to 255 above must not be used. 4. These are based on design simulation, and not covered by production test limits or characterization. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1838 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 105C Table 55-6.BOD33 Power Consumption Symbol CPU Mode Conditions TA IDD VDD = 1.8V Max. 105C Typ 25C 8.52 Active / Idle Standby with BOD continuous normal mode Standby with BOD continuous low power mode or Hibernate mode 55.3.3 Typ. Max Units 13.26 A VDD = 3.3V 10.10 15.70 VDD = 1.8V 4.71 6.74 VDD = 3.3V 6.01 8.59 VDD = 1.8V 0.15 0.25 VDD = 3.3V 0.21 0.33 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) Characteristics (105C) Table 55-7.ADC Electrical Specifications Standard Operating Conditions: VDDIO=VDDANA 1.71V to 3.63V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40C TA +105C AC CHARACTERISTICS Param. No. Symbol Characteristics Min. Typical Max. Units Conditions VDDANA ADC Module Supply VDDANA(min) -- VDDANA(max) V VDDIOx = VDDANA ADC Reference Voltage 1 -- VDDANA-0.4 V Internal or External Reference VREF VDDANA - 0.4V Full-Scale Analog Input Signal Range (SingleEnded) GNDANA -- VREF V Full-Scale Analog Input Signal Range (Differential) -VREF -- +VREF V 0 -- VDDANA V CTRLA.R2R =1 s CTRLA.ENABLE=1 or CTRLA.ONEDEMAND=1 Device Supply ADC1 Reference Inputs ADC3 VREF Analog Input Range ADC7 AFS ADC9 ADC11 VCM Input common mode voltage ADC13 TSETTING ADC stabilization Time See Note 2 -- 10 CTRLA.R2R =0 -- Note: 1. These values are based on simulation. They are not covered by production test limits or characterization. 2. Limit the input common mode voltage using the following equations (where, VCM_IN is the input channelcommon mode voltage): When CTRLA.R2R = 0: - VCM_IN < 0.75*VREF - VCM_IN > Maximum of (0, VREF-VDDANA-0.7, 1.25*VREF-VDDANA) Table 55-8.ADC Conversion Timing Requirements (4) AC CHARACTERISTICS Param. No. Symbol Standard Operating Conditions: VDDIO=VDDANA 1.71V to 3.63V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40C TA +105C Characteristics Min. Typical Max. Units TAD ADC Clock Period 62.5 -- 3125 ns fGCLK_ADCx ADCx Module GCLK max input freq -- -- 100 MHz Conditions ADC Clock Requirements ADC21 ADC23 ADC Single-Ended Throughput Rates (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1839 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 105C ...........continued AC CHARACTERISTICS Param. No. ADC25 Symbol FTP (Single-Ended Mode) Characteristics Standard Operating Conditions: VDDIO=VDDANA 1.71V to 3.63V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40C TA +105C Min. Typical Max. Units Conditions 24.62 -- 1231 26.67 -- 1333 32 -- 1600 8-bit resolution, Rsource 147 , SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=0 (1) 20 -- 1000 12-bit resolution, Rsource 6,550 SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=n/a (2) 21.30 -- 1067 24.62 -- 1231 8-bit resolution, Rsource 6,550 SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=n/a (2) 24.62 -- 1231 12-bit resolution, Rsource 147 , SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=0 (1) 29.09 -- 1455 35.56 -- 1778 8-bit resolution, Rsource 147 , SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=0 (1) 20 -- 1000 12-bit resolution, Rsource 6,550 SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=n/a (2) 22.86 -- 1143 26.67 -- 1333 12-bit resolution, Rsource 147 , SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=0 (1) ksps Throughput Rate (3) (SingleEnded) ksps 10-bit resolution, Rsource 147 , SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=0 (1) 10-bit resolution, Rsource 6,550 SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=n/a (2) ADC Differential Mode Throughput Rates ADC27 FTP (Differential Mode) Throughput Rate (3) (Differential Mode) ksps ksps 10-bit resolution, Rsource 147 , SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=0 (1) 10-bit resolution, Rsource 6,550 SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=n/a (2) 8-bit resolution, Rsource 6,550 SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=n/a (2) Note: 1. ADC_ Sample time = ((SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN + 1) * TAD) and SAMPCTRL.OFFCOMP=0. 2. ADC_ HDW forces sample time to 4*TAD when SAMPCTRL.OFFCOMP=1, user SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN is ignored. 3. ADC Throughput Rate FTP = ((1 / ((TSAMP + TCNV) * TAD)) / (# of user active analog inputs in use on specific target ADC module)). # of active analog channels used =1. 4. These values are based on simulation and not covered by production test limits or characterization. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1840 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 105C Table 55-9.ADC Sample Timing Requirements (4) Standard Operating Conditions: VDDIO=VDDANA 1.71V to 3.63V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature: AC CHARACTERISTICS -40C TA +105C Param. No. ADC29 Symbol Characteristics ADC Sample Time (1,2,3) TSAMP Min. Typical Max. 1(1) Units Conditions -- -- TAD(min) Ext Analog Input Rsource 147 2(1) -- -- TAD(min) , Ext Analog Input Rsource 2,250 3(1) -- -- 4(1,2) -- -- TAD(min) , Ext Analog Input Rsource 6,550 5(1) -- -- TAD(min), Ext Analog Input Rsource 8,700 6(1) -- -- TAD(min) , Ext Analog Input Rsource 10,850 TAD(min) , Ext Analog Input Rsource 4,400 TAD See Note 5 Sample time with DAC as input ns 10000 -- -- Sample time with Temp sensor or band gap as input 12 Conversion Time (3) (Single-Ended Mode) ADC31 12-bit resolution 11 TAD 10-bit resolution 9 8-bit resolution 12 12-bit resolution TCNV Conversion Time (3) (Differential Mode) ADC33 TAD 10 8 10-bit resolution 8-bit resolution ADC35 CSAMPLE ADC Internal Sample Cap 2 -- 3 pf ADC37 RSAMPLE ADC Internal impedance -- -- 2000 Note: 1. When SAMPCTRL.OFFCOMP = 0: - TSAMP = (((RSAMPLE + RSOURCE) * CSAMPLE * 9.7) / TAD)+1 rounded down to nearest whole integer - User SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN = (TSAMP - 1) 2. When SAMPCTRL.OFFCOMP=1: - TSAMP = 4 (Forced by HDW) - User SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN = (n/a, Ignored by HDW) 3. ADC Throughput Rate FTP = ((1 / ((TSAMP + TCNV) * TAD)) / (# of user active analog inputs in use on specific target ADC module)). 4. These values are based on simulation and are not covered by production test limits or characterization. 5. See ts specified in DAC Electrical Characteristics. Table 55-10.Differential Mode ADC Electrical Specifications (1) AC CHARACTERISTICS Param. No. Symbol Characteristics Standard Operating Conditions: VDDIO=VDDANA 1.71V to 3.63V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40C TA +85C Min. Typical Max. 8 -- 12 10.5 -- -- 10.5 -- -- Units Conditions DIFFERENTIAL MODE ADC Accuracy DADC41 Res Resolution EN0B Effective Number of bits DADC43 DADC45 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Selectable 8, 10, 12 bit Resolution Ranges bits 1msps, R2R disabled, VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 1msps, R2R disabled, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1841 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 105C ...........continued AC CHARACTERISTICS Param. No. Symbol Characteristics INL Integral Nonlinearity DADC47 Standard Operating Conditions: VDDIO=VDDANA 1.71V to 3.63V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40C TA +85C Min. Typical Max. Units Conditions -1.7 -- +1.7 1msps, R2R disabled, VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 DADC49 -1.5 -- +1.5 1msps, R2R disabled, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 DADC51 -1.0 -- +1.0 1msps, R2R disabled,VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 DADC53 -1.0 -- +1.0 1msps, R2R disabled, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 DADC55 - 0.21 -- +0.20 1msps, VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 - 0.12 -- +0.21 1msps, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 - 10 -- +6.7 1msps, VREF=1V Internal band gap, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 - 0.48 -- +0.75 LSb DNL Differential Nonlinearity DADC57 Gain Error with REFCTRL.REFCOMP=1 DADC59 DADC61 GERR 1msps, VREF = VDDANA/2, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 %FSR DADC63 - 0.30 -- +0.20 1msps, VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 - 0.94 -- +0.70 1msps, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 DADC67 - 10 -- +5.9 1msps, VREF=1V Internal band gap, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 DADC69 - 1.20 -- +1.28 1msps, VREF = VDDANA/2, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 DADC71 - 3.6 -- +3.1 1msps, Internal VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 - 3.3 -- +2.7 1msps, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 - 3.6 -- +2.9 1msps, VREF=1V Internal band gap, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 - 3.6 -- +3.3 DADC65 Gain Error with REFCTRL.REFCOMP=0 DADC73 Offset Error with SAMPCTRL.OFFCOMP=1 DADC75 DADC77 E0FF 1msps, VREF = VDDANA/2, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 mV DADC79 - 12.3 -- +12.3 1msps, VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 - 12.2 -- +12.4 1msps, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 DADC83 - 14.3 -- +14.7 1msps, VREF=1V Internal band gap, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 DADC85 - 13.6 -- +14.0 1msps, VREF = VDDANA/2, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 -5.2 -- +5.2 -5.7 -- +5.7 DADC81 Offset Error with SAMPCTRL.OFFCOMP=0 DADC87 TUE(3) Total Unadjusted Error DADC89 1msps, R2R disabled, Internal VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 LSb 1msps, R2R disabled, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 DIFFERENTIAL MODE ADC Dynamic Performance DADC91 SINAD Signal to Noise and Distortion 65.2 -- -- DADC93 SNR Signal to Noise ratio 64.6 -- -- DADC95 SFDR Spurious Free Dynamic Range 76.6 -- -- DADC97 THD Total Harmonic Distortion -- -- -78.6 DADC99 Nrms Noise RMS -- -- dB 2.4 VREF=VDDANA=VDDIO=3.0v @ 12bit max sampling rate, Fin = 14 kHz / Full range Input signal (2) External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0, Constant Input Voltage mV 2.5 VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0, Constant Input Voltage Note: 1. These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production. 2. All values expressed in decibel refer to the full scale input and are tested with an input signal 0.35dB below full scale; THD measured on the first seven harmonics of the input signal. 3. With REFCTRL.REFCOMP=1 and SAMPCTRL.OFFCOMP=1. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1842 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 105C Table 55-11.Single Ended Mode ADC Electrical Specifications (1) AC CHARACTERISTICS Param. No. Symbol Characteristics Standard Operating Conditions: VDDIO=VDDANA 1.71V to 3.63V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40C TA +85C Min. Typical Max. 8 -- 12 8.9 -- -- 8.85 -- -- -3.2 -- +3.2 -3.0 -- +3.0 Units Conditions SINGLE ENDED MODE ADC Accuracy SADC41 Res Resolution EN0B Effective Number of bits SADC43 SADC45 SADC47 INL Selectable 8, 10, 12 bit Resolution Ranges bits 1msps, R2R disabled, VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 1msps, R2R disabled, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 1msps, R2R disabled, VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 Integral Nonlinearity SADC49 1msps, R2R disabled, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 LSb SADC51 -1.0 -- +1.0 1msps, R2R disabled,VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 SADC53 -1.0 -- +1.2 1msps, R2R disabled, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 SADC55 - 0.3 -- +0.3 1msps, VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 DNL Differential Nonlinearity SADC57 - 0.16 -- +0.3 SADC59 - 11 -- +7 SADC61 - 0.5 -- +0.7 1msps, VREF = VDDANA/2, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 SADC71 - 19 -- +9.3 1msps, Internal VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 - 20.7 -- +17 GERR Gain Error with REFCTRL.REFCOMP=1 SADC73 E0FF 1msps, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 %FSR Offset Error with SAMPCTRL.OFFCOMP=1 1msps, VREF=1V Internal band gap, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 1msps, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 mV SADC75 - 24 -- +26 1msps, VREF=1V Internal band gap, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 SADC77 - 27 -- +24 1msps, VREF = VDDANA/2, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 -18.3 -- +18.3 SADC87 TUE(3) Total Unadjusted Error SADC89 1msps, R2R disabled, Internal VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 LSb -19.1 -- +19.1 1msps, R2R disabled, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 SINGLE ENDED MODE ADC Dynamic Performance SADC91 SINAD Signal to Noise and Distortion 55.7 -- -- SADC93 SNR Signal to Noise ratio 54.7 -- -- SADC95 SFDR Spurious Free Dynamic Range 67.9 -- -- SADC97 THD Total Harmonic Distortion -- -- -65.8 SADC99 Nrms Noise RMS -- -- dB 2.1 VREF=VDDANA=VDDIO=3.0v @ 12bit max sampling rate, Fin = 14 kHz / Full range Input signal (2) External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0, Constant Input Voltage mV 1.7 VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0, Constant Input Voltage Note: 1. These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production. 2. All values expressed in decibel refer to the full scale input and are tested with an input signal 0.35dB below full scale; THD measured on the first seven harmonics of the input signal. 3. With REFCTRL.REFCOMP=1 and SAMPCTRL.OFFCOMP=1. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1843 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 105C Table 55-12.Power Consumption Symbol Parameters Conditions Differential mode IDD VDDANA Single Ended mode 55.3.4 TA Typ. Max fs = 1 Msps / Reference buffer disabled / BIASREFBUF = '111', BIASREFCOMP = '111' VDDANA = VREF = 3.0V 279 326 fs = 1 Msps / Reference buffer enabled / BIASREFBUF = '111', BIASREFCOMP = '111' VDDANA = VREF = 3.0V 482 686 fs = 10 ksps / Reference buffer disabled / BIASREFBUF = '111', BIASREFCOMP = '111' VDDANA = VREF = 3.0V 28 85 fs = 10 ksps / Reference buffer enabled / BIASREFBUF = '111', BIASREFCOMP = '111' VDDANA = VREF = 3.0V 241 435 fs = 1 Msps / Reference buffer disabled / BIASREFBUF = '111', BIASREFCOMP = '111' VDDANA = VREF = 3.0V 307 361 499 730 fs = 10 ksps / Reference buffer disabled / BIASREFBUF = '111', BIASREFCOMP = '111' VDDANA = VREF = 3.0V 38 126 fs = 10 ksps / Reference buffer enabled / BIASREFBUF = '111', BIASREFCOMP = '111' VDDANA = VREF = 3.0V 245 448 fs = 1 Msps / Reference buffer enabled / BIASREFBUF = '111', BIASREFCOMP = '111' VDDANA = VREF = 3.0V Max 105C Typ 25C Units A Max 105C Typ 25C A Digital to Analog Converter (DAC) Characteristics (105C) Table 55-13.Differential Mode (1) Symbol Parameters Conditions Min. Typ. Max. i12clk=12 MHz VDDANA = 3.0V - External Ref = 2.0V - 2.4 3.4 - 3.2 4.2 Unit Cload = 50pF INL Integral Non Linearity, Best Fit curve from 0x080 to 0xF7F i12clk=12 MHz VDDANA = 3.0V - 1V Internal Ref Cload = 50pF LSB i12clk=12 MHz VDDANA = 3.0V - External Ref = 2.0V - 2.4 3.6 - 3.5 5.4 External Reference voltage - 0.4 1.7 1.0V Internal Reference voltage - 0.8 8.5 External Reference voltage - 13 44 1.0V Internal Reference voltage - 8 64 9.7 10.7 11.0 Bits 61.3 68.6 74.5 dB -82.3 -72.5 -58.9 dB Cload = 50pF DNL Differential Non Linearity, Best Fit curve from 0x080 to 0xF7F i12clk=12 MHz VDDANA = 3.0V - 1V Internal Ref Cload = 50pF Gerr Offerr Gain Error % FSR Offset Error ENOB Effective Number Of Bits SNR Signal to Noise ratio THD Total Harmonic Distortion mV Fs = 1 Ms/s - External Ref - CCTRL = 0x2 Note: 1. These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1844 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 105C Table 55-14.Single-Ended Mode (1) Symbol Parameters Conditions Min. Typ. Max. i12clk=12 MHz VDDANA = 3.0V - External Ref = 2.0V - 2.7 4.0 - 5.2 8.7 Unit Cload = 50pF INL Integral Non Linearity, Best Fit curve from 0x080 to 0xF7F i12clk=12 MHz VDDANA = 3.0V - 1V Internal Ref Cload = 50pF LSB i12clk=12 MHz VDDANA = 3.0V - External Ref = 2.0V - 3.5 6.1 - 6.4 9.4 External Reference voltage - 0.3 1.6 1.0V Internal Reference voltage - 0.8 8.6 External Reference voltage - 7 25 1.0V Internal Reference voltage - 2 19 9.1 10.3 10.8 Bits 63.5 68.6 74.5 dB -82.3 -72.8 -61.0 dB Cload = 50pF DNL Differential Non Linearity, Best Fit curve from 0x080 to 0xF7F i12clk=12 MHz VDDANA = 3.0V - 1V Internal Ref Cload = 50pF Gerr Gain Error Offerr % FSR Offset Error ENOB Effective Number of Bits SNR Signal to Noise Ratio THD Total Harmonic Distortion mV Fs = 1 Ms/s - External Ref - CCTRL = 0x2 Note: 1. These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production. Table 55-15.Power Consumption Symbol Parameters Conditions TA IDDANA Differential Mode, DC supply current, 2 output channels - without load fs = 1 Msps, CCTR L= 0x2, VREF > 2.4V, VDD = 3.3V Max. 105C Typ. 25C Min. Typ. Max. Unit - 384 593 A - 283 457 fs = 1 Msps, CCTRL = 0x2, VREF > 2.4V, VDD = 3.3V - 306 493 fs = 10 ksps, CCTRL = 0x0, VREF < 2.4V, VDD = 3.3V - 230 369 fs = 10 ksps, CCTRL = 0x0, VREF < 2.4V, VDD= 3.3V Single-Ended Mode, DC supply current, 2 output channels - without load 55.3.5 Analog Comparator (AC) Characteristics (105C) Table 55-16.Analog Comparator Characteristics (2) Symbol Parameters Conditions Off(1) Min Typ Max Unit Offset High speed COMPCTRLn.SPEED = 0x3 -22 3 Tpd Propagation Delay Vcm=VDDANA/2, Vin = +/-100mV overdrive from Vcm High speed COMPCTRLn.SPEED = 0x3 - 24.1 42 ns Tstart Startup time High speed COMPCTRLn.SPEED = 0x3 - 4.7 s 22 8 mV Note: 1. Hysteresis disabled. 2. Standard operating Conditions: VDD = 1.71V to 3.63V. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1845 A SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 105C Table 55-17.Power Consumption Symbol Parameters Conditions TA Typ. Max. Unit IDDANA Current consumption for One AC enabled, Hysteresis disabled voltage scaler disabled COMPCTRLn.SPEED=0x3, VDDANA=3.3V Max.105C Typ.25C 59 103 Current consumption Voltage Scaler only VDDANA=3.3V 11 18 55.3.6 PTC Characteristics The values in the following Power Consumption table are measured values of power consumption under the following conditions: Operating Conditions: VDD = 3.0V Clocks DFLL48M used as main clock source, running undivided at 48MHz CPU is running on flash with 2 wait states, at 48MHz PTC running at 4MHz PTC Configuration Mutual-capacitance mode One touch channel System Configuration Standby sleep mode enabled RTC running on ULP32K: used to define the PTC scan rate, through the event system RTC interrupts (wakeup) the CPU to perform PTC scans Table 55-18.Power Consumption (1) Symbol Parameters PTC scan rate (msec) Oversamples 10 50 IDD Current Consumption 100 200 TA Typ. Max Units 4 137 2174 16 146 2194 4 77 2098 79 2104 68 2092 16 69 2095 4 64 2086 16 65 2089 16 4 Max 105C Typ 25C A Note: 1. These are based on characterization. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1846 A SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 105C 55.4 NVM Characteristics Table 55-19.NVM Flash Read Wait States for Worst Case Conditions Wait States (WS) 0 WS 1 WS 2 WS 3 WS 4 WS 5 WS 6 WS Auto WS Read Operations 1 cycle 2 cycles 3 cycles 4 cycles 5 cycles 6 cycles 7 cycles n cycles CPU FMax (MHz)(1) 19 38 57 76 95 100 120 120 Note: 1. VDD > 1.71. Maximum operating frequencies are given in the table above, but are limited by the Embedded Flash access time when the processor is fetching code out of it. Theses tables provide the device maximum operating frequency defined by the field RWS of the NVMCTRL CTRLA register when automatic wait states (AUTOWS) is disabled. This field defines the number of Wait states required to access the Embedded Flash Memory. 55.5 Oscillators Characteristics (105C) 55.5.1 Crystal Oscillator (XOSC) Characteristics (105C) Table 55-20.Power Consumption 55.5.2 Symbol Parameters Conditions TA Typ. Max. Units IDD F = 8 MHz - CL = 20 pF - IMULT = 0x3, ENALC = OFF Max. 105C, Typ. 25C 0.43 1.56 Current Consumption ENALC = ON 0.16 1.16 F = 16 MHz - CL = 20 pF - IMULT = 0x5, ENALC = OFF 1.31 3.23 ENALC = ON 0.25 1.33 F = 32 MHz - CL = 13 pF - IMULT = 0x5, ENALC = OFF 2.92 5.74 ENALC = ON 0.40 1.92 F = 48 MHz - CL = 13 pF - IMULT = 0x6, ENALC = OFF 2.70 5.82 ENALC = ON 0.76 2.64 mA External 32 kHz Crystal Oscillator (XOSC32K) Characteristics (105C) Table 55-21.Power Consumption Symbol Parameter IDD Current VDD=3.0V consumption (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Conditions TA Gain Mode Typ. Max. Units Max 105C Typ 25C Std. 1.5 2.5 A High 1.9 3.3 Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1847 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 105C 55.5.3 Internal Ultra Low Power 32 kHz RC Oscillator (OSCULP32K) Characteristics (105C) Table 55-22.Ultra-Low-Power Internal 32 kHz RC Oscillator Electrical Characteristics Symbol Parameter FOUT Calibration Output frequency Factory default & without user software calibration With user software calibration 55.5.4 Conditions Min. Typ. Max Units [-40, +105]C, VDDANA>1.71V 26.00 32.768 39.50 kHz Recalibrate using XOSC as reference Clock source 32.28 33.25 Recalibrate using DFLL as reference Clock source 31.29 33.91 Digital Frequency Locked Loop (DFLL48M) Characteristics (105C) Table 55-23.DFLL48M Characteristics - Open Loop Mode (1) Symbol Parameter Conditions Min. Typ. Max. Units FOpenOUT Output frequency DFLLVAL after Reset LDO Regulator mode, [-40, 105]C 45.57 48 50.09 MHz DFLLVAL after Reset LDO Regulator mode, [0, 60]C 47.12 48 48.9 DFLLVAL after Reset FOUT within 90% of final value - 4.3 6.5 TOpenSTARTUP Startup time s Note: 1. DFLL48 in open loop can be used only with LDO regulator. Table 55-24.DFLL48M Power Consumption Symbol Parameter Conditions TA Min. Typ. Max. Units IDD Current Consumption Open Loop mode - DFLLVAL after reset VDD = 3.3V Max. 105C Typ. 25C - 400 1400 A - 404 1390 A Closed Loop mode - fREF = 32 .768 kHz VDD = 3.3V 55.5.5 Fractional Digital Phase Lock Loop (FDPLL) Characteristics (105C) Table 55-25.Fractional Digital Phase Lock Loop Characteristics (2) Symbol Parameter Conditions Jp Period jitter (Peak-Peak value) Duty (1) Duty cycle Min. Typ. Max. Units fIN = 32 kHz, fOUT = 96 MHz - 1.9 2.9 % fIN = 32 kHz, fOUT = 200 MHz - 3.4 5.6 fIN = 3.2 MHz, fOUT = 96 MHz - 2.0 3.1 fIN = 3.2 MHz, fOUT = 200 MHz - 4.3 7.1 - 50 - - % Note: 1. These are based on simulation. These values are not covered by test or characterization. 2. These FDPLL200M characteristics are applicable with LDO regulator and a direct reference (i.e., REFCLK is XOSC or XOSC32K, not GCLK). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1848 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 105C Table 55-26.Fractional Digital Phase Lock Loop Power Consumption Symbol Parameter Conditions TA Typ. Max. Units IDD Current Consumption Ck = 96 MHz, VDD = 3.3V Max. 105C Typ. 25C 0.9 1.8 mA 2.0 2.6 Ck = 200 MHz, VDD = 3.3V (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1849 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 125C 56. Electrical Characteristics at 125C The specifications for 125C temperature devices are identical to those shown in 54. Electrical Characteristics at 85C, with the exception of the parameters listed in this chapter. 56.1 General Operating Ratings (125C) The device must operate with in the ratings listed in the Table 58-2. Thermal Operation Conditions. 56.2 Injection Current (125C) Stresses beyond those listed in the table below may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at these or other conditions beyond those indicated in the operational sections of this specification is not implied. Exposure to absolute maximum rating conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability. Table 56-1.Injection Current(1, 2) Symbol Description min Typ. max Unit Comments IICL Input Low Injection Current -15 - IICH Input High Injection Current - - 15 mA This parameter applies to all I/O pins. (2, 3, 4) IICT Total Input Injection Current (Sum of all I/O and control pins) Absolute value of | IICT| - - 18 mA Absolute instantaneous sum of all input injection currents from all I/O pins.( |IICL| + |IICH|) <IICT mA This Parameter applies to all pins. (1, 3, 4) - Note: 1. VIL source < (VSS - 0.6). Characterized but not tested. 2. VIH source > (VDDIO + 0.6) for all I/O pins. 3. Injection currents > | 0 | can affect the ADC results by approximately 4 to 6 counts (i.e., VIH Source > (VDDIO + 0.6) or VIL source < (GND - 0.6)). 4. Any number and/or combination of I/O pins not excluded under IICL or IICH conditions are permitted provided the "absolute instantaneous" sum of the input injection currents from all pins do not exceed the specified IICT limit. To limit the injection current the user must insert a resistor in series RS between input source voltage and device pin. The resistor value is calculated according to: - For negative Input voltages less than (GND-0.6): RS (((GND - 0.6) - VIL source) / IICL) - For positive input voltages greater than (VDDIO+0.6): RS ((VIH source - (VDDIO+0.6))/ IICH) - For Vpin voltages > VDD and < GND then RS = the larger of the values calculated above 56.3 Maximum Clock Frequencies (125C) Table 56-2.Maximum Peripheral Clock Frequencies(1) Symbol Description Max. Units fCPU CPU clock frequency 100 MHz fAHB AHB clock frequency 100 MHz fAPBx, x = {A, B, C, D} APBA, APBB, APBC and APBD clock frequency 100 MHz fGCLK_EIC EIC input clock frequency 90 MHz fGCLK_FREQM_MSR FREQM Measure 180 MHz (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1850 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 125C ...........continued Symbol Description Max. Units fGCLK_FREQM_REF FREQM Reference 90 MHz fGCLK_EVSYS_CHANNEL_x, x = {0,.., 11} EVSYS channel `x' input clock frequency 90 MHz fGCLK_SERCOMx_CORE, x = {0, ... , 7} SERCOMx input clock frequency 90 MHz fGCLK_CANx, x = {0, 1} CANx input clock frequency 90 MHz fGCLK_I2S I2S input clock frequency 90 MHz fGCLK_SDHCx_CORE, x = {0, 1} SDHCx input clock frequency 150 MHz fGCLK_TCCx, x = {0, ... , 4} TCCx input clock frequency 180 MHz fGCLK_TCx, x = {0, ... , 3} TC0, TC1, TC2, TC3 input clock frequency 180 MHz fGCLK_PDEC PDEC input clock frequency 180 MHz fGCLK_CCL CCL input clock frequency 90 MHz fGCLK_CM4_TRACE CM4 Trace input clock frequency 100 MHz fGCLK_AC AC digital input clock frequency 90 MHz fGCLK_ADCx, x = {0, 1} ADCx input clock frequency 90 MHz fGCLK_DAC DAC input clock frequency 90 MHz Note: 1. These values are based on simulation. They are not covered by production test limits or characterization. 56.4 Power Consumption (125C) The values in this section are measured values of power consumption under the following conditions, except where noted: * Operating Conditions - CPU is running on Flash with automatic wait state - Low-power cache enabled - BOD33 is disabled - I/Os are inactive input mode with input trigger disabled * Oscillators - XOSC0 (crystal oscillator) running with external 32 MHz crystal - XOSC32K (32 kHz crystal oscillator) running with external 32 kHz crystal in LP mode - FDPLL is using XOSC32K as reference on LDO and external clock 32768 on Buck mode - DFLL48M is using XOSC32K as reference (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1851 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 125C Table 56-3.Current Consumption - Active and Idle Mode Mode conditions Regulator Clock VDD TA Typ. Max. 1.8 136 229 3.3 137 232 1.8 136 370 3.3 136 371 1.8 146 611 3.3 149 613 1.8 103 215 3.3 65 176 1.8 102 324 3.3 63 242 1.8 110 505 73 370 1.8 21 114 3.3 23 116 1.8 21 252 3.3 21 252 1.8 25 367 3.3 27 371 1.8 16 89 3.3 11 78 1.8 16 194 3.3 10 147 1.8 21 287 3.3 19 223 Units FDPLL 100 MHz LDO DFLL 48 MHz XOSC 32 MHz ACTIVE COREMARK (1) FDPLL 120 MHz BUCK DFLL 48 MHz XOSC 32 MHz 3.3 Max. at 125C Typ at 25C A/MHz FDPLL 100 MHz LDO DFLL 48 MHz XOSC 32 MHz IDLE NA FDPLL 100 MHz BUCK DFLL 48 MHz XOSC 32 MHz Note: 1. System Configuration used: - MCLK all APB clocks masked except MCLK and NVMCTRL - MCLK.AHBMASK = 0x00C00FFF - CMCC enabled (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1852 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 125C Table 56-4.Standby, Hibernate, Backup and Off Mode Current Consumption Conditions Regulator Mode fast wake-up disabled (PM.STDBYCFG.FASTWKUP=0x0), no peripheral running LDO Mode No System RAM retained (PM.STDBYCFG.RAMCFG=0x2). 8KB backup RAM retained BUCK fast wake-up enabled (PM.STDBYCFG.FASTWKUP=0x3), no peripheral running LDO No System RAM retained (PM.STDBYCFG.RAMCFG=0x2). 8KB backup RAM retained BUCK fast wake-up disabled (PM.STDBYCFG.FASTWKUP=0x0), RTC running on XOSC32K LDO No System RAM retained (PM.STDBYCFG.RAMCFG=0x2). STANDBY 8KB backup RAM retained BUCK fast wake-up disabled (PM.STDBYCFG.FASTWKUP=0x0), RTC running on XOSC32K LDO TA Typ. Max. 1.8V 43 5834 3.3V 43 5851 1.8V 26 3950 3.3V 17 2817 1.8V 85 8707 3.3V 85 8724 1.8V 65 6766 3.3V 47 5269 1.8V 43 5843 3.3V 44 5860 1.8V 26 3965 3.3V 18 2891 1.8V 45 6085 46 6102 1.8V 27 4137 3.3V 19 3012 1.8V 53 7049 3.3V 53 7068 1.8V 32 4923 3.3V 22 3479 1.8V 101 5543 3.3V 101 5571 1.8V 78 4266 3.3V 55 3075 1.8V 102 5563 3.3V 103 5588 1.8V 79 4270 3.3V 56 3080 3.3V Max at 125C Typ at 25C 32KB System RAM retained (PM.STDBYCFG.RAMCFG=0x1). 8KB backup RAM retained BUCK fast wake-up disabled (PM.STDBYCFG.FASTWKUP=0x0), RTC running on XOSC32K LDO Full System RAM retained (PM.STDBYCFG.RAMCFG=0x0). 8KB backup RAM retained BUCK fast wake-up enabled (PM.STDBYCFG.FASTWKUP=0x3), no peripheral running LDO Full System RAM retained (PM.STDBYCFG.RAMCFG=0x0). 8KB backup RAM retained BUCK fast wake-up enabled (PM.STDBYCFG.FASTWKUP=0x3), RTC running on XOSC32K LDO Full System RAM retained (PM.STDBYCFG.RAMCFG=0x0). Datasheet Units A BUCK 8KB backup RAM retained (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. VDD DS60001507F-page 1853 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 125C ...........continued Mode Regulator Mode Conditions VDD TA Typ. Max. 1.8V 6 316 3.3V 6 320 1.8V 3 216 3.3V 3 221 1.8V 6 318 3.3V 7 322 1.8V 3 217 3.3V 3 223 1.8V 7 359 3.3V 8 364 1.8V 3 244 4 250 1.8V 7 400 3.3V 8 405 1.8V 4 273 3.3V 4 279 1.8V 9 636 3.3V 10 641 1.8V 5 430 LDO no peripheral running No System RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.RAMCFG=0x2) No backup RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.BRAMCFG=0x2) BUCK LDO RTC is running on XOSC32K No System RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.RAMCFG=0x2) No backup RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.BRAMCFG=0x2) BUCK LDO RTC is running on XOSC32K No System RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.RAMCFG=0x2) 4 KB backup RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.BRAMCFG=0x1) BUCK 3.3V HIBERNATE Max at 125C Typ at 25C A LDO RTC is running on XOSC32K No System RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.RAMCFG=0x2) 8 KB backup RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.BRAMCFG=0x0) BUCK LDO RTC is running on XOSC32K 32 KB System RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.RAMCFG=0x1) 8KB backup RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.BRAMCFG=0x0) BUCK 3.3V 4 434 1.8V 16 1574 3.3V 17 1578 1.8V 9 1061 3.3V 7 1084 powered by VDDIO, no RTC running VDDIO+VDDANA consumption 1.8V 2.1 303.5 No backup RAM retained (PM.BKUPCFG.BRAMCFG=0x2) 3.3V 2.5 307.8 powered by VDDIO with RTC running on XOSC32K VDDIO+VDDANA consumption 1.8V 2.7 304.8 No backup RAM retained (PM.BKUPCFG.BRAMCFG=0x2) 3.3V 3.3 309.5 powered by VDDIO, no RTC running VDDIO+VDDANA consumption 1.8V 2.4 344.6 4 KB backup RAM retained (PM.BKUPCFG.BRAMCFG=0x1) 3.3V 2.8 348.7 2.7 385.1 LDO RTC is running on XOSC32K Full System RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.RAMCFG=0x0) 8 KB backup RAM retained (PM.HIBCFG.BRAMCFG=0x0) BACKUP BUCK Max at 125C Typ at 25C powered by VDDIO, no RTC running VDDIO+VDDANA consumption 1.8V 8 KB backup RAM retained (PM.BKUPCFG.BRAMCFG=0x0) 3.3V 3.1 389.6 Battery backup mode powered by VBAT with RTC running on XOSC32K VBAT consumption 1.8V 2.7 305 No backup RAM retained (PM.BKUPCFG.BRAMCFG=0x2), BOD33 enabled in sampled mode PSEL prescaler set to 0x7 (div 256) 3.3V 3.3 310 1.8V 0.191 26.35 3.3V 0.331 31.07 OFF - (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Units Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1854 A SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 125C 56.5 56.5.1 Analog Characteristics (125C) Power-On Reset (POR) Characteristics (125C) Table 56-5.POR Characteristics Symbol Parameters Min. Typ. Max. Unit VPOT+ Voltage threshold Level on VDDIO rising 1.52 - 1.65 V VPOT- Voltage threshold Level on VDDIO falling 0.97 - 1.36 V VDD Figure 56-1.POR Operating Principle VPOT+ VPOT- Reset Time Note: The shaded area indicates that the device is in a Reset state. 56.5.2 Brown-Out Detectors (BOD) Characteristics (125C) Figure 56-2.BOD33 Hysteresis OFF VDD VBOD RESET Figure 56-3.BOD33 Hysteresis ON VDD VBOD+ VBOD- RESET (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1855 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 125C Table 56-6.BOD33 Characteristics on VDD and VBAT Monitoring in Normal Mode (During Power-up Phase and Active Mode) DC CHARACTERISTICS Param. No. REG1 Symbol VBOD33 Characteristics Standard Operating Conditions: VDDIO=VDDANA 1.71 V to 3.63V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40C TA +125C Min.(1) Typical Max.(2) Units 1.45 -- 1.57 V ActiveLEVEL[7:0] = 0x00 (Min Value) , HYST[3:0] = 0x02 1.60 -- 1.72 V ActiveLEVEL[7:0] = 0x19 (Recommended Value) , HYST[3:0] = 0x02 1.62 -- 1.74 V ActiveLEVEL[7:0] = 0x1C (Fuse Value) , HYST[3:0] = 0x02 2.93 -- 3.32 V ActiveLEVEL[7:0] = 0xFF(3) (Max Value) , HYST[3:0] = 0x00 Conditions VDDANA and VBAT BOD levels REG3 VBOD33LEVEL_STEP VBOD33 step size, LEVEL[7:0] -- 6 -- mV REG4 VBOD33HYST_STEP VBOD33 Hysteresis step size, HYST[3:0] -- 6 -- mV REG5 TSTART(4) Startup time (Time from enable to RDY) -- 27 -- s Note: 1. BOD- = VBOD(min) = (1.5 + (LEVEL[7:0] * VBOD33LEVEL_STEP)) 2. BOD+ = VBOD(max) = (VBOD(min) + (HYST[3:0] * VBOD33HYST_STEP)) 3. At the upper side of LEVEL[7:0] values depending on the Hysteresis value chosen with HYST[3:0], the VBOD+ level reaches an overflow, i.e., for HYST[3:0] = 2 the hysteresis is 2 x VBOD33HYST_STEP = 12 mV up to position 253 and position 254 to 255 above must not be used. 4. These are based on design simulation. They are not covered by production test limits or characterization. Table 56-7.BOD33 Characteristics on VDD and VBAT Monitoring in Low-Power Mode (During Standby/Backup/Hibernate Modes) DC CHARACTERISTICS Param. No. REG7 Symbol VBOD33 Characteristics Standard Operating Conditions: VDDIO=VDDANA 1.71 V to 3.63V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40C TA +125C Min.(1) Typical Max.(2) Units 1.39 -- 1.63 V ActiveLEVEL[7:0] = 0x00 (Min Value) , HYST[3:0] =0x02 1.52 -- 1.80 V ActiveLEVEL[7:0] = 0x19 (Recommended Value) , HYST[3:0] =0x02 1.54 -- 1.82 V ActiveLEVEL[7:0] = 0x1C (Fuse Value) , HYST[3:0] =0x02 2.8 -- 3.28 V ActiveLEVEL[7:0] = 0xFF(3) (Max Value) , HYST[3:0] = 0x00 Conditions VDDANA and VBAT BOD levels REG9 VBOD33LEVEL_STEP VBOD33 step size, LEVEL[7:0] -- 6 -- mV REG10 VBOD33HYST_STEP VBOD33 Hysteresis step size, HYST[3:0] -- 6 -- mV REG11 TSTART(4) Startup time (Time from enable to RDY) -- 27 -- s Note: 1. BOD- = VBOD(min) = (1.5 + (LEVEL[7:0] * VBOD33LEVEL_STEP) 2. BOD+ = VBOD(max) = (VBOD(min) + (HYST[3:0] * VBOD33HYST_STEP)) 3. At the upper side of LEVEL[7:0] values depending on the Hysteresis value chosen with HYST[3:0], the VBOD+ level reaches an overflow, i.e., for HYST[3:0] = 2 the hysteresis is 2 x VBOD33HYST_STEP = 12 mV up to position 253 and position 254 to 255 above must not be used. 4. These are based on design simulation. They are not covered by production test limits or characterization. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1856 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 125C Table 56-8.BOD33 Power Consumption Symbol CPU Mode Conditions TA IDD VDD = 1.8V Max 125C Typ 25C 8.52 Active / Idle Standby with BOD continuous normal mode Standby with BOD continuous low power mode or Hibernate mode 56.5.3 Typ. Max Units 13.9 A VDD = 3.3V 10.10 16.5 VDD = 1.8V 4.71 6.7 VDD = 3.3V 6.01 8.6 VDD = 1.8V 0.15 0.27 VDD = 3.3V 0.21 0.35 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) Characteristics (125C) Table 56-9.ADC Electrical Specifications (1) Standard Operating Conditions: VDDIO=VDDANA 1.71V to 3.63V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40C TA +125C AC CHARACTERISTICS Param. No. Symbol Characteristics Min. Typical Max. Units Conditions VDDANA ADC Module Supply VDDANA(min) -- VDDANA(max) V VDDIOx = VDDANA ADC Reference Voltage 1 -- VDDANA-0.4 V Internal or External Reference VREF VDDANA - 0.4V Full-Scale Analog Input Signal Range (SingleEnded) GNDANA -- VREF V Full-Scale Analog Input Signal Range (Differential) -VREF -- +VREF V VDDANA V CTRLA.R2R =1 s CTRLA.ENABLE=1 or CTRLA.ONEDEMAND=1 Device Supply ADC1 Reference Inputs ADC3 VREF Analog Input Range ADC7 AFS ADC9 0 ADC11 VCM Input common mode voltage ADC13 TSETTING ADC stabilization Time See Note 2 -- 10 CTRLA.R2R =0 -- Note: 1. These values are based on simulation. They are not covered by production test limits or characterization. 2. Limit the input common mode voltage using the following equations (where, VCM_IN is the input channelcommon mode voltage): When CTRLA.R2R = 0: - VCM_IN < 0.75*VREF - VCM_IN > Maximum of (0, VREF-VDDANA-0.7, 1.25*VREF-VDDANA) Table 56-10.ADC Conversion Timing Requirements (4) Standard Operating Conditions: VDDIO=VDDANA 1.71V to 3.63V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40C TA +125C AC CHARACTERISTICS Param. No. Symbol Characteristics Min. Typical Max. Units Conditions ADC Clock Requirements ADC21 TAD ADC Clock Period 62.5 -- 3125 ns ADC23 fGCLK_ADCx ADCx Module GCLK max input freq -- -- 100 MHz ADC Single-Ended Throughput Rates (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1857 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 125C ...........continued Standard Operating Conditions: VDDIO=VDDANA 1.71V to 3.63V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40C TA +125C AC CHARACTERISTICS Param. No. ADC25 Symbol Characteristics Throughput Rate (3) (Single-Ended) FTP (Single-Ended Mode) Min. Typical Max. Units Conditions 24.62 -- 1231 26.67 -- 1333 32 -- 1600 8-bit resolution, Rsource 147 , SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=0 (1) 20 -- 1000 12-bit resolution, Rsource 6,550 SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=n/a (2) 21.30 -- 1067 24.62 -- 1231 8-bit resolution, Rsource 6,550 SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=n/a (2) 24.62 -- 1231 12-bit resolution, Rsource 147 , SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=0 (1) 29.09 -- 1455 35.56 -- 1778 8-bit resolution, Rsource 147 , SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=0 (1) 20 -- 1000 12-bit resolution, Rsource 6,550 SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=n/a (2) 22.86 -- 1143 26.67 -- 1333 12-bit resolution, Rsource 147 , SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=0 (1) ksps ksps 10-bit resolution, Rsource 147 , SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=0(1) 10-bit resolution, Rsource 6,550 SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=n/a (2) ADC Differential Mode Throughput Rates ADC27 FTP (Differential Mode) Throughput Rate(3) (Differential Mode) ksps ksps 10-bit resolution, Rsource 147 , SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=0 (1) 10-bit resolution, Rsource 6,550 SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=n/a (2) 8-bit resolution, Rsource 6,550 SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN=n/a (2) Note: 1. ADC_ Sample time = ((SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN + 1) * TAD) and SAMPCTRL.OFFCOMP = 0. 2. ADC_ HDW forces sample time to 4*TAD when SAMPCTRL.OFFCOMP = 1, user SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN is ignored. 3. ADC Throughput Rate FTP = ((1 / ((TSAMP + TCNV) * TAD)) / (# of user active analog inputs in use on specific target ADC module)). # of active analog channels used = 1. 4. These values are based on simulation and not covered by production test limits or characterization. Table 56-11.ADC Sample Timing Requirements (4) AC CHARACTERISTICS Standard Operating Conditions: VDDIO=VDDANA 1.71V to 3.63V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature: -40C TA +125C Param. No. ADC29 Symbol TSAMP Characteristics ADC Sample Time (1,2,3) Min. Typical Max. Units Conditions 1(1) -- -- TAD(min) Ext Analog Input Rsource 147 2(1) -- -- TAD(min) , Ext Analog Input Rsource 2,250 3(1) -- -- TAD(min), Ext Analog Input Rsource 4,400 TAD 4(1,2) -- -- TAD(min) , Ext Analog Input Rsource 6,550 5(1) -- -- TAD(min), Ext Analog Input Rsource 8,700 -- -- TAD(min), Ext Analog Input Rsource 10,850 6(1) See Note 5 Sample time with DAC as input ns 10000 -- -- Sample time with Temp sensor or band gap as input 12 Conversion Time (3) (Single-Ended Mode) ADC31 11 12-bit resolution TAD 10-bit resolution 9 8-bit resolution 12 12-bit resolution TCNV ADC33 Conversion Time (3) (Differential Mode) 10 8 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet TAD 10-bit resolution 8-bit resolution DS60001507F-page 1858 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 125C ...........continued Standard Operating Conditions: VDDIO=VDDANA 1.71V to 3.63V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature: AC CHARACTERISTICS -40C TA +125C Param. No. Symbol Characteristics Min. Typical Max. Units ADC35 CSAMPLE ADC Internal Sample Cap 2 -- 3 pf ADC37 RSAMPLE ADC Internal impedance -- -- 2000 Conditions Note: 1. When SAMPCTRL.OFFCOMP = 0: - TSAMP = (((RSAMPLE + RSOURCE) * CSAMPLE * 9.7) / TAD)+1 rounded down to nearest whole integer - User SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN = (TSAMP - 1) 2. When SAMPCTRL.OFFCOMP=1: - TSAMP = 4 (Forced by HDW) - User SAMPCTRL.SAMPLEN = (n/a, Ignored by HDW) 3. ADC Throughput Rate FTP = ((1 / ((TSAMP + TCNV) * TAD)) / (# of user active analog inputs in use on specific target ADC module)). 4. These values are based on simulation and are not covered by production test limits or characterization. 5. See ts specified in DAC Electrical Characteristics. Table 56-12.Differential Mode ADC Electrical Specifications (1) AC CHARACTERISTICS Param. No. Symbol Characteristics Standard Operating Conditions: VDDIO=VDDANA 1.71V to 3.63V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40C TA +125C Min. Typical Max. 8 -- 12 10.5 -- -- 10.5 -- -- -1.8 -- +1.8 -1.9 -- +1.9 Units Conditions DIFFERENTIAL MODE ADC Accuracy DADC41 Res Resolution EN0B Effective Number of bits DADC43 DADC45 DADC47 INL Selectable 8, 10, 12 bit Resolution Ranges bits 1msps, R2R disabled, VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 1msps, R2R disabled, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 1msps, R2R disabled, VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 Integral Nonlinearity DADC49 1msps, R2R disabled, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 LSb DADC51 -1.0 -- +1.0 1msps, R2R disabled,VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 DADC53 -1.0 -- +1.2 1msps, R2R disabled, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 DADC55 - 0.21 -- +0.20 1msps, VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 - 0.13 -- +0.21 1msps, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 - 10 -- +6.7 1msps, VREF=1V Internal band gap, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 - 0.48 -- +0.75 DNL Differential Nonlinearity DADC57 Gain Error with REFCTRL.REFCOMP=1 DADC59 DADC61 GERR 1msps, VREF = VDDANA/2, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 %FSR DADC63 - 0.30 -- +0.20 1msps, VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 - 0.94 -- +0.71 1msps, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 DADC67 - 10 -- +6.7 1msps, VREF=1V Internal band gap, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 DADC69 - 1.20 -- +1.28 1msps, VREF = VDDANA/2, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 DADC65 Gain Error with REFCTRL.REFCOMP=0 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1859 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 125C ...........continued AC CHARACTERISTICS Param. No. Symbol Characteristics Standard Operating Conditions: VDDIO=VDDANA 1.71V to 3.63V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40C TA +125C Min. Typical Max. Units Conditions DADC71 - 3.6 -- +3.1 1msps, Internal VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 DADC73 - 3.3 -- +2.7 1msps, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 - 3.6 -- +2.9 1msps, VREF=1V Internal band gap, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 - 3.6 -- +3.3 Offset Error with SAMPCTRL.OFFCOMP=1 DADC75 DADC77 1msps, VREF = VDDANA/2, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 E0FF mV DADC79 - 12.3 -- +12.3 1msps, VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 - 12.2 -- +12.4 1msps, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 DADC83 - 14.3 -- +14.7 1msps, VREF=1V Internal band gap, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 DADC85 - 13.6 -- +14.0 1msps, VREF = VDDANA/2, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 -5.2 -- +5.2 DADC81 Offset Error with SAMPCTRL.OFFCOMP=0 DADC87 TUE(3) 1msps, R2R disabled, Internal VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 Total Unadjusted Error DADC89 LSb -5.8 -- +5.8 1msps, R2R disabled, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 DIFFERENTIAL MODE ADC Dynamic Performance DADC91 SINAD Signal to Noise and Distortion 65.3 -- -- DADC93 SNR Signal to Noise ratio 64.7 -- -- DADC95 SFDR Spurious Free Dynamic Range 76.6 -- -- DADC97 THD Total Harmonic Distortion -- -- -78.6 DADC99 Nrms Noise RMS -- -- dB 2.4 VREF=VDDANA=VDDIO=3.0v @ 12bit max sampling rate, Fin = 14 kHz / Full range Input signal (2) External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0, Constant Input Voltage mV 2.5 VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0, Constant Input Voltage Note: 1. These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production. 2. All values expressed in decibel refer to the full scale input and are tested with an input signal 0.35dB below full scale; THD measured on the first seven harmonics of the input signal. 3. With REFCTRL.REFCOMP=1 and SAMPCTRL.OFFCOMP=1. Table 56-13.Single Ended Mode ADC Electrical Specifications (1) AC CHARACTERISTICS Param. No. Symbol Characteristics Standard Operating Conditions: VDDIO=VDDANA 1.71V to 3.63V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40C TA +125C Min. Typical Max. 8 -- 12 8.9 -- -- 8.9 -- -- -3.2 -- +3.2 -3.9 -- +3.9 Units Conditions SINGLE ENDED MODE ADC Accuracy SADC41 Res Resolution EN0B Effective Number of bits SADC43 SADC45 SADC47 INL Selectable 8, 10, 12 bit Resolution Ranges bits 1msps, R2R disabled, VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 1msps, R2R disabled, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 1msps, R2R disabled, VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 Integral Nonlinearity SADC49 1msps, R2R disabled, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 LSb SADC51 -1.0 DNL -- +1.0 1msps, R2R disabled,VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 Differential Nonlinearity SADC53 -1.0 -- +1.5 1msps, R2R disabled, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 SADC55 - 0.3 -- +0.3 1msps, VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 - 0.16 -- +0.3 SADC57 GERR Gain Error with REFCTRL.REFCOMP=1 SADC59 - 11 -- +7 SADC61 - 0.5 -- +0.7 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. 1msps, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 %FSR Datasheet 1msps, VREF=1V Internal band gap, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 1msps, VREF = VDDANA/2, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 DS60001507F-page 1860 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 125C ...........continued AC CHARACTERISTICS Param. No. Symbol Characteristics SADC71 SADC73 E0FF SADC75 Offset Error with SAMPCTRL.OFFCOMP=1 SADC77 SADC87 TUE(3) Standard Operating Conditions: VDDIO=VDDANA 1.71V to 3.63V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40C TA +125C Min. Typical Max. - 21 -- +9.3 - 21 -- +17 Conditions 1msps, Internal VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 1msps, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 mV - 25 -- +26 1msps, VREF=1V Internal band gap, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 - 27 -- +24 1msps, VREF = VDDANA/2, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 -21 -- +21 Total Unadjusted Error SADC89 Units 1msps, R2R disabled, Internal VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 LSb -19.7 -- +19.7 Signal to Noise and Distortion 55.6 -- -- 1msps, R2R disabled, External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0 SINGLE ENDED MODE ADC Dynamic Performance SADC91 SINAD SADC93 SNR Signal to Noise ratio 54.7 -- -- SADC95 SFDR Spurious Free Dynamic Range 67.9 -- -- SADC97 THD Total Harmonic Distortion -- -- -65.8 SADC99 Nrms Noise RMS -- -- dB 2.3 VREF=VDDANA=VDDIO=3.0v @ 12bit max sampling rate, Fin = 14 kHz / Full range Input signal (2) External VREF = 2.0V, VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0, Constant Input Voltage mV 2.45 VREF = VDDANA = VDDIO = 3.0, Constant Input Voltage Note: 1. These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production. 2. All values expressed in decibel refer to the full scale input and are tested with an input signal 0.35dB below full scale; THD measured on the first seven harmonics of the input signal. 3. With REFCTRL.REFCOMP=1 and SAMPCTRL.OFFCOMP=1. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1861 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 125C Table 56-14.Power Consumption Symbol Parameters Conditions TA Typ. Max Units Max 125C Typ 25C 279 848 A fs = 1 Msps / Reference buffer enabled / BIASREFBUF = '111', BIASREFCOMP = '111' VDDANA = VREF = 3.0V 482 1381 fs = 10 ksps / Reference buffer disabled / BIASREFBUF = '111', BIASREFCOMP = '111' VDDANA = VREF = 3.0V 28 91 fs = 10 ksps / Reference buffer enabled / BIASREFBUF = '111', BIASREFCOMP = '111' VDDANA = VREF = 3.0V 241 807 307 820 fs = 1 Msps / Reference buffer enabled / BIASREFBUF = '111', BIASREFCOMP = '111' VDDANA = VREF = 3.0V 499 1156 fs = 10 ksps / Reference buffer disabled / BIASREFBUF = '111', BIASREFCOMP = '111' VDDANA = VREF = 3.0V 38 108 fs = 10 ksps / Reference buffer enabled / BIASREFBUF = '111', BIASREFCOMP = '111' VDDANA = VREF = 3.0V 245 881 IDD VDDANA Differential mode fs = 1 Msps / Reference buffer disabled / BIASREFBUF = '111', BIASREFCOMP = '111' VDDANA = VREF = 3.0V Single Ended mode 56.5.4 fs = 1 Msps / Reference buffer disabled / BIASREFBUF = '111', BIASREFCOMP = '111' VDDANA = VREF = 3.0V Max 125C Typ 25C A Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC) Characteristics (125C) Table 56-15.Differential Mode (1) Symbol INL DNL Parameters Conditions Min. i12clk = 12 MHz, VDDANA = 3.0V, External Ref. = 2.0V, CLOAD = 50 pF - Integral Non Linearity, Best-fit curve from 0x080 to 0xF7F i12clk = 12 MHz, V DDANA = 3.0V, Internal Ref , CLOAD = 50 pF Gain Error Offerr Offset Error ENOB Effective Number of Bits SNR Signal to Noise ratio THD Total Harmonic Distortion (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. 2.4 LSB 3.2 4.2 - 2.4 4.5 - 3.5 5.4 External Reference voltage - 0.4 1.9 1.0V Internal Reference voltage - 0.8 8.5 External Reference voltage - 13 47 1.0V Internal Reference voltage - 8 79 9.9 10.7 10.9 63.5 68.6 72.6 Fs = 1Ms/s - External Ref - CCTRL=0x2 Unit 4.1 - i12clk = 12 MHz, VDDANA = 3.0V,External Ref. = 2.0V, CLOAD = 50 pF Differential Non Linearity, Best-fit curve from 0x080 to 0xF7F i12clk = 12 MHz, V DDANA = 3.0V, Internal Ref , CLOAD = 50 pF Gerr Typ. Max. LSB % FSR -79.1 -72.5 -61.0 Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1862 mV dB SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 125C Note: 1. These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production. Table 56-16.Single-Ended Mode (1) Symbol INL DNL Parameters Conditions Min. Typ. Max. i12clk = 12 MHz, VDDANA = 3.0V External Ref. = 2.0V, CLOAD = 50 pF - 2.7 6.0 Integral Non Linearity, Best-fit curve from 0x080 to 0xF7F i12clk = 12 MHz V DDANA = 3.0V, Internal Ref , CLOAD = 50 pF LSB - 5.2 11.2 - 3.5 - 6.4 12.1 External Reference voltage - 0.3 1.6 1.0V Internal Reference voltage - 0.8 8.6 External Reference voltage - 7 25.5 1.0V Internal Reference voltage - 2 19 9.1 10.3 10.7 63.5 68.6 72.6 i12clk = 12 MHz, VDDANA = 3.0V External Ref = 2.0V, CLOAD = 50 pF Differential Non Linearity, Best-fit curve from 0x080 to 0xF7F i12clk = 12 MHz V DDANA = 3.0V, Internal Ref, CLOAD = 50 pF Gerr Gain Error Offerr Offset Error ENOB Effective Number of Bits SNR Signal to Noise ratio THD Total Harmonic Distortion Unit 8.1 LSB Fs = 1Ms/s - External Ref - CCTRL=0x2 % FSR mV dB -79.1 -72.8 -61.0 Note: 1. These values are based on characterization. These values are not covered by test limits in production. Table 56-17.Power Consumption Symbol Parameters Conditions TA IDDANA fs = 1 Msps, CCTR L= 0x2, VREF > 2.4V, VDD= 3.3V Max. 125C Typ. 25C 56.5.5 Differential Mode, DC supply current, 2 output channels - without load Min. Typ. Max. Unit - 384 634 fs = 10 ksps, CCTRL = 0x0, VREF < 2.4V, VDD= 3.3V - 283 482 Single-Ended Mode, DC supply current, fs = 1 Msps, CCTRL = 0x2, VREF > 2.4V, 2 output channels - without load VDD = 3.3V - 306 517 fs = 10 ksps, CCTRL = 0x0, VREF < 2.4V, VDD = 3.3V - 230 389 Analog Comparator (AC) Characteristics (125C) Table 56-18.Analog Comparator Characteristics (2) Symbol Parameters Conditions Min Typ Max Unit Off(1) Offset High-speed COMPCTRLn.SPEED = 0x3 -22 3 Tpd Propagation Delay Vcm=VDDANA/2, Vin = +/-100mV overdrive from Vcm High- speed COMPCTRLn.SPEED = 0x3 - 24.1 42 ns Tstart Startup time High- speed COMPCTRLn.SPEED = 0x3 - 4.7 s (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet 22 8 mV DS60001507F-page 1863 A A SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 125C Note: 1. Hysteresis disabled. 2. Standard operating Conditions: VDD = 1.71V to 3.63V. Table 56-19.Power Consumption Symbol Parameters Conditions TA IDDANA Current consumption for One AC enabled, Hysteresis disabled voltage scaler disabled COMPCTRLn.SPEED = 0x3, VDDANA = 3.3V Max.125C 59 Typ.25C 106 Current consumption Voltage Scaler only VDDANA=3.3V 11 23.3 56.5.6 Typ. Max. Unit PTC Characteristics The values in the following Power Consumption table are measured values of power consumption under the following conditions: Operating Conditions: VDD = 3.0V Clocks DFLL48M used as main clock source, running undivided at 48 MHz CPU is running on Flash with 2 wait states, at 48 MHz PTC running at 4 MHz PTC Configuration Mutual Capacitance mode One touch channel System Configuration Standby Sleep mode enabled RTC running on ULP32K: used to define the PTC scan rate, through the event system RTC interrupts (wake up) the CPU to perform PTC scans Table 56-20.Power Consumption (1) Symbol Parameters PTC scan rate (msec) Oversamples 10 50 IDD Current Consumption 100 200 TA Typ. Max. Units 4 137 3960 16 146 3989 4 77 3882 79 3893 68 3877 16 69 3885 4 64 3870 16 65 3872 16 4 Max. 125C Typ 25C A Note: 1. These values are based on characterization. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1864 A SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 125C 56.6 NVM Characteristics (125C) Table 56-21.NVM Flash Read Wait States for Worst Case Conditions Wait States (WS) 0 WS 1 WS 2 WS 3 WS 4 WS 5 WS 6 WS Auto WS Read Operations 1 cycle 2 cycles 3 cycles 4 cycles 5 cycles 6 cycles 7 cycles n cycles CPU FMax (MHz)(1) 19 38 57 76 95 100 100 100 Note: 1. VDD > 1.71. Maximum operating frequencies are given in the table above, but are limited by the Embedded Flash access time when the processor is fetching code out of it. Theses tables provide the device maximum operating frequency defined by the field RWS of the NVMCTRL CTRLA register when automatic wait states (AUTOWS) is disabled. This field defines the number of Wait states required to access the Embedded Flash Memory. 56.7 Oscillators Characteristics (125C) 56.7.1 Crystal Oscillator (XOSC) Characteristics (125C) Table 56-22.Power Consumption 56.7.2 Symbol Parameters Conditions TA Typ. Max. Units IDD F = 8 MHz - CL = 20 pF - IMULT = 0x3, ENALC = OFF Max. 125C, Typ. 25C 0.43 2.27 Current Consumption ENALC = ON 0.16 1.87 F = 16 MHz - CL = 20 pF - IMULT = 0x5, ENALC = OFF 1.31 3.72 ENALC = ON 0.25 2.23 F = 32 MHz - CL = 13 pF - IMULT = 0x5, ENALC = OFF 2.92 6.49 ENALC = ON 0.40 2.43 F = 48 MHz - CL = 13 pF - IMULT = 0x6, ENALC = OFF 2.70 6.71 ENALC = ON 0.76 3.52 mA External 32 kHz Crystal Oscillator (XOSC32K) Characteristics (125C) Table 56-23.Power Consumption Symbol Parameter IDD Current VDD=3.0V consumption (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Conditions TA Gain Mode Typ. Max. Units Max 125C Typ 25C Std. 1.5 2.6 A High 1.9 3.4 Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1865 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 125C 56.7.3 Internal Ultra Low Power 32 kHz RC Oscillator (OSCULP32K) Characteristics (125C) Table 56-24.Ultra-Low-Power Internal 32 kHz RC Oscillator Electrical Characteristics Symbol Parameter FOUT Calibration Output frequency Factory default & without user software calibration With user software calibration 56.7.4 Conditions Min. Typ. Max Units [-40, +125]C, VDDANA>1.71V 26.00 32.768 40.92 kHz Recalibrate using XOSC as reference Clock source 32.28 33.4 Recalibrate using DFLL as reference Clock source 31.29 34.24 Digital Frequency Locked Loop (DFLL48M) Characteristics (125C) Table 56-25.DFLL48M Characteristics - Open Loop Mode (1) Symbol Parameter Conditions Min. Typ. Max. Units FOpenOUT Output frequency DFLLVAL after Reset LDO Regulator mode, [-40, 125]C 45.57 48 50.63 MHz DFLLVAL after Reset LDO Regulator mode, [0, 60]C 47.12 48 48.9 Note: 1. DFLL48 in open loop can be used only with LDO regulator. Table 56-26.DFLL48M Power Consumption Symbol Parameter Conditions TA Min. Typ. Max. Units IDD Current Consumption Open Loop mode - DFLLVAL after reset VDD = 3.3V Max. 125C Typ. 25C - 400 2129 A - 404 2113 A Closed Loop mode - fREF = 32 .768 kHz VDD = 3.3V 56.7.5 Fractional Digital Phase Lock Loop (FDPLL) Characteristics (125C) Table 56-27.Fractional Digital Phase Lock Loop Characteristics (1) Symbol Parameter Conditions Min. Typ. Max. Units Jp Period jitter (Peak-Peak value) fIN = 32 kHz, fOUT = 96 MHz - 1.9 3.0 % fIN = 32 kHz, fOUT = 200 MHz - 3.4 6.0 fIN = 3.2 MHz, fOUT = 96 MHz - 2.0 3.1 fIN = 3.2 MHz, fOUT = 200 MHz - 4.3 7.2 Note: 1. These FDPLL200M characteristics are applicable with LDO regulator and a direct reference (i.e., REFCLK is XOSC or XOSC32K, not GCLK). Table 56-28.Fractional Digital Phase Lock Loop Power Consumption Symbol Parameter Conditions TA Typ. Max. Units IDD Current Consumption Ck = 96 MHz, VDD = 3.3V Max. 125C Typ. 25C 0.9 2.5 mA 2.0 3.4 Ck = 200 MHz, VDD = 3.3V (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1866 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Electrical Characteristics at 125C 56.8 56.8.1 Timing Characteristics (125C) SERCOM in SPI Mode Timing (125C) Table 56-29.SPI Timing Characteristics and Requirements(1) Symbol Parameter Conditions Min. Typ. Max. Units tMIS MISO setup to SCK Master, VDD>2.70V 19.5 - - ns Master, VDD>1.71V 20 - - Slave, VDD>2.70V 16.5 - - Slave, VDD>1.71V 25 - - tSOV 1. MISO output valid SCK ns These values are based on simulation, with capacitance load between 5pF and 20pF. These values are not covered by test limits in production. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1867 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet AEC Q-100 Grade 1, 125C Electrical Charac... 57. AEC Q-100 Grade 1, 125C Electrical Characteristics Important: AEC-Q100 Grade 1 Electrical Specifications are covered by Electrical Characteristics at 125C unless explicitly mentioned in this document. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1868 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Packaging Information 58. Packaging Information 58.1 Package Marking Information All devices are marked with Atmel logo and ordering code. Additional marking information is as follows: * * * * "YY": Manufacturing year "WW": Manufacturing week "R": Internal Code "XXXXXX": Lot number 58.2 Thermal Considerations 58.2.1 Thermal Resistance Data The following table summarizes the thermal resistance data depending on the package. Table 58-1.Thermal Resistance Data 58.2.2 Package Type JA JC 64-pin TQFP 57.4C/W 10.6/W 100-pin TQFP 55.0C/W 11.1/W 128-pin TQFP 48.7C/W 9.4/W 120-pin TFBGA 36.63C/W 12.2/W 48-pin VQFN 29.8C/W 10.0/W 64-pin VQFN 30.3C/W 9.9/W 64-pin WLCSP 36.8C/W 5.0/W Junction Temperature Table 58-2.Thermal Operation Conditions Rating Symbol Min. Typ. Max. Unit Operating Ambient Temperature Range TA -40 -- 85 C Operating Junction Temperature Range TJ -- -- 105 C Operating Ambient Temperature Range TA -40 -- 105 C Operating Junction Temperature Range TJ -- -- 125 C Industrial Temperature Devices V-temp Temperature Devices Extended Temperature Range (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1869 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Packaging Information ...........continued Rating Symbol Min. Typ. Max. Unit Operating Ambient Temperature Range TA -40 -- 125 C Operating Junction Temperature Range TJ -- -- 145 C Power Dissipation: Internal Chip Power Dissipation: PINT = VDD x (IDD - IOH) I/O Pin Power Dissipation: PD PINT + PI/O W PDMAX (TJ - TA)/JA W PI/O = (({VDD - VOH} x IOH) + (VOL x IOL)) Maximum Allowed Power Dissipation Note: 1. JA = Package thermal resistance, Junction-to-ambient (C/W), see Thermal Resistance Data. 2. When heatsink is used, PDMAX = (TJ-TA)/(HEATSINK+JC). Here HEATSINK = Thermal resistance (C/W) specification of the external cooling device. JC= Package thermal resistance, Junction-to-case thermal resistance (C/W). See Table 58.2.1 Thermal Resistance Data for additional information. 58.3 Package Drawings Note: For current package drawings, refer to the Microchip Packaging Specification, which is available at http:// www.microchip.com/packaging. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1870 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Packaging Information 58.3.1 48-Pin VQFN Note: The exposed die attach pad is not connected electrically inside the device. Table 58-3.Device and Package Maximum Weight 140 mg Table 58-4.Package Characteristics Moisture Sensitivity Level (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. MSL3 Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1871 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Packaging Information Table 58-5.Package Reference JEDEC Drawing Reference MO-220 JESD97 Classification E3 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1872 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Packaging Information 58.3.2 48-Pin VQFN Wettable Flanks 48-Lead Very Thin Plastic Quad Flat, No Lead Package (U5B) - 7x7 mm Body [VQFN] With 5.15 mm Exposed Pad and Stepped Wettable Flanks; Atmel Legacy ZLH Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging 48X 0.08 C D A 0.10 C D 4 B N E 4 1 2 NOTE 1 E (DATUM B) (DATUM A) 2X 0.10 C 2X TOP VIEW 0.10 C A1 0.10 C A B (A3) D2 A SEATING C PLANE 0.10 C A B DETAIL A SIDE VIEW A A E2 A4 e 2 2 1 D3 SECTION A-A N (K) L e BOTTOM VIEW 48X b 0.10 0.05 C A B C Microchip Technology Drawing C04-21493 Rev A Sheet 1 of 2 (c) 2018 Microchip Technology Inc. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1873 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Packaging Information 48-Lead Very Thin Plastic Quad Flat, No Lead Package (U5B) - 7x7 mm Body [VQFN] With 5.15 mm Exposed Pad and Stepped Wettable Flanks; Atmel Legacy ZLH Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging DETAIL 1 ALTERNATE TERMINAL CONFIGURATIONS Notes: Units Dimension Limits N Number of Terminals e Pitch Overall Height A Standoff A1 Terminal Thickness A3 Overall Length D Exposed Pad Length D2 E Overall Width Exposed Pad Width E2 b Terminal Width L Terminal Length Terminal-to-Exposed-Pad K D3 Wettable Flank Step Length Wettable Flank Step Height A4 MIN 0,80 0.00 5.05 5.05 0.20 0.35 0.10 MILLIMETERS NOM MAX 48 0.50 BSC 0.85 0.90 0.02 0.05 0.203 REF 7.00 BSC 5.15 5.25 7.00 BSC 5.15 5.25 0.25 0.30 0.40 0.45 0.53 REF 0.085 0.19 1. Pin 1 visual index feature may vary, but must be located within the hatched area. 2. Package is saw singulated 3. Dimensioning and tolerancing per ASME Y14.5M BSC: Basic Dimension. Theoretically exact value shown without tolerances. REF: Reference Dimension, usually without tolerance, for information purposes only. Microchip Technology Drawing C04-21493 Rev A Sheet 2 of 2 (c) 2018 Microchip Technology Inc. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1874 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Packaging Information 48-Lead Very Thin Plastic Quad Flat, No Lead Package (U5B) - 7x7 mm Body [VQFN] With 5.15 mm Exposed Pad and Stepped Wettable Flanks; Atmel Legacy ZLH Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging C1 X2 EV 48 1 OV 2 G2 C2 Y2 EV G1 Y1 X1 SILK SCREEN E RECOMMENDED LAND PATTERN Units Dimension Limits E Contact Pitch Optional Center Pad Width X2 Optional Center Pad Length Y2 Contact Pad Spacing C1 Contact Pad Spacing C2 Contact Pad Width (X48) X1 Contact Pad Length (X48) Y1 Contact Pad to Center Pad (X48) G1 Contact Pad to Center Pad (X44) G2 Thermal Via Diameter V Thermal Via Pitch EV MIN MILLIMETERS NOM 0.50 BSC MAX 5.25 5.25 6.90 6.90 0.30 0.85 0.20 0.40 0.30 1.00 Notes: 1. Dimensioning and tolerancing per ASME Y14.5M BSC: Basic Dimension. Theoretically exact value shown without tolerances. 2. For best soldering results, thermal vias, if used, should be filled or tented to avoid solder loss during reflow process Microchip Technology Drawing C04-23493 Rev A (c) 2018 Microchip Technology Inc. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1875 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Packaging Information 58.3.3 64-Ball WLCSP (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1876 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Packaging Information Table 58-6.Device and Package Maximum Weight 14 mg Table 58-7.Package Characteristics Moisture Sensitivity Level MSL1 Table 58-8.Package Reference JEDEC Drawing Reference N/A JESD97 Classification e1 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1877 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Packaging Information 58.3.4 64-Pin VQFN Note: The exposed die attach pad is not connected electrically inside the device. Table 58-9.Device and Package Maximum Weight 200 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. mg Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1878 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Packaging Information Table 58-10.Package Charateristics Moisture Sensitivity Level MSL3 Table 58-11.Package Reference JEDEC Drawing Reference MO-220 JESD97 Classification E3 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1879 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Packaging Information 58.3.5 64-Pin VQFN Wettable Flanks 64-Lead Very Thin Plastic Quad Flat, No Lead Package (U6B) - 9x9 mm Body [VQFN] With 4.7 mm Exposed Pad and Stepped Wettable Flanks; Atmel Legacy ZRB Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging 64X 0.08 C D NOTE 1 0.10 C A B N 1 2 E (DATUM B) (DATUM A) 2X 0.10 C 2X TOP VIEW 0.10 C 0.05 0.20 0.10 C A B 0.90 SEATING C PLANE D2 SIDE VIEW DETAIL A 0.10 C A B E2 A e 2 A4 A (K) 2 1 D3 SECTION A-A STEPPED WETTABLE FLANK N L e BOTTOM VIEW 64X b 0.10 0.05 C A B C Microchip Technology Drawing C04-21497 Rev A Sheet 1 of 2 (c) 2018 Microchip Technology Inc. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1880 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Packaging Information 64-Lead Very Thin Plastic Quad Flat, No Lead Package (U6B) - 9x9 mm Body [VQFN] With 4.7 mm Exposed Pad and Stepped Wettable Flanks; Atmel Legacy ZRB Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging DETAIL 1 ALTERNATE TERMINAL CONFIGURATIONS Notes: Units Dimension Limits N Number of Terminals e Pitch Overall Height A Standoff A1 Terminal Thickness A3 Overall Length D Exposed Pad Length D2 E Overall Width Exposed Pad Width E2 b Terminal Width L Terminal Length Terminal-to-Exposed-Pad K D3 Wettable Flank Step Length Wettable Flank Step Height A4 MIN 0.80 0.00 4.60 4.60 0.15 0.35 0.10 MILLIMETERS NOM MAX 64 0.50 BSC 0.85 0.90 0.035 0.05 0.203 REF 9.00 BSC 4.70 4.80 9.00 BSC 4.70 4.80 0.20 0.25 0.40 0.45 1.75 REF 0.085 0.19 1. Pin 1 visual index feature may vary, but must be located within the hatched area. 2. Package is saw singulated 3. Dimensioning and tolerancing per ASME Y14.5M BSC: Basic Dimension. Theoretically exact value shown without tolerances. REF: Reference Dimension, usually without tolerance, for information purposes only. Microchip Technology Drawing C04-21497 Rev A Sheet 1 of 2 (c) 2018 Microchip Technology Inc. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1881 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Packaging Information 64-Lead Very Thin Plastic Quad Flat, No Lead Package (U6B) - 9x9 mm Body [VQFN] With 4.7 mm Exposed Pad and Stepped Wettable Flanks; Atmel Legacy ZRB Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging C1 X2 EV 64 1 2 OV G2 C2 Y2 EV G1 Y1 X1 SILK SCREEN E RECOMMENDED LAND PATTERN Units Dimension Limits E Contact Pitch Optional Center Pad Width X2 Optional Center Pad Length Y2 Contact Pad Spacing C1 Contact Pad Spacing C2 Contact Pad Width (X64) X1 Contact Pad Length (X64) Y1 Contact Pad to Center Pad (X64) G1 Contact Pad to Contact Pad (X60) G2 Thermal Via Diameter V Thermal Via Pitch EV MIN MILLIMETERS NOM 0.50 BSC MAX 4.80 4.80 8.90 8.90 0.30 0.85 1.63 0.20 0.33 1.20 Notes: 1. Dimensioning and tolerancing per ASME Y14.5M BSC: Basic Dimension. Theoretically exact value shown without tolerances. 2. For best soldering results, thermal vias, if used, should be filled or tented to avoid solder loss during reflow process Microchip Technology Drawing C04-23497 Rev A (c) 2018 Microchip Technology Inc. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1882 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Packaging Information 58.3.6 64-pin TQFP 64-Lead Plastic Thin Quad Flatpack (PT)-10x10x1 mm Body, 2.00 mm Footprint [TQFP] Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging D D1 D1/2 D NOTE 2 A B E1/2 E1 A E A SEE DETAIL 1 N 4X N/4 TIPS 0.20 C A-B D 1 3 2 4X NOTE 1 0.20 H A-B D TOP VIEW A2 A 0.05 C SEATING PLANE 0.08 C 64 X b 0.08 e A1 C A-B D SIDE VIEW Microchip Technology Drawing C04-085C Sheet 1 of 2 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1883 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Packaging Information 64-Lead Plastic Thin Quad Flatpack (PT)-10x10x1 mm Body, 2.00 mm Footprint [TQFP] Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging H c L (L1) X=A--B OR D X SECTION A-A e/2 DETAIL 1 Notes: Units Dimension Limits Number of Leads N e Lead Pitch Overall Height A Molded Package Thickness A2 Standoff A1 Foot Length L Footprint L1 Foot Angle Overall Width E Overall Length D Molded Package Width E1 Molded Package Length D1 c Lead Thickness b Lead Width Mold Draft Angle Top Mold Draft Angle Bottom MIN 0.95 0.05 0.45 0 0.09 0.17 11 11 MILLIMETERS NOM 64 0.50 BSC 1.00 0.60 1.00 REF 3.5 12.00 BSC 12.00 BSC 10.00 BSC 10.00 BSC 0.22 12 12 MAX 1.20 1.05 0.15 0.75 7 0.20 0.27 13 13 1. Pin 1 visual index feature may vary, but must be located within the hatched area. 2. Chamfers at corners are optional; size may vary. 3. Dimensions D1 and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed 0.25mm per side. 4. Dimensioning and tolerancing per ASME Y14.5M BSC: Basic Dimension. Theoretically exact value shown without tolerances. REF: Reference Dimension, usually without tolerance, for information purposes only. Microchip Technology Drawing C04-085C Sheet 2 of 2 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1884 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Packaging Information 64-Lead Plastic Thin Quad Flatpack (PT)-10x10x1 mm Body, 2.00 mm Footprint [TQFP] Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging C1 E C2 G Y1 X1 RECOMMENDED LAND PATTERN Units Dimension Limits E Contact Pitch Contact Pad Spacing C1 Contact Pad Spacing C2 Contact Pad Width (X28) X1 Contact Pad Length (X28) Y1 Distance Between Pads G MIN MILLIMETERS NOM 0.50 BSC 11.40 11.40 MAX 0.30 1.50 0.20 Notes: 1. Dimensioning and tolerancing per ASME Y14.5M BSC: Basic Dimension. Theoretically exact value shown without tolerances. Microchip Technology Drawing C04-2085B Sheet 1 of 1 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1885 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Packaging Information 58.3.7 100 pin TQFP Table 58-12.Device and Package Maximum Weight 520 mg Table 58-13.Package Characteristics Moisture Sensitivity Level MSL3 Table 58-14.Package Reference JEDEC Drawing Reference MS-026, variant AED JESD97 Classification e3 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1886 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Packaging Information 58.3.8 120-ball TFBGA 120-Ball Thin Fine Pitch Ball Grid Array Package (DGB) - 8x8 mm Body [TFBGA] Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging D NOTE 1 1 (DATUM A) (DATUM B) 2X 0.10 C 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A 9 10 11 12 13 14 B 15 A B C D E F G H J K L M N P R E 2X TOP VIEW 0.10 C SEE DETAIL A C SEATING PLANE A SIDE VIEW D1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 R P N M L K J H G F E D C B A 14 15 E1 NOTE 1 e BOTTOM VIEW 120X Ob 0.15 0.08 C A B C Microchip Technology Drawing C04-21465-DGB Rev B Sheet 1 of 2 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1887 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Packaging Information 120-Ball Thin Fine Pitch Ball Grid Array Package (DGB) - 8x8 mm Body [TFBGA] Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging 0.10 C (A3) (A2) A1 120X 0.08 C DETAIL A Notes: Units Dimension Limits Number of Terminals N e Pitch Overall Height A Standoff A1 Substrate Thickness A2 A3 Mold Cap Thickness Overall Length D Overall Ball Pitch D1 Overall Width E Exposed Pad Width E1 b Terminal Width MIN 0.11 0.20 MILLIMETERS NOM 120 0.50 BSC 2.10 REF 0.70 REF 8.00 BSC 7.00 BSC 8.00 BSC 7.00 BSC - MAX 1.20 0.21 0.30 1. Pin 1 visual index feature may vary, but must be located within the hatched area. 2. Package is saw singulated 3. Dimensioning and tolerancing per ASME Y14.5M BSC: Basic Dimension. Theoretically exact value shown without tolerances. REF: Reference Dimension, usually without tolerance, for information purposes only. Microchip Technology Drawing C04-21465-DGB Rev B Sheet 1 of 2 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1888 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Packaging Information 120-Ball Thin Fine Pitch Ball Grid Array Package (DGB) - 8x8 mm Body [TFBGA] Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging C1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 A B C D E F G C2 H J K L OX M N P R SILK SCREEN E RECOMMENDED LAND PATTERN Units Dimension Limits E Contact Pitch Contact Pad Spacing C1 Contact Pad Spacing C2 Contact Pad Width (X20) X MIN MILLIMETERS NOM 0.50 BSC 7.00 BSC 7.00 BSC 0.25 MAX Notes: 1. Dimensioning and tolerancing per ASME Y14.5M BSC: Basic Dimension. Theoretically exact value shown without tolerances. Microchip Technology Drawing C04-23465-DGB Rev B (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1889 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Packaging Information 58.3.9 120-ball TFBGA (AEC-Q100 Grade 1) 120-Ball Thin Fine Pitch Ball Grid Array Package (HEB) - 8x8 mm Body [TFBGA] Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging D NOTE 1 1 (DATUM A) (DATUM B) 2X 0.10 C 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A 9 10 11 12 13 14 B 15 A B C D E F G H J K L M N P R E 2X TOP VIEW 0.10 C SEE DETAIL A C SEATING PLANE A SIDE VIEW D1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 R P N M L K J H G F E D C B A 14 15 E1 NOTE 1 e BOTTOM VIEW 120X Ob 0.15 0.08 C A B C Microchip Technology Drawing C04-21465-HEB Rev B Sheet 1 of 2 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1890 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Packaging Information 120-Ball Thin Fine Pitch Ball Grid Array Package (HEB) - 8x8 mm Body [TFBGA] Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging 0.10 C (A3) (A2) A1 120X 0.08 C DETAIL A Notes: Units Dimension Limits Number of Terminals N e Pitch Overall Height A Standoff A1 Substrate Thickness A2 A3 Mold Cap Thickness Overall Length D Overall Ball Pitch D1 Overall Width E Exposed Pad Width E1 b Terminal Width MIN 0.11 0.20 MILLIMETERS NOM 120 0.50 BSC 2.10 REF 0.70 REF 8.00 BSC 7.00 BSC 8.00 BSC 7.00 BSC - MAX 1.20 0.21 0.30 1. Pin 1 visual index feature may vary, but must be located within the hatched area. 2. Package is saw singulated 3. Dimensioning and tolerancing per ASME Y14.5M BSC: Basic Dimension. Theoretically exact value shown without tolerances. REF: Reference Dimension, usually without tolerance, for information purposes only. Microchip Technology Drawing C04-21465-HEB Rev B Sheet 1 of 2 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1891 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Packaging Information 120-Ball Thin Fine Pitch Ball Grid Array Package (HEB) - 8x8 mm Body [TFBGA] Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging C1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 A B C D E F G C2 H J K L OX M N P R SILK SCREEN E RECOMMENDED LAND PATTERN Units Dimension Limits E Contact Pitch Contact Pad Spacing C1 Contact Pad Spacing C2 Contact Pad Width (X20) X MIN MILLIMETERS NOM 0.50 BSC 7.00 BSC 7.00 BSC 0.25 MAX Notes: 1. Dimensioning and tolerancing per ASME Y14.5M BSC: Basic Dimension. Theoretically exact value shown without tolerances. Microchip Technology Drawing C04-23465-HEB Rev B (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1892 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Packaging Information 58.3.10 128 pin TQFP Table 58-15.Device and Package Maximum Weight 520 mg Table 58-16.Package Characteristics Moisture Sensitivity Level (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. MSL3 Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1893 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Packaging Information Table 58-17.Package Reference 58.4 JEDEC Drawing Reference MS-026 JESD97 Classification E3 Soldering Profile The following table gives the recommended soldering profile from J-STD-20. Table 58-18.Recommended Soldering Profile Profile Feature Green Package Average Ramp-up Rate (217C to peak) 3C/s max. Preheat Temperature 175C 25C 150-200C Time Maintained Above 217C 60-150s Time within 5C of Actual Peak Temperature 30s Peak Temperature Range 260C Ramp-down Rate 6C/s max. Time 25C to Peak Temperature 8 minutes max. A maximum of three reflow passes is allowed per component. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1894 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Schematic Checklist 59. Schematic Checklist 59.1 Introduction This chapter describes a common checklist which should be used when starting and reviewing the schematics for a SAM D5x/E5x design. This chapter illustrates recommended power supply connections, how to connect external analog references, programmer, debugger, oscillator and crystal. 59.1.1 Operation in Noisy Environment If the device is operating in an environment with much electromagnetic noise, it must be protected from this noise to ensure reliable operation. In addition to following best practice EMC design guidelines, the recommendations listed in the schematic checklist sections must be followed. In particular, placing decoupling capacitors very close to the power pins, an RC-filter on the RESET pin, and a pull-up resistor on the SWCLK pin is critical for reliable operations. It is also relevant to eliminate or attenuate noise in order to avoid that it reaches supply pins, I/O pins and crystals. 59.2 Power Supply The SAM D5x/E5x supports a single or dual power supply from 1.71V to 3.63V. The same voltage must be applied to both VDDIO and VDDANA. VDDIOB level must be lower or equal to VDDIO / VDDANA. When I/O pads in the VDDIOB cluster are multiplexed as analog pads, VDDANA is used to power the I/O. Using this configuration may result in an electrical conflict if the VDDIOB voltage is different from that of VDDIO / VDDANA. If the application has such requirements, it is required to power VDDIOB, VDDIO, and VDDANA from the same supply source to ensure that they are always at the same voltage. The internal voltage regulator has four different modes: * * * * Linear mode: This mode does not require any external inductor. This is the default mode when CPU and peripherals are running Switching mode (Buck): The most efficient mode when the CPU and peripherals are running. Low Power (LP) mode: This is the default mode used when the device is in Standby mode Shutdown mode: When the device is in Backup mode, the internal regulator is turned off Selecting between switching mode and linear mode can be done by software on the fly, but the power supply must be designed according to which mode is to be used. 59.2.1 Power Supply Connections The following figures shows the recommended power supply connections for switched/linear mode, linear mode only and with battery backup. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1895 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Schematic Checklist Figure 59-1.Power Supply Connection for Switching/Linear Mode Close to device (for every pin) IO Supply (1.71V -- 3.63V) SAM Device VBAT (PB03) VDDIOB Main Supply (1.71V -- 3.63V) VDDANA 100nF VDDIO CIN3 10H 100nF 100nF 10F 10F CIN1 VSW LEXT 10F CIN4 CIN2 VDDCORE COUT1 100nF 4.7F COUT2 GND GNDANA Figure 59-2.Power Supply Connection for Linear Mode Only Close to device (for every pin) IO Supply (1.71V -- 3.63V) SAM Device VDDIOB VBAT (PB03) Main Supply (1.71V -- 3.63V) VDDANA 100nF VDDIO CIN3 10F 10F CIN1 10F CIN2 100nF VSW CIN4 100nF VDDCORE COUT1 COUT2 4.7F 100nF GND GNDANA (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1896 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Schematic Checklist Figure 59-3.Power Supply Connection for Battery Backup Close to device (for every pin) IO Supply (1.71V -- 3.63V) SAM E54 VDDIOB VBAT (PB03) Main Supply (1.71V -- 3.63V) VDDANA VDDIO CIN3 100nF 10H 100nF 100nF 10F 10F CIN1 10F CIN2 CIN4 LEXT VSW VDDCORE COUT1 COUT2 4.7F 100nF GND GNDANA Note: 1. The passive component value shown in figures 58-1, 58-2 & 58-3 is a typical example. Refer to 54.10.1 Voltage Regulator Characteristics for details on specification. 2. Decoupling capacitors should be placed close to the device for each supply pin pair in the signal group, low ESR capacitors should be used for better decoupling. 3. An inductor should be added between the external power and the VDD for power filtering. 4. A ferrite bead has better filtering performance compared to standard inductor at high frequencies. A ferrite bead can be added between the main power supply (VDD) and VDDANA to prevent digital noise from entering the analog power domain. The bead should provide enough impedance (i.e., 50 at 20 MHz and 220 at 100 MHz) to separate the digital and analog power domains. Make sure to select a ferrite bead designed for filtering applications with a low DC resistance to avoid a large voltage drop across the ferrite bead. 59.3 External Analog Reference Connections The following schematic checklist is only necessary if the application is using one or more of the external analog references. If the internal references are used instead, the following circuits are not necessary. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1897 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Schematic Checklist Figure 59-4.External Analog Reference Schematic With Three References Close to device (for every pin) VREFA EXTERNAL REFERENCE 1 4.7F 100nF GND VREFB EXTERNAL REFERENCE 2 4.7F 100nF GND VREFC EXTERNAL REFERENCE 3 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. 4.7F 100nF GND Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1898 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Schematic Checklist Figure 59-5.External Analog Reference Schematic With Two References Close to device (for every pin ) VREFA EXTERNAL REFERENCE 1 4.7F 100 nF GND VREFB EXTERNAL REFERENCE 2 4.7F 100 nF GND VREFC GND (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1899 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Schematic Checklist Figure 59-6.External Analog Reference Schematic With One Reference Close to device (for every pin ) VREFA EXTERNAL REFERENCE 4.7F 100 nF GND VREFB GND VREFC GND Table 59-1.External Analog Reference Connections Signal Name Recommended Pin Connection Description VREFx 1.0V to (VDDANA - 0.6V) for ADC 1.0V to (VDDANA - 0.6V) for DAC Decoupling/filtering capacitors 100nF(1)(2) and 4.7F(1) External reference VREFx for the analog port GND Ground 1. These values are only given as a typical example. 2. Decoupling capacitor should be placed close to the device for each supply pin pair in the signal group. 59.4 External Reset Circuit When the external Reset function is used, connect the external Reset circuit to the RESET pin as shown below. If the external Reset function is not required, the circuit is not necessary: the RESET pin can either remain unconnected, or be driven LOW externally by the application circuitry. The Reset switch can also be removed if a manual Reset is not necessary. The RESET pin itself has an internal pullup resistor, hence it is optional to add any external pull-up resistor. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1900 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Schematic Checklist Figure 59-7.External Reset Circuit Schematic VDD 10k 330 RESET 100nF GND A pull-up resistor makes sure that the Reset does not go low and unintentionally causing a device Reset. An additional resistor has been added in series with the switch to safely discharge the filtering capacitor, i.e. preventing a current surge when shorting the filtering capacitor which again can cause a noise spike that can have a negative effect on the system. Table 59-2.Reset Circuit Connections Signal Name Recommended Pin Connection Description RESET Reset low level threshold voltage VDDIO = 1.71V - 2.0V: Below 0.33 * VDDIO Reset pin VDDIO = 2.7V - 3.6V: Below 0.36 * VDDIO Decoupling/filter capacitor 100nF(1) Pull-up resistor 10k(1,2) Resistor in series with the switch 330(1) 1. These values are only given as a typical example. 2. The SAM D5x/E5x features an internal pull-up resistor on the RESET pin, hence an external pull-up is optional. 59.5 Unused or Unconnected Pins For unused pins the default state of the pins will give the lowest current leakage. Thus there is no need to do any configuration of the unused pins in order to lower the power consumption. 59.6 Clocks and Crystal Oscillators The SAM D5x/E5x can be run from internal or external clock sources, or a mix of internal and external sources. An example of usage can be to use the internal 48MHz DFLL as source for the system clock and an external 32.768kHz watch crystal as clock source for the Real-Time counter (RTC). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1901 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Schematic Checklist 59.6.1 External Clock Source Figure 59-8.External Clock Source Schematic External Clock XIN XOUT/GPIO NC/GPIO Table 59-3.External Clock Source Connections 59.6.2 Signal Name Recommended Pin Connection Description XIN XIN is used as input for an external clock signal Input for inverting oscillator pin XOUT/GPIO Can be left unconnected or used as normal GPIO NC/GPIO Crystal Oscillator Figure 59-9.Crystal Oscillator Schematic XIN 26pF XOUT 26pF The crystal should be located as close to the device as possible. Long signal lines may cause too high load to operate the crystal, and cause crosstalk to other parts of the system. Table 59-4.Crystal Oscillator Checklist Signal Name Recommended Pin Connection 26pF(1)(2) XIN Load capacitor XOUT Load capacitor 26pF(1)(2) Description External crystal between 8 to 48MHz 1. These values are only given as a typical example. 2. The capacitors should be placed close to the device for each supply pin pair in the signal group. 59.6.3 External Real Time Oscillator The low frequency crystal oscillator is optimized for use with a 32.768kHz watch crystal. When selecting crystals, load capacitance and the crystal's Equivalent Series Resistance (ESR) must be taken into consideration. Both values are specified by the crystal vendor. SAM D5x/E5x oscillator is optimized for very low power consumption, hence close attention should be made when selecting crystals. The typical parasitic load capacitance values are available in the Electrical Characteristics section. This capacitance and PCB capacitance can allow using a crystal inferior to 12.5pF load capacitance without external capacitors as shown in the next figure. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1902 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Schematic Checklist Figure 59-10.External Real Time Oscillator without Load Capacitor XIN32 32.768kHz XOUT32 To improve accuracy and Safety Factor, the crystal datasheet can recommend adding external capacitors as shown the figure below. To find suitable load capacitance for a 32.768kHz crystal, consult the crystal datasheet. Figure 59-11.External Real Time Oscillator with Load Capacitor 18pF 32.768kHz XIN32 XOUT32 18pF Table 59-5.External Real Time Oscillator Checklist Signal Name Recommended Pin Connection 18pF(1)(2) XIN32 Load capacitor XOUT32 Load capacitor 18pF(1)(2) Description Timer oscillator input Timer oscillator output 1. These values are only given as typical examples. 2. The capacitors should be placed close to the device for each supply pin pair in the signal group. Note: In order to minimize the cycle-to-cycle jitter of the external oscillator, keep the neighboring pins as steady as possible. For neighboring pin details, refer to the Oscillator Pinout section. 59.6.4 Calculating the Correct Crystal Decoupling Capacitor The model shown in Figure 59-12 can be used to calculate correct load capacitor for a given crystal. This model includes internal capacitors CLn, external parasitic capacitance CELn and external load capacitance CPn. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1903 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Schematic Checklist CL1 XIN CEL1 CL2 XOUT CP1 CP2 External Internal Figure 59-12.Crystal Circuit With Internal, External and Parasitic Capacitance CEL2 Using this model the total capacitive load for the crystal can be calculated as shown in the equation below: tot = 1 + 1 + EL1 2 + 2 + EL2 1 + 1 + EL1 + 2 + 2 + EL2 where Ctot is the total load capacitance seen by the crystal. This value should be equal to the load capacitance value found in the crystal manufacturer datasheet. The parasitic capacitance CELn can in most applications be disregarded as these are usually very small. If accounted for, these values are dependent on the PCB material and PCB layout. For some crystal the internal capacitive load provided by the device itself can be enough. To calculate the total load capacitance in this case. CELn and CPn are both zero, CL1 = CL2 = CL, and the equation reduces to the following: tot = 2 See the related links for equivalent internal pin capacitance values. 59.7 Programming and Debug Ports For programming and/or debugging the SAM D5x/E5x, the device should be connected using the Serial Wire Debug, SWD, interface. Currently the SWD interface is supported by several Microchip and third party programmers and debuggers, like the Atmel-ICE, SAM-ICE or SAM D5x/E5x Xplained Pro (SAM D5x/E5x evaluation kit) Embedded Debugger. Refer to the Atmel-ICE, SAM-ICE or SAM D5x/E5x Xplained Pro user guides for details on debugging and programming connections and options. For connecting to any other programming or debugging tool, refer to that specific programmer or debugger's user guide. The SAM D5x/E5x Xplained Pro evaluation board supports programming and debugging through the onboard embedded debugger so no external programmer or debugger is needed. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1904 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Schematic Checklist Note: A pull-up resistor on the SWCLK pin is critical for reliable operation. Refer to related link for more information. Figure 59-13.SWCLK Circuit Connections VDD 1k SWCLK Table 59-6.SWCLK Circuit Connections Pin Name Description Recommended Pin Connection SWCLK Serial wire clock pin Pull-up resistor 1k Related Links 59.1.1 Operation in Noisy Environment 59.7.1 Cortex Debug Connector (10-pin) For debuggers and/or programmers that support the Cortex Debug Connector (10-pin) interface the signals should be connected as shown in Figure 59-14 with details described in Table 59-7. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1905 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Schematic Checklist Figure 59-14.Cortex Debug Connector (10-pin) VDD Cortex Debug Connector (10-pin) VTref SWDIO 1 GND GND NC NC SWDCLK NC RESET SWCLK NC RESET SWDIO GND Table 59-7.Cortex Debug Connector (10-pin) 59.7.2 Header Signal Name Description SWDCLK Serial wire clock pin SWDIO Serial wire bidirectional data pin RESET Target device reset pin, active low VTref Target voltage sense, should be connected to the device VDD GND Ground 20-pin IDC JTAG Connector For debuggers and/or programmers that support the 20-pin IDC JTAG Connector, e.g. the SAM-ICE, the signals should be connected as shown in Figure 59-15 with details described in Table 59-8. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1906 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Schematic Checklist Figure 59-15.20-pin IDC JTAG Connector VDD 20-pin IDC JTAG Connector VCC NC NC SWDIO 1 NC GND RESET GND GND SWDCLK GND NC GND NC GND* RESET GND* NC GND* NC GND* SWCLK SWDIO GND Table 59-8.20-pin IDC JTAG Connector Header Signal Name Description 59.7.3 SWDCLK Serial wire clock pin SWDIO Serial wire bidirectional data pin RESET Target device reset pin, active low VCC Target voltage sense, should be connected to the device VDD GND Ground GND* These pins are reserved for firmware extension purposes. They can be left unconnected or connected to GND in normal debug environment. They are not essential for SWD in general. Trace (CoreSight 20) Connector The Trace Port Interface Unit (TPIU) takes data from the Embedded Trace Module (ETM) and allows debugger communication to ETM. The following figure shows the connection diagram. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1907 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Schematic Checklist Figure 59-16.Trace (CoreSight 20) Connector Diagram 59.8 QSPI Interface Table 59-9.QSPI Interface Pins and Connections Pin Name Recommended Pin Connection Description PA08 - PA11 Application dependent QSPI I/O lines PB10 Application dependent QSPI Clock PB11 Application dependent QSPI Chip Select VDDIO QSPI PA08 PA09 PA10 PA11 PB10 PB11 VDDIO R605 100k SI / SIO0 SO / SIO1 SIO2 SIO3 SCK CS VDD C 100n VSS PAD GND Note: Signal integrity can be improved by adding series resistors on each QSPI line. The resistor value should be based on the corresponding I/O pin drive strength (decided by PINCFGn.DRVSTR) and PCB trace impedance. It is recommended to do simulation using the device IBIS files to choose the correct termination and PCB trace impedance combination. 59.9 USB Interface The USB interface consists of a differential data pair (D+/D-) and a power supply (VBUS, GND). Refer to the Electrical Characteristics section for operating voltages which will allow USB operation. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1908 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Schematic Checklist Table 59-10.USB Interface Checklist Signal Name D+ Recommended Pin Connection * * D- * Description The impedance of the pair should be matched on the PCB to minimize reflections. USB differential tracks should be routed with the same characteristics (length, width, number of vias, etc.) For a tightly coupled differential pair,the signal routing should be as parallel as possible, with a minimum number of angles and vias. USB full speed / low speed positive data upstream pin USB full speed / low speed negative data upstream pin Figure 59-17.Low Cost USB Interface Example Schematic USB Connector VBUS D+ DGND VBUS USB Differential Data Line Pair USB_D+ USB_D- Shield GND (Board) It is recommended to increase ESD protection on the USB D+, D-, and VBUS lines using dedicated transient suppressors. These protections should be located as close as possible to the USB connector to reduce the potential discharge path and reduce discharge propagation within the entire system. The USB FS cable includes a dedicated shield wire that should be connected to the board with caution. Special attention should be paid to the connection between the board ground plane and the shield from the USB connector and the cable. Tying the shield directly to ground would create a direct path from the ground plane to the shield, turning the USB cable into an antenna. To limit the USB cable antenna effect, it is recommended to connect the shield and ground through an RC filter. Figure 59-18.Protected USB Interface Example Schematic VBUS USB Transient protection USB Connector USB Differential Data Line Pair VBUS D+ DGND RC Filter (GND/Shield Connection) 59.10 USB_D- 4.5nF 1M Shield USB_D+ GND (Board) SDHC Interface The SD/MMC Host Controller (SDHC) is compliant with the SD Host Controller Standard specifications. There are two instances of SDHC available on this device: SDHC0 and SDHC1. The typical connection diagram is shown in the following figure. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1909 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Schematic Checklist (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1910 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Conventions 60. Conventions 60.1 Numerical Notation Table 60-1.Numerical Notation 60.2 Symbol Description 165 Decimal number 0b0101 Binary number (example 0b0101 = 5 decimal) '0101' Binary numbers are given without prefix if unambiguous 0x3B24 Hexadecimal number X Represents an unknown or do not care value Z Represents a high-impedance (floating) state for either a signal or a bus Memory Size and Type Table 60-2.Memory Size and Bit Rate 60.3 Symbol Description KB (kbyte) kilobyte (210 = 1024) MB (Mbyte) megabyte (220 = 1024*1024) GB (Gbyte) gigabyte (230 = 1024*1024*1024) b bit (binary '0' or '1') B byte (8 bits) 1kbit/s 1,000 bit/s rate (not 1,024 bit/s) 1Mbit/s 1,000,000 bit/s rate 1Gbit/s 1,000,000,000 bit/s rate word 32 bit half-word 16 bit Frequency and Time Table 60-3.Frequency and Time Symbol Description kHz 1 kHz = 103 Hz = 1,000 Hz KHz 1 KHz = 1,024 Hz, 32 KHz = 32,768 Hz MHz 1 MHz = 106 Hz = 1,000,000 Hz GHz 1 GHz = 109 Hz = 1,000,000,000 Hz s second (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1911 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Conventions ...........continued 60.4 Symbol Description ms millisecond s microsecond ns nanosecond Registers and Bits Table 60-4.Register and Bit Mnemonics Symbol Description R/W Read/Write accessible register bit. The user can read from and write to this bit. R Read-only accessible register bit. The user can only read this bit. Writes will be ignored. W Write-only accessible register bit. The user can only write this bit. Reading this bit will return an undefined value. BIT Bit names are shown in uppercase. (Example ENABLE) FIELD[n:m] A set of bits from bit n down to m. (Example: PINA[3:0] = {PINA3, PINA2, PINA1, PINA0} Reserved Reserved bits are unused and reserved for future use. For compatibility with future devices, always write reserved bits to zero when the register is written. Reserved bits will always return zero when read. Reserved bit field values must not be written to a bit field. A reserved value will not be read from a read-only bit field. Do not write any value to reserved bits of a fuse. PERIPHERALi If several instances of a peripheral exist, the peripheral name is followed by a number to indicate the number of the instance in the range 0-n. PERIPHERAL0 denotes one specific instance. Reset Value of a register after a Power-on Reset. This is also the value of registers in a peripheral after performing a software Reset of the peripheral, except for the Debug Control registers. SET/CLR Registers with SET/CLR suffix allows the user to clear and set bits in a register without doing a read-modify-write operation. These registers always come in pairs. Writing a `1' to a bit in the CLR register will clear the corresponding bit in both registers, while writing a `1' to a bit in the SET register will set the corresponding bit in both registers. Both registers will return the same value when read. If both registers are written simultaneously, the write to the CLR register will take precedence. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1912 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Acronyms and Abbreviations 61. Acronyms and Abbreviations The below table contains acronyms and abbreviations used in this document. Table 61-1.Acronyms and Abbreviations Abbreviation Description AC Analog Comparator ADC Analog-to-Digital Converter ADDR Address AES Advanced Encryption Standard AHB Advanced High-performance Bus AMBA Advanced Microcontroller Bus Architecture APB AMBA Advanced Peripheral Bus AREF Analog Reference Voltage BOD Brown-out Detector CAL Calibration CC Compare/Capture CCL Configurable Custom Logic CLK Clock CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check CTRL Control DAC Digital-to-Analog Converter DAP Debug Access Port DFLL Digital Frequency Locked Loop DPLL Digital Phase Locked Loop DMAC DMA (Direct Memory Access) Controller DSU Device Service Unit EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory EIC External Interrupt Controller EVSYS Event System FDPLL Fractional Digital Phase Locked Loop, also DPLL FREQM Frequency Meter GCLK Generic Clock Controller GMII Gigabit Media Independent Interface GND Ground GPIO General Purpose Input/Output I2C Inter-Integrated Circuit IF Interrupt Flag (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1913 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Acronyms and Abbreviations ...........continued Abbreviation Description INT Interrupt MBIST Memory Built-In Self-Test MEM-AP Memory Access Port MIB Management Information Base MII Media Independent Interface MTB Micro Trace Buffer NMI Non-maskable Interrupt NVIC Nested Vector Interrupt Controller NVM Nonvolatile Memory NVMCTRL Nonvolatile Memory Controller OSC Oscillator PAC Peripheral Access Controller PC Program Counter PER Period PM Power Manager POR Power-on Reset PORT I/O Pin Controller PTC Peripheral Touch Controller PWM Pulse-Width Modulation RAM Random-Access Memory REF Reference RMII Reduced Media Independent Interface RTC Real-Time Counter RX Receiver/Receive SEES SmartEEPROM Sector SEEP SmartEEPROM Page SERCOM Serial Communication Interface SMBus System Management Bus SNAP Sub-Network Access Protocol SP Stack Pointer SPI Serial Peripheral Interface SRAM Static Random Access Memory SUPC Supply Controller SWD Serial Wire Debug TC Timer/Counter (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1914 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Acronyms and Abbreviations ...........continued Abbreviation Description TRNG True Random Number Generator TX Transmitter/Transmit ULP Ultra Low-Power USART Universal Synchronous and Asynchronous Serial Receiver and Transmitter USB Universal Serial Bus VDD Common voltage to be applied to VDDIO and VDDANA VDDIO Digital Supply Voltage VDDANA Analog Supply Voltage VREF Voltage Reference WDT Watchdog Timer XOSC Crystal Oscillator (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1915 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Revision History 62. Revision History Table 62-1.Rev. F - 05/2020 Section Name or Type Features I/O Multiplexing and Considerations Change Description * * Updated the number of Temperature sensors Corrected Wake-up pins from 4 to 5 Added a new note to Table 6-34 GPIO Clusters. Power Supply and Startup Considerations * * * Updated VDDIO and VDDANA information in Power Supplies Updated the Power Domain Block Diagram to properly display the POR Updated Section 7.3.3 I/O Pins with a more detailed explanation of the pins GCLK * * Corrected the number of Peripheral Channels from 64 to 48 in Principle of Operation Removed CTRLA register from section 15.8 Register Description MCLK Added a new note to the AHBMASK register, and modified the access attribute of bits 11,7 and 5 from "R" to "R/W." DMAC * * Added disable information to the SWRST bit in the CTRL register Updated the PRICTRL0 Register with new bit information for the QOS bit RTC * * Corrected the Tamper channels from 4 to 5 in Tamper Detection Added a new note to Timestamp EVSYS Updated the Register offset equations for the following registers: * CHINTENCLR * CHINTENSET * CHINTFLAG * CHSTATUSn SERCOM USART Corrected the Baud Rate Divider in the Clock Generation figure for Clock Generation and Selection. I2S Updated Figure 51-8 and 51-9 in I2S Application Examples. USB * * * Updated the EPSTATUSn register with new table information for the BK1RDY bit Removed an incorrect reference to INTFLAGA in Figure 38.9 Device Interrupt Removed the MFNUM bit from the FNUM Register CAN * Updated Timestamp Generation with a revised bitname for CCCR.BRSE and a note about bit rate switching Corrected the TSC value from 15 to 16 in Timeout Counter * TRNG Updated reset information for the DATA register. TC Corrected GCLK_TC to GCLK_TCx and CLK_TC_CNT to CLK_TCx_CNT throughout the chapter. TCC ADC * * Corrected GCLK_TCC to GCLK_TCCx throughout the chapter Corrected the Register representation for: - Pattern - Pattern Buffer Updated the REFSEL bit table in the REFCTRL register. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1916 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Revision History ...........continued Section Name or Type Change Description AES The name of the register changed from DATA to INDATA DAC Updated the CTRLB register with new information for the REFSEL bit. Electrical Characteristics at 85C * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Electrical Characteristics at 105C * * * * * Updated the note for the Absolute Maximum Ratings table Updated the table for General Operating Ratings Updated the note in Injection Current Updated Supply Characteristics with a new table Updated the tables in I/O Pin Characteristics with correct conditions and notes Replaced the tables and associated notes with new information in Brown-Out Detectors (BOD) Characteristics Replaced the tables with new information in Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) Characteristics Updated the tables in Analog Comparator (AC) Characteristics with correct parameter name Updated the tables NVM Characteristics with correct format, parameter name, and new notes Updated Crystal Oscillator (XOSC) Characteristics with a simplified schematic for Oscillator Connection Updated External 32 kHz Crystal Oscillator (XOSC32K) Characteristics with a simplified schematic for Oscillator Crystal Connection and corrected the Load Capacitance equation Removed 25 data from Ultra-Low-Power Internal 32 kHz RC Oscillator Electrical Characteristics in Internal Ultra Low Power 32 kHz RC Oscillator (OSCULP32K) Characteristics Merged the current values in the DFLL48M Power Consumption table in Digital Frequency Locked Loop (DFLL48M) Characteristics Reorganized SERCOM in SPI Mode Timing to show the figures before the table Added tMOH parameter value in Table 54-56. SPI Timing Characteristics and Requirements Added max value for parameter tSCKR and tSCKf in Table 54-56. SPI Timing Characteristics and Requirements Added new note to QSPI Maximum Frequency Examples in QSPI Characteristics Reorganized GMAC Characteristics to display the diagrams before the tables Reorganized I2S Characteristics to display the images before the tables Updated Table 54-63. I2S Timing Characteristics and Requirements for parameter fM_SCKO Added new figures and tables to PCC Characteristics Added the following new sections: - TC Characteristics - TCC Characteristics - PDEC Characteristics Added a new note to General Operating Ratings Added new tables to Brown-Out Detectors (BOD) Characteristics 105C Added new tables and notes to Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) Characteristics (105C) Removed the Multiple Crystal Oscillator Electrical Characteristics Table from Crystal Oscillator (XOSC) Characteristics (105C) Updated NVM Characteristics with correct format, parameter name, and a new note (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1917 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Revision History ...........continued Section Name or Type Change Description Electrical Characteristics at 125C * * * * * * * * * Updated the table in General Operating Ratings with a new note Updated Injection Current with new notes Updated Brown-Out Detectors (BOD) Characteristics (125C) with new tables and notes Removed the Power Supply Current Requirement table Updated Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) Characteristics (125C) with new tables and new notes Added a new note to the Analog Comparator Characteristics table for the operating voltage range in Analog Comparator (AC) Characteristics (125C) Updated NVM Characteristics (125C) with correct format, parameter name, and a new note Removed Multiple Crystal Oscillator Electrical Characteristics Table from Crystal Oscillator (XOSC) Characteristics (125C) Removed 32 kHz Crystal Oscillator Electrical Characteristics table from External 32 kHz Crystal Oscillator (XOSC32K) Characteristics (125C) Package Information * * Updated Junction Temperature with a new table Added 58.3.9 120-ball TFBGA (AEC-Q100 Grade 1) Schematic Checklist * Updated the Schematics in Power Supply Connections with a 100nF connection Table 62-2.Revision E - 06/2019 Section Name or Type Change Description Introduction Updated sections: * Updated Features * Updated the Configuration Summary Processor and Architecture Updated Interrupt Line Mapping CMCC Updated sections: * Data Cache Disable * Instruction Cache Disable GCLK Updated the PCHCTRLm register PM Updated Backup Mode (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1918 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Revision History ...........continued Section Name or Type Change Description RTC Count32 Registers updated: * CTRLA * EVCTRL * INTENCLR * INTENSET * INTFLAG * SYNCBUSY * GPn Count16 Registers updated: * * * * * * * CTRLA EVCTRL INTENCLR INTENSET INTFLAG SYNCBUSY GPn The following Clock registers were updated: * * * * * * * DMAC CTRLA EVCTRL INTENCLR INTENSET INTFLAG SYNCBUSY GPn The following topics were updated: * Initialization * Enabling, Disabling and Resetting * Transfer Descriptors The following registers were updated: * * * * CTRL SWTRIGCTRL INTSTATUS BUSYCH GMAC The following topics were updated: * Features * Pause Frame Reception OSCCTRL The following topics were updated: * Digital Phase Locked Loop (DPLL) Operation SERCOM-SPI Updated the following topics: * Clock Generation QSPI Updated the following topics: * Continuous Read Mode (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1919 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Revision History ...........continued Section Name or Type Change Description SDMMC Updated the following registers: * PSR * PCR * NISTR * NISTER * HC2R EMMC * HC2R SDIO * CA0R * CA1R * MCCAR * ASAR * PVRx * MC1R * ACR ADC Updated the INPUTCTRL register AC Updated the following sections: * Signal Description TC Updated the following sections: * Counter Mode TCC Updated the following sections: * Capture Operations Updated the following registers: * I2S WAVE Updated the following sections: * DMA Operation Updated the following registers: * CTRLA * INTENCLR * INTENSET * INTFLAG * SYNCBUSY * TXCTRL * RXCTRL Electrical Characteristics at 85C Updated the following sections: * General Operating Ratings * Injection Current * Power Consumption * Analog-to-Digital Characteristics * Digital-to-Analog Converter Characteristics Added in new section: * (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. PTC Characteristics Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1920 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Revision History ...........continued Section Name or Type Change Description Electrical Characteristics at 105C Updated the following sections: * Power Consumption * Digital-to-Analog Converter Characteristics * Analog-to-Digital Characteristics Added new section: * Electrical Characteristics at 125C PTC Characteristics Updated the following sections: * Power Consumption * Analog-To-Digital Characteristics * Digital-to-Analog Characteristics Added new section: * PTC Characteristics Table 62-3.Rev. D - 12/2018 Section Name or Type Change Description Ordering Information Added AEC-Q100 Qualified package type. I/O Multiplexing and Considerations Added information for GRXDV pin for 64-pin package devices. AEC Q-100 Grade 1, 125C Electrical Characteristics Introduced device part numbers with AEC Q-100 Grade 1. Table 62-4.Rev. C - 11/2018 Section Name or Type Change Description Ordering Information Added ordering information for 105C and 125C temperature grade. Pinout Exposed pad info added for VQFN package. I/O Multiplexing and Considerations Corrected typographical errors for pin numbers PB19 and PB23. Memories Clarified NVM User Page size in table 9-1. Processor and Architecture Corrected typographical errors in section 10.2.2 Interrupt Line Mapping for SERCOMx interrupt line 7. MCLK Corrected typographical errors related to R/W bits for 15.8.8 APBA Mask Register. PM Updated Figure 18-2 Operating Conditions and SleepWalking to reflect that PL0 is not applicable to this product. SUPC Updated INTENCLR, INTENSET, INTFLAG, and STATUS Registers to reflect factory preprogramming of BOD12. DMAC Removed CHIP.ID information as it is not applicable to this product. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1921 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Revision History ...........continued Section Name or Type Change Description EVSYS Corrected typographical errors in the USERm Register offset. CCL 1. 2. ADC TC Added clarification for INTREF to 45.8.6 Reference Control(REFCTRL). 1. 2. 3. TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Internal Events Inputs Selection (EVENT) section was updated by removing ASYNCEVENT related information. Alternate 2 TC input source not applicable and was removed for LUTCTRL.INSELx bits. 48.7.1 Register Summary - 8-bit Mode - Updated register bitfield with indexing to display usage. 48.7.2 Register Summary - 16-bit Mode 2.1. Updated register bitfield with indexing to display usage. 2.2. Removed inapplicable register PER & PERBUF register information. 48.7.3 Register Summary - 32-bit Mode 3.1. Updated register bitfield with indexing to display usage. 3.2. Removed inapplicable register PER & PERBUF register information. Table 49-4. Output Matrix Channel Pin Routing Configuration updated to show all supported 6 capture channels. Table 49-8. Fault and Capture Action updated by adding missing CAPTMARK value for CAPTURE bit fields. Register INTENCLR, INTENSET, INTFLAG updated with missing UFS bit. Removed unsupported bit info for the register 49.8.15 Pattern (PATT). Missing POLx bits added to the register 49.8.16 Waveform (WAVE). 49.7 Register Summary - Updated register bitfield with indexing to display usage. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1922 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Revision History ...........continued Section Name or Type 54. Electrical Characteristics at 85C Change Description 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Clarified how CLEXT can be computed in section 54.12.1 Crystal Oscillator (XOSC) Characteristics and 54.12.2 External 32 kHz Crystal Oscillator (XOSC32K) Characteristics Clarified capacitor requirements in Table 54-18. External Components Requirements in Switching Mode and Table 54-19 Decoupling Requirements. Condition shown for VREF parameter is removed in table 54-24. Operating Conditions. Conditions specified for table 54-29 Differential Mode is clarified for INL & DNL with Internal voltage reference. Table 54-35. Flash Timing Characteristics is updated for Chip Erase maximum time. Added the missing note in Table 54-44. Ultra-LowPower Internal 32kHz Oscillator Electrical Characteristics. Added the missing note in Table 54-48. Fractional Digital Phase Lock Loop Characteristics Typo for the maximum value of tMOH in the Table 54-51. SPI Timing Characteristics and Requirements addressed. Table 54-53. QSPI Maximum Frequency examples updated. Electrical Characteristics at 105C Introduced device part numbers with Electrical Characteristics for 105C temperature grade. Electrical Characteristics at 125C Introduced device part numbers with Electrical Characteristics for 125C temperature grade. Table 62-5.Rev. B - 4/2018 Section Name or Type Change Description Features Updated CAN FD reference. Added 120-ball TFBGA package. Configuration Summary Added 120-ball TFBGA to the family feature tables. Ordering Information Updated the notes for devices in WLCSP packages. Updated Package Type, adding CT = TFBGA. Pinout Added the 120-ball TFBGA package pinout diagram. Multiplexed Signals Added 120-ball TFBGA and updated Note 3 (see Table 6-1. OSC32KCTRL - 32 kHz Oscillators Controller Added the EN1K and EN32K bits to the OSCULP32K register (see 29.8.9 OSCULP32K). SERCOM - Serial Communication Interface Added Fractional Baud information to the Baud Rate Equations (see Table 33-2). (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1923 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Revision History ...........continued Section Name or Type Change Description QSPI - Quad Serial Peripheral Interface Added equations to the BAUD register (see 37.8.3 BAUD). CAN - Control Area Network Updated the Overview. Updated ISO 11898 references throughout the chapter. Public Key Cryptography Controller (PUKCC) Added the Public Key Cryptography Library (PUKCL) Application Programmer Interface (API) section. TCC - Timer/Counter for Control Applications Updated the number of TCC instances to 5 (4:0). 54. Electrical Characteristics at 85C (1) Improved SPI maximum speed information in Table 54-56. (2). Added example for QSPI maximum frequency examples Table 54-58. Packaging Information Added the 120-ball TFBGA package (see 58.3.8 120ball TFBGA). Table 62-6.Rev. A - 07/2017 This is the initial release of the document. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1924 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet The Microchip Web Site Microchip provides online support via our web site at http://www.microchip.com/. This web site is used as a means to make files and information easily available to customers. Accessible by using your favorite Internet browser, the web site contains the following information: * * * Product Support - Data sheets and errata, application notes and sample programs, design resources, user's guides and hardware support documents, latest software releases and archived software General Technical Support - Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), technical support requests, online discussion groups, Microchip consultant program member listing Business of Microchip - Product selector and ordering guides, latest Microchip press releases, listing of seminars and events, listings of Microchip sales offices, distributors and factory representatives Customer Change Notification Service Microchip's customer notification service helps keep customers current on Microchip products. Subscribers will receive e-mail notification whenever there are changes, updates, revisions or errata related to a specified product family or development tool of interest. To register, access the Microchip web site at http://www.microchip.com/. Under "Support", click on "Customer Change Notification" and follow the registration instructions. Customer Support Users of Microchip products can receive assistance through several channels: * * * * Distributor or Representative Local Sales Office Field Application Engineer (FAE) Technical Support Customers should contact their distributor, representative or Field Application Engineer (FAE) for support. Local sales offices are also available to help customers. A listing of sales offices and locations is included in the back of this document. Technical support is available through the web site at: http://www.microchip.com/support (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1925 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet Product Identification System To order or obtain information, e.g., on pricing or delivery, refer to the factory or the listed sales office. SAM E54 N 19 A - A U T - EFP EFP = Extended Flash Performance(6) [no EFP] = Standard Flash Performance Product Family Package Carrier SAM = SMART ARM Microcontroller T = Tape and Reel [no letter T] = Tray Product Series D51 = Cortex-M4F + E51 = Cortex-M4F + E53 = Cortex-M4F + E54 = Cortex-M4F + + 2x CAN Advanced Feature Set (8) Advanced Feature Set + 2x CAN Advanced Feature Set + Ethernet Advanced Feature Set + Ethernet Package Grade U = -40C to +85C Matte Sn Plating (Industrial) N = -40C to +105C Matte Sn Plating (V Temp)(4) F = -40C to +125C Matte Sn Plating (Extended Temp) Z = -40C to +125C Matte Sn Plating (Extended Temp) (AEC-Q100 Qualified)(5) Pin Count G = 48 Pins J = 64 Pins N = 100 Pins P = 120/128 Pins Package Type A = TQFP CT = TFBGA M = VQFN (2,3) U = WLCSP Flash Memory Density 20 = 1 MB 19 = 512 KB 18 = 256 KB Device Variant A = Default Variant Microchip Devices Code Protection Feature Note the following details of the code protection feature on Microchip devices: * * * * * Microchip products meet the specification contained in their particular Microchip Data Sheet. Microchip believes that its family of products is one of the most secure families of its kind on the market today, when used in the intended manner and under normal conditions. There are dishonest and possibly illegal methods used to breach the code protection feature. All of these methods, to our knowledge, require using the Microchip products in a manner outside the operating specifications contained in Microchip's Data Sheets. Most likely, the person doing so is engaged in theft of intellectual property. Microchip is willing to work with the customer who is concerned about the integrity of their code. Neither Microchip nor any other semiconductor manufacturer can guarantee the security of their code. Code protection does not mean that we are guaranteeing the product as "unbreakable." Code protection is constantly evolving. We at Microchip are committed to continuously improving the code protection features of our products. Attempts to break Microchip's code protection feature may be a violation of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act. If such acts allow unauthorized access to your software or other copyrighted work, you may have a right to sue for relief under that Act. Legal Notice Information contained in this publication regarding device applications and the like is provided only for your convenience and may be superseded by updates. It is your responsibility to ensure that your application meets with your specifications. MICROCHIP MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WRITTEN OR ORAL, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, RELATED TO THE INFORMATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ITS CONDITION, QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PURPOSE. Microchip disclaims all liability arising from this information and its use. Use of Microchip (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1926 SAM D5x/E5x Family Data Sheet devices in life support and/or safety applications is entirely at the buyer's risk, and the buyer agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Microchip from any and all damages, claims, suits, or expenses resulting from such use. No licenses are conveyed, implicitly or otherwise, under any Microchip intellectual property rights unless otherwise stated. Trademarks The Microchip name and logo, the Microchip logo, AnyRate, AVR, AVR logo, AVR Freaks, BitCloud, chipKIT, chipKIT logo, CryptoMemory, CryptoRF, dsPIC, FlashFlex, flexPWR, Heldo, JukeBlox, KeeLoq, Kleer, LANCheck, LINK MD, maXStylus, maXTouch, MediaLB, megaAVR, MOST, MOST logo, MPLAB, OptoLyzer, PIC, picoPower, PICSTART, PIC32 logo, Prochip Designer, QTouch, SAM-BA, SpyNIC, SST, SST Logo, SuperFlash, tinyAVR, UNI/O, and XMEGA are registered trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other countries. ClockWorks, The Embedded Control Solutions Company, EtherSynch, Hyper Speed Control, HyperLight Load, IntelliMOS, mTouch, Precision Edge, and Quiet-Wire are registered trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. Adjacent Key Suppression, AKS, Analog-for-the-Digital Age, Any Capacitor, AnyIn, AnyOut, BodyCom, CodeGuard, CryptoAuthentication, CryptoAutomotive, CryptoCompanion, CryptoController, dsPICDEM, dsPICDEM.net, Dynamic Average Matching, DAM, ECAN, EtherGREEN, In-Circuit Serial Programming, ICSP, INICnet, Inter-Chip Connectivity, JitterBlocker, KleerNet, KleerNet logo, memBrain, Mindi, MiWi, motorBench, MPASM, MPF, MPLAB Certified logo, MPLIB, MPLINK, MultiTRAK, NetDetach, Omniscient Code Generation, PICDEM, PICDEM.net, PICkit, PICtail, PowerSmart, PureSilicon, QMatrix, REAL ICE, Ripple Blocker, SAM-ICE, Serial Quad I/O, SMART-I.S., SQI, SuperSwitcher, SuperSwitcher II, Total Endurance, TSHARC, USBCheck, VariSense, ViewSpan, WiperLock, Wireless DNA, and ZENA are trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other countries. SQTP is a service mark of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. Silicon Storage Technology is a registered trademark of Microchip Technology Inc. in other countries. GestIC is a registered trademark of Microchip Technology Germany II GmbH & Co. KG, a subsidiary of Microchip Technology Inc., in other countries. All other trademarks mentioned herein are property of their respective companies. (c) 2018, Microchip Technology Incorporated, Printed in the U.S.A., All Rights Reserved. ISBN: 978-1-5224-6039-8 Quality Management System Certified by DNV ISO/TS 16949 Microchip received ISO/TS-16949:2009 certification for its worldwide headquarters, design and wafer fabrication facilities in Chandler and Tempe, Arizona; Gresham, Oregon and design centers in California and India. The Company's quality system processes and procedures are for its PIC(R) MCUs and dsPIC(R) DSCs, KEELOQ(R) code hopping devices, Serial EEPROMs, microperipherals, nonvolatile memory and analog products. In addition, Microchip's quality system for the design and manufacture of development systems is ISO 9001:2000 certified. (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1927 Worldwide Sales and Service AMERICAS ASIA/PACIFIC ASIA/PACIFIC EUROPE Corporate Office 2355 West Chandler Blvd. Chandler, AZ 85224-6199 Tel: 480-792-7200 Fax: 480-792-7277 Technical Support: http://www.microchip.com/ support Web Address: www.microchip.com Atlanta Duluth, GA Tel: 678-957-9614 Fax: 678-957-1455 Austin, TX Tel: 512-257-3370 Boston Westborough, MA Tel: 774-760-0087 Fax: 774-760-0088 Chicago Itasca, IL Tel: 630-285-0071 Fax: 630-285-0075 Dallas Addison, TX Tel: 972-818-7423 Fax: 972-818-2924 Detroit Novi, MI Tel: 248-848-4000 Houston, TX Tel: 281-894-5983 Indianapolis Noblesville, IN Tel: 317-773-8323 Fax: 317-773-5453 Tel: 317-536-2380 Los Angeles Mission Viejo, CA Tel: 949-462-9523 Fax: 949-462-9608 Tel: 951-273-7800 Raleigh, NC Tel: 919-844-7510 New York, NY Tel: 631-435-6000 San Jose, CA Tel: 408-735-9110 Tel: 408-436-4270 Canada - Toronto Tel: 905-695-1980 Fax: 905-695-2078 Australia - Sydney Tel: 61-2-9868-6733 China - Beijing Tel: 86-10-8569-7000 China - Chengdu Tel: 86-28-8665-5511 China - Chongqing Tel: 86-23-8980-9588 China - Dongguan Tel: 86-769-8702-9880 China - Guangzhou Tel: 86-20-8755-8029 China - Hangzhou Tel: 86-571-8792-8115 China - Hong Kong SAR Tel: 852-2943-5100 China - Nanjing Tel: 86-25-8473-2460 China - Qingdao Tel: 86-532-8502-7355 China - Shanghai Tel: 86-21-3326-8000 China - Shenyang Tel: 86-24-2334-2829 China - Shenzhen Tel: 86-755-8864-2200 China - Suzhou Tel: 86-186-6233-1526 China - Wuhan Tel: 86-27-5980-5300 China - Xian Tel: 86-29-8833-7252 China - Xiamen Tel: 86-592-2388138 China - Zhuhai Tel: 86-756-3210040 India - Bangalore Tel: 91-80-3090-4444 India - New Delhi Tel: 91-11-4160-8631 India - Pune Tel: 91-20-4121-0141 Japan - Osaka Tel: 81-6-6152-7160 Japan - Tokyo Tel: 81-3-6880- 3770 Korea - Daegu Tel: 82-53-744-4301 Korea - Seoul Tel: 82-2-554-7200 Malaysia - Kuala Lumpur Tel: 60-3-7651-7906 Malaysia - Penang Tel: 60-4-227-8870 Philippines - Manila Tel: 63-2-634-9065 Singapore Tel: 65-6334-8870 Taiwan - Hsin Chu Tel: 886-3-577-8366 Taiwan - Kaohsiung Tel: 886-7-213-7830 Taiwan - Taipei Tel: 886-2-2508-8600 Thailand - Bangkok Tel: 66-2-694-1351 Vietnam - Ho Chi Minh Tel: 84-28-5448-2100 Austria - Wels Tel: 43-7242-2244-39 Fax: 43-7242-2244-393 Denmark - Copenhagen Tel: 45-4450-2828 Fax: 45-4485-2829 Finland - Espoo Tel: 358-9-4520-820 France - Paris Tel: 33-1-69-53-63-20 Fax: 33-1-69-30-90-79 Germany - Garching Tel: 49-8931-9700 Germany - Haan Tel: 49-2129-3766400 Germany - Heilbronn Tel: 49-7131-67-3636 Germany - Karlsruhe Tel: 49-721-625370 Germany - Munich Tel: 49-89-627-144-0 Fax: 49-89-627-144-44 Germany - Rosenheim Tel: 49-8031-354-560 Israel - Ra'anana Tel: 972-9-744-7705 Italy - Milan Tel: 39-0331-742611 Fax: 39-0331-466781 Italy - Padova Tel: 39-049-7625286 Netherlands - Drunen Tel: 31-416-690399 Fax: 31-416-690340 Norway - Trondheim Tel: 47-72884388 Poland - Warsaw Tel: 48-22-3325737 Romania - Bucharest Tel: 40-21-407-87-50 Spain - Madrid Tel: 34-91-708-08-90 Fax: 34-91-708-08-91 Sweden - Gothenberg Tel: 46-31-704-60-40 Sweden - Stockholm Tel: 46-8-5090-4654 UK - Wokingham Tel: 44-118-921-5800 Fax: 44-118-921-5820 (c) 2020 Microchip Technology Inc. Datasheet DS60001507F-page 1928